Augsburg College lnterim
The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended
to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to
investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during t... Show more
Augsburg College lnterim
The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended
to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to
investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since
one course equals a full time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in
class and preparing for class as they would for a four course load during Fall and Spring
semesters.
Calendar
November 9-12 ............................................ Interim Registration
December 7 ........................................... Late Interim Registration
January4 . . ................................................. First Day of Interim
Class 1 9:00 a.m.
Class 11 1:00 p.m.
January5 . . ............................................. Last day for cancel/add
January7 . ................. .Last day for determining grading system with Registrar
January 18.
Beginning of certain half credit courses*
January22. ....................................... Last day for cancelling courses
January29.. ...................................................... Interim ends
..............................
The interim day is divided into two blocks of time:
I - 8:00 - 12:00 Noon
11 - 1:00 - 5:00 p.m.
The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first
day of class.
'Students enrolling in half-credit coursesshould consult the Registrar'sOfficefor datesforcancel/add
and to determine the grading system.
Essential Information
One course is considered a full time load during interim and nostudent is permitted to register
for more than one course credit during the period.
There i s no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course.
Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0.Students generally have the
option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the P/N
system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses
have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division
standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student i s required to complete 35 courses of which at least three
must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment at
Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one interim
for graduation.)
POSTMASTER
Volume 112, Number 3
Fall 1981
612/300-1001
AUCSBURCCOLLECE (USPS#490-310)is published fourtirnesa year in Spring,Summer, Fall,and
Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Second-class
postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota.
This Catalog
This catalog lists courses by departments with drpartmrnrs l i r t ~ c li n alphabetical order.
Augsburg Interims Abroad are identified by aspecial ~ r . i v e I ~ y m h oAt
l . t h e e n d o f the book are
listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg bt11 recognizerl Ilv the College for interim
credit, and a variety of Lifetime Sports. Further dcscriptlr>ns anrl i ~ ~ f o r m a t i oabout
n
these
courses are available in the lnterim Office, Memorial 230.
Options
june lnterim - A t least one interim course will be offered in the June1982session of summer
school (see listing under Education) in lieu of January term with n o additional tuition charge.
Students planning to elect the june interim must register at the time of interim registration in
the fall. Students wishing t o take the June interim i n addition t o the January one will be
required t o pay the regular summer course tuition.
lnternational Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the five overseas
interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1982. These interims are under these
departments:
English - Theatre i n London
Religion - Israel, Ancient and M o d e r n
- The Confrontation of Cultures and Religions i n Hawaii
Social Work - Social Service and Public Policies i n a Developing Country: Egypt, 1982
Health and Physical Education - Sailing i n the Virgin Islands
Other international interims are available through Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE) and St, Olaf College.
Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available i n the lnterim
Office and from Mary Kingsley i n the lnternational Center, Memorial 229.
Students interested in participating in one of these international interims should apply i n the
International Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be
made after October.
Internships-Internshipsareopen tostudents whocontinue an internship from the fall term or
who begin an internship which will continue into the spring term. Students electing an
internship interim are to present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship
Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 17.
Independent o r Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper
division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for interim. Faculty members are strongly
discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study
per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must:
A. Meet departmental requirements,
B. Present to the lnterim Director for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by
the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before
registration and not later than November 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can be
obtained in the lnterim Office.
Interimsat Other Schools- Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4institution which
offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interims can be consulted in the
lnterim Office. The lnterim Secretary will help students i n applying for registration at other
schools. Registration for interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg
during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the interim at other 4-1-4
schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting
Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affectscourses offered for
the Religion requirement.
Non-Augsburg Students
Augsburg Collegewelcomesstudentsfrom other4-1-4schoolsfor theJanuary interim without
tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not t o charge tuition to
Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees,
housing o r board costs. Other students will be,charged $600 for the interim course.
Students interested i n registering for an Augsburg Interim should w r i t e t o the lnterim Director
for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. These
students are welcome to stay o n campus but are not required t o d o so. Requests for interim
housing should be made t o the lnterim Office.
Augsburg Policy
Augsburg College admits studentsof any race,color, nationalandethnicorigin toall the rights,
privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the
school. It does not discriminateon the basisof race, color, creed, national and ethnicorigin i n
employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies,
scholarship and loan programs, and athletic and other school-administered programs.
Need More Help?
Check with:
The lnterim Office (Memorial 230),
The Interim Secretary, Lorraine Stieper at 330-1025, or
The lnterim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192 (Memorial 114b).
Courses
Location Key
L-Library Building
M-Music Hall
OM-Old Main
P-Psychology Building
S-Science Hall
Jewelry
Art 150 - 4003
Instructor: Norman Holen
You are introduced to copper, brass, pewter, and silver and you learn how t o cut, shape,
enamel and cast these metals.
The supplies you need will vary according to the projects we choose. We try to provide the
necessary equipment and re-usable items.
There is n o text and there are no tests. You are graded o n your pieces.
Distribution: Art - Music
Time: II
OM1
16mm Film-Making I - Film-Making I1
Art 242 - 4001,342 - 4002
Instructor: Paul Rusten
The procedure, techniques and philosophy of 16mm film-making for expression/communication.
Using professional 16mm equipment, students i n teams will produce short black and white
synchronized sound motion pictures.
Students w h o have successfully completed Film-Making I (or equivalent) may take FilmMaking II, producing an advanced film project within thesameclass-schedule and time-frame
as Film-Making I.
Fee: $75.00 for filmstock and equipment rental
Prerequisites for 342: Film-Making I or equivalent
Distribution: Art - Music
Time: II
Ethical Issues in the Life Sciences
BIO 106 - 4113
lnstructor Ralph Sulerud
W r .Ire living I n a prrtod of b i o l o g i r c ~rc~volutron
l
whlch seems l ~ k e l y10 conrlnur, Many of the
r i ~ v ~ ~ t o p will
r n ~ ~ncreasrngly
n~~
rerull In tlramat~c changes In ethiral ~ h t n k i n gand the
liormr~lation of p u b f ~pr o l ~y,
r guestion\sur h h ~ these
c
must be effect~ut+ly
atlrIressetl: w h a t are
l h r ~ g l ~oft r thp unborn7 Should h ~ u l o ~ i she
t s allowed to work o n a n y type nt r r w d r r h n o
nlairrl wlipre ~t le;lrI<?Doer ~ h ~r r l r aof 4 rnaral r e s p o n s ~ b ~ ltoward
~ty
the rrivrronmrnr make
sense? What e t h ~ c a land soc~alproblems would arlse as a result of c l o n ~ n gpeople? Is
recomb~nantDNA research l ~ k e l yto create more problems than ~tsolves? I s euthanas~aever
just~f~ed
It ?I S Intended that th~scourseshould p r o v ~ d eat least a small part of the background
necessary to answer such questions and make respons~bleeth~calcho~ces
Each t o p ~ cw ~ l be
l ~ n t r o d ~ c eby
t l I ~ F ,Instructor or a guest, but much of the class tlme w ~ lbe
l
spent d~scuss~ng
ass~gnrtlr~arl!rrgsnrrrl varlous vlewpolnts Formulat~onof a b r ~ e fposltlon
paper on one o f the i ~ s i 1 c 5w ~ l lhe r e q u ~ r e d Grades w ~ l lbe based o n the paper, class
partlclpatlon and exarnlnatlun rerrtltr.
Distribution: Chemistry - Biology
Time: I
Wetland Ecology
Bio 311 - 4114
Instructor: Roberta Lammers
I n wetland ecology w~ will study the complexity, variery and impurtalrce 01 Ird shwater
wetlands (i.e., bogs, marshes, fens, swamps, etc.). We will :turfy the physical asperrs of these
wetlandsas well as the interrelationshipsof some of their rn,ijor organisrnslikc~~d~~s,insects,
and sphagnum. Students will be required to pursue intlept.nrlcnr rr.dclirig on wetland
org.fnitms of particular i n t r r ~to
~ l hen^. The raurse w w cons is^ ul re,,ding and discussion as
well as lab ivork identilying nrganismsrollecled In n n r t h ~ r n
M i n n ~ s o t aduring the summer by
a l Minncsota's wetlands as an energy
the instructiw. Wc shall examine cririrally ~ hpro ~ e n ~ iof
source. There will hr local l i ~ l tripsrf~~~enrilnf:un
d
rhewea~
her. Cradingwill be o n the basis of
one test and the presentalion (writren or or;~l)of ~ h indrpendent
r
rcadin~.
Prerequisites: 510 111, 112
Time: I
The Biology of Aging
Bio 385 - 4115
Instructor. Robert Herforth
At snmc lime ax another I r l our lives masr 01 u5 w ~ l rl i t h e r d ~ r c c r l yaxpcrlence aging or be
~ n f l u e n r c d pcople ~ ~ n c l e r g n t nagc-rrlared
g
changrq. Thic roiIrsP WIIIroncenlrfite on t h ~
t)iolog~ralasprcts uT such chang~s.W h a ~ir t h ndtlrrc
~
oI t h c s ~age-related rhangr?~?
What
lartorr tnIl~lr*ncrthe l a t v of aging? Do rellr ~ s a l ~ ~ from
t r c l the body <how aging? 1s aging the
o focne r t a ~ n
c r l l r o r tissuesol the body?What are the current t h ~ o r l e s a st o
rerulr of d c ~ r r ~ o r a t ~
IIIP h i o l ~ g ~ kca~c ~l rol a g ~ n g ?Ir aglng ronrrnllerl by a I ~ r a l o g ~ c clock?
al
Thew and other
qursrions will tw arldressrd In l h h course hy rnpans nf rlassroom ~ P C I U ~ P Fand d~scusslnnsol
ass~gnedread~ngs.Evaluat~onw ~ l be
l based on several qulzzes and exams glven d u r ~ n gthe
course
Prerequ~s~tes:
BIO 111
Time: I
S 212
Introduction to Chemistry
C h m 104 - 4116
Instructor: John Carlson
of chemistry for ~hosr?
who have never studled chemistry hefore.
h course in basic
Inclu(E~d
are conccpls nt measurcrncnt, alorntr anrl ~ n o l e r u l a strucrurr,
r
types of rcactinns,
solurionr, n c ~ r l sr ~ bases,
~ d at111 $n ~ n r m t l u c - t ~ to
p no r ~ a n ichrmistry.
r
Many applications to Iifc
~ T O C C S S ~and
S
cnvironmental concerns are ma&. I.~cturesand demonslratians; rlo lab; no
:
~hrcrlonger examinations
Icrm paperr. Two hnrlrs iprturp ppr (Jay, five days a w ~ e kquizzes,
plus a final. Not oprn lo a n y w i t h priorstudy ofchernisrry. Does notcount roward 3 rriajor o r a
minor i n chemistry. Crctlit for both 104 anrl either 105,109, n r 115 no1 allowrrl.
Distribution: Chemistry - Biology
Time: I
Laboratory Introduction to Chemistry
Chm 113 - 4117
Instructor: Earl Alton
rindin%whlch chemicals are i n a solution (qualitdtlve analysis) ir a rhallengine, way of learning
rumc principles of chemistry. This course will use I,lkoratory experiments coupled with an
essentially non-mathematical explanation of the chemisrry involverl to provicjr an introducrion
to chemistry. Thp laboratory work will center on ~ o l v i n grhcrnical urtknowns. There will b e
s~verr71~ ~ d l 1 r ~ - ~ ~ i 5sessions
~ ~ s s each
i o n week and ,~bnut~ h r haurr
c ~ of lal~oratory~ a c day.
h
Grading will be based upon solving unknowns and a few quizzes.
Prerequisites: High School Chemistry
Distribution: Chemistry - Biology
Time: I (Lectures 11:OO-12:OO N) Time: II (Lab 1:OO-4:00 p.m.)
Introduction to Clinical Chemistry
Chm 205 - 4118
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
A few years ago rllagnnctlc rnedicln~
was ptinc~pdllya rnaltpr of r t > l l r c l i n information
~
about
Fymptnmc to d ~ a ~ n o san
e ~ l l n r w .O c c a ~ ~ o n a l lat>r)ralc)ry
ly
IPS15 w t r e mad^ lo support 1 1 1 ~
d~agnnsrs.A l t h o ~ i g hr o l l r c l l i ~ n
~lormat~u
n
ahrlu~
synip1nrns ~ s s t ~anl l inl~agralpar[,~ i l ~ g n o < t r (
medicine l i d s progrr~seOto rhe pant whcrc laburatory teslr are r c j u ~ l n ~l ~
l yc r f o r m c dalrd may
result In d t i l d g n ~ ~ ~ ~ d ~[porn
f f e rt ~hnone
~l inclicntrtl l?y Ihe symptomr.Thlscourre intrrrtl~lcpr
sornc o l the lypes ol c l i r ~ n i c a problems
l
s r g n ~ l ~ r aInn ~m e d ~ c r n eand mrlhods nl chtarnic.~!
analysrs urrtl i n the tlcnical r h ~ m i ~ t rlat>oralory.
y
Lecturer, lilme, orcasitmal laboratory
l
wlIl he u~crrlIrl t h c , ctrursp,
exprrlrnul-, anrl at ledst one f i ~ l dr i rp tn a r l ~ n i r a lal~r>r.-~~ork
evaluation will be by frequent quizzes and a f ~ n aexam.
l
Prerequisites: C H M 106,116, or 223
T ~ m eI
S 315
Economics of Urban Issues
Eco 120 - 4119
Instructor: Ed Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. Basic microeconomic tools employed.
Distribution: Urban Studies
Time: II
O M 13
Learning Styles, Teaching Styles
Ede 227 - 4125
Eds 227 - 4126
Instructor: M a r ~ eMcNeff
differences among students, varlatlons In learnlng styles are numerous Some
L ~ k e~ndlvldual
students learn better by dlscuss~on,others by l~sten~ng
and others by work~ngo n thelr own
Students d ~ f f e rIn learnlng style w h ~ c hmeans that certaln educational approaches are more
effect~vethan others for part~cularstudents
H a v ~yo11 had profe5sr~r~
that held you spellbot~nrlin thrlr r.lassrsl Have you had their
counterpart whcrr y ~ ~ u s ~ r u ~tg
o Irt,ry
e d awdke? T ~ ~lrnlrnrsor
P
mdy have L I ~ Pa ~t r . ~ r h t nstyle
~
ihai was or wa5 nnt c<hmpa~ihlt.w i ~ hyour learn~ngsrvlc.
Thrs course will explorr r e ~ e a r r hhe~n'gcJon~rn t h r area.; of teaching and learning styles,
51utlpnrsw ~ lpartlcrpa~e
l
In a I~arninarty!r\ rnvrnrory lo help Identify how they barn h ~ r t .
f hiscoi~rsersoflcrrtl
through theIrft~ratlonDcpar~mrnl.hutir t l r f i n l t ~ l y{)pentoallstudentr.
tl
Time: ll
Discovery in the Wsrld of Kindergarten
Ede 375 - 4124
Instructor: Lauretta Pelton
This course is a study of the kindergarten curriculum, an exploration of resources and materials
and a review of teaching approaches.
Laboratory requirement: Five half days in a kindergarten classroom. This is to be arranged by
the student after consultation with the instructor. The laboratory experience should have
taken place prior to the course itself.
The course is a prerequisite to student teaching at the kindergarten level and to obtaining a
license for teaching at that level.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor
L4
Time: Summer Interim
Student Teaching
Eds 481 - 4120
Eds 482 - 4121
Eds 483 - 4122
Eds 484 - 4123
Instructor: Sheldon Fardig
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school
personnel. This is a full day experience in a school.
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor.
Time: I
L6
People Under Pressure
Eng 211 - 4130
Instructor: Barbara Andersen
The child, the youth, the middle-aged, the old, all live under pressure-political, social.
religious and personal. What these pressures are and how people cope with them provide the
focus for the course. This i s not, however, a course i n depression,for pressure and stress often
I i a v ~p c l s i t i v ~r e ~ t ~ And
t t ~ .m a t i v ~ j e o j ~r l~r* s p n ~toi dprr:ssl.lrv w i ~ h
c o \ r r a g ~ , ~ r . l c.inrl
~ ( ~evt3nwit.
Wr. will r r,icl r c v r r a l grhrirtls. IIIOFTI~ (11 ( 1 1 201
~ h rerllury, 1717~1work^ 1 1 7 ~ .irtv
1
r l ~ l tjl \ ~ i i l l I yI O ~ U P V P ( !
irr liroraturrl c.ourrPr. Among ~ h wnrkr,
r
being rrln5irl~retl,]rt, Wafvrs, T l l v L l a n \4'ht1 K i l l r ~ r i~ h r - 4
LJypr; I'rl~ok,A ~ l yNan~rbi, /\r/~rlr[rlu: I3r,ir1li~arl.Trr)r/l I , f s / ~ ~>!I
r rAtrt~r,ic,~:
~
Wright. Narivr Srjn:
I4v1n. f x ~ ~ ~ l\4tori1c>t1;
/ ~ n l I l C ~ \ \ l r ~ 5irilort
r
'+ ~ N i ~ h t,t i:t l t l h ~j;h,
t
(;;{I lror11 ~ I I P <(,,I: I ilrgpnkb\4.
~ t ~ t / ~ t v 501><:
~ , i r dA l h c ~ 1-/1o
. A , n t ~ t i ~ - ,lJrvt~,n
?/~
,~r1,1 Thv Zntl S r r ~ v :, h r l ~ j e t m nI,~Vra\,f>r5.111,qI t ~ f
M y Father: Gordon, Final Paylncnt,. Students will have some choice of works to read.
Evaluation will be based on discussions, some in-class writing, reading quizzes, oral reports
(optional) and two examinations.
Distribution: English - Speech, Co~nmunication& Theater Arts
Time: I
O M 10
.
The Brontes
Eng 248 - 4128
Eng 348 - 4129
Instructor: Catherine Nicholl
I n a parsonage on the edge of the Yorkshire moors, four gifted children mused themselves hy
redding Shakespeare and Byron and writing miniature books i n which they developed two
elaborate and romantic kingdoms. Literally surrounded by death-the churchyard in which
their mother and two sisters were buried-they consoled themselves with the lile of the
imagination. All of them, too, were to die young. But the th~,eesisters. Charlotte, Emily, and
Anne, gave to the world several groundbreaking novels dnd some memorable poetry.
The course will focus primarily o n the writings of Charlotte ()a~leEyrc. Villerte) and Emily
(Wurhering Heighfs, poems). All students will read these works and will sample some of the
critical approaches t o Wufherir~gHeight\, one of the most original novels of the nineteenth
century. In addition, we will read the biography of Charlotte by her friend and fellow writer.
Elizabeth Gaskell. We will consider the influence on the sisters of the family situation and of
attitudes toward women writers in the 1840's.
Each student will read one additional novel or biography. Class activities will include lectures,
discussions, and films In addition to short quizzes and an exam, each student will either write a
short paper or d o a class presentation. Upper division students will d o both.
Prerequisites: One literature course or consent of the instructor.
Distribution: Urban Studies, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies
Time: l l
O M 16
Europe January 3-28
I nteri m/9
Theatre in London
Eng 269 - 4131
Eng 369 - 4132
Instructor: Richard Sargent
Cost: $1795
London is one of the leading centers of theatre in the world. We will attend plays at theatres
such as the National Theatre and the Royal Shakespeare Company theatres where internationally renowned directors like Peter Hall present revivals of classics and the premieres of the
work of playwrights like Tom Stoppard and Peter Shaffer. We will be reading some plays in
order to be aware of the historical context in which contemporary dramatists are writing. In
addition to going to plays and touring theatres, we will take advantage of the cultural richness
London has to offer, visiting art galleries such as theTate, attending concerts, and touring spots
in London that have been significant in literary history. We will also make trips to visit other
theatres, notably to Stratford.
Students will keep a journal: those taking the course for upper division will write a paper in
addition.
Counts toward English major
Distribution: English - Speech, Communication &Theater Arts
Grading: P/N
Five-College Poetry Writing Workshop
Eng 362 - 4127
Instructor: Roger Blakeley, Macalester College
M~mbcrs
of the workshop will experiment with poetry techniques, aiming at the completion
rrl .I pns~lolirkof new work and the revising of existing manuscripts. The workshop will meet
threp mornings a week at Macalester for lectures, discussions, and critiques. In addition,
iridividual conlerences will be scheduled, and an optional public reading is planned for late in
the month. Attendance at all class sessions is mandatory
The course is open to students from the five Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities who have
had experience in writing poetry. Normally only three students from a college will be
accepted. Preferably students should have taken at least one college-level creative writing
course.
Students considering this course should contact Richard Sargent (English Department) and
submit samples of their work no later than one'week before the first day of Fall Registration for
Interim.
Class meets 9:30 to 11:45 MWF, H 203 (Macalester), plus conferences TBA.
French Literature in Translation
Fre 243 - 4134
Instructor: Ruth Aaskov
Study of representativeshorter French works in English translation. By reading and analysis of a
common core of varied works we will strengthen communication and critical skills, develop
cultural sensitivity, and become acquainted with significant French writers. Mini-lectures and
study guides will help focus attention on the works themselves. M u c h class time daily will be
devoted to small group discussion and exchange of ideas. Evaluation based on group work,
progress, quizzes, writing assignments, and a short independent study.
.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing
Distribution: Jr. & Sr. only (old requirements).
Time: I
-
Beginning Norwegian
~ d 111
r - 4133
Instructor: Liv Dahl
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing. Stress
o n spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: I
O M 29
Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Nor 311 - 4137
Instructor: Leif Hansen
Intensive practice i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original
composition. Some attention given t o regional variations i n spoken Norwegian and to
differences between the t w o official languages of Norway. There will be laboratory work and
field experience.
If arrangements can be made, part of the course will be conducted at a location in Northern
Minnesota.
Fees: $100 if the off-campus part of the course can be arranged.
Prerequisites: 75211 or equivalent
Time: II
O M 29
lntensive Beginning Spanish
Spa 112 - 4135
Instructor: To b e named
The goal of thiscourse isto complete thesequence of Beginning Spanish with greater emphasis
o n spoken Spanish than is usually the case. Students will be expected to complete and correct
written assignments outside of class so that time in class can b e used for small group
conversations, impromptu skits and discussions in Spanish. Evaluation will be based on
daily work, quizzes, four tests and a final exam.
Prerequisites: Spanish 111
Distribution: Foreign Language
O M 23
Time: I
Spanish of the Business and the Professional World
Spa 215 ;4136
Instructor: Gunta Rozentals
Objectives: To give the students the basics needed to cope with professional situations by
preparing them to work with Spanish-speaking clients in various fields.
Content: Introduction to the communication patterns and technical expressions used in
health care, education, welfare, law enforcement and business areas. Layout and style of
Spanish business letters.
Evaluation: Tests and performance in simulations of true-to-life situations.
Prerequisites: Spanish 212
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: I
Planning for Tomorrow:
Personal & Social Transformation in the 1980's
Gst 240 - 4177
Robert Clyde, Augsburg College
Berenice Bleedorn, Director of Creative Studies, The Coll6ge of St. Thomas
Course will define personal and social transformation, show how this transformation takes
place, and introduce students to such concepts as general systems theory, paradigm shifts,
entropy and syntropy, holism, and the uncertainty principle. Using this knowledge, students
will develop a model for a futuristic democracy, i n which the citizens "think globally and act
locally."
Students will read Marilyn Ferguson's The Aquarian Conspiracy plus one or more additional
books from the bibliography, keep a journal on the readings, class discussions and additional
resources (meetings, lectures, interviews, films, etc.), and prepare a plan for personal,
continuing involvement in the model for the futuristic democracy developed by the class.
Evaluation will be based on assessment of "open journal" through oral examination, and
assessment of quality of personal growth plan.
S 108
Time: II
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
Hpe 232 - 4143
Instructor: Pam Paulson
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk
dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade i s
based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This offering equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time: I - Jan. 18-29
Melby
Modern Dance
Hpe 373 - 4141
Instructor: Pam Paulson
An introductory course in modern dance technique, composition, improvisation, and
problem solving. The majority of the course grade i s based upon daily performance in class,
performance of a group composition, and a written test.
This offering equals only 1/2 course credit.
Melby
Time: I - Jan. 4 - 15
12/l nteri m
Administration and Supervision
of the School Health Program
Hpe 410 - 4142
Instructor: Richard Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community
health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory
experience in classroom and community.
Prerequisites: Health 320 (School Health Curriculum)
Time: I
Melby 13
Virgin Islands January 4-28
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
**
Hpe 455 - 4139
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
Cost: $1995
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat
cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat
handling (anchoring, docking, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 39'fixed
keel sailboat with 6 other people and will function as an active crew member.
Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This will besupplemented
by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning,
piloting,and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to the various islandsand cays in the British
and American Virgin Islands. Snorkelingand windsurfing will be available on an optional basis.
Evaluation will be based on competencies demonstrated by each individual in crewing and
leadership in the role of "acting captain." A daily ship's log will be kept by all participants.
Counts toward lifetime sport distribution requirement
Grading: P/N only
Coaching of Football
Hpe 476 - 4140
Instructor: Al Kloppen
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football.
This offering equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time: I -Jan. 4 - 15
Melby 12
Coaching of Basketball
Hpe 477 - 4138
Instructor: Rees Johnson
Theory, techniquesand administration of coaching basketball. Course will includeoff-season,
pre-season and in-season programs. Grade evaluation will be based on preparation of a
coaching notebook, a written exam and general participation.
There will be some out of class night work.
Prerequisites: Instructor's approval.
This course equals only 1/2 course credit.
Melby 13
Time: I l -Jan. 18 - 29
20th Century South Asia
His 162 - 4147
His 462 - 4148
Instructor: Don Gustafson
Thts geographtc area has pratlilrrd the l a r g r ~workrng
~
rlernocr~ryin thc world today; from
this people havr come on(' a( our cenlury's greaimt "saints" and a l s o one or the most
r ~ n o w n e tstalesmen;
l
11 isa forernoqt cxample of 20th-Ccntnryr olonralismarid natlonallrm: ir
Iiarexpr.r~~ntetl
oneaf thisrentury'sgreatr~rupheavalfof people: i t rsa ~tdndnrdexarnplcfor
populat~ontrtsrs and world h u n ~ e rillt~stratlons.5oi11hAsia is all thrs-ant1 much more.
Thts course I$ d~slgnerlfor the ctndent *ha has Inrercs! but lirtls or no background In
nnn-western ~ubj~=ct5-1hough
nth~rsare a l ~ owelcorn~.The h ~ a rot l the coursr will he in a
w ~ t l ~ a ~ s o r t m e nreadings
r
(somt oI them really cxcellcnt) t r u ~~IIF-IP
will a l ~ o h e
lertures, trrne
for drscussron and frequent breaks for slrde presentations.
Grades w ~ lbe
l based on general level of partlclpatlon, on some wrltten work and probably a
test Students reglster~ngfor upper dlvls~oncred~tw ~ l have
l
addlt~onalassignments and be
graded by upper dlvrslon standards.
Prerequisites: Students registering for upper division credit must have had at least one college
history class.
Distribution: History - Philosophy
Time: I
S112
Eastward to America: Limited Hospitality
His 220 - 4145
His 320 - 4146
Instructor: Khrn Khrn Jensen
An invesriaatlon c l r tlw rationale fcr I ~ immigration
P
pattern, economir opporlunities, and
social. politlcnl and economic- problems encour~rer~rl
tjy thp folIowing Irnrn1grant5:Chlnew,
l
Forus on these thrre rrhnic groups will involve
jap~ncseanrl Korean5 tn the W n i l ~ rStares.
tjrlth t h "nld"
~
rmmigrants nntl ~tir"ncw" immigrants. Coursc will u 1 1 l i r~~~l ~ nspeak~r5
ic
(Chinesr. Japancse and Koreilns) in a home rnvirnnment-dt~cus5Ion format. There will l~
etltnir meals, ~ t h n i craaking dcrnonsrra~ians,films, slides ~ n df i r * l t l rrips-,111 f h c ~arp
important rornponent5 of thv rorlrsp as IS rlie academic component ol readings. erc.
Focus Ir on ~ h cxperienrrs
r
or tlicsc ethnic aroups in Hawaii. Calllorr~i;~
ant1 M t n n ~ f o t a .
and a Iourn,jI, loww rlivirron will cloa jnirrn;tl. Thrrr will
1 1 1 ~ ~ ~ r d i v i s i o n ~ t u dwill
e n dnapaprr
t5
t)r an exam un the t ~ x and
t
readlng~.
Fees: $15 for meals and films etc.
Prerequ~sites:Lower Divis~on,None
Upper Divis~on,sophomore standing and consent of instructor
D~stribution:Ii~storyand Philosophy
Time: I
Studies in Ancient and Medieval History
Through the Reformation
His 366 - 4190
Instructor: Richard Nelson
This course is intended for those students who, having completed a course i n either ancient,
medieval, renaissance, or reformation history, have a desire t o extend their work in one of
those areas. Students will meet with me on a regular arranged basis for consultation and
identification of the topic they intend to study. These topics can be of varied nature: e.g.,
biographical, social, military,art, literature, etc. The final result of thestudy will becompletion
of a paper or project.
Prerequisite: One history course and consent of instructor
Time: II
Brush Up
Mat 103 - 4150
Instructor: Bev Durkee
Thiscourse is designed asa brush u p in arithmetic and elementary algebraskills.Thecourse will
be particularly helpful for students in elementary education or w h o will b e taking statistics as
part of a major. Part of the work will be done on the computer.
There will be diagnostic tests t o determine study needs, homework assignments t o gain skills,
and written problem solving tests to determine achievement. Grades will be determined by
test scores. Course of study i s completely individualized.
Time: I
S 108
Mathematical Aspects of Music
Mat 130 - 4149
Instructor: Ben Cooper
This course has t w o purposes. The first is to convey some mathematics that musicians should
know (or know about), mostly concerning such pre-musical topics as acoustics, scales, tuning,
and the premises of twelve-tone composition, but also concerning the question of the
meaning of compositional style and quality.Thesecond purpose is t o try tocounterthecultural
invrntine or discovering
isolation of motlcrn malhematics by mcans o l parallel e r t p ~ r i c n c r %
math~maticr;
and writing music,anrl thro~ghc-antactwith one or two rna~hr*rnaticalto~ics
not
t
a tangential bearing o n music,
usually found in the curriculum t h a t a r c r i a n i l i ~ a n t ~ t r a v e aleas1
and con bc enjoycd with minimdl prereq~lisites.When pos~ihle,we will Iry trl hear those things
we discuss mathematically through recordings or performant:e. Grades will be based o n
homework exercises, mostly mathematical, but including the composition of at least one
canon. Therefore some experience i n part writing is essential. The necessary mathematics will
be developed i n class.
Prerequisites: Music 101 o r equivalent and some high school algebra.
Distribution: Mathematics - Physics
Time: I
Mathematical Themes in History and Philosophy
M a t 134 - 4188
M a t 334 - 4189
Instructor: Larry Copes
This course is designed for students who enjoy challenging reading and writing, but may be
uncomfortable with mathematics. Objectivesare to examine waysin which mathematical ideas
have affected and have been affected by philosophical ideas and historical movements. We
shall examine h o w number systems, algebra, cardinality, and axiom systems have related to
various epistemologies. There will be t w o exams and two short papers.
Students must be qualified for College Algebra, as demonstrated (for example) by being i n
Croup A on the Augsburg Mathematics Placement Exam.
Upper division: Students should have taken at least one mathematics course beyond Calculus II. Grading will be based o n three papers.
Prerequisites: Yes
Distribution: Mathematics - Physics
Time: II
O M 25
Introduction to Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview
Mus 110 - 4151
Instructor: Roberta Metzler
Visitation of clinical f a c i l i ~ i ~i rsl t l ~ cMetropolitan area to observe music therapy in practice.
Objectives of the coursr will Ile lo llccorn~familiar with a variety of clientele (Including
mentally retarded, emotionally tlis~url)ed,nntl p11ysic.illy hilndicapped), and t u observ~how
music therapy function< wilt1 diricrcnt populations. I n addition to the field trips, c-lasircmm
discussions will include an o v e r v i ~ wol nlusir fherapy prac-tires and theory in thir country and
abroad. Evaluation will be based o n tests,field trip reports, and class participation. A special fee
of $15.00 will be required, t o cover the cost of transportation. A special class project will be
required for upper division credit. Student times must beflexible, toallow for field tripsduring
either the morning or afternoon.
Fees: $15.00
Distribution: Art - Music
M24
Time: II
Sign and Song
Mus 161 - 4152
Mus 361 - 4153
Instructor: Larry Fleming
This course of study will investigate the relationship between visual symbols utilized in
"signing" for the hearing impaired, and the basicelementsof music: melodiccontour, rhythm,
and text topics.
The process will include:
I. Theory-Readings and discussion i n the areas of symbol, image, ritual, and gesture by
authors S. Langer, B. Shahn, C. lung, T. Stafford, and others.
II. ~ a r t i c i ~ a t i o n - ~ a s i"signing"
c
will b e taught by an area expert, so that fundamental
concepts, vocabulary, and gestures are experienced and understood.
Ill. Observation-Visits at local congregations and schools where signing is used with song.
Although of special benefit for Music, Drama, and Education students, this study might prove
useful for any interested student. N o previousexperienceor music training is necessary. Upper
division credit requires the writing of a position paper.
Distribution: Art - Music
M 22
Time: II
Trends and Issues in Nursing
Nur 330 - 4154
Instructors: Susan Knust - Nancy Malcolm
Nursing is viewed from an historical, current and futurist perspective to develop theories and
concepts of leadership, change, and role development. The nurse as leader is discussed i n
terms of ethics and accountability to the profession and t o society. The changing health care
needs and demands of society are examined i n light of theability of the health caresystemand
health care providers to meet those needs. The role of the nurse in meeting current and
projected societal health care needs is discussed with emphasis on changing and emerging
roles in nursing.
The student increases his/her awareness of the complexities of societal and health issues by
examining the political and legislative processes related to such issues. Emphasis is placed o n
the impact of these processeson the nursing profession and health care delivery. The role of
the nurse as an active participant i n these processes i s examined as well. Teaching methods
include lecture, discussion and a variety of expert guest speakers. Evaluation methods include
annotated bibliography, student debates and paper and pencil test.
O M 11
Time: II
The Nature of Contemplation
Phi 210 - 4157
Instructor: Mark Fuehrer
Thiscourse will examine the nature of contemplation by meansof philosophicalanalysis of the
works of several contemplative writers. The following concepts will be analyzed and
discussed: the object of contemplation, the effects of contemplation on the human subject,
the modes of contemplation, and the language of contemplation.
The course will consist of introductory lectures o n topics t o be discussed followed by selected
readings and discussions i n class. Each student will prepare one paper of moderate length on a
topic of his/her choosing with respect t o the course. Students will be given a grade based on
the term paper and the individual discussions.
Distribution: History - Philosophy
Time: II
O M 23
Age of Aquarius? A Philosophical Look
at Some Contemporary lssues
Phi 250 -4158
Instructor: Kenneth Bailey
A popular song says: "This is the dawning of the Age of Aquarius." Is it? Aquarius, the
Waterbearer, the eleventh sign of the zodiac, symbolizes simplicity, peace, and brotherhood.
Whether such an age has begun is a question. Some astrologers say it began as early as 1930;
others that it is just dawning. However that may be, i n this course we will discusssome of the
concerns (e.g., freedom, morality, hunger) that face whatever age we may be in, from a
philosophical standpoint.
Basically a discussion course. Grades will be based o n written tests and class participation.
Distribution: History - Philosophy
OM 10
Time: II
Islamic Philosophy: Past and Present
Phi 410 - 4156
Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach
A study of the preservers of the Classic Greek tradition, analyzing h o w they reshaped the
materials they inherited and i n what way they helped influencc the rise of Medieval Christian
thought. To what extent current Islamic thought preserves their heritage or is conditioned by
Christian western culture will be explored.
Seminar format, with presentation and discussion of research papers.
Prerequisites: No, though some previous philosophy recommended.
Distribution: History - Philosophy
M 23
Time: I
1982 Oak Ridge ~ssociatedUniversities
Science Minimester
Phy 322 - 4159
Inctructor: Kermit E. Paulson
A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on" laboratory
experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1) introductory work on
radiation detection and measurement at Augsburg, (2) participation in the 1982 Oak Ridge
Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student has the opportunity to study
projects i n nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation,
coal technology, health physics,and radiological safety; and (3) summary and evaluation of the
program back at Augsburg.
This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional
Tra~ningprogram. Two weeks of the coursewill bespent i n Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the
instructional staff and laboratory facilitiesof ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for
laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students.
Fecs: The cost for travel and housing will be approximately $250.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor.
Time: I
S 24
Democratic Theory and Practice
Pol 381 - 4160
Instructor: Milda Hedblom
A study of democraric theory and public policy practice with focu, on the emergence of
political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. An extensive
research project will b e required in one of the major themes of the course involving
considerable independent work.
Prerequisites: Two courses political science,economics, philosophy or instructor's permission.
M 25
Time: II
The Politics of American Defense
POI 461 - 4161
Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten
Contending explanations of American foreign policy-making will be examined with special
concern for nuclear strategy and military intervention. Issues arising out of the Carter and
Reagan defense policies will be discussed i n the light of previous American foreign policy
behavior since World War II. .
Grades will be based on t w o 5-page essays i n which students will reflect and comment on
course readings, class discussions, and their experiences i n a policy-making simulation to be
held during one all-day class in mid-January.
Prerequisites: One introductory course in political science or permission of the instructor.
M 25
Time: I
Use of the Personal Computer in Psychology
Psy 241 - 4163
lnitructor: Richard Marken
See how a personal computer (the Psychology Department's Apple Il)can be used as a tool t o
explore the mind. Learn t o write simple programs i n BASIC which will produce graphic
displays, measure response time, d o statistical analyses and mndel thought processes. See the
fruits of your efforts i n glorious color on the Apple II TV scleen. Evaluation based o n
programming projects and two tests.
P3
Time: II
Designing an Introductory Psychology Course
Psy 305 - 4164
Instructor: Norm Ferguson
The course will involve students i n all phases of developing an introductory psychology course.
This will include assessing the background and interests of the potential students, developing a
course outline, choosing the classroom teaching methods, selecting the textbooks, preparing
the exams and other forms of evaluation, and determining the grading procedures.
There are two main objectives: (1) t o give students exposure to principles of curriculum
development and theories of intellectual growth and development and (2) t o give students an
opportunity to experience thesubject matter of introductory psychology from the perspective
of an instructor.
Evaluation will be based o n daily class participation and written assignments.
Prerequisites: Two courses in psychology.
Time: II
P1
Reading in the Works of Robert Coles
Psy 372 - 4162
Instructor: Duane Johnson
Thiscourse will providean opportunity to read i n the works of Robert Coles with major focus
o n conditions under which children develop. Reading will also include some attention t o
authors closely related to Coles' perspective.
Robert Coles isone of America's most widely published writers; much of his writing is based on
a participant-observer style ol rrsaarrh. I-lp<prnclsfuhstantial time with particular persons i n
various settings (southrrnri-5, rrligrants, sliarc~cropllers, Eskimos, Chicanos, Indians, the
affluent and privileged, pcoplc of Iflsler 2nd South Africa) and reports their lives with
sensitivity and with particirlar ~ l r p n l i o1 ~
0 ltheir ~ r r c * ~ ~ k
He
ll~
i s ra.perceptive criticof our society
and a spokesperson for the "less advantaged" and minority persons.
Some initial study and planning will be required prior t o the beginning of the interim; each
student must contact Dr. Johnson n o later than December 1 for further details regarding these
assignments and t o confirm her/his registration i n the course. Course expectations will include
extensive reading, regular class attendance and contribution, an annotated journal, and ashort
summary paper. Course will be offered only on a P-N grading basis.
Prerequisites: 86105 - General Psychology
P5
Time: I
Hawa~iJanuary 4-30
The Confrontation of Cultures
and Religions in Hawaii
rC
Rel 321 - 4166
Instructor: P h ~ l ~
Quanbeck
p
Cost: $1795
It
A study of Buddhism, Protestant Christianity, Mormonism,and Polynesian religion with special
attention t o their interrelation i n Hawaii. Special attention given t o t h e following: the meeting
of New England Calvinism and Hawaiian traditional culture and religion and its results today;
the meeting of Christianity and both Chinese and Japanese Buddhism i n Hawaii today; and the
approach of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter Day Saints (Mormons) to the Polynesians.
Efforts will also be made to study aspects of Chinese and Japanese cultures and religions i n
their own right.
Evaluation will be based o n class participation and the submission of a journal.
Distribution: Religion
Prerequisites: one religion course
Grading: P/N only
Christianity in Modern Africa
Re1 366 - 4165
Instructor: Bradley Holt
This cour.;c. is i n t ~ n c l r t10
l inform l~artiriparitsabout thr. c'ontrmporary r r l i g i c > ~situatir~n
~s
In
s r l e c ~ r trrgions
l
~f Africa and ~ o s t i r n u l a ~rcllccrion.on
c
llrc univrrsat r taimsol Christianiry anrl
form< il takrbs. A l f r n l i o r i will h r #ivcn lo Iht? lllarrting of Ctiristii~nityit1
the v d l i ~ Ot (~CUIIU~JI
klric-a,to I t s d ~ v e l o ~ ~rlntler
t n ~ nr ~n l n n ~ arrgimt:s,arlrl
l
irs rrr.rnt growth in ~nrlcpendentstates.
T l i r " l r ~ r l o p m d r n r " African churches will bc stuclirvl. as well as aliprnpt5 lu l u r n ~ l ~ l .an
rt~
"Africa11 Christian Tlienlngy." Tlrrb c o u r w wlIT ~ n i l ~ l uler.lur~s.
y
v t s i ~ i nresourrv
~
I)ersr)n,
a i~rllo-visual~ i r l s. i,~ i r frlisr-i15sionnfr ~ a r l i n gmaterials. Stirrlrnts will beevaluated ona research
j,lppr and an examination.
P! "equisites: One cohrse i n religion.
Uis~r1,-ution: Religion
Time: II
O M 18
-
Christianity in Crisis: The New Evangelicals
Confront the Twentieth Century
Re1 368 - 4187
Instructor: Bruce Stuart
Protestant Christians respond to science, social change, and critical views of their faith.
"Bible-believing" and "evangelical" Americans attempt to shape their culture and call
America t o a "Christian" and a "moral" pattern. Emphasis will be placed on the history and
thought of "Born-Again" Christians since the 1920's.
Key issues: Fundamentalism vs. Modernism, The Scopes Trial, Revivalism, Faith-healing,
inerrancy of scripture, the Christian i n politics, the "electronic church" and prayer in the
public school
Key figures: W.B. Riley, Carl Mclntire, Billy Graham, Oral Roberts, Jerry Falwell, several
American Presidents, Mark Hatfield
Classroom lectures and discussion, one Sunday morning of television, texts and reserved
reading. There will be two tests and a short paper.
Prerequisites: One course i n religion
Distribution: Religion
Time: I
*+*
Israel January 3-28
Israel, Ancient and Modern
Re1 375 - 4167
Instructor: John Benson
Cost: $2195
This course encounter will focus o n archaeology and geography with special attention t o
methods and results of archaeology as they relate to biblical sites in Israel. The group will live
primarily in Jerusalem where there will be lectures, walking tours in the O l d City, and visits to
museums and places of religious and historical interest. Twoside trips are planned: one to the
north, including places such as the Sea of Galilee, Tiberias, Capernaum, Hazor Megiddo and
Nazareth; and another t o the south, which will include such places as Ashdod, Beer-sheba,
Masada and Qumran. Some time will be spent in London at the beginning of the interim.
There will be required reading, and students will keep a journal.
Prerequisites: one course i n religion
Distribution: Religion
Grading: P/N only
Practicum in Human Services
Swk 257 - 4169
Instructor: Doug Perry
Thirty hours per week of volunteer work i n a human service agency i s combined with readings
and weekly seminars. An opportunity to discover whether a career i n human services is for you.
Evaluation will be based on submission of journals, summary of experience and a final
examination.
Students will b e asked t o meet with instructor before the end of Fall Semester i n order to
discuss selection of agency and structure of the course.
Objectives:
1) To develop special awareness of the kinds of problems for which people seek help.
2) To increase knowledge of the service given by the agency i n which student is serving.
3) To gain knowledge of the professionals i n the organization, including their skills,
competencies, education, and training.
4) To gain beginning knowledge about the diversity of human service agencies.
5) To increase understanding of self i n relation t o the human service field.
Time: I
Field Work Ill
Swk 466 - 4170
Instructor: Edwina Hertzberg
Continuation o f educationally focused field placement in a social service agency (Field Work
11).
Student will spend 15 hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty
facilitated supportive seminar held on campus.
Student will b e evaluated in writing by Field Work Instructor using previously developed field
learning agenda and social work evaluation form.
Objectives:
1) To use supervisory relationship t o increase interpretive as well as performance competence.
2 ) To promote gradual entry into direct practice.
3) To increase competence i n client contact phase of the problem solving process.
4) To increase student self awareness in regard to professional practice interest, areas of
strength and areas for personal/professionaI development.
5) To promote competence i n the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis o n
analysis and resolution stages.
6) To apply human behavior and social environment theories content to analytic processes
and t o develop interpretive ability.
7) To continue to promote gradual entry into action-intervention phase of the problemsolving process.
8 ) To further examine minority issues in relation t o practice.
(Note: this will be offered for 1/2or full credit. For full credit, student will spend 30 hours per
week i n placement, the additional 15 hours to be i n non-client contactactivities whichaddress
specific projects i n the agency, as written into the field learning agenda and agreed upon
among student, field instructor, and faculty supervisor)
Prerequisites: Field Work II
O M 11
Time: II - 4:00 - 5:00 p.m. T,W,Th
Pol 399 - 4184 Washington Interim
A study-internship program i n Washington, D. C. i n connection with the
Washington Center of Learning Alternatives, Information o n projects, housing
and financial assistance i s available from Dr. Barbara Richards-Haugen i n
Memorial 113.
Swk 312 - 4185 Training School o n Alcohol and Drug Abuse
Intensiveexperiential and didactictraining at Johnson Institute combined with
week-long experience i n chemical dependency treatment agency. Students
are evaluated according to participation i n classes, experiential learning and i n
the chemical dependency agency. Enrollment is very limited. Social Work
95257, social work major and permission of contact person, Eddie Hertzberg,
are prerequisites. Cost: $100.
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
The following activities are a v a l l a l ~~nrrudents
l~
during interim and may be taken in addition t o
a regular course. They d o riot carry nlfir,inl credit, but they d o meet the life-time sports
requirement for graduation. S~uderrksmay parlicipate in any one of these without registering
for the course, but will be e x p ~ r ~ rtor lpay any fees whether or not credit i s received.
Badminton
Hpe 002 - 4178
Instructor: Marilyn Pearson
Basic techniques and theory of beginning badminton - much of the class time will be spent i n
singles and doubles games and tournaments. There will b e n o written tests or outside
assignments.
Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport
Time:'12:00 Noon
Melby
Volleyball
Hpe 002 - 4179
Instructor: E. W. Anderson
Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy volleyball.
Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport.
Time: 12:OO Noon - 1:00 p.m. daily
Melby
Racquetball
Hpe 002 - 4180
Instructor: E.W. Anderson
Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy racquetball.
Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport.
Time: 8:00 a.m. - 9:00 a.m. daily
Melby
American Karate: Fun, Fitness, Sport, Self Defense
Hpe 002 - 4191
Instructor: M i k e Teitelbaum
An introduction t o "American" Karate. Form, basic techniques and practical usage will b e
taught by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt Instructor.
Fees: approximately $20.
Time: 12:OO Noon Monday, Wednesday, Friday
Melby
Show less
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM 1991
..................................................................
2
............................................................................3
..........................................................3
.........
......................................... ... Show more
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM 1991
..................................................................
2
............................................................................3
..........................................................3
.........
......................................... ....~...................
....,.,.,.. .. .
....... .......44
..........................................................5
.............................................................34
.................................................................35
............................................36
Introduction
Calendar
About this Catalog
Options
Visiting Students
Augsburg Courses
UMAIE Courses
Other Courses
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The
College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of
teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways
not possible during the regular term.
Because one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to
spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for
a four-course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for
only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student
who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students
generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few Interim
courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course
description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such
Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students
registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments
and a more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of
which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number
of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer student enrolled full
time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation).
For More Information
Interim Office Memorial 230)
Interim*tary,
Kay Thoat =lo25
Interim Dimtor, Dr. Don Gustafsonat 330 - 1119 Memorial 114b)
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age,
marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title 1Xof the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of
the Rehabilitation Act of1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and
employment practices.
Interim Calendar 1990
.............................................................Interim Registration
...........................................................................
Late Interim Registration
.........................................................................................
First Day of Interim
October 29 -November 2
December 3
January 2
Class I 9:00 a.m.
Class I1 1:00 p.m.
........+..C..H...U
.....................................U..U...Y.m..r..La~tDay for CanceYAdd
...................Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar
January 3
January 16
January 18
January 30
February 4
..................................................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
....................................................................................................
Interim Ends
................................................................................ Spring Semester Begins
The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will
be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into
two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon (on the first day of classes Time I classes will begin at
9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special
convocation on Monday, January 21, at 1:00p.m.
About This Catalog
The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by
Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Further descriptions
and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial
230. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of
the Catalog.
Options
International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one of the 27
international Interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of
this catalog.
Independent or Directed Study - Studentsmay elect a progt-am of independent
study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim.
Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for
more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue
independent or directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at
least one week before registration and no later than December 3. Appropriate
study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-14 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these
Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help
students in applying for registration at other schools.
Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Note that Interim Courses at
Macalester, Hamline and St. Thomas begin on January 7 .
Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-14 schools are accepted
for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting
Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects
courses offered for the Religion requirement.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-14 schools for the
January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution
agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The
waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other
students will be charged $708 for the Interim course.
Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to
the Interim Director for application fonns or use the forms provided by the
Interim Office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10.
Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so.
Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office.
Courses
The Florida Keys: Marine Biology
of the Florida Keys and Writers of The Florida Keys
This interdisciplinay program will involve about two weeks of study i n southern
Florida. It will be based at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute on Big Pine Key
during most of this period but there will also be a brief trip to the Everglades. Two
distinct course offerings are availablefor credit, taught by Ralph Sulerud and John
Mitchell. Descriptions for these courses can be found in the appropriate departmental
sections of this catalog (Biology and English.)
The interdisciplinay component will involve several days of field trips conducted by
the personnel of the institute. Unique communities such as coral reefs and mangrove
swamps will be studied. There will be plenty of opportunity for snorkeling, and scuba
diving is available for those who are certified. Students will also make several visits to
Key West, and will study some of the writings of Key West authors (see page 12). All
students will participate in these activities and i n certain classes i n addition to completing the specific requirements of the course for which credit will be given. It is intended
that relationships will become apparent between the biology of the Florida Keys and the
writing which has emerged from this interesting environment.
A fee of approximately $1,200 will be charged for transportation (including airfare),
lodging, most meals and the services (field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.) of the
Newfound Harbor Marine Institute.
Marine Biology of The Florida Keys
BIO 140-41048; 340-41049
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of marine organisms
and marine ecology. Most of approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at
the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The institute offers
laboratory facilities and field trips in addition to housing and a dining hall. Field
trips will pennit the study of diverse habitats such as those of coral reefs, shallow
bays, mangrove swamps, seagrass communities and tide pools. Organisms from
these communities and others will be investigated onsite and in the laboratory. A
marine biologist from the institute will be available to lead field trip and conduct
specialized classes. Upon termination of the program at the institute there will be a
short trip to the Everglades to experience yet another interesting environment.
Preparation for the excursion to the keys will be made during the week prior to
the trip. This will include an introduction to marine biology utilizing a variety ol
audiovisual materials. The final week will be devoted primarily to study and the
completion of course requirements.
The course will have an interdisciplinary component. Biology students will
interact with students from John Mitchell's Key West Writers course. Further
information concerning this component will be found listed under The Florida
Keys in the Interdisciplinary section of this catalog.
Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the program, a journal
based on daily experiences, and one or two exams. Upper division students will
also do a special research project which will be the basis of a paper.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor. For upper division credit, Biology 111
and 112 or equivalent.
Distribution: BiologyIChemistry
Time: I
Room: Science 213
Molds, Mushrooms and Humans
BIO 141-41047
Instructor: Esther McLaughlin
The course will make familiar the "fifth kingdom1' of o'ganisms, fungi,often
neglected in undergraduate curricula. 'Ihe biology and classification of fungi,their mle ir
the ecosystem (rotting and other activities),and their medical, industrial and commedal
importance will all be covered in ledures, student pmentationsand field trips.
Evaluation will be via tests,quizzes, and graded presentations. Some classroom
demonstrationsof fungal typesand forms will be included.
Distribution: BiologylChemistry
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
Chemistry for Changing Times
CHE 100-41001
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
'Ibis is a non-labontorychemistry course W on the popular book by JohnW. Hill
of the s m title. It is not a traditional chemistry come and does not assume a science
backgod. Basic science and math are introdud early and taught as needed for
understandmgthe various topics and implications. 'Ihemumedoes assumethe studentis
in-ted
in and concerned about the relationshipof chemistry to life and living.
Chemistryhas been intimately a part of liberal eduation for centuries. The early
scientists we= considered to be philosophersand their societies were philosophical
societies. In recent decades the human seeking of pemnal independem has led to
chemistrybecorning a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependare on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertdkm, plastics, "thepill", food additivesand
processed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides,
pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on
and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The
common bgged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a mult of a chemical
imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex systemof alked body
chemistry. Even learning appears to be the mult of chemicalreaction to forma
"memory molecule". Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then
but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our
universe? Come pin us as we take a molecular look at the hummamWion
This course will be offered in a lecture/discsussion format Films will supplementthe
lechm/discsussion periods. Daily quizzes willbe used for evaluation This course meets
a distributionneed but does not satisfy prerequisitesfor Chemistry 106or 116.
Prerequisite: High School Algebra
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I1
Room Science 315
A Labaatory Intro&m
to Chemisty
<31M113.41002
Instructar: JoanKunz
Substances changed into new materials; colors change; solids v t e from
solution a m i stry is Lhe scimcc which trim to dcrstand these and many other
c h a n p wmning in the ma ttm around us. An intemting way to become introduced to
&anistry and to problem solving in the sciences is to do laboratory q x r h e n t s . 'Ihis
muse presents an introduction to chemistry using the laboratory as the chief arena for
instruction Studentswillbe introduced to measurements, reactions, synthesesand
chanical problem solving such as idcntifiation of simple m p u n d s in solution and
dekmination of amounts of matuials prrscnt in a sample Pmpr attention to techniques and safe practices in the laboratoryis scpeded. The course will meet each week
day fot thm hours. Course grades will be based on the quality of the laboratmy work,
tl-e I a h t m y reports ~summri;jngeach eqmimk),and an e m at the end of tlw
murse.
Distributiom Biology/Chemistry
Time:I
Room Science 315
COBOL
CSC 27141003
Instructo~:LanyRagland
A study of the COBOL progmning languagefor studentswith someprevious
howledge of pmgrammhg. This course will expand a student's knowledge of p r e
gramming and pmgmmkg languagesthrough pmentation of the features of COBOL
together with programming techniques for using those features. Thiscourse will include
lechms and programmingassignments in COBOL. Evaluation will be based on the
progaming assignments and examinations.
Pnsequisite: One course with a study of computer language (eg, CSC 170)
Time:I
Room: Science 112
Puinciples of Miaaeconornics
ECO 1l%4100Q
Instrudo~Satva Guvta
~n introdkon bmicroeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market
structuresand income distribution the^ willbe an applicationof elementaryeconomic
theory to market policy. Grades will be based on tests in class.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time:I
Room: Library 1
C 0 n ~ o r a . EcommicRelatim
y
Betzueen East and West
ECO 319-41037
Instructo~Magda Palemy-Zapp
In this course,we'll explore motivations for ecommic cooperation between countries
with different political and economic system 'Ihis will be followed by the analysisof thc
conditionsfor East-West economic cooperation and its pattans. We'll focuson m t
developmentsin pint economic and indusbial cooperation. Students will share an
understandingof economic relations at the national level and see how nations with
diffemt economic and political systems employ the principles of politics and economics
in their own domestic and international affairs. Using compamtivemeans,institutions
and systems that drive cornmaw and g o v m c e will be explored and explained,
including recent institutionalchanges in the dm&& of foreign trade in centrallyplanned economics. Then, at the global level, the effects of GAlT, EEC, and OMEA on
East-West economic dations will be examhed. At the end of the course, we'll try to
identify trends and alternativesin the 1980s. 'Ihere will be a mid-term test, a final scam
(takehome),and a
paper.
Prerequisite: Economics 112(Macro)
Time: I
Room: Old Main 21
EcrmomicMysis ofHumanActz*~~l~
and Orgm'mtbns
ECO 31%41038
Instrudac Milo Schield
Objective: To use thetoolsof modernmicm-emnomics to analyze a wide variety of
humanactionsand hurrranoqpizati011~
Issues Understandinginvestmentsin human capital (education,marriage, familyIsocial
clubs, charities, etc.) Undastanding the n a W I growth and mnsequencesof pmperty
rights (an economic theory of law, an economic theory of Western history, an economic
theory of capitalism,etc.) Understandingthen a W , growth and consequences of public
choices (publicopnizations and economicefficiency, voting, politicians, an economic
theory of bureaucracy and an economic theory of the State).
Textbooks: Henri LePage: ' T o m m w Capitalism1', RadniRadnitzkyand Bemholz: "Emnomic
ImperMsm".
Math Level: No calculus;some geometry. Rimarily vehd reasoning.
I quizzes,paper and final.
Approach: Readhgs, lechmsI~ o n sweekly
Evaluation: Quizzes (3at 100/0),final(200/0),book wviews (20%0),paper (20'31)and attendance/parlicipation (~WO).
Prerequisites Uppewlass standing or an upper-divisioncourse in Political Science,
Sociology, Philosophy or Economics, or else the permission of the Instructor.
Time: I1
Room: Science319
For more Economics listings, see Page 36
Human Relations
EDS 38841050
Instructor: Carolyn Clemmons
This class provides valuable insight into the values, communication techniques, cultural mores and other unique characteristicsof major minority groups
in Minnesota. This class is taught from a perspective of minority group members
with interaction from class members.
How do you blend and honor the diverse cultures in a classroom setting?
How might you gain more knowledge of our global society?
Students will develop interpersonal relation skills applicable to teaching and
other professional vocations. This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process.
Time: II Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Old Main 10
Discovery Leaming in ihe World of I(mdergmten
EDE 37541005
Instructor: Bruce Drewlow
This class
students for the unique experiencesand rrsponsibilitiesof a
kindergarkmcla~~~~~)m~classwill:
A. Stms key adult/child relationships.
B. S~RSScurriculum developmentand instructionalsystems which are supportedby
current mearchand practices in education settings.
C. Stress key adult/child relationships.
D. Stress process - '%ow to learn".
E. Sharemearchhsed findingsabout developmentally appropriateclassmom organizational plans.
ER
mntinuities and discontinuities in development (characteristicsof the
kindergarten child).
G. Examine appropriatedevelopmental instructionpractices.
H. Examine appropriatecurriculumdesign and instructionalpmgrams meeting the
needs of the kindergarten student.
I. Explore current methodologies in the instruction of the kindergarten child.
J. Include guest speakem and field trips.
Objectives of the class: At the completionof thisclass the studentwillbe able to
iden*
1.Developmental needs of the kindergarten
2. Discuss the diffe~ntapproachesto kindergarten educationand the theories
behind these approaches.
3. Organizea classroomenvironment to meet the learning needs of students.
4. Identify and create a curriculumplan for teaching kindergarten that meets both t h
students1needs and the teaching style of the teacher.
Grades willbe based on projectsIdiscussion and examination. This is a one-half credit
COum.
Pmequlsites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Educationprogram in pmcess.
Time:I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Library 4
wtiw o f t h r n w q s
ENG 13641051
Instructo~JohnMitchell
This course offers a study of literatureas it relates to setting, in this case an environment that willbe studied and experienced biologically, ecologically, and culturally in
with the mading of essays, poetry, and fiction. 'Ihe study of the environment
co-(E
itself will involve an interdisciplina~~
program based at the Newfound H a h r Marine
Instituteon Big Pine Key about 30 miles from Key West. The main text will be The Key
WestRtnder: l'he Best ofthe Key West Writers,18B1990; in addition, studentswill read
one novel from a variety of choices. It is said that at any given time there are about 50
writas living in Key West. They have included Stephen c1-ane,John Dos Passos, Wallace
Stevens, Ernest Heminpay, Wbeth Bishop, Robert Frost, TennesseeWilliams,
Thomas Sanchez, Thomas McGuane, and nunemus others. Field trips during the twe
week stay will involve excursions into the culturally and racially diverseArt Deco District
of Miami Beach; snorkelingin the coral reefs; trips to the "back country"of the mangrove
islands; visits to the homes of writem like Emest Haningway and TennesseeWilliams;
and an excursion into the Evqlades. A wonderful interplayof environment, culture,
and literaturewill result and the student will be an informed y c e rather than a men?
tourist. Studentswillbe scpected to keep a journal and to write a final paper about 1G12
pages in length, based upon the use of environment as literary setting.
This interdisciplhq program will involveabout two weeks of study in southern
Florida. It willbebased at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute, Big Pine Key during
most of this period but the^^ will also be a brief trip to the Everglades. Two distinct
course offerings m availablefor d t , taught by Ralph Sulerud and John Mitchell.
Descriptions for these c o r n can be found in the appropriate deparhental sections of
this catalog (Biology and English)
The interdisciplinarycomponent will involve several days of field trips conducted by
thepemmnel of the institute. Unique communitiessuch as coral reefs and mangrove
swamps will be studied. Them will be opportunity for snorkeling, and scuba diving for
thosewho are certified. Studentswill also make several visits to Key West, and will
study writings of Key West authors. All students will participate in theseactivities and
in catain classes in addition to completingthe specificr e y h m m t s of the course for
which d t will be given. It is intended that mlationships willbecome apparent
between thebiology of the Florida Keys and the writing which has emerged from this
interesting environment.
A feeof approximately$1,2mwillbe dmged for bansportation (includinga m ) ,
lodging, most meals and the services (field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.)of the
Newfound Harbor Marine Institute.
Pm.requisites:Permission of instruct01
Distribution: EnglishISpeech
Time: I
Room: Old Main l2
The S h a t Stay -Elements of Fidm
1
I
mG~1007/MW10a)
Instructoc Kathryn Swanson
What is fiction? What is good fiction? What elements of fiction should be considered
,in making an evaluation? In this course, students will find answersto thesequestionsby
mding a variety of fictional works and by writing their own fiction.
Although the course will not involvea systematic analysisof the history of the form of
the short story, we willbegin with tales and fables and we will &a sufficientnumber of
classics for the student to appnxiate the historical developmentfrom Poe to Beattie. 'Ihe
c o w willinvolve practice in ways of aplitaature and will include study of the
basic critical terminollogy, so it would be an appmpriatecourse for studentswho have not
yet studied literatureat thecollegelevel.
Students are scpectedto readthe storiesand novel, participate in class discussions,
write an analysisp a p on a selected short story, write an original short story, and take
several quizzes and a finalscam
Students talang thiscourse for upper division d t will m d an additional novel and
p~epw
a substantialpapg/class presentation bsed on it.
All students will be asked to contniute$5 to enable printing and distributionof sel&
original fiction from theclass.
Prerrquisite: Effective Writing
Distriiution: EngIiWSpeech
Time: I
Room: Music 22
Speech Communi*:
W
m Mimniiiie, Social C h ,and their
VioftheEnglishLanpge
ENG ZL9-4l057
Instructm JohnSchmit
'Ihe speech that we use, as much as theclothes that we wear, marks us as members of
a p u p . We adopt the laripage of thecommunity to which we wish to belong, and,
conversely, by njeclingthe languageof a community we are seen to reject the community
itself. Speech communitiesare delineated linguistically, but are definedas culW units.
'Ihe l a n m of each must encompass those conceptsand name those things that the
c
u
m
l holds to be important. 'Ihiscourse will conduct an emmination of issuescentralto
analysis of the speech communitiesof women, minorities and socialstrata. Students willlx
asked to focustheir individual study on an issue of pasonal intevst.
'Ihe come will combine ledme and student-initiated discusion Each student will be
evaluated on thebasis of two examinationsand a short (8 page) p a p .
Distribution: Urban Studies,or Women's Studies, or Minarity Studies
Time: II
Room: Old Main 27
ReSisi0n.s: ConternpmaryDmma in English (1975-pment,l
ENG 24941009
Instructm Douglas Gram
Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality pervade recent
drama in English. These issues are revitalizing both contemporary drama and
productions of classic texts. We will examine how dramatic works of the late '70s
and the '80s, written in English, have been shaped by and have addressed issues
ranging from racial tension and interaction to sexual preference. (We sometimes
survey cumnt drama on several such topics, like class, gender, and language in
1989, and sometimes concentrate solely on plays about one issue, like sexual orientation in 1990.) For comparativepurposes, we will also view a few films on related
topics and try to attend at least two productions in the Twin Cities. There will be
moderate fees for the local productions.
Students will keep a journal, write two in-class essays, and one short paper.
(Theremay also be occasional quizzes.) A series of group projects, which include a
long paper and some performance, will conclude the course.
Prerequisite: ENG 111(Effective Writing) is strongly recommended
Distribution: EnglishISpeech
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 18
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE 232-41042
Instructor: Carol Enke
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and intemational folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities.The majority of
the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment,
and a written test. This is a one-half medit course.
Time: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 202
Administration and Supemision of the
School Health Program
HPE 410-41043
Instructor: Richard Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to
community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experiencein classroom and community.
Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries
of professional journalarticles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a
teaching method.
Pmequisik HPE 320 (School Health C m i d u m )
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place2
CoachingofBasketbaZ1
HPE 477-41090
Instruchm Brian Ammann
?heory, tdmique and administrativeaspects of mchingbas-.
Exams, on-thefloora>aching~~es,danduscoutingreportdbethemethodsofevaluation
Thisisa
&f
cradit catrse.
Time I, Tuesdaysand Thursdaysand alternateFridays
Room: Melby 111
Coachingof Volleyball
HPE 48341054
Instructo~:Marilyn Florian
This c o r n deals with the theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaclng
volleyball. A small part of the grade willbe based on completed assignments; the mapr
portion of the grade will be based on tests.This is a one-half credit course.
Time: I, T and Th and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 111
Officiating of Basketball
HPE---- 41041
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the game of
basketball. There will be practical experience on the floor. Students completing
the course should be ready for certification by the Minnesota High School
Association. Grade evaluation will be based upon tests, papers prepared and
performance on the floor. While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable
that students have some basketball playing experience. This is a one-half credit
course.
Time: 11, Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Si Melby 202
The 18SOs:Ameuica'sWatershed
HIS 33841056
1nstrucl.o~JohnJenswold
lkpmion! War! b b r wiolerm! Ruml mlution! Psycholo@ccrisis! mal
dislmkion! Political comption! Racial conflict!Thc 18% was a dynamicdecade of
crisis and challmge in almost every a s p 3 of American life. This rmwrlcable landmark
d d e pmvidcs a window through which we a n examine a n u m b of nwpr t h m
and W s taking s h a p in d m American d e t y , p l i tics, economics, culture, and
fordp @icy.
We'U appmach thederade thmgh the mdqpof such contemporary writers as
JaneAddams, ATbert Bevcridge, E u p e V. Debs, Theodoxv Dr&, The People's Party,
Jacob Riis, Frederick Jackson Turner, Thontein Veblen, and Booker T. Washington.
These readings - and their historical contacts- will provide the basesof ledures and
discussionson the rcIwant topics of the dmde under study.
Evaluation will be b a s d on short papers on tlac m d i n p and on one essay exarnination, as well as on classdiscussionsof the assigned material.
Prerequisites: HIS 221 or HIS 222, (US. Survey)or consent of instructor
Time: I
Room Old Main l3
The capstone of the Augsburg First Year Experience (FYE)Program is a special
interdisciplinary Interim course with places reserved for first year students. For the 1991
Interim there will be a single course with three sections, each taught by a difierent faculty
member. The course will provide fill credit and will satisfy the Fine Arts distribution
requirement. A few students who are not freshmen will be permitted in the course.
Art and Idea: The Baroque in Europe
INS 191-41011
Instructors: Julie Bolton, Merilee Klemp, Kristin Anderson
How do we see? How do we listen? How do we respond to theater? What is
the nature of art? How m ideas conveyed in art forms? What do the visual arts,
music, and theater have in common? How do they reflect the society in which they
were created? Is art timebound or timeless? All art forms are linked to a particular
time and place. We see that the visual arts, music and theater always reflect the
spiritual and intellectual climate of its time. Using examples of music, art and
theater created in Europe in the Baroque period, the course will explore how to
appreciate and understand the various art forms, e e e the relationships among
the arts, and consider the expression of enduring themes and ideas at different
points in time.
Students will participate in the course through various readings, including
reading plays, studying scores and listening to recordings, and reading primary
source material connected to the art pieces considered. Using the resources of the
College and the city, students will also attend a special performance of the Augsburg
Faculty Artist Series, visit art collections, including the Minneapolis Institute of Arts,
and attend music performances, including the Minnesota Orchestra or the St. Paul
Chamber Orchestra. Students will be expected to attend all required performances
and museum visits, write analyses of the art works or performances, and write a
paper integrating the different arts and time periods studied. There will also be
quizzes.
Costs for tickets to performances should not be more than $15.
Distribution: Fine Arts
Time: I The class will normally meet during Time I, but students will be expected to
attend a limited number of off-campus events (someevenings andlor weekends)as a part
of the class work.
Room: Tjomhom - Nelson Theater
The Paideia Approach: Thinking and Talking
About What You Read
I N S 120-41055
Instructors: Marie McNeff, Vicki Olson
Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the Paideia
seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates.
Students will read selected readings, which will then be discussed in Paideia
seminars. One seminar will use Charlie Chaplan's "Modern Times" for viewing
and then seminar. Open to students with an interest in learning through and
about the Paidcia Program.
Students will read selected readings and view selected films for seminar
discussions, develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe
seminars conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study the
Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for effective seminars;
evaluate their own behaviors during seminars; lead seminars.
Methods of evaluation will include interviews with students and observations of students participating in seminars. Reflective writing will be a part of
the evaluation methodology. The evaluation of the course will be based, in part,
on seminar participation: "The good seminar participant (1) is neither too
impulsive nor overly hesitant in responding, (2) checks periodically on the
purpose and direction of the talk, (3) allows people to be heard, (4) is an active
listener, (5)spreads out the discussion, (6) is considerate, (7)criticizes a point
thoughtfully, (8)makes room for productive silence, (9)is well prepared." (From
"%minar Strategies": portion of essay by Grant Wiggins, Coalition of Essential
Schools, Brown University.)
Time: I
Room: Science 319
Social Change: The Ultimatum of
Community Development in India
I N S 241-41053
Instructor: Vincent Peters
Life in the global community of today's world demands an understanding of
many issues from perspectives not easily achieved without intimate study from a
viewpoint far different than one's own. This course seeks to challenge many
common assumptions regarding the differences between "rich" and "poor,"
"East!' and 'West," while examining the process of social change in the context
of an emerging nation.
South India provides a rich experience of lives in transition, as reformation
sweeps through the culture on every level, bringing socio-economic develop
ment, political empowerment, and redefinition of social and gender roles.
Students immerse themselves in the culture of South India through dialogue,
homestays, and cultural events, and as a result will find their own world view
greatly challenged and enhanced.
We will spend time in Madras, the smaller city of Vellore and villages near
it, in Bangalore and finish with four days in New Delhi which will coincide with
the colorful celebration of Republic Day.
There will be some assigned readings. Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion and field activities, maintenance of a journal and two tests.
The comprehensive fee of $2,695 includes air and surface transportation,
accommodations (half in hotels and half with families), breakfast daily and two
group dinners in addition to the twelve dinners with families.
Registration for this Interim must be made before October 26 at the Office of
International Programs.
W m k LifeTransitions
INS24541010
Instructar: Diane Busico
Are YOU so~~dbyyourfeelingsandconcemedaboutlifechoicesfacing
you? Would you like to have a betterundmtanding of y o d and others?
?he course will explore the process of adultpsychologid development from age 18
on. 'Ihroughbooks and articles, students will see the life come unfold and followvarious
passages through thelife mume Questionswhich naturally arise during the bansition
periods conaming,for example, carem, marriage, and family, will be bein the
context of the life course. StudentswiUbe expeckd to develop a journal andbe involved in
teamwork Upper class students will be scpected to assume team leadershiproles.
Distribution: Women's Studies
Time: I
Room: Old Main 10
Histimj of &eRomrmce Languages
LIN 3124UlZ
Instrue. Donald Steinmek
?he Romance languageshave played and continue to play a mapr mle in history.
Most people are familiarwith the names of the mapr R o m languages: Portuguese,
Spanish,Fm&, Italian,Romanian,but~arealsootherlesshmlanguagesinthis
p u p , such as Galidan, Catalan, P r o v d , l
,
Sardinian,Rom,and others. This
coursewillbe concerned why theselanguagesare so similar and why they&.
Basidy, the similarities stem from the fad that theselanguagesall have the same
source, the poplar Latin speech (oftenmked to as Vulgar Latin) which was spokenby
ordinary people - traders and rmrchants, soldiersand sailors, ruraland &an settlers of all
kinds - within the Roman Empire at its greatest extent. They differin part because
differences in dialect traditionally tend to grow with the passage of time and, very
importantly, these languages have all experienced the influences of various other
languages - such as Arabic in the case of Spanish, Celtic and German for French,
Slavic for Romanian, etc.
'Ihe length of thecoursewill not permit going into great detail regall these
changes,but the mapr developmentswill be emmined mthlly, particularly in thetheof
SpanishandFd
By the end of the c o r n , the student will have seen samplesof almost all theabove
Romance languagesand should be familiar with the basic aspects of thepopular (or
Vulgar) Latin which result in the similarities and alsobe aquainted with m y of the
factos which account for the diffenmm.
Grading for thecourse will be based on the studenfsg e n d pqaration for all
assignments, on specific performance for two tumin assignments, and on a final
examination
Pnmquisites: at least thee terms of some Romance Language or a linguisticscourse
Time:I
Room Old Main 22
Math and Ifs Applications: SSucceed Wth Math
MAT 1324013
I n s t r u e . Suzanne Do&
Are you a math avoider? Do numbers and symbols s<rare you? Do you wonder why a
student mapring in socialscience or h d t i e s needs to know some math?Would you
like to irrgroveyour math SHS,
be mom at ease wib math, and maybe even learn to like
math (a little)? If you answered "yes" to any of the above, thiscourseis for you.
In thismuse we will wok on solving problem and puzzles to help you be comfortable when dealing with numbers and to generally impmw your quantitativem n i n g
skills. W e w i l l s e e m a n y ~ o f m ~ t i c s i n b u s ~ a n d d s c i ~ .
Evaluation willbe based on homework problems, a pmblansolvingjournal, and
several short papes. kwillbe no quizzes or tests.
Time 11
Room Science212
Ma& ofbrterest
MAT 173-41014
Instrum Ken Kaminsky
Have you ever wondenxi why women have been charged more thanmen for
annuities and &ved
lower p e n s i o n ~ tthan
s men? Or why women have paid less
than men for life irmmme?Or how life inspremiums calculated? Or how
instalhmt loan payments are figured out? Or how much money to invest in order to
accumulate a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the fuhm? Then
thisc o r n may be meant for you. Theseand other interestingand usefultopics in the
mathematics of financialkmsadions willbe c o d .
'Ihisc o r n should be usefulfor studentsin businessand ecomrnics or for any
students intemtd in cawen in finmedated fields. Evaluation willbe based on classmom participationand quizzes.
Prerequisites Group III on math placement test ar equivalent
Distnlution. Mathematicsmhysics
Time I
Room Science 212
Creative Arts Therapies: A Clinical Overview
MUS ll(F41017
Instntctor: Roberta Metzler
An introductory course for students interested in interdisciplinary approaches of the various arts therapies, emphasizing the individual contributions
of dance, drama, music, art and other arts to the therapeutic process. The class
will visit clinical treatment facilities in the area. Evaluation will be based on
three tests and field trip reports.
Special fee to cover transportation: $15.
Time: I1
Room: Music 24
Electronic Music Composition
MUS 23&41063/430-41015
Instructor: Robert Karlen
An opportunity for students to explore, experience, and create some of the
sounds found in 20th Century music. Through a "hands+nl' approach, participants
will be involved in:
1.Making multi-track recordings on half-track, quarter-track, and cassette decks
through an eight-track mixer.
2. Individually creating, modifymg and mixing sounds from traditional sound
sources as well as from analog and computercontrolled synthesizers.
The study and application of practical electronic technology used in the production of music today will be combined with aesthetic considerations necessary for the
creative aspects of the art.
Much of the work in this course will be done in small groups. Lower division
students will work with up to four channel-four track recording involving techniques of speed changing, splicing, reversing tape direction and filtering using
primarily traditional and non-traditionalsound sources. Upper division students
will also use electronicallysynthesized sound sources including computer controlled
keyboard, overdubbing and overlaying up to seven tracks.
Students must have the use of a portable cassette recorder, and provide themselves with a 7-inch reel of blank recording tape and a blank cassette tape.
Prerequisite: Music theory or permission of instructor for upper division status.
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I1
Room: Music 5
Beginning Nonoegian I
NOR 111-41018
Instructor: Frankil Shackelford
Course 111is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. The
course aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, writing, and
cultural understanding. Classroom practice focuseson both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts.
The finalgrade is derived from daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
What Do You Think Of That?
PHI 250-41019
Instructor: Kenneth C.Bailey
There are many puzzling issues in our lives and world which deserve some
clear and careful thought. What shall we think and say about such contemporary issues as "Freedom of the Will"; "Can Computers Think?"; and 'What are
the Grounds of Moral Responsibility?". In this course we will discuss these and
other concerns that confront our age, in an attempt to understand them more
clearly.
Discussions will be based upon readings from a wide selection of authors,
some traditional (such as John Locke, Rene Descartes, and William James); and
some very much in the forefront of contemporary discussion (such as Ayn Rand,
B.F. Skinner, Sidney Hook, and John Hospers). Their views are provocative, to
say the least, and they will challenge you to ask, again and again, 'Well, Now.
What Do You Think of That?".
Grades will be based upon a mid-term examination, a final examination, and
class discussions.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
Time: I1
Room: Music 22
Introduction to Weather
PHY 106-41020
Instructor: Noel Petit
A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four
basic areas observing the weather changes and understanding the world's
climate. Related topics to be included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water
cycle), pollution, economic effects of the weather, and weathefs impact on world
events. This course is designed to be an elective or satisfy the MathematicsPhysics distribution requirement for the liberal arts student.
The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory followed by a
two-week trip through the Southeast United States visiting major weather
facilities. The itinerary will include stops at Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma
City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and Gulfport, Mississippi; Tampa, Miami, Cocoa
Beach, Daytona Beach and Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour
and explanatory program for the functions of that facility. Topics of the visits
will be severe storms, control of the water in the Mississippi River basin, automated weather observation at sea, television station weather facilities, hurricane
tracking, weather satellites, and agricultural weather.
During the trip the student will maintain a journal of weather and site visits.
Daily weather maps will be created using portable weather satellite reception
systems carried on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits of operational
weather facilities, but also will allow the student to experience the full range of
climates across the U.S. from north to south.
Daily quizzes and lectures will be given during the travel. Grades will be
based upon the journal, two hourly examinations and an individual project
completed during the trip. The cost will be approximately $700. Initial deposit
due by October 26.
Prerequisites: High School Algebra
Distribution: MathematicsRhysics
Time: I
Room: Science 28
Introduction to Space Science
PHY 320-41021
Instructor: Ken Erickson
This course is designed for students in science and engineering who are
interested in acquiring a basic knowledge of the major topics required for further
study in the field of space science.
The course will provide a survey of the earth's space environment including
solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics.
Topics include solar flares, solar corona, the solar wind, the bow shock, rnagnetopause, radiation belts, plasma sheet, magnetic storms, and magnetosphereionosphere coupling with special emphasis on magnetospheric substorms,
current systems, particle precipitation, and aurora. Evaluation will be based on
assignments, two exams and a paper.
Prerequisites: PHY 245 or consent of instructor
Time: I
Room: Science 205
Spreadsheet Physics
PHY 15141022
Instructor: Jeff Johnson
Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123)have been used extensively in business for
years. However, it is also possible to use spread sheets to solve physics problems
without using "high-powered" mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student
who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive
level. We will use Lotus 123 to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas
including planetary and projectile motion. Some of the problems investigated
might be in areas other than physics. Grading will be based on spreadsheet
projects, homework, and a final exam.
Prerequisites: Math level lII
Distribution: Mathematics/Physics
Time: I
Room: Science 30
Understanding the Middle East Through Literature
POL 241-41062
Instructor: Renee Taft
Literature in the Middle East can be a sensitive barometer of the manner in
which individuals have sought to cope with the challenges and crises experienced by their societies and have defined themselves within and against societies
which an? themselves in the process of change and redefinition. In this seminar,
students will examine a number of novels as well as expository prose in English
from Egypt and the Arab world, Israel and Iran. Because the theme of common
concern in our time is the Arab-Israeli conflict, emphasis will be placed on gaining a
better understanding of its ramifications. The seminar will emphasize close reading
and analysis of texts, classroom discussion and essay writing. No prerequisite
required although some basic knowledge of the Middle East is preferable. Final
examination and one paper comparing two or more authors read.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time: I
Room: Music 23
Alternative Politics
PoLW1058
Instructm RandallKindley
'Ihe qanding role of alternativepolitical movements is one of themost fascinating
socialphenomena of the last quarterof thecentury. Politid plies, inhest p u p s and
~ m tmovanenk
s
that will fit our conventional view of left and right are becoming
significantpolitical playersat the national and local level in the United States and abmad.
'Ihe Gram, for example, have become parbmentary contendersin many Empean
countries. Youth and c h d mowmats have figured prominently in thepolitical changes
that swept EasternE m p e in 198P1990. Inbhremb, en-talist,
anti- nuclear,
religious and anti-tion
p u p s are gaining in memkrship and activism while
traditional competitionbetwemDemocl.at and Republicanwanes. Will the politics of the
21st Century be based on these new political cleavages?
In thiscourse, we will scarnine the phenomenon of alternative political m m t s
from a menational, national and local pmpective. Seved issues will be I-aised:What
accountsfor the pmpagation of thesenew political foms? What are the visions and goals
of these p u p s ? How are thesevisions and goals tramlabed into pragmatic political action?
How do their ideals, as w d as thepolitical systems in which thesegroups m embedded,
shaped#emms in objectivesand strategies? Finally, what does their growth mean for the
way politia will be conducted at thelocal, national and intemational level in the years to
come?
Essentially,thiscourse will be exploratoryand we hope to developa practical scheme
for comparing and analyzing theemergenceand behavior of thesealtemative political
p u p s . Reawillbe a mixtureof theoretical literature and publicationsof some of
thesepups. Thegreateremphasiswillbemthelatters~themaprityofclasstimewill
be devoted to presentations by prominent individualsin local alternativemovenwnts and
discussionsabout their political goals and strawes. Grades in the course willbe based on
class participation, a termpaper and a final exam
h q u i s i t e x 1Political Science course or permissionof instructor.
Time:I1
Room Murphy Place 3
TheLegalRights oftheAm&
Employee and
E m p l o y e r h a~llatmeandJudkialPempecttve
POL 37641099
Instruclor. Phil Fishman
This new course will scarnine the currentpolitical and legal rights and responsibilities
of theAmerican employeein the contempmy labor market Various forms of employment issues, including contra3rights, wrongful tamination, workers compmsationfor
pbrelated injuries, safety in the work place, protection against legal dkrhination on the
job, drug and alcoholtesting and rights of the employee to "whistle-blow!' Whemer
possible, the oppositeposition of theemployer willbe pmented. The role of theAmerican
labor union movement and employer's political action p u p s will be a d M where
devant. M willbe field trips to observeadual court and/or administrativelaw
pI.ocRedings. Students will alsomeet with employment la-.
Studentswill p q m e s p e d mini-termpaper and final examination.
h q u i s i t e s Junioror Senior status; 1course in Political Science or Economics.
Time: Wednesday Jan.2,6304k3and each Monday and Wednesdaythereafber.
Room Old Main 16
Psychobgy ofthe Legal System
PSY 3354024
Nancy Steblay
l l w US. legal system will be investigated from the perspectiveof psychologicaltheory
andpradice A ~ c f o c u s w i l l b e o n ~ s o c i a l p s y ~ l o g y o f m
with d d m a t i o n of such topics as jury selection, eyewitness evaluation and jury decision
Instru-
Class mdingsand discussionwill also a v e r suchW e r a m s as morality,justice,
ethics and victimization. Guest-1
will include members of the legal and psychological communities.
Evaluationn-ethods include test and w r i b work; studentswill alsobe mponsible
for contributionto classmomdiscussion.
Prerequisites: a general psychology course
Time: 11
Room: Old Main16
The Self as Revealed in Myths and Symbols
PSY 340-41023
Instntdotr Norm Ferguson
This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and
theological perspectives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined with the
intent of gaining knowledge about how they function as representationsof "the
self."
The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's individual
self and of how the conceptualizationsof your self have been molded by a variety of
social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the course will include
topics as: the impact of science on myth; the mythologies of romantic love, war, and
peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological transformation.
Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the assigned readings.
Students will be expected to be prepared for class by doing the readings and to be
actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the
responsibility for leading discussions. Evaluation will be based on: (1) class partiapation, (2) a course journal, and (3)four or five short (60@-800word) papers.
Prerequisites: PSY 105(GeneralPsychology)
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 2
Idealism and the Adolescent
PSY 3704025
Instructor: Duane E.Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person.
Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism W e d toward other
persons and society will be the main focus.-This course will be conducted as a seminar
with a high level of student contributionand prticiption. Attendance at each class
session is requhd.
Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers, and frequentoral
reports. Each student will be r e q M to seek out and interview pmons in the adolescent level of development. Typewritingor equivalent word processing will be required.
Studentsare required to read TheMoral Life of Children by Robert Colesbefore the start of
the Interim Thisbook will be available in the Augsburg Bookstore by November 1.
Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessionsand will provide a
base for further learning in the course.
This course is offered only on PIN basis.
Prerequisites: PSY 105, General Psychology
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
The Bz%k, h p a g e and Intqmtation
REL 445 41006
Instructor: Philip Quanbeck
A study of theuse and funciton of language in the Bible. The importance of recognizing the varied character of language for understanding thebiblical text. Grades will be
based on class prticipation, a presentation to the class and an examination.
Prerequisites:REL 111 or REL 221
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward graduation requirements.)
Time: I
Room: Old Main 11
The Theology of Mm'age
REL,34341026
Instructor: Cathy Paulsen
Mamiage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision which we often make
with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the
1
I
I
heart, whether you are manied or not, but it will inaxme your sureness and the possibility for meaning/intimacy in your life with a significant other. Within the context of
Christian tea*,
many theories, with particular attention given to the work of C. G.
Jung willbe studied and applied to the marital relationship and secondarilyto the
family.
discussion, and visiting resourcepersons. Evaluationwill be
Thew willbe,-l
based on class participation, one paper, and two tests. Two books willbe required.
Prerequisites:REL 111 or REL 221 or permission of instructor.
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward graduation requirements.)
Time: I
Room Music 24
Biblical T
&
i
Then andNow
REL4354060
Instructor:~~-en
An opportunity for students to mearch s@c Biblical texts to examine their place
in Scriand how it has been interpwtd by theologians down through the centuries,
including current interpwlations by feminist, process and liberation theologians.
Each student will mearch and pment findings to the class on one specific text.
Evaluation is based on class participation and the mearch paper. No exams.
Prerequisites REL 111 or REL 221.
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religioncourse may be used toward
graduationrequirements.)
Time: II
Room Old Main 23
A t m , God and Money: How SciencP,
Religion a n d E c m i c s M k
REL 43641061
Instructors: Mark Engebretson,JohnBenson, and Tom M q a n
Science, theology and economic thought are intricately intertwined and reflect
one another in the development of Western Civilization. "Atoms, God and Money
will examine three historical periods: Medieval, 18th Century and 20th Century, to
show how the three areas of thought change together and influence one another.
Course content will be drawn from texts and video series by James Burke and from
writings of Kenneth Boulding. Class time will be divided among a variety of
activities including: discussion, lecture, presentations, small group tutorials and
simulation games. Drawing from the ideas developed in the course, participants
will work as teams to construct Space Colonies.
Course evaluation will be based upon: Midterm and Final exams, group project
presentation, and a final paper on a topic in the area in which one is taking the
course for credit.
Prerequisites: Junior or Senior status and one prior religion course
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward
graduation requirements.)
Time: I1
Room: Science 123
Exploring Human Services
SWK 25741027
Instructor: Mary Lou Williams
Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency
representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar 3
hours per week during which agency experiences will be shared and readings
discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in agency, written subjective
summary, brief journal summary, exam on readings.
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 1
Exploring Human Services and Social Work
in Great Britain (lanuay 2-26,1991)
SWK 34611028
Instructor: Rosemary Link
Experience the excitement of a changing Europe through British eyes. Explore
modern social policies in the context of ancient culture. Join British students and
faculty and meet a variety of human service professionals in health, corrections,
family and child welfare. Encounter the breadth of the nation's traditions through
visits to galleries, museums, theaters and historic sites, such as Canterbury, and
Stratford. In London we visit a wide range of agencies and explore this lively city
with the help of English social work students. We visit the West coast port of Bristol
and benefit from University faculty expertise in advocacy and child welfare. We mix
practical experience, observation and dialogue to understand how the country's
social services reflect culhual values. The fee ($2,295) includes travel and accomrnodations, breakfast daily, two lunches, six dinners and two theater tickets.
Registration for this Interim must be made before October 26 at The Office of
International Programs.
Field Work LU
S W K 466-41030 (fullcourse)
S W K 466-41029 (l/2 course)
Instrudar: Francine Chakoli
Course content w
i
l
lbe continuation of Field Work I. - educationallyfocused
field placement in a social service agency.
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour
per week in a faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations
will be made in writing by the field instructor using previously developed contract
and social work evaluation forms.
Prerequisites: S W K 462 (Field Work II)
Time: To be arranged
Principles of Sociology
(with emphasis a the Health Care Systnn)
SOC 121-41031
Instructor: Barbara Johnson
Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups,
interaction, inequality and social structure. It is an essential tool for discovering the
world and one's place in it.
The emphasis for illustrationsand exercises will be directed to the health care
system. Crosscultural comparisons will be drawn. The course will be useful for
future health care providers and related professionals and for consumers as well.
This course covers the same concepts and meets the same objectives as the
regular term course. Therefore students can expect daily written and/or reading
illbe given.
assignments. Three exams w
Distribution: Psychology/Sociology
Time: II
Room Library 1
Racial and Minority Group Relations
SOC 265-41032
Instructor: Jerry Gerasimo
This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group relations.
Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self- understanding.
The course format will include lectures, films,readings, and an opportunity for offcampus participant observation. Members of the class can expect evaluation to be based
on a combination of class participation, a research project, and a final examination. The
course is offered only on a P/N basis.
Distribution: Minority-Urban
Time: I
Room Old Main 18
Beginning Spmdsh
SPA 1114(B3
Instructo~Staff
Beginrung Spanish I is the first half of the beginning sequence, the goal of which is to
introduce the student to the most basic vocabulary and grammar in order to prepat him
or her either to go on to additional study of Spanish or to use it at an elementary speaking-understanding level at the end of the m n d course. The emphasisis on spoken
Spanish, but secondarygoals to develop reading and writing skills as well. After
Inkdm, students will be prepared to continuewith Spanish 112in the spring.
The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented and grammar explanations
willbe given as needed to clan@thosein the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapterand a written and an oral final scam
Distribution: ForeignZanguage
Time: I
Room Old Main 29
Evaluating Continental Literatrwe
SPA 250-41034
~ I ' I S Gu*
~ ~ E
ROZ4?tlt&
The objective of the course is to enable studentsto discuss continentalliterature
through theuse of valid critical tools. It will involve both theory and subsequent evaluation of the reading selectionsfrom different points of view. We shall read half a dozen
short stories, severalplays, one novel and a number of poems.
Studentevaluation willbe based on thw written repork, participation in class
discussions, and a finalscam This course is designed for foreign language studentsbut
anyone with an interest in European continental literatureis welcome to m 1 1 . Students
interested in Spanish350 (Introductionto Literam for Language Students)should see
the instructor for special arrangements.Offered in English.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or consent of instructor
Distribution: English-Speech
Time:I
Room: Old Main27
Documentary Video
SPC 347-41035
Instructor: Deborah Bart
Documentary video is a video production course which integrates lecture
and criticism with hands-on experience dealing with non-fiction subjects.
Students will work in production teams, gaining experience in field production
and editing. The production teams will produce a 30-minute documentary piece.
Evaluation will be based upon student journals, critiques and a paper.
This course requires additional lab time for editing.
Time: I
Room: Foss A-V Seminar
Theater Crafts
SPC 495-41036
Instructor: Michael Burden
Theatei Crafts will introduce students to several methods used in producing
props and costume accessories for the stage. Class time will be project oriented.
Projects will include felt hats, masks, jewelry, mold casting, hand props and a
final project to be selected by the student. The class will also include theater
tours and attendance at a prop-oriented show.
Prerequisites: SPC 222 or 228 (Intro to Theatre or Technical Production) or
permission of instructor.
Time: I1
Room: Tjornhom-Nelson Theater
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association
for Intercultural Education, which offersoverseas learning experienm during the
Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from
Kathleen Lutfi at the InternationalPrograms Office, 2018 Eighth Street (330.16551 or
from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October 26,1990. These
courses a~ offered on a P/N basis only and generally carry a lower division number.
Ancient and Modern Maya of the Yucatan
Archaeology in Yugoslavia
Art in France and Italy
Australia's Business Climate
The British School and Family
The Culture, Heritage and Diversity of Eastern Europe
Ecology and Natural History of The Yucatan
E m t in Transition
Europe and the Rise of Modern Science
-- Exploring Human Services and Social Work in Great Britain
Greece Art and Artifact, Myth and Drama
Guatemala: Centuries of Tradition- Century of Change
Hawaii: Mu1ti Cultural Communication in Organizational Settings
Intermediate German. 2,000 Years in Trier
Literary Landscapes of England and Ireland
Modern European Business and Worklife
Molart to Brahms: Music in Germany and Austria
Museums, Music and Monuments (Germany,Austria, Italy, Hunga y)
Peace Studies: Nonviolent Revolution in Europe
Social Change: The Ultimatum of Community Development in India
The Soviet Union and Eastern Europe in the Gorbachev Era
Southeast Sea Adventure: Tropical Ecology in Malaysia and Bali
Spain. 1492 to 1992 and Beyond
Theatre in Britain
This is New Zealand
Towards Peace an Conflict Resolution. Study in Ireland
Translating All That Business About lapan
*
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college. Most cany a tuition
cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are
offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are
available in the Interim Office.
Sailing in the Virgin Islands (January8-24 1991)
HPE 455-41039
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and
practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent
level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The
student will live aboard a 43-46 foot fixed keel sailboat with five/six other people
and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will
be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands
and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and
windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. No smoking is allowed.
The course cost is $2,400, which includes airfare, for Augsburg day students
and qualifying 4-14 students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in
order to receive academic credit.
Prerequisite: Permission from Marilyn Florian or Carol Enke of the Health
and Physical Education department.
Total payment is due October 31,1990.
Distribution: Lifetime sport (also one course credit).
Outward Bound
HPE 21241067
Check for informationin the InterimOffice for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing
on the Minnesota-Canadianborder or for white water cImoeingand desert campingon the
Rio Grande in theDecembeT27 through January27period.
l'hereis a cost of approximately$1,275 (theOutward Bound o ~ a r b t i o has
n some
scholarshipsavailable).
LPaders o n L e a i p : The NatimlAgendu
POL39841065
Washington, D.C.: News Cap;tolof The Wmld
POL 39841066
These Interims begin December 30and continue until January19,1991. Information
on either of the above pmgrams, housing and financial assistanceis available from Dr.
Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117k
ThefOllming&hity 1s d & I e fo shdcnb during Inhim and s h r h f s may rqisbjbr this
as(orn w
l
n
r mum. This &fy dm not mwy @cia! d i t , Inrf dm ma+ fhe
lfdirnesports requiremenffmgmduntim. Sludmk mnyprticipk in fhis c b ~uithuulr&tEn'ng
fw thewutse,Imt will tx qwtd fa F/mjfmw h e h or mf ll~esludent+tmfor the colme.
class as&I
American Karate
HPE 002-41045
Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum
The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taught
by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 120&1:00 MWF
Room: Melby
Racquetball
HPE 002-41044
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: I; M,W and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby
Hisotry of Economic Thought
ECO 219-41406
Instructor: Richard Herzog
A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the context o
the political, economic and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be or
tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking in an attempt to
provide a framework for understanding and analyzing current social
problems.
I.
Ancient Economic Thinking
11.
The Medieval Period
111.
Mercantilism
IV .
Classical
V.
Socialist/Utopian
VI.
Modern
Primarily lecture/dimssion depending on class size. If small class
(less than 101, seminar style may be more appropriate. A major research
paper (minimum of 10 pages) would be required. Final exam would be
essay on three of five topics.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 11
NEW COU'RSE
A I S 290-41069
ART 290-41068
S. Chapman
TRIBAL ARTS & CULTURE
An o v e r v i w of the v i s u a l arcs of the he'rfcan Indians v i t h i n r h e United
S r a t e s v i t h some a t t e n t i o n rtl Canada, Gntral and South America. In
addition to the visual arcs of the Eastern Woodland, P l a i n s , Pacific a d
Southwest fndians, some c o n t e n t w i l l hclude drama, d a c e , p o e t t y ,
mythology, r i t u a l s and r e l i g ~ o n . Scu&zsts -1
produce art work such ar
weaving, baskecs , p o t t e r y , jewelry, sedqture or p.rinrs. This wurst
is c r o s s f k i t e d v i t h the Arr Department.
Objectives, Content. aad Procedzres a m & s e e d on page 2 bf this
Proposal.
Evaluation w i l l be done fn amjuoctien w i t h t h e A r t
Department. A complete syllabus w i l l be developed v i t h the assistance
of che A r t D e p a r a e a t . Herhods of e v a l w c i w ill be Included.
Distribution: Fine A r t s
HPE 271-41070
Time: X I
Room:
OFFICIATING FOOTBALL
I.
~ e v e i o pknowltdgt mu s k i l l s mctizary t o ~m a' reglsttted
official nith the Hinnesota State Ugh School League.
2.
Develop appreciation far the fole of t h e official i n the total
aducational prrrcess.
Cmtenr:
OM4
Will k based an the rules mb -its
set f0M
the national
Federation for Swru and rules and r~gularlomsof tne Hinnesota
State High Schcvl League.
Procedures: Lectures, dermnstrat~ons.film. simlated 9-
situations
Evaluation: Written tcst
-
T h i s i s a one-half credit course.
H I S 140-41964
EAST EUROPE
Time: 11, M,W, a l t . Fri.
UNDER THE HAPSBURGS
-
Room: S i Melby
R.D. Zehnder
the East C e n ~ d
f u r c ~ e= a h of the rabs'hqs and itr
inheritors f o e z i n g on three themes: 1) %acfrgrpu..xd, 4 e v t l ~ * n tand -=ent
~nditzon
of t \ e peoples o f East Cent-d. E u m p t
thc Balkans w i t h
eye .to
fallowin; c ~ z t n events
t
in Erst Europe ~ ' p l - Q
an ricotic but &-
He w i l l lccir a t
vacation for tilose b e a d y bared with PEZLS and O s l o 2 ) The i..ceniws instltutlons of the & k e g s t k a t d b w c d them b m e w i a
t!!e c ! a l l e r . q e of Refgration, Libera-,
Hati-,
always as t h vsi+'-q
~
t e a m in Lke s t - ~ g g l e uith Gutavus Admf;.=s,
H z w l m n , and .
&-B
3) The brZLizn+ raltrt-al ac3ievemenrs of
s
f mt&e
.. t??es%h t ~ b d e r miles
ocean at t h e hterfaca of Geman, kt3, and SLavic s ~ c ~ e ~ fe s , HEZFreud.
W t will visit Vienna ~JI 1776 L!mgb *e fib ha2eus unless t h e
ma<*=
is realp by class. By t . ? e end of te= e v e r n n e ulll be q e c t e d to aiscuss
Easr !C==?e Fntelligently mer ccffee md m i l l do an fn-depa prrrjecr paper on
an East Europe s m e r vacatien w i t % r h s t o r i c a l f02 tome aspect, of th.
Habsbur: tultural or institutional e~::=ibution thaf you f k d psf-iF21uly
iatorescL7q. mare w i l l also be some farm of an -ma#.
Distribution: Hi rtory/Philosaphy
Time: I 1
Room: OM13
J, Shackel ford
- --
-- - - - - -
~ 1 1 1be p r e ~ r a t ~ - ~ ~ ' ~ & icjectim
~ - & t ef g e o c e ~ i r~ oi ~s - 1 ~ by a
SuceeasiW of u i e n t i l u from copemit o I-ton;
~ d l u r=forn
l
d the
discovery af the ~ t ~ m l a t t oofn t h e b l e d ;
-cgenm of a*pcrirntal
e t h o d s ; tbt o r p ~ a i ~ t l nofn the scl*ntlEi~*Oterprbe. and c-n
for t h e
&act o f science on rrligiow and mr.1 P t t t r s . shy'wr+ tb* t b - t t s t c d
theerlrs a t tb meitnta W o n mat in
perid? my dld t h e nrv Ideal
i ~ these quntiuar v ~ l require
l
er
aftto r c t w l t b opp~zitirn? c o ~ i d e t a t of
c ~ f i t l d c rthe r o c i a l llrd a f e 1 l e - l
a f r r t o f Rtfor-tion AM Cauntcrold nytb about t h e
b f o t m t ? o n m o p e . In the V r o u ¶ s we rill d b p c l
proqrtsstvc ~ t u c mof sciemtific d * q e l o ~ n tand c~let o ra ~ d c r r t m d i n go f
memr of tP. macept=l changes mt form gut of om tnttllactual h*rft.qr.
~lrrtrrretioa'vill Laclde lectnres and dlrelusia.
Bud en e x a d ~ t l o m(short W * r a rml -yrl
&
r
,
Prerequisite: 3 History course
m l m t l m u11l k
plpcr.
Time: ? I
Room: OM13
MATHEMATICS OF CHANCE
Zheng
The goal of this course I5 t o discuss with students a b u t various f i n i t e
mathematics t o p i c s , including Sets, counting Thcturfques. Probbil l t y md
S t a t i s t i c s . f lass sessions Include I r c t u e s , dCscussions and small grgup
rxercises. Course evaluatjon will be based on class-particlpatlvn,
hmemrrk, a midtrm exam and f i n a l exam. (Studmts who have hhd Probability
and Statistics fraR other courses shoutd contact the instructor before
n g i s t c r i n g far this tovrsc),
Students who have taken MT 121 aay n o t take t h i s course; however, students
who take thls course may l a t ~ rregister for HAT 121.
Prerequisites: MAT 104 or Group TI1
Distribution:
I N S 401-41071
Time: I1
Room: 5212
Math/Physics
THE C I T Y AS MYTH & METAPHOR:
& THE WILDERNESS
THE GARDEN
3. G r i f f i n
This course will l o o k a t t h e c i t y a s a garden and wilderness, e x p l o r i n g these
metaphors i n the broadest sense. Not only w i l l we look a t the c i t y per re,
but we w i 11 consider how these metaphors affect perceptions o f women L minorities.
The course w i l l approach the t o p i c primarily by way o f the humanities. Thus
there w i l l be a focus on the discussion o f t e x t s , but these texts w i l l be
supplemented by the resources of the Twin C i t i e s themselves.
Prerequisite: SENIOR HONORS STUDENT
INTERNSHIPS:
Time: I
Room: FC 42
For information on January Interim internships please contact
the Internship o f f i c e i n Murphy Place, Rm. 8, by December 14.
OTHER CHANGES:
HPE 232
REC'L RHYTHMS & ACTlVITlES meets Time: I , M,U, & a l t . F
Cancelled courses:
HIS 338, THE 1890s: AMERICA'S WATERSHED
MAT 132, MATH AND ITS
APPLICATIONS
INTERIM
Show less
......................................................................
2
..........................................................................3
..........................................................4
.....................................................4
............
................. Show more
......................................................................
2
..........................................................................3
..........................................................4
.....................................................4
............
................................................................5
................................................................-6
................................................................39
.................................................................40
lntroductlon
Calendar
About Thls Catalog
optlons . . . . . .
Vlsltlng Students
lnterlm Courses
UMAlE Courses
Other Courses
Augsburg Ufetlme Sports
...............................................42
Contents
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg
College. The College follows a 41-4 calendar, with Fall and
Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a
four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to
be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of
teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics
in places and ways not possible during the regular term.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students
should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and
preparing for class as they would for a four-courseload during
Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one
course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a
student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale.Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/
No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the
PIN system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division
standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and
the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a
more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35
courses of which at least three must be Interim courses. The
number of required Interim courses is adjusted for transfer
students. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit
evaluation form, or consult the registrar.
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the
basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as required by Title D( of the 1972
Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973,as amended, in its admissions policies, educa tional
programs, activities and employment practices.
Interim Office (Memorial 230) - Interim Secretary, Kay
Thomsen, 330-1025; Interim Director, Dr. Diane Pike, 3301025.
October 26 - October 30 ............................Interim Registration
November 30 ...................................Late Interim Registration
t
Day of Interim
January 4 .............................................
Class 1990 a.m. (first day only)
Class I1 1:00p.m.
Last Day for CancellAdd
January 5 .
Last
Day
for
Determining
Grading System
...........
January 15
with Registrar
January 15 ..............Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
A Ends
January 27 ....................
February 1...................
S P M Semester Begins
February 5 ..............................................
Interim Grades Due
The time and number and length of meetings as well as the
beginning time will be arranged the first day of class.The daily
schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon (on the first day Time I classes will
begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 590 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be o b d at Augsburg with a
special convocation on Monday,January 18, at 1:OOp.m. Check with
your instructor for class scheduling on this day.
I
The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are
listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings
of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by
the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and
information about these courses are available in the Interim
Office,
Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the
lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog.
International Interim -Students are invited to be part of one
of the 24 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest
Association for InternationalEducation(UMAlE).Thesecourse
opportunitiesare listed near the end of this catalog.
Internships: Deadline: Friday, December 11.January Interim
internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an
internship must meet departmentalrequirements and present
a signed internshiplearning agreement plan to the Internship
Office (Murphy Place, Rrn. 8) no later than the last day of Fall
classes (Friday, December 11).The Learning Agreement forms
are available in the same office. Internships during Interim
must involve full-time work placements for approximately
four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office.
Independent or Directed Study -Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed
study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are
strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more
than one independent study per Interim.Studentschoosing to
pursue independent or directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study plan
approved by the supervising faculty member and the
Introduction
I
direded/independent study registration form. These forms
must be submitted by November 30. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Interim
Office.
Interims at Other Schools -Augsburg students may enroll at
any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim
arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in
the Interim Office. The Interim Secretarywill help students in
applying for registration at other schools. Registration for
Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg
during the regular registration period. Most courses taught
during theInterim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit
by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting
Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the religion requirement.
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools
for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the
student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to
Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition
does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other
students will be charged $825 for the Interim course. Students
interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write
to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms
provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an
application processing feeof $10. Students are welcome to stay
on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim
housing should be made to the Interim Office.
I
Introduction
1
Alt 247-A
lnstructoc Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art
students.
The figure will be depicted in various settings. The poses will
extend from 3minutes toan hour.You willbe introduced to the
2B and 4B pencils, colored pencils, and the felt tip pen.
Grades will be based upon quality and improvement.
There will be a fee of $35 to be paid on the first day of class.
Dlstrlbution:Alt/Muslc
General Educatlon Perspectlve:Aesthetics
Maxlmum Enrollment:25
77me: I
Room: Old Maln 17
610 102-A
lnst~ctocErwln Mlckelberg
A discussion of the many contributions and impacts made by
plants in almost every area of society. Historically, plants have
influenced explorationof the planet, militarycampaigns,health
care, religious beliefs, crime, and many other areas. We will
look at everything from the spice trade to the Lindbergh
kidnapping and the influence of plant life on each occurrence.
Two multiple choice examinations will be the evaluative
instruments.
Dlstrlbutlon: Blology/Chernbtry
General Educatlon Perspectlve: Natural World I or 2
Madmum Enrollment: 30
lime: 1
I
Room: Sclence 205
BIO 105-A
Instructor Esther McLaughlln
This class will develop an increased understanding of the
current environmental and health implications of such topics
as nuclear power (fission and fusion), genetic engineering,
waste disposal, biological warfare, carcinogens, agricultural
fertilizers, and pesticides. Additional topics of class interest
may also be discussed.
Three written examinations, of equal point value, will be
required. A four to six page referenced research paper on a p r e
approved topic may be substituted for one examination. The
papers will be evaluated on style and content, reflecting a
thorough understanding of the subject. Photocopy fee of $10.
Dlstrlbutlon: Blology/Chemlstry or Urban/Women/
Mlnorlty
General Educatlon Perspective: Natural World-2
Madmum Enrollment:20
lime: I
Room: Sclence 2 13
BUS 22GA
Instructor: Stuart Sfoller
Extensive use of the board game Monopoly to introduce nonbusiness students to the fundamentals of accounting and
finance. The game is somewhat modified, requiring students
to record Monopoly transactions on double entry accounting
ledgers. Financial statements must be prepared to obtain
money from the banker, and a banking committee must r e
view these financial statements to approve all loans.
The outcomes of this course will provide non-business majors
with the basics to: record business transactions, understand
and use financial statements and communicate effectively
with financial institutions.
Evaluation by quizzes, assignments to be handed in, and a
final.
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln 10
BUS 30 1-A
Instructor Mllo Schleld
An analysisof ethical arguments which uphold the morality of
a market-based economy. The course has three components: a
review of critical thinking (with emphasis on ethical concepts),
an indepth review of two author's arguments, and a review of
market failures, their causes and their remedies.
Students will complete worksheets on critical thinking, prepare written analysis of each authors' arguments, take three
quizzes, prepare a final report, and take a final comprehensive
exam. Since class participation is necessary to demonstrate
verbal fluency with this subject, attendance is a factor in
grading. Students will not be judged on their individual beliefs
or ideologies. Students will be judged on how well they can
analyze, defend, and attack the arguments.
Prerequlsltes: One course In ethlcs or upper class status
or Instructor's permlsslon
General Educatlon Perspectlve: Crltlcal ThlnklngSklll
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln 23
BUS 368-A
Instructor Steven LaFave
An examination of current Japanese business practices using a
cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be em-
ployed, involving film, television documentaries, radio
speeches, and readings from current periodicals in addition to
text material. A seminar model will be used, with substantial
participation expected on the part of students.
Students will be evaluated based on a paper, two 20 minute
sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a midterm and final examination.This class should be of interest to
anyone majoring or minoring in International Business or any
field of Business Administration, as well as anyone with an
interest in Japan.
Prerequlsltes: BUS 242 or consent of Instructor
Madmum Enrollment:20
Time: I
Room: Muslc 22
INTRODUCTION
TO COBOL
CSC 27 1-A
Instructoc Noel Petlt
A study of the COBOL programming language for students
with some previous knowledge of programming. This course
will expand a student's knowledge of programming and
programming languages through presentation of the features
of COBOL together with programming techniques for using
those features. This course will include lectures and programming assignments in COBOL. Evaluation will be based on the
programming assignments and examinations.
Prerequlslte: One course wlth a study of computer
language (e.g., CSC 170)
Madmum Enrollment:20
rime: I
Room: Foss 42
Computer Science
ECO 112-A
lnstructoc Jeanne Boeh
An introduction to macroeconomics, national income analy-
sis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade and economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems.
Dlstrlbutlon: Economlcs/Polltlcal Science
General Education Perspectlve:
Maximum Enrollment:25
rime: I
Room: Fos 43
ECO 1 13-A
lnstructoc Ed Sabella
An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the house-
hold, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy.
Dlstrlbutlon: Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence
General Educatlon Perspectlve: Soclal Wodd
Maximum Enrollment: 25
77me: 1
I
Room: Old Maln 29
ECO 495-A
Instructoc Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp
Students will critically review the failures and successes of the
Soviet Planned Economy from 1917-1985. The main focus of
the coursewillbe Perestroika-restruduringtheSoviet economy
- and evaluating Gorbacheds economic program in terms of
economic growth, income distribution, consumer welfare,
technological performance, military power and environmental quality. The historic events of August 1991and their impact
on the future of the Soviet Union will be discussed in an
interdisciplinary manner.
Method of evaluatlon: Actlve class parflclpatlon; flnal
take-home research essay.
Prerequlslte: ECO 1 12 or consent of Instructor
Madrnum Enrollment: 15
Tlme:I
Room: Foss 43
EDE 375A
Instructor: Bruce Drewlow
This class prepares students for the unique experiences and
responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. The course will
stress issues associated with adult/child relationships, curriculum design and development, classroom organization,
research plans, and developmental instruction practices. Fieldwork is a key component of this course. Guest speakerswill be
included to share their unique experiences and perspectives.
Grades wlll be based on projects, dlscusslon, and
examlnatlon.
Thk; Is a one-half credlt course.
Madmum Enrollment:20
nme: I
Room: Ubrary 1
EDU 353-A
lnstructoc Rlch Germundsen
This seminar style course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational
systems as well as an investigation of possible careers in
international education. Special attention will be directed
toward Scandinavian and Central American models. There
will be lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and
guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class
presentations and investigative projects.
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Ubrary 12
EDU 388-A
lnstructoc M.I.K. (Mlke) Mueller
This course is the study of prejudice, discrimination, and
oppression as it affects persons of color, the handicapped,
limited English speakers, and females. Topics include racism,
sexism, homophobia, and economic issues.Emphasis is placed
on preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms
which will include minority students, different religious backgrounds, the less abled and students at risk. Students will be
expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films, and
complete a project. This coursesatisfies the Minnesota Human
Relations requirement for teachers and social workers. This is
a onehalf credit course. It is offered only on PIN basis.
Prerequlslte:Passlng of PPST and admlttance to
Education Dept. In process.
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: I1
Room: Llbrary 1
ENG 2 19-A
Instructor: John Schrnlt
Language plays an important role in our socialization and
acculturation. The way we speak tells others who we are and
tells us who others are. Our speech is a reflection of our social
and economical standing and our cultural background. For
this reason we should expect women to speakdifferently from
men. And yet somehow we do not. We should expect anyone
from a different background to have differences of language.
Even more importantly, we must understand these differences
in order to make sure that we understand speakers from
different language communities.
This course will examine the dialects of various Englishspeaking communities and attempt to describe and understand their rules of speech:their grammatical rules, phonological rules, and their rules of discourse. It will include lectures,
student presentations, and student-led discussions. Besides
presenting a topic, students will write a paper on the presentation topic and take a final exam.
Dlstrlbutlon: Urban/Women/ Mlnoriiy
General Education Perspective: Intercultural
Awareness
Madmum Enrollment:25
rime: 1
I
Room: Old Maln 27
ENG 249-A
Instructor: Douglas Green
Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality
pervade recent drama in English. These issues are vitalizing
both contemporary drama and productions of classic texts. We
will examine how dramatic works of the late '70s, the '80s, and
the '90s, written in English, have been shaped by and have
addressed issues ranging from racial tension to sexual preference. (We sometimes survey current drama on several such
topics, like class, gender and language in 1989, and sometimes
concentrate solely on plays about one issue, like homosexuality in 1990 and 1991.)For comparative purposes, we will also
view a few films on related topics and try to attend at least two
productions in the Twin Cities.There will be moderate fees for
the local productions.
I
Students keep a journal, write two in-class essays, and one
short paper. (There may also be occasional quizzes.)A series of
group projects, which include a long paper and some performance, conclude the course.
Prerequlslte:Engllsh I I I (Effectlve Wrltlng)Is strongly
recommended.
Dlstrlbutlon: Engllsh/Speech
General Education Perspective:Aesthetics
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln I8
ENG 282-A
ENG 482-A
Instructor: John Mltchell
This course will provide an introductory survey of contempo-
rary American poetry by poets whose work has come into
prominence since World War IIor mid-century. Emphasis will
be given to the vision and sensibility of each poet and to the
themes of their poems, especially those images and statements
that concern philosophical, historical, psychological and cultural values. Through comparison and contrast, students will
be expected to formulate reasonableinterpretationsof selected
poets and poems and to express their discoveries in class
discussion and short papers. A final examination will be given,
and two interpretivepapers about three to five pages in length
will be assigned. For upper division credit, the student must
also read and give a written class report on a book that
discusses contemporary poetry; this choice must be approved
by the instructor.
Prerequlsltes: lntro to Uterature - for students enrolling
for upper dlvlslon credlt
Dlstrlbutlon: Engllsh/Speech
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 21
English
I
ENG 282-8
Instructor Joan GrlftYn
An introduction to the mythology, heroic literature, and poetry of fifth to fourteenth century Ireland and Wales, this
course will also be an excursion into the Celtic culture that
produced works like the Tain and Mabinogion, stories that
influenced later Arthurian literature and modem fantasy. We
will consider how Celtic literature preserves ancient IndoEuropean traditions and how those traditions were changed
by the coming of Christianity. Finally, we will consider Celtic
contributions to medieval civilization.
Course grades will be based on participation in class discussion (and attendance), papers, and two exams.
Dlstrlbutlon: Englkh/Speech
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:1
I
Room: Fos 42
THEATREINAND AROUND
LONDON
ENG 269-A
InslTuctoc Ron Palosaad
A study of live theatre in London. Students see at least ten
performances and visit museums, galleries, historical sites,
and other attractionsof London and s m u n d i n g areas including Stratford, Stonehenge, and Oxford. Evaluation will be
based on attendance at required plays, participations in discussions, three short papers, and a short final exam. Cost
includes travel, accomodations, breakfast daily, ten theatre
performances and four group dinners.
Dlstrlbutlon: Engllsh/Speech
Madmum Enrollment: 30
FRE 243-A
lnst~ctocRuth Aaskov
What is the attraction of French literature, its human and
artistic significance for the reader? With these questions in
mind we will read and analyze 8-10 shorter French literary
works available to us in English translation.
What will we be reading? A bit of Rabelais and Montaigne, of
Descartes and Pascal. We will explore the classical theater, the
social critic Voltaire, and the 19th century novel. Twentieth
century authors like Gide, Codeau, Sartre, and St. Exupery
will reveal concerns of life that supersedenational boundaries.
We will sample one piece of francophoneliterature from West
Africa, reflecting the struggle between indigenous and Westem culture. At mid-point each student will choose another
short work for personal study and presentation for the class.
Evaluation of your work will be based upon your active
participation in class, your timely reading and discussion
preparations, four quizzes, your independent study project,
and an endaf-the course discussion of the papers.
This literature course is intended to help you in further reading, critical thinking, and communication about literature.
Prerequlsltes:Sophomore standlng orpemlsslon of
lnst~ctor
Dlstrlbutlon: Uterature
Madmum Enrollment:25
77me: I
Room: Old Maln 27
GER 2 B A
lnst~ctocDon Stelnmelz
What do the works of Sholem Aleichem (which inspired
"Fiddler on the Rool"), Isaac Singer (Nobel Prize for Literature), and several other great writers have in common? They
were written in Yiddish. How did expressionslike "chuspe,"
"shnook," "klutz," "kitch," "schmaltz," and "shitik" get into
English? Again, the answer is Yiddish. Yiddish is closely
related to German and in this Interim you can learn to read
Yiddish as well as you can read German.
w77y 7'1 ~7ySl i t c 013
Grades wlll be based on performance and at least two
tests.
Prerequlsltes: One year of college German or pemlsslon of lnst~ctor
Madmum Enrollment: 15
nme: I
Room: Foss 2 1B
HPE 232-A
Instructoc Carol Enke
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American
heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New
Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course
grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching
assignment, and a written test.
This is a one-half credit course.
Tlme: I Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 202
HPE 475A
Instructor:Ed Saugestad
The purpose of this class is to equip students with theskillsand
knowledge needed to assist in the prevention and caring for
trauma associated with physical activity. Content includes: the
identification and care of common injuries related to various
sports, procedures for preventing injuries, taping and wrap
ping, therapeutic measures, medical resources and legal considerations. Ledure, discussion, demonstration, and A-V r e
sources are utilized. Students will practice various training
techniques. Evaluation includes both written and practical
skill examinations. Small fee for taping materials.
This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequlslte:BIO 103
Madmum Enrollment:20
Time:I Tuesdays,Thursdays, and alternate Frldays
Room: Melby 1 1 1
HPE 477-A
lnstructoc Brian Ammann
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching
basketball. Exams, on-the-floor coaching techniques, and a
scouting report will be the methods of evaluation.
This is a one-half credit course.
Time:I Tuesdays, Thursdays, and alternate Frldays
Room: Melby l l l
HPE 483-A
lnstructoc Marllyn Florian
This course deals with the theory, technique, and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. A small part of the grade
will be based on completed assignments; the major portion of
the grade will be based on tests.
Thls Is a one-half credlt course.
Time:1
I Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby l l l
neurrn urla rnysrcur taucurrorl
UPâ¬48 I-A
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the
game of basketball.Therewillbe practicalscperienceonthe floor.
Students completing the course should be ready for certification
by the MinnesotaHigh SchoolAssociation. Gradeevaluationwill
be b a d upon tests, papers prepared and perbrmance on the
floor. While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable that
students have some basketball playing experience.
This is a one-half credit course.
rime: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 202
UPâ¬47CFA
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
This course will focus on developing a philosophy toward
sports officiating. Students will acquire a knowledge of: proce
dures in umpire certification, rules of slow pitch softball
(Federation), rules of fast pitch softball (Federation), the m e
chanics of pmper position in umpiring one and two umpire
systems, and procedures in securing assignments. Students
will apply knowledge in practical game type experiences.
There will be a written evaluation and quizzes on rules and
mechanics of umpiring softball.
Thk Is a one-half credlt course.
Madmum Enrollment:20
Time: I Tuesday, Thursdays,and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 202
UPE 487-A
lnstructoc Jeff Swenson
The Coaching of Wrestling course is designed for individuals
who aspire to become wrestling coaches at the elementary,
junior high, high school or college level. Philosophies, techniques, strategies, nutrition and weight control, weight training, mental toughness training, and complete organization of
program will be covered.
This is a one-half credit course.
Time:1
I Tuesdays, Thursdays, and alternate Frldays
Room: Melby 203
HIS 22GA
HIS 32GA
Instructoc Khln Khln Jensen
This course will focus on Asian immigration to the United
Statesin themid-19th centuryand turn of the 20th century. The
Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Filipino experience will r e
ceive special attention. The course concludes with a component on the changes in the U.S.immigration laws in the postWorld War I1 period. Students will study the pattern of Asian
immigration, the areas they settled in, the contributions made
by these ethnic groups to the American economic scene, and
the mle of "new Asian immigrants" since the end of the
Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the
immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United
States to some Asian immigration. Inter-active videos will be
used.
There will be a mid-term and a final project (a paper, topic to
be selected the first week of the term in consultation with the
instructor) due the last day of the term.
Upper division students will be required to complete a longer
paper than for lower division credit. They will also be expected
to complete a book review on a book related to the course theme
and provide an oral progress report of their paper to the class.
Prerequlsltes: None for lower level; more requirements
for upper level.
History
Dlstrlbuiion:Hlstory/Phllosophy
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: I
Room: Old Maln 13
TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY:
A HISTORY
OF
HIS 33 I-A
lnstructoc Chris Mmball
Thepoet Walt Whitmanoncecalledbaseball"Americalsgame."
In the century since Whitman uttered those words, baseball
has occupied a pmminent (and permanent) place in American
life in some ways equivalent to business, politics, religion and
race. In this course, then, we will examine the relationship
between the United States and its national pastime.
Our focus will not be on the game between the lines, the great
players and teams. Instead, we will take up several topics
which can illuminate the historical evolution of this country.
Some of these include: pmfessionalization and its impact on
amateur baseball, the mle of ethnicity and ethnic rivalry, the
color line, the emergence of the "big" leagues at the expense of
the "minor" leagues, women's baseball, labor relations and the
empowerment of the players, the impact of television, and the
ballpark as an urban place. Special attention will be paid to
baseball in the Twin Cities and students will be asked to do a
short research paper on some aspect of baseball history in this
region.
Grading will be based on the research paper, class participation and a final exam.
Prerequisites: One (I) hktory course or consent of
Instructor
Dlstrlbutlon: Hlsto~y/Phllosophy
Madmum Enrollment: 30
lime: I
Room: Old Maln 29
I
History
INS 12GA
lnstructoc Ann neener
Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the
Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and
Paideia Associates.Studentswill read selected readings, which
will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also
view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or
hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars
conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study
the Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for
effective seminars and evaluate their own behaviors during
seminars and lead seminars.
Method of evaluation will include interviews with students and
observation of students participating in seminars, reflective
writing related to seminar content, and seminar participation.
Madmum Enrollment:20
lime: 1
Room: Sclence 3 19
INS 210A
lnstructoc Wlllam D. Green
This course introduces college students to the experiences of
first year law students. We will examine the nature of American jurisprudence and legal theories that law students study in
their first year, discuss the academic and emotional pressures
that first year students typically face, and explore ways to cope
with these pressures.
Madmum Enrollment: 15
lime: I
Room: Muslc 23
Interdisciplinary
INS 225A
I n s ~ c t o rAmln
:
Kader
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his
perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the
ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets,
Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economicand political systems,
and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be a consideration
of the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its,
Sufis, etc.). There will also be some effort to deal with the
similaritiesand differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in the Twin
Cities.
Dlstrlbutlon: Mlnorlty/Urban Studles
Madmum Enrollment: 30
Time:1
I
Room: Foa 20
INS 245-A
lnstructoc Dlane Budco
Women assume multiple roles within the work and family
domains in contemporary society; for example, the roles of
executive, wife, and mother. Each role has related expectations
for behavior, presents an opportunity for personal growth and
also exerts pressure. When the roles are considered jointly,
they may competefor time and energy and require conflicting
types of behavior.
The subject of this course is the interaction of the work and
family roles of women. To investigate this topic, students will
read several books related to women's roles in the work and
family domains. The assessment of this component of the
course is based on written responses to questions assigned for
small group discussion. A second component of the course is
a group project on the work and family roles of women. The
assessment of this project is based on the group's presentation
of their work to the class. Examples of past student projects
include an historical overview of the work and family roles of
women, an overview of the possible choices for the combination of the work and family roles over the life course, a
summary of issues related to the work-role, a summary of
issues related to the family-role, a survey of the work and
family issues most important to women in different age brackets, and an indepth case study of the lives of three women.
Dlstrlbutlon: Women/ Mlnorlty /Urban
Madmum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Old Maln 10
INS 275A
Instructor: Bruce Relchenbach
The conquering Spaniards discovered in the Americas highly
developed and intricately structured cultures. We will study
three of these ancient cultures from the viewpoint of the
anthropological archaeologist, analyzing their history, religion, government military codes, agriculturaltechniques, and
daily life.
The course will be taught with lectures, slides, and student
presentations. Evaluations will include objective tests and a
paper.
Madmum Enrollment: 30
Time: 11
Room: Music 22
Interdisciplinary
MAT 173-A
lnstructoc Ken Kamlnsky
Have you ever wondered why women have been charged
more than men for annuities and received lower pension
benefits thanmen? Or why women have paid less than men for
life insurance? Or how life insurance premiums are calculated? Or how installment loan payments are figured out? Or
how much money to invest in order to accumulate a certain
lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the future?
Then this course may be meant for you. These and other
interesting and useful topics in the mathematics of financial
transactions will be covered.
Evaluation will be based on classroom participationand quizzes.
This course should be usehl for students in business and
economics or for any students interested in careers in financerelated fields.
Prerequlslte:Math Placement Level 111
Dlstrlbutlon: Mathematlcs/Physlcs
Madmum Enrollment:20
Vine: I1
Room: Old Maln 16
MAT 253-A
Insfructor: Bev Durkee
Our objectives are the explorationof
this new geometry of fractals, its
rules, its visuals, how it reveals the
beauty of mathematics, how to create images of such complex forms
and experience it as a form of artistic
expression via computer graphics.
Mathematics
The class will observe the pattern of self-similarity and consider the transformationsused to construct fractals such as this
fern and the existence of self-similarityregardless of the power
of magnification used in examining it. The class will also
consider the well known Mandelbrot set and Julia sets in color
and in three dimensional rendition.
Class lectures will provide introduction to the mathematics,
and computer programs will provide students with the opportunity to construct their own visuals.
Studentswill be tested on themathematicsthrough a midterm
exam. Students will create a portfolio of visuals similar to the
one above and from pieces of the Mandelbrot or Julia sets
which display the mathematical character of thosevisuals and
including a major creative project. Finally students will keep a
journal noting their reflections on the interconnections between mathematics and the artistic creations being studied or
created.
Prerequislte: Math Placement Group 111 or higher
Dlstrlbutlon: Mathematics/Physlcs
General Education Perspectives:Aesthetics
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: I
Room: Science 1 12
MUS 204-A
lnstructoc 0.
Nlcholas Raths
An introductionto the fundamentalsof music and musicology
as they occw within the context of Rock's inception (1950s)and
maturation (1960s) periods. This course will examine the
historical background, musical content and methods of selected artists and their work.
Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paperexam and a group performance project. For
Music
non-music majors.
Dlstrlbutlon:Art/Muslc
Mcudmum Enrollment: 30
77me: I
Room: Choral Room M-2
MUS 129
Instructors: Stephen Gabrlelsen
l'Improvisationin Music" meets everyday for three hours, and
each student will improvise daily at class meetings, using a
variety of improvisational techniques and styles.
Prerequlslte:Mlnlmal ablllty on a muslcal Instrument or
the Instructor's pemlsslon.
Madmum Enrollment:Permlsslon of Inslructor requlred
to enroll
77me: I
Room: Muslc 4
MUS 394-A
Instructor Cynthla Lohman
"How can I use my creativity when I sing?" "How can I stop
feeling tense and inhibited when I perform?" "How can I reach
my full potential as a singerlactor?" These are common questions voiced by performers.
To answer these questions it is necessary to acknowledgethat
performing is a holistic activity, involving mind, body, and
spirit. Because all people possess a creative spirit which can
directly empower their performing, this course focuses on
exploring each participant's unique ability for selfsxpression.
Through exercises, designed to acquaint them with their own
performing power, students learn and practice the basic pro-
cess of singing/ading, and apply it to the study and performance of scenes from opera and musical theatre.
Students will participate in the course through study and re
hearsal of the assigned literature, completion of reading and
listening assignments, daily inclass experience of singinglacting
exercises, and participation in a final paformance of all scenes.
Prerequlsltes:Pennlsslon of prlvate volce Instructor, or
audlllon.
Dlstrlbution: Flne Arts
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme: I
Room: Muslc 10 (Cholr Room)
NOR 1 I 1-A
Instructor: Frankle Shackelford
This course is for students with no previous background in
Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for
understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and
the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will
be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, a midterm, and a final exam.
Dlstrlbutlon: Modern Languages
General Education Perspecthe: InterculturalAwareness
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 25
PHI 175A
lnstructoc Davld Apollonl
We will begin by studying some common conceptions and
misconceptions of romantic love, and look at some philosophers' definitions of it. We will try to decide what it is to be in
love with someone, and how this differs from just being
friends, liking that person, and desiring that person sexually.
In the remainder of the course, we will consider the following
ethical issues concerning sex: (a) Sex and morality -Is there
such a thing as ethics for sex? Is there such a thing as sexual
immorality? (b) Sex and marriage -Is the use of birth control
moral? Is promiscuity bad? What strengths and weaknesses
does the institution of monogamy have? Is adultery immoral?
(c)The morality of alternative sexual preferences and lifestyles
-Is sexual perversion a viable concept? Are homosexuality
and lesbianism sexual perversions? Or are they merely alternative sexual preferences?
Dlstrlbutlon: Hlstory/Phllosophy
General Educatlon Perspective: Human ldentlty
Madmum Enrollment:30
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 16
PHI 2 W A
Instructor Mark Fuehrer
This course aims to provide an analysisof the natureof human
sleep and dreams and relate this analysis to states of waking
consciousness. We shall read philosophical texts on these
topics by Aristotle, Freud and Malcolm.
Evaluation shall be by final examination and reports. Student
discussion will also be a factor.
Prerequlslte: 1 course In Phllosophy
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: 1
Room: Old Maln 22
mrrosopny
PHY 151-A
lnstructoc Jeff E. Johnson
Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively in
business for years. However, it is also possible to use spread
sheets to solve physics problems without using "high-powered" mathematics. Spreadsheetsallow the student, who is not
an expert in mathematics, to experience physics on a more
intuitive level. We will use Cotus 1-2-3 to solve problems in a
wide variety of physics areas including planetary and projettile motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in
areasother than physics. Grading willbebased on spreadsheet
projects, homework, and a final exam.
Prerequlslte: Math Level 111
Dlstrlbutlon: Mathematlcs/Physlcs
Maximum Enrollment:20
7ime: I
Room: Sclence 30
PHY 325A
Instructor Stuart Anderson
From the realm of subatomic particles to molecular clusters
and beyond, the study and manipulation of matter often
demands the nearly total absence of the atmosphere in which
we live and breathe. This is the realm of high vacuum, without
which most of what we know as modern high technology
would be impossible. This course will acquaint the student
with the tools and techniques employed to produce, control
and monitor high vacuum environments, and allow students
to use these to study the behavior of gases and surfaces under
these conditions. Experiments will exploit a variety of chambers, pumps and gauges as well as a quadruple mass spectrometer. Considerable emphasis will be placed on laboratory
experiences;only one-third of the class period will be used for
formal lectures and discussion. Grades will be determined on
the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, two
exams, and a formal research paper.
Prerequlsltes:PHY 121, 122,245 (or equh~~lent),
MAT
124/ 125 (or 145/ 146),224 (or 245).
Madmum Enrollment: 10
lime: 1
I
Room: Sclence 30
POL 359-A
Instructor: Maya G. Pankratova
The former Soviet Union was, among other things, a huge
experiment showing the possibilities and failuresof a totalitarian government to change at will people's traditions, values,
and customs.
Numerous peoples living in the territory of the former Soviet
Union had differing beliefs and customs which influenced
women's lives. In the early stages after the revolution, the
Bolshevik authorities sought to destroy all the institutions
supporting the old regime, including the family and religion.
Accordingly, they encouraged women's independence and
denied their family obligations. In a later stage, the policy was
reversed and family values positively stressed. But, objective
situations contradicted the policy in both cases.
Students will be expected to read several books, plus some
articles. There will be discussion and some written assignments. A final paper will be assigned.
Prerequlsltes:Sophomore status; one course deallng
wM FSU or number of Department
Dlstrlbutlon: Polltical Sclence
Madmum Enrollment:20
lime: 1
I
Room: Muslc 24
PSY IOSA
lnstructoc Grace Dyrud
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in
psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The
field of psychology, including its major sub-areas is emphasized. Lectm, lab, and discussion. Evaluation by tests, lab
reports, computer exercises, and class participation.
Dlstrlbution: Psychology/Soclology
Madmum Enrollment:20
nine: 1
I
Room: Murphy Place I
PSY 20 1 -A
lnsfructoc VlctortaUhYeileld
The methods of Psychology are used to study behavioral and
socialinfluencesonhealth,includingtheinteractionof though ts,
emotions, and biological systems. Consideration will be given
to life styles, health system policies, stress management, and
illness prevention and treatment.
Prerequlslte: PSY 105
MaAmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 23
REL 343-A
Instructor: Cathy Paulsen
Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision
that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our
heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether
you are married or not. It will, however, increase your certainty and the possibility for meaning and intimacy in your life
with a partner. In the context of Christian teachings, many
theories will be studied, with particular attention given to the
work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and to the family secondarily.
There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one
paper, and two tests. Two books will be required.
Prerequlsltes:REL I I I or REL 22 1 or permlsslon of
Instructor
Dlstrlbuifon: Rellglon (only one lnterlm course may be
used to meet rellglon requlremenis)
Madmum Enrollment:25
77me: I
Room: Muslc 24
REL 345A
lnstructoc Eugene Sklbbe
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the
world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is
at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16thcentury,
its development over about 450 years, and its cultural influence. An anthology including several monographs and the
professor's lectures, together with reserve reading, will provide an overview. Ledure and class discussion will deal with
examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music,
philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements include
four exams.
Prerequlsltes REL I I 1 or REL 22 1
Dlstrlbutlon: Rellglon (only one lnterlm course may be
used to meet rellglon requlremenis)
General Education Perspecifve: Chrlstlan Falth
Maxlmum Enrollment:25
rime: I
Room: Old Maln I8
REL 366-A
lnstructoc Brad Holt
This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and
the South. Students will be introduced to traditional African
culture and religion, the introduction of Christianity, and the
present development of indigenous churches in West Africa.
The new "Independent African Churches" will be studied, as
well as attempts to formulate "African Christian Theology." A
major &ion of the course will focus on contemporary r e
sponses of churches in South Africa to the apartheid system of
racial segregation.
Prerequisite: REL I I I or REL 22 1
Distrlbutlon: Religion (only one lnterlm course may be
used toward graduation religion requirements)
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:1
I
Room: Music 23
REL 445
lnstructoc Phil Quanbeck
A study of the use and function of language in the Bible. The
importance of recognizing the varied character of language for
understanding the biblical text. Grades will be based on class
participation, two presentations to the class and an examination.
Prerequisites: REL I 1 I or REL 22 1
Distrlbutlon: Religlon (only one Interim course may be
used toward graduation rellgion requirements)
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme: I
Room: Old Main I I
SWK315A
Instructor: Blanca-Rosa Egas
This course introduces students to a health system in a developing country.It helps to realize that people in Ecuador prefer
holistic health care and facilitates students to develop awareness regarding Ecuadorians' values, attitudes and belief system. The course allows students to experience environmental
and psychosocial contrasts in rural and urban settings in the
coastal and highland regions of Ecuador. Students witness
modem health delivery and folk practices and different health
conditions. The visit to Vilcabamba, the world's well-known
sanctuary of longevity, allows interaction with individuals
over 100 years old. The assessment of the historic and current
Ecuador's worth provides a creative perspective, a positive
attitude, and abetter understanding of Latinos in the USA. The
cost of $2,395 includes travel, accommodations, breakfast
daily, two lunches and two group dinners. For more information contact Blanca-Rosa Egas at 330-1713. For registration
contact Kathy Lutfi at 330-1655.
Students are evaluated on course participation, one final examination and four reflection papers.
SOC 23 1-A
Instructor: Rlta Wekbrod
The human family is examined as a social system within
alternative contexts in American society and crosscultural
variants. Students will select one crosscultural or subcultural
variant for special study and analysis. Family problems are
seen within their cultural and institutional contexts.
Prerequlslte: SOC 121 prefened
General Educatlon Perspective: Intercultural
Awareness
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: 1
I
Room: Old Maln 13
SOC 265-A
Insiiuctoc Gordon Nelson
This course examines the nature of human groups who, for
reasons of birth, accident, appearance, or behavior, have been
"set aside" and viewed as "different" by the larger society.
Members of the class are encouraged to reflect on the extent to
which suchgroups havedevelopedmeaningful cultures which
have made or could make significant contributions to the selfunderstanding of persons who are part of the larger society. In
addition to lectures and films presented in class, the course will
include an opportunity for off-campus participant observation during which members of the class will be asked to focus
on a particular cultural group other than their own. This
observation will become the basis for a class presentation by
each member, either individually or as part of a group. Members of the class can expect evaluation to be based on a
combination of class participation, their respective class p r e
sentations, and a final examination.This course is offered on a
P/N basis only.
Dlstrlbutlon: Mlnorlty./Women/Urban
General Education Perspective: intercultural
Awareness
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: I
Room: Fos 20
socrorogy
I
BEGINNINGSPANISHI
SPA I1 1-A
Instructoc GabfielaSweet
Beginning Spanish I introduces the student to basic vocabulary and grammar. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but
secondary goals are to develop reading and writing skills as
well. After Interim, students will be prepared to continue with
Spanish 112 in the spring.
The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented, and
grammar explanationswill be given as needed to clarify those
in the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on
each chapter, and a written and oral final exam.
Dlstrlbutlon: Modern Languages
General Educaffon Perspective: Intercultural
Awareness 11
Madmum Enrollment:25
nme: 1
I
Room: Old Maln 25
SPC 226-A
lnstiuctoc Martha Johnson
This course will explore principles and styles of movement
used in the art of acting. The goal will be to increase the
student's ability to communicate through movement, by examining the principles of discipline, spontaneity, clarity, timing, concentration, and rhythm. Movement exercises will be
based on short scenes, monologues, and poems. Some principles of Asian theatrical movement will be introduced.
Course requirements will include assigned readings, exercises, a written play review of a live, professional performance
students will attend, two graded movement pieces, and one
final reflective paper.
The class is designed for those who desire to increase their
skills as actors, and also for those preparing for any field
involving public presentation: teaching, law, ministry, etc.
Maximum Enrollment:20
lime: I
Room: ?j'ornhom-Nelson Theatre
SPC 32 1-A
lnstructoc James Hayes
This "hands-on" course will give students the opportunity to
refine their public speaking skills in a contest format.Students
will be required to enter three different forensics events at
three interscholastic tournaments held during the month of
January. In addition, the class will prepare a videotaped
program of their work as an instructional aid for future forensics contestants. Evaluation will be based on peer and instructor critiques of written and oral work, selfevaluation, and, to
some degree, competitive success.
Prerequlsltes:SPC 1 1 1 or consent of Instructor
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: 1
I
Room: Foss 2 1a/2 1b
SPC 495-A
Instructor: Anne Holmquest
The focus of this semintir is Conflict Resolution. The purpose
is to consider conflict theories which are competing answers to
the question: what causes conflict in communication and how
should it be resolved? We will simulate small group conflicts
in an attempt to study the application of resolution methods.
e
q
wreading (onebook and
Students will be evaluated on r
articles), a paper, small group performance and occasionally
Speech, Communication & Theatre
I
will be asked to give an oral report on research.
Madmum Enrollment: 20
Tlme:I/
Room: Foss 43
UMAIE
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers
overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Additional
information about the following courses can be obtained from
Kathleen Lutfi at the International Programs Office,620 21st
Avenue South. (330-1655) or from the Interim Office (3301025). Registration for these Interims ends October 23,1992.
These courses are offered on a P/Nbasis only and generally
carry a lower division number.
Australia's Business Climate
Brtaln: Focus on the Evolution of Ow Modern World
Vlew
The Caribbean:A Reglon of Cultural and Natural
Diversity
Communicaffon and CuRure in Japan
An Ecological Study of Coral Reefs in The Philippines
and Hawall
Ecuadoc A Study of Hoilsffc Health Attltudes and
Services
Europe and The Rise of Modern Science
Family In Focus: Policy and Servlces in Sweden and
Denmark
Field Blology In the Galapagos Islands and Mainland
Ecuador
Geography of the Baltic States
A Greek Odyssey
Hawaii: MuWCuHural Communicaffon in Organizational
Settings
The lndustrlal Revolution in England and Scotland
International Business and Culture in a European
Environment
Law In London
Uteraw Ireland
Museums, Muslc, and Monuments In the Great Cltles of
Europe
In Search of the Anclent Romans
South Afrlca: Cultural Plurallsm and Soclal Change
Speclal Programs for Speclal Chlldren In The United
Kingdom
Theatre In and Around London
Thls Is New Zealand
2000 Years In Trier:lntermedlate Geman
Vamonos:Spanlsh Language and Culture In Venezuela
These courses are offered by lnstltutlons or groups not
connected wlth Augsburg College,but have been
approved for credlt by the College. Most carry a tultlon
cost plus other expenses whlch are the responslbllliy of
the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller
descr/ptlonsand details for registering are available In
the Intertm Offlce.
HPE 455-A
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested
in the art and practice of sailboat cnrising. The course will take
the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will
live aboard a 43-46 foot fixed keel sailboat with fivelsix other
people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on
the water instruction will be the major part of the course.
Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in
the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and
windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Some
classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin
Islands in January.
The course cost is $2,600, which includes airfare, for Augsburg
day studentsand quahfymg4-1-4 students.Others will have to
pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academic credit.
Total payment is due October 31,1992.
Prerequlslte: Pennlsslon from Joyce Pfaff of the Health
and Physlcal Education Department (6 12) 330 1247.
Dlstrlbuiion: Ufeffme Sports: also one course credk
HPE 2 12-A
Check for information in theInterimOfficefor material on dog
sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border or for white-water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio
Grande in the December 26 through January 26 period. There
is a cost of approximately$1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available).
POL 398-A
POL 398-A
Information on either of the above programs, housing, and
financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom,
Memorial 117A, 330-1197.
Other Courses
lrls
@ Printed on recycled paper.
Show less
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
Catalog
1980-82
Minneapolis' skyline provides an everchanging setting for the campus
Augsburg Choir assembles for 1980 tour
to Augsburg, Germany
2/Campus Map
,
Augsburg
Minneapolis, Minnesota
_--
.
.
-t
-
..,
.
,
Campus Guide (9/79)
1. Admissions House
2. Libr... Show more
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
Catalog
1980-82
Minneapolis' skyline provides an everchanging setting for the campus
Augsburg Choir assembles for 1980 tour
to Augsburg, Germany
2/Campus Map
,
Augsburg
Minneapolis, Minnesota
_--
.
.
-t
-
..,
.
,
Campus Guide (9/79)
1. Admissions House
2. Library
3. Science Hall
4. O l d M a i n
5. Wcsl Hall
6. M o r t r n s o n Towrr
7. Urness Tower
8. College Center
9. Memorial Hall
10. Music- Hall
11. Psychology Building
12 Melby Hall
13. Ice Arena
14. Slage II Thrdter
15. Lillle Thrcitc,r
16. East Hall
A. Admissions Parking
B. Studrnt Parking
C. M a i n ~ntrance-Tunncl/Ramp/
Skyway
D. Quadrangle
E. Facul~y-StaffParking
F. M u r p h y Square
G. Practice Field
H Fairview-St. M;lry'~ Parking Ramp
-..-... + ' -
,
,
.
. - , .,\: ,. -.:+,
.
(
Campus Map/3
Driving to Campus on Interstate 94
East from Minneapolis: take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left t o Riverside Avenue, and
left again to 21st Avenue South at the Augsburg sign.
West from St. Paul - take the Riverside Avenue exit right after you cross the
Mississippi River and then turn right o n t o Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign
and turn left at 21st Avenue South.
Contents
2 Campus Map
5 Introduction
7
8
12
16
24
30
44
45
128
139
140
142
Facilities
Admissions
Costs
Financial Aid
Student Life
Academic Information
Brief Facts
Course Descriptions
Registers
Communication List
Index
Academic Calendars
Philip Thompson, Art Department chair,
checks a student project
Fall sports include foorball, soccer, and
women's volleyball
Dorm artistry flourishes in Urness Tower
at Homecoming
Introducing Augsburg
Few liberal arts coll~gescombine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan
center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the
few, very special Christian colleges which can offer you both, as indicated in the
Mission stat ern en^ adapted by the Faculty and the Board of Regents In 1377.
Mission Statement
Augsburg is an accredited four-year liberal arts college of The American Lutheran
Church located in Minneapolis, at the center of the Twin City metropolitan area.
The coeducational student body of approximately 1500, while largely o l Lutheran
orientation, includes students of diverse ages from a wide variety of religious,
cultwral and ethnic backgrounds.
For over 100 years the college has emphasized intellectual freedom in the search for
knowledge in its disciplines, responsiveness to the needs of society and the world,
and preparation of students for service and leadership in church and society.
The mission of Augsburg College is to educate students through a distinctive
combination of commitment to the Christian faith, the liberal arts and excellence in
academic program.
Au sburg College is known for its people, who strive to be a supportive, informal
anB free community of learners involved with the metropolitan environment.
The academic program is prirnarity committed ro providing opportunities for a
broad back round in a variety of subject areas as well as personal clevelopment. The
college cha lenges students with a porrion of the knowlcd e and thought which has
been formative within human history and culture throu a wide variety of idear,
disciplines and selected prolessional and pre-professions programs; assistsstudents
in dcvefoping intellectual skills as well as in selecting a carcer; and encourages
within students the atritudes and skiIls necessary to prepare them to be learners
throughout their lives. Excellence in the academic programs has characterized and is
a cran~~nued
goal of the college,
f
P$
Education at Augsburg i s based on the belief that the world is God's, entrustedto us
for care, exploration and understanding.
As a Christian communitv the college embraces a wide range of reliaious exwression
and participation, As pa'rt of its a&dcrnic program Au ;burg se<ks to giic all its
studentsan informed understanding of the Christian fail and heritage as well asan
opportunity to encounter other segments of the world's religious heritage. In
addition to this intellectual task the aim of the college is to helpstudenrs understand
I ~ Christian
P
faith a5 relevant for their own experi~nceandlor particlptttion in the
commitrn.ent to 11ie role of the Christian community in the modern world.
a
Augsburg College seeks to act responsibly within the metropolitan community.
The quality of Augsburg's education i s enriched by the pcople, culture and
educational resources provided by irs location. However, the college is also aware
that i t has a responsibility to contribute to rhe larger camrnuni~y.In doing this, the
college directs several of i t s programs specifically at the rnerro olitan setting,
provider arcas of study not nvnilnhle eircwhere in the area, and oRerr itself nr ao
educational resource for a variety of new student populations.
History - Fjord to Freeway
Augsburg was thc firs2 s~minaryfounded by Norwegian Lutherans in America,
named after the confession of faith presented by Luihrrans i n Augshurg, Germany,
in '1530.Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin,as A~rgsburg'shome three years
later, in 7872. Thc firs! college students were enrolled i n 1874 anrl the first college
graduation was in 1879.
Tllc school was officially namcd Augsburg College in 1963 when i t s forrncrsponsor,
the Lutheran Free Church, merged with She American Lutheran Church. Augsburg
Seminary joined with L u t l i ~ rTlicalogical Seminary in St, Pau! that samc year.
Continuing ties, w i ~ hlhis heritage are reflcctcd in the College Center's Augsburg
Room and in replication of l h e original sign for O l d Main. Frnn? Fjord L OFrccway,
centennial history by A ~ ~ ~ s b u r gCarl
' q E. Chrislock, is available in the College
Bookstore for a candid vicw of the College and i t s people during the first 100 years.
Location and Campus
Au~sburg'scampus is lorated in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy
Square, t he firs1 of 155 parks in theUCity of Lakes."The Univenity of Minnesota West
Hank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, arc
adjacent t n the campus. Downtnwn Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes west and
past via lnterstat~94 which forms the southern border of the campus, or on bus
routes that also connect with the suburbs.
Reaching the Twin Citics i s easy. Airlines providing daily service to Minneapolis-St
Paul International Airport include American, Braniff, Capitol, Delta, Eastern,
Northwest Orient, Ozark, Republic, Trans World, United, USAir, and Western. Bus .
or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States.
Policies
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title I X
of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973
as amended in its admissions policies, educational programs, activilies and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the individuals
listed in the Communications Directory on page 139 nr to he Director of the Office
of Civil Rights, Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Washington, D.C.
The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic
Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and
the Association of American Colleges.
Accreditation and Memberships
North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools
The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and
Elementary)
The Council on Social Work Education
The American Chemical Society
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC)
Minnesota Private College Council
Lutheran Education Council in North America
Registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board
Facilities and Housing
Instruction facilities a n d student housing at Augsburgare conveniently located near
each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects t h e t o w e r dormitories a n d t h e
five buildings o n t h e Quadrangle, w i t h street level access f r o m 21st Avenue South.
Admissions House, located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff
and reception area for prospective students and their parents.
George Sverdrup Library, (1955) named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains
reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg Archives,
classrooms and faculty offices.
Science Hall (1949) houses classrboms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed in 1960.
Old Main (1900) is home for the Foreign Language and Art departments and has classrooms
used by other de artments. Extensively remodelled in 1980, O l d Main combines energy
efficiency with arcEitectural details from the past.
West Hall (1966) is apartment housing for married and upperclass students.
Mortensen Tower, (1973), named in honor of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women from 1923 to
1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students, plus
conference rooms and spacious lounge areas.
UrnessTower, (1967) named in honor of M r . and Mrs. Andrew Urness, who have given several
generous gifts to the College, provides living quarters for 324 students. Each floor is a "floor
unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility
areas.
Augsburg College Center, (1967) center of non-academic activity, has spacious lounges and
recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for student government and student
publications.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, (1938) named in honor of Augsburg's second and third
residents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices and one floor of student
Eousing.
Music Hall, (1978) newest building on campus, contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom
facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty.
Psychology Building (1964) has classrooms, offices and laboratories for the Psychology
department in the former studio building.
Melby Hall, (1961) named in honor of I. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball
coach, and head of the Christianity department, provides facilities for the health and physical
education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services, and general
auditorium purposes.
Ice Arena, (1974) with two large skating areas, is used for hockey, figure skating and
recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community.
Stage II Theater, formerly Old Music Hall, was redesigned in 1979 with a thrust stage as a
temporary performing facility for the Theater department, which also retainsspace in the Little
Theater building.
South Hall, Kueffner apartments, and annex houses, all located in or near the campus area,
provide additional housing accomodations for students, faculty and staff.
Admissions
9 Freshmen Students
Early Decision
Early Admission
10 Transfer Students
11 Former Students
Special Students
(Non-Degree)
International Students
8
Admissions House - at 728 275t Avenue
South
Campus Hub, the College Center, and
Urness Tower
I'
Moving in - often a family affair
Ir: .
.
4
Admissions
Augsburg College seeks students who possess qualities of intellect and character
which will cnable the student to benefit from and contribute to the college
community. Each ap licant is judged on individual merit without regard for race,
creed, scx, age, llan icap, and na~ianalor ethnic origin.
cP
Augsburg maintains an admissions office staffed with trained admissions counselors.
visit prospective students in their schools, assisting
rtudano and parents wit[ college planning. Persons seekin admissions services
slrotrld write or phone the Admissions Office (612)330-1001.Tae Admissions House
i s located on the corner of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis.
Whencves possible, the
Prospective students and their parents are invited and encouraged to visit the
Augsburg campus. The Admissions Office will arrange a campus tour, class
visitations, and conferences with professors according to the wishes of the visitor.
The Admissions Office is normally open weekdays from 8:3Qa.m. ro4:30 .rn. Group
tours can be arranged for Saturday and Sunday as well. Visitorsareaskr? to write or
call the Admissions Office prior to the visit so that arrangements can be made.
f
Application Procedures for Freshmen
1. Application for Admission
Applicants should complete an application for admission, and return it to the
Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee.
2. Transcripts
An official transcript from the high school is required of freshman applicants.
Frcshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application
should have their mast recent transcript sent, followed by a final transcript upon
graduatfon. Graduaic Examinarian Degrec scores (G.E.D.) may bc presented
instcad of t h high
~ school transcript.
3. Test Scores
Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the Preliminary
Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), or the
American College Test (ACT). It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the
official high school transcript.
4. Additional Information
If there is personal information that may have affeaed the applicant's reuious
academic performance, it may be included wilh ihe application or &curred
personall with an admissions counselor. Addttional rcr.omrncndations may be
required y the Admissions Committee beforc an adnliss~onsd~cisioni s made.
g
5. Notification of Admissions Decision
Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the
admissions decision within two weeks after the application file is complete.
6. Completion of Admission
An accepted student i s asked to make a $50 non-refundable tuition deposit by
April 1 or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Extensions can be granted
upon request by the Admissions Office.
Early Decision for Freshmen
An Early Decision Program i s offered for students who select Augsburg as a primary
collegr! choice. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of the
senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. The
admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test
scorcs, and tecommenrlation5.
Early Decision candidates applyin for financial aid are encoura ed to complete the
Au rhurg Early Decision ~inanciaFi\idApplication, which enah er our Financial Aid
0 d c e lo compute a preliminary award. Canadidates will be notiliecl of their award
by January 3. This application i s available in the Admissions Office.
f
A $50.00 nonrefundable tuition deposit is required by January 1 or within 15 days of
financial aid notification.
Early Admission of Freshmen
Students of exceptionat ability who wish to accelerate their educational program
may be granled adrnissioii to begin full-[imp work toward a degree lnllowin
corn letion of their junior year or ( i iernertcr
~
of the senior year of high i r l i o o f
hpph-ants for early ndrnirrion must complete the normal proccdurcr for freshman
applican~s, submit two recomn~encfationsfrom the high school principal or
counselor, an3 arranRea personal intcrvicw wit h a college official. Inquiriesshould
go lo he OIficc of the Associate Dean of the College.
Application Procedures for
Transfer Students
Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having com leted
work at 01her accreditetl colleges or universilies. College credit is granted for iberal
a r i s coursessatisfaaorily co~npIeteda t accrcclited institutions. The College reserves
the right not to grant credit far courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, to
granl provisional crcdit for work ~ a k e ndl unaccredited institutions, and to require
that certain courses 6c taken at Augshurg.
P
A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or better is required on previous
work from four year colleges; from two year colleges, a GPA of 2.5 is required.
Registered Nurses seeking a Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing must have a 2.5
average and complete the Department of Nursing entrance tests.
1. Application for Admission
Applicants should complete an a plication for admission and return it to the
Admissions Office together with t k non-refundable application fee.
2. Transcripts
An official transcript from the college(s) you are transferring credits from is
required. Transfer student applicants who have attended colle e for one year or
less must also have an official transcript from their high sc77 ool sent to the
Admissions Office.
3. Additional Information
If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's revious
college performance, it may be included with the application or tscussed
personall with an admissions counselor. Additional recommendations may be
required Ly the Admissions Cornmillee before an admissions decision is made.
4. Notification of Admissions Decision
Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the
admissfons drcision wrthin two weeks after the application file is com lete. An
~ ~ r i l 1
arcepird rluricn, is asked to makc a$SO non-refundable tuition deposit
or within 75 days of linancial aid notification. Extensions can be granted upon
request by the Admissions O f f i c ~ .
py
Re-Admission of Former Students
A student who has interrupted attendanceat A u g s b u r ~College and who wishes 10
return applies for re-admission through the Registrar s Office. A sludent who has
attended any other insiitution s) during the ahsc~lcefrom Augsburg must have an
official transcript sent from eac one to the RegistrarlsOffice. Return~ngstudentsdo
not pay the application fce,
b
Admission as a Special
Student (Non-Degree)
I n some circumstances, a person ma be admitted as a special student (non-degree)
and granted ihe privile e of enroling in courses for credit. Usually a part-time
student, heor she may su sequently become a candidate for a degree by petitioning
through the Registrar's Office.
5
Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg
College as a special student (non-degree). A transcript must be sent to the Registrar's
Office by the student's home institution.
An application form for special student (non-degree) status is available from the
Registrar's Office.
Admission for International Students
International students should consult the information available from the Admissions
Office regarding admissions procedures for applicants who are citizens of other
nations.
Financial Information
13 Costs 1980-81
14 Deposits
15 Payments
Refunds
Financial Aid
16 Application
17 Gifts
18 Loans
Campus Work
19 Sponsored Scholarships
12
Melby Hall - site for registration,
Chapel, games, Commencement
Gymnasts praclice for competition
Music Hall entry invites a lineup
Costs and Financial Policies
Students pay less than the full cost of an education at Augsburg College. The balance
of instructional and operating costs comes from annual contributions from The
American Lutheran Church, endowment funds, and gifts from individuals,
corporations and foundations.
College Costs 1980-81
Costs listed have been approved by the Board of Regents for the 1980-81 academic
year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The college
reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate.
Tuition (full-time enrollment)
......................................$3,660.00
Thls rate applies to ail full-time students entering in Septernber,1980. Students are
considerpd lu [I-time when they ta kc three or more courses durin the semester
tcrrns for a total of revcn or more courser in rhc rchool year. The cRarge includer
trrition, generdl fees, facilifies fees, subscription to student puhlica~ions, and
admission lo college-sup otled events, conceris and lectures. The amount is
pilyahlc i n two equal inslir/;menlr ar lhr beginning ol each semester.
Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course
............................
510.00
This rate applies tostudents taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an
Interim only.
Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course
.........................
255.00
Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking
Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course.
Room Rent (includes telephone).
....................................
957.00
Linen service is available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local
linen supply company.
Full Board (19 meals a week)
...............................
.
......
880.00
Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available
from the Office of Student Life.
Other Special Fees (not refundable)
Fees Payable by Check/Cash
Fees Billed on Student Account
Late Registration (per day
after classes b e g ~ n ) . . . . . . . . . . $
5.00
A d d a course (after first three
days of class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.00
Cancel a course (after first three
days of class) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.00
....
.........
.........
...
20.00
.......
5.00
Nursing Admission Test
Introduction t o Cinema Arts
35.00
Film Making (Interim)
70.00
Life Drawing (Interim)
Application (new and/or
special students . . . . . . . . $ 15.00
20.00
Medical Technology
(Senior Fee)
................. 510.00
Locker Rental
(for commuters)
Student Parking Lot
Permit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00
Transcri t Fee (per copy
after fPrst, w h ~ c h
is free) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.00
Special Examinations (Schedule o n
file in Registrar's Office)
Music Therapy Internship (one
course c r e d ~ t ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510.00
Student Teaching
.............. 35.00
Study Abroad ( i n approved nonAugsburg programs) . . . . . . . . . 125.00
Music Lessons
Private, per semester
(14 lessons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140.00
10.00
Private, Interim, per lesson
Class, per semester . . . . . . . . . . 70.00
...
Psychology of Music
10.00
Radio-Television
...........
Production . . .
10.00
..
35.00
Theater Technical Production
Books and Supplies
These costs are estimated t o range between $175 - 225 per year
Deposits
Tuition (non-refundable)
............................................
$ 50.00
Required of all new students after acceptance. Applied to the tuition charge.
Housing
...........................................................
100.00
Required of all residcnt studcnts at the time of signing a contract, to rcscrvc a
housing assignment. hpplicd to [he room charge. Newmntracts may he terminated
for Fall or Spring Terrn by notilyin t h ~0ffrt:e
.
of Slurletit I.if~in wr~lingby the lint
day nf r e g i r ~ r u ~ i oThc
n . resident w f l hc r c s p ~ n r i b lfor
r all costs i n i u r r r d dur l o late
cancella~ionor lack of proper n a ~ i f i c a l i o nI.f the new conlract is cancellctl prior l o
july 1 for F a l l semester or January 1 for Spring Sernesler, $35.00 will be forfrited from
[he $100 deposit as a s ~ r v i c echarge. Thc entire dcposit will be l n r l c i ~ ~ irf f
cancellation is alier these dates.
Breakage and Fine
... . ... . ... . . . .. . ... . , . ... . .. . ... .
,
... . .., , .. . ..
25.00
Charged to all students at registration and refundable upon graduation, transfer to
another institution, or discontinuation of education at Augsburg.
Payments
Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of Estimated
Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by the Student Financial
Services Office is sent to the student from the Business Office.
Payment Options - (1) Annual payments, due August 20 as billed; [2) Scmcst~r
Payments, due August T O and January 20 as billed: (3 Payment Plan - upon
aprrllcatlon ant1 aflcr College approvat, a thrrc-mont plan i s available each
remestel. Details are included w i h~ the Estimate of Charges letter. ( 4 ) Defcrrcd
Paymcnts, a n individual conrrda with a privatc comrncrcial agency which operates
l single year contracts are
indepenclently of the Collrge. Multiplr yrar as w ~ l as
r
brochure will be miiilcd.
availdble. An inlnrmatinn l c t ~ c and
b
Tilitinn is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal Installments at t h bcginnir~g
~
of each semestvr. Registrdtion i s pc?rmitled on1 if the student's awount for a
previous tcrm is paid in full. Augrburg College wil not retease aradcmir transcripls
11ntiIall sritdcni accouryts are paid in (1111or, in ~ h tasc
r of loan Iunds~drninis!ererlI>y
the C o l l e g ~
(Nalional Bircct/Drfensc Studcnt Loans-NDSL), arc current according
to established repaympnt schetlulcs.
r
Refunds
Students who properly withdraw, drop t o part-time, are dismissed, or are released
from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room
(except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs)
according to the following schedule:
100% - Ihrough the firsr five (lays of classes.
90% from ilit' sixth 111rc)u~h
10th day of cla~srs.
UO','G.- Irom t h I~l ~ lhrnu#h
h
75th clay ofclasses.
;(Ii;:, - from the 16th through 20rh day of r-ldssrbs.
60'L - from ttrc 2151 thru~rgh25th dav ot clar~cs.
5U'!:, - from thc 26th day or rlnsws thruugh the mid-point of thr rprrn.
-
No refund will be made after the middle of the term. Board refunds are made on a
proportionate basis.
If a student is forced to cancel registration during the first one-half of the term due to
illness or accident, the charges will be reduced by one-half upon submission of a
report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of
continued enrollment.
t
to
Students w h n e f ~ c lto o m i t an intcrimor tograduate in Decembcr a r e ~ r oentitled
a refund of interim tuition, room, and board charges. Students wliu parlicipale in an
approved off-campus interim are eligible to apply lor a board reft~ncland room
sub-lease. Details and request forms arp avail:~lllr~in the O f l i c ~of Student Life.
Canrrllatlan (rom College forms arc available in the Registrar's Office.
All refunds of charges will be a plied to the account of the student and all
adjustments for aid, loans, fines an8deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a
cash refund is determined.
IG/Financial Aid
Financial Aid
The financing of post-sccandary education may w ~ l bl r one of ihe more significant
investments t hat an individual or a family will make i n an entire lifrtimc. Bccause this
i s thc casr, proper pldnning and wisp choices arc important, nor only i n theselection
of an instilurion, but also i n the methods trtitired in payrng t h c relatrtl expenfes.
Augsburg College, ~ h r o uh its Office of Studen[ f'inancial Services, i s r o m m ~ t t c dto
hcl
rturlen~ran! their families will1 t h r ncrdecl arrirrancr, boll1 monetary
an advisury, t h a t will protcct acceqr tn a qualily education i n spitc of increasing
costs.
9
Financial assistance awardcd t h r o u ~ hAugsburg is a combination of scholarships,
grants, loans, and parr-rime work opportunities. 'The Collcgc coappratcs with
Federal, State, church, and private ag~nciesin provirlin various aid rograms. For
the academic ) I P J ~1979-110, approximil!ely 82'1, of all STUC entr at Augrgurg received
scliolarshtp~,grants, loans and part-lime crnployrn~nttolalling over $4,500,000 from
all aid sources.
\
The primary responsibility for financing a colfege education rests upon the student
and family, financial aid is intended to supplrmeni student enrl family resources.
The amount of a s s i s ~ a n clor
~ which a stt~dentis cligible is determined with the hetp
and analysis of tlie Family Finanrial Sta~cmenr(FTS) of the American Collear Tcqting
Program (ACT) or lhc Financial Aid Form (FAI:) of thc College Schatarqhip Servirt(CSS). These analyses estimate t h c amaunr a stirdcnr and family can provide tor
c o l l ~ g cexpenses, taking into account such family financial factors as c~lrrent
incame, assets, number of dependents, orher educational expenses, drbrs, retirc-
men1 needs, and special ronsidc~atians.
How and When to Apply
New Students - Regular Admission
1. A ply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made
untiythe student has applied and been accepted for admission.
2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (FFS) or Financial Aicl form (FAF) from a
high school or rollege financial aid office. Complete the application and send it to
t h e processtng agency after january 1 but before March I for priority considcration.
Minnesota residents must cornplcte the FF5 wliich includrs the application for the
M i n n e s ~ l aState Schotarship/Grm"trogram. To bc oonsid~red,code 6500. Augsburg's code on thp FFS is 2080. f o r non-Minnesota residents u ~ i n g[he FAF.
Au~sburg'scode is 6014.
3. Within three to four w ~ e k saugsbrtrg
,
will receive the analysis. If at that time you
are accepted for adrnissfon, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your
eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing the
students' financial aitl packagc.
4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated. If
necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will then be sent to
you.
5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college
previously attended.
Financial Aid/l7
New Students - Early Decision
This is for students who select Augsburg as their primary college choice. An Early
Decision Candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive
the admission decision about December 1.
1. Early Decisi<>nCandidales applying for financial aicl may wish to complete the
Augsburg Early Derision Financial A i d Applica~ion,availableby writing or calling the
Admissions Office. This e n a b l ~ sour Financial Airl Office to compute a preliminary
award hefore thr Farnlly Financial Stnremenl i s Illcd. Candidates will be notified of
their awarcl by January 1.
2. For confirmation of the financial aid award package, with any necessary revision,
the FFS (or FAF for non-Minnesota residents) must be completed after 1980 income
information is available. This is after January I, 1981 but before March 1,1981.
Returning Students
Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by refiling the
application and financial statement. Renewal is based on financial eligibility,
satisfactory academic progress, and fund availability.
Kinds of Aid
A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in eneral rather
than for a s ecific scholarship or grant. The various forms of aid avaifable are listed
here for inkrmation only.
In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are ur cd to
inverti~ate
rhe poiiibility of rcholarrhipr, grants, and loans rhnt might beavaicble in
rhcir own communities. I t could he wortliwhile to check with churches, ihe
company or husinessemploying parentsor rpouses, hl h schools, service clubs, and
frarernal organizations lor information on aid availab e to students meeting rhcir
requiremenrs. In adrlirion to these sources, somc sfudents are eligible lor aid
through Vocational Rrhahilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational
Assistance for Veterans' Ohildrcn, and others,
"i
Gift Assistance
-
Available to students who have shown academic
Augsbur Tuition Grant
r,olrnliarilnrl ~ ~ J V(inancis1
E
need. A grant may ay up to full tuition and fees. A
r;~urlen~'s
scholas~icstantling,test scores, and hig school and community involvement are taken into consideration.
1
Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant - Awarded by the state to Minnesota
residents who have financial need. They range from $100 to $1400. All applicants
from Minnesota are expected t o apply before the priority deadline of March 1.
St~pp!emenh~Educa#ional
Opportunity Grant - A federal program administered by
thc C o l l ~ g e .To Ije rligible, a person must: (1) be a U.S. citizen or permanent
rcsicl~nt; (2) have sufficient financial necd as defincd by the program and
demonstrated by the KFS (or FAF); (3) be capable of maintaining good academic
standing at the Cnllege; and (4) be accepted (or admissicln.
18/Financial A i d
Basic Educational Opportanity Grants - A fedcral program that provides Basic
Grant awiirrls l o st~trlrntsw h o atrend eligiblc insti~ulionsof highcr education, The
maximum grant rligibility for eacli siudcnt lor 1980-81 is BIAOn, minus thc. amount
. grants are hilsed on need
the studcnt and fam~lycan be expcctcd to contri b u ~ eThe
as d e t e r r n i n ~ dby the program u i d ~ l i n c sApplicntion
.
is made by f i l ~ n gthc FFS (or
and requesting on ihe appficnlion form thnt i h r nererrary information be rrnr
to the appropriate BEOG officc.
mF)
Loan Assistance
National Direct Stt~dentLoans (NDSL) - Joint Augsburg College-federally funded
program nclminisrrrerl r hrou h the Cnllegc, for students who demonstrate financial
eligibility. Loans s r e i n t r r e i r f r c c i l u r i r ~ g
your education. Noinlrrrslaccruer nor do
a mcnrs have to be m ~ d on
c the principal at any lime yo11 d r e enrolled at least
l 4.:) and rcpa mcnt of rhc
fnri-iimr. Bc inning October 1,1480, simple i n ~ c r e iol
minimurn of830 a ~manih)
b r .in six tnonths a l l r r yclu cave school.
principal (a1 t
R~paylncntmay be cxtendcd up to 10 yrJrr. T e loan carries a teacher cancellation
claus~.The maximum which may be barrowcd for undcrgraduatc study is $6,0fl0.
f:
'h
Y
Guaranteed Student Loan {CSL) and Minnesota State Student Loan - Programs
backed by e i ~ h c r~ h lcrferal
c
or stale g o v e r n n i ~ n it,- o d n funrls are obtained directly
from a lucal lendcr or state gnvernmrnt in qtareq which provide such proarams.
W h r l ~the sturIeni is atlending at least hall-timc, there i s no interest tharge,
Rrginning lanudry 1, 1901, simple annual i n ~ r r c s !of 9':i) o n the loan balancc and
rcpayrnent of the principal begin six monr hs after you (pave srhool. Repdyrnent may
be e x ~ ~ n d up
e d to 10 yedrs. Thc maximum loan is62500 per year with t h ~cumula~ive
!
.
arc available at thr?callcge, samc
~1ndr1rgra~luate
maximum ~ f $ ' l 2 , 5 0 0 Applications
banks, and the Minnesota State S t u d ~ n tLoan Oflice. You mily obtain this loan
without demonstrating financial eligibility.
Nursing Student Loan - Fcdcral program with provisions similar to thc National
~ denrolled in
Direct Student Loan program, but rmtricted to applirants a r r ~ p t or
the program leading to the baccalaurcatc d ~ g r c e
In nursing, Kccipienrs [nust have
financial need and be registered full time. U p to 85% of t h e total horrowcd may bc
cancelled, depending upon the type of work donc afrer graduntion. The maxinrum
loan is $2500 per year.
Campus Work
Augsburg College provides work opparlunities for studenfs with proven financial
need who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Assignrncnt is made on
the basis of need and potential cornpctencc in pcrformlng the dtitics arsignccl,
Part-time work provided by the College is considered financial aid, j u s ~ as
scholarships, loans, and grants. A maximum of 15 hours nl on-ca~npus~tmploymenl
per week is recommended.
All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to
the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check to the
student employee.
College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program - Under
these rograms the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching basis
with t e College to provide some part-time work opportunities.
1
Sponsored Scholarships
Scholarship winners are selected by the Student Personnel Committee. For
departmental scholarships, winners are recommended by faculty of the department
involved.
These scholarships are available to students who will be Sophomores, Juniors and
Seniors. Descriptions of awards are from statements of the donors' wishes.
General Scholarships
Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o two deserving
junior/senior students as recommended by the committee.
Elias B. Eliason, Sr. Memorial Scholarship - established i n 1979 by his family. One or more
scholarships will be awarded annually t o needy and deserving upperclass students.
Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship
deserving junior/senior students.
-
awarded annually t o t w o
M. I. Estrem Scholarship - awarded annually to a worthy student of the College selected by the
scholarship committee.
David J. Formo Scholarshi
established i n 1979 by members of his family. One or more
scholarships will be a w a r B e d a n n u a ~ ~t yo a junior or senior student who has successfully
overcome adversity and hasachieved excellence in academicand extracurricular performance.
Catha JonesMemorial Scholarships - awarded annually t o female students transferring from
Waldorf College. Preference given to those in music and/or elementary education.
Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o an able and deserving upperclass student as
recommended by the scholarship committee.
Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Scholarships - established in 1972 t o be distributed by
the scholarship committee t o needy students.
Douglas Ollila Memorial Scholarship - $250 awarded t o a senior.
Quanbeck Scholarship Fund -established i n 1963 by a bequest of JohnG. Quanbeck, awarded
annually t o freshmen students w h o without assistance would be unable t o pursue higher
education.
Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarships -awarded
t o able and deserving upperclassstudents.
Tozer FotmdaHon Scholar~l1ip5- u p to $1000 each - swarded on I ~ basls
P
of scholarship,
p ~ r % r ~ n , ~ l i l y , ,n~wn ct lf Wrrrners must be juniororseninrsturlrin~r w l ~ o a r ~ r e s l d e n t sthe
o f State
nl M l n n r m t , ~bur not r r ~ i d r r i nf
~ r Plne, Kanabec orW,~\hingtclnCauntre~~Separate
application
required ol scnii-Tin.ili~~3
rt*lt,c~tvlby the scholarshir~mmmilrre. F I S must be sent t o Tozer
I r)unrldtron {code h577)
Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o an able and deserving junior or senior
student.
Special Scholarships
Aid Association for Lutherans - awarded t o able and deserving upperclass students who are
certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company.
Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to able and deserving
students, who have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need.
Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarship -awarded to able and deserving students who are policy
holders with Lutheran Brotherhood.
The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a deserving senior.
Minority Student Scholarships
Aid Association for Lutherans Minority Scholarship Program -awarded annually to Lutheran
American minority students who show financial need.
Minnesota Minin &Manufacturing Minority Student Scholarship - established in 1973 to be
awarded to a Blaca student.
Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship - awarded periodically to a Black
American student.
National Scholarship & Grant Program for Minority Students - sponsored by the American
Lutheran Church (ALC). Awarded annually to members of racial and ethnic minorities.
Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships - awarded annually to upperclass Oriental students.
Homecoming Auction Scholarship - awarded annually to two minority students by contributions from faculty, administration, staff and students at the Homecoming auction.
Religion & Christian Service Scholarships
Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student(s) i n the
senior class who is preparing for the ministry.
lver and Marie lverson Scholarship -awarded
Christian service.
on the basis of need, character and interest in
The Reverend Olal Rogne Memorial Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, scholarship
and interest in Christian service.
Morris C. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund - awarded to a juniorhenior
student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Missions Department of the
American Lutheran Church.
OnesimusScholarship - awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministry.
awarded annually to an able and
Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarshi
deserving junior/senior student recommended by treLholarship committee. Semi-finalists
are interviewed and selected by donor.
Cerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected on the basis of scholarship,
characteristics of service and devotion to the Christian faith.
Departmental Scholarships
Art
Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship - established by the Crown Princess of Norway to be
awarded annually to a talented art student with financial need.
Athletic
Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to an able and deserving malestudent
on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement.
Paul Dahlen - Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student or
students on basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement.
Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of
achievement, personal character, and promise in field of physical education.
James Winkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of
personality, character, athletic ability and academic achievement.
Peterson Football Scholarship - awarded to a freshman football player on basis of financial
need.
Sandbo Football Scholarship - awarded to a football player on basis of financial need.
Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship - awarded to a student because of his academic
achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics.
David Gronner Memorial Scholarship Fund -awarded to two or more students participatin~
i n athletics or music. The award is "made to students who have demonstrated financial need
and/orl'of h i h Christiancharacter".Theathleticscholarshipisfora malecandidateonly,with
a preference for basketball.
Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship - one or more scholarshi s are awarded annually to
upperclass students participating in intercollegiate sports, wit[ preference vested in the
wrestling program.
Biology
Biology Scholarships -established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor
outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology.
Business
Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship
interested in the field of business.
- awarded to one or
more upperclass students
Reid Scholarship - awarded toone or more upperclassstudents who are interested in business
and/or education.
Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship -One or more scholarships will be awarded annually
to a junior or senior majoring in Business Administration.
Chemistry
Awarded to students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of
Chemistry.
Manhaid Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship.
Carl Forse Memorial Cliemlstry Scholarship.
Federirk C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Schnlarship.
Dr. W. M. Sandslrom Chemistry Scholarship.
Waltcr Cordon Schell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship.
Wallcr C. Tl~waitc,jr. Mcrnorial Cl~~mislry
Scholarship.
Covey Hentlrirksnn M~mtlrialChcrni~tryScholarship.
Education
David Mathre Scholarship - awarded to qualified full-time students in need of financial
assistance during the term in which they are student teaching.
English
Anne Pederson English Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who are
majoring in English with preference given to those who plan to teach English as a career.
Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship - awarded to an outstanding student i n the
field of English.
Foreign Language
M i m i Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior
students who are majoring i n a modern language with preference given to those who plan to
teach language as a career.
Foreign Travel Scholarship -available to language majors studying a language abroad during
the academic year, to help with travel expenses. A special application is required by the Foreign
Language Department.
Health-Related
Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarshi
students preparing for a career in medicine or h e a d . -
established in 1978 for upperclass
History
awarded annually to students majoring in history
H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarshi
with preference given to those who p t n a career in the field.
Library Science
Library Science Scholarship -established is1971 to honor one or more outstanding student(s)
choosing librarianship as a career.
Mathematics
Minnesota Gas Company Scholarship - generally awarded to able and deserving junior/
senior students majoring in mathematics orthe sciences on basis of need and academicability.
Mathematics Scholarship - awarded to an able and deserving student i n the field of
mathematics.
Music
0.1. Hertsgaard Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who have
demonstrated proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest or potential
in conducting and who show promise of overall academic success.
Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship- awarded to a sophomore/junior student of outstanding
promise in the field of music.
Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship - awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a
major/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing.
lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on the basis of skilled
performance or aptitude i n stringed instruments.
Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship - awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire
musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those
candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments.
David Cronner Memorial Scholarship Fund - awarded to two or more students participating
in athletics or music. The award i s "made to students who have demonstrated financial need"
and/or "of high Christian character."
Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student studying
choral music.
John and Vera Thut Scholarship - one or more scholarships will be awarded annually to
upperclass students who have achieved excellence in music.
Physics
Theodore J. Hanwick Scholarship - awarded annually to an upperclass student majoring in
physics.
Political Science
Political Science Scholarship - awarded to upperclass students pursuing careers in political
science.
Sociology
Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize - awarded annually to a student in the general field of
Christian Sociology.
-
Student Life
25 Religious Life
Student Government
26 Athletics
Student Activities
Student Services
27 CSD
Intercultural Center
28 Health Service
Food Service
Residence Life
29 Student Rights
All roads (and ( h e skyway) lead to the
College Cenler
Ready for Christmas - afler finals
Classes are small, so you get to know
faculty and students
Li
~b
7
..
Student Life/25
Student Life
Your expe~iencesin the classroom are the prirnar aspect of your colte e life, but
learning anddevelopment also occur in formal andlinformal activities of r ieCollege
and t l l r ~rnc~rnpotitanarea, Wl~ethcryou are a resident or commuter student, you
will find that the climate for learning and living at Augsburg can add dimension to
your edura~ion.
!'
Religious Life
As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual, as well as academic and
social, growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunities we
encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith.
Since our campus i s comprised of individuals from many different rrligious and
cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar diversity and
richness o f tradition. Bible studies, fellowship groups, Gospel reams, plannin
rornrnitrecr, ret rears, P ~ a r eand lustice forums, Hun er conferences, ronrcrtr, an!
plays and movies arc cxsrnpler of ihc wide variety of activities on campus.
This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where students,
faculty and staff gather each Monday, W~dnesrlay,and Friday to give thanks and
hear he Word proclaimed by a number o f speakers. Each Wednesday night some
200 stuclents garher for I-loly Communion.
We seek 'to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to
gradually change and ctiscover the ifts that God has iven them. As a colle e of the
church, we encouragestudents to Porm their own vakes which will be thetasir for
the kind and quality o f life that reaches beyond one's years at Augsburg.
The College Pastor has an office in the College Center to be readily available for
counseling, consultation or information on ways to get more involved in religious
activity and groups.
Student Government
Student ovcrnmcnt is the vehicle through which students can secure a closer
relationrEip and h e l m understanding wilh the arlrninirrrillion and faculty, and
providr? input into the decision-malcina process a t Augfihurg. Student government
also sponsors and directs student activities, protcctsstudcnt rights, and provides the
means (oxcliscuaions and aclion on all issucs pertaining to sti~dentlife at Augsburg.
Student government i s or anized into the executive branch, the legislative branch,
and the judicial branch. Aectionr a r c held in ihc spring except for freshmen who
elect r heir represenralives in the fall of their firn yedr. Many kinds of involvement
arp possibl~!
from program plannin to writing or erliling tn service op ortunit ics If
p.
..:-.
you want to get involved, contar, i f e Prerid~ntor Vice President in t letr ofl~cpqIn
the College Cenlcr.
Social, Cultural, and Recreational
Throu hout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus
as we1pas in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name
entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields.
26/Student Services
The College Ccnler is the foeus of leisure-lime acriviry on campus. Offlces for the
C o l l ~ g encwspapcr, theArlgsbrir,y Echo. and the yearbook, ~ I i e A us l ) u r ~ i a narPon
,
i
unite ciarrronm or nnn-i%rsroorn relstrd
the lower lcvrl. Many of I ~ rPl r ~ bthat
inlerpsrs meet ill (he Centcr. KCMR, student-oper,~ted non-proli~ratlio station
v,
serving thc nccds o f Augsburg and t h e surrounding Ccdar-Kivcrsidc c o ~ n t n u n i ~is
lucatcd i n M o r t ~ n s e nTower.
There are seueral opportunities for partici ation i n music and drama. In addition to
appearing on cdmpur nntl in ihc cily, i l ! ~ Ahr~gsburgChoir, Conrert Band, and
Orchestr,~perform on national and international tourh. Many other ensembles are
available to cover the entire range of musical SIVIP~and previous musical
rxpericnce. Several plays are given on campus pach year under thc clirec~ionof the
theater arts depart rnent.
Intercollegiate Athletics
Au sburg is affiliated with Minnesota lntercolle iate Athletic Conference (MIAC)
a n i is a member of the National Association o Intercollegiate Athletics (NAIA).
M e n annually compete in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross-country,
basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf.
B
Augsburg is a member of the Mlnnesata Women's lntcrcollegiate Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for I~itcrcollegiateAthletics for Women (AIAW).
Women annually compete in volleyhall, cross country, gymnastics, basketball,
tennis, track & field, and softball. Women also h a w joined the golf team.
lntramurals
Every student is urged to participate in somc activity for recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program providrs cornperilion i n a variety of team sports as well as
individual performdnce activiries. Broomball has been an especially popular coed
sport. Check s r h ~ d u l e sfor times when them is open usc of the gymnasium and ice
arena.
Student Activities
A variety of interests are served by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the
student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or
activity, contact the Student Activities Director.
Student Services
Augsburg College is concerncd with educating the whole person and recognizes
that t ~ pconiext
.
in which lcarning takcs place i s a critical laclor In acliirving oplimal
growrh. Knowlcd c grows from morv than intellectual cnclenvorr. Expanding
relationships, exp orirrg valucs, id~nzilyinglife stylcs, developing autonomy and
interdepentlence, finding purpose and cornmitrner~l-all corn bin^ w i ~ h
intrllectual
conten1 and skills to producc t h c dcsirrd cdr~cationalimpact of the college o n its
students.
F:
The Division of Student Affairs has bcen crcatcd to sup ort this task. During the
summer before your freshman ycar,orar the time ol trans er, you will receive a copy
of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a Colleg~ErEucatior~.This book will help you
assess the possibilities in your d u r a t i o n , choicrs to make, directions to consider
and different destinations lor which tn plan. SEMAPHORE was designed to act as a
sort of road map for you.
P
CSD, l ntercultural Center/27
Center for Student Development
The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services to help make
your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may
wish to participate in are listed below.
Summer Orientation. You can plan your first academic year and register for classes.
, and staff as well as
You and your parents get ac uainted with classlnates f
with the campus. You stay in %e dormitory, attend evenlr in t e metropolitan area
and seek answers to the many questions you have about college life.
"'""6
Career Plannin and Placement. You may be unmrtaln about where you want to be
when you finis I your undcrgrdduatc experience, wheiher your life style will he a
I~alancedone. how work will provlde opportunily Ior service and fulfillment.
htlgsburg has a four-year career d e v e l o p m c ~ ~
plan
t
to liclp you assess yourself,
explore possibilities, tcst realities and prcparc for entry into the next phasc of your
lifr. ,411 new ~trtdentswill h a v a~ c l l a n c ~to review their interests with a counselor.
B
Human Develo ment Seminars. A series of informal "mini-uourses" are offered
each year to P
II p yo11gr0w III und~r5tandinga l ynurself and your relationship to
fli hers. Such topirs as PEER (Positive Eclucatiot?al Exp~ricnccsi n Relationships),
lsrues i n Mgn'sand Wonien's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Sceking,and Sexuality arc
availahlr?.Information on current nfferings ancl opporlunily to register are providecf
several limes d u l i n ~the year.
P
Academic Enrichment. You may want to improve your skills in such areas as reading,
studying, note-takin , and testing by attending one or more of the workshops
offered. You also wil have an opportunity to meet with a counselor to diagnose
your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring
through the Center.
7
Counseling and Guidance. Situations occur for all of us where we can handle
elfet:rively disrussing thin s with someone who has moreexpertise.
c h a l l r n g ~mare
\
Couns~lorsarc available to hclp you thin through how you can handle major or
minor problems in a constructive way. Consultation is provided on questions of
policy anrl procedure.
f
Learning for Living. A series of mini-classes designed for the person who has a desire
to explore new interests, enhance leisure time, and meet others doing the same.
This is a non-profit effort of the Student Activities program.
Intercultural Center
As a College in thc city, commincd to the values and insights of cultural diversity,
Augsburg offers special advocacy anrl counseling for all minority students in close
cooperation with administrators. faculty and community. At the present time these
efforts concentratr i n two major areas:
American Indian Programs. Augsburg offen an American lndian student support
program to meet tJle special nreds of lndian students. The American lndian
community
Programs Counselor provides recrui~~nent,cnurscs.supportiveservices,
service and activities to improve educational opportunities for American Indians.
Black Student Programs. A counselor with responsibilities in recruitment, supportive services, community service and activities coordinates black student activities.
The Black Student Union (BSU) provides a focus for many activities and programs.
28/Residence Life
The other facet of Augsbur 's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are
from or are interested in stujying in other countries, and in planning activities and
events which can increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff.
Foreign Study. If you are interested in study abroad, consult the faculty member
whoservesas Director of International Programs tocheck on the many opportunities
available.
lnternationalStudents. If you are a student from another country or would like to be
part of the activities of this group, contact the faculty member who i s appointed
International Student Advisor.
Health Service
Your health needs will be met by the staff of Srniley's Point Clinic located on
Riverside Avenue across thestreet from the campus. Visits are free except for special
testing or service, ancf prescriptions are availabl~
thraugh the Fairview Pharmacy at
rasr. Be sure to check our family health coverage to determine if you are included;
if not, a student healti inrurunrr plan ir available.
Food Service
The Commons, sitttated on the top floor of the College Cenrer i s the main foodservice facility, fnr sluclenrs, faculty and staff. This pleasant room features small table
units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy
S uarc. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan
w\o live in residence halls ear their meals i n the Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is
open through the noon hour and in the evenings.
Augsburg providesa variety of board plan optionsfor those living in College houses
or nearby apartments.
Residence Life
Because Augsbusg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning
environment depends, i n art, upon his or her living conditions,a variety of housing
alternatives ir provided. T[c rcridcnrc hall program i s designed ro promote student
growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant in
group decision-ma king. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff who are
able to facilitate the proccss of group living as well as discuss personal cuncerns wii h
individual students.
All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live i n collegeoperated housing. Married student housing is available in annex housing and
Kueffner Apartments.
Students engage a roam at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year.
New studenrs receive room assignments during the summer before they enroll at
Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All
residcnt students must sign housing contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in
order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June1 will be provided housing
only if space is available.
Student Rights/29
All students living on campus are required to pay an advance payment when they
sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' account when they
move into the residence.
All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in Urness Tower. This elevenstor high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36
studients, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional
residence-hall livin . It contains 104 one and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312 uppercfass students.
South Hall contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students.
West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students.
Another alternative option i s Annex Housing which provides a uniqueopportunity
to try group tiving. Croir s of upperclass rnpn or women share living space, house
responsibilities, and cooring. Hourer are located in the carnpur area. Onc wa
maximize the living-learning aspects or your housing situation is to avail yoursc Iof
the opportunity to bid lor a house as a Special Interest FIouse. Groups of students
have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact
proposals on such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness, International Living, Sinlplilied Life Styles, and Scandinavian Sludics.
Yo
Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is
otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished
except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads, and lamps. Laundry facilities are
available in each residence.
Student Rights
The Colle e has adopted a staternem of student rights and responsibilities and has
provided or due process in matters of disciplinary action. grievances, and grade
appeal. The judicial Council is elected by sludents and faculty and serves toconduct
hparings and review matlers of concern. Any studrnt who wishes to idcntify
a p ropriate proc~duresfor complainl should contart the Vicc Prcsidenr for Student
~fEir5.
7
t h e College operates in compliance with the family Rights and Privacy Act and Title
IX. Sf udenrs have thc right to inspect all official records, filcsand data which pertain
la them and which are rnaintainrd in the office o l thc registrar and the placement
office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceplions are
parents' financial records and confidentii~llcttcrs and siaternents placed in the
record before January 1, 1975, or placer1 undcr conditions where students have
signed a waiver o l right of access. Students have the right to experience erlucation
( r ~ efrom di5t:riminatfon based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background,
handicap, creed, marital status or age.
Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center
for Student Development.
Academic Information
31 Degrees
Academic Calendar
Faculty
Library & Audio-Visual
32 Divisions
33 M a j o r s & M i n o r s
Teaching Licensure
34 Certification Programs
Pre-Professional
35 Inter-Institutional Programs
37 Study A b r o a d
38 H o n o r s Program
Internship
C o n t i n u i n g Education
Academic Policies
38
39
40
41
42
Registration
Graduation Requirements
Grading
A u d i t i n g Courses
Grade Point Average
Classification
Advanced Placement
Advanced Standing
Probation a n d Dismissal
Dean's List
43 Graduation w i t h Distinction
Independent/Directed Study
Veterans
44 Brief Facts
45 Course N u m b e r i n g
Prerequisites
Psychology Building, Norwegian class,
Music Therapy class
Academic Information/31
-
Academic Information
Requirements for a de ree from Augsburg C n l l e g ~provide students with a broad
liberal arts backgroun! i
n the hurnaniticr, t h c natural sciences and the social
sciences - and conrentrated major rlurly in onp o r more fields. Students are
c
of faculty advisers.
encouraged to plan their o w n course n l study with ~ h help
Augsburg gi-atJuales are expecred to b~ able 10 write effectiv~t tn hr knnwledgeable alloilt urban concerns, a n d to have some unclers~;~t~
ing
' of c ~ r l ~ u r e s
outside the unired States. Cclicral rccrcational activit~escourscs acquaint sturien IS
with and P uip Ihrm lor lifetimesports, Cnurses i n religion assist in reflection on tlir
meaningo?lhc Chrislian Church r h r a u g h r ~ u d yof i t s b ~ l i ~ b , r r r i p t u r e , amission.
~~rl
rY
Degrees Offered
Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of
Science degrees. The B.S. degree i s awarded to graduates with majors in Medical
Technology, Music Therap , Nursing and Social Work. Majors i n music may select
the program for the Bacheror of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates
with majors i n other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Academic Calendar
Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with 15-week Fall anrf Spring semrstcrs
separated by a 4-week January Interim. Students normally take four courses ~ a c h
semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of t h r e r coirrses can Ire
earned i n the t w o annual summer sessions, one of four weeksanrloncofsix wcek5.
The calendar i s coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can takecourses o n another campusduring
the regular term. (See Registration).
j a ~ ~ u a Interim
ry
is partirularly inter~cledta be a time (or b o l h studentsand faci~ltyto
employ styles of teaching ~ n learning
d
and to invest~gatcquestions ant1 rnpics in
places and ways no1 p ( > s ~ i ldurinf:
~ I ~ lhe rprular term. Thc Interim ciltnlog,
pobiirhrd in rllc fall of tach year, i l rlirtrihutPrblo all rtvden~sand i s availat,lt* by
c o n tact in^ thc lntcrim Office. I n a d d i t ~ o nto classes offercd on canlpus, Ihcrc arc a
v a r i ~ r yo l !ravel opporti~nitieswithin the Unttetl Statesand abroad. / n r l ~ p r n c l ~or
nt
rlircr~edstucly and internships are aenong thr many Interim options.
Faculty
Augsburg has an able faculty with a long-standing tradition of taking a personal
interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio is approximately 13 to 1.
Faculty m e m b r r s s e r v ~ a sacadrmicadvisers and are available for help o n individual
problems. All ~ t i i c l e n l rarp asqigned a faculty adviser t o help i n planning their
programs and apprnving (heir choice of courses. Faculty members are listed in each
departmental Irrting, with further information i n the Augsburg College Faculty
section.
Library and Audio-Visual Services
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make the
library a favorite place t o study. The main library houses over 160,000 books
eriodicals, records, tapes and films. Music, Chemistry, and Art History slide
gbraries are located within the departmental areas.
32/Academic Organization
Access to over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service
among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through
Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and
Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students.
A service-dedicated staff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, standard reference service,
guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to other local sources of
information. Special arrangements are made for access by students with physical
handicaps.
The Library Audio-Visual Center provides facilities for classes in broadcasting and
for audio-visual materials. Assistance with the production of slides, transparencies,
filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings is available for faculty and students.
Equipmentsuch as movie and slide rojectorsand ta e recorders ma be borrowed
for limited periods. Film bibliograpEies and other a g i c e on materiarr selection are
available.
Academic Organization and Programs
Divisions and Departments
The colle e curriculum is offered by 20 departments which are grouped into four
divisions for administrative and instructional purposes.
Humanities - Eugene Skibbe (Chairperson)
Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication and
Theater Arts
Natural Science and Mathematics - Earl R. Alton (Chairperson)
Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics
Social and Behavioral Sciences - Myles Stenshoel (Chairperson)
Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology,
Sociology
Professional Studies - Marie 0. McNeff (Chairperson)
Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work
Majors, Licensure/33
Majors and Minors
Majors, or concenirations of study, may be within one department, within one
division, or cross acadcmic disciplines. Some rtudrnrs decide on a major or majors
before they enter college. Othcrs te5t a variety a{ diwi l i n ~ sbefore deciding.
Normally a major should l ~ cel e c t ~ d
by the enrl ol the fourt I semester and earlier in
some disciplines. Dctails of majors and minors arr i n thc coursc description section.
P
Majors available at Augsburg are:
Art History
Studio Art
Biology
Business Administration
(Accounting, Finance,
lnternational Business,
Management, Marketing)
Chemistry
Church Staff Work
Communication Arts
Corrective Therapy
East Asian Studies'
Economics
Economics-Business Administration
Education
Engineering2
English
Foreign Languages
(Chinese,' French,
German, Japanese,'
Norwegian, Russian,'
Spanish)
History
International Relations
Mathematics/Computer Science
Medical Technology3
Metro-Urban Stud~es
Music
Music Therapy
Natural Science
Nursing
Philoso hy
PhysicaPEducation
(& Adapted PE)
Ph sics
PoLtical Science
Psychology
Religion
Russian Area Studies'
Scandinavian Area Studies'
Social Science/Social Studies
Social Work
Sociology
S eech
TReater Arts
1 - Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with
the University of Minnesota.
2 - Three-Two Plan with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science
and Michigan Technological University
3 - Cooperative program with Metropolitan Medical Center and Abbott-Northwestern
Hospital
Teaching Licensure
Teaching liccnsure pro rams are d f e r r d at Augsburg in Elementary Education,
Kindergarten, Early C h i l t h o o d ~ducation,andi h e w fields in Secondary Education:
Art, Biology, Chemistry, Earrh Science, English-Languagt. Arts, French, German,
Healrh, Hiszory, t i l r Scicnce, Mathematics, Middle School Science, Music, Natural
Science, Norwe ian, Physical Education, Physical Science {Chemistry or Physics
Emphasis). Socin'f~cicncc,Social Studies, Spanish, Zprech, Thcaler Artr, h minor is
olfcrcd i n Library Science. Students planning to teach on the secondary level have
advisers both in he Educa~iondcparlment and thearea of their academic major(s).
34/Certification, Pre-Professional
Certification Programs
Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established at Augsburg
to increase vocational possibilities and/or to enhance personal growth:
Certification in Art - requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history.
Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting to teach art in less
formal circumstances than a college are addressed. For further information, contact
the Art Department Chairperson.
Women's Studiescertification -may be earned by completin six interdisciplinary
courses focusing on women's perspectives. Each individual y planned program
should include courses in the social sciences, humanities, or other academic areas
focusing on women, Interested students should contact Dr. Toni Clark.
7
Church Staff Worker Certification - is designed ro prepare for full-time specialized
lay work in thc Lutheran Church. I t consists of nine courses for a Church Staff
Worker major in Religion plus additional specialized courses i n psychology,
sociology, speech and ph slcal education. The pro ram is designed to meel clr
exceed criteria used in Tr7 e American Lutheran C irrch certification program.
~nterestedstudents sl~ouldcontact the Religion Departmen1 Chairperson.
a
-
Program Evaluation Certification
Provides the background for performing
systematic assessments of programs for social improvemen~s.Students are required
to complete a group of fivc psychology and sociology courses, including an
internship. For futher inf~rrnation~contact
the Psychology or Sociology Department
Chairperson.
Pre-Professional Programs
Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry,
veterinary science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit from a liberal arts
education at Augsburg.
It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or
seminaries be reviewed and the coirrsenf study at Augsburg planned accordingly. A
faculty adviser is available i n each field to assist students in their planning. It i s
recommended that stud~ntswho want to plan a pre-professional program consult
with a faculty adviser early in their freshman year.
Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the humanities, natural and social
sciences, religion and philosophy which will provide the preparation for future
professional study.
Pre-Dentistry - These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry a t the University of Minnesota: English, 2 courses;
Biology 111, 112; Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352;
Mathematics 124; General Psycholagy,l course. Requirements at other universities
may vary.
Pre-Engineering - Augsburg offers a dual-degree program of liberal arts and
engineering i n rooperation with the Washington University of Engineering and
Applied Science in St, Louis, Missouri,and the Michigan Technological University in
Houghton, Michigan. See Engineering in the department/course section for
information on thc course requircmcntr in this Three-Two Plan of studies.
I nter-l nstitutional/35
he-Law - Studcnts planning to pursue a career in law should consult the
handbook published hy The Association of American Law Schools, and consult the
Augsburg pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel, Students may wish to take the
poIi~icalscienrp coursp, Law in the Uniled States, to help tleterminr whpthpr they
possessan inlerest In law. Since law schools encnuragc sludents to maintain a high
gradc palnt average, the pre-law studcnt should be aware that many graduate
rcliools consicl~rihe grade P givcn for a course as a C.
he-Medicine - Many metficaf schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to
reparc lor study in medicine. At Augsburg, the biology anti chemistry departments
[ s v r majors rpecirlly dcrigncd for pre-medical s~udentr.Both require Chernirtry
115, 116 (or 705, 1061, Mathematics 124, 125; and I'liysics 121, 122. The Chemistry
major also requires Chemistry 353, 361, one advanceti course, seminar, and two or
more biology courses. The Hiofogy major alsa requires Biology 111,1t2,491 and one
from each r,l ~ I i r c e
groups (351, 353, 3611, (355, 473, 474), (440, 471, 47G),with 353
recornmencled, Des~gnetlto meet the Univcrsity of Mtnnesola requirements, both
programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and humanities,
at othcr medical schools may
including psychology and sociology. R~guirements
vary. Sti~dcntsate encnurag~dto consult with the faculty adviser early in the
freshman year.
Pre-Pharmacy - Augsburg has a two-year program designed to fulfill minimum
requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: Biology
111,112; Chemistry 115,116,351,352; Economics 122,123; English 111 and a second
course; Health Education 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122; electives from
humanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requirements.
Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary - A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several
d i f f e r r n ~majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or
religion. Rccornmcndcd preparation include5 Religion 111, 221; at least two
scrncstcrs of history (Western Civiliration); one or rnore courses in the history of
philosophy; and Greek in the junior and/or senior year.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum retluirernent~of the College of
Veterinary Mcdirine a1 [he University of Minnesota, these courses are recorn*
mended: English, 2courses; Math~matirs
724; publics eaktng, 1 course; Chemistry
I l 5 , l l l (or l05,1(16/,
351,352. 351; Biology I l l , 312; Plyiicr 121,122; Fconomicr, 1
course; 2 courses in art, li~eralure,music, humanities, theater, or uppcr division
foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political
sci~nce,psychology or sociology courses to fulfill rhe rest of the distribution
requiremrnts. Requirements at other universities may vary,
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on
several programs.
Library and Media Center - Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private colleges
library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, the Augsburg
community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a
collection of education materials including approximately 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films.
36/l nter-I nstitutional
Associated Colleges of theTwin Cities - Full-time students at Augsburg and the St.
Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a
course each semester at another campus. No additional fee is required for such an
exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies.
See Independent Study for further details. Students may elect to participate in the
cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the
other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home
campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The interim term may also be
taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students between the
campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim.
The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - This group is
composed of colleges and universities in Minnesota, Iowa and South Dakota.
Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for students, interchange
and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative
research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of
the community organizations of the Upper Midwest.
Chemical Dependency Program - A cooperative effort between Augsburg College
and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in
the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology
with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialists to
help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses
are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses.
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring
together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and
students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee
Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for
the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes
offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons,
hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the
courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable.
Computer Programming - Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses in computer
programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College.
ROTC - While Augsburg does not offer Reserved Officers Training programs for
the various armed services of the United States, such programs are available in the
metropolitan area and may be pursued by Augsburg students. For information,
confer with the Dean of the College.
Study Abroad/37
Opportunities for Study Abroad
Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some
of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further
information, request the special brochure on lnternational Study at Augsburg from
the Director of lnternational Programs. Since there is a limit on the number of
students who may study abroad each year it is wise to apply in the fall prior to the
year one wishes to participate in an international program.
Program in Global Community - Augsburg's 3% month IivingAearning program
based in Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global justice
and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation. Includes intensive
Spanish instruction, group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural activities. The
cost, including travel, is equivalent t o full room, board, and tuition for one term at
Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited.
Student Project for Amity Among Nations - Augsburg participates in the SPAN
program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges
in the state. Each year three or four countries areselected, and qualified students are
granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in
one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of
the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages:
language study and group meetings during the school year before departure,
independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer,
and the writing of a paper upon return.
-
Semester or Year Abroad
Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg
students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign
educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway;
Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at
Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the
Institute for American Universities at Aix-en-Provence and Avignon in France; The
Goethe lnstitute in Germany; the University of Hamburg, Germany; the University
of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval in Quebec. In addition, through the
Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburg students may take part in
the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term, and through the Experiment in lnternational
Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs in Colombia, Denmark,
England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan,
Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type of study must be approved
before departure by the Director of International Programs, faculty adviser, and the
Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign
study may be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives, as
elements of the major sequence, or to satisfy some of the general education
requirements.
Summer School -There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend
a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in
Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in
further information should contact the Director of lnternational Programs.
Interim - Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings
under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued
each s ~ r i n afor the followina lanuarv.
38/Academic Policies
Honors Program
The Honors Program at Augsburg is designed to provide opportunities for qualified
s t u d ~ n t sto purque an enriched and sometimes accelerated course of study. Special
seminars, colloquia, hnnors sludent lorurns and options in completing the general
eductl~ionrequirements are all part o l the Honors Program. Inquiries should be
addressed to Dr. Carry Hesser, Honors Director.
Internship Program
The Internship Program is a college-wide program. It provides students i n almost all
fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be
related t o their academic program or personal interests. Internships are available
with a variety of companies, agencies and community organizations.
Continuing Education Program
Augshuxg College offers a number of courses, both credit and non-credit, through
its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally i n the evening. Since
continuing ed~tcationcourses are offered on a semester-hour basis, the courses vary
in length fram four weeks to fourtecn weeks. Students wishing to know more about
Augsburg's conttnuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the
Associate Dean.
Academic Policies and Procedures
Registration
- Semesters, Interim, Summer
Students normally register tor four courses a semester and one course in the
intrrim. Sti~dcntsregistered for three or rnorfcourses i n a semester are classified as
full-time sturlents. To regislcr For mare than 4.5 courses, students must contact the
registrar1<otficc to petition the Committecon Admissions and Student Standing for
permission.
A joint class schedule is published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following
semesters.
Se arate catalo s of courses are published by the lnterim Office and Summer
Sclool Office or those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and
procedures.
f
Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus
are available from these offices:
Office of the Registrar, Science 114, Fall and Spring terms
lnterim Office, Memorial 230, lnterim
Summer School Office, Memorial 230, Summer School
Graduation Requirements/39
Frcshmen and translersrudents have an opportunity to pre-register during summer
(or courses i n ~ h cfall, Atl currently enrolled students have a n opportunity to
pre-re istcr during the fall for the spring and during [he spring for both the fall and
the f o l k w i n g spring. Ail students must confirm their registrarion .tihe beginning of
each semestcr and c o m p l ~ t efinancial arrangements.
Although a student may re ister u to two weeks after the semester begins,
registration is encouraged at t e regu arly scheduled time. Fees are charged for late
registration and for cancelling or adding courses after the first five days of a
semester.
8,
P
Students are urged nor to abandon courses for which they are registered, since this
results in a failing grade on the alficial record. Cancellation of courses or
cancellation from C o l l r g ~must b e done in tlic Registrar's Office. Cancellations
from college and resulting adjustments in account5 are elfective as of the date the
c
of the Registrar.
completed Cancel from College form i s returned ro ~ h Office
Graduation Requirements
1. Completion of 35 courses.
At least 11courses must be upper division, numbered in the 300s and400s. Not more
than 13 may be in one department, except as listed i n approved majors under
departmental headin s Thr course rural rnusl inclutle ihrce Interims for students
whose complete a c a j e k i c work ir a t hugrburg. For trnnricr rturients, the course
total must include one l e a interim coursc than the numbcr of yPnrs at Augsburg.
No more than these maximums may be applfed toward the 35 total courses
re uired: 4 Conservation of Human Rcsourccs (CHR courses; 2 courses by
in ependent/{lir~cledstudy; 4 courses o l internship; ant B r a u r ~ e swith a gradeof
Pass (P). Non-traditional rading ( P ) i s limited to two in the major and onr in thc
minor ilapproved by the ( epartrnent chairperson and is not available for majors or
I
4
7
minnrs In Elementary Educa~ion.
Students who enter the Nursing program with a Bachelor of Arts degree should
contact the Office of the Registrar for specific requirementsfor a second bachelor's
degree.
2. Completion of a major.
Requiremenbfor each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor
or co-major is not required, but is encouraged.
3. Grade Point average - 2.0 for most majors.
A grade point average of 2.0 is required in all courses taken and in courses which
apply toward the major, except for Elementary Education and Nursing, where 2.5
averages are required.
4. Residence
The last year of full-time study or equivalent must be at Augsburg.
5. Distribution requirements
Writing - A course in writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated
proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the
summer and fall orientation periods.
40/Evaluation, Grading
Liberal Arts
An approved course from each of these seven areas:
Mathematics-Physics
Chemistry-Biolog
Psychology-Socio ogy
English-Speech, Communication
& Theater Arts
Y
Economics-Political Science
History-Philosophy
Art-Music
Forei n Languages - Two courses (111 and 112) of one foreign language at
Au s%urg.Students who test above the 111 level of a foreign language will take one
adBtionai course at placement level in that language or two courses (111and 112) of
another foreign language.
Religious Studies -Three approved courses in religious studies, of which not more
than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is
one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg.
Urban Concerns - A course related to urban concerns. Courses approved to meet
this requirement are published each term. Information is available at the Office of
the Registrar.
Lifetime Sports -Two
sports.
lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations.
Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are
used.
MOSIC O U ~ ~ Care
? S oflercd wlth gradln options - traditional grading o n a 4.0 to 0.0
scaIc or the Pass/Credit systpm, i n w ich P means a grarl~of 2.0 nr better and N
mtZanFno credit anti gratlc of lesq than 2,0. Students are c ~ u t i o n e tto
l use the P/N
gri~de0 tron with care sincr romc gradt~aleand professional schools do no1 look
ldvorabr on u large number of P-grarird rourrcr, nr rank each ns .I "CPi.For
graduation lrom Augshurg, a s~urlcnrmay count a rnsxilnum of eight courses of P. I f
aplsrovetl 11 the clel)artmen~rhairpprson, two rtlurscs in the malrjr anti one in the
minor m a y ge on ihr P/N system, cxccpt in Elcmcntary Educat~nn.
%
Certain cnurscs are offered n n one grading system only. Sociology 383and several
~
radccl only on the P/N grading system. Some education
interim C O U ~ S Carp
courses are grarled On y oh [he P/N system or only on the ~rarlirionalsystcm. English
111 is grildecl P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses a r e gradetl only P, 1.0, N.
1
Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar, and Lifetime
Sports are graded P/O.O.
In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system
unless they indicate on their re istration that they wish to use the P/N grading
option. Any changes in choice ofgrading system must be made according to dates
published each term. A fee is charged for any changes after the first five days of
classes.
\,
Grading, AuditingMI
Explanation of Grades
Number grades are used with these definitions:
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
Achieves highest standards of excellence
Achieves above basic course standards
Meets basic standards for the course
Performance below basic course standards
Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course)
Grades of P (Pass) or N ( N o credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A
grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or
below level.
An incomplete i s a temporary grade indicating that the student has been authorized
by the Academic Dean t o complete work in this course by a specified time. The
grade i s changed t o 0.0 if work i s not completed by the agreed upon date. Seniors
must have any incompletes from first semester and interim removed by April 1.
An incomplete ,radc may be giver? only in the case of extrp~ilePmcrgcncy. 'TO
receive it. a Stur en1 mu51 file a p r t i t i o n with t h e Committcp o n Admissinns , ~ n d
Student Standing stating he reasons for the rpqupst*the plan and dare l a r rcrnoving
il, ant1 colnmcnh from t h r instructor. If permission i~granleri, the i n t . o m p l c t ~mu\!
h~ removed t+uri~.rgthc following semeswr, or i t bccomcs ~ h ~c r a d strbrnittcd
r
hy
~
~ l i cteaclicr along will, t h incornplere.
P
A grade of X may be given for an independent or directed study course that is to be
spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during the
second semester or the grade of X will remain o n the record.
A rour&in w h i c h a gradc o10,1.0,1.5, N, I, ar X has heen received may be repeated
lor credit. Coirrses In which higher grades have I w ~ earned
n
may not be repeated
for ~ ~ ~ l bj ui t tmr7y
,
h r rrudiled. All courses takprj r e r n i n o n the academic record.
d s r r o n r l time a r r counted toward graduation
O n l y thr rreditsand g n r . 1 r~n~r n ~ thp
and in ~ l i grade
c
p n i n l average.
A course is given a grade of W when it i s dropped after the deadline for dropping
classes without a notation o n the record.
Auditing Courses
Stud~ntswho wish to takp courses without crcdir or grade m a y d o s o by r q i s ~ c r i n g
(or Audit (V). Full-time ftudents may aurlit a course without ct~arge.Thr chargr for
part-time students is lister! under Exper~ser,S t u c l ~ n
ts who ;lucfil a coursr 5110i11~1
confer with the lnstrilctor within two wceks of tlic beginning ol t h r tcrm to
dptprmine expectaliuns, altenrlancr anrl any oiher r ~ q u i r c m e n I~f .e x p ~ c t a t i o n s
l i h e transcripl as having b w n audiicri. I f
have bee11me!, ~Jlecourse will Ile l i ~ t e ton
cxpcrtations havc not been met. the corlrsc will ~ I P listctl w i t h a gradc o l W
(Wii hdrawn).
42/Classification, Probation
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) is based o n final rades for all work at Augsburg. I t
does not include credit and grade points for w o r t transferred from other colleges.
Courses taken o n the P/N grading option are recorded, b u t not computed in the
GPA.
Classification
Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points
Juniors - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points
Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement i n courses beyond the beginning level i s granted to students
with scores of 3,4, and 5 o n the CEEB Advanced Placement Program Test. Additional
credit or placement i s at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be
addressed to the Office of the Registrar.
Advanced Standing
College credit isgrantrd to high school students who have successfully completed a
college level course ilnd w h o have scored high o n the Advanced Placement
Examinations. hugsburg will also award credit on the basis of scores received o n the
College Level Exnminirlion Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance
Examination Board. Requests for detailed information should be addressed to the
Office of the Registrar.
Probation and Dismissal
A studenl will be placrd o n schalastic probation at the end of the term if his or her
t
has been o n probation two or more
a c h i c v ~ l n ~ is
n tunsatisfactory. A s t u r l ~ n who
ir s u b j c r ~10 dis~nissalat the end of the term. Dismissal from
c o n ~ e c u l i v sPrne5crrs
r
the College i q not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee o n Admissions
and Stpdrnt Standing. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly
adviqetl to withdraw betorc the end o l the term. A student who has been o n
probation for t w o terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have
special permission t o re-enroll.
A student will be placed o n probation under these conditions:
Freshman - below 1.6 grade average or 2 zero grades, having taken 6 or fewer
courses.
Sophomore - below 1.7 or 3 zero courses, having taken 7 to 15 courses.
Junior - below 1.9, having taken 16 t o 24 courses.
Senior - below 2.0 having taken 25 or more courses.
Dean's List
The Dean's List i s published after each semester, listing students whose grade point
average for a semesrcr i s 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of three f u l l courses, or
equivalent, graded o n the traclitional grading system, with n o incompletes i n
courses offered for credit. f he Dean's List is included i n a College publication and
each student o n it receives a letter of rec:ommendation.
Study Options, Veterans/43
Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
Summa cum laude 3.8 - 4.0 grade average
Magna cum laude 3.6 - 3.79 grade average
Cum laude 3.3 - 3.59 grade average
To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed
two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg.
IndependentIDirected Study
Manydrpartrnen.ts offer opportunities forcanscien~iousstudentswho demonstrate
~ufficlenthackgrounrl and prepara~ionIn a given field to carry out upprr d~vision
departmenz5al5ooffer a11opportuniry for
lcvel work nn an indcpendcn~ba~is.Sorn~
(Iirrcted s~udyon a lower division Icvcl. h student who rcgistcrs for dirccted or
indcpcnrlenr study should normally exper1 to complete i t i n one semestpr but may
exterid ir inro thc ncxt tprm by permi5sirmof ~heinstructnr.In such casrs,agradrof
X is givrn at the end of the firs[ term. ant1 t h e s t ~ ~ i ewill
n t r c g i s t ~again
r
tor t h e c o u r s ~
to rrceive the final grade.
Students inrerestetl in registering for directed or independent study must first
securr! permishion from the faculty who will direct the study. A maximum of two
courses i n fndcpcndent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35
courses reqi~ircrllor he degree.
Students may cross-registcr for inde endrnr studies at another ACTC school only
when the major field i n which ihp inApendrnt study is proposed is not available on
tlieir liorne rampus, ant1 will bc charged by the host campus for an special costs
attached. R~questsfor cxccption to this potrcy should be made direct y to their own
academic dciln.
Y
Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg is a roved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training.
Veterans s h o u k n s u l t with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the
enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans
Administration.
V e f ~ r a n swill be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two
consecutive terms i n which the did not earn at least threc courses er lcrm, he
minimum for rlursification as {ull-time students. It is the rPrponri&llty of each
veteran to repor1 any change in registration and/or academic load to thcOfficc of
the Registrar, as i t is for all students.
A non-punitive rade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below
threecourses wil be reported to the Veteran's Administration. Veterans will need to
meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of
educational assistance funds received.
7
44/Brief Facts
Facts & Figures
about Augsburg College
Location - Minneapolis, Minnesota,
since 1872. Founded in 1869.
Affiliation - The American Lutheran
Church. 57% of students are Lutheran,
16% other Protestant, 14% Roman
Catholic.
Accreditation - North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary
Schools, National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education, Council on
Social Work Education, National Association of Music Therapy, approved by
American Chemical Society.
MemberTwin Cities
Associated Colleges of the
Enrollment (1979-80) - 1,576 from 26
states and 20 nations.
Graduates - 1870-1979,7627. Class of
1980,288.
Faculty - 90 teach full-time, 89 parttime. Class size averages 25-30.
Campus - 14 major buildings, 8 new
since 1961. Major renovation 1979-80.
Library - Over 160,000 volumes,
access to over 5,000,000 through the
Twin Cities private college consortium
and Minitex.
Majors - 40 in 20 departments.
Special offerings include International
Relations, Medical Technology, MetroUrban Studies, Music Therapy, Corrective Therapy, Scandinavian Studies.
Off-Campus Programs - Program in
Global Community, Student Project for
Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher
Education Consortium for Urban Affairs
(HECUA), Study Abroad, and extensive
internship program.
Athletic Affiliation - Association of
Intercollegiate Athletics for Women
(AIAW), Minnesota Association of Intercollegiate Athletics for Women
(MAIAW), Minnesota Intercollegiate
Athletic Conference (MIAC), National
Association of Intercollegiate Athletics
(NAIA).
Policy - Augsburg College does not
discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as required by
Title I X of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs,
activities and employment practices.
School Year - September to May,
4-1-4 calendar. Two summer school
sessions.
~ugsburgCollege
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454
Departments, Courses/45
Departments,
Course Descriptions
Course desctiplians. arr listed by department or interdisciplinary program. The
descriptions are brief summaries of topics to be considered. For a more precise
description and rlarification of content and requirements for individual courses, the
student should consult the instructors of the courses.
subject to change. In general, classes are offered Fall
and Spring terms, unless anolhrr frequency is specified, The Schedule of Classes
published each spring lisls oll'eringr and locations for Fall and Spring terms.
Desrri tions and schedules for cottrses offered i n January Interim and Summer
Schoorare publirhpd in scparare c a r a l ~ g ~ .
Courscs and terms listed arc
A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half credit,
are offered i n the Division of Professional Studies. A full course has the approximate
value of 4 semester credits or 6 quarter hours.
Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two90-minute periods a week, in
addition to laboratories.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses. Courses numbered 300
and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses in the 100s are
primarily for freshmen, 200s sophomores, 300s juniors, and 400s seniors.
Prerequisites
Courses that must betaken before enrolling in a higher level courseare listed in the
course de5cription. A student may enroll in a course when a rerequisite has not
b e ~ fulfilled
n
iI t here is prior a proval of a professor teaching t e course and of the
academic atlviser. Consent o f t e instructor is indicated in some course descriptions
by this sign: (#)
t:
t:
Departments
and Courses
47 Art/Art History
49 Biology
53 Business Administration
& Economics
55 Chemistry
58 East Asian Studies
Education
Elementar /Kindergarten
Early Chidhood
Secondary
Library Science
68 Engineering
69 English
72 Foreign Languages
Chinese
French
German
Greek
Japanese
Linguistics
Norwegian
Russian
Spanish
81 Geography
Health and Physical Education
84 History
87 International Relations
Mathematics/Computer Science
90 Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
93 Music and Music Therapy
98 Natural Science
99 Nursing
101 Philosophy
103 Ph sics
106 Poitical Science
109 Psychology
112 Religion
115 Russian Area Studies
Scandinavian Area Studies
117 Social Science
Social Studies
118 Social Work
120 Sociology
122 Speech, Communication
and Theater Arts
126 Transdisciplinary Major
127 Women's and Minority Studies
46
Chemisrry lab, Science Hall
from the Quad
XB
FWF-
-
I
. .
ART
Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen, August
Molder, Paul Rusten, Mary Swanson, Dorothy Williamson
Studio Art Maior: 9-13 studin courses with Foundations 102, '107,225; 3 art history
coirrses including 240. One course must be in 2-dimensional art (110,223,360) and
one in 3-dimensional art (150,221,250). Majors are required to begin their programs
with the Founclatians, although advallced placement is possible with portfolio on
approval by thc Art taculky.
Teaching Major: Foundations 102,107, 225; Studio 118,132, 150, 221, 223 and 250
plus a second course in two areas; Art History 240 and two other art history courses.
Art History Major: 8 art history courses including 240 and 388; 2 studio courses
including one from 102,107 or 225 and 118 or 221.
Studio Art Minor: 4 studio courses including 107; Art History 240.
Art History Minor: 5 art history courses including 240.
Certificatein Art: 8 art courses, including one in Art History. Up to four courses may
be taken in one studio area or in art history.
Foundations in Studio Art Courses
102 Environmental Aesthetics
Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern forthevisual content of experience in the
environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group projects
exploring design problems in representation, symbolism and abstraction.
107 Drawing
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building
interiors and exteriors, and experimental work.
225 Visual Communications I
The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as
color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images.
Studio Art Courses
100, 300 Special Topics
Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department.
118 Painting I
Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil,
132 Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and
white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. camera. (Spring)
150 Jewelry
An introduction to the making of jewelry in copper, brass, pewter, and silver. You learn
how to cut, forge, enamel and cast these metals.
221 Sculpture I
An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster,
stone, and plexiglass. You learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective
media.
223 Print Making I
Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including etc hing, silk-screen
and woodcut.
242 Film Making
Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the
expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim)
247 Life Drawing
See Interim Catalog
250 Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing.
330 Visual Communications II
A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and
other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration.
(Prereq. :225)
351 Ceramics II
Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a
continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:250)
355 Painting II
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.:118)
360 Watercolor Painting
Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques i n transparent watercolor.
(Alternate years)
368 Print Making I1
Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including silk-screen,
etching, and woodcut. (Prereq.:223)
399 Internship
Consult chairperson or internship director to determine project.
478 Sculpture II
Advanced work i n sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster,
stone, and plexiglass. (Prereq.:221)
499 Independent Study
Advanced study i n area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors.
Art History Courses
240 Art History Survey
A survey o f art f r o m prehistoric t o modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of
slides, visits t o museums.
Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year.
382 Scandinavian Arts
Survey of the visual arts i n Scandinavia from pre-history t o modern times.
385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period t o the4th Century A.D. (Alternate years,
1982-83)
386 Medieval Art
Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and
architecture i n Europe.
387 Renaissance and Baroque Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture, 14 t o 18th century.
388 19th and 20th Century Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present.
(Alternate years, 1981-82)
389 American Art
A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specificemphasis o n
19th and 20th century art and its relationship t o European art as well as indigenous
movements. (Alternate years, 1982-83)
Biology
Neal Thorpe (Chairperson), Robert Herforth, Roberta Lammers, Erwin Mickelberg,
Ralph Sulerud
-
Major
Option 1: 7 courses, including I l l , 112,491 and at least one course from
each of three groups: (1) 351,353,361; (11) 355,473,474; ( I l l ) 440,471,476; Chemistry
115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122. Students
intending to enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major.
Major - Option 2: 9 courses, including I l l , 112,491 and at least one course from
each of five groups: (1) 351,353; (11) 355,474; ( I l l ) 361,481; (IV) 471,473; (V) 440,476;
Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 223 (or 351, 352). Students who plan to teach in
secondary schools often select this major. Licensure for teaching in Minnesota also
requires three courses in earth and life sciences. Students planning to teach are
advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning.
Pre-Medical Biology Major: Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually
reauire Chemistrv 353.
Minor: 5 courses, including I l l , 112 and three upper division courses; Chemistry
115, 116 (or 105,106).
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall, active participation in seminar,
one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research
report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior year.
101 Human Biology
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer
such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man
have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man haveon theenvironment?What
influence does theenvironment,especially the urban environment, haveon man?(3 hours
lecture, 1-1/2 hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 101 and
103. Does not apply to the major or minor).
103 Human Anatomy and Physiology
A professional course i n the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and
laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain other paramedical students, or #; Spring for
Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students. A student may not
receive credit for both Biology 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor).
105 Biology and Society
What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must deal? What
threats are posed by pollution, the prospect of war, and by shortages of food, water and
non-renewable resources?What are the implications of genetic research, scientific racism,
socio-biology,and inequitiesin thedelivery of health care?(3 hour lecture. Does not apply
to the major or minor. Spring)
108 Microbiology
Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields
of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses, health
majors, or #. Prereq.: Chemistry 109 and concurrent registration in Chemistry 110 or #.
Spring. Does not apply to the major or minor).
109 Special Topics in Biology
Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus with community people taking the course
together with college students in a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon
needs and interest. Does not apply to the major or minor.
111,112 General Biology
A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other science majors.
The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics,
developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and
phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken i n sequence except by permission
of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 111, Fall; 112, Spring)
323 Experimental Human Physiology
A laboratory-based course i n which the principles of human function are learned by
experimentation and class discussion of the theory and results. Clinical applications will
also be considered. Intended for students in nursing, medical technology, corrective
therapy, health, physical education and related programs as well as biology majors
(primarily Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 103 or 112.
Fall 1982 and alternate years).
351 Invertebrate Zoology
A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life
history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112.
Spring, 1981 and alternate years).
353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology
A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution,
behavior and population dynamics of thevertebrates. (3 hours lecture,4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 112. Spring)
355 Genetics
The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics.
Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 112, Spring)
361 Plant Biology
A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy,
physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 112, Fall)
367 Biochemistrv
An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and
nucleicacids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112, Chemistry
352 or #. Fall)
440 Plant Physiology
A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in photosynthesis,
respiration, growth and development, and water relations in vascular and nonvascular
plants. The relationships of these processes to plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring, 1982 and alternate years)
471 Cellular Biology
A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Spring)
473 Animal Physiology
A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions
are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 106 or 116; Physics 103 or 122 or #. Fall, 1981. Alternate
years.)
474 Developmental Biology
A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the
development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well
as descriptive studies are included in the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic
development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours
class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
52/Business Administration
476 Microbiology
An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses.
Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered
as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Fall)
481 Ecology
A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships
between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory, some
Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112, 361 or #. Fall)
491 Seminar
Oral presentationsand written papers relating to recent biological literatureand research.
(For seniors majoring in biology, Fall)
499 Independent Study
Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor.
Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112, and previous
arrangement with instructor)
Business Administration
& Economics
Edward M. Sabella (Chairperson), James E. Billings, Wayne Carroll, Satya Gupta,
Douglas Heidenreich, Amin Kader, Roy LaFayette, Keishiro Matsumoto, Lynne
Medcalf, Nichole Miller, George Powell, Kenneth Rich, Frank Seidel.
Business Administration
I
Major in Accot~nting:.9 Business Administration courses [101,102,131,261,262,263,
379,381, and 483 or 484)):4 Economics courses (122,123,251, and one from 258,391,
392). A1 leas^ 1111 cc u p p r r ttivision courses arc required. For I hose planning careers i n
accounting, completion of Ihe two remaining courses i n rhcscquence381,382,483,
484 is recommended. Courses i n data processing and computcr programming are
strongly recommended.
Major in Finance: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,267,262,373,379,
478, and one from 381,382,483); 4 Economics courses (122,123,251, anrl one from
258, 391, 392). At least five upper clivizion courses are required. Economics 392,
Mathematics 114 and courses i n data processing and computer programming are
strongly recommended.
Major in Management: 10 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,145,250,
261, 340, 379, 440, and 373 o r 478); 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 340, 445);
Philosophy 120; Psychology 371, 373; Sociology 241 and 375 or 383; Speech 111 o r
English 223; Communications 354 or 355. Math. 114 is strongly recommended.
Major in Marketing: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,135,250,261,
330,379,430); 5 Economics courses (122,123,251,258,445); Philosophy 120; Speech
and Communications 351 or 352 and also 353. Mathematics 114 is strongly
recommended.
Majors i n Marketing and Management are strongly encouraged t o take other
courses offered i n the department i n addition t o those listed above.
Business Administratiod53
M a i o r in lnlfernational BusEness: 8 Ruslncss Adrninlstratlon coursrs (101,102,131,
335,261 and 39Cfo r 499 ancl rwo (rom 381,382,484); 3 Economics courses (122,123,
379); Politica t Science 160; 3 Ian uage courses ( o r demonstrated proficicncy) from
nnc of t h following:
~
Arrbic, ~ { i n p r e ,French. Ccrmnn, Grcck. Ifaiinn, J a p a n r r ~ .
Norwegian, Russian, Spa~iFsh; 1 I-listory course ( c o o r d i n a t e d w i t h thc foreign
languaarcnurzes) lrom 103,l04,222,322,323,321,331,332,440,474:
8 Internalional
Core courses, i n c l u d i n g internship or i n t l e p e n r f e n ~stud Corc c o u r s r s must be
taken ilbroud (England a n d C ~ r m a n y ,orhcrs to be ad<!klj. Exceptions may be
pwmitted w i t h department a prnval G ~ n c r adescriptiunq
l
follow. Studrrlrs w h o
plan t o major in lnlernatiuna Business should colitact ll-le dcpartmcnt's international a d v i w r , Arnin Katler, as soon as possiblc to carefully p l ~ their
n
program of
t'
study.
lnternational C o r e Courses
- Required
Comparative Business Law - Advanced discussion of business law including the
comparison of U.S. and European laws governing corporations, partnerships and foreign
investment; European business regulations; tax laws; etc.
European Marketing - Factors affecting consumer demand and methods of satisfying it;
structure of the European market; market analysisand sales management; pricing policies;
distribution systems; planning of marketing operations. Emphasis will be placed on comparison with marketing activities in the U.S.
Import-Export Operations-The practical, technical and procedural aspects of import and
export business operations. The successive steps in the promotional, organizational and
financial development of international sales and purchases, including an analysis of international trade terms, sales terms, documentation and governmental regulations.
Multinational Corporation - Comparative study of the methods of organizing and
managing the multinational enterprise. Topics include: organization structure; subsidiaries and parent company; organizational behavior; management policy; comparative
industrial relations; comparative tax laws; optimization principles in the international
setting.
lnternational C o r e Courses
- 3 t o b e Elected
Economics of the Developing Countries - Source of economic backwardness and
obstacles to economic growth. Analysis of specific problems such as population pressure,
land reform, lack of capital, foreign trade imbalance, foreign investment, colonialism.
European Common Market - EEC; political will: objectives, implications; forms of
economic integration; freedom of factor movements; agricultural policies; European path
to monetary integration; energy, regional, and social policy; regulation of transport;
industrial policy; current membership negotiations.
lnternational Economic Institutions - Regional economic integration and the relation of
domestic and international policies, lnternational monetary cooperation.
lnternational Economic Policies - The economic factors in diplomacy; tariff techniques
and problems; commercial bargaining; foreign investment problems; economicaspectsof
economic development; regional integration techniques and problems; foreign aid
policies; exchange rate policies.
Theory of lnternational Finance - The relevance of international finance; participants in
the international payments scene; balance of international payments; spot market and
forward market for foreign exchange; exchange rate systems; international liquidity; the
impact of international payments on the domestic price level; employment and the
performance of monetary policy.
54/Business Administration
Mirror: 6 courses, i n c l u d i n g Business Administration 101,102, a n d o n e o f 261,373,
379,478; a n d trne nf 262,379,381; a n d Economics 122 a n d 123. O t h e r configurations
f o r t h e Business Administration m i n o r may b e p e r m i t t e d o n consultation w i t h t h e
deparrmcn~chairperson.
Honors Major: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis a n d
comprehensive oral examination i n t h e major field o f concentration.
C.P.A. Certification: Graduates w h o wish t o take t h e Certified Public Accountants
{C.P.A.) examination p r i o r to fulfilling t h e e x p e r i ~ n c erequirement must have
corn l e t e d the major in Rusincss A<lministratian-Accounting, taken all accounting
and gusines, law c,,t~rws offered, (uililled the Mathematics-Physics general rollegr.
r e q u i r e m e n t by taking maihematics, and c o m p l e t e d at least 5 courses b u t no1 more
than '12 courses o l related business subjects (Economics, Finance a n d Mathematics).
Students w h o have c o m p l e t e d theabove requirements a r e q u a l i f i e d u n d e r t h e rules
of ihc Minnesota State Roarrl of Accountancy lo sit for ihc? examinariotr immediately
after graduation.
Notes: Students w h o plan t o major i n t h e department are strongly encouraged t o
select a d e p a r t m e n t adviser as soon as possible, i n o r d e r t o carefully plan t h e i r
program o f study.
I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e courses listed below, these have b e e n o f f e r e d u n d e r Business
Administration 295, 495 Topics: Research M e t h o d s f o r Economics a n d Business,
C o m p u t e r Simulation f o r Business, I n c o m e Taxes f o r Individuals, C o m p u t e r
Applications, a n d Discrete Event Simulation.
101 Principles of Financial Accounting
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the
accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements.
102 Principles of Managerial Accounting
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101)
131 Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business
organizations under the Uniform Commerical Code. (Spring)
135 lntroduction to Marketing
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive,
behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion,
marketing channel and pricing decisions. (On Demand)
145 Fundamentals of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control.
The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the
professional manager. (On Demand)
250 Data Processing
An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not
apply toward a major or minor in economics. (Fall)
261 Fundamentals of Finance
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources and
uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend
I
I
.
,
.
.
."
Business Administration/55
262 lntermediate Accounting I
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts,
capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term assets. (Prereq.: 101,102, Fall)
263 Intermediate Accounting
- II
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed
assets, liabilities and reserved, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262, Spring)
330 Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management; research
methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in
marketing. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 135 or #. O n Demand)
,
340 Personnel Administration
Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable
working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and
society. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 145 or #. O n Demand)
373 Financial Management: Theory and Cases
Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis
on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material.
(Prereq.: 261)
379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in
business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall)
381 Managerial Cost Accounting
Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting,
standard cost systems, as well asother quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 101,102)
382 Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and
various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101,102. Spring 1982-83)
399 Internship Program
A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to
graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to
spend one full term working with some industrial organization. I n addition the student will
write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Cannot be taken i n Interim only).
430 Marketing
- Management
Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and
decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product
selling and promotion policies. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 330 or #. O n Demand)
440 Operations Management
Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examples from
service industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial
point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes,
productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq.:
Junior or Senior or #. O n Demand)
478 Investments and Financial Institutions
Appraisal of the risk/return relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint
of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and
portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. Economics 392 i s strongly recommended. Fall)
479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
Provides theopportunity t o become familiar with statistical research methods through use
of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods
and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented in the course are:
Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis
of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or #. Spring)
483 Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis o n internal checks and controls for
accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall)
484 Advanced Accounting
Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting
and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Spring, 1982)
295, 495 Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and readings i n the areas of Accounting, Finance o r General
Business. (Prereq.: #)
499 Independent Study
The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects
designed t o afford him or her the opportunity t o analyze some topic or issue i n depth.
(Prereq.: #)
Economics
Major in Econamics: 8 Eronomics courses {122,123,251,258,454
and three other
upper division); Uusiness Adminis~ration'101. 102, 379; Mat hernat ics 114. Mathematics 373 may he substituted fnr Rusiness Adminisrralian 379. The complete
calculus sequence isvery strongly recomrnencled lor thosc pIanning graduate study
i n cconornics, I n addition, courses In data proccssingantl computer programming
are strongly recommended.
MajorindppliedEconomics: 9Ecnnomicsco~1rses(122,127,251,258,454and445or
453 and t h r r e other upper division); R u s i n ~ s sh d m i n i s r r a ~ i o n101, 102, 379. 479:
Philosophy 130; Mathematics 124, 125, 215, 224, 314. Mathematics 211 ir strotigly
recommcndcd, Mathematics 373 may be suhstiturcd for Uusincss Administrat~on
379. The st~rtlentis slrongly encourag~dto rake other E c ~ n o m i c s c o u r s ~insadditioo
to thosf: listetl above.
Combined Major in Economirs - Business Administration: 5 Ec.anomics courses
(122,123,251, 258 and one upper divrsinn); 6 Business Administration courses (101,
102,261,373,379and one upper division), Courses in data processing and computer
ly
to
programming are highly rccornrncndecl. Tlle student is very ~ ~ r n n gencouraged
take additional corrrscs both in business administration and economics.
Minor: Economics 122, 123, 251, 258 and one upper division course. Other
configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department chairperson.
Honors M a j o r : GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e major, a n d 3.0 overall; a senior thesis a n d
comprehensive oral examination i n t h e major field o f concentration.
Notes: In a d d i t i o n t o the courses listed below, these topics have b e e n o f f e r e d
unrlrr 295, 495 Topics: Consumer Lconomics, History of Economic Thought,
Kesrarch Mrthods for Economics, and Business Advanced Economic Theory a n d
1 3 ~ c i s i o n - M a k i n gw i t h Finite Mnrkov Chains.
Economics 120,122 a n d 123 will satisfy general education requirements. Economics
120 will satisfy t h e urban concerns requirement.
Students w h o Ian t o m a j o r i n t h e d e artment are strongly encouraged t o select a
d e p a r t m e n t a&iser as soon as p o s s i b k i n order t o carefully plan their p r o g r a m o f
study.
120 Economics of Urban Issues
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment.
Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and
Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental
microeconomics tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned topics.
(Economics 120 is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in
Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major or
minor. Students who plan to major in Business Administration and/or Economics should
instead enroll in 122 and 123, which also are open to non-majors)
122 Principles of Economics (Macro)
An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy,
international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120.
Economics 122 and 123 may be taken i n either order, or may be taken in the same term in
order for the student to progress more rapidly to the other courses.
123 Principles of Economics (Micro)
An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures
and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy.
May be taken independently of Economics122or 120. Economics122and 123 may be taken
i n either order,or may be taken in thesame term in order forthe student to progress more
rapidly to other courses.
250 Data Processing
An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not
apply toward a major or minor i n economics.
251 Intermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the
pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare
economics. (Prereq.: 123)
258 lntermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle.
(Prereq.: 122. Fall)
340 Managerial Decision Making
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modcrn techniques of management
science to prepare students to make better husincss and economic decisions. Emphasis is
on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio
selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, i n v ~ n t o r ymodels, information
systems, etc. (Prereq.: Econ. 123, Bur. Ad. 101 and high school algebra or equivalents.
Spring, O n Demand)
370 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in
business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall)
391 Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and publicexpenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on
economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122,123. Fall)
392 Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the
Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis
placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring)
399 Internship Program
Astudent may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to
graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to
spend some time working with some organization, tn addition, rhe student will write a
report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Cannot be taken in Interim only)
442 Labor Economics
Analysis of labor markets; labor asa factor of production; determination of wage collective
bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: 251 or #. O n Demand)
445 Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and carrespendfngpractices i n business, Among the topics
considered are theories and practices i n forecasting, estimation of demand and cost
functions, price and non-price competition, producrron and rost considerations, and an
analysis of economic problems of relevance to manilgemenr. (Prcrcq.: Econ. 251 or
equivalent or #. Spring, On Demand)
453 Mathematical Economics
Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the
areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: Econ. 251,258 and at least Math. 122
or equivalent or #. O n Demand)
454 Welfare Economics
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative
market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory.
(Prereq.: 251 or #. Spring, 1983)
479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
Provides ~lieopportunltyto become lamiliar with sratls~iralresearch methods through use
sf the eleclranrc cornouter. This course srresses the understandtna of statistical methods
and computer prograhming techniques. Thc mawrials to br prw&ted i n the course are:
Computer ProgrammingTechniqucs; Statistical Methotic General Linear Models, Analysis
of Varfancr, etc. (Prereq,: Bus. Ad. 379 or pquivalent or #. No lab fee. Spring)
295,495 Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and current national and international economic problems and
policies. (Prereq.: #)
499 Independent Study
The Student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth.
(Prereq.: #)
Chemistry
Earl R. Alton (Chairperson), Arlin Gyberg, John Holum, Richard Olmsted, Sandra
Olmsted
Graduation Major in Chernfstr 115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,353, 361 and one
advanced course which may inc ude Biochemistry; participation in seminar; Physics
121,722; Mathematics 124,125. Since u per division courses have mathematics and
hysics prerequisites, students shoul cf' plan to take Mathematics 124, 125 in the
Eerhrnan year and Phyricr 121,122 in the sophomore year.
7:
American Chemical Society Approved Major: 11 courses including 115,116 (or 105,
106) and all chemistry courses above 350, Chemistry seminar partici ation; Mathematics 224; Physics 121,122 (which should be taken during the sop omore year).
Reading ability in German equivalent to one semester also required.
/
Teaching Major: PhysicalScience Emphasis- Chemistry Major: Recommendation
for licensure in Physical Science re uires general chemistry (115,116 or 105,106); 3
courses in earth and life sciences; C emistry 351,352,353,361,362,482,491
(Biology
367 may be substituted for 362); Physics 245. Studentsare advised to consult with the
Education Department early in their planning.
71
Pre-Medlcal Chemistry Major: The same as the graduation major. I n addition,
medical schools expect at least twa courses and usually more) in biology. Students
should consult members of the chemistry epartment for assistance in planning a
course program early in thelr college career.
d
Minor: 5 courses which must include 115,116 (105,106) and 3 additional courses in
chemistry. Chemistry 223, 353, and 361 are recommended; biochemistry may be
substituted for 361.
Honors Majors: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and
physics, 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of approved research; participation in
seminar.
Notes: Credit will not be granted for both 105and 115,for 106and 116, or for 223and
351 or 352.
Most courses in this department have prerequisites,courses that must be completed
before enrolling in the given course. h prerequisite must be completed with a grade
of 2.0 or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These
requirements also must be met when using the first term of a two-term course in
registering for the second term.
60/C hemistry
-
-
105, 106 Principles of Chemistry
Somewhat less rigorous than 115,116; designed especially for students w h o will not major
i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts and laws
underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring)
109,110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry
Designed Ior sfil(lent5 who need asurvvy of the fundamen~alprinciples olgeneral,organic
anti biological rhemi5try for careers i n allird h r a l ~ hareas such as nitrsing (inr:lurling
A u g s h u r g ' ~ Upprr Division Program), inhalrtion therapy, hrstotechntllo~y, physlral
erluvatirln. and ntlierr. Open also to ~ l u d e n t sIn the humanitlcr and social sciences. rirst
t a r r n , ~ c l ~ e r chemistry
nl
prinril)lcsandan inrrorluction t a n r g a l ~ i chemistry,
r
Secontl term,
nrp,anlc anrl l~iolrrgical chemistry with ~ p p c i a l applications t o human physiological
cheniisfrg. ( 3 I - l i o u r I ~ d ~ e r e2s hours
,
labnr.~tory, This rourw doer not apply toward the
major or mlnor i n chcmisrry. Crrvlii cannot b e earncrl tor hoth Chemistry 109 arvtl 105 o r
I T S nor can rterlii bp ~ a r n c dfor both Che~nisrry110 and 223 or 351, Srereq.. H i ~ school
h
chem~stryw ~ t h l nthe last 3 years. 109 Fall, 110 Spring)
115, 116 General Chemistry
A n intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. First semester includes
chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from
inorganic chemistry. The second emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including
kinetics and electrochemistry. (3 I - h o u r lectures, 3 hours laboratory. Prereq.: high school
chemistry, algebra, plane geometry. 115 Fall, 116 Spring)
223 Elementary Organic Chemistry
Designed t o present the basic facts and theories of modern organic chemistry within the
time frame of a one-semester course, this course gives students a sound background i n the
reactions and structures of organic molecules. (3one-hour lectures, one 3-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: 105 or 115. Spring)
351,352 Organic Chemistry
Important classes of organlc compounds with sp~clal
cmphasison mechanisms and multlstepsynthesls D e s c r ~ p t ~ vmater~al
e
~ s c o r r ~ l a ~hy
c rmeansol
l
mocl~rn
r h ~ o r ~ of
e schem~cal
bonds, energy-relat~ons,and reactor mechanism; many applicatrnnr of orEanlc chem~stry
to blologlcal, environmental and ~ndustrlalIrelrls. (3 onr-hour lectures, one 4-hour
laboratory Prereq 106 o r 116, 351 Fall, 352, Sprlng)
353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium i n detail and gives an
introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves
quantitative analysis of a variety ofsamples, and includes trace analysis. (Prereq.: 106or 116.
Fall)
361, 362 Physical Chemistry
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory,
and states o f matter arestudied i n the first semester. Applicationsof these concepts toareas
of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry i n the second semester. (3 onehour lectures, one 4-1/2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 121,122; Mathematics 124,
125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring)
464 Advanced Organic Chemistry
Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory.
Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions.
Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours
lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or #; some reading knowledge of
German. Fall)
481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular
spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, one 4-1/2-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
353, 361, or #. Spring)
482 Advanced Inorganic
Chemistry
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular
orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The
laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3
one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 361, or #. Spring)
483 Quantum Chemistry
Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to
solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate
solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules.
Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall)
491 Chemistry Seminar
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under
the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to
participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to
participate.
497 Introduction to Chemistry Research
Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation.
Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the
department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic
year (which may be counted as a course). (Junior standing).
499 Independent Study
Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or
historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. (JuniorStanding)
62/East Asian Studies
East Asian Studies
Khin Khin Jensen (Campus Coordinator)
This major is an Inrer-college, interdepartmental program enabling studcn~sto
acquire a broad kr~owledgeof China and lapan as miijor culrurer anrl to gain a
general command at rhe la~iauae of one country. Tlie three program corn onents
include n incur a n languagr, cu turn1 rpecialization and comparative rluri?cs. Thc
program provides a founrlation for careers in internarional business, government,
teaching and work wirh ~ o e i aagencies,
l
7
This major is available a5 a result nf the cooperation and cross-regisfration
OI
eSt. Catherine
possibilities among Augsburg, I-iamline, Macalester, the C o l l ~ ~
~ n (College
l
of St. 1 hornas.TWO years ol Iapancse language arc offercd each year on
one of ~ h r !ACTC campuses. Chincse (and Japanese) is availnhle through a
contractual arran ernent with the Vniversily o l Minnesota's East Asian Language
Depar~ment.Slut enrs therelore have an opportunity to take courses i n ~ h e s e
languages beyot~dthe first two years.
7
To undertake a comprehensive cultural analysls of Easl Asia, a srltdent may choose
from refateti five-collegp courses i n art, c.coriomics, geogra lhy, government,
history, liierature, philosophy, religion andsociolngy or an~hropong .The emphasis
is on hoth h~itoricsland comprra~iven p p r o a c h ~ iCornparativr
.
stuXe5 i n ~ i u tno1
i~
only contrasrs and simildritier brtwecn China and Japan, bur also cross-cultural
comparisons ol East Asian civilization with Wertrrn or European rivili7arion.
I
Major in East Asian Studies: 4 courses in Ja anese or 4 courses in Chinese; 2
P
introductory History courses; 2 courses in cu tural specialization or comparative
studies; 1 seminar, independent studies course, or internship. Students are advised
to conrult with rhe coordinator in planning this major.
d
Minor in East Asian Studies: 2 courses in either Chinese or Japanese or equivalent
competencies); 1course in Introductory History of East Asia; 1 upper ivision course
in cultural specialization (China or Japan); 1 other course from approved list of
electives.
- ---
Economics
See Business Administration and Economics
Education
Marie McNeff (Chairperson), Bobbi Anderson, Sheldon Fardig, Barry Franklin, Einar
Johnson, Sallye Cooke McKee, Lauretta Pelton
Ai~gsburgCoIlcge offers rugrams leading to licensure in Elementary Education,
Kindcrgar~cn,Early C h i ~ d R o d and
,
Secondary Education. I-iccnrurr programs for
s ~ c o n d d r yeducation are offered in Art, Chemistry, English-Language Arts, French,
German, Health, History, Life Sciencc, Mathcmatlcs, Miislc, Norwr.gian, Physical
Education, Physical Sciencc, Physics, Social Scicncc, Spilnish, Speech and Theater
Arts.
Students wishing ro become licenscd teachers are advised to consult with the
Education Department for licensure r~quirements.Fnr studenrs transf~rringto
Augshurg Collcge from other institutions o f higher education, it is within the
jurisdictinn of the Edtlcdlian D~parrmentand/or other appropriatc departrncnts to
asr
deterrninc essefrtial ~quivalencyof course content takrn a! other ~ n s r i ~ u t i o n
applirable lo requiwmcntso!'the approved teacher education program at Augshurg
College.
Orientarton to Education, both elementary and secondary, and Techniques of
Teaching Reading a r e open to a l l students o f sophomort. 5tanding or abovc. To
enroll i n other education raurse5, astudent must tirst apply and bp admir~edlo the
tcactirr erlucation program. Sfurien IS are aclvisecj lo apply for atl~nissionin rhe
spring semester of thp sophomore year, during or after the Orientation coursc,
S t u d ~ n ~transferring
s
from an education program at anuther rollege must be
readmissible lo that program.
Elementary Education
Marie McNeff (Coordinator)
Major and Licensure Requirements: Mlnimurn of 8.5 education courses (255, 351,
383. and two orofessional semesters): Health Education 914.115:
. . Librarv Sciencr?.341.
358; ~ c a d e m l cminor (major recommendecl): CPA o l ~ ~ a v e r aand
l l 2.i i n major and
minor; fulfill Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 M C A R 3.041 i n Human Relations. The
first professional semester, for juniors, includes Educ. 341, 361, 362, 371, 372, 374.
(Courses 381, 382, 383, 384 are one-half courses offered on a traditional rading
system only.) The second professional semester includes Educ. 481,482and e7ectiver
(483, 484, 478, 499).
Kindergarten License Re uirements: Elementary Education requirements plus
Educ. 385 and student teacRing at the Kindergarten level.
Early Childhood Education
Bobbi Anderson (Coordinator)
License Requirements: Elementary Education requirements plus Soc. 231; Psych.
351; Educ.325,425.483or484 (160 hoursof student teachin ). Toran Early Childhood
license wirh other than a n education major, consult with r e -program coordinator.
7,
255 Orientation to Education in Urban Setting (Elementary)
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school
work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above)
282 Introduction to Special Education
(See Secondary Education)
325 Contemporary Influences in Early Childhood Education
Focus is upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of his/her
life in relation to the effects of present-day society and culture upon the child. Current
developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and
other interventions and compensatory programs. Class sessions and two hours per week of
lab. experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring)
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
(See Library Science)
351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
Thestudy and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the teaching of reading
at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall)
352, 353 Creating Learning Environments: Elementary
The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching i n learning settings. Laboratory
experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265 or #. Spring)
381 Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the
elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration in
352, 353. Spring)
382 Elementary Curriculum: Science, Mathematics (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science and mathematics
taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent
registration in 352, 353. Spring)
383 Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health
taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. Fall)
384 Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Language Arts, (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and language arts
taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent
registration in 352, 353. Spring)
385 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten
A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials, and review of teaching
approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required for Kindergarten
licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed., Summer I)
399 Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A
learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval.
425 Early Childhood Curriculum
Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The
course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for
children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and
working with children who have uniquely different needs. Classsessionsandtwo hours per
week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall)
481,482 Student Teaching I
Observing and directing learning at the following levels: N, K, and/or elementary levels
under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to
student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring)
483,484 Student Teaching II
Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 481,482. Fall, Spring)
478 School and Society
(See Secondary Education)
499 Independent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in
the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the
elementary education faculty.
Secondary Education
Sheldon Fardig (Coordinator)
It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the
Education Department. Secondary Education studcnts arr advised to consult with
Education faculty regarding state requiremenrs for teauhcr liccnsure. Thisconsultation is recommended in addition to conferring with the student's major field
adviser.
licensure Program Requirements for Secondary Education: (1) Application for
admittance and acceptdnce Into rhe Departmcnr of Edi~cationteacher licenst~fe
program. This may be madc hrfare, concurrently or aftcr the Orientation course.
Application farms arcavailabl~
in the Edi~cationDepartment officc. Before applying
for admission, students slioulrl receive dpproval from the d~parrmcntor divirion of
their rleclarcd major. A student
take education courses aficr thc Orientation
course only if he or she has been a rn~rteclinto thp program of the Departmenl nf
Education; ( 2 ) GPA of 2.0 overall and 4 1 least 2.5 in the major; (3) Application for
admittance and acceptance into studen1 teaching; (4) Complelion of Minnesota
13oarrl of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human R ~ l a t l o n ~ l h r o uAugshurg's
gl~
Education
< Ion
program; (5) 5ut:ccssful completion of tllc required courses o l rhe edtlc7t'
program: Psychology 105: Elctllth Education 114, 115; Education 265, 354,308,478,
special r n c t h ~ t l in
s (lie area of the student'^ major, and a minimum of two ar three
courses in sludrnt traching as reqi~ired.
my
Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools:
( t h r o u g h thc Augsburg Col[p.gp Eduration Dcpartrnent Program): (1) 13.A. o r B.S.
degree; (2) Collegc major in a teaching area; (3) Fulflll Minnesota Board of Teaching
5 M C A H 3.047 in Human Relations (sucrer;sful complerion of A u g ~ b u r gEducation
program meets requirement); 4) Psychology 105; (5) Henlth Educi~tion1'14,115; (6)
Successful completion of Augs )urg Eclucation Program courses.
1
Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in
one of rhesc a r r a s follows the srtondary ~ r l u c a t i o nprogram cven though heor she
plans to teach a! the clemrntary school level. h person with a major in oneof these
special areas wrll take three rourses in sturrcnt teaching ant1 do some studcnt
teaching a1 110th the secanrrary and elementary levels. In adtlition ro Educ. 354, rhe
art majorwill r r g i s t ~for
r Educ. 361,362; the Physical Cducation major for Educ. 365;
and (he music m i l j ~ rlor ECIUC.
373.
The Professional Term: Student Tcaching i s taken concurrently with Educ. 478 in
one lull-rirne lerm in professional education. Special afternuon and/or evening
seminars arc held during tlie term as part of the profcssianal work. Astudent taking
two courses in student teaching may elect to takc one coursp in lnde cndent Study.
All sluclen~rare expected to be involved full-tlmc in iheactivitierof
term.
265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (Secondary)
Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school
work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing)
282 lntroduction to Special Education
lntroduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes, and
educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, LD and ED and giftedness. (Spring)
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
(See Library Science)
351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
(See Elementary Education)
354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary (1/2 course)
The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching in learning settings. Laboratory
experiences. (Prereq.: Psychology 105, EDS 265)
Noteon Special Methods Courses: With the general m e t h o d o l o g y course, o n e o r
more education courses in special methods must he taken f r o m t h e department o f
the major field. Prereq.: Educ. 255 or 265 and 354 or c o n c u r r e n t w i t h 354. Courses
363, 365, 373 an 410 are one course; others are 1/2 course.)
d
361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the elementary, middle,
and junior high schools. (Fall)
362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school.
(Fall)
364 English Methods (1/2 course)
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the
preparation of lesson and unit plans. Teaching in a local high school. (Spring)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
(See Physical Education Department)
366 Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course)
Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the
Foreign Language Department.)
373 Music Methods (K-12)
Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching
procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring)
374 Natural Science Methods (K-12) (1/2 course)
Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability
levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall)
375 Social Studies Methods (1/2 course)
Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school classrooms.
Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring)
Library Science/67
376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods (1/2 course)
The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theater and the
directing of co-curricular speech and theater activities. (Spring)
377 Mathematics Methods (1/2 course)
Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics,
and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring)
410 Health Methods
(See Health Education 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program)
388 Human Relations (1/2 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority
groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to
teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all.
399 Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A
learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval.
478 School and Society
The emphasis in this course i s on the school in relation to society with particular attention
to urban education, Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues i n education will be studied. (Prereq.:
senior standing)
481,482,483,484 Student Teaching
Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and
secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses, except three courses required of
Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and
program approval)
499 Independent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in
the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the
approval of education faculty.
Library Science
Marjorie Sibley, Grace Sulerud (Coordinators), Karen Harwood, Boyd Koehler,
JamesOlson, Irene Schilling, Louisa Smith
Minor: Minimum of 4 courses, including 245,358,359,475.
245 The Media Center: Organization and Administration
Organization of materials, including acquisition, cataloging, classification, and processing.
Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall)
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of
instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective
audio visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring)
358 The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Cuidance
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Evaluation of materials
related to curriculum support and recreational needs. Study of selection sources and
guidance in use of print and non-print materials. (Fall)
359 Reference Services in the Library
Study of basic English language reference sources. Students learn how to select and
evaluate reference books for home, school and other libraries; how to find information
and use libraries effectively. (Spring)
399 Internship
Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library
situations in the metropolitan area.
475 The High School Library: Materials Selection and Cuidance
Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary school level, with attention to
their use i n relation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents.
(Spring)
499 lndependent Study
lndependent study and research on some topic of interest i n the field of library service,
worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with
department approval.
tngineering
Ken Erickson (Adviser)
Augsburg College is cooperating with the Washington University School of
Engineering and Appliecl Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and Michigan Technolo ical
University (Houghtun, Michigan), in a Three-Two Plan of studies which will ena ]lea
student to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augshurg College and an
en ineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Techno ogical University in a five-year period.
P
k
The first three ears are spent at Au sburg followed by two years a t the affiliated
university. s t u b n t s accepted into t e program are guaranteed admirrion to the
en ineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average,
an! are recommended by a designned representative of Augsburg College.
R
Students receiving financial aid who are participants in the Three-Two Plan will be
encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing
support.Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance
as criteria.
Minimum Course Requirements for Admission to the Three-Two Plan: Math 124,
125,224, 226; Physics 121,122; Chemistry 115,116; Computer Science 245; English
111; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27
courses a t Augsburg. Normally Math 124,125 and Physics 121,122 are taken in the
freshman year,
Students are encouraged to apply for admission to the program during their
sophomore year. Early consultation with the adviser is encouraged.
English
Catherine Nicholl (Chairperson), Barbara Andersen, Timothy Blackburn, Toni
Clark, John Gidmark, Joanne Karvonen, John Mitchell, Crier Nicholl, Ronald
Palosaari, Richard Sargent, Donald Warren, David Wood
Major: 9 English courses above 711, including 225; one course in American
literature; onc course in Western literary tradition (271 or272); and three courses in
Briii~h
literature, one on iiterature before1660 (for exarnp!e,331 or438) and onethat
surveys a number of writerr; (336,337,423). Majors are encouraged ro take En lish
245 early in thcir collegework and to roniult t h ~ i r d e ~ a r t r n e n tadviser
nl
regulaj A
i l u d ~ with
n ~ a double major or 5 ecial program ,hat involver conriderable w o r t i n
(he English department should
work closely wiih an adviser in the department.
a10
Major for Secondary Teaching: 10 English courses, including those listed for the
major and a course in the English Ian uage; 2Speech courses, one from 111,351,352,
354 or 355 and ather 360 or 365: Lkrary Science 475. Courses in early American
literature, Shakes eare and fllm are recommended, I n addition to fielcl experience
and student tracging rcquircd by the Department of Education, rnajarr will be
required to gain ractical experir;ncc in teaching writing, to be arranged through
t h e department cfairDerron. slvdenlr arc cneoura~edto rake courser toward ihrlir
ma'or during ~hefreshtnanand saphomore years, enroll in Orientation to Education
in tke tall term of the so~hornore
y e a r and ao~lvforteacher education not later ~ h a n
the fall of [heir junior iear. 317 adrfition to 'p'lanninR their courscs with the Englisli
departmen1 chairperson, sturlents should consult an adviser in the Department o f
Education.
Minor: 5 courses above 111, including one in British literature and one writing
course.
Honors Major: CPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, submit program to
department chairperson early in senior year, defend honors thesis before faculty
committee in senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program.
Noleon Concentration: I n addition to meeting requirements for the major, English
majors may, if they wish, develop a n area of ernphasis,such as British cancentration,
American concehtration, world literdture concentration, or writing tonccntration.
k student arranges a concentration by careful scleaian of electives in the major, by
the design o l an independent study course that applies to the concentrarion, and by
the selection of some relaled courses outside the department. English majors should
work closely with their advisers in developing a concenrrazion. Interim courses,
special courses, and courses a t other hCTC schools will often f i t well into a
concentration.
Note on Prerequisites: English Illis strongly recommended but not a prerequisite
for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course is
successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the
instructor.
101 Developmental Writing
A preparatory course for Effective Writing for students identified by an examination as
needing nddltfnnal preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing skills will be
given. Studentr will write short papers based on their own observation, experience, and
thought. P I N grading only.
111 Effective Writing
Thestudy of composition with emphasison expository writing. Attention to correct usage,
logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course is either
P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. I n order to hold a place in the course the student must either attend class
the first day or personally notify the instructor that s/he cannot be present.
223 Writing for Business and the Professions
A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and
professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized.
Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization.
(Prereq.: 111 or equivalent, Spring)
225 Advanced Expository Writing
The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include
identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis.
Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the
course's workshop format, in which students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 111)
226 Creative Writing
The purpose of the course Is to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models,
theories, and criticism, wrltlng rn narrativrand poetic modes of expression. Short stories,
personal narratives, anti porrns may be selected by students for experimentation and
development, according to the student's prefer~nce.[Fall)
227 Journalism
An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news
feature. The student is first introduced to the principles of writing the news story, what
constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real and
imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community news stories. A unit on
the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester,
attention i s paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and
stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment.
241 Introduction to Cinema Art
An investigation of the artisticqualities and the historical development of the film medium.
The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films.
(Spring)
245 lntroduction to Literature
An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be
devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature.
Strongly recommended for English majors and minors.
250 American Literature to 1920
Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial
times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's
contribution to the historical development of American literature.
261 Modern Fiction
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century.
271 European Literature: Homer to Dante
A study of major works of Greek and Roman li!eraturt.,forexample theepicsof Homer and
Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus,Sophocles,and Euripid~s,rhecamediesof Aristophanes
o he stt~dleclas a work i n which the
and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dantp'r I n f ~ r r ~will
Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with
reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on
later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall)
272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern
period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky.
(Spring)
331 Chaucer and His Age
While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, attention
will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry,
romance, and drama may be examined. (Alternate years, 1982-83)
332 Milton and His Age
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. I n addition the Renaissance literary
tradition out ofwhichMilton created his workswill beexamined. (Alternateyears,1981-82)
336 British Literature, from Donne to Blake
Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets
to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major
literary movements. (Fall)
337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians
A study of major wrfters of the ninctcenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry,
Victorian poelry, Victorfan prose and two or three novel5 of the period. Kelationships
among these writers and their influenceon oneanother will beemphasizedas wellas their
relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution 10the forms of poetry and
prose. (Spring)
351 American Literature Since 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is
given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature.
Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and symbol i n modern American literature.
366 Poetry
Study of the poem as a concentratetl, esthetic form of human expression and experience.
The course emphasizes modern American and British poelry, but also includes a generous
selection of traditional and contemporary poems, both in Engllsh and in translation from
selected international poets such as Rilke and Neruda. A diverse range of forms, moods,
themes, and techniques is represented, and the relationship between traditional poetry
and modern poetry is examined. (Alternate years, 1981-82)
368 Modern Drama
Significant worksof American, British, and continental dramatistsof thetwentieth century,
with emphasis on representatives from the major movements such as Naturalism,
Existentialism, Theater of the Absurd, and Transformationalism. Plays by women and
minorities are included. (Alternate years, 1982-83)
399 Internship
The department offers on-campus internships in teaching writing and various off-campus
internships. Interested students should consult the department chairperson.
72/Foreign Languages
P
423 Studies in the British Novel
A survey of the development of the novel in England from i t s eighteenth century
beginnings up 10 the rwenricth century. Novels studird will be selected Irom the works ol
surh authors ar Dcfoe, Richardson, Fjelding, Sterne, husten, Dickrns, Bronte, Thackeray,
Ellot, Hardy,and butler. Allention will be given to the tondirions contributing to the riseof
rhe nnvel and i t s emergcncc by the twentieth century as the dominant literary Inrm,
(Alternate years, 1982-83)
438 Shakespeare
Study of ten ortwelve major plays- comedies, histories, tragedies- with attention to the
development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for
reading analysis.
490,491 English Seminar
Course490, a theme or movement; course491, a majorwriter or a major work. Enrollment
open to juniors and seniors. (On demand)
498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department
chairperson. Provides directed independent study which makes use of the resources of
Augsburg's urban location, such as theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups.
499 lndependent Study
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department
chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice.
Foreign Languages
Mary Johnson (Chairperson), Ruth Aaskov, Liv Dahl, Leif Hansen, Mary Kingsley,
William Oyler, Gunta Rozentals, Maria Schweikert, Soterios Stavrou, Donald
Steinmetz
Students with previous foreign language study should register i n courses suited to
their level of preparation.
Placement Levels: 111, under t w o years of high school study i n that language or
equivalent background; 211, t w o t o three years of language study; 311, four years or
more of that language.
Students should arran e for the Language Placement Test only if they wish t o take a
course above t h e leve determined by previous studies i n that language. Those with
satisfactory levels o n the test may be placed i n 112, 212, o r 311.
k
Students who elect to take a course below the one in which they arc placed by the
I.angua~eDeparlrnent may do so, but grading for such a course must bc I'/N only.
The language requirrment wit1 be satisfied only by completion of the course in
which the studer~rwasoriginally placed. Credit and grading for that course may be
traditional.
For majors, a m i n i m u m of four upper division courses at Augsburg College i s
required for graduation. A maxinlurn of four upper division non-Augshurgcourses
may be accepted. N o fewer than t w o of these four courses should br taken abroad.
For minors, a m i n i m u m of t w o upper division courses at Augsburg College is
reauired for graduation.
Chinese, French/73
For transfer students intending t o major o r minor, a minimum of one upper division
credit per year attended is specified. See department faculty for limits o n nonAugsburg courses and career information.
Course 112 completes basic elements of the language. Courses numbered 211,212
meet useable skill levels. Course 311 i s prerequisite t o all upper division courses.
Teaching Licensure: Teacher candidates in French, German, Norwegian and
Spanish must consult with the Department of Education for specificinformntion;tnd
enrollment i n the rogram. Methods courses by language are joint ACTC offwings
and should be taren in the fall of the senior ..I(. A 3.0 avcragp in ArIvancrrI
Conservation and Composition is a departmcnfnYrrquiremrnr for icaci~ingr n ~ j o r r .
Licensure requires successful completion of thc Modern Languagc Associalion
Competency Exam.
Honors Major: Majors seeking departmental honors must ap ly early in the senior
year. Requircrncntr: 3.3 GPA i n the major, 3.0 CPA overal;, and honors thesis
demonstraring abiliiy i n independent study for one course credit. Consult department chairperson for details.
Chinese
Major and minor possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East
Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language
department. See East Asian Studies Campus Coordinator.
French
Major: 8 courses above 212, including t w o in conversation-composition, one i n
civilization, and three i n literature, of which one should be course 352. Study i n
France strongly recommended.
Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one i n
civilization, and one i n literature. Interim o r summer of study i n France strongly
recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Study Abroad. Also see Interim catalog.
011 Directed Study
Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (On Demand)
111 Beginning French
Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language
and to French culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught
to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory
work. See above on placement.
112 Beginning French
For those who have had 111 or equivalent. Through conversations, sentence practice, and
readings, the study of tenses and forms i s completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture and way of life. Two
hours laboratory work. See above on placement. (Spring)
211 lntermediate French
20th Century selected articles and a grammar review are the basis for practice in
communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in reading. For those
who have studied most of the basic structures. Two hours of laboratory work. (Fall)
212 lntermediate French
Through informative and controversial articles, interviewsand literary readings, thiscourse
works toward the goals of oral fluency, communication of ideas, and the acquisition of
sufficient skills to pursue general reading in French. Completes a review of basicstructures.
Laboratory work. (Spring)
243 French Literature in Translation
Major representative works of French Ilterature read in English translation. Through
individualized background reading ant1 classdisct1s5ion,stutlrn1~
become acquainted with
artistic qualities and cultural-historical sijinificanc~ol these works. Sophomore standing.
Does not count toward a French rnaior or minor. {Offeredo n Demand)
311 Conversation-Composition
Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy,
and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements,
effective organization of idpas. I-aborstnry assignments. Post-intermediate level. A
prerequisite to other upper dlvision courses. (Fall)
312 French Expression
A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression i n speaking and writing.
Altpntion to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics for
business and p ~ r s o n ause.
l
French phonology and speech groups practiced. Study of
wrilren models. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n demand)
331 French Civilization: Historical Perspective
A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern
period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual, politica1,social and
artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. I n
French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
332 French Civilization Today
Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote
understanding of French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene.
Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In French.
(Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literarystudies, A theoretical component [in Enfilish) treats the basic
principles of literature, IEterary gsrwes, ant1 dilfcrvnt approacher to l l t ~ r a r yanalysis. In the
practical component, studenrs apply t h r rlcvncnts o l theory through reading, analyzing,
and discussing selected works of rrcnrli li~crature.Recomrncnded lor majors and minors.
Open to all qualified students. (Prercq.: 311 or 8 , Offrred on dernanrf)
352 Creativity and Restraint
survey ol thr major lirerary creators of the Renaissance and Classical periods, and the
rrenrh inrctl~ctual,social and ethical currents reflected in their works. Poetry and the
essay, heater, early novcl, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and written reports,
and laboratory work in French. Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
n
354 Realities: Inner and Outer Worlds
A survey of the romantics, major novelists, Baudelaire and his successors in poetry, and the
literature of idcas that led tonew forms and emphases with the turn of the century (Proust,
Gide, Claude!, Apollinairr, elc) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in
French. (Prereq.: 317 or P. Ofrered alternate years)
355 Twentieth Century Literature
A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel,
the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and
laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
411 Advanced Conversation-Composition
By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political
interest the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level.
Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in
style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and
self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n
Demand)
450 French Seminar
Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature (e.g. Novel, Drama, 18th
Century literature, poetry). Student presentations in French. (See also Interim offerings.
Prereq.: 352, 354 or 355. O n Demand)
451 The French Novel
A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola, Mauriac, Malraux,
Sartre, Camus, etc.) that shows the evolution of this genre i n theme and form. Analyses,
discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Recommended 331. O n demand)
499 Independent Study
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to
complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature
a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required.
Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study
adviser.)
German
Major: 8 u p p e r division courses, i n c l u d i n 311 a n d 411. Interim, summer o r
semester i n Germany strongly r e c o m m e n d e j .
Minor: 4 u p p e r division courses, i n c l u d i n
311 a n d 411. Interim, summer o r
semester i n Germany strongly recommended:
Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, European History, another language, English literature.
111,112 Beginning German
Course 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 i s for students who have had
111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic
skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals:
ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and
participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available.
211, 212 Intermediate German
For students wltll ~ w oterms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at
developing basir < k ~ l into
l \ working knowledge of German. Review of basicstructures with
emphasison rxtrriding range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and
discussinn o l rna~ertakrepresenting contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall;
212, Spring)
244 German Literature in Translation
Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are
read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular
context of German cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance to
perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to a German major or
minor. (On Demand)
311 German Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic
expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is
supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall)
331 German Civilization and Culture I
The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the Germanspeaking peoples frnln llie prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty
Years War (1643),withempfiasisonthe impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergenceof
German cultural sell-awareness during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious
upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
332 German Civilization and Culture II
Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany,
Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene i s
considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history
of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practlce of I~terarys~urhes.A theor~licnlcomponenl(in fnglislr) treats the basic
to lrtrrary analyst<. I n I ~ P
prlnc~plesof Ilterature, iitcrary gerlres, anti rllffrrelit apy>rt>arh~\
practical component, s~udcntsapply ~ l r rlcrnenrs
r
uf thcory through readrng, annly/irig
and dlscuss~ngselected wnrksolGrrman I ~ t ~ t a t u rRecommenderl
e.
lor majorstrid minors.
Open to all quallfled stutlrn~s.(Prrrecl.: 311 or G , Offpretl on Demarid)
351 German Literature through 18th Century
Brief curvcy nf heroic, cour~ly,K ~ l o r r n a ~ i o Baroque,
n,
hulklarung and Sturm und Drang
lilerarure. Exlrn<ivcreadin~santlcliscu~slonrin Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in
German, wpplcrncnted by l r c t u r ~
011~ the history of German literature in its cultural and
genlioliticai corilent. Claw dlscusslarrs help to tml~tove\tutlrnts' abillty to express ideas In
German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. On Dernt~ntl)
352 German Literature: The 19th Century
Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of
the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German.
Class discussions help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express
themselves in German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand)
353 German Literature: The 20th Century
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature
are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are
A--:---^I
.-
-:A
r+..^I--e.r
-un.-eccn,
.
.
Cnrrnxn I D r n r o n
. '411 n r ft
nn
nPmand\
Greek, Japanese, Linguistics/77
411 Advanced German Composition and Conversation
Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing his
own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral
practice through use of German as classroom language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
451 German Prose
Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present.
Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical
history. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand)
452 German Drama
Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read
as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of
the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand)
499 Independent Study
Creek
See the instructor for supporting courses at Augsburg in history, philosophy, art,
literature, linguistics which can apply toward a classics concentration in cooperation
with Macalester College.
111,112 Beginning Greek
Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology.
Translation exercises from and into Greek. (111, Fall; 112, Spring. A minimum of 9 hours
preparation per week required.)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
A first course in the theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to
literary analysis. I n the practical component, the class will divide into small groups
according to foreign language, where the elements of theory will be applied through
reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works for foreign literature in the language.
Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 212 or #.
Offered on demand)
Japanese
Major and minor possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East
Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language
department. See East Asian Studies Campus Coordinator for more information.
Linguistics
289 Introduction to Linguistics
An introduction to linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles, with focus on
linguistic universals (organizational principles and features common to all languages) and
psycholinguistics (inquiry in to the mechanics of language learning and the structure of the
mind as revealed in language). Theoretical questions will be approached by studying
samples of various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majorsand
minors. (Fall)
311 Theories of Grammar
Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguistic
research with the aim of illuminating underlying philosophical assumptions, investigational
criteria, and explanatory goals which distinguish them. The theories will be contrasted with
those of adjacent disciplines such as anthropology, psychology, logic, and communication
theory to explore ways in which each theory seeks to overcome the inadequacies of
traditional grammar. (On Demand)
Norwegian
M a j o r : 8 courses above 211, including 311,312,331,350,353,411, and 499, and one
Scandinavian literature course. lnterim or summer in Norway recommended.
M i n o r : 4 courses above 211, including one in conversation-com osition, one in
cP
civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroa encouraged.
R e c o m m e n d e d Supporting Preparation: Study in Norway, a second foreign langu-
age, linguistics, additional courses under Scandinavian Area Studies.
111, 112 Beginning Norwegian
lntroduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
Stresson spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory workexpected. (111, Fall; 112,
Spring)
211 Intermediate Norwegian
Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of
expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises.
Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent.)
311 Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Intensive practice i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original
composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to
differences between the two official languagesof Norway. Some laboratory work and field
experience required. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent.)
312 Old Norse
An introduction to the structure of O l d West Norse through the study of selections from
Old Norse literature. Some attention given to Old East Norse and aspects of the history of
four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of the latter is desired but not required.
Norwegian language minors will have special assignments. (Alternate years)
331 Norwegian Civilization and Culture
This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as
possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work in the comparatively homogeneous
population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports in the Norwegian
language will be required along with some field work. (Prereq.: 311 o r # . Alternate years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)treats the basic
principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the
practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing,
and discussing selected works of Norwegian literature. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Offered on demand)
Russian, Spanish/79
353 Survey of Norwegian Literature
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of
original works from earlier periods extending back to Old Norse literature. All genres are
examined, and considerable attention is given to writings i n the Nynorsk language,
particularly poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reportsare in Norwegian. (Prereq.:
211 or equivalent. Spring 1981. Alternate years)
411 Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other
Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of the Norwegian language.
Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
499 Independent Study
Russian
One year of elementary Russian is offered at Au sburg. Russian language studies
may be continued in the ACTC Russian Area StuJies Program, which re uires two
years of language for the major. See Russian Area Studies Campus coorjinator.
111, 112 Elementary Russian
Aimed to develop reading, writing, understanding, and conversational skills through oral
classroom practice, developing ease i n reading, short compositions, and acquaintance
with Russian culture. Extensive use of the language lab.
Spanish
Major: 8 courses above 212, including 311, 411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353, 354.
(Study in Spain or Latin America is strongly recommended)
Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in
civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroad strongly
recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another language, Pre-Columbian
civilization, Latin-American Area studies. Consult department for other supporting
courses in humanities.
111,112 Beginning Spanish
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is
an integral part of the course (111, Fall; 112, Spring)
211,212 Intermediate Spanish
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which stimulate
intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic
structures of Spanish, and build conversational skills through class discussions. Designed
for students with 2-4 years of high school Spanish or its equivalent.
249 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in Translation
Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various periods and
movements are read in English translation. Through background reading and class
discussion i n English the student is acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and
cultural-historical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward
a major or minor i n Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On Demand)
311 Spanish Conversation and Composition
Thorough oral and written practice i n correct expression with the aims of fluency and
facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course is a prerequisite for all
upper-division courses. (Prereq.: 212 or equivalent. Fall)
312 Spanish Expression
Intended for students who have a basiccommand of writing and speaking skills i n Spanish
and w i ~ hto expand rhem. Intensive practice fa improvc oral and written expression with
emphaqis on conversational facility, stressing itflornaric usage and the finer points of
grammar. R e a d i n ~ sto stimulate discussion ant1 hroatlen cultural background from
contemporary literary texts and magazinr articles. Conducted i n Spanish. ( O n Demand)
331 Spanish Civilization and Culture
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution t o world civilization through
historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or #.
Alternate years.)
332 Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the Pre-Columbian
civilizations t o the present. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or 212,with #. Alternate years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of litcrary studies. A rhearciirnl component (in English) treats the basic
principles of Ilterature, litcrary genres, and different approaches lo literary ~nalysis.In the
[ h etheory thrclugh rcading,analyz~ng,and d i s c u s s ~ n ~
practical comporr~ni.sl~~rienrsap~~ly
selected works of l i t e r a ~ i ~ In
r e Spanisli, R ~ c o r n m r n d ~for
t l ma]c~r<
and mrnors. Open to all
q u a l ~ f e dstudents. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. Offered on demand)
352, 353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II
A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures o n the
literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written
and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. O n Demand)
354 Representative Hispanic American Authors
An introduction t o Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral
reports i n the language. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. O n Demand)
411 Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasis o n increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through
conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical
exercises. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. Alternate years)
456 Spanish Drama
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature i n Spain. Oral and written reports i n the
language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the M o d e r n Period. (Prereq.: O n e survey
course. O n demand)
457 Spanish Novel
Study o f the outstanding novelists o f the nineteenth and twentieth century i n Spain. Oral
and written reports i n the language. (Prereq.: O n e survey course. Alternate years)
499 Independent Study
Geography, Health Education/81
Geography
Paul Grauer
114 Human Geography
An introduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography followed by a survey of the
distribution patterns to be found in our physical and human environment.
Health and Physical Education
Richard Borstad (Chairperson), James Agre, Ernest Anderson, Rolf Eriksen, Paul
Grauer, Rees Johnson, Al Klopp~n,D o u g Nelson, Jack Osberg, Pamela Paulson,
M a r i l y n Pearson, R o n a l d P e t r ~ r h ,Joyce Pfaff, Denise Rivet, William Ross, Edwin
Saugestad, Jeff Swrnson, M a r y 'rirn~n
Health Education
Major: 110,114,115,320,354,410;
SOC. 231, 241.
Biol. 103,108,111; Chem. 105 o r 109; Psych. 105;
Teaching Major: Same as health education major plus H.Ed. 355 and Educ.
sequence for teaching license.
Minor: 110, 114,115, 320; Biol. 103; Soc. 231
110 Personal and Community Health
Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and
the community. (Fall)
114 Safety Education (1/2 course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes
American Red Cross First Aid course.
115 Chemical Dependency Education (1/2 course)
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser.
320 School Health Curriculum
Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for
grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: All courses in the major
sequence numbered in the 100 and 200 series; also #.)
354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (1/2 course)
Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and
organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs.
(Prereq.: P.E. 350. Spring)
355 Tests and Measurement (1/2 course)
Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and physical
education. (Spring)
82/Physical Education
410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program
Historical background, legal bases,school health services,and relationshipstocommunity
health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory
experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320)
Physical Education
Major: H.Ed. 114,115,354,355; P.E. 223,231,232,243,350,351,471,472,474,475; Biol.
103.
Teaching Ma'or: H.Ed. 114,115, 354,355; P.E. 223,231,232, 243, 350, 351,365,471,
472, 474; Bio! 103. Students wishing to become licensed teachers should consult
with the Education Department for requirements.
Maior with Specialization In Correctfve Tlrerapy : H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223,
231,232,243,350,35'1,365,471,472,474,475,405,487,431,493;
Professional Affilialion
Rlock495-496-497-499; Riol. 703; 1)sycholo y 105,355,362. All C.T. specialists must be
accept~clby the e d ~ ~ c a ~rjepartmenl
ion
or teaching and student tcachin i n an
udapled sitt,a,ion. Ap rovsl rnur, he secured hy rhe cmrrcrlivp lherapy ranrfinator.
(This program is penrgnR approvn l of the ACT* accrediialion con~rnitler.Courrc
adclitions and/or dclr!ions may he necessary.)
f
Major with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult department
chairperson for individual program planning.
Minor: H.Ed. 114,115; P.E. 223,231,232 or 472, and 243.
Coaching Endorsement: H.Ed. 114,115; P.E. 243,350,351,475, one of 476-480, and
practicum in coaching (Practicum requires registration for Independent Study 499).
Notes: Physical education major plus coaching practicum meets the coaching
requirement. Coaches entering their first headcoaching assignment i n Minnesota
high school5 are required t o have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of
physical education and athletics.
102, 103 Lifetime Sports
Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. No
course credit.
223 Team Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring)
231 Individual and Dual Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall)
232 Recreational Activities and Rhythms (1/2 course)
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low
organized games, non-hour activities, camp nights, modified games, simple rhythmic
games, folk and square dancing. (Interim)
234 Outdoor Education (1/2 course)
This course will look at a wide variety of outdoor activities that can be taught in a school
setting. The following activities will be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing, cycling,
outdoor cooking, camping and water safety. Students must be prepared to spend some
weekends participating in these activities. (Spring, even # years)
Physical Education/83
243 History and Principles of Physical Education
History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring)
350 Kinesiology
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system.
(Prereq.: Biology 103; Fall)
351 Physiology of Exercise
The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles
applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: Biol. 103. Spring)
254 Teaching the Exceptional Child
(See Health Education)
355 Tests and Measurement
(See Health Education)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-2)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and
secondary levels. (Fall)
373 Modern Dance (1/2 course)
An introductory course in modern dance technique and creative composition. Exploration
of movement, energy, form, and design. No previous dance experience necessary.
(Interim)
399 Internship
Consult department chairperson.
471 Physical Education Programming
Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Prereq.:
243. Fall)
472 Gymnastics (1/2 course)
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness
activities. (Fall)
474 Swimming and Aquatics
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety. Open only to
junior and senior P.E. majors and minors. (Prereq.: Swimming competence as determined
by pre-test. Fall)
475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (1/2 course)
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical
experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Fall, 1st half of term)
476 Coaching of Football (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspectsof coachingfootball. (1/2 course. Fall, 1st half
of term, odd # years)
477 Coaching of Basketball (1/2 course)
Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Interim,odd # years)
478 Coaching of Hockey (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Interim, odd #years)
479 Coaching of Track and Field (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspectsof coaching track and field. (Spring,2nd half
of term, odd #years)
480 Coaching of Baseball/Soft Ball (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Spring,
2nd half of term, odd years)
483 Coaching of Volleyball (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. (Fall, odd # years)
485 Applied Adapted Activities
Course includes consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and
swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq.: 350, 351; H.Ed. 354. Summer school only)
487 Neurology and Pathology
A basic introduction to neurology and pathology for the corrective therapist. (Summer
School only)
491 Therapeutic Exercise
A study of the treatment of disease and injury. Includes general principles and
administration of neuro-muscular re-education. (Prereq.: 350, 351; H.Ed. 354 Summer
school only)
493 Organization and Administration of Corrective Therapy
ACTA organization, by-laws, administrative guidelines, and history; North Central Chapter
organization, administrative guidelines, and history; construction of a CT treatment clinic,
ordering and maintaining equipment; public relations; employment procedures; and
professional ethics. (Summer School only)
495, 496, 497 Professional Affiliation
Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required, lncludes actual hospital experience in four areas
of corrective therapy: (1)Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation.
Course 497 i s study of Neurology and Pathology (Prereq.: 485, 491 and approval of
department.)
499 Independent Study
Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to junior or senior
majors.
History
Orloue Gisselquist (Chairperson), Carl Chrislock, Don Gustafson, Khin Khin Jensen,
Richard Nelson
Major: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper
division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from
each of the four areas: Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and
non-Western.
Major for Teaching: The history major may be part of the preparation for
certification for social studies teaching on the secondary level. See Social Studies for
details.
Minor: 5 courses, at least three o f w h i c h must b e u p p e r division.
Honors Major: CPA of 3.6 in the inajar and 3.0averall; except i n special instances,
h c icrm or t h r junior year; t w o years o f a f o r e i g n
application I-rclare lhr ~ n t l f l ~ l firs1
3
1
r c o l l r g c level (or i t s ecluiv;llrnt); an honors thesis (equal t o o n e
language at 1
course credit) lo hu dcfcndcd before a ( ~ c u l l ycommittee.
Notes: Freshmen should e n r o l l i n o n e o r m o r e o f t h e History 101-104 courses.
History 221-222 are normally reserved for sophomore o r upper division students.
Students are r e q u i r e d t o have at least o n e lower division course before registering
for an u p p e r level course.
There are 16 u p p e r division courses ( n u m b e r e d 300and u p ) i n this department. Five
o r six are o f f e r e d each term, o r 11 p e r year. Offerings d e p e n d u p o n faculty
schedules a n d student registration.
101 The Beginnings of the Western Culture
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and
Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century.
102 The Shaping of Western Civilization
A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages
through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon.
103 The Modern World
A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the
present.
104 The Modern Non-Western World
An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the
last 200 years.
221 U.S. History to 1877
A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn
apart by The Civil War. (Fall)
222 U.S. History Since 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring)
299 Directed Study
An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered in the
scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the directing faculty member
and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course i n
directed study may be applied to the major.
331 Topics in U.S. History
Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see History
332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration.
332 History of American Foreign Policy
The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is stressed.
322 Modern Southeast Asia
A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area.
A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will
especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam.
323 Modern China
A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839. The erosion of
China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist
revolutions of the 20th century.
324 Modern Japan
An examination of the emergence of Japan a s a major world power in the 20th century.
Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of the Pre-Meiji
era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban
development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa.
353 Select Topics in Minnesota History
A survey of topics relating to the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white
relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities; economic and
political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th centuries.
360 The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C.
The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through its extension
and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the development of writing,
achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions.
361 Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D.
A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the riseof
Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis i s placed on personalities, the arts and
sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process.
-
370 The Late Middle Ages to 1560
A study of the scholastictradition and the role of the Church and state through thechanges
forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the
Reformation.
399 Internship in History
A limited number of internships may be available for qualified upper division students
majoring in history. See department chairperson.
412 England in the Tudor and Stuart Periods
A study of English history from a 15th century background through 1714. The emergence of
modern constitutionalism is the majorthemeof thecourse. Emphasis i s also placed on 16th
and 17th century aspects of England's subsequent role in the world economy and on the
English literary renaissance of Elizabethan and early Stuart periods.
416 Europe in the Seventeenth Century
Thestudy of thiscentury as the most critical period in the riseof the modern state. Emphasis
is also placed on the emergence of modern science and its effect on intellectual history.
The chronological boundaries may be listed as 1560-1714.
431 European Urban History
A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and the culture of
cities in Europe from the Late Medieval to the 20th century, with focus on specific historic
cities as examples. The course is designed for history students, urban study majors, and
those who desire a background to enrich future travel.
440 Twentieth Century Topics in World History
This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler'sfascism, the collapse of colonial empires and
the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe,and Africa in the
last fifty years.
l nternational Relations/87
450 Nineteenth Century Scandinavia
Emphasis is on the far-reaching changes in the political, economic, cultural and social life
of Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden during the nineteenth and early
twentieth centuries. Attention is given to overseas emigration.
474 The World and The West
This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural
interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas,
and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th
Century.
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor.
499 lndependent Study
Majors with an average of 3.5 or above i n history courses are encouraged to apply for
directed independent study. A maximum of one course in independent study may be
applied toward the major.
International Relations
Norma C. Noonan (Coordinator)
Major: 14 courses. (1) 7 required courses: Economics 122 or 123; History 103 or 104,
332; Political Science 158 or 160, 363, 461; the fourth term of college work in a
modern foreign language.
(2) 7 of the following electives (not more than 4 from any one discipline may be
counted toward I he major): History 322,323,324,440,474; PoIiticalScience 350,351,
381, 382; Sociology 24'1; Philosophy 355; Religion 356; Comparative Economic
Systems (ACTC course); an Economics (Topics) course on International Trade;
seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic offered in the
discipline of economics, hissary and/or political science; the fourth term of collcge
work in a second modern language.
Note: Only the fourth term of langua es counts toward the major; prere uisite
courses or competencies are assumef, but cannot be credited toward %e 14
required courses.
Mathematics
/Computer Science
Beverly Durkee (Chairperson), Benjamin Cooper, Lawrence Copes, Henry Follingstad
Major: 9 courses including 124, 125, 215, 224, 315, 324. Also required: Computer
Science 245. For teacher licensure, courses 351,373,441 must be included. Students
wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education
Department for requirements.
Minor: 5 courses i n c l u d i n g 124,125,224. For a teaching m i n o r t h e t w o additional
courses must b e selected f r o m 215,314,351, 373,441.
Honors Major: GPA o f 3.5 i n mathematics; 3.1 overall. Comprehensive oral
examination, Program must b e submitted t o department d u r i n g first t e r m o f j u n i o r
year, and must i n c l u d e advanced study i n areas o f Analysis, Algebra, Topology, a n d
Mathematics-Education.
104 Basic Mathematics
A review of basic arithmetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions including
exponents, radicals, and ra~ionalexprcssionr; algebraic processes including factoring;
solvina equarions and inequalities In one variable, including linear ant1 quadratic; and
graphs of linear and quadratic equations anti linear inequalities in two varlahles. Docs not
apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. Does not satisfy the general education
requirement in mathematics.
114 Introduction to College Algebra and Trigonometry
Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, functions and graphs, linear equations,
exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial
theorem, logarithms and trigonometric functions. Does not apply toward a major or minor
i n mathematics. Students who have completed 124 may register for credit only with
consent of instructor.
121 Finite Mathematics
Topics of linearity and probability with applications to the social and behavioral sciences.
Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall)
122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications to the social and
behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. Students who
have completed 124 may not register for credit. (Spring)
124, 125, 224 Calculus I, 11, 111
Topics of the elementsof plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and
integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications
primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily for students i n the natural sciences. (124,
Fall; 125, Spring; 224, Fall)
131 Mathematics for the Arts
An introduction to the structure of mathematical systemsand mathematical modelswhich
have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts. Primarily for students not
intending further study of mathematics. Does not apply toward a major or minor in
mathematics. (Fall)
211 Number Theory
A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers
and their properties. (Prereq.: #)
215 Elementary Linear Algebra
Astudy of systems of linear equations, determinants,vectorspaces, linear transformations,
and matrices. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
226 Differential Equations
Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral
transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series
solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
Computer Science/89
242 Basic Concepts of Mathematics
The structureof mathematics underlying arithmeticand geometry. Emphasis is placed on
the tndt~ctlvetechniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school
mathemarics uurric~lla.Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq.:
Admission to Elementary Education Program)
314 lntroduction to Modern Algebra
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral
domains and fields. (Prereq.: 215. Fall)
324,325 Advanced Calculus I, II
Astudy of the fundamental concepts of calculusfor functionsof several variables including
the topology of Euclidean spaces, transformations, sequences and series of functions,
improper integrals,differential formsand manifolds,and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224.324,
Spring; 325, Fall)
351 Modern Geometry
A study of Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and
transformation methods with projective axiomsas a basis. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Spring 1982
and alternate years)
373 Probability and Statistics
An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and
densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall)
399 lnternship
Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project.
441 Foundations of Mathematics
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq.: 314,
324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring, 1983. Offered alternate years)
481 Topics in Mathematics
Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra,
topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314, 324, or # Spring)
499 Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and department.
Computer Science Courses
145 lntroduction to General Computer Programming
An introduction to computer methods including flowcharts, algorithms, and data
representation. Programming in PASCAL or BASIC. Primarily for students in non-science
areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics.
245 lntroduction to Scientific Computer Programming
A n iniraduttinn to carnprltrr languages and methods. Techniques studied include
Ilowcharts, alaorithrns, data representation and manipulatinn, hardware rt?gister operattons.antl ronjpllter organiration. Programming in machine languagt*,as~emt)lylanguage,
and FORTRAN or PASCAL. Examples and applications primarily from scicnce areas. Does
not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq.: Math 125 or #. Fall)
90/Medical Technology, Metro-Urban
355 Computer Science and Numerical Methods
h sri~dyof rnethntls uscd to solve probtcms on computers. Analysis of cornputatlonal
problemsanrl dpvclopment of al~orithmsfor their solu~ions,application of a pracedurro r i ~ r i t ~prngrilnlming
cl
languagr in numerical analy~~s.
Topin tncluric error analysis, the
a ~ n r r a concepl
l
of ill*rativc%
formutas, soh~tionof equatinns, Nrwton's methocl, linear
4yrterns, int~rlrolatlon,numerical rlit(~rcntiat~on
ant1 integration. Credit may be granted
toward a ma~tiematic~
rnajtrr or mlnur. (Prereq.: C.S. 245 ant! Math. 224 ur concurrent
registration. Fall)
Medical Technology
Neal 0 .Thorpe (Adviser)
This major involves the completion of three years of academic work at Augsburg
College and twelve months of internship at Metropolitan Medical Center or
Abbott-Northwestern Hospital.
Specific recommend~dcourses vary to sorneextrnt depending on the hospital with
which the student plans to affiliat~.I t is important to work closely with the Medical
Tcclinolo y adviser, hugsburg Collcgcdnes not guarantee that all students will be
accepted% the hospitals for thc 12-month internship. Students must negotiate
dirprlly wit{ he hos,~italsinvolved.
Students transferring to Augsbur College with an Associate of Arts degree or its
equivalent should expect to s cncflwa yearsat hugsburg before participating in the
internship year. The Medica Technology major is nut clesigned for persons who
already have the baccalaureate degrcc from ano~herinstitution.
P
Required Science Courses: 1) Biology 111, 112 and two additional upper division
(usually 367and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105,106 (or 115,116), 351,352,353; 3) Physics: 103
(or 121,122); one math course; one course in immunology.
Metro-Urban Studies
Garry W. Hesser (Director)
Major: 15 courscs including 10 care requirements: Economics 123: Political Scicncc
722; History 431; Sociology 111, 381: Economics 379 or Sociology 362; Poli~ical
Sctcnce 384 or Snriology 363: a minimum of one coursc of in~ernshipor
independent study; two non-social science courses w i t h an urban emphnsir,at least
one of which must be in !FIP hurnarlitirs (currenl options i n c l u d ~ Art
: 102, Religion
354, English 351, Speech 34.2, Physics 103,111, Biology 101,105).
To complete the major, the student has a choice among threc emphases or tracks:
Planning, Public Administration, or GeneraVLiberaI Arts. These fiveelective courses
must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a wide varicty of
courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other
ACTC colleges. as well as those offered through the Higher Educational Consortium
for Urban Affairs (HECUA).
Metro-Urban Studies/91
Minor: To be linked with a propriate majors (such as business administration,
history, political science, psyc~ology,
religion, sociolog,y, speech). Core courser arc
required for the concentration: Economics 120; Politica Sc~cncc122; Sociology 171,
381; an a proved Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or
indepenBent study.
399 lnternship
-
Metropolitan Resources
498 lndependent Study
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making
extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan
community, e.g. lectures,symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the
core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course is designed
i n consultation with and evaluated by a department faculty member.
499 lndependent Study
Urban Studies Options Through HECUA
A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)
This program focuses upon the Twin City metropolitan area.
358 Readings Seminar: Urban Issues
Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are
government and institution publications, journal articles and books.
359 Field Seminar: Twin Cities Metropolitan Area
Using the community as a classroom, students visit agencies, talk with specialists in various
fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities area. Topics include: geography,
government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social services.
399 Internship
Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A
learning contract is developed with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an
internship of one or two courses.
499 lndependent Study (Optional)
lndependent Study is done in conjunction with a one-course internship. I n consultation
with MUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and/or field research related
to subjects of seminars and/or major academic interests.
B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST)
This program is located at the University of Oslo and focuses upon Scandinavian
urbanization and city planning.
372 Norwegian Language and Culture
Students are placed I n beginning, intermediate or advanced study depending on
proficiency. Inslruction ernphasires conversational vocabulary to support student course
work and daily living in Oslo. A n orientation to current issues in Norwegian life and society
is coordinated wirli ~ h c
language instruction.
92/Metro-Urban Studies
373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities
Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian
cities are approached through a combination of lectures, guest speakers, and field work.
Emphasis is placed on Norwegian urban development with comparative analysis of other
Scandinavian countries.
396 Urban Planning
- in Scandinavia
Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are viewed
through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers. Course focus is on the
Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries.
499 lndependent Study
I n consultation with SUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and field
research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests.
C. South American Urban Semester (SAUS)
This "semester in the city" program is located in Bogota, Columbia. It focuses upon
urbanization and development in the Third World.
261 Spanish Language
Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels.
362 Proseminar: Urbanization in Latin America
Readings, discussions, and lectures in both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and
visiting Columbian urbanists.
363 Field Seminar: Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development in the Latin American City
Structured field course focusing on plight and prospects of the urban poor i n Bogota, with
field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison. Visits to various types of
barrios and to public and private agencies dealing with urban problems.
499 lndependent Study
In consultation with SAUS faculty, student elects a specific topic for library and/or field
research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests.
D. San Francisco Summer Term
An eight-week program integrating a field seminar, an internship, and independent
study.
382 Field Experience
383 Field Seminar: San Francisco
499 lndependent Study
Music
t , L. Flcming (Chairperson), Robert Adney, Robert E. Beverley, Michael Brand.
Mar are1 Brand, Laine Bryce, Edgar E. Eklof, Robert Fornandcr, M i c h a ~Fraxier,
l
5repfen Cabrielsen, Thomas Cilkey, Cynthia Coctr, Katherine Hcnnig, lamer D.
johnson, Robcrt KarIPn, Diane Kennelly. Merilre Klemp, Nic-holaq I-enz, Cynthia
Mclson, Roherta Mctzler, Ccleste O'Bricn, Alice Preves, Dana Skoglund, Emma
Small, George Stahl, Daniel Stt~rm,Larry Tallman, lames ten Bcns~I,~ a uThomas,
l
David Tubergen, Mary Wilson
Students wishing to major in Music at Augsburg College must make application to
the Music Faculty for acce tance into the programs. Such application should be
made by the beginning of t f e sophomore year. (See Music Department handbook
for further details.)
Bachelor of Arts Degree
Major: 12 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350or 476; 354or 355; 365 or 375; 457,458;
4 years of Performance Studies; recital performance.
Teaching Major: 11 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 457,458; two of 354,
355, 365, 375; 3 years of Performance Studies; education courses; and recital
performance. Consult with Department of Education for requirements in education.
Minor: 5 courses, 101, 702, 260 or 261, 457 or 458 and elective: 2 years nf
Performance Studies; 2 years In music ensembles: piano proficiency and 2 music
rcpcrtoirc tests; attendance at all Performance Workshops during tlie years of
Performance Studies and 50% of desi nateci recitals. Those wishing 10 minor in
music should rlectarp their intent by ehc end of their sophomore year, or at the*
camplction of Thcory 1112,
Bachelor of Music Degree
Major: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus350,457,458,476; two of 354,355,365,375,
499 and electives; 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods in the last 2
years, and junior and senior recitals. Bachelor of Music students are required to
study the French or German language lor a t least 1 year at Augsburg.
Bachelor of Science Degree
Major in Music Therapy: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476,354, 355 or
365,457 or 450; 3 years of performance studies including at leas^ one term of voice;
Music Thcrapy 360, 382, 383, 3'35, 393, 435, 495. Other requirements: Biology 103,
Eciucation 282; 2 Physical Erlucatio~i(232and 373 recommen(leci); 3 Psychology ancl 7
Saciology, includin Psych. 105, 362 and Psych. 264 or Soc. 362 (Recommended
courser include ~ryJ1.2~4,31,J52.355,35h,357and
Soc. Ill,
lZT,231,241,362,375);
7 Speech (176 rccommcnded); Music reciral or music therapy presentation during
t h senior
~
year.
This major normally requires four and one-half years for corn IetIon, with
internship afler four ycarr of academic preparation. Students ncpBto r ply for
intcrnrhip sites ninr months in advance of rtarllng dale. Students may ncecf'to reek
internship placements in other states, since the number of sites in Minncsota IS
limited. Upori satisfactory cornplerion ofthe program, tliestudent iseligible to apply
fnr r r r t i f i r s ~ i n n / r ~ ~ i c t r a t iwith
nn
I
~
N;lrinnal
P
A c c n r i ~ t i n nf a r M l ~ c r r~ h a r a n v I n r
radiratlon honors In music If they (1)
provldc leadership in: rhe promotion of hi^ er music performancestandards within
the Department of Music; breadth of musical interests by attendance at conccrts
bath o n and o f f campus; thc performing organizations; the creation anriJor
promotion of smaller performin cnsem bles; ( 2 ) have earr~eda GPA of at least 3.3 i n
music courses; and (3) apply for I%P Honors
.
Program at the beginning of t h e s e c o ~ ~ d
term of the junior year.
Honors Maior: Students may qualify for
1
Honors may be achieved by any one of the following ways: (1) two solo recitals of
graduate quality; (2) a musical composition for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble
of not less than 15 minutes duration and either a senior thesis and its defense before
a faculty committee or a solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior thesis and its
defense before a faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate quality.
Core Curriculum: All music majors must take the Core Curriculum of 6 music
courses: 101,102,223,224,260,261; perform in ensembles for 4 years; attend 75'lr;of
designated recitals every year; participate in Performance Workshop each year of
Performance Studies; and pass a piano proficiency test and 3 music r r p e r t o i r ~tests.
Performance Worksho and Recital Requirements: A t t ~ n d a n ca~t Performance
Workshop and 75% oi&rignated recitals ir r c q u i r ~ rof
l music majors. Music minors
musl attcnd 50'X of rlesipnated recitals as well as all Ikrformanre Workshops tiuring
Ihe yearsof l l ~ ~Pertarnlance
ir
5tucfirs. All music majors and minors must rcgister for
Pcrfwrmance Workstlap. A recital in thcir area of Performance concentration is
requircd of majors tiuring either the 'unior or senior year, A music therapy major
may r u b i r i ~ u r e
rl senior plerentation lor thc rrcitai requirement. Junior and rcnior
recitalr i n t he area of Performance Studies concent ratinn is requircd of R~chelorsof
Music.
Piano Proficiency Requirement: All majors and minors are required to pass a piano
proficiency examination by the end of the sophomore year. Confer with department
regarding specific requirements.
Music Lessons: During the junior and senior years, a student who has been
accepted by the department as a Music Major receives required lessons in the area
of his concentration without extra cost. The total of Performance Studies credits
earned under this provision may not exceed four semesters of weekly half-hour
lessons.
Transfer Students in Music: A junior Or senior student transferring to Au sburg
College as a music major rnua take a placement tcrt in rnuric theory Relore
regisiratiwn. Application lor acceptance into a music program shoutd Ire madeat the
end of the student's first term a t Augshurg, after passing the piano proficiency test.
Transfer students will not qualify far frec private instruction without at least one
term of residency a t kugsburg College,
101,102,223,224 Theory
Music Theory is an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of
instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint,
and analysis) are presented in parallel, rather than in sequence. (101, 223, Fall. 102, 224,
Spring)
230 Introduction to the Fine Arts
The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers from
each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and theother fine arts.
For the non-music major. (Fall)
260 History and Literature of Music
Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall)
261 History and Literature of Music
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. (Spring)
325 Scandinavian Music
I n a historical approach to the study of music in the five Nordic countries, opportunity is
offered for investigation into topics of particular interest. Suitable for both non-musicand
music majors. (Fall)
331 Diction for Singers
(Spring, alternate years)
330 Vocal Repertoire
A historical survey of solovocal literature from 1600to the present. Thestudy includes such
aspects of concern for the performer as interpretation, style, and diction. (Spring)
350 Choral Technique and Arranging
Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, materials,
techniques and arranging. (Spring)
354 lnstrumental Technique
The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall)
355 lnstrumental Technique
The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring)
365 lnstrumental Technique
Elementary technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Fall)
375 lnstrumental Technique
Advanced technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring)
380 Music of the Western Church
Development and influenceof the musicof the Christian church. Designed forthegeneral
student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Spring)
440 Advanced Musicianship
Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired in music theory and
history classes to the study of 20th century music. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
457 Conducting
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of
choral ensembles. (Fall)
458 Conducting
Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental
ensembles. (Spring)
476 Orchestration
The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes
and types. (Fall)
96/Music Therapy
488,489 Piano Teaching Methods
Instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. Students will
give individual lessons to children under the supervision of the instructor. No course
credit.
499 Independent Study
Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the
departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of the faculty.
Music Therapy
110 Introduction to Music Therapy
A survey of the music therapy programs in the surrounding area, with field trips to various
institutions; an introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music
therapy as a major; gives the students a broad background in the ways in which music is
used as a therapy. (Interim)
360 Therapeutic Recreational Music
Study of guitar and recorder, Orff instruments, applications of recreational music activities
to clinical settings. Practicum/experience required as part of course work.
382 Psychological Foundations of Music I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project.
383 Psychological Foundations of Music II
Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on music in a clinical
setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382)
395 Influence of Music on Behavior
A study of man as he relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and
biological aspects of musical behavior.
399 Music Therapy Clinical Internship
Full-time placement in an internship setting approved by the National Association for
Music Therapy for six months. This is started after completion of the senior year and is
necessary for registration by the NAMT. Applications for internship sites must be made
nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited.
435 Music in Therapy
The study and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded,
and physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395)
495 Practicum in Music Therapy
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a week, six terms. No credit.
Music Workshops, Recitals, Performance Studies
Performance Workshops: An informal setting for student performances, seminars,
and guest lecture demonstrations.
Recitals: Student recitals afford an opportunity for public performance and
acquaint students with all aspects of preparation and presentation of a quality
performance. To fulfill their performance requirement, music students must
register for Junior Recital or Senior Recital for the term of rhrir recital.
Performancestudies: Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students.
Piano-Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those
lessons in Iano laken after the piano proficiency examination has been passed may
beapplie toward the music major ar minor. Class lessons in pianoare available for
students majoring in voice or another instrument.
S
Organ - Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying.
Voice - Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, interpretation, flexibility, ear training as needed. Class instruction in voice available for
students majoring on a keyboard instrument, band or orchestral instrument.
-
Guitar
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Class
lessons in guitar available for students majoring in voice or another instrument.
-
Orchestral and Band Instruments
Woodwind, Brass, String, and Percussion
Instruments: Technique as needed, repertoire, performance.
Music Organizations
The music organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for
any student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity
for musical expression.
Augsburg Choir
Wind Ensemble
Chamber Orchestra
(Membership by audition)
Brass Ensemble
Chorale
Jazz Ensemble
Percussion Ensemble
String Ensemble
Woodwind Ensemble
98/Natural Science
Natural Science
Earl R. Alton (Coordinator)
Ma'or for Pre-Medical Students: 14 courses including Biology 111,112,491 or 492,
and two upper division courses; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106). 351, 352, and
Quantitative Analytical Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 122or 124and 125; Physics
121, 122.
This major is presented as an option for pre-medical students who wish LO take a
major which provides the science courses necessary and recomm~ncletlfor
admission to most m ~ d i c aschools,
l
including t h e University of Minnesota Mcdical
School. and also permilsa numbcr olelectivrs. The student should choose elpctivrs
carefully, keeping in mind thespecific rcquirementsof tlie medical schools to which
hc or she intends to apply. Early ca~isultation with a premedical adviqer is
recommended.
Licensure Program for Teachers: The Minnesota Board of Teaching has approved
the liccnsur~program for science teachers and authorized Augsburg to recommend
cantlirlates in Lifc Science, grades 7-12; Life Science (minor), grades 7-12; Physical
Scicncc, Chemistry major or Physics major, rades 7-12; Chemistry minor), grades
7-12; Physics (minor), grades 7-12; and M i d le School Science, gra es 5-9.
d
!
All Natural Science teaching majors must complete the Broad Base courses and in
addition meet the requirements for a Life Science, Physical Science or Middle
School Emphasis.
Thc program of courses is designed ta provide a broad, basic background in science
and allow for specialization in an area. Xhp following pro rams assulne that the
student will mept tlie general education requirements of t (; college and, in the
pliysical science, have at Least one year of calculus. Consult with the Department of
Education for rcquirementr, in Education. Early cans~~ltation
with ~ d v i s e ris
recommended.
a
&road Base Courses: 7 courses, 1 in Earth Science (Physics 101 or 161); 2 in Life
S c i ~ n (Riology
r~
111,112); 4 i n Physical Science (Physics 121,122and Chemistry 115,
116 (or l05,106).To njakethe program slightly moreflexible, it is recommended that
students with emphasis in life science have both courses in earth science and
substitute Physics 103 for Physics 121,122.
Life Science Emphasis: 8 courses, 1 Cognate (Chemistry 223); 7 Biology courses,
including 491 Seminar and at least one from each of the following groups: (1) 351 or
353; (11) 355 or 474; (111) 361 or 481; (IV) 471 or 473; (V) 440 or 476.
Physical Science Emphasis - Chemistry Major: 7 courses and chemistr seminar,
Chemistry 351, 352,353, 361 and 362 (or Biology 367, Biochemistry), 482, PKysics 245.
Physical Science Em hasis - Physics Major: 7 courses, Physics 245,351,362,395 and
three additional to r e selected from Physics 261, 270, 352, 363, 481, 486,488.
Note: Candidates ma be recommended for licensure in Physical Science upon
corn letion of eit her P ysical Science Emphasis-Chemistry major or Physical Science
EmpRarir - Physics major. The student licensed in Physical Science may teach
chemistry and/or physics in grades 7-12.
Middle School Science Emphasis (Grades 5-9): 7 courses, 2 in Earth Science (Physics
101 or 161, the alternative course not taken in the Broad Base section); 2 in Life
Science (and two biology courses above 112); 3 in Physical Science (Chemistry 223,
353; Physics 245).
Certification with Minor: For Life Science, 7 courses in Biology plus the Broad Base;
for Chemistry, 351,352 or 223,353,361 and 362 or 482 plus the Broad Base; for Physics,
any four courses above 122 plus the Broad Base.
Nursing
Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Darlene Dommel, Carol Hoffman, Susan Knust,
Nancy Malcolm, JoEttaA. Vernon, Helen Woelfel
Augsburg offers an upper division major in nursing leading to a Bachelor of Science
degree.
Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate degree or
diploma program in nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a
current license to practice as an R.N. in the state of Minnesota; and completion of
courses in inorganic chemistry, organic or biochemistry, anatomy and physiology,
microbiology, English composition, introductory sociology and introductory
psychology. Students must take these courses at Augsburg or another accredited
college or university prior to admission to the nursing major.
In addition, each applicant must successfully complete theoretical and simulated
clinical performance testing prior to acceptance to the major. These tests are given
at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing.
Applicants must give evidence of current nursing clinical practice, within the past
five years. This may include 1) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work
experience, or 3) completion of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable
equivalent.
Major: 11courses(70coursect~dits)in
nursingincludin 303,304,310,311,325,350,
403, 404, 423,427, and 430: I%ycholo~y
355 completed cfurinp.the first semester of
study in the major; a minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course, a 2.5 GPA i n the
nursing major to progress.from I ~ junior
P
to the senior year, and a cilmulative CPA
of 2.5 a t ihe completion of the courses of study; students i n nursing may pursue
part-t lme study, but arr required to c o m p l e t ~14 courses at Augshur College. The
prcrequiritc r o u r i c r i n rociolo y, psychology. English, chemirfly an%biology listecl
abuve rndy apply toward dirtrigution rcquirerncnts as well as toward admiriion to
the major. Courses in interpersonal cornmunicaiions, meclical crhics ant1 descriptive
statistics are supportive tn lhe major.
Courses in the nursing major are designed so that they may be corn leted within two
academic years. However, more than two years may be requireBto complete the
total course of study, depending on the number of credits transferred from other
colleges or universities.
303 Contemporary Nursing 1 (1/2 course)
This course is one of the transitional courses that introduces the student t o components of
the professional role and begins the professional and socialization process. The communication process is emphasized as one means by which the nurse-client relationship is
established and maintained. Interactive communication theories are explored for their
applicability t o changing roles and professional practice. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.:
Acceptance into the nursing major)
304 Contemporary Nursing 11 (1/2 course)
This course introduces theories and conceptual thinking in the process of professional
development. The function of theory i n guiding nursing practice i n emphasized. Selected
nursing theories are examined. (Spring-Junioryear. Prereq.: 303)
310 Community Health Nursing I
This course focuses o n systems theory, change, and concepts of health as they apply to
current community health issuesand the practiceof nursing. Clinical application of course
content will involve making a health assessment and exploring a community health issue.
(Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major)
311 Community Health Nursing II
This course provides a knowledge base for understanding romrnunily characteristics and
cultural diversity related t o health care. The nurse's role asil generalist and as a member of
the health team i s explored. This course is primarily a clinical course. The student will
demonstrate knowledge of community health concepts in pravirling care t n a selected
caseload of clients. (Spring-Junior year. Prereq.: 303, 310, 325, Psy 355)
325 Nursing Process
I n thiscourse the student learns approaches t o assessment and the use of assessment tools
i n the nursing process. The student usescommunication skillstoobtain a health history and
negotiate health goals. Clinical experiences provide the student with an opportunity t o
make a holistic health assessment within a developmental framework. (Fall-Junior year.
Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major).
330 Trends and Issues in Nursing
This course is designed t o investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse.
Contemporary social and professional trends and issues are explored i n light of their
implications for nursing practice. (Interim-Junior year).
350 Introduction to Nursing Research
The research process and methods appropriate t o nursing are the focus of this course.
Issues of ethics i n nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing research for its
applicability t o nursing practice. (Spring-junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance i n t o t h e nursing
major, Math 121 o r a course in descriptive statistics)
403 Contemporary Nursing Ill
This course provftlrsa t h ~ o r ~ t i cbasis
a l for family nursing care. Content includesfamily as a
group, family and grollp rlynarnlcs i n light of situational and developmental events.
Consideration isgiven t o the rrncrging role of the nurse in family health care. (Fall-Senior
year. Prereq.: 304, 311, 325, 330, 350. To be taken prior to or concurrently with 423)
404 Contemporary Nursing IV
This course relates leadership and management theories and e~nergingprofessional nurse
roles t o primary nursing. Concepts of change, conflict, communication and system
dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and advoracy proviclp the basis for role
development and professionalism. (Spring-Senior year. Pr~req.:403. To be taken prior t o
or concurrently with 427)
423 Practicum i n Nursing I
This course is a clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to apply content
from 403 i n providing complex nursing care t o families i n a selected practice setting.
(Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: To be taken concurrently with or following 403*)
427 Practicum in Nursing II
This course is a synthesis course utilizing knowledge and skills from 404. Opportunity is
provided t o apply leadership and management theory i n a selected hospital setting.
(Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 403, 423. To be taken concurrently with or following 404*)
499 Independent Study
This learning experience providestheopportunity for thestudent tostudy aselected topic
or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and submit written study proposals,
objectives, and methods of evaluation prior t o registration.
*If the practicums i n nursing are not taken concurrently with their respective theory courses,
students are required to consult with faculty prior t o registration regarding review of the
theoretical content.
Philosophy
Bruce Reichenbach (Chairperson), Kenneth Bailey, Mark Fuehrer
Major: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242,343, and 344.
Minor: 5 courses, including two courses from 241, 242, 343, and 344.
Honors Major: Admission to the Pl~ilosophyHonors pro ram is by r~cornrnendation of the philcmphy faculry. such reromrncndntionr w i l l t e madcat the ~ n ofthe
d
junior year. The program will consist of a n honors thesis on an approved topic of the
student's choicc, involving research alrrov~the course level, and a defenrt of this
thesis before t h r I a c ~ ~ lof
i y t h departmrn~.
~
Note: Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general
education requirement.
110 Introduction to Philosophy: Ideas and Method
Though each person has his o w n set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically
analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. O n e reason for this is that
individuals lack the needed skills. Another i s that they may have had little opportunity t o
examine critically some of the ideas basic to western culture. The purposes of this course
are t o provide the student with some experience i n examining ideas, and thereby t o
sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas
and beliefs.
120 Ethics
Sometimes you say thatacertain action i s right or condemn itas wrong. Why d o you think it
is right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or
wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions,
and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them.
130 Logic
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular
conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion follow from premises? Here we examine
the rules which govern valid argumentsand work to develop your ability to recognize and
construct sound arguments.
241 History of Philosophy I: Plato and Aristotle
How, when and why did phiiosophy begin? Who were Sor-rates, Plato, Aristotle and the
Stoics; what did they belleve? Why did Platn think that t l r physlcal
~
world was not overly
important, and what did he valur7 Wow ditl Arisio!l~,thr srientrst, respond to this? The
answers to these and other questions will hr considered as ro reveal what these great
philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall)
242 History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy
The Middle Ages are often regarded as a period of darkness, whereas the Renaissancewas a
timeof rediscovery and enlightenment. How dark were the Middle Ages; how enlightened
the Renaissance?We shall attempt to discover the grandeur of the Medieval philosophers,
learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore the
worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance, and the new methodology of
the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 241.)
343 History of Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy
Where does knowledge h g i n ? In innate ideas or with experience? What can we really
know about the wt,rld? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy?This course
studies the malor empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Herkcley, Humc). Kant's synthesis
of philosophy, 79th century idealism, and the reaction to idcalism in men such as Marx,
Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall. Suggested prior course, 241 or 242.)
344 History of Philosophy IV: Contemporary Philosophy
What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is truth that which
works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt
with in a study of the major representativesof linguisticanalysis, pragmatism, existentialism,
and phenomenology. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 241,242, or 343.)
350 Philosophy of Religion
What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what can be said about
him i f hedoes?Can we reconcile thegoodnessof God with human and animal suffering? Is
man really immortal? Are miracles possible? We will conduct a systematic inquiry into
these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in
philosophy.)
355 Oriental Philosophy
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism,
Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course i n philosophy.)
362 Political Philosophy
As residents of an urban college we are citizens of the city. What is the relation between the
citizen and the city? In a larger context, what i s the origin of the State and the basis for its
laws? What relation holds between law and morality, and between God, the Church and
the State?This coursestudies the key conceptsof politics found in the tradition of western
political thought.
365 Philosophy of Science
The scientist's knowledge of the world i s purported to be profoundly different and better
than that of the non-scientist. Is this true? What constitutesscientific knowledge?Are there
certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by
the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students
will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences.
(Suggested prior course, 130 or one course in natural science.)
370 Existentialism
Studies i n the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist
authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-the-world, and explore such
themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested: One prior course in
philosophy)
380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and
delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and
euthanasia.
410 Topics in Philosophy
Advanced studies covering a specific area of philosophy, such as studies in the thought of
individual philosophers, philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific
problem, or interdisciplinary problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for
credit. (Suggested prior courses, any from 241, 242,343, 344, or #.)
430 Studies in Individual Philosophers
Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx,
Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses: 241,242,
343, or #)
499 Independent Study
Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student,
worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser.
Physics
Kermit E. Paulson (Chairperson), Kenneth N. Erickson, Ted Hanwick, Mark
Engebretson
Major: 9 courses, including 121,122,245,351,362 and 395 plus three courses above
122. In Planning theircoursesof study, students are encouraged to work closely with
members of t h r physics faculty. Normally, students should have Mathematics 124,
125, and Physics 121, 122 the freshman year, and Mathematics 224 and 226 the
sophomore year,
Teaching Major: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer to the
Education Department section of the catalog and consult with the Education
Department early in their planning.
Minor: 5 courses, including 121,122, and three courses above 122.
Honors Major: A GPA o f 3.6 i n physics a n d 3.0 overall. A n inrlependent investigat i o n o f a physics t o p i c w i t h an oral defense of t h e w r i t t e n research report.
Application f o r t h e honors major should b e made n o later t h a n t h e first t e r m o f t h e
senior year.
Societ of Physics Students: The Augsburg cha ter o f Society o f Physics Students
providYes students t h e o p ortunities o f m e m b e r s R p i n a national physics society a n d
o f participating i n t h e p ysics c o m m u n i t o n a professional basis. M e m b e r s h i p i n
SPS i s o p e n t o all students interested i n p ysics.
1
K
Sigma Pi Sigma: M e m b e r s h i p i n t h e Augsburg chapter o f this national physics
h o n o r society is o p e n t o those students w h o have c o m p l e t e d t h e equivalent o f a
m i n o r i n physics, h a v e a G P A o f 3.0in physicsand overall,and rank i n t h e u p p e r t h i r d
o f their class.
101 Astronomy
A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies.
The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting
telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, and a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3
one-hour lectures.)
103 Physics for the Life Sciences
An introductory course in which the applications, problems,and experimentsareselected
not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of
physics to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students in biology, psychology,
physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science
programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the
liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elem, algebra. Fall)
111 Physics, Computers, and Society
A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical science. Attention will
be given to the interaction of physics and its associated technology with philosophy,
religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and digital electronics will lead up to
discussion of the meaning of twentieth century physics and of the role of electronics and
computers in modern society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in the laboratory.
(3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall)
121,122 General Physics I, II
A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and
magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors in physics and other specified
majors. Must be taken in sequence. (3one-hour lectures,3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Math
124 or concurrent registration. 121, Fall; 122 Spring)
245 Modern Physics
An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimental basis. Relativity,
quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics.Thiscourse
indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall)
261 Electronics
An introduction to the use of electronic instruments and integrated circuit devices. A
review of D.C. and A.C. circuits precedes discussion of semiconductor devices. Study of
analog and digital circuits culminates in the use of microprocessors and applications to
computer interfacing. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122, or 103 plus
math. 122 or 125 and #. Spring)
270 Optical Physics
The emphasis is o n physical optics, making frequent use of the complex expression for a
wave: interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introducation t o the electromagnetic
theory. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122. Fall)
351, 352 Mechanics I, II
A careful study of classical mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and the
Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single
particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of
rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference
frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Math. 226. 351, Fall; 352 Spring)
362, 363 Electromagnetic Fields I, II
The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus
throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations,
electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic radiation
based o n Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: Math. 226. 362, Fall; 363,
Spring)
395 Comprehensive Laboratory
An emphasis o n independent laboratory investigations, including participation i n physics
seminars. Experiments i n the area of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum physics,
electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics. (2 three-hour laboratory
and 1 seminar hour per week. Prereq.: Junior standing or consent of instructor. Spring)
481 Thermal Physics
The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important
variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints;
the experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic
statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 351. Spring)
486 Quantum Physics I
A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger
equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential
barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.:
245, 351, 352. Fall)
488 Quantum Physics II
The application of quantum mechanics t o specific topics chosen from the areas of solid
state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 486. Spring)
499 Independent Study
A n opportunity for students t o explore systematically a problem in experimental or
theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. O p e n t o juniorsand
seniors with departmental approval.
106/PoIiticaI Science
-
Political Science
M i l d a H e d b l o m (Chairperson), N o r m a Noonan, Barbara Richards-Haugen, Myles
Stenshoel
Major: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (Soc. 362). Required: 121 o r 122 o r 160 o r
170; 158; 384; a n d at least 5 o t h e r u p p e r division courses i n 4 o u t o f 5 Political Science
Areas. A seminar i n o n e o f t h e five areas may b e c o u n t e d for that area.
Minor: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n : 121 o r 122 o r 170; 158; a n d at least 3 u p p e r division
7
courses i n 3 o u t o f 5 Politica Science Areas.
Honcrs Major: The H o n o r s M a j o r i n Political Science includes the requirements
listed above, lus thc f o l l o w i n g : The student's gradp-point average must bc 3.5 i n
Ihr major anA.0 overall. ~hestudenfrnurl take an H o n o r s fn<irpendenl 5turly and n
seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1 of [lie setitor year, an I-lonors
Tli~sisto be d e f e n d e d bcforc a faculty commirree. Students may w o r k with any
rnemlrcr of Ihr: Department o n their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements,
s h o u l d ,rppIy for Ihe Horlars
c o n ~ u l lhe Departmental Honors Adviser. Stude~~ts
M a j o r no later than the fi1.52 t e r m of the junior yPar.
Political Science Areas: (I) American G o v e r n m e n t a n d Politics (11) Comparative
Politics a n d Analysis ( I l l ) International Politics (IV) Public Law (V) Political Theory
a n d Analysis. Any course listed i n m o r e t h a n o n e area may b e c o u n t e d i n o n l y o n e
area t o w a r d major o r m i n o r requirements.
Note: Students interested i n secondary education may take a political science
major i n c o m b i n a t i o n w i t h specified social science courses, i n compliance w i t h state
requirements. For m o r e information, see t h e d e p a r t m e n t chairperson o r t h e Social
Studies Coordinator.
See t h e class schedule f o r precise listing o f terms i n w h i c h courses are offered.
I. American Government and Politics
121 American Government and Politics
The politics of American government including the pattern of participation; the dynamics
of congressional, executive, and bureaucratic policymaking; the contemporary structure
of federalism; and current issues in American society.
122 Metropolitan Complex
Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing
public policy i n the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture,simulation,and meetings
with political experts and activists.
325 Public Administration
The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the United States;
governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 1 course in Political Science or #)
326 Political Parties and Behavior
The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing publicopinion and political parties in
the electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media in
presidential elections (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: 121 or #. Fall
term of election years)
Political Science/l07
342 Mass Communications in Society
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media
for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming.
370 Constitutional Law I
(See Section IV for description. Offered alternate years)
371 Constitutional Law II
(See Section IV for description. Offered alternate years)
421 Topics in American Politics
Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in
American politics; national, urban or state focus; topicto be included in subtitle. (Prereq.:
Two courses in Political Science or #. Offered on demand.)
11. Comparative Politics and Analysis
158 Political Patterns and Processes
An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process with some
comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues.
350 Comparative Democracies
The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political
behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #)
351 Communist Political Systems
A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other communist states in terms of political
behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or
#.I
381 Democratic Theory and Practice
(See Section V for description)
459 Topics in Elite and Mass Behavior
In-depth study of the elite and/or mass participation in the political system. (Offered on
demand. Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #).
Ill. International Politics
160 World Politics
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of
the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent
problems.
363 Communist Foreign
- Policies
Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of
Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course
in Political Science or #)
461 Topics in International Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included in subtitle.
(Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.)
108/Political Science
IV. Public Law
170 Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of
courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as
politics; historic and contemporary legal issues.
370 Constitutional Law I
The legal-political-philosophical role of the Supreme Court in the American political
system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in the national
government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years)
371 Constitutional Law I1
Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied
by the Supreme Court t o the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals.
(Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years)
V. Political Theory and Analysis
158 Political Patterns and Processes
(See Section I I for description)
380 Western Political Thought
A study of influential political philosophers from Plato through Rawls, emphasizing the
values, goals, and assumptions which continue to inform and to rationalize human
governance. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.)
381 Democratic Theory and Practice
A study of democratic theory and public policy practice with focus on the emergence of
political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. (Prereq.:
One course i n Political Science or #.)
382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as
developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic
dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged in the
doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or #.)
384 Political Analysis
An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including an
examination of the requirements of science as a model for political study; major research
required. (Prereq.: Statistical Analysis; Political Science 158 and two upper division
courses, or #.)
Seminars, Independent Study and Internships
199 lnternship
Lower division internship. Consult lnternship Supervisor in the department to determine
project. (Fall, Interim, Spring.)
295 Lower Division Seminar
Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter.
(Offered on demand)
Psychology/lOg
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
399 lnternship
Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter.
(Prereq.: #.)
498 lndependent Study: Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making
extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan
community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the
core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in
consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring)
499 lndependent Study
Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring)
Psychology
Richard Marken, (Chairperson), Lyla Mae Anderegg, Grace Dyrud, Norman
Ferguson, Duane Johnson
Major: 10 courses including 105,264,265,381 or 399, and 493, with a minimum of 5
courses a1 Augsburg; Physics 103, Not more than two courses from among 299,399
and 499 may bc counted lowarrl the minimum 10 psychology courses requircd for a
wiajor. This rcsrriction applies toward the minimum requirement only. The stirdent
may actually take more such courses. The major program sliould includc 105 in [he
freshman year, 264 and 265 in the freshman or sophn~nor~!
ear. 381 or 399 in !he
junior year, and 493 in ihe senior year. The major program is p/anned in conrr~lrntion
with a n adviser in the psychology department ancl is a proved by the departrnent
chairpprron. The overall plan is directpd toward a l a r i r undrrrtnnrling o l the
discipline of psychology and toward the particular educational, vocarional and
professional goals of t h p indiviclual student. A written plan far the major should be
cornple~edand approved by the beginning of the junior year. I t is reconimended
[hat psycholo~ymajars t a k e additional course work from other arcas that will
cornpl~rnentand strengthen their particular interests in psychology, for examplc,
devrloping a minor in business izdminis~ration,biology, or cornmunica~ionis
recommended far many students.
Minor: 5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Au sburg. Not more
than one course from 299,399, and 499 may be counted toward t e minor.
E
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, and completion of a high
quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors
consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department
chairperson for more detailed requirements.
Certificatein ProgramEualuation: 5 courses including PSY 264 or SOC 362,SOC363,
PSY 399,450, ' r h c ~ ecoursrs a r e designed to proviclc the cognlt ive barkground and
skill developrncnt to pcrform well a s a rescarch assistant for agenciw or firms which
[lo program rvalualions or an crnployee who can rlevelop and maintain ongoing
self-asstlssmenr programs for an employer agency, Sce dcpar~mentchairperson for
furthcr dctails.
105 General Psychology
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of
understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major
sub-areas, is emphasized.
251 Sensing and Perceiving
An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems. Emphasis on the
processing of environmental information and how this relates to adaptive behavior and
subjective experience. Topics include: adaptation to novel environments, machine
intelligence, and anomalous perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 105, Alternate years)
264,265 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I, II
A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem
solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both
statistical and experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for
credit without continuing in Research Methods II. Majors in psychology must take both
terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be taken in the term
immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105)
299 Directed Studv
Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be
completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration.
351 Developmental Psychology: Child
Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical
systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into
practical implications and applications of data and theory in respect to the development of
children. (Prereq.: 105)
352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Adult
Emphasis on normal development and behavior of the adolescent and adult. Theoretical
bases used for building understanding of and appreciation for the developmental process.
Active consideration of the meaning that data and theory have for the development of
people in the adolescent and adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 351)
355 Brain & Behavior
A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in
animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep & wakefulness, motivation &
emotion, learning & memory, and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 105 and one course in
biology. Fall)
356 Environment and Behavior
A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and man-made, has on
behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality,
defensible space & crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings & cities.
(Prereq.: 105. Spring)
357 Learning
Learning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior
r h a n u and
~
indivirl11nli7edi n s t r ~ ~ r t i nnrniects.
n
IPrerea.: 1051
359 Measurement
Theory and principles of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest,
personality and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 105)
361 Personality
An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention directed toward
personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 105. Fall)
362 Abnormal Psychology
An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and psychological points of view. Visitation to a variety of community service agencies will accompany
classroom learning. (Prereq.: 105. Spring)
371 Psychology of the Individual: Female and Male
A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex differences
and roles, the effect of society upon values and goals, differential legal status and feminist
movement views, and physiological data bearing on these differences. (Prereq.: 105 or #)
373 Organizational Psychology
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as
management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social
influences. An organizational field experience. (Prereq.: 105)
375 Social Psychology
See under Department of Sociology,
381 Psychology in Historical Perspective
Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.:
two psychology courses. Alternate years)
399 Internship
Interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register.
-
450 Proaram Evaluation
The application of sclentifir research rcchniques and statistical analysis ro provrams for
social improvement. Designing inforniation systems for thc ongoing mon~toringof
programs, Assessing cornrnunlty needs. Assersing program effectlvrtit?~~
and effici~ncy,
The ~~oliflcdlantl
organtzarional canrrxl of progrdm mt~riitnringandevaluat~on.
The roleof
evaluation rcsearch for social palicy and program improvcrnenr. (Prereq.: PSY 264 or SQC
362; 50C 363)
485 Counseling Psychology
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given
to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and senior
standing. Spring)
490 Current Topics in Psychology
Study of selected areas and topics in psychology that are not treated extensively through
current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.:
105 and #. Alternate years)
493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration
of the approaches and methods used by psychologists i n studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5
courses)
499 Independent Study
Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Students
must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rationale
and purpose for the proposed study.
Religion
Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson), Paul Almquist, John Benson, Delores Burtness,
James Burtness, David Fagerberg, Irene Getz, Norma Knutson, R. John Singh,
Eugene M. Skibbe, Paul Sonnack, Bruce Stuart
Academic Major: 8 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 481 and 495, the seminar
especially for majors, taken in rhc junior or senior year. Before taking seminar, each
major must have writtrn onp formal research paper and placed it on file with I ~
department chairperson. Only one interim course may be applied to the major. Onc
upper division Ncw Te~tamentGreek coursp may be applied to the major.
Church Staff Worker Religion Major: 9 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 362, 399,
481,354 or 358,360 or 483,471 or 473. These together with specified courses in other
departments can lead t o Augsburg certification.
public School Religion Maiot: The Minnesota Department of Edtrcat ion does not at
the nresent time r r a n l teacher crr~ificatlonIora religion maioror r n i n 0 r . T ~crrenare
for (caching a b o h rclfgion in publicschools, the stiden1 sfiould work clo5&ly with
the Kcliginn De artrncnt to rlesi n a program which include^: a ) a major in an
academic rield wEirh is crrtiliable
i h e r l a l r fnrelemcntary or secondary tenchina,
and b) a religion major of 8 courses, including 111, 221, 355, 356,360,363 and 471.
ky
Minor: 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted for the minor.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 over-all; research project approved
by the department and colloquium with the department.
Church Staff Worker Certificate: 9 Religion courses ( I l f , 221,356,362,481,354 or
358,360or 483,471 or474,399); Psychology 105,357,352 or 371,485, Sociology 111or
Psychology 373, Sncialog 231; Physical Erltlca~ion232; Speech 354 or 355,499. This
program r n w t s o r excepc s thc eclucational requirements of T ~ American
P
Lutheran
Church, but certification b the church is a separate func~ion.By oc'ldin two or three
courses from appropriate c cpartrncnts, th~stuclentcan develr,pspecia cmphases i n
parish edt~catian,business management or diaconal work.
1Y
7
7
Notes: Religion 111 or 221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval
is necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion
Department and/or general education course credit.
All majors are urged to consult with the department chair.
111 Introduction to Theology
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the
church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. 221 Biblical Studies
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of
biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church.
P
350 Philosophy of Religion
(See under Department of Philosophy)
353 Denominations and Sects in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects. Some
contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. (Spring)
354 Life of the Church in the Life of the City
The Gospel and various forms of ministry evident in urban structures.
355 The Study of Religion in the Public Schools
The history of studying religion in public schools, the problems associated with such
efforts, the resources available to the teacher and the actual teaching itself will be
examined. The theological, as well as the legal and educational implications will be
analyzed and discussed.
356 History of Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including
Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some
discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. (Fall)
358 Life and Work of the Church
Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to Christian educati0.n
and curriculum, youth work and parish work.
360 Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis
with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements
i n American society. (Spring)
361 Church Fathers
A study of the early Christian Church i n the context of the Roman Empire, including such
topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianity in
conflict with Gnosticism and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian
worship; also including the theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on
the life and thought of Augustine. (Spring)
362 Theology of the Reformers
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth
century. Special attention tothe writingsof Martin Luther and other representativefigures.
(Fall)
363 Religion in America
A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious
liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its
environing culture. (Fall)
364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavian immigration to this country.
(Offered as funding permits)
380 Music of the Western Church
(See under Department of Music)
399 Internship
Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses, have at least first
semester Junior standing, and satisfy department guidelines.
471 Jesusand His Interpreters
Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with
their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations
given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall)
472 Theology of Paul
A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early
church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. (Spring 1982)
473 The Message of the Old Testament
The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with
emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Spring 1983)
475 Judaism
A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament period to modern
times, with emphasis placed upon the religious dev~lopmcnr.A special interest i n such
modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and H~schel,The J e w i ~ h
Chatailqila Society annually
makes a grant to Augsburg Collcgr in partial support of this coursr i q Judaism offered in
the religion department. (Fall)
481 Contemporary Theology
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as
seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the
Christian Church. (Spring)
482 Contemporary Roman Catholic Theology
New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed i n the writings of some of its
representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic
definitions of the church.
483 Christian Ethics
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological
dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon
moral action. (Fall)
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of
instructor. (Fall)
499 Independent Study
Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy departmental guidelines.
Russian, Scandinavian A r e a / l l 5
Russian Area Studies
Norma C. Noonan (Campus Coordinator)
The major in Russian Area Studies i s a cooperarive program of the Associated
Cnlleges of theTwin Cities {AC'I'C).It seeks togive the student the broadest possible
exposure to Russian and Soviet life, history, politics, I~tcrature,tradition, and
philosophy. In addition 10 providing a goorl liberal education, the program can
enable m d e n t s to prepare for graduatc study, or careerr; in areas such as
government, international business, o r teaching.
Major: 11 courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent
competencies); 2 courses in Russian history; 1 course in Marxist theory; 1 course in
Russian literature; 1 course in Soviet politics; 2 other courses of approved electives.
Minor: 6 courses: 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent
competencies); 1 course in Russian history; 1 course in Soviet politics; 1 course in
Marxist theory; 1 other course from the approved list of electives.
Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator.
Scandinavian Area Studies
Mildred Joel (Director)
Major: 8 upper division courses.
Minor: 4 upper division courses.
Note: Major programs musr contain 4 courses listed in the Augsburg Catalog or
transferred to Augsburg as upper divislon Scandinavian Area Studies courses, i.e.,
courses [aught by a Scandinavian Ian ua e de artment or subdepartment re ardlcrs of their conicnl, which may %P Bnau&tic, literary or curursI. Stu ents
rilduating wlth a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate
&vel competence in il Scandinavian language. Scc Norwegian courier undcr
!
Department of Foreign Languages.
312 Old Norse
An intraductian to the strucrurc of Old West Norse throufih the study of selections from
Old Norse literarurr. Same attention given to Old East Norrc and aspects of the history of
lour modern NordIc languages. Knowledgeof oneof the latter isdesired but not required.
N(~rwt?gtan
language majors and minors will have special assignments. (Alternate years)
325 Scandinavian Music
(See under Department of Music)
330 Contemporary Scandinavia
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and
developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable
but not required.
llG/Scandinavian Area Studies
-
345 Scandinavian American Experience
The Old World background and use of "America Fever," adaptation to the New Land,
aspects of Scandinavian - American culture. (Alternate years. Spring, 1982)
351 The Modern Scandinavian Novel
Lectllrcs provide a survey or the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned
reading of selectecl novels by JonasLip, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut
Hamsun, fialldor Laxness and ofhers. Knowfedgr ol a Scandinavian language desirable.
Langtlagr rnajorsand minors will be requir~rlto cloassigned readings and written work in a
Scandinavian language. {Alternale yrars. Fall. 79112)
352 The Modern Scandinavian Drama
Readings include dramatic works by Ihscn, Ejarnson, Slrindberg, tag~rkvist,Munk and
other twentierh century tlramatis~s.l . e c t u r e s p ~ ~dsurveyof
~ ~ i c ~ ~ Scandinavian drama with
emphasis on lbscn and Strinrlberg, K n n w l r t l ~of~ a Scan(iinavta~~
language desirable.
Language majorsand minorswill b e r p q u i r e d r o d o ~ ~ s i p n rcadin~san.11
rcl
written work in a
Scandinavian langua~c.[Alternatr years. Fall, f9B1)
364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
(Offered under Department of Religion)
372 Norwegian Language and Culture
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies,
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST).
373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies,
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST).
382 Scandinavian Arts
(See under Department of Art)
396 Urban Planning in Scandinavia
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies,
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST).
450 Nineteenth Century Scandinavia
(Offered under Department of History)
495 Seminar: Ethnic/lmmigration Experience
(Offered periodically under Department of History 495 Seminar)
499 Independent Study
I n consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study.
Social Science, Social Studies/l17
Social Science
Myles C. Stenshoel (Division Chairperson)
Two emphases exist within the Social Science major: the Teaching Major and the
Non-Wcstcrn crnpfrasis.A student may not list a double major in Social Science and
in one of the romponcnt disriplines unless the distribution selected in the Social
Scicnce major i s signi(icantly different lrom the other major.
Teaching Major: 1 5 courses: 10 required courses (Economics 122,123; History 221,
222; Geography 114; Sociology 121, 247; Psycholog 105; Political Scienc~158 and
121 .or 170); 4 u p er division courses in one of the fn l o w ~ n disciplines:
g
Economics,
History, PoliticarScicnrc, Psycholngy or Sociology; a statistics courrc approved by
the clepartmcnt in which the4 upper division courses are takcn, The st~rtlcntshould
choose an adviser who is a member of I hc department in which the upper division
courses are to he takcn. (For supplementilry information and alrernativc ways to
fullill Ihe stale-approved compctenry-hasrd program for secondary teachereducation) SPP the following section o n Social Sturlies for Secondary Educa~ion.)
!
Major - Non-Western Emphasis: 14 cottrses: History 103; 1 social science
n~rthodology
course (Eronornics 379, Psychology 264, Sociology J62or 365); and 12
courses, in a t least 4disciplines, lrom the following: Economics 722,250; History 104,
3 2 2 , 3 2 3 , 3 2 4 , 4 4 0 , 4 7 4 ; Polilical Science 351,363,382,467; Philosophy 355; Religion
356; Sociology 241; seminars, independent 5tudy or interrm courses on relevant
topics in fdistory and/or Political Science. Thc student planning to fulfill this social
science major should consul^ t h ~ chairperson
!
of thc Dcparrmenl of History in
choosing a rnajor a d v i s ~ r .
Social Studies
Myles C. Stenshoel (Coordinator)
Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must complete,
in addition to the professional requirements to be met within the Department of
Education, a competency-based program designed to provide a broad foundation
in the social sciences.
Teaching Major: 7 courses (Economics 122 or 123, Geography 114, History 123,
Political Science 158, Psycholagy 105,Soclofogy 121 and 141) plus a major in one of
five fields - Economics, I-listory, Politrcal Scicnce, Psychology or Sociology - or
incorporated in a Social Science Teaching Major, described in section above).
Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as
possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator.
118/Social Work
Social Work
Edwina Hertzberg (Chairperson), Maria Brown, Rosalie Clark, Douglas Perry
The Augsburg College Social Work Program is accredited by the Council on Social
Work Education.
The core program of Social Work begins in the 'unior year, but all students are
advised to takeSocia1Work 257ar freshmen or sop~omoresunless exempted by the
faculty, and should seek advisement from social work faculty as to sequence of
required courses from other departments.
Candidacy: Students planning to major in Social Work must apply to the
department for candidacy status before the beginning of the senior year.
Major: The Augsburg Social Work Program isa professianal program In preparation
for social work practice leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. The core program
consi~t5of 810, I O I * ; I%ych. 105*, J5I1, and 352*; Soc, 12Is,23It,365,375*, and 303*;
and Social War k 2STC, 361*, 363*, 364*, 461,462,463,464,465,466
and 467. At least
{CHR) course i s strongly recommended.
onc Conservation of Human Reso~~rres
*These courses are to be completed before the beginning of the senior year.
Emcentration: Concentrations in Aging, Chernlcal Dependency, Youth, and
Crime and Carrectjons are possible. Concentration consists of courses descriptive
ol functional, dysfunctional, and programmatic aspects, plus fiefd work placement
in thesenior year I n the special area. Completion of aconcentration is noted on the
transcript.
School Social Work Certification: State Department of Education-required Human
Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful
completion of Education 388.
257 Practicum in the Human Services
-WithfacuIty appmvnl,srudent selectsa placement for 30 hours per week as a volunteer in a
social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service
delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a
term paper rcport and weekly rcvivw conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen
and sopharnores. Open ro all students.
340 Policies, Program and Skills for the Aging
This course will include the study of the impact of social policy on the older population,
older population impact on social policy, services planned to address needs of older
population and skills needed to work with this population. Class conducted i n Senior
Citizen Residence. (Prereq.: Course work in Human Development, Systems of Social
Welfare, experience in work with the aged, #).
3613ystems of Social Welfare
An examination of fundamental aspectsof thevarlous systems of social welfare in the U.S.
and the roleof social work in them. Special emphasison analysis of the major assumptions
and movemrntscontrtbutory to the rlse of thp walfare state; description of a selection of
modern s~rviresystems, rhe prolesston of qocial work, its ethics, values, and historical
development. Three class periods per week; Ruest lectures, research paper. (Prereq.:
Junior, or #. Fall)
Social Work/l19
363 Methods and Skills-of Social Work
Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques
of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social work
practice with individuals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of
relationship building skills. Three class periods of lecture-discussion sessions and/or
laboratory exercises per week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior. Spring)
364 Field Work I
Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency focusing on
interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small
group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior, concurrent with 363.
Spring)
399 Internship
Consult the Department Chairperson or lnternship Director for details. (Prereq.: #)
461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work
Enlargement and refinement of practice skills through lecture, classroom exercise and
regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphasis on development of
generalist practice skills and eclectic approaches. Three two-hour class lectures, and/or
laboratory exercises per week. (Prereq.: 2.0 in 363 and 364, or #. Fall)
463 Community Development and Organization
Locality development and socialchange through community organization,social planning,
and social action. Emphasis on: 1) survey of historical forms of social change, 2)
understanding the basic issues and strategies relevant to social protest and change, 3)
examination of the structure, function and dysfunction of various community organizations and other corporate and political systems, and 4) knowledge of the essential
principles and techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior or #. Fall)
462,464, Field Work II and IV:
Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience including work
with individuals, families,groups and/or communities in a social service agency. Ten hours
per week, plusone supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: completion and 2.0
in 361, 362; concurrent with 461 and 467; Fall and Spring)
465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development
This course will include the study of theories of Social Policy formulation and methods of
analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of policy on social
work practice. Development and implementation will be viewed first hand through work
with a public policy maker, 4 hours per week. One class period per week, readings,
analytical paper integrating class concepts with practical experience. (Prereq.: 361,463,
and senior or #. Spring)
466 Field Work 111 (1/2 course)
Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim.
467 The Social Worker as Professional
Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional job attainment, personnel policies and
practices,organizational theory, and resourcedevelopment will bestudied in the course.
The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.: 461,462,463,
Spring)
468 Special Topics (1/2 to 1 course)
Current issues i n social work theory or practice. To be announced. (# half or full credit.
Interim)
498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources
An independently drsigncd course a studenf (or group of students) develops, making
extensive,systen~~tic
dncl Integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan
communily,e.g. l e c l u r c s , ~ y r n ~ ~ ~ ~ i ~ , p ~ r fhearings.
~ r m i ~ ~These
~ c e sresources
,
become the
core of the course, supplemented by rraditfonal college resources, and designed in
consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department.
499 Independent Study
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology
of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 257 and #)
Sociology
Gordon L. Nelson (Chairperson), Robert Clyde, Jerry Gerasimo, Robert Grams,
Garry Hesser, Anita Kolman, Joel Torstenson
Major: 10 courses includin 121, 362,363,375,485. Highly recommended: a CHR
course, internship, indcpen!pnl study or upper division ~nterimcourse in rociolo y.
This recommendation ir mndc in the hope [hill ihp rrudcnl will take advantage of t\e
variety of learning rnorlrls olfcrcd through the dcparrment. Consult department
chairperson concerning areas of concentration.
Minor: 5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above.)
HhnorsMajor: Thestudcnt must h a v e a minimum C P A o f 3.5in the majorar.rd3.0
overall. Application for honors in sociology candidacy shall consist of ~ubrnissionof
thecis roposal to Department Chairperson before April 1 of the junior year.
C a n r l i c ~ ~ ci yi c o n ~ i n g c n fupon drpartrncntul approval of proposal h April 30 of
junior year. After acceptancr as a candidate, the student will regisles or Indcpcndcnt Study (Sociology 499) through whirh work on tlissis will be completed, I-lonors
rlpgrep in sociology wlII be grantrcl to a candidate i f he/~h~successfuIly
Ocfcndsthc
tliesis before March 31 a l senior year ancl maintains CPA througll graciuation.
Y
Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 courses includin PSY 264 or SOC 362, SOC 363,
PSY 399,450. These courses are designed to provide t e cognitive background and
skill development to perform well as a research assistant for agencies or firms which
do prograrn evaluations or an crnployet. who can develop and maintain ongoing
self-assessment programs lor an cmployer agency. See department chairperson for
further details.
\
111 Human Community and the Modern Metropolis
The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of
the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community in the
context of urban institutions and processes.
121 Principles of Sociology
Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications to an understanding of
basicaspects of society; socialization,family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions,
etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession.
231 Sociology of the Family
An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection,
marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and
cultural context.
241 Introduction t o Cultural Anthropology
An examination of the idea of culture; the person's relation toculture; languageas a major
organizing element i n the way we see the world. An examination of the ideas of
"primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a comparison of alternate realities as found i n
different cultures and varying social contexts. An analysis of selected aspects of U.S.
culture.
300,301,302, 303, 304 Special Topics i n Sociology
Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus in such places as institutions for adult felons,
physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed, and senior citizens. Residents and staff of
these institutions take the course together with college students i n a co-learning model.
Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest.
360 Religion and Society
A n examination of the interaction of religion and society i n terms of sociological analysis
with particular emphasis o n contemporary sociological research o n religious movements
and institutions in American society.
362 Statistical Analysis
The first course i n a two-course sequence. Analysis of attempts t o build a body of
knowledge by way of a scientific approach. Tools and approaches used t o evaluate ideas
and describe social life through the use of quantitative information. Use of data processing
equipment and computers for statistical analysis. Designed especially for political science
and sociology majors. Sociology majors should take Soc. 363 the following term. (Prereq.:
high school algebra. Fall)
363 Research Methods
The second course in a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research
designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice
doing research by way of class activities and individual projects. To be taken immediately
after Soc. 362. (Prereq.: Soc. 362 o r #. Spring)
365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation
Consumer overview of methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative
information. Use of data-processing equipment for statistical analysis. Overview of
commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applications t o
program evaluations. Designed for social work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra.
Spring)
373 Crime and Corrections
An examination of the criminal and juvenile justice systems and the various theoretical
components of criminology and corrections. Major attention is focused o n the causation
and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.:
121, Fall)
375 Social Psychology
An examination of the idea of "group", its relationship to individual behavior and society.
An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play i n understanding
interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look
at the major assumptionsand processes underlying our everyday life-a look at the trivial,
the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction", an important orientation
i n social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues i n the course.
(Prereq.: 121 and Psych. 105)
122/Speech, Communication
381 The City and Metro-Urban Planning
The changing city i n history and various cultures; major theoretlcal perspectives in urban
sociology; t h metropolis
~
as an eco-system; metro-urban planning and policy systems;
tosllaping the future metropolis. TheTwin C i l i ~ mctropo[itan
r
area is
m a j o r i s ~ u relaled
~s
utilized as a n importilnr learning laboratory. (Prereq.: 111 or 121 or #. Spring)
383 Racial and Minority Croup Relations
The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon
prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (P/N grading only)
388 Social Inequality
Analysis of inequality i n regard to wealth, status and power in the U.S. and other selected
countries. Causes and ramifications of theamount and type of inequality. Detailed analysis
of current issues and policies concerning inequality in the U.S. (Prereq.: Soc. 121. Spring)
399 Internship
Consult the Department Chairperson or lnternship Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring)
485 Modern Sociological
- Theory
An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of
their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in
sociology including 121 or #. Fall)
498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources
An i n d r p ~ r i d e n ~dl y~ s i g n e dcourse a student (or group of students) develops, making
extensive, systematic and integra~cdutilization of resources available in the metropolitan
community, e.g. lecture.;,sy~nposia,perlor~nances,
hearings. These resources become the
core of I ~ courqe,
P
supplemented Ily rradltfonal college resources, and designed in
consultation with ant1 cvaluatrd by a faculty member of the department.
499 lndependent Study
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology
of the proposed study according todepartment guidelines. (Prereq.: 121 and permission of
instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Speech, Communication
and Theater Arts
Raymond Anderson (Chairperson), Julie Bolton, Ailene Cole, Syl Jones, Howard
Liszt, Joel Mugge, Stan Ransom
Honors Major: GPA of 3.25 in the major, 3.0 overall, two independent study
projects of honors quality, distinguishecl performance in at least one of the
communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration. Application to be made early in i h senior
~
year.
Communication Arts/l23
-
- -
Communication Arts
Thc communication major is a flexihle interdisciplinary program which allows for
differen! emphases -journalfsrn, advertising and public rrlarions! radio-televisionfilm, human rrlations, and supervisory management. Program guldes for each area
are available from rhe Departmen1 Chairperson or the Office of Admissions.
Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible to work out a
plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take Speech
111, Psychology 105, Sociology 121 or 241.
Communication Major: 10 courses, including 342,351 or 352,354, 399 and English
225 or 226 or 227, anrl satis(actory performance a n competency tests in writing and
typlng. Supparting rourscs rcrluircA hut nor counring toward the major: Speech
111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 705; Sociology 121 or 247,375,
Communication Minor: 5 courses approved by the department.
Speech Major For Teaching: 10 courses, including I l l , 241 or 243, 350, 351 or 355,
352,354,360; Participation in forensics, and a minor in English.
Speech Minor For Teaching: Course 111 and six of the following: 241 or 243,350,351
or 355, 352,354, 360 and participation in forensics.
Note: Students prrparing to reach speech in secondary schools may s ecialize in
any of three majors: ~ p ~ e c h , t h e a t artr,ind
er
speech-theater nrtr, A n y ofthese must
he combined with a t lcast an English minor, preferably a major. Thecrrmmunication
major or minor cloes not qualify one for reaching speech. Consult with the
Department of Edi~cationfor recpjrerncnts in Education. Course 116 i s strongly
recnmrnended tor students in elcmcntary ducation.
111 Beginning Speech
Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening.
132 Photography
(See under Department of Art)
227 Advanced Writing: Journalism
(See under Department of English)
225,230 Visual Communications I, II
(See under Department of Art)
241 Introduction to Cinema Art
(See under Department of English)
242 Film-Making
(See under Department of Art)
243 Radio-Television Production
An introduction to radio and television with an emphasis on the director's role; emphasis
on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee: $10.
Fall)
342 Mass Communications in Society
(See under Department of Political Science)
124/Theater Arts
350 Voice and Diction
A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating, articulating, and
listening; introduction to speech sounds and vocal mechanism. (Alternate years. Fall)
351 Argumentation
Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall)
352 Persuasion
Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects.
(Spring)
353 Advertising
An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements
in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: Jr., Sr., Communication major or #.
Spring)
354 Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages;
emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication
barriers.
355 Small Croup Communication
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective
functioning within small groups and organizations. (Fall)
373 Organizational Psychology
(See under Department of Psychology)
399 Internship
(Consult the Department Chairperson for details.)
480 Seminar in Communication
Cooperative investigation of topics in speech and communication. (Fall)
495 Independent Study in Communication
Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary
sources and methodology of research.
Theater Arts
Majors should take part in dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning to
major i n theater arts should begin with courses I l l , 116, and 228. Course 111 is not
part of the major.
Theater Arts Major: 10 courses, plus Beginning Speech. This major should be
sup orted by an English minor or at least by several courses in literature including
ShaRespeare and Modern Drama or Scandinavian Drama.
A. Acting Emphasis: 116,228,232,243,350,360,361,362,366,432, and the children's
theater interim. S~ronglyrecommended: courses in movement, dance, cinema, art,
and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting emphasis include
6 units of acting, 4 of crew work, and 1 internship.
Theater Arts/125
r:
B. Directin Emphasis: 116, 228, 229, 232, 350, 360, 361, 362, 366, 367, plus t h e
chilclren's I iearyr i n t e r i m . Courses stron ly r e c o m r n r n d ~ d courses
:
i n movement,
cinema art, a n d dramatic literature. Performance rcquirementr for t h e directing
emphasis i n c l u d e 4 units o f c r e w work, 3 units o f acting, 2 of directing, 1 i n stage
management, a n d 1 internship.
C. Design Emphasis: 228,229,361,362,366,428,429, plus courses 225 a n d 290 i n Art.
Strongly r e c o m m e n d e d : courses i n cinema art, art, a n d dramatic literature.
Performance requirements f o r t h e design emphasis include 5 units i n c r e w work,2 i n
technical supervision, 1 i n acting, 1 i n assistant design, 1 i n design, a n d 1 internship.
Theater Arts Minor: 5 courses i n c l u d i n g 228, 232, 360, 361,366.
Theater Arts Major For Teaching: 10 courses, i n c l u d i n g 111,116,228,229,232,241 o r
243,350,360,361,366, t h e experience r e q u i r e m e n t specified f o r theater arts majors,
a n d a m i n o r i n English.
Theater Arts Minor For Teaching: courses 111, 228, 232, 361, 366; o n e o f t h e
f o l l o w i n g : 241, 243, 350; a n d participation i n dramatic productions.
Speech-Theater Arts Major For Teaching: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232,241 o r 243,
350, 351 o r 355, 352, 354, 360, 361, 366; participation i n t w o activities (forensics,
interpretation, theater, broadcasting); a n d a m i n o r i n English.
116 Creative Dramatics
A study of creative improvisation using stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self, human
relations, etc. Uses of creative dramatics in theater, school, church, recreation, therapy,
and other settings. (Fall)
228 Technical Production I
An introduction to the backstage world of the theater: its organization, crafts, magic, and
art. Practical craft projects, theater tours, and production experience. Open to all students.
Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. (Lab fee. Fall)
229 Stage Design I
Introduction to scenery and lighting design; basic tools of the designer (drafting, drawing,
painting, theory); practical studio projects. (Open to all students. Should be taken in
freshmen and sophomore years. Spring)
232 Acting
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation;
participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring)
360 Interpretative Reading
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and
drama. (Fall)
361 Theater History
Overview of theater history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at
local theater productions. Introduction to theories of drama and dramatic production.
(Spring, Alternate years)
362 Theater Criticism
A study of forms and ideas a s they are expressed through the art of drama. Attendance at
local theater productions; classical, experimental, and new plays. Lectures and discussions
on theory and criticism using theater productions as focus for discussion. (Spring, Alternate
years)
126/Transdisciplinary Studies
366 Stage Direction I
Basic directorial process: choice of plays, casting, organizing rehearsals and technical
production; application of play analysis, blocking, and characterization to a specific play
chosen by the class. Term project: direct a one-act play. Upper division students only.
(Spring)
367 Stage Direction II
In-depth analysis and practice in directing types of plays: serious, comic, experimental,
musical. Term project: direct a one-act or excerpt from a longer play. (Prereq.: 366 or #.
Spring)
399 Internship
(Consult faculty in area of emphasis.)
428 Technical Production II
Advanced construction and problem-solving techniques in costume, scenery, and/or
lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or #. Lab fee. Fall)
429 Stage Design II
Advanced design projects based on Stage Design I course material. Introduction to
costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or #. Spring)
432 Advanced Acting
This course explores the elements of characterization through improvisation and extensive
scene study. Emphasis i s on a variety of roles from the classics, including Shakespeare,
French Neoclassicism, Restoration Comedy, Realism and Non-realism, Epic, and the
Absurd. (Fall, Alternate years)
499 Independent Study in Drama
Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater.
Transdisciplinary Major
Students wishing to develop their own major by combining appro riate portions of
two rnajnn may conridcr ,he Tranniisciplinary Major. The TransJsci linary Major
enables ~ t u d r n t rto respond l o a particular career interest. Wgile such an
indivirlually clevcTopecl major may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad
majors may not he suitable far those wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofe5sianal programs in some academic fields.
Students wishing to develop a Transdisciplinary Major are to observe the following:
A. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in
the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the college;
B. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of
his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available in the Office of the
Registrar).
C. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty
Committee on Admissions and Student Standing.
Women's, Minority Studied127
Women's and Minority Studies
Toni Clark (Director), Rosalie Clark, Valerie Geaither, James Porter
The Women's a n d M i n o r i t y Studies Program (formerly American Studies) consistsof
several interdisciplinary courses. A l t h o u g h n o major o r m i n o r i s offered, there is a
certificate program i n women's studies.
CertificateinWomenrsStudi~; lndivldually planned program wlth a m i n l m u m of 6
courses o r i e n t e d lowarrls women's perspectives: 3 course$ lrom the social sciences
{ i n c l i ~ d i n ghistory); 1-2 courser l r o m humanities (literature, religion, art, music,
philosophy); 1-2 other courses such as biology, trans- or inter-disc1 l i t ~ a r ycourses,
independent rturly. directed study, cfr. Courrer mily hr taken l o r n rhe ncrc
colleges as w e l l as Augshurg. See Toni Clark, Grace Dyrud or N o r m a Noonan for
further details.
231 Religion in African-American History
An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course content subject to change from
year to year. Meets one religion requirement.
232 Blacks in America
This i s an introduction to Black culture. The course will provide an overview of the major
issues related to the Black experience in terms of the family,education, religion, aesthetics,
economics and politics. It is designed to heighten the student's consciousness regarding
the African retentions in Black culture, the evolution of Black culture and the impact of
Black culture on American society.
260 Contemporary American Indians
Thesituation of Indians in the United Statessince the Indian Reorganization Act (1934) with
an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education.
Examples of the persistence of religious/cultural traditions among selected Indian tribes
today.
265 Women in American Culture
Through a discussion of works by women historiansand selectionsfrom women's journals,
speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays and other aesthetic creations, the class will
collectively assess the position of black and white women i n American culture from the
founding of the colonies to the present. Contributions by lndian women, Chicanas and
other "invisible" women minorities will be included.
Registers
129 Board of Regents
Division for College and
University Services
130 Administration
131 Emeriti
132 Faculty
Music Hall, newest campus building
Kiosk, a place to check for what's happening, and Stage I1 Theater
Commencement Procession wends
through Murphy Square
i
P
.,--
.
Regents, DCUS/l29
-
Augsburg College Board of Regents
Officers
Clayton L. LeFevere, Chairman
Dr. Harris W. Lee, Vice Chairman
James C. Lindell, Treasurer
Norma E. Knutson, Secretary
Members
Charles W. Arnason (1982)'. Senior Vice President and Secretary, Minneapolis Star and T r i b u n
Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Oscar M. Austad (1984). President, Austad Company, Sioux Falls, South Dakota
Paul B. Batalden, M.D. (1984). St. Louis Park Medical Center, St. Louis Park, Minnesota
Nancy Bottemiller (1986). Wadena, Minnesota
Norman R. Carpenter (1982). Attorney, Faegre & Benson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Darrell J. Egertson (1982). Executive Vice President, Apache Corporation, Minneapolis,
Minnesota
Donald R. Crangaard (1984). Chairman of the Board, First Bank System, Inc., Minneapolis,
Minnesota
Lawrence 0. Hauge (1986). Chairman, Suburban National Bank, Eden Prairie, Minnesota
Norma E. Knutson (1984). Minneapolis, Minnesota
Harris W. Lee (1982). Senior Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd, Minneapolis,
Minnesota
Clayton 1. LeFevere (1982). Partner, LeFevere, Lefler, Kennedy, O'Brien and Drawz,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Chester Lind (1986). President, Northwest Bancorporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota
James C.Lindell (1982). Treasurer, West Publishing Company, St. Paul, Minnesota
Jane M o o t y (1986). Edina, Minnesota
Dr. Arthur Naftalin (1984). Professor, Public Affairs, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis,
Minnesota
Howard E. Olson (1984). President, Sonford Products Corporation, St. Paul Park, Minnesota
Donald C. Padilla (1986). Chairman of the Board & CEO, Padilla and Speer, Inc., Minneapolis,
Minnesota
George T. Pennock (1982). Chairman, Tennant Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Dr. Carl Platou (1984). President, Fairview Community Hospitals, Minneapolis, Minnesota
The Hon. Martin 0. Sabo (1984). Member of Congress, Fifth District - Minnesota,
Washington, D.C.
N. Stanley Stake (1986). Senior Vice President, Honeywell, Inc., Minneapolis, Minnesota
Dr. M e r t o n P. Strommen (1986). President, Search Institute, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Stanley Thiele (1986). Vice President, Human Resources, 3 M Center, St. Paul, Minnesota
Mary Lou Williams (1984). Administrative Aid to the Mayor, Minneapolis, Minnesota
'The year in parentheses after each name indicates the expiration of term.
Board for College and University Services
The American Lutheran Church
Robert Borgwardt, Madison, Wisconsin
Sylvia Bosse, Warren, Ohio
Faith Burgess, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
Marguerite Foster, Dallas, Texas
Erwin H. Coldenstein, Lincoln, Nebraska
Marilyn Hemstad, Olympia, Washington
Dennis Griffin, Sioux Falls, South Dakota
Edwin Cunberg, Bethesda, Maryland
Custav Kopka, Jr., East Lansing, Michigan
~,.....lrl )r~.wL:..~
h ~ ; . . ~ - . . ~ ~h l~ :; ~. . ~ ~ . ~ t . .
Administration
President
President ......................................................Charles S. Anderson
Lowell Brandt
College Pastor
Carolyn Magnusson
Secretary and Executive Assistant to the President
........................................................
................
A c a d e m l c Affairs
Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College
Rlchard Green
Associate Academic Dean
Pat Parker
John (Jack) A. Hlll
Registrar
Assistant Registrar
Carol Stack
Margaret Anderson
Head Librarian
Cralg Carnahan
Music Administrator and Fine Arts Coordinator..
Director of Audio Visual Services.. ......................................
James Olson
Counselor/Advocate, American Indian Programs ...................... Bonnie Wallace
Coordinator, Black Student Affairs ...................................
Valerle Gealther
Mary Olson
Recorder ...............................................................
Interim Director ..........................................................
Tonl Clark
Mary A. Klngsley
International Studies Program Director
International Student Advisor ................................ Mary E. (Mlml) Johnson
Secretary to the Dean .................................................... Pat Urdahl
............
................................................
........................................................
......................................................
...................................................
......................
..............................
F l n a n c e and M a n a g e m e n t
Vice President for Finance and Management ......................... .Wayne Pederson
Herald Johnson
Assistant Vice President for Enrollment Services
Vlrene Luthl
Associate Director, Financial Aid
Director of Personnel
Bonnle-Jean Mork
Chief Accountant
Jeff Kosse
Manager, College Center
Mlldred Nelson
Robert Gores
Manager, Purchasing/Book Store/Vending
Gerald Johnson
Director of Plant Services
Custodial Supervisor
Joseph Roberts
Maintenance Supervisor
Rob Curtls
Grounds Supervisor .....................................................
Fred Wolter
Manager, lcae Arena
James Carey
......................
........................................
.............................................
........................................................
.............................................
..............................
............................................
................................................
..................................................
...................................................
D e v e l o p m e n t a n d P u b l i c Relations
Vice President for Development and Public Relations ................. Gerald D. Bjelde
Associate Director of Development/Deferred Giving ............. Slgvald V. Hjelmeland
Associate Director/Alumni and Parent Giving ...........................Jeroy Carlson
Assistant Director of Development/Annual Fund.. .......... Catherlne (Kate) Klelsmeler
A. 8. Batalden
Assistant to the Vice President
Lols G. Wollan
Director of Public Relations..
Janlce Rykken
Coordinator of Parent/Alumni Programs
Kay Cady
Coordinator of News Bureau and Sports Information
Manager, Graphic Center
Therese Nlchols
Executive Secretary
Irene Steenson
........................................
.........................................
...............................
........................
............................................
..................................................
Admlsslons
.............................................
Kathryn E. Lange
Director of Admissions
Assistant Director
Coordinator of Transfer Programs..
Admissions Counselor.
Admissions Counselor..
Admissions Counselor..
Transfer Credit Evaluation Coordinator..
..........................................................
Blll Ross
Sue Bonner
......................................
...............................................Erlc Anderson
................................................
Sally Hough
................................................
Llsa Novotny
.......................Charlene Weidenbach
Administration, Emeriti/l31
Student Affalrs
..............
Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students
Marlanne Sander
Associate Dean of Students
Rlck Thonl
Director of Student Life (Housing). ........................... Llnda Schrernpp-Alberg
Co-Director of Career Planning and Placement.
Patrlcla M. Olsson
Co-Director of Career Planning and Placement.
Nancy Medcraft-Tldwell
Director of Student Activities.. ........................................... Joan Slater
Head Resident (Urness/Mortensen). ....................................Pam Joachlm
Director of Human Development
Judy Essman
Coordinator, Academic Enrichment ...................................... Don Warren
Area Apartment Manager ............................................
John Augustlne
...............................................
.....................
...............
.......................................
Emeriti
Oscar A. Anderson. President Emeritus. (1963-1980). B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D.,
Theological Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead.
Bernhard M. Christensen. President Emeritus (1938-1963). Ph.D., The Hartford Ser
Foundation.
Courtland Agre. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Valeria Baltina. Assistant Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages. Magester der Philc
University of Latvia.
K. Berner Dahlen. Associate Professor Emeritus of English. M.A., University of Minnesc
Theodore J. Hanwick. Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University.
Katherine Hennig. Artist in Residence Emerita. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Einar 0. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Washington.
Mildred V. Joel, Professor Emerita, and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies. M.A., U n i ~
of Minnesota.
Bernhardt J. Kleven. Professor Emeritus of History. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Lorraine K. Livingston. Associate Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minn
Martha M. Mattson. Associate Professor Emerita of Education. M.A., University of Minn
Edor C. Nelson. Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed., Univers~~y
01
Minnesota.
Esther Olson. Professor Emerita of Theater Arts. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Anne Pederson. Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Lavonne J. Peterson. Associate Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education. M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Martin Quanbeck. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Leland B. Sateren. Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College, D. Mus., Lakeland
College.
A. Mayo Savold. Associate Professor Emeritus of Music. M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music.
Paul 1. Steen. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
JohnThut. Associate Professor Emeritus of Music. M.Mus., American Conservatory of Music.
JoelS. Torstenson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
132/Facu lty
Fac uI ~ 01Y
as
September, 1980
Ruth 1. Aaskov (1960). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Robert Adney* (1979). Studio Artist/Music.
James Agre*. Assistant Soccer Coach.
Paul Almquist (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Religion.
Earl R. Alton (1960). Professor and Department Chair of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota;
M.S., Northwestern University.
Barbara Andersen (1969). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A.,
Northwestern University.
Bobbi Anderson* (1979). Specialist-Child Development/Family Life, lnstructor i n Education.
B.S., University of Wisconsin; M.S. Education Specialist, Mankato State University.
Charles S. Anderson (1976). President. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Wisconsin;
B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New York.
Ernest W. Anderson (1947). Athletic Director, Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Margaret J. Anderson (1967). Assistant Professor, Head Librarian. B.S., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Raymond E. Anderson (1967). Professor and Department Chair of Speech, Communication
and Theater Arts. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
John Benson (1963). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D.,
Columbia University.
Robert E. Beverly* (1966). Studio Artist/Music. B.M.Ed., M.M., Northwestern University.
JamesE. Billings* (1970). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.A., Michigan State University;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Gerald D. Bjelde (1980). Vice President of Development and Public Relations. B.A., Concordia
College, Moorhead.
Timothy Blackburn*. Lecturer i n English.
Vern Bloom* (1971). Director of CHR Program. M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Julie H. Bolton* (1975). lnstructor in Speech. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Richard Borstad (1977). Department Chair Health and Physical Education. B.A., B.S., M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Margaret Smith Brand* (1978). Studio Artist/Music. B.M., Indiana University.
Michael Brand* (1979). Studio Artist/Trumpet. B.S. Music Ed., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Maria Brown* (1980). Instructor, Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W.,
University of Minnesota.
Delores Burtness*. Visiting Lecturer i n Religion.
James Burtness*. Visiting Lecturer in Religion.
Laine Bryce* (1978). Studio Artist/Music. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Wayne Carroll* (1978). lnstructor i n Business Administration. B.A., University of Chicago.
Carl H. Chrislock (1952). Professor of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Rosalie V. Clark (1979). lnstructor in Social Work. B.A.S., M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Toni Clark (1974). Assistant Professor of English and Interim Director. B.A., University of
California, Berkeley; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara.
The year in parentheses after the name indicates beginning of service in the College.
*Part-time
Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of Communications
Research and Resource Center. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D.,
University of Iowa.
Ailene Cole (1956). Professor of TheaterApeech. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Benjamin Cooper (1975). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.S., California Institute of
Technology; Ph.D., Yale University.
Lawrence Copes* (1980). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University;
M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University.
Liv Dahl* (1976). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Darlene Dommel* (1979). lnstructor i n Nursing. B.S., M.S., University of Minnesota.
Beverly Durkee (1965).Associate Professor and Department Chair of Mathematics. B.A., B.S.L.,
B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University.
Ronald Duty* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Political Science. B.A., San Diego State University;
M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Grace Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Edgar E. Eklof* (1977). Studio Artist/Voice. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.M., Manhattan
Music School.
Mark J.Engebretson (1976). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Associate Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S.,
Michigan State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University.
Rolf Eriksen* (1971). Soccer Coach.
David Fagerberg* (1980). Lecturer in Religion.
Sheldon Fardig (1962). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Carleton College; M.M., Ph.D.,
Northwestern University.
Norman Ferguson (1972). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall
College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
1.1. Fleming (1979). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Music. B.M., Concordia
College; M.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Henry C. Follingstad (1962). Associate Professor of Mathematics. M.S., University of Minnesota.
Robert A. Fornander* (1979). Studio Artist/Music. B.A., Augustana College; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Barry M. Franklin (1978). Assistant Professor of Education. A.B., Los Angeles College; M.S.,
California State University.
Michael Frazier* (1979). Studio Artist/Saxophone. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Robert Friederichsen* (1971). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., San Francisco State College;
M.A., Pennsylvania State University.
Mark Fuehrer (1971). Assistant Professor of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Stephen Cabrielsen (1979). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S.,
University of Minnesota.
Jerry Cerasimo (1971). Professor of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Chicago.
Irene Cetz* (1980). Lecturer i n Religion. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., Princeton Seminary.
John Cidmark* (1979). Lecturer i n English.
Thomas Cilkey* (1979). Studio Artist/Music. B.M., DePauw University.
Orloue N. Cisselquist (1969). Associate Professor and Department Chair of History. B.A., M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Cynthia Coetz* (1980). Studio Artist/Voice. B.M., University of North Carolina; M.M.,
University of Colorado.
Robert Crams. (1971) Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
134/Facu lty
Paul Crauer. (1979) Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Concordia
College, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Richard Green (1980). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College. B.A.,
Concordia College, Moorhead; M.S., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of
Louisville.
Satya Cupta.* (1976) Assistant Professor of Business Administration. Ph.D., Southern Illinois
University.
Donald R. Custafson (1961). Associate Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Arlin Cyberg (1974). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Leif E. Hansen (1961). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Concordia College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Theodore Hanwick* Professor Emeritus i n Physics. Ph.D., New York University.
Karen Harwood* (1980). Lecturer in Library Science.
Milda Hedblom (1971). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Political Science. B.A.,
Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Douglas R. Heidenreich* (1970). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.A., University of
Minnesota; J.D., William Mitchell College of Law.
Peter Hendrickson* (1980). Chorale Director.
Katherine Hennig* (1966). Studio Artist/Voice. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Robert S. Herforth (1966). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Nebraska.
Edwina Hertzberg (1977). Assistant Professor and Department Chair of Social Work. B.A., Cedar
Crest College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Carry Hesser (1977). Associate Professor of Sociology. B.A., Phillips University; M. Div., Union
Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame.
Carol Hoffman (1978). Instructor i n Nursing. B.S., Hamline University; M.S., University of
Minnesota.
Norman Holen (1974). Professor of Arts. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., State University of
Iowa.
John R. Holum (1957). Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College, Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Khin Khin Jensen* (1955). Professor of History. B.A., Rangoon University (Burma), M.A.,
Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Mildred Joel* Professor Emeritus and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College; B.A., Huron
College, University of Minnesota; M.E.,South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Einar Johnson (1956). Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A., Concordia College; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Washington.
James J. Johnson (1969). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S.,
juilliard School of Music.
Mary E. (Mimi) Johnson (1962). Associate Professor, Chair of Foreign Languages, and
International Student Adviser. B.A., Smith College; M.S., Columbia University; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Rees M. Johnson (1978). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., M.S.,
Winona State University.
Syl Jones* (1980). Visiting Lecturer in Speech and Communication. B.A., Augsburg College.
Amin Kader (1974). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.Comm., University of
Caior (Egypt); M.S., University of Michigan.
Robert Karlkn (1973). Associate Professor of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Facu lty/l35
Joanne Karvonen* (1965). Lecturer i n English. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A.,
University of Georgia.
Betty Kelly* (1980). Women's Tennis Coach.
Diana 1. Kennelly* (1979). Studio Artist/Piano. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. Director of International
Program. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury College.
Merilee Klemp* (1980). Studio Artist/Oboe. B.A., Augsburg College.
Al Kloppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augustana
College; M.A., University of South Dakota.
Susan J. Knust (1979). lnstructor i n Nursing. B.S., University of Cincinnati; M.S., Wright State
University.
Norma Knutson*. lnstructor i n Religion.
Boyd Koehler (1967). Assistant Professor of Library Science. B.A., Moorhead State College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Anita Sue Kolman* (1977). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., University of Maryland; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Roy H. LaFayette* (1972). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.S., University of Minnesota.
Roberta Lammers (1975). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., lowa State University; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Nicholas Lenz* (1980). Studio Artist/Voice. B.A., Southwest State University; M.F.A., University
of Minnesota.
Howard Liszt* (1979). Visiting Lecturer i n Speech and Communications. B.A., M.S., University
of Minnesota.
Jon Lorence* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Sociology. B.A., Central College; M.A., lowa State
University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Nancy S. Malcolm (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., University of Colorado; M.P.H.,
University of Minnesota.
Richard Marken (1974). Assistant Professor of Psychology and Department Chair. B.A.,
University of California, Los Angeles; Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara.
Keishiro Matsumoto (1971). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Waseda
University, Tokyo; M.B.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
James Mayer*. Visiting Lecturer in Foreign Languages.
Marie 0.McNeff* (1968). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed., University of Nebraska.
Sallye Cooke McKee* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Education.
Lynne Medcalf* (1979). Visiting Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.S.B., M.B.A., University
of Minnesota.
Cynthia Melson* (1979). Studio Artist/Voice. B.A., Park College; B.M.Ed., M.M.Ed., University
of Kansas.
Roberta Metzler (1974). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Park College; B. Music Ed., M. Music
Ed., University of Kansas.
Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956). Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
John Mitchell (1968). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.S., University of
Tennessee.
August Molder* (1962). Artist i n Residence i n Art. Law, Master of Law, University of Tartu,
Estonia.
Joel Mugge (1977). Assistant Professor of Speech and Communications. B.A., Valparaiso
University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Douglas Nelson (1977). Acting Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., College of St.
Thomas.
Gordon 1. Nelson (1967). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Sociology. B.A., M.A.,
University of Minnesota; B.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Chicago.
Richard C. Nelson (1977). Associate Professor of History. B.S., University of Nebraska; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Catherine Nicholl* (1973). Assistant Professor and Department Chair of English. B.A., Hope
College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Crier Nicholl* (1960). Professor of English. B.A., Wesleyan University; M.A., Teacher College,
Columbia University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Beverly Nilsson (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Nursing. B.S.N., M.S.,
University of Minnesota.
NormaC. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A.,
Ph.D., Indiana University
Celeste M. O'Brien* (1975). Studio Artist/Piano. B.A., Hamline University.
Richard D. Olmsted (1977). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin.
Sandra Olmsted*. Lab lnstructor i n Chemistry.
James F. Olson* (1975). Assistant Professor of Library Science. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Jack Osberg* (1979). Assistant Football Coach.
William Oyler* (1969). Assistant Professor of Foreign Language. B.A., Carleton College; B.S.,
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Ronald C. Palosaari (1965). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B.Div., Bethel
Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kermit Paulson (1968). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Physics. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.S., University of Wisconsin.
Pamela Paulson* (1975). lnstructor in Health and Physical Education. B.S., University of
Colorado; M.S., University of Illinois.
Marilyn Pearson (1980). lnstructor in Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augsburg College;
M.A., St. Cloud State University.
Wayne Pederson (1969). Vice President of Finance and Management. B.S., Concordia College,
Moorhead.
Lauretta Pelton. Associate Professor of Education. M.Ed., Marquette University.
Douglas Perry*. lnstructor i n Social Work.
Ronald Petrich*. Baseball Coach
Joyce Pfaff (1966). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education.
James Porter*. Visiting Lecturer i n Women's and Minorities Studies.
George 1. Powell*. lnstructor in Business Administration.
Alice Preves* (1976). Studio Artist/Strings. B.S., M.S., University of Illinois.
Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor and Department Chair of Religion. A.B., Augsburg
College; Th.B., Augsburg Seminary; M.Th., Th.D., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Stan Ransom*. Visiting Lecturer in Speech and Communications.
Bruce Reichenbach (1968). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Philosophy. A.B.,
Wheaton College; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Kenneth Rich* (1979). Visiting Professor of Business Administration. B.S., Purdue University;
M.B.A., Harvard School of Business; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Barbara Richards-Haugen* (1979). lnstructor i n Political Science. B.A., Vanderbilt University.
Denise Rivet* (1979). Gymnastics Coach.
William Ross* (1977). Assistant Hockey Coach.
Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Language. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Paul Rusten* (1971). Adjunct lnstructor i n Art.
Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor and Department Chair of Business Administration and
Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D. University of Minnesota.
Marianne Sander (1971). Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students. B.A.,
Valparaiso University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Richard Saraent (1967). Associate Professor of English. B.A., University of North Carolina;
Facu lty/l37
Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Irene Schilling* (1970). Assistant Professor of Library Science. B.A., University of Wisconsin;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Maria Schweikert* (1979). lnstructor in Foreign Language. Teacher's Diploma, Budapest,
Hungary; M.A., University of Pittsburgh.
Frank Seidel*. Visiting Lecturer in Business and Economics.
Marjorie H. Sibley (1961). Associate Professor of Library Science. B.A., University of Illinois;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
R. John Singh* (1979). lnstructor in Religion.
Eugene Skibbe (1964). Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther Theological
Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany.
Dana Skoglund* (1978). Studio Artist in Music/Piano. B.M., Augsburg College.
Emma Small* (1978). Studio Artist i n Music/Voice. B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music.
Howard D. Small* (1978). Studio A r t M o r g a n . B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music.
Louisa Ann Smith* (1979). Lecturer i n Library Science. B.A., Hamline University; M.A., A.B.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Paul Sonnack.* Visiting Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of
Chicago; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary.
George Stahl* (1976). Studio Artist i n Music/String Bass. B.M., Chicago Musical College.
Soterios Stavrou* (1975). lnstructor in Foreign Language. B.A., Augsburg College.
Donald Steinmetz (1968). Associate Professor of Foreign Language. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Myles Stenshoel (1965). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College; M.A.,
Concordia Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Bruce Stuart*. Visiting Lecturer i n Religion.
Daniel Sturm* (1979). Studio Artist i n Music/String Bass. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Grace Sulerud (1966). Assistant Professor of Library Science. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Ralph Sulerud (1964). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College; M.S., University of
Nebraska; Ph.D., University of North Dakota.
Mary Swanson* (1976). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jeff Swenson.* Wrestling Coach.
Larry Tallman (1978). Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., University of Kansas; M.A., Ph.D.,
Michigan State University.
Mohammed Tavokoli* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Sociology.
James ten Bensel.* Studio Artist i n Music/Trombone. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Paul Thomas* (1977). Studio Artist in Music/Cello. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Philip Thompson (1959). Professor and Department Chair of Art. B.A., Concordia College;
M.F.A., University of Iowa.
Neal 0. Thorpe (1967). Professor and Department Chair of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College;
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Mary Timm* (1973). Women's Volleyball and Softball Coach.
Joel Torstenson.* Professor Emeritus of Sociology.
David Tubergen* (1980). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Hope College; M.M., Yale
University; Ph.D., New York University.
Joetta A. Vernon* (1980). lnstructor in Nursing. B.S.N., M.S.N., University of Minnesota
Donald Warren* (1978). Lecturer i n English. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Dorothy J. Williamson* (1970). Lecturer i n Art. B.A., Asbury College; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
M a r y Wilson* (1969). Studio Artist in Music/Flute. B.A., B.M., Macalester College.
Helen Woelfel (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., St. Louis University; M.S., Marquette
University.
David Wood (1969). Professor of English. B.S., Wisconsin State University, Eau Claire; M.A.,
Ph.D., Bowling Green University.
139 Communication List
for Mail or Telephon
140 Index
141 Academic Calendars
F?
T...
. ; .. .,
! .
..-.."". ... ,.. .......
" -,
138
O l d Main, campus keyslone
Hockey is the key attraction at the
Ice Center
Advenl Vespers in Central Lutheran
,
'
r...
,
,',,',
..,
'.:'
Communication List/139
Communications Directory
Key offices are listed for correspondence or telephone inquiries.
All have this mailing address:
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis MN 55454
Area Code: 612
President .................................................................330-1212
Dean of the College (Academic Affairs) ..................................... 330-1024
Dean of Students (Student Welfare) ........................................ 330-1 168
Director of Admissions (Admissions) .......................................330-1001
Director of Financial Aid (Financial Assistance, Scholarships) ................ 330-1046
Director of Student Life (Housing). ......................................... 330-1 105
Registrar (Academic records, transcripts, Veterans' Affairs) .................. 330-1036
Summer School/lnterim Office .............................................330-1025
Career Planning and Placement (Job Counseling, Placement Services) ....... 330-1 162
College Pastor (Spiritual life programs and activities) ........................ 330-1 107
Business Office (Fees and accounts) .......................................330-1028
Director of Development (Financial gifts to the College) ..................... 330-1 171
Director of Public Relations (Information Service, media relations,
publications). ........................................................... 330-1 180
Coordinator of Parent/Alumni Programs .................................... 330-1 179
College Center Manager. ..................................................
330-1 109
Ice Arena Manager ........................................................330-1251
Student Government Office ................................................ 330-1 110
General Information (Other office numbers; business hours only) ............ 330-1000
The college has designated the following persons as coordinators for discrimination inquiries or grievance:
Boyd Koehler, Assistant Professor, Library (612/330-1018) - Affirmative Action Coordinator (matters based on race, creed, national or ethnic origin)
Pat Parker, Associate Academic Dean - Memorial 231 (612/330-1021) -504 Coordinator
(matters based on physical or mental handicap)
Marianne Sander, Vice President for Student Affairs, CSD-Memorial (612-330-1 168) -Title
IX Coordinator (matters based on sex or marital status)
Bonnie-Jean Mork, Director of Personnel, 2nd Floor Memorial (612-330-1023)
ployment
- Em-
All correspondence should be addressed to the designated individual, at Augsburg College,
731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis MN 55454. Formal grievance procedures are described
in the Staff Handbook. Copies are available from the Personnel Office.
140/l ndex
Academic Adviser ..................... 77
Academic Enrichment ................. 27
Academic Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31-38
Academic Policies and Procedures
38-45
Accounting Major ..................... 52
Accreditation ....................... 6, 44
Adapted Physical Education ............ 82
Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-131
Admissions
9-'1'1
Advanced Placement .................. 42
Advanced Standing
42
American Indian Programs
27
Application t o Augsburg
11-11
Application for Financial Aid
15-17
Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities (ACTC)
31. 36
Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Auditing Courses
41
...
.........................
....................
.............
.............
........
...............
.....................
Black Student Programs ................ 27
Black Student Union
27
Board for College and University
Services. TALC ..................... I29
Board of Regents
'129
Books and Supplies .................... 14
Brief Facts about Augsburg
44
..................
.....................
.............
Calendar. Academic ............... 31. 142
Campus M a p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Campus Tours ......................... 9
Campus Work
10
Cancellation from College
39
Cancellation of Courses
39
Career Planning and Placement
27
Center for Student
Development (CSD) .............. 27. 2'3
Certification Programs-Art
34. 47
Church Staff Work .............. 34. 112
Program Evaluation . . . . . . . . . . 34.130.120
Women's Studies
34. 127
Chemical Dependency Program
36
Chinese
62. 73
Classification ......................... 42
Coaching Endorsement
82
College Center ................ 2,3.24. 26
College Pastor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.130. 139
College Work Study Program
18
Communications Directory
13!1
Computer Programming (CDI)
36
Conservation of Human
Resources (CHR) .................... 36
38
Continuing Education
Coordinators - Discrimination
or Grievance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
82
Corrective Therapy
13
Costs 1980-81
C.P.A. Certification
34
........................
.............
...............
........
..........
................
........
...........................
................
.
...........
...........
.........
.................
....................
.........................
....................
Courses. Majors. Minors
Art. Art History .................. 47-49
Biology ......................... 49-52
Business Administration
and Economics
52-59
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-61
East Asian Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Education
62-68
Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69-72
Foreign Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72-80
Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Health and Physical Education
81-84
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84-87
International Relations
87
Mathematics/Computer Science
87-90
Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
90-92
Metro-Urban Studies
Music. Music Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . 93-97
Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98-99
Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99-101
Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104-104
Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103-105
Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106-109
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109-112
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112-114
Russian Area Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Scandinavian Area Studies
115-116
Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Social Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Social Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118-120
Sociology
120-122
Speech. Communication and
Theater Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122-126
Transdisciplinary Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Women's and Minority Studies
127
.................
.......................
.....
..............
...
.............
......
.....................
......
Dean's List ............................ 42
31
Degrees ..............................
Deposits ............................. 14
Directed Study ........................ 43
Dismissal from College ................42
Distribution Requirements ............. 39
Divisions .............................
32
Driving to Campus
..................... 3
.......................10
.......... 53-55
........................ 10
Early Admission
Early Childhood Education
Early Decision
Economics .........................
Elementary Education
Emeriti
Enrollment
Evaluation and Grading .............
56-59
..............63-65
..............................131
...........................14
4n-47
.........................
.................................
Facilities..
2-3. 7
Faculty .................... 31.44.132-137
Fees
14
......................
..................
.......
......................
.....................
Financial Aid
16-23
. 28
Food Service
Foreign Study
28. 37
French ............................ 73-75
13
Full-time Student
German ...........................
Grade Point Average (GPA)
Graduation Requirements
Graduation with Distinction.
Grants
Greek ...........................
75-77
......10. 39. 41
..........39-40
...........43
............................
17-78
77
Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Higher Education Consortium
(HECUA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
History of Augsburg College . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Honors Major (See Departmental listings)
Honors Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.14. 28. 29
Human Development Seminars . . . . . . . . . 27
.
.
.
........
............
...................
............
43
Independent Study . . . . . . . .
26. 44
Intercollegiate Athletics
Intercultural Center
27
Inter-Institutional Programs
35
Interim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.37.3R. 39. 112
International Business
53
11. 28
International Students
Internship Program
38
26
Intramural Athletics
Japanese
62. 77
26
KCMR Radio
Kindergarten Licensure ................ 63
.................
..............
....................
...................
..........................
.........................
....................
27
Learning for Living
Library/Audio-Visual
31. 35
Library Science Courses ............. 67-68
Life Science Emphasis
98
40. 82
Lifetime Sports
Linguistics Courses ................. 77-78
Loans ................................ 40
Location
2. 3, 6
...............
..................
.....................
..........................
Majors and Minors (Also see
Courses) ........................ 33. 39
Management Major
52
52
Marketing Major
Memberships .......................... 6
Metro-Urban Studies
91
Term (MUST)
M i d d l e School Science
Emphasis
99
Minnesota State Work Study
Program ............................ 18
Mission Statement ..................... 5
Mortensen Tower
2. 3. 29
26. 97
Music Organizations
...................
......................
.......................
...........................
.................
...............
Numbering of Courses
Off-Campus Programs
................45
.................44
Part-Time Students .................... 13
Physical Science Emphasis
98
Payment Plans
15
Policies ............................ 6. 44
Pre-Professional Programs
34. 3 5
Prerequisites
45
42
Probation
Program in Global
Community
37
..............
........................
..........
..........................
............................
........................
Re-admission o f Former
Students
11
Refunds
.
15
Registration ....................... 30. 39
Religious Life
25
Residence Life
28.20
Residence Requirement ............... 39
Room Rent
13
ROTC
36
Russian .............................. 79
...........................
.........................
.........................
.....................
...........................
................................
...........
San Francisco Summer Term
92
Scandinavian Urban Studies
Term (SUST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91-92
Scholarships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-23
Secondary Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-68
SEMAPHORE -- Student Handbook
26
Semester or Year Abroad
37
Sigma Pi Sigma ....................... 104
Smiley's Point Clinic
2R
Society of Physics Students ............ '104
South American Urban Semester
(SAUS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91-92
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
... 79-81
Special Interest Houses
29
Special Students (Non-degree) ......... 11
Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Student Government
25
Student Life .......................... 25
Student Project for Amity Among
Nations (SPAN) ..................... 37
Student Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,
26
Sudent Rights ......................... 29
Student Services
26-29
Study Abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28. 37
Summer Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Summer Sessions ................... 31, 38
.....
..............
...................
...
................
..................
....
...................
....................33
............................
9
.........................9. 70
............................... 13
.....................9. 10
.....................
2. 3. 29
Teaching Licensure
Testscores
Transcripts
Tuition
Tuition Deposit
Urness Tower
Veterans
.............................
43
Academic Calendar
1980-81
Fall Semester
1981-8z*
Sept. 2-3
Sept. 4
Registration and Welcome
Classes Begin
Labor Day Recess
Last day t o register, add or drop
class without record notation
Last day to designate grading
option
Mid-term break
lnterim Registration
Spring Term Pre-Registration
Last day to withdraw from a class
Thanksgiving Recess Begins
Classes Resume
Classes End
Final Examinations
Final Grades Due
Sept. 1-2
Sept. 3
Sept. 7
Sept. 17
Sept. 17
Oct. 27
Nov. 10-13
Nov. 17-Dec. 5
Nov. 20
Nov. 27
Dec. 1
Dec. 12
Dec. 15-18
Dec. 29
Sept. 17
1980
1981
September
1
14
21
28
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
11
24
4
11
18
25
5
12
19
26
January
6
13
20
21
4
11
18
25
5
12
19
26
5
12
19
26
6
13
20
27
1
14
21
28
1
8
15
22
29
1 2 3
89101
15 16 11
22 23 24
2 3 4
91011
16 11 18
23 24 25
30 31
November
2 3 4 5
9 10 11 12
16 17 18 19
"10 24 25 26
6
13
20
21
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
11
24
31
4
11
I8
25
1
14
21
28
1
8
I5
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
17
24
31
5
12
19
26
Jan. 6
Jan. 23
Jan. 30
Feb. 3
Classes Begin
Last day to register, add or drop
class without record notation
Last day to withdraw from a class
Classes end
Interim grades due
6 1 8
13 14
20 21
21 28
4
11
10
25
5
12
19
26
6 1 8
13 14
20 21
21 28
5
12
19
26
I
1
9
15
22
29
2 3 4 5
9 10 11 12
16 11 I6 19
''m?'~ 25 26
Jan. 5
Jan. 22
Jan. 29
Feb. 2
3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13
11 I8 19 20
''1 25 26 21
1
14
21
28
2 3
1 0 l
16 11
23 24
30
4
l
I8
25
1
14
21
28
6
I3
20
21
1
14
21
28
4
11
18
25
5
12
19
26
1
14
21
28
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
11
24
4
11
I8
25
4
1
18
25
6
13
20
21
7
14
21
28
I
8
15
22
29
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
11
24
4
11
I8
25
5
12
19
26
1 2
6 1 8 9 1
13 I4 15 16
20 21 22 23
27 26 29 30
3
0
11
24
31
October
November
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
5
12
19
26
6
13
20
21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
891011121314
15 18 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 21 28
29 30
June
1
8
15
22
29
2 3
1 0 1
16 11
23 24
30 31
September
6
13
20
27
May
Jan. 4
1
9
15
22
29
August
4 5 6 7
1121314
18 19 20 21
25 26 21 28
April
6
13
20
21
Interim
Jan. 5
5
12
19
26
March
I
8
15
22
29
December
7
14
21
28
3
0
17
24
31
Februarv
October
Nov. 2
Oct. 26
Nov. 9-12
Nov. 16-Dec. 4
Nov. 19
Nov. 26
Nov. 30
Dec. 11
Dec. 14-17
Dec. 28
July
1 2
6 1 8 9 1
13 14 15 16
20 21 22 23
21 28 29 30
December
6
13
20
21
1
14
21
28
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
11
24
31
4
11
I8
25
5
12
19
26
Spring Semester
Feb. 3
Feb. 4
Feb. 17
M a r . 23-27
April 3
April 17-20
April 24
April 27-May 7
M a y 15
M a y 18-21
M a y 22
M a y 27
M a y 24
Validation of registration
Classes begin
Last day t o register, add or drop
class without record notation
Mid-term Break
Last day to designate grading
option
Easter Break
Last day to withdraw from a class
Pre-registration for Fall
Classes end
Final Examinations
Final grades due
Seniors
Others
Baccalaureate-Commencement
1982
1
Feb. 3
Feb. 4
Feb. 17
(See Easter)
I
April 2
April 3-13
April 23
April 26-May 6
M a y 14
M a y 17-20
January
3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20
"1
25 26 27
7
I4
21
28
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
I
4
I1
I8
25
5
12
19
26
July
1 2
6 7 8 9 1
13 14 15 16
20 21 22 23
27 28 29 30
Augusl
3
0
17
24
31
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
18
23
30
3
10
17
24
31
7
14
21
28
5
12
19
26
6 7 8
13 14
20 21
27 28
Februarv
1
7 8
14 15
21 22
28
2
9
16
23
3
10
17
24
4
11
I8
25
5
12
I9
26
6
13
20
27
1
7 8 9
I4 15
21 22
28 29
2 3 4 5 6
1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3
16 17 I 8 19 20
23 24 25 26 21
30 31
April
1 2 3
6 7 8 9 1 0
13 I 4 15 16 17
20 21 22 23 24
2 1 28 29 30
March
M a y 21
M a y 26
M a y 23
4
I1
18
25
5
12
19
26
Summer School
J u n e 1-26
J u n e 29-Aug. 7
Term I
Term I1
'
*Subject to change
AUGSBU~COLLEGE 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454
612/330-1000
6
13
20
27
1
7 8 9
14 I 5
21 22
28 29
6
13
20
27
June
2 3
1 0 1
16 17
23 24
30
5
12
19
26
6
13
20
27
September
1 2 3
9 1 0 1
15 16 17
22 23 24
29 30
4
1
18
25
October
3 4 5 6
I 0 11 12 13
17 18 19 20
."J
25 26 27
7
14
21
28
1
8
15
22
29
2
5
16
23
30
November
May
2 3 4 5
9 I 0 11 12
16 17 I 8 19
7 ' ~ 0 7 ' 3 25 26
4
11
I8
25
7
I4
21
28
1
8
15
22
29
1
7 8 9
14 15
21 22
28 29
2 3 4
1 0 1 1 1
16 17 I 6
23 24 25
30
5 6
2 1 3
19 20
26 27
December
4 5
1 1 2
18 19
25 26
5
12
19
26
6 1 8
13 I 4
20 21
27 28
1
9
15
22
29
2 3
1 0 1
I 6 17
23 24
30 31
4
1
18
25
Show less
..............................~....................................
Introduction
2
Calendar.
3
About This Catalog ...................
4
Options
..,.
4
Visiting Students
5
Interim Courses
6
UMAIE Courses
47
Other Courses
48
Augsburg Lifetlme Sports ..........-.............l...I. .....,.51
A... Show more
..............................~....................................
Introduction
2
Calendar.
3
About This Catalog ...................
4
Options
..,.
4
Visiting Students
5
Interim Courses
6
UMAIE Courses
47
Other Courses
48
Augsburg Lifetlme Sports ..........-.............l...I. .....,.51
Additional Courses
52
......................................................................
.
.
.
.
........................
.................................................... ...............
...............................................................
..............................................................
..............................~.............................
.............................................
.....
....
.....................................................
I
Contents
I
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg
College. The College follows a 4-14 calendar, with Fall and
Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a
four-weekJanuary Interim. Interim is particularly intended to
be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of
teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics
in places and ways not possible during the regular term.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students
should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and
preparing for classas they would for a fourcourse load during
Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one
course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a
student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/
No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the
P/N system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division
standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and
the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a
more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an A u g s b q student is required to complete 35
courses of which at least three must be Interim courses. The
number of r e q w Interim courses is adjusted for transfer
students. Transfer students should referto their transfer credit
evaluation form, or consult the registrar.
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the
basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as required by Title D( of the 1972
Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973,as amended, in its admissions policies, educational
programs, activities and employment practices.
Introduction
I
Interim Office (Memorial 230) - Interim Secretary, Kay
Thomsen, 330-1025; Interim Director, Dr.David Gabrielson,
330-1025.
Interim Registration
October 28 - November 1 .................................
December 2 ......................
...............Late Interim Registration
.
.
..........J
t Day of Interim
January 6 ..........................
Class I 9:00 a.m. (first day only)
Class I1 1:00 p.m.
.
.
.
.
.
.
January 7 .......................
................Last Day for Cancel/Add
January 17 ..................Last Day for Determining Grading System
with Registrar
January 17 .....................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
January 29 .....................................................................Interim Ends
Semester Begins
February 3
Interim Grades Due
February 7 ............................................
.....
The time and number and length of meetings as well as the
beginning time wiIl be manged the first day of class. The daily
schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon. (Onthe firstday of classes Time
1classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m.
Note: Mattin Luther King Day will be OM
at Augsburg with a
special convocation onMondayIJanuary20,at 1.UOp.m.Check with
your instructor for class scheduling this day.
I
Introduction
I
The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are
listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings
of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recogruzed by
the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and
information about these courses are available in the Interim
Office, Memorial 230. Studentsmay also register for one of the
lifetime sports listed at the end of the Catalog.
- Students are invited tobe part of one of
International In*
the 23 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest
AssociationforInternationalEducation(UMAIE).Thesecourse
opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog.
Internships:Deadline: Friday, December 13. January Interim
internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an
internship must meet departmentalrequirementsand present
a signed internship learning agreement plan to the Internship
Office(Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall
classes (Friday, December 13).The LearningAgreement forms
are available in the same office. Internships during Interim
must involve full-time work placements for approximately
four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office.
Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a p m
gram of independent study (upper division 499) or directed
study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are
strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more
than one independent study per Interim. Students choosingto
pursue independent or directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. kesent to the registrar for approval a copy of the proposed
study plan approved by the supervisingfaculty member. This
Introduction
1
proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims at Oher Schools- Augsburg studentsmay enroll at
any other 414 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim
arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in
the Interim Office.The Interim Secretary will help students in
applying for registration at other schools. Registration for
Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg
during the regular registration period. Most courses taught
during thehterim at other 4-14 schools are accepted forcredit
by Augsburg, but may not necessarilybe accepted as meeting
Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the religion requirement.
Augsburg Collegewelcomes students from other 414schools
for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the
student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to
Augsburg studentsfor the January term. The waiver of tuition
does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other
students will be charged $768for the Interim course. Students
interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write
to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms
provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an
application processing fee of $10. Studentsare welcometo stay
on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim
housing should be made to the Interim Office.
1
ART 107-42040
ART 1 18-42041
ART 35542042
Instructor:Phlllp Thompson
Course options Include Drawlng, Palnting I and Palntlng 1
I
107 Drawing - Drawing projects in pencil, pen and wash
surveying the fundamentals of visual theory, composition,
and descriptive methods with a focus on the south Florida
environment. Activities will include referenceto historical and
contemporary examples of coastal landscapes.
118 Painting I - Painting projects with a focus on the south
Florida environment in water or oil based media against a
concern for fundamentals of visual theory, composition, and
descriptive methods. Studyof the significance of coastal landscapes in the light of historical and contemporary examples.
355 Painting II - (Prerequisite: ART 118 or equivalent) Advanced study of oil and water based painting with emphasis on the south Florida environment.
Each course of study will include some interdisciplinary activities with "morida Keys Marine Biology" and "Writers of
the Florida Keys" classes. Evaluation will be based on the
quality of work, participation, and artistic growth factors.
The course fee will be about $1,200 which will include air fare,
lodging, and most meals for about two weeks in south Florida.
The primary residence will be at the Newfound Marine Institute on Big Pine Key. The Interim will include stays at Miami
Beach and trips by van to the Everglades and Key West.
DlsMbvtlon:Art/Muslc
General Educaiion Perspectives:Aesthetics
Maodmum Enrollment: 12
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 4 & 17
Arf
I
ART 290-42043
Insfructor: Steve Chapman
An overview of the visual arts of the American Indians within
the United States with some attention to Canada, Central and
South America. In addition to the visual arts of the Eastern
Woodland, Plains, Pacific, and Southwest Indians, some content may include drama, dance, poetxy, mythology, rituals, or
religion. Students will produce art work such as weaving,
baskets, pottery, jewelry, sculpture, or prints. This course is
pintly listed as Indian Studies or Art, and is one of the c o r n
available to those interested in an American Indian Studies
minor.
Dlslnbutlon:Art/Muslc
Maxfmum Enrollment:20
77me: 1
I
Room: Old Maln 17
BIO 14042044
810 34042045
Insfructor: Ralph Sulerud
The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of
marine organisms and marine ecology. Most of the approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at the Newfound
Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The Institute
offers laboratory facilitiesand field trips in addition to housing
and a dining hall. Field trips will permit the study of diverse
habitats such as those of coral reefs, shallow bays, mangrove
swamps, seagrass communities, and tide pools. Organisms
from these communitiesand others willbe investigated on site
and in the laboratory.A marinebiologist from the Institutewill
be available to lead all field trips and conduct specialized
classes. Upon termination of the program at the Institute, there
will be a short trip to the Florida Evergladesto experienceyet
another interesting environment.
Preparation for the excursion to the Keys will be made during
the week prior to the trip. This will include an introduction to
marine biology utilizing a variety of audiovisual materials.
The final week will be devoted primarily to study and the
completion of the course requirements.
The course will have an interdisciplinary component. Biology
studentswillinteractwith studentsfromJohnMitchell'scourse,
"Writers of the Florida Keys",and Phil Thompson's drawing
and painting courses.
Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the pm
gram,a detailed journal based on daily experiences, and a final
examination. Upper division students will also do a special
research project which will be the basis of an extensive paper.
Dlslrlb~on:Blology/Chemlslry
Prerequlsltes:Blology 1 1 1, 1 12 for upper dMslon credlt
Madmum Enrollment: 10
Tlme:I
Room: ScIence 205
610 102-42046
Instructor EWn Mlckelberg
A discussion of the many contributions and impacts made by
plants in almost every area of society.Historically, plants have
influencedexplorationoftheplanet,militarycampaigns,health
care, religious beliefs, crime, and many other areas. We will
look at everything from the spice trade to the Lindbergh
kidnapping and the influence of plant life on each occurrence.
Two multiple choice examinations will be the evaluative instruments.
Dlslrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlslry
Maxlmum Enrollment:30
Tlme:1
I
Room: Sclence 205
BIO 10542047
Instructor: ThomasHehst
This class will develop an increased understanding of the
current environmental and health implications of such topics
as nuclear power (fission and fusion), genetic engineering,
waste disposal, biological warfare, ccarcinogens, agricultural
fertilizers, and pesticides. Additional topics of class interest
may also be discussed.
Three written examinations, of equal point value, will be
q u i d .A fourto six page referencedresearch paper on a p r e
approved topic may be substituted for one examination. The
papers will be evaluated on style and content, r e f l b g a
thorough understanding of the subject. Photocopy fee of $10.
Dlstrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlslryor Uhan/Women/
Mlnotify
General Education Perspecfive:Ncrtural World-2
Madmum Enrollment:20
77me: I
Room: Sclence 2 13
BIO 141-42048
Instructor:Esther McLaughlln
This course will introduce the "fifth kingdom" of organisms:
fungi. The importance of fungi in history, religion, culture,
medicine, agriculture, and industry, as well as their role in the
ecosystem (as decomposers and symbionts)will be explored.
The course will use lectures, student premtations, field trips,
audio-visual resources, and some classroom demonstrations.
Evaluation will be via weekly tests and graded presentations.
Dlslrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlstry
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: 11
Room: Sclence 2 13
Biology
I
BUS 499-42049 (IndependentStudy)
Instructoc John Cedto
Congruent with the mission of Augsburg College, this course
will be of service to the urban community by providing
research assistance to both nonprofit and profit organizations.
Students enrolled in the class will have the opportunity to
conduct field-based research projects for community-based
organizations requesting and requiring marketing research
assistance. Students should contact the instructor to obtain an
outline of the expected research methodology.
Prerequlsffes: BUS 352 or SOC 363 or completion of
another research course approved by the I ~ c t o r .
Madmum Enrollment: 10
lime: Independent Study
Room: Contact the Instructorpriorto Interim reglslraflon
CHM 100-42050
Instructor: Ariln Gyberg
This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very
popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is not a
traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science
background. Basic science and math are introduced early and
are taught as needed for understanding various topics and
implications.The course does assume the student is interested
in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry tolifeand
living.
Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for
centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies.In recent
decades the human seeking of personal independencehas led
to chemistry becoming a part of everyday life to the point of
adual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, pills, plastics, processed foods, pollutants, and it goes on
and on. Emotional and mental disorders can often be traced to
chemical imbalance and wen learning appearsto be the result
of chemicalreaction to form a "memory molecule". Most of the
problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but
chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our
society,our world, and our universe? Come, pin us as we take
a molecular look at the human condition.
This course will be o f f d in a lecture/discussion format.
Article handouts and films will supplement the ledure/discussion periods. Daily quizzeswillbe used for evaluation. This
course meets a distributionneed but does not satisfyprequisites for Chemistry 106,110, or 116.
Dlstrlbvtlon:Blology/Chernlstry
General Educdon Pmpectlve: Natural World2
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I/
Room: Sclence 3 15
CSC 27@42051
Instructo~Lamy Ragland
A study of the Fortran programming language for students
with previous knowledge of computer programming. This
course will expand a student's knowledge of programming
and programming languages through presentation of the
features of Fortran together with programmingtechniques for
using those features. Studentsare expected to know how to do
computer programming in someprogramminglanguage(such
as Pascal) before entering this course.
This course will involve lectures and several programming
assignments in Fortran. Evaluation will be based on the successful completion of assignments and examinations.
Prerequlslte:One course which Includes programming
I
Com~uterScience
In a programrnlng language (e.g.,CSC 170).
Madmum Enrollment:25
Time: I
Room: Foss 42
ECO 1 1M2052
Instructor Ed Sabella
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a
metmurban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed
are:population "crisis", crime prevention, ecologyand income
distribution, distributing free bread, mass transit systems, etc.
Fundamental miroeconomic tools will be introduced to facilitate discussion of the above topics.
Final grade in the course will be based on three subjective
examinations.
Dlsf~ibvtlon:
Emer Economlcs/Pd~cal
Sclence or Uban
Concerns
Madmum Enrollment:25
rime: 1
I
Room: Sclence 2 12
ECO 1 12-42053
Instructor:Satya Gupta
An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, and em
nomic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems.
Dlstdbvtlon: Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence
Madmum Enrollment:25
Time: I
Room: Muslc 22
ECO 32342054
Instructor: Jeanne Boeh
An introduction to the field of health economics. Application of
elementary economic theory to the m t players in our health
msyjtem- hoqitals, physichs, and payas.Thedstriiutive
effects of these programs will be considered. Also, comparisons
will be drambetweenour health care system and those of other
countries.
Prerequlslte: ECO 1 12 or 1 13 or consent of the Instructor.
Maximum Enrollment:25
Tlme: I
Room: Muslc 23
ECO 49542055
lnstructoc Magdalena Paleczny-Zaw
Students will critically review the failures and successes of the
Soviet Planned Economy from 1917-1985. The main focus of
the course will be Perestroika - restructuring the Soviet
economy - and evaluating GorbacheVs economic program
in terms of economic growth, income distribution, consumer
w e k , technological performance, military power and environmental quality. The historic events of August 1991 and
their impact on the future of the SovietUnion willbe discussed
in intadisciplinaxy manner.
Method of evaluation: Active class putidpation; finallake
home research essay.
Prerequlslfe:ECO 1 12 or consent of lnslructor
Dlstrlb~on:
Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: I
Room: Memorlal Hall 323
EDU 353-42056
Instructor:Rlch G m u n d m
This course presents an examination and comparison of s e
lected Western and non-Western educational systems as well
as an investigation of possible careers in international education. Specla1 attention will be directed toward Scandinavian
and Central American models. There willbe lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and guest speakers. Student
evaluation will be based on class presentations and an investigative project.
Prerequisite: Sophomore standlng. or permlsslon of
Instructor.
Madmum Enrollment: 15
rime: I
Room: Ubraty4
EDU 37G42057
Instructor: Mary Ann BaV,es & Carolyn Clemmons
This course will provide future teachers with insights and
strategies that will enable them to create positive learning
environments that will enhance achievement and build selfesteem in their students.
Prerequlsltes:EDU 265, SWK250,some M d work
expedence
Madmum Enrollment:25
Time: 1
I
Room: Ubraty 4
EDE 37542058
Instructot B ~ c Drewlow
e
This class prepares students for the unique experiences and
Education
responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. The course will
stress issues associated with adult/chiId relationships, curriculum design and development, classroom organization
researchplans, and developmentalinstructionpractices. Guest
speakers will be included to share their unique experiences
and perspectives.
Grades willbe based on projects, discussion, and examination.
This is a onehalf credit course.
Prerequkltes: PPST Dam and EDU 255
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:I
Room: Ubrary l
EDU 388-42059
Instructor:Mlldred Mueller
This course is the study of prejudice, discrimination, and
oppression as it affects persons of color, the handicapped, the
limited English speakers, and females. Topics include racism,
sexism, homophobia, and economicissues.Emphasisis placed
on preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms
which will include minority students, different religiousbackgrounds, the less abled, and students at risk. Students will be
expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films, and
complete a pro@. This coursesatisfiesthe Minnesota Human
Relations requirement for teachers and social workers. This is
a onehalf credit course.
This course is offered only on PIN basis.
Prerequlsttes:Passlng of PPSl and admntance to
Education program In process.
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I1 Tuesdays,7hursdays and alternate Fddays
Room: Ubrary l
Education
ENG 2 1942060
Instructor: John Schmlt
Language plays an important role in our socialization and
acculturation. The way we speak tells others who we are and
tells us who others are. Our speech is a reflection of our social
u
l
w background. For
and economical standing and our c
this reason we should expect women to speakdifferentlyfrom
men. And yet somehow we do not. We should expect anyone
from a different background to have differences of language.
Even more importantly, we must understand these differences
in order to make sure that we understand speakers from
different language communities.
This course will examine the dialects of various Englishspealang communities and attempt to describe and understand their rules of speech: Their grammatical rules, phone
logical rules, and their rules of discourse. It will include
ledures, student presentations, and student-led discussions.
Besides presenting a topic, students will write a paper on the
presentation topic and take a final exam.
Dlstrlbvtlon: Urban Siudles, or Women's Studies, or
Mlnom Siudles
General Education Perspective: InterculturalAwareness
Maximum Enrollment:25
Time: 11
Room: Old Maln 27
ENG 2404206 1
ENG 342-42062
Inslructor: Kaihy Swanson
What is fiction? What is good fiction? What elements of fiction
should be considered in making an evaluation?In this course,
students will find answers to these questions by mding a
variety of fictional works and by writing their own fiction.
Although the course will not involve a systematic analysis of
the history of the form of the short story, we will begin with
tales and fables and we will read a sufficient number of classics
for the student to appreciate the historical development from
Poe to Beattie. The come will involve practice in ways of
approachingliteratureandwill include studyof thebasic critical
terminology, so it would be an appropriate course for students
who have not yet studied literature at the college level.
Studentsare acpected to read the storiesand novel, participate
in class discussions, write an analysis paper on a selected short
story, write an original short story, and take several quizzes
and a final exam.
Students taking this course for upper division credit will read
an additional novel and prepare a substantial paperlclass
presentation on it.
All students will be asked to contribute $5 to enable printing
and distribution of selected original fiction from class.
Prerequlsltes: Completion of Effectlve WMng
Dlsfrlbvtlon:Englkh/Speech
General Educaiion Perspective:Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 27
ENG 136-42063
Inslrvctor John Mttchell
This course o k r s a study in the literary use of setting, in this
case an environment that will be studied aesthetically, ecologically, and culturally in concurrence with the reading of selected essays, poetry, and fiction. The study of the environment itself will involve an interdisciplinary program based at
the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute on Big Pine Key about
30 miles from Key West. The main text will be The I(ey West
Reader: The Best of the Key West Wrifers,1830-1990. In addition,
students will read three novels: Ernest Herningwafs To Hime
and ToHaw Not,Thomas McCuane's Ninety-Two in the Shade, and
Thomas Sanchez's Mile Zero, which will give a historical and
diversely cultural overview of the Keys'literary significance.
The interdisciplinary component of this course will be coordinated with two other courses:''Drawing" or 'Tainting" taught
by Phil Thompson and "Marine Biology" taught by Ralph
Sulerud. Field trips during the two-week stay will involve
excursions into the culturally and racially diverse Art Deco
District of Miami Beach; snorkeling in the coral reefs; trips to
the ,'back country" of the mangrove islands; visits to the
Hemingway house and other places of literary interest; and a
brief tour of the Everglades. A stimulating interplay of environment, culture, and literature will result; the student will be
an informed presence rather than a mere tourist.
There will be one week of introductory study on campus,
about two weeks of study in southern Florida, and about a
week to complete the course requirements back on campus.
Studentswill be expeded to keep a journal of observations and
impressions,to compose a verbal and visual sketch of a chosen
writef s house, and to write a final paper of about 10 pages in
length, based upon analysis and comparison of seleded writers' uses of environment as literary setting, especially in view
of what has been learned first-hand.
A fee of approximately$1,200 will be charged for transportation (including airfare), lodging, most meals, and the services
(field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.) of the Newfound Harbor
Marine Institute.
Prerequlsltes:Petmlsslon of lnsfructor
Dlsiribution:Engllsh/Speech
Maximum Enrollment: 10
77me: 1
Room: Sclence 205
English
FRE 24342064
Insfructoc Ruth Aaskov
What is the attraction of French literature, its human and
artistic significance for the reader? With these questions in
mind we will read and analyze 810 shorter French literary
works available to us in English translation.
What willwe be reading? A bit of Rabelais and Montaigne, of
Dexartes and Paxal. We will explore the classical theater, the
social critic Voltaire, and the 19th century novel. Twentieth
century authors like Gide, Codeau, Sartre, and St.-Exupery
will meal concernsof life that supercedenational boundaries.
We will sample one piece of francophone literature from West
Africa, reflecting the struggle between indigenous and Western culture. At mid-point each student will choose another
short work for personal study and presentation for the class.
Evaluation of your work will be based upon your active
participation in class, your timely reading and discussion
preparations, four quizzes, your independent study pmject,
and an endaf-the- course discussion of the papers.
This literature course is intended to help you in further reading, critical thinking, and communication about literature.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of
Instructor
Dlsfrlbvtlon: Uterafure
Madmum Enrollment: 25
lime: I
Room: Old Main 12
HPE 11542065
Instrvctoc Richard Borstad
A course req& for all students majoring in education.
Students will gain knowledge of various chemicals and their
)
French/Health and Physical Education
effectson the mind and body; acquire an awareness of school
and community based resources available for assisting students with health-related problems; appreciate the teacher's
role in the school health program; and examine their own
attitudes and practices relative to chemicaluse. Topicsinclude:
legal, cultural, and historical asp& of chemicals; p h m c o l ogy; the school health program; community health programs;
epidemiology; and defining the drug problem. Lechmdiscussion format.Studentswillwrite a paper on a topic of their choice
and there will be periodic quizzes on lecture and reading
materials.
This is a onehalf credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Tlme:I1 Tuesdays, Thursdays,and akmate Fridays
Room: Melby 1 1 1
HPE 232-42066
Insiructor: Carol Enke
A course designed for Physical Education majors. Students
will develop an appreciation for rhythmic activities within
Physical Education; identify and perform various dances corresponding to a variety of musical forms; and develop and
practice strategies for teaching creativity in movement. Content
includes: fundamental movement patterns (hopping,skipping,
and leaping), dances (folk, squaw, social), and creative movement. Students will practice fundamental movements and a
variety of dance h s ; develop a dance and movement notebook; teach creative movement. Evaluation will be based on
attendance, participation, and a written and practical final
exam.
Thisis a onehalf credit course.
Maximum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby ZW2
Health and Physical Education
HPE 47542067
Instructor: Ed Saugestad
The purpose of this class is to equip students with the skills and
knowledge needed to assist in the prevention and caring for
trauma associated with physical activity. Contentincludes: the
identification and care of common injuries related to various
sports; procedures for preventing injuries; taping and wrap
ping; therapeutic measures; medical resources; legal considerations. Lecture, discussion, demonstration, and A-V resources
are utilized. Students will practice various training techniques.
Evaluation includes both written and practical skill examinations. Small fee for taping materials.
This is a onehalf credit course.
Prerequlslte:610 103
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:I Tuesdays, 7hursdays,and alternate Fn'days
Room: Melby l l I
HPE 478-42068
Instructoc Ed Saugestad
This courseis designed to prepare students to become coaches
of ice hockey. Includes fundamentals of skating, stick handling, shooting, passing, position play; principles of team
defense and offense; motivation of players; public relations;
scouting procedures; and care of equipment. Activities include
ledure/discussion, demonstrations, guest spakers and A-V
materials. Some on-ice activity. Evaluation includes examinations and development of a coaching notebook
This is a onehalf credit course.
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby I I I
I
Health and Physical Education
I
HIS 220-42069
HIS 320-42070
Inslructor: Khln Khln Jensen
This course will focus on Asian immigration to the United
Statesin themid-19th centuryand turnof the 20th century. The
Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Filipino experience will receive special atkmtion. The course concludes with a component on the changes in the U.S. immigration laws in the postWorld War I1period.Studentswill study the pattern of Asian
immigration, the areas they settled in, the contributions made
by these ethnic groups to the American economic scene, and
the role of "new Asian immigrants" since the end of the
Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the
immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United
States to some Asian immigration.
There will be a mid-term and a finalproject (a paper, topic to
be selected the first week of the term in consultation with the
instructor) due the last day of the term.
Upper division students will be m p h d to complete a longer
paper than for lower division credit.They will also be expected
to completea book review on a book related to the course theme
and provide an oral progress report of their paper to the class.
Dlsfrfbutlon: Hlsto~y/Phllosophy
Mcudmum Enrollment:25
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 13
HIS 440-4207 1
Inslructor: Don Gust&n
Gandhi and King m monumental personalities of our century,
individuals whose names carry an aura of saintliness and
whose lives and actions are now held up as pointing to the
higher levels of living that humans might reach. They are
worthy of study because of their impact on our times, but also
as a means of discovering what the passage of time may do to
the record and image of prominent figures.
In this month we will begin by looking at the contemporary
popular portrayal of both Gandhi and King as shown by the
films "Gandhi" and "Eyes On The Prize"and then by reading
materials contemporary with these men as well as later biographies and studies which attempt to assess the real persons
behind the p m t myths.
Grading will be based on papers, class participation, and a
h a l exam.
Prerequlsltes:Sophomore sta-h.~~
or above and at least
one college hlstory or polka1 sclence course.
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Tlme:11
Room: Old Maln 1 1
INS 22542072
Insfructor: Amln Kader
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to p m t his
perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the
ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets,
Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems,
and Islamic patterns of life. There will alsobe a consideration of
the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis,
etc.).Therewillalsobesomeefforttodeal withthe similaritiesand
differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities.
Dlstrlbutlon:Mlnortty-Urban Studies
Maximum Enrollment:30
Tlme:1
I
Room: FC 42
INS I W 2 0 7 3
Instructors: WcM O b n and Ann Reener
Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the
Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and
Paideia Associates.Studentswillread selected readings, which
will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also
view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or
hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars
conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study
the Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for
effective seminars; evaluatetheir own behaviors during seminars and lead seminars.
Methods of evaluation will include interviews with students
and observation of students participating in seminars; reflective writing related to seminar content; and seminar participation.
Maximum Enrollment:20
lime: I1
Room: Sclence 3 19
INS 299-42074
sOC299-421 I I
Instructors: Gamy Hesser and Lds Olson
Learnfrom and about your experiences. Discover new ways to
learn by observing, collaborating, and subjectingyour acperiences to critical reflection.The course is designed to help you
connect your experiences to the liberal arts.
The actanship is a modified intanship designed for studmts
already placed in Cooperative Education positions, for studmts
Interdisciplinary
working part time in jobs related to their mapr or m r interests,
and for students actively engaged in community service. The
assumptionis that all students will be involved in appmximately
20 hours per week of placement activity during the month of
January (check with instructors if you have questions).
All students will design an individual learning plan and are
scpected to actively participate in a seminar that will meet
twice a week at times to be determined after the participant's
worklservice schedules are determined. Evaluation will be
based upon the overall quality of participation in the seminar,
which will include organizational analysis and critical assessment reflected in journals, seminar participation, and collaboration. The course is offered on a PIN basis.
Prerequlsltes:Placements secured during or prior to the
Fall semester whlch wlll contlnue during the Intefim and
pemlsslon of the Instructors.
Dlstribvflon:Urban Concerns
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Tlrne: I1
Room: Murphy Place 2
MAT 173-421 12
See Addiional Courses,page 52.
MAT 253-42075
Instructoc Bev Durkee
Our o b j j v e s are the exploration
of this new geometry of fractals, its
rules, its visuals, how it meals the
beauty of mathematics, how to create images of such complex forms
and exprience them as an art form
via computer graphics.
I
Mathematics
The class will observe the pattern of self-similarity and consider the transformations used to construct fractals such as this
fernand theexistence of self-similarity regardless of the power
of magnification used in examining it. The class will also
consider the well known Mandelbmt set and Julia sets in color
and in three dimensional rendition.
Students will be tested on the mathematics through a midterm
and finalexam.Studentswill create a portfolio of visuals similar
to the one above and from pieces of the Mandelbrot or Julia sets
which display the mathematical character of those visuals.
F i y , students will keep a pumal noting their reflections on
the intemmedions between mathematics and the artistic creations being studied or created.
Prerequlsltes:M d h Placement Group 111 or hlgher
Dlsiributlon: Mathemaiics/Physlcs
General Educaiion Pmpectlves: Aahetics
Maximum Enrollment:20
77me: I
Room: Sclence 1 12
MUS 129-42076
Instructor: Stephen Gabrlebn
"Tmprovisationin Music" meets everyday for three hours, and
each student will improvise daily at class meetings, using a
variety of improvisational techniques and styles.
Prerequlsltes: Mlnlmal abl11Yy on a muslcal Instrument or
h e Instructor's pemlsslon.
Maximum Enrollment: P m M o n of Instructor requlred
to enroll
77me: I
Room: Muslc 4
MUS 179-42077
Instructors:Robert Karien and Roberta MeMer
Much of American history and culture is derived from that of
continental Europe and the cities of Amsterdam, Paris,
Munich, and Vienna. This course provides an opportunityto
visit and experience important cultural centers that provided
theimpetus for development of culturallife in the New World.
Studentswill gain an appreciation of the role of art and music in
the history of the Netherlands, France, Austria, and Germany.
Evaluation is based on full participation in all comerelated
group activities, a daily journal, artlmusic critique sheets, and
exams (oral and written). No prerequisites, and no previous
experience in art or music is required.
Fee: $2,895 includes all air and surface travel, accomrnodations, several cultural performances, continental breakfast
daily, and five group dinners.
Regktmtion for this interim must be made before October 25 at
the InternationalPrograms Office,620 21st Avenue S., Minne
apolis, MN55954.Phone: 330-1655. O f f d onaP1Nbasis only.
Maximum Enrollment: 30
MUS 204-42078
Instructor: 0.
Nlck Raths
An introductionto the fundamentalsof music and musicology
as they occur within the context of Rock's inception (1950s)and
maturation (1%0s) periods. This course will examine the
musical content, methods, and historical background of s e
leded artists and their work.
Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive exam and a short term paper that includes a critical
analysis of a chosen song. For non- music majors.
Dlslrlbutlon: Art/Muslc
Maximum Enrollment:30
Tlme: I
Room: MUSIC5
NOR 1 1 1-42079
Instructor: Frankle Shackelford
This course is for students with no previous background in
Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in spealung, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for
understanding Norwegian cultwe. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and
the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will
be based on participation, daily assignments, q&,
a midterm, and a final exam.
Dlsfribvflon: Forelgn Language
General Educaflon Petspeciive: Intercultural Awareness
Madmum Enrollment: 25
77me:I
Room: Old Maln 25
PHI 17542080
Instructor: Davld Apollonl
We w
i
l
l begin by studying some common conceptions and
misconceptions of romantic love, and look at some philosophers' definitions of it. We will try to decide what it is to be in
love with someone, and how this differs from just being
friends, liking that person, and desiring that person sexually.
In the remainder of the course, we will consider the following
ethical issues concerning sex: (a) Sex and morality -Is there
such a thing as an ethics for sex?Is there such a thing as sexual
irnmox.ality? (b) Ssc and maniage -Is the use of birth control
moral? Is promiscuity bad? What strengths and weaknesses
does the institution of monogamy have? Is adultery immoral?
(c) The morality of alternative sexual preferences and lifestyles - Is sexual perversion a viable concept? Are homosexuality and lesbianism sexual perversion? Or are they merely
alternative sexual preferences?
Teaching methods: ledure/discussion. Evaluation:two-thirds
of total grade will derive from weekly quizzes, and one-third
from a final term paper of five to ten typewritten pages. (Iwill
require that students turn in a rough draft of this paper for my
comments and criticisms.)
DlstribuHon: Hlstory/Phllosophy
General Educaflon Perspecifve: Human Idenmy
M d m u m Enrollment:30
77me: I
Room: Sclence 2 12
PH141W2081
Instructor:Mark Fuehrer
John the Scot was a ninth century Celtic philosopher who was
also a mystic. We shall study his commentary on the Prologue
to St.John's Gospelto learn how he uses philosophyto develop
a mystical reading of Sacred Scripture. I.&um will be combined with class discussions.Studentswillprepam dailyanalyses of the reading, prepare a term paper, and take a final exam.
Prerequlslte: One course In Philosophy
Dlsfrlbuiion:Hlstory/Phllosophy
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 10
PHY 10642082
instructor Noel Pelit
"Introduction to Weathef' is a study of the science of meteorology to provide a working knowledge of the principles of
atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic
areas: the physics of the atmosphere, weather observing,
man's interaction with the atmosphere and oceanI and under-
Philosophy/Physics
standingthe world's climate. Related topics to be included a:
hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), oceanography,
pollution, economic effeds of the weather, and weathds
impact on world events.
The course consists of three weeks of lecture and laboratory
sessionsin Minneapolisfollowedby a one week trip to Florida
to visit major weather facilities. The trip itinerary includes:
Kennedy Space Center, Cape Canaveral Air Forre Base, the
National Weather Service Office in Melbome, South Florida
Water Management DistrictHeadquartersinWest PalmBeach,
the National Hurricane Center in Miami, and WTVT-TV in
Tampa. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory
program. Topics discussed in the visits include: tropical
weather, upper air soundings, hurricane tracking, fresh water
management in Florida, weathersatellites,agricultural weather,
and broadcast weather.
During the course, the student maintains a journal of weather
observed and sites visited. Daily weather maps will be used at
the visited sites to monitor conditions and aeate our own
forecasts. Daily quizzes and ledures will be given during the
travel. Grades will be based upon the journal, two examinations given during the classroom period, and an individual
project completed during the trip. Cost will be approximately
$750. Initial deposit of $100 due by the end of Interim registration. Contact Professor Petit for additional information.
PrerequMe: H/gh SchoolAlgebra,MaitternatlaLevel I1
DlsMbvtlon: Mathematics/Physlcs
General Education PerspecWe: Natural Worid
Enrollment: 15
Tlme:I
Room: Sclence 723
PHY 1 17-42083
Instructors: Mark Engebrelson and Bruce Relchenbach
The course will focus on contemporary problems which arise
from our developing technological capabilities. We will consider the causes and effects of global warming, the irnplications of developing nuclear energy, the prospects and problems of genetically engineering both our foodstuffs and humans, and the urban implications of developing a light rail
system. To get a satisfactorygrasp on how to approach these
problems we will first explore what science and the scientific
methods are, how science (knowing) relates to technology
(doing), the structures used for ethical evaluation, and the
resulting interactions between the three.
Grading will be based on two tests, two short papers, and
group work. See the complete description for more details.
Prerequlslte:Mathematla Level 111
Dlsiributlon:Mathematlcs/l7Iyslcs
General Education Perspective: Natural World if2
Madmum Enrollment: 40
77me: I
Room: Foss21a& b
PHY 151-42084
Instructor Jeff Johnson
Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively in
business for years. However, it is alsopossible to usespreadsheets
to solve physics problems without using "high-powered'' mathematics. Spreadsheetsallow the student who is not an expert in
physics on a more intuitivelevel. We
mathematicsto +ence
will use Lotus 123to solve problems in a wide variety of physics
areas including planetary and p r o w e motion. Some of the
problems investigated might be in areas other than physics.
Gradingwill be based on spreadsheet pro*,
homework, and a
hal scam.
Prerequlslte: Math Level 111
Dlsiributlon:Mathematlcs/~ysIcs
Madmum Enrollment: 20
77me:I
Room: Sclence 30
PHY 337-42085
InsIructor:StuartAnderson
The quest to understand how light and matter interact is at the
heart of modem physics, and l a m are probably the most
ubiquitous technical product of these ideas. This course will
begin with an overview of optics needed for understanding
imaging,beam control and dispersion, includingthe nature of
light, reflection, refraction, and interference.This setsthe stage
for tmting the physics of superradiant devices and lasers, and
the impact of cavity design on output characteristics. The
course will conclude by applying these concepts to the study
of atoms and simple molecules by the emission, absorption,
and scattering of light. Considerable emphasis will be placed
on laboratory experiences; only onethird of the class period
will be used for formal lectures and discussion, with the
balance spent in the laboratory. Grades will be determined on
the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, two
onehour exams, and a formal research paper.
Prerequlsltes:PHY 12 1, 122,245 (or equhfalent),
MAT 124, 125,224
Madmum Enrollment: 10
Tlme: I1
Room:Sclence 30
POL 29542086
lnstructoc Elkabeth Anderson
Contrary to American popularbelief, Canada is not just a colder
version of the United States. Canadian national identity is alive
and well, and currently a much debated topic - in Canada.
In this new course, we will examine Canadian identities (thm
Ph ysics/PoliHcal Science
I
is at least one for every pmvince) through cultural forms produced in the last 30 years. Emphasizing the c u l t d studies
approach to history, we will draw from various "texts1' (stories,
poetry, non-fiction, film,music, W, newspapers, art and architecture)and events (the Quiet Revolution and the Refemdurn
in Quebec, theMeech lake Accords, thestandoff at Oka,the FIR
Trade Agreement between the U.S. and Canada, the arrival of
new immigrants, the Persian Gulf War)in ordm to q l o r e
Canada from Canadian perspectives. Our focus will mainly be
&an, and centend on the cities of Monkall Toronto, and
Vancouver. Our methods of analysis will be interdisciplinary
and comparative (Canada-U.S. border studies).
Grades will be based on active participation in class discussions, one oral presentation, and a final written project.
Mcudmum Enrollment:20
77me: I
Room: Old Maln 2 1
POL 37 1-42087
Instrvctor: Phll Ushman
This course will examine the c m t political and legal rights
and responsibilitiesof the American employee in the contemporary labor market. Various forms of employment issues,
including contract rights, wrongful termination, workers compensation for pb-related injjes, safety in the work place,
protection against illegal discrimination on the pb, drug and
alcohol testing, and rights of the employee to "whistle-blow''
will be studied. Wherever possible, the opposite position of
the employer will be presented.The role of the American labor
union movement and employel's political action groups will
be addressed where relevant.There will be field trips to o b
m e actual court and/or administrative law proceedings.
Students will also meet with employment lawyers and repre
sentatives of industry.
Students will prepare a specla1 mini-term paper and take a
final examination.
PrerequlsRes:Junlor or Senlor status; One course In
Pdmcal Sclence or Economics.
Dlsfrlbvtlon: Economlcs/Pollflcal Sclence
Madmum Enrollment: 35
77me: Monday and Wednesday evenlngs, 6:309:30p.m.
Room: Old Maln 16
POL 42 1-42088
Instructor: Wllllam Mods
This course will examinethe impact of American films on U.S.
citizens' perceptions of politics. Films will be selected whose
principal themes deal with particular political practices and/
or institutions. The class will evaluate the accuracy of these
images by considering the films in light of the scholarly
literature and other information available on each subject.
Close attention will be given to an exploration of the ethical
situation and dilemmas of decision-making in politics.
As part of the course, students will submit written analyses
and evaluationsof the political context or "image" of politics
in the films shown in class. These, plus additional articles and
portions of books from the social sciences and other literature
paralleling some of the films' themes, will serve as the basis for
class discussion. The papers, two tests on assigned readings
establishing the framework for the class, and class participation will determine final grades.
Students will be assessed a specialfee to cover the rental of the
films and viewing equipment.
Prerequlsttes: POL 121, 122,or 158
Dlsfrlbvtlon: Economlcs/Pollflcal Sclence
Political Science
Madmum Enrollment: 20
Tlme:1I
Room: Old Maln 2 1
PSY 10542089
Inslructor: Wendy VanLoy
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in
psychology for the purpose of understandingbehavior. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations are
emphasized.
Dlslnbvtbn: Psychology/Soclology
General Educaffon Perspective: Human Identity
Madmum Enrollment: 25
77me:1I
Room: Old Maln 25
PSY 32 1-42090
Instructors:Nancy Stebkry and Dlane Plke
The purpose of this course is to examine law from both a
sociological and psychological perspective. Designed for u p
per division social science students, the course explains various aspects of law and the legal system, including police,
lawyers, the courtmom, deterrence,and law and corporations.
Thew is a midterm and final examination plus two written
assignments.
Note: Students who have completed PSY 335should not enroll
in this course.
Prerequlsltes:SOC 12 1 or PSY 105
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 18
PSY34CM2091
Instructor: Norm Ferguson
This course will explore concepts of self from psychological,
cultural, and theological perspedives. A variety of myths and
symbols will be examined with the intent of gaining knowledge about how they function as representations of "the self."
The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding
of one's individual self and of how the conceptualizations of
your self have been molded by a variety of social, cultural, and
historical influences. The content of the course will include
topics such as the impact of science on myth; the mythologies
of romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation;
and metaphors of psychological transformation.
Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the
assigned readings. Students will be scpeded to be p r e p 4
for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved in
the class discussions. Students will be given some of the
responsibilityfor leadingdiscussions.Evaluationwillbe based
on class participation and five short (600-800 word) papers.
Prerequlslte:PSY 105
Madmum Enrollment: 16
Time: I
Room: Old Maln 1 1
PSY 370-42092
Inslrvctor: Duane Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of
the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will
be considered. Idealism direded toward other persons and
society will be the main focus.
-
Psychology
This course willbe conducted as a seminar with a high level of
student contribution and participation. Attendance at each
class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, fmpent shirt papers, and hequent oral reports.Each
student will be required to seek out and interview persons in
the adolescent-level of development. Typewriting or equivalent word processing skill will be required.
Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children by
Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book will be
availablein the Augsburg Bookstoreby November 1.Content
of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessions and
will provide a base for further learning in the course.
This course is offered only on PIN basis.
RerequlsRes: PSY 105
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 29
REL 24 1-42093
Instructor Brad HoH
Off the beaten track of American tourists, this journey focuses
on meeting African faith communities,observing their rituals,
listening to their music, and observing their art. We encounter
the three basic religious traditions of Africa: African Traditional Religions, Christianity, and Islam. Each of these faiths
brings intriguing surprises as they reflect African culture in a
variety of ways. Our access to the Christian communities will
exceed that of the other two, but Christianity in Africa can only
be understood in the context of "ATR" and Islam. Each of these
has influenced the others. Both the mission-founded and the
"independent' churches have developed creatively in music,
theology, and spirituality.At the same time, political tensions
characterizethe relations of the churches and Islam, as Nigeria
prepares for a return to civilian rule in 1992.Our learning will
Religion
include various kinds of input: reading, lectures, interviews,
visits to sites, observation of worship, and discussions.
Through it all, we live simply, encountering life in a Third
World country which is strugglingto find appropriateblends
of African and Western culture. We will travel light, study
hard, and experiencethe taste, the markets, and the worship of
one of Africa's most energetic nations. The course is designed
for students seriously interested in religion who are in good
health. A visa is required for Nigeria.
Fee: $3,495 includes travel, accommodations, breakfast daily,
one group dinner in London, all dinners (22) in Nigeria.
Dlsfrlbuiion:Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be
used to meet rellgon requlremenls)
Madmum Enrollment: 15
REL 32842094
Instructor: John Benson
There is nothing more familiar to us than parties, sports, and
games. Yet most take them for granted. It may come as
something of a surprise to us, then, that the festival, play, and
"game theory" have been of keen interest, not only to anthropologists, sociologists, and psychologists, but also to students of religion and Christian theology. In this course we will
use lectures, small group discussions, and field trips to look
into some of this fascinating material. There will be two essay
tests, several special preparations related to discussions, and a
final project.
Prerequlsltes:REL 1 1 1 or REL 22 1
Dlsfrlbuiion:Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be
used to meet rellglon requirements)
Madmum Enrollment: 30
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln I8
Religion
REL 34342095
Instructor Cathy Paulsen
Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision
that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our
heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether
you m manied or not, but it will increase your certainty and
the possibility for meaning/intirnacy in your life with a significant other. Within the context of Christian teachings, many
theories will be studied with particular attention given to the
work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and secondarily to the family.
There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one
paper,andtwotestsTwobookswillbe~.
PrerequMes: REL I I I or /?EL22 I orpemlsslon of Insiructor
Dlstrbution: Rellglon (Only one Interim course may be
used to meet rellgon requirements)
Mdmum Enrollment:25
Tlme: I
Room: Muslc 24
REL 345-42096
Inslructoc Eugene S k b b e
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the
world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is
at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century
and its development, and cultural influence during 950 years
of history. An anthology including two monographs and the
professox's lectures, plus reserve reading will provide an
overview.L.&m and class discussion will deal with examples
of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, philosophy,
sociology, and theology. Requirements include three exams
and one short paper.
Prerequlsltes:REL 1 I 1 or 221
DlsfrlbWon: Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be
used to meet rellglon requlrements)
General Educatlon Perspecffve: Chrlsffan F a l h
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 16
REL 44 1-42097
INS 49542098
Insiructoc Lynne Loremen
This course will consider the central ideas of Christianity and
feminism, and how they might be compatible. Attention will
be given to religious influences on societal roles for women
and men, feminist interpretationof the Bible, and the implications of feminism on Christian theology, especiallyin terms of
language and metaphor. There will be daily reflection papers
on the assigned readings which include questions for class
discussion. Evaluation will be based on the papers, class
participation, and a final exam.
Prerequlsltes:REL 1 I 1 or REL 22 1
DlsMbWon: Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be
used to meet rellglon requlrements)
General Educatlon Perspecffve: ChrlsflanFaM
Mcudmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln 23
SWK 25742099
Instructoc Mary Lou Wlllam
Experientiallearning occurs as studentsvolunteer 80 hours of
service (in a senices agency or institution which students
Re/igion/Socia/ Work
I
select).The placementmust be approved by course faculty and
supervised by agency staff. In the context of .this volunteer
experience, students have the opportunity to interact with
human service professionals, clients, and communities of
diverse culture/ethnic heritage and special c o n m s (age,
socioeconomic status, lifestyles, developmental/physical
abilities, gender, etc.). The course is designed to help students
learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future
career in the human services.
The three hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions
which assist students in integrating agency experiences and
readings which explore the historical development of social
welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of
social work as a profession. 9udents will also examine and
critique the manner in which social, economic, and political
strudures impact diverse groups in society. Students will
focus on their own responsibilitiesin society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns,
such as poverty and the "isms".
This course is required for the Social Work major; open to all
students.
General Educcrtlon Perspective: The Clty
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Tlme: I
Room: Muphy Place 1
SWK 3 m 2 100 (fv11COUM)
SWK 3D42/09(1/2 course)
Instrvctor Marla Brown
Is violence really "as American as apple pie" (Stokely
Carmichael)? Is family violence just a reflection of society's
violent attitude? Why does family violence occur,and when,
and to whom? Today, identified violence in families has
Social Work
reached what many professionals consider epidemic proportions.This courseis intended to be an overview of the phenomenon of family violence, including contributing factors and
consequences for the family and the broader society. Students
will research various forms of family violence. Classroom
speakers will include professionals who are involved in curm t policy-making and program delivery in family violence.
Onehalf d i t option: classroom discussions, readings and
the development of an annotated bibliography on area of
interest in family violence.
Full credit option: q u i r e s writing and presenting of research
on a m of interest in family violence, in addition to the above
work
Prerequlslte: Introductory coum work In soclal work,
psychology or sociology
Maximum Enrollment:25
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 23
SWK 339-42 101
Instructor: Edwlna Hertzberg
An historical overview of homelessness in the U.S. provides a
base for understanding the current situation in the U.S.and in
the Twin Cities. Ledures, films, discussions, field trips, guest
lectures, a research paper, and volunteer work with homeless
people in the field provide opportunities for participants to
learn the &ties of the situation of homelessness - needs,
resources, and causatives. Evaluation will be based on class
participation, volunteer work, and a research paper.
Specla1fee: $30 per person. Checkpayable to Augsburg
College to be glven to lnsfructor on flrst day of class.
Prerequlslte:Deslre to learn about homelessness
General Education Perspective: The CHy
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 22
Social Work
SWK 4.6642 102 (lull course)
SWK 4.6642 1 10 (1/2 course)
Insiructor:Rosemary Unk
Course content will be continuation of Field Work 11 -educationally-focused field placement in a social service agency.
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field place
ment, plus one hour per week in a faculty-facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in
writing by the field instructor using previously developed
contract and social work evaluation forms.
Prerequlslte:SWK 462 (FleM Work II)
Madmum Enrollment: 30
Tlme:I
Room: To be arranged
'Note: Thls Is the depahent's new fitb for Sociology
265, which was previously Lted as Raclal and Mlnorfty
Group Relations.
SOC 26542 103
lnsiructoc Gordon Nelson
This course examines the nature of human p u p s who, for
reasons of birth, accident, appearanceIor behavior, have been
"set aside" and viewed as "different" by the larger society.
Members of the class are encouraged to reflect on the extent to
which such groups have developed meaningful cultures which
have made or could make significant contributions to the selfunderstanding of persons who m part of the larger society. In
addition to lectures and films presented in class, the course will
include an opportunity for off-campus participant observation
during which members of the class will be asked to focus on a
particular culturalp u p otherthan their own. Thisobservation
will become the basis for a class pmentation by each member,
either individually or as part of a group. Members of the class
can scped evaluation to be based on a combination of class
participation, their respective class presentations, and a final
examination. The course is offered on a P/Nbasis only.
Dlslrlbuiion:Mlnorfty/Uiban
General Educdon Petspeciive: Intercultvral Awareness
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I
Room: Sclence 3 15
SOC321-42104
Inslructor:Dlane Plke and Nancy Steblay
The purpose of this course is to examine law from both a
sociological and psychological perspective. Designed for u p
per division social science students, the course explains various aspects of law and the legal system, including: police,
lawyers, the courtmom, deterrence, and law and corporations.
There is a midterm and final plus two written assignments.
Students who have completedPSY 335should not enroll in this
course.
Prerequlsffes: SOC 12 1 or PSY 105
Maximum Enrollment:20
Time: I
Room: Old Maln 18
SPA 1 1 1-42105
lnslructoe Anffa nsher
Beginning Spanish I introduces the student to basic vocabulary and grammar. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but
secondary goals m to develop reading and writing skills as
well. After Interim, students will be prepared to continuewith
Spanish 112 in the spring.
The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented, and
grammar explanationswill be given as needed to clanfy those
in the text.Evaluation will include class participation, a test on
each chapter, and a written and oral final exam.
Dlstrlbutlon: Forelgn Language
General Education Perspective: InterculturalAwareness
Mawlmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln 29
SPC 32 1-42106
Insfructor James Hayes
This "handsan" course will give students the opportunity to
refine their public speaking skills in a contest format. Students
will be q u i d to enter three d h t forensics events (irnpromptu speaking, a public address, and oral interpretation of
an event of their choice) at three interscholastic tournaments
held during the month of January. In addition, the class will
prepare a videotaped program of their work as an instructional
aid for future forensicscontestants. Evaluation will be based on
p e r and instructor critiques of written and oral work, selfevaluation, and, to some degree, competitive success. Students
should contact the instructor at the time they register to obtain
an information packet that will help them get off to a "running
s W in January.Those who milmust be available to participate in tournaments outside of regular class time on the following dates: January 17-18, January 2425, and January 28.
Prerequlsltes:SPC I 1 1 or consent of instructor
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: I1
Room: Foss 2 1a/21b
Lnnnrh r m m d & m t i n n
&' Thnntrn
SPC 340.42107
Instructor: David Lapakko
We all encounter deception and exploitation in politics, advertising, selling, and personal relations. How can one decide
whether to conceal information from a customer, to use subliminal persuasion, to "blow the whistle" on one's employer,
to use photographs or body language to give a misleading
impression? How can one sort out and weigh the various
ethical considerations?
In this course we will use case studies and a variety of ethical
perspectives to analyze ethical problems in such fields as
advertising, public relations, sales, and politics. We will also
consider issues in subliminal persuasion, nonverbal communication, and interpersonal communication. The main objective is to improve our ability to make ethical decisions.
Activities will include ledures, readings, case studies, interviews, oral reports, papers, debates, and two examinations.
The emphasis will be on case studies involving situations
encountered in everyday life.
Prerequlsltes:A course In philosophy or consent of
Instructor
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:1
I
Room: Fos 43
SPC 347-42 108
Instructor: Deborah Bart
A video production course which integrates ledure and criticism with hands-on video experience. This course addresses
non-fiction subject areas. Studentswill view several d m e n taries in class and will work in production teams to produce
short documentaries of their own. Additional time will be
S ~ e e c h .Communication.
'
& Theatre
I
required for editing.
Prerequlsltes:Junior or Senlor
Madmum Enrollment: 15
77me: I
Room: Foss 175
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers
overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further
information about the following comes can be obtained from
Kathleen Lutfi at the InternationalPrograms Office, 620 21st
Avenue S. (330- 16.5)or from the Interim Office (330-1025).
Registration for these Interims ends October 25,1991. These
courses are offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a
lower division number.
The Carlbbean and Its People Through Literature
Chlna In Transltlon
Contemporary European Buslness
Contemporary Theatre & Soclety In Brltaln
Cultural Confllct In Renaissance Italy
Down-Under In New Zealand
Egypt In Transltlon
E~erlenclngIndla: Past and Present
Famlly In Focus: Pollcy and Programs In Sweden, Denmark,
and England
Fleld Blology In Ecuador: Raln Forest and Galapagos Islands
The Greek Bperlence
Hapsburg Herltage: Central Europe after The Fall of the Wall
Hawoll: Culture and Hlstory
Hope and Glory: ChristIanHyIn England, France and G e m n y
Iberla: A Fuslon of Cultures
Law In London
Literary Landmarks: England, Scotland, Wales
The New European CommunHy: Economics and Culture In a
Post- 1 992 Europe
Reconqulsta to Emplre: Medleval & Early Modern Spaln
Rellglon & Grassroots Movements for Soclal Change In Brazil
Rellglon In Afrlca: Creatlvliy and Confllct
Russian Language In Moscow
Sounds and Sights of Europe
Sovlet Unlon and Eastern Ewope: Gender Issues
UMAIE
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College, but have been approved for
credit by the College. Most cany a tuition cost plus other
expenses which arethe responsibility of the student.They are
offered only on a PINbasis. Fuller descriptions and detailsfor
registering are available in the Interim Office.
4-
SAILINGIN THE VIRGIN~SLANDS(January7-23,1992)
HPE 455421 14
Insfructo~Joyce Hal7
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested
in the art and practice of sailboat cruising.The course will take
the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will
live aboard a 43% foot fixed-keel sailboat with fivelsix other
people and will function as an active crew member. Actual onthe-water instruction will be the major part of the course.
Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in
the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and
windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. No smoking is allowed.
The course cost is $2,600, which includes airfare, for Augsburg
day students and qualifying4-1-4 students.Others willhave to
pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academiccredit.
Total payment is due October 31,1991.
Prerequisite: Pemlsslon from Joyce Pfatf of the Heah
and Physlcal Education Depahent (6 1 2 / W 1247).
Dlslrlbutlon:Metlme Sports: also one course cred/t.
HPE 2 12-421 15
Check for informationin the Interim Office for material on dog
sledding and snowshoeing on the M i ~ e s o t a b d i a nborder or for white-water canoeingand desert camping on the Rio
Grande in the December 26 through January26 period.There
is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available).
AGENDA
(December 29 - January 10,1992)
P O L 398-421 16
This is a two-week seminar which enables undergraduate
students to explore their own leadership styles in workshops
which use instructional resources such as Myers-Briggs PersonalityInventory. In addition, the students examinepersonal
styles of leaders from government and politics, the media,
education, and business, who address such topics as values,
ethics, risk-taking, decision-making, management theories,
and organizational structures.The seminaris a blend of readings and research on leadershiptheory, ampleopportunityfor
question-and-answer sessions with national leaders, small
group discussions, and workshops that help students practice
leadershiptechniques. SitevisitscanincludetheU.S. Chamber
of Commerce, the International Monetary Fund, and foreign
embassies in Washington.
AND THE
MEDIA
(December 29 - January 10.1992)
A
POL 398-421 17
This two-week seminar for undergraduate students features
Washington's media personalities, who are readily available
Other Courses
I
to The Washington Center. This popular topic attracts students in many fields, e.g., communications, journalism, political science, and English. Sample topics include the role of the
press in a democratic society; the press, politics, and public
policy; and how Washington journalists view national and
world leaders and issues. Site visits include mapr network
studios, the Pentagon, and foreign embassies. Guest speakers
have included nationally renowned print and broadcast purnalists, political media consultants and managers, and political-govement officials, such as former Republican National
Committee Chair Frank Fahrenkopf, ABC newsman David
Brinkley, MacNeil/Lhrefs compondent Judy Woodruff,
and Linda Edwards, Executive Director, National Association
of Black Journalists.
CAMPAIGN
1992: INPURSUIT
OF THE
PRESIDENCY
(January 12-17.1992)
POL 398-42 1 18
This oneweek seminar will introduce participants to the
politics and mechanics of running a presidential campaign.
h g r a m sessionswill be designed to familiarke studentswith
the presidential election process and its impact on American
politics. Topics will include the organization and procedures
of the Democratic and Republican parties, the primaries and
conventions, media coverage of the campaign, and current
campaignissues.Sitevisitswill include the headquarters of the
Democratic and Republican National Committees and the
Washington offices of presidential candidates. Campaign
workshops will be offered to give students hands-on skills in
grass-root organizing and managing campaigns. The seminar
will assist participants in developing the knowledge and
making connections to become involved in the presidential
campaign when they return to their campuses. Studentswho
plan to attend the summer convention programs are encour-
Other Courses
aged to attend IT
' n Pursuit of the Presidencf' as an intmiuction to the campaign process.
These Interims begln December 29 and conffnue unffl
January 18, 1992,Infotmaffon on either of the above
programs, houslng and flnanclal asslstance Is avallable
from Dr. Wllllam Monjs In Mernorlal Hall, 1 1 1B, or Brenda
Elllngboe, Memorial Hall, 1 17A. 33G 1 197.
The following actMnes are avallable to students during
Interim and students may reglster for these class6 as
well as for a regular course. These acff W do not carry
course credlt.but do meet the llfeffme spods requlre
ment for gradualion.
HPE 002-421 19
lnslructoc Mlke Teltelbaum
The form, basic techniques, and practical usage of American
Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt
instructor. Fee of $25.
Dlsfrlbutlon: Ufeffme Sports
Maximum Enrollment: Controlled by lnsfructor
Tlme: 12:W1:00p.m. Mondays, Wednesdays and Fridays
Room: Melby Gym
HPE 002-42120
lnslructoc Brian Ammann
Practice and playing of badminton.
Dlstrlbvtlon:Ufeffme Sports
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme:I Tuesdays.Thursdaysand alternate Fridays
Room: Melby Gym
I
Lifetime S ~ l o r t s
HPE 002-42 12 1
Instructor: Bdan Ammann
Practice and playing of racquetball.
Dlstrlbvtlon: Ufetlme Sports
Madmum Enrollment: 10
Time: I Mondays, Wednesdays and attemate Fddays
Room: Melby Gym
HPE CK)2-42122
Instructor: Carol Enke
Designed for students who may q u i r e special, modified
physical activity.Enrollment in this class requires consultation
with the instructor.
PrerequlsHe: Consent of Instructor.
Dlstrlbvtlon: Ufeiime Sports
Madmum Enrollment: Controlled by Instructor
lime:Ananged
Room:Ananged
EDU49542113
Instructor: Ted Welcher
This course will provide you with an introduction to issues
related to deafness and the modes of communication used by
deaf people. We will examine the language, education, social
and political aspeds, and cultural issues within the deaf com-
munity. Lectures, guest lechms, viewing of videotapes, and
reading assignments will include information pertaining to
the following areas: anatomy and physiology of the hearing
mechanism, etiology of deafness, hearing evaluation and
amplification issues, the grieving/adjustrnent process associated with having a deaf child or family member, education of
hearing impaired childm, oral versus manual comrnunication controversy, linguistics of American Sign Language, Pidgin Sign English and manual English communication systems,
historical/political perspectives of deafness (including legislation affecting deaf people), accessibility issues, deafness and
cognitive functioning and interpreting issues.
General Educdim Pmpectlve:Approval pendlng for
IntercuItvralA warenesf, cat ego^^ I.
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I
Room: Foss Center 43
INS 2 1G42 124
Insfructor BIII Green
This course introduces college students to the experiences of
first year law students. We will examine the nature of American jurisprudence and legal theories that law students study
in their first year, discuss the academic and emotional pressures that first year students typically face, and explore ways
to cope with these pressures.
Madmum Enrollment: 15
rime: 1
I
Room: Muslc 23
MAT 1 73-421 72
Instructor:Mathew Foss
You buy a car and have monthlypayments. Would you liketo
know how to figure out if your payments are fair? Or would
I
Additional Courses
'
you liketo be ableto determinehow much to save everymonth
so your kids can go to college?Or if you're paying a fair rate for
life insurance? If so, Math of Interest may intemt you. This
course will be of interest to students in business or economics
or anyone "interested" in exploring compound interest.Evaluation will be based on quizzes and classroom work.
Prerequlsttes: Math Placement Group 111 or equivalent
DlsMbvtlon: Mathematlcs/Physlcs
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime://
Room: Sclence 1 12
SOC 121-42123
Instructor: Rlta Webbrod
This course is designed to help studentsbetter understand the
social world they live in. The objectives of the course are to (1)
teach sociological concepts for analyzing society, (2) develop
skills in evaluating sociologicalarguments and issues, and (3)
acquaint students with the state of knowledge in areas of
sociological study.
Students will participate in a panel discussion on a current
social issue. Written assignments will include a short paper
focusing on the supplementary reading.
DlsMbvtlon: Psychology/Soclology
General Educdon Perspecfive: Soclal Wodd
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: I1
Room: Old Maln 13
Additional Cor rrs.es
1
Show less
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
Catalog 1986-88
Oflicial Publication of Augsburg College Fall 1986
731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 5545406121330-1000
This Catalog should answer most questlons students have about Augsburg College and its
curriculum. Although lnformatlon was current at the time ofp... Show more
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
Catalog 1986-88
Oflicial Publication of Augsburg College Fall 1986
731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 5545406121330-1000
This Catalog should answer most questlons students have about Augsburg College and its
curriculum. Although lnformatlon was current at the time ofpubllcatlon, It 1s subJect to
change without notlce. It 1s the responslblllty of each student to know the requlrements
and academlcpollcies In thlspubllcatlon. If you have questlons about anythlng In thls Catalog, consult a faculty advlser, the Dean of the College, or the Registrar. Key ofpces are
llsted at the back of the catalog for correspondence or telephone Inquiries.
Facts & Figures
about A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e
Location - Minneapolis, Minnesota, since 1872. Founded in
1869.
Religious Affiliation - The
American Lutheran Church. 59% of
students are Lutheran, 14% other
Protestant, 19% Roman Catholic,
8% other.
Accreditation - North Central
Association of Colleges and
Schools, National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education.
Approved by American Chemical
Society, Council on Social Work Education, National Association for
Music Therapy, Inc., National Association of Schools of Music, National League for Nursing.
Member - Associated Colleges
of the Twin Cities, Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council,
Registered with the Minnesota
Higher Education Coordinating
Board.
Enrollment (1985-86) - 1,802
from 22 states and 24 nations.
Graduates - from 1870
through May 26,1985 - 9,231.
Student/Faculty Ratio - 15.9
to 1.Class size averages 20-30.
Campus - 14 major buildings.
Major renovation 1979-80with special emphasis on accessibility. 9
major buildings are connected by a
skyway/tunnel/enclosed walkway
system.
Library - Over 145,000 volumes, access to over 5,000,000
through the Twin Cities private college consortium and Minitex.
School Year - September to
May, 4-1-4 calendar, with January
Interim. Two summer school sessions. Augsburg Weekend College
- trimesters, September to June.
Mqjors - More than 40 in 20 de-
partments.
Off-Campus Programs - Program in Global Community, Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs
(HECUA),Study Abroad, and extensive cooperative education program.
Athletic Affiliation - Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC),and National Collegiate Athletic Association
(NCAA),Division 111.
Policy -Augsburg College does
not discriminate on the basis of
race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or
handicap a s required by Title IX of
the 1972 Educational Amendments
or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973, a s amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment
practices.
Financial Aid - Approximately
85% of the students receive some
form of financial aid from the college and many other sources.
Contents
Facts &
Figures
............................
11
Introducing
Augsburg
......................2
Admissions ....................11
College Costs,
Financial Policies,
& Financial Aid
............16
Student Life ................... 30
Academic
Information
.................38
Departments
& Programs
.................59
College
Information:
..............................160
DCUS Board ........................162
Administration ...................162
Faculty Emeriti ...................164
Teaching Faculty ................ 165
Academic
Calendar .........................173
Communications
Directory .........................177
Index...................................1 7 8
lnfonnatlon
Request Card ..................1 9 1
Regents
Augsburg College
Education
in a Real World
S
tudents commonly speak of graduating from college as a
way of getting into "the real world." In fact, Augsburg College provides students with an education in a real world. The diversity of the faculty, staff, and student body, the structure of
the curriculum, and the academic environment mirror the complexity of life in contemporary society.
The college's location in and involvement with a metropolitan
setting offer continuous access to cultural opportunities, career
experiences, and social realities that enrich students' educations. Augsburg's commitment to the liberal arts recognizes
that the reality in which contemporary persons live and the persons themselves have been shaped by the tradition and history
from which they come. The real world was not made this moming, and it is not simple. Only a broad education can present our
world a s it is and give persons the ability to deal with it. Similarly, Augsburg College's continuing dedication to its heritage
as a college of the church affirms a belief that the world is the
creation of a loving God and that human persons are inescapably spiritual beings.
T h e C o l l e g e Mission Statement
These qualities of an Augsburg education flow from its mission
statement which declares that the college exists to provide high
quality educational opportunities which are based in the liberal
arts and shaped by the faith and values of the Christian church
and by the context of a great metropolitan center.
Augsburg's location in the heart of the city represents the loom
on which the multi-colored fabric of its identity has been woven.
While students are prepared to take a place in and make a contribution to the world in which they live, they are educated to be
critical of the quality of life in their society and to be reflective of
their own values as they respond to it.
". ..based in the liberal arts
"
The academic program emphasizes the continuing validity of
the liberal arts a s a foundation for developing the life of the
mind. Augsburg College's faculty are dedicated to challenging
their students to achieve the highest academic standards while
supporting them in that endeavor with excellent teaching and
individual attention.
Students are expected to develop their abilities in critical
thinking and communication and to gain sensitivity to and
appreciation for their own and other cultures. Each student is
encouraged to contemplate the eternal philosophical and
spiritual questions of human life and of personal values and
ethics. At Augsburg the great scholars, thinkers, writers, and
artists of the past and present are studied and valued.
Augsburg College considers an understanding of the content
and method of science, a recognition of the place of technology,
and an understanding of ways to maintain a sound body as
important elements of a complete education.
This insistence on the breadth of a traditional liberal arts
education reflects a firm belief that human beings are more
than their ability to perform a job. It reflects further a concerted
attempt to direct students toward a full development of the
many facets and capacities of the educated person.
". ..
..
shaped. by the context o f a great
metropolitan center"
Yet, bounded as it is by an interstate freeway and the center of a
vital city, Augsburg College is no ivory tower escape from the
real world. The college community continually interacts with the
city by attending cultural events and civic activities and by
inviting city residents and visitors to the campus as lecturers,
performers, and mentors. The city becomes a laboratory for
experiential learning through internships, professional program
field experiences, and cooperative education placements.
". ..and shaped by faith and values."
This involvement with the real world is a reflection of
Augsburg's spiritual heritage which values all that God has
created. While its tradition supports intellectual freedom in the
search for truth, the college affirms its belief that all students
should reflect upon their ethical and spiritual values a s part of
becoming educated. Students are encouraged through religion
courses and through opportunities on campus for the practice
and examination of spirituality to consider their relationship to
others, to society, and to the world.
Traditionally Augsburg College has insisted that an aspect of
these relationships is contained in the motto: "Mucation for
Service." In these words the college expresses a belief that,
whatever career they pursue, graduates should consider the
duty of citizens to contribute to the common good through
service to others.
\N
ithin the larger community of the city and the world,
Augsburg College is its own community. It is a community of support and collegiality composed of persons of diverse
talents: of varied ethnic, national, cultural, and religious backgrounds: and of complementary interests and orientations.
Through a competent, committed faculty and a dedicated staff,
Augsburg College builds with its students a real world in which
the whole person can be educated and developed.
Augsburg
College
History
A College o f the Church
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in
America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in
Augsburg, Germany, in 1530.Augsburg opened in September 1869,in
Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872.The first college
students were enrolled in 1874 and the first college graduation was in
1879.
Early Leaders
Establish a Direction
August Weenaas was Augsburg's first president (1869-1876).
Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway - Sven Oftedal
and Georg Sverdrup. These three men clearly articulated the direction of
Augsburg: to educate Norwegian Lutherans to minister to immigrants:
and to provide such "college" studies that would prepare students for
theological study.
In 1874 they proposed a three part plan: first - train ministerial candidates, second - prepare future theological students and third - educate the farmer, worker, and businessman. The statement stressed that
a good education is also practical.
Augsburg's next two presidents also emphatically rqjected ivory tower
concepts of education. This commitment to church and community has
been Augsburg's theme for over one hundred years.
Education for Service
Keeping the vision of the "non-elitist" college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg's second president (1876-1907),required students to get pre-ministerial experience in city congregations. Student involvement in the
community gave early expression to the concept of Augsburg's motto
"Education for Service."
In the 1890s, Augsburg leaders formed the Friends of Augsburg, later
called the Lutheran Free Church. The church was a group of independent
congregations committed to congregational autonomy and personal
Christianity.This change made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran body. But the college division was still important primarily as an attachment to the seminary.
The F o c u s C h a n g e s
This attitude began to change alter World War I. In 1911Georg Sverdrup
Jr. became President. He worked to develop college departments with an
appeal to a broader range of students than just those intending to be
ministers. Augsburg admitted women in 1922 under the leadership of
Gerda Mortensen, Dean of Women. She spent the next 52 years at the
college as a teacher and administrator.
The college's mission assumed a double character ministerial preparation together with a more general education for life in society. In
1937, Augsburg elected Bemhard Christensen, an erudite and scholarly
teacher, to be president (1938-1962).His involvement in ecumenical
and civic circles made Augsburg a more visible part of church and city
life.
After World War 11, Augsburg leaders made vigorous efforts to expand
and improve academic offerings. Now the college was a larger part of the
institution than the seminary, and received the most attention.
-
Accreditation for the College
Augsburg added departments essential to a liberal arts college, offering
a modern college program based on general education requirements
and elective mqjors. With cumculum change came a long effort to become accredited.
The college reached full accreditation in 1954, although many alumni
had entered graduate schools and teaching positions long before that
time.
A study in 1962 defined the college's mission now as serving the good
society as a whole first, and the interests of the Lutheran Free Church
second. The Seminary moved to Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther Northwestern Seminary) in St. Paul in 1963.
A College in the City
President Oscar A. Anderson (1963-1980)
continued Augsburg's emphasis on involvement with the city, He wanted to reach out to non-traditional student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for all
people. During his years of leadership the college became a vital and integral part of the city. Also in these years, Augsburg added the Music
Hall, Mortensen Tower, Urness Tower, the College Center, Ice Arena and
Psychology Building.
Since 1980Augsburg has been led by Charles S. Anderson. He has continued Augsburg's commitment to the value of a liberal arts education,
emphasizing diversity in enrollment efforts, spiritual growth and freedom and an academic program that draws on the resources of the city a s
extensions of the campus and classroom.
Serving the
Non-traditional Student
Augsburg's American Indian Program is recognized as successful. The
program has had the highest retention rate of Indian students in Minnesota -some 85 percent. The Black Student Affairs Program, initiated in
1969,has had a growing number of students and supports a Black Student Union and a newspaper distributed by the office.
The campus is accessible to the physically handicapped with a skywaytunnel-elevator system connecting nine major buildings. In only its second year, Augsburg's program for the learning disabled had 30 students
enrolled. The program received a state award for excellence.
Weekend College, started in 1982with 69students, had an enrollment of
nearly 500 in fall 1985.Through Weekend College, adult students can
work fulltime and pursue a bachelor's degree that has a practical focus
on a liberal arts base.
These programs bring working adults to the campus. They're complemented by the new Cooperative Education Program (begun in 1984)
that sends Augsburg students into the workplace. The Co-op Education
Program helps students get career experience in addition to their classroom studies.
Augsburg Today
Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the
founders who believed:
Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community
and church:
education should have a solid liberal arts core with a practical dimension in order to send out productive, creative and successful citizens:
the city with all its excitement, challenges and diversity, is an unequaled learning laboratory for Augsburg students.
Augsburg is a quality liberal arts institution set in the heart of a great
metropolitan center. There are now more than 11,000Augsburg alumni.
In a world that has changed much since those first days of the college,
Augsburg still sends out graduates who make a difference where they
live and work.
Campus Location
Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks in the "City of Lakes." The University of Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent to the campus. Downtown
Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes west and east via Interstate 94
which forms the southern border of the campus, or on bus routes that
also connect with the suburbs.
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Airlines providing daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport include American, Continental,
Delta, Eastern, Frontier, Midway, Northwest Orient, Ozark, People's Express, Piedmont, Trans World, United, USAir, and Western. Bus or train
connections can be made from all areas of the United States.
Policies
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of
race, creed, national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title 1X of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973,as amended, in its admissions
policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the coordinators listed
in the Communications Directory (p. 177)or to the Director of the Minnesota Department of Human Rights, Bremer Tower, 7th Place at Minnesota Street, St. Paul, MN 55101.
The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on
Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges.
Accreditation and Memberships
Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of
Colleges and Schools and The National Council for the Accreditation of
Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our Programs are approved by The American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work
Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and the National League for Nursing. Augsburg College is an institutional member
of the National Association of Schools of Music (NASM).
W e are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC),
Lutheran Education Council in North America, and Minnesota Private
College Council.
Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution.
~ e a i s t r a t b ndoes notmean that credits earned at the institution can be
transfemed to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution, or employer.
Facilities and Housing
Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the tower dormitories, the five buildings on the
Quadrangle, Music Hall, and the Psychology Building.
Admissions Omce, located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices for the
admissions staffand reception area for prospective students and their parents.
George Sverdrup Library. (1955) named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual
center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms and faculty offices.
Science Hall (1949) houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on
the roof was completed in 1960.
Old Main (1900) is home for the Foreign Language and Art departments and
has classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodelled in 1980,
Old Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. It
is included on the National Register of Historic Places.
West Hall (1966) is apartment housing for upperclass students.
Mortensen Tower, (1973), named in honor of Gerda Mortensen, dean of
women from 1923 to 1964, h a s 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that
house 312 upperclass students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge
areas.
Urness Tower, (1967) named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness, who
have given several generous gills to the College, provides living quarters for
324 students, Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed two
to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas.
Augsburg College Center, (1967) center of non-academic activity, h a s spacious lounges and recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for
student government and student publications.
Center for Global Service and Education, located a t 709 23rd Avenue
South, provides offices for the Global Center staff and a resource room for
those interested in global issues.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, (1938) named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices.
Music Hall, (1978)newest building on campus, contains a 217-seat recital hall,
classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and
offices for the music faculty.
Psychology Building (1964) has classrooms, offices and laboratories for the
Psychology department in the former studio building.
Melby Hall. (1961) named in honor of J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to
1942, basketball coach, and head of the Christianity department, provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes.
Ice Arena. (1974) with two large skating areas, is used for hockey, figure skating and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community.
Stage IITheater. formerly Old Music Hall, was redesigned in 1979 with a thrust
stage a s a temporary performing facility for the Theater department, which
also retains space in the Little Theater building.
South Hall. Kueffner apartments, and annex houses, all located in or near
the campus area, provide additional housing accommodations for students,
faculty and staff.
Admissions
A
ugsburg College is looking for students with intelligence
and character. We want people who can benefit from and
contribute to their community -the college community, and
the larger community.
Freshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the
campus and meet with an Admissions Counselor, because firsthand appraisal of programs, facilities, and academic atmosphere is valuable. Arrangements may be made to meet with a
member of the faculty and to attend classes when school is in
session.
Augsburg's admissions staff is ready to help students and parents with college planning. Just call any weekday from
8:00 a.m. to 430 p.m. -Admissions Office(612)330-1001.
We'll answer your questions and arrange a tour for any day including Saturdays. Our office is on the Northwest comer of 7th
Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis (please call first).
Augsburg selects students on individual merit without regard to
race, creed, disability, national or ethnic origin, sex or age.
Application Procedures
forApplication
Freshmen
for Admission
1.
Applicants should complete the application for admission and
essay, and retum them to the Admissions Office together with the
non-refundable $15.00 application fee.
2. Transcripts
An official transcript from the high school is required of freshman
applicants. Freshman applicants who are still high school students
at the time of application should have their most recent transcript
sent, followed by a final transcript upon graduation. Graduate
Examination Degree scores (G.E.D.) may be presented instead of
the high school transcript.
3. Test Scores
Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the
Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic
Aptitude Test (SAT), or the American College Test (ACT). It will
suffice if test scores are recorded on the official high school
transcript.
4. Additional Information
If there is personal information that may have affected the
applicant's previous academic performance, it may be included with
the application or discussed personally with an admissions
counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the
Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made.
5. Notification of Admissions Decision
Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are
notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after
the application tile is complete and has been evaluated by the
Admissions Committee.
6. Confirmation of Admission
Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to
make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their
financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to
the Director of Financial Aid.
Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked
to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of
their letter of acceptance. Those students who wish to live in college
housing must also submit a $100 housing deposit.
Early Decision for Freshmen
Augsburg offers an Early Decision Program for students who select
Augsburg a s a primary college choice. Early Decision candidates must
apply by November 15 of their senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1.The College bases its admissions decision on the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and
recommendations.
Students who are eligible for Early Decision will receive maximum consideration for financial assistance.
Early Decision candidates applying for financial aid are required to
complete the Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, which
enables our Financial Aid Office to compute a preliminary award. Candidates will be notified of their award by January 1.This application is
available in the Admissions Office.
Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to make
a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial
aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to the Director
of Financial Aid.
Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to
make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of acceptance. Those students who wish to live in college housing
must also submit a $100 housing deposit.
Early Admission of Freshmen
Students of exceptional ability who wish to accelerate their educational
program may be granted admission to begin full-timework toward a degree following completion of their junior year or first semester of the
senior year of high school. Applicants for early admission must complete the normal procedures for freshman applicants, submit two academic recommendations from the high school faculty, and arrange a
personal interview with the Director of Admissions.
Students from Minnesota who are interested in the possibility of enrolling at Augsburg under the auspices of the Minnesota Post Secondary
Enrollment Options Act should contact the Admissions Office for specific information.
Application Procedures
for Transfer Students
Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having
completed work at other accredited colleges or universities. College
credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit
for courses where It: considers the work unsatisFactory, to grant provisional credit for worlt taken at unaccredited institutions, and to require
that certain courses be taken at Augsburg.
A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or better is required on
previous college work.
Admission to a major, a s well a s admission to the College, is sometimes necessary. Tor example, registered nurses seeking a Bachelor of
Science degree in NursEna must have a 2.5 QFA and complete the Department of Nursing credit evaluation tests. Please check with the Admissions Office and departmental catalog section to see if admission to
the major is necessary.
1. Application for Admission
Applicants should complete an application for admission and return
it to the Admissions Office together with the $15.00 non-refundable
application fee.
2. Transcripts
An official transcript sent directly to the Admissions Office from the
college(s) you have attended is required. Transfer student
applicants who have completed one year or less of college-level
work must have an omcial transcript from their high school sent
directly to the Admissions Office. Students who have completed a
year or more of college work will be evaluated primarily on their
college performance.
3. Additional Information
If there is personal information that may have affected the
applicant's previous college performance, it may be included with
the application or discussed personally with an admissions
counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the
Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made.
4. Notification of Admissions Decision
Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are
notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after
the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the
Admissions Committee.
5. Confirmation of Admission
Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to
make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their
financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to
the Director of Financial Aid.
Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked
to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of
their letter of acceptance.
Those students who wish to live in college housing must also
submit a $100 housing deposit.
Re-Admission of
Former Students
Students who have interrupted attendance at Augsburg College without requesting a leave of absence and who wish to return, apply for readmission through the Registrar's Office. Students who have attended
any other institution(s) during the absence from Augsburg must have
an official transcript sent from each one to the Registrar's Office. Returning students do not pay the application fee.
Admission as a
Special Student
(Ron-Degree)
In some circumstances, people may be admitted as special students
(non-degree) and granted the privilege of enrolling in courses for
credit. Usually part-time students, they may subsequently become candidates for a degree by petitioning through the Registrar's Office.
Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at
Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree).A transcript must
be sent to the Admissions Office by the student's home institution.
An application form for special student (non-degree)status is available
from the Admissions Office.
Admission for
International
Students
International students should consult with the Director of Admissions
regarding the procedures for applying a s an international student. All
international students transferring to Augsburg from another United
States college or university must apply and be accepted for admission
to Augsburg two months prior to the start of the semester: July 1for
Fall, November 1for Spring.
To contact the Director, call (612) 330-1001 or write to:
Director of Admissions
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis MN 55454
U.S.A.
College Costs,
Financial Policies
and Financial Aid
A
11 students receive financial help indirectly, since a quality
liberal arts education costs more than tuition and fees
cover. The college raises that difference in gifts - from alumni,
faculty, staff, parents, church, friends, foundations, and endowment income.
However, the primary responsibility for paying for a college education rests on students and their families. Financial aid is intended t o supplement those resources.
College Costs 1986-87
The Board of Regents has approved the costs listed for the 1986-87 academic year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes a s required. The college reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate.
Tuition, Fees, K e n t and B o a r d
Tuition (full-timeenrollment)
.....................................
$6.780.00
This rate applies to all full-time students entering in September, 1986.
Students are considered full-time when they take three or more
courses during the semester terms with a total of seven or more
courses in the school year. The charge includes tuition, general fees,
facility fees, subscription to student publications, and admission to
most college-supported events, concerts and lectures. The amount is
payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester.
Tuition (part-timeenrollment) per course
540.00
This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an Interim only.
Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course
270.00
Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that
course.
Room Rent (includes telephone)
1.400.00
1,300.00
Full Board (19meals a week)
Other board plans are available a s defined in the housing contract
booklet available from the Office of Student Life. Partial board (14
meals a week) is $1,260.00:the point plan is 51,020.00.
......................
.................
..................................
........................................
Other Special F e e s (not refundable)
Fees Billed on Student Account
ACTC Bus (Full-time students
.
..........$ 5.00
only) ....................
Late Registration (per day after
classes begin) .................... $ 10.00
Registration Change after first
5 days (Cancel/add/change
grade option, or combination
at one time) .......................$ 5.00
introduction to Cinema
$ 35.00
Arts .................................
Life Drawing (See Interim
Catalog for fee)
Music Therapy Internship (one
half course credit) ..............$270.00
Music Lessons
Private, per semester
(14 lessons) ......................
fi75.00
Class, per semester ..-........$ 50.00
Radio-Television
Production .....................
$
.,.
10.00
Theater Technical
Production .........................$ 35.00
Student Teaching
(per course) ...................... $ 15.00
Study Abroad (in approved nonAugsburg programs) ..........$125.00
Student Government Fee ......$ 60.00
Fees Payable by CheckICash
Application (new and/or
special students) ...............$
Nursing Credit Validation
Tests
,...,..... ..........$
Locker Rental (commuters) $
Student Parking Lot
Permit - car .....................$
- motorcyle ..........$
..............
15.00
75.00
5.00
Transcript Fee (per copy after
first, which is free) ..............$ 2.00
Special Examinations, Cap & Gown
Costs (Schedule on file in
Registrar's Office)
40.00
20.00
Books and Supplies
These costs are estimated to range between $250 - 300 per year.
Deposits
Enrollment Deposit (non-refundable)
...........................
9100.00
Required of all new students after acceptance. The Enrollment Deposit is credited to the student's account only when his/her enrollment is terminated. Any net credit balance (after all charges and/or
fines) will be refunded upon request of the student. For more information, contact the Admissions Office.
Housing Damage
100.00
Required of all resident students at the time of signing a contract, to
reserve a housing assignment. This deposit is retained against damages and/or fines and is returned to the student account (less all
charges for damages and/or fines) at the end of the occupancy period
covered by the contract. New contracts may be terminated for Fall or
Spring Term by notifying the Office of Student Life in writing by the first
day of registration. The resident will be responsible for all costs incurred due to late cancellation or lack of proper notification. If the
new contract is cancelled prior to July 1for Fall semester or January
1for Spring Semester, $35.00 will be forfeited from the $100 deposit
a s a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited if cancellation
is after these dates.
...........................................................
Payments
Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of
Estimated Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by
the Student Financial Services Office is sent to the student from the
Business Office.
Payment Optiona - (1)
Annual payments, due August 20 a s billed;
42) Semester Payments, due August 20 and January 20 as billed; (3)
Payment Plan
upon appllcalion and after College approval, a
three-month plan Is availabke each semester. Details are included
with the Estimate of Charges letler. (4) 10-month Payment Plan upon application, College approval, and payment of a $50 administrative fee, the annual charges may be paid in 1 0 equal installments
beginning June 20 and ending March 20. No finance charge will be assessed on accounts which are current. An application will be sent
upon request.
-
A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of l0/o per month on any
account with an open balance of 30 days or more or on a 10-month
payment plan in which payment is not current.
Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal installments at
the beginning of each semester. Registration is permitted only if the
student's account for a previous term is paid in full. Augsburg College
will not release academic student transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds administered by the College (National DirectIDefense Student Loans-NDSL
and the Nursing Student Loan), are current according to established
repayment schedules.
Refunds
Students fill out withdrawal from College forms available in the Center
for Student Development. They must be filled out completely, signed,
and turned in to the Registrar's Office. Students who properly withdraw,
change to part-time, are dismissed, or are released Porn a housing
contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except
for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs)
according to the following schedule:
100°/~- through the first five days of classes
(less $100.00 administrativefee).
90% - from the sixth through 10th day of classes.
80% - from the 11th through 15th day of classes.
70% - from the 16th through 20th day of classes.
60% - from the 21st through 25th day of classes.
50% - from the 26th day of classes through the mid-point of the term.
No refund will be made after the middle class day of the term. Board refunds are made on a proportionate basis.
If a student is forced to withdraw due to illness or accident, the refund
will include the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment, upon submission of a report from the attending doctor stating the inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment.
Students who elect to omit an interim or to graduate in December are
not entitled to a refund of interim tuition, room, and board charges.
Students who participate in an approved off-campus interim are eligible to apply for a board refund and room sub-lease. Details and request
forms are available in the Office of Student Life.
All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and
all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund is determined.
Financial
Aid
Financing higher education could be the most significant investment a
person or family makes in a lifetime. So, proper planning and wise
choices are important, not only in choosing a college, but also in the
methods used to pay for it. Augsburg College, through its Office of Student Financial Services, will help students and their families with both
monetary and advisory assistance to protect access to a quality education in spite of increasing costs.
Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is a combination of
scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with Federal, State, church, and private agencies in
providing various aid programs. For the academic year 1984-85 approximately 85% of all students at Augsburg received scholarships,
grants, loans and part-time employment totalling over $6,200,000 from
all aid sources.
The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon
the student and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student
and family resources.
The Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the Amerlcan ~ o l l & eTesting
Program (ACT) or the Financial Aid Porn (FAF) of the College Scholarship Service (CSS) helps determine the amount or assistance for
which a student is eligible. This analysis estimates the amount a student and family can be expected to provide for college expenses, taking into account such family financial factors a s current income, assets,
number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts, retirement
needs, and special considerations.
How and W h e n to Apply
New Students
-Regular Admission
1. Apply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made until the student has applied and been accepted for ad-
mission.
2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (FFS) or Financial Aid form
(FAF) from a high school or college financial aid office. Complete
the application and send it to the processing agency after January 1
but before March 15for priority consideration. Minnesota residents
must complete the FFS which includes the application for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program. Augsburg's code on the
FFS is 2080. For non-Minnesota residents using the FAF, Augsburg's
code is 6014.
3. Within three to four weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If a t
that time you are accepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing your financial aid package.
4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will then be sent to you.
5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each
college previously attended before financial aid will be offered.
New Students
-
Early Decision
This is for students who select Augsburg a s their primary college
choice. An Early Decision Candidate must apply by November 15of the
senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1.
1. Early Decision Candidates applying fur financial aid may wish to
complete the Early Decision PinancIal Aid Appljcatlon, available by
writing or ca lllng t h e Admissions OWce. This enables our Financial
Aid Office to colnpute a preliminary award before the Family Financial Statement is filed. Candidates will be notified of their award by
January 1.
2. For confirmation of the financial aid award package, with any nec-
essary revision, the FFS (or FAF for non-Minnesota residents) must
be completed after January 1.
Returning Stadenha
Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by
filing the application and Family Financial Statement (FFS).Renewal is
based on financial eligibility, satisfactory academic progress, and fund
availability.
K i n d s of Aid
A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in gen-
eral rather than for a specific scholarship or grant (except as noted).
The various forms of aid available are listed here for information only.
In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are
urged to investigate the possibility of scholarships, grants, and loans
that might be available in their own communities. It could be worthwhile to check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clubs, and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to students meeting their
requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible
for aid through Vocational Rehabilitation, Education Assistance for
Veterans, Educational Assistance For Veterans' Children, and others.
Gift Assistance
- Pull tuition 'Presidents Scholarships are awarded an~iuallylo LIIP rnosl academirally quatliied full-tinie freshmen students. Toese scholarships are awarded without regard to wed. Becatue this Is a unified program, Full
tuiLicln Is assured, slnse lhe College guarantees the diFf~renccbetwecn non-Augsburg grants and schofarships (surti as slate sct~olarships,Pell grants. erc,) anti lull
tuition, The award Is renewable Tor Ihrce years hastd oon academic perrorrnance at
Augsburg. Special application is due January 15.
Deans Scholarships - Full tuition and halr tuition Deans Scholarships are awarded
each fall to (lie n~ostacademically qualified full-lime students who are direct transfers to Augsburg Coltcge rollowing completion ol an A.A. or A.5, degrce. having
maintained a 3.5 GPA on a 4.0 scale. These scholarships are awarded without regard
to need and are renewable for an additional year. Because this is a unified program,
full tuition is assured, since the College guarantees the difference between nonAugsburg grants and scholarships (such as state scholarships, Pell grants, etc.) and
full tuition. Special application is due March 15.
Presidents Scholarships
Paired Resources In Ministry and Education (PRIME)Awards - Augsburg College
will match the first $300 a year of a student's scholarship or grant from a Lutheran
congregation. Announcement from the congregation must be made by October 1.
Aupburg TuiHoa Grants - nvallahlt: to sludents who have shmvn academlc potentral and liavc financial need. A yl.aiil may pay up to full tuition and fees, A studenl's
acadetnk pprkorrnanre, f l nanclal need, and high school and community involvcnient
arc laken intn consideration,
Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants - Awarded by the state to Minnesota
residents who have financial need. For 1986-87, they range from $100 to $4115. All
applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply.
SwpplernentatMucattlonal Opporhrnity Grants - R federal progranl administered
by the College. To bc eligible, n person must: (I)be a U.S. citi7cn or perinanent residenl; (2) llave suiflclent financial need as defirlrd by the program and demonstrated
by Ihc FFS (or FAT): (3)be ci~pablcot mainlaining satisra'actoyacademic standlng at
Ltbe College: and (41 be accepted h r adrriission.
Pell Grants - Federal Pell grants are awarded to students attending eligible institutions of higher education and are based on financial need as defined by program
guidelines. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1986-87 is $2100 minus the amount the student and family can be expected to contribute. Application is
made by tiling the FFS (or FAF) and requesting on the application form that the necessary information be sent to the Pell Grant Program.
lmeau of Indian R f f a i ~ / T d h and
l State Indian Scholarships - Americ.an Indian studcnts who meet federal and state requirenlenls may apply for Bureau of Indiati Asfairs, Tribal and/or Stalp Indian Srholanhtp monies. Studcnts musl be lJ4 degree India11ancestry and be ~rirolledwilh a l e d ~ r a lrecognized
l~
Irlhc. Irldlarl grants
sup~lementall nlher sources of fl~tancialaid, For assistance in a ~ ~ l i c a t i ocontact
n
~1;gsbur~'s
Amerlcan Indian Program Dirtlchr or your Lrlhal agen'iy.
Loan Assistance
National Direct Shldent b a n s (RDSL) - Jolnt Augburg Colleg-federally funded
program adminisle.r~dthrough llie College for students who demonstrate financial
eligiblllty. Loans are. Inhrcst free durtngyour educalion. Nn inter~staccrues nor do
payrnents have to be made on Lheprincipal at any lime you areenrolled at least halftin^^., Simple interrst of 5% and repaymcnl ob the priricipal (a1 the mlnlmum of$30
a month) hegln six months after you leavc school. liepayment may extend up to 10
years. Tl~eloan carria a Icacher canr.ellatlon clause, The maximum which may be
barrowctt for undergraduate: study is $6,000,
Guaranteed Student Loans (GSL) and Minnesota State Student Loans - Loan
funds are obtained directly from a local lender or state agency in states which provide such programs. While the student is attending at least half-time, there is no inLerEst c h a t g . Reglnningwlth loans For school periods starting Septemkr 7 3. 1983
and alter, simple annual interpsl eT II% on the loan balance anrl repayment oT the
principal brgin six lnonlhs after you leavc sclionl. Repayment may cxtend up to 10
years. The rnaxirnurn loan Es $2500 per year with the cumnlative undergraduaie
nraxlmum of$I 2,500. Applications are available at the college. some banb, and the
Mintlesota State SLudenl Loan ClfKce.
Nursing Student Loan - Federal program with provisions similar to the National Direct Student Loan program, but restricted to applicants accepted or enrolled in our
program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients must have financial n e d and be rtgistered at least half time. The maximum loan is $2500 per
year.
-
Parent Laan Program (PLUS) P1,US Is a loall program to help parents meet cotlege costs ol lhei~dc.pendcn1 children. Parents may bormw up to $3,000 per srudenl
ol$15,000.Repayment begins withill 60 days
llrr year with an aggregate ma~i~ntrm
oi check dishursettic~itat a simple [nterest rate of 1 2 8 and a niinirnum payment of
$50 per rnonlh. Applicatlorr ronns are avallahle a l Augshurg Colleqe or the tending
fnsll~rrtlons.Applirljlinns are normally filed wilh thc hank or Lhrirt institution wlltl
which your family has an account.
Student Employment
A i ~ g s b u r gCoflege provides work appoflt~nltieslor students with
proveil finallcia! need who are at least one-hall time students. Assign.
ment is made on the basis of need and potential competence in perfomfng the duties assigned. Part-time work provided by the College is
considered financial aid, just as scholarships, loans, arld granls. A
maxiniurn of 15 hours of on-campusemployment per week is recom-
mended.
All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is
made monthly by check to the student employee.
College WorR Study Program and minnesota State Work Study Program - Under tlle~eprograms the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching
bask with Lhe College ta providt! some part-time work opportunities.
Sponsored Scholarships
Scholarship wlnners are selected by the Sttrdent Affairs Committee of
t h e Faculty unless otherwise s ~ e c l f i e d .For deuartmenla! scllolarships,
winr~ersa;e recommended b y facut ty of the department involved. Descriptions of awards are From statemen& or the donors' wlshes,
*Indicatesendowed scholarships
General Scholarships
Clrarles and Lllura nlliss ~XlricationalFoundation Scholarships - A number of awards of
vdryln!t d ~ t i o t ~[~nirtltii~tni
~~ls
S500) are made each year on the basis of tlnancial need and ability.
Established in 1973 by the foundation.
Bremer Foundation Scholarships - Awarded annually to students from towns and cities
where Bremer banks are located.
Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to deserving junior/
senior students. Established in 1961 to perpetuate her memory.
Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to two
deservingjunior or senior students. Established in 1969 by Alma Jensen Dickerson to honor her
late husband and perpetuate their memory.
Elias 6 . Eliason Sr. Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to one or more needy and
deserving upperclass students. Established in 1979 in memory of their husband and father by
Josie Feroe Eliason, Conrad Eliason, E. Bernie Eliason, Mrs. Elizabeth Mauseth and Mrs. Clara
Hoelck.
M. J. Estrem Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a worthy student. Established in 1965 by
Maybelle and Malcolm Estrem.
Memorial Scholarship Foundation Scholarships* - Awarded annually to an able and deserving upperclass student. Established in 1964 by undesignated memorial gifts.
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Liberal Arts Scholarships - Given annually to needy students who are U.S. citizens. Established in 1972.
John G. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund - Awarded annually to freshman students who without
assistance would be unable to pursue higher education, Established in 1963 by a bequest of
John G. Quanbeck.
Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship* - Awarded to able and deserving students. Established by the Readers Digest Foundation in 1964.
Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded to an able and deserving junior or senior
student. Established in 1962 to honor the memory of their beloved father by his daughters, E.
Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie.
Special Scholarships
Aid Associalton Tor Lutherans - Awarded annually to able and deserving upperclass students
who arthccrtlbcale (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. Es-
Lnhlislicrtl in 1968.
The Crown Prince Haraid Scholarship - Pstabllsh~dby authorization of the Augsburg ColIcqe Roar'rl of IIegentr in 1965 on the t ~ c ; l s i onf~ llrc
~ visit by Crown Prince Harald, this annual
scllolarship prnvlde~hrll tuition for a Ireshnia~istudcrit from Norway. The winner is selected
from rnrnpctitiort l~uldIrr Norway by t ' n ~Mnrgv-Amerika Foreningen.
Grace Jewel Jensen Buster R~rnorialScholarship* - One or more scholarships are
swartIrtl anri~rallylo sopliotnore,junior, or senior Chinese students who have outstanding acadmmir rvcords a i ~ darc preparing Irl work among the Chinese people. Established in 1983 by
family allrl irlenda to lior~orLlir ~rfetnoryof Grace Jewel Jensen Buster, a 1922 alumna.
The Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded d~lntla[lyto able and de-
FrrYlllg sL~id~ril(s)
whn \lave physical disabilities and Isve d~~iionstlated
financial need. EstabHsh~dIn 1972 by hcr huha~td,Iloyd Cleveland. In linnor tlw niernory uC Mrs. Cleveland, Augstl
leader anrl rlt:vnted wlle.
burg ah~rnna,~ o ~ a e c r a l cClirist~au
Davld J. Fanno Aemorial Scholarship*-0nr or niarr schnlarships are awarded annually to
i t I1a5 sucressrk~llyovrrcorllt: adversily and achieved excellence in
a junlor nr qellior s t l ~ d r ~who
at.adcrnlr and rxtrartrrriculdr pcirformancc. Estahlishcd in 1979 by members of his family t o
Diivid .J. Tormn, ID64 alumnrrr.
honnr the memory a i Colnnia~~drr
Grace Anne JohnlFon Memorial Scholarsltip' - Onr nr mare scholarships are awarded annt~dllytn upperrlass Internatlor~alsludcnl? wlro havr overcntrlc adversity and achieved excell ~ n cIn
t acadernlc and PXlrilCuIr i i u k r perrormanrt:. Btabllshrd i n 1981 by her parents, Dr. and
Ars, I:ini~rJuhflsori, and other idrnily nienlbcrs and friprtds in memory of Grace Anne (Gay)
197 1-1973.
Johnroll, a sludenl a l Auqs~~irg
Catha .Ion- nemorial Scholarship' -Awarded alin~lallyto ripprrclass women of high moral
charart~r,wllh prriewnrc (liven In female nr wale 5ttld~ntstranslcrdntl from Waldorf Colleqe
Who (ire In n~~rslc
andfnr e l r n i r n t a edutntion.
~~
Establishrd ill 1g75 111 memory of Catha on&,
1970 alumna, by her parerits. Mr. and Mrs. Kenn~tIiJnnrs, ntlirr IiItnlly and friends, and the
A~~gshurg
CnTIrgr Srnior Clrallt'nge Prograni.
Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior College Scholarship - Awarded on the basis of
scholastic achievement, religious leadership and financial need. Minimum award $500.00. The
scholarship is renewable.
The Rev. Horace E. Plyhus memorfal Scholarshfp. -Awardrd annually to a senior student(s)
who lias st~rcessf~rllv
nverromr ndvcrslly ant1 11.~5arhteverl exrrllence in academic and extrarurilcular perfor~rinricr.E ~ t a l ~ l i s tIn
i ~ d1977 l o honnr lhr rlirtnorv of the Rev. Nyhus, a 1929
gmrliratr: nf Augshurg Ser~ilnarywl~oovrrramt: Lhr nrlvrrsily or early years to earn his own edtic;lllnn alrd whn served his lcllow nien wllh ht~n~anity
and dsdnm.
Minority Student ScholarshipsJawants
The Hearst Arncrica~tltrdlan Scholarshio' - O ~ ior
r rllnt c sctnlarshios srre awarded annuallv
to an Ameslc iltl 11irIld11ul)prtrlillr~5llldC11I(~)WIIQ lias a ~ u ~ ~ i u l a tgrade
i v e point average of 3.0
or better at Augsburq Collrg. fsli!blished In 1984 hy I l i e nears[ Fout~datlnn,
Homecoming Auction Schol~rshlps-Awarcltrd annually to two students, one of whom must
be a minority student, who 11avedeu~onstraleclability to facilitatediscussion about issues of social concern. Established in 1977 and funded by contributions to this annual event from faculty,
staff and students.
Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually
to upperclass Oriental international students. Established in 1978 by her parents, family and
friends to honor the memory of Marilyn's devotion of sharing and loving people, especially her
service to students.
National Scholarship &Grant Program for Minority dtudenb (sponsored by the American Lutheran Church) - Mernb~lsof American racial arid cthnic minorities who are either
seeking admission to an America11 I.r~lheranCllklrcl~(ALL) rollegc OR are members of an ALC
congregation may be considered.
Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded periodically to a Black
American student. Established in 1964 in memory of Marlys Johnson Simengaard and her
Christian concern for the problems of social injustice.
Religion & Christian Service Scholarships
The Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship* - Awarded annually to students preparing for full-time service careers in the church. Established in 1981 by Rolland H. Bockbrader to
honor the lifelong devotion that his parents have given to the family, congregation, Augsburg
College, and the community.
Andrew and Constance Burgas Scholarship* - Available to both North American and international s t ~ r l p n Ll o~CIIcnurage men and women to enter full-time Christian service. Awards
are based on dcri~nnslratrdircadrmic ability, moral character, and potential for Christian service. Established in 1983 by the Rev, and Mrs. Andrew S. Burgess.
Thorvald Olsen BtrmtvedllSernorialScholarship*- Awarded annually to a student(s) in the
senior class whr~is prrpali~iqInr Ilir mInLslry. Established in 1960 by family and a churchwide
offering to honor Lllc rrlrnlnry nl Ilr. T , 0,Burntvedt, president of the Lutheran Free Church,
1930-1958.
Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an upperclass student preparing for a Christian vocation. Established in 1982 to honor the memory of
Henning and ~ellstineDahlberg.
lver and Marie lverson Scholarship* -Awarded on the basis of need, character and interest
in Christian sewice. Established in 1957 by lver Iverson.
The Rev. Arnold J. Melom Memorial Scholarship - Awarded annually to one or more students who demonstrate potential and tinancial need, with preference for those who are preparing for a religious service vocation.
Gerda mottensen Memodal Scholarship* -One or more scholarships are awarded annually
on L 1 1 ~bil!,is of srl~olarslrlp,sewicc. and dcvotlo~ito the Christian faith. Established in 1975 by
tlir Ii~rnilyanrl h u g h u r g Collqf: in nlmlnrj or aerda Mortensen for five decades of service to
Christian higher education at Augsburg College.
Onesimus Scholarship* - Awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministly. Established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson.
Johah H. 0. ROdvik Memorial Scholarship*
-
Onr or more scholarships are awarded an~rq
preparing for a proierslorial career in Christlan service. Established
rtilally lo h u g s t ~ ~studrnts
ill 1976 t)y Mr. nnrl Mrs. Luther H. Rodvik in mvriiory nl Jotiatt J. 0.Hodvik and his deep personal ~lrtl[cntIonLo liis ralling as a minister as well as his scholarly research and pioneer
Lhought r o n c r r n l n ~the Apostle Paul's traditionally mlsilntlerstnod atlitude toward the question of equal rights and equal status for women.
The Rev. Olaf R o g e Memorial &holarshlp* - Awarded on the basis of need, scholarship
and interest in Christian scrvlce. Ectahllshed 111 1958 to honor the Rev. Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the college, 1940-1952.
The Rev. lawrenre and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship* - Ont: or Inore scholnrshlps are
to a Ji~nioror senlor prrparing b r a full-time vocation in the churcll. Eshbawarded a~~nually
lished in 1980 by thclr chlldrrn, la~itiliesand hipr~dsLO l~unorLlre lifelonu dt:votlon that Lhc Rcu,
and Mrs. lawre11ceSateren gav? to the cliurch, hugshurg Coll~ye,anrl Augsht~rgSelninaryover
a period a160 years,
Marguerite Hamilton StorIey memorial Scholarship -nwarded allnually to an able and des ~ r v i n g/ ~ l n i o ~ , k ~ ~slutlenl
i I o r r~colnmendedby l l srhnlarship
~
committee. Semi-finalists are
inlerv&d and sclcct~,dby thc dorlar, the flei. Catvili f. Storley. btablirhed in 1965 to honor
the menlory o l Marqucr~lcljamlllon Slorley and licr intetest and cotice~nin the mission work
of the Christian church.
Morris G. C. d ilanna Vaageneu Misslanary Stholarship Fund* - Awiilded annually Lo a
junior/senior student prepdrlng lor servlcc ac a missionary through the World FTlssion Dcparlment of The American Lulhtran Chorch, Lslabllshecl i l l 1969 by the RPV- and Mrs. Morri? 0.C.
Vaagenes.
Departmental Scholarships
Art
The Crown W n c w Sonja Art Scholarship - Established by authorization of the Augsburg
College Board of Regents in 197n ta honor the Crown Princess of Norway. Awarded annually to
a talented arl student will1 flnnncial need.
Augaet molder Memorial Art Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually
to uppcrclass studc~itsmajoring in art. Established in 1982 by his wife, family and friends in
memory of August Molder, accomplished artist and teacher for more than 20 years at Augsburg
COI~P~P,
Athletic
The Carl Bloomberg Memorial Scholarship - Awarded annually to a needy student(s) particilmling iri Llh: Augsburg College hockey program whose cumulative grade point average is
below 3.2. Estahtisherl in 1983 by friends in memory of Carl Bloomberg, a talented young
hockey player.
Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship*- Awarded annually to an able and deserving student on
the basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966 by his
parents, the Rev, and Mrs. Lester Dahlen, in memory of their son, a senior student at Augsburg
College.
Paul Dahlen/Gerald Pryd Aemorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an able and deserving male student on the bash ol'personality, character, athletic and academic achievement.
Established in 1966 by the tkv. and Mrs. Lester Dahlen and friends to honor the memory of
these two Augsburg College studrnh.
David Granner memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to h a or more students, particpaling in athletics or masic, who have demonstrated llnanrlal nced and/or high Christian character. The allllplicschotarship is for a mate rarlrliddlc only, w l l l ~a prefcrentr in basketball. Esand Mrs. Ethel
tabliskrl In 1975 by Mrs. David Gronner and cllildren I{irhard, Caml, and Rt~l,
Gronner to honor the memory of David Gronner, an Augsburg College alumnus.
Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually based on academic achievement, personal character, and ability in athletics. Established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles
S, Hoffman to honor their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa.
Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to
upperclass students participating in intercollegiate sports, with preference for students in the
wrestling program. Established in 1980 by the William Jordan and Charles Schulz families in
memory of Rory Jordan, an Augsburg graduate and nationally recognized wrestler,
Magnus and Kristofa Meven Scholarship* - Awarded annually to students on the basis of
achievement, personal character, and promise in the field of physical education. Established in
1958 by their children in memory of their parents.
Biology
Biology Scholarships - Established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor
outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology.
Business AdmlnletmtIon/EcenomEcs
A~~gshusg
Brrsiness Rlitmni Scholarship Fi~nd*- Awarded annually to sophomore, junior or
wrrinr 4 1 1 ~ hIIIP t~ldjnri~l!]ilk ally of Hw dress encompassed within the Department of Business
Arltiiini5lration and C.< .ruioniics and b a w l on acad~micrxccllence and financial need. Established in 1984 by Augsburg business alumni and other alumni and friends within the business
community.
Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship* - Awarded annually to one or more upperclass
students interested in the field o f business. Established in 1965 by The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation.
Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship* - One or more awards are made annually to a junior or senior student(s) majoring in business administration, Established in 1980 by members
of the family in memory of Gertrude S. Lund, Augsburg College alumna and dedicated teacher
at the College.
Chemistry
Ellen and Courtland Agre Chemistry Award - Given annually to a chemistry major, preferably one going into graduate studies to earn the doctorate in chemistry. Established in 1980 by
Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Agre.
Chemishy Scholarships* - Awarded annually to junior and senior students whose academic
record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. Established in 1968 by family,
Friends, and the Augsburg College Chemistry Department to honor:
Manivald Aldre
Carl Fosse
Frederick C. and Laura E. Nortensen
Dr. W. N. Sandstrom
Walter E. Thwaite, Jr.
Covey Hendrickson
Minnesota Mining and ManufacturingChemistry Scholarship - Awarded to Chemistry majors who are citizens of the U.S. Established in 1979.
Conrad Sunde Memorial Chemistry Scholarships* - Awarded annually to junior/senior students majoring in Chemistry who have a GPA of 3.0 or above and, preferably, graduate or
professional school goals. Established in 1984 through the Conrad Sunde estate in memory of
a 1915 alumnus who was the first Augsburg College graduate to earn a Ph.D. in chemistry, His
professional career as educator, researcher and consultant included many inventions, of which
the development of lanolin oil was his outstanding work.
Education
David Mathre Scholarship* - Awarded annually to qualified full-time student(s) in need of financia.1 assistance during the term in which they are student teaching.
English
Anne Pederson English Scholarship* - Awarded annually to jtlniorlstnior students who are
majoring in English, with preference given to those who plan to t ~ a c hEngllsh as a career. Established in 1971 by faculty members of the English Department to honor the 37 ycars nl service of Anne Pederson as English teacher at Augsburg College.
Prof. P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarshipb- Awarded annually to an outstanding student
in the field of English. Established in 1959 by Gerald Sveeggen in memory of P. A. Sveeggen,
professor of English at Augsburg, 1915-1952.
Foreign Language
Nimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship* - Awarded annually to junior/senior
students who are majoring in modern language, with preference given to those who plan to
teach language. Established in 1969 by Mr. and Mrs. James Kingsley.
Health-Related
Ellen and Courtland Agre Pre-MedicineAward - Given annually to a student of any major
who is planning on entering medical school to earn a doctorate in medicine. Established in
1980 by Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Agre.
Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a registered
nurse seeking a baccalaureate degree in nursing. Established in 1983 by The Augsburg Nurses
Alumni Association.
-
Eleanor Christensen Cdwards lkmorlal Scholarshipr Awarded annually to upperclass
student(s) prrparing for a ratter in riirdirlne nr health. Established in 1978 in memory of
Eleanor Christrr~senUwards' devotion and s~.rvjccin lieaitli care by members of her family,
Bernhard Chrlsl~nscn.I;isic Christe~isenSchrocder, .le%l~
Cliristensen, Nadia Christensen and
Theodore Christensen.
History
Dr. Carl H. Chrislock History Scholarship - Awarded annually to a history major. Established in 1980 by Gregory M. Rtzloff to honor Carl H. Chrislock.
The Rev. and Mrs. 0. J. Haukeness History Award - Awarded annually to a senior student
for excellence in history. Established in 1980 by Helen Ranck to honor her parents, the Rev. and
Mrs. 0. J, Haukeness.
H, R, aendrichdn lllsbry Scholarship* --Awarded annually to students majoring in history
with prclrrencc given to llrose who plau a c a m In lhp field, blahlfshed in 1969 by Dr. and Mrs.
Carl II.Chrlslork and aegnrentcd Ily otlier conLributlo~~s
Lo iinnnr Ihe memory of H. N, Hendrickson, pmkssol uf llistory a1 Aussburg College, 1400- 1952,
Library Science
Library Student Assistant Scholarship - Established in 1984 by library staff to honor junior
or senior students who have given outstanding performance as a library student assistant.
Mathematics
Mathematics Scholarship - Awarded annually to an able and desenring student in the field of
mathematics. Established in 1980 by the Mathematics department.
Minnegasco Scholarship - Awarded annually to able and deserving junior/senior students
majoring in mathematics or the sciences on the basis of need and academic ability. Established
in 1969 by Minnegasco.
Metro-UrbanStudies
Joel and Frances Torstenson Scholarship in Urban Affairs* - One or more scholarships
are awarded annually to upperclass students who actively contribute toward the fulfillment of
Augsburg's Mission Statement relating to the College's urban involvement. Established in 1982
by colleagues, former students, and friends to honor the service and leadership of the Torstensons in community development and urban affairs.
Music
Peggy ChristensenBenson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student of choral music. Established in 1965 by Thomas 1. Benson in memory of Peggy Christensen Benson,
an Augsburg College alumna.
Prwhrnan Performance Studies Scholarships - Entering freshman music majors who evidence niarkrrf ablllty In their major instrument or voice will receive free lessons in that major
nicldium during ihe Rmt two semesters of performance studies.
David Gronner Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to two or more students participating in athletics or music, who have demonstrated financial need and/or are of high Christian
character. Established in 1975 by Mrs. David Gronner and children Richard, Carol and Paul, and
Mrs. Ethel Gronner in memory of David Gronner, Augsburg College alumnus.
0 . I. Hertsgaard Scholarship* - Awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, interest or potential in conducting,
and promise of overall academic success. Established in 1966 by 0. I, Hertsgaard.
Leonard & Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship* - Awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those who
have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. Established in 1975 by Leonard & Sylvia Kuschel to honor the beautiful message of music.
Edwin W. and Edith 8, Norberg Scholarship* - One or more scholarships arc awardrrl annually to upperclass student(s) preparing for careers in church music. btablish~din 1980 by
Edwin W. Norberg to honor his wife's lifelong career in the teaching and ro~iducllngoF piano,
organ and choral music.
Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a sophomore/junior student of
outstanding promise in the field o f music. Established in 1953 by his family to honor Henry P.
Opseth, chairman of the Augsburg Music Department, 1922-1951.
Senior Performance Scholarships - Senior music majors who have attained a cumulative
GPA of 3.0 in their major instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior Performance Scholarship
which provides for free lessons in that major medium during the two semesters preceding graduation.
Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an Augsburg student who has
music as a major/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing. Established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs, lver Solberg, and her brother Dorvan to
honor Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, member of the Augsburg choir from 1950-53.
String Scholarships - Awarded to entering students who demonstrate ability on violin, viola,
cello, or bass and who intend to pursue their study through performance studies, string ensemble, and orchestra.
John & Vera Thut Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students who have achieved excellence in performance in voice or piano. Established in
1980 by John and Vera Thut, their family and friends. The Thuts cherished lifelong careers in the
teaching of music, three decades of which was at Augsburg.
Stuart West Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a student on the basis of skilled
performance or aptitude in instrumental music. Established in 1983 by Mrs. Joan West and children, Kristine, Dale, David, and James.
Physics
Theodore J. Hanwick Physics Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an upperclass student
majoring in physics. Established in 1976 by the Augsburg College Physics Department and
friends to honor Dr. Hanwick on his 20th anniversary as a member of the Augsburg faculty.
Political Science
Political Science Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students oursuina careers in Political Science. Established in 1980 bv Professors Norma
Noonan and ~ j l e s~teishoel.
Scandinavian Studies
lver and myrtle Olson Scholarship'- Awarded antlually to an upperclassstudent@)with acadeniic ah~lltv.in lllc ~ ~ u t s uoti la rtpqwe. wit11 concentration in Scandinavian lanquaqes, literar
and their familks and friends
tulme,h l s l o i ac~rl/orcult~r~~e.
~ t a b l l ! h d In 1903 by l l ~ e lchildren
to honor lver and Myrtlv Olson oa the occaslot~ol their golden wedding anniversary.
Sociology
Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize* -Awarded annually to a student in the general field of
Christian sociology. Established in 1936 by members of his family to honor the memory of Professor Adolph Paulson, who taught social science at Augsburg from 1930-35.
E
xperiences in the classroom are an important part of collene life, but learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities of the college and the metropolitan
area. Whether students are residents or commuters, the climate
for learning and living at Augsburg will add dimension to their
education.
Campus
Ministry
a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual, a s well as
As
academicand social growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident
in the opportunities we encourage and provide for students to explore
their own faith.
Since our campus is comprised of individuals from many different religious and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a
similar diversity and richness of tradition. Bible studies, fellowship
groups, outreach teams, planning committees, retreats, Peace and
Justice forums, Hunger conferences, concerts, plays and movies are
examples of the wide variety of activities on campus.
This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where
students, faculty and staff gather each Monday, Wednesday, and Friday
to give thanks and hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and musicians. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy
Communion.
We seek to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to use and discover the gifts that God has given them. A s a
college of the church, we encourage students to form their own values
which will be the basis for the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond one's years at Augsburg.
The College Pastor has an ofice in the College Center to be readily
available for counseling, consultation, support or information.
Student
Government
Through student government students secure a closer relationship
with and better understanding of the administration and faculty, and
provide input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student
government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all
issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg.
Student government is organized into the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring
for the next year. Freshmen elect their representatives in the fall of
their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible - program
planning, writing, editing or service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact the President or Vice President of the Student Body in
their offices in the College Center.
Social, Cultural,
Recreational
Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes
place on campus as well a s in the Twin Cities. These activities include
dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields.
The College Center is the focus of lesiure-time activity on campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook,
the Augsburglan, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite
classroom or non-classroom related interests meet in the Center.
KCMR, a student-operated non-profitradio station serving the needs of
Augsburg and the surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located
in the Mortensen Tower.
Fine Arts
Students have many opportunities to participate in music and drama.
In addition to appearing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg
Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra perform on national and international tours. Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire
range of musical styles and previous musical experience. Students
stage several plays on campus each year under the direction of the
theatre arts department.
Intercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is affiliated with Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) Division 111. Men annually compete in football, soccer,
cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, and golf.
Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer, basketball, track & field, and softball.
Intramurals
Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and
relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of
team sports as well a s individual performance activities. Broomball
has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times
when there is open use of the gymnasium and ice arena.
Student Activities
A variety of interests is served by groups and clubs and by events spon-
sored by the student government. If you need information or wish t o initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director.
Student
Services
~ u ~ i b college
u r ~
doncerned with educating the whole person and
-
is
recognizes t h a t t h e environment for learning is a critical factor in
achieving growth. Knowledge grows from more than intellectual endeavors. Expanding relationships, exploring values, identifying life
styles, developing autonomy and interdependence, finding purpose
and commitment - all combine with intellectual content and skills to
produce the educational impact of the college on its students.
The Division of Student Affairs supports this task. During the summer
before your freshman year, or a t the time of transfer, you will receive a
copy ofAugsburg Guide. This book will help you assess the possibilities
in your education, choices to make, directions to consider and different
destinations for which to plan. Augsburg Guide was designed t o act a s a
sort of road map.
Center for Student Development
The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services t o
help make yourjourney rich and meaningful. Some of the opportunities are listed below.
Summer Orientation. Students can plan their first academic year and pre-register
for classes. Students and their parents get acquainted with classmates, faculty, and
staff as well as with the campus. They stay in the dormitory, attend events in the met:
ropolitan area and seek answers to many questions about college life.
Career Planning and Placement. Students may be uncertain about where they want
to be whenthey finish their undergraduate experience, whether their life style will be
a balanced one, or how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment.
Augsburg has a four-year career development plan to help with a personal assessment, explore possibilities, test realities, and prepare for entry into the next phase of
life. All new students will have a chance to review their interests with a counselor.
Job Service. Augsburg College maintains a referral service in the Placement Office,
Center for Student Development, to help students find part-time, temporaty, and
summer employment off campus. Job Service initiates contact with employers in the
area and the State Employment Service and acts as a clearinghouse to help match
students and jobs.
Human Development Seminars. A series of informal "mini-courses" is offered each
year to help you grow in understanding of yourself and your relationship to others.
Such topics as PEER (Positive Educational Experiences in Relationships),Choosing a
Major, Issues in Men's and Women's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and Sexuality are available. Information on current offerings and opportunity to register are
provided several times during the year.
Academic Enrichment. Students may want to improve their skills in such areas as
reading, studying, note-taking, and testing by attending one or more of the workshops offered. Students also will have an opportunity to meet with a counselor to diagnose needs. If a particular course proves difficult, students can arrange for tutoring through the Center.
Counseling and Guidance. Sometimes students find it difficult to cope with relationships or situations which they encounter during their college experience. Counselors
are available to help students who are experiencing personal/interpersonal difficulties by providing individual and group counseling and a variety of personal growth
groups.
Learning Disabilities Program. A Learning Disabilities Specialist and trained peer
counselors are available to LD students needing coursework assistance, as provided
for by Section 504. Direct services and advocacy are provided in such areas as diagnostic assessment, admissions assistance, orientation and registration assistance, basic skills remediation, orientation to the College, and tutoring. A Learning
Laboratoty, word processors, study guides, taped textbooks, and a peer support
group are also available to students accepted into the LD Program. A separate brochure detailing services and fees is available through the Center for Student Development.
Intercultural Center
As a College in t h e city, committed t o t h e values and insights ofcultural
diversity, Augsburg offers special advocacy a n d counseling for all minority students in close cooperation with administrators, faculty a n d
community. At t h e present time t h e s e efforts concentrate in two major
areas:
American Indian Support Program. This program provides direct services and assistance in such areas as: recruitment and retention, admissions and financial aids
procedures, orientation and registration, coursework selection and career counseling, tutoring, personal and crisis counseling, referrals and followup. The program
provides advocacy in areas of health, child care, housing, and employment opportunities, with input into the implementation of American Indian courses and liaison
with the Intertribal Student Union.
Black Student Program. Augsburg offers a Black student program which provides
career and personal counseling, administrative support, and assistance with the admissions process. Black History Month and the Black Student Union are student affairs programs emphasizing Black heritage and participation.
The other facet of Augsburg's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are from
or are interested in studying in other countries, and in planning activities and events
to increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff.
Foreign Study. If students are interested in study abroad, they can consult the faculty
member who serves as Director of lnternational Programs to check on the many opportunities available.
International Students. Augsburg enjoys the academic and cultural participation of
its students from countries outside the U.S. The Office of the International Student
Adviser helps to orient and advise any student on a student visa, exchange program,
or permanent resident status. The adviser handles information on immigration, work
permits, and temporary status and arranges an American host for international students. See Augsburg Guide for information about the Cross-Cultural Club.
Health Service
The staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across
the street from the campus will take care of students' health needs. Visits are free except for special testing or service, and prescriptions are
available through the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Students must check
family health coverage to determine if they are included: if not, a student health insurance plan is available.
Food Service
The Commons,situated on the top floor of the College Center, is the main food serv-
ice facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant room features small table
units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangleand Murphy
Square.The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who
live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is
open through the noon hour and in the evenings.
Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or
nearby apartments.
Living on Campus
Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the
learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall
program promotes student growth by asking students to actively participate in group decision-making. Each residence unit has one or more
Resident Staff who facilitate the process of group living and discuss personal concerns with individual students.
Augsburg requires all freshmen and sophomores not living at home to
live in college-operated housing. Married student housing is available
in annex housing and South Hall. Students rent a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive
room assignments the summer before they arrive a t Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All resident
students must sign housing contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit
by June 1in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June
1will be provided housing only if space is available.
All students living on campus must pay an advance payment when they
sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' accounts
when they move into the residence.
All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in U r n e s s Tower.
This eleven story high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a
house unit providing 36 students (two to a room), with their own
lounge, study and utility areas.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom
apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass students.
South Hall contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students.
W e s t H a l l contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upper-
class students.
A n n e x H o u s i n g provides an alternative opportunity for group living.
Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One
way to maximize the living and learning of your housing situation is to
bid for a Special Interest House. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals
on such t o ~ i c sa s Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's
Awareness, 'international Living, Honors Program, and Scandinavian
Studies.
Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen
units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses,
rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads, and lamps. Laundry facilities are available in each residence.
Student
Riahts
The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsiY
bilities and has provided for due process in matters of disciplinary action, grievances, and grade appeal. The Judicial Council is elected by
students and faculty and serves to conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs.
The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy
Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official records,
files and data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the
Office of the Registrar and the P!acement Office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in the record before January 1,1975, or placed under conditions where students have
signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience
education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age.
Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact
the Center for Student Development or the appropriate coordinator a s
listed in the Communication Directory at the end of the catalog.
Academic
Information
',,
1
I . . . '
i!!
A
ugsburg College constructs its cumculum upon the
premise that students must be educated as full human
persons: intellectually, spiritually, and physically. To act effectively, human beings must have a broad grasp of the world from
which they have come as well a s the world in which they live. By
providing courses in the humanities, natural sciences, and social sciences, the general education cumculum introduces students to the breadth and complexity of knowledge and culture.
Required courses in religion are designed to acquaint students
with the Christian tradition and encourage them to reflect upon
the importance and meaning of spirituality in their lives. Recreation courses offer students the opportunity to develop skills for
participation in exercise and sporting activities.
Students choose from over forty mqjor areas of study to gain a
depth of knowledge in a discipline and to prepare for a career or
further study. Thus, through a balance of cumcular activities
supported by full programs in student life and religious life, an
Augsburg College education strives to educate its students in a
real world for the real world.
General Information
D e g r e e s Offered
Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the
Bachelor of Science degrees. The B.S. degree is awarded to graduates
with majors in Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. The B.M. degree is awarded to graduates with majors in Music Education and Music
Performance. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Academic Calendar
Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of
approximately 1 4 weeks separated by a 4-week January Interim. Students normally take four courses each semester and one course during
Interim. A maximum of three courses can be earned in the two annual
summer sessions, one of four weeks and one of six weeks.
The calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take courses on
another campus during the regular term. (See Registration.)
January Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students
and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate
questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular
term. The Interim catalog, published in the fall of each year, is distributed to all students and is available by contacting the Interim Office. In
addition to classes offered on campus, Augsburg offers a variety of
travel opportunities within the United States and abroad, Independent
or directed study and internships are among the many Interim options.
Augsburg Weekend College follows a trimester calendar (see Augsburg
Weekend College).
t.
-+
-
4
II
i'
Faculty
The heart of any educational institution is its faculty, and Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold the doctorate or other terminal degree, and
all consider their teaching to be the focus of their activity. Faculty are
involved in research, including such varied studies a s space physics,
the history of medieval spirituality, women in the Soviet Union, and
homelessness in American cities. Music faculty perform professionally
on the local and national level, and studio artists' works can be seen in
buildings, galleries, and shows around the country. Augsburg faculty
s e e their research a s supporting their teaching. They are actively involved in an exciting faculty development program which introduces
them to current thought in many fields but especially in teaching techniques and theories.
Augsburg's size and small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act a s academic
advisers and counselors and participate regularly in campus activities.
Every student is assigned a freshman adviser and chooses a major adviser. In this close interaction, faculty act a s both mentors and models
for students.
Computer R e s o u r c e s
Approximately 50 microcomputers, including Apple Ile's, IBM XT's,
laboratory computers, and graphics microcomputers are arranged in
networks with larger machines, to satisfy standard educational needs.
Students and faculty members needing even more computing power
also have access to computers at the University of Minnesota.
Library and Audio-Visual Services
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library as-
sistants make the library a favorite place to study. The main library
houses over 160,000books, periodicals, records, tapes and films. Music, Chemistry, and Art History slide libraries are located within the departmental areas.
A service-dedicated staff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library,
standard reference service, guidance in pursuing term paper topics,
and directions to other local sources of information. Special arrangements are made for access by students with physical handicaps.
Access to over 1,000,000volumes is available via daily interloan and
courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill
Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to
Augsburg faculty and students.
The Library Audio-Visual Center houses audio-visual materials and
equipment and provides access to materials for rent or loan. Assistance with production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audio/
video tape recordings is available for faculty and students. Equipment
such a s movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed for limited periods. Film bibliographies and other advice on materials selection are available. Facilities for classes in broadcasting are
located in the Center.
Academic Organization
and programs
Divisions and Departments
The college curriculum is offered by 20 departments which are
grouped into four divisions for administrative and instructional purposes.
Humanities
- Raymond Anderson (Chairperson)
Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech,
Communication and Theatre Arts
- Earl Alton (Chairperson)
Social and Behavioral Sciences - Norma Noonan
(Chairperson)
Natural Science and Mathematics
Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Computer Science, Physics
Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science,
Psychology, Sociology
Professional Studies
-Edwina Hertzberg (Chairperson)
Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social
Work
M q j o r s and M i n o r s
Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department,
within one division, or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors before they enter college. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding. Normally a major should be elected
by the end of the fourth semester and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section. Unless
otherwise indicated, majors are part of the B.A. degree.
Students may contact the Registrar about creating a unique major,
Mqjors available at Augsburg are:
Applied Economics
Art History
Biology
~ u s i n e s Administration
s
(Accountina, Finance. International
Business, -Management, Management Information Systems, Marketing)
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
East Asian Studies1
Economics
Economics-Business Administration
EngineeringZ
English
Foreign Languages:
French, German,
Norwegian, Spanish
Health Education
History
Humanities
International Relations
Kindergarten-Elementary Education
Mathematics
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Education (B.M.)
Music Performance (B.M.)
.
.
Music Therapy (B.S.)
Nursing (B.S.)
Occupational Therapys
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Russian Area Studies1
Scandinavian Area Studies
Social Science
Social Work (B.S.)
Sociology
Speech
Studio Art
Theatre Arts
Transdisciplinary
Minors available at Augsburg are:
Art History
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
East Asian Studies
East and Southeast Asian Studies
Economics
English
Foreign Languages:
French, German,
Norwegian, Spanish
Health Education
History
International Business
Management Information Systems
Mathematics
Music
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Russian Area Studies1
Scandinavian Area Studies
Social Welfare
Sociology
Speech
Studio Art
Theatre Arts
It 1s posslble for students to complete other maJors through the Associated Colleges of the Twln Cltles (ACTC). Students who wlsh to complete a maJor oflered a t
one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrar's Ofpce.
1 - Cooperatlue Program of the Associated Colleges ofthe 7Luln Cities and agree-
ments with the Unluerslty of Minnesota. It is possible for students to take beglnning and intermediate courses in Chinese, Japanese and Russian.
2 - Dual degree programs with the University ofMinnesota Institute of Technology, Washington Unluerslty School of Engineering and Applied Science, and Mlchlgan Technological Unluerslty.
3 - Dual degree program with Washington Unluerslty School ofMedlclne.
Teaching Licensure
Teaching Licensure programs a r e offered a t Augsburg in KindergartenElementary Education a n d t h e following fields in Secondary Education:
English-Language Arts, French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemistry o r Physics), Science (Grades 5-9),
Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, Theatre Arts, a n d in t h e special areas
ofArt (K-12), Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12),Orchestra (K-12) a n d Classroom Music (Grades 5-12),Vocal a n d Classroom
Music (K-9), Vocal a n d Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), a n d Physical
Education (K-12). Students planning t o teach o n t h e secondary level
have advisers both in t h e Education Department a n d t h e area of their
academic major(s).
Certification Programs
Special programs certifying skills a n d knowledge h a v e b e e n established a t Augsburg t o increase vocational possibilities and/or enhance
personal growth:
Certificate in Art - requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history. Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting to teach art in less formal
circumstancesthan a college are addressed. For further information, contact the Art
Department Chairperson.
Church Staff Work Certification - is designed to prepare for full-time specialized
lay work in the Lutheran Church. It consists of nine courses for a Church Staff Worker
major in Religion plus additional specialized courses in psychology, sociology,
speech and physical education. The program is designed to meet or exceed criteria
used in The American Lutheran Church certification program. Interested students
should contact the Religion Department Chairperson.
Program Evaluation Certification - provides the background for performing systematic assessments of programs for social improvements. Students are required to
complete a group of five psychology and sociology courses, including an internship.
For further information, contact the Psychology or Sociology Department Chairperson.
Women's Studies Certification - may be earned by completing six courses focusing on women's perspectives. Each individually planned program should include
courses in the social sciences, humanities, or other academic areas focusing on
women, lnterested students should contact the program chairperson.
Pre-Professional Programs
S t u d e n t s who plan t o enter t h e fields of law, medicine, occupational
therapy, dentistry, t h e ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy, o r engineering c a n profit from a liberal a r t s education a t Augsburg.
It i s r e c o m m e n d e d t h a t r e q u i r e m e n t s for a d m i s s i o n to g r a d u a t e
s c h o o l s o r seminaries be reviewed a n d t h e course of study a t Augsburg
planned accordingly. A faculty adviser is available in e a c h field t o assist
s t u d e n t s in their planning. S t u d e n t s w h o want t o plan a pre-professional program should contact t h e Associate Academic Dean early in
their freshman year t o arrange for help from t h e appropriate faculty a d viser.
Pre-Dentistry- These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota: ENG, 2~ourses;810
111,112; PHY 121,122; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106),351,352; MAT 124; ~ ~ ~ 1 0 5 .
Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Engineering -This program provides a course of study which enables students
to complete introductory core requirements in mathematics, science and the liberal
arts necessary for engineering. Some students in the program choose to transfer after two years to an institution granting degrees in engineering, while others elect to
participate in a dual-degree program. Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities to allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree
from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri: or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. The dual-degree programs afford students the opportunity
to combine a strong background in the liberal arts, including an elected major, with
the study of engineering.
Pre-Law - Students considering a career in law should examine the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools and consult the Augsburg prelaw adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel. Students may wish to take the course POL 170 (Law
in the United States) to help determine their interest in law. Pre-Law studentshould
major in a discipline of their own choosing, and will satisfy most law-school entrance
requirements with a record of solid achievement in the liberal arts.
Pre-Medicine - Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to
prepare for study in medicine. At Augsburg, the biology and chemistry departments
have majors specially designed for pre-medical students. Both require CAM 115,116
(or 105, 106), MAT 124, 125: and PW 121, 122. The Chemistry major also requires
CHM 353,361, one advanced course, seminar, and two or more biology courses. The
Biology major also requires 810 111, 112, 491 and one from each of three groups
(351,353, 361), 1355,473, 47Y), (440, 471,476), with 353 and 355 especially recnmmenrlccl Tor rnedical school. Designed lo mcet the University TMinnesota (Minneapolis) requirements, both programs also encourage coursr.s in the behavioral sciences and humanities, including psychology and sociology. The University of
Minnesota (Minneapolis)requires two years of English. Requirements at other medical schools may vary. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser
early in the freshman year.
Pre-OccupationalTherapy - Augsburg College has a cooperative arrangement with
Washington University in St. Louis, Missouri, to allow students to earn a Bachelor of
Arts degree from Augsburg and a Bachelor of Science degree in Occupational Therapy from Washington University. Prerequisite courses for the Occupational Therapy
Program include ENG 111,BlO 111,112 and 323 or 353; CHM 105 or 115: PW 103;
PSY 105.351.362: SOC 121.336. SOC 362 or MAT 373.
Pre-Pharmacy- Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum requirements
of the Colleae of Pharmacv at the Universitv of Minnesota: BIO 111.112: CHM 115.
116, 351, 352; ECO 1 2 2 : " 1~11
~ and
~ a iecond course; MAT 124, 125: PHY 121,
122; electives from humanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requ~rements.Requirements at other universities may vary.
-~
-~
-
-
-
~
~
0 -
-
~
7
Pre-Seminary - A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Recommended preparation includes REL 111,221; at least two semesters of
history (Western Civilization);one or more courses in the history of philosophy; and
Greek in the junior and/or senior year.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota, these courses are recommended:
ENG, 2 courses; MAT 124; public speaking, 1 course: CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 106),
351, 352, 353; 810 111,112; PHY 121, 122; economics, 1course; 2 courses in art,
literature, music, humanities, theater, or upper division foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology or sociology courses to fulfill the rest of the distribution requirements. Requirements at other
universities may vary.
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges a n d institutions in t h e Twin
Cities a r e a o n several programs.
Library and Media Center - Through CLIC, the Twin Cities private colleges library
consortium, and MINITEX, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community
has access to over 5,000,000volumes,
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) - Full-time students at Augsburg
and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may
elect a course each semester at one of the other campuses. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See Independent Study for further details. Students may elect to
participate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The interim
term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students between the campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim.
Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - Augsburg, in cooperation with fifteen other colleges and universities in Minnesota, Wisconsin, Iowa,
and South Dakota, develops and offers off-campus study semesters in Scandinavia,
South and Central America, San Francisco, and the Twin Cities. All HECUA programs
are interdisciplinary and address the critical issues associated with social change and
the human community. The consortium also facilitates innovative curricular endeavors, an interchange and sharing among faculty, cooperative research, international
and experiential education, and conferences on planning and metro-urban studies.
Chemical Dependency Program - A cooperative effort between Augsburg College
and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the
establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology with a
chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialists to help
professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are
taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses.
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and
students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee
Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for
the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons,
hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the
courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable.
Air Force ROTC - Augsburg students may participate in the Air Force ROTC program at The College of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students
are eligible to compete for 2- and 3-year AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the Dean of the College.
Naval ROTC - Augsburg students may participate in the Naval ROTC program at the
University of ~iniesotaunderan ag;eement between Augsburg, the ~ i i v e r s i of
t~
Minnesota, and the program. For more information, contact the Dean of the College.
Opportunities for Study Abroad
Several types of international experience a r e available to Augsburg students. S o m e of t h e m a r e briefly described below. For application procedures a n d further information, s e e t h e Director of International Programs. Since there i s a limit o n t h e number of students who may study
a b r o a d e a c h year it i s wise t o apply in t h e fall prior t o t h e year o n e
wishes t o participate in a n international program. T h e d e a d l i n e i s
March 1of t h e preceding year.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities Programs - Students may participate in
the ACTC program in Germany and Vienna, spending January and February in intensive language study in Germany, and March through May in a regular semester program in Vienna, where a variety of course offerings is available.
HECUA (Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs) - Augsburg students
join students from other colleges and universities in five different full semester programs in Scandinavia, South and Central America, San Francisco and the Twin Cities.
All programs are interdisciplinary and emphasize the impact of social change and
cross-cultural factors on the human community, HECUA programs emphasize intense language experience, internships, and field trips.
Interim - Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued in
spring for the following January. Augsburg is affiliated with the Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE).
International Business Program - Augsburg College International Business Program offers students the opportunity to spend a year of study in London, Paris
(American College), Cairo (American University), or Heidelberg. A major concentration in international business requires Business Administration courses taken at
Augsburg and international core courses studied at one or two of the campuses
abroad. See Business Administration-InternationalBusiness.
Program in Global Community - Augsburg's 3% month li~ing~learning
program
based in Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global justice
and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation, Includes intensive Spanish instruction,group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural activities. The cost,
including travel, is equivalent to full room, board, and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited. See Center for Global
Service and Education.
Student Project for Amity Among Nations - Augsburg participates in the SPAN
program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges
in the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are
granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in
one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of
the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the
writing of a paper upon return.
Semester or Year Abroad - Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg
students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign
educational institutions. Among them are the University of Oslo, Norway: Schiller
College in London and Heidelberg: the University of York, England: the University of
Dundee, Scotland: the University of Seville, Spain: and the Institute for American
Universities in Avignon, France.
Summer School -There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend
a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in
Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in
further information should contact the Director of International Programs.
Honors Program
The Honors Program a t Augsburg provides opportunities for qualified
students to pursue a n enriched and distinctive course of study. The
major components of the Program include a limited sequence of honors during the freshman and sophomore year, special extra-curricular
seminars, a program of cultural events each semester, and a senior
capstone interim. The Program challenges our finest students to distinguish themselves. Students are ordinarily recruited a s freshmen, but
may enter later by petition. Please send inquiries to Dr. Diane Pike, Director of Honors.
Cooperative Education, Internships
and the Liberal Arts
Through Cooperative Education and Academic Internships, Augsburg
College students integrate their liberal arts education with the world of
work. Each placement is closely related to a student's major or career
interest. An underlying assumption is that a liberal arts education is a n
effective form of career preparation.
Augsburg's Cooperative Education and Academic Internship Programs
link employers and faculty in a way that enriches and expands a student's educational experience. This on-the-job experience a d d s
breadth and depth t o the liberal arts curriculum and helps students
make more informed career decisions.
Augsburg's liberal arts education is enhanced by the college's metropolitan location and the broad range of opportunities in the Twin Cities.
Co-op Ed and Internships expand these mutually beneficial relationships and the resulting partnerships among employers, educators and
students.
Augsburg has been a leading proponent and provider of experiential
education for many years. Both Co-op Education and lnternships are
voluntary and available throughout the cuniculum. Each academic department determines the extent of its involvement in either program
and the amount of credit it will allow. The Associate Academic Dean coordinates the Internship Program with assistance from Career Services.
Co-op Education and lnternships are separate and distinct from programs which require clinical experience, practicums, residencies and/
or student teaching in order to fulfill the professional training associated with accredited programs. However, many students participate in
Co-op Education and lnternships prior to and following these required
assignments.
Upper division internships are numbered 399 and lower division internships are numbered 199. Registration for internships consists of the
followingsteps. A learning agreement (forms are available from the Associate Academic Dean's oflice) must be negotiated with the faculty
member responsible for grading the experience. The grading system,
activities, and appropriate level must be agreed upon. The completed
learning agreement is returned to the Associate Dean's oftlce. An internship card (with the description/location) signed by the faculty
member and Associate Dean must be turned in to the Registrar's Office
at registration time. Students are not encouraged to registerladd until
an actual experience has been arranged, but they must make arrangements by the end of the registration period. For extension of study beyond one term, see the section of the catalog under grading. A maximum of four courses of internship may count toward the 35 courses
required for the degree.
Independent/Directed Study
Many departments offer opportunities for conscientious students who
demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to
cany out upper division level work on an independent basis. Courses
are numbered 499. (Some departments have been given faculty approval to offer '12 course credit under 498. The Speech, Communication
and Theatre Arts department uses 495 for independent study in Communication.) Many departments also offer an opportunity for directed
study on a lower division level. These courses are numbered 299. Arrangements between students and instructors should be made in advance of the period of initial registration. The grading system and appropriate level must be agreed upon, lndependent and directed study
course numbers are used only for study different in content from
courses already listed in this catalog. An agreed title must be reported
on the appropriate form to the Registrar's OWce at registration time.
The faculty member giving the grade must sign the form. Students are
not encouraged to registerladd until an actual study has been arranged, but they must make arrangements by the end of the registration period. For extension of study beyond one term, see the section of
the catalog under grading. A maximum of two courses in lndependent
Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. Students may cross-register for independent
studies at another ACTC school only when the major field in which the
independent study is proposed is not available on their home campus,
and will be charged by the host campus for any special costs attached.
Requests for exception to this policy should be made directly to their
own academic dean.
Augsburg Weekend College
Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative for
adult students who work or have other commitments during the week.
It is a means by which men and women may earn a college degree,
complete a second major, or pursue a personal interest or skill.
Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends and there are
three trimester terms during the early September through June academic year. Students may take from one to four classes each term.
While Augsburg Weekend College program involves the same courses
a s the day school program, the curriculum is limited to selected liberal
arts courses and the following majors: Business Administration (specializations in accounting, finance, management, management information systems, and marketing), Communication (concentrations in
human relations, public relations/advertising, and supervisory management), Nursing, and Social Work.
Continuing Education Program
Augsburg College offers a number of courses, both credit and noncredit, through its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally in the evening. Since continuing education courses are offered on a
semester-hour basis, the courses vary in length from four weeks to
fourteen weeks. Students wishing to know more about Augsburg's continuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the Associate Dean.
Center for Global Service & Education
The Center for Global Service and Education was founded at Augsburg
in 1982with a commitment to education which both expands our world
view and deepens our understanding of issues related to global peace
and justice. Students can participate in a number of forums, seminars
and conferences that focus on global issues. In addition, a spring semester program in Mexico, The Program in Global Community, and occasional interims allow more in depth exposure to these topics.
Academic Policies
and Procedures
Registration
A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it.
Students normally register for four courses a semester and one course
in the interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4.5
courses, students must contact the Registrar's office to petition the
Committee on Student Standing for permission.
Although a student may register up to two weeks after the semester begins, registration is encouraged at the regularly scheduled time. Special fees are charged for late registration. Special fees also are charged
for cancelling or adding courses or changing grading option after the
first five days of a semester.
A joint class schedule is published each Spring by the Associated Col-
leges of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following semesters.
Separate catalogs of courses are published by the Interim Office, Summer School Office, and Weekend College Ofice for those sessions at
Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures.
Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus are available from these offices:
-
Office of the Registrar
Science 114, for Fall and Spring terms
Interim Office - Memorial 230,for Interim
Summer School Office - Memorial 230,for Summer School
Weekend College Office - Memorial 329,for Fall, Winter and Spring
trimesters of Weekend College.
Pre-Registration
Freshmen and transfer students may pre-register during summer for
courses in the fall. All currently enrolled students may pre-register during the fall for the spring and during the spring for the fall. All students
must confirm their registration at the beginning of each semester and
complete financial arrangements.
Withdrawal from College
Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered, since this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Withdrawal from college cannot occur during final
examination week unless a petition is approved by the Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal from college and resulting adjustments in
accounts are effective a s of the date the completed Withdrawal from
College form is returned to the Registrar's Office.
Leave of Absence
Students may request a Leave of Absence for academic or personal
reasons. A request form must be picked up from the Ofice of the Dean
of the College. It must be signed by the Dean of Students, or authorized
representative, and by the Dean of the College, or authorized representative. The completed form must be tumed in to the Registrar's Office.
A Leave ofAbsence may be granted for one term or one academic year.
If an extension of a Leave ofAbsence is needed, it should be requested
in the same manner a s the original Leave of Absence, and the completed form must be tumed in to the Registrar's Office before the expiration of the previous Leave of Absence, or readmission will be required.
Students on leave are responsible for keeping the Registrar's Office informed of their mailing address. All deadlines for financial aid and
housing must be observed by returning students. A Leave of Absence
does not defer repayment of loans or extend incomplete deadlines.
Graduation Requirements
The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied
rests with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons,
the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning.
Former Augsburg students, readmitted to complete a degree, have a
choice between using the catalog in effect when they first enrolled, or
using the catalog in effect at the point of readmission.
Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office.
All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in
the Registrar's office prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there
may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record).
See the separate section on Graduation with Distinction to learn about
requirements for these honors.
1. Completion of 35 courses.
At least 11courses must be upper division, numbered in the 300s
and 400s. Not more than 13 may be in one department, except in
certain approved majors - 1 7 (MusicEducation) or 20 (Music Performance) for the Bachelor of Music degree, and 1 8 for the Bachelor of Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing)degree. The course total must include three Interims for students
whose complete academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must include one less interim course than
the number of years at Augsburg.
No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35 total
courses required: 4 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
courses; 2 courses by independent/ directed study: 4 courses of internship: and 8 courses with a grade of Pass (P). Non-traditional
grading (P)also has these limits: 2 in the major except Elementary
Education and Nursing: 1in the minor if approved by the department chairperson.
Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or
higher degree should contact the Registrar's Office about specific
requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major.
2. Completion of a mqjor.
Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental
headings. A minor or double-major is not required, but is encouraged.
3. Grade Point average
2.0 for most mqjors.
A grade point average of 2.0 is required over all courses taken and
over all courses which apply toward the major. Some majors, licensure, and certification require higher grades in each course or a
higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure in education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing,
social work.) See the departmental section for details.
-
4. Residence
The last year of full-time study or equivalent (minimum of 7
courses for part-time students) must be at Augsburg. Contact the
Registrar if an official interpretation is needed.
5. Distribution requirements (See below)
Distribution Requirements
Writing - A course in writing (English 111)or certification of
demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption
tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods.
Liberal Arts
An approved course from each of these seven areas:
Mathematics-Physics
Chemistry-Biology
English-Speech,
Communication & Theatre
Arts (devoted to the study of
literature)
Psychology-Sociology
Economics-Political Science
History-Philosophy
Art-Music
.
A list of approved courses is available from advisers and the Registrar's
Office.
Foreign Languages - Two courses (111and 112) of one foreign
language at Augsburg. Students who test above the 111level of a
foreign language will take one additional course at placement level
in that language or two courses (111and 112) of another foreign
language. International students should consult with the Registrar.
Religion - Three approved courses in religion, of which not more
than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the
number required is one for each year of study or equivalent at
Augsburg.
Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies One course. Courses approved to meet this requirement are
published each term. Information is available at the Registrar's
Office.
Lifetime Sports - Two different lifetime sports or demonstrated
proficiency in two different lifetime sports.
English as a Second Language (ESL)Program
Students who declare a language other than English to be their primary
language, or are citizens of another country, must take the ESL placement test in conjunction with the English writing placement test at orientation. Students' placement in ESL, Developmental Writing, or Effective Writing will be determined by their scores on the Michigan test (8090 range for exemption) and by a writing sample.
Near the end of each term of English a s a Second Language an objective test will be administered to all students in the class. The score on
this test and the grade eamed in the class will determine whether additional ESL course work is required. Usually a score of 80 to 90 and a
grade of 3.5 or 4.0 will fulfill the student's ESL requirement.
If students do not meet the ESL requirement, they will remain in ENG
2171218 until they meet the criteria stated above. Academic credit will
normally be granted for no more than two courses.
Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by testing out or by completing the course, will be exempted from the foreign language requirement for graduation.
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of
evaluation also are used.
Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on
a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a
grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than
2.0. Students are cautioned to use the PIN grade option with care since
some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a
large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". Transfer students are cautioned that P-graded courses do not count in the requirement that 1 4 traditionally graded courses be eamed at Augsburg in order to be considered for graduation with distinction. See PIN
limitations under Graduation Requirements.
Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 383
and several interim courses are graded only on the PIN grading system. Some education courses are graded only on the PIN system or
only on the traditional system. English 111is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.01
N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Chemistry Seminar
and Lifetime Sports are graded PlO.0.
In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish
to use the PIN grading option. Any changes in choice of grading system
must be made according to dates published each term. A fee is
charged for any changes after the first five days of classes.
Explanation of Grades
Number grades are used with these definitions:
4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence
3.5
3.0
2.6
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
Achieves above basic course standards
Meets basic standards for the course
Performance below basic course standards
Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course)
Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point
average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5or below level.
An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive it, a student must file a petition with the Committee
on Student Standing stating the reasons for the request, the plan and
date for removing it, and comments from the instructor. If permission is
granted, the incomplete must be removed during the following semester, or it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the incomplete.
Internships, independent studies, and directed studies may sometimes
last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of
the first term of registration. A grade ofX is given by the instructor to indicate that the study is extended. It is expected that students given X
extensions will continue to communicate with their instructors and
demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. The Registrar's Office will automatically continue the registration in response to
an X grade. A final grade will be issued at the end of the term in which
the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer than one year).An
instructor reserves the discretion of not giving an X where satisfactory
progress is not demonstrated. Withdrawal from college, or dropping
these continued courses will terminate their registration. Under this circumstance, a re-registration as 1 X by the student would be necessary if
done during registration periods within one year of initial registration; if
done after one year, a new registration would be necessary.
A course in which a grade of 0,0.5,1.0,1.5, N, I, or X has been received
may be repeated for credit. Courses in which higher grades have been
earned may not be repeated for credit and a grade, but may be audited.
All courses taken and grades earned each term remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time, for
legitimately repeated courses, are counted toward graduation and in
the grade point average.
A course is given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for
dropping classes without a notation on the record.
Auditing Courses
Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so
by registering for Audit (V).Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under College
Costs. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor
within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If expectations have
been met, the course will be listed on the transcript a s having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with
a grade of W (Withdrawn).
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (QPA)is based on final grades For all work at
Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work tmnsferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/M grading optlon
are recorded, but not computed in the GPA.
Classification
Students are classified in August and at the end of the fall and interim
terms.
Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points.
Juniors - 1 6 courses completed with at least 32 grade points.
Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points.
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement in courses beyond the beginning level is granted
to students with scores 0f3,4, and 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement
Program Test. Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the
department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Registrar.
Assessment of Previous Learning (APL Program)
Augsburg College recognizes that learnlng car1 and does tatre place in
many 1lfe sltuations. Some of lhls learning may b e appropriate for
credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic
program of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provldes a means by which a student's
previous learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible
credit toward the completion of a baccalaureate degree.
Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit
recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: 1)it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within
the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and 2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation.
The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition.
The following is a brief description of each of these means of assessment:
The College tm-4 Examination Program (CLEP) is a serks or slaridardized tests
which have been developed hy The College Board arrd are offered lo students for a
small Tee at reglorial testing t.enters. (The reglonal testlng center for this area Is the
Unliiererslty or Minnesota,) Students who score at or above the 65th percentile on a
subject examination may receive academic credlt Tor that suh,ject at Augshutg Col3ege. AddlUonal Information ahout CLEF L e t s Is available from lhe Orflc~of the Registrar.
Departmental Comprehensive Exams are available for students to use in obtaining
credit for previous learning if the following conditions are met:
A. There is a departmental instrument available for subject area in question.
B. There is a faculty member designated by the department to administer the exam.
C. The Student Standing Committee approves the student's request to take the
exam.
Credit for departmental exams is available on a passjno credit basis only, and there
is a charge per exam.
The Credit Assessment Program (CAP)is a credit assessment alternative in which a
faculty committee completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by
the student. The faculty committee is composed of the Registrar and two faculty
members from fields of study directly related to the student's previous learning. Informational meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. This may include a personal meeting with the CAP Committee. In completing the evaluation of a student's
previous learning, the CAP Committee applies the following criteria:
A. There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous learning experience that involved prescribed and/or systematic study of content material
found within liberal arts coursework.
B. The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the presenting student.
C. The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement.
D. The learning relates well to the student's educational goals.
E. The learning and skills involved are current and could be used at the present
time.
Students may apply for the credit assessment process after completing at least four
courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative Augsburg GPA of
at least 2.5. There is an application deposit (applicable to transcript charge) to initiate the credit assessment process, and a charge for each semester credit applied to
the student's transcript.
Transcript credit will be granted on the basis of semester credits, and the total number of credits granted will be divided by four to determine the number of courses applied to graduation. These credits will be recorded with the course number of CAP
2xx. Application of this credit toward distribution requirements and academic majors and minors may be subsequently addressed by the departments involved in response to a formal request by the student,
Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning - While Augsburg College recognizes the validity of learning that takes place outside the traditional classroom,
this learning must be placed in the context of formal study in campus-based liberal
arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of nine courses (one-fourthof
a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credil that is obtained through previous experiential learning, In camplling the nlne courses or credit for prevlous experiential
leaming, the student may use any combination of the three assessment processes
available in the APL program: CLEF exams, departmental exams, and credit granted
through CAP Committee assessment.
Probation and Dismissal
Students will be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term if
their achievement is unsatisfactory. Students who have been on probation two or more consecutive semesters are subject to dismissal at
the end of the term. Dismissal from the College is not automatic. Each
case is reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing. Students who
have a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of the term. Those on probation for two terms who withdraw from the College voluntarily must have special permission to reenroll.
Students having taken 3 or more Augsburg courses will be placed on
probation under these conditions:
Freshman - below 1.6 cumulative GPA or 2 zero grades, having taken
fewer than 7 courses.
Sophomore - below 1.7cumulative GPA or 3 zero courses, having
taken 7 but fewer than 16 courses.
Junior - below 1.9cumulative GPA having taken 16 but fewer than 25
courses.
Senior - below 2.0 cumulative GPA having taken 25 or more courses.
They will be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA
reaches the minimum levels above. Students placed on probation a s
freshmen for earning 2 zero grades will be removed from probation if
their classification changes to sophomore, they have not earned additional zero grades, and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.7.Students
placed on probation a s sophomores for earning 3 zero grades will be
removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and
their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9.
Dean's List
The Dean's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose
grade point average for a semester is 3.5or better, based on a minimum of three full courses, or equivalent, graded on the traditional
grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. Each
student on the Dean's List receives a certificate and, if permission is
given, an announcement is sent to the hometown newspaper.
Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
Summa cum laude 3.8to 4.0cumulative GPA
Magna cum laude 3.6up to but not including 3.8cumulative GPA
Cum laude 3.3up to but not including 3.6cumulative GPA
To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have
completed two years (14traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg.
Veterans of Military Setaiice
Augsburg is approved by t h e State Approving Agency for Veterans
Training. Veterans should consul1 with the Office of the Registrar about
cornpl@Lionor Lhe enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration.
Veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period
of two consecutive terms in which they did not earn at least three
courses per term, the minimum for classification a s full-timestudents.
It is the responsibility of each veteran to report any change in registration and/or academic load to the Ofice of the Registrar, a s it is for all
students.
If less than full-time, veterans will be referred to the State Approving
Agency after any period of two consecutive terms if they did not earn
the equivalent of what they had been certified for.
A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's academic load for the
term below three courses will be reported to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans
Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds
received.
and IFYogams
Course Descriptions
Maior & Minor Requirements
A
s a liberal arts institution, Augsburg College operates
with a belief that knowledge and truth are interrelated
and are integrated into a whole. The tradition of the academic
world, however, divides this unified truth into more manageable
parts: the academic disciplines. The knowledge of individual
disciplines is subdivided into courses which make it more accessible to students. These courses can be arranged in various
ways to construct mqjors, to create the substance of a broad
general education, and to give students the opportunity to
study areas of particular individual interest.
Descriptions of courses are arranged by departments and programs. These descriptions offer a brief summary of the subject
matter covered in individual courses to aid students in planning
a program. A syllabus containing a more detailed explanation of
content, approach, and requirements for a particular course can
be obtained from the instructor.
Department entries also contain a narrative discussion of the
educational philosophy of each department, its goals, and its
place in the college's program. A listing of requirements for individual mqjors follows the narrative.
Courses and terms listed are subject to change. In general,
classes are offered Fall and/or Spring terms, unless another frequency is specified. The Schedule of Classes published each
spring lists offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms.
Descriptions and schedules for courses offered in January Interim, Summer School and Augsburg Weekend College are published in separate catalogs.
Credits
A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for
one-half or one-quarter credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. A full course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits or 6 quarter hours.
Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods a week, in addition to laboratories.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses. Courses
numbered 300 and above are classified a s upper division. In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s sophomores, 300s juniors, and 400s seniors.
Prerequisites
Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course
are listed in the course description. A student may enroll in a course
when a prerequisite has not been fulfilled if there is prior approval of
,a professor teaching the course and of the academic adviser.
Art
Department (ART)
Art is important as a field of study for our modern age. Our survival as a
culture may very well depend on whether we are able to create order and
beauty in the design and function of communities. Realizing this, we have
made design and sensitivity to all aspects of visual experience central to
the art program at Augsburg.
Giving and receiving visual messages is so much a part of everyday life
that it is often taken for granted. At the same time, however, the interchange of visual ideas is frequently misunderstood. The task of the artist,
art teacher, and art historian is to celebrate visual experience through a variety of media and art examples. In short, the visual arts teach us how to
see.
Because of the College's commitment to the liberal arts, the visual arts, as
taught at Augsburg, draw ideas and inspiration from all disciplines.Art as
a human activity does involve manual skill, although to become broadly
significant it should interact with the content available in other fields, such
as language, history, drama, music, literature, philosophy, theology, business, physical education, and science.
A liberal arts college, such as Augsburg College, is an ideal setting for the
study of art because it provides a constant possibility for the interaction of
ideas, disciplines, and attitudes. At Augsburg, art study is further enhanced by associations with a significant number of art galleries and museums in the Twin Cities area.
Hundreds of specific careers exist in the general area of art. Augsburg
graduates have established careers in such fields as teaching in public
schools and colleges, anthropology, pottery making, antique restoration
and sales, film and video work, portrait painting, and gallery and museum
work.
The future holds a great deal of promise for artists who can combine skills
with a breadth of understanding.
Art Faculty:
Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Kristin Anderson, Lynn Bollman,
Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen, Dorothy Williamson.
Studio Art Major: 9-13 studio courses with foundations 102,107,
225; 3 art history courses including 240. One course must be in 2dimensional art (118,223,360)and one in 3-dimensional art (150,
221,250). Majors are required to begin their programs with the
Foundations, although advanced placement is possible with
portfolio on approval by the Art faculty.
Teaching Licensure Mqjor: 7 studio disciplines among Foundations 102,107,225; Studio 118,132,150,221,223 and 250 plus a
second course in two areas; 240 and two other art history courses.
Consult with Department of Education for requirements in education
for teacher licensure.
Art History Major: 8 art history courses including 240 and 388; 2
studio courses including one from 102,107 or 225 and 118 or 221.
Honors Majors: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, general
growth and development and/or special projects such a s senior exhibition and research. Application should be made to the department chairperson before the last term of the senior year.
Studio Art Minor: 4 studio courses including 107; 240.
Art History Minor: 5 art history courses including 240.
Certificate in Art: 8 art courses, including one in art history. Up to
four courses may be taken in one studio area or in art history.
Foundations in Studio Art Courses
102 EnvironmentalAesthetics
Fine arts in the urban and warld setting, Concern far t h e visual content of
experience in the environment leading toward appreciaLion and criticism.
lndivirlrlal and group projects explnring design prohlcrns In rcpresenta(Ion, symbalism and ahstlaction.
107 Drawing
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work.
225 Visual Communications I
The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using
elements such a s color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images.
Studio Art Courses
100,300 Special Topics
Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department.
118 Painting I
Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil.
132 Photography
The camera used a s a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm.
camera. (Spring)
150 Jewelry
An introduction to the casting ofjewelry in pewter and silver.
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
2 2 1 Sculpture I
An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and
bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. You learn to model, carve, cast,
weld and assemble the respective media.
223 Print Making I
Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including
etching, silk-screen and woodcut.
247 Life Drawing
See Interim Catalog
250 Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing.
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division credit.
330 Visual Communications I1
A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq.::!25)
351 Ceramics 11
Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:250)
355 Painting 11
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.:118)
360 Watercolor Painting
Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in transparent watercolor. (Altemate years)
368 Print Making 11
Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including
silk-screen, etching, and woodcut, including Japanese woodcut technique. (Prereq.:223)
399 Internship
Consult chairperson o r internship director to determine project.
478 Sculpture 11
Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and
bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. (Prereq.:221)
499 lndependent Study
Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors.
Art History Courses
240 Art History Survey
A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times, Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, visits to museums.
Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually one or two sections a year.
352 Women's Art History
A study of the place of women in the history of the visual arts - a s artists,
a s subjects, and a s patrons.
382 ScandinavianArts
Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from pre-history to modem times.
385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th Century A.D.
(Spring 1987)
386 Medieval Art
Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting,
sculpture, and architecture in Europe.
387 Renaissance and Baroque Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture, from the 14th through the
18th centuries. (Fall 1986)
388 19th and 20th Century Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism
through the present. (Alternate years, 1987-88)
389 American Art
A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specific e m ~ h a s i on
s 19th and 20th century art and its relationship to European a r i a s well a s indigenous movements.
Biology
Department (BIO)
Biology is the study of life, and it is natural that we, as contemplative living
creatures, seek a deeper understanding of the living world that envelops
us. This search has led to the realization that the earth is filled with an
enormous variety of living organisms. Since humans are a part ofthe biological world, an understanding of the basic biological processes common
to all organisms, as well as those features which are unique to humans, is
essential to attain self-understandingand to provide a basis for wise decisions.
Another significant insight that has emerged from the study of life is that
even the simplest organisms are incredibly complex, and a complete understanding of even one of these has, as of yet, eluded the grasp ofbiologists, This is true even though some organisms have been subjected to
years of intensive scrutiny. Biology will thus continue to be a fertile field
for research for many years to come.
Still, an enormous amount of knowledge regarding living organisms has
accumulated over the years. In recent decades great strides have been
made in understanding important biological processes, particularly those
at the cellular and molecular levels. Biological research has also provided
some extremely important benefits to humans. Most advances in medicine, veterinary medicine, agriculture and food science have depended on
the findings of basic biological research.
Since the biological world reveals such variety, complexity and knowledge, an undergraduate major in biology needs to be broadly based.
Since a complete understanding of biological systems depends on applications of the principles of physics and chemistry, a firm background in
the physical sciences is also important for biologists.
For many, an undergraduate major in biology serves primarily as a basis
for further study. In past years Augsburg graduates have gone on to further studies in professional schools such as medicine, veterinary medicine
and dentistry. Others have entered graduate programs in the life sciences,
leading to careers in areas such as college or university teaching, basic
and applied research, and public or environmental health. Other araduates have embarked directly after graduation on a variety of careers, including high school teaching and laboratory technology.
Biology Faculty:
Neal Thorpe (Chairperson). Robert S. Herforth, Roberta Lammers,
Etwin Mickelberg, Ralph Sulemd.
-
O p t i o n 1: 7 courses, including 111,112,491 and at least
one course from each of three groups: ( I ) 351,353,361,481; (11)
355,473,474; (111) 440,471,476; CAM 115,116 (or 105,106),351,
352; MAT 124,125; PHY 121,122. All of the 7 biology courses must
have laboratories except for 367 and 491. Students intending to enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major.
Mqjor
-
O p t i o n 2: 9 courses, including 111,112,491 and at least
one course from each of five groups: (1) 351,353; (11) 355,474; (111)
361,481; (IV) 471,473: (V) 440,476: CHM 115,116 (or 105,106),
351 and 352. Students who plan to teach in secondary schools often
select this major. Licensure for teaching in Minnesota also requires
three courses in earth and life sciences. Students planning to teach
are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their
planning.
Mqjor
P r e - M e d i c a l Biology Major: Option I major. In addition, medical
schools usually require CHM 353.
H o n o r s Mqjor: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall, active participa-
tion in seminar, one course of approved independent study with an
oral defense of the research report. Application should be made no
later than the first term of the senior year.
M i n o r : 5 courses, including 111,112 and three upper division
courses; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106).
101 Human Blology
llasic t>inloglcalconcepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt ta arlstvcr sucli questions as: What makes man just another member of the hintic Fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What inIlt~eticcdocs man have on the environment? What influence does the
environment, especially the urbali envlronment, have on man? (3hours
lecture, 1-112 liours discussion section. A student may not receive credit
for both 1 0 1anrl 103. Docs r1oI apply to the major or minor, Spring)
103 Human Anstomv and PhvsloZolrv
A professional cchrse In h e slruFture and Function of the human body.
Lectl~reand laboratory. (A sttrdenl may not receive credit for both 101and
10.7. lloes not apply lhe maor or minor)
to
105 Blology and Soclety
iVIiat arc some of the biologically-haseclproblems with which our sorlety
inust deal7 R s61rvcyof Lhe cnv!mnmtntal and tiealth impllatlons o f polI~tlion,noii-rericwahlr resource depletion, waste disposal, war. occupatlnnal safety and I~calth.An historical survey of Arneriian agriculture.
worlcl rood supply and biologlal dctcrminism. A critlcal cvaItlntlon of tlie
or bIoloyical colrcepts. (3 hour ~ectum.Does not apply
social applicatio~~
lo the innjoxor minor,)
108 Mlcrablology
basic micinbial features are conslderecl as well as applications of mlcr0biology to thc fields of rnedlctnc and sanltatlon. (5hours lecture. J hours
laboratory. For sludenl nulsrs. heall11 majors, or consent. of inslructor.
Prercq.: CHM 109 and concurrenl rcqlstmtion in CllM 110 or ronsrnlt of instructor. Weekend College. Does not apply to the nrajor or mir~or)
109 Special Topics In Bloloay
Ofrered pel Fodicall y lh rough Augsbt~rg'sConservallon or Human Resources (CI IFt) program, Qcnerally conrlucted off campus wtlh rommirnity
pcoplc tilting the course tqether with coll~ycstlldcnts 111a co-lcamltlg
motiel. Topics will valy depcndlng upon needs and interest. Does not apply to the major or minor.
111.112 oeneral Biology
A comprehensive introduction to biological science for biology and other
science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular hioZogy, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary
n~echanisms.analonly, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationsl-ilpsof organisms. Musl he taken in sequcnce except by permission of inst~uctor.(3 Ilollis lecture; 4 I~nurslaboratory. 111, Fall; 112, Spring)
1 9 9 Internship
Lower division internship.
203 Principles of Nutrition
A study n l the six ctasses oinutrfents and thcir digestion, absorption,
transporl. mrtabnlism, iriteractinn, storage. and excretion. A special effort
will bc made to dlrercntiate "fact rrom fiction" irr this controversial biological field. (3hours Iccturc. Prereq.: llZ or conscnt of instructor.)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
351 Invertebrate Zoology
A sludy of lhe invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology,
txhavior. life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3hours lecture, 4
ho~lrslaboratory. Prereq.: 112. Alternate years, Spring)
353 Compamttw Vertebrate Zoology
A comparailve stutly dealing witli Lhe classification, morphology, distrihution, evnlulion, behavior and 1mpulation dynamics of the vertebrates.
(3tio~trslecture, 4 liours laboratory, Prercq.: 112. Spring)
355 Genetics
The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Spring)
3 6 1 Plant Biology
A su~vcy
of l11emajor cllvlsians or the plant hingdom including the study of
analomy, physiology, lire histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecti11e, 4 Ii011rslaboratory. Prereq.: 112,Altentate years)
367 Biochemistry
An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary mstabolism. (3
hours lecture. Prereq.: 112, CHM 352 or consent of instructor. Fall)
399 Internship
Upper division internship.
4140 Plant PhysioIogy
A corlsidera tion of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in
photosynthesis, respiration, growth and developmeril, and waterrelatlons
in vascitlar and norivascular plants. 'She relationstilps or these processes
to plant structures, (3 tiot~rsclass, 4 Iiours laboratory, Prcrcq.: 112. Alternaic ycars, spring)
4 7 1 Cellular Biology
A study corrclalinq cell Function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microterh6ique, cytological sludies, cell pt~yslologyand tissue culture. (3 I~ourscrass,4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112.367 or consent of instructor. Spring)
4 7 3 Animal Physiology
A sti~dyof animal lunction with emphasls on the vertebrates. Merevet
posslble, f~lnctinnsare explained on the bask 01 physical and chernlcal
principles. (3tiours class, 4 hours laboratoi'y. Prereq.: 112; CHM 106 Or
f 16; I'tlY 103 or 122 or consent of lnslructor. Fall)
474 Devetopmental Biology
A consirleratlnn of the physiological and morphological changes wl~ich
occur during I h e tieveIopment ol arcynisms with emphasis on Ihc vertebrate animals. Experimctital as well as tlcscrlptivcsi~~dles
are included In
the laborato~ywork. In adclilion to elnlsryonic drrveloptnclll, the topics or
are dlsrllsscci. (3 I~oursclass, 4
mallgnoncy, aging, and ~'c~enelallon
hot~rslab. I'rercq.: 112. Sprirlgl
476 Microbiology
An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria
and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morpholocjy, physiology, genetics, and
pathogenicity are considered as well as cert,iin methods. (3hours class,
4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Fall)
481 Ecology
A survey of representative biological communities: the study of reciprocal
relationships between organisms and their environments. (3hours class.
4 hours lalmratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112,361or consent
or insLruclor. Alternale years, Fall)
491 Seminar
Oral presentations and written papers relating to recent biological literature and research. (For seniors maJoring in biology, Fall)
499 Independent Study
Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an
instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors.
(Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with instructor)
Business
Administration
and Economics
Department
The Department of Business Administration and Economics is committed
to developing both the theoretical and practical tools necessary for entry
into and advancement in business and other organizations a s well as preparation for graduate sthdy, To thls end, the department offers specialization in a variety of areas including: Accounting, Applied Economics, Economics. Finance, International Business, Management, Management
Information Systems (MIS), Marketing, a s well as a Combined Business
and Economics concentration.
Each of these areas b dependent upon a strong foundation In the liberal
arts with an emphasis on solid communication and analytical skllls. Rec.
ognklng the occupational realities of Me business and economic disciplines, the department is equally commitled Lo maintaining an applicatiomoriented balance. This balance is acllleved In part by fostering close
ties with the corporate community which in turn provides a wealth of practical expertise, a wide variety of internship opportunities as well as fbture
job prospects.
Departmental faculty believe they can best serve both the student and the
community by contributing to an education which is ethically based, technically competent and socially aware.
Business Administration & Economics Faculty:
Amin Kader (Chairperson), Roger Allerson, James Billings, Diane
Busico, John Cemto, Gerald Glatzmaier, Satya Gupta, Paul Halvorson,
Richard Herzog, Jane Kammerman, Roy LaFayette, R. McFall Lamm,
Jr., Thomas Morgan, Edward Sabella, Milo Schield, Stanley Solnick.
Business Administration Mqjor (BUS):
Core courses for the Accounting, Finance, Management and
Marketing specializations:
BUS 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,391,
ECO 112,113,
313,311or 312 or 315.
Specialization in Accounting:
12 Core courses, 322,323,324, either 326 or 423 or 425.
Specialization in Finance:
12 Core courses, 322,433,438, either 479 or ECO 318 or 415.
Specialization in Management:
12 Core courses, 340,440, ECO 318, PSY 373 or SOC 301.
Specialization in Marketing:
12 Core courses, 352,450, ECO 415, SPC 353.
Specialization in International Business:
175,221,222,242,252,279,331,391,ECO 112,113,313. Also the
following emphasis to be taken abroad:
Three of:
Comparative Business Law
European Marketing (or International Marketing)
lnternational Business
Import/Export Operations
Multinational Corporation
International Financial Policies
One of:
lnternational Trade and Finance
European Common Market
lnternational Economic Policies
lnternational Economic Institutions
Economics of Developing Countries
BUS 399 or 499 is required, a s well a s three semesters of a foreign
language (or tested equivalent).
Specialization in Management Infomation Systems:
175,221,222,242,252,279,331,310(or CSC 352),375,475,476,
479; ECO 112,113,313,318; MAT 174 and 175 or MAT 124 and CSC
170.
Honors Maor:
GPA of3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall: a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration.
Minor in Business Administration:
6 courses, including 221,242,252,331, ECO 112 and 113. Other
configurations may be permitted on consultation with the
department.
Minor in International Business:
6 courses, including 221,242 or 252, ECO 113,and three
lnternational Business courses. Other configurations may be
permitted on consultation with the department.
Minor in Management Information Systems (MIS):
6 courses, including 221,242 or 252,370,375,475, and ECO 113.
175 is the recommended prerequisite for 370 and 375. Other
configurations may be permitted on consultation with the
department.
C.P.A. Certification:
Students who wish to take the Certified Public Accountants (CPA)
examinaHon prior to fulflIllng the experience requirement must have
c o m ~ l e t e dthe rnaior In BusinessAdministration-Accoun tinq and
taken all accounting and b u d t ~ e s law
s offered. Students mabring In
Business Administration-Accountinu are auallfied under (he nlles of
the Minnesota State Board of ~ c c o & t a n c ito slt For the examination
during their last semester.
Notes: Students who plan to major in the Business Administration
department are strong!y encouraged to select a department advisor
a s soon as possible, in order to carefully plan their program of study.
In addition to the courses listed under the title "Topics in Business
Administration" (BUS 295,495),the department has also offered:
Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer
Simulation for Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, Computer
Applications, Discrete Event Simulation, Entrepreneurship, and
Micro Computer Accounting.
Business (BUS)
175 Computers for Economics and BusEness
A n i~~lroduction
tn computerized rlala processing. Learn a higher-level
Lcam about computerized spread-sheets (LOTUS) and
l a n g ~ ~ a (BASIC).
ge
data bascs (LIOASE). team about word proccssing arid computerized
business graphics. (I'rcreq.: Math I'laccment Group I1 or hlgh school algebra)
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
221 Principles of Accounting I
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and Fundamentals of
accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements.
222 IPrlndples of Aceonntlng II
A conlEnuation of 221. IntroducMon to business activlttes, accounting for
corpoiations. Baslc concepts afld fundamentals of matiagerial accounting, planning and cnntrolllng plucesses, decision-nrahing and behavioral
coilsidcralions. (Prcreq.: I-IUS 221)
242 Principles OF Management
Develol~rnenlof the tl~eoryo i management, organization, staffing, planning, arid control. The nature olaulhority. accountability and responsibility, analysls of the role nl tlle professional manager.
252 Prlnclptes of Marketing
Frinclples of l~aslcpollcy and strategy Issues In marketing. Legal, ethical,
competitive, behavioral, economic, and technological factors a s they afFeet prt~duct.promotion. marketing channel and prictng decisioi~s.
279 Quantttative Methods for Economics and Business
An l~ltrorlirctionto quantltatlve reasoning,descriptive ineasures, probability, sarnpll?rp,distributions. i~rfrrcnce,and estimatlnti with emphasis on
tlielr usc in appticd proble~msin business and economics. (Prereq.: Math
placerrterit groirp Ill nt a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104)
295 Taplcs
I.ectures. discusstnns, meeting wlth members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding rcsearch methodology and readings in the areas of business
adrninistratlon. (Pl'ercq.: Conseril of instructor)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
322 Accorrntfng Theory and Practice I
A n analysis of accountlng theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts. currcnt and non-current assets. (Prereq.: BUS 221, ECO
113, Fall)
d c c o ~ ~ n t i nheory
gf
and Practice 11
A co~iti~~ualion
or322. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to liabllilles, stocltholrlcrs' equities and other accounting issues. Additional
einpt~nsiso n incon~cdetermination considering price level changes.
(Prereq.: BUS 322. Spring)
managerla1Cost Accol~nting
Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budget in^, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and
bel~avioraltopits. (I'rcrcq.: BUS 222,242,252,279, or consent of instructor)
Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for
individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: BUS 221,
331, ECO 112,113, or consent of instructor)
Financial Management
Theory ~Facquisillon,allocation, and management of funds within the
firm. Sourccsand uses or long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital
I>udgeting, Icve~age,dividencl policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: BUS
222, L C 0 113)
Human Resource Management
Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable workin relationships: effective integration of the
worker with the goals of the%rmand society. (Prereq.: BUS 242)
Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management;
research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: BUS 252,279, ECO 113, or
consent of instructor)
International Business
Intsoductlon to the problems and posdbllltles of doing business in an inlernatlanal conlext. Ajlpreciation of the prospective required Tor success.
iirl plarining and rnanagemcnt or any cntcrpl-ise operating abroad is emphasired by rorcsccing both (he opportut~iLfcsand the dificullles Inherme
In inlcrnatlonal business. (Prereq.: two business and economics courses
or consent 01 inst~uctor)
Advanced Computing for Budnees md EEodamiw
Crrrrent topics involving programmable spreadsheets (LOTUS), programmablc data bas- (D-l3ASI:I. graphics, infomialion retrieval uslng teIecomrnunicatlons. and olher (lackaqes (stallsticalanalysis. project management, expert systems, etc.). Solbe common prnllfems In economics,
finance and marketing. (Prereq.: One computer course such as BUS 175 or
CSC 145,170 or 174. Recommended BUS 279.)
Infwmatlon Systems In the Owanlzatlan
Use of systems approach in analytlng the use of Information Systems in
the olganizalioo, AnaIyze busincss needs and Information requirements,
idc~~lliy
relevant solutions atid communicate recomn~etidations.Emphasis on management consulting sE.IIts including wrillcn and verbal communications. (Prereq.: Two computer courses such a s BUS 175 and 370)
391 Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property
and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code.
399 Inlernshtp Program
A sludent may receive course credlts through an Enternship program
whlcl~is applicable to graduation, bul not to the major.This program will
P
Lllc opportu~~lty
to spend one rull term worltlng with
atforti L ~ siudenl
snine orgatrlzation. In addition, t h e sludent will write a repart on hislher
activities. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
423 Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks
and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: BUS 323, Fall)
425 Advanced Accountina
Accounting for buslness combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: BUS 323. Spring)
433 Piaanclal f heory?Policy and Practice
A system'sapproacli lo financial slructure and policy. Emphasis on deci-
438
450
475
476
479
sion making. presentation through literature, readings, lectures, and case
nlalcrlal. (Prereq.: BUS 337 1
Investment Theory
Appraisal or Llic risk return retatlonships of various types of securities
Iwm llir viewpoinl o/bolh individual and instilr~tionalinvertor. Extensive
coverage of capital mar'kets arid portfolio management. (Prereq.: all core
cottrses or cunsen t or instriiclor)
Marketing Management
lnlegralion of rnarketil~gwith ather business f~mctions;marketing managemcqt and decision inalting, planning marltettngprograms, channels of
di*tribulion, pricing. prorluc.l selling promotion policies. (Prereq.: BUS
352)
Information Systems Analysts and Design
AnaIyze inlormation rcq~~irements
and design systems speciflcatlons. Utilize relational data base sofeware to aulcklv imtllement severa! system desians. Utilize ~ r o l e c manaacment'
t
sortware Lo manaac the i i f c cvcle
pi&casinc~udin~'hacumentjiior~
and impternentatinn. (Frereq.:at1 ~dwer
Ievet core murscs. B U S 375, Rcco~~irnended:
BUS 370 01. C S C 35'2)
lnformatlon Systems Projects
Using sltllls developed in BUS 375 and 475, complete an information analysis ntid sysicms design for several business situations. Utilize both case
sludies and actual buslnrsses. IPrereq.: BUS 375, 475. Recommended:
BUS 479)
Intermediate QnanHtatlve Methods for Economics and Business
Utilizing cornpurcl pacl\ages rclcvanL lo slatistical analysis. Frogramming
1001s include soreadsliecls, Minilab, SI'SS and olher statistical packaqes.
Areas or luteresl include slatisticaT descripllons, analysis of v d a n c e and
slatlsllcal InCerenre plus linear models, queing models and Monte Carlo
sln~i~talions.
Prereq.: BUS 175. 279. Math placement group IV or a grade
of at Icas12.0 in MAT 114,121, or 122. liecornmended: BUS3701
495 Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
499 Independent Study
'rhc stildcnt may calm independent study credits through individually supcrviscd prqjects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to analyze
some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
E c o n o m i c s (ECO):
Mqjor in Economics:
8 Economics courses (112,113,312,313,414, and three other
upper division); BUS 221,222,279, and MAT 114.
The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for
those planning graduate study in Economics. In addition, courses in
the use of computers are also strongly recommended.
Mqjor in Applied Economics:
8 Economics courses (112,113,215,312,313, and three other
upper division); BUS 175,221,222,279,479, MAT 1 2 1and PHI 130.
Combined major in Economics-BusinessAdministration:
6 Economics courses (112,113,312,313, and two other upper
division); 8 Business Administration courses (221,222,242,252,
279,331, and two other upper division).
Honors Mqjor:
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration.
Minor in Economics:
112,113,312,313, and one additional upper division course. Other
configurations may be permitted on consultation with the
department.
Notes: Students who plan to major in t h e department are strongly
encouraged to select a department advisor a s soon a s possible in
order to carefully plan their program of study.
In addition to the courses listed below, these topics have been
offered under ECO 295,495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History
of Economic Thought, Research Methods for Economics and
Business, Advanced Economic Theory, and Decision-Making with
Finite Markov Chains.
ECO 110,112, and 113will satisfy general education requirements.
ECO 110 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement.
110 Economics of Urban Issues
Sturly of econoinic itnplications of many problems faclng a metro-urban
envi~onmenl.Somc nf l l ~ loptcs
e
to be rliscussecl arc: Population "Crisis",
Crl111e Preveniion. Ecology atid Incornr I~istrlbullon;Dislrlhutlng rrce
Drcarl: Mass Transit Systc~~ls,
elc. ~~rnclanic~rtal
rnicroecfino~nictools Introduced to Carllltatc discussion of ttie a hove mentioned topics. (This is a
basic roursc desiglied fnr Itlost: sl~ldtlntswho tlo not plan tr) malor In Econnmlcs or Rusines4 Admlnistratlori. I1 docs no1 apply tclward an Lcotioi~ilr.major or ti~inor.Slrrttcnls wtin plan lo malor in Rusiness Aclminislralion alirlJor Ccoi~ornicsshollld enrnll in KC0 1I'L and t I3 which also
are open to non-majors.)
112 Principles of Macroeconomics
An lnttnduclion 10 macroecono!nirs; national Income analysis, monetary
and fiscal pnlicy, intcrnalional trade, economic growth. Application or elementaiy economic Llicory la current economic prnblems. May be taken
i~~depcndentlyallIJor
110.112and 113 may he taken In clttierorder,or
may bc laltcri In the same lern, Tor the sluder~tto progress rapidly to the
olhcr coutses.
113 Principles of Microeconomics
An Inlroclucllon lo mlcroeconotnics, the theory of the household, firm,
marlret strucltlres and Income rllstributlon, Application of elementary ecorion~ir.lhenqe to marltct policy. May Ile taken independently of 112 or
110. 1 12 at~cl113 may he lalren In either order, or may be taken in the
same tcrni fortiic s t ~ ~ d eto
n tprogress more rapidly to other courses.
175 Computers for Economics and Business
(See under Business).
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
215 Elements of Mathematical Economics
Economic concepts explained using mathematics a s a tool. Examples
from finance, management, and marketing are also examined. (Prereq.:
ECO 113)
279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
(See under Business).
295 Topics
Lechrres. discussions, meeting witfi members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding restrarch methodology and current national and international
ecanornics problems and politics. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
311 Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact
of fiscal policy on economic activity: debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113. Fall)
312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed
via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy,
growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: ECO 112, Fall)
313 Intermediate microeconomics
Theory orresourccaIlocal~on,analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; lhe pricing of lacto1s of production and income distribution: introdiiction lo welCarc ecol~ornics.(Prereq.: ECO 113)
315 Monev and Banklna
~ u n c l f o nor
l ~tllc
~ ~l<onetary and banking systems, particularly commerclal I>arilcs,the I'cdernl Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate
ccono~iilcacttvily. Etnpt~asisplaced on monetary theory and policy.
(Prereq.: ECO 112,113)
318 Management Science
l'rovirles a sounrl conceptual understanding of the modern techniques OF
management scic~lrel o prepare sl~idcnts
LC) malte better I3uslness and economic declsiorrs. I'tt~phasisIs on applications, wl~fcharc Lalte~?from the
arcas nf transportation, markellng. [>oriColioselection. envlronmcntal prw
teclion, thr slinrlest ror~Le,invcrlto~ymodels. InCormatioti sysiems, ctc.
(Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring)
360 International Trade and Pinance
A study ol the unclerlylna roi'ccs afrectlng the economic relations among
of the basts tor international trade: balance of paynatirlris, De~elopln~IIt
rnetils: exchangc ratc systems and comniercial policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112,
1W or cclnsenl of Ensin!clorl
399 linternsltipProwam
A studenl may rcrclve course credits through an Internship program
wllEcli is applirallle to gradualion, h u t not to the major. This program will
alforrl the sluclcnt the opporh~nICylo spend one frill tcrm worlcinq with
so~~~rr
organization. In atlditlori, Llle sludent W111 wrile a report on tiis/l1er
activities. (Prcrcq.: consent ol Instructorl
413 Labor lkonamlcs
Analysis or labor marltels; labor as a factor ofproduction; determination of
wage cotIe.ctivc bargaining: labor legislation and effects upon society.
(l'rcreq.: GCO 515 or cnnsent of instructor. On demand)
414 Wclfarc Economics
Basic concepts and propositions: Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of
alternative rnarlret strrlctures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of econornic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 313 or consent of instructor)
415 Managerial Economics
I~ilrgratrsecononiic theory and corrcspondlr~gpractlces In business.
Amo11.qthe topics considered are theories and practlces in forecasting, esllmniion 01 dcrnand and cosl lunctions, pricc and non-price competition,
protl~lctlonar~dcost co~isideratIons,and an analysis of economic proh!ems or xcleval~cetcl rnarlagelnenl. (Prercq.:BUS 279.CCO 3 13. Spring)
416 Mathematical Fmnonlics
Matlieinalical ecanomlrs wlth emphasis on the application of mathematical tools Lo Lhc areas oCinicro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO
512,31.3 and a l leasl PlAT U2 or equlvalclit or consent of instructor. On
demand)
479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
(See under Business).
495 Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and intemational economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
499 Independent Study
'the student tnay earn independent study credits through individually supfwiserl projects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to analyze
some lop6 or isstrc in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Chemistry
Chemistry is the science of the changes in matter, examining those
changes and worhlng toward an understanding ofthenz. Correlating the results of physics and opening the vistas or molecular biology, chemistry
has been described as the central science, since matter includes the entire
physical world such as the things we use, the food we eat and even ourselves.
Chemists as scientists must he well versed tn the scfence of chemistry,
knowledgeable in Tact and theory for solving sclentffic problems, capable
of providing a pzrblic understanding of their work including potential problems as well as hrnefits.
Chemists as people must be broadly educated in order to understand
themselves and their society. The liberal arts core of religion, humanities,
the arts and the social sciences are imperative if a chemist is to be truly
human and therefore truly scientific.
The Department is on the List of Approved Schools of the American Chemical Society, and offers a chemistry major which meets the chemistry background required by many fields.
Consonant with these ideas, the Department of Chemistry has established
the following objectives to help its students develop into mature scientists.
1. To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our
graduates who complete our ACS chemistry major to complete successfully with their peers of similar ability in graduate school or research positions.
2. To provide programs of study for professional goals in addition to the
traditional positions as chemists.
3. To provide an atmosphere of learning so that students will want to remain lifelong learners thereby remaining competent in their field however that may change alter graduation, and be able to move into new
areas as opportunities arise.
4. To encourage students to take a broad view of their education and to
seriously study areas outside of the sciences: and
5. To presentthe excitement:of chemtstry to non-science majors as an exampie of the methodolagy of the natural scienca in examining the
world around us, The presenbtion of major concepts underlying the
changes in matter. the apporttlntty to examine change in the pl~ysicat
world, and the reflection of the implications ofsclence In our society
will enhance the ability of non-sciencepersons to make better value
judgments concerning science questions in their own endeavors.
Chemistry Faculty:
Earl R. Alton (Chairperson),Arlin Gyberg, John R. Holum, Sandra Olmsted
Graduation Mqjor in Chemistry: 115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,
353,361,363 and one additional course from 364 and 365,464,481,
483, or Biochemistry. Participation in seminar; PHY 121, 122; MAT
124,125. Since upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take MAT 124, 125 in the
freshman year and PHY 121,122 in the sophomore year.
American Chemical Society Approved Maor: 12 courses including 115,116 (or 105,106) and all chemistry courses above 350 (except 399,497, 499), Chernlstry Seminar participation; MAT 224: PHY
121,122 (which should be taken during Ihe sophomore year). Reading ability in Cierman equivalent to one semester and conlput~rprofi-
ciency are also required.
-
Teachlng Mqjwr: Physleal Science Emphasis
Chemistry Major: Recotnmendation for licensure in Physical Science requires general chemistry (115, 116 or 105,106);3 courses in earth and life sciences: CHM 351,352,353,361,363,364,482,491 (B10 367 may be
substituted for 364); PHY 245. Students are advised to consult with
the Education department early in their planning.
Pre-Medical Chemistry Msy'or: The same as the graduation major.
In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually
more) in biology. Students should consult members of the Chemistry
department for assistance in planning a course program early in their
college career.
Honors Mqjor: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathe-
matics, and physics, 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of approved
research; participation in seminar.
Minor: 5 courses which must include 115,116 (or 105,106),353 and
two other chemistry courses from 351,352,361 or BIO 367.
Note: Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115, or for both 106
and 116.
Most courses in this department have prerequisites, courses that must
be completed before enrolling in the given course. A prerequisite
must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count. Otherwise,
permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also
must be met when using the first term of a two-term course in registering for the second term.
Placement in 105 or 115 is determined by the score on the Mathematics Placement Examination. High school chemistry is a prerequisite
for 115.
105,106 Principles of Chemistry
Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 116: designed especially for students
who will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 1 0 6 to
351, 353. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety
of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3one-hour
lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: math placement. 105, Fall; 106,
Spring)
109,110General, Organic and Blolaglcal Chemism
Dcsigtied lor studcnts who nccd a survey of the fundamental principles nl
genc~al,o r ~ a n tand
t hfological cl-iclnistry Tor careers in allied h~a1ll-iareas
slrcli as nursing (Incl~rdingR~~gsbi~rg's
Upper Division I'roqranl), irlhalad
tlon Lherapy, histotecl~riology.physical education, and others. Open also
to studcnts In the humanities and qoctal: Scier~ces.F l r 4 Ierm, general
cllctnistry principles and an introciuctIon 10 organic chemistry. Second
term, o~gaiiicand biolorlictll cIrclnist~ywi(h s p e ~ i aapplications
l
Lo )iltman
y.
pllyslolnglcai cl~cmislry.(3ane-hour Iccturcs, 2 hauls of l a h o ~ a t o ~This
course docs not apply lowarcl the major or minor in clretnlslly. Credit cannot I>e earned 101 110th I09 anrl 105 ar I 15,tior can credit be earned tor
both 110 and 351. Prereq.: High school chemistry within the last 3 years.
Weekend College)
115.I16 General Chemlaby
An Inlenslve celirse ror pre-mdlral students and b t u r e chemists. Firstsernester lriclucles cttcrnical eqtlations and calc~~lations,
enernctics, and
bonding Uicory wlth examplcs from Inorganic chcinistry. Thc second e m
phasi7cs equllibrii~rnand soliltion cheinistry Including ltinelics atirl clectmrhemist~y,(3 one-hour Tectures, 3 hours 01 laboratory. Prereq.: lllgqh
school cheniistry, t n a t l ~placemenl. 115, Fall: 136. Spririg)
199 lnternshlp
Lower division internship.
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
351.362 Organic Chemlstry
Importar11classes of organic compounds wItI? special emphasls on mechanisms alld ~nulli-stepsynthesis. Descriptive material Is correlaterl by
means of modem tticorIrs olcliemlcal bonds, encrgy relaUons. and reac.
many applicalloris ofot'ganiccllf~i~islrl/
Lo I~iologlcal.entinrl ~necl~anlsm;
vironmenlal and ilidl~striillfielcls. (3 one-hour Zccturcs, L fnur-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116: 351, Fall: 352, Spring)
353 Quantitative Analytlcal Chemistry
Covers tlravlmclrir anrt volumelric. anatysls and solutlnn equlllbrlurn in
Lo electrochemical and spectraptiotomerlelall and gives an i~>LrnducLiot~
tric lech~ilq~les
nT atialysis. Thf laboratory IHVCII\IESq~lantjlaliveanalysis
o i a varicly oCsamplfs, ant! includcs trace analysis. ( 3 hours of tcctrrre. l
four-lloilr laboratory. I'rc~fq.:106 or 1 16. Rall)
361.3641 Pbystcal Chemistry
The basic t\icoreLical concepts of chemistry: therrnodynamlcs, klnctlcs,
quantl~lntheory. atrd statcs oimatlcr are studicd In thc first scmester. Applications orthcse conc:epls to arcas of rno~cct~larstructr~i
e, equilibria and
electrnchemistry In thc s c ~ o r l dscrneslcr. (3 one-hour tectutes. Yrereq.:
JOG or 116: PHY 121. 122; MAT 124, 125.361, Fall: 364, Spring)
363,365 Physical Chemlstry taboratory (112 COllrSE each)
Ptryslcal Chemislry Laboratory introduces students to tect~niquesofdata
collerlfon and cxperiniental i~pplicationorconcepts prcscnlcci In Physical
Chcmlstry lect~lrc.365 is Lo be talten the firs1 lialCol the spring senicstcr
and invnlves expcrinlents relater1 to 361. 565 14 In bc lalrcn l l i P second
half ollhe scmesler by a11 peisans fa hl!igJ64, exccpt Ll~al
special sti~ctdi
ts
may ask deparlnlent tor exelnpllon.
399 Internship
Opportunity for off-campus experiences as a chemist. Cooperative Education is also an option for majors.
464 Advanced Organic Chemistry
Organized around the prohlctns or identlfylng organic cornpotrnds It1 the
laboratory. I.ecture lopic!! Include struclui'e-specLra correlatioris for tR,
UV, MMR, and Inass spectroscopy: tlse al t h e lltcrature [ir~cludlngB c i l ~
stein): atirl Curther stilrly oCorganic rcactinns. Ir~lrarcd,nuclear n~agnetit:
resonance, anrl ~ ~ l t r a v i o lspectra
el
rai~tlnelyuscd. (3 hotm: oF lecture, G
hours ollaboratoly. Prereq.: 352,353,361 or consent of insin~ctor:some
reading k~~owlerlgc
of G e n ~ ~ ar'all)
n,
4BX Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Ernpl?aslsupon advanced equitfhrium theory and prlnclples ofatomic and
fi~olectrIar speclroscopy as applled to analytical mclhods as well as cliro~ n togra1,hIc
a
and eleclroanalytical techniqt~csot analysis. (3 hours lecture, 1 (our and one-half-haul laboratory. I'iercq.: J53.361, or consent rrl
i r ~ s t ~ ~ l c tSprlng)
or.
482 Advanced Inomanlc Chemistry
Correlation of inorganic reaclio~isusing the electrastatlc, valence bond,
and molecular orhital models. Coordination chemistry Is discussed In
Lcrms of Ilgarrd field tfieoy, The laboratory involves prcpa~ationsor tnorganic coinpm~ndsusing a variety of techniques, (3 one-hour lectures, 1
thrce-hour laboratory. I'rcreq.: 3.52.36J , or consent of i n s t ~ ~ ~ c Fall)
tor.
403 QuanCumChernistsy
I'reser)ls qtlailtilm llleory In terms of Schrodinger's wave equatIon and
uses the equalinn Lo solvc Ehe prnblems 0T R e harmonic osciIIalor and
(tic hydrogen alom. Approximate snlutlons are lntrod~icedand used l o
develop inolecirTar orldtal l l ~ c o r ylor molec~~les.
Inclurles comznutators.
and group Lheory. (3one-how leclrlrcs.
elcctron spin, angular 1iiornc111~1rn
P~rrcq.:36 1ar cansenl or instructor. Sl~ring)
491 Chemistry Seminar
'This seminar, which has no course credil, is a weelcly meetlng of chemistry
majors i~nrlerthe direction of thc Augsbusg Chemistry Society. Juniors
and scniors are expected to participale. wltli seniors pmscnting papers.
Outside visitors are occaslonalIy Invited to participate.
497 lntroductton to ChemIstsy Research
Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience
before gr adualian. Srhch ~ x p e r l e n c emay b e obtained by wurlting on a
sum~nerrcsearrh rolect In Ihe clepartmenl (no( col~nleclas a COLII se) or
by research parlEipalion dtirlrlg Lhe acade~alcyear (which may be
counted as a co~irse).Cooperative Edi~cationis a possibility, (Junior
standing).
499 Independent Study
Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as
theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. (Junior Standing)
East and
Southeast Asian
Studies
Khin Khin Jensen (Director)
This program offers hvo options:
1. Mqjor or minor in East Asian Studies through Augsburg and
the other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC).This is an in-
ter-college, interdepartmental program which provides a foundation
for careers in international business, government, teaching, global
ministries, work with social and recreational agencies, or graduate
study.
Two years of Japanese are taught on one ofthe five ACTC campuses, or
Augsburg students may take Chinese courses at Hamline University.
There also is a contractual arrangement with the University of Minnesota East Asian Studies Department for Chinese and Japanese language courses.
Opportunities for language study abroad are available in Japan, China,
Taiwan, Korea, Hongkong and Singapore. Summer institutes are
available in the People's Republic of China and in the U.S. See the director for information and procedure to register for any of these
courses or travel.
Non-majors in the program are eligible to take the Chinese or Japanese language courses, which may be taken for distribution requirement.
Mqjor in East Asian Studies - 10 courses, including 4 courses (2
years) of basic college Chinese or Japanese, or equivalent competencies; 2 courses in History; 2 courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies: and 2 courses from a list of approved electives. Major courses must have the written approval of the Director of the
program.
Minor in East Asian Studies - 5 courses, including 2 courses (1
year) of basic college Chinese or Japanese or equivalent competencies: 1course in history of East Asia; and 2 upper division courses in
cultural specialization from a list of approved electives. Minor courses
must have the written approval of the Director of the program.
2. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies is an area
concentration at Augsburg College that does not include a language
component. It is designed to be useful for a variety of careers when
combined with other majors.
Minor in East and Southeast Asian Studies - 5 courses, 2 from
HIS 322,323,324: one from PHI 355, REL 356, SOC 336: one from HIS
474, POL 351,363,382; and one from HIS 226,399,495,499. HIS 104
is strongly recommended.
Note: Interim courses related to the East and Southeast Asian Studies
program may be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of
the Director.
226 Asian and Asian-AmericanWomen in Public Life in the 20th Century
(See under Department of History)
299 Directed Study
(See Director of program)
322 Modem Southeast Asia
(See under Department of History)
323 Modem China
(See under Department of History)
324 Modem Japan
(See under Department of History)
351 Communist Political Systems
(See under Department of Political Science, Comparative Politics and
Analysis)
363 Communist Foreign Policies
(See under Department of Political Science, International Politics)
382 Marxist Visions: Past. Present, and Future
(See under Department of Political Science, Political Theory and Analysis)
399 Internships
(See Director of program for guidelines to apply for an internship)
474 The World and The West
(See under Department of History)
495 Seminar
(See Director of program)
499 Independent Study
(See Director of program for guidelines)
Economics (ECO)
See Business Administration and Economics
',
1
1,
Department f:" .
.
Students interested in attaining teacher licensure or developing a background in education a s a base for advanced study in other careers will find
opportunities in the Department of Education.
Professional mucation combines the study of theory with practice, and
field experiences are an essential part of the course offerings. The location
of Augsburg College is particularly advantageous for field experiences because of the wide variety of public, private and special schools in the Twin
Cities.
The career that first comes to mind for graduates of teacher education programs is classroom teaching. Augsburg graduates are found in many
classrooms within the Twin Cities area. In addition, they provide educational services in classrooms across the nation and in some foreign countries.
The teacher education program coupled with the liberal arts program
serves a s a solid base for graduate education. Some teaching fields require graduate work beyond the initial license in either elementary or secondary education.
Not all graduates choose to teach in school settings. Teacher education
graduates are also found in business, working in managerial, sales, production, and service areas.
To qualify for state teaching license after July 1,1987applicants are required to have had the course "Reading in the Content Areas" or the
equivalent.
To qualify after April 1,1988for licensure, people are required to have
passed basic competency tests (prescribed by the Minnesota Board of
Teaching) in reading, writing skills and mathematics a s well as a prescribed competency test in the specific area of licensure.
Education Faculty:
Trudi Osnes (Chairperson), Sheldon Fardig, Marie McNeff, Lauretta Pelton,
Mark Schelske
Elementary Education (EDE)
Marie McNeff (Coordinator)
Kindergarten-ElementaryMajor and Licensure Requirements: 255, 341, 351,
352, 381, 382, 383, 384, 386, 481, 482, 483: HPE 114, 115; SWK 260; a college
level mathematics course: academic minor (major recommended):GPA of 2.0 overall
and 2.5 in major and academic minor and grades of P in student teaching courses
required for licensure: fulfill requirements of Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR
3.041 in Human Relations. The professional semester, forjuniors, includes 341,352,
381,382,384, 386, 387. (341,381, 382, 383, 384,386, 387 are 112 courses)
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
255 Ofienfatfon to Education In an Urban Setting
Investigation or various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity COT in-school worls. Opcn to all students. Membership in one of the
p r ~ r c s s l ~ lleach
~ a l er organizations is required. (Prereq.: sophomore
standing or above)
282 Introduction to Special Education
(See Special Education)
295.495 Topics in Mucation
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
299 Directed Study
Lower division independent study.
341 Media Technology (112 course)
Psycllological arlcl philosophical dimensions of communication through
tlre use or lnstmctlnnal technology. Selection, preparation, production,
and evali~allonof cfkcclive audio-visual materials for teachinglleamingsitualions. (5pri1ig)
351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the
reading and the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. (Fall)
352 Creating Learnlng Environmenw Kindergarten-Elementary
The study of stralegies and nlcthods of teaching and learning in the contexts of ed~lcational,psychological and sociological thcotlrs. Membership In one of the professional tcactter organizations Is reqirlred. (Prereq,:
255 or E D S 265 or consent of i ~ ~ s l r ~ l cSp~ing)
to~.
381 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum:Art, Music (112 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music
taught at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring)
382 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Mathematics (112 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics
at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring)
383 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health
(112 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health at the kindergal ten and elementary levels. Laboratory
experiences. (f'rercq.: 255 or CDS265. Fall)
384 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Social Studies, Science (112
course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies
and science at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.:255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring)
386 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature, (112
course)
Examination and preparation or materials and resources ror Children's
Literature at the kindergarten and elementa q' levels. I,ahol.atary expertences. (Prereq.:255 or EDS 265, concuncnl reglslralion in 352.Spring)
387 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Language Arts (112 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for Language
Arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring)
399 Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work
experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval.
478 School and Society
(See Secondary Education)
481,482,483,484 Student Teaching K-6
Observing and facilitating learning at the kindergarten and elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel.
Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required.
(Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval)
491 Practlcum and Seminar in Special Education
(See Special Education)
498 Independent Study (112 course)
Study of specific areas in education a s determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission).
499 Independent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise
provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must
be outlined and approved by the kindergarten-elementary education faculty.
Secondary Education (EDS)
Trudi Osnes (Coordinator)
It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure, in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser.
Licensure Requirements of the state of Minnesota for teaching in secondary
schools are met through the Augsburg College Education Department licensure program: Baccalaureate degree; academic major in an approved teaching area; 265,
354, 388, 478, methods course(s)in major area, 481, 482 (and 483 for Art, Music,
and Physical Education teaching majors); HPE 114, 115; PSY 105; GPA of 2.0 overall,
2.0 in education courses, 2.5 in academic major and P in student teaching. Application for and acceptance into the Augsburg licensure program required.
Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in
one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she
plans to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these
special areas will take three courses in student teaching and do some student teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to 354, the art major
will register for 361,362; the Physical Education major for 365; and the music major
for 355.
Art and Physical Education teacher education programs lead to licensure for grades K12. Music teacher education programs lead to licensure in the following areas: 1Band (K-12) and classroom music (5-12);2-Orchestra (K-12)and classroom music
(5-12);3-Vocal and classroom music (K-9);or 4-Vocal and classroom music (5-12).
Foreign Language Licensure: For foreign language teachers (French, German,
Spanish), achievement of at least "good" in the listening, speaking, and reading
parts of the Modern Language Association proficiency tests is required. The candidate will take the MLA tests before undertaking student teaching. Results will be recorded in the candidate's permanent file in the Department of Education.
The Professional Tern School and Society and Student Teaching are taken jointly
in one full-time term in professional education. Attendance at special afternoon or
evening seminars is also required. A student who elects to take just two courses in
student teaching may take one course in independent study at this time. All students
are expected to be involved full-time in the activities of the professional term.
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting
Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity
for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the profese
sional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: ~ o p h o m o r standing)
282 Introduction to Special Education
(See Special Education)
295,495 Topics in Education
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
341 Media Technology (112 course)
(See Kindergarten-Elementary Education)
351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
(See Kindergarten-Elementary Education)
354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary
The mastery of theories and their application for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. Membership in o n e of t h e professional
teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: 265, PSY 105)
355 Music Methods (K-12)
Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills
and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring)
356. 357. 358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds,
Strings (112 course each)
Study and application of instructional methods, materials, and techniques.
361 Art Methods (Elementaryand Junior High School)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the elementary, middle, and Junior high schoois. For art teactiing majors only.
(Fall)
362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (112 course)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school. (Fall)
364 English Methods
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching experience in a local high school. The study of adolescent literature is included. (Spring)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
(See Physical Education Department)
366 Foreign Language Methods (112 course)
Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching.
(Consult with the Foreign Language Department.)
374 Natural Science Methods (K-12)(112 course)
Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom
textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and
references. (Fall)
375 Social Studies Methods (112 course)
Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary
school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum
development. (Spring)
376 Speech and Theatre Arts Methods (112 course)
The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and
theatre and the directing of co-curricular speech and theatre activities.
(Spring)
377 Mathematics Methods (112 course)
Study of t h e basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary
school mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring)
388 Human Relations (112course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of
the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all.
399 Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work
experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval.
410 Health Methods
(See HPE 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program)
478 School and Society
The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational
philosophy and the development ofAmerican education, current major iss u e s in education will be studied. Membership in one of the professional
teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: senior standing)
481,482,483,484 StudentTeaching
Observing and dlrettinq leal r~lngat the secondary level under supervision
of college and secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses,
except three courses required of Art, Music, Physical Education majors.
Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval)
498 Independent Study (112 course)
Study of specific areas in education a s determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission).
499 Independent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise
ecl
must
provided for in the departmental curriculum. A ~ ~ r o ~ e c tprogram
b e outlined which meets the approval of education i a c i ~ l t ~ .
Special Education (EDE, EDS)
Mark Schelske (Coordinator)
Minor: Minimum of 6 courses (282,491: PSY 351,357; one course
chosen ftom HPE 354, MUS 110 (Interim) or 395, PSY 362, EDS 385
(Interim), or SWK 304 (CHR); and one course chosen from LIN 289,
PSY 352 or 359, or EDS 388. BIO 103 is recommended a s an additional course.
282 lntroductionto Special Education
Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes, and educational interventions for such exceptionalities a s
mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment,
learning disabilities, behavior disorders and giftedness. (Spring)
491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population
plus on-campus seminar. Prereq.: Completion of courses for special education minor o r consent of instructor. Students planning t o take this
course should consult with the special education coordinator about a
placement prior to registering for the course. (Pall)
Engineering
Ken Erickson (Adviser)
Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities to
allow the-student to earn a- achel lor of A& degree from Augsburg College
and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Insti-
tute of Technology, Minneapolis: Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri: or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. Because of the special requirements
and opportunities of these programs, early consultation with the Augsburg
Engineering Adviser is necessary. Applications for these programs require
the recommendation of the Augsburg Engineering Adviser.
University of Minnesota
The lnstitute of Technology and Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides for two dual degree engineering programs:
-
1. Bachelor o f Arts/Bachelor o f Engineering (B.A./B.E.)enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. The program typically involves three
years at Augsburg and two years at the lnstitute of Technology.
Students may apply for the program after completing the sophomore year. At that
time, they will be informed of their status in the program and any further conditions
necessaly for final acceptance into the program. Formal application to the lnstitute
of Technology may be completed during the second semester of the junior year at
Augsburg.
2. Bachelor o f ArtsIMaster o f Engineering (B.A./M.E.)enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Master of Engineering
degree from the University of Minnesota. This program involves four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the lnstitute of Technology.
The curriculum is the same as the B.A,/B.E, curriculum with the addition of several extra courses that are completed at Augsburg during the senior year to minimize the
number of undergraduate courses, if any, that students must take at the University
before proceeding through the graduate curriculum. The number of such courses
varies by IT department and area of emphasis within a department.
Application for admission into the B.A./M.E, program should be initiated during the
second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Formal application for the program
may be completed during the senior year. Those admitted will receive special counseling from the lnstitute of Technology staff regarding courses that should be taken
during the senior year at Augsburg. Participants in the B.A./M.E, program are not
guaranteed admission to the Institute of Technology.
Washington University - Three-Two Plan
Dual Degree Plan
Michigan Technological University
-
These programs enable students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from
Augsburg and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science or Michigan Technological
University in a five-year period.
The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program are guaranteed admission to the engineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average, and are recommended by the Engineering
Adviser of Augsburg College.
Students are also encouraged to explore opportunities for graduate work
at Washington University and Michigan Technological University. Further
information on these and other graduate programs is available from the
Augsburg Engineering Adviser.
Financial Aid: Students receiving financial aid who are participants in these dual degree programs will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice
for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic
performance as criteria.
M i n i m u m Course Requirements f o r Admission t o the Dual Degree o r ThreeTwo Programs: CHM 115,116; CSC 170; ENG 111; MAT 124,125,224, 226; PHY
121, 122; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of
27 courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 124,125 and PHY 121,122 are taken in the
freshman year. Students interested in Chemical Engineering also should take CHM
351, 352.
English
Those who study English believe that an intense concern for words, ideas,
and iknages helps us understand who we are and who we can become.
Writing helps us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through English study
we see life's complexity, experience life as some others do, and understand better the world in which we live and work.
English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the
contemplation of works of art. With psychology and sociology, English is
concerned with individual and group behavior. With philosophy, English is
interested in ideas and in the relation between meaning and language.
With science, English is interested in discovering order and determining
structures. With speech and communications, English studies the effective
use of language. With history and the other social sciences and humanities, English studies the way people have acted and thought at different
times and in different cultures.
The Augsburg English department integrates its program with the cultural
opportunities ofthis vital urban area. Augsburg students can walk to assigned or recommended plays, films, and readings available near the campus.
Students with an Augsburg English mqjor pursue careers in elementary,
secondary and college education, journalism, government, law, the ministry, library science, medicine, advertising, public relations, publishing,
writing, and other professions and businesses. English majors may start
on a slightly lower rung of the career ladder than those with more specialized training, but will move to higher rungs more quickly because of their
broad background, their skill in analysis, and their superior communication skills. Skills in reading perceptively and writing effectively enhance
any career and make life more enjoyable and understandable.
English Faculty:
Barbara Andersen (Chairperson), Joan Griffin, John Mitchell, Catherine
Nicholl, Ronald Palosaari, Kathryn Swanson.
Mqjor: 9 courses above 111,including 225; one course in American
literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271 or 272); and
three courses in British literature, one on literature before 1660 (for
example, 331 or 438) and one that surveys a number of writers (336,
337,423). Majors are encouraged to take ENG 245 early in their college work and to consult their departmental adviser regularly. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an
adviser in the department.
Mqjor for Secondary Teaching Licensure in English-Language
Arts: 1 0 courses, including those listed for the major and a course
in the English language; 2 Speech courses, one from 111,351,352,
354 or 355 and either 360 or 366. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare and film are recommended. In addition to field experience and student teaching required by the Department of Education, majors will be required to gain practical experience in teaching
writing, to be arranged through the department chairperson. Students are encouraged to take courses toward their major during the
freshman and sophomore years, enroll in Orientation to Education in
the fall term of the sophomore year and apply for teacher education
not later than the fall of their junior year. In addition'to planning their
courses with the English department chairperson, students should
consult an adviser in the Department of Education.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, submit program to department chairperson early in senior year, defend honors
thesis before faculty committee in senior year, Honors thesis may be
an independent study program.
Minor: 5 courses above 111,including at least 2 literature courses,
one of which must be in British literature, and one advanced writing
course.
Note on Concentration: In addition to meeting requirements for
the major, English majors may, if they wish, develop an area of emphasis, such a s British concentration, American concentration, world
literature concentration, or writing concentration. A student arranges
a concentration by careful selection of electives in the major, by the
design of an independent study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the department. English majors should work closely with their advisers in developing a concentration. Interim courses, special courses, and
courses at other ACTC schools will often fit well into a concentration.
Note on Prerequisites: 111is strongly recommended but not a
prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an
upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the instructor.
101 Developmental Wrltlng
A preparatory course for Ewective Writing for students identified by an ex-
amination a s needing nddltlonal preparation, Instruction and practice in
e
Sturle~rtswill write short papers based on
basic wrlting skills wllt t ~ given.
tlicir own observation, experience, a r ~ r ll~ought.
t
P/N grading only.
111 Effcctlwe Writing
'I'he study ol' cornposltion with emphasis on expository writing. Attention
Lo correcl tlsagc, logical orgar~lzation,and the research paper. The grading system fn~lhis C O ~ I T S E
i~
either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. In order to hold a
pEace in Ihc course the studen( must either attend class the first day or
personally notify the instructor that s / h e cannot be present.
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
217.218 English a s a Second Language (ESL)
Consistent, repeated work on pronunciation, vocabulary and American idioms, grammar and sentence patterns make up a major part of these
courses. In-class drills and exercises, assignments, and sessions with ESL
tutors are means for students to improve oral skills and to increase their
fluency. Understanding spoken ~ m e r i c a nEnglish, speaking, reading colleae-level materials. and writina are the skills emohasized in these two
c&urses. Testing will determinetlacement in these courses, and testing,
a s well a s other course work, will determine whether the ESL requirement
is met. 218 is graded either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. Students will continue in 218
if an N grade is given. By successfully completing the courses, students
will b e exempted from the foreign language requirement.
223 Writing for Business and the Professions
A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing
for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and
proposals will b e emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 111or equivalent)
225 Advanced Expository Writing
The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and
contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, in which student's papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 111)
226 Creative Writing
The purpose of the course is to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models, theories, and criticism, writing in narrative and poetic
modes of expression. Short stories, personal narratives, and poems may
be selected by students for experimentation and development, according
to the student's preference.
227 Journalism
An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature
and the news feature. The student is first introduced to the principles of
writing the news story, what constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community news stories. A unit on the feature
and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester, attention is paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic
media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment.
2 4 1 Introduction to Cinema Art
An investigation of the artistic qualities and the historical development of
the film medium. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both
feature length and short films. (Spring)
245 Introduction to Literature
An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading
and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors
and minors.
250 American Literature to 1920
Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention
is also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of
American literature.
2 6 1 Modem Fiction
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century.
2 7 1 European Literature: Homer to Dante
A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, for example the epics of Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies ofAristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's
Inferno will b e studied a s a work in which the Christian and the classical
traditions a r e combined. These works will be studied with reference to
their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence
on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall)
272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modem Period
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to
the modern period, including such authors a s Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky. (Spring)
282 Topics In Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors, or works. The subjects selected For study in any year will be listed
in the class schedule for that year. Recent offerings have included Scandinavian literature, Twentieth Century Poetry, and Comedy.
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division credit.
331 British Literature, Chaucer to the Elizabethans
Chaucer and the medieval Milieu will be studied a s well a s the development of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance.
332 Milton and His Age
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will b e eFamined. (Alternate years)
336 Bnitish Literature, Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries
Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets up to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual,
and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall)
337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians
A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic
poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized a s well a s their relationship to their own age and
their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring)
351 American Literature Since 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements.
Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city a s setting
and symbol in modern American literature.
399 Internship
The department offers on-campus internships in teaching writing and various off-campus internships, Interested students should consult the department chairperson.
423 Studies in the British Novel
A survey of the development of the novel in England from its eighteenth
century beginnings up to the twentieth century. Novels studied will be selected from the works of such authors a s Defoe, Richardson, Fielding,
Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing to the rise of the novel
and its emergence by the twentieth century a s the dominant literary form.
(Alternate years, 1986-87)
438 Shakespeare
Study of ten o r twelve major plays - comedies, histories, tragedies with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic
art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis.
498 lndependent Study
Metropolitan Resources
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of
department chairperson. Provides directed independent study which
makes use of the resources of Augsburg's urban location, such a s theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups.
499 lndependent Study
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of
department chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area
of the student's choice.
-
Foreign
Language
Department
The Foreign Language Department at Augsburg College contributes in
many ways to realizing the College's mission of providing liberal arts education for service in today's world. The department is committed to the
view that education should go beyond career preparation. So viewed, foreign language study goes beyond the development of new communications skills to foster an abiding awareness that the splendid diversity of human languages, literatures, and cultures represents a nch historic legacy
developed in different ways by many nations to be shared by all in common. The departmental faculty believe that familiarity with the language
and culture of another people is an essential step in the development of
global perspective and hence is indispensable in the education of Augsburg students.
The Foreign Language Department offers language, literature, and culture
courses in French, German, Norwegian, Russian, and Spanish. Courses in
Chinese, Japanese, Latin, and Greek are available to Augsburg Students
through the college's affiliation with ACTC, a consortium of Twin Cities
colleges.
A special perspective on language is also available to Augsburg students
in the linguistics courses offered by the Foreign Language Department.
Linguistics goes beyond the study of individual languages to investigate
the general principles which operate in and shape all languages and in this
way the study of linguistics affords the student a unique view of one of the
most intriguing and central facets of the human mind.
Foreign language skills, perhaps combined with the study of linguistics,
are essential in preparing for a number of careers and represent a valuable
special qualification in many others. Anticipated careers in a number of
fields such a s foreign language
- teaching, translation, the diplomatic corps,
or international business may require a-foreign language mGor, perhaps
combined with a maior in some other field. In addition. students ~ u r s u i n a
careers in many other fields such as health care, socialwork, the kinistrfy
psychology, or philosophy, ro name just a few, often find that a foreign language minor and/or the study of linguistics qualifies them for special assignments in their chosen field.
Foreign Languages Faculty:
Mary Kingsley (Chairperson), Ruth Aaskov, James Brown, Leif Hansen,
Mary Johnson, Gunta Rozentals, Donald Steinmetz.
Students with previous foreign language study
must register in courses suited to their level of preparation. Placement is according to the number of high school semesters one has
studied that language: 0-2 = 111;3-4 = 112; 5-6 = 211; 7-8 = 212;
9 or more = 311. Students in doubt about their placement level
should consult the chairperson.
Students should arrange to take the Language Placement Test if they
wish to take a course above the level determined by previous studies
in that language.
Students who elect to take a course below the one in which they are
placed by the department may do so, but grading must be PIN only.
The language requirement will be satisfied only by completion of the
course in which the student was originally placed. Credit and grading
for that course may be traditional.
Basic Requirements: Majors must take four of the upper division
courses at Augsburg College and four abroad. Minors must take two
of the upper division courses at Augsburg College. 311is prerequisite
to all upper division courses.
Transfer students intending to major or minor must take a minimum
of one upper division course per year at Augsburg. See department
faculty for limits on non-Augsburg courses and career information.
Teaching Licensure: Teacher candidates in French, G e m a n and
Spanish must consult with the Department of Education for specific
information and enrollment in the program. Methods courses by language are joint ACTC offerings and should be taken in the fall of the
senior year. A 3.0 average in Advanced Conversation and Composition is a departmental requirement for teaching majors. Licensure requires successful completion of the Modern Language Association
Competency Exam. See Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools, under Department of Education.
Honors Major: Majors seeking departmental honors must apply in
thejunior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall,
and honors thesis demonstrating ability in independent study for one
course credit. Consult department chairperson for details.
Placement Levels:
Chinese (CHN)
Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of
Minnesota East Asian Language department. See East and Southeast
Asian Studies Director.
French (FRE)
8 courses above 212, including 311,312 or 411,331 or 332,
350 or 355,351or 353,450 or equivalents. Study abroad required.
Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim, summer, or
semester in France strongly recommended.
Teaching Licensure Minor: 5 upper division courses beyond 212,
including one in conversation-composition, one literature, one in civilization. Study in France strongly recommended.
Major:
E u r o p e a n History, a seco n d language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Also see Interim catalog.
011 Directed Study
Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (Spring, On Demand)
111,112 Beginning French
Aim to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading, and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice, and readings, these courses work toward the discovery of French culture and way
of life. Four class meetings per week. Laboratory work is an integral part of
the course. (Fall/Spring)
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
211,212 Intermediate French
Selected articles, interviews, and literary readings are the basis of practice
in communication, vocabulary building, and developing greater ease in
reading and writing French. Review of basic structures and grammar. Laboratory work. (Fall/Spring)
243 French Literature in Translation
Major representative works of French literature are read in English translation. Through individualized background reading and class discussion,
students become acauainted with artistic aualities and cultural-historical
significance of thesenworks. Sophomore standing. Fulfills only literature
distribution requirement. Does not count toward a French major o r minor.
(On demand)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
311 Conversation-Composition
Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build
fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of
ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intemlediate level. A prerequisite to
other upper division courses. (Fall)
312 French Expression
A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking
and writing. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase
and elementary stylistics for business and personal use. French phonology and speech group practice, study of written models. (Prereq.: 311 or
consent of instructor. Spring, On demand)
3 3 1 French Civilization: Historical Perspective
A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings
to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of
French intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings,
reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.: 311
or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
332 French Civilization Today
Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that
promote understanding of French-speaking people and their contribution
to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different
approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory
through reading, analyzing, a n d discussing selected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
351,353 Survey of French Literature
The study of major French authors and literary movements in France,
through the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, discussion, oral and written reports in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
Recommended Supporting Courses:
355 Twentieth Century Literature
A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes,
oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or
consent of instructor. Alternate years)
399 Internship
Upper division internship.
411 Avanced Conversation-Composition
By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social,
or political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four
skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization a s individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On
demand)
450 French Seminar: Novel, Drama, Poetry, Short Story
Study in depth of a topic or genre in French literature. Student presentations in French. For advanced students. ( S e e a l s o Interim offerings.
Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
499 Independent Study
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level.
Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included.
(Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser.)
German (GER)
8 upper division courses, including 311, 411, one in civilization, and one literature. Semester in Germany required.
Minor: 4 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. Interim,
summer or semester in Germany strongly recommended.
Teaching Licensure Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including
one in conversation-composition, one literature, one in civilization,
and two electives. All courses must be upper division courses. Study
in Germany strongly recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, European History, another language, English literature.
Major:
111,112 Beginning German
Course 111is for students with no previous background; 1 1 2 is for students who have had 111o r equivalent or less than two years of high
school German. Aims a t developing basic skills. Classroom practice in
speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: ability to read
extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and
participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available.
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
211,212 Intermediate German
For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims a t developing basic skills into working knowledge of German.
Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall;
212, Spring)
244 German Literature in Translation
Principal works of German literature representing various periods and
movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also
discussed in terms of their relevance to perennial human problems. Credit
for this course does not apply to a German major or minor. (Sophomore
standing. On demand)
299 Independent Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
311 German Conversation and Composition
Aims a t developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial Qerman. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall)
331 German Civilization and Culture I
The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the
Germanspeaking peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca.
3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1643),with emphasis on the impact of
Roman civilization, the re-emergence of German cultural self-awareness
during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals ofthe
Reformation. In Qerman. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate
years)
332 Qerman Civilization and Culture 11
Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped presentday Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment.
The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking
peoples. In Qerman. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate
years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different
approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory
through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
311 o r consent of instructor. On demand)
351 German Literature through the 18th Century
Br~efsurvey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklhrung and
Sturm und Drang literature. Extensive readings and discussions in Classic
and Romantic periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on
the history of Qerman literature in its cultural and geopolitical context.
Class discussions help to improve students' ability to express ideas in
German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
352 German Literature: The 19th Century
Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Maturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic
philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions
help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express themselves in German. (Prereq.: 311 o r consent of instructor. On demand)
353 German Literature: The 20th Century
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in
German with class discussions are designed to aid students' self-expression in Qerman. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
399 lndependent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
4 1 1 Advanced Qerman Composition and Conversation
Aims a t developing and refining the student's use of German a s a vehicle
for expressing his o r her own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written
composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German a s classroom language. (Prereq.: 311or consent of instructor. Fall)
4 5 1 German Prose
Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to
the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre a s a mirror
of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor.
On demand)
452 German Drama
Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are
discussed and read a s symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
499 lndependent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
Japanese (JPN)
Japanese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language department. See East and Southeast Asian
Studies Director for more information.
Linguistics (LIN)
199 Internship
Internship for lower division credit.
289 Introduction to Linguistics
An lnlroductlan to linguistic analysls and general Ilngulstlc prlndples,wlth
Focus on linguistic universals (organizational principles and features common lo all languages) and psychulinguistics IinquIiy In to the tnechanics
of language learning and llic struclurc of the mind as revEaIed in language),l'l~eoxelicalc~uestionswill be approached b y stud Ing samples 01
various I B I I ~ L I ~ ~ P S . MO piercquisite. Rccoinrnendcd for a i lanquaqe majors and minors. (On demand. ACTC)
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division credit.
311 Theories of Grammar
Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current
linguistic researct, wlth the aim of ltluminatlng underlying phllosophleal
assilmptions. i~~vcstigational
criteria, and explanatory goals which distinguish tlletn. The theo~ieswill be contrasted with thosc ot adjaccnt discipIincs such as antllropology, psyctiology, logic, and communication l l ~ c ory to explore ways in which each theory seeks to overcome the
inadequacies of traditional grammar. (On demand)
399 Internship
Internship for upper division credit.
499 Independent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
Norwegian (NOR)
Major: 8 courses above 211, including 311,312 or 331,353,411.
Study in Norway required.
Minor: 4 courses above 211, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Study in Norway encouraged.
Recommended Supporting Preparation: A second foreign language, linguistics, European history.
111,112 Beginning Norwegian
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading
and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory
work expected. (111, Fall; 112, Spring)
199 Internship
Internship for lower division credit.
211 Intermediate Norwegian
Cal~tlnucdconversation and composition to improve comprehension and
facCIlty of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used a s basis for
class dlscussio~iand exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent.)
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division credit.
311 Norwegian Conversation and Composltlon
Inte~isivcpractice In spolsen Horwegia~iwith emphasis on pronunciation
and oriqinal cnmposltio~r.Some atlciitlot~givcn to reglonal variations in
spolteti Marweqian ancl lo dikrences bytween the two olTiclal languages of
Mnrway. some lalmratory work and Clflcl experience required. (Prereq.:
211 or equivalent.)
312
-- Old
- - - .Norse
.- - - -
331
350
353
399
411
499
An introduction to the structure of Old West Norse through the study ofselections from Old Norse literature. Some attention given to Old East Norse
and aspects ofthe history of four modem Nordic laiguages. Knowledge of
one of the latter is desired but not required. Norweg~anlanguage majors/
minors will have special assignments. (On demand)
Norwegian Civilization and Culture
This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of
the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwcglan as far a s possible), the domestic and forelgn Influences at work in
the comparatively homogeneous population or Monvay will be cxaniined.
Wrltten ancl oral reports in the Norwegian language rvlll Ile required along
wlth some Herd work. (Prereq.: 311 or consent ofir~structor.011dernand)
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different
approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory
through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
311or consent of instructor. On demand)
Survey of Norwegian Literature
Selected readinas in contem~orarvNorweaian literature ~ r o v i d ea base
for the study of ;riginal works from earlier ceriods extending back to Old
Norse literature. All genres are examlned, and conslderable attention is
given to writings in the Nynorsk lalig~laqe,pnrtlckrlaily poetry. Lectures,
readings, oral and written reports are in florwcgian. (Pterrq.: 311o r equivalent. Alternate years)
Internship
Internship for upper division credit.
Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention
given to the other Scandinavian languages end lo the hislorical development of the Norwegian language. Laljoralnry worlc and field experience required. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of iirslructor, On demnr~cf)
lndependent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
Russian (RUS)
One year of elementary Russian is offered at Augsburg. Russian language
studies may be continued in the ACTC Russian Area Studies Program,
which requires two years of language for the mqjor. See Russian Area
Studies Campus Coordinator.
111.112 Elementary Russian
Aimed to develop reading, writing, understanding, and conversational
skills through oral classroom practice, developing ease in reading, short
compositions, and acquaintance with Russian culture. Extensive use of
the language lab.
211.212 Intermediate Russian
Continues developing the skills of writing, understanding and speaking
with a n added emphasis on reading, Introduction of advanced grammar
topics, idioms and the study of word building in Russian. (ACTC)
Spanish (SPA)
M a o r : 8 courses above 212, including 311,411,456 or 457, two of
352,353,354,331 or332. Study in Spain or Latin America is required.
Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study
abroad strongly recommended.
Teaching Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including one in conver-
sation-composition, one literature, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be upper division courses. Study in Spain or
Latin America recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another lan-
guage, Pre-Columbian civilization, Latin-American Area studies. Consult department for other supporting courses in humanities.
111,112 Beginning Spanish
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading,
and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course.
199 Internship
Internship for lower division credit.
211,212 Intermediate Spanish
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which
stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic structures of Spanish, and build conversational skills through class discussions. Designed for students with 2-4
years of high school Spanish or its equivalent. (211 Fall, 212 Spring)
216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
(See under Program in Global Community)
2 4 9 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in
Translation
Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various
~ e r i o d sand movements are read in Enalish translation. Throuah background reading and class discussion in English the student is acGuainted
with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of the
readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor in
Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On demand)
2 6 1 Spanish Language
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SAUS and LISLA)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
311 Spanish Conversation and Composition
Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of
fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This
course is a prerequisite for all upper division courses. (Prereq.: 212 or
equivalent. Fall)
312 Spanish Expression
Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking
skills in Spanish and wish to expand them, Intensive practice to improve
oral and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility,
stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Readings to
stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazine articles. Conducted in Spanish. (On demand)
331 Spanish Civilization and Culture
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements.
In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years.)
332 Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from
the Pre-Columbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311
or 212, with consent of instructor. Alternate years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different
approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of literature. Recommended
for majors and minors. Open to all qualifed students. (Prereq.: 311or consent of instructor. On demand)
3 5 2 , 3 5 3 Survey of Spanish Literature I, 11
A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by
lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language.
(Prereq.: 311 o r consent of instructor. On demand)
354 Representative Hispanic American Authors
An introduction to S~anish-Americanliterature. Lectures, discussions,
written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
399 Internship
Internship for upper division credit.
4 1 1 Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness ofwritten and oral expression through conversations, discussions, ~'epo~ts.
debales, and written
compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prcrecl.: 3 l l or consent of instructor.
4 5 6 Spanish Drama
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written
reports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modem Period. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years)
457 Spanish Novel
Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century
in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey
course. Alternate years)
4 9 9 lndependent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
General Studies (GST)
John A. Hill (Registrar),Joel Mugge, Donald Warren
Some courses help to integrate learning around topics in ways which are
different from the more traditional disciplines. General Studies include
specialized academic enrichment programs, an integrative pro-seminar
created by cooperating faculty, and offerings of the Center for Global Service and Education.
005 Freshman or Transfer Seminar
An introduction to college academic life required of all new students a t
Augsburg. The seminar meets regularly through the first half of the fall
term. No course credit.
140,141 Introduction to the Liberal Arts (112 course each)
An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and to the
philosophy and student services available a t Augsburg College. The
course also focuses on improving those skills s o important to academic
success: reading rate and comprehension, note taking and textbook reading, time management, vocabulary, spelling, test taking, concentration
and memorization, conflict management, assertiveness training, career
planning, and making decisions. (140, Fall: 141, Spring)
230 Cultural Issues Seminar
(See under Program in Global Community)
Health and
Physical Education
Department (HPE)
Virtually all students at Augsburg College will interact at some point in
their college years with the Department of Health and Physical Education.
It is the philosophy of the Department to provide quality experiences in
professional preparation and education for lifelong participation in physical activity. In addition, the gifted athlete as well as the occasional player
will find ample opportunity for athletic and developmental activities.
The Physical Education Department provides the organizational framework for a wide-range of educational experiences, including several mqjor
and minor programs: general education in Physical Education (Lifetime
Sports): men's and women's intercollegiate athletic programs; intramural
programs for men and women: and athletic facilities for developmental
and recreational activities.
Department graduates have traditionally found employment in educational settings. Additional career opportunities are possible in YMCA and
community services, municipal park and recreation departments, as adult
fitness instructors, and in working with people with disabilities.
Health and Physical Education Faculty:
Richard A. Borstad (Chairperson), David Boots, Marilyn Pearson Florian.
Paul Grauer, Alvin Kloppen, Joyce Pfaff, Edwin J. Saugestad
Health Education
Mqjor: 110,114,115,320,354,410:
810 103,108,111;CHM 105 or
109;PSY 105:SOC 231,336.
Teaching Mqjor: Same a s health education major plus 355. Stu-
dents wishing to become licensed teachers should consult with the
Education Department for requirements.
Minor: 110,114,115,320;
810 103;SOC 231.
110 Personal and Community Health
Modem concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to
the individual and the community. (Fall)
199 lnternship
Internship for lower division credit.
114 Health and Safety Education (112 course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life.
Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health
needs and problems of school age children, and American Red Cross First
Aid course.
115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education (112 course)
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health
needs and problems of school age children.
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division credit.
320 School Health Curriculum
Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases.
(Prereq.: All courses in the major sequence numbered in the 100 and 200
series and consent of instructor.)
354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (112 course)
Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of
functional and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and
physical education programs. (Prereq.: 350. Spring)
355 Tests and Measurement (112 course)
Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and
physical education. (Spring)
399 Internship
lnternship for upper division credit.
410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and
community. (Prereq.: 320. Odd number years, Fall, Interim)
499 lndependent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
Physical Education
Mqjor: 114,115,354,355;
223,231,232,243,350,351,471,472,
474,475;810 103.
Teaching Licensure Mqjor: 114,115,354,355;
223,231,232,243,
350,351,365,471,472,474,475;BIO 103.Students wishing to be-
come licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements.
Mqjor with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult department chairperson for individual program planning.
Minor: 114,115;223,231,232or 472,243.
Coaching Endorsement: 243,351, 475, one of 476-483 (except
481), and practicum in coaching (499 is an optional method for meet-
ing the practicum requirement).
Notes: Physical education major plus coaching practicum meets the
coaching requirement. Coaches entering their first headcoaching assignment in Minnesota high schools are required to have at least a
coaching endorsement in the field of physical education and athletics.
002,003 Lifetime Sports
Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. (Part-time students should consult with department chairperson) No course credit.
199 Internship
lnterrnship for lower division credit.
223 Team Sports
Theory and practice i n skills, teaching, and officiating team sports.
(Spring)
231 Individual and Dual Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual
sports. (Fall)
232 Recreational Activities and Rhythms (112 course)
Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international
folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. Practice i n
teaching and performing selected social dances. (Interim)
234 Outdoor Education (112 course)
'Thls course wlll loalc at a wide variety of outdoor activities that can be
Laught in a school setting. The following activities will be emphasized:
Canodng. back-pacl$ing,cycling, outdoor cooking catnplng and watcr
safely. Studcnts must Ire prepared to spend somr: wcel~cndsparticiprtling
in these activities. (Even number years, Spring)
243 History and Principles of Physical Education
History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
350 Kinesiology
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system
and analysis of movement. (Prereq.: 810 103; Fall)
351 Physiology of Exercise
The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training.
(Prereq.: 810 103. Spring)
354 Teaching the Exceptional Child
(See Health Education)
355 Tests and Measurement
(See Health Education)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the
elementary and secondary levels. (Fall)
399 Internship
Consult department chairperson.
455 Sailing in the Virgin Islands
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in learning
thc art and practlce of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking
the participant to a compctent level of sailboat handling (anchoring,
mooring, Irclming and crewing). (Interim)
471 Physical Education Programming
Procedures and techniques of management, leadership and decision
making for physical education and interscholastic athletic programs. Curriculum analysis and preparation. (Prereq.: 243. Fall)
472 Gymnastics (112 course)
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics. Opportunity to teach and
perform in all apparatus events and tumbling. Experience in spotting and
skill analysis. (Fall)
474 Swimming and Aquatics (112 course)
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety.
Open only to junior and senior Physical Education majors and minors.
(Prereq.: Swimming competence a s determined by pre-test. Fall)
475 Preventlon and Care of Athletic Injuries (1/2course)
Emphasis placed on preventing injut ips. 'Trcatrnmt of common athletic injuries. Practical expericntc in taping and training-room procedures.
(Prereq.: 350. Fall, 1 s t half of term, and even numbered years, Interim)
476 Coaching of Football (112 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (Odd
number years, Fall, 1 s t half of term.)
477 Coaching of Basketball (112 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball.
(Odd number years, Interim)
478 Coaching of Hockey (112 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Odd
number years, Interim)
479 Coachina of Track and Field 1112 course)
Theory, t&hnique and adminishitive aspect's of coaching track and field.
(Odd number years, Spring, second half of term)
480 Coaching of Baseball/SoRball(1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching- baseball and
softbail. (Odd number years, Spring, 2nd half of term)
481 Ofilciating of Basketball (112 course)
Mechanics, techniques and practical experience of officiating basketball.
Prepares student for certification by the Minnesota Stae High School Association. (Interim)
483 Coaching of Volleyball (112 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball.
(Odd number years, Fall, 1st half of term)
499 Independent Study
Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to
junior or senior majors.
History Department (HIS)
History is to society what memory is to an individual: it brings to a civilization an understanding of its identity. The distinguished MedievalistJ.R.
Strayer expresses it this way: "No community can survive and no institution can function without constant reference to past experience. We are
mled by precedents fully as much as by laws, which is to say that we are
ruled by the collective memory of the past. It is the memory of common
experiences which makes scattered individuals into a community."
A society's history is also a storehouse of human experiences that enables
us to deal more knowledgeably with the continuities and changes in current issues. Established disciplines, as history long has been, train the
mind by developing concepts and skills that enables one to deal with
masses of information. Many have found that history is an entree into the
richer eqjoyrnent of travel, cultural events, and the broad reading eqjoyed
by the educated person. Accordingly, history has long held a maljor role in
the liberal arts. This is true at Augsburg.
The department has strength in and requires of its majors work in four
main areas: ancient and medieval, modem Europe, United States, and the
non-western world. The department's graduates are well represented
among professional historians: at present, six are in graduate schools preparing for such careers. More have distinguished themselves as social
studies teachers in elementary and secondary schools and current projections indicate that there will be growing opportunity in that field for history
maljors. For most of our students, however, the study of history provides
one of the better undergraduate liberal arts experiences, valuable both for
personal enrichment and a wide variety of career choices.
History Faculty
Richard Nelson (Chairperson),Orloue Gisselquist, Donald Gustafson,
Khin Khin Jensen
M a o r : 8 courses plus 1seminar. At least four of these courses must
be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas. Ancient and Medieval:
Modem Europe; U.S.; and non-Western.
M q j o r f o r T e a c h i n g L i c e n s u r e : Students interested in secondary
education may take a history major in combination with specified social science courses and the required educational courses, in compliance with the state requirements. For more information, see the department chairperson or the Social Studies Coordinator.
M i n o r : 5 courses, a t least three of which must be upper division.
H o n o r s Mqjor: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in spe-
cial instances, application before the end of the first term of thejunior
year; two years of a foreign language a t the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one course credit) to be defended
before a faculty committee.
N o t e s : Freshmen should enroll in one o r more of the 101-104
courses. 221-222 are normally reserved for sophomore or upper division students. Lower division students are asked to take at least one
lower division course before registering for an upper level course.
There are 13 upper division courses (numbered 300 and up) in this department. Several are offered each term. Offerings depend upon faculty
schedules and student registration.
101 The Beginnings of the Western Culture
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world
of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century.
102 The Shaping of Western Civilization
A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of
the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon.
103 The Modem World
A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present.
104 The Modem Non-Western World
An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia
and Africa of the last 200 years.
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
221 U.S. History to 1877
A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct
a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall)
222 U.S. History Since 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes our time with an effort to
consider the various social, economic, intellectual and political forces and
events that have created the modern United States.
226 Asian and ~sian-~merican'wornen
in Public Life in the 20th Century
An exploration of the experiences and contributions of selected women in
China, Japan, India, Korea, Philippines, and the state of Hawaii, Includes
cross-cultural perspective, responses to impact of modernization and
Western education.
299 Directed Study
An opportunity for a student to d o readings or study on topics not covered
in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must b e approved by the
directing faculty member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course in directed study may be applied to
the major.
322 Modem Southeast Asia
A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam.
323 Modem China
A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839. The
erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The
Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century.
324 Modem Japan
An examination of the emergence of Japan a s a major world power in the
20th century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of the Pre-Meiji era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role ofwomen and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa.
331 Topics in U.S. History
Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S.history (excluding foreign
policy: s e e History 332). The specific topics to b e offered will b e announced prior to registration.
332 History of American Foreign Policy
The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is
stressed.
347 Mexico: a Historical Perspective
(See under Program in Global Community)
360 The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C.
The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times
through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed
on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and
political institutions.
361 Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D.
A study of the development ul Alcxa~idcr'sLmpirc, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as lhc wnl-Id's qrcatest power. Emphasis is
placed on personalities, the 31'1s iliicl S C ~ C I ~ C Carid
S
Rome's contributions
in law and the political process.
370 The Late Middle Ages to 1560
A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state
through the changes forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation.
399 Internship in History
A limited number of internships may be available for qualified upper division students majoring in history. In this connection, students are encouraged to consider the opportunities available through the Cooperative Education program.
412 England in the Tudor and Stuart Periods
A study of English history from a 15th century background through 1714.
The emergence of modern constitutionalism is the major theme of the
is also placed on 16th and 17th century aspects of EngC ~ L I I -Emphasis
SC.
la~tcl'ssubsctl~lent1,olein Ihe world economy and on the English literary
~ r r ~ a i s s a ~ofi cEIlzaI~ettrari
c
and early Stuart periods.
416 Europe in the Seventeenth Century
The study of this centurv a s the most critical ~ e r i o din the rise of the mode l . ~statc:
~ L ~ n l ~ h a sisl salso placed on the el;1ergence of modern science
aud I l s efiecl o n lritetlectual history. The chronological boundaries may be
I
listed as 1560-1714.
-
431 European Urban History
A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and
the c u l t u l ~of cltics ill L I I I ( ~ I Cfrom the Late Medieval to the 20th century,
with for.1~.or1 spcrifir. tiistorir. cities a s examples. The course is designed
for histnly students, iiil~nnstudy majors, and those who desire a backgrounrl Lo cnrich I ~ ~ l u11r avcl.
c
440 Twentieth Century Topics in World History
This course emphasizes such topics a s Hitler's fascism, the collapse of
colonial empires and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on
Western Asia, Europe, and Africa in the last fifty years.
474 The World and The West
This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in Asia and t h e Americas, and concludes with the breakdown of
these imperial systems a t the end of the 18th Century.
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor.
499 lndependent Study
Majors with an average of 3.5 o r above in history courses are encouraged
to apply for directed lndependent study. A maximum of one course in independent study may be applied toward the major.
Humanities (HUM)
Bruce Reichenbach (Chairperson),John Benson
The Humanities mqjor provides the opportunity to reflect across departmental lines, t o experience the ways in which different academic disclplines approach similar questionsand issues, and to participate in interdisciplinary learning experiences. You can, in effect, create your own
mqjor by choosing a theme or topic you wish to study, and then by taking
courses in various departments relating to that theme.
The mqjor was created especially to encourage students not mqjoring in
the humanities but in such areas as science, business, or social science to
broaden their insights and perspectives by taking a broadly-based second
m qjor.
Maor: 9 courses, including 275. Six of the courses must be upper division. Courses must be selected from at least four of these seven departments - Art, English, Foreign Languages, History, Philosophy,
Religion, and Speech, Communication and Theater Arts. No more
than three courses from any one department can be used to satisfy
the requirement.
Each student taking a humanities major will focus on some particular
theme or perspective which will constitute the core of the major program. Six of the nine courses must be taken in this core. The core
adopted and the courses chosen to meet the requirement will be
worked out with the student's adviser in the humanities, and must be
approved by the Humanities Major Committee. The theme or perspective of the core can be chosen from those listed in the Humanities Handbook or can be created by the student in consultation with
an adviser in the humanities. Further information concerning the core
can be found in the Humanities Handbook.
A student may not list a double major in humanities and in one of the
component disciplines unless the distribution of courses selected in
the humanities major is significantly different from the other major.
275 Perspectives on the Humanities
An introduction to the humanities which focuses on different themes, dependin upon the instructor. The course correlates ideas, principles and
values $om the perspectives of several of the humanities disciplines.
'
Interdisciplinary Studies (INS)
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, Program in Global Community, and
Women's and Minority Studies)
International Relations
Norma C. Noonan (Director)
International Relations is an interdisciplinary major which offers the student both breadth and depth. The student may focus on a discipline or
geographic area of the world. The program consists of a core of seven
courses and seven electives chosen from a wide list of courses offered at
Augsburg and other colleges. Students are encouraged to consider foreign study for Interim or a semester. Competency in one language is required, and some students study two languages.
The goal of the program is to give students a broad exposure to international studies with considerable freedom to choose options for specialization. Students in the recent past have focused their studies on Latin America, the Middle East, Western Europe, the USSR, the Far East, Southeast
Asia. and others.
Recent students have had double mqjors in History, Political Science, or a
foreign language. Numerous combinations of majors and minors are possible with the International Relations major.
Major: 13courses. (1)
6 required courses: ECO 122 or 123: HIS 103 or
104; POL 158 or 160; 2 of the following: HIS 332, POL 363, 461; the
fourth term of college work in a modem foreign language. (2) 7 of the
following electives (not more than 4 from any one discipline may be
counted toward the major): HIS 322, 323, 324, 440, 474; POL 350,
351,381,382; SOC 336; PHI 355; REL 356; Comparative Economic
Systems (ACTC course); an Economics (Topics) course on International Trade; seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic offered in the discipline of economics, history and/or political science; the fourth term of college work in a second modern
language.
Minor: Required ECO 122 or 123, HIS 103 or 104, and POL 158or 160.
One course of HIS 332, POL 363 or 461. One year of foreign language.
Any three courses from the list of approved electives for the major.
Not more than 2 courses from any department could count toward the
minor.
N o t e : Only the fourth or higher term of languages counts toward the
major; prerequisite courses or competencies cannot be credited
toward the 14 required courses. Students should confer with the program director about regional and disciplinary concentrations possible within the major, for example, a concentration on a geographic
area or in one of the major disciplines in the program.
Mathematics and
Computer Science
Department
At least since Socrates, scholars have appreciated the value ofmathematics in developing the skills of critical thinking, understanding abstract concepts, and analyzing and solving problems. Coupled with the more modem needs of quantitative thinking, these skills are still essential for any
liberally-educatedperson. Mathematics and computer science courses at
Augsburg are intended to help develop these skills.
Mathematical ideas in and of themselves have had a formative impact on
the development of civilization, and the development of computers has begun to influence modem society. To the extent that a liberal education
must include a variety of perspectives on our culture and heritage, a study
of these influences is important.
An increasing number of academic disciplines require a working knowledge of the tools of mathematics and computer science. To this end, the
department of Mathematics and Computer Science serves students majoring in a wide variety of fields.
Majors within this department are prepared for work in industry, service
professions, or graduate study, with opportunities to focus on either the
theoretical or the applied areas of their vocations. The department aims to
provide its own majors with skills necessary to serve the larger community
through a variety of careers.
Mathematics/Computer Science Faculty:
Lawrence Copes (Chairperson), Lany Crockett, Beverly Durkee, Henry
Follingstad, Noel Petit, Larry Ragland
Mathematics Mqjor: 9 courses including 124,125,215,224,314,
324.Also required: CSC 170 or 270.The following courses d o not
count toward this major: 104,114,121,122,131,174,175. For
teaching licensure, courses 351,373,441 must be included. Stu-
dents wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult
with the Education Department for requirements.
Computer Science Mqjor: 9 courses including 240,345,350,445,
450;270 or BUS 175: 3 electives from 340,352,395,495,497,MAT
355,PHY 261,and BUS 479 or SOC 363.Also required: MAT 174,175
(or MAT 124,125,224and CSC 170);MAT 215;BUS 279 or MAT 373
or SOC 362.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5in mathematics and computer science, 3.1
overall. Independent study at an advanced level with participation in
a department seminar.
Mathematics Minor: 5 courses, including 124,125, (or 174,175)
224.The following courses do not count towards the minor: 104,114,
For a teaching minor, the two additional courses must
121,122,131.
be selected from 215,314,351,373,441.
Computer Science Minor: 5 courses, including 170 (or MAT 175),
240,345,350,and one course from BUS 279,any CSC course over
260,MAT 355,PRY 261,or SOC 363.
Prerequisites/Placement Test - Before enrolling in any course in
this department the student must have satisfied certain course and/
or placement test prerequisites. A course must be completed with a
grade of 2.0or higher to count a s a prerequisite.
The Placement Test is given during college orientation sessions and at
other announced times during the year. Score requirements on the
test for entry to courses are: I1 for course 104;111 for courses 114,121,
122,131;IV for courses 124,174.Students whose score is V, or who
have taken the College Board Advanced Placement Exam, should
consult with the department about appropriate courses.
Any exceptions to course or placement test score prerequisites must
be approved by the instructor.
Mathematics (MAT)
104 Intermediate Algebra
A revicw of basic ari tlimetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions
including cxponc~ils,radlcals, and rational expressions: algebraic
processes lncludinn factoring: solving equalions and inequalltles in one
variabIe, inclurlirig litiear and quadratic; anti graphs of linear and quadralic equations and Ilnear Ineq~iall(lcsin Lwo varlabtes. Does not satrsiy
Lhe getieral etl~tcahinllrcquireincr~lin mathen~atics.Adnllssion only via
Augsl~urgMall~emalicsPlacetnenl Exam. (I'rerecl.: Placement Oroup II,
P/fl gradingonty, Fall)
114 Elementary Functions
A study of functions: algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric. For sludents planning to take 124 or 174. Students who have completed 124 or 174 may register for credit only with consent of instructor.
(Prereq.: 104 or Placemenl Group I l l )
121 Finite Mathematics
Topics of linearity and probability with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group I l l )
122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Differential and integral calculus of a slngle varlable wlth applications to
the social and behavioral sciences. Sttade!its wlto have compleled 124
may not register for credit. (Prereq.: liI4 or Placcmcnt firotlp I l l )
124,125,224 Calculus I, 11,111
Differential and inlcgtal calarlus, including calculus of several variables
and series, with applications primarily Crom the physical sciences, Inlegrated with Lopics from plane anrl solid analylic geomelly. Prilllarily for
students in thc natiiral sciences. (Prcrcq,: I 1 4 or Placemerit Group IV for
124: 1 2 4 for 125; 1 2 5 for 224.124, Fall; 125, Spring; 224, Fall)
1 3 1 Mathematics for the Liberal Arts
An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics and that of civilization. Primarily for students not intending further
study in mathematics. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group Ill. Spring)
174,175 Mathematics for Computing 1. I1
A studv of discrete and continuous mathematics with a ~ ~ l i c a t i o to
n scom.
puter science, integrated with learning a higher level'programming language. Primarily for students planning to major in computer science.
(Prereq.: 114 or Placement Group IV for 174: 174 for 175. 174, Fall; 175,
Spring)
2 1 1 Number Theory
A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A
study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: consent of the instructor)
215 Elementany Linear Algebra
A study of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 1 7 5 or 224. Spring)
226 Differential Equations
Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications: solutions by
special integral transforms: systems of differential equations with matrix
algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
314 Abstract Algebra
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra, such a s groups,
rings, integral domains, and fields. (Prereq.: 215. Fall)
324 Analysis
An introduction to the study of mathematical analysis, Includes a rigorous
study of major concepts used in the calculus and their application to more
abstract situations. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
351 Modem Geometry
A study of Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries by synthetic, coordinate, and transformation methods. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Alternate years,
Spring 1988)
355 Numerical Analysis
A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of
computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, applications of a procedure-oriented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative formulae,
solution of equations, Newton's mettiod, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and intearation. (Prerea.: 175; or 224, CSC 170.
Fall)
-
373 Probability and Statistics
An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit
theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 1 7 5 or
224. Fall)
399 Internship
Consult Internship Director or Chairperson to determine project.
4 4 1 Foundations of Mathematics
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq.: 314, 324, completion or concurrent registration; or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Spring 1987)
4 8 1 Topics in Mathematics
Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract
algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.:
314,324; or consent of instructor. Spring)
499 Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and department.
Computer Science (csc)
145 Computing for the Liberal Arts
An introduction to computers, programming, and computer applications,
a s well as some of the social and philosophical issues associated with
computers. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not count
towards either a computer science major or minor.
170 Structured Programming and Discrete Mathematles
An ItiLroclucllon to cornl>ule~'
languages and algorithms. and dlscrcte
inatllemalics topics ir~~ltictir~g
loglc, scls, functions, relations, statistlcs.
niatriccs, combinatorics, graphs and trres. Applicatinns from matticmatics, business. and natural scicticcs. I'rognmlniny in a higher lcvel tanguage such as rascal. [Prercq.: MAT 3 24. Spring)
174.175 Mathematics for Computing I, 11
(See MAT 174, MAT 175)
240 Survey of Computer Science
AII Introdiicllon Lo conipil ter organizatiori and structure. assembly and
n~acfilnclanguages, co~nplllerlogic design, number and character represeritallons, arid f~~nctions
ofcoinpoi~entsorcm-rtplltcrsystems. Continued
u t p~cq~clrntni~~t
roncel~ts.( Prereq.: MAT 175, or
clevclnprnenl o f slr ~ ~ c led
AT 12 I, MAT 124, and Vascal
bolh 170 and MA'I' 124: or eqvivulcril
programming course. Fall)
2 6 1 Electronics
(See under Department of Physics)
270 FORTRAIY
Study ofthe FORTRAN programming language. (Prereq.: 170, or MAT 175.
Interim)
340 Digital Communications and Computer Networks
Princi~lesand methods of data communications. distributed ~rocessina
systems, network protocols and security, and general compukr interfa;
ing. (Prereq.240. Fall)
345 Comp~rterSystems and Assembly Language
Sill vey nrr:omputess. latigltages, systems, and epplications. Development
or competence in asscrnhly language programming. Elements of compr~te?'
operalion. including input-rlutput, interrupts, and an introduction to
npcrating Tystems. (I'rcrcq,: 240.F.1111
350 Data Strt~cturesand File Processing
Concepts and algorilllms used it1 LIle S O ! U ~ ~ornon-numerical
D~
problems.
Applicalions to cla ta manngetncnl syslelns, file organlzalion, inrormallon
rclricval, list processing, pxogramrninq languages, and storage devices.
(rrereq.:240. Spring)
352 Database Management and Design
Slnic1ul.e afdatahase managelnel!l systems,query facilities, file organi~~Y.
the develepmenl of an elementary database
ration and S E C ~ ~ TInrli~ding
system. (240 is recotnme~~dcd
helore 552 is ialrcn. Spring)
395 Topics
Study of intermediate topics, from such areas a s computer graphics, artificial intelligence, computability, and automata. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
399 Internship
Consult Internship Director or Chairperson to determine project.
445 Operating Systems and Computer Architecture
Elements or operating systems, melnoiy aticl process management, interactions nnrong ti~a[orcornpnnelils of conipr~tersystems. and a detailed
sli~rlyof tlte eflecls oir:ompuler arc!iilectlirf rl11 operating systems.
Prereq.: 345, MAT 2 IS. Spring)
~
- - -
4 5 0 Theory of Programming Languages and Compilers
Structure of computer programming languages, including data types and
control structures, implementation considerations for programming languages, lexical analysis and parsing, and interpretive languages. (Prereq.:
350, MAT 215. Fall)
4 9 5 Topics
Study of advanced topics, often more extensive pursuit of a n area from
o n e of the other courses. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
497 Research Project
An extensive group o r individual project selected in consultation with a
faculty member in the areas of software-hardware interfacing. Ifdirectly supervised by a faculty member the course may b e taken for credit. (Prereq.:
345,350. Spring)
4 9 9 Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and department.
MetromUrban Studies (INS)
Metro-Urban Studies is a transdisciplinary major and minor taught by faculty in sociology, economics, history, political science, psychology and
other related disciplines. The Metro-Urban Studies program seeks to blend
classroom and field experience, theory and internships which focus the
content of liberal learning on the metropolitan community and the
process of urbanization.
The Metro-Urban Studies major and minor are designed to provide undergraduate preparation for postgraduate studies in Planning, Architecture,
Law, Public Administration, Environmental Studies, Social Welfare, Government, Community Organization, and Theology. The program and college-wide urban concerns requirement introduce students to the wide variety of developing careers related to urban and metropolitan affairs,
equipping students with the analytical and theoretical tools required to understand the metropolitan community.
Cooperative Education and Internships are available as ways to enhance
the quality of the major and make fuller use of the extensive metropolitan
opportunities afforded by the college's location.
Metro Urban Studies Faculty:
Gany W. Hesser (Director), Robert Clyde, Norman Ferguson, Orloue
Gisselquist, Satya Gupta, Myles Stenshoel
Major: 15 courses, including 1 0 core requirements: ECO 123, 279 or
SOC 362; HIS 431: POL 122,384 or SOC 363: SOC 111,381: a minimum of one course of internship or independent study: two non-socia1 science courses with an urban emphasis, a t least one of which
must be in the humanities (current options include ART 102, BIO 105,
ENG 351, INS 233,260, PHI 362, PHY 111, SPC 342). PSY 356 is highly
recommended.
To complete the major, the student has a choice among three emphases or tracks: General/Liberal Arts, Planning or Public Administration. These five elective courses must include a minimum ofthree disciplines. Options include a wide variety of courses, interims,
internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other ACTC
colleges, a s well a s those offered through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA).
Minor: To b e linked with appropriate majors (such a s business
administration, history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). Core courses are required for the concentration: ECO
120 or 123; POL 122; SOC 111,381;an approved Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or independent study.
Other combinations are possible and may be approved by the director.
199 Internship
Lower Division internship. Consult Program Director to determine project.
(Pall, Interim, Spring and Summer)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division students (Prereq.: consent of instructor and SOC 111or 121. Fall, Spring, Summer)
399 Internship
Consult the Program Director for details. (Prereq.: consent of instructor,
Fall, Interim, Spring)
-
498 Independent Study
Metropolitan Resources
An independcnLIy dcsignrd cou~.scra sluclerit (or group ofstudents) develops, ~nalrinqextetisivc, systen~aticancl irrtegraled i~tllizallonof resources
available ir! the metrclpolitarl comin~rnlly.e.y. leclures. symposia, perrorlliab~ces,hearings. 1-hesc resatlrces I)ecolne t h e core of Lhe course,
supplcmcntetl Ily trarlltlonal college resources. The course is designed in
co!iqultallon with anrl evalualed I>y a department faculty member.
.(IJrercti.:SQC 1 I t or 121 and consent or Instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer)
499 Independent Study
Student must prescllt written proposal containing rationale, objectives
and methodoloqy oC Lhe proposed stildy according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: SOC. I l l or 1 2 1 and consent of instructor. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
Urban Studies Options Through HECUA
Augsburg co-founded and plays a leading role in the Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA),a consortium of 16 college and
universities. Augsburg's Metro-Urban director is serving a fourth term a s
HECUA president. Through HECUA, Augsburg students have access to five
interdisciplinary field learning programs of exceptional quality, located in
Scandinavia, South America, Central America, San Francisco and the Twin
Cities.
I. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)
This program focuses upon the Twin Cities metropolitan area.
358 Readings Seminar: Urban Issues
Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics, Included are government and institution publications, joumal articles
and books.
359 FleId SemlnanTwln CRlea Metropolitan Area
Using llw c~?mrnunTty
as a classroom, slitdents visit agencies, talk with
specialists In varlot~snclds, and investigate current Issues in Lhe Twin Cities area. Topics include: gcograptry. government, econo~mics,historic
ethnic comrnunilies, Lransportallon, planning
prescrvation. pop~~ralions,
and soclal senriccs.
399 Internship
Students are placed in a varlepy of public and private agencies for work experience. A lcarnlng contracl is developect with MUST faculty approval.
Students may choose an intcmshlp of one or two courses.
11. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST)
This interdisciplinary field learning program is at the University of Oslo
and examines cities and urban life in Scandinavia.
372 Nonvegian Language
Intensive language i~islmctlonat beginning or intermediate levels, with
emphasis on co~~versalional
listening and speaking skills. Students with
aclvanccd Norwegian Ianguagc proficiency have the option of studying
Norwegian literature.
Note: For Language Credit the student should consult with the Chairperson of
the Foreign Language Department.
377 Scandinavia in the World
Global perspectives of Scandinavian societies. Exploration of Scandinavian viewpoints a s small power nations in a world of super powers and
their role in issues of peace, confllcl resolutinn ancl amls control, EastWest relations, European security, Irade. and the 'l'hird World. Emphasis
on Norway with field travel to Scandinavian capitals and to Leningrad for
discussions with advocates of competing perspectives.
393 Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
Social change and issues of change and development in Norway a s reflected in its art and literature. Selected works for survey of Norwegian history with emphasis on the contemporary period. Field study, site visits
(theater, museums, galleries) and discussions with artists active in a vanety of media.
394 Urbanizatioq and Development in Scandinavia
Examination of urban economic, social and cultural policies and practices
a s a reflection of issues of the modem welfare state and social democracies. Includes historical survey of transformations from rural and regional
cultures to urbanized and advanced industrialized nations. Emphasis on
Norway, with field travel to Scandinavian capitals for a comparative perspective.
499 Independent Study
Students with advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option
of conducting independent study research, using Norwegian language
skills, on a topic approved by the GUST Program Director and the appropriate home college faculty adviser.
111. South American Urban Semester (SAUS)
This "semester in the c i t y program is located in Bogota, Columbia. It focuses upon urbanization and development in the Third World.
2 6 1 Spanish Language
Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels.
361 Introduction to Columbia
Overview of Columbia and economic development.
362 Proseminar: Urbanization in Latin America
Readings, discussions, and lectures in both English and Spanish, with aid
of SAUS staff and visiting Columbian urbanists.
363 Field Seminar: Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development in
the Lalin American City
Structirrcrl licld cnirrsc lncusing on plight and prospects of the urban poor
in Rogc>ta, witti ficld trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparisoti. Visits to varior~stypes of barrios and to public and private agencies dealing with urban problems.
499 Independent Study
In consultation with SAUS faculty, student elects a specific topic for library
and/or field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests.
IV. W o m e n and Work in A m e r i c a n Society (WWAS)
Women and Work in American Society is an interdisciplinary spring semester program in San Francisco. The program focuses on the challenges that
face women today and examines the impact of women in the workplace
and on American society as a whole. (See also Women's and Minority
Studies)
384 Women and Work
Seminar focusing upon the various roles of women from diverse cultures,
social classes, and historic periods through readings, guest lecturers, and
site visits in the Bay Area.
385 Research Seminar
A research seminar in field study through individual and group research i n
the community on work and social change.
399 Internship
(See MUST 399)
V. Literature, I d e o l o g y and
Society in Latin A m e r i c a (LISLA)
This Spring semester program is an interdisciplinary field study that provides extensive study-travel in Colombia, Nicaragua, Puerto Rico and
Grenada, Immersion in Spanish language and Columbian culture are
stressed.
261 Spanish Language
Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels.
360 Latin Amerlcan Literature! Ferspecttves on Social Change
Sclcctcd works nT literature and Uiealer illat express wrllers' and artists'
perspeclivcs an Lalin American society anrl social changc. Ernptiasis on
contemporary prriotl wllh cnnsirleral>le flcld stutly. lucl~tdltigInlervicws
w l l l ~corn~nunilysits and "sl reet ll~ealevgroups, wrl tcrs, l i t r ~ a i ycritlcs,
ccrmposcxs, pe~fonnersand film-nialccrs; s~nall-$grouplicld dssignments
on currcnt arts activities: sile vislts lo museLlm and gaite~yext~lllits,inovies, plays, coriccrls arid a v a r I ~ t yafcor~~niutriiy
arts evetits.
364 Lattn American A r t s and Society
Introdclces lheoretical Iramcworlrs for examining Ll?erelationships among
arts. idcology and socicly. rrovidcs historical background tl~rough
survey
of Latin Atncsican tho~1g11C
In nra jor arlisllc periods: CoIonlal, Rcpi~bllcan,
Ron~anlic,I'nsilivisl, Mr~dernlst,"lndlget~lsrno," Ileclllst and C(lntcmpnr a y . Readings ancl seniiriar 3ectui-tl-dlscussion~.
367 IdeoIogles of Sorlal Change In h t l n Amerlca
Introductinn to lhe study (11 ideology and lllslorical overview of Latin
Arncrirall ideologies, especially In relation to issues of developmenl and
soclal change. Cemparativc slirdy of current ideologiral dcbatcs and their
Impacl. with special atlcntion to diff~~sio~lism.
"dcpendencia. ' Marxism
anrl liheralion theology. Field study crnpllasites local resources, incl uding intcrvicw-discussior~swith proponents of compcling icIcnlogies; interviews witti ynvrrnmcrik, huslncss. churcl~and community people: site vlsits Lo psojccts rclierting itIeolagy+ln-pr;lcLlce.
499 Independent Study
By special permission from LlSLA faculty, students with advanced Spanish
proficiency can be exempted from Spanish and conduct independent
study research instead.
Music
Department (nus)
Throughout the ages, music has been seen as an aesthetic expression of
the deepest and highest human emotions and thoughts. Thus music has
long been seen as an integral part of a liberal arts education, offering an
important component of personal, social, and intellectual development.
The Music Department at Augsburg College offers courses in music and
music performance to give students access to this essential aspect of human historv and culture. In addition. all students of the colleae community have the opportunity of
in choral and instruhental ensembles which perform locally, nationally, and internationally.
Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National Association
of Schools of Music. The Music Department serves the general education
needs of students and offers professional training in music. The music major combines a broad education in the liberal arts with a preparation for a
wide range of graduate and professional opportunities. Student majors
may choose from among four majors in three degree programs: Bachelor
of Arts - Music Major: Bachelor of Music - Performance Major: Bachelor
of Music - Music Education Major: and Bachelor of Science - Music
Therapy Major.
In addition to opportunities as professional musicians, teachers of music,
and music therapists, graduates have access to a wide variety of careers.
Leaders in the professions and business regard a liberal arts major as an
excellent preparation for satisfying and effective service in many occupational areas.
Music Faculty:
Rokrt Karlkn (Chairperson), Robert Adney, Michael Brand, Laint: Bryce,
Wayne Dalton, Stephen Gabrielsen. Thomas Gilkey, Medlce Rlemp,
Angela Kretsrhmar, Nichotas Lenz, Cynthia Lohman, Paul Liohman, Steven
Luud, Roberta Metzler, Kathryn PHckelson, Elizabeth Proctor Murphy,
Celeste O'Brien, Marlene Pauley, Pauline Sateren, Dana Skoglund, Emma
Small, Daniel Sturm, David Tubergen, Mary Wilson
Entrance Procedures: Freshmen will enroll in the regular Bachelor
of Arts program. Those wishing to become Bachelor of Music candidates must perform (Level 11 repertoire) in their major performance medium for a faculty panel. They must then apply, by petition, to the department before the end of their second semester of study. Candidate
approval is necessary to register for B.M. level performance studies.
Transfer students may enter the B.M. program on probation, subject to
departmental approval of performance hearing and petition during
their first semester in residence. Music Education majors must apply,
by petition, to the department during the sixth term of study. Department approval and a cumulative QPA of 2.5 in all music courses is necessary for the education licensure program. All transfer students must
take the theory placement examination at the first class meeting of 1 0 1
or 102. Freshmen who wish to be considered for a Freshman Performance Scholarship must perform in their major performance medium for
a faculty panel. Auditions are scheduled, following application, during
the senior year of high school, summer orientation sessions or at another time preceding initial registration.
Honors Major: Candidates for the honors program are nominated
each spring from among those juniors who have attained a GPA of at
least 3.0 in music courses. A faculty committee must approve the candidate's honors project proposal and certify successful completion.
The following possibilities are indicative of acceptable projects: senior
thesis and its defense: an additional senior recital of graduate quality;
composition of a work for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble of 15
minutes duration; conducting an ensemble concert: or combinations
of the above.
Degree and Major Requirements
Core Curriculum (Required of all Majors): 101, 102, 111,112, 201,
211,231,232,311,312,341,342 or 344; 8 quarter courses in a major
ensemble; Performance studies and recital requirements a s given under each specific degree and major. (See Applied Music section)
French or German study a s stated in general education requirements.
Bachelor of Arts
Music Major offers the broadest education in liberal arts and prepares
the student for the greatest range of graduate, business and professional opportunities. Students who intend to pursue non-performance graduate study, or desire to enter one of the many music-related
business fields of employment, most often choose this course of
study.
Music Major: 13course credits: Core curriculum plus 1course credit
of music elective; Performance studies - 6 quarter courses and 2
half courses in the major instrument or voice, 2 quarter courses in the
minor instrument or voice and a half senior recital 458.
Music Minor: 6 course credits: 101,102,111,112: 231 or 232; 341;
342 or 344; 4 consecutive quarter courses in a major ensemble con-
current with 4 quarter courses in performance studies.
Bachelor o f Music
M u s i c Education M a j o r offers students the preparation necessary to
become teachers of music in the public schools. This preparation includes coursework which allows the student to become certified to
teach at the elementary through the secondary levels.
M u s i c E d u c a t i o n M a j o r : 1 7 course credits: Core curriculum plus
202,212; Performance studies - 4 half courses, 2 full courses, and 2
quarter courses in the major instrument or voice; 2 quarter courses in
the minor instrument or voice; a halfjunior recital 358 and a full senior recital 459: Keyboard proficiency and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in
all music courses and in the major performance medium;
Vocal emphasis - 251,252,253,254,435
Instrumental emphasis - 151,155and 1course credit of music elective
Other requirements: 1 0 112 course credits: PSY 105, HPE 114,115, EDS
265,354,355,356,357 or358,388,478,481,482,483.Consult the Education
Department, Music Department Guides and program adviser.
Performance M a j o r is designed for students who display advanced
competence and achievement in music performance. This degree
program is chosen by students who wish to become professional performers, private instructors, or who intend to pursue a graduate degree in music performance.
M u s i c Performance Major: 20 course credits: Core cumculum plus
202,212; Performance studies - 6 full courses and 2 quarter courses
in the major instrument or voice; 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice: full junior and senior recitals 358, 459: Keyboard
proficiency and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in the major performance medium:
Voice - 251, 252, 253, 254,435, one course of music elective, 2 courses of
French or German above the B.A. requirements
Piano or Organ - 301,302,436, 456, one half course credit of music elective
Instrument - 301,302, one and one-half course credits of music electives
Bachelor of Science
M u s i c T h e r a p y M q j o r fulfills all academic and clinical requirements
for registration with the National Association for Music Therapy, and
prepares students for the professional certification examination developed by the certification Board for Music Therapists. This course
of study is chosen by students who wish to become registered music
therapists.
M u s i c T h e r a p y Mqjor: 18 course credits: Core curriculum plus one
course credit of music elective; two of 151, 155, 156: 271, 274, 275,
372,373,374,375,472,473,474,475,479; Performance studies 6 quarter courses in the major instrument or voice, 2 quarter courses
in the minor instrument or voice and a half senior recital 458; Keyboard proficiency and a minimum grade of 2.0 in each music therapy
course. Other requirements: EDS 282, 356, 357, 358; PSY 105, 362;
BIO 103: SOC 362 or PSY 264. Graduates are eligible to take the National Association for Music Therapy certification examination.
Applied Music
Ensembles: One quarter course credit per semester is granted to
members of major ensembles (MUE 111,112,121, 141). Other ensembles carry no credit. Traditional grading is required for music majors and minors in ensemble courses. The general student may register for credit with either traditional or PIN grading, or may choose
no credit status with audit (V) designation. A maximum of 2 course
credits in ensemble may be counted toward graduation requirements.
Performance Studies: All students enrolled in Performance studies
for credit are required to satisfy each of the three synergistic elements: lessons, performances, and listening. The general (non-music
major or minor) student must take private lessons for no credit (PIN
grading only) and is not required to fulfill the additional performance
and listening requirements.
Lessons: Private instruction in voice, piano, organ and any instrument is available for all students in the following categories:
No credit - one half-hourlesson and three hours of practice per week.
One quarter c o u r s e credit - one half-hour lesson and 4 hours of practice
per week.
One half c o u r s e credit - two half-hour lessons and 8 hours of practice per
week.
One c o u r s e credit (B.M.only) - two half-hour lessons and 12 hours of practice per week.
Performances: All students registered in performance studies for
credit must perform at the end of each semester for a faculty panel,
each year in a general student recital, and a s additionally required by
the instructor.
Listening: All students registered in performance studies for credit
are required to attend 10 designated music events during the aca-
demic year. Failure to attend the required number of Faculty Artist Series recitals, major ensemble home concerts, or other designated
music events is a factor in determining the final grade received in performance studies.
Recitals: A committee composed of the student's teacher and two
other music faculty members will determine the final grade for all recitals and will conduct a prerecital hearing for senior B.M. recitals.
Concurrent registration in performance studies in the major performance medium is required for recital performance.
B.A. a n d B.S. Candidates - one half senior recital 458 at repertoire level Ill.
B.M. Music Education M d o r - one halfjunior recital 358 at repertoire level
111 and full senior recital 459 at repertoire level IV.
B.M. Performance Major - full junior (level IV) and senior (level V) recitals
358,459.
Keyboard Proficiency: B.M. and B.S. candidates must demonstrate
elementary keyboard familiarity by attaining a minimum grade of 2.5
in 155 or in each of two semesters of piano or organ performance
studies.
Music Courses (MUS)
Theory
101 Materials of Music 1 (112 course)
Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony and principles of
part writing. (Fall)
102 Materials of Music 11 (112 course)
Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants a n d simple modulations.
(Spring)
111 Aural Skills 1 (112 co~rrsel
Rhythmic and mclarlic diclation, interval and triad recognition, sight singing and Iia~?-nonicdictation to parallel progress in 101. (Prereq.: Concurrent registmiinn in or ro~nplelionof 101. Fall)
112 Aural Skills 11 (112 course)
Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in 102.
(Prereq.: 111and concurrent registration in or completion of 102. Spring)
201 Materials of Music I11 (112 course)
Continuation of 102 with chromatic harmony and modulation. (Prereq.:
102. Fall)
202 Form and Analysis (112 course)
Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th
Century practice. (Prereq.: 201. Spring)
211 Aural Skills 111 (112 course)
Melodic, harmonic dictation and sight singing to parallel progress in 201.
(Prereq.: 1 1 2 and concurrent registration in or completion of 201. Fall)
212 Aural Skills N (112 course)
Further development of listening skills to parallel pro ress in 202.
(Prereq.: 211 and concurrent registration in or completion 09202. Spring)
301 Coonterpolnt X (112 course)
lFlh thxnt~gll18th Century contrapuntal techniques including double
countcrpoinl, passacaglia, fugue and canon. (Prereq.: 201,211. Alternate
years. Pall 1986)
302 Counterpoint I l ( l / 2 course)
Study of contemporary counterpoint including works of Schoenberg, Bartok,, Hindemith, Stravinsky and Carter. (Prereq.: 301. Alternate years.
Spring 1987)
311 Composition 1 (112 course)
Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of
sound, ranges of and arranging music for voices and instruments. (Fall)
312 Composition 11 (112 course)
Advanced arranging for vocal and instrumental ensembles of varying sizes
and types. (Spring)
341 Basic Conducting (112 course)
Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique. Score
analysis and preparation. Rehearsal techniques. Basic nomenclature.
(Fall)
342 Choral Conducting (112 course)
Choral literature and organization. Vocal methods and voice selection.
Advanced conducting techniques with class a s the choir. (Spring)
344 Instrumental Conductina 11/2 course)
Preparation of and conducc& instrumental literature. Advanced conducting techniques. Organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring)
The following courses will not be offered until the specific B.M. major
in theory-composition is accredited by the National Association of
Schools of Music.
401 Counterpoint Ill (112 course)
Advanced contrapuntal writing. (Prereq.: 302. Fall)
402 Counterpoint N (112 course)
Continuation of advanced contrapuntal writing. (Prereq.: 401. Spring)
411 Composition 111 (112 course)
Individual and class instruction in all styles. (Prereq.: 312. Fall)
412 Composition IV (112 course)
Advanced compositional techniques. (Prereq.:411. Spring)
History and Literature
130 Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts
Relationship between music of each period and the other Rne arts. For
non-music majors.
230 Electronics in Music
Exploration and creatloll of sounds heard in 20th Century music. The
study arid appllcatlori of practical electronic technology used in music will
he comhlncd wilfi acsttielic considerations in the creative aspects of the
art. Vor non-music majors.
231 Hlstorv and Literature of Music 1
A stud; of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.: 102,
112. Fall)
232 History and Literature of Music I1
Continuation of 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.: 102,112. Spring)
330 Ethnic Music
Hispanic, Black, Indian, Asian and other ethnic music and its cultural relationship. For the general a s well a s the music student. (Interim)
The following four half courses are extensive studies of special eras in
the history of music. (Prereq.: 231,232.)
331 Music of the Baroque Era (112 course)
(Alternate years, Fall 1987)
332 Music of the Classical Period (112 course)
(Alternate years, Spring 1988)
333 Music of the Romantic Period (112 course)
(Alternate years, Fall 1988)
334 Music of the 20th Century (112 course)
(Alternate years, Spring 1987)
432 Church Mlrslc and Worship
I3evelopment and innrncc ol cliurch music a s evidenced in contemporary
worship practices. ncsfgnecI lor the general a s well a s the music and theo l o a s t ~ l d c ~(Spring)
~t.
435 Voice Repertoire (112 course)
Interpretation, style and programming of the song literature from the 16th
Century to the present. (Prereq.: 231,232. Alternate years, Fall 1986)
436 Piano Repedalre (1 /2course)
Study of Ihe pia~lolltcrati~refrorn the 17th Century to the present by listening, analy~ingarrd perlorniin<g.(Prereq.: 231, 232. Alternate years, Spring
1987)
498.499 Independent Study (112 course each)
Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the
faculty.
Technique
151 Voice Class Methods (114 course)
Fundamentals of tone production and singing.
155 Plano Crass Methods (1/4course)
I3asic Ireyl>oarrl famlliar'ity, sirnptc accompaniment and music reading
slillls necessary to ~necispecilic dcgrce requirements.
156 Guitar Class Methods (114 course)
Beginning techniques of classic guitar.
251 Englllsh Diction (1/4course)
Furirlarnc~italcourse In correct standard English diction for singing. FamiIiarlzalion with tile Ir~ternatianalPhonetic Alphabet. Open to all students regi~tercdfor vocal ln5tructlon.
The following three courses are continuations of251 with application
for the Italian, German and French languages.
252 Italian Diction (114 course)
(Prereq.: 251. Alternate years, Spring 1987)
253 German Diction (114 course)
(Prereq.: 251. Alternate years, Spring 1988)
254 French Diction (114 course)
(Prereq.: 251. Alternate years, Spring 1987)
358 Junior Recital
B.M. candidates only. Half recital at repertoire Level 111 for Music Education
Majors or full recital at Level IV for Music Performance majors. No course
credit.
456 Piano Pedagogy (1/2course)
Principles, melliods, nlatel'iats and techniques for teaching piano. Survey
of vtlriotzs petlngngical scl~onls
or thought. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor.
Afternale years, Spring IDRR)
458 Senior Recital
Half recital by B.A. or B.S. candidates at repertoire Level Ill. No course
credit.
459 Senior aecltar (112 course credit)
B.M. rarirfidalcs only. I<ccitalmust be preceded by a prerecital hearing by
facully ro~nnliLlec,lieperloire Levels IV for Music Education majors and V
for Mlrslc Yerioi-rnancciria[ors.
Therapy
170 M u s k Therapy: A Cltalcal Overvfew
A suivey of Ll~cmusic. Lhc~apyprograms In Winnesota, with fleld trips to
variotts instllullorls. An Introrluctory course [or the freshmen and sophomores considei'i~i~j
music thcrapy as a major to give students a htoad
bacRgmtrnd 111Llie ways In wliiili irlt~slcis ii.<ed a s a tlierapy. (Intcriln)
271 Musk Therapy Techniques and Materials (112 course)
Study of nnn.s)~mphorticinstrutneuts, OrfF-Schulwerk,applications of recreational nlusic activities ta clinical settings.
274,275 Music Therapy Practicums
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit.
372 Psycholaglcal Foundations or Music 1
An ol~jectlveapproach Lo musical slimirli and response, with an emphasis
aspecls of music. An understanding
on a r c > ~ ~ s tanrl
l ( ~ sociopsychological
s
of Lhe tcscarrh pmccss and dcvelop~nentof an experimental research
project.
373 Psvcholoalcal PoundaCEons of Music I1
lriii>tenien~mion
of !lrotq>ant1 individual research projects, emphasis on a
ti~~rltidisci~~lir~ary
apploacl~to music therapy. Theories of learning music,
musical talertl, and perlomiance.
374,375 Music Therapy Practicums
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit.
472 Influence of Music on Behavior
A study of human behavior as it relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. Understanding of the theory of music therapy.
473 Rusk Therapy Senior SemOnar
<:lass discirssirrns of theories and research a s they apply to therapeutic
seltings lticl~~diny
discussion ~Tpl'ofessionalethics. A holistic approach to
therapy with n ~ u s i c .
474,475 Music Therapy Practicums (114course each)
Volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, two
hours per week. (Prereq.: 3 of274,275,374,375)
479 Music Therapy CLinical Znternshlp (1J2 course)
PII~I-time
placemen1 In all MAN?' intcmship setting for six months. Appli~atIonfor In(crns11lp sites must bc made ninc monihs In advance. Sites in
Mln~lcsotaare linlileti. (Prercq.:Co~nplelionof all other graduation requirements)
Ensembles (MUE)
& Performance Studies (MUP)
Ensembles: These musical organizations exist not only for the ben-
efit of the music student, but for any student who wishes to participate. Membership is determined by audition during the first week of
fall semester. (Special circumstances may permit entering a t other
times.) Assignment to an ensemble is then made at the discretion of
the appropriate faculty. Membership is for the entire academic year
which, on occasion, includes interims.
While the department strongly encourages both formal and informal
ensemble experience, only membership in Band, Orchestra, Choir or
Chorale will satisfy the major, minor or distribution requirements. Instruments are available for rent.
111Augsburg Choir (114 course)
112 chorale (114 course)
114 Festival Choir (0)
1 2 1 Orchestra (1/4course)
122 String Ensemble (0)
131 Woodwind Ensemble (0)
1 4 1 Concert Band (114 course)
142 Brass Ensemble ( 0 )
143 Jazz Ensemble (0)
Performance Studies: Private instruction for credit is graded tradi-
tionally. All areas of study are available to the non-music major or minor on a no credit - P/N basis only. (Group lessons, at a reduced fee,
a r e available in some areas on the same basis.) All lessons a r e
adapted to the individual needs of the student and those bearinn
credit are supplementea by accompanying, ensemble participation
and other performances. Representative programs of study in private
instruction are outlined In Music Department Guides. These repertoire lists are graded I-V to indicate levels of achievement and the following expectations: No-credit study has no repertoire requirements;
Music Minor - Level I; B.A. and B.S. Majors - enter I and attain 111;
B.M.-Education Major - enter I1 and attain IV; B.M. Performance Major - enter II and attain V.
l l x Voice
12x Strings: Violin, Viola, Cello,
Bass
13x Woodwinds: Oboe, Bassoon,
Clarinet, Saxophone, Flute.
Recorder. Horn
l 4 x Brass: Trumpet, Trombone,
Baritone, Tuba
15x Piano
16x Guitar
17x Percussion
18x Organ
Note carefully the following provisions:
1. Instrument rental, practice room reservations and performance study regis-
tration occurs the first week of classes in the Music Department office.
2. Senior music majors who have attained a cumulative GPA average 063.0 in
their major instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior Performance Scholarship which provides for free lessons in that major medium during the two
semesters preceding graduation. Similar scholarships are available to entering freshmen.
3. A semester of study is 14 weeks of lessons. Any lessons during the interim or
summer are arranged privately with the teacher.
4. A student who cannot come for a scheduled lesson is required to notify the
teacher at least 24 hours in advance: otherwise, except for illness immediately prior to a lesson, the student will forfeit the right to a make-up lesson.
5. The music faculty reserves the right to limit or even prohibit performance
outside the department if it interferes with musical growth for the student.
The department recommends, and on occasion assigns, the teacher to the
student and permission is required for subsequent change. Credit is granted
only for study with faculty members of the Augsburg College Music Department.
Natural Science
Kenneth N. Erickson (Coordinator)
The Natural Science Licensure Program for teachers is designed to provide
strong preparation for science teaching and Lo ssffsfy Minnesota licensure
requirements. In addition lo the broad basic background in science, the
program is designed to allow fur specialization In a mqjor and for study in
the liberal arts.
Licensurc Program for Teachers: The Minnesota Board oFTeaching has approved the Ilcensure program for scknce teachers and au-
thorlzed Augsburg to recommend candidates in Life Science, grades
7-12:Lire Science (minor), grades 7-12: Physical Science, Chemistry
rnaJor or Physics major, grades 7-12; Chemistry (minor),grades 7-12:
Physics (minor), grades 7-1 2; and Science (Grades 5-91.
Students planning to teach Natural Science must complete the Broad
Base courses and in addition meet the requirements for a Life Science, Physical Science or Middle School Emphasis.
The program of courses Is designed to provide a broad. basic background in science and allow for specialization in an area, The following programs assume that the student will meet the general education requirements or the coltege and, in the physical science, have at
least one year of calculus. Consull with the I>epartrnenlof Education
for requirements In Eclucatlon. Early consultation with adviser is recommended.
Broad Base Courses: 7 courses, 1 in earth science (PHY 101 or 106):
2 in life science (810 111,112):4 in physical science (PHY 121,122
and CHM 115,116or 105,106).To make the program slightly more
flexible, it is recommended that students with emphasis in life science have both courses in earth science and substitute PHY 103 for
121,122.
Llfe Science Emphasis: Broad Base plus 8 courses, 1 cognate; 7
RIO courses, including 491 and at least one from each of the following
gwups: (13 351 or 353;(11) 355 or474; (111) 361 or 481: (IV) 471 or 473;
(V) 440 or 476.
Physical Science Emphasis
Chemistry Maor: Broad Base plus
7 courses and chemistry seminar, CHM 351,352,353,361and 364
(or BIO 367),482,PHY 245.
Physical Science Emphasis
Physics Major: Broad Base plus 7
courses, PHY 245,351,362,395and three additional to be selected
from 261,270,352,363,481,486,488.
Note: Candidates may be recommended for licensure in Physical Science upon completion of either Physical Science Emphasis-Chemis-
-
-
-
Physics ma-jor. The stutry major or Physical Science Emphasis
dent licensed in PRysical Science may teach chemistry and/or
physics in grades 7-12.
Science (Grades 5-9): Broad Base plus 7 courses, 2 in earth science
(PHY 101 or 106,the alternative course not taken in the Broad Base
section); 2 in life science (and two biology courses above 112):3 in
physical science (CHM 353;PHY 245).
Licensure with Minor: For life science, Broad Base plus 7 courses in
and 364 or
Biology; for chemistry, Broad Base plus 351,352,353,361
482: for physics, Broad Base plus any four courses above 122.
Nursing Department (NUR)
Augsburg offers an upper division rnqjor in nursing leading to a Bachelor
of Science degree, The program is accredited by the MationaI League for
Nursing, Graduates of tlie program are eligibte lo apply for Public Health
Nurse Certification in Minnesota.
Requirementsfor admission to the major are: completion of an assuclate
degree or diploma program In nursing with a minimum overall grade point
average of 2.5:a current license to practice as an R,N. in the state af Minnesota: and completion of courses in inorganic chemistry, organic or
biochemistry, anatomy and physiology, rnicmbiotogy, English composition, Introductory sociology and introductory psychology. Students must
take these courses at Augshurg or another accredited college or university
prior to admission to the nursing major, The prerequisite courses in soci-
ology. psychology, English, chemistry and Zrinlogy listed above may apply
toward distribution requirements as well a s toward admission to the major. All prerequisite collrses must have been completed at the 2.0 level.
Courses with gracles k t o w 2.0 must be satisfactortly repeated or chab
lenged.
In addition, each applicant milst successfu!lyvalidate their theoretical
knowledge via d t t e n testing prior to acceptance to the major. These tests
are given at Aagsburg through the Department of Nursing. Applicants
must give evidence of current nursingcllnical practice within t h e past Five
years. This may include 1) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work
experlencz, or 3)cornpIetlon of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable equivalent,
Nursing Department Faculty:
Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Marjorie Audette, Helen Woelfel
Mqjor: 1 0 courses in nursing including 305,306, 31.0,311,330,350,
403,404, 423, 427: PSY 355 or an approved upper division biology
course; and an ethics course, either PHI 380 or REL 483.A mfnimrlm
grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 at the
completion of the courses of study are required. Courses in interpersonal communications are supportive to the major.
Courses in the nursing major are designed s o that they may be completed within two academic years. However, more than two years may
be required to complete the total course of study, depending on the
number of credits transferred from other colleges or universities. Students in nursing may pursue part-time study. Students interested in
pursuing day, summer, or weekend part-time study should consult
with an adviser from the nursing department for program planning.
Honors Major: GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3 overall: appli-
cation to the department chairperson by November 1of the senior
year; recommendation by nursing faculty; honors thesis to be defended before a faculty committee by April 15. Candidates register for
499 to complete the thesis.
306 Contemporary Nurslng I: Communlcatlon
A l r a n s i l i o ~ ~raol u ~ ~ lhal
s c In2roduccs 111c components of the professional
ralc and bcgins Lhe p ~ o l c s s i n nsocialiration
~~l
process. The c o r n n ~ u ~ ~ i c a tit>llprocess is emphasized as onc mean%by which (he nurse-ctienl rela.
tionsflip Is negotlalcd. Ililesarlive attd grnilp communication Lhcories are
explnr'ecl Inr tllcir appllrallllity to chailginq laIcs and prolession.il practice. (7'rlI<eli~ I I D I LO o r ~ r ~ i ~ ~ t ? i t wlth
e r l lS
i y10).
306 Contemporary N~rrslng
11: WradEgms in Nursing
At? introduction to Lllearies ar~clcc~rlccpli~al
thinlting In Lhe process of
professitma1 developmcllt. The i~lnctionof theoty In guidlng nlirsir~g
practirr i s emphasized. Sclecled nursing cc~nrcplualrrlotlels are sludiccl and
Lhelr applicaticln to praclice is cxiirniricd i ~ s i t the
~ q ntlrsing process fonnal.
( t*~ereq..3051
310 Community Health flursing I
The l o c ~ of
~ s[Iris course is on com~nunityhealth delivery syslems and the
~racticeni uuhlic hcal(l1ni~rsina.Svslerns t l i e n ~
v. chanae and cnnccois c ~ f
i~cal
th are kxalnintd as they apply 10 ctlrrenL co;nmurii~ health prod~cms
atid Iss~res.Cllnical application or course conlenl involves inalting a
heallli assessmetit anti prcpat ing a pilhllc health uurslrig case sludy. Cthical Issues relalcd to r:o~tirnu~~ity
heal111 dcdsion-making wllll rlgg~egalc
graups are explored. (I'rereq.: 505 or concilnen t enrollmen( l
311 Commirnfty Health lYurslng1r: Practtcam*
This course provirlcs a basis for untle~sia~ldirig
community charactcrlstics
ancl c r ~ l l i r ~ rrtiverslty
rl
rulalerl ta t ~ c a l l hcare. The nurse's role as a gcner~t
alist and as a mcrnbe~of the health learn is cxplorerl. The S t i l d e ~ will
detnonstratc hnowl~dgco l ~ o r n m i r t ~ ihealth
ty
concepts in provlditig care
to o selcctcd cascload of clicnts. (PIe~eq.:305,506 nr concurrent cnrotlment, 310,330)
330 Trends and Issues In Nursing
Is designed to Ir~vestl~ate
the current responsibilities of the
prolessinnal nurse. Contem[)orary economic, social, political, and professional trends and Isstics arc explored in relation to their implications for
nursing practice.
T h i s course
350 lntrnduct~onto Nursing Research
The rcseilrrh process ant1 methods appropriate to nursingare the focus of
this course. Issues of etfllts irr tiufiing researcli are exploredmStilrlents crifor its a[lplicability to niirsing practice. (Prereq.:
tique n ~ ~ ~ srcscarcZ~
ing
305,310,330)
403 Contemporary Nursing 1111 Families
Tlri5 course provides a aIlenrPtiwl basls for fainily nursing care. Content
Includes Camlly as a prinrary group and famiIy dy~lamlcsin light of situatiolial clevclopmcnl evcnts. Consirleration is given to the role of the nurse
in fanlily health lare. (ScnIo~'staridlt~g.To Ilc tatten prior to or concurrently with 423)
404 Contemporary Flr~rsIng
N: Leadership and Management
l'his coilrss provlrles a Il~eoretlralbasis lor leadership and managemenl
as crnerging prolessional, nurse roles. Concepls nl change, confllel, comr n u ~ i i c ~ i t iand
o r ~ s p t c n i dynamlcs arecxplorccl. Ethics, accouritahllity arid
advocacy provide Llle basis fm' i'oic dcvelnpmtlrtt arid professir~naIlstn.
(Prereq.: 403)
423 Practicum in Nursina I: Nursina of the Familv*
A clinical practicum o?fering the &dent an opfortunity to apply content
from 403 i n providing complex nursing
- care to families in a selected practice setting. (Prereq.;403)
427 Pxacticum In Nursing [I: Leadershipand Management*
'Fitis cli~ilcalpmctlcum t~llllrfsknnwlr:dge and skills from 404. Opportunity is pi ovidcd lo apply Icarlcrslilp and management theory i n a selected
aqcncy scttin$\. (I'rercq.: 404)
432 Topic5 In Pturslng
course cicsig~ieclto provide In-depth exploration of selected topics in
nttrsinq. The s ~ ~ b ] c csti~died
ts
wlll vary dcpcnding upon the needs and intel'csls ol'the ra~ultyand 3Ltrdents. (Prcrcq.:Senior standing or consent of
Il~struf:tor.On de~nand)
A
499 Independent Study
"Thislearning experience provides the opportunity for the student to study
a seleclcd topic or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and submit wiittcn study proposals, objectives, and methods of evaluation prior
to registration.
'If the practicums in nursing are not taken concurrently with their respective
theory courses, students are required to consult with faculty prior to
registration regarding review of the theoretical content.
Occupational Therapy
Adaptlng to disabilities and reshaping lives so that they are productive
and meaningful are some of the goals of the occupational therapist. Occupational therapy is an applied s c h c e that teaches people skflls to enable
them to perholm the tasks of everyday living when a physical or emotional
disahflity has arected tllem, The l~ltirnategoal of the occupational tllera.
pist is to provide people with the necessary skills to develop a sense of
wlloleness and independence.
Given the orienbtfon of this applied science to development of the abilities ofthe whole person, it is appropriate that such a career preparation be
founded In the liberal a*. Augsburg College has a cooperative 3-2 arranwment with Washington University in St. Louis, Missouri,to allow stu-
dents to earn a achel lor of ~ r t degree
s
from Augsburg College and a
Bachelor of Science degree in Occupational Therapy from Washington University.
Students spend their first three years at Augsburg College pursuing the
academic major of their choice ancl meeting general education requirements in t h e liberal arts. A student may choose any major at Augsburg
College while gaining the minimum prerequisite caurses for the OCCupationat Therapy degree. Students are encouraged to consult the program
adviser and plan their programs carefully dnce tillfflling necessary requirements in three years may he difficult in certain majors, Majors in Dialogy,
Psychology, and Sociology offer the least complicated afternatives.
Students accepted into the 3-2 program are guaranteed admission to the
Washington University program provided they have met course requirements, have at least a 3.0 average, and are recommended by the Augsburg College adviser.
Prerequisite courses for the Washington University Occupational
Therapy Program: ENG 111,810 111,112, and 323 or 353; CHM 105 or
115; PRY 103; PSY 105,351,362; SOC 121,241; SOC 362 or MAT 373.
Philosophy Department (PHI)
The department of Philosophy is devoted to instructing students in the discipline of critical thinking in relation to the traditional areas of philosophy:
theory of knowledge, metaphysics, ethics, and logic. By exposing our students to the great thinkers of the past as well as the present, the department of philosophy endeavors to instill a sense of critical analysis and a
love of truth.
Since the object of the liberal arts cumculum aims at promoting proficiency in those actions most condign to human dignity, the Philosophy department, with its emphasis upon the analytical contemplation of truth,
must always play a crucial role in helping students to focus their thinking
with respect to what truth there is to be found in the depth of human experience and in the world both here and beyond, that encompasses human
destiny. By infusing in students the desire to fulfill the maxim of Delphi,
"Know Thyselfl" the study of philosophy furthers in a unique way the
quest of liberal arts to express without constraint the fullness of the human potential for perfection.
At Augsburg the philosophy mqjor is founded upon the principle that philosophy is best learned at the feet of the masters. Therefore, the core of
the mqjor consists of four courses in the history of philosophy leading
from the ancient Greeks and Romans, through the Medieval and the Renaissance periods to Modernity. In these courses students are taught how
to read, understand, and criticize the great texts of the finest minds in
Western civilization. In addition, mqjors are expected to prepare themselves in the discipline of philosophy by taking the various seminars which
the department offers as well as exploring the opportunities to study tutorially with the individual members of the Philosophy faculty.
This mqjor has been carefully planned so that students can easfly supplement the study of philosophy with other studies. Maom are educated with
the demands of further graduate study in mind. However, many philoscphy mqjilors plan to go on to other proksdonal studies such as law or medicine. Many enter thc market place, reeling that the study of philosophy
has given thcm the ability to think critically in all areas of human affairs.
Philosophy Faculty:
Mark Fuehrer (Chairperson), Kenneth Bailey, Bruce Reichenbach
Mqjor: 9 courses, including 130, 141, 242, 343, 444, and another
course in the 400's (other than 499). Five of the courses must be upper division.
Honors MaJor: Admission to the Philosophy Honors program is by
recommendalinn of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations
will be made a t Lhc end of Lhejunior year. The program will consist of
an honors thesis on an approved topic of the studenl's choice, invofvIng research above t h e course level, and a defense o l this thesis before the faculty of the department.
Minor: 5 courses, including two from 141,242,343,and 444.
Note: 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for hlfilling the general
education requirement.
110 Introdnctlon to Philosophyz Ideas and Method
Though carh person has his or her own set of ldcas and beliefs, rarely
have they beeti critically analyzed or evalualed tor their cnnsislency, adcquacy or lrulli. Onc rcason Tor this is thal indivldl~alslack thc needed
slrills. Another Is that Lhey rnay havc had 1fttIe opportunity to examinccrit.
lrally somc of the ideas basic to western c.ulture. T11r llurposes of this
course are l o prnvide Lhe studcnl with somc cxpcrience i n cxamininq
ideas. slid thereby to sharpen the critical ant1 analylical skills reqr~iredto
evaluate and cnnstrucl a system of ideas and hellcls.
120 Ethics
This course studies the possible grounds for making moral decisions and
moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. I t
also investigates the nature of happiness and its relation to the moral life.
130 Logic
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a
particular conclusion. Must YOLIPWhen does a conclusion validly follow
from premises? t lere wc txalnlne the rules which govern valid arguments
and work lo devclop your abiltly to recognize and construct sound arguments.
141 InhoducHon to Phltosophy Readings En Cluss!cal Texts
The writings of Plato atrrl Aristotle are I h e foundatlor~s
of all pfiilosophlcal
t s rcad and anaLheuglrt in westel.tl civilizalion. In this course s t ~ ~ d c nwill
lyze some of Liie ltey worlrs by Plato and Aristotte, In additiol~.o1I1er phltosophical scl~oolsof thought in the ancient rvrrrIrl will bc sturlletl: Stolcisrr~,Epicureanism and Ncoplatonism in order to brnillarize the slttclent
with the other elements that cnrlslitutc classical philnsnphy, hit aclvar~ced
Irllroductery course in Y hiloso~rliy(or honor sllldcnts. Ihose contt~nplaling a philosophy niqlor 01'rnlrior and those slucienls wishing a more indepth approach to phllosnpl~yat Ilic tntrodt~cto!ylevel. Excludes sttidents cnrollecl Tor 110. (Pall)
199 Internship
Internship for lower division credit.
242 Hlstory or Phllbsoptryt Meditwal and Renaissance Philosophy
The Middte Ages war; n p e ~ i o dor great assimilatio~~
and synlhcsis O! e i e
nienls of Christian revelation, classical pl~ilosopliy
and Islarriic~ulLure.In
this course sludcnts wi31 rcad wr-ilings by SL. An.jelm, 5I. Rn~iavetiture,Occam, Si. Tliort~asnquinas a ~ r t[Yictrols
l
of L u w In order to unrlerstand the
pi ocess 01p l i l l o s o p l i i r ~assimlfat
l
lor] Involverl In conslnlcting a Cl~risllan
pl~ilosophy.Since ttic Renaissance was a period of ititensifirat!on of the
mcdieval synu~eslssluclcnls will bc exposer1 I n Hie ll,nuglit of Pico, Pfcino
and Oninn. (Spring)
-
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division credit.
343 History of Philosophy: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy
Where does knowtedge begin? In Innate Ideas or with cxperlence? What
ran we really Isnaw al)oul tlie world? WIml impact did RornantIclsm have
on phifosophy? This coilrsc studles the inaJor empiricists of the 18th cenhkry (Lache. Berkeley, 3tunie). Kanl's synthesis or pllilvsnphy, 19Lh century idealism, and the reaction to Iclealisr?~by meti such as Marx, ICieritegJ5i-d arid flictzschc. (Fall. Suggested prior course, I4 1 nr 242.1
350 Philosophy of Religion
What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what
car1 be said a bout him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God
with hutnan anrl animal suffet'in~?Is man realIy immorlal? Arc miracles
pnssitllc? W e will conduct a sysletnatic Inquiry into Lhese queslions which
fotin the basts of religious beliefs. (S~rggcstecf:
one prior course In philosophy.)
355 Oriental Philosophy
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism,
Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in
philosophy.)
362 %IItical Philosophy
By rludying the ivritin~soipolitical philnsaphers Cram antiquity up to the
moriern periorl studenls wlll be asked Lo cxanilne crucial uestions con01 I~urnanS~rieky.The relallon the nature of
cei.niriq Lhc ~r'gal~kaiion
the slijte lo religiort, the home arid lhe clty wilt b t Inohed at through the
eyes of Plato, I\ristoLle, Clcero, Dantv and Maclilaveli.
365 Phllosophy of Science
The scienlist's hnnwleclye of the world is purported to be profoundly different ant1 beller tha~iIirat of the non-scientist. Is this true? What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions which science
cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students
will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the
special sciences. (Suggested prior course, 130 or one course in natural
science.)
370 Existentialism
Studles in the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent
Existcnliallsl aulhors. We ucrEIl exatnine what it means to be a being-in-theworld, arid cxplorc such thcmcs as absutdity, freedom, guilt, despair and
pamclox. (Sugqestecl:One prior coursc En philosophy)
380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Application nl ethical prlnclples lo problems which arise in the areas of
health care and ~Ielive~y,
human experimentation, human engineering.
l
abortion, care lor (lie [lying a t ~ reulhariasia.
399 Internship
Internship for upper division credit.
410 Topics In Phllosophy
Ad~~anced
s t r ~ d icovering
~s
a speclflc area of phllosopl~y,such a s studies
in the lliouglil or individual philosophers, philosophical movements, the
history o i a t ~idea 01. spcclfic probletn, or interdisciplinaryproblems. SCmInar Format. Mny be 1ahe11morc t h a n once for crcdit, (Suggested prior
courscs, any from 141, 242, 343,44/1 or conscrll of instruclot'.)
4 3 0 Studies in Individual Philosophers
Advanced studlcs iri the pliirosophy of particular philosophers, e.g.,Plato,
51. Xl~omas,Marx, fiegel, I<icrkcgaard or Wittgenstein. Seminar format.
{Suggested prlor courses: 141. 2/r2, 543,or consent of Instructor.)
444 Contemporary Philosopliy
What ltrs behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is
Cn~Llrtlrat which worlts? Carl we remake philosophy as a rigorous scicncc?
'Tllcse ant! other Issires are dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. Seminar format. (Alternate years. Suggested prior course, 141,
242,or 343.)
499 Independent Study
Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to
the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser.
4
Physics Department (pm)
Physicists are not only curious about the world, but ambitious as well.
Their aim is to understand the fundamental principles which describe and
govern all physical aspects of the universe. Called "natural philosophers"
in previous centuries, physicists investigate natural systems by means of
controlled experimentation and mathematical analysis, Physics includes
the study of systems ranging in size from sub-atomic particles to the largest of galaxies, and from the relative stillness of near absolute zero temperature to the fiery activity of the stars. As a fascinating and expanding
area of study and as a basic science, physics plays an important role in
many of the Liberal Arts disciplines and contributes to society's understanding of such areas as energy, weather, medical science and space exploration.
Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and realizing
that keeping abreast of the rapid advances is an ever increasing challenge,
the department intends to bring to the students not only basic concepts
but also insights into recent developments. In this process, the faculty expects challenges to arise, be met, and stimulate sound thinking, perceptive judgment, and an interest in experimental techniques.
To this end a rigorous major provides students with the in-depth preparation required for graduate study. More than two-thirds of the graduates in
Physics have completed or are currently working toward graduate degrees
at a number of fine universities across the nation. A major in physics provides flexibility. It also served as a stepping stone for graduate work in related areas such as computer science, atmospheric science and meteorology, astronomy, oceanography, biophysics, environmental science,
engineering and medical and health related fields for many physics graduates.
In addition, the physics program at Augsburg functions in a supportive
role for students majoring in mathematics, chemistry, biology and computer science. The Department also supervises the pre-engineering program with degree programs available at cooperating universities at both
the bachelor's and the advanced degree levels.
The Department serves the liberal arts tradition by offering courses for the
non-sciencestudents that will enable them to attain a general understanding of a particular area of science. These courses seek to provide the basic
starting point for further study and the opportunity to enable students to
follow new developments with some degree of comprehension.
Physics Faculty:
Mark Engebretson (Chairperson), Cynthia Blaha, Kenneth Erickson,
JeffreyJohnson
Major: 9 courses, including 121, 122, 245, 351, 362 and 395 plus
three courses above 122. In planning their courses of study, students
are encouraged to work closely with members of the physics faculty.
Normally, students should have MAT 124,125, and PHY 121,122 the
freshman year, and MAT 224 and 226 the sophomore year.
Teaching Licensure Major: The same a s the major. Students are
advised to refer to the Education Department section of the catalog
and consult with the Education Department early in their planning.
Honors Major: A GPA of 3.6 in physics and 3.0 overall. An indepen-
dent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written
research report. Application for the honors major should be made no
later than the first term of the senior year.
Minor: 5 courses, including 121,122, and three courses above 122.
Society of Physics Students: The Augsburg chapter of Society of
Physics Students provides students the opportunities of membership
in a national physics society and of participating in the physics community on a professional basis. Membership in SPS is open to all students interested in physics.
Sigma Pi Sigma: Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national physics honor society is open to those students who have com-
pleted the equivalent of a minor in physics, have a GPA of3.O in physics and overall, and rank in the upper third of their class.
1 0 1 Astronomy
A descriptive course requiring elementa~yalgtbra.
Our solar syslem, stars
and galaxies. The necessary optical Instrrlnicnts are explalncd and use is
made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an tight-inch CelesLron, and a 3inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3one-hour lectures.)
1 0 3 Physics for t h e Life Sciences
An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also
to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is
dPslgned to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education
(therapy progranls), riiedical technology and other health science progranls. Tl~ecuurse is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: Elementary algebra. Fall)
1 0 6 Introductory Meteombogy
A study or the scIetlce and wonders of the atmosphere. The course is designecl to prnvlclc a working kr~owledgror the basic science principles requlred for undcrslantling wealher a ~ i dcllmate. Attention will be given to
llir overall weather patterns nC the earth and to ~ I I Etnany varled aspects of
weather, some of which include: Clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tornadoes and hurricanes, weather monitoring and forecasting,
the influence of weather on pollution, fronts and cyclones, and optical
phenomena of the sky. The course is designed to be an elective or to satisfy the distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: Elementary Algebra. Spring)
111 Phystcs, Computers, ahd Soclety
h study of the historical development of selected topics In physical science. Attention wilt be give11Lo the Interaction of physics anrl Its associaled techr~otogywl t17 philosophy, religion. and cullllre. SLudy of mechani c ~electricity,
,
and dlgilat eleclrorrlcs wlll lead up to discussiori of Ole
meaning o l twentieth century ptiysics and of (he rolc af cleclronics and
computers in modern society, Mitrocompt~terswill be used extensively in
the laboratory. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall)
121,122 General Physits l,I1
A rigorous study of classical phystcs Including mechanics, wave motion,
themotlynamics. electricity, rnagn~lism,and optlcs, Desfgnerl for pllysics
majors, pre-etiqineciinq studet~lsand other specifled nla]ors. Musl be
takcn In sequence. (3 OIIF.IIOU~ Icctures, 3-klOu1' laborntoly. Prcreq.: MAT
124 or concurrent reglslratlnn. 12 1, Yall: 122 Spring)
199 lnternship
lnternship For lower division credit.
245 Modem Physics
An Introduclion to modern h p t c s from a hlstorlcal and experimental basis. ReTativity, quantum cfPecti atomic and inolrcular physics, nuclear
and solid state physics. This coursc indicates the need for, and develops
t h e experirncntal basts ol quanttirn rnectianics. ( 3 one-hour lectures.
l'rereq.: 122. Talt)
2 6 1 Electronics
A review of AC and DC circuits and study oranaiog etectron!cs comprises
the first halfofthe sernestcr,The second hall includesstudv aidialtal eleca h rnicrotronlcs culminaling in analysis and use 01 m4cmproccss~1~s
computer systems. (l'rercq.: lO3,Ill or 122; and MAT 122 ar 125)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
351,352 Mechanics I, 11
A careful study of classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion
anrl the Lagrangtan and Hamlllonlan formalisnis. 'roplcs Include conservation prlnciple~,single particlc motion, systems of parlfcles, oscillatory
systems, cerilral-f0rr.r motion. dynamics of rigid bodies. gtmvitatlon, kine.
nratics of two-parllclc systcrns anrl noninertial refcrci~ccframes. (3 oneh o t ~lectures.
r
Prcrcq.: 122, MhT 226.351,Fa!!: 352 Spring)
362,363 Electromagnetic Fields I, 11
The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector
calculus throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's
and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials,
and the theory of electromagnetic radiation based on Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: MAT 226.362, Fall; 363, Spring)
398.396 Comprehensive Laboratory (Ih course each)
A n emphasis on inclcpendenl Iaboratoly invrstigations. including partfclpatian It1 physics seminars. Ex per ln~entsin Lhe 2 1ca of niecllanlcs, ihermodynam~cs,vtlcuuin ptiyslcs, efcctmnics, elcctricity. u~agnctism,optics,
and ~nodcrnptiyslcs. ( 2 tliree-hour laboratory and 1srmir~arIrour per
wcck. Pi ereq.: Jilninr stailding or consellt o l inslruclor.)
399 Internship
lnternship for upper division credit.
4 8 1 Thermal Physics
The study ofj~ropertlesof systems and pmcesses forwhlch temperature Is
an 3mporlatit variable. The siibjcrct is d~velopedFrom Lwn Independent yet
complcrntntary vicwpoii~ts:the expcri~ncnlaI,rnaclnscopic classical therrnoclyr~an~ics
arid the tltcorelical, microscopic stdtlstical mcchar~ics.(3
one-lior~rlectures. Prerecl,: 55 1. Spring)
486 Quantum Physics I
A development fram ffrst pri~lclples,lnclirdlng de Rroglle's postulates,
Lhe
Scliroedlnger equalion, operators, wavefunclinris, cxpcctalion values, an.
glllar fiiorncntuni, and approxiination mettiods. Specific problems studied int1t1depoteti tlaI wells and potenLial barriers, the harnioriic nscillator,
and the hyclrogcn atom. (3 o~ic-hourlectures. Prercq.: 245,551.fall)
488 Quantum Physics I1
The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the
areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular ptiyslw, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prercq.: 486. Spring)
499 lndependent Study
An npportt~t~lty
for str~dentsto expiore systematically a problem in experimenlal nr theoretical pliysIcs, worltecl out in consultation with a faculty
adviser. Open taJ~uniorsand senlors with departmental approval.
Political
Science (POL)
Firmly grounded in the liberal arts tradition, political science has roots in
the humanities, including philosophy and history. Through its use of statistical analysis, it relates not only to other behavioral sciences, but also to
mathematics and the sciences generally. The role and significance of authority in human affairs establish the focus of political science; because
politics is a central and enduring reality in the world, it affects and is affected by many other human concerns.
As an academic discipline, political science uses systematic inquiry and
analysis to examine political reality and to suggest and test alternatives.
The student who majors in political science will explore political ideas and
values, investigate political cooperation and conflict, analyze and compare
political systems, and develop perspectives on international relations. In
the process, the student will he encouraged to relate. Insights from other
liberal arts disciplines such as philosoplly, psychology, economics, his.
tory, and sociology to the study of politics.
Providing work in several sub-ffelds of political science, the mqjor supplies
the breadth appropriate for graduate work In the dtsctpline, as well as in
public adminstration, public policy analysis, law, and other professions. It
also serves as a foundation on which to develop careers in public service,
business, communications, and other fields. Legislative and other internships, as well as significant independent research projects, are within easy
reach of Augsburg political science students in the Twin Cities area; combined with broad, balanced and flexible course offerings, these special opportunities enhance the student's potential for graduate study and a successful career.
Augsburg political science students have the benefit oFan experienced faculty that brinpls a balanced expertise to the course offerings, as well as speciai strengthsin Interpreting politics in the contexts of the mass communications media. communism. and American ~ u b l i claw. The de~artmental
faculty is committed to the view that the study of politics, invoiving as it
does an understanding of the human heritage and the importance of informed choice in human affairs, is an important aspect of liberal learnings.
Political Science Faculty
Myles Stenshoel (Chairperson),Joseph Goldman, C. Lea Hall, Milda
Hedblom, Mary Ellen Lundsten, Norma Noonan
.
Mqjor: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (SOC 362).Required: 121
or 122 or 160 or 170;158;384;and at least 5 other upper division
courses in 4 out of 5 Political Science Areas. A seminar in one of the
five areas may be counted for that area.
Honors Mqjor: The Honors Major in Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's gradepoint average must be 3.5in the major and 3.0overall. The student
must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must
submit, not later than March 1of the senior year, an Honors Thesis to
be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with any
member of the department on their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements, consult the departmental chairperson. Students should
apply for the Honors Major no later than the first term of the junior
year.
Minor: 5 courses, including: 121 or 122 or 170:158;and a t least 3 upper division courses in 3 out of 5 Political Science Areas.
Political Science Areas: (I) American Government and Politics (11)
Comparative Politics and Analysis (Ill) International Politics (1V) Public Law (V) Political Theory and Analysis. Any course listed in more
than one area may be counted in only one area toward major or minor
requirements.
Note: Students interested in secondary education may take a political
science major in combination with specified social science courses, in
compliance with state requirements. For more information, see the
department chairperson.
See the class schedule for precise listing of terms in which courses are
offered.
I. American Government and Politics
1 2 1 American Government and Politics
The polltfcs of American government including the forms of political
ideas; ttie patlenl of partidpation; the dynamics of congressional, presidential ant1 Ili~renucralirpoligmaking; and current issues in American society.
122 Metroporttan Complex
Politics in the urban setting, including important issues. arlors, and structurcs influencing public policy in the modcm urban complcx. Discussionlecturc. sl~nulation.and meetings with politlcal cxpcrls and activists.
325 Public Administration
'Slit politics of pul~licitdministratlon and bureaucratic policy-making in
[lie Ut~itcdStates: governmental rcgulatlon, promotion and management,
emphasizing political and economic intcraction. (Prereq.: 1course in Politkat Strlcncc or consent of instrucloi-)
326 Political Parties and Behavior
The politlcal behavior of tlic electorate emphasizing public opinion and
political parties Ln the electoral proccss, Tielrl work with political parties
and ~ntercstgroups anrl rncdia In presidential elections (optional in nonprcsirfenlial election ycars). (Frcrccl.: 1 course in Political Science or consent of instructor. Pall Lerm of clecllon years)
342 Mass CommunieaUons In Soctety
LfFccts nfrtiassct~mniiinlcatlonson indlvidi~albehavior: the uses and control of mass rnedla lor polltir:al ar~tfsocial purpnses Inclurling a study of
ccnsorsl~ip,newsmaking. cnlertaitlment and pilllllc affairs programming.
~
otily)
( J ~ ~ n land
o r S e ~ l l oslutle~~ts
370 Constitutional Law I
(See Section 1V for description. Alternate years)
3 7 1 Constitutional Law I1
(See Section IV for description. Alternate years)
4 2 1 Topics in American Politics
Selected themes, including legislative, executive orjudicial process, and
policy process in American politics; national, urban or statc focus: topic to
be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: One course in Yolitlcal Science or cansent of instructor. On demand)
11. Comparative Politics and Analysis
1 5 8 Political Patterns and Processes
An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making
process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion
of contemporary issues.
350 Comparative Democracies
The rmergcncc, mnlnletiancc and decline of selected democracies, focusIng 011poiltical behavior. institutions, and processes. (Prereq.:One course
In I'olllical Science or colrsenl of instructor)
3 5 1 C o m m ~ ~ n lPolltlcal
st
Systems
A tornparalive analysis or the Soviet Union and other communist states in
lcrms of polltlml behavior. itrstitutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.:
ORCC ~ L I ~ SinCPolitical Scicncc or consent of instructor)
3 8 1 Democratic Theory and Practice
(See Section V for description)
4 5 9 Topics in Comparative Politfcs
Sclcctcd tl~eniesinrluding interpretations of polltlcal systems and compal-ticipotion,
l
comrnunlparisons or political processes such a s p o l i t i ~ ~
caLiotls, polllical developments, poIi tical change. and rcvolulion. Topic to
be lr~cluderlill sul>litle. (Prcrerl.:O ~ i ccourse i r i Pnlitical Science or con.
sent of instructor. On demand.)
111. International Politics
1 6 0 World Politics
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems.
363 Cammunist Foreign Pollcles
Analysls oF I he motivation, Iormulation, and implementation of foreign
pollcies of Cornrn~~~ilsl
riallons with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and
C l ~ l n a (Prereq.:
.
Otie c.oiwse ill Pnlitical Science or consent of instructor)
4 6 1 Topics ln International Politics
Selected tlicmcs including interpretations of international politics, foreign
policy dcrislon-malting, simulations of international problems. Topic to
be inclurled in sublillc. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
IV. Public Law
1 7 0 Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and s o
ciety: roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law: law a s politics: historic and contemporary legal
issues.
370 Constitutional Law l
The legal-polliical-philosophim1role or the Supreme Court in the American polilIcaI systcrn In signilicanl decisions affecting the allocation of powers 111(Ilf ?iatifl~%al
government and it1 Lhe Cederal system. (Prereq.: 170 or
consent oi Ilistructox. Al terndte years)
3 7 1 Constitutional Law 11
Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth
Amenrimcnl as applied by the Supreme Court to the protection of human
r l g h b arltl civil lihe~ticsof individuals. (Prereq.: 170 or consent of instructor. Altcniate ypars)
V. Political Theory and Analysis
158 Political Patterns and Processes
(See Section I1 for description)
380 Western Political Thouaht
A study of influential po?tical philosophers, emphasizing the values,
goals, and assumptions which continue to inform and to rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or consent of
instructor.)
381 Clemocratic Theory and Practice
A stilcly oC tlemocratic thcory and p~lblicpolicy practice with focus on the
emergence of politEral dcn?ocracy, capitalism and the welfare state in
comparative pcr,spective. IPrcrcq.:One course in Political Science or consent ol i~~stmctor.)
382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future
Origins and evoli~tionof Marxlst thcory and rnovemerils emphaslzlng
Marxism asdevclopcd in Russia and china. Consideration oCLhe polIllcal,
social. and ecoliomic dirnet~slonsof the tlieories, wllh somr Coci~soti Lhe
preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.: 158or consent ofinstructor.)
384 Political Analysis
An anatysls ol diffrrenl approaches and theorlcs in the study of politics
including an cx,~n~inatinn
of llle requircmcnts or science as a model for
potILlca1 stitdy; malor rcscarch rcq~iirerl.( I'rereq.: Statistical Analysis: 158
ancl two uppcr division courses, nr consenl of instructor.)
VI. Seminars, Independent Study and Internships
199 lnternship
Lower division internship. Consult lnternship Supervisor in the department to determine project. (P/N grading only unless lnternship Supervisor
grants exception. Fall, Interim, Spring)
295 Lower Dlvlsion Seminar
Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and
subject matter. (On demand)
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
399 lnternship
Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project. (Prereq.:
consent of instructor. P/N grading only unless lnternship Supervisor
grants exception. Fall, Interim, Spring)
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and
subject matter. (Prereq.: consent of instructor.)
498 IndependentStudy: Metropolltiin Resources
An indcllendently clesl~n?clcorll se a sLutlcri( (or grnitp ~Cstuderits)develops, tnaljing cxtcnsive, systematic and irltc~~mled
utllizalion o ~ r e s o i ~ r c e s
c.g. la LLI~FS. symp05ld, pel'availfltrlc in the rnctrul>ulltal~romn~i~niiy,
for~nr?nces,l~ca~lnqs.
'l'tiese resources 17ecorr~ethe corc of the course,
supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.:
consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
499 lndependent Study
Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student.
(Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Program in Global Community
-
Joel Mugge (Director)
The Center for Global Service and Education offers a s ~ r i n semester
n
Program, The Program in Global Community, each year inCuemavaca,
ico. It is an academic program that has as its primary focus the study of issues related to global-jusiiceand human liberation in light of the Christian
proclamation. Students live together as a community, but also with Mexican families in the city, and with villagers in rural Mexico. The semester
also includes a trip to Central America. The cost is equivalent to full room,
board and tuition at Augsburg. Courses are offered for credit in the disciplines as listed.
-
- -
~-
m
ex-
SPA 216.316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for three hours a day for six weeks of
the semester. Instruction is geared to individual competency levels and is
taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course. Placement level determined by program director)
mS 311 T h e Development Prcrcess
'This seminar focuses 01)~pecllicglobal and Interpersonal developmental
processes. Particular tlicories or developtnenl ancl educational approaches are critically exalrlincd. As an inlegrative seminar, thc course attcnipts to JILIII togetlicr Lhe many aspccts of the overall program, The seminar provldes st~rdenlstlic opportunity lo renecl critically on their own
cducaLIona1process as wcll, ( Rcquircd coi~rsc)
GST 230 Cultural Issues Seminar
This seminar consists oCa series of eight mini-courses offered in a number
of relevant Lopic areas r'claled to the theme of the program. Each minicourse consists or 12 hours, At~yfour mini-courses fulfill the requirements
of the seminar. (Either this course or HIS 347 required)
HIS 347 Mexico: A Historical Perspective
Four specific mini-courses together provide a rather comprehensive view
of Mexico's historical development from pre-Colurnbian times to the present day. (Either this course or CiST 230 required)
INS 299 Directed Study
499 Independent Study
Tliis prelcrairly is in a student's majar or mlnar dlsclpl[ne, developed
ahead or Ilme E
n co~lsuliationwith a departn~entaladviser on the home
campus arid the program director. The topic a studenl cl~ooscssl~ouldhe
relevat~t110th lo Ihe discipline and the tllcme oiqlollal cnmmnnlty. (Optional fourth course)
EEL 366 The Church and Social Change In Latin hmerlca
This course focuses at1 the rela tionsliip rlf the churcli Lo poverty, polltical
oppression and soclal irijusticc in Latin Anrerica. Cenlml to the course is
an cxamivation of the etnerging "Theology of Libcrallon" as arllculated
by pronlinenl Latin American theologians as well as I,y peopte directly involvcd tn locaT palishes and devclopmcnt projects in Cucrnavaca.
(Prereq,: enc course in religion or tticolngy. Optional fourth courscl
Psychology Department (PSY)
Psychology, with its emphasis on behavioral observation and data, provides a perspective on human activities which is an integral part of a liberal
education. The goal of the Psychology program is the improved understanding of human behavior by studying how people cope with their environment and interact with each other.
The department's courses have three basic goals: (1)
to introduce the student to the current information and methods in psychology as well as earlier approaches to psychological questions: (2)to develop the ability to
analyze, interpret, and evaluate behavioral research, and (3)to provide
practice in the application of these principles. The department program
provides an emphasis on both field experiences and the theoretical foundation for graduate study in psychology and related areas.
Psychologists use a variety of methods to study behavior, including experimentation, observation and clinical case analysis. Faculty members in the
Department of Psychology at Augsburg have varied professional specializations which include areas such as counseling, physiological psychology,
human development, personality and computer applications.
The Psychology program's emphasis on the use of a problem solving approach, the acquisition of information about human development and interaction, and the development of human relations skills c h be beneficial
in careers in business, education and other social services, the church and
government, as well as in careers such as research, law, and medicine.
Student interns are placed in the metropolitan area where they can acquire
practical, pre-professional experience and develop professional contacts.
This program mutually benefits the students and the community.
Psychology Faculty:
Paul Hirdman (Chairperson),Lyla Anderegg, Grace Dyrud, Norman
Ferguson, Duane Johnson, Richard Marken
Major: 1 0 courses including 105,264,265,381or 399, and 493. Also
PHY 103. A minimum of 5 courses must be from Augsburg. Students
are also expected to select one course from the DevelopmentaljPersonality courses and other electives to complete the major. Not more
than two courses from among 299,399 and 499 may be counted
toward requirements for a major. It is recommended that psychology
majors take additional course work from other areas that will complement and strengthen their particular interests in psychology: for example, areas such a s business administration, biology, or communication.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, and comple-
tion of a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors consideration must be made during the
junior year. Please consult the department chairperson for more detailed requirements.
Minor: 5 c o u r s e s including 105,with a minimum of 2 courses a t Augsburg. Not m o r e t h a n o n e c o u r s e from 2 9 9 , 3 9 9 , a n d 4 9 9 m a y b e
counted toward t h e minor.
Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 c o u r s e s including 2 6 4 ( o r
SOC 3 6 2 ) , 3 9 9 , CSC 1 4 5 , SOC 3 6 3 , a n d approved elective. T h e s e
c o u r s e s a r e designed to provide t h e cognitive background a n d skill
development to perform well as a research assistant for agencies o r
firms which d o program evaluations o r self-assessment programs.
Systematic a n d periodic assessments of programs for social improvem e n t a r e increasingly expected by government a n d funding agencies.
For further information contact Norman Ferguson.
1 0 5 General Psychology
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for
the purpose of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, is emphasized.
1 9 9 Internship
Internship on lower division level.
2 5 1 Sensing and Perceiving
At1 ecologlcaify oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems. Emphasis o n t h e proressitig of environmental information and how this relales to adaptive behavior and s~lbjcctiveexperience. Topics include: adaptation to novel environments, machine intelligence, and anomalous
perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 105, Alternate years)
2 6 4 , 2 6 5 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I. I1
A two-term sequence Il~cl~tdll~g
c.upcritnenla(ion in human learning, probIcm solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception, Emphasis will
be placecl on holh stalislical dnd expcrirnct~taldesign ~~~rthorlology.
Re+
scarcti Mcthods I may bc I;ilieti for credil withouL continuing in Rcscarch
Mcthods IT. Majors in psychology must take hot11 terms of the two-term
scqucnce: 264 tiiust prrcede 265; 265 should be (altei~In lhc lemi immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105)
2 9 9 Directed Study
Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study
must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration.
3 5 1 DevelopmentalPsychology: Child
Ernpt~asison normal ctilld development and behavior. Consideration of
llieorelical systcms used i o ~vlcwing the developmental sequence and
process. Inquiry illto practical inipticalions and applications of d a h and
theory in respecl to the clcvclopmc~rtof childrcn. (I'rcrecl.; 105)
352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult
Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data
and theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult
periods of life. (Prereq.: 105)
353 Developmental Psychology: middle Adult and Older Adult
Emphasis on nonnal clevelopme~rLand behavior. Consideration of data
and Ihcory related to tlevelnpmcnt cli~rlngL11e middle atlull and olcler
adill1 periods ol Ilfe. IncIudcs pcrspeclives or1 death and clying. (Prcrecl,:
105)
355 Brain & Behavior
A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for
behavior in ai~lnralsand titlnian beings. MaJor topics Incl~ide:sleep &f
wakefulness, mollvalloti d emotion, learning & melnory, and tnenlat disorders. (Prereq.: 105) Additional lab hours required.
356 Environment and Behavior
A s t ~ ~ dnCyIhe Influel~cewhich the envlronment, bath natural and manmade, has on behavior. Major topics Include: overcrowding and environmerilal slress. terriloriatity, rlefcnsfble space & crlme, and bullt environments such as rooms, I>uildings8t cllics. (I'rereq.: 105)
357 Learning
Leaming concepts. behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.:
105)
359 Mental Testlng
Theory, principles and examples of tests of personality and intelligence.
(Prereq.: 105)
361 Personality
An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention directed toward personality theories and contemporary application of those
theories. (Prereq.: 105. Fall)
362 Abnonnaf Psychology
An intrnrl~~ctloti
to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic
and ~~sycltological
poirlts of view. Visitation to a variety of community service agctlcies will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: 105.)
371 Psychology of the Individual: Female and Male
A stud Involving knowledqc uC materials bearing on the development of
sex tllkreilces and rnlcs, Lhe e m r l or socieiy upon values and goals, differenlial Zcgal status of each scx a t ~ dpsychopliysiological data bearing
upon these cllffcrel~ces.(Prerrq.: 105 or consent of instructor)
373 Organlxational Psychology
Theorelicrll conceplual~zalionsof organizational behavior. Factors and
practices such as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of
worlc cCrcctlv~ness,anrl social Influences. An organizational field expericnce. Ifrereq.: 105)
381 Psychology In BfstorEcal PcrspecElve
Historical clcvelopment oipsychoIogical viewpoints and theoretical positions. (I'rereq.: two psycholow courscs)
399 Internship
Prior to the beginning of the term, interested students should consult with
the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Grading is on a P/N basis.
450 Program Evaluation
The appllcat~ori01 scientlRc research techniqtres and stn tistlcal analysls
to prosgrams for social Impmvemenl. Designing infonilatinn systems Cor
tl?e allgolng ~nonitorinyof programs. As?esslrig curnmlinlty needs. Assesslng program ~ffeccivenessatirl cfliciericy, l'he political and organlzalional inntexl or prn:grim monitoring and cvallration. The role of cvatuation research for social p o k y and pmgt am iniprovcmcnt. (PIercq.: 264
or SOC 3KZ: SOC 363)
485 Counseling Psychology
Prlnciples. tnetliods, and attitudes involved i n the counseling process.
Cousitieratiott {[lver?to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relatlolnhip. (Prereq,:4 courses)
490 Current Topics In Psychology
Study of selected areas and lopics in psychology that are not treated exLcnsiv~lyt l l ~ n u g hcuirenl course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior tn icgislration. (l'rereq.: 105 and consent of instructor. Alternate years)
493 Seminar: Contemporary lssues
Disc~rssianof contcrnporary socEetal issues from a psychological viewpoi~lt.Consideratinn or the apploacfres and methods used by psychologists In studyitlg such t.ssues. (Prcr'eq.: 5 courses)
499 Independent Study
Limited registntion by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Stirdc~itsmust prcscnl a written plan prior to registration including carehrlly cotisldered rationale and purpose for the proposed study.
-,=
-4
'I?'.
'
.' -
II,
,
-
- +'. 9,
41~
I , .<[
. ' l i
)A
-%
-. :.'
-
3, '
-.. ---:
Religion
Department (REL)
I
9-
I
V I -
,
-
Augsburg College understands itself as a college of the church and it is
persuaded that the Christian faith provides an appropriate perspective
from which to undertake its educational task. The biblical faith and tradition of the Christian church have influenced the western world to a degree
much greater than is sometimes recognized. They have affected and continue to influence language, literature, history, values, and political structures.
The student encounters this religious tradition in studying these and other
areas. The study of religion and theology is intended to make such encounters more meaningful by a better knowledge of Biblical history and
that of the Christian church, and by a larger acquaintance with theological
thought.
While it is true that the fundamental orientation of this College is to the
Christian faith, it is also true that the field of religion obviously includes
more than is represented by the Christian faith. Large segments of the
earth's population live by religious concepts and ideas which are different
from those prominent in the West. The Department of Religion seeks to introduce students to some of these major religious traditions.
Courses in religion are not intended to be footnotes to courses in other
disciplines and departments. The study of religion and the discipline of
theology have an integrity of their own. It is the hope and expectation of
the Department that students will become better acquainted with the content and character of the Christian faith and enable them to reflect theologically on their own religious commitment.
The College offers both a mqjor and a minor in Religion. Students who
wish to work in the church as a parish or youth worker or as a director of
Christian Education may find a major in Religion appropriate for that purpose.
Religion Faculty:
Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson Fall 1986),Eugene Skibbe (Chairperson lnterim and Spring 1987).John Benson, Bradley Holt, Curtis Peter, Stephen
Pinsky, James Porter, Paul Sonnack
Major: 8 courses, including 111,221,356,481
and 495,the seminar
especially for majors, taken in the junior or senior year. Before taking
seminar, each major must have written one formal research paper
and placed it on file with the department chairperson. Only one interim course may be applied to the major. One upper division New
Testament Greek course may be applied to the major.
Major in Church Staff Work: 9 courses, including 111,221,356,
358,360or 483,362,399,471or 473,481.These together with specified courses in other departments can lead to Augsburg certification.
Program for Christian Day School Teachers: Students pursue
one of the regular teacher education programs in the Department of
Education to prepare for licensure by the State of Minnesota. In addition to the licensure program, five courses in religion are required:
111,221,362,
The Christian Day School (Interim) and The Lutheran
Heritage (Interim). Student Teaching experience is required in both a
public school setting and in a Christian Day School.
This program prepares students who are interested in teaching in
Christian Day Schools, particularly those of the American Lutheran
Church, although participation is not limited to such schools.
Honors Major: GPA of3.3 in the major and 3.0over-all; research project approved by the department and colloquium with the department.
Minor: 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted
for the minor.
Certificate in Church Staff Work: 9 Religion courses (111,221,
or 473,481);
APE 232;PSY 105,
356,358,360or 483,362,399,471
351,352or 371,485;SOC 111 or PSY 373,SOC 231;SPC 354.This
program meets or exceeds the educational requirements of The
American Lutheran Church, but certification by the church is a separate function. By adding two or three courses from appropriate departments, the student can develop special emphases in parish education, business management or diaconal work.
Notes: Religion 111 or 221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval is necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion Department and/or general education course credit.
All majors are urged to consult with the department chairperson.
,
111 Introduction to Theology
199
221
299
350
353
356
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue
between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine.
Internship
Internship on lower division level.
Biblical Studies
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents.
The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emeraence
of the church.
Directed Study
Independent study on lower division level.
Philosophy of Religion
(See under Department of Philosophy)
Denominations and Sects in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations
and sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered.
(Spring)
History of Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world,
including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. (Fall)
-
- - - - --
357 S m e y of Church Blstury
A suzvey of Christian history In the early, medieval, Reformadon, and modern periocls. Some attention to primary sources, in addltion to interpretallon$ o i the periods in question, The expatision of the church, its inner
life, Ils reIatlon Lo the state, and the development of its dnclrine wlll be
major elements of the sludy.
358 Life and Work of the Church
Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and parish work. (Alternate
years)
360 Rellglion and Society
An cxarnlnation of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological a nalyslswith particular emphasis on contemporary sociological
research on rellqious movements in American society. (Spring)
3 6 1 The Church in the First Four Centuries
A study of the early CI~rlstlanChurch In the context of lhe Roman Empire,
Including such toplcs a s persecution and martyrdom, tlre development of
the creeds, Christtanlty In conflict with Crnosticis~nand mystery religions,
InonasLicism anti mysltcism. early crlrlstian worship: also incl~~rlit~g
the
theology nl several early Christian leaders and a special unit o n the Iife
and thaugllt of Rugusline.
362 Theology of the Reformers
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of
the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther
and other representative figures. (Fall)
363 Religion in America
A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the
rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of
religion to the challenges of its environing culture. (Fall)
364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavian immigration to this country. (Offered a s funding permits)
366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America
(See under Program in Global Community)
399 Internship
Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses,
have at least first semester Junior standing, and satisfy department guidelines.
432 Church Music and Worship
(See under Department of Music)
4 7 1 Jesus and His Interpreters
Consideralion of the Mew Testament documents, particularly the Gospels,
dealing with their conlexl. literary stntcture and relationships. Attention
fo the varlety or interpretations given Lhe person of Jesus, including the
"quest For the I-listorlcal Jesus." (Fall)
472 Theology of Paul
A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his
writings.
473 The Message of the Old Testament
The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets.
475 Judaism
A survey of the history ofJudaism from the end of the Old Testament period to modem times. with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest In such modem Jewish tfilnkers a s Buber and Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg
College in partial support of this course in Judaism offered in the religion
department. (Fall)
4 8 1 Contempormy ~ h e o f o g y
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological
thaught Loday. as seen f ~ o m
the systematic perspective, in the light of the
continuing theological task or Lhe Christian Church. (Spring)
483 Christian Ethics
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and
sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. (Fall)
486 PsychologyoCRellgion and TheoIoSy
A S ~ L Iof
I -currenl
I~
psyclrcllogical views nl rellglon in the context of the traclilional Chrlsllari view nChtunan nature. Special attention will be given to
the classics in the field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those
Christian theologians who have been influenced by them. (Alternate
years, Spring)
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by
permission of instructor. (Fall)
499 Independent Study
Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy departmental
guidelines.
Russian Area Studies
Norma C. Noonan (Campus Coordinator), James Brown
Russian Area Studies is an ACTCjoint major which seeks to give the student the broadest possible exposure to Russian and Soviet history, politics, literature, traditions and philosophy. The mqjor is interdisciplinary
and offers perspectives on Russia both past and present. A minimum of
two years of the Russian language is required.
This mqjor is a good foundation for students preparing for careers in government, teaching, international business, or law, especially when combined with a second mqjor in a field such a s business, economics, history.
language, political science or theology. It also is a good foundation for
graduate study in history, political science, language and literature or international relations.
Major: 11courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or
equivalent competencies); 2 courses in Russian history; 1course in
Marxist theory; 1course in Russian literature; 1course in Soviet politics; 2 other courses from approved electives.
M i n o r : 6 courses: 2 courses (1year) of basic college Russian (or
equivalent competencies); 1course in Russian history: 1course in
Soviet politics; 1course in Marxist theory; 1other course from the approved list of electives.
Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator.
Scandinavian Area Studies (SCA)
.
-
-- -
-
-
-
Foreign Language Department Chairperson
Mqjor: 8 upper division courses.
Minor: 4 upper division courses.
N o t e : Major programs must contain 4 courses listed in the Augsburg
Catalog or transferred to Augsburg a s upper division Scandinavian
Area Studies courses, i.e., courses taught by a Scandinavian language department or subdepartment regardless of their content,
which may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students graduating with
a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate
level competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian
courses under Department of Foreign Languages.
Recommended Supporting Preparation: Study in Scandinavia,
elective courses which may lead toward a second major such a s English, history, urban studies, business administration.
312 OldNorse
(See under Department of Foreign Languages - Norwegian)
330 Contemporary Scandinavia
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of Scandinavian language desirable but not required. (On Demand)
351 The Modem Scandinavian Novel
Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion
based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset,
Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors
and minors w11 b e required to d o assigned readings and written work in a
Scandinavian language. (On Demand)
352 The Modem Scandinavian Drama
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandlnaviati drama w l l t ~emphasis o n lbsen and Strindberg.
Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and
minors will be required to d o assigned readings and written work in a
Scandinavian language. (On Demand)
364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
(See under Department of Religion)
372 Norwegian Language and Culture
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST)
377 Scandinavia in the World
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST)
382 Scandinavian Arts
(See under Department of Art)
393 Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST)
394 Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST)
495 Seminar: Ethnic/lmmigration Experience
(Offered periodically under Department of History 495 Seminar)
499 Independent Study
In consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for
study.
Social Science
Khin Khin Jensen (Coordinator)
A student may not list a double mqjor in Social Science and in one of the
component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Science major is significantly different from the other mqjor.
Non-Western Major: 14 courses: HIS 104;1 social science methodology course (ECO 279,PSY 264,SOC 362 or 365):and 12 courses, in
at least 4 disciplines, from the following: ECO 122,258;HIS 103,322,
PHI 355;RE1 356;SOC
323,324,440,474;POL 351,363,382,461;
336;seminars, independent study or interim courses on relevant topics in History and/or Political Science. The student planning to fulfill
this social science major should consult the chairperson of the Department of History in choosing a major adviser.
Social Studies
..
- -
Jerry Gerasimo (Coordinator)
Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must
complete, in addition to the professional requirements to be met within
the Department of Education, a competency-based program designed to
provide a broad foundation in the social sciences.
Social Studies Teaching Licensure: 7 courses (ECO 122 or 123,
Geography, HIS 222, POL 158,PSY 105, SOC 121and336) plus a major in one of five fields - Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology or Sociology.
Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and
the Social Studies Coordinator.
Social Work
Department ( s m )
-
-
The Social Work mqjor program prepares graduates for entry-levelprofessional practice in the field of human services. The program is accredited
by the Council on Social Work Education, and leads to a Bachelor of Sclence degree. The program is based on a generalist model of practice, enabling graduates to work with individuals, families, groups, and communities.
The College's commitment to the liberal arts is highly compatible with education for professional social work practice. The liberal arts, with its emphasis on breadth of understanding, cultural and ethnic diversity, openness to new ideas, analysis and synthesis, is an ideal foundation upon
which social work education is based. As Sir Richard Livingston has said,
"A technician is a person who knows everythingthere is to know about
his/her job, except its ultimate purpose and social consequence." Augsburg social work graduates are professionals, not technicians. Social work
mqjors at Augsburg College must be well-grounded in the liberal arts. Effective social workers cannot be technicians.
"Education for Service" has long been a motto at Augsburg College and it
exemplifies the philosophy of the Social Work Department. Unique leaming opportunities for field work placement and cultural enrichment are provided by a metropolitan setting known for a humane quality of life which is
enhanced by the arts, outstanding human services, and a highly-educated
populace. Social work opportunities abound. Minnesota is known for the
vitality and relevance of its social services. The Twin Cities, as the hub for
these services, provides both a plethora of field placements for social work
students and external experts for the classroom. The ethnic and economic
diversity present in this metropolitan area provides opportunities for social work students to learn to understand. a ~ ~ r e c i a tres~ect.
e.
and work
with people different from themselves and fdbe enrichedby this opportunity to interact with diverse clients and professionals.
The Social Work Program strives to contribute to its environment as well
as to gain from it. ~ f ~ r o ~ r i a tsocial
e l ~ ,work students have been involved
in a wide variety of community service efforts including helping to develop
a Big BrotherIBig Sister program on campus: mobilizing students to assist
a social service agency in their annual Christmas giving program, and tutoring at a local neighborhood center.
The Social Work minor and electives in the department allow students to
support another mqjor with knowledge about human needs and growth,
human services, and the methods of effective citizenship. Students taking
these courses have the opportunity to become knowledgeable about pu6
lic issues and d e v e l o ~
and nurture a ~ e r s ~ e c t ithat
v e sees the central irnportance of diversity 'to the social fabric df this country. But beyond knowledge, students also are encouraged to use their talents and skills to
address the needs of society in the interest of the public good.
Social Work Faculty:
Mary Lou Williams (Chairperson), Maria Brown, Francine Chakolis, Rosalie
Clark, Edwina Hertzberg, Douglas Peny, Charles Williams
Major: 9 Core Program courses: 361,363,364,461,462,463,465,
466,467,469: and 9 Supporting Program courses: 257,260: 810 101;
PSY 105; SOC 121,231,265,365,375. (The Sociology sequence constitutes a minor in that discipline.) A minimum grade of2.0 is required
for each course in the Core Program and a 2.0 average is required in
the Supporting Program.
Concentration: Concentration in Aging, Chemical Dependency,
Crime and Corrections, Social Ministries, and Youth are possible.
Concentration consists of courses descriptive of functional, dysfunctional, and programmmatic aspects, plus field work placement in the
senior year in the special area. For Social Ministries, a minor in religion with specific coursework is required. Completion of a concentration is noted on the transcript.
Candidacy: Social work majors must apply for candidacy status before the beginning of the senior year. Certain 400 level courses list
candidacy a s a prerequisite. A written self-statement, reference letters, and the completion of all Core and Supporting Program courses
below the 400 level is necessary for candidacy review (Exception:
SOC 365 may be taken in the senior year if necessary.)
Social Welfare Minor: 6 courses, including 257 (or approved alternative),361,463:260 or SOC 375:SOC 265:and one of 465,POL 121,
158,325.
School Social Work Certification: State Department of Educationrequired Human Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful completion of EDS 388.
Elective courses open to all students:
257 Exploring Human Services
With lacully approval, student selects a placement for 80 hours per term
as a volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know human service professionals, minority professional clients and communities, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations, Independent study with a term paper report and regular class
sessions. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores.
260 Humans Developing
1his coirrse provides the knowledge bask to an understanding OF human
growth through Lhe life cycle, and or the Interplay of socIocullurat, blologthe growth 01 individuals
~cal,and psyclboluglcal factors whlch influe~~ce
aucI larnllie? I n cnnle~nporaryAmet ican society, Ernpltasized Is tlie role or
Ll~e"nurt~trlngenvtronrnenl" in rclatlnn to Iwman growth, the Impact or
"sustalrilng euviroumenl" factors, and other special stresses relevant to
growth. Circlwt h relaled to populations and groups which represent ethnic
and/or Hfe-style rliverslty Is also a focus. Students will gain self-understandlng Ihrough use of their own experiences.
299 Directed Study
An opportunity for students to do readings and study on topics of interest.
Proposed study must be approved in advance of registration. (Prereq.: 257
and consent of instructor)
340 Pollcies, Program and Skills for the Aging
This course will include the study of the impact of social policy on the
older population, older population impact on social policy, services
planned to address needs of older population and skills needed to work
with this population. Class conducted in Senior Citizen Residence.
(Prereq.: Sophomore or consent of instructor)
361 Social Responses to Human Needs
This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human
service and the diversity of minority professionals and client groups. The
major assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the
charitable and governmental responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest speakers and agency visits highlight the course. (Prereq.:
Junior or consent of instructor. Fall)
399 Internship
Provides Reld learning experience for the non-major and supplements the
required field work of majors (Prereq.: consent of department chairperson)
463 Community Development and Organization
Locality development and social change through community organizatlon, soclal plannl~~g,
and social action. Emphasis on: 1)survey oihistorical forms olcornmunlty organization ancl social clwngc, 2) u~~derslandlng
the Ll~eorics,basic Issttes, and strategies rclevanl to social protest ancl
change, 3) examination of the role of staff, and of the functions and interrelationships of community organizations, and 4) knowledge of and actual
practice in the local community in the essential principles and techniques
of organizing. (Prereq.: senior or consent of instructor. Fall)
465 Gbetat Policy:Anatysls and Development
Includes the sIudy or tlieorlcs of Soclal Policy formutation and methods of
analysls associaled with needs ancl services, and analysis of the impact of
poll~yon snclal work ~lracticc.Development and implementation will be
virived flrst hand through werlr with an elected public policy maker. Readings, analytical paper Integralion of class concepts with practical experieuce. (Prereq.: 361,463, atid senior or consent of instructor. Spring)
468 Special Topics (112 to 1 course)
Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced.
(Prereq.: consent of instructor. Offered periodically in Interim)
-
498 IndependentStudy
Metropalltan Resorlrces
An Independenlly dcslgned course a student (or group orstudents) develops, lnalrlng extensive, systematic and Integrated utllizatio~lof resources
avallahle in the metropolitan comm~tnlty,e.g, lecttlres, symposia, periortnances, hearings. Thcse resources become the core of t h e course,
supplemented I>y lradtlior~alcollege resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated Ily a facutty rnernlrrer ~Fthedeparlrnent.
(Prereq.:
257 and consent of inst~uctor)
499 Independent Study
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives
and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prercq.: 257 and consent of instructor)
Courses reserved for Social Work majors only:
363 Methods and Skllls of Social Work
Rasic features or Lhe helping process: theoretical foundations, principles
and techniques orsoclal work inlerventlve methods, and pnctica! expcrience necessary for social work practice with indivlduals and small groups
with a rliversity orprofessl~nalsand client groups: devclopment of the s h dent's repcrloire of relationship building sl<itIs.tect~~re-disc~~ssion
scsslons and/or taboratory exercises cacli wcek. [Prereq.: 361, Junior.
Spring)
364 Field Work I
Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours
per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week.
(Prereq.: 361, Junior, concurrent with 363. Spring)
461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work
Enlargement and rcnnemcnt 01 practice sldlls recognizing adaptations of
the prnblern.solving mode! to dlverse populslllons through Iccturc, classmom excrclse ahid tegular class work. I-:nla!gement aC social groilp worls
sltflls, emphasts on development of gencrallsl practicc sltills and eclectic
approaches with a focus on cllversily of proCcsslonals arid clienl populations. Lectures aild/or laborato~yexercises each week. (I9rereq.: 2.0 in
365 and in 364,candidacy staLLls. Concurrent with 462. Fall)
462 Field Work 11:
Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience
including work with individuals, families, groups and/or communities in a
social service agency. Ten hours per week, plus one supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: Candidacy status: concurrent with 461;
Fall)
466 Field Work 111 (112 or 1 course)
Continuation of 462 ('12 course option during Interim. Prereq.: Candidacy
status, 2.0 in 461,462,463)
467 The Social Worker as Professional
Eth tcal practice, bureaucratic survival, professtonalJob attainment,affirm.
ative actlon and sexual harassment issues, personnel policles and practices, alganizalional theory. and resource devclopment will bc stlrrlicd in
the course. T h e field work practice becomcs the laboratory For class exerclscs. (Prereq.:Candidacy statrls, 2.a in 461,463.)
469 Field Work IV
Continuation of 466. (Prereq.: Candidacy status, 2.0 in 466, concurrent
with 467)
Sociology Department (soc)
Sociology is a disciplined study of human social behavior. As a relatively
young discipline, sociology provides yet another perspective on a theme
which is common to many of the disciplines in a liberal arts curriculum,
namely the theme that humans are "social animals." Sociology emphasizes the extent to which the human inclination to interact socially comes
to exhibit regularized patterns over time. These patterns together form a
society or a social structure.
Sociology seeks to understand these societal patterns. Sociology also
seeks to understand patterns within the great
variety of institutions that
exist in a society.
The Sociology Department at Augsburg is designed to help students think
sociologically in terms of obtaining an understanding of society and developing skills in evaluating social institutions and programs.
Students are encouraged to select as electives some of the non-traditional
learning models available, such as internships, independent study, interim courses, and the co-learningcourses offered through the Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)program. The Department urges students
to use Augsburg's urban setting as a "laboratory" for learning.
A mqjor in sociology can prepare one for a variety of careers or for advanced professional studies. Augsburg alumni who have majored in sociology are currently employed in the personnel departments of both government and private corporations, in industrial relations work, and in
program evaluation. Others have used their mqjors as preparation for advanced study in areas such as law, the ministry, social work, and urban
planning.
The Department of Sociology welcomes students who, in their quest for a
liberal education, are looking for new and different ways of understanding
and appreciating the often taken-for-grantedaspects of our world.
Sociology Faculty:
Gordon Nelson (Chairperson),Jeny Gerasimo, Gany Hesser, Barbara
Johnson, Diane Pike
Mqjor: 1 0 courses including 121, 362, 363, 375, 485, Highly recommended: a Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) course, intemship, independent study or upper division interim course in sociology. This recommendation is made in the hope that the student will
take advantage of the variety of learning models offered through the
department. Consult department chairperson concerning areas of
concentration.
Honors Major: The student must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 in the
major and 3.0 overall. Application for honors in sociology candidacy
shall consist of submission of thesis proposal to Department Chairperson before April 1of the junior year. Candidacy is contingent upon
departmental approval of proposal by April 30 ofjunior year. After acceptance as a candidate, the student will register for 499 to complete
work on thesis. Honors in sociology will be granted to a candidate
who successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of the senior
year and maintains the GPA through graduation.
Minor: 5 courses including 1 2 1 and two upper division courses (i.e.,
300 and above.)
Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 courses including 362 (or
PSY 264), 363,399, CSC 145, and approved elective. These courses
are designed to provide the cognitive background and skill development to perform well a s a research assistant for agencies or firms
which do program evaluations or self-assessment programs. Systematic and periodic assessments of programs for social improvement
are increasingly expected by government and funding agencies. For
further information contact Diane Pike.
111 Human Community and the Modem Metropolis
The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the
perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities
of human community in the context of urban institutions and processes.
121 Principles of Sociology
Sociology is a unique way of irnderstanding the world. As an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles,
groups, iti(erac1iot1, inequality, and social structure. An essential tool for
discovering tile world and orie's place in it.
199 Internship
Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor in the department to determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring, and Summer)
231 Sociology of the Family
An examination of the family a s a social institution. The process of dating,
mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the
family to its institutional and cultural context.
265 Racial and Minority Group Relations
The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is
focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (PIN
grading only)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division students (Prereq.: 1 2 1 and consent of
instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer)
300,301,302,303,304 Special Topics in SocIoIogy
h variety ot 10pIcs offcclrd periodically depending o n nmds and Interests
which are not satisfied by regularrourscofFFTirigs. May be offcred on cam.
pus in atldllIon to reqular course offerlnqs or on campus In conji~nctlon
wllh A u ~ s l ~ i t r gConscrvatlon
's
of Ilu~li;lnResources (CIIR) I'rograrn.
( P W - g . : consent of lnst~uclor)
336 Introductionto Cultural Anthropology
The concept of culture examined in anthropology and in the way we s e e
and live in the world. An analysis of basic assumptions underlying the
ideas of "primitive," "civilized," and "progress." The person's relation to
culture. An analysis ofselected aspects of Western culture.
360 Rellglon and Society
All cxnn~lnallo~i
or tlic Interaction of religion and 5dclely In terns oisociological arlalysls with particular emphasis on conlernporary sociological
ttse;krch on r e l i g l o ~ movements
~s
and instllultnns In Amerlcan soclely.
362 Statistical Analysis
The first course in a two-course sequence introduces quantitative analysis. The fundamentals of descriptive and inferential statistics for the social
sciences. Designed specifically for sociology and political science majors,
but recommended for others neccling a I~ackg~'orlnd
for social science.
(Prereq.: working knowledge of h i g l ~
scllotll algebra arlcl consent or llle instructor. Fall)
363 Research Methods
This second course exposes students to the skills involved in research design and measurement techniques. The practice of social research is
learned through class activities and individual projects. Focus on learning
usable skills. To be taken immediately after 362. (Prereq.: 362 or consent
of instructor. Spring)
365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation
l o ~ r s ~ r n iovcrvlew
cr
of melhods nforgazilzing, comparlng and interpreting
quanlita tlve lnfonnatlo~l.Use of data-processing rquipment lor statisttcal
analysis. Dvcrvlcw or commonly -user1 rcsearclr mctltods, especially expcxirncntrll designs arrd appllcat~onsl o proqranl evaluations. Desiqncd for
social work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Spring)
373 Crime and Corrections
An examination of the criminal and juvenile justice systems and the various theoretical components of criminology and corrections. Major attention is focused on the causation and prevention of crime and delinquency,
and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 121)
375 Social Psychology
An examination ol the Idea oT"gsoup." its relatlonshlp to tndlvldual behaviol' and society. A n analysis of the Ideas 01 "self" and "identity" and
wtral part they play In underslantllng Interpersonal relations and human
behavior. A sociological view of mental health, A look at the major assumplions and processes i~tiderlyinysilr everyclay lire - a Innlc at [he trivlal. (lie ordlna~yand the lake~vfor-granlecl,"Sytnbollc interaction," an 1111Ilortalll olienlallon In social psychology, wlll l x used as a way of deallng
with the tnajor lssucs In [tie caursc. (I'rcreq,: 121 and PSY 105.juni01 or
senior studcrlts only)
381 The City and Metro-UrbanPlanning
The primary focus of the course is upon the major issues confronting the
present and future metropolis. Particular emphasis will center on alternative theories and approaches to shaping the future metropolis. Current
developments in the Twin Cities region will be compared and contrasted
to urban and regional developments globally and nationally. Resources
include extensive readings, simulations, films, and outside speakers in a
seminar format. (Prereq.: 111or 1 2 1or consent of instructor. Spring)
399 Internship
Consult the Department Chairperson or Internship Director for details.
(Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
485 Modem Sociological Theory
An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in sociology including 1 2 1or consent of instructor. Fall)
498 Independent Study
- Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources
available in the metropolitan community, e.g, lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course,
supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.:
1
1
1or 1 2 1and consent of instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer)
499 Independent Study
Studcnt nil~stpresent written proposal cantalning rationale, objectives
and methodorogy or the p~oposedstudy according to department guidelines. (l'rcrcq.: 121 and conscnl ol Instrur~or.Fall, Interim, Spring)
Speech/Communication
and Theatre Arts
Department (SPC)
Communication
Communication technology vastly increases our ability to influence human thought and behavior. While these powers are often used to deceive
and exploit, they can be used to liberate, enoble, and to enhance life.
Speech, communication, and theatre arts at Augsburg are humane studies
designed to promote sensitivityand wisdom in the use of communication,
since true communication aims to foster informed, responsible choice and
shared understanding.
The primary aim of the department is to help students to communicate effectively through both speaking and writing. The courses are designed (1)
to promote the intellectual disciplines required for research, exposition,
and argument: (2)to develop writing and speaking skills: (3)to build confidence, creativity, and ethical sensitivity: and (4)to provide a wide variety
of realistic communication experience.
Communication careers call for a broad liberal education, so the communication mqjor at Augsburg stresses the studies of logic, psychology, sociology, literature, writing, and public speaking. For breadth we recommend
double mqjors, and for practical experience we recommend participation
in co-curricularcommunication activities throughout the college years, climaxing in internships under professional supervision.
This mqjor is also used as preparation for other fields, such as religion,
politics, and law. The speech mqjor is designed to prepare students for
teaching in the secondary schools.
Theatre Arts
Theatre is not primarily an extra-curricular activity nor is it merely entertainment. As a laboratory that uses all of the liberal arts, theatre enhances
a liberal education. By reliving how other people throughout history were
thinking, feeling and struggling, actors have a greater understanding of
their own humanitv. Theatre enables students to ex~eriencethe beauty,
mystery, and ambi$uity of life.
Minneapolis-St.Paul is an ideal place to study theatre, because it is one of
the major theatre centers in the United States. Augsburg students expand
their knowledge of theatre not only by attending, but also by working in
the professional and community theatres of the Twin Cities. Our theatre
faculty has professional experience which enables them to provide realistic guidance to students.
The Augsburg program provides three possible emphases-acting, directing, and design-but encourages students to participate in all aspects of
theatre production. While the program is primarily designed to prepare
students for educational theatre, graduates go into many other fields,
such as professional theatre, television, film, advertising, business, and religion.
-
-
-
-
-
Speech. Communication and Theatre Arts Faculty:
Julie Bolton (Chairperson), Mark Arnbroz, Raymond Anderson, Judith
Kirk, Gary Parker
Honors Major: GPA of3.25in the major, 3.0overall, two independent
study projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in a t
least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in
field of concentration. Application to be made early in the senior year.
Communication
Prospective mqjors should contact the department as early a s possible to
work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen
should take 111,PSY 105,SOC 121 or 241.
Communication Major: 10 courses, including 342,351 o r 352,
354,399and EMG 223 or 225 or 226 or 227,and satisfactory performance on competency tests in writing and typing. Supporting courses
required but not counting toward the major: 111;PHI 130;PSY 105;
SOC 121 or 336,375.
Communication Minor: 5 courses approved by the department.
Speech Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses, including 111,
354,360:Participation in forensics, and a
241 or 343,350,351,352,
minor in English. Recommended: 366,courses in theater, participa-
tion in drama.
Speech Minor For Teaching Licensure: 111 and six of the followand participation in forensics.
ing: 241 or 343,350,351,352,354,360
Note: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary schools may
specialize in any of three majors: speech, theatre arts, and speechtheatre arts. Any of these must be combined with a t least an English
minor, preferably a major. The communication major or minor does
not qualify one for teaching speech. Consult with the Department of
Education for requirements in Education. 116 is strongly recommended for students in elementary education.
111 Beginning Speech
Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening.
132 Photography
(See under Department of Art)
199 Internship
Internship for lower division cre it.
227 Advanced Writing: Journalism
(See under Department of English)
225.330 Visual Communications I, 11
(See under Department of Art)
2 4 1 Introduction to Cinema Art
(See under Department of English)
242 Film-Making
(See under Department of Art)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
342 Mass Communications in Society
(See under Department of Political Science) Junior and Senior students
only.
343 Radio-TelevisionProduction
An introduction to radio and television with an emphasis on the director's
role; emphasis on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and
lighting. (Laboratory fee: $10. Not offered 1986-87)
350 Voice and Diction
A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating,
articulating, and listening: introduction to speech sounds and vocal mechanism. (Alternate years. Fall)
351 Argumentation
Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall)
352 Persuasion
Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Spring)
353 Advertising
An introduction to print and broadcast advertlslng and promotlon a s important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.:
Junior, Senior. Communication major or cnlisent of instrt~ctor.Spring)
354 Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages: emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to
overcome communication barriers.
373 Organizational Psychology
(See under Department of Psychology)
399 Internship
(Consult the Department Chairperson for details.)
495 lndependent Study In Communication
Selected tooics in soeech and communication. with e m ~ h a s i on
s the use
of primary sources and methodology of research.
499 Independent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
Theatre
Mqjors should take part in dramatic productions every year. Freshmen
planning to mqjor in theatre arts should begin with courses 111,116,232
and 228.111 is not part of the mqjor.
Theatre Arts Mqjor: 10 courses, plus 111. This major should be sup-
ported by several courses in literature including Shakespeare and
Modem Drama or Scandinavian Drama.
A. Acting Emphasis: 116, 228, 232, 343, 350, 360, 361, 366, ad-
vanced acting, and the children's theatre interim. Strongly recommended: courses in movement, dance, cinema art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting emphasis include 6
units of acting, 4 of crew work, and 1 internship.
8. Directing Emphasis: 116, 228, 229,232,350, 360,361,366,
367, plus advanced acting and the children's theatre interim. Courses
strongly recommended: courses in movement, cinema art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the directing emphasis include 4 units of crew work, 3 units of acting, 2 of directing, 1 in
stage management, and 1internship.
C. Design Emphasis: 228,229,361,366,428,429,plus 2 courses
in Art. Strongly recommended: courses in cinema art and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the design emphasis include 5
units in crew work, 2 in technical supervision, 1 in acting, 1 in assistant design, 1in design, and 1 internship.
Theatre Arts Minor: 5 courses including 228,232,360,361,366.
Theatre Arts Mqjor For Teaching Licensure: 1 0 courses, including 111,116,228,229,232,241 or 343,350,360,361,366, the experience requirement specified for theater arts majors, and a minor in
English.
Theatre Arts Minor For Teaching Licensure: courses 111, 228,
232,361,366; one ofthe following: 241,343,350; and participation in
dramatic productions.
Speech-TheatreArts Major For Teaching Licensure: 12 courses,
111,228,229,232,241 or 343,350,351,352,354,360,361,366;
participation in two activities (forensics, interpretation, theater,
broadcasting); and a minor in English.
1 1 6 Creative Dramatics
A study of creative improvisation using stories, poetry, nature, concepts,
the self, human relations, etc. Uses of creative dramatics in theatre,
school, church, recreation, therapy, and other settings. (Fall)
1 9 9 Internship
Internship for lower division credit.
2 2 8 Technical Production I
An introduction to the backstage world of the theatre: its organization,
crafts, magic, and art. Practical craft projects, theatre tours, and production experience. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or
sophomore years. (Lab fee. Alternate years, Fall)
229 Stage Design I
Introduction to scenery and lighting design; basic tools of the designer
(drafting,drawing, painting, theory); practical studio projects. (Open to all
students. Should be taken in freshmen and sophomore years. Alternate
years, Spring)
232 Acting
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
360 Interpretative Reading
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading
prose, poetry, and drama. (Fall)
361 Theatre History and Criticism
Overview of theatre history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at local theatre productions, Introduction to theories of drama,
dramatic production, and dramatic criticism. (Spring)
366 Stage Direction I
Basic directorial process: choice of plays, casting, organizing rehearsals
and technical production; application of play analysis, blocking, and characterization to a specific play chosen by the class. Term project: direct a
one-act play. Upper division students only. (Spring)
367 Stage Direction I1
In-depth analysis and practice in directing types of plays: serious, comic,
experimental, mkrsical. Term project: direct a one-act or excerpt from a
longer play. (Prereq.: 366 or consent of instructor. Spring)
399 Internship
(Consult faculty in area of emphasis.)
4 2 8 Technical Production 11
Advanced construction and problem-solving techniques in costume, scenery, and/or lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or consent of instructor. Lab fee. Alternate years, Fall)
429 Stage Design 11
Advanced design projects based on Stage Design I course material. Introduction to costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Spring)
432 Advanced Acting
This course explores the elements of characterization through character
analysis and extensive scene study. Emphasis is on a variety of roles from
the classics, including Shakespeare, French Neoclassicism, Restoration
Comedy, Realism and Ron-Realism, Epic and the Absurd.
499 Independent Study in Drama
Individual projects in oral interpretation and theatre.
Transdisciplinary Major
Students wishing to develop their own mqjor by combining appropriate
portions of two mqjors may consider the Transdisciplinary Mqjor. The
Transdisciplinary Mqjor enables students to respond to a particular career
interest. While such an individually developed mqjor may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad mqjors may not be suitable for those
wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs in some
academic fields.
Students wishing to develop a Transdisciplinary Mqjor are to observe the following:
A. The mqjor program should include at least two-thirds of the courses re-
quired in the normal mqjor programs of two mqjor fields offered at the college:
6. The student should design and sign a contract for such a mqjor prior
to the end of his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available in
the Office of the Registrar).
C. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the
Faculty Committee on Student Standing.
Women's and
Minority Studies (INS)
Faculty:
Priscilla Buffalohead, Grace Dyrud, Ronald Libertus, Winston Minor, James
Porter, Bonnie Wallace
The Women's and Minority Studies Program consists of several interdisciplinary courses which fill the Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies requirement. There are courses in several other departments which also focus on women and which also fulfill that requirement.
Although no mqjor or minor is offered, there is a certificate program in
women's studies.
Certificate in Women's Studies: Individually planned program
with a minimum of 6 courses oriented towards women's perspectives:
3 courses from the social sciences (including history); 1-2 courses
from humanities (literature, religion, art, music, philosophy); 1-2
other courses such a s biology, trans- or inter-disciplinary courses, independent study, directed study, etc. Courses may be taken from the
ACTC colleges a s well a s Augsburg. See Winston Minor or Bonnie Wallace for further details. See also WWAS under Metro-Urban Studies
No. IV.
226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century
(See under Department of History)
231 Rellglon in Afrfcan-AmedcanHlstory
An examination of selected topics 1 elated to the black experience, e.g. Afr i ~ a nbaclqrounds, religion utldcr slavery, evangelicalism. Meets one reliqlnn requirement or thc IJrhan Concerns, Women's and Minority Studies
requirement.
232 Blacks in America: An Introduction to African-AmericanStudies
An interdisciplinary course providing an overvtew of Lhe major Issues related to the Black experience in terms of Lhe Family, education, religion,
art, economics and politics. It is designed lo heighlen the student's consciousness regarding the African rrtcntinns in Rlaclc culture, Lhe evolution
of Black culture and the impact of K l d ~ l ccuILurc on Ainerican society.
233 Womtnr Across-Culturat Perspective
'I his course will examinc a varirty ot issues concemlng the biological. evolr~tinnaryand historical orlglns olwnmen's roles and status In human society, Emphasis will be placed on Lhe cornparalive roles o l women in difrerent cultures. This camllarison will inclllde such Morth Amerlcan models
as 111~Nava-]~,OJiI>wc,
and Iroquois. Arrican modcIs such as the Pygmies
and other trlbal gmups, and the peasan1 soclelies oC eastem Europe, Mexico, and the 1nlclr2leEasl and rural China. Offered periodically through
C1iR ancl the Ainerican Indian Program olflce.
260 ContemporaryAmerican Indians
The situation of Indians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934) with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and erlucation. Examples of the persistence of religious/cultural traditions anlong selected lndlan Lrlbcs today.
265 Women in American Culture
Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from
women's J o ~ ~ r n a lspeeches.
s,
articles, short stories. poems. pla s and
ollwr aeslliclic rres tions, the class will collectively assess the pos8ion of
black and white wornen In American culture From the founcling of Ll?e cob
ortles t o Lhc present. Cnntribuiions b y Indlan women, Chicanasand other
"i~wisibIc"women rninoritics will he inclr~cted.
'ma
: Caley
say iIn
Augsburg College
Board o f R e g e n t s
The year in parentheses after each name is the expiration
date of current term.
Chair
Donald R. Grangaard
Secretary:
Charles W. Amason
Vice Chair:
The Reverend Hams W. Lee
Treasurer:
Darrell J. Egertson
The Hon. Pamela Q. Alexander (1990)
Judge, Municipal Court, Minneapolis, MN
Charles W. Amason. J.D. (1988)
Attorney, Head and Truhn, Minneapolis, MN
Paul B. Batalden, M.D. (1990)
Vice President for Medical Care, Hospital Corp. of America,
Nashville, TN
w e l l Bergh (1990)
President, Borton Volvo, Inc., Minneapolis, MN
Nancy Bottemiller (1992)
Homemaker, Wadena, MN 56482
Rodney P. Bunvell(1988)
Chairman, Xerxes Corporation, Minneapolis, MN
H. David Dalquist, I11 (1990)
President, Northland Aluminum Products, Inc., St. Louis Park, MN
Darrell J. Egertson (1988)
Executive Vice President of Corporate Development, Apache Corp.,
Minneapolis, MN
Julian P. Foss (1990)
Retired Businessman, Mesa, AZ
Donald R. Grangaard, J.D. (1990)
First Bank System, Inc., Minneapolis, M N
Richard R. Green (1992)
Superintendent, Minneapolis Public Schools, Minneapolis, MN
Raymond A. arinde (1990)
Partner, Klohn Design, Inc., St. Paul, M N
Carolyn T. Groves (1990)
Administrator, S. J. Groves and Sons Company, Minneapolis, MN
Elling B. Halvorson (1990)
Chairman of the Board, Halvorson Osbome Construction Co.,
Kirkland, WA
Lawrence 0. Hauge (1988)
Chairman, Suburban National Bank, Eden Prairie, MN
Catherine E. Johnson (1990)
Homemaker, Minneapolis, MN
George 0. Johnson. Ph.D. (1990)
Associate Professor & Director, Hospital & Health Care Admin.,
Minneapolis, MN
Harris W. Lee, D. Min. (1988)
Senior Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd,
Minneapolis, M N
Mr. Gary H. Lohn (1988)
Control Data Business Advisors, ~ a n k a t oMN
,
Mildred I. Mueller, Ph.D. (1990)
Director of Education Statistics, MN Dept, of Education, St. Paul, MN
Mr. Louls E. Navin (1990)
Vice President & Chief Financial and Administrative Officer, Honeywell,
Inc., Minneapolis, MN
Rev. Maynard L. Nelson (1990)
Senior Pastor, Calvary Lutheran Church, Minneapolis, MN
Ms. Roselyn J. Nordaune, J.D. (1988)
Partner, Nodland, Conn, Nordaune, & Perlman, St. Louis Park, MN
Mr. Howard E. Olson (1990)
Executive Director, Lyngblomsten Foundation, St. Paul, M N
Mr. Donald a. Oren (1988)
President, Dart Transit Company, St. Paul, M N
Mr. Harvey M. Peterson (1990)
President, Catco Company, St. Paul, MN
Mrs. Inez M. Schwarzkopf (1988)
Writer, Minneapolis, M N
Gladys I. Strommen (1990)
Homemaker, St. Paul, M N
Merton P. Strommen (1996)
Founder, Search Institute, Minneapolis, MN
Leland N. Sundet (1990)
Chairman 61 Chief Executive OWcer, Century Manufacturing Co.,
Bloomington, MN
David L. Swanson (1990)
Vice President, Grudem Brothers Co., St. Paul, MN
Stanley W. Thiele (1992)
Senior Vice President, Administrative Services, 3M, St. Paul, MN
William A. Urseth (1992)
Chief Executive Officer, U.S. Communications, Minneapolis, MN
Board for College and
University Services
The ~merican
Lutheran Church
David L. A n d e r s o n , Minneapolis,
Minnesota
R o b e r t B o r g w a r d t . Madison,
Wisconsin
Sylvia B o s s e , Saginaw, Michigan
Erwin H. G o l d e n s t e i n , Lincoln,
Nebraska
Marilyn H e m s t a d . Olympia,
Washington
D o r i s H o l m a n , Los Angeles, California
G u s t a v K o p k a , Jr., East Lansing,
Michigan
H a m l e t P e t e r s o n , Rochester,
Minnesota
R u t h Vogel, Seguin, Texas
Administration
-
OFRce of the President
..........................................................................
Charles S. Anderson
..........................
Carolyn S. Magnuson
.....................
.
.
.................................................
David T. Wold
...........................................
A n C. 0,Halvorson
President
Executive Secretary t o t h e President
College Pastor
Director of Church Relations
Academic AfFairs
....
............................
Vice President for Academic Affairs a n d Dean of t h e College
Ryan A. LaHurd
Lois M. Nielsen
Executive Secretary t o t h e Academic Dean
Associate Dean of t h e College a n d Director of Special
,
cia A. Parker
Programs
Director, Weeltend Co!lege
Richard J. Thoni
Sharon A. Stein
Operations Manager, Weekend College
Registrar
J o h n A. Hill
Donna D. McLean
Assistant Registrar
R a l p h W, Balley
Recorder
Frlstitulional Research Analyst
Robert W,Clyde
Hcatl Llbrilrlan
M a r g a r e t Anderson
Brian P. Hackney
Director, Aadio.VTgua1 Center
W. Willston Minor
Minority Cnarclinator (Black Student Affairs)
Minority Coordinator (American Indian Support Program)
Bonnie A. Wallace
Donald R. Gustafson
Interim Director
Director, Internatkana1Programs
Mary A Kingsley
Bradley P. Holt
Internatio~islStudent Adviser
Norman C. Noonan
Director, Faculty Development
Director, Cooperative Education
G a n y W. Hesser
......................
.........,......,..
...................................................
........................
.
.......
..............................................
................................................................
.............,,.,,.............,.,,,.........
..................................................
.....................................
.................................................
..........................
....
...................................................
.........................................
.....................
.
.
.
......................
............................................
..............................................
Development and College Relations
...........J e a n n e L. Narum
.......................... Curtis J. Tilleraas
......................................................
T h o m a s I. Benson
...................
......
......................Jeroy C. Carlson
......................Victoria J, Hoshal
.................................~+... . . . .Douglas J. A d a m
................... .............Jeffrey Swenson
............................................Mary A d a m s Forsberg
........................
..........................................
Kay 1. Cady
........................
Morgan K. Brooke
.......................
.
.
.
........J o h n Bruemmer
Vice President for Development a n d College Relations
Executive Secretary t o t h e Vice President
Director, Planned Giving
Senior Development Officer
Director, Corporate a n d Foundation Relations
Development Officer
.,
Director, Alumni/Parent Relations
Director, College Relations
Director, Publications
Publication Specialist
Development Officer/Annual Fund
Finance and Management
.......................
.......................................................
........
.............................................................
................................................................
............................................................................
.......................
.......................................................
..................................
..............................................
..............................................
......................................
...........................................................
.................................................................
Vice President for Finance and Management
Wayne D. Pederson
Executive Secretary to the Vice President
Assistant Vice President for Student Financial Services
Herald A. Johnson
Financial Aid Counselor
Karen D. Plom
Director, Personnel
Sandra Jacobson
Controller
Laurie J. Johnson
Director, Administrative Computer Center
Daniel R. Cruikshank
Manager, College Center
Mildred A. Nelson
Manager, central Services
Charles E. Christopherson
Director, PurchasindBook Store
Robert P. Gores
Director, SAGA ( ~ o g Services)
d
Robert Ollerman
Director, Plant Services
James Weninger
Supervisor, Maintenance
Robin A. Curtis
Manager, Ice Arena
J a m e s J. Carey
Student Affairs and Admissions
..........
..........................
.......................
.
.
........................
.................
.............................................
..............
.......................
...........................
.......................................
.....................................................
...................
.......
............
..........................................
.................
...... ....................
..............................................
........................................
...................................................................
Vice President of Student AtTairs and Dean of Students
William R. Rosser
Executive Secretary to the Vice President
Dorothy M. Gauger
Associate Dean of Students
James B. Grubs
Co-directors, Counseling
Nancy G. Medcraft, Joan W. Slater
- Services
Director, Academic Enrichment
Donald M. Warren
Director, Career Plannina and Placement
Tina M. Waaner
Coordinator, OfFcampu&tudent Employment
.Lois A. Olson
Director, Student Life and Housing
Linda K. Schrempp-Alberg
Director, Student Activities
L i s a L. Woodruff
Coordinator, Urness Tower
Ava J. Young
Coordinator, Mortensen Tower
Sue J. Hohenstein
Director, Admissions
.....
C a r o l A. Stack
Assistant Director, Admissions
Eric L. Anderson
Assistant Director, Admissions
Scott C. Stensrud
Assistant Director, Admissions
Jeannette M. Wittmer
Admissions Recruiter
Sally Daniels
-
Emeriti
Oscar A. Anderson President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College: B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead.
Courtland Agre Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Ernest W. Anderson Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education.
Valeria Baltina Assistant Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages. Magister d e r
Philosophia, University of Latvia.
Carl Chdslock Professor of History. B.A., Augsburg College: M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
L. Gracia Christensen Assistant Professor Emerita of English.
Ailene Cole Professor of Theatre Arts/Speech. B.A., G u s t a w s Adolphus College;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
K. Berner Dahlen Associate Professor Emeritus of English. M.S. University of
Minnesota.
Edgar E. Eklof Emeritus of Music. M.M. Manhattan Music School.
Theodore J. Hanwlck Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University.
Katherine Hennig Artist in Residence Emerita. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Einar 0. Johnson Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of
Washington.
Bernhardt J. Kleven Professor Emeritus of History. Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Lorraine K. Livingston Associate Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University
of Minnesota.
Martha J. Mattson Associate Professor Emerita of Education. M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Fdor C. Nelson Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Anne Pederson Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota.
LaVonne J. Peterson Associate Professor Emerita of Health and Physical
Education. M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Martin Quanbeck Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Leland B. Sateren Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College:
D. Mus., Lakeland College.
Paul T. Steen Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Joel S. Torstenson Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Teaching
Faculty
,.
Correct as of April 30,1986.
(beginning year of service on faculty in parenthesis)
Charles S. Anderson (1976).President. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University o f Wisconsin; B,Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New
York.
Ryan A. LaHurd (1985).Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean o f the College.
B.A., Mt. Carmel College: M.A., University o f Chicago; Ph.D., University o f WisconsinMadison.
Ruth L. Aaskov (1960). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College: M.A..
Middlebury College: Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Lori J. Abrams (1985). Assistant Professor, part-time, Speech, Weekend College. B.A., University
of California, Santa Barbara; M.A., Speech Communication, University of Minnesota.
Robert W. Adney (1979). Studio Artist/Percussion, part-time. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Roger E. Allerson (1981). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.S.B.,
University of Minnesota.
b r l R. Alton (1960). Professor and Department Chairperson of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College:
M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Mark T. Ambroz (1986). Lecturer, part-time, and Theater Arts. B.A., University o f Minnesota, Duluth.
Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959). Associate Professor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Northwestern University.
Barbara Andersen (1969). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of English. B.A.,
Morthwestern College; M.A., Northwestern University.
Kristin M. Anderson (1984). Instructor, part-time, Art. A.B., Oberlin College.
Margaret J. Anderson (1967). Associate Professor, Head Librarian. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Raymond E. Anderson (1949). Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.S., M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Lucie Arbuthnot (1986). Lecturer in Interdisciplinary Studies, part-time, Weekend College. B.A.,
Connecticut College For Women; M.A., University of Chicago; M.A., New York University.
Marjorie Audette (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Nursing. 6,s.. Marquette University: M.A., University
of Iowa.
.
Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Deborah Bart (1980). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Weekend College. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Catherine Bakken (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., University of North Dakota; M.A., United Theological Seminary; M. Div., Luther-Northwestern Seminary.
Joe Bash (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Religion, Weekend College.
John E. Benson (1963). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological
Seminary: M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University.
James E. Billings (1970). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, B.A., Michigan State University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Cynthia Blaha (1983). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.S., University of Minnesota.
Vern M. Bloom (1971). Director of CHR Program and College of the 3rd Age. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Lynn Bollman (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Northern Colorado: M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Julie H. Bolton (1975). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Speech, Communication and Theater. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
David W. Boots (1982). Instructor in Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Richard Borstad (1977). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Health and Physical
Education. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Michael Brand (1979). Studio Artistprumpet, part-time. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
James E. Brown (1985). ACTC part-time lnstructor in Russian. B.S.. University of Michigan; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Maria Brown (1980). Assistant Professor in Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W.,
University of Minnesota. (Part-time internship, 1986-87)
Laine Bryce (1978). Studio Artist/Bassoon, part-time. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Priscilla K. Buffalohead (1983). Lecturer, part-time, CHR Program and Women's and Minority
Studies. B.A., M.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Diane F. Busico (1986). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S.,
Youngstown State University; M.B.A,, Kent State University.
C.
John Cerrito (1983). Assistant Professor in Business Administration and Economics. B.A., Rhode
Island College; MS., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
Francine Chakolis (1983). Visiting Lecturer, part-time, Social Work. B.S., Augsburg College:
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
RosalieV. Clark (1979). Assistant Professor, part-time, Social Work. B.A.S., M.S.W., University of
Minnesota.
James Cleary (1986) Lecturer, part-time, Psychology, Weekend College. B.A., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire: M.A., Ph.D., Western Michigan University.
Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Institutional Research Analyst. B.A.,
Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Lawrence E. Copes (1980). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University.
John Cosgrove (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend
College. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Larry Crockett (1985). Assistant Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., M.A., Pacific
Lutheran University: M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary.
Wayne A. Dalton (1984). Studio Artistpoice, part-time. B.A., University of Redlands; M. Th., Ph.D.,
School of Theology at Claremont.
Beverly C. Durkee (1965). Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A.,
University of Minnesota: Ph.D., Arizona State University.
Grace 6. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D. University of Minnesota.
Mark J. Engebretson (1976). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Physics. B.A.,
Luther College: M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College: MS., Michigan State
University: Ph.D., Colorado State University.
-
-
-
-
-
Sheldon P. Fardig (1962). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Carleton College; M.M., Ph.D.,
Northwestern University.
Norman B. Ferguson (1972). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College: M.S., Ph.D., University o f Wisconsin.
Larry L. Fleming (1979). Associate Professor of Music. B.M., Concordia College: M.A., M.B.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Marilyn Pearson Florian (1980), Instructor in Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College: M.A., St. Cloud State University.
Henry G. Follingstad (1962). Associate Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.E.E., M.S.,
University of Minnesota.
Stephanie C. Franz (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Physics, Weekend College. LA,, Augsburg College:
M.S., University of Minnesota.
Robert Mederichsen (1971). Assistant Professor, part-time, Art. B.A., Bethel College: M.A., Pennsylvania State University.
Mark L. Fuehrer (1969). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Stephen M. Gabrielsen (1963). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Jeny Gerasimo (1971). Professor of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College: M.A., Ph.D., University
o f Chicago.
Thomas G. Gilkey (1979). Assistant Professor of Music. B,M., DePauw University,
Orloue N. Gisselquist (1956). Associate Professor, part-time, History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Gerald Glatzmaier (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.A., St.
Cloud State University; M.A., University of Minnesota: M.A., Northeastern University.
Joseph R. Goldman (1986). Visiting Assistant Professor of Political Science. B,A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota: Ph.D. University of Kansas.
Paul H. Grauer (1979). Assistant Professor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.S., Concordia College, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Joan L. Griffin (1986). Assistant Professor of English. A.B., Washington University: M.A., Ph.D.,
Harvard University.
Satya P. Gupta (1976). Associate Professor o f Business Administration and Economics, B.S., M.S,,
Agra University, India; M.S., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University.
Donald R. Gustafson (1961). Professor of History, Interim Director. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Arlin E. Gyberg (1974). Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Brian P. Hackney (1983). Assistant Professor, Director of Audio-Visual Center. B.A., University of
Wisconsin-Eau Claire: M.A., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
C. Lea Ha11 (1986). Visiting Assistant Professor, part-time, Political Science. B.A.. Macalester College: M.M.T., Antioch-New England Graduate School: M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Paul P. Halvorson (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A., The American University.
Leif E, Hansen (1961). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Concordia College, Moor
head; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Jay Hanson (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration, Weekend College. BOA.,University of Minnesota; M. Div. Virginia Theological Seminary.
Nilda K. Hedblom (1971). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. (Part-time leave, 1986-87)
Robert S. Herforth (1966). Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College: M.S., Ph.D., University o f
Nebraska.
Edwina L. Hertzberg (1977). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Richard C. Herzog (1984). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S.,
Washington University; M.B.A., St. Louis University.
Garry W. Hesser (1977). ksodnte Prnressor of Sociology, Director of Metro-Urban Studies, Director of Cooperative Edl~catlonFmgram, R.A.. Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Fotre Dame. (On leave Interim and Spring, 1987)
Paul T. Hirdman (1985). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Psychology. A.A.,
WaldorfJunior College: B.A., Augsburg College; M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of North Dakota.
Norman D. Holen (1964). Professor of Art. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A., University
of Iowa.
Bradley P. Holt (1981). Associate Professor of Religion and International Student Adviser. B.A.,
Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale University.
John R. Holum (1957). Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. (On leave 1986-87)
Khin Khin Jensen (1955-56,1959). Professor of History, Director of East and Southeast Asian
Studies. B.A.. Rangoon University, Burma: M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Barbara E. D. Johnson (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Sociology. B.S., Gustavus Adolphus College;
M.S., University of Minnesota.
Carla Johnson (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Philosophy. B.A., Bethel College.
Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College; B.A., Huron College;
B.A., University of Minnesota; M.E.,South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
James D. Johnson (1969). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., University of Minnesota; MS., Juilliard School of Music.
Mary E. Johnson (1962). Associate Professor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A., Smith College;
M.A., Columbia University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Amin Kader (1974). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Business Administration
and Economics. B.Comm., University of Cairo, Egypt: M.B.A., University of Michigan.
Jane Kammerman (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.A., University of California: J.D., University of Minnesota.
Robert Karldn (1973). Professor and Department Chairperson of Music. B.M., New England Conservatoly: M.A., University of Minnesota.
Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Foreign Languages,
and Director of International Programs. B,A., St. Olaf College: M.A., Middlebury College.
Judith A. Kirk (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Speech, Communication, Theater. B.S., Indiana University.
Merilee I. Klemp (1980). Studio ArtistIOboe, part-time. B.A., Augsburg College.
Alvin L. IUoppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augustana
College: M.A., University of South Dakota.
Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College: M.A., University of Minnesota.
Angela Wyatt Kretschmar (1981). Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time. B.A., St. Olaf College.
Edith V. Kromer (1983). Librarian, part-time, Weekend College. B.A., Hamline University: M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Roy H. LaFayette (1972). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.S.B.,
University of Minnesota.
R. McFall Lamm. Jr. (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.A.,
M.A., North Carolina State University: Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University.
Roberta K. Lammers (1975). Associate Professor of Biology. B.S., lowa State University: MS..
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Nicholas A. Lenz (1980). Studio Artistpoice, part-time. B.A., Southwest State University: M.F.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Ronald 1. Libertus (1985). Lecturer, part-time, CHR Program and Women and Minority Studies.
B.A., University of Minnesota: M.A., Windham College.
Cynthia Dunbar Lohman (1985). Studio Artistpoice, part-time. B.A., M.M., University o f Minnesota.
Paul W. Lohman (1981). Director o f Chorale, part-time. B.A., Augsburg College; M.F.A., University
of Minnesota.
Steven Lund (1983). Studio Artistprombone, part-time. B.S., University of Minnesota.
Mary Ellen Lundsten (1977). Lecturer, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Smith College; M.A.,
Johns Hopkins School of Advanced International Studies: Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
M.
Richard S. Marken (1974). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of California, Los
Angeles: Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara. (On leave 1986-87)
Karen M. Mateer (1984). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.S., University of South Dakota: M.A.,
University of lowa.
Jerie McArthur (1983), Instructor in Speech, Weekend College. B.A., Macalester College: M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Dan McNamara (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration, Weekend College. BSIE, University of Dayton: M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Marie 0. McNeff (1968). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Me.
braska.
Roberta Kagin Metzler (1974).Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Park College; 8. Music Ed., M.
Music Ed., University of Kansas. (On leave Fall 1986 and Interim 1987)
Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956). Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College: M.A., University of Minnesota.
Kathryn S. Mlckelson (1985). Visiting Lecturer, part-time, Music. B.S., Augsburg College; M.M.T.,
Southern Methodist University.
Jan Miner (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Speech/Communication, Weekend College. B.A., Lycoming
College; M.A., Bowling Green State University.
Winston Minor (1983). Minority Coordinator (Black Student Affairs). B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
John R. Mitchell (1968).Associate Professor of English. B.A., Malyville College: M.A., University o f
Tennessee.
Thomas Morgan (1983). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. BS., Juniata College; M.B.A,, University of Denver; MS., University of Oregon.
Elizabeth Proctor Murphy (1984). Studio Artist/Cello, part-time. B.A., Cleveland Institute of Music.
Gordon L. Nelson (1967). Professor and Department Chairperson of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Richard C. Nelson (1968).Professor and Department Chairperson of History. B.A., University of
Nebraska: M.A. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Catherine Christie Nicholl(1973).Associate Professor, part-time, English. B.A., Hope College;
M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Beverly J, Nilsson (1977).Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Nursing B.Sl.,
M.S., University of Minnesota.
Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science, Director of Faculty Development. B.A.,
University of Pennsylvania: M,A., Ph.D., Indiana University,
Patricia Nortwen (1985). Studio Artistpiano, part-time. B.A., B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Mohammed Nouri (1982). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend College. Diplome, Ecole Centrale de Paris: M.S., University of Minnesota.
-
Celeste M. O'Brien (1975). Studio Artistpiano, part-time. B.A., Hamline University.
Sandra L. Olmsted (1979). Instructor in Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College: MS., University of
Wisconsin-Madison.
Trudi A. Osnes (1984).Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Education. B.A., Anderson College; M.S., City University of New York; Ed.D., Ball State University.
Ronald G. Palosaari (1965). Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; 8. Div., Bethel Seminary;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Gary A. Parker (1983). Instructor in Speech, Communication and Theater. B.A., M.A., University of
California-Davis.
Marlene J. Pauley (1983). Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time. B,A., St. Olaf College: M.M., Michigan
State University.
Lauretta E. Pelton (1970).Associate Professor, part-time, Education. B.A., Briar Cliff College:
M.Ed., Marquette University.
Paul render (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration, Weekend College. B.A., M.B.A,,
University of Wisconsin.
Douglas D. Perry (1976).Assistant Professor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of
Minnesota.
Curtis Peter (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Religion. B.A., Wartburg College: M. Div., WartburgTheological Seminaty.
Noel J. Petit (1984). Associate Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., St. Olaf College:
M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Joyce Pfaff (1966). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education and Director of Women's
Athletics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.M., University o f Minnesota.
Diane L. Pike (1981). Assistant Professor of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College: Ph.D., Yale Universi ty.
Stephen H. Pinsky (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Religion. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College:
B.H.L., M.H.L., Hebrew Union College.
Richard A. Ploetz (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend
College. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Colorado State University.
Shirley Polejewski (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration, Weekend College. B.S.,
College of Great Falls: M.A.C., Utah State: Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Craig L. Polsfuss (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., U.S. International University: M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
James Porter (1980). Visiting Lecturer in Religion. B.A., University of Missouri-Kansas City: M.A,T.,
Converse College: B.Th., B. Div., Teamer, Religious and Educational Enterprises, Inc.: Hon. L.L.D.,
Cuyahoga College.
Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor and Department Chairperson (Fall 1986) of Religion. B.A.,
Augsburg College: B.D., Augsburg Theological Seminaty: M.Th., Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary. (On leave Interim and Spring 1987)
Larry C. Ragland (1985). Associate Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri State College: Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin.
Bruce R. Reichenbach (1968). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College: M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., University
of Rhode Island: Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Pauline Sateren (1974). Lecturer, part-time, Music Education. B.A., Northwestern College:
M.M.M., University of Colorado.
Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor o f Health and Physical Education and Director o f
Men's Athletics. B.A., Augsburg College, M.A., University of Minnesota.
Mark T. Schelske (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Education. B.A., Carleton University; M.A., College
of St. Thomas; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Milo A. Schield (1985). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., Iowa
State University: M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University.
Majorie H. Sibley (1961). Associate Professor, Librarian, part-time. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Eugene M. Skibbe (1964). Professor and Department Chairperson (Interim and Spring 1987) of
Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College: B.Th., Luther Theological Seminaty; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany.
Dana W. Skoglund (1978). Studio Artist/Piano, part-time. B.M., Augsburg College.
Emma W. Small (1978). Studio ArtistJVoice, part-time. B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music.
Stanley H. Solnick (1984). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.A.,
M.B.A., University of Northern Colorado.
Paul G. Sonnack (1954). Lecturer, part-time, Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; C.T., B.Th., Augsburg Seminary; M.A., University of Chicago.
Donald 6.Steinmetz (1968).Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Myles Stenshoel(1965).Professor and Department Chairperson of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead: Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Stuart M. Stoller (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend
College. B.S., MS., Long Island University.
Daniel Sturm (1979). Studio Artist/Classical Guitar. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Grace 6. Sulerud (1966).Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College: M.A., University
of Minnesota.
Ralph L. Sulerud (1964). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead: MS., Ph.D.,
University of Nebraska.
Kathryn Swanson (1985).Assistant Professor of English. B.A,, St. Olaf College: M.A,, University of
Minnesota.
Philip J. Thompson (1959). Professor and Department Chairperson of Art, B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead: M.F.A., University of Iowa.
Neal 0. Thorpe (1967). Professor and Department Chairperson of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College:
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
David Tubergen (1980). Assistant Professor, part-time, Music. B.A., Hope College: M.M., Yale University: Ph.D., New York Universlty.
Donald N. Warren (1978). Lecturer, part-time, lntro to Liberal Arts. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Charles R. Williams (1984). Visiting Lecturer, part-time, Social Work. B.A., North Carolina Central
University: M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Nary Louise Williams (1978: 1984). Instructor and Department Chairperson of Social Work.
B.F.A., M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania.
Dorothy J. Williamson (1970). Instructor, part-time, Art Education. B.A., Asbury College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Mary E. Wilson (1969). Studio Artist/Flute, part-time. B.A., B.M., Nacalester College.
Helen A. Woelfel (1978).Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., St. Louis University: M.S., Marquette
University.
Academic
Calendar
FALL 1986
.................................................M. Sep 1
................................................Sa. Sep 6
........................................ S u Sep 7
............................................................
M. Sep 8
Labor Day recess
Upperclass validation
Freshmen registration
Classes begin
Last day to register.
add a class.
drop a class without notation on record.
or move upperflower division course
to upper division
Mid-term break
Last day to designate grading option
or move upperflower division course
to lower division
Interim registration
Spring term pre-registration
Last day to withdraw from a class
Thanksgivingrecess begins
Classes resume
Classes end
.................................F.
Final examinations begin
Final examinations end
Flnal grades due and
lncompletes due from spring
and summer '86
..................... ...................F. Sep 19
.................
....... . . . ...................F. Oct 24
.
........................................... F.Oct 31
...................................................M. Nov 3 .F. Nov 7
...................................M. Nov 17 .F. Dec 5
........................... .F.Nov 21
.......................................Th. Nov 27
....................
.
............................M. Dec 1
....................
.
.
.
Dec 12
..........................................M. Dec 15
.........................................Th. Dec 18
.................................................M. Dec 29
Interim 1987
............................................................
Classes begin
M. Jan 5
Last day to register.
add a class.
drop a class without notation on record.
or move upperflower division course to
.................Jan
... 6
upper division
Last day to designate grading option
or move upperflower division course to
lower division
M. Jan 19
Last day to withdraw from a class
W. Jan 21
Classes end
F. Jan 30
Interim grades due
F. Feb 6
....................................
.....................................................
..............................
...............................................................
...................................................
Spring 1987
....Tu.Feb 3
....................... .
.
.
.
........................................................... W. Feb 4
Validation of registration
Classes begin
Last day to register.
add a class.
drop a class without notation on record.
or move upperllower division course to
upper division
Mid-term break begins
Classes resume
Last day to designate grading option
car move upperllower division course to
lower division
Easter break begins
Classes resume
Last day to withdraw from a class
Early registration for fall
Classes end
Final examinations begin
Final examinations end
Baccalaureate
Commencement
Final grades due and
lncompletes due from
fa11 '86and Interim '87
................................................. ....Tu.Feb 17
.................
S a. Mar 21
.................................................... M. Mar 30
.................................................... F. Apr 3
...................... .....................F. Apr 17
........ .,....,........,.M Apr 20
........................
.
..............................F. Apr 24
.....
.......M. Apr 2 7F. May
....................
.
.
.
- 8
...........................
...........
J.
May 15
...................
.
.
.................M. May 18
......................................... . T h May 21
............................................... Su. May 24
................... .
.
.
.
..
W. May 27
Summer School 1987
.......................................................................M. Jun IT.Jun 26
........................... .
....................................M. Jun 29.F. Aug 7
Term 1
Term 11
Upperclass validation
and Freshmen registration
Classesbegin
Labor Day recess
Last day to register.
add a class.
drop a class without notation on record.
or move upperllower division course to
to upper division
Mid-term break
Last day to designate grading option
or move u .~ ~. e.r l l o wdivision
er
course to
lower division
Interim registration
Spring term pre-registration
Last day to withdraw from a class
Thanksgiving recess begins
Classes resume
Classes end
Final examinations begin
Final examinations end
Final grades due and
Incompletes due from spring
and summer '87
.....................................Tu.Sep 1
....................
.
............................ ..W. Sep 2
.......................................................M. Sep 7
.................................................W.Sep 16
................................... .............F. Oct 23
.....................................................F. Oct 30
.......................................... M. Nov 2 .F. Nov 6
................................... .M.Nov 16 .F. Dec 4
..............................W. Nov 25
......................................Th. Nov 26
.........................................................M. Nov30
...............................................................F. Dec 11
..........................................
M. Dec 1 4
.............................................Th. Dec 17
...........................................
M. Dec28
Show less
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
................. 2
Calendar .................... 3
Introduction
About this Catalog
............3
.....................
Courses .....................
Options
3
5
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College.
The ... Show more
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
................. 2
Calendar .................... 3
Introduction
About this Catalog
............3
.....................
Courses .....................
Options
3
5
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College.
The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January
Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to
investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible
during the regular term. There will be no summer Interim in 1988.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should
plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for
class as they would for a four-course load during Fall and Spring
semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during
Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to
enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale.
Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No Credit
basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system;
this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student
must select. Students registering for upper division standing should
anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading
standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35
courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to
complete one Interim for graduation).
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis
of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or
handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as
amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices.
For More Information
Interim Office (Memorial 230)
Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen at 330-1025
Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, at 330-1192 (Memorial 114b)
Interim Calendar 1988
......................
....................
..........................
November 2-6
.Interim Registration
December 7
.Late Interim Registration
January4
.First Day of Interim
Class I 9 a.m.
Class I1 1 p.m.
January5
.Last Day for Cancel/Add
January18 .Last Day for Determining Grading System with
Registrar
January20 ... .Last Day for Withdrawing from Full Courses
January29
.Interim Ends
February 2
.Validation of Spring Class Registration
February 3
.Spring Semester Begins
.....................
.
...............................
........
......................
The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning
time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for
Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time I: 8 a.m. to Noon (On the first day of classes Time I classes
will begin at 9 a.m.)
Time 11: 1p.m. to 5 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a
special convocation on Monday, January 18, at one o'clock.
About this Catalog
The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in
alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other
courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the college for
Interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these
courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students
may also register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed at the end of
the Catalog.
Options
International Interims - Students are invited to be part of one of the
26 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association
for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities
are listed near the end of this catalog.
Internships - Students electing an internship must present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 24. Contract forms are
available in the same office.
-
Independent or Directed Study Students may elect a program of
independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower
division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent
or directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must:
1.Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed
study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This
proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 4. Appropriate study proposal
forms can be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any
other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim
Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other
Twin Cities colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-1-4
schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements.
This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-14 schools for
the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's
home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students
for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special
fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $560
for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an
Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their
own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students
are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office.
Lourses
Art
d
Li e Drawing
A T 247-48001
Instructor: Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art
students.
The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. The poses will
extend from three minutes to an hour. You will be introduced to the 2B and 4B pencils, colored pencils and the felt
tip pen.
Fee: $30 due the first day of class
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I
Room: Old Main 17
J
PlantsUand
Civilization
BIO 102-48002
Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg
A study of the profound influence of plants on mankind's
economic, cultural and political history, as well as the steps
that civilization has taken to improve chosen plants for
use. Some plant anatomy and physiology will be discussed. Academic evaluation will be based on course exams.
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
1 Biological Evolution
BIO 107-48003
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
That organisms have evolved and, accordingly, all creatures are biologically related are probably the most significant conclusions which biology has contributed to human
knowledge. The anti-evolutionist arguments of the "scientific creationist" will be investigated in this course. However, to the vast majority of biologists evolution is accepted as a fact, and the evidence in its support will be
examined.
Biologists do not agree concerning the mechanisms and
pace of evolution. Indeed, theories as to these matters have
evolved and continue to do so. Much of the course will
involve historical study of evolutionary thought from preDarwinian times to the present. Finally, we will address the
course of evolution from the origin of life itself to the origin of human life.
There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist
of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based primarily on quizzes and tests.
Prerequisite: High School biology
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I
Room: Science 212
Business
H Business Ethics: The Social Responsibility
o Business
f;
B S 270-48004
Instructor: Dick Herzog
In this course we will focus on the responsibilities of business to society and consider problems that businesses and
business people face in a world of competing value systems. We will explore the moral foundations of capitalism
and the use of reason to study systematically business conduct and behavior.
Topics will include discrimination/affirmative action,
truth in advertising, insider information, corporate take
overs and green mail, multinational corporations and so
on.
There will be lectures, discussions and probably some
guests. Students will write and defend in class two essays
on assigned topics. There will be a final examination.
Prerequisite: Ethics recommended
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 21
Management Simulation Games
BUS 278-48071/378-48072
Instructor: Amin Kader
During this course, students will be grouped into teams to
play a computerized business management exercise. Each
team will control a company which manufactures and sells
similar products. Each team will attempt to outperform
other teams by selecting what appears to be the optimal
operating strategy. This strategy will involve setting production volume, marketing expenditures, and selling prices
and determining plant and securities investments as well as
stockholders dividends.
Students registering for upper division credit will be expected to have had at least one business course and to be
able to apply business concepts learned.
The lower division credit is designed for students who are
interested in business but who have had no academic business training. This level will require students to rely on
systematic and deductive analysis which will allow students to discover for themselves the relationship between
the various component parts of the business decision. The
lower version of the computerized game will be used for
this group.
Prerequisite: For 378 - BUS 242 or 252, BUS 221 or 331 and
ECO 112 or permission of instructor
Room: Psych 3
Time: I1
"
Chemistry
'
fur Changing Times
CHE 100-48005
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the
very popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is
not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a
science background. Basic science and math are introduced
early and are taught as needed for understanding the various topics and implications. The course does assume the
student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living.
Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education
for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be
philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades the human seeking of personal independence has led to chemistry becoming a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependence on chemistry. We
live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, "the pill",
food additives and processed foods, vitamin supplements,
the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic
manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental
disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The
common dragged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon
nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a
hangover is the result of a complex system of altered body
chemistry. Even learning appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule". Most of the
problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but
chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our
society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we
take a molecular look at the human condition.
This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format.
Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Daily
quizzes will be used for evaluation. This course meets a
distribution need but does not satisfy prerequisites for
Chemistry 106 or 116.
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I1
Room: Science 315
Chemistry in Health
CHE 120-48006
Instructor: John Holum
This course will progress from a study of basic principles
of chemistry (with emphasis on acid-base equilibria) to a
study of the chemical reactions by which our bodies manage the transport of oxygen and waste carbon dioxide in
the chemistry of cellular respiration. We shall study several
situations in which this chemistry goes awry - drug overdoses, overbreathing at high altitudes, emphysema, diabetes, hysterics, and pulmonary diseases. There will be some
attention to the nature of chemistry in particular and science in general. Average of four two-hour lectures per
week with demonstrations; evaluations by hour examinations and a final. This course meets distribution but does
not count toward a chemistry major or minor.
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I
Room: Science 315
History of Chemistry
CHE 125-48061
Instructor: Jean C. Kung
This course seeks to outline the influence of history on the
discovery of the elements. Ancient peoples discovered and
used a few elements setting the prologue for chemistry. We
will examine the discoveries of the elements, their utility
and the development of chemistry from ancient concepts
to alchemy to the powerful modern science of today. The
course grade will be based primarily upon a term paper.
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I
Room: Science 319
Computer Science
f7 ~ort;an
CSC 270-48007
Instructor: Larry Ragland
A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students with some previous knowledge of programming.
This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of
the features of FORTRAN together with programming
techniques for using those features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations.
Prerequisite: One course with a study of a computer language (e.g. CSC 170 or MAT 175)
Time: I1
Room: Science 112
Economics
Economics of Urban Issues
ECO 110-48008
Instructor: Ed Sabella
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a
metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention,
Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread;
Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic
tools are introduced to facilitate discussion of the above
mentioned topics. (This is a basic course designed for those
students who do not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major or minor.)
Distribution: Either Economics-Political Science or Urban
Concerns
Time: I1
Room: Library 1
Planned Economies (Soviet Union,
Yu oslavia, India)
8
EC 495-48009
Instructor: Satya Gupta
Students will study the evolution, objectives and performance of the present day economies of the Soviet Union,
Yugoslavia and India under different systems of management. Students should be able to conceptualize and appreciate the differences in approach and solutions of economic
problems of these countries.
Grades will be based on three tests and one research paper.
Prerequisites: ECO 112 or 113 (or consent of instructor)
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 13
Education
Student Teaching
EDS 481-48010;EDE 481-48014
EDS 482-48011;EDE 482-48015
EDS 483-48012;EDE 483-48016
EDS 484-48013;EDE 484-48017
Instructors: Marie McNeff, Ann Fleener, Vicki Olson
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Grading is P/N only.
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor.
fke Once and Future King: Arthur Through
the Ages
ENG 130-48018/ENG 430-48025
Instructor: Joan Griffin
"Hic jacet Arthurus Rex quondam rexque futurus (Here lies
King Arthur, the once and future king)." These words, legend says, are engraved on the tomb of the greatest king
who ever lived, Arthur of Britain.
But another tradition says that Arthur never died. Instead,
he was taken to the magical island of Avalon after he was
wounded in his last battle. There he will remain until the
world has need of a leader as great as he.
In fact Arthur has returned again and again in myth, legend, poetry, novels, and films. Arthur (and Arthurian
themes) have appeared in the works of great writers like
T.S. Eliot and James Joyce. But he's appeared just as often
on the best seller lists (in novels by Mary Stewart, for example), on the stage (Camelot) and in the movies (Excalibur).
King Arthur is as compelling a figure in modern imagination as he was in medieval literature. Why7 Who is this
Arthur7 Who was he in his own time, and what has he
become throughout the centuries7
Our quest for the meaning of King Arthur will take us
from medieval to modern times. We will look at classics
like Sir Thomas Malory's Le Morta D'Arthur, and Alfred,
Lord Tennyson's Idylls of the King. We will also look at
more popular works like T.H. White's Once and Future
King and movies like Monty Python and the Holy Grail
and Excalibur.
Evaluation will be based on a number of short papers, contributions to class discussion, and an exam. Students enrolling for upper division credit will also be asked to lead a
class discussion and write a long paper based on additional
readings.
Prerequisites: ENG 111Effective Writing (or consent of instructor)
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 16
Rock 'N' Roll: Lyric, Metaphor, Lore
ENG 355-48019
Instructor: John Mitchell
Devotees of rock and roll music tend neither to listen to the
lyrics nor to understand them when they do, probably by
preference. This course will examine the language of rock
and roll, emphasizing figures of speech and other poetic
techniques (metaphor, irony, etc.) and their thematic implications. Feature films, ranging from Blackboard Jungle to
Woodstock to The Wall, will also be examined for their
cultural implications and themes. Students will be required
to take tests and to write an extended analysis based upon
assigned readings and the use of language in the music. A
fee will be charged to help pay for film rentals.
Prerequisites: ENG Ill-Effective Writing
Time: I1
Room: Science 123
Five College Advanced Short Fiction
Writing
ENG 362-48058
Instructor: Carol Bly
This course will focus on writing short stories, but will also
include a study of basic fiction theory and the reading of
excellent works for use as examples. There will be frequent
in-class exercises, short (200 word) homework fiction to
write, peer and class critiquing and frequent conferences
with the instructor. Small group work will be encouraged.
We will explore sophisticated means of writing short
American literature--with emphasis on generosity of plot,
sensuous detail in place and time settings, presentation of
characters, brisk and lovely language as well as we can
manage.
Grades will be based on writing, class participation and
evidence of the grasp of advanced literary principles.
Prerequisite: One writing course beyond effective writing
and permission of Professor John Mitchell
Time: 10:OO-12:30 TWRF
Room: Hamline University, LC 102 E
French
Beginning French
FRE 111-48057
Instructor: Ruth Aaskov
This course aims to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice and readings, this course
works toward the discovery of French culture and the
French way of life.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 25
German
Introduction t o Yiddish
GER 220-48070
Instructor: Don Steinmetz
What do the works of Sholem Aleichem (which inspired
"Fiddler on the Roof"), Issac Singer (Nobel Prize for Literature), and several other great writers have in common7
They were written in Yiddish. How did expressions like
"chuspe," "shnook," "klutz," "kitch," "schmaltz," and
"shitik" get into English? Again, the answer is Yiddish. Yiddish is closely related to German and in this interim you
can learn to read Yiddish as well as you can read German.
Grades will be based on performance and at least two tests.
dia NLL 4 d ~ 1rrL
ri~~,a
Prerequisite: One year of college German or permission of
instructor
Time: I
Room: Old Main 12
Health and Phwsical
Education
II Recreational Rhythms and Activities
PE 232-48022
Instructor: Mary Manderfeld
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American
heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New
Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course
grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This is a 1/2credit course.
Time: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays, and
alternate Fridays
Room: Melby
H Sailing in the Virgin Islands
HPE 455-48023
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
This course is designed for the beginning and intermediate
sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising.
The course will focus on taking the student to a competent
level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming
and crewing). The student will live aboard a 39 foot fixed
keel sailboat with five other people and will function as an
active member of the crew. Actual on the water instruction
will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include
cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and
American Virgin Islands.
Evaluation will be based on performance as a crew member as well as a written final exam.
Prerequisite: Instructor's permission
Distribution: Lifetime sport
Beiltg H14man
INS 18848063
Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach
What is it to be a human being? We will first raise questions about the extent of our knowledge, about the meaning of life, and about values. Secondly, we will explore
how individuals are related to their society. We will analyze, among other things, the nature and purpose of education and the role of the individual in the state. Finally, we
will focus on the impact which contemporary developments in artificial intelligence have on how we view ourselves.
The course will emphasize reading original sources from
various historical periods, and frequent written interaction
with those readings. Several short papers plus written
preparation for small group discussions will be expected.
Prerequisite: Freshmen only
Distribution: Urban
Time: I
Room: Music 24
Images of America: From Wilderness
Forest to Urban Sprawl
EVE
INS 188-48064
Instructor: Ron Palosaari
When Europeans first settled in America they found themselves in a wilderness they hoped to transform into a garden. We modern Americans find ourselves in an increasingly urbanized environment and want simultaneously to
transform the city to make it more liveable and also to flee
the city and escape its problems by going back to nature.
In this course we will study some works of literature and
other texts that will help us understand how we got our
attitudes toward city and country. We will consider the
Greek development of the idea of the city, move on to the
Hebrew and Christian conceptions of the ideal society and
then study some of the development of American ideas
about country and city. Students will be expected to develop a personal statement of their attitudes towards the
rural and the urban. Students will write three papers and
take a final examination. We will take a field trip or two
and have several guest speakers.
Texts:
L. Mumford, The City in History, selections
I
Plato, The Republic, selection
Bible, selections
Augustine, The City of God, selections
R.W.Emerson, "Nature"
H.D. Thoreau, "Waldenff,selections
N. Hawthorne, "My Kinsman Major Molineaux"
E.A. Poe, "The Man of the Crowd"
S . Crane, Maggie
J. Baldwin, Go Tell It On the Mountain
J.C. Oates, Them
Prerequisite: Freshmen only
Distribution: Urban
Time: I
Room: Music 23
Leadership in the City
flz/E
INS 188-48065
Instructor: Richard Nelson
It has often been observed that leadership cannot be
taught. While that is probably true, it is definitely true that
leaders and leadership can be profitably studied. In this
course we will study leadership within the context of the
city. Through readings, discussion, and lectures we will
view the ancient and modern city and selected problems
within urban culture which require the development of
various types of leaders and styles of leadership. During
the first two weeks of class we will read from texts and
view films which will provide us with background material, and since all events are rooted in time, much of this
material will be historical in nature. The third week of the
course will be devoted to time spent observing the city.
Each student will visit with a leader in our metropolitan
community whom you will interview in order to gain primary data about his or her role as a leader. In addition,
you will work in teams to view the life of the city and
formulate questions and observations about the nature of
our metropolitan area. In the final week of the class we will
reserve time for individual and team reports to be given in
class. During the course you will write four short papers
(3-4 pages), prepare oral reports based on your week in the
city, and write three short exams. Each component, the
short papers, the oral reports, and the short exams will
comprise 30% of your final grade. Your participation in
discussions will count 10% of your final grade.
Prerequisite: Freshmen only
Distribution: Urban
Time: I
Room: Old Main 16
1
H Urban Theatre and Art
11v,C
INS 188-48065
4
Instructor: Julie Bolton
The Twin Cities is among the three largest theatre centers
nationally. In this seminar we will use current local productions as a laboratory for our exploration of meaning in
drama and theories of drama (expectations and needs of
the audience, the nature of the dynamic process which is
related between the actor and audience, and the differentiation between the play and the production). Play productions which were available in 1987 were Shakespeare's As
You Like It, Chekhov's Uncle Vanya, Ping Chong's Nosferatu, and David Hare's A Map of the World among others.
The seminar will focus on the themes: city/rural, artificial/
real, technology and civilization/nature, sin and darkness/
healing and restoration. We will use as background material classical humanistic texts: Job, Plato's The Republic,
Shakespeare's Macbeth, Adam's The Dynamo and the Virgin and Lewis Mumford's City in History.
Three productions will be viewed on which three 3-5 page
critical reviews will be written and shared with the group
as a basis for discussions. Research problems will require
library use. Play productions will be supported by visits to
art museums. There will be a fee for play admissions.
Prerequisite: Freshmen only
Distribution: Urban
Time: I
Room: Old Main 11
Interdisciplinary
Externship: e ink in^ ducati ion and the
World of Work
INS 299-486%
Instructors: Garry Hesser and Lois Olson
Learn from your experiences. Discover new ways to learn
by observing, collaborating, and reflecting on your experiences.
The externship is a modified internship consisting of a halftime placement and active participation in a seminar that
meets twice a week. Each student will be assisted in the
process of securing an unpaid placement where s/he can
obtain valuable first hand experience in the world of work.
The course is designed to achieve two major objectives: 1)
to enable students to observe and experience the relationships between the worlds of work and the classroom; and
2) to expand the students' abilities to learn from first hand
experience.
Each participant will observe and work approximately 20
hours per week in a placement which matches his/her major or career interests. The seminar will meet twice a week
for approximately two hours. Evaluation will be based
upon the overall quality of participation, supervisor assessment, critical incident analysis, journal/log and seminar participation.
Participants will complete a resume by November 24 and
secure a placement before the end of Fall classes (December
11).
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and placement secured by December ll.
Women, Men and the Bible
INS 181-48027
Instructor: Bev Stratton
Who are the women of the Bible7 How have women been
involved in or neglected by the Jewish and Christian faiths
through the centuries7 How have other religions dealt with
gender issues7 What does the Bible say about the roles and
relationships of women and men in the family and in the
church7 How do our images of God and our language effect our beliefs7 When must masculine pronouns be retained in Biblical translation, and when is inclusive language appropriate? How do our religious understandings
of the roles of women and men impact our actions in society?
We will explore these and other questions through extensive reading and class discussions. Our focus will be on the
Judeo-Christian tradition, but we will also consider other
religions, modern reactions to patriarchy, and inclusive
language for worship. Evaluation will be based on class
discussions, quizzes, short papers, exams, and a project.
Prerequisites: An open mind
Distribution: urban/women/minority
Time: I
Room: Old Main 13
Politics and Process in Education
INS 183-48053
Instructor: Norm Ferguson
Ever wondered about the advantages and disadvantages of
the formal education you are experiencing? How have the
educational methods you have been exposed to shaped
your view of yourself and the world7
The objectives of this course are to examine the processes
used today in American education (from elementary
school through college) and to evaluate them from a variety of social science perspectives (political, psychological,
sociological). The content of the courses will include topics
such as: cooperative learning, experiential education, individual learning styles, whole-brain learning, social responsibility, and student-teacher interactions.
Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of topics such as these. Guest speakers will illustrate some of the
alternative approaches to education being used currently
in the Twin Cities. Evaluation will be based on: (a) class
participation and (b) two papers or one paper and one
class presentation.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor
Time: I
Room: Psych 2
The Rabbi and the Robot: Human Value in
the Computer Age
INS 185-38029
Instructor: Larry Crockett
This course will explore how human beings should be understood in an age of robots, intricate computers, and artificial intelligence. Using film, non-fiction, and fiction, we
will examine these questions: Are human beings in some
sense machines7 Is it conceivable that smart machines
might in some sense be persons? What does the JudeoChristian tradition have to say about such questions7
Students will be asked to write one essay each week and to
write one exam consisting of multiple choice and essay
items.
Prerequisites: A computer science, psychology or philosophy course
Time: I
Room: Old Main 21
Cultural and Political Realities in Jordan,
Israel, the West Bank and Egypt
INS 262-480
Instructors: Joel Mugge and Gary Olson
Students will visit Jordan, Israel, the West Bank and Egypt
to examine historical, cultural, socio-economic and political factors in interaction. The course will include readings,
lectures and field experiences designed to illuminate life in
the Moslem, Jewish and Christian communities and to increase understanding of the political and social dynamics
which have engendered conflict in the region. Participants
will meet with people and organizations representing the
countries' many political and religious viewpoints. The
group will also travel to key historical sites such as Jerusalem's Old City and Cairo's pyramids. Trip leaders will be
Moravian College political science professor Gary Olson
and Joel Mugge, Director of the Center for Global Education at Augsburg College. Approximate cost will be $1800
from Minneapolis, including all transportation, accommodations, tours and meals with an itinerary extending from
January 7 through January 24.
Grading will be on a P/N basis only and evaluation will be
based on a journal integrating experiences with assigned
readings and on participation in a global perspectives forum during the spring term. Interested students must register first with the Center for Global Studies by October 30.
Mathematics
Shaping Up
MAT 151-48056
Instructor: Bev Durkee
A look at two and three dimensional geometric shapes by
drawing or building models and by considering the mathematical structure of the patterns of their symmetries (rotations, reflections, etc.) through transferational geometry.
The course should be helpful to those in elementary education or other nonscience majors interested in visual patterns. Assignments will be required. Course examinations
at midterm and final.
Prerequisite: Level 3 on Mathematics Placement Test
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: Science 112
H Math of Interest
MAT 173-48062
Instructor: Ken Kaminsky
Have you ever wondered why women have been charged
more than men for annuities and received lower pension
benefits than men? Or why women have paid less than
men for life insurance? Or how life insurance premiums are
calculated? Or how installment loan payments are figured
out? Or how much money to invest in order to accumulate
a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in
the future? Then this course may be meant for you. These
and other interesting and useful topics in the mathematics
of financial transactions will be covered.
Evaluation will be based on classroom participation and
quizzes.
This course should be useful for students in business and
economics or for any students interested in careers in finance-related fields.
Prerequisites: Group I11 on math placement test or equivalent.
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 27
H The Logical Game of Mathematics
MAT 241-48028
Instructor: Larry Copes
Lower-division mathematics students generally play only
games of calculation and concepts. But DOING mathematics as professionals requires an ability to prove and disprove conjectures and to write up proofs. The objectives of
this course are to help prospective mathematics majors
gain or improve those skills, and to get a taste of REAL
mathematics before committing themselves to a major. Toward that end there will be daily assignments and weekly
exams, including a cumulative final exam.
Prerequisite: Completion of Calculus I with 2.0 (C) or better
Time: I
Room: Science 205
Music
E Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview
MUS 110-48033
Instructor: Roberta Metzler
An introductory course for students planning to major in
music therapy. Course will consist of a general overview of
the field of music therapy, with visitations to several clinical sites in the area. Evaluation will be based on three tests
and field trip reports. Special fee to cover transportation:
$15.
Time: I1
Room: Music 26
E Improvisation in Music
MUS 129-48032
Instructor: Stephen Gabrielsen
Improvisation in Music meets every day for three hours,
and each student will improvise daily at class meetings,
using a variety of improvisational techniques and styles.
Prerequisite: Minimal ability on a musical instrument or
instructor's permission
Time: I1
Room: Music 4
The Electronics of Music
MUS 230-48030/MUS 430-48031
Instructor: Robert KarlCn
An opportunity for students to explore, experience, and
create some of the sounds found in 20th Century music.
Through a "hands-on" approach, participants will be involved in:
1. Making multi-track recordings on half-track, quartertrack, and cassette decks through an eight-track mixer.
2. Individually creating, modifying, and mixing sounds
from traditional sound sources as well as from analog and
computer-controlled synthesizers.
The study and application of practical electronic technology used in the production of music today will be combined with aesthetic considerations necessary for the creative aspects of the art.
Much of the work in this course will be done in small
groups. Lower division students will work with up to four
channel-four track recording involving techniques of speed
changing, splicing, reversing tape direction and filtering
using primarily traditional and non-traditional sound
sources. Upper division students will also use electronically synthesized sound sources including computer controlled keyboard, overdubbing and overlaying up to seven
tracks.
Students must have the use of a portable cassette recorder,
and provide themselves with a 7-inch reel of blank recording tape and a blank cassette tape.
Prerequisite: Music theory or permission of instructor for
upper division status
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I1
Room: Music 5
Norwegian
Be inning Norwegian
g
NO 111-48034
Instructor: Nancy Aarsvold
Course 111is for students with no previous background in
Norwegian. The course aims to develop basic skills in
speaking, listening, reading, writing, and cultural understanding, Classroom practice focuses on both presentation
of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in
everyday contexts. The final grade is derived from daily
assignments, ~ u ~ = F s and
,
a final examination.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 29
Nursing
Pends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 330-48035
Instructor: Terry Welcher
This course is intended to give students a broad perspective
by introducing current trends and issues in health care and
the profession of nursing. Many of the issues are controversial, are relevant to current practice and have potential
for far-reaching effects in health care. Students will be
graded on group presentations, written examinations and
field trip reports.
Prerequisite: Registered Nurse
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
Philosophy
Readings in Mystical Literature: The
Western Padition
PHI 390-48036
Instructor: Mark Fuehrer
The object of this course is to analyze the principles of the
various forms of mystical experience based on discussions
of selected mystical texts that are considered as basic (classic) in forming Western spirituality. Topics include: ecstatic
experience, purgation of the senses, mysticism and the
feminine, mysticism and poetry. Evaluation will be by
short papers and final examination.
This course meets the Humanities major requirement of a
perspectives course.
Time: I
Room: Memorial 323
Philosophy of Science
PHI 365-48037
Instructor: Kenneth Bailey
Sometimes it is said that we live in the Age of Science.
What does that mean? In what sense(s) might such a statement be said to be true or false? Is it really true that only
science can say something meaningful about Reality? Are
there any limits to scientific method? For example, what
does science have to say about values? These and other
questions about scientific methods, scientific knowledge,
and the applications for science to human life will be examined. (Is your future written in the stars?)
Primarily a discussion course. Grades will be based upon a
mid-term and a final examination; course participation;
and an individual study project.
Prerequisites: Suggested prior courses: PHI 130 (Logic)and
one course in natural science
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 11
Phusics
~&oduction to Weather
PHY 106-48040
Instructor: Noel Petit
A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a
working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas observing
the weather changes and understanding the world's climate. Related topics to be included are: hydrology (study
of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic effects of
the weather, and weather's impact on world events. This
course is designed to be an elective or satisfy the Mathematics-Physics distribution requirement for the liberal arts
student.
The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory followed by a two-week trip through the Southeast
United States visiting major weather facilities. The itinerary will include stops at Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma
City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and Gulfport, Mississippi;
Tampa, Miami, Cocoa Beach, Daytona Beach and Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory program for the functions of that facility. Topics of the
visits will be severe storms, control of the water in the Mississippi River basin, automated weather observation at
sea, television station weather facilities, hurricane tracking, weather satellites, and agricultural weather. During
the trip the student will maintain a journal of weather and
site visits. Daily weather maps will be created using portable weather satellite reception systems carried on the trip.
This trip will not only allow visits of operational weather
facilities, but also will allow the student to experience the
full range of climates across the US from north to south.
Daily quizzes and lectures will be given during the travel.
Grades will be based upon the journal, two hourly examinations and an individual project completed during the
trip.
The cost will be approximately $700.
Prerequisite: High School Algebra
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: Science 123
The Physics of Music
PHY 112-48038
Instructor: Jeff Johnson
This course will examine the physics underlying the experience of music. After developing the essential physics, we
will examine string and horn instruments (and possibly
others including the human voice) to see how they actually
work. The requirements of the course include laboratory
exercises and homework assignments. There will also be a
final exam in addition to a term paper on the history of the
student's favorite musical instrument.
Prerequisite: High school algebra
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: Science 30
The Starship Accords
PHY 180-48039
Instructor: Mark Engebretson
You have been selected to participate in the establishment
of the first permanent human settlement outside our solar
system. As one of the colonists, it will be your duty during
flight to:
A. Familiarize yourself with the environment expected in
any of the several galactic locations thought to be suitable
for colonization.
B. Choose the location, design, and level of technology of
the new colony.
C. Help design a system of governance for the entire community.
Assigned readings in science, science fiction, and political
theory will form the basis of class discussions and individual and group projects. Evaluation will be based on the
above and on two short quizzes.
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: Library 1
Po Iitical Science
II Patterns of Change in the Middle East
POL 268-38068/468-48069
Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten
The objectives of this course are to go behind the headlines
and achieve deeper understanding of the issues facing policy makers in the Middle East today and to make use of
theoretical perspectives from history, comparative politics
and international relations while examining Middle East
political life.
Lectures and class reading will explore the long heritage of
Islam in the area as well as the impact of Western power
and political concepts. How ideas and social movements
confront each other amidst rapid technological and social
change will be studied. Students will also analyze the complex policy choices facing outside powers with interests in
the region.
All students will read an introductory text and select from
recent specialized studies on six societies: Iran, Israel,
Egypt, Lebanon, Saudi Arabia, and the Palestinians. All
students will give oral critiques of two books from the set
of specialized studies and will write a final essay on political aspects of two countries.
Additional class meetings will be held to discuss readings
on the comparative method and selected Middle East political topics as treated in an additional text required for upper division credit. Upper division students will critique
methodology as well as the information and stylistic approach of the books presented in classroom critiques. An
additional final essay applying comparative theory to two
Middle East countries will be required for upper division
students.
Prerequisites: None for lower division; one political science course and sophomore status for upper division
Distribution: Economics-Political Science
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 10
H Political Economy
POL 459-48041
Instructor: Joseph Goldman
This course introduces students to the theoretical and policy questions dealing with political economy; especially
how politics and economics interrelate across industrializing and postindustrializing systems. Using history, political
science and economics, we will look at the concepts,
models, theories and paradigms of national and international development. Issues like the "North-South debate,
GNP growth, market expansion, industrialization, capitalization, the arms race and high technological advancement
are covered.
Students are evaluated on a comprehensive examination
and a short (15-20 pp) term paper in the form of a case
study or policy study in consultation with the instructor.
The examination and a paper are worth each 50% of the
total grade.
Prerequisites: Preferably course work in political science
or economics
Distribution: Economics-Political Science
Time: I
Room: Psych 3
Ps ycilology
H Introduction to the World of Psychology
PSY 121-48042
Instructor: Paul Hirdman
Psychology is more than rats1 It is a world of great
breadth, with differing levels of depth. Here you will have
the opportunity to explore some of the concepts, data and
methods of psychology and gain some understanding and
insights from this discipline. Readings, lectures, and special presentations will be utilized involving the instructor
and class members. Evaluation will involve class participation, student research presentations and exams.
Distribution: Psychology-Sociology
Time: I
Room: Psychology 4
Idealism and the Adolescent
PSY 370-48043
Instructor: Duane Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life
of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus.
This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high
level of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers, and frequent
oral reports. Each student will be required to seek out and
interview persons in the adolescent level of development.
Typewriting or equivalent word processing will be required.
Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children
by Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book
will be available in the Augsburg Bookstore by November
1st. Content of the book will be discussed in the first few
class sessions and will provide a base for further learning in
the course. This course is offered only on P/N basis.
Prerequisites: PSY 105-General Psychology
Time: I
Room: Old Main 27
The ~ u t h e r a n
Heritage
REL 345-48044
Instructor: Eugene Skibbe
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the
world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it
is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th
century and its development and cultural influence during
450 years of history. The text by Bergendoff will provide
an overview. Lecture and class discussion will deal with
examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music,
missions, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements will include two exams and one short paper. One
text costing approximately $12.00 must be purchased in
class on the second day.
Prerequisites: REL 111or 221
Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be
used to meet religion requirements)
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
The Bible, Language and Interpretation
REL 445-48052
Instructor: Philip Quanbeck
A study of the use and function of language in the Bible.
The importance of recognizing the varied character of language for understanding the biblical text. Grades will be
based on class participation, a presentation to the class and
an examination.
Prerequisites: Senior Honors Student or permission of instructor
Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be
used to meet religion requirements)
Time: I
Room: Old Main 10
Social Work
Ex loring Human Services
SJ
K 257-48055
Instructor: Francine Chakolis
This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable
tool in selecting a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working in a professional human service
organization or agency; working and talking with human
service professionals and others who participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs. This course
offers a "hands on" experiential approach to learning.
Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency representative. In addition, students will
attend a specific small group seminar 3 hours per week
during which agency experiences will be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in
the agency, written subjective summary, brief journal summary, and final exam.
Time: I
Room: Melby 24
Issues of Hornelessness
SWK 339-48051
Edwina Hertzberg
The intent of this course is:
1. To expand student's knowledge of homelessness in an
historical context;
2. To expand student's knowledge of the reality of homelessness in the Twin Cities;
3. To expand student's understanding of the causative factors which contribute to persons being homeless: economic, employment, personal.
4. To explore possible resolutions of homelessness.
Readings, guest lectures, field visits to sites serving homeless people, participant observations and volunteer experience will be utilized to fulfill the above objectives. A semin a r f o r m a t will be used in the classroom f o r
discussion/exploration of the topic.
Field notes from participant observations, class participation and a research paper exploring one aspect of the topic
will form the basis of evaluation.
Fee: $30.00
Non-social work majors are particularly invited to enroll
in this course.
Prerequisites: SOC 111, 121, SWK 257, 361, or consent of
instructor
Time: I1
Room: Psych 2
H Social Work and Community Services in
Great Britain
SWK 346-48059
Instructor: Rosemary Link
Great Britain is an exciting mixture of ancient and modern
- ancient in its culture and modern in its social policies.
The course explores social work services with this dual focus. We will visit a variety of community agencies: formal
public, private, and natural helping networks in a range of
urban and rural settings. In order to experience the nation's
culture, we will be invited to English family homes, meet
with social work students, attend theatre performances,
and visit historic treasures.
London is the nerve center for the countrv's resources and
we will begin by visiting some of its foremost community
institutions such as Great Ormond Street Childrens' Hospital and Toynbee Hall Settlement. With the help of English
social work students, we will unravel the post Second
World War commitment to universal social policies. These
policies have established services available to all citizens in
health, education, income maintenance, housing, and personal social services. They also provide the major working
turf of the social work profession.
As a contrast to the inner city of London, we will visit
Exeter and explore the rural and beautiful coastal West
Country. In addition to the formal 'public' social work
agencies such as Probation and Corrections, we will make
contact with informal services and the small, more extended family oriented fishing and farming communities.
Throughout the course, there will be an emphasis on understanding current national policies and attitudes through
cultural and literary connections. Therefore, visits to the
National Theatre, The Houses of Parliament, cathedrals,
and ancient community sites such as Oxford are an integral
part of recognizing and appreciating the whole community. Culture and history come to life during day excursions through the gentle English countryside to Oxford and
Stratford, Warwick and Coventry, Bath and Canterbury.
Students will complement their direct experience by reading the British press and current social policy pamphlets,
journals, and books. Suggested Readings: A. Kahn and S.
Kammerman, Not the Poor Alone; M . Bruce, The Rise o f
the Welfare State; l? Barclay, Social Workers: Their Role
and Tasks; Charles Dickens, Oliver Twist; any play by
G.B.Shaw, and the 'quality press' - The Guardian, The
Times, The Telegraph.
Student evaluation will be based on a summary of a reflective journal, an agency study, a critique of a current social
policy (which includes a comparison with their American
experience), and participation in visits and discussions.
The comprehensive fee of $1,965 includes air and surface
travel, accommodations, six dinners, four theater tickets
and a one week London travel pass.
Registration for this interim must be made before October
23 in The International Center, Old Main 20.
Field Work III
SWK 466-48045/SWK 466-48046
Instructor: Maria Brown
The objectives of the class are to use supervisory relationship to increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the
client contact phase of the problem solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to professional
practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professional development; to promote competence
in the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages.
Course content will be continuation of Field Work I1 educationally focused field placement in a social service
agency.
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field
placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated
supportive seminar held on campus.
Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field Instructor
using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms.
Note: Course is offered for half (466-48045) (15 hours per
week) or full (466-48046) (30 hours per week) credit. If for
full credit, half of the credit will be based on non-client
contact tasks.
Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11)
Time: to be arranged
Sociology
Racial and Minority Group Relations
SOC 265-48047
Instructor: Gordon Nelson
This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding.
The course is offered only on a P/N basis. Students can
expect evaluation to be based on a combination of class
participation, written assignments, and/or examinations.
Distribution: Urban/Minority
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
.-
Spanish
Evaluating Continental Literature
SPA 250-48048
Instructor: Gunta Rozentals
The objective of the course is to enable students to discuss
continental literature through the use of valid critical tools.
It will involve both theory and subsequent evaluation of
the reading selections from different points of view. We
shall read half a dozen short stories, several plays, one
novel and a number of poems.
Student evaluation will be based on three written reports,
participation in class discussions, and a final exam. This
course is designed for foreign language students but anyone with an interest in European continental literature is
welcome to enroll.
Offered in English.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or consent of instructor
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: I
Room: Old Main 22
Speech, Communication,
Theatre
Children's Theater
SPC 285-48049
Instructor: Gary Parker
Class members will work as an ensemble to create and perform a play for children. Development of the play will emphasize techniques of improvisation. Students will participate both on and off stage as performers (actors, singers,
dancers, musicians), production staff (publicity and management), and technical staff (lights, scenery, costumes,
and props). Public performances will be scheduled during
the final week of class. Grading will be based on the commitment and effectiveness of work on the production, and
a written notebook of daily activities and reactions. No
theater experience is necessary.
Time: 9:30-12:00,1:00-3:00
Room: Stage Two
H Television News Production
SPC 344-48050
Instructor: Warren Harmon
This will be a basic course in television news production
taught on location. Students will get practical experience in
interviewing, shooting, writing, editing and producing the
news. Grades will be based primarily on how well these
tasks are performed and on the quality of material produced. Students will work in a newsroom setting, not a
television studio. Students should have some previous TV
coursework. Check with Julie Bolton in the speech department for further information.
Prerequisite: Permission of Department chair, Julie Bolton
Time: I
Room: Dayton-Hudson Production Studios, St. Paul
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers
overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Mary
Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20, or from the
Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October 23,
1987. These courses are offered on P/N basis only and generally carry a lower division number.
H Art and Culture in Europe: A Study in Contrasts
H Austria, Italy and Eastern Capitals: The Habsburg Heritage
H The Bahamas: Women, Health and Healing
H Biology and Natural History of the Hawaiian Islands
H China: Yesterday, Today, and Tomorrow
H Costa Rica: Ecology of Tropical Forests
H English Castles and Cathedrals, Cities and Countryside
H The English School and Family
H Europe and the Rise of Modern Science
H France at the Dawn of the XXI Century:
Modernity and Tradition
H German Language and Culture
H The Greek Experience
H Hawaii: A Cultural History
H Intermediate German: 2000 Years in Trier
International Law and Business in a European Environment
H The Irish Renaissance
H Italy and Malta: Ancient Cultures and Contemporary
Problems
H London, Paris, Amsterdam: The Legacy of Wealth and
Power
Mexico: The Old and the New
H From Monastery to Manufacturing:
The Dawn of Capitalism
The Natural History of New Zealand
Paris-Dakar: The French-African Connection
Social Work and Community Services in Great Britain
H The Soviet Union: Church and State After 1000 Years
H Theatre in England: Its Texts and Contexts
H The Vikings
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for
credit by the college. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are
offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for
registering are available in the Interim Office.
Outward Bound
HPE 212-48073
Check for information in the Interim Office for material on
dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian
border or for white water canoeing and desert camping on
the Rio Grande in the December 27 through January 17
period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available).
Washin on D. C. Interims
?
Leaders on eadership: Models for Policy Making
POL 398-48073
Law and Society: An Examination of Issues and Principles
POL 398-48074
These Interims begin December 28 and continue until January 16. Information on either of the above programs,
housing and financial assistance is available from Dr.
Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117A.
The foSlowing activity is available to students during Interim
and srudenks may register for this class as well as for a repsilar
course. This activity does not carry official credit, but does
meet h e liferime sports requirement for graduation. Students
may participate in his class without registering for the course,
but will be expected to pay any fees whether or not the student
registers for the course.
American Karate
HPE 002-48067
Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum
The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, caught by a certified Second Degree MKA
Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 12:OO-1:00M, W,F
Room: Melby
Show less
......................2
Options ......................4
Visiting Students ................5
About This Catalog................. 5
Calendar ........................6
Interim Courses ...................7
Lifetime Sports ...................36
Interim Abroad .................. 38
Other Courses ... Show more
......................2
Options ......................4
Visiting Students ................5
About This Catalog................. 5
Calendar ........................6
Interim Courses ...................7
Lifetime Sports ...................36
Interim Abroad .................. 38
Other Courses ...................39
Introduction
Introduction to Interim
The College follows a 4- 1-4 calendar, with fall and spring
semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week
January Interim. Interim is intended to be a time for both
students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning
and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not
possible during the regular term. The College is changing its
calendar next year to a 4-4 calendar so January Interim 2002
will be the last opportunity to take an Interim course.
Freshmen are required to take an Interim course their first
year. All other current students are expected to complete the
two interims required for graduation.
Interim is an opportunity for intense concentration on a
single course of study. Since one Interim course equals a fulltime load, students should plan to spend the same amount of
time in class and preparing for class as they would for a fourcourse load during fall or spring semesters. Students should
be prepared for at least 40 class hours during the Interim and
should anticipate the equivalent of the normal two hours of
study for each class hour. Since the course length is only 3 112
weeks, attendance at every class is imperative. While it is
expected that students will attend every class period,
instructors will establish the precise attendance policy for
their courses. Students can register for only one course credit
during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who
chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale. Students generally have the option to register on a
PassINo credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on
the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division
credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and
students must select which is most appropriate for their
needs. Students registering for upper division credit should
anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous
grading standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel
requirements, have additional fees associated with them.
These fees, although intended to be accurate, may change and
students should check with the instructor to verify the final
costs.
Day school students (3.0 credits or more for fall) can take a
total of 1.0 course credit. They may take two half-credit
classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The
lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time
students (fall term). If less than full time, they will be charged.
Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim as a
cross registration and will be charged WEC tuition $1321 per
course credit and a $25 technology fee. If they do so, they may
petition to take an additional 1.0 course credit in Weekend
College for winter trimester.
Augsburg College, as afirmed in its mission, does not
discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, national
or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status,
status with regard to public assistance, or disability in its
education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan
programs, athletic andlor school administered programs, except
in those instances where religion is a bona fide occupational
qualification. Augsburg College is committed to providing
reasonable accommodations to its employees and its students.
Any questions concerning Augsburg's compliance with federal or
state regulations implementing equal access and opportunity can
be directed to Betty Wade, afirmative action coordinator, Ofice
of Human Resources, CB 79,Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside
Ave., Minneapolis, M N 55454. She can be reached by telephone,
(612) 330-1023; or by e-mail, <wadeb@augsburg.edu>.
Options
International Interim-Students are invited to participate in
the international Interim courses offered by the Upper
Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE)
and other consortia. These course opportunities are listed on
page 38. Some courses have early registration deadlines.
Internships deadline-Friday, December 7. January Interim
internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an
internship must meet departmental requirements and present
a signed internship-learning agreement plan to the Center for
Service, Work, and Learning (1st floor Memorial) by the first
day of Interim classes. The learning-agreement forms are
available in the same office. Internships during Interim must
involve full-time work placements for approximately four
weeks. Assistance for planning internships is available in the
Center for Service, Work, and Learning.
Independent studylresearch or directed study-Students
may elect a program of independent study (upper division
499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim.
Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting
responsibility for more than one independent study per
Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed
study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements
2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study
plan approved by the supervising faculty member and
the directedlindependent study registration form.
These forms must be submitted by December 1.
Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can
be obtained in the Office of the Registrar.
Interims at other schools-Augsburg students may enroll at
any other 4-1-4 institution that offers a reciprocal Interim
arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs are available
in the registrar's office. Registration for Interims at the other
ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular
registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at
other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but
may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's
general education requirements or major requirements.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4- 1-4 schools
for the January Interim without tuition charges, provided the
student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to
Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition
does not include special fees, housing, or board costs. Other
students will be charged $1,844 for the Interim course plus a
$25 technology fee. Students interested in registering for an
Augsburg Interim should write to the Office of the Registrar
for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim
office at their own school. There is an application processing
fee of $25. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are
not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be
made to the Office of Residence Life.
It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor
visiting students may register for 199,299,399, or 499 courses.
About This Catalog
The catalog lists courses by departments in alphabetical order.
At the end of the book are listings of other courses not
offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim
credit. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports
listed at the end of the catalog. Courses that include travel are
marked with an airplane.
Interim Calendar 2002
November 13 to December 1
January 3
. . . . . . . . . . Interim registration
..........................First day of Interim
Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day)
Time 11-1:15 p.m
January 4
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last
. day to register or add a class
January 7
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Last day to drop a class
without notation on record
January 16 ..................... Last day for determining
grading option with registrar
January 16
.........Last day for withdrawing from courses
January 2 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . Martin Luther King Day-no
class
January 25.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interim ends
January 29.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spring semester begins
February 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Interim grades due to registrar
The time, number, and length of meetings as well as the
beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily
schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 to 11:45 a.m. (Note:on the first day, Time I classes
will begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:15-5:00 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day-no
class
For More Information
For more information contact Barbara Pappenfus in the
Interim Office at 612-330-1 150.
h f e Drawing
ART 247-J
Instructor: John McCaffrey
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art
students. The figures will be depicted with a variety of
drawing media. Students will study form, structure, skeletal
and surface anatomy, proportion, rendering techniques, and
composition. There will be a $45 fee to be paid on the first
day of class
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Tme: I
Room: Old Main 17
/Topics: Watercolor Painting: Art of the
French Table
ART 300-J
Instructor: Tara Christopherson
A
!r'
Aim
What Arles cafe seated Van Gogh on the yellow chair he
immortalized? What Provencal traditions produced the
inspiration for Cezanne's still life, Fruit Bowl, Glass and
Apples? How did the region's pottery and glass artisans
influence the dramatically modern Leger and Picasso? The
wallpaper in Matisse's tableau, Harmony in Red-did it hang
in his studio on the outskirts of Nice? And FragonardProvencal romantice, what perfumes from his native Grasse
inspired his flower-filled paintings? In this course, students
learn transparent watercolor techniques and experience the
art of the French table by painting on location-subject
matter, conversation, locations, and traditions that inspired
masters.
For more information, contact Prof. Tara Christopherson,
612-330-1232.
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Marine Biology of the Florida Keys
BIO 140-J
BIO 340-J
Instructor: William Capman
dLm
The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for study of natural
history and ecology of marine, coastal, and sub-tropical
communities. This class will spend about two weeks in
Florida at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on
Big Pine Key. The institute offers laboratory facilities, oceangoing research platforms, housing, and a dining hall. Field
trips to coral reefs (Looe Key National Park), tide pools, turtle
grass flats, mangrove islands, and upland hammocks will be
led by professional naturalists from the institute. Organisms
and communities will be studied on site and in the
laboratory. Research projects will be initiated shortly after
arrival at the station in order to provide opportunities to
gather data over a period of several days. Visits to Pennicamp
State Park, Key West, and the Everglades will be included.
Evaluation will be based on:
BIO 140: (1) field and laboratory records, (2) personal
journal, (3) quizzes at Marine Institute, and (4) final exam.
Prerequisite for BIO 140: Any one of the following courses or
their equivalents-BIO 101, 102,103,113, 114, or consent of
instructor.
BIO 340:(l)field and laboratory records, (2)personal journal,
(3)quizzes at Marine Institute, (4)written report of the
research project, and (5)final exam.
Prerequisite for BIO 340: BIO 351 or BIO 481 or consent of
the instructor.
Estimated cost of the course: $2,500 (includes airfare, all
ground transportation, housing, and meals while at the
institute). Contact the instructor for details.
Prerequisite: See Above
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: II
Room: Science 225
Rhe Biology of Aging
BIO 185-J
Instructor: Bob Herforth
With the aging of the Baby Boom generation, interest in, and
research on, the biological basis of the aging process has
taken on an air of urgency, compared with an earlier more
leisurely approach. This course surveys functional changes
which occur in the body with age and diseases associated
with aging, such as osteoporosis, Alzheimer's disease, and
cardiovascular disease. The major theories that have been
proposed to explain what causes aging will be presented,
including findings on the cellular and genetic basis of aging.
Attention will also be focused on the results of attempts to
slow the aging process in experimental animals and humans.
Prerequisite: None
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 315
/personal Finance
BUS 240-J
Instructor: Ashok Kapoor
This is an introductory course in personal financial planning.
Students will be introduced to budgeting, credit, income
taxes, insurance, real estate, investment and retirement
planning. Evaluation: Quizzes and exams.
Prerequisite: None
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: II
Room: Foss 43
Responding to the Challenge of Japan
BUS 368-J
Instructor: Steven LaFave
This course provides an examination of current Japanese
business practices using a cultural perspective. A multimedia
approach will be employed involving film, television
documentaries, radio speeches, and readings from current
periodicals in addition to text materials. A seminar model will
be used with substantial participation expected on the part of
the students. Evaluation will be based on a paper, two 20minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and
mid-term and final examinations. This class should be of
interest to anyone majoring or minoring in international
business or any field of business administration, as well as
anyone interested in Japan. Students who cannot attend every
class should not enroll in this course.
Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of the instructor
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 29
Introduction to Polymer Chemistry and
American Plastic
CHM 104-J
Instructor: Ron Fedie
Previously there was the Stone Age, Iron Age, and Bronze Age.
Now we live in the Age of Polymers (and Plastics). Without
this innovative technology, life as we know it would be much
different. The variety of polymer molecules and their
properties make up many, diverse plastics and the variations
are endless. Many items and materials in the areas of
coatings, adhesives, leisure/sports equipment,
building/construction, automobiles, furniture, clothes,
medical supplies, cosmetics, and others that are used everyday
come from different polymeric materials made from polymer
molecules. In this course we will explore and discuss the
world of polymer chemistry. Polyethylene is one of the most
commonly used synthetic polymers in "plastic" wrap and
trash bags. A common natural polymer, polyisoprene, is
collected from the sap of rubber trees and tires, golf balls, and
latex gloves are just some of the many uses. The class will
focus on two books. One, American Plastic: A Cultural
History, by Jeffrey Meikle, for the historical perspective of our
world of polymers. Themes from the book, the different
types of polymers used, and recent themes such as the
recycling of plastics will be discussed. A second book, Giant
Molecules, by Grosberg and Khokhlov, will help with the
previously mentioned themes and give more depth to the
broad world of polymers not covered in Meikle's book. There
will be six lab periods in which some polymer molecules will
be made and several of their interesting properties will be
explored. Students will be graded on 25 group worksheets,
six quizzes, six reflection papers, six lab periods, and an
individual project and presentation.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 22
Time: II
Room: Science 315
States of Maiter (.50 Credit)
CHM 114-J
Instructor: Joan Kunz
CHM 114 provides an overview of the main states of matter,
examining the laws governing the behavior of gases, liquids,
solids, colloids, and solutions. The course connects chemical
theory and models of matter with real world behavior and
application. CHM 114 is a required transitional course for
students needing one year of general chemistry who enter at
the CHM 105 level and intend to take CHM 116 in the
spring. CHM 106 will not be offered in the spring of 2002; all
students needing two semesters of general chemistry must
take either CHM 1151116 or CHM 10511141116.
Prerequisite: CHM 105
Time: I
Room: Science 212
Introduction to Computer Science and
Communications
CSC 160-J
Instructor: Charles Sheaffer
This course introduces the major areas of computer science
and computer communications. These areas are: algorithms,
algorithm design, algorithm efficiency, hardware, logical
circuit design, computer organization, software and operating
systems, programming languages, operating systems, theory
of computation, mathematical foundations of computer
science, Turing machines, computer communications and the
Internet, packet switching, Internet services, and operation.
This course will consist of lecture/discussion times with
frequent in-class lab exercises on the topics above. Grading
will be based on examinations, labs, and homework. This is
not a course in computer applications or how to use
computers, although we may touch on these topics.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Tune: I
Room: Sverdrup 202
UNlX and C
CSC 272-J
Instructor: Karen Sutherland
Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming
language. It is assumed that the student has knowledge of
programming methods and has done programming in some
other language. Grading will be based on examinations and
programming assignments.
Prerequisite: CSC 170 or programming in some other language
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: II
Room: Sverdrup 202
School and Society
EDC 480-J
Instructor: Joe Erickson
-l'l~iscrmrse will rxanainc. the rr~lcof schools and ducatinn in
two cultures: the United States and Nicaragua. Participants
will have an opportunity to see how these two contrasting
cultures and social systems view the role of schools within
their societies. Every system of learning has both
opportunities and defects. Those in leadership roles within
each system make choices about how to educate. The goal of
the course is to enhance participants' understanding of the
role of teaching and learning within a society, both in the
formal elementary and secondary educational systems and in
non-formal educational structures such as adult literacy
campaigns. For more information, contact Prof. Joe Erickson,
612-330-1647.
Prerequisite: Sophomore-standing education majors & completed PPST &
admitted to the education department
Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 1 or 2
Graduation Skill Requirement: Writing (If taken in conjunction with EDC 200.)
Time: WEClDay
1
Topics: Live Theatre Here and Abroad:
The Best of Two Worllds
ENG 282-2
Instructor: Ron Palosaari & Darcey Engen
W f/F , ~
I
London, an exciting city to visit, has the best live theatre in
the world. MinneapolisISt. Paul is one of the best places for
drama in America. We will spend 10 days enjoying London
theatre, nightlife, and cultural opportunities. Then we will
return and study Twin Cities theatre, which has its own
strengths. Students will also be assigned several museums
and art gallery visits, hear guest speakers that will include
directors, actors, and stage managers. Our course will be
especially good for those students who want to travel abroad
but are looking for a shorter or less expensive trip. Any
interested student, however will find this course a rich
educational experience. For more information, contact Prof.
Ron Palosaari, 612-330-1005, or Prof. Darcey Engen,
612-330-1549.
Prerequisite: None
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Topics: Investigating the Victorian
Thriller
ENG 282-D
ENG 482-D
Instructor: Dallas Liddle
This course will study the phenomenon in 19-century Britain
of the popular novel of suspense, mystery, and terror. From
Frankenstein early in the century to Dracula at its end, the
nightmares imagined by novelists of Great Britain have
continued to interest and horrify readers throughout the 20th
century. Early in the century these tales were generally either
"Gothic" (stories of horror and the supernatural set in Italy
or Spain) or "Newgate" novels (true-crime stories about the
lower classes). By the 1860's however, popular novelists
including Charles Dickens, Mary Braddon, Eliza Wood, and
Wilkie Collins were producing a stunningly successful series
of works in which the action was set in the everyday world of
the Victorian middle classes, and the villains (as one reviewer
remarked) seemed like people the reader might meet at
dinner. Often challenging and sometimes subversive, these
novels drew intense public scrutiny by raising issues that the
politer genre of domestic fiction could hardly hint at
including gender roles and sexual transgression, class and
race oppression, obsession and madness, and the dark sides
of urban life, industrial poverty, and empire. We will read
several of the best of these thrillers, at the same time actively
investigating the culture that produced them. We will read
original reviews and responses, including parodies, and learn
about the context of newspaper and magazine journalism in
which several of the novels appeared. While we investigate
the power of the Gothic and Sensation genres for their
original audiences, however, we will also work to determine
why these novels have continued to appeal to successive
generations of readers. Course grades will be based on class
attendance and participation, two short papers, a group
presentation, and a final exam. Upper-level students will read
one additional novel, write a research-based paper on it, and
share the results of their research with the class.
Prerequisite: ENG 111
Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: II
Room: Foss 20
Topics in History: Minnesota History
HIS 195-J
Instructor: Bill Green
This course will cover the early racial, ethnic, political, and
economic history of Minnesota, focusing on the Ojibway and
Dakota, the explorations of the French and British, the U.S.
territorial era, and statehood. We also will look at how
European immigration impacted Minnesota, and how the
rise of various political movements influenced the
governance of the state.
Prerequisite: None
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
Dance (men only) (0.5 course credit)
HPE 232-M
Instructor: Carol Enke
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American
heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the
course grade is based on dance practicals, a teaching
assignment, and a written test.
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I- 1~,118,119,1110,1111,1114,1115,1116
Room: Melby Gym - center court
Dance (women only)
(0.5 course credit)
HPE 232-W
Instructor: Carol Enke
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American
heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the
course grade is based on dance practicals, a teaching
assignment, and a written test.
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I - 1~,118,119,1110,1111,1114,1115,1116
Room: Melby Gym - center court
Instructional Materials & Methods in
Health Education
HPE 390-J
Instructor: Eileen Uzarek
This course will cover principles and methods of instruction
applied to health education(5-12). Emphasis upon
teachingllearning strategies and student assessment.
Development and delivery of lessonslactivities is included.
Students are evaluated by their peers and the instructor on
their ability to create, deliver, and assess health education
lessons in a "real"c1assroom. Evaluationlgrading is also based
upon the completion of a "technology project:' resource file,
and exam.
Prerequisite: HPE 110
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Melby 202
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
HPE 455-J
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
1'1
e>m
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested
in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will
take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling
(anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will
live aboard a 43'-46' fixed-keel sailboat with five to six other
people and will function as an active crew member. Actual
on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course.
Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in
the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and wind
surfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes
will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin
Islands in January.
The course cost is $3,500, which includes airfare for Augsburg
day students and qualifying Interim exchange students.
Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in addition to
this course cost in order to receive academic credit. PIN
ONLY. Applications may be picked up from the office of Joyce
I
Pfaff, Melby Hall 121, Augsburg College. They must be
turned in with deposit and appropriate signature before final
acceptance is given.
Prerequisites: Permission from Joyce Pfaff, health and physical education
department, 612-330-1247; no smoking is allowed; basic swimming skills;
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport, also one course credit upper
division
Maximum Enrollment: 10 ( A waiting list will be kept after the original 10 spots
are filled)
Introduction to Islam
INS 225-J
Instructor: Amin Kader
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his
perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover
the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and
tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political
systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be
discussions on the differences between the Islamic sects
(Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). Some effort will be made to deal
with the similarities and differences between Islam and both
Christianity and Judaism. Students will also visit one of the
mosques in the Twin Cities. Evaluation is based on two tests
and a paper.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 27
Paideia Seminars
INS 255-J
Instructor: Anne Kaufman
Students will participate in a series of seminars following the
Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and
Paideia Associates. Students will also view selected films for
seminar discussions; develop and lor hone skills of mature,
intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in a St. Paul
public school; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars,
and lead seminars. Students will be assessed on journal
entries including evidence of seminar preparation, reflection,
peer and self-evaluation, as well as a final summary paper.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
Topics: I've Been Working on the
Railroad
INS 268-J
Instructor: Noel Petit
An overview of the history, technology, economics, and future
of railroading in the United States. Includes visits to rail and
transportation facilities here in the Twin Cities as well as a
rail trip to Chicago on Amtrak to experience intercity and
commuter rail systems. Designed to give the student an
understanding of the significance of this hidden part of the
U.S. economy. The student will learn how significant
Minnesota has been in the development of rail systems where
we are going in this growing industry. We will have a special
emphasis on the development of the towns of the Midwest.
Students will complete four papers (one each week) and
present their paper to the class (with multimedia images and
videos) each week. Students will critique each presentation.
Trip Fee: $300. Note: This fee will be placed on your student
account when you register for this course.
Prerequisites: Effective Writing English 111
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Graduation Skill Requirement: Speaking
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 201
Work in the City Externship: Linking
Education and the World of Work
INS 298-K
Instructors: Lois Olson & Lynda Olson
This course introduces students to the nature of work, and its
role and value to the individual and to society. Seminar
format will focus on work as viewed by this generation and
the requirements to succeed both now and in the future. A
special emphasis will be on self-discovery learning activities,
visits to Twin Cities businesses and community organizations,
and discussions with panels of professionals. Students will be
expected to research employment trends and career options,
complete a portfolio of reflections, exercises and selfassessments, and give individual and group presentations.
Students will also explore various organizations of the Twin
Cities and understand their role and impact in a major
metropolitan area. PIN grading only.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: II
Room: Lindell 16
Native American Storytelling
INS 332-J
Instructor: Sophia Jacobsen
The objective of this course is to study Native American
storytelling from a cultural perspective. An appreciation of
oral traditions will be emphasized and studied within the
broader context of world mythologies. Students will learn
how the art of storytelling is integral to story content.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics or Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: II
Room: Music 23
Topics: The Czech Republic: Social and
Cultural Impact of the Emerging Free
Market Economy
INS 495-C
Instruclor: Stu Stoller
This intensive experience in contemporary Czech culture and
society will allow you the opportunity to develop an
appreciation for the many diverse cultures that intersect in
Central Europe. Students will reflect critically on how their
own life experiences have shaped their perspectives in the
world, and how this differs from people in other countries.
During week one, there will be excursions and field trips that
will explore the environs of Olomouc and study the history,
culture, art, and architecture of the Czech Republic. Week
two will focus on the Czech Republic's recent membership of
NATO. Students will study the roots of the divisions of
modern Europe, the concerns of the Czech government as it
approaches membership in the EU. The final week will
concentrate on developing a capitalist enterprise in the excommunist world, looking at how models are succeeding, and
how different sectors of Czech society are responding to the
changes in social norms and values, which underlie these new
economic initiatives. For more information contact Stu
Stoller at 612- 330-1772
Applied Algebra
MAT 105-J
Instructor: Su Doree
Concepts of linear, exponential, logarithmic, and other
models with an emphasis of applications to the social and
natural sciences, business, and everyday life.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 1
I '
Math of lnterest
MAT 173-J
Instructor: Nick Coult
Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or
car. Find out how much you need to be socking away now to
have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities,
perpetuities, and life insurance work, and more. Evaluation
will be based on classroom participation, quizzes, and a final
examination.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 or consent of instructor
Graduation Skill Requirement: Quantitative Reasoning
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 205
Math of lnterest
MAT 173-K
Instructor: Ken Kaminsky
Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or
car. Find out how much you need to be socking away now to
have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities,
perpetuities, and life insurance work, and more. Evaluation
will be based on classroom participation, quizzes, and a final
examination.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 or consent of instructor
Graduation Skill Requirement: Quantitative Reasoning
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 108
I
Topics: Sounds and Sights of Europe
w
M U 5 179-J
Instructors: Roberta Kagin & Gabe Gabrielsen
d m\,/I
' I ' h i ~cnlirse provides an opl~nrtiir~ity
t1-r visit sonw of tlw
F
Great Eurclpeau c~~ltural
ccfilers that ~~rovidcd
the impctits f i l l I
development of cultural life in the New World. For more
information you may call Prof. Roberta Kagin, 612-330-1273.
Liberal Art Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Survey of Rock History and Musical
Style, 1951-1971
MUS 204-J
Instructor: Ned Kantar
An introduction to the fundamentals of music and
musicology as they occur within the context of rock's
inception (1950s) and maturation (1960s) periods. This
course will examine the historical background, musical
content, and methods of selected artists and their work.
Evaluation will be based on class participation, written
assignments, exam, and a group project. For non-music
majors.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: II
Room: Music 3
.
Skills of Music Theatre
MUS 235-J
THR 235-J
Instructors: Sonja Thompson & Darcey Engen
Music-theater exists in every culture, stemming from the basic
human impulse to dance, sing, and express oneself. Come join
theatre professor Darcey Engen and music professor Sonja
Thompson as we explore this interdisciplinary art form, and
assist you in developing your own performance skills. In
addition to memorizing, analyzing, and performing your own
scene from an opera, operetta, or a musical, you will also be
introduced to music-theater from China, Japan, India, and
other cultures. The course includes writing and research, class
discussion and exercises, improvisation, and small and large
group instruction. Performers of all levels are welcome,
though some singing and acting ability is required. Interested
students will be auditioned in December and appropriate
material will be assigned. Course may be repeated with
permission from the instructors.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Sateren Auditorium
Beginning Norwegian I
NOR I l l - J
Instructor: Becky Hegstad
This course is for students with no previous background in
Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking,
listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication
and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice
focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures
and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation
will be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and
a final exam.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 26
The Philosophy of Socrates
PHI 231-J
Instructor: David Apolloni
We shall examine the historical and intellectual background
of Socrates and what our sources allow us to say about his
person and teachings. We shall clarify and critically examine
Socrates' key teachings: that virtue is a form of knowledge
and that all virtues are somehow one; that evil is ignorance;
whether or not virtue can be taught; that it is impossible for
wrong doer to be happy; and that being a citizen requires
obedience to the state's laws, even if that means accepting
one's own death. There will be take-home written
assignments and weekly quizzes.
Prerequisite: None
Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 13
Existentialism
PHI 370-J
Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach
We begin with the philosophical background of
Existentialism in Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Husserl, and
Heidegger. We then consider what it is to be beings-in-theworld by focusing on central themes such as freedom,
absurdity, guilt, despair, paradox, risk, and the presence and
absence of God in the philosophical and literary works of
individuals like Sartre, Camus, Kafka, Beckett, and deBouvoir.
Prerequisite: One prior course in Philosophy
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Music 22
Introduction to Space Science
PHY 320-J
Instructor: Ken Erickson
This course provides a survey of Earth's space environment
including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and
upper atmospheric physics (solar dynamics, magnetic storms,
particle precipitation, aurora, and related topics). Evaluation
will be based on two exams, class assignments, one research
paper, and at least one class presentation.
Prerequisite: Phy 245 or permission of instructor
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 206
Environmental and River Politics
POL 241-J
Instructor: Joe Underhill-Cady
We live and work on the shores of the largest river in North
America. It is the reason the Twin Cities are located where
they are, and it continues to define the city, as human
settlement here in turn has profoundly shaped the river
ecosystem. Of late in cities across America there has been "a
return to the river," and in this class we will be doing the
same. The river stands as a remarkable symbol for the
community, of continuity and change, of cycles and
transformation, of the power and beauty of the natural
world, and there is much to be learned from studying it.
Using the Mississippi as the focus, this course looks at the
changes in thinking about the relationship between humanity
and the natural world, as the relationship has been expressed
in literature, law, science, religion, political philosophy, and
popular culture. Particular attention will be paid to legal and
cultural conceptions of the natural world, including the ideas
of property and ownership. We will explore the distinction
between wilderness and civilization and the political function
of the line dividing those two realms.
We will cxplott. the ~bivorlhrt>ughthc cycs and cxpcrienccs c b f
those whv have wr-rkerl ancl lived their lives along il, anrl
through sitc visits to Incatio~lsalong thc river, speakers in
class, nnd on the Internet. S!~tdentswill t~avi.iln opportui~ity
to explow thcir own inttresrs in tl~criver through i n d i v i d u a l
projects, ranging rrom boat building, lo Inhlying at the Stutc
Ct~pital,In rhe vnrinlrs Mississippi Honds, tn river wolcl~yand
"green consumerism." There will bc o p p o r t u n i l i e s to work
will1 Incrll river-relatctl groups 011 thasc projccts,'~h~.ou~liont
thc coursc s ~ t ~ d e nwill
t s he encousngctl to drcnm, and to worlc
o t ~talcing that vision and ~ i ~ a k i nit gn i.e:~li~y,
in building
wip port lor n projccr, in netwnrlritls, in hilvinp, palicnce, in
fclllnw ing rhrouph, in working hartl, R I I ~ at
! tlir enrl, 11;lving
sornr~l~i~ig
concrete to show for thtir effilrrs. T11esc pmjcc~s
can h~ B j~rtjtntypcfor the f ~ ~ t ~pt ur ~
r s r ~nf
i l a vnratiori lo
cnntribute lo thc*jrworld in whntcvor wny one is celled to tic1
SO.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 1 or 2
Graduation Skill: Critical Thinking
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
Understanding Asian America: The
Politics of Identity
POL 282-J
Instructor: Andrew Aoki
This course focuses on Asian Pacific Americans (APAs) and
thcir chilnging p o s i l i o n in Amcrican socie~y,Innking a t
history ns ~ c l as
l contcinpnr:lry ile\~cloymcnls. L l x n ~ i ~ i n c s
Elnw hltAs hnvc hccn idcn~ificdhy olliers, ar~rlhow Asian
An~cricar~s
itlcntify thcrusrlvcs. Will Al+'ir fi~llnwa "'racial"
pailern Isii~~ibr
to Al'laicnnAmcricarts), or will they follow nn
"eihnic" pattern (similar lo I'uropean Arnoricans)? Tc, what
cxtcrit rrrill those not nf E u r o p c a n dcqccnt be sccn as part CII
the mainstream rather than the margins? These questions are
relevant not just for APA affairs, but also for the larger social
changes that are sweeping America at the beginning of the
Science and Religion
J .9.
-- 7
-
REL 374-J
Instructors: Larry Crockett & Mark Engebretson
For somc in our sncicty, scie~lccir t l ~ driving
c
enainc ofa
l)cttcr, inore scclrre l i f t i ~ n dthe hasis h r a philosopl-ty of life.
I:or n~hers, scici~ura nrl irs assaciatecl ~cchnologieq,n long wit11
its inviratinn tn hecomc n glnbal wnrltlview, constilcitc a gl-nvc
tlircal. Smne Cl~rislinnspart irulnsly iccl thrcntencrl by
science. Tlris coarse will adclrcss ~ h c s rlnatters in two ways.
Firs!, it will I~cginwiih a historica! nvcrview nS tlie relatioi~s
bstwecn scicncc and tllc Chrisiinn f6~itll,
empl~wsizills~lircc
periods: he clrigins o f the Clrrisiian faith, thu clevcl~ipmentof
"morlern" sciencc ant! ~~~cclianistic
~diilrrsal~liy,
and thr recvilluat ion [tf scicncc anil natulnchirr Ihc 201h rcnt~rry.Scconci,
it will stlldy systematically the wnrlctvictm of scicncc and
religion to see how they compare.
Class tilnc will hc tlivirlud ,lmnng a variety of artivitics
including lectures, wliolc class tlisctrssicms, snlall Rruilp
IU rorials, arrrl an oxtended simtr Intion cxercisu in dcvclnpirrg a
space cillol~y,itlrawitig from thr ide;is rlcvclopcll in ihr coiirse.
(hurse cv:tluatic~nwill I>c hnsurl un two sl~ortexams,
participation in small group tutorials based on assigned
readings, a group project presentation, and a major synthesis
paper based on the group project and course materials.
Prerequisite: Religion 111, 221, or 331
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: II
Room: Science 205
Topics: Heaven, Hell and the End of
the World: Interpreting Biblical
Apoca!yptic Liferature
REL 490-J
Instructor: Philip Quanbeck I 1
This course is a study of the apocalyptic literature of the Bible
with emphasis on the book of Daniel in the Old Testament
and the book of Revelation in the New Testament, as well as
apocalyptic themes elsewhere in the New Testament, such as
the letters of the Apostle Paul. The apocalyptic literature of
the intertestamental period will also be examined. This course
will also address the legacy of apocalyptic literature in the
history of Christian thought and experience including an
examination of contemporary apocalypticism. This will
include the role of biblical apocalyptic imagery in art,
literature, film, and popular culture. Coursework will include
group presentations, two exegetical papers on biblical texts,
and a final project.
Prerequisite: Religion 111, 221, or 331
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 1 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time II
Room: Old Main 25
Cultures of Violence
SOC 290-J
Instructor: James Vela-McConnell
Street gangs and warfare. Police brutality and genocide.
Domestic abuse and terrorism. What are the dynamics
underlying these and other forms of violence? What do they
have in common? How do they differ? This course takes
violence in its many forms as a topic for sociological analysis
and concludes with an examination of non-violent
alternatives. With this in mind, we will compare different
theoretical perspectives on violence, such as psychological,
social psychological, and socio-cultural perspectives. The
course will involve a combination of lecture and discussion
based on readings and videos, debate of current issues in the
field, and guest speakers from and field trips to local
organizations dealing with problems of violence. Students
will be expected to research, write about, and present on the
sociological dimensions of a particular form of violence. In
addition, there will be short reaction papers based on the
readings, and classroom participation will be an important
part of grading. This course has a lab fee of $25 payable the
first day of class to the instructor.
Prerequisite: None
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: II
Room: Old Main 13
Topics: The Sociology of Social
Movements
SOC 295-J
Instructor: Lars Christiansen
Scores of social movements have shaped and challenged the
social, political, and economic institutions of the United
States. Many of these protest movements seek to change the
established social order; some seek its defense and
preservation. This course offers the sociological study of
social movements in the United States within the last two
centuries. We will explore important question such as: Why
do people engage in protests at certain times, while at other
times reamin silent? Why are people willing to risk their lives
to create social change? How do social movements form, and
what causes their decline? Is the use of violence an effective
means of establishing social change? We will address these
and other crucial questions through a systematic study of
several social movements including labor, civil rights,
feminist, environmentalist, and anti-global capital
movements.
Prerequisite: Soc 121 or permission of professor.
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: II
Room: Old Main 29
Documentary Video
SPC 347-J
Instructor: Deb Redmond
Documentary video is a video production course that
integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on experience
dealing with non-fiction subjects. Students will work in
production teams, gaining experience in field production and
editing. The production teams will produce a 30-minute
documentary piece. Evaluation will be based upon student
journals, critiques, and a paper. This course requires
additional lab time for editing.
Prerequisite: None
Maximum Enrollment: 16
Time: I
Room: Science 123
Exploring Human Services
SWK 257-A
SWK 257-B
Instructors: Glenda Rooney & Francine Chakolis
Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 60 hours in
a service agency or institution that they select. The placement
must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency
staff. The course is designed to introduce the fields of practice
in social work and to help students explore a possible major
in social work or future career in the human services.
The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions that
assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings
that explore the historical development of social welfare as an
institution and the nature and value system of social work as a
profession. Students will also examine and critique the
manner in which social, economic, and political structures
impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their
own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their
personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as
poverty and the "isms." Detailed information will be sent to
students at the close of Interim registration.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 60, 2 sections
Time: I
Room: Foss 21 A and B
Field Work I: Integrative Seminar
SWK 307-A
SWK 307-B
Instructor: Curt Paulsen & Joe Clubb
Junior social work majors are required to have 240 hours of
supervised professional experience in a social work agency.
This small group seminar supports the first 120 hours of this
placement and is facilitated by the faculty member who serves
as liaison to the student's practicum field agency. The course
provides structure and process for students to integrate
learning from their practicum and academic coursework
focusing on generalist practice with individuals.
Prerequisites: Candidacy status, SWK 301, and SWK 306
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I
Room: Murphy 111
Introduction to Dance
(0.0 credit)
THR 002-T
HPE 002-T
Instructor: Sandra Agustin
With each session beginning with a rigorous physical warmup, this class offers an overview of various forms of dance,
including modern, ballet, Asian, and Latin forms. Each class
includes a rigorous physical warm-up, mixing yoga, pilates,
and modern dance.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport
Prerequisite: None
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T, W, Th, F
Room: Sateren Auditorium
Modern Dance/lmprovisation
THR 004-J
HPE 004-J
Instructor: Sandra Agustin
Students will learn various phases of movement incorporating
floor exercise and will learn to travel through space using
level, volume, and floor pattern, culminating in the creation
of short, improvisational pieces.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport
Prerequisite: THRIHPE 002 or instructor's permission.
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: 1:OO-2:00 M, T, W, Th, F
Room: Sateren Auditorium
Skills of Music Theatre
THR 235-JIMUS 235-J
Instructors: Sonja Thompson & Darcey Engen
See course information listed under MUS 235-J.
Resources for Youth and Family
Ministry
Y FM 201-J
Instructor: Nancy Going
The Twin Cities are home to many youth and family
organizations and parachurch ministries. This course in an
unbelievable opportunity to visit many of them, and to get to
know many of the creative people who have conceived and
given shape to significant resources for the church. In
addition, students will have hands-on opportunities to review
and use the printed, music, media, and Web resources that are
shaping ministry in the church today. Finally, students will
learn a process for planning, and develop their presentation
skills by providing leadership for a two-day retreat. Retreat
costs: $30. We will pool transportation for site visits and the
retreat.
Prerequisite: REL 111, 221, or 331
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: II -January 3, 4, 7 - 11, 17, 18, 22, & end with retreat on January 23-24
from 9:00 a.m. on January 23 to 8:00 p.m. on January 24.
Room: Sverdrup 1
Peer Ministry: Principles and
Leadership
YFM 232-J
Instructor: Lyle Griner
Students will be instructed to train college, high school, and
junior high youth to serve as peer ministers in their
congregations and communities. They will learn and practice
communication skills, facilitate small groups, and learn the
role of a listenerlhelper. Peer ministry integrates the act of
caring and serving others within a Christian belief system.
Prerequisite: REL 111, 221, or 331
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 3
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: 9 a.m. - 11:30 a.m. on January 3,8, l0,22, & 24; and 9 a.m. - 5 p.m. on
January 14, 15, 16 & 17
Room: Sivertsen
Lifetime Sports
The following activities are available to students during
Interim, and students may register for these classes as well as
for a regular course. These activities do not carry course
credit but do meet the lifetime sports requirement for
graduation.
Lifetime Sport: Badminton/Pickleball
HPE 002-B
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Practice and playing of badminton and pickleball.
Grading: PIN only.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T, W, Th, F
Room: Melby Gym-northlsouth courts
Lifetime Sport: Ultimate Frisbee
HPE 002-F
Instructor: Paul Grauer
Practice and playing of ultimate frisbee. Grading: PIN only
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T, W, Th, F
Room: Air Structure
Lifetime Sport: Golf
HPE 002-G
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Practice in the various shots used in the game of golf.
Grading: PIN only
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport
Maximum Enrollment: 16
Time: 1:00-2:00 M, T, W, Th, F
Room: Air Structure
Introduction to Dance
HPE 002-T/THR 002-T
Instructor: Sandra Agustin
See course information listed under THR 002-T.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T, W, Th, F
Room: Satern Auditorium
Modern Dance/lmprovisation
HPE 004-JTTHR 004-J
Instructor: Sandra Agustin
See course information listed under THR 004-J.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: 1:00-2:00 M, T, W, Th, F
Room: Satern Auditorium
Interim Abroad
UMAIE
SPP 201-J
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper
Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, that offers
overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further
information about the following
- courses can be obtained
from Cynthia Truitt Lynch at the Center for Global
Education, CB 307, Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside Ave.,
Minneapolis, MN 55454,612-330-1650. These courses are
offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a lower
division number.
Africa e5 the Middle East
African Stories: Philosophical Ideas in Literature
Crossroads Africa: Arts and Culture in Morocco
The Natural History of Tanzania
Australia and the South Pacific
Sustainable New Zealand: Ecology, Economy and Society
Australia: The Economy and its Social Context
Europe
Introduction to Peace and Conflict Studies: The Northern
Ireland Context
The Czech Republic: Social and Cultural Impact of the Emerging
Free Market Economy
Tltr 13rrcqlish Srlrard nnrl l:rrt~riiy:A Cot?~parrrtiveStudy
in Nirt', Id~*tlr),
and Paris
Frct~rhI,nri,vra,qc rrrtd Culrr~n~
?t~~errnl?rli~rrr
.'ipnrrisi~C n ~ r g i r g rrrlrri Ctrl/rri-cin Southern Spain
Live Theatre In and Around London
The Lost Generation: Americans in Paris
Spain: The Influence of a National Culture on Organizational
Practices
Theatre in England
Watercolor Painting: Art of the French Table
The European Union in the 21st Century
Latin America and the Caribbean
School and Society .
Other Interim Abroad Courses
HECUA
Development and Community in Bangladesh
ACTC
Peace and Conflict Resolution in Northern Ireland
ACTC Creative Writing Workshop at
Hamline: Transforming Genres
Course will carry upper division English credit
Instructor: David Mura
David Mura will teach the ACTC 2002 advanced creative
writing course at Hamline University. His topic will be
"transforming genres." Mura, a poet, creative nonfiction
writer, critic, playwright, and performance artist, will
encourage students to write in one genre to explore shifting
their work to another genre. The total class size will be
limited to 2-3 recommended students from each college.
Prerequisites: Eng 226, or other introductory creative writing course, and
recommendation of the creative writing faculty. To apply for this course,
contact Professors Cass Dalglish and Doug Green.
Maximum Enrollment: Three student writers from each of the ACTC colleges.
Other Courses
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not
connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for
credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other
expenses that are the responsibility of the student. They are
offered only on a PIN basis.
Inside Washington 2002:
Academic seminars
Politics and the Media
Politics, Power, and the Presidency
January 6-1 8, 2001
Pol 398-A(l.O Credit)
January 2002 marks the end of President Bush's first year in office
and the beginning of the race for the congressional midterm
elections that may mean a party switch in the House or Senate.
Much is also at stake at the state level as numerous gubernatorial
races may determine who will run for president in 2004. Many
retirements and new seats as a result of reapportionment and
redistricting means that the political deck is being reshuffled.
Who will be advantaged? What are the likely outcomes? What
main forces will be at play? How will President Bush's policy
agenda affect the political landscape and what role does the
media play in the political and policy games of Washington, D.C.?
Inside Washington 2002 is an exceptional opportunity for
students to step into the fire of politics and gain a unique insight
into these and many other issues. Through site visits, tours,
briefings, and lectures, politicians, media personalities, policy
makers, and scholars will take students on a behind-the-scenes
journey through the halls of power. Don't miss this special
opportunity to go inside Washington!
The first week, "Politics and the Media:' will examine how the
relationship between politicians and the media shapes political
news.
The second week, "Politics, Power, and the Presidency:' will
explore the first year of the Bush Administration, and the
influences that affect the public policy agenda of any new
presidential administration.
For further information about the program see Professor
Hedblom in Memorial Hall 117A, call her at 330-1197, or email:
hedblom@augsburg.edu.There are four scholarships available to
cover registration and tuition costs based on priority in
registration through the political science department.
Show less
A Greeting
from the
President
On behalf of the entire college
community, I welcome you to
Augsburg College. It is a pleasure
to introduce the College to
prospective students and to use
this opportunity to welcome new
and returning students.
Augsburg has earned a reputation
as an affordable... Show more
A Greeting
from the
President
On behalf of the entire college
community, I welcome you to
Augsburg College. It is a pleasure
to introduce the College to
prospective students and to use
this opportunity to welcome new
and returning students.
Augsburg has earned a reputation
as an affordable, quality liberal arts
college of the church. The mission of
the College, its academic programs
and its metropolitan location attract a
wide variety of students, a diversity
which is actively encouraged.
Whether from a small town, a large
city or another country, all students
enjoy the sense of community here
at Augsburg.
The College continues to grow,
building on a tradition of excellence
in its programs, f a d t y , students
and facilities. It is a place where
community, national and world
leaders meet to discuss issues
and ideas.
I invite you to become part of this
tradition of excellence -Augsburg
is an exciting and challenging place
to prepare for your future.
I look forward to meeting you
on campus.
Charles S. Anderson
President
- AUCSBURC LOLLECE FACTS AND FIGURES
Location -Augsburg College was
founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wis. The
College moved to Minneapolis in 1872.
Religious Affiliation - The Evangelical
Lutheran Church in America (ELCA).
Although a strong plurality of students
are Lutheran, 18 percent represent other
Protestant denominations and 21
percent represent the Roman Catholic
Church.
Accreditation -North Central
Association of Colleges and Schools,
National Council for Accreditation of
Teacher Education. Approved by the
American Chemical Society, Council on
Social Work Education, National
Association for Music Therapy, Inc.,
National Association of Schools of
Music, and National League for Nursing.
Member -Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities, Lutheran Education
Council in North America, Minnesota
Private College Council. Registered
with the Minnesota Higher Education
Coordinating Board, as described on
page 11.
Enrollment (1993-'94) - 2,964 students
from 26 states and 26 nations.
I Graduates - 11,839 undergraduates
from 1870 through July 31,1993.
StudentIFaculty Ratio - 13.84 to 1.
Undergraduate class size averages 20-25.
Campus - 16 major buildings. Major
renovations in 1979-'80 with special
emphasis on accessibility.
Accessibility - Augsburg is now one of
the most accessible campuses in the
region. A skyway-tunnel-elevator
system provides access to 10 major
buildings without going outside.
I Financial Aid -Over
90 percent of the
students receive some form of financial
aid from the College and many other
sources.
I Library -Over 175,000 items, access to
over 7,000,000 through CLIC, the Twin
Cities private college library consortium
and Minitex, the regional library
network.
School Year - Semesters from September to May, 4-1-4 calendar, with January
Interim. Two summer school sessions.
Augsburg Weekend College -trimesters, September to June. Augsburg
Graduate Program - trimesters,
September to June.
Majors -More than 40 majors in 22
departments.
Off Campus Programs - Center for
Global Education, Student Project for
Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher
Education Consortium for Urban
Affairs (HECUA),International
Business Program, Upper Midwest
Association of Intercultural Education
(UMAIE)and extensive cooperative
education and internship programs.
Athletic Affiliation - Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC),
and National Collegiate Athletic
Association (NCAA), Division 111.
I Policy - Augsburg College does not
discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, gender,
sexual preference, marital status or
handicap as required by Title IX of the
1972 Educational Amendments or
Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1973, as amended, in its admission
policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices.
A
ugsburg College
in
- is grounded
traditions - the traditions of its founders,
of the church and of higher education in
the liberal arts. From this framework
springs a dynamic, challenging and
evolving institution that rises to the
challenges of today's - and tomorrow's changing world.
Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in
September, 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin,
and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The
first college stude,ntswere enrolled in 1874
and the first graduation was in 1879.
Augsburg is committed to educating
the whole person, encouraging and
respecting diversity and serving the larger
community. Through education, understanding and service, Augsburg faculty,
staff and students can affect the future in
positive ways.
Early Leaders Establish a Direction
The phrase, "Think globally, act
locally" rings true at Augsburg. The
College's location in the heart of the Twin
Cities provides rich opportunities for
experiential education, volunteer service,
internships and cultural enrichment. In a
sense, the cities are an extended campus
for Augsburg students.
Mission Statement
Students who graduate from Augsburg
are well prepared to make a difference in
the world. They stand as testaments to the
College motto, "Education for service,"
and to the Mission of the College:
To developfuture leaders of service to the
world by providing high quality educational
opportunities which are based in the liberal arts
and shaped by the faith and values of the
Christian Church, by the context of a vital
metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally
diverse campus community.
A College of the Church
Augsburg was the first seminary
founded by Norwegian Lutherans in
America, named after the confession of
faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg,
August Weenaas was Augsburg's first
president (1869-1876).
Professor Weenaas recruited two
teachers from Norway -Sven Oftedal and
Georg Sverdrup. These three men clearly
articulated the direction of Augsburg: to
educate Norwegian Lutherans to minister
to immigrants and to provide such "college" studies that would prepare students
for theological study.
In 1874 they proposed a three part plan:
First, train ministerial candidates; second,
prepare future theological students; and
third, educate the farmer, worker and
businessman. The statement stressed that a
good education is also practical.
Augsburg's next two presidents also
emphatically rejected ivory tower concepts
of education. This commitment to church
and community has been Augsburg's
theme for over one hundred years.
Education for Service
Keeping the vision of the "non-elitist"
college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg's
second president (1876-1907),required
students to get pre-ministerial experience
in city congregations. Student involvement
in the community gave early expression to
the concept of Augsburg's motto, "Education for Service."
In the 1890s, Augsburg leaders formed
the Friends of Augsburg, later called the
About Augsburg 7
Lutheran Free Church. The church was a
group of independent congregations
committed to congregational autonomy
and personal Christianity. This change
made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran
body. But the college division was still
important primarily as an attachment to
the seminary.
The Focus Changed
This attitude began to change after
World War I. In 1911, Georg Sverdrup, Jr.,
became President. He worked to develop
college departments with an appeal to a
broader range of students than just those
intending to be ministers. Augsburg
admitted women in 1922 under the
leadership of Gerda Mortensen, Dean of
Women. She spent the next 52 years at the
College as a teacher and administrator.
The College's mission assumed a
double character -ministerial preparation
together with a more general education for
life in society. In 1937, Augsburg elected
Bernhard Christensen, an erudite and
scholarly teacher, to be president (19381962). His involvement in ecumenical and
civic circles made Augsburg a more visible
part of church and city life.
After World War 11, Augsburg leaders
made vigorous efforts to expand and
improve academic offerings. Now the
College was a larger part of the institution
than the seminary, and received the most
attention.
Accreditation for the College
Augsburg added departments essential
to a liberal arts college, offering a modern
college program based on general education requirements and elective majors.
With curriculum change came a long effort
to become accredited.
The College reached full accreditation
in 1954, although many alumni had entered
graduate schools and teaching positions
long before that time.
A study in 1962 defined the College's
mission as serving the good of society first
and the interests of the Lutheran Free
Church second. The Seminary moved to
Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther
Northwestern Seminary) in St. Paul in 1963.
A College in the City
President Oscar A. Anderson (19631980) continued Augsburg's emphasis on
involvement with the city. He wanted to
reach out to non-traditional student
populations, ensuring educational opportunity for all people. During his years of
leadership the College became a vital and
integral part of the city. Also in these years,
Augsbwg added the Music Hall,Mortensen
Tower, Urness Tower, the College Center,
Ice Arena and Murphy Place.
Dr. Charles S. Anderson has led the
College since 1980. He guides Augsburg's
commitment to liberal arts education,
spiritual growth and freedom, diversity in
enrollment and programs and a curriculum
that draws on the resources of the city as
extensions of campus and classroom.
Augsburg continues to grow under his
leadership. Some of the accomplishments
during his tenure include instituting three
graduate degree programs, hosting
national and international figures at
College-sponsored forums and events,
increased accessibility and the addition of
the Foss Center for Worship, Drama and
Communication.
- About Augsburg
Augsburg continues to reflect the
commitment and dedication of the
founders who believed:
An Augsburg education should be
preparation for service in community and
church;
Education should have a solid liberal
arts core with a practical dimension in
order to send out productive, creative and
successful citizens;
The city, with all its excitement,
challenges and diversity is an unequaled
learning laboratory for Augsburg students.
Augsburg is a quality liberal arts
institution set in the heart of a great
metropolitan center. There are now more
than 11,800 Augsburg alumni. In a world
that has changed much since those first
days of the College, Augsburg still sends
out graduates who make a difference
where they live and work.
CAMPUS LOCATION
Augsburg's campus is located in the
heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding
Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks in
Minneapolis, the "City of Lakes." The
University of Minnesota West Bank
campus and one of the city's largest
medical centers - Riverside Medical
Center - is adjacent to the campus, with
the Mississippi River and the Seven
Corners theater district just a few blocks
away. Downtown Minneapolis and St.
Paul, home to a myriad of arts, sports,
entertainment and recreation opportunities, are just minutes west and east via
Interstate 94, which forms the southern
border of the campus. (See map in back.)
Convenient bus routes run throughout
the city and connect with the suburbs.
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Most
airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport and bus or
train connections can be made from all
areas of the United States.
FACILITIES AND HOUSING
Instruction facilities and student
housing at Augsburg are conveniently
located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/
skyway system connects the two tower
dormitories, the fi;e buildings on the
~ u a d r i ~ lplus
e , Music Hall, Murphy
Place, and the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center
for Worship, Drama and Communication.
Admissions Office -The central
admissions office is located at 628 21st
Avenue South and provides offices for the
admissions staff and a reception area for
prospective students and their parents.
American Indian Support Program
and Black Student Affairs Program
Offices - Located at 620 21st Avenue
South, these programs provide support
services and information to American
Indian and Black students.
Anderson Hall -Named in honor of
Oscar Anderson, president of Augsburg
College from 1963 to 1980, this residence
hall is the newest building on campus.
Located at 2016 S. Eighth Street, Anderson
Hall contains four types of living units and
houses 192 men and women. (1993)
Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field - The
athletic field, located at 725 23rd Avenue
South, is the playing and practice field of
many of the Augsburg teams. An air
supported dome covers the field during the
winter months, allowing year-around use.
Christensen Center - Center of nonacademic activity, with spacious lounges
and recreational areas, dining areas,
About Augsburg 9
bookstore and offices for student govemment and student publications. (1967)
program and two admissions representatives.
College Relations House - Located at
709 23rd Avenue South, provides offices for
College Relations staff, who oversee public
relations and publications for the College.
Ice Arena -Two large skating areas
for hockey, figure skating and recreational
skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan
community. (1974)
Center for Global Education Located at 609 22nd Avenue South,
provides offices for the Global Center staff
and a resource room for those interested in
global issues. It is also the office for the
Coordinator of Academic Programs
Abroad.
Melby Hall -Named in honor of J. S.
Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942,
basketball coach and head of the Christianity Department. It provides facilities for the
health and physical education program,
intercollegiate and intramural athletics,
chapel services and general auditorium
purposes. (1961)
East Hall -Houses the Minnesota
Minority Education Partnership (MMEP)
and the Center for Atmospheric Space
Sciences at 2429 S. Eighth Street.
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for
Worship, Drama and Communication Establishes a new "front door" for the
College on Riverside Avenue. The Foss
Center is named in recognition of the gifts
of Julian and June Foss and was built with
the additional support of many alumni and
friends of the College. The TjornhomNelson Theater, Hoversten Chapel and the
Amold Atrium are also housed in this
complex, which provides space for the
Campus Ministry program, drama and
communication offices. Augsburg's
computer lab, the Karen Housh Tutor
Center and the John Evans Learning
Laboratory are located in the lower level
of this facility. (1988)
The JeroyC. Carlson Alumni Center Named in 1991to honor Jeroy C. Carlson,
senior development officer and former
alumni director, upon his retirement from
Augsburg. Located at 2124 S. 7th Street, the
center houses the offices of Alumni/Parent
Relations, the Augsburg Fund, Community
Relations, the Hispanic/Latino support
Mortensen Tower - Named in honor
of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women from
1923 to 1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom
apartments that house 312 upper-class
students, plus conference rooms and
spacious lounge areas. (1973)
Music Hall - Contains a 217-seat
recital hall, classroom facilities, two
rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice
studios and offices for the music faculty.
(1978)
Old Main -Home for the Modem
Language and Art Departments, with
classrooms used by other departments.
Extensively remodeled in 1980, Old Main
combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. It is included on
the National Register of Historic Places.
(1900)
Science Hall ,- Houses classrooms,
well-equipped laboratories, a mediumsized auditorium and faculty offices. In
1960 the Lisa Odland Observatory on the
roof was completed. (1949)
South Hall and Annex Houses -All
are located in or near the campus area and
provide additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff.
Iu
-
About Augsburg
George Sverdrup Library -Named in
honor of Augsburg's fourth president, it
contains reading rooms, seminar rooms,
work rooms, an audio-visual center, the
Augsburg archives, classrooms and faculty
offices. (1955)
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall Named in honor of Augsburg's second and
third presidents, it provides space for
administrative and faculty offices. (1938)
2222 Murphy Place -Houses offices
for Weekend College, Graduate and Special
Programs, Cooperative Education and
classroom space. (1964)
Urness Tower -Named in honor of
Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Umess, who have
given several generous gifts to the College.
The tower provides living quarters for 324
students. Each floor is a "floor unit,"
providing 36 residents, housed two to a
room, with their own lounge, study and
utility areas. (1967)
W ASSOCIATED SUPPORT
ORGANIZATIONS
Augsburg College has a commitment to
lifelong learning and to programs which
increase both individual and group
understanding and achievement. In
addition to the programs listed below, the
College is also home to Elderhostel and
College of the Third Age programs.
Inter-Race: The International Institute
for Interracial Interaction- Inter-Race
facilitates interracial understanding in
families, schools, places of work, communities and society. The Institute provides
training and consultation, research,
education, resource centers, publications,
public policy and legal study in five
centers. Inter-Race is located at 600 21st
Avenue South.
Minnesota Minority Education
Partnership (MMEP) -The Minnesota
Minority Education Partnership, Inc., is a
non-profit membership organization that
works closely with students, the communities of color and representatives from
education, business, government and nonprofits to develop programs that help
students of color succeed academically. By
drawing on the talents and resources of
others concerned with the success of
students of color, MMEP creates collaborative, workable approaches to complex
problems. MMEP believes that concentrating on the needs of students of color helps
them move from thinking to doing, from
wanting to having, and from dreaming to
achieving. The MMEP office is located in
East Hall.
Nordic Center - The Nordic Center
promotes interest in contemporary Norden,
encourages the pursuit of Nordic studies
and nurtures intercultural relations
between the United States and the five
Nordic nations of Denmark, Finland,
Iceland, Norway and Sweden. The Nordic
Center is located at 2400 Butler Place.
Augsburg Youth and Family Institute
- The Institute is designed to help
churches better serve the changing needs of
youth and families. The Institute at 2011
South Seventh Street offers academic
programs at both undergraduate and
graduate levels, as well as seminar/
workshops, a resource center and counseling senices.
W POLICIES
It is the policy of Augsburg College not
to discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origins, age, gender,
sexual preference, marital status or
handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972
About Augsburg Ir
Educational Amendments or Section 504 of
the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended,
in its admissions policies, educational
programs, activities and employment
practices. Inquiries regarding compliance
may be directed to the coordinators listed
in the directory in the back of this catalog,
or to the Director of the Minnesota Department of Human Rights, Bremer Tower,
Seventh Place at Minnesota Street, St. Paul,
MN 55101.
The College and its faculty subscribe to
the Statement of Principles on Academic
Freedom as promulgated by the American
Association of University Professors and
the Association of American Colleges.
ACCREDITATION AND MEMBERSHIPS
Augsburg College is accredited by the
North Central Association of Colleges and
Schools and the National Council for the
Accreditation of Teacher Education
(Secondary and Elementary). Our programs are approved by the American
Chemical Society, the Council on Social
Work Education, National Association for
Music Therapy, Inc., and the National
League for Nursing. Augsburg College is
an institutional member of the National
Association of Schools of Music (NASM).
We are a member of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC),
Lutheran Education Council in North
America and Minnesota Private College
Council.
Augsburg College is registered with the
Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating
Board. Registration is not an endorsement
of the institution. Registration does not
mean that credits earned at the institution
can be transferred to other institutions or
that the quality of the educational programs
will meet the standards of every student,
educational institution or employer.
For Freshmen - 14
Early Admission of Freshmen - 15
For Transfer Students - 15
For Former Students - 15
For Special Students - 15
International Student Services - 16
- ADMISSIONS
A
ugsburg College is looking for
students with intelligence and character.
We want people who can benefit from and
contribute to their community, the College
community and the community at large.
Because firsthand appraisal of programs, facilities and academic atmosphere
is valuable, freshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the campus
and meet with an Admissions Counselor.
Arrangements may be made to meet with a
member of the faculty and to attend classes
when school is in session.
Augsburg's admissions staff is ready
to help students and parents with college
planning. Call the Admissions Office any
weekday between 8:00 a.m. and 430 p.m.
- (612) 330-1001 or toll-free (800) 788-5678.
We'll answer your questions and arrange
a tour for you (including Saturday momings during the school year). Our office is
on the northwest comer of Seventh Street
and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis.
(Please call first.)
Selection of students for Augsburg
College is based upon careful consideration
of each candidate's academic achievement,
personal qualities and interests, participation in activities and employment, and
potential for development as a student and
as a graduate of Augsburg College. The
College selects students on individual merit
without regard to race, creed, disability,
national or ethnic origin, sex or age.
.
.
1 FRESHMEN
Application for Admission -Applicants should complete the application for
admission and the essay and return them
to the Admissions Office together with the
non-refundable $20.00 application fee.
Transcripts - An official transcript
from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who
are still high school students at the time of
application should have their most recent
transcript sent, followed by a final transcript upon graduation. General Education
Development scores (G.E.D.) may be presented instead of the high school transcript.
Test Scores - Freshman applicants are
required to submit results from the college
entrance examination. The American
College Test (ACT) is preferred. Results
from SAT or PSAT are also accepted. It will
suffice if test scores are recorded on the
official high school transcript.
Additional Information- If there is
personal information that may have
affected the applicant's previous academic
performance, it may be included with the
application or discussed personally with an
Admissions Counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the
Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made.
On occasion, the Admissions Committee may also defer a decision on a
candidate's admission until other information has been received. For example, more
recent test scores, results of the present
semester's course work, additional letters
of recommendation or writing samples
may be requested by the Committee. If any
additional credentials are needed, the
Admissions Office will inform the candidate.
Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the
admissions decision, usually within two
weeks after the application file is complete
and has been evaluated by the Admissions
Committee.
Admissions
Confirmation of Admission - Accepted students who are applying for
financial aid are asked to make a $loo*
tuition deposit within 30 days of their
financial aid notification. Extensions may
be requested in writing to the Director of
Financial Aid.
Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a
$loo* tuition deposit. Those students who
wish to live in College housing must also
submit a $100 housing deposit.
*Non-refundableafter May 1.
Early Admission of Freshmen
Students of exceptional ability who
wish to accelerate their educational
program may be granted admission to
begin full-time work toward a degree
following completion of their junior year or
first semester of the senior year of high
school. Applicants for early admission
must complete the normal procedures for
freshman applicants, submit two academic
recommendations from the high school
faculty and arrange a personal interview
with the Director of Admissions.
Students from Minnesota who are
interested in the possibility of enrolling at
Augsburg under the auspices of the
Minnesota Post Secondary Enrollment
Options Act should contact the Admissions
Office for specific information.
I TRANSFER STUDENTS
Augsburg College welcomes students
who wish to transfer after having completed work at other accredited colleges or
universities. College credit is granted for
liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed
at accredited institutions. The College
reserves the right not to grant credit for
courses where it considers the work
unsatisfactory, to grant provisional aedit
for work taken at unaccredited institutions
and to require that certain courses be taken
at Augsburg.
Augsburg College limits transfer course
work from two-year colleges once a student
has reached junior status. If all transfer
work has been taken at a two-year college
as a freshman or sophomore, a maximum
of 17 Augsburg courses, or 96 quarter
credits, will be accepted toward the
number of Augsburg course credits
required for the baccalaureate degree.
A cumulative grade point average
(GPA) of 2.0 (on a 4.0 scale) or better is
required on previous college work.
Admission to a major, as well as
admission to the College, is sometimes
necessary. Please check with the Admissions Office and departmental section of
this catalog to see if admission to the major
is necessary.
I FORMER STUDENTS
Students who have intempted attendance at Augsburg College without
requesting a leave of absence and who
wish to return must apply for re-admission
through the Registrar's Office. Students
who have attended any other institution(s)
during the absence from Augsburg must
have an official transcript sent from each
institution to the Registrar's Office.
Returning students do not pay the application fee.
I SPECIAL STUDENTS (NON-DECREE)
In some circumstances, people may be
admitted as special students (non-degree)
and granted the privilege of enrolling in
courses for credit. Usually part-time
l3
- Admissions
students, they may subsequently become
candidates for a degree by petitioning
through the Registrar's Office.
Students regularly enrolled at another
college may take course work at Augsburg
College as a special student (non-degree).
A transcript must be sent to the Admissions
Office by the student's home institution.
An application form for special student
(non-degree) status is available from the
Admissions Office.
Augsburg welcomes students from
countries around the world. International
students from more than 50 countries have
attended Augsburg since 1954.
Students should contact the Admissions
Officefor an International Student Application and information on the application
procedure. Applications must be received
two months prior to the start of the
semester: July 1for Fall, November 1for
Spring.
,
For additional information, call
(612) 330-1001, or 1-800-788-5678 (toll free),
or write to:
International Student Admissions
Augsburg College
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis MN 55454
College Costs
Tuition and Fees - 1
Room and Board - 1
Special Fees - 18
Deposits and Payments - 19
1
Financial Policies
Refunds - 20
I
Financial Aid
How and When to Apply - 21
Kinds of Aid
I
1
a
I
.I
I
I
I
Merit Scholarships - 22
Gift Assistance - 23
Loan Assistance - 23
Student Employment - 24
Sponsored Scholarships - 25
X OUR LDUCATION
A
11students receive financial help
indirectly, since a quality liberal arts
education costs more than tuition and fees
cover. The College raises that difference in
gifts -from alumni, faculty, staff, parents,
church, friends, foundations and endowment income.
Audit Fee
(for part-time students)
per course
However, the primary responsibility for
paying for a college education rests on
students and their families. Financial aid is
intended to supplement those resources.
Room Rent
(includes telephone
and basic service)
The Board of Regents has approved the
costs listed below for the 1994-'95 academic
year. The Board reviews costs annually and
makes changes as required. The College
reserves the right to adjust charges should
economic conditions necessitate.
TUITION, FEES, ROOM AND BOARD
Tuition
(full-time enrollment)
..................$485.00
Full-time students may audit a course
without charge. Part-time students taking
Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate
for that course.
.......... $2,234.00
(Room rates and housing options are available through the Office of Residence Life.)
Full Board
(19 meals a week)
......... $2,138.00
Other board plans are available as defined
in the housing contract booklet available
from the Office of Residence Life.
Partial board
(14 meals a week)
Flex 5 point plan
Fees
......... $2,076.00
..........
$1,890.00
....................... $112.00
..... $ 11,902.00
This rate applies to all full-time students
attending in September, 1994. Students are
considered full-time when they take three
or more courses during the semester terms.
The charge includes tuition, general fees,
facility fees and admission to most Collegesupported events, concerts and lectures.
The amount is payable in two equal
installments at the beginning of each
semester.
Tuition
(part-time enrollment)
per one-credit course ....... $1,270.00
This rate applies to students taking fewer
than three courses in a semester and/or an
Interim only. Part-time students taking
Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate
for that course.
OTHER SPECIAL FEES
(NON-REFUNDABLE)
Fees Billed on Student Account
ACTC Bus (full-time
students only) ............... $12.00
Late Registration (per day
after classes begin) ...........$25.00
Registration Change after first five
days (cancelladd/ change/grade
option, or combination
at one time) .................. $5.00
Music Therapy Internship
(one-half course credit) ...... $485.00
Private Music Lessons, per
semester (14 lessons) ........ $270.00
Student Teaching (per course
for full-time students) ........ $50.00
Student Teaching (per course
for part-time students) ....... $100.00
Financial Information Is
Study Abroad (in approved
non-Augsburg programs) .... $193.00
Student Activity Fee ............. $100.00
Student Activity Fee
(part-time students) .......... $50.00
Fees Payable by Check/Cash
Application (new and/or
special students) ............. $20.00
$128.00
Nursing Credit Validation Tests
Nursing Comprehensive Exam .... $16.00
Nursing Name Pins ............... $5.00
Locker Rental (commuters) ........ $26.00
Student Parking Lot Permit
- car ....................... $81.00
-motorcycle ................ $41.00
Transcript Fee (per copy
after first, which is free) ........ $2.00
Special Examinations,
Cap & Gown Costs
(Schedule on file in Registrar's
Ofice)
..
BOOKS AND SUPPLIES
These costs are estimated to be $500.00
per year.
DEPOSITS
Enrollment Deposit
(non-refundable)
........ $100.00
Required of all new students after
acceptance. The Enrollment Deposit is
credited to the student's account only when
his/her enrollment is terminated. Any net
credit balance (after all charges and/or
fines) will be refunded upon request of the
student. For more information, contact the
Admissions Office.
Housing Damage Deposit
..... $100.00
Required of all resident students at the
time of signing a contract, to reserve a
housing assignment. This deposit is
retained against damages and/or fines and
is returned to the student account (less all
charges for damages and/or fines) at the
end of the occupancy period covered by the
contract. New contracts may be terminated
for Fall or Spring Term by following the
conditions delineated in the housing
contract. The resident will be responsible
for all costs incurred due to late cancellation or lack of proper notification. If the
new contract is cancelled prior to July 1for
Fall Semester or January 1for Spring
Semester, $50 will be forfeited from the
$100 deposit as a service charge. The entire
deposit will be forfeited if cancellation is
after these dates.
I PAYMENTS
Semester Fees - Prior to the start of
each semester a Statement of Estimated
Charges showing basic charges and
financial aid credits designated by the
Student Financial Services Office is sent to
the student from the Business Office.
Payment Options - (1)Annual
payments, due August 15 as billed;
(2) Semester payments, due August 15 and
January 15 as billed; (3) Payment Plan upon application and after College
approval, a three-month plan is available
each semester. Details are included with
the Estimate of Charges letter; (4) 10-month
Payment Plan -upon application, College
approval, and payment of a $50 administrative fee, the annual charges may be paid
in 10 equal installmentsbeginning June 15
and ending March 15. No finance charge
will be assessed on accounts which are
current. An application will be sent upon
request.
-
Financial Information
A finance charge is applied at a simple
rate of 1percent per month on any account
with an open balance of 30 days or more or
on a 10-month payment plan in which
payment is not current.
Tuition is set on an annual basis,
payable in two equal installments at the
beginning of each semester.
Registration is permitted only if the
student's account for a previous term is
paid in full.
Augsburg College will not release
academic student transcripts until all
student accounts are paid in full or, in the
case of student loan funds administered by
the College (Perkins Student Loan and the
Nursing Student Loan), are current
according to established repayment
schedules and the loan entrance and exit
interviews have been completed.
REFUNDS
Students fill out Withdrawal from
College forms available in the Advising
Center or Registrar's Office. They must be
filled out completely, signed and turned in
to the Registrar's Office. Students who
properly withdraw, change to part-time,
are dismissed or are released from a
housing contract will have their accounts
adjusted for tuition and room (except for
the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover
administrative costs) according to the
following schedule:
100% - through the first five days of
classes (less $100 administrative
fee)
90% - from the 6th through 10th day
of classes
80% - from the 11th through 15th day
of classes
70% - from the 16th through 20th day
of classes
60% - from the 2lst through 25th day
of classes
50% - from the 26th day of classes
through the mid-point of the
term
No refund will be made after the
middle class day of the term. Board refunds
are made on a proportionate basis.
If a student is forced to withdraw due
to illness or an accident, the refund will
include the normal percentage plus onehalf of the percentage adjustment, upon
submission of a report from the attending
doctor stating the inability or inadvisability
of continued e ~ o h e n t .
Students who elect to omit an Interim or
to graduate in December are not entitled to
a refund of Interim tuition, room and board
charges. Students who participate in an
approved off-campus Interim are eligible to
apply for a board refund and room sublease. Details and request forms are
available in the Office of Student Life.
All refunds of charges will be applied to
the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc.
will be made before eligibility for a cash
refund is determined.
REFUNDS FOR NEW STUDENTS FIRST TERM AT AUCSBURC
Refunds will be calculated on a pro-rata
basis (using federal government guidelines) for students attending Augsburg for
the first time. The refund will be a portion
of tuition, fees and expenses equal to the
period of enrollment up to the 60 percent
point in time of the period of enrollment.
The federal statute guidelines and requirements for refunds are more stringent for
Financial Information 21
first-term new students. Students may
appeal refund decisions through the
Petition Committee.
Financing higher education could be the
most significant investment a person or
family makes in a lifetime. So, proper
planning and wise choices are important,
not only in choosing a college, but also in
the methods used to pay for it. Augsburg
College, through its Office of Student
Financial Services, will help students and
their families with both monetary and
advisory assistance to protect access to a
quality education in spite of increasing
costs.
Financial assistance awarded through
Augsburg is a combination of scholarships,
grants, loans and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with federal,
state, church and private agencies in
providing various aid programs. For the
1993-'94 academic year, nearly 9 out of 10
students at Augsburg received scholarships,
grants, loans and part-time employment.
The primary responsibility for financing
a college education rests upon the student
and family. Financial aid is intended to
supplement student and family resources.
The Free Application for Federal
Student Aid (FAFSA) and the Augsburg
Financial Aid Application help determine
the amount of assistance for which a
student is eligible. This analysis estimates
the amount a student and family can be
expected to provide for college expenses,
taking into account such family financial
factors as current income, assets, number of
dependents, other educational expenses,
debts, retirement needs and special
considerations.
HOW AND WHEN TO APPLY
New Students - Regular Admission
1. Apply for admission to Augsburg
College. No financial aid notification is
made until the student has applied and
been accepted for admission.
2. Obtain the Free Application for
Federal Student Aid (FAFSA)from a high
school or college financial aid office.
Complete the application, enter the
Augsburg College Code 002334, and send
the application to the processing agency
after January 1but before April 15 for
priority consideration.
3. Complete the Augsburg Financial
Aid application and submit it to Student
Financial Services.
4. After Augsburg receives the analysis
and you are accepted for admission, the'
Financial Aid Committee will meet and
review your eligibility for all the programs
available. A letter will be sent to you
detailing your financial aid.
5. Acceptance of this financial aid
package is required within the deadline
stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan
forms and/or work applications will be
sent to you.
6. Transfer students must submit a
financial aid transcript from each postsecondary institution previously attended
before financial aid will be offered. The
financial aid transcript forms are available from the Admissions or Financial Aid
offices.
7. All applicants (and parents of dependent students) are required to provide a
copy of their most recent federal tax form.
Returning Students
Eligibility for assistance must be re-
:L
Financial lntormation
established each academic year by filing
the Augsburg Application for Financial Aid
and the Renewal Free Application for
Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). Renewal is
based on the family's financial eligibility,
the student's satisfactory academic
progress and fund availability.
KINDS OF AID
A student applying for aid from
Augsburg applies for assistance in general
rather than for a specific scholarship or
grant (except as noted). The various forms
of aid available are listed here for information only.
In addition to aid administered by
Augsburg College, students are urged to
investigate the possibility of scholarships,
grants and loans that might be available in
their own communities. It could be worthwhile to check with churches, the company
or business employing parents or spouses,
high schools, service clubs and fraternal
organizations for information on aid
available to students meeting their requirements. In addition to these sources, some
students are eligible for aid through Vocational Rehabilitation, Education Assistance
for Veterans, Educational Assistance for
Veterans' Children and other sources.
Merit Scholarships
President's Scholarships - President's
Scholarships, which assure gift assistance
equal to tuition, are awarded annually to
the most academically qualified full-time
freshmen students. These scholarships are
awarded without regard to need. The
awards are renewable for three years based
on academic performance at Augsburg.
Because this is a unified program, full
tuition is assured; that is, the College
guarantees the difference between non-
Augsburg grants and scholarships (such as
state scholarships, Pell grants, etc.) and full
tuition. Special application is due February
15. Details are available from the Admissions Office.
Transfer Scholarships - Transfer
Scholarships up to $5,000 are available to
full-time students in the day schedule who
are direct transfers to Augsburg College
following two years of full-time study at a
community college or other approved twoyear college. Students must have maintained at least a 3.3 GPA on a 4.0 point
scale. Scholarships are awarded without
regard to need and will be renewed for a
second year given satisfactory academic
performance. Special application is due
April 1.Details are available from the
Admissions Office.
Regents' Merit Scholarships -The
Regents' Merit Scholarships are awarded to
incoming full-time freshmen of high
academic achievement. Depending on high
school class rank or college entrance test
score, Augsburg will award scholarships of
$1,000 to $4,000 each, renewable each year,
regardless of financial need.
Performing Arts Scholarships -These
recognize student excellence in music or
theater. Students with talents in music
(vocal and instrumental), acting, stage
design or production are qualified for this
$1,000 annual award. Selection is based on
individual performance auditions, good
academic standing and letters of recommendation. These scholarships are renewable as students maintain involvement with
a co-curricular performance group.
Hoversten Peace Scholarships Recognize students who have demonstrated a commitment to peace, service and
community. Examples of involvement of
recent scholarship recipients include
Financial Information z!
Amnesty International, Habitat for
Humanity, community service and church
activities.
Lutheran Leader Scholarships These scholarships recognize incoming
freshmen of high academic achievement
with a demonstrated record of leadership
within their congregations. Students
eligible for the $1,000 annual renewable
award are those who rank in the top 30
percent of their high school class and have
the recommendation of their pastor.
Paired Resources in Ministry and
Education (PRIME) Awards - Augsburg
College will match the first $500 a year of a
student's scholarship or grant from a
Lutheran congregation. The scholarship or
grant check from the congregation must be
received at Augsburg by October 1.
Gift Assistance (Need Based)
Augsburg Tuition Grants - Available
to students who have shown academic
potential and have financial need. A
student's academic performance, financial
need, and high school and community
involvement are taken into consideration.
Minnesota State Scholarships and
Grants - Awarded by the state to Mimesota residents who have financial need. For
1993-'94, these ranged from $100 to $5,889.
All applicants from Minnesota are expected
to apply.
Federal Supplemental Educational
Opportunity Grants - A federal program
administered by the College. To be eligible,
a person must: (1) be a U.S. citizen or
permanent resident; (2) have exceptional
financial need as defined by the program;
(3) be capable of maintaining satisfactory
academic standing at the College; and
(4) be accepted for admission.
Federal Pell Grants - Federal Pell
grants are awarded to students attending
eligible institutions of higher education and
are based on financial need as defined by
program guidelines. The maximum grant
eligibility for each student for 1994'95 was
$2,300. Application is made by filing the
FAFSA.
Bureau of Indian AffairsITribal and
State Indian Scholarships -Bureau of
Indian Affairs/Tribal and State Indian
Scholarships and Augsburg American
Indian Scholarships are available to Indian
students (both full- and part-time) who
meet specific criteria. For Bureau of Indian
Affairs/Tribal and State Indian Scholarships, students must be of 1/4 degree
Indian ancestry and be enrolled with a
federally recognized tribe. Eligibility
criteria for Augsburg American Indian
Scholarships vary; contact the American
Indian Support Program office. Indian
grants supplement all other forms of
financial aid. Questions may be directed to
the American Indian Support Office or to
your local BIA, Tribal or State Indian
Education Office.
Loan Assistance
Federal Perkins Student Loan -A
joint Augsburg College-federally funded
program administered through the College
for students who demonstrate financial
eligibility. Loans are interest-free during
your education. No interest accrues nor do
payments have to be made on the principal
at any time you are enrolled at least halftime. Simple interest of 5 percent and
repayment of the principal (at the minimum of $40 a month) begin nine months
after you leave school. Repayment may
extend up to 10 years. The loan cames a
teacher cancellation clause. The maximum
which may be borrowed for undergraduate
- Financial Information
L4
study is $15,000 ($30,000 including graduate school).
Federal Stafford Student Loans Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford
Loan funds are obtained directly from a
local lender or state agency in states which
provide such programs. Subsidized
Stafford Loans are need-based loans which
the federal govenunent subsidizes by
paying accrued interest while in school and
during the grace period. Therefore, the
borrower is not responsible for interest
accrued while in school or during the sixmonth grace period.
Interest begins accruing on the date of
disbursement for the Unsubsidized
Stafford Loan and the borrower is responsible for all interest. The borrower may
choose to make payments while in school
or may defer payments and allow interest
to be capitalized (added to the balance of
the loan).
The interest rate for new borrowers
through the Subsidized and Unsubsidized
Stafford Loan is variable and changes
annually based on the 91-day Treasury Bill.
For students with existing loans, the
interest rate will match the interest rate on
their existing loans (7%,8%, 9% or
S%/lO%).
The following borrowing limits apply
to the Stafford Loan program after July 1,
1994:
Freshmen: $6,625 annually (Combined
Subsidized & Unsubsidized Stafford)
Sophomores: $7,500 annually (Combined Subsidized & Unsubsidized
Stafford)
Juniors/Seniors: $10,500 annually
(Combined Subsidized and
Unsubsidized Stafford)
Aggregate maximum: $46,000
Federal Nursing Student Loan -A
federal program with provisions similar to
the Perkins Student Loan program, but
restricted to applicants accepted or
enrolled in our program leading to the
baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients
must have financial need and be registered
at least half-time. The maximum loan is
$4,000 per year.
Federal Parent Loan Program (PLUS)
- PLUS is a loan program to help parents
meet college costs of their dependent
childreri. Parents may borrow up to the cost
of attendance (minus other aid). Repayment
begins within 60 days of check disbursement at a variable interest rate not toexceed
10 perceni and a minimum payment of $50
per month. Application forms are available
at Augsburg College or the lending institutions. Applications are normally filed with
the bank or thrift institution with which
your family has an account.
The Student Educational Loan Fund
(SELF) - SELF is administered through
the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Applications are available
from the Office of Student Financial
Services.
Undergraduates may borrow up to
$6,000 per year minus any other student
loan indebtedness. Maximum undergraduate borrowing is $25,000. The minimum
loan amount per year is $1,000. The interest
rate is variable. Interest payments begin 90
days after the loan is disbursed and
continue quarterly thereafter, while the
student is enrolled. Principal payments
b e p the 13th month after you leave
school. There are no deferments.
Student Employment
Augsburg College provides work
opportunities for students with proven
Financial Information 2s
financial need who are at least one-half
time students. Assignment is made on the
basis of need and potential competence
in performing the duties assigned. Parttime work provided by the College is
considered financial aid, just like scholarships, loans and grants. A maximum of 15
hours of on-campus employment per week
is recommended.
All on-campus work is governed by
policies stipulated in the work contract
issued to the student employee for each
placement. Payment is made monthly by
check to the student employee. Students
should make application to both the
Financial Aid and Personnel offices for
work study positions.
Federal College Work Study Program
and Minnesota State Work Study
Program - Under these programs the
federal or state government supplies funds
on a matching basis with the College to
provide some part-time work opportunities.
Augsburg College, through generous
gifts from alumni, faculty, staff and friends
of the College, offers more than 175
sponsored scholarships. For more detailed
information about sponsored scholarships,
contact the Student Financial Services
Office or your admissions counselor.
Sponsored scholarships are available in
the following categories: general scholarships, special scholarships, minority/
international student scholarships, and
departmental scholarships.
Social, Cultural, Recreational- 28
Fine Arts - 29
IntercollegiateAthletics - 29
Intramurals - 29
Student Affairs - 29
Academic Skills Enrichment - 29
Program for Students
with Disabilities (CLASS) - 30
Support Programs - 30
American Indian - 30
Asian American - 31
Black Students - 31
Hispanic/Latino - 32
Career Services - 32
'1
' I
1
Center for Counseling and
Health Promotion - 32
Health Service - 33
Id
First Year Experience - 33
,
Student Activities - 33
International Programs - 33
I
Food Service - 34
(
Residence Life Program - 35
(Housing)
I
I ,
'1
L
Student Standards of Behavior,
Complaints, Records - 36
2g 3TUDENT LIFE
I bxperiences in the classroom are an
important part of college life, but learning
and development also occur in formal and
informal activities of the College and the
metropolitan area. Whether students are
residents or commuters, the climate for
leaming and living at Augsburg will add
dimension to their education.
Christian heritage, which will be the basis
for the kind and quality of life that reaches
beyond their years at Augsburg.
As a college of the church, we are
concerned about spiritual as well as
academic and social growth. Our concern
for spiritual growth is evident in the
opportunities we encourage and provide for
students to explore their own faith.
Through student government students
secure a closer relationship with and better
understanding of the administration and
faculty, and provide input into the decisionmaking process at Augsburg. Student
govemment also sponsors and directs
student activities, protects student rights
and provides the means for discussions and
action on all issues pertaining to student life
at Augsburg.
Because our campus is comprised of
individuals from many different religious
and cultural backgrounds, our worship life
is characterized by a similar diversity and
richness of tradition. Bible studies, growth
groups, outreach teams and community
outreach opportunities, retreats, peace and
justice forums, concerts and gatherings are
examples of the wide variety of activities
on campus.
This ministry finds its most visible
expression in chapel worship where
students, faculty and staff gather each day
to give thanks and hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and
musicians. Each Wednesday night students
gather for Holy Communion. On Sundays,
Trinity Lutheran worship services are held
on campus, with many other churches
within walking distance.
We seek to develop a free and open
environment where people are encouraged
to use and discover the gfts and sense of
call and vocation that God has given them.
As a college of the church, we encourage
students to form values guided by our
The College Pastor and Campus
Ministry staff have offices in the Foss,
Lobeck, Miles Center and are available for
spiritual guidance, counseling, support or
information.
Student govemment is organized into
the executive branch, the legislative branch
and the judicial branch. Elections are held in
the spring for the next year. Freshmen elect
their representatives in the fall of their first
year. Many kinds of involvement are
possible -program planning, writing,
editing or service opportunities.If you want
to get involved, contact the president or vice
president of the Student Body in their
offices in the lower level of the Christensen
Center.
Throughout the year, a variety of social
and cultural activities take place on campus
as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities
include dances, films, theme events, name
entertainment and visiting personalities in
various fields.
The Christensen Center is the focus of
Student Life
leisure-time activity on campus. The
Gameroom and Student Lounge, popular
hang-outs, are located in the lower level.
Many of the clubs that unite classroom and
non-classroom related interests meet here.
Student offices in this area include the
College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo; the
yearbook, The Augsburgian; Student
Government and the Augsburg Student
Activities Council. KCMR, a studentoperated non-profit radio station serving
the needs of Augsburg and the surrounding
Cedar-Riverside community, is located in
Urness Tower.
Students have many opportunitiesto
participate in music and drama. In addition
to appearing on campus and in the city, the
Augsburg Choir, Concert Band and
Orchestra perform on national and intemational tours. Many other ensembles are
available to cover the entire range of
musical styles and previous musical
experience. Students stage several plays on
campus each year under the direction of the
Theatre Arts Deparbnent and have the
opportunity to attend a series of on-campus
v,&shops
with visiting arts professionals.
I INTRAMURALS
Every student is urged to participate in
some activity for recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as
individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed
sport. Check schedules for times when there
is open use of the gymnasium and ice arena.
The Student Affairs Division is comprised of a variety of programs, services and
activities dedicated to complementing and
enhancing students' educational experience
and the academic programs of Augsburg
College. These programs, services and
activities provide students with an enriched
collegiate experience which celebrates our
rich diversity of student needs and interests;
attends to the social, cultural and career
development of students; and enhances
students' academic performance through
direct intervention and environmental
management. The following information
provides a brief introduction to the major
efforts of the Student Affairs Division.
I ACADEMIC SKILLS ENRICHMENT
INTERCOLLEGIATEATHLETICS
Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota IntercollegiateAthletic Conference
(MIAC) and is a member of the National
Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA)
Division LII. Men annually compete in
football, soccer, cross country, basketball,
hockey, wrestling, baseball, tennis, track and
field and golf. Women annually compete in
volleyball, cross country, soccer, basketball,
track and field, softball and tennis.
The Academic Enrichment Program is
designed to offer students study skills
assistance so that they may achieve their
best from their studying. The program
includes four components: the Learning
Center, the Tutor Center, the Learning
Laboratory and the Center for Learning and
Adaptive Student Services (CLASS).
The Learning Center, located in
Memorial Hall, Room 119 and Foss Center,
Room 18, assists students in improving their
skills in such areas as time management,
30 Student Life
-
notetaking, textbook reading and comprehension, test-taking, and concentration and
memory improvement. Diagnostic testing
is also available to assess skills in reading,
vocabulary, spelling, study strategies and
learning styles. The staff will assist students
in developing effective and efficient study
skills.
The Karen M. Housh Tutor Center,
located in Foss Center, Room 18, arranges
for students to meet with tutors for content
tutoring in most freshman and sophomorelevel courses. The Center also notifies
students of tutoring labs available, as well
as supplementary instruction sessions, in
which tutors attend the classes and lead
discussions after class on major concepts of
the courses.
The JohnEvans Learning Laboratory,
located in Foss Center, Room 18, offers
students the opportunity to improve skills
in reading, writing and mathematics
through the use of computer software.
Tutors are available to demonstrate the uses
of the software, and students are able to
monitor their progress.
W PROGRAM FOR STUDENTS WITH
DISABILITIES (CLASS)
The Center for Learning and Adaptive
Student Services (CLASS) serves over 150
students and is recognized nationally as a
leader in the field of educating students
with diagnosed learning and physical
disabilities. The CLASS program is a logical
outgrowth of the College's commitment to
provide a high quality liberal arts education
for students with diverse backgrounds,
experiences and preparation. Augsburg has
a commitment to recruit, retain and
graduate students with learning and
physical disabilities who demonstrate the
willingness and ability to participate in
college-level learning.
The staff includes three licensed learning
disabilities specialists, a physical disabilities
specialist, and an accommodationspecialist,
who supervises work-study students and
coordinates accommodation services for
students. One-on-one meetings between
students and specialists are the centerpiece
of the program model. Accommodations
include individualized academic support,
advocacy with faculty and staff, special
testing arrangements, taped textbooks, peer
tutors, securing notetakers, access to and
training on computers, and adaptive technology, such as a Braille printer, dictation
and voice recognition software, and adaptive keyboard equipment. Modified and
accessible dormitory rooms are available.
During the 1980s Augsburg spent nearly
one million dollars to make the campus
accessible to persons with physical disabilities by constructing a skyway-tunnelelevator system that connects 10 major
buildings. Augsburg has the oldest and
most extensive learning disabilities program
among the private colleges in Minnesota.
For more information, please contact the
CLASS office at 612/330-1053 to request a
copy of the CLASS brochure and/or
schedule an ~nformationalappointment
with a specialist.
W AMERICAN INDIAN SUPPORT
PROGRAM
The American Indian Support Program,
located at 621 21st Avenue South, is a
multifaceted office established in 1978 to
recruit and retain American Indian students. It is a national model of success and
continues to have one of the highest
retention and graduation rates of Indian
students in the state of Minnesota.
Student Life
Components of the program are as
follows:
American lndian Support Services:
Assistance in admissions procedures,
financial aid procedures including BIA,
Tribal and Minnesota Indian State Scholarship applications, orientation and registration, course work selection, individual education plans, academic advising, career
counseling, employment, community and
professional referrals, internships, student
housing and crisis intervention. It advises
and supports the Intertribal Student Union
(ITSU).
Intertribal Student Union: ITSU serves
as a peer support group for incoming and
currently enrolled American Indian
students. ITSU also organizes and cosponsors cultural events.
Minnesota Indian Teacher Training
Partnership:MNITTP is a cooperative
effort between Augsburg College and the
Minneapolis Public School District, intended to increase the number of American
Indian teachers in the Minneapolis public
schools. Funded by the Minnesota State
Legislature in 1990, this project is designed
as a special grant and loan forgiveness
program. Students who are awarded state
teaching licensure may then apply for loan
forgiveness for each year the student
teaches, one fifth of the loan will be forgiven.
American lndian Studies Minor: An
academic component encompassingthe
range of American Indian contributions to
North American culture. Courses offered
include art, religion, history, literature,
Ojibwe language and women's issues. For
more information, contact Dr. Virginia
Allery, 612/330-1385, or see course listings
under Interdisciplinary Studies in the
academic section of the catalog.
Anishinabe Library Project: Over 1,000
books, a variety of journals and scholarly
publications, research materials, American
Indian magazines and newspapers and over
125VHS videos are housed in the Sverdrup
Library and at the American Indian Support
Program Office. The library project offers
both a historical and contemporary perspective on the cultures of various tribal nations
in the United States.
H ASIAN AMERICAN SUPPORT
PROGRAM
The Asian American Support Program
was created in 1992 to recruit and retain
Asian American students and to enhance
the quihty of their total experience while at
Augsburg College. The program seeks to
create opportunitieswhere Asian American
students can be involved in and contribute
to all aspects of academic and student life.
The Program provides assistance in the
admissions and financial aid application
procedures, orientation, registration and
course work selection, career development,
academic and non-academic difficulties,
and employment and placement referrals.
The Asian American Association is
affiliated with the Support Program. The
Association carries out various activities
during the acadeinic year to increase the network of friendship and support for Asian
American and other students at Augsburg.
BLACK STUDENT SUPPORT PROGRAM
The Black Student Affairs Office (BSA) is
committed to enhancing the education and
personal development of students of
African descent, and to promote cultural
and historical awareness, academic achievement and social interaction. BSA sponsors
31
-
32
Student Life
events and activities, such as celebrating
Martin Luther King's birthday, Afrikana
History Month, the Each One Reach One
mentoring program and Augsburg Black
Alumni Council gatherings.
The Pan-Afrikan Student Union (PASU)
provides support to students, including a
schedule of social and cultural activities.
The headquarters is in the BSA Office, as is
the Pan-Afrikan Center.
HISPANIC/LATINO SUPPORT
PROGRAM
The Hispanic/Latino Support Program
offers students individualized attention in
many areas, including academic support,
counseling and advocacy.
Students find assistance in: admissions
and financial aid procedures, orientation
and registration, academic planning, career
counseling, housing, internships and
employment and placement referrals.
The program advises the Latino Student
Association and supports academic, social,
cultural events, and other activities that
improve the academic and personal
development of Hispanic/Latino students
and provides awareness of the unique
aspects of the Hispanic culture.
CAREER SERVICES
The Career Services Department is
committed to assisting all students with
their career planning. This process is an
important part of a student's development
while attending college. To aid students in
this process, Career Services offers students
the opportunity to actively participate in
career seminars, career assessments, oneon-one counseling, self-paced computer
career planning modules, and use of the
Alumni Resource Network for informational interviews.
S e ~ c eare
s available to all students, but
some programs are sponsored especially for
seniors. Seniors are encouraged to attend
one of three annual job fairs with recruiters
representing business, education or
nonprofit and government sectors. There is
also an annual graduate and professional
school fair for seniors to explore educational
options after graduation.
CENTER FOR COUNSELING AND
HEALTH PROMOTION
Counseling
Counseling provides a supportive
environment where students have many
opportunitiesto gain self-awareness
through personal exploration with the
assistance of trained, experienced counselors. Counselors serve as advocates providing support and assistance with direction.
Services include individual counseling,
group counseling, psychological testing,
assessment and referral, workshops, and
consultation and outreach.
Through the relationship with a skilled
counselor, a student may discuss personal
issues such as stress, depression, roommate
problems, intimacy and sexuality, drug use,
family problems, motivation, transitions,
breaking away from family, self-image,
difficult decisions, eating concerns, etc.
Counseling is an educational process in
which students learn to think objectively
about themselves and learn methods of
understanding themselves and others.
Professional counseling can make a
substantial contribution to the educational
experiences of the student by providing the
opportunity for increased self-understanding and personal growth.
Student Life 3:
Health Promotion
Health Promotion offers a wide spectrum of activities and events that increase
awareness of health issues and assist
students in adapting new behaviors for a
healthier lifestyle. Health Promotion also
works with various campus agencies to
foster positive change within the campus
environment.
Professional staff offer private consultations, individual assessments and group
workshops to accommodate the needs of all
students. Topics include varied health
issues such as fitness, nutrition, weight
management, stress reduction, alcohol and
other drug use, sexuality, etc. Students
interested in health issues can combine
learning and practice through involvement
with Health Promotion services. Academic
and practicurn opportunities are also
available to students from a variety of
academic disciplines.
HEALTH SERVICE
Riverside University Family Practice
Clinic serves as the Augsburg College
Health Service and is a family practice
residency clinic affiliated with the University of Minnesota. The clinic is located one
block from campus at 2615 Franklin Avenue
South. Office visits for illness and injury are
free for all Augsburg students.
Students must check family health
insurance coverage to determine if they are
included. If not, contact the Vice President
for Student Affairs Office for information
regarding student health insurance.
FIRST YEAR EXPERIENCE PROGRAM
(FYE)
The FYE program assists students in
their first Augsburg registration, provides
orientation events before classes begin, and
also includes a seminar series.
FYE reflects the College's commitment
to a meaningful introduction to college for
our students - an enriching beginning for a
college career. To provide focus for this
introduction, the ME seminar is centered
on a series of themes. These themes are
reflected in and expanded upon in readings,
discussions and other activities. Diversity,
tradition, change, ways of knowing and
what it means to be an educated person are
all themes associated with the program.
STUDENT ACTIVITIES
The Student Activities program creates
opportunities for students to enhance their
leadership skills through active involve
ment in developing events, activities and
organizations which serve the student community. Hundreds of major programming
effortsand targeted activities for specific
student interests are generated through
these efforts and make Augsburg a dynamic
and enjoyable interactive environment.
INTERNATIONAL PROGRAMS
The International Student Services Office
focuses on the needs of international
students. It also serves as a resource for
those interested in international events and
global issues.
International Students -International
students receive assistance in meeting their
educational objectives through advising on
academic concerns, immigration and visa
problems, financial matters, practical
matters (taxes, insurance, housing, daycare)
and personal concern.
New international students participate
in an orientation program before the
beginning of the term which provides
14
Student Life
practical information on housing, banking,
using local transportatiod and course
registration. Students also learn about the
U.S. educational system and adjusting to
life at Augsburg.
Study Abroad -An increasing number
of Augsburg students are taking advantage
of the opportunity to gain academic credit
for an overseas experience. Through study
abroad students may meet with grassroots
women's organizations in Mexico, work in a
small business or artisan program in Kenya,
examine Scandinavian perspectives on
world peace in Norway, or thrill to the
sounds of "The Magic Flute" at the Viennese
state opera house. Study abroad provides
opportmities to develop critical thinking
skills, strengthen language competencies,
further career paths, experience different
cultures and gain knowledge about the
increasingly interdependent world.
Students interested in studying offcampus receive advice on selecting programs which best fit their academic, career
and personal objectives. Assistance is given
with program application, course registration, financing and travel arrangements.
Orientation and re-entry programs are
offered to assist students in integrating the
experience abroad into their course work
and personal lives.
The deadline for application is
December 15 for off-campus study the
following year.
All students in good academic standing
at Augsburg may apply for permission to
study off-campus. The cost for many
programs is equivalent to full tuition, room
and board for a semester on-campus.
Financial aid is granted on the same basis as
on-campus study.
Students normally receive the same
number of course credits abroad as they
would if studying on-campus. Courses
abroad can fulfill major, distribution/
general education and graduation requirements when approved by academic advisers
and the Study Abroad Adviser before
departure.
Augsburg Community -The International Programs Office works to utilize the
cross-culturalperspectives of its intemational students and students with experience overseas to educate the college community on world issues. This is done
through faculty, staff and student
development programs which include
activities sponsored by the Cross-Cultural
Club and the International House, forums
on world issues sponsored by the Global
Community and Amnesty International
student groups, and seminars focusing on
issues of cross-cultural communication for
faculty and staff.
FOOD SERVICE
The Commons -Situated on the top
floor of the Christensen Center, this is the
main food service facility for students,
faculty and staff. %s pleasant, spacious
room features small table units for easy
conversation and overlooks the College
Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The
portions are generous and modestly priced.
Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons.
Murphy's - Located on the ground
floor of the Christensen Center, Murphy's
features grill items, pizza, soups and salads,
desserts and beverages. -
Augsburg provides a variety of board
Student Life
plan options for those living in College
houses or nearby apartments.
RESIDENCE LIFE PROGRAM
Augsburg recognizes the importance of
the residence experience during the college
years. Research indicates that students who
live on campus will be more likely to
complete their college degree successfully.
Augsburg provides a diverse and dynamic
residence program which fosters the
development of community, and supports
and enhances the academic experience.
Live-in staff assist students by providing
social and educational programming,
facilitating conflict resolutions and assisting
in emergencies.
Each complex contains 24hour study
rooms, computer services, laundry and
vending services and access to security staff.
Augsburg expects all freshmen and
sophomores, not living at home, to live in
college-operated housing. Housing for
married students and students with families
is available.
Students rent a room at the beginning of
the Fall term for the entire academic school
year. New students receive room assignments the summer before they arrive at
Augsburg. Upper-class students make
housing arrangementsin the Spring. All
resident students must sign room and board
contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are
urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1
in order to secure housing. Students who
deposit after June 1will be provided
housing only if space is available.
All students living on campus must pay
a $100 deposit when they sign the housing
contract. The fee is credited to the student's
account when he or she moves out.
The College houses approximately 700
students in residence hall rooms, apartments, floor houses, and townhouses. A
wide variety of options are available,
including single rooms.
Urness Tower -All new students and
some upper-class students live in Urness
Tower. This 11-story high-rise houses 324
students. Each floor is considered a house
unit providing 36 students (two to a room),
with their own lounge, study and utility
areas. In Urness Tower, rooms are furnished
with a bed, dresser, desk and chair. Linens
are not provided.
Mortensen Tower -This building is a
13-story high-rise apartment building. It
contains 104 onebedroom and twobedroom apartments to accommodate 312
upper-class students. Mortensen Tower is
carpeted, air conditioned and contains
kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished.
Anderson Hall - Opened in Fall 1993,
this is the newest residence hall. It contains
four types of living units: two-bedroom
apartments, two-room suites, floor houses
and townhouses. This residence houses 192
men and women. All rooms are furnished
with beds, dressers and desks. It is
equipped with telephones, cable TV and
computer hook-ups.
Special Interest Housing -Students
may submit proposals in the Spring for a
program which allows them to live as a
group with a special educational contract.
Examples of programs include Campus
Ministry, healthy living options and
international floors.
3!
-
l6
Student Life
STUDENT STANDARDS OF BEHAVIOR,
COMPLAINTS, RECORDS
The C O 1 l e ~
a statement of
standards for student behavior and has provided for due process in matters of disciplinary action, grievances and grade appeal.
The College operates in compliance with
the Family Rights and Privacy Act. Students
have the right to inspect certain official
records, files and data which pertain to
them and which are maintained in the
Officeof the
and the Placement
Office, and to challenge inaccurate or
misleading information.
Persons seeking additional information
on these topics should contact the Vice
President for Student Affairs Office.
General Information - 3,
Degrees Offered - 38
Academic Calendar - sa
,
Computer Resources - 39
Academic Advising Center - 39
I
Academic Organ'mtion and Programs
Divisions and Departments - 40
Majors and Minors - 40
Teaching Licensure - 42
Pre-Professional Programs - 42
Honors Program - 43
Inter-Institutional Programs - 44
Study Abroad - 45
Experiential Education - 48
Weekend College -50
Graduate Programs - .
Other Programs - 51
Academic Policies and Procedures - 5
Registration- 51
Withdrawal from College - 52
Leave of Absence - 52
General Education Curriculum - 53
Quick Check Summary of
Graduation Requirements - 53
Graduation Requirements - 55
Students Entering 1993 and After Students Who Entered Prior to 1993 Students Entering Under Distributio
Curriculum Requirements - 64
Skills Component - 57
Liberal Arts Perspectives - 58
Rationale for Perspectives - 63
Evaluation and Grading - 66
Assessment of Previous
Learning Program - 68
Academic Progress, Probation
and Dismissal - 70
Four Year Assurance Program - 71
- ACADEMIC INFORMATION
A
ugsburg College constructs its
curriculum upon the premise that students
must be educated as fully human persons
-intellectually, spiritually and physically.
To act effectively, human beings must have
a broad grasp of the of the world from
which they have come as well as the world
in which
live.
providing courses in
the humanities, natural sciences and social
sciences, the general education curriculum
introduces students to the breadth and
complexity of knowledge and culture.
Required courses in religion are designed to acquaint students with the
Christian tradition and encourage them to
reflect upon the importance and meaning of
spirituality in their lives. Recreation courses
offer students the opportunity to develop
skills for participation in exercise and
sporting activities.
Students choose from over 40 major
areas of study to gain a depth of knowledge
in a discipline and to prepare for a career or
further study. Thus, through a balance of
curricular activities supported by full
programs in student life and religious life,
an Augsburg College education strives to
educate its students in a real world for the
real world.
DECREES OFFERED
Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the
Bachelor of Music and the Bachelor of
Science undergraduate degrees. Augsburg
also offers the Master of Arts in Leadership,
the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership
and the Master of Social Work graduate
degrees.
ACADEMIC CALENDAR
Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar,
with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a 4-week
January Interim. Full-time students normally take four course credits each semester
and one course during Interim. A maximum
of three course credits can be earned in the
two annual summer sessions, one of four
weeks and one of six weeks.
fiecalendar is coordinated with
of the four other colleges of the Associated
CoU,ges of the Twin Cities, so students can
t&e courses on another
during the
regular term. (SeeRegistration on page 51
and Calendars on page 269 and 270.)
January Interim is~&cularly intended to
be a time for both students and faculty to
employ different styles of teaching and
learning and to investigate questions and
topics in places and ways not possible
during the regular term.
The Interim catalog, published in the fall
of each year, is distributed to all students
and is available by contacting the Interim
Office. In addition to classes offered on
campus, Augsburg offers a variety of travel
opportunitieswithin the United States and
abroad. Augsburg offers two Summer
School sessions. The Summer School catalog
is published in the winter of each year, is
distributed to all students, and is available
by contading the Summer School Office.
Augsburg Weekend College and
Graduate Programs follow a trimester
calendar (see Augsburg Weekend College
and Graduate Programs, pages 50 and 51).
FACULTY
The heart of any educational institution
is its faculty. Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. ~ o sfaculty
t
hold the
dodorate or other terminal degree and all
consider teaching to be the focus of their
activity. Faculty are involved in social,
professional and a variety of research
activities, but see these activities as supporting their teaching. They are actively
involved in an exciting faculty development
program which introduces them to current
thought in many fields but especially in
teaching techniques and theories.
Augsburg's size and small classes
encourage its tradition of close involvement
between professors and students. Faculty
act as academic advisers and participate
regularly in campus activities. Every
freshman is assigned a First Year Experience
(FYE) adviser and, later, chooses a major
adviser. In this close interaction, faculty act
as both mentors and models for students.
tapes and films, and supplies media
equipment free of charge for instructional
use. Audio and video tape duplication
within the limits set by copyright law is
available. Fees are charged for the production of transparencies and posters as well as
for lamination. The Center supplies
television sets, VCRs, video cameras, video
editing, tape recorders, microphones, slide,
overhead, filmstrip, opaque and movie
projectors as well as screens and carts. Film
bibliographies and advice on materials
selection are available. Facilities for classes
in broadcasting are located in the Center.
I COMPUTER RESOURCES
I LIBRARY AND AUDIO-VISUAL
SERVICES
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff
and friendly student library assistants make
the library a favorite place to study and do
research. The main library houses over
175,000 books, journals, records and
microforms. Music, chemistry and art
history slide libraries are located within
departmental areas.
A se~ce-orientedstaff provides
students with assistance to meet diverse
information needs including instruction in
the use of the library, reference service and
guidance in pursuing research. Students
have access to a wide variety of local,
regional, national and international
databases. Arrangements are made for
access by students with physical limitations
and special needs.
Students have access via a computerized
online catalog and daily courier service to
all the library holdings of the seven private
liberal arts colleges of the Twin Cities and
the James J. Hill Reference Library.
The Library Audio-Visual Center houses
a large collection of sound recordings, video
The recent completion of a new computer classroom and lab in the Foss Center
was an important addition to the growing
list of computer resources accessible to
Augsburg students and faculty.
Computing clusters -located in the
residence halls, the Foss Center computer
lab, the Library and the Science Building are connected via a campus-wide network
that offers a full range of network services.
Students also have 24-hour access seven
days a week to more than 30 computers in
the Mortensen/Umess study lounge.
Augsburg College, a member of the
National Science Foundation's Internet since
1990, is connected to hundreds of universities and other institutions in the U.S. and
around the world. Internet access and a
renewed focus on educational technology is
allowing Augsburg to integrate these
electronic resources into many different
areas of the learning process.
I ACADEMIC ADVISING CENTER
The Academic Advising Center advises
transfer students and students with
undeclared majors, provides information on
- Academic lntormation
matters of general education, administers
and tracks all entry level skills assessments,
interprets catalog and graduation skills
requirements, and advises both students
who have been placed on academic
probation and re-entering suspended
students regarding GPA requirements. The
Center also coordinates summer advising
for the orientation program and provides
in-service training and development for
f a d t y advisers.
DIVISIONS AND DEPARTMENTS
The College curriculum is offered by 22
departments which are grouped into four
divisions for administrative and instructional purposes.
Humanities -Catherine Nicholl
(Chair).Art, English, Modern Languages,
Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication, Theatre Arts, College Librarians.
Natural Science and Mathematics Mark Engebretson (Chair).Biology,
Chemistry, Mathematics, Computer Science,
Physics.
Social and Behavioral Sciences Richard Nelson (Chair).Business Administration, Accounting, Economics, History,
Management Information Systems (MIS),
Political Science, Psychology, Sociology.
Professional Studies -Vincent Peters
(Chair).Education, Health and Physical
Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work.
MAJORSAND MINORS
Majors, or concentrations of study, may
be within one department, within one
division or cross academic disciplines. Some
students decide on a major or majors before
they enter college. Others test a variety of
disciplines before deciding. Normally a
major should be elected by the end of the
fourth semester and earlier in some
disciplines. Details of majors and minors are
in the course description section. Unless
otherwise indicated, majors are part of the
Bachelor of Arts degree.
Students may contact the Registrar
about creating a unique major.
Accounting
General Accounting
Managerial Accounting
Public Accounting
Art
Art History
Studio Art
Biology
Business Administration
Business Administration/Economics
Business Administration/Finance
Business Administration/Intemational
Business
Business Administration/Management
Business Administration/Marketing
Chemistry (B.A. or B.S.)
Communication
General CommunicationStudies
Mass Communications
Organizational Communication
Computer Science (B.A. or B.S.)
East and Southeast Asian Studies'
Economics
Applied Economics
Economics
Economics/Business Administration
Education
Kindergarten-Elementary
Secondary (non-major, licensure only)
Engineering2
Academic lntormatlon -
English
Health Education
History
International Relations
Management Information Systems
Mathematics
Applied Mathematics
Mathematics
Metro-Urban Studies
Modem Languages'
French
German
Norwegian
Spanish
Music
Music (B.A.)
Music Education (B.M.)
Music Performance (B.M.)
Music Therapy (B.S.)
Nordic Area Studies
Nursing (B.S. -Weekend College only)
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics (B.A. or B.S.)
Space Physics (B.S.)
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Russian, Central and East European Area
Studies
Social Science
Social Work (B.S.)
Sociology
Speech
Theatre Arts
Transdisciplinary
Women's Studies
Accounting
American Indian Studies
Art
Art History
Studio Art
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
East and Southeast Asian Studies
Economics
English
Health Education
History
International Business
International Relations
Linguistics
Management Information Systems
Mathematics
Metro-Urban Studies
Modern Languages '
French
German
Norwegian
Spanish
Music
Nordic Area Studies
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Social Welfare
Sociology
Russian, Central and East European Area
Studies'
Special Education
Speech
Theatre Arts
Theatre Arts
Theatre History and Criticism
Women's Studies
It is possible for students to complete
other majors through the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC).
- Academic lntormation
'L
Students who wish to complete a major
offered at one of the other ACTC colleges
must apply through the Augsburg
Registrar's Office.
Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of
the Twin Cities and agreements with the University of
Minnesota. It is possible for students to take beginning1
intermediate/advanced courses not available at consortium colleges in Arabic, Chinese,Hebrew, Japanese,
Russian, and other infrequently taught languages.
Students register directly with the ACTC ofice.
*Dualdegree programs with the University of
Minnesota Institute of Technology, Washington
University School o f Engineering and Applied Science
and Michigan Technological University.
W OTHER STUDY PROGRAMS
Teaching Licensure
Teaching Licensure programs are
offered at Augsburg in KindergartenElementary Education and the following
fields in Secondary Education: EnglishLanguage Arts, French, German, Health,
Life Science, Mathematics, Physical Science
(Chemistry or Physics), Science (grades 5-91,
Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, Theatre
Arts, and in the special areas of Art (K-121,
Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (grades
5-12), Orchestra (K-12) and Classroom
Music (grades 5-12), Vocal and Classroom
Music (K-9), Vocal and Classroom Music
(grades 5-12), and Physical Education
(K-12).
Students planning to teach on the
secondary level have advisers both in the
Education Department and the area of their
academic major($
Pre-Professional Programs
Students who plan to enter the fields
of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry,
veterinary science, pharmacy or engineering can profit from a liberal arts education
at Augsburg.
It is recommended that requirements for
admission to graduate schools or seminaries
be reviewed and the course of study at
Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty
adviser is available in each field to assist
students in their planning. Students who
want to plan a pre-professional program
should contact the Assistant to the Dean for
Academic Advising early in their freshman
year to arrange for help from the appropriate faculty adviser.
Pre-Dentistry - These courses are
recommended to fulfill the minimum
requirements of the School of Dentistry at
the University of Minnesota: ENG, two
courses; BIO 113,114; PHY 121,122; CHM
115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352; MAT 124;
PSY 105. Requirements at other universities
may vary.
Pre-Engineering-This program
provides a course of study which enables
students to complete introductory core
requirements in mathematics, science and
the liberal arts necessary for engineering.
Some students in the program choose to
transfer after two years to an institution
granting degrees in engineering, while
others elect to participate in a dual
degree program.
Augsburg College has cooperative
arrangements with three universities to
allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts
degree from Augsburg College and an
engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology,
Minneapolis; Washington University School
of Engineering and Applied Science, St.
Louis, Missouri, or Michigan Technological
University, Houghton, Michigan. The dual
degree programs afford students the opportunity to combine a strong background in
the liberal arts, including an elected major,
with the study of engineering.
Academic Information
Pre-Law - Students considering a
career in law should examine the handbook
published by the Association of American
Law Schools. Students may wish to take
the course POL 170 (Law in the United
States) to help determine their interest in
law. Pre-law students should major in a
discipline of their own choosing and will
satisfy most law school entrance requirements with a record of solid achievement in
the liberal arts.
Pre-Medicine-Many medical schools
are encouraging a liberal arts education to
prepare for study in medicine. At
Augsburg, the Biology and Chemistry
Departments have majors which can fulfill
the academic requirements for pre-medical
students. Both require CHM 115,116 (or
105,106),MAT 145,146;and PHY 121,122.
The chemistry major also requires CHM
353,361, one advanced course, seminar and
two or more biology courses. The biology
major also requires BIO 113,114,201,491
and at least one from each of five groups (BIO 367,386,471), (BIO 355,474), (BIO 351,
353,473), (BIO 361,440), (BIO476,481) with BIO 353 and 355 especially recommended for medical school. Designed to
meet the University of Minnesota ( M i m e
apolis) requirements, both programs also
encourage courses in the behavioral sciences
and humanities, including psychology and
sociology. The University of Minnesota
(Minneapolis)requires two years of English.
Requirements at other medical schools may
vary. Students are encouraged to consult
with their faculty adviser early in the
freshman year.
Pre-Occupational Therapy, PrePhysician's Assistant and Pre-Physical
Therapy - Course work in preparation
for these training programs should be
discussed with a faculty member in the
Biology Department.
Pre-Pharmacy -Augsburg has a
program designed to fulfill minimum
requirements of the College of Pharmacy at
the University of Minnesota: BIO 113,114;
CHM 115,116,351,352; ECO 112 or 113;
ENG 111and a second course; MAT 145,
146; PHY 121,122; electives from hurnanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the
semester hour requirements. Requirements
at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary -A student may enter a
theological seminary with any of several
different majors, such as history, philose
phy, English, psychology, sociology or
religion. Recommended preparation
includes REL 111,221; at least two semesters of history (WesternCivilization);one or
more courses in the history of philosophy
and Greek in the junior and/or senior year.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine -To meet
minimum requirements of the College of
Veterinary Medicine at the University of
Minnesota, these courses are recommended:
ENG, two courses; MAT 145; public
speaking, one course; CHM 115,116 (or 105,
106),351,352,353; BIO 113,114; PHY 121,
122; economics, one course; two courses in
art, literature, music, humanities, theatre, or
Upper Division modem languages; and
anthropology, economics, geography,
history, political science, psychology or
sociology courses to fulfill the rest of the
curriculum requirements. Requirements at
other universities may vary.
Honors Program
The Honors Program is designed to
challenge and encourage the most academically distinguished students at Augsburg.
The program combines academic and
cultural components with social activities.
Members of the program normally enter as
freshmen, with opportunities for transfers
-
4:
14
Academic Information
and others. Students graduate from the
Honors Program upon successful completion of the program, which is noted on
the transcript and which provides a n
advantage for both employment and
graduate school application.
During the freshman and sophomore
years, students take a four course honors
sequence that satisfies four Perspectives.
They also participate in a Monday Forum
program that affords an opportunity to hear
outside speakers, assess films, and pursue
course sequence topics in greater depth. The
First-Year Experience (FYE) is also integrated into the freshman sequence.
During the junior and senior years,
students take four mini-seminars (one full
course credit upon completion),one each
semester and participate in a six week
Monday Forum program each term. Seniors
take a Senior Seminar during Interim, which
satisfies a Perspective requirement, and are
obliged to complete an approved Honors
project. Some seniors satisfy this requirement by serving on the Augsburg Honors
Review, a yearly journal which publishes
outstanding student papers.
Requirements center on full participation in the program and the maintenance of
at least a 3.3 GPA the freshman year, a 3.4
the sophomore year, and a 3.5 the last two
years. Please direct enquiries to Dr. Joan
Griffin, Director of Freshman and Sophomore Honors, or Dr. Larry Crockett,
Director of Junior and Senior Honors.
INTER-INSTITUTIONAL PROGRAMS
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges
and institutions in the Twin Cities area on
several programs.
Library and Media Center -Through
CLIC, the Twin Cities private colleges
library consortium, and MINITEX, the
regional library network, the Augsburg
community has access to over 5,000,000
volumes.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC) -Full-time weekday students at
Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges and
universities of Hamline, Macalester, St.
Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a
course each semester at one of the other
campuses. No additional fee is required for
such an exchange, except for private
instruction in music and some independent
studies. See Independent Study for additional details. Students may elect to
participate in the cooperative program to
gain new perspectives, to get better
acquainted with the other schools or to
undertake a specific course or major not
offered on the home campus. The colleges
have coordinated calendars. The Interim
term may also be taken on another campus.
A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students
between the campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with
other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January Interim.
Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs (HECUA) -Augsburg, in
cooperation with 17 other colleges and
universities in Minnesota, Wisconsin, Iowa
and South Dakota, develops and offers offcampus study semesters in Scandinavia,
South and Central America and the Twin
Cities. All HECUA programs are interdisciplinary and address the critical issues
associated with social change, inequality
and the human community. The consortium
also facilitates innovative curricular endeavors, an interchange and sharing among
faculty, cooperative research, international
and experiential education and conferences
on planning and metro-urban studies.
Academic Information 4!
Chemical Dependency Program -A
cooperative effort between Augsburg
College and Minneapolis Community
College in downtown Minneapolis has
resulted in the establishment of a four-year
program in social work, sociology or
psychology with a chemical dependency
specialty. The program is designed to train
specialists to help professional people in
dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken on both campuses.
Air Force ROTC -Augsburg students
may participate in the Air Force ROTC program at the University of St. Thomas under
the ACTC consortium agreement. Students
are eligible to compete for two and three
year AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the Office of the Registrar.
Note: A maximum of one full Augsburg
course credit of military science studies may
apply toward the total credits required for
graduation. Additional military science
credits beyond the one credit allowed will
be classified as non-degree credits.
Naval ROTC -Augsburg students
may participate in the Naval ROTC program at the University of Minnesota under
an agreement between Augsburg, the
University of Minnesota, and the program.
For more mformation, contact the Office of
the Registrar.
Note: A maximum of one full Augsburg
course credit of military science studies may
apply toward the total credits required for
graduation. Additional military science
credits beyond the one credit allowed will
be classified as non-degree credits.
OPPORTUNITIES FOR STUDY ABROAD
An increasing number of Augsburg
students are taking advantage of the
opportunity to gain academic credit for an
overseas experience. Through study abroad,
students may find themselves exploring the
ancient Mayan ruins in Mexico, meeting
with women's groups in Namibia, examining Scandinavianperspectives on world
peace or hilling to the sounds of music at a
Viennese opera house.
International Study at Augsburg College
is intended to motivate students to act
responsibly and effectively in society
by expanding their awareness of other
cultures, deepening their understanding
of the human condition on a global scale,
and helping them to understand the
connections between social justice and
global interdependence.
Eligibility and Application
All students in good academic standing
(a minimum GPA of 2.5) at Augsburg may
apply for permission to study off-campus.
Although foreign language skills are an
asset to students studying abroad, they are
not required. Since it takes some time to
prepare for studying abroad, students
should start planning during their freshman
and sophomore years. Students must apply
by December 15 for study off-campus for
the next academic year.
Costs and Financial Aid
The cost of many programs is equivalent
to full tuition, room and board for a
semester on-campus. Financial aid is
granted on the same basis as on-campus
study. Cost estifnates are drawn up to assist
the Financial Aid Office in awarding aid to
students studying overseas.
Academic Requirements and Credit
Study abroad is an integral part of
several majors at Augsburg, but will add an
international dimension to any academic
- Academic
16
Information
program. Students majoring in a variety of
disciplines, from the natural sciences and
mathematics to the humanities, are among
those who study abroad each year. Students
normally receive the same number of course
credits abroad as they would if studying oncampus. Courses abroad can fulfill major,
distribution/general education and
graduation requirements when approved by
academic advisers and department chairs
before departure.
A sample of study programs is highlighted below. For information on these or
other programs overseas, contact the
Coordinator of Academic Programs Abroad.
Also see the International Studies section of
the Department and Programs section of
this catalog for full course descriptions of
the programs listed below.
The Center for Global Education
The Center for Global Education
facilitates cross-cultural learning experiences which prepare people to think more
critically about global issues and to work
toward a more just and sustainable world.
The Center's programs explore a diversity
of viewpoints and are grounded in the
perspectives of the poor and of others
struggling for justice and human dignity.
The Center's study programs are
conducted in Mexico, Namibia, Norway and
Switzerland. Students experience three
distinct types of living situations, which
include living with other participants in a
community house, spending several days in
a rural setting and several weeks living with
host families. They also travel together on
two-week seminars -in Mexico to Central
America, in Namibia to South Africa, and in
Switzerland to Italy and Germany. The cost
of these programs is equivalent to full
tuition, room and board for one semester on
campus plus airfare.
Augsburg College/OstFold, Norway
Semester or Academic Year
Augsburg, in cooperation with the
University of North Dakota and the city of
Moss, offers this semester or year-long
exchange program in Moss, Norway.
Students are taught in English. Courses
offered may meet perspectives for general
education requirements, or count as
electives in communication, international
business and Nordic Area Studies. Students live with host families on the island
of Jeby. Application deadline: April 15.
Women and Development: Latin American Perspectives - Fall
This program explores the experience of
women in Latin America, focusing on their
roles in economic development, social
change strategies, and the connections
women are drawing among issues of
gender, race, class and global economics.
The course offers credit in areas such as
religion, political science and Spanish.
Application deadline: April 1.
Social Policy and Human Services in Latin
America - Fall
This program introduces students to the
central issues currently facing Latin
America by focusing on new models of
political organizing, popular education and
human services. Credit may be earned in
social work, sociology, education, political
science and Spanish. Application deadline:
Apnl 1.
Southern Africa Societies in Transition
- Fall
This intensive progrim of study and
travel is designed to introduce participants
to the central issues facing Southern Africa.
Namibia is a nation that has recently gained
independence and is making a transition
Academic Information 43
from colonialism to independence. Students
will explore the complex political, social and
economic dynamics of building a new
nation. Credit may be earned in history,
political science and religion. Internships
are available with development agencies.
Application deadline: April 15.
Contemporary Issues in Mexico and
Central America - Spring
This program examines the history of
political change, the dynamics of social
justice and the role of the church in Latin
America. Students explore the importance
of community and the role of U.S. citizens in
social and political change. Credit may be
earned in areas such as history, religion and
Spanish. Application deadline: October 15.
International Development and Human
Rights in Latin America - Spring
This program focuses on the themes of
international development and human .
rights. It includes coursework in human
rights, international development, Hispanic
literature and Spanish composition and
conversation. Credit may be earned in
Spanish, Latin American studies, international relations, political science, economics,
peace studies, anthropology and pre-law
studies. Internships in human rights
organizations are available. Application
deadline: October 15.
Women and Development: A Southern
Africa Perspective - Spring
This intensive study and travel program
is designed to introduce participants to the
central issues facing Southern Africa, with
emphasis on the experience of women. The
program introduces students to the struggle
of women in Southern Africa, to the history
of their role in society, and to the situation
that exists for women in Africa. Students
may earn credit in political science, religion
and sociology. Internships are available
with agencies providing special services to
women. Application deadline: October 15
Global Issues and World Churches Summer
This intensive program of study and
travel is designed to introduce participants
to the workings of international nongovernmental organizations, especially ecumenical
church agencies. The program will focus on
justice issues (international responses to the
challenges of humans rights, refugees and
relief, and social and economic development); peace issues (international responses
to conflict);and the integrity of creation
(international responses to environmental
and ecological travel).
The Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs (HECUA)
Augsburg, in consortium with other
colleges and universities, offers programs
through HECUA in three different full
semester programs in Norway,
Ecuador or Colombia. AU programs
emphasize the impact of the social change
and cross-cultural factors on the human
community. HECUA programs emphasize
intense language experience, internships
and field trips.
For more information on international
HECUA programs, see the listings under
International Studies, and for non-international programs, see Metro-Urban Studies
under Interdisciplinary Studies.
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term:
Norway - Fall
This interdisciplinary program focuses
on contemporary Scandinavian society,
culture and language, and the development
'8
Academic Information
of cities, urban problem solving and urban
life. Local, regional, and international field
study and site visits in Copenhagen,
Stockholm, Helsinki, and the former Soviet
Union, will provide comparative perspectives on welfare states and global politics.
Application deadline: March 15.
Community Internships in Latin America:
Ecuador - Fall or Spring
This interdisciplinaryprogram enables
the student to combine intense involvement in a community-based organization
with study of the community development
process and increasing language skills.
Students study philosophical and ideological perspectives of a variety of community
agencies or groups working with or for
low-income and other disenfranchised
populations in Latin America. Application
deadlines: November 1for Spring Term
and March 15 for Fall Term.
Literature, Ideology and Society in Latin
America: Colombia or Ecuador - Spring
This interdisciplinary program focuses
on development and social change in Latin
America through the study of ideology, as
reflected in literature, the arts and the
ways in which ideologies shape perceptions of social realities. Application
deadline: November 1.
Student Teaching Abroad
Selected Education Department
students may participate in the International Student Teaching Abroad program
coordinated through Moorhead State
University or the University of Minnesota,
Morris. Students have options for student
teaching in dozens of countries through
the International Independent School
Network. Students who teach abroad will
also do part of their student teaching under
direct Augsburg faculty supervision.
For additional information, contact the
Education Department.
Interim Abroad
Each January, 25 to 30 courses are
offered around the world by Augsburg
professors and through the Upper
Midwest Association for International
Education (UMAIE).Course registration is
held during the Spring and Fall terms for
the following January. Application
deadline: October 25.
EXPERIENTIAL EDUCATION
PROCRAMS
Through Internships, Cooperative
Education and Community Service,
Augsburg students integrate and expand
their liberal arts education by embracing
the worlds of work and service. Each work
or community service placement is closely
related to a student's major, course work or
career interest. Augsburg's Internship,
Cooperative Education and Community
Service programs link employers, community organizations and the academic
program in a way that enriches and
expands a student's educational experience
and personal development. An underlying
assumption is that a liberal arts education
is an effective preparation for careers and
citizenship. The integration of "knowing
and doing" adds breadth and depth to the
liberal arts curriculum and assists students
in making more informed academic, career
and personal decisions.
The College's metropolitan location
makes possible a wide range of opportunities. Students have gained valuable
learning experiences in small and midsize
companies, large corporations, non-profit
organizations, schools, government agencies and community-based organizations.
Academic Information 4
Academic Internships
An academic internship is a carefully
planned work-based learning experience
where a student focuses on specific academic and individual learning objectives. A
learning agreement plan, negotiated with a
faculty supervisor and work supervisor,
outlining the internship objectives, strategies and evaluation methods is required.
An academic internship is approved,
supervised and evaluated by a faculty
member in the department in which the
student wishes to earn the Internship credit.
Upper Division Internships are numbered
399 and Lower Division Internships are
numbered 199.
Registration for Internships consists of
the following steps:
1.Obtain the Internship registration
permission form from the Internship and
Cooperative Education Office and secure
the signatures of the faculty supervisor and
Director of Internships and Cooperative
Education.
2. Register for a 199 or 399 Internship
during the registration period. The signed
permission form must be turned in at the
time of registration. (Students may preregister without a placement secured, but a
suitable internship must be found by the
end of the registration or drop/add period.)
3. A learning agreement (forms are
available from the Internship and Cooperative Education office) must be negotiated
with the faculty member responsible for
grading the experience and the work
supervisor. The completed original is
turned in to the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office, with copies made for the
faculty, supervisor and student.
Internships are available in all majors
and can be taken during a semester (or
Weekend College trimester), Interim or
summer session. For extension of an
Internship beyond one term see Evaluation
and Grading on page 66.
A maximum of four courses of Internship may count toward the total courses
required for the degree.
Cooperative Education
Cooperative Education is a college
supported and monitored, paid, worklearning experience that is closely related to
a student's major or career objective. The
goal is to combine theory with practice in
work or servicebased settings.
Students also earn money to help defray
educational costs while gaining important
on-the-job experience. Job placements
typically are part-time during the academic
year and/or full-time summer. Co-op jobs
are flexible and can begin and end anytme.
Co-op Ed is not credited in and of itself, but
a non-credit Cooperative Education
transcript entry is available during the
academic terms the student is employed.
Co-op Ed students are encouraged to
complete at least one Internship for credit in
conjunction with their Cooperative Education participation. Co-op Ed is available to
Augsburg students who have completed
their freshman year and are in good
academic standing.
Service-Learning
Augsburg's Service-Learningprogram
combines respoke to human needs in the
community with a conscious awareness and
understanding of issues, reflection and
educational growth. Augsburg students
learn from and about the community and
society in which they live by participating in
orientation sessions, direct servicelearning
activities and seminars or class discussions.
-
Academic Intormation
Through direct service, such as volunteering
at a homeless shelter, tutoring, building
housing for low income people or working
with environmental groups, students
engage in a dynamic and interactive educational approach which employs reciprocal
learning between the student(s) and the
community. Service Learning includes
course-imbedded community service,
tutoring, internships, cooperative education
and a wide range of volunteer options.
The Service-LearningProgram works
with community organizations and
organizes specific projects to enhance
student involvement and also assists with
and supports the integration of servicelearning into departmental courses. The
program works closely with the student
directed Augsburg LINK program and
campus ministry.
WEEKEND COLLEGE
Augsburg Weekend College provides an
educational alternative for adult students
who work or have other commitments
during the week. It is a means by which
men and women may earn a college degree,
complete a second major or pursue a
personal interest or skill.
Weekend College classes meet on
alternate weekends. There are three
trimester terms during the early September
through June academic year. Students may
take from one to four classes each term.
Although the Augsburg Weekend
College program involves the same courses
as the day school program, the curriculum
is limited to selected liberal arts courses and
the following majors: Accounting, Business
Administration (specializationsin finance,
international business, management and
marketing), Communication (concentrations
in general communication, organizational
communication and mass communication),
Computer Science, Economics, Elementary
and Secondary Education, English, Management Information Systems, Nursing,
Psychology, Religion and Social Work.
1 GRADUATE PROGRAMS
Augsburg College offers three
graduate degree programs: the Master of
Arts in Leadership, the Master of Arts in
Education-Leadership and the Master of
Social Work.
Designed for working adults, the
Augsburg Graduate Program operates on
alternate Saturdays and alternate Thursday
evenings. There are three trimester terms
during the early September through June
academic year.
The Master of Arts in Leadership
program is based on the subject matter and
approaches of the traditional liberal arts.
This cross-disciplinaryprogram directs its
academic content and pedagogical approaches at situations, issues and problems
relevant to organizational leaders.
Augsburg's program recognizes that
today's leaders need broad-spectrum abilities to provide them with a more comprehensive understandinn
., of their world.
The Master of Arts in EducationLeadership program values the role that
good educators play in the lives of students,
and operates from the belief that educators
need to exercise leadership within the
workplace without relinquishing the role of
teacher. The program promotes leadership
as a process, promotes productivity within
and beyond the organization and works
toward progress.
The Master of Social Work at Augsburg
offers two concentrations: Family Practice
and Program Development, Policy and
Academic Information
Administration. In the Family Practice concentration, students concentrate on empowering the family nurturing systems from a
developmental and holistic perspective.
Milda K. Hedblom, Canadian Program
Coordinator.
The Program Development, Policy and
Administration concentration has been
developed in response to the growing
demand for creative leadership and
administration of policies and services that
respond to human need.
Augsburg College has a commitment to
lifelong learning and is host to both
Elderhostel and College of the Third Age
programs. For more information, contact the
Academic Dean's office.
Both concentrations are founded on the
assumptions that analysis of complex social
issues and solutions must be based on solid
research, and that the world is interdependent in all areas, including human needs
and the services to address them.
These programs bring working adults to
the campus. They are complemented by the
College's Cooperative Education Program
(begun in 1984) that places Augsburg
students into paid work experiences.
OTHER PROGRAMS
Continuing Education Program
Augsburg College offers selected
courses through Continuing Education.
Inquiries should be addressed to the Office
of the Associate Dean for Academic Affairs.
Canadian Program
The Canadian Program was inaugurated
in 1985with endowment from the
Mildred Joel Bequest for Canadian Studies.
The program supports special events and
conferences as well as student internships
and faculty activity in Canadian studies.
The goals of the program include community involvement, increased awareness
of the importance of Canadian/U.S. relations, and provision of opportunities to
learn directly from Canadians through visits
and exchanges.
Elderhostel and College of the Third Age
REGISTRATION
A student must be registered for a
course to receive credit for it.
Full-time students normally register for
four course credits per semester and one
course during Interim. Students registered
for three or more course credits in a
semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4.5 course
credits, students must contact the
Registrar's office to petition the Committee
on Student Standing for permission.
Although a student may register up to
five days after the semester begins,
registration is encouraged at the regularly
scheduled time. Special fees are charged for
late registration. Special fees also are
charged for cancelling or adding courses or
changing grading option after the first five
days of a semester.
A joint class schedule is published each
Spring by the Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following
academic year. As some courses are offered
only in alternate years, students should
also consult with Departmental advisers
when planning their academic program.
Separate catalogs of courses are
published by the Interim Office, Summer
-5'
- Academic Information
iz
School Office, Weekend College Office
and Graduate Program Office for those
sessions at Augsburg, listing registration
times and procedures.
Specific information on registration and
help with registration on another campus
are available from these offices:
Office of the Registrar -Science Hall
114, for Fall and Spring Terms
Interim Office -Memorial Hall 230
Summer School Office -2222 Murphy
Place
Weekend College Office -2222
because this may result in a failing grade
on their official academic record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from College
must be completed in the Office of the
Registrar. A Leave of Absence/Withdrawal
from College form may be obtained in the
Advising Center or in the Office of the
Registrar. Withdrawal from College cannot
occur during final examination week unless
a petition is approved by the Student
Standing Committee. Withdrawal from
College and any consequential adjustments
in accounts are effective as of the date the
Withdrawal from College form is returned
to the Office of the Registrar.
Murphy Place
Graduate Program Office -2222
Murphy Place
Pre-Registration
Freshmen and transfer students may
pre-register during summer for courses in
the Fall. All currently enrolled students
may pre-register during the Fall for the
Spring term and during the Spring for the
Fall term.
Class Confirmation
All students must confirm their registration with a signature and final payment
arrangements prior to the start of classes.
Students who do not confirm their
registration before the first day of classes
(unless special arrangements have been
made) will lose all classes. They may
register and confirm during the first five
days, but special late fees are assessed and
added to their account.
Withdrawal from College
Students are urged not to abandon
courses for which they are registered
Leave of Absence
Students may request a Leave of
Absence for academic or personal reasons.
A Leave of Absence/Withdrawal from
College form must be picked up in the
Advising Center or the Office of the
Registrar. It must be signed by Advising
Center staff or authorized representative.
The completed form must be submitted to
the Office of the Registrar.
A leave of absence may be granted for
one term or one academic year. If an
extension is needed, an updated Leave of
Absence form must be submitted to the
Office of the Registrar prior to the expiration of the previous leave of absence
period or an application for readmission
will be required.
A student on leave of absence is
responsible for keeping the Office of the
Registrar informed of his or her mailing
address. All deadlines for financial aid and
housing must be observed by the returning
student. A leave of absence does not defer
payment of loans or extend incomplete
course deadlines.
:(sluaua~!nba~ OZ"""'
('yy.0) a3wuuojrad >!snyy
' - ' - ' ' '
('yy.0) uo!+e:,npg 3!snn
asaqloj Aldde Aeu j!pam ~ a p u w l )uop '1
PI-............
( y g ) Oqquno3~y
-enpe~601 ~ o p d
qua~aJ!nbal6 u ! ~ o l l o ~
:suogda3xa % u y i o ~ ~ o j
aql alaldwo3 lsnu '£661 '1 henuel
aq+
q
q
!
~' ~ u a q e d a pauo liue
laye (q!pa~>a l o u JO p~ q l ! 6u!~alua)
~
â¬1 ut!q+aroux ON
u!
aq
lieu1
sasmo:,
quapnls JapueJl Jo!uas pue ~o!un!IIV
sasmo:, uqraluI aq Jsnu OML
8quosear aageq!quenb q asmo:, aug
8 q e a d s u! asmo:, auo
- m u ) uo!s!a!a
.
( ~ ~ [ Eaq+
LXI
u!q+!~auo) ~ U I + U Mu! sasrno3 OML
(.sa~g:,adsradro ro[eux aqj u!
sasmo3 q + !+am
~ aq dew s+uauxar!nbar
a s a q ~.J
) ro 0.z 30 ape18 urnur!qw
e VIMS I I ~ uSo ! ~ n p e ~~U!MOIIOJ
3
aqq n g ~ ~y e sqa s~~ n aqa1duo3
o~
uayeq s! axanbas $1101-read
e ssaIun squaqedap juarajpp woq
OML
'sanypadsrad p p o 1erweN
~
a8eduel anlqeu mod ueqq
raqqo q 'sanypadslad aSe&uel OMJ,
.
.
.
(anoqe ro 0 0 paraq
~
raddn aq qsnux 11
:asaqq jo .s+!par3 asmo:, EE aqaIduIo3
(-qdmaxaare
squaprqs rajsuerq arouxoqdo~).ieu!uraS
put! uoqequauo n q m a q a~a1dwo3
:(quauaJ!nbaJ asaqloa Aldde
Aeu ypaJ3 ~ajsueq)uopenpe~601 J O ! J ~
q u a u a ~ ! n b a6~u ! ~ o l l oaql
~ alalduo3
lsnu ' ~ 6 '1
6 ~
henuef JaUe 6u!~alua
sluapnls Japueq a~ouoqdosput?
uetuysay Ile pue uauqsay Mau llv
.a8e~ane
~ q o aped
d
~~LII+II qeqqen
.ro[eu~e 30 uo!qalduxo3
aged
uo paqtrxap are sumuqxauI raqw
.
-uo!qenpefi lo3 pux
are s+uauIar!nbar ne qeq arnsua o+srasrape
r!aq+ q q ! ~lil+uanbayqnsuo:, oq pue
s~uauxa~!nbal
uogenper8 IInj aqq d ~ ~ y a
peal oq pasrnpe ale spaprqs .SS a8ed uo
q8aq q:,!q~ squamar!nbar aadap a~a~dmo:,
y
Jouue:, pue an!s
aqq 103 d l ~ aqwqsqns
-uaqarduxo~IOU q +! lXleuxuxns a s y -uo!~
-enper%roj squawar!nbar urnln:,!un3 uo!q
-e:,npg praua3 aqq 30 uoysraa paqeparqqe
ut! q +syppaq:, a:,uarajar p n b y u
i4
Academic Information
Satisfy entry level skill requirements in
writing.
Demonstrate proficiency in two
different Lifetime Sports.
Achieve a Math Placement Group score
of III.
Complete 33 course credits. Of these:
Complete courses that fulfill the
following Perspective Requirements:
Two Christian Faith perspectives
(One Christian Faith perspective
for transfer students entering with
24 or more course credits)
One City perspective
11 must be Upper Division (numbered 300 or above)
Two must be Interim courses
One Western Heritage perspective
No more than 13 courses may be in
any one department, with the
following exceptions:
Accounting (B.A. ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Music Education (B.M) . . . . . . . . . .17
Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . .20
Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Social Work (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
One Social World perspective
Other maximums are described on
page 57.
Completion of a major.
Maintain minimum grade point
average.
One Human Identity perspective
One Aesthetic perspective
One Intercultural perspective
Two Language perspectives, in other
than your native language
One Natural World perspective
Complete courses that fulfill the
following Graduation Skills with a
minimum grade of 2.0 or P. (These
requirements may be met with courses
in the major or perspectives.)
One course with a writing component within the major
One course with a critical thinking
component
One course in speaking
One course in quantitative reasoning
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
The responsibility for seeing that all
degree requirements are satisfied rests with
the student. Academic Advisers, Department Chairpersons, the Assistant to the
Dean for Academic Advising and the
Registrar are available for counsel and
assistance in program planning. Students
who enter an academic program with a
baccalaureate or higher degree should
contact the Registrar's Office about specific
requirements for a second baccalaureate
degree or for the equivalent of a major.
Each student must apply for graduation. Students should apply at the start of
their last academic year to confirm remaining graduation requirements. Application
forms are available in the Registrar's Office.
All degree and course requirements
must be completed and verified in the
Registrar's office prior to the anticipated
date of graduation (there may be no
incompletes or open courses on the
academic record).
See the separate section on Graduation
with Distinction to learn about requirements for these honors, page 71.
Degree requirements include completion of a minimum number of credits, a
major, the First Year Experience (FYE), a
minimum GPA, residence, and general
education courses. Because the College is in
transition during the change from Distribution to Perspective graduation requirements, the minimum number of credits
required may vary depending on date of
matriculation, as follows:
Students Entering After January1, 1993,
Under Perspectives Curriculum Requirements For Graduation:
1. Completion of 33 course credits At least 11course credits must be Upper
Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s.
Not more than 13 course credits may be in
one department, except in certain approved
majors: Accounting (B.A.) - 14; Music
Education (B.M.) - 17; Music Performance
(B.M.) -20; Music Therapy (B.S.) - 17;
and Social Work (B.S.) - 15.
The course total must include two
Interims for students whose complete
academic work is at Augsburg.
For transfer students, the course total
must include one less Interim course than
the number of years at Augsburg (but no
more than two Interim courses are required). This is calculated on each transfer
student's evaluation of transfer credits.
No more than these maximums may be
applied toward the 33 total course credits
required: two Interim courses; two courses
by independent/directed study; four
courses of internship; and eight course
credits with a grade of Pass (P). Nontraditional grading (P) also has these limits:
two in the major except Elementary
Education (two in the major plus student
teaching) and Nursing (no PIN grading is
permitted); one in the minor if approved by
the department chairperson. Interim
courses taken that are not counted among
the credit total for graduation requirements
(extra interim courses) may still be counted
for meeting perspective or graduation
skills requirements.
2. Completion of a Major - Requirements for each major are listed under the
departmental headings.
3. First Year Experience (FYE) - All
students who enter the College as freshmen
in the weekday schedule program must
complete satisfactorily the FYE Fall
Orientation and Seminar. See the program
- Academic Information
section on the First Year Experience for a
full description.
4. Grade Point Average -2.0 for
most majors. A grade point average of 2.0
is required over all courses taken and
specifically in all courses which apply
toward the major. Some majors, licensure
and certification require higher grades in
each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure in education, music education, music performance,
music therapy, nursing, social work.) See
the departmental section for details.
5. Residence - The last year of fulltime study or equivalent (no less than 7 of
the last 9 credits) must be completed at
Augsburg or within an approved ACTC
exchange program. No less than a total of 9
credits are to be taken at Augsburg College.
Contact the Registrar if an official interpretation is needed.
Students Entering Prior to January1,
1993, Under Perspectives Curriculum Requirements For Graduation:
1. Completion of 34 course credits At least 11course credits must be Upper
Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s.
Not more than 13 may be in one department, except in certain approved majors 14 (Accounting)for the Bachelor of Arts
degree, 17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music
Performance) for the Bachelor of Music
degree, 15 for the Bachelor of Science
(Social Work), and 18 for the Bachelor of
Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of
Science (Nursing) degree. The course total
must include two Interims for students
whose complete academic work is at
Augsburg. For transfer students, the course
total must include one less Interim course
than the number of years at Augsburg (but
no more than two Interim courses are
required). This is calculated on each trans-
fer student's evaluation of transfer credits.
No more than these maximums may be
applied toward the 34 total course credits
required: three Interim courses; two
courses by independent/directed study;
four courses of internship; and eight course
credits with a grade of Pass (P). Nontraditional grading (P) also has these limits:
two in the major except Elementary
Education (two in the major plus student
teaching) and Nursing (no P/N grading is
permitted); one in the minor if approved
by the department chairperson. Interim
courses taken that are not counted among
the credit total for graduation requirements (extra interim courses) may still
fulfill perspective or graduation
skills requirements.
2. Completion of a Major -Requirements for each major are listed under the
departmental headings.
3. First Year Experience (FYE) -All
students who enter the College as freshmen
in the weekday schedule program must
complete satisfactorily the FYE Fall
Orientation and Seminar. See the program
section on the First Year Experience for a
full description.
4. Grade Point Average - 2.0 for most
majors. A grade point average of 2.0 is
required over all courses taken and
specifically in all courses which apply
toward the major. Some majors, licensure
and certification require higher grades in
each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure in education, music education, music performance,
music therapy, nursing, social work.) See
the departmental section for detalls.
5. Residence - The last year of fulltime study or equivalent (no less than 7 of
the last 9 credits) must be completed at
Augsburg or within an approved ACTC
Academic Information
exchange program. No less than a total of 9
credits are to be taken at Augsburg College.
Contact the Registrar if an official interpretation is needed.
Note: Students completing under
Distribution Curriculum Requirements, go
to page 64. A definition of students who
fall under the Distribution Curriculum or
prior catalog requirements is on page 64.
SKILLS COMPONENT
Entry Level Skills Requirements
The entry level skills tests are inventory
assessments in:
Reading
Word processing
Writing
Mathematics
Critical thinking
Placement in writing courses, math
courses and critical thinking courses
is determined by the assessments. (See
page 68.)
Freshmen (all students entering
Augsburg with fewer than seven college
credit courses) and Sophomore Transfer
Students:
Take entry level skills assessments
and satisfy requirements.
If skill levels are deficient, students
will be enrolled in the appropriate course
or advised on preparation for retaking the
respective tests. Students are required to
take the assessments before registering for
the second term and to have demonstrated
removal of deficiencies by the end of their
first year at Augsburg.
Effective Writing or its equivalent is
required. Students who do not satisfy the
entry level skill in writing will be required
to take ENG 101Developmental Writing
before ENG 111Effective Writing. Fresh-
men should complete the writing requirement before the beginning of their Sophomore year.
Those with demonstrated word
processing skills; e.g. recent verifiable work
experience, are exempt from the word
processing inventory.
Students who have college credit for a
critical thinking or logic course are exempt
from the critical thinking inventory.
Freshman and Sophomore transfer
students will be required to satisfy all the
graduation skill course requirements.
Juniorand Senior Transfer Students
Transfer students who enter as juniors
and seniors in 1993-'94 or after are exempt
from word processing, reading, critical
thinking and quantitative assessments.
Those who have not taken the ENG
111Effective Writing course must take the
entry level test in writing. If they do not
achieve exemption from the writing
requirement, they must take ENG 111
Effective Writing at Augsburg.
Junior and Senior transfers (who enter
1994'95 or after) are required to satisfy all
the graduation skill course requirements,
except that only the writing component
course within the major is required.
Math Requirement
In order to graduate, students must take
the Math Placement exam and achieve a
score placing them in Group I11 (college
algebra skills).
Students with an acceptable transfer
mathematics course will have their
placement level determined by the
Registrar's Office. Students who have
passed the College Board Advanced
Placement Exam should consult the
57
- Academic Information
Mathematics Department. Math placement
is indicated on the Evaluation of Transfer
Credit form for students who have transfer
courses in college-level math.
All students are required to have their
Math Placement Group determined. The
exam is given during college registration
sessions and at other announced times
during the year. Students needing to
advance their Math Placement Group may
take the appropriate MAT course or study
on their own and retest. Additional
information about the Math Placement
Exam is available from the Director of
Testing in the Academic Dean's Office.
Please note that all students majoring in
Accounting, Business, Economics, Elementary Education, and Management Information Systems and all students under the
current General Education Perspective
Curriculum Requirements must attain a t
least Math Placement Group 111. In
addition, many courses have Math Placement Group requirements. In particular,
MIS 379,479; CSC 170,210; SOC 362; PHY
103; all MAT courses; and all courses with
a Graduation Skill Component in Quantitative Reasoning have at least Math Placement Group I11 as a prerequisite. In
addition, MIS 175 and introductory Physics
courses have at least Math Placement
Group I1 as a prerequisite. Students should
refer to the course descriptions to check the
Math Placement Group prerequisites for
courses that they are interested in taking.
Graduation Level Skills
General Education includes enhancement of certain skills during the years in
college. Skills related to writing, critical
thinking, speaking and quantitative
reasoning are deliberate components of
certain courses. Completion of the requisite
courses with a miriimum grade of 2.0 or P
is required for graduation. Students are
required to have two courses with writing
components (at least one within the major)
and one course each with critical thinking,
speaking and quantitative reasoning
components. These courses can simultaneously satisfy skill requirements and
graduation requirements for the major or
general education perspectives.
Lifetime Sports
Demonstrated proficiency in two
different Lifetime Sports is required.
Lifetime sports are no-credit courses and
are not included in the 35,34, or 33 course
credit requirement.
W LIBERAL ARTS PERSPECTIVES
The General Education Liberal Arts
Perspectives have the primary goal of
providing the basis for beginning to
understand what it means to be a human
being at this time. The goals of the Perspectives are achieved through a variety of
courses which have been approved as
meeting the criteria established for each
Perspective. Although courses approved
for each Perspective meet the General
Education requirements, not every course
meets all the goals of each Perspective.
Students will choose from a list of
courses meeting the Liberal Arts Perspectives, available from the Office of the
Registrar. These choices are controlled by
the following policies:
1. A student will choose a minimum
of one course from each required perspective category.
2. No single course cim fulfill the
requirements in two or more categories.
3. No student will be permitted to
count more than three courses from
Academic Information
the same department in meeting perspective requirements.
4. No student may count more than one
course from the same department in
meeting the requirements of any single
perspective emphasis area except:
Up to three courses in religion may be
used to meet the perspective, "The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The
Christian Faith."
Up to two courses in a year-long
sequence (biology, chemistry or physics)
may be used to meet the perspective, "The
Natural World."
Up to two courses of the same foreign
language may be used to meet part of the
perspective, "Intercultural Awareness."
THE EIGHT PERSPECTIVE
REQUIREMENTS
Christian Faith (CF 1, 2 and 3)
Emphasizes the college's affiliation with
the Lutheran Church. Area 1 is biblical
studies, Area 2 covers Christian theology
and area 3 includes the study of values or
religions outside the Christian faith. Three
course credits are required to meet this
Perspective except for the following:
Transfer students entering with 14-23
course credits will be required to take two
courses in the Christian Faith Perspective
while registered at Augsburg.
Transfer students entering with 24 or
more course credits will be required to take
one course in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg.
The City (C)
This Perspective emphasizes the
College's location in the heart of a metro-
politan area, and its mission of education
for service. One course credit or experience
is required to meet this Perspective.
Western Heritage (WH 1 and 2)
Reflection on western themes from
politics, art, literature and other disciplines
that have shaped our own society. Two
course credits from different departments
are required to meet this Perspective. One
course is required to meet this Perspective
for transfer students entering with 14 or
more course credits.
Human Identity (HI)
An opportunity for self discovery and
the study of what it means to be a person.
One course credit is required to meet this
Perspective.
Aesthetics (A)
Emphasizes creativity, beauty and selfexpression, and how these enhance the
human experience. One course credit is
required to meet this Perspective.
Social World (SW 1 and 2)
The study of social, economic or
political systems and how individuals exist
within society. One course must focus on
current theories.and methods of a social
science. Two course credits from different
deparbnents are required to meet this
Perspective. One course is required to meet
this Perspective for transfer students
entering with 14 or more course credits.
InterculturalAwareness (IA 1)
The study of a specific, non-Western
culture and how that culture has shaped
the world. One course credit is required to
meet this part of the Intercultural Awareness Perspective.
59
60 Academic Information
(IA 2 and 3)
Study of a modem language other than
the native tongue. Up to two course credits
of a beginning language or one at your
placement level is required. Students with
previous language study should contact an
admissions counselor or the Registrar's
Office for placement information. Students
whose native language is not English
should contact their admissions counselor
or the Registrar's Office.
Natural World (NW 1 and 2)
The study of the self in relation to the
physical world. One course must cover the
scientific method through laboratory
experience. The other reflects history of
science, the difference between science and
technology and the importance of symbols.
Biology, chemistry, physics and other
natural sciences may satisfy this requirement. Two course credits from different
departments are required to meet this
Perspective unless a two-year sequence is
taken. One course is required to meet this
Perspective for transfer students entering
with 14 or more course credits.
THE EIGHT PERSPECTIVES:
EXPLANATION
Perspective: The Character and Mission
of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith
This Perspective focuses on Augsburg
as a College of the Evangelical Lutheran
Church in America. As a college of the
Church, Augsburg accepts as a basis for its
educational program the doctrines of the
Christian faith as revealed in Scripture and
the creeds affirmed by the Lutheran
Church. It consciously affirms that all
students should reflect upon the Christian
Scriptures, theological concepts, ethical
values, their own faith and values, and
religious concepts outside of the Christian
faith as part of becoming educated.
From this perspective, students should
gain an understanding of and critically
reflect on:
1. The Bible (for example, its origins,
structures, content or interpretation).
2. Christian theological and religious
concepts and their own religious beliefs.
3. Religious concepts and practices
found in religious traditions outside the
Christian faith.
4. Their own and others' values, their
relation to Christian values, the possible
grounds for these values, how these values
might be critiqued and defended and the
role values play in the issues that confront
our society.
Perspective: The Character and Mission
of Augsburg College: The City
This Perspective focuses on the
College's location in the heart of a metropolitan area. From this Perspective,
students should gain an understanding of
and critically reflect upon the city with its
diverse populations, cultural, governmental and economic institutions, and opportunities and challenges. In addition, students
should experience the community and
should explore opportunities for service in
the community.
This requirement must be covered
either by specific courses, by internship
and education experiences or by designated or college approved non-credit
experiences (such as volunteer service or
college programs). Experiences that satisfy
the requirement must be accompanied by
seminars related to the experience.
Academic Information
Perspective: Western Heritage
Perspective: Aesthetics
This Perspective is intended to help
students critically examine themes (found,
for example, in literature, philosophy and
the arts) and events that have historically
shaped Western civilization. Attention
should be paid to the contributions of and
to critiques of Western thought by women
and ethnic minorities.
Aesthetic creations convey fundamental
insights and values, express beauty and
enhance life. This Perspective focuses on
aesthetic qualities in artistic expressions by
oneself and others.
From this Perspective, students should
gain an understanding of and critically
reflect on:
1. Central ideas, texts or works of art
that historically have been significant for
Western society and the relation of these to
present world views.
From this Perspective, students should
gain an understanding of and critically
reflect on:
1. Forms of artistic expression.
2. Historical development and variation
in aesthetic taste and performance across
cultures and how different cultures have
expressed themselves through various
aesthetic forms.
3. Different theories of aesthetics.
2. Specific historical themes, trends,
events and persons and their roles in
shaping both the past and the present.
4. Their own creation or performance of
a work of art.
3. Historical and literary methods of
ascertawg and conveying the past.
Perspective: The Social World
This Perspective is intended to help
students view themselves as persons, men
and women with unique abilities, values,
beliefs, experiences and behaviors.
This Perspective is intended to help
students learn to identify, examine and
critique social, economic or political
systems: to understand how and why such
systems develop, to see the connections
among these systems and to use this
knowledge as a participant in society.
From this Perspective, students should
gain an understanding of and critically
reflect on:
From this Perspective, students should
gain an understanding of and critically
reflect on:
1.Methods and approaches that attempt
to explain how individual persons think,
feel and act.
1.The characteristics and dynamics of
human organization at the group and
societal level.
2. Scientific or humanistic interpretations of their own development as persons.
2. Current theories and methods for
understanding social, political or
economic systems.
Perspective: Human Identity
3. Questions of faith, ethics and
moral choice in their personal and professional lives.
4. Factors involved in physical and
mental health.
3. The historical development of selected
social, economic or political structures.
4. The relationship between various
social, political or economic systems and
61
'L
Academic Information
the student's own responsibilities
in society.
5. The ways that social, economic or
political structures differ across cultures
and affect diverse groups in society.
Perspective: Intercultural Awareness
This Perspective is intended to comple
ment the Western Heritage Perspective by
expanding students' awareness of other
cultures. One course is required in which
students critically reflect upon ways their
own cultural biases operate when confronting other cultures. They should become
better able to communicate with persons of
other cultural backgrounds partially by
being introduced to a specific culture other
than European or mainstream North
American cultures.
In addition, students are to gain entry
into another culture by learning to speak
and read a language other than their
native language. For this part of the
Perspective, students are required to have
demonstrated proficiency in a modern
language or American Sign Language for
hearing students.
The modem language requirement will
be determined by assessing previous
experience and subsequent placement:
Modem Language
Course Placement
Experience
or Requirement
College level - none
(0-2 semesters in High School)
111,112
College level - 111
(3-4 semesters in High School)
112
College level - 112
(4-6 semesters in High School)
211
College level -211
(7 semesters in High School)
212
College level -212
(8 or more semesters in High School) No
course required
Students who are required to complete
two semesters of modern language must
complete the requirement with sequential
courses in the same language. Hearing
students who have demonstration compe
tence in American Sign Language by
passing an approved course sequence will
have fulfilled IA-2 and IA-3 Perspectives.
Perspective: The Natural World
This Perspective is intended to help
students understand themselves in relation
to the physical world. Their active role as
observers, explorers and moral agents will
be emphasized. Sufficient technical training
in scientific knowledge, concepts and
methods will be provided to equip students for critical and intelligent participation in public debates on technical issues.
From this Perspective, students should
gain an understanding of and critically
reflect on:
1. Selected aspects of the natural world.
2. The characteristics, strengths and
limitations of science and the scientific
method, and the complex relations between
data and theories, at least in part through
practical laboratory experience.
3. The history of science, its relations to
other historical/social development and
the variety of ways persons and civilizations have approached the natural world.
4. The relations and differences between
science and theology; the mutual influences
of technology, values, and the natural/
physical environment; the limits imposed
on humans by the natural environment and
the interconnectednessof all living systems.
5. The importance of symbol systems
such as mathematics in attempting to
describe, classlfy and model objects
and events.
Academic Information
H THE EIGHT PERSPECTIVES:
RATIONALE
The Augsburg faculty has designed
a cohesive academic program incorporating general education, major courses,
supporting courses and elective courses
leading to the bachelor's degree. The
core of the Augsburg curriculum is found
in the liberal arts as expressed in the
General Education component of the
college curriculum.
Augsburg, in its Mission Statement,
declares the College exists "To develop
future leaders of service to the world by
providing high quality educational
opportunities which are based in the liberal
arts and shaped by the faith and values of
the Christian church, by the context of a
vital metropolitan setting, and by an
intentionally diverse campus community."
One way which the College seeks consciously to realize this Mission is through
its General Education curriculum, which
Augsburg has divided under two headings:
liberal arts perspectives and skills.
The term "perspective" assumes that
not only are we engaged in the search for
truth, but that this requires the searcher to
consider questions from a variety of
viewpoints, each of which has something
valuable to contribute to the whole. These
perspectives are not strictly identified with
traditional disciplines, but are understood
in ways which encourage multi-disciplinary reflections on the questions at issue.
They combine concerns about content with
those of process and approach, directed
ultimately to making the student a more
effective learner and participant in society.
The following requirements reflect the
way in which Augsburg has chosen to view
the liberal arts. Two of the four features of
the Mission Statement are embodied in the
General Education Perspectives: "The
Character and Mission of Augsburg
College: The Christian Faith and the City."
These Perspectives emphasize that the College's affiliation with the Lutheran Church,
its insistence on the value of knowing the
approach which derives from the Christian
roots of the College and its location in the
city, deserve special consideration in
Augsburg's educational program.
The third feature - that Augsburg is a
liberal arts institution - is also emphasized in the other General Education
Perspectives. Certain dimensions of human
life -of what it is to be human - form
the core of the required liberal arts experience. These overall perspectives on what it
is to be human can themselves be studied
from the vantage points of the various
academic disciplines.
Students need to learn about themselves, about what it is to be a person.
Hence, the Perspective on Human Identity.
But the person exists in both a social
community and a natural world. Hence,
the importance of the Perspectives on the
Social World and the Natural World.
Because the way in which we understand
ourselves derives largely from our Western
heritage, students need to learn about and
reflect on significant aspects of this
heritage. Thus, the Perspective on the
Western Heritage. At the same time, to
focus on the West alone would be ethnocentric: We live in a global society. Hence
the Perspective on Inter-Cultural Awareness. Attention to moral values is found not
only in the Perspective on the Character
and Mission of the College: the Christian
Faith, but throughout the other perspectives as well. The Perspective on Aesthetic
Values enables students to focus upon
-
6:
54
Academic Information
aesthetic works created by themselves or
others, which convey fundamental
insights, express beauty and enhance life.
Finally, the Mission Statement emphasizes that we are concerned with academic
excellence. This has a number of features,
including the way we teach all the courses
in General Education. Beyond this,
academic excellence presupposes that
students have the requisite skills to do
college-level work. The General Education
Requirements are couched in a context
which pays attention to the skills of both
incoming and graduating students. Entrylevel skill requirements in a number of
critical areas, including reading, writing,
mathematics and critical thinking, will be
assessed and help given to students who
need it. Graduation-level skills are also
emphasized, so that students not only
maintain but develop their skills during
their Augsburg experience.
The General Education Requirements
provide a coherent way to address the
Mission of Augsburg College. They are not
the only way, neither do they guarantee
that students who graduate from
Augsburg possess the desired knowledge
and character traits. What they do is
provide a coherent description of the
context in which we liberally educate
students, a clear statement of expected
outcomes and an opportunity for students
to see and understand the complexity of
what it is to be human and Christian in an
urban setting.
STUDENTS ENTERING UNDER
DISTRIBUTION CURRICULUM
Former Students
Former Augsburg students, readmitted
to complete a degree, have a choice
between using the catalog in effect when
they first enrolled, if possible, or using the
catalog in effect at the point of readmission
provided that they have been away from
college for at least one calendar year.
Regular Students Enrolled Before June,1991
Students enrolled before June, 1991,
have a choice of using all graduation
requirements in effect when first enrolled
or changing to the graduation requirements
in effect beginning in September 1991. No
combination of requirements may be made.
Students Entering Augsburg September,
1991, or Later
Students entering under the following
classifications will follow the Distribution
Requirements as outlined below.
Transfer students who entered in
1991-1992 as sophomores, juniors or seniors;
Those entering in 1992-1993classified
as juniors or seniors;
Those entering in 1993-1994 classified
as seniors.
All other students entering Augsburg
September, 1991, or later will follow the
requirements listed in the section titled
"The Augsburg General Education
Curriculum" (see page 55).
REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION DISTRIBUTION CURRICULUM
1. Completion of 35 course credits At least 11course credits must be Upper
Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s.
Not more than 13 may be in one department, except in certain approved majors 14 (Accounting) for the Bachelor of Arts
degree, 17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music
Performance) for the Bachelor of Music
degree, 15 for the Bachelor of Science
(Social Work), and 18 for the Bachelor of
Academic Information 6:
Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of
Science (Nursing) degree. The course total
must include three Interims for students
whose complete academic work is at
Augsburg. For transfer students, the credit
total must include one less Interim course
than the number of years at Augsburg. This
is calculated on each transfer student's
evaluation of transfer credits.
No more than these maximums may be
applied toward the 35 total course credits
required: two courses by independent/
directed study; four courses of internship;
and eight course credits with a grade of
Pass (P). Non-traditional grading (7)also
has these limits: two in the major except
Elementary Education (two in the major
plus student teaching) and Nursing (no P/
N grading is permitted); one in the minor if
approved by the department chairperson.
2. Completion of a Major -Requirements for each major are listed under the
departmental headings.
3. First Year Experience (FYE) -All
students who enter the College as freshmen
in the weekday schedule program must
complete satisfactorily the ME Fall
Orientation and Seminar. See the program
section on the First Year Experience for a
full description.
4. Grade Point Average -2.0 for most
majors. A grade point average of 2.0 is
required over all courses taken and
specifically in all courses which apply
toward the major. Some majors, licensure
and certification require higher grades in
each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure in education, music education, music performance,
music therapy, nursing, social work.) See
the departmental section for details.
5. Residence - The last year of fulltime study or equivalent (no less than 7 of
the last 9 credits) must be completed at
Augsburg or within an approved ACTC
exchange program. No less than a total of 9
credits are to be taken at Augsburg College.
Contact the Registrar if an official interpretation is needed.
Writing
A course in writing (English 111) or
certification of demonstrated proficiency
by the Department of English. Exemption
tests are given during the summer and fall
orientation periods and periodically
throughout the year.
Liberal Arts
An approved course from each of these
seven areas:
Mathematics/Physics
Psychology/Sociology
Chemistry/Biology
Economics/Political Science
English/Speech, Communication
History/Philosophy and Theatre
Arts (devoted to the study of
literature)
Art/Music
A list of approved courses is available
from advisers and the Registrar's Office.
Modem Languages
Two courses (111and 112) of one
language at Augsburg. Students who place
above the 111level of a language will take
one additional course at placement level in
that language or two courses (111 and 112)
of another language. International students
should consult with the Registrar.
Religion
Three approved courses in religion, of
which not more than one may be an
Inte* course, are required. The number
- Academic Information
of religion courses required for graduation
is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer
students should check their Evaluation of
Transfer Credit form, or consult the
Registrar's Office.
Urban Concerns or Women's Studies
or Minority Studies
One course. Courses approved to
meet this requirement are published each
term. Information is available at the
Registrar's Office.
Lifetime Sports
Demonstrated proficiency in two different lifetime sports is required. Lifetime
sports are no-credit courses and are not
included in the 35-course requirement.
EXPLANATION OF GRADES
Student achievement in courses is
measured primarily by final examinations.
Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports
and other types of evaluation also are used.
Most courses are offered with grading
options -traditional grading on a 4.0 to
0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system,
in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better
and N means no credit and a grade of less
than 2.0.
PassINo Credit
Students who choose the P/N option
are cautioned:
In order to receive a grade of P, a
student must achieve at least a grade of 2.0.
Some graduate and professional
schools do not look favorably on a large
number of P-graded courses, or rank
each as a "C".
P-graded courses do not count
toward the requirement that 14 traditionally graded course credits be earned at
Augsburg in order to be considered for
graduation with distinction. Transfer
students should be especially aware of
this requirement.
See P/N limitations under Graduation Requirements, pages 55 and 56.
Certain courses have restrictions and
are offered on one grading system only
(i.e. Lifetime Sports are graded only PIN).
In courses where there is a choice,
students will be graded on the traditional
system unless they indicate on their
registration that they wish to use the
P/N grading option. Any changes in choice
of grading system must be made according
to dates published each term. A fee is
charged for any changes after the first five
days of classes.
Number Grades
Number grades are used with these
definitions:
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
Achieves highest standards of
excellence
Achieves above basic course
standards
Meets basic standards for the
course
1.5
1.0 Performance below basic course
standards
0.5
0.0 Unacceptable performance (no
credit for the course)
Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are
not computed in the grade point average.
Academic lntormation
An incomplete grade (I) may be given
only in the case of extreme emergency. To
receive an incomplete grade, a student
must receive permission of the instructor of
the course; must file a form stating the
reasons for the request, the work required
to complete the course, the plan and date
for completing the work, and comments
from the instructor; and must gain the
approval of the Registrar. If permission is
granted, the necessary work must be
completed in enough time to allow
evaluation of the work by the instructor
and filing of a grade before the final day of
the following semester. If the work is not
completed by that date, the grade for the
course becomes a 0.0.
Internships, Independent Studies and
Directed Studies may sometimes last
longer than one term. When this is the case,
they must be completed by the grading
deadlines within one year from the
beginning of the first term of registration.
A grade of X is given by the instructor to
indicate that the study is extended. It is
expected that students given X extensions
will continue to communicate with their
instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. A final
grade will be issued at the end of the term
in which the work is completed and
evaluated (but not longer than one year).
An instructor reserves the discretion of not
giving an X where satisfactory progress is
not demonstrated.
A course in which a grade of 0,0.5,1.0,
1.5, or N has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses in which higher
grades have been earned may not be
repeated for aedit and a grade, but may be
audited. All courses taken and grades
earned each term remain on the academic
record. Only the credits and grades earned
the second time, for legitimately repeated
courses, are counted toward graduation
and in the grade point average.
A course is given a grade of W when it
is dropped after the deadline for dropping
classes without a notation on the record.
Auditing Courses
Students who wish to take courses
without aedit or grade may do so by
registering for Audit (V). Full-time
students may audit a course without
charge. The charge for part-time students is
listed under College Costs in the Financing
Your Education section on page 18. The
signature of the instructor is required to
register an audit. Students who audit a
course should confer with the instructor
within two weeks of the beginning of the
term to determine expectations, attendance
and any other requirements. If expectations
have been met, the course will be listed on
the transcript as having been audited. If
expectations have not been met, the
course will be listed with a grade of W
(Withdrawn).
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) is
based on final grades for all work at
Augsburg. It does not include credit and
grade points for work transferred from
other colleges. Courses taken on the P/N
grading option are recorded, but not
computed in the GPA. The formula for
computing the GPA is:
GPA = Total grade points divided by
number of courses taken.*
*Courses with 0 to 4 grade assigned
Classification
Students are classified in August and at
the end of the Fall and Interim terms.
6;
Academic Information
Sophomores - Seven courses
completed.
Juniors - 16 courses completed.
Seniors - 24 courses completed.
International Baccalaureate Program (IB)
Courses earned from the International
Baccalaureate Program will be considered
by the College for advanced placement and
appropriate credit. Departmental guidelines are available at the Registrar's Office.
ASSESSMENT OF PREVIOUS
LEARNING (APL) PROGRAM
Augsburg College recognizes that
learning can and does take place in many
life situations. Some of this learning may
be appropriate for credit recognition
within the disciplines that compose the
academic program of a liberal arts college.
The APL program (Assessment of
Previous Learning) at Augsburg provides
a means by which a student's previous
learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution,
may be presented for examination for
possible credit toward the completion of
a baccalaureate degree.
Not all learning from life experience,
however, is appropriate for aedit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning
must meet two essential criteria: 1)it is
relevant to course work in a field of study
within the Augsburg liberal arts cumculum and 2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation.
The APL program at Augsburg
provides several means by which
students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition. f i e
following is a brief description of each
of these means of assessment:
Advanced Placement Program
Test (AP) - Advanced placement in
courses beyond the beginning level is
granted to students with scores of 3,4
and 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement
Program Test. Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the department.
Inquiries should be addressed to the Office
of the Registrar.
The College Level Examination
Program (CLEP) -This is a series of
standardized tests which have been
developed by the College Board and are
offered to students for a small fee at
regional testing centers. (The regional
testing center for this area is the University
of Minnesota.) Students who score at or
above the 65th percentile on a subject
examination may receive academic credit
for that subject at Augsburg College.
Additional information about CLEP tests is
available from the Office of the Registrar.
Departmental Comprehensive Exams
- These are available for students to use in
obtaining credit for previous learning if the
following conditions are met:
There is a departmental instrument
available for the subject area in question.
There is a faculty member designated
by the department to administer the exam.
The Registrar approves the student's
request to take the exam. Credit for
departmental exams is available on a pass/
no credit basis only, and there is a charge
per exam of $485.00 for a full course aedit.
The Credit Assessment Program
(CAP) - This is a aedit assessment
alternative in which a faculty committee
completes a credit evaluation of a learning
portfolio submitted by the student. The
faculty committee is composed of the
Registrais Office representative and two
faculty members from fields of study
Academic Information 6!
directly related to the student's previous
learning. Informational meetings and
consultation are provided for students who
wish to prepare a portfolio of previous
learning for credit assessment. This may
include a personal meeting with the CAP
committee. In completing the evaluation of
a student's previous learning, the CAP
committee applies the following criteria:
There is documentable evidence of a
cognitive component in the previous
learing experience that involved prescribed
and/or systematic study of content material found within liberal arts course work.
The learning has been objectively
verified by individuals in addition to the
presenting student.
The learning lends itself to both
qualitative and quantitative measurement.
The learning relates well to the
student's educational goals.
The learning and skills involved
are current and could be used at the
present time.
Students may apply for the credit
assessment process after completing at
least four courses of academic work at
Augsburg College with a cumulative
Augsburg GPA of at least 2.5. It is strongly
recommended that the process not be used
when four or fewer courses remain for
graduation. There is an application deposit
to initiate the credit assessment process,
and a charge for each semester credit
applied to the student's transcript if credit
is approved.
Transcript credit will be granted on the
basis of semester credits, and the total
number of credits granted will be divided
by four to determine the number of course
credits applied to graduation. These credits
will be recorded with the course number of
CAP 2xx. Application of this credit toward
distribution requirements, Upper Division,
and academic majors and minors may be
subsequently addressed by the departments involved in response to a formal
request by the student.
Maximum Credit Accepted for
Previous Learning -While Augsburg
College recognizes the validity of
learning that takes place outside the
traditional classroom, this learning must be
placed in the context of formal study in
campus-based liberal arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of eight
courses (about one-fourth of a baccalau'Ieate degree) on transcript credit that is
obtained through previous experiential
learning. In compiling the eight courses of
credit for previous experiential learning,
the student may use any combination of
the four assessment processes available
in the APL program: AP exams, CLEP
exams, departmental comprehensive
exams and credit granted through CAP
Committee assessment.
English as a Second Language (ESL)
Program
Students who declare a language other
than English to be their primary language,
or who are citizens of another country,
must take the ESL placement test in
conjunction with the English writing
placement test at orientation. Students'
placement in ESL, ENG 101Developmental
Writing or ENG 111Effective Writing will
be determined by their scores on the
Michigan test (80-100 range for exemption
from ESL) and by a writing sample.
Near the end of each term of the English
as a Second Language course, an objective
test will be administered to all students in
the class. The score on this test and the
grade earned in the class will determine
- Academic Information
'O
whether additional ESL course work is
required. Usually a score of 80 to 100 and a
course grade of 3.5 or 4.0 will fulfill the
student's ESL requirement.
If students do not meet the ESL
requirement, they will remain in ENG 2171
218 until they meet the criteria stated
above. Academic credit toward the degree
will normally be granted for no more than
two courses.
Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by examination or by course completion, have completed the modem language
requirement for graduation.
ACADEMIC PROGRESS, PROBATION
AND DISMISSAL
The College requires that students
maintain the following cumulative grade
point averages (GPA):
Freshman -A student who has taken
fewer than seven courses with a cumulative GPA of 1.6 or higher
Sophomore -A student who has
taken fewer than 16 courses with a cumulative GPA of 1.7 or higher
Junior-A student who has taken
fewer than 24 courses with a cumulative
GPA of 1.9 or higher
Senior - A student who has taken 24
or more courses with a cumulative GPA of
2.0 or higher.
It should be noted that a minimum
GPA of 2.0 is required for graduation with
certain majors requiring a higher minimum GPA.
Students whose academic achievement
falls below these guidelines will either be
placed on scholastic probation at the end of
the term or will be continued on probation
or will be dismissed from the College. In
addition, a freshman who receives two zero
grades or a sophomore who receives three
zero grades will be considered for probation or dismissal. However, dismissal from
the College is not automatic. Each case is
reviewed by the Committee on Student
Standing. Evidence of the student's
commitment to academic progress is the
major consideration in deciding whether or
not to dismiss a student. Students who
have a poor academic record may be
strongly advised to withdraw before the
end of a term. Those on probation who
voluntarily withdraw from the College, as
well as those who are dismissed, must have
special permission to re-enroll.
Students may be removed from
probation when the cumulative GPA
reaches the minimum levels stated above.
Students placed on probation as freshmen
for having earned two zero grades may be
removed from probation if their classification changes to sophomore, if they have not
earned additional zero grades, and if their
cumulative GPA reaches 1.7. Students
placed on probation as sophomores for
having earned three zero grades may be
removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and their cumulative
GPA reaches 1.9.
The College reserves the right to
dismiss any student who does not meet the
guidelines stated above. Once a student is
dismissed, he or she may appeal the
decision within 10 days to the Committee
on Student Standing.
Dean's List
The Dean's List, compiled after
each semester, lists students whose grade
point average for a semester is 3.5 or
Academic Information
better. Students must be full-time students
(a minimum equivalent of three full
course credits for a weekday schedule
student or two equivalent full course
credits for a Weekend College student),
graded on the traditional grading system,
with no incompletes in courses offered for
credit. Lf permission is given by the
student, an announcement is sent to the
hometown newspaper of each student on
the Dean's List.
Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
Summa cum laude - 3.8 to 4.0
cumulative GPA
Magna cum laude -3.6 up to but not
including 3.8 cumulative GPA
Cum laude -3.3 up to but not
including 3.6 cumulative GPA
To quallfy for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14 traditionally graded
course credits) of work at Augsburg.
Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg is approved by the State
Approving Agency for Veterans Education.
Veterans should consult with the Office of
the Registrar about completion of the
enrollment certificate and the forwarding
of other information to the Veterans
Administration. Veterans will need to meet
the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational
assistance funds received.
W FOUR YEAR ASSURANCE PROGRAM
This program applies to students who
enter the Day School schedule as full-time
freshmen in the fall of 1994 and thereafter.
New freshmen are assured that they will be
able to graduate,in four years -if they
maintain continuous full-time enrollment
for four years, maintain a 2.0 GPA and
follow advising guidelines - or they will
receive the needed remaining courses free
of additional tuition. A few professional
majors are excluded from this program.
Contact the Academic Advising Center in
Memorial Hall for details.
7'
- LOURSE VESCRIPTIONS WITH MAJOR AND
'4
A
s a liberal arts institution, Augsburg
College believes that knowledge and truth
are interrelated and are integrated into a
whole. The tradition of the academic
world, however, divides this unified truth
into more
Parts: the academic
disciplines. The knowledge of individual
disciplines is subdivided into courses
which make it more accessible to students.
These courses can be arranged in various
ways to construct majors, to create the
substance of a broad general education and
to give students the opportunity to study
areas of particular individual interest.
Descriptions of courses are arranged by
departments and programs. These descriptions offer a brief summary of the subject
matter to aid students in planning a
program. A syllabus containing a more
detailed explanation of content, approach
and requirements for a particular course can
be obtained from the instructor.
Department entries also contain a
narrative discussion of the educational
philosophy of each department, its goals
and its place in the College's program. A
listing of requirements for individual majors
and minors follows the narrative.
Class Schedule
Courses listed are subject to change. In
general, classes are offered FaU and/or
Spring terms unless otherwise indicated.
The Schedule of Classes published by the
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC) each spring lists offerings and
locations for Fall and Spring terms.
Since some courses are offered in
alternate years, it is important that the
student review major requirements and
course offerings with an adviser to ensure
that all requirements can be met.
Descriptions and schedulesfor courses
offeredin January Interim, Summer School,
Augsburg Weekend College and the Master
of Arts in leadership, Master of Arts in
Education-Leadershipand the Master of
sSocial
Work
are published in
separate
Credits
A full course is offered for one credit. A
few fractional courses, for one-half or onequarter credit, are offered in the Division of
Professional Studies. Unless noted, all
courses are one course credit. A full course
has the approximate value of four semester
credits or six quarter hours. Most courses
meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90minute periods a week, in addition to
laboratories.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are Lower
Division courses. Courses numbered 300
and above are classified as Upper Division.
In general, courses in the 100s are primarily
for freshmen, 200s for sophomores, 300s for
juniors, and 400s for seniors.
Prerequisites
Courses that must be taken before
enrolling in a higher level course are listed
in the course description. A student may
enroll in a course when a prerequisite has
not been fulfilled if thereis prior approval
by the professor teaching the course and the
academic adviser.
ACCOUNTING
See listing under Business Administration,
Accounting and Management Information
Systems.
AMERICAN
lNDIAN STUDIES
See listing under InterdisciplinaryStudies.
A
rt is important as a field of study for
our time. &survival as a culture may
very well depend on whether we are able
to create order and beauty in the design
and function of communities. Realizing
this, we have made design and sensitivity
to all aspects of visual experience central to
the art program at Augsburg.
A liberal arts college like Augsburg is
an ideal setting for the study of art because
it provides a constant possibility for the
interaction of ideas, disciplines and
attitudes. At Augsburg, art study is further
enhanced by associations with a sigruficant
number of art galleries and museums in the
Twin Cities area.
Giving and receiving visual messages is
so much a part of everyday life that it is
often taken for granted. At the same time,
however, the interchange of visual ideas is
frequently misunderstood. The task of the
artist, art teacher and art historian is to
celebrate visual experience through a
variety of media and art examples. In short,
the visual arts teach us how to see.
Cooperative Education and Internships
in studio art and art history provide onthe-job, supervised, evaluated experiences
which contribute to the student's overall
education and development. Primary goals
include improvement of art and museum
skills, production and creative strategies.
Because of the College's commitment to
the liberal arts, the visual arts, as taught at
Augsburg, draw ideas and inspiration from
all disciplines. Art as a human activity does
involve manual skill, although to become
broadly sigruficant it should interact with
the content available in other fields, such as
language, history, drama, music, literature,
philosophy, theology, business, physical
education and science.
Hundreds of specific careers exist in the
general area of art, such as teaching in
public schools and colleges, ceramics,
interior design, photography, film and
video work, painting, gallery and museum
work and design. Augsburg Art Department graduates have worked in many of
these fields.
Art Faculty
Kristin Anderson (Chair), Lynn Bollrnan,
Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen,
Philip Thompson
'O
Art
Studio Art Major
Majors are required to begin their programs with the Studio Arts Foundations:
ART 102 Design
ART 107 Drawing
One course in two dimensional art from:
ART 118 Painting I
or ART 223 Printmaking I
or ART 225 Communication Design I
or ART 360 Watercolor Painting
One course in three-dimensional art from:
ART 221 Sculpture I
or ART 250 Ceramics I
Five additional studio arts courses
ART 240 Art History Survey
And two additional art history courses
Art History Major
Eight art history courses including:
ART 240 Art History Survey
ART 388 19th and 20th Century Art
Two studio courses from:
ART 102 Design
or ART 107 Drawing
ART 118 Painting
or ART 221 Sculpture
Honors Majors
GPA-of 3.5 in the major, general
growth and development and/or special
projects such as senior exhibition and
research. Application should be made to
the Deparfment Chair before the last term
of the senior year.
Studio Art Minor
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers which
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to change
after publication of this catalog. Students
therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Education Department to
identify current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements.
Five courses including ART 240, ART
107 and three additional studio courses.
Art History Minor
Five art history courses including
ART 240.
Certificate in Art
Eight art courses, including at least one
in art history. Up to four courses may be
taken in one studio area or in art history.
STUDIO ART FOUNDATIONS
Note: All studio courses require work outside of class sessions.
ART 102
Design
A study of design as the unifying foundation for the visual arts. T w e and
three-dimensional projects demonstrating the use of the basic design
elements and principles.
ART 107
Drawing
Drawing in graphite pen&, pen and pastel pencils. Subjects include stilllife, figures, building interiors and exteriors and experimentalwork.
Art
STUDIO ART
ART 100, 300 Special Topics
Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the
Department.
ART 106
Calligraphy
Introduction and practice of calligraphic writing and designing with
emphasis on the broad-edged pen.
ART 118
Painting I
Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil.
ART 132
Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity, expression and communication with attention to black and white photographic processes. Students
need access to a 35 mm, single lens reflex camera. Materials will cost
approximately $175-200. (Fall)
ART 199
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member,
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the
student to consider art as a major and/or explore career alternatives.
Students must consult with the Department and Internship Office before
registering for academic credit.
ART 221
Sculpture I
An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and
bronze, plaster and plexiglass. Learn to model, carve, cast, weld and
assemble the respective media.
ART 223
Print Making I
An introduction to traditional and experimental media and methods of
printing. Intaglio, relief, stencil and mono methods are explored.
ART 225
Communication Design I
An introduction to the principles and techniques of graphic design.
Students will develop visual communication skills working with typography, symbols, logos and illustration.
ART 250
Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on
handbuilding and glazing.
ART 290
Tribal Arts and Culture
The rich heritage of indigenous cultures is explored through the visual
arts, particularly within the United States. Other content includes poetry,
dance, mythology, ritual, religion and drama of many American Indian
tribes. Students will produce various art projects in weaving, basketmaking, pottery, jewelry, sculpture or prints.
ART 299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
7;
-
-
Art
ART 306
Calligraphy II
Advanced work in calligraphic media and design.
ART 330
ART 351
Communication Design II
An advanced study of graphic design using various techniques and tools,
including the computer, to create visual communications for the print
medium. (Prereq.: ART 225. Spring)
Ceramics II
Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or
handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.: ART 250)
ART 355
Painting II
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: ART 118)
ART 360
Watercolor Painting
Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in
bansparent watercolor.
ART 368
Print Making II
Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including
silk-screen, etching and woodcut, including Japanese woodcut technique.
(Prereq.: ART 223)
ART 399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and
methods of art to the opportunities found in the placement. Students must
consult with the Department and Internship Office before registering for
academic credit.
ART 478
Sculpture II
Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and
bronze, plaster and plexiglass. (Prereq.: ART 221)
ART 499
Independent Study
Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art
majors.
ART HISTORY
ART 240
Art History Survey
A survey of art of the Western world from preliistoric to modem times.
Includes reading, research, viewing of slides and visits to museums.
Note: Thefollowing courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year.
ART 352
Women and Art
A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts, including the fine
arts, the "traditional" arts and the work of Native American women.
Art 7!
ART 382
Scandinavian Arts
The visual arts in Scandinavia from the Stone Age to the present, including architecture, folk arts, painting, sculpture and design.
ART 385
Prehistoric and Ancient Art
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th century A.D.
ART 386
Medieval Art
Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting,
sculpture and architecture in Europe.
ART 387
Renaissance and Baroque Art
European painting, sculpture and architecture, from the 14th through the
18th centuries.
ART 388
19th and 20th Century Art
European painting, sculpture and architecture from Neoclassicism
through the present.
ART 389
American Art
A study of early colonial through contemporary American art, architecture and folk arts.
See listing under East and Southeast Asian
Studies.
- DIOLOGY
'"
UEPARTMENT - BIO
B
iology is the study of life and it is
natural that we, as contemplative living
creatures, seek a deeper understanding of
the living world that envelops us. This
search has led to the realization that the
earth is filled with an enormous variety of
living organisms. Since humans are a part
of the biological world, an understanding
of the basic biological processes common to
all organisms, as well as those features
which are unique to humans, is essential to
attain self-understanding and to provide a
basis for wise decisions.
Another significant insight that has
emerged from the study of life is that even
the simplest organisms are incredibly
complex and a complete understanding of
even one of these has, as yet, eluded the
grasp of biologists. This is true even though
some organisms have been subjected to
years of intensive scrutiny. Biology will
thus continue to be a fertile field for
research for many years to come.
Still, an enormous amount of knowledge regarding living organisms has
accumulated over the years. In recent
decades great strides have been made in
understanding important biological
processes, particularly those at the cellular
and molecular levels. Biological research
has also provided some extremely important benefits to humans. Most advances in
medicine, veterinary medicine, agriculture
and food science have depended on the
findings of basic biological research.
Because the biological world reveals
such variety, complexity and knowledge,
an undergraduate major in biology needs
to be broadly based. Because a complete
understanding of biological systems
depends on applications of the principles
of physics and chemistry, a firm background in the physical sciences is also
important for biologists.
For many, an undergraduate major in
biology serves primarily as a basis for
further study. In past years Augsburg
graduates have gone on to further studies
in professional schools such as medicine,
veterinary medicine and dentistry. Others
have entered graduate programs in the life
sciences, leading to careers in areas such as
college or university teaching, basic and
applied research, and public or environmental health. Other graduates have
embarked directly after graduation on a
variety of careers, including high school
teaching and laboratory technology.
Biology Faculty
Esther McLaughlin (Chair), Mary K.
Chelberg, Robert Herforth, Dale Pederson,
Ralph Sulerud
Major
Nine courses including:
BIO 113 General Biology
BIO 114 General Biology
BIO 201 Introductory Cellular Biology
and at least one from each of the five
following groups:
A. Molecular and Cellular:
BIO 367 Biochemistry
BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and
Molecular Biology
B. Cellular to Organismal:
BIO 355 Genetics
BIO 474 Developmental Biology
C. Organismic/Animals:
BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology
BIO 353 Comparative Vertebrate
Zoology
BIO 473 Animal Physiology
D. Organismic/Plants:
BIO 361 Plant Biology
BIO 440 Plant Physiology
Biology
E. Environmental:
BIO 476 Microbiology
BIO 481 Ecology
The ninth course may be BIO 203
Principles of Nutrition or any Upper
Division biology course, including an
Interim course.
BIO 491 Seminar (non-credit) is
required of all juniors and seniors.
Required Supporting Courses
CHM 105 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115 General Chemistry
CHM 106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 116 General Chemistry
CHM 223 Elementary Organic Chemistry
PHY 116 Introduction to Physics
Math Placement Group IV
Graduate and Professional Training
Students who intend to enter graduate
school or professions such as medicine,
dentistry or veterinary medicine should
consult with the Biology Department as
schools vary in their admission requirements. These may include CHM 351/352
instead of CHM 223, PHY 121/122 instead
of PHY 116, and MAT 145/146 or one year
of calculus.
Training as a physician's assistant,
physical therapist or occupational therapist
requires specific coursework which should
be discussed with a member of the Biology
Department.
Cooperative Education
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall,
active participation in seminar, one course
of approved Independent Study with an
oral defense of the research report. Application should be made no later than the
first term of the senior year.
The Department works with the
Cooperative Education Office in identifying and defining Co-op Ed experiences in
laboratories and other settings in the Twin
Cities. Students interested should consult
with the Biology Department Cooperative
Education Coordinator.
Minor
Teaching Licensure Major
Five courses, including BIO 113,114
and three Upper Division courses; CHM
115,116 (or CHM 105,106).
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers which
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to change
after publication of this catalog. Students
therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Education Department to
identify current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements.
81
-
32
Biology
BIO 101
Human Biology
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentricpoint of view: what
makes a human just another member of the biotic fold? Do humans have a
niche in the ecosystem? What influence do humans have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on humans? (Three hours lecture. A student may not
receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or
minor. Fall)
BIO 102
The Biological World
The basic concepts of biology pertaining to both plants and animals are
emphasized. The nature of science and the approach used by scientists to
gather and analyze data and propose and test theories are considered.
(Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. Does not apply to the major
or minor. Fall)
BIO 103
Human Anatomy and Physiology
A professional course in the structure and function of the human body.
(Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. A student may not receive
credit for both BIO 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor.
Fall)
BIO 105
Biology and Society
A consideration of the biological basis of some of the problems facing
society, such as toxic pollutants in air, water and soil, genetic engineering,
AIDS, genetic diseases and counseling, extinction, wilderness ethics,
global warming, cancer, hunger, drugs, biodiversity. (Three hours lecture.
Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring)
BIO 113, 114 General Biology
A comprehensive introduction to biological science for biology and other
science majors. The course includes an introduction to cellular biology,
genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy,
physiology, ecology and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be
taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (Three hours lecture,
four hours laboratory. Fall: 113; Spring: 114)
BIO 199
lnternshi~
A work-based experience in which a student, faculty member and site
supervisor design a learning agreement which,enablesthe student to
consider biology as a major and/or explore career alternatives. Students
must consult with the Department and Internship Office before registering. (Prereq.: BIO 114)
BIO 201
Introductory Cellular Biology
An introduction to function and structure in the basic unit of life, the cell.
A variety of methods are employed, including microscopy, cell culture
and various separation and analytical techniques. (Three hours lecture,
four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 114. Spring)
BIO 203
Principles of Nutrition
A study of the six classes of nutrients and their digestion, absorption,
transport, metabolism, interaction, storage and excretion. A special effort
will be made to differentiatefact from fiction in this controversial
biological field. (Threehours lecture. Prereq.: BIO 114. Spring)
BIO 299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
BIO 351
Invertebrate Zoology
A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification,morphology,
behavior, life history and phylogeny. (Three hours lecture, four hours
laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 114. Fall: alternate years)
BIO 353
Comparative Vertebrate Zoology
A comparative study dealing with the classification, organ system
structure and function, and evolution of the vertebrates. (Three hours
lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 114. Spring)
BIO 355
Genetics
The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human
genetics. Laboratory work stresses Drosophila genetics. (Three hours
lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 201. Fall)
BIO 361
Plant Biology
A survey of the major groups of algae, fungi and plants, including the
study of structure, physiology, life histories and phylogeny. (Three hours
lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 114. Spring)
BIO 367
Biochemistry
An introductory consideration of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and
nucleic acids including intermediate metabolism. (Three hours lecture.
Prereq.: BIO 201, CHM 223 or 352 or consent of instructor. Fall)
Internship
A work-based experience in which a student, faculty member and site
supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and
methods of biology to the opportunities found in the placement. Students
must consult with the Department and Internship office before registering. (Prereq.: BIO 201)
BIO 440
Plant Physiology
A consideration of the process involved in photosynthesis, respiration,
growth, development and water relationships in plants including the
relationships of these processes to structure and life histories. (Three
hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 201 and CHM 223 or
352. Fall: alternate years)
BIO 471
Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology
An examination of the molecular organization of the cell, including the
nature and function of organelles, chemical communication, growth and
division, cytoskeleton and motility, the cell surface and gene expression.
- Biology
~4
(Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 201 and CHM
223 or 352. Spring)
BIO 473
Animal Physiology
A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Topics
include digestion, respiration, circulation, excretion, movement and
sensory perception as well as the neural and hormonal control of these
functions. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 201;
CHM 106 or 116; PHY 116 or 122, or consent of instructor. Fall)
BIO 474
Developmental Biology
A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which
occur during development, with emphasis on the vertebrate animals.
Experimental and descriptive studies are included in the laboratory.
Embryonic development, malignancy, aging and regeneration are
discussed. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 201.
Spring)
BIO 476
BIO 481
Microbiology
An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on
bacteria and viruses. Environmental, industrial and medical issues are
discussed, with particular attention paid to human pathogens. (Three
hours lecture, four hour laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 201. Fall)
Ecology
A survey of representativebiological communities; the study of reciprocal relationsh$s between organisms and their environments. (Threehours lecture, four hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.:
BIO 114. Spring)
BIO 491
Seminar
(.O course)
A weekly meeting of biology majors. Active participation by juniors and
seniors is required, including an oral presentation by seniors. Guest
speakers are often invited. A noncredit requirement for the major. (Spring)
BIO 499
Independent Study
Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an
instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors.
(Prereq.: BIO 201 and previous arrangement with instructor.)
DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION,
0
ur mission is to -prepare
- students
for professional careers in business or for
graduate studies. This preparation involves
a curriculum which stresses analysis and
communication, emphasizes both theory
and practice, and is shaped by the needs of
the business community. The Department
fosters close ties with the corporate
community which provide a wealth of
practical expertise, a variety of internship
opportunities and future job prospects.
The faculty believe they can best
serve both the student and the community
by providing an education that is technically competent, ethically based and
socially aware.
Faculty
Amin Kader (Chair, Accounting and
International Business Coordinator),John
C. Cemto (Management Coordinator),
Fekri Meziou (Marketing Coordinator),
Milo Schield (MIS Coordinator),Thomas
Morgan (Finance Coordinator), Diane F.
Busico, Steven J. LaFave, Lori L. Lohrnan,
Magdalena M. Paleczny-Zapp, Kathy
Schwalbe and Stuart M. Stoller.
Within the Business Administration
major there are four specializations:
Marketing, Management, Finance and
International Business. Within the Accounting major there are three specializations:
General Accounting, Public Accounting
and Managerial Accounting.
Graduation Requirements
To graduate without intentionally
taking courses in excess of the minimal
number required (see page 55), students
must avoid taking too many electives or
exceeding the 13-courselimit per academic
department. Courses designated as ACC,
BUS and MIS are considered as being in
the same academic department. Taking
extra electives, or choosing a particular
combination of major and minor may
require students to complete more than
the minimum number of credits required
for graduation.
Transfer Students
Transfer students must complete at
least four of the Upper Division courses
required in the major at Augsburg or
obtain an exemption from the Department.
Advising
Majors
The Department of Business, Accounting and MIS offers four majors: Business
Administration (BUS), Accounting (ACC),
Management Information Systems (MIS),
and a combined major in Business and
Economics.
Specializations
Students who plan to major in Business,
Accounting or MIS are strongly encouraged to select a departmental adviser who
teaches in their major. This should be done
by the end of the sophomore year at the
latest. In addition to advising, departmental faculty can counsel majors on their
careers, assist majors in obtaining intemships or jobs, and provide letters of
85
- Business Administration
recommendation for prospective employers
or graduate programs.
Internships
Students are strongly encouraged to
work with the Cooperative Education and
Department faculty to obtain an Internship
(BUS/ACC/MIS 399) during their junior or
T
he major in Business Administration
prepares students for professional careers
in business administration or for graduate
studies. The four specializations within this
major share a common business core. This
common core provides students with a
broad foundation so they can readily adapt
to internal changes in interests and goals
and to external changes in circumstances
and opportunities.
Business Core
10 courses including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Miaoeconomics
MIS 175 Principles of Computing for
Business
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
BUS 301 Business Law
BUS 331 Financial Management
senior year. Although an Internship may
count against the 13-course limit, students
may petition for an exception. An Internship may satisfy the perspective on the
City. Internships can provide students with
experience that may be v~luablein
competing for jobs after graduationyour adviser on this matter.
Specialization in Marketing
Business core plus 3 courses:
BUS 352 Marketing Research and
Analysis
BUS 355 Marketing Communications
or BUS 357 Advertising
BUS 450 Marketing Management
Specialization in Management
Business core plus 4 courses:
BUS 340 Human Resource Management
BUS 440 Operations Management
BUS 465 International Management
MIS 376 Project ~ a n a ~ e m e n t
or ECO 318 Management Science
Specialization in Finance
Business core plus 4 courses:
ACC 322 Accounting Theory and
Practice I
BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy
and Practice
BUS 438 Investment Theory
and one of the following:
ECO 311 Public Finance
ECO 312 Intermediate Maaoeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 315 Money and Banking
MIS 479 Intermediate Quantitative
Methods for Business and Economics
Specialization in International Business
Business core plus 4 courses:
BUS 362 International Business
BUS 465 International Management
BUS 466 International Marketing
and one additional Upper Division course
in either International Business or
International Economics.
I
,
GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.1 overall
?nior thesis and comprehensive oral
.m in the major field of concentration.
Interested juniors or seniors should conta~
the Department Chair.
Minor in Business Administration
Students must also complete three
semesters of a foreign language (or
equivalent). The language requirement
may be waived for international students.
Contact the International Business Coordinator for details on language equivalents or
other configurations.
Six courses including:
ECO 112 or ECO 113, ACC 221 and 222,
BUS 242 and 252, BUS 331 or MIS 379.
Combined Major in Business
Administration and Economics
Six courses including:
ECO 112 or ECO 113, ACC 221, BUS 242 or
BUS 252, and three Upper Division courses
in International Business (or one Upper
Division course in International Economics
i ~in i ~ ~
and two upper~ i ~courses
international ~
~
~
i
~
~
~
This minor is automatically completed
while completing a major in Accounting or
MIS.
Minor in International Business
11 courses including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113
of
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
and one other Upper Division Economics
course
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
or BUS 331 Financial Management
and one other Upper Division Business
Administration, Accounting or MIS course
BUS 199
Students should consult the area
coordinator concerning acceptable altematives in International Economics.
Internship
Lower Division Internship
BUS 242
Principles of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing,
planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager.
Business Administration
BUS 252
Principles of Marketing
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical,
competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect
product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions.
BUS 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of
business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
BUS 299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit
BUS 301
Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property
and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code.
BUS 302
Business Ethics
Examines individual choices in business using various ethical standards.
Reviews critical thinking skills in relation to moral reasoning. Analyzes
and evaluates various business practices and policies. Emphasizes
conceptual precision in thinking, writing andspeaking (&ereq.: BUS 301
or PHI 120 or PHI 125, or Junior/Senior standing)
BUS 331
Financial Management
Theory of acquisition, allocation and management of funds within the
firm. Sources and uses of long- and short-term funds, cost of capital,
capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy and related topics. (Prereq.:
ECO 113, ACC 222)
BUS 340
Human Resource Management
Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human
resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the
worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242)
BUS 352
Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision-making in marketing management;
research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the
effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: BUS 252,379, ECO 113, or
consent of instructor)
BUS 355
Marketing Communications
Integration of advertising, public relations, sales promotion and
personal selling into a coherent promotion mix. Emphasis is placed on
the design and evaluation of marketing communications programs.
(Prereq.: BUS 252) Note: Either 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation
credit but not both.
BUS 357
Advertising
An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as
important elements in modem marketing and communications. Note:
Either 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit, but not both.
Business Administration
BUS 362
International Business
Introduction to the problems and possibilities of doing business in an
intemational context. Appreciation of the perspective required for
successful planning and management of any enterprise operating abroad
is emphasized by foreseeing both the opportunities and the difficulties
inherent in intemational business. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113, and BUS 242
or 252, or consent of instructor. Spring)
BUS 364
Contemporary East-West Relations
An analysis of the conditions and motivations for East-West trade,
economic and industrial cooperation. The commercial policies will be
explained, including the changes in the organization of foreign trade in
the organization of foreign trade in Eastern Europe and Russia. The
effectsof GATT, the World Bank, IMF, and EEC on East-West relations
will be examined. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113)
BUS 368
Responding to the Challenge of Japan
An examination of current Japanese business practices using a cultural
perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed, involving film,
television documentaries, and readings from current periodicals in
addition to text materials. A seminar model will be used with substantial
participation expected on the part of students. (Prereq.:junior standing or
consent of instructor)
BUS 399
Internship Program
A student may receive course credits through an internship program
which is applicable to graduationbut not to the major. This program will
afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with
some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his/her
activities. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
BUS 433
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
A system's approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on
decision making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and
case material. (Prereq.: BUS 331)
BUS 438
Investment Theory
Appraisal of the risk/retum relationships of various types of securities
from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors.
Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management.
(Prereq.: all core courses or consent of instructor)
BUS 439
Risk Management and Insurance
Analyzes exposure to accidental loss - its identification, measurement
and evaluation. Reviews techniques for loss prevention and control.
Surveys primary types of insurance. (Prereq.: BUS 331 and MIS 379)
BUS 440
Operations Management
Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Taught from a managerial viewpoint with examples from various
industries and sectors. (Prereq.: BUS 242)
89
90
Business Administration
BUS 450
Marketing Management
Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing
management and decision-making, planning marketing programs,
channels of distribution, pricing, product selling promotion policies.
(Prereq.: BUS 352 and either BUS 355 or 357)
BUS 465
International Management
To provide the student with a private sector manager's perspective on the
influence of national and international institutions on the multinational
corporation and on the strategies, sbuctures, practices and effects of the
national corporation in the world today. (Prereq.: BUS 242. BUS 362 is
recommended)
BUS 466
International Marketing
This course examines those issues and activities unique to marketing in an
international setting. Emphasis is also placed on adaptation of a marketing
mix according to the international marketing environment. (Prereq.: BUS
252,362)
BUS 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
BUS 499
Independent Study
The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually
supervised projects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to
analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
ACCOUNTING - ACC
T
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
he major in accounting
- prepares
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
students for professional careers in a wide
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
variety of accounting-related positions.
Business and Economics
This major has two tracks: General
BUS 301 Business Law
Accounting and Professional Accounting.
BUS 331 Financial Management
The General Accounting specialization is
4
-2E-35adequate for a wide variety of positions.
Practice I
The Professional Accounting track includes
ACC 323 Accounting Theory and
two specializations: public accounting and
Practice I1
managerial accounting. The public accountACC 324 Managerial Cost Accounting
ing specialization is recommended for
ACC 425 Advanced Accounting
positions with CPA firms. The managerial
accounting specialization is recommended
(It is recommended that students take
for positions with large or rapidly-growing the courses in the sequence given above.)
companies.
Specialization in General Accounting
The two professional specializations
No
additional courses required.
relate to two professional designations: the
-
CPA and the CMA. A Certified Public
Accountant (CPA) focuses on external
reporting; a Certified Management
Accountant (CMA) focuses on internal
reporting. The public accounting specialization includes the materials emphasized
on the CPA exam; the managerial specialization includes the materials emphasized
on the CMA exam. Both the CPA and CMA
designation have an experience requirement in addition to passing the national
exam. Under the rules of the Minnesota
State Board of Accountancy, Accounting
majors in the Public Accounting specialization are qualified to sit for the CPA
examination during their last semester.
Accounting Core
14 courses including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
MIS 175 Principles of Computing
for Business
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
Specialization in Public Accounting
Accounting Core (14 courses) plus ACC 326
Tax Accounting and 423 Auditing.
Specialization in Managerial Accounting
Accounting Core (14 courses) plus ACC 424
Internal and Operational Audit and MIS
375 Management Information Systems in
the Organization.
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.1 overall;
a senior thesis and comprehensive oral
exam in the major field of concentration.
Interested juniors or seniors should contact
the Department Chair.
Minor in Accounting
Six courses including:
ACC 221,222, BUS 331 or ACC 324, ACC
322,323
and one of the following: MIS 175,379,
ECO 112 or 113.
This minor is recommended for majors
in MIS and Finance.
Accounting
ACC 199
Internship
Lower Division Internship
ACC 221
Principles of Accounting I
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of
accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements.
ACC 222
Principles of Accounting II
A continuation of 221. Introduction to business activities, accounting for
corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting,
planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral
considerations. (Prereq.: ACC 221)
ACC 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of
business administration. (Prereq.:consent of instructor)
ACC 322
Accounting Theory and Practice I
An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory
pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts,
FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.:
ACC 222)
ACC 323
Accounting Theory and Practice II
A continuation of 322. An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts,
valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied
to liabilities and stockholders' equity. (Prereq.:ACC 322)
ACC 324
Managerial Cost Accounting
Accounting tools for heavy manufacturing systems as well as for managerial decision making. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well
as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: ACC 221,222, BUS
242,252, MIS 379, or consent of instructor)
ACC 326
Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions of planning and compliance
for income taxes. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 331, ECO 112,113, or consent of
instructor)
ACC 399
Internship Program
A student may receive course credits through an internship program
which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will
afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with
some organization.In addition, the student will write a report on his/her
activities. (Prereq.:consent of instructor)
Accounting 93
ACC 423
Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on the CPA's role to
form the basis of opinion on a set of financial statements. (Prereq.: ACC
323)
ACC 424
Internal and Operational Audit
Integrating the business arts of accounting, finance, management, marketing and MIS to incorporate and learn the techniques of internal and
operation auditing. Also integrated are the professional skills of oral and
written communications, problem-solving in an unstructured environment and team projects. (Prereq.: ECO 113, ACC 221,222, BUS 242,252,
331, MIS 175,379)
ACC 425
Advanced Accounting
Accounting for business combinations, consolidations, governmental
accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.:
ACC 323)
ACC 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
ACC 499
Independent Study
The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually
supervised projects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to
analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
v4
IVIANAGEMENT INFORMATION 3YSTEMS - MIS
T
he major in Management Information
Systems prepares students for professional
careers in information systems. MIS studies
information systems as both a resource and
a tool for decision-making. Students learn
to analyze and evaluate existing systems
and to design and program new systems.
MIS is an extensive major (16 courses) and
includes courses from Computer Science,
Mathematics, Economics, Business and
Accounting, as well as from MIS.
Management Information Systems Major
16 courses including:
A. Six courses in Economics, Business and
Accounting:
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 331 Financial Management
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
B. Three courses in Mathematics and
Computer Science:
CSC 170 Structured Programming
MAT 121 Finite Mathematics
or MAT 171 Discrete Mathematics
and one of the following: '
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 270 FORTRAN
CSC 271 COBOL
CSC 272 UNIX and C
C. Seven courses in MIS:
MIS 175 Principles of Computing
for Business
or CSC 160 Introduction to
Computing and
Communications
MIS 370 Advanced Computing for
Business, Accounting,
Economics and MIS
or CSC 352 Data Base Management
and Design
MIS 375 Management Information
Systems in the Organization
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design
MIS 476 Information Systems Projects
and one of the following;
MIS 376 Project Management
MIS 479 Advanced Quantitative
Methods for Business and
Economics
ECO 318 Management Science
CSC 340 Introduction to Networking and
Communications
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.1 overall;
a senior thesis and comprehensive oral
exam in the major field of concent~ation.
Interested juniors or seniors should contact
the Department Chair.
Minor in MIS
Seven courses including:
MIS 175 or CSC 160, ACC 221, BUS 242 or
BUS 252, MIS 370 or CSC 352, MIS 375,
ECO 113 and one of the following: MIS 376,
475,479 or ECO 318
Mathematics Placement Croup (MPC)
Requirements
MIS 175,370,379,479, CSC 170,210 and
all 100 level Math courses have Placement
Group requirements. Since all majors in
Business, Economics and MIS must take
MIS 379, they all must have at least MPG 111.
MIS 95
-
MIS 175
Principles of Computing for Business
An introduction to microcomputer-based information systems. Introduction to business applications, operating systems, computer hardware and
languages. Strong emphasis on spreadsheets (basic commands, functions,
graphics and database.) Lesser emphasis on database. Emphasis on
concepts and relation to business. (To test out of MIS 175, pass either a '
comprehensive exam or MIS 370.) (Prereq.: MPG I1 or a Pass in MAT 103.)
MIS 199
Internship
Lower Division Internship (see MIS 399).
MIS 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the area of
Management Information Systems.
MIS 299
Directed Study
Independent study for Lower Division credit (see MIS 499).
MIS 370
Advanced Computing for Business
An investigation of p~ogrammablesystems using personal computers.
Examine basic algorithms and associated flow charts. Apply these
concepts by programming various applications (spreadsheets, word
and database) and application-oriented languages such as
Visual Basic. (Prereq.: MPG I11 or a Pass in MAT 105. Also, MIS 175 or
CSC 170, or, with permission of instructor, extensive experience with
spreadsheets and personal computers. Fall)
MIS 375
Management Information Systems in the Organization
Use of a systems approach in analyzing the role of information systems in
organizations. Analyze various kinds of information systems in terms of
their computer components and their benefits to staff and management.
Introduction to a CASE tool such as Excelerator. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS
242 or 252, and one computer course such as MIS 175,370, CSC 160 or
170. Recommended: ECO 113, ACC 221, BUS 242, MIS 379, BUS 331.
Spring)
MIS 376
Project Management
Develops project management skills needed to define, plan, lead, monitor, and complete projects. Combines theories, techniques, group activities, and computer tools such as Microsoft Project. Emphasizes technical
and communications skills needed to manage inevitable changes and
problems associated with project management. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS
242, MIS 175 or 370.)
MIS 379
Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
An introduction to quantitative reasoning to assist students in reading
and interpreting data. Topics include descriptive measures, probability,
sampling distributions, estimation and hypothesis testing. Emphasis on
their use in applied problems in business and economics. Computer
software may be used to analyze survey data. (Prereq.: MIS 175 and either
Math Placement Group I11 or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104)
MIS 399
Internship Program
A student may receive credit through an internship program which is
applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the
student the opportunity to spend one full term working with an organization. In addition, the students prepare a written report on the activities
involved. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
MIS 475
Systems Analysis and Design
Identify the necessary steps of systems analysis and design. Investigate
various representations for information, processes and relationships.
Utilize analytical tools such as data flow diagrams and CASE tools such as
Excelerator. Complete a rudimentary systems design. (Prereq.: MIS 375.
Fall)
MIS 476
Information Systems Projects
Using skills developed in MIS 375 and 475, generate a complete and
extensive project of systems analysis and design. (Prereq.: MIS 475.
Spring)
MIS 479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
Utilize computer packages relevant to statistical analysis. Areas of interest
include statistical descriptions, analysis of variance and statistical inference plus linear models, queuing models and Monte Carlo simulations.
(Prereq.: MIS 379. Fall)
MIS 499
Independent Study
The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually
supervised projects designed to provide an opportunity to analyze a topic
in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
c
hemistry is the science of the changes
in matter, examining those changes and
working toward an understanding of them.
Correlating the results of physics and
opening the vistas of molecular biology,
chemistry has been described as the central
science because matter includes the entire
physical world such as the things we use,
the food we eat and even ourselves.
*To provide an afmosphere of learning
so that students will want to remain
lifelong learners, thereby remaining
competent in their field however that may
change after graduation, and be able to
move into new areas as opportunities arise.
Chemists as scientists must be well
versed in the science of chemistry,
knowledgeable in fact and theory for
solving scientific problems, and capable
of providing a public understanding of
their work including potential problems
as well as benefits.
*To present the excitement of chemistry
to non-science majors as an example of the
methodology of the natural sciences in
examining the world around us. The
presentation of major concepts underlying
the changes in matter, the opportunity to
examine change in the physical world and
the reflection of the implications and
limitations of science in our society will
enhance the ability of non-science persons
to make better value judgments concerning
science questions in their own endeavors.
Chemists as people must be broadly
educated in order to understand themselves and their society. The liberal arts
core of religion, humanities, the arts and
the social sciences is imperative if a
chemist is to be truly human and therefore
truly scientific.
The Department is on the List of
Approved Schools of the American
chemical Society (ACS) and offers a
chemisty major which meets the chemistry
background required by many fields.
Consonant with these ideas, the
Department of Chemistry has established
the following objectives to help its students
develop into mature scientists:
*To provide a course of study of
sufficient rigor and depth to enable our
graduates who complete our ACS chemistry major to compete successfully with
their peers of similar ability in graduate
school or research positions.
*To provide programs of study for
professional goals in addition to the
traditional positions as chemists.
*To encourage students to take a broad
view of their education and to seriously
study areas outside of the sciences.
Chemistry Faculty
Earl R. Alton (Chair), Arlin E. Gyberg, Joan
C. Kunz, Sandra L. Olrnsted
0
.
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Graduation Major in Chemistry
CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry
CHM 351 Organic Chemistry
CHM 352 Organic Chemistry
CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry
CHM 361 Physical Chemistry
CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory
CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar
and one additional course from:
CHM 364 Physical Chemistry
CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry
- Chemistry
CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry
CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
CHM 483 Quantum Chemistry
BIO 367 Biochemistry
Also required:
PHY 121,122 General Physics I, II
MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Mathematics
I & I1
or one year of calculus
Because Upper Division courses have
mathematics and physics prerequisites,
students should plan to take MAT 145,146
in the freshman year and PHY 121,122 in
the sophomore year.
Teaching Licensure in Physical Science
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers which
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The
state requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with
the Augsburg Education Department to
identdy current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Pre-Medical Chemistry Major
The same as the Graduation Major. In
addition, medical schools expect at least
two courses (and usually more) in biology.
Students should consult members of the
Chemistry Department for assistance in
planning a course program early in their
college career.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
American Chemical Society Approved
Major
12 courses including:
CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry
CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry
CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry
CHM 361,363 Physical Chemistry and
Laboratory
CHM 364,365 Physical Chemistry and
Laboratory
CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry
CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry
CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
CHM 483 Quantum Chemistry
CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar
MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Mathematics
I & I1
or one year of calculus
MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and
Reasoning I
or approved math course
PHY 121,122 General Physics I, I1
(should be taken in sophomore
year)
Recommended: Modem Physics, additional mathematics, research experience,
reading ability in German and computer
proficiency.
Honors Major
Full ACS major; GPA of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics and physics, 3.0 overall;
one course or summer of approved ,
research; participation in seminar.
Minor
Five courses which must include:
CHM 105,106 or CHM 115,116, CHM 353,
and two other Chemistry courses from:
CHM 223, CHM 351,352, CHM 361, or BIO
367
Note: credit will not be granted for both
CHM 105 and 115, or for both CHM 106
and 116. Other restrictions are in the course
descriptions.
Chemistry
CHM 105
Principles of Chemistry
Topics in this course include an introduction to matter, chemical change,
chemical reactions, chemical bonding, energetics and equilibrium. The
sequence, CHM 105,106, is designed for students who have not studied
chemistry in high school or who are less confident about their background
in chemistry. Students may go into CHM 351 or 353 from CHM 106 and
major in chemistry. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: MPG 11. Fall)
CHM 106
Principles of Chemistry
CHM 106 is a continuation of CHM 105 with more emphasis upon
equilibrium and the chemistry of the elements. (Three onehour lectures,
one threehour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 105, MPG III. Spring)
CHM 115
General Chemistry
An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists.
Includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding
theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. (Three one-hour lectures,
one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, MPG 111. Fall )
CHM 116
General Chemistry
A continuation of Chemistry 115. Emphasis on equilibrium and solution
chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (Three one-hour
lectures, one threehour laboratory. Prereq.: 115. Spring)
CHM 199
Internship
A work-based learning experience at the sophomore chemistry level in
which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning
agreement which links the ideas and methods of chemistry with the
opportunitiesinherent in the placement. Participatim in a mcurrent
I
seminar is expected. Prior to the b e w i n g of the ~ I BJregistrzrtim,
interested students must consult with the departmental Internship
Coordinator and the Internship Office regarding requirements and
permission to register.
CHM 223
Elementary Organic Chemistry
This onesemester course is designed for students whose professional
goals require a survey of organic chemistry. Topics covered will include
synthesis, properties and reactions of selected aliphatic and aromatic
compounds. This course will not count toward a Chemistry major, nor
will credit be given for this course if CHM 351,352 is taken, nor does it
fulfill the prerequisite requirement for CHM 352, nor does it meet Biochemistry requirements for other programs. (Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116.
Three onehour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Spring)
CHM 299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit/sophomore standing.
Students interested in directed study projects should contact a faculty
member in the Chemistry Department.
- Chemistry
CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry
Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on
mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated
by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energy relations and
reaction mechanism. (Three one-hour lectures, one four-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. Fall: CHM 351; Spring; CHM 352)
CHM 353
Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in
detail and gives an introduction to electrochemical and spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of
a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (Three hours of lecture,
one four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. MPG 111. Fall)
CHM 361
Physical Chemistry
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry; thermodynamics, kinetics and
quantum chemistry. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116;
MAT 145,146; PHY 121,122. Fall)
CHM 363
Physical Chemistry Laboratory
(.5 course)
Physical c h e m i s e ~ a b o r a t ointroduces
j
students to techniques of data
collection and experimental application of concepts presented in Physical
Chemistry lecture. CHM 363 is to be taken in the fall and involves
experiments related to CHM 361. (One four-and-onehalf hour laboratory.
Prereq.: CHM 361 or concurrent registration.)
CHM 364
Physical Chemistry
Applications of concepts studied in CHM 361 to areas of solutions, phase
equilibria, electrolytes, molecular structure and electrochemistry. (Three
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 361. Spring)
CHM 365
Physical Chemistry Laboratory
(.5 course)
CHM 365 is to be taken the second semester and involves experiments
relating to CHM 364. (One four one-and-onehalf hour laboratory. Prereq.:
CHM 364 or concurrent registration. Spring)
CHM 399
Internship
A work-based learning experience at the junior-senior chemistry level in
which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning
agreement which links the ideas and methods of chemistry with the
opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent
seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration,
interested students must consult with the departmental Internship
Coordinator and the Internship Office regarding requirements and
permission to register.
CHM 464
Advanced Organic Chemistry
Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the
laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlationsfor IR,
UV, NMR and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including
Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. (Three one-hour lectures,
six hours of laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 352,353,361 or consent of instruc-
Chemistry
tor. Some reading knowledge of German recommended. Fall)
CHM 481
Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and
molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as
chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (Three o n e
hour lectures, one four-and-onehalf hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 353,
361 or consent of instructor. Spring)
CHM 482
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond,
and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in
terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of
inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (Three onehour
lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 352,361 or consent of
instructor. Fall )
CHM 483
Quantum Chemistry
Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger'swave equation and
uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the
hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to
develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators,
electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (Three onehour
lectures. Prereq.: CHM 364 or consent of instructor. Spring)
CHM 491
Chemistry Seminar
(.O course)
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors
and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers.
Outside visitors are also invited to participate.
CHM 497
Introduction to Chemistry Research
Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience
before graduation which may be obtained by working on a summer
research project (not counted as a course) or by research participation
during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). Cooperative Education is an excellent opportunity to be involved in industrial
research projects. (Prereq.: junior or senior standing)
CHM 499
Independent Study
Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as
theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via Independent Study. (Prereq.: junior or senior standing)
See listing under Speech/Communication
and Theatre Arts.
-1'
"
LOMPUTER 3CIENCE - CSC
T
he Augsburg Computer Science
~e~artmentstrives
to give students a
sound theoretical and practical foundation
in computer science. We offer both a B.A.
and a B.S. major. The computer science
curriculum places emphasis on networks,
communications and the use of computers
as an information access tool. The course
work provides students a strong base in
computer science, with emphasis on
concepts rather than on applications. We
encourage students to strengthen their
course work by electing an Internship or
Cooperative Education experience. Our
location in the Twin Cities provides us an
excellent resource of such experiences for
students, and allows them to add practical
applications to their education.
and two courses, at least one of which is
upper division, from:
PHY 261 Electronics
CSC 270 FORTRAN
CSC 271 COBOL
CSC 272 UNIX and C
CSC 352 Data Base Management and
Design
CSC 399 Internship
CSC 440 Advanced Networking and
Communications
CSC 445 Operating Systems and
Computer Architecture
CSC 450 Principles of Programming
Languages
CSC 495 Advanced Topics in
Computer Science (may be
repeated once)
CSC 499 Independent Study
Computer Science Faculty
Larry Ragland (Chair), Larry Crockett,
Noel Petit
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Computer Science Major
11 courses including:
CSC 160 Introduction to Computing
and Communications
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 320 Algorithms
CSC 330 Theory of Computation
CSC 340 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
CSC 345 Principles of Computer
Organization
CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer
Science (may be repeated)
MAT 145 Augment Mathematics I
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Computer Science Major
15 courses including:
CSC 160 Introduction to Computing
and Communications
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 320 Algorithms
CSC 330 Theory of Computation
CSC 340 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
CSC 345 Principles of Computer
Organization
CSC 440 Advanced Networking and
Communications
CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer
Science
MAT 145 Augment Mathematics I
MAT 146 Augment Mathematics I1
MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and
Reasoning I
MAT 246 Mathematical Structures and
Reasoning II
Computer Science 1
and two courses, at least one of which is
upper division, from:
PHY 261 Electronics
CSC 270 FORTRAN
CSC 271 COBOL
CSC 272 UND( and C
CSC 352 Data Base Management and
Design
CSC 399 Internship
CSC 445 Operating Systems and
Computer Architecture
CSC 450 Principles of Programming
Languages
CSC 495 Advanced Topics in
Computer Science (may be
repeated)
CSC 499 Independent Study
CSC 145
CSC 160
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in computer science and
mathematics, GPA of 3.1 overall, and an
independent study project.
Minor
Six courses including CSC 160,170,210,
345, MAT 145, and one Upper Division
Computer Science course.
Computing for the Liberal Arts
An introduction to computers, programming, and computer applications,
as well as some of the social and philosophical issues associated with
computers. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not apply
toward a computer science major or minor.
Introduction to Computing and Communications.
Basic computer applicationsusing word processing, spreadsheets and
databases; files and disks; using the computer as an information accessing
tool through remote access to the library; use of e-mail, Internet, news,
and information services; simple programming. (Prereq.: MPG 111)
CSC 170
CSC 210
Structured Programming
An introduction to problem-solving, algorithm development and programming using Pascal. (Prereq.: MAT 114 or MAT 122 or BUS 279 or
MPG Iv)
Data Structures
Data structures such as linked lists, stacks and queues; recursion; objects,
classes and methods. (Prereq.: CSC 170)
CSC 270
FORTRAN
Study of the FORTRAN programming language. It is assumed that the
student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another course
with a study of a programming language)
- Computer Science
CSC 271
COBOL
Study of the COBOL programming language. It is assumed that the
student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another course
with a study of a programming language)
CSC 272
UNIX and C
Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is
assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and
has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or
another course with a study of a programming language)
CSC 320
Algorithms
A systematic study of algorithms and their complexity, including searching and sorting algorithms, mathematical algorithms, scheduling algorithms, and tree and graph traversal algorithms. The limitations of
algorithms, the classes P and NP, NP-complete problems and intractable
problems. (Prereq.: CSC 210 and MAT 145)
CSC 330
Theory of Computation
Basic theoretical principles embodied in formal languages, automata and
computability. Topics include regular and context-free languages, finite
automata, Turing machines, the halting problem and unsolvability.
(Prereq.: CSC 170 or 345; MAT 145)
CSC 340
Introduction to Networking and Communications
Principles and methods of data communications, information theory,
distributed processing systems, network protocols and security, standards, network management and general computer interfacing. (Prereq.:
csc 345)
CSC 345
CSC 352
Principles of Computer Organization
An introduction to computer architecture, processors, operating systems,
instruction sets and assembly language programming. (Prereq.: CSC 160)
Database Management and Design
Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization and security, and the development of database systems. (Prereq.: CSC
210)
CSC 399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member,
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and
methods of computer science to the opportunities found in the placement.
Students must consult with the Computer Science Department and
Internship Office before registering for academic credit.
CSC 440
Advanced Networking and Communications
Network management; client/se~erdatabases and workstations; TCP/IP,
IPX, Appletalk networks. (Prereq.: CSC 340)
Computer Science
CSC 445
Operating Systems and Computer Architecture
Elements of operating systems, memory and process management,
interactions among major components of computer systems, and a
detailed study of the effects of computer architecture on operating
systems. (Prereq.: CSC 345)
CSC 450
Principles of Programming Languages
Principles that govern the design and implementation of programming
languages. Topics include programming language syntax and semantics,
parsing, compilers, interpreters, data structures, control structures and the
run-time environment. (Prereq.: CSC 210)
CSC 495
Advanced Topics in Computer Science
Study of advanced topics from areas of computer science not included in
other courses. This course may be repeated when the topics vary. (Prereq.:
consent of instructor)
CSC 499
Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and Department.
-
EASTAND SOUTHEASTASIANSTUDIES
A
major in East Asian Studies is
offered through Augsburg and the other
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC). This is an inter-college, interdepartmental program which is available
as a result of the cooperation and crossregistration possibilities among Augsburg
College, Hamline University, Macalester
College, The College of St. Catherine and
the University of St. Thomas. The program
pools the resources and expertise within
the five institutions. This major enables
students to acquire a broad knowledge of
Japan, China and other East Asian nations
and to gain a functional knowledge of the
language of one country.
Career opportunities for those who
attain a liberal arts degree in East Asian
Studies are diverse. Majors have the
opportunity to be involved in government
service, international business, journalism,
language instruction, Asian arts and
intercultural communication. The major
provides a foundation for graduate
work in various fields such as anthropology, economics, history, international
relations, business, law, political science,
sociology and theatre. This major is also
recommended for those interested in
education and work with social and
recreational agencies.
East and Southeast Asian Studies Faculty
Martha Johnson, Director
courses, two of which must be Upper
Division (strongly recommended that one
of these be a history course on China or
Japan); and an East Asian Studies Seminar.
A term of study abroad and the completion
of a minor in a discipline are strongly
recommended.
Study abroad opportunities for the
semester or a year are available in Hong
Kong, Japan, Korea and the People's
Republic of China. Study abroad strengthens the East Asian studies major by
offering a cross-cultural experience in the
country of specialization.
Language Courses
Elementary and intermediate courses in
Chinese are offered at Hamline University.
Elementary and intermediate courses in
Japanese are offered at Macalester College
and the University of St. Thomas. There is a
contractual arrangement with the University of Minnesota to take Chinese or
Japanese languages (without extra tuition
charges); see campus adviser. Non-majors
are also eligible to take the Chinese and
Japanese language courses.
Minor in East Asian Studies
Five courses, no more than two of
which may be in the language. A minor in
East Asian studies provides exposure to an
area of East Asia which would complement
other disciplines.
Minor in East a'nd Southeast Asian
Studies
Major in East Asian Studies
The requirements for the major consist
of nine courses. Courses in the major must
be approved by the campus adviser, and
are distributed as follows: four courses in
an East Asian language; four additional
A minor in East and Southeast Asian
Studies is an area of concentration at
Augsburg College that does not include a
language component. It is designed to be
useful for a variety of careers when
combined with other majors.
East and Southeast Asian btudies -
Five courses including one from:
PHI 355 Oriental Philosophy
REL 356 History of Religions
SOC 336 Introduction to Cultural
Anthropology
and one course from:
HIS 474 The World and the West
POL 351 Topics in Communist/Post
Communist Systems
POL 363 Foreign Policy: China and
Russia
and one course from:
HIS 226 Asian and Asian-American
Women in Public Life
HIS 399 Internship
HIS 495 Seminar
Recommended:
HIS 104 The Modem Non-Western
World
Note: Interim courses or new courses
related to the East and Southeast Asian
Studies Program may be substituted when
appropriate, with the consent of the
campus adviser. Faculty advising is
recommended at all stages of the major to
plan a coherent and effective program.
Each campus has a member on the
ACTC East Asian Studies committee who
can assist students. The current advisers
are: Augsburg College -Khin Khin Jensen
330-1193, Hamline University -Richard
Kagan 641-2433, Macalester -Yue-him
Tam 696-6262, St. Catherine -Martha
Hardesty 690-6189, St. Thomas -Robert
Werner 962-5565.
Approved Augsburg College courses
for the East Asian Studies Program (consult
program director for ACTC listing of
approved courses):
BUS 368 Responding to the Challenge
of Japan
HIS 104 The Modem Non-Western
World
PHI 355 Oriental Philosophy
POL 363 Foreign Policy: China and
Russia
REL 356 History of Religions
THR 245 Introduction to Asian American
Theatre
- tCONOMlCS DEPARTMENT - ECO
T
he Economics Department at
Augsburg offers s t u d e k a program which
stresses a strong theoretical background,
quantitative analysis and an emphasis on
both national and international issues.
Students who graduate with a major in
the Economics Department are well prepared to continue their education in a
variety of fields or to work successfully in
the business world and government
because of the strong liberal arts emphasis
within the major.
Currently, three Economics majors are
offered to students. The Economics major is
designed primarily for students who are
planning graduate or advanced professional studies. The Applied Economics
major generally leads to careers in the
business world or government. Finally, the
combined Economics/Business Administration major is designed for those who
wish to have more flexibility in planning
their program of study.
As graduates, students will face a world
in constant change. Students have to
prepare themselves to take advantage of
whatever opportunities become available.
The study of Economics provides a firm
foundation for confronting change because
it presents a disciplined way to analyze
and to make choices. Some reasons for
studying economics are: economics deals
with current problems; economics is a
successful and prestigious social science;
economics employs theoretical models and
the scientific method; an economics major
prepares students for community leadership; and an economics major leads to a
great diversity of career opportunities.
These include careers in business, law,
teaching, journalism, politics, banking and
finance, service in government, educational
administration, both private and public
international service and industrial
relations. A degree in Economics may
prove to be a valuable credential. We
encourage students who major in economics to learn to be somebody rather than to
simply learn to do something.
Students are also able to combine an
economics major with other disciplines
such as business administration, international relations, mathematics, computer
science, management information systems
(MIS), political science, history and Nordic
Area Studies.
Internships are available and
highly recommended. Students must
consult with the Department chair and
the Internship office before registering for
academic credit.
Economics Faculty
Satya P. Gupta (Chair), Jeanne Boeh,
Edward Sabella.
Maior in Economics
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Maaoeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 414 Welfare Economics
and three other Upper Division Economics
courses:
MIS 175 Principles of Computing
for Business
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
MAT 114 Elementary Functions
or MAT 121 Finite Mathematics
or MAT 122 Calculus for the Social
and Behavioral Sciences
Economics 1(
The complete calculus sequence is very
strongly recommended for those planning
graduate study in Economics. Computer
courses are also strongly recommended.
BUS 331 Financial Management
or MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
and one other Upper Division Business
course
Major in Applied Economics
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 311 Public Finance
or ECO 312 Intermediate
Macroeconomics
or ECO 315 Money and Banking
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 360 International Economics
ECO 318 Management Science
or ECO 415 Managerial Economics
ECO 413 Labor Economics
ECO 399 Internship Program
or ECO 499 Independent Study
MIS 175 Principles of Computing
for Business
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
ENG 223 Writing for Business and the
Professions
PHI 120 Ethics
or PHI 125 Ethics and Human
Identity
Combined Major in Economics and
Business Administration
Five Economics courses including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
And one other Upper Division Economics
course
and six Accounting/Business Adrninistration/MIS courses including:
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers
which may differ slightly in emphasis
from the Augsburg major requirements.
The state requirements may also be
subject to change after publication of this
catalog. Students therefore should consult
with the Augsburg Education Department
to identify current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements.
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0
overall; a senior thesis and compre-hensive
oral examination in the major field of
concentration.
Minor in Economics
ECO 112,113,312,313, and one
additional Economics Upper Division
course. Other configurations may be
permitted on consultation with the
Department.
Note: Students who plan to major in the
Department are strongly encouraged to
select a Department adviser as soon as
possible in order to carefully plan their
program of study.
In addition to the courses listed on the
following pages, these topics have been
offered under ECO 295,495 Topics:
Consumer Economics, Research Methods
for Economics and Business, Advanced
Economic Theory, Decision-Making with
Finite Markov Chains and Soviet Economy.
lo
Economics
ECO 110
Economics of Urban Issues
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban
environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are fundamental
microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate discussion of various topics,
e.g. crime prevention, education, discrimination. (This is a basic course
designed for those students who do not plan to major in Economics or
Business Administration or MIS).
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
An introduction to macroeconomics: national income analysis, monetary
and fiscal policy, international trade. Application of elementary economic
theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of
ECO 113 or 110. ECO 112 and 113may be taken in either order. (Prereq.:
MPG 11)
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the household, firm,
market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary
economic theory to market policy. May be taken independentlyof ECO
110 or 112. ECO 112 and 113may be taken in either order. (Prereq.:
MPG 11)
ECO 199
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member,
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the
student to consider Economics as a major and/or explore career alternatives.
ECO 219
History of Economic Thought
A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the political,
economic, philosophical and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be
on tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking in an attempt to
provide a framework for understanding and analyzing current social
problems. Major topics may include ancient, medieval, mercantilist,
classical, socialist/utopian and contemporary economic thought. (Prereq.:
ECO 112 or 113)
ECO 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and current national and
international economics problems and policies.
ECO 299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
ECO 311
Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact
of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Fall)
Economics 11
ECO 312
lntermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed
via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy,
growth and the role of expectations. (Prereq.: ECO 112. Fall, Spring)
ECO 313
lntermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and
industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution;
introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: ECO 113)
ECO 315
Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate
economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy.
(Prereq.: ECO 112)
ECO 317
Comparative Economic Systems
This course focuses on comparing the performance of various countries
that rely on different economic systems for the allocation of resources,
including systemic changes in Eastern Europe. Theoretical models are
examined and compared to real-world variants. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113)
ECO 318
Management Science
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modem techniques of
management science to prepare students to make better business and
economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from
the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental
protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc.
(Prereq.: ECO 113, MPG 111)
ECO 360
International Economics
A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among
nations. Development of the basis for international trade; balance of
payments; exchange rate systems and commercial policy. (Prereq.: ECO
113. Spring)
ECO 399
Internship Program
A work-based leaming experience in which a student, faculty member,
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and
methods of Economics to the opportunities found in the placement.
(Prereq.: 50 percent completion of major or consent of instructor)
ECO 41 3
Labor Economics
Analysis of labor markets; labor as a factor of production; determination
of wage collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society.
(Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring: alternate years)
ECO 414
Welfare Economics
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of
alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring: alternate years)
'f Economics
ECO 415
Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business.
Among the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting,
estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition,
production and cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems
of relevance to management. (Prereq.: MIS 379, ECO 313. Spring)
ECO 416
Mathematical Economics
Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO
312,313, MAT 122)
ECO 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and current national and
international economic problems and policies.
ECO 499
Independent Study
The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually
supervised projects designed to afford hirn/her the opportunity to
analyze some topic or issue in depth.
LDUCATION DEPARTMENT - EDE,
s
tudents interested in attaining teacher
licensure or developing a background in
education as a base for advanced study in
other careers will find opportunities in the
Department of Education.
Professional education combines the
study of theory with practice, and field
experiences are an essential part of the
course offerings. The location of Augsburg
College is particularly advantageous for
field experiences because of the wide
variety of public, private and special
schools in the Twin Cities.
Classroom teaching is the career that
first comes to mind for graduates of teacher
education programs. Augsburg graduates
are found in many classrooms within the
Twin Cities area. In addition, they provide
educational services in classrooms across
the nation and abroad.
The teacher education program coupled
with the liberal arts program serves as a
solid base for graduate education. Some
teaching fields require graduate work
beyond the initial license in either elementary or secondary education. However, not
all graduates choose to teach in school
settings. Teacher education graduates are
also found in business, working in management, sales, production and service areas.
As of April 1,1988, all persons are
required to take the PPST (a set of basic
competency tests prescribed by the
Kindergarten-Elementary Major and
Licensure Requirements:
EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an
Urban Setting and Field
Experience
EDS, EDU
Minnesota Board of Teaching) in reading,
writing skills and mathematics prior to
beginning Upper Division courses.
All students must apply for acceptance
into the Education Department. Any
Education course grade below 2.0 must
be retaken.
Licensure in Kindergarten-Elementary
Education is available both through Day
School and Weekend College. Selected
secondary education programs are also
available in Weekend College.
Student Teaching Abroad
Selected Education Department
students may participate in an International Student Teaching Abroad program.
Students have options for student teaching
in dozens of countries through the international and American School network. Those
interested in further information should
contact the Education Department.
Students who student teach abroad will do
part of their student teaching in the Metro
area under direct Augsburg faculty
supervision.
Education Faculty
Rich Germundsen (Chair), Virginia
Allery, Mary Ann Bayless, Bruce Drewlow,
Mary Endorf, Joseph Erickson, Ann
Fleener, Ethelind Garetz, Gretchen Irvine,
Marie McNeff, Mildred Mueller, Vicki
Olson
EDU 341 Media Technology
EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching
Reading
EDE 352 Creating Learning
Environments: Kindergarten Elementary and Field Experience
l4 Elementary Education
-
EDE 381 Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculm: Art, Music
EDE 382 Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Mathematics
EDE 383 Kindergarten-Elementary
Curridum: Physical Education
EDE 384 Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Social Studies,
Thematic Studies
EDE 386 Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Children's
Literature
EDE 387 Kindergarten-Elementary
Curridum: Language Arts
EDE 388 Human Relations
EDE 481,482,483 student hi^^ K-6
EDE 484 Student Teaching K-6 (optional)
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
PHY 103
HPE 116 Health Concepts for Educators
SWK 260 Humans Developing
PHY 103 Conceptual Physics
or MAT 131 Mathematics for the
Liberal Arts
EDS 377 Mathematics Methods
and an academic minor
If students also desire kindergarten
licensure, EDE 375 Discovery Learning in
the World of Kindergarten is also required.
A GPA of 2.5 overall and 2.5 in the
major and grades of P in student teaching
courses is required for licensure, as well as
minimum grades of 2.0 in all Education
courses. The criteria for acceptance into the
Department Licensure
are
available in the Education Department.
Conceptual Physics
(See Physics Department for course description.)
EDU 120
EDE 199
Learning in an Urban Setting
This course provides an opportunity for students to serve as tutors in
urban educational environments. Students will be trained to understand
the importance of multicultural, gender fair education for all ages and to
understand the need to address a diversity of learning styles in urban
educational settings.
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the
student to explore education as a major and/or consider its career
is expected. Students
alternatives. Participation in a concurrent se*ar
must consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator before
registering for academic credit. Seminar participation required.
EDU 265
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience
hvestigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity
for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing
and ENG 111)
EDU 282
Introduction to Special Education
(See Special Education for course description.)
Elementary Education EDE 295
Topics in Education
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
EDE 299
Directed Study
Lower Division independent study.
EDU 341
Media Technology
(.5 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication
through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation,
and evaluation of effective audievisual m&erks for teaching/leaming situations. Computer training will be included in this course.
(Prereq.: PPST)
EDE 351
Techniques of Teaching Reading
The study and utilization of a variety of teaching techniques and resources
in reading, including the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties.
(Prereq.: PPST)
EDE 352
Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementaryand Field
Experience
The study of strategies and methods of teaching and learning in the
contexts of educational, psychological and sociological theories.
(Prereq.: PPST)
EDU 370
Classroom Management
(.5 course)
A class for Elementary and Secondary education students. The content of
this course includes theories, issues and strategies of classroom manage
ment techniques. It is designed to empower future teachers with insights
and strategies that will enable them to create positive learning environments that will enhance achievement and build self esteem in their
students. (Prereq.: PPST. Spring)
EDU 371
Teaching the Individual Learner
(.5 course)
A class for Elementary and Secondary students designed to address the
educational needs of a diverse student body. Includes strategies for
teaching special education students in the regular classroom as well as
teaching the student at risk. Students are encouraged to take EDS 282
Introduction to Special Education prior to registering for this course.
(Prereq.: PPST. Fall)
EDE 375
Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten
(.5 course)
Study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching
kindergarten. (Prereq.: PPST)
EDE 381
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music
(.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music
taught at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: PPST)
EDE 382
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Mathematics
(.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics
lo Elementary Education
-
at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: PPST)
EDE 383
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical
education and health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST)
EDE 384
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Thematic Studies
(.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies
and thematic teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST)
EDE 386
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature
(.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's
literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST)
EDE 387
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Language Arts
(.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and r,esources for language arts
at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: PPST, EDU 265)
EDU 388
Human Relations
(.5 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the
major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal
relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations.
Open to all. (P/N grading only)
EDE 399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, f a d t y member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and
methods of education to the opportunities found in the placement.
Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Students must consult
with the Department and the Internship Office before registering.
EDE 478
School and Society
(See Secondary Education for course description.)
EDE 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching K-6 and Seminar
Observing and teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels under
the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. Membership
in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required. Students must
apply to student teach at least three months prior to enrolling for the
courses. A full term of student teaching is required for all students
pursuing an initial license. (Prereq.: All K-Elementary course work
satisfactorily completed and admission into the Education Department
Licensure program.)
EDE 491
Pradicum and Seminar in Special Education
(See Special Education for course description)
Secondary Education
EDE 495
Topics in Education
(.5 course)
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
EDE 498
Independent Study
(.5 course)
Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking
licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by
permission).
EDE 499
Independent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise
provided for in the Department curriculum. A projected program must be
outlined and approved by the Kindergarten-Elementary education
faculty.
1
t is the responsibility of each student to
meet all specific requirements of the
Education Department. Secondary Education students are expected to consult with
Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure, in addition to
conferring with the student's major field
adviser.
Licensure Requirements in the state of
Minnesota for teaching in secondary
schools are met through the Augsburg
College Education Department Licensure
program: Baccalaureate degree; academic
major in an approved teaching area; and
the following courses:
EDU 210 Learning and Developing in an
Educational Setting
EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an
Urban Setting and Field
Experience
EDU 341 Media Technology
EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas
EDS 354 Creating Learning
Environments: Secondary Field
Experience
EDU 388 Human Relations
EDS 478 School and Society
EDS 481,482,483 Student Teaching
EDS 484 Student Teaching Seminar (for
Art, Music, and Physical
Education teaching majors)
HPE 114 Health Safety Education (or
equivalent)
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
HPE 116 Health Concepts for Educators
Methods course in major/minor areas
GPA of 2.5 overall, 2.5 in Education, 2.5
in academic major and P in student
teaching required. All required EDU/EDS
courses must have a grade of 2.0 or higher.
Application for and acceptance into the
Augsburg Licensure Program required.
Criteria for admission to the program are
available in the Education Department.
'1
Secondary Education
Art, Music and Physical Education
Licensure
A person preparing for licensure in one
of these areas follows the secondary
education program even though he or she
plans to teach at the elementary school
level. A person with a major in one of these
special areas will take four courses in
student teaching and do some student
teaching at both the secondary and
elementary levels. In addition to 354, the
art major will register for 361,362; the
physical education major for 365; and the
music major for 355.
Art and physical education teacher
education programs lead to licensure for
grades K-12. Music teacher education
programs lead to licensure in the following
areas: 1) Band (K-12) and classroom music
(5-12); 2) Orchestra (K-12) and classroom
EDU 120
music (5-12); 3) Vocal and classroom
music (K-9); or 4) Vocal and classroom
music (512).
Modern Language Licensure
For modern language teachers (French,
German, Spanish), see Modem Language
Department for information on the
required competency exams.
Teaching in the Minor Field
Minnesota State Rule provides for
restricted teaching in selected fields in
which a person has received a minor.
Students must be accepted into the
Education Department Licensure Program,
take the minor subject area methods
course, and student teach in the minor area
to receive licensure or be recommended for
an endorsement by Augsburg College.
Learning in an Urban Setting
(See Elementary Education for course description.)
EDS 199
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the
student to explore education as a major and/or consider its career
alternatives. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Students
must consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator before
registering for academic credit. Seminar participation required.
EDU 210
Learning and Development in an Educational Setting
A survey of educational psychology topics as applied to teaching and
learning. Special emphasis is placed on classroom applications. PSY 105
Principles of Psychology is strongly recommended.
EDU 265
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience
Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity
for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing
and ENG 111)
Secondan, Education
EDS 282
Introduction t o Special Education
(See Special Education for course description.)
EDS 295
Topics i n Education
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
EDS 299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
EDU 341
Media Technology
(-5 course)
(See Elementary Education for course description)
EDS 350
Reading i n the Content Areas
(.5 course)
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources to assist
students in teaching reading through the content areas. Major: Required
for Secondary Education. Upper Division. (Prereq.: P E T )
EDS 354
Creating Learning Environments: Secondary and Field Experience
The mastery of theories and their application for teaching in learning
settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST)
EDS 355
Music Methods (K-12)
Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills
and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Spring)
EDS 356, 357, 358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds, Strings
(.5 course each)
Study and application of instructional methods, materials and techniques.
Courses offered on two-year cycle. Even year: Woodwinds. Odd year:
Brass and Percussion, Strings. (Prereq.: PPST. Fall)
EDS 361
Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the
elementary, middle and junior high schools. For art teaching majors only.
(Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Fall)
EDS 362
Art Methods (Senior High School)
(.5 course)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the
senior high school. (To be taken concurrently with 361. Prereq.: EDS 354
and PPST. Fall)
EDS 364
English Methods
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools.
Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching
experience in a local high school. The study of adolescent literature is
included. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PET. Joint day school and WEC. Fall)
HPE 365
Physical Education Methods (K-12)
(.5 course)
(See Health and Physical Education Department for course description.
Prereq.: P E T )
11
-
Secondary Education
EDS 366
Modern Language Methods
(.5 course)
World language learning theory. The theory and practice of world
language teaching. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Consult with the Modem
Language Department. Joint day school and WEC. Fall)
EDU 370
Classroom Management
(.5 course)
A class for Elementary and Secondary Education students. The content of
this course includes theories, issues and strategies of classroom management techniques. (Prereq.: PET. Spring)
EDU 371
Teaching the Individual Learner
(.5 course)
(See Elementary Education for course description. Prereq.: PPST)
EDS 374
Natural Science Methods
(.5 course)
Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom
textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and
references. Consult with the Education Department. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and
PET. Joint day school and WEC. Fall)
EDS 375
Social Studies Methods
(.S course)
Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary
school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and cumculum
development. Consult with the Education Department. (Prereq.: EDS 354
and PET. Joint day school and WEC. Winter: WEC)
EDS 376
Speech and Theatre Arts Methods
(.5 course)
The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion and
theatre, and directing of cmxn-ricular speech and theatre activities.
(Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Spring)
EDS 377
Mathematics Methods
(.5 course)
Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school
mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics
education. Consult with the Education Department. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and
PET. Spring)
EDU 388
Human Relations
(.5 course)
(See Elementary Education for course description.)
EDS 399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and
methods of education with the opportunities inherent in the placement.
Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of
the term/registration, interested students should consult with the
departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and
permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate
placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office.
S~ecialEducation
EDS 478
School and Society
Emphasis on points of view about the role of school in modem society and
final theoretical preparation to approach student teaching. (Prereq.: senior
standing, EDU 265 and P E T )
EDS 481,482,483,484
Student Teaching and Seminar
Obsenring and directing learning at the secondary level under supemision
of college and secondary school personnel. Three courses required of all 712 licensure majors. Four courses required of K-12 Art, Music, and
Physical Education licensure majors and of double majors. (Prereq.:
completion of all education coursework and admission to the Department.)
EDS 495
Topics in Education
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
EDS 498
Independent Study
(.5 course)
Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking
licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by
permission).
EDS 499
Independent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise
provided for in the Departmental cumculum. A projected program must
be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty.
See Department listing for a description of the following approved electiue:
HPE 410
Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program
(See Health and Physical Education Department for course description.
Prereq.: PPST)
Minor
Minimum of six courses:
EDU 282 Introduction to Special
Education
EDE 491 Practicum and Seminar in
Special Education
PSY 351 Developmental Psychology:
Child
PSY 357 Behavior Analysis
One course chosen from:
HPE 354 Physiology of Exercise
MUS 110 Interim Course
PSY 362 Behavior Disorders
SWK 340 Interim Course
and one course chosen from:
PSY 352 Developmental Psychology:
Adolescent and Young Adult
PSY 359 Psychological Assessment
EDS 388 Human Relations
LIN 289 Introduction to Linguistics
Recommended as an additional course:
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
12
zZ
Special Education
EDU 110
Introduction to Deafness and Language of Deaf People
Introduction to issues related to deafness and the modes of cornmunication used by deaf people. Through lectures, guest speakers, videotapes,
reading and field trips, we examine the language, education, social
and political aspects, and cultural issues within the deaf community.
(Odd years)
EDU 282
Introduction to Special Education
Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the
nature, causes and educational interventions for such exceptionalities as
mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment,
learning disabilities, behavior disorders and giftedness. (Fall)
EDU 491
Practicurn and Seminar in Special Education
A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population
plus on-campus seminar. (Students planning to take this course should
consult with the Special Education Coordinator about a placement prior
to registering for the course. Prereq.: completion of special courses for
Special Education minor or consent of instructor. Spring)
A
ugsburg College has cooperative
arrangements with three universities to
allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts
degree from Augsburg College and an
engineering degree from either the
University of Minnesota Institute of
Technology, Minneapolis; Washington
University School of Engineering and
Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri; or
Michigan Technological University,
Houghton, Michigan. Because of the special
requirements and opportunities of these
programs, early consultation with the
Augsburg Engineering Adviser is necessary. Applications for these programs
require the recommendation of the
Augsburg Engineering Adviser.
Engineering Adviser
Stuart Anderson
University of Minnesota
The Institute of Technology and
Augsburg cooperative arrangement
provides for two dual degree engineering
programs:
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Engineering
(B.A. / B.E.) enables students to receive a
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg
College and a Bachelor of Engineering
degree from the University of Minnesota.
The program typically involves three years
at Augsburg and two years at the Institute
of Technology.
Students may apply for the program
after completing the sophomore year. At
that time, they will be informed of their
status in the program and any further
conditions necessary for final acceptance
into the program. Formal application to the
Institute of Technology may be completed
during the second semester of the junior
year at Augsburg.
Bachelor of ArtsIMaster of Engineering
(B.A. / M.E.) enables students to receive a
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg
College and a Master of Engineering degree
from the University of Minnesota. This
program involves four years at Augsburg
and, typically, two years at the Institute of
Technology.
The curriculum is the same as the B.A./
B.E. curriculum with the addition of several
extra courses that are completed at
Augsburg during the senior year to
minimize the number of undergraduate
courses, if any, that students must take at
the University before proceeding through
the graduate curriculum. The number of
such courses varies by IT department and
area of emphasis within a department.
Application for admission into the
B.A./M.E. program should be initiated
during the second semester of the junior
year at Augsburg. Formal application for
the program may be completed during the
senior year. Those admitted will receive
special counseling from the Institute of
Technology staff regarding courses that
should be taken during the senior year at
Augsburg. Participants in the B.A./M.E.
program are not guaranteed admission to
the Institute of Technology.
Washington University (Three Year Plan)
Michigan Technological University (Dual
Degree Plan)
These two programs enable students to
receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from
Augsburg and a Bachelor of Engineering
degree from Washington University School
of Engineering and AppEed Science or
Michigan Technological University in a
five-year period.
24
Engineering
The first three years are spent at
Augsburg followed by two years at the
affiliated university. Students accepted into
the program will be considered for
admission to the engineering school if they
will complete course requirements, have
the requisite cumulative grade point
average and are recommended by the
Engineering Adviser of Augsburg College.
Minimum course requirements for
admission to the Dual Degree or ThreeTwo Programs:
CHM 115 General Chemistry
CHM 116 General Chemistry
CSC 170 Structured Programming
ENG 111 Effective Writing
PHY 121 General Physics I
Students are also encouraged to explore PHY 122 General Physics II
Four Mathematics courses from A or B:
opportunities for graduate work at
A.
Washington University and Michigan
Technological University. Further informa- MAT 145 AUGMENT I
tion on these and other graduate programs MAT 146 AUGMENT II
is available from the Augsburg Engineering MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and
Reasoning I
Adviser.
MAT
247
Mathematical
Structures and
Financial Aid: Students receiving
Reasoning
II
financial aid who are participants in these
B. (For WEC students. See WEC catalog for
dual degree programs will be encouraged
course
descriptions.)
to apply to the engineering school of their
MAT
124 Calculus I
choice for continuing support. Their
MAT 125 Calculus II
applications will be evaluated using need
MAT
224 Calculus 111, Differential
and academic performance as criteria.
Equations
MAT 226 Calculus III, Differential
Equations
Additional courses to meet general
education requirements and a total of 27
courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 124,
125 or 145,146 and PHY 121,122 are taken
in the freshman year. Students interested in
Chemical Engineering also should take
CHM 351,352.
- ENC
T
hose who study
- English
- believe that
an intense concern for words, ideas and
images helps people understand who they
are and who they can become. Writing
helps all of us clarify and share our
thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate
the pains and joys of human existence.
Through the study of English we see life's
complexity, experience life as others do and
better understand the world in which we
live and work.
English relates closely to other majors.
With the other arts, English is concerned
with the pleasure that comes from artistic
creation and with the contemplation of
works of art. With psychology and sociology, English is concerned with individual
and group behavior. With philosophy,
English is interested in ideas and in the
relation between meaning and language.
With science, English is interested in
discovering order and determining
structures. With speech and communication, English studies the effective use of
language. With history and the other social
sciences and humanities, English studies
the way people have acted and thought at
different times and in different cultures.
ism, government, law, the ministry, library
science, medicine, advertising, public
relations, publishing, writing and other
professions and businesses.
English Faculty
Kathryn Swanson (Chair), Barbara
Andersen, Cathleen Dalglish, Douglas
Green, Joan Griffin, John Mitchell,
Catherine Nicholl, Ronald Palosaari,
John Schmit
Major
The Augsburg English Department
integrates its program with the cultural
opportunities of this vital urban area.
Augsburg students can walk to assigned or
recommended plays, films and readings
available near the campus. English majors
have the opporhmity to use and refine their
skills through working in Internships on
and off campus, tutoring English as a
Second Language (ESL) students, tutoring
in the Writing Lab or participating in the
Cooperative Education Program.
Nine courses above 111, including:
ENG 225 Intermediate Expository
Writing
ENG 245 Introduction to Literature
One course in European literature:
ENG 271 European Literature: Homer to
Dante
or ENG 272 European Literature:
From the Renaissance to the
Modem Period
Two survey courses in British literature
from:
ENG 331 British Literature, Medieval to
Elizabethan
ENG 336 British Literature, 17th and
18th Centuries
ENG 337 British Literature, the
Romantics and the Victorians
One Upper Division course in American
literature:
ENG 350 American Literature to 1920
or ENG 351 American Literature
Since 1920
One 400 level course
Two additional electives
Students with an Augsburg English
major pursue careers in elementary,
secondary and college education, journal-
Majors are encouraged to consult their
Departmental adviser regularly. A student
with a double major or special program
12
-
26
English
that involves considerable work in the
English Department should also work
closely with an adviser in the Department.
Note: Transfer majors must take at least
three of their English courses at Augsburg.
10 courses, including those listed under the
major, and:
ENG 345 Introduction to the English
Language
ENG 399 Internship in Teaching Writing
EDS 364 English Methods
and one course with a component in nonWestern literature (for example, ENG 361).
In addition, the ACTC courses, Communication Skills in the English Classroom
and Teaching Mass Media, are required.
Courses in early American literature,
Shakespeare and film are recommended.
Students are encouraged to take courses
toward their major during the freshman
and sophomore years, and apply for
teacher education no later than the spring
of their junior year.
Minor
Five courses above ENG 111, including
ENG 245; an upper~ i ~literature
i ~ i
course; and an additional writing course.
Transfer Students
Transfer students with a B.A. in English
from another college must take at least two
of their English courses at Augsburg
(preferably Upper Division). These courses
must be taken before the Department can
recommend a student for student teaching.
The English Placement Test
A writing sample is required of
students to determine their placement in
an appropriate writing class. Students who
do not show competence in composition
skills - such as stating and supporting a
thesis, organizing clearly, and constructing
paragraphs and sentences - are required
to enroll in ENG 101 Developmental
Writing where thev receive more individual instruction than is possible in
ENG 111Effective Writing. These students
must pass ENG 101Developmental
Writing before enrolling in ENG 111
Effective Writing.
V
Students in this program must work
with advisers in the English Department
and the Education Department in order to
meet the professional requirements within
the Education Department as well as the
requirements for the major.
Prerequisites
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall;
submit proposal to Department Chair by
October 15 in senior year for Department
approval. Submit and defend paper before
faculty committee. Honors project may be
an Independent Study program (refer to
Departmental guidelines).
ENG 111Effective Writing is strongly
recommended but not a prerequisite for a
Lower Division literature course. Prerequisite for an Upper Division literature course
is ENG 245 Introduction to Literature and/
or consent of the instructor.
~
Enalish
ENC 101
DevelopmentalWriting
A preparatory course for ENG 111Effective Writing, this course is
required of students identified by a writing sample (the English
Placement Test) as needing additional preparation in composition.
Students receive course credit, but this does not fulfill the graduation
requirement in writing. The minimum passing grade for this course is 2.0.
ENC 111
Effective Writina
Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and
writing critical reviews. Attention is given to increasing students' effectiveness in choosing, organizing anddeveloping topics, thinking critically
and revising for clarity and style. A Writing Lab is provided for those
needing additional help. The minimum passing grade is 2.0.
ENC 216
American Indian Literature
A study of poetry and fiction by selected American Indian writers.
Discussion and analysis will focus on ways in which literature reflect and
illuminate American Indian culture and traditions. (Spring)
-
ENC 217,218 English as a Second Language
Understanding spoken American English, speaking, reading college-level
materials and writing are the skills emphasized in these two courses.
Testing will determine placement in these courses, and testing, as well as
c o ~ r s ~ ~ e r f o r m a nwill
c e , determine whether the ESL requirement is met.
Students will continue in ESL until the requirement is completed. (Fall:
ENG 217; Spring: ENG 218)
ENC 223
Writing for Business and the Professions
A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing
for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters and
proposals is emphasized. Students are encouraged to use material from
their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: ENG 111.Spring)
ENC 225
Intermediate Expository Writing
This course builds on the practices and methods of Effective Writing,
ENG 111.Its workshop format stresses style and organization, the process
of revision, self and peer evaluation and the relationship between reading
and writing. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ENC 226
Introduction to Creative Writing
The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the process of creative
writing and to various genres, emphasizing poetry and short fiction, but
including journal keeping and creative prose. (Prereq.: ENG 111.Fall)
ENC 227
Journalism
An introductory newswriting course with emphasis on writing for the
print media, including practice in writing for radio and television.
Students consider how to recognize news, gather and verify facts, and
write those facts into a news story. Basic copy preparation, editing
12
28
Enalish
practices and an introduction to legal and ethical questions are included.
(Prereq.: ENG 111)
ENC 241
Introduction to Cinema Art
An investigation of the cinematic qualities, theoretical principles and
historical evolution of the film medium. The emphasis is on film as an
audiovisual language. The course includes the viewing and analysis of
both feature length and short films illustrating the international development of film form and selected esthetic movements. (Spring)
ENC 245
Introduction to Literature
An initiation into the formal study of fiction, poetry and drama, drawing
on works from several periods, different cultures and races, and male and
female writers. As the prerequisite for all upper level courses in literature,
Introduction to Literature aims in particular to develop students' critical
and analytical skills in reading literature and writing about it.
ENC 251
Readings in American Literature
An introduction to representative works that yield an understanding of
the Western heritage and American world views. Themes could include
the emergence of national identity, the relationship between humankind
and God, the nature of nature, definitions of the American self, individuality, the place of women and of racial and ethnic minorities in the
development of American thought and the continuity of Western culture
in America. (Fall)
ENC 271
European Literature: Homer to Dante
Study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, including works by
such authors as Homer, Virgl, Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides,
Aristophanes, Ovid and Dante. These works are studied with reference to
their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence
on later literature and their enduring relevance. (Fall)
ENC 272
European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period
study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to
the modem period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes,
Rabelais, Voltaire and Ibsen. (Spring)
ENC 282
Topics in Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in
the class schedule for that year. Recent offerings have included Contemporary Poetry and Women and Fiction.
ENC 299
Directed Study
Directed study for Lower Division credit. Supervised but largely independent study of a topic not normally offered among course selections.
Instructor's and Department Chair's consent required. Students are
responsible for proposing topics before the term in which they wish to
undertake the study.
English 11
ENC 327
Advanced Journalism:Interviewing and Editing
Emphasis is on interviewing, organizing and writing the story, editing the
work of others and learning layout and design. Includes workshop
sessions during which students conduct interviews and critique the
interview skills of others and laboratory sessions devoted to layout and
design. (Prereq.: ENG 227. Alternate years)
ENC 331
British Literature, Medieval to Elizabethan
A study of Chaucer and the medieval milieu, as well as the development
of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. (Prereq.: ENG
245 or consent of instructor. Fall)
ENC 336
British Literature, 17th and 18th Centuries
Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the
metaphysical poets to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual
and social influences and the major literary movements. (Prereq.: ENG 245
or consent of instructor. Fall)
ENC 337
British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians
A study of major writers of the 19th century, emphasizing Romantic and
Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period.
Relationships among these writers are emphasized, as well as their
relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of
poetry and prose. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Spring)
ENC 341
Advanced Creative Writing
The purpose of this course is to help the experienced student improve
creative writing in a single genre, as announced in the class schedule.
(Prereq.: ENG 226 or consent of instructor on the basis of submitted work.)
ENC 345
Introduction to the English Language
A structural and historical overview of theoretical and social issues
concerning the English language, including theories of language acquisition. Students will be introduced to the primary components of linguistics,
the development of the English language and the social impact of language. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor)
ENC 350
American Literature to 1920
Reading and analysis of selected American writers from colonial times to
WWI. Attention is given to issues relating to race, class and gender.
Conceptions of the individual in relation to society, the nature of nature
and regional differences are also studied. The approach is historical as
well as topical. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall)
ENC 351
American Literature Since 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary works. Writers are selected to
represent the literary variety and the regional, ethnic and racial diversity
of the men and women who have responded significantly in literary
works to the changing conditions of modem American life. (Prereq.: ENG
245 or consent of instructor. Spring)
ENC 361
Studies in Modern Fiction
Emphasis is on sigruficant works of selected prose writers, chiefly nonWestern, of the 20th century. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor.
Fall)
ENC 399
Internship
The Department offers on-campus Internships in teaching writing and
English as a Second Language, and various off-campus Internships in
writing and editing. Interns meet with faculty advisers or seminar groups.
Interested students should consult the Department Chair.
ENC 423
Studies in the British Novel
A survey of the development of the novel in England from its 18th century
beginnings to the 20th century. Novels studied are selected from the
works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen,
Dickens, Bronte, Eliot, Joyce and Woolf. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of
instructor. Alternate years)
ENC 438
Shakespeare
Study of major plays -comedies, histories and tragedies. Additional
plays are assigned for reading analysis. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of
instructor. Spring)
ENC 445
Creative Non-Fiction: Advanced Expository Writing
Designed for the self-motivated writer, the course emphasizes the
conventions of professional writing, including appropriate styles, voice,
subjects and techniques for gathering information. (Prereq.: ENG 225 and
consent of instructor. Alternate years)
ENC 480
Criticism
The course focuses on a variety of recent critical theories and approaches
with which graduate programs in English expect some familiarity. In a
seminar setting, students read and discuss original theoretical essays and
experiment with applications to a small group of literary and cinematic
texts. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
ENC 482
Topics in Language and Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in
the class schedule for that year. Sample topics include Contemporary
Poetry and Women and Fiction. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
ENC 499
Independent Study
Open to junior or senior English majors with an overall GPA of 3.0 or
consent of Department Chair. Designed to enable advanced students to
pursue a topic not covered by course offerings. The student must define a
topic and a tentative reading list, then seek a faculty member willing and
able to supervise the project. Department chair approval required.
See Department listing for a description of the following approved elective:
THR 325
Playwriting
See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies.
T
he initial months after entering
college as a freshman are a period of
transition. The faculty and staff wish to
assist students in making a successful
transition to being college students and to
help them become part of this academic
community. Students are introduced to the
character of the College, its heritage as an
urban liberal arts college of the church, the
process of learning in a community where
ideas are valued and treated seriously, and
the logstics of being college students.
The First Year Experience (ME)is
composed of four parts: Summer Registra-
CST 005
FYE Seminar
tion, Fall Orientation, ME Seminars and an
optional FYE Interim Term Course.
Participation in the Fall Orientation
program and in the ME Seminars is
required of all students who begin
Augsburg College as freshmen in the day
schedule program. Students who meet the
requirement satisfactorily by attendance at
and participation in an FYE Seminar will
receive a notation of a passing (P) grade for
ME 005 on their official transcript and a
0.25 credit. Students without a P for ME
005 will not be permitted to graduate with
an Augsburg degree.
(.25 course)
A series of Fall term meetings with an ME faculty adviser to discuss
issues related to becoming an active member of the.Augsburg College
community of learners. Discussion will be based upon readings from a
variety of disciplines and sources collected in the "Augsburg Anthology."
(P/N grading only; evaluation based on attendance and participation.)
See listing under Modern Languages.
See listing under Modern Languages.
s
ome courses help to integrate learning
around topics in ways which are different
from the more traditional disciplines. General Studies includes specialized academic
enrichment programs, an integrative proseminar created by cooperating faculty and
CST 009
Cooperative Education
offerings of the Center for Global Education.
General Studies Faculty
~~~lM
~~
~ ~warren
~ ~ ~ l ,
d
(.O course)
Placement in a Co-op Education assignment, satisfactory completion of
the evaluation process, and participation in seminars conducted by
Cooperative Education staff. No course credit.
CST 140, 141 Introduction to the Liberal Arts
(.5 course each)
An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and to the
philosophy and student services available at Augsburg College. The
course also focuses on improving those skills so important to academic
success: reading rate and comprehension, notetaking and textbook
reading, time management, vocabulary, spelling, test taking, concentration and memorization, conflict management, assertiveness training,
career planning and making decisions.
GST 209
City Seminar: Experiential Education
(.O course)
Students engaged in a minimum of 50 hours of intemship/service/
cooperative education use that experience as a catalyst for learning about
the Twin Cities as an urban community system. Students do a series of 5-6
reflective assignments designed to introduce them to a systematic way of
thinking about how their particular organization functions in the larger
community. The seminar enables the student to utilize experiential
education options to meet the objectives of the City Perspective. Permission of Instructor. Non-credit.
CST 230
Cultural Issues Seminar
This seminar consists of a series of mini-courses offered in a number of
relevant topic areas related to the theme of the program. Each mini-course
consists of 12 hours. Any four mini-courses fulfill the requirements of the
seminar.
See listing under Modem Languages.
HEALTH
AND PHYSICAL
DUCATI ION
v
irtually all students at Augsburg
College will interact at some point in their
college years with the Department of
Health and Physical Education. It is the
philosophy of the Department to provide
quality experiences in professional preparation and education for lifelong participation in physical activity. In addition, the
gifted athlete as well as the occasional
participant will find ample opportunity for
athletic and developmental activities.
The Physical Education Department
provides the organizational framework for
a wide range of educational experiences,
including several major and minor programs: general education in Physical
Education; men's and women's intercollegiate athletic programs; intramural
programs for men and women; and athletic
facilities for developmental and recreational activities.
Department graduates have traditionally found employment in educational
settings. Additional career opportunities
are possible in YMCA/YWCA programs
and community services, municipal park
and recreation departments as adult fitness
instructors, and in working with people
with disabilities.
Health and Physical Education Faculty
Carol Enke and Edwin J. Saugestad (CoChairs), Brian Amrnann, Richard Borstad,
Marilyn Florian, Paul Grauer, Alvin
Kloppen, Jack Osberg, Joyce Pfaff, Jeff
Swenson.
HEALTH EDUCATION
Health Education Major
HPE 110 Personal and Community
Health
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
HPE 216 Human Sexuality
HPE 254 Introduction to Developmental/
Adapted Physical Education
HPE 320 School Health Curriculum
HPE 355 Tests and Measurement
HPE 410 Administration and Supervision
of the School Health Program
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
BIO 114 General Biology
PSY 105 General Psychology
PSY 351 Developmental Psychology:
Child
or PSY 352 Developmental
Psychology: Adolescent and
Young Adult
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers which
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with
the Augsburg Education Department to
identify current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements.
14
Health and Physical Education
Teaching Minor
Students interested in the Teaching
Minor should consult with the Department Chair.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Physical Education Major
HPE 101 Fitness for Life
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
HPE 210 History and Principles of
Physical Education and Sport
HPE 220 Motor Learning
HPE 223 Team Sports
HPE 231 Individual and Dual Sports
HPE 232 Dance
HPE 254 Introduction to Development/
Adaptive Physical Education
HPE 340 Organization and
Administration of Physical
Education Programs
HPE 350 Kinesiology
HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise
HPE 355 Tests and Measurement
HPE 473 Physical Education Curriculum
HPE 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic
Jnjuries
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers which
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with
the Augsburg Education Department to
identify current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements.
Major with Specialization in Adapted
Physical Education
Students interested in this program
should consult with the Department Chair
for individual program planning.
Minor
HPE 101,115,210 223,231,232,351.
There is no PE teaching minor in Minnesota
Public Schools.
Coaching Endorsement (not a major)
HPE 310 Psychology of Sport
HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise
HPE 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic
Injuries
HPE 486 Organization and
Administration of Coaching
HPE 489 Practicum
One course from:
HPE 476 Coaching of Football
HPE 477 Coaching of Basketball
HPE 478 Coaching of Hockey
HPE 479 Coaching of Track and Field
HPE 480 Coaching of Baseball/Softball
HPE 483 Coaching of Volleyball
HPE 487 Coaching of Wrestling
(Interim only)
Internship in Athletic Training
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
HPE 110 Personal and Community
Health
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 350 KineSiology
HPE 351 Physiolggy of Exercise
HPE 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic
Injuries
And advanced athletic training (ACTC
schools)
Also required: 1500 hours of practical
experience under the direction of a
Certified Athletic Trainer.
Health and Physical Education 1
HEALTH EDUCATION
HPE 110
Personal and Community Health
Modem concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to
the individual and the community.
HPE 114
Health and Safety Education
(.5 course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life.
National Safety Council First Aid and CPR certification.
HPE 115
HPE 116
Health and Chemical Dependency Education
(.5 course)
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser.
Includes information about school health education and services.
Health Concepts for Educators
(.5 course)
A course to prepare future teachers for their role in the school health
program. Includes common childhood health problems with an emphasis
on prevention.
HPE 199
1
HPE 216
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to explore health or physical education as a major and consider its
career alternatives. Students should consult with the departmentalIntemship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register.
Human Sexuality
A study of the psychological, social and biological components of human
sexuality. Open to all students.
HPE 254
Introduction to DevelopmentalIAdapted Physicat Education
(.5 course)
A general overview of developmental/adapted physical education from
early childhood to grade 12 and the role of school-based health and
physical education programs for special needs and handicapped students.
HPE 299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
HPE 320
School Health Curriculum
Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and
development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases.
(Prereq.: HPE 110)
HPE 355
Tests and Measurement
(.5 course)
Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and
physical education.
HPE 399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the principles
- Health and Physical Education
of health or physical education with the opportunitiesinherent in the
placement. Students should consult with the departmental Internship
Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register.
HPE 410
Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program
Historical background, legal bases, school health services and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and
community. (Prereq.: HPE 110)
HPE 499
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
HPE 002, 003 Lifetime Sports
(.O course)
Three hours per week. Two Lifetime Sports meet the General Education
requirements. (Part-time students should consult with Department Chair.)
No course credit.
HPE 101
Fitness for Life
A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to mod~fypersonal health and fitness.
HPE 199
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the
student to consider Health/Physical Education as a major and/or explore
career options.
HPE 210
History and Principles of Physical Education and Sport
(.5 course)
History, principles and philosophy of physical education and sport.
HPE 220
Motor Learning
(.5 course)
The study of the processes associated with developing motor skills
relative to physical activity.
HPE 223
Team Sports
Theory and practice in team sports including history, rules and skill
development.
HPE 231
Individual and Dual Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual
sports including history, rules and skill development.
HPE 232
Dance
(.5 course)
Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international
folk dances. Practice in teaching and performing selected social dances.
HPE 254
Introduction to Developmental/Adapted Physical Education
(.5 course)
(See Health Education for course description.)
Health and Physical Education 1:
HPE 299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
HPE 310
Psychology of Sport
(.5 course)
The application of psychology to athletes and athletic situations. Psychology of Sport deals with the effect of psychological factors on behavior in
sports, and the effect that participation in sport or physical activity has on
the performer.
HPE 340
Organization and Administration of Physical Education Programs
(.5 course)
A survey of management, leadership and decision making for Physical
Education and athletic programs. (Prereq.:HPE 210)
HPE 350
Kinesiology
(.5 course)
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system
and analysis of movement. (Prereq.: BIO 103)
HPE 351
Physiology of Exercise
The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training.
HPE 355
Tests and Measurement
(-5 course)
(See Health Education for course description.)
HPE 365
Physical Education Methods (K-6)
Procedures, materials and issues for teaching physical education in
grades K-6.An in-depth view of all aspects of teaching physical education to elementary aged children. (Consult with Department Chair
for prerequisites)
HPE 368
(.5 course)
Physical Education Methods (7-12)
Procedures, materials and issues for teaching physical education in
secondary schools. (Consult with Department Chair for prerequisites)
HPE 399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the principles
of health or physical education with the opportunitiesinherent in the
placement. Students should consult with the departmental Internship
Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register.
HPE 473
Physical Education Curriculum
(.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical
education with laboratory experience. (Prereq.: HPE 210)
HPE 475
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries
(.5 course)
Preventing and treating common athletic injuries. Practical experience in
taping and training room procedures. (Even years. Interim)
HPE 476
Coaching of Football
(.5 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football.
(Odd years)
- Health and Physical Education
HPE 477
Coaching of Basketball
(-5 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball.
(Odd years)
HPE 478
Coaching of Hockey
(.5 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey.
(Odd years)
HPE 479
Coaching of Track and Field
(.5 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field.
(Odd years)
HPE 480
Coaching of Baseball/Softball
(.5 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and
softball. (Odd years)
HPE 483
Coaching of Volleyball
(.5 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball.
(Odd years)
HPE 486
Organization and Administration of Coaching
(.5 course)
Principles of athletic administration at the interscholastic level. (For
non-physical education majors seeking coaching endorsement.)
HPE 489
Pradicum
HPE 499
Independent Study
Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to
junior or senior majors.
HISTORY
- HIS
H
istory is to society what memory is
to an individual; it brings to a civilization
an understanding of its identity. The
distinguished medievalist J.R. Strayer
expressed it this way: "No community can
survive and no institution can function
without constant reference to past experience. We are ruled by precedents fully as
much as by laws, which is to say that we
are ruled by the collective memory of the
past. It is the memory of common experiences which makes scattered individuals
into a community."
A society's history is also a storehouse
of human experiences that enables us to
deal more knowledgeably with the
continuities and changes in current issues.
Established disciplines, as history long has
been, train the mind by developing
concepts and skills that enable one to deal
with masses of information. Many have
found that history is an entree into the
richer enjoyment of travel, cultural events
and the broad reading enjoyed by the
educated person. Accordingly, history has
long held a major role in the liberal arts.
This is true at Augsburg.
The Department has strength in, and
requires of its majors, work in four main
areas: ancient and medieval, modem
Europe, United States and the non-Western
world. The Department's graduates are
well represented among professional
historians; at present, some are in graduate schools preparing for such careers.
More have distinguished themselves as
social studies teachers in elementary and
secondary schools and current projections
indicate that there will be growing opportunity in that field for history majors. For
most of our students, however, the study
of history provides one of the better
undergraduate liberal arts experiences,
valuable both for a wide variety of career
choices and personal enrichment.
History Faculty
Richard Nelson (Chair), William Green,
Donald Gustafson, Christopher Kimball
Major
Eight courses plus one seminar. At least
four of these courses must be Upper
Division. A major must have at least one
course (either survey or upper level) from
each of the four areas: ancient and medieval; modern Europe; U.S.; and nonWestern.
Teaching Licensure
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers
which may differ slightly in emphasis from
the Augsburg major requirements. The
state requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with
the Augsburg Education Department to
identify current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements.
Minor
Five courses, at least three of which
must be Upper Division.
Honors Major
GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall;
except in special instances, application
before the end of the first term of the junior
year; two years of a foreign language at the
college level (or its equivalent); an honors
thesis (equal to one course credit) to be
defended before a faculty committee.
- History
Prerequisites
First year students should enroll in
one or more of the 101-104 courses. 200level courses are normally reserved for
sophomore or Upper Division students.
Upper Division courses are numbered
300 and above.
Satisfactory completion of a Lower
Division course is normally required before
enrolling in an Upper Division course. See
instructor for permission.
Transfer Students
Transfer students planning a major
must normally take at least three of their
courses at Augsburg. A minor normally
requires two courses taken at Augsburg.
HIS 101
The Beginning of the Western Culture
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical
world of Greece and Rome, and the Middle Ages of Europe into the 13th
century.
HIS 102
The Shaping of Western Civilization
A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of
the Middle Ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon.
HIS 103
The Modem World
A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the time of
Napoleon to the present.
HIS 104
HIS 199
The Modern Non-Western World
An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia
and Africa of the last 200 years.
Internship
A limited number of work-based Lower Division experiences may be
available to qualified students in which the student, faculty member and
site supemisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to
consider history as a major while exploring career alternatives. Consultation with the Department and Internship Office is required before
registration.
HIS 220
America to 1815
The historical evolution of America to 1815beginning with the contact of
American, African and European cultures, then turning to the political,
religious and racial diversity of colonial life. After treating independence
and the creation of a new republic, the course will conclude with examination of the expansion and democratization of that republic.
HIS 221
19th Century U.S.
An historical survey of the United States during the 19th century, empha-
sizing the social changes brought about by immigration, expansion,
sectionalism and the slavery debate. After considering the Civil War and
History 14
Reconstruction, the course will conclude with an examination of political,
economic, and cultural changes influenced by industrialization and
urbanization.
HIS 222
20th Century U.S.
An historical survey of the United States in the 20th century, focusing on
the nation's adjustment to industrialization and urbanization, the emergence of the U.S. as a world power, the rise of a strong federal government, the implications of inaeasing racial and ethnic diversity, and the
impact of affluence.
HIS 225
History of the Twin Cities
A local history course using the Minneapolis/St. Paul metropolitan area
as a case study for examining large themes and issues in U.S. urban
history. Topics considered include frontier urbanism, industrialization
and economic change, transportation, immigration and ethnicity, and
urban politics and reform.
HIS 241
Topics in African-American History
Selected topics in African-American history including the history of civil
rights, African-Americans in Minnesota, contributions to world culture
and leadership. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior
to registration.
HIS 242
History of African-American Civil Rights, 1619-1915
An examination of the historical development of civil rights for African-
Americans from the appearance of black slaves brought to Jamestown to
1915, focusing on the legal, economic and political issues stemming from
race and class, with special consideration of perception, emancipation and
integration of slaves and former slaves.
HIS 243
History of African-American Civil Rights, 1915-1972
A continuation of the examination of the historical development of civil
rights for African-Americans for the period 1915-1972,with special
emphasis placed on the contributions of W.E.B. DuBois, Marcus Garvey,
A. Philip Randolph, Charles Houston, Thurgood Marshall and Martin
Luther King, Jr.
HIS 2451345
The American and Scandinavian Shared Heritage
An exploration of key aspects of the cultural history of the United States
and Scandinavia from the 19th century to the present. Emphasis is placed
on the Atlantic migration and the similarities and differences between
these cultures, especially in their movement from agrarian to industrial
society. (Offered only in the Augsburg College/lZlstfold, Norway program. See International Studies)
HIS 299
Directed Study
An opportunity for the student to do readings or study on topics not
covered in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved
by the directing faculty member and the chair of the department before
registration. A maximum of one course in directed study may be applied
to the major.
wL
History
HIS 326
American Indian History
A study of the native people of North America from the pre-Columbian
period through European exploration and settlement to the present,
emphasizing American Indian contributions to world culture, tribal
structure and inter-governmental relations.
HIS 331
Topics in U.S. History
In-depth exploration of selected topics in U.S. history not regularly
examined in other departmental offerings. The specific topics to be offered
will be announced prior to registration.
HIS 332
History of U.S. Foreign Relations
A survey of U.S. foreign relations from the American Revolution through
the Cold War. Attention will be paid to changing definitions of war and
peace, tensions between internationalismand isolationism, the emergence
of the U.S. as an economic and military power, and the making of diple
macy in the nuclear age.
HIS 335
American Urban History
A study of urban development from colonial and frontier beginnings
through the age of industrialization to the present, including the dynamics
of urban growth and planning, politics and reform, and the growth of
urban culture.
HIS 346
Namibia and South Africa: An Historical Perspective
An historical overview of Manibia and South Africa including the
experience of indigenous peoples, the impact of South African occupation,
the war for independence, and the roots of apartheid and its institutionalization. (For offerings see International Studies)
HIS 347
MesoAmerica: Legacy of the Conqueror
Four specific mini-courses together provide an overview of Mexico's
historical development from pre-Columbian times to the present day.
(For offerings see International Studies)
HIS 360
The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C.
The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times
through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed
on cultural borrowing, achievement in the arts, religion and political
institutions.
HIS 361
Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D.
A study of the development of Alexander's ~ m ~ i rthe
e , Hellenistic
kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is
placed on personalities, the arts and Rome's contributions in law and the
political process.
HIS 370
The Late Middle Ages to 1560
A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state,
eniphasizing modifications of these institutions by the Italian Renaissance
and the early years of the Reformation.
History 1'
HIS 399
Internship
A limited number of work-based Upper Division learning experiences are
often available to qualified history majors in which the student, faculty
member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which unites the
study of history with opportunitiesfound in the placement. Consultation
with the Department and Internship Office is required before registration.
HIS 440
Topics in World History
This course will investigate topics in world history which are not included
in regular course offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be
announced prior to registration.
HIS 474
The World and the West
This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world,
considers cultural interaction and conflict, the building of European
empires in Asia and the Americas, and concludes with the breakdown of
these imperial systems at the end of the 18th century.
HIS 495
Seminar
This course is required for the major and enrollment is normally restricted
to students who have nearly finished their course work. Selected topics
will be announced prior to registration. Permission of the instructor is
required. (Offered at least once each year, during the Fall term.)
HIS 499
Independent Study
Majors with an average of 3.5 GPA or above in history courses are
encouraged to apply for Independent Study. The proposed study must be
approved by the directing faculty member and the chair of the Department before registration. A maximum of one course in Independent Study
may be applied to the major.
1
nterdisciphary Studies covers a
broad specof experience and course
work. Through Interdisciplinary courses,
students gain greater insight and understanding of cultures and perspectives
different from their own. Through these
experiences students are better prepared
to become contributing members of the
global community.
Courses listed in these areas may be
used to fulfill the Urban Concerns,
Women's Studies or Ethnic Studies
requirements under the General Distribution Requirements. Consult the General
Education list for courses which fulfill the
specific perspectives.
Augsburg also offers students the
opportunity to major and minor in
Women's Studies, and to minor in American Indian Studies.
For other Interdisciplinary course
listings, see International Studies.
INS 105
AMERICAN INDIAN STUDIES
The American Indian Studies minor
offers nine courses that encompass the
range of American Indian contributions to
North American culture including art,
religion, literature and history. Also offered
are two beginning courses in Ojibwe
(Chippewa), the original language of one of
Minnesota's native people.
Approved electives from other departments include Women, a Cross-Cultural
Perspective; Contemporary American
Indians; and American Indian Women.
Coordinator
Virginia Allery
Minor
Five courses including INS 105 and at
least one Upper Division course. Indian
Studies courses may also be taken as part
of majors or minors in other academic
subjects or to meet distribution/general
education requirements.
Introduction to American Indian Studies
This course is a n introduction to the content areas of the American Indian
Studies curriculum, including an ovemiew of American Indian history,
American Indian literature, federal Indian policy, land issues, reservation
and urban issues, cross-cultural influences, art, music and language.
(Required for American Indian Studies minor.)
OJB111, OJB112 Beginning Ojibwe
(See Modem Languages for course description.)
ENC 216
American Indian Literature
(See English Department for course description.)
INS 233
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course examines a variety of issues concerning the biological,
evolutionary and historical origins of women's roles and status in society.
Interdisciplinary Studies Comparative roles of women are examined in tribal contexts across
various indigenous cultures. Studies include the role of women in Native
American and African tribes, peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico,
the Middle East and China. (Cross-listedwith the Women's Studies
Department.)
INS 260
Contemporary American Indians
This course examines the situation of American Indians in the United
States since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934). Emphasis is on such
current issues as tribal sovereignty, treaty rights and education. The
tension of cultural change and religious, traditional persistence among
selected American Indian tribes today is highlighted.
ART 290
Tribal Arts and Culture
(See Art Department for course description.)
INS 320
American Indian Women
The focus is on the roles played by women in the tribal cultures of North
America. It explores the continuity of women's roles over time, as well as
changes in these roles, precipitated by the influence of Western colonialism. It examines the life histories of Indian women and assesses their
contributions to Indian community life today. (Prereq.: one course in
Women's Studies or American Indian Studies or consent of instructor.
This course also applies to Women's Studies.)
HIS 326
American Indian History
(See History Department for course description.)
REL 370
American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought
(See Religion Department for course description.)
ETHNIC STUDIES
REL 231
Religion in African-American History
(See Religion Department for course description.)
INS 232
The African-American Experience in America
An overview of the major issues related to the African-Americanexperience, focusing on historical, sociological, economic, legal and psychological aspects of that experience.
HIS 241
Topics in African-American History
(See History Department for course description.)
METRO URBAN STUDIES - INS
Metro-Urban Studies is a
transdisciplinaTy major and minor
by faculty in sociology, economics, history,
political science, psychology and other
related disciplines. The Metro-Urban
Studies program seeks to blend classroom
and field experience, theory and internships which focus the content of liberal
learning On the
community
and the process of urbanization.
The Metro-Urban Studies major and
Interdisciplinary Studies
graduate preparation for postgraduate
studies in planning, architecture, law,
public administration, environmental
studies, social welfare, government,
community organization and theology. The
program and General Education City
requirement introduce students to the wide
variety of developing careers related to
urban and metropolitan affairs and equip
students with the analybcal and theoretical
tools required to understand the metropolitan communitv.
Internships, Community ServiceLearning and Cooperative Education are
available as ways to enhance the quality of
the major and make fuller use of the
extensive metropolitan opportunities
afforded by the College's location. The
Higher Education Consortium for Urban
Affairs (HECUA) and Associated Colleges
of the Twin Cities (ACTC) enrich the
overall program.
Metro-Urban Studies Faculty
Garry Hesser (Director, SOC), Andrew
Aoki (POL), Jeanne Boeh, (ECO),Robert
Clyde, Norman Ferguson (PSY), Chris
Kimball (HIS)
Major
13 courses including:
POL 122 Metropolitan Complex
POL 421 Topics in American Politics
PSY 356 Environmental Psychology
SOC 211 Human Communities and the
Modem Metropolis
SOC 381 The City and Metro-Urban
Planning
HIS 225 History of the Twin Cities
HIS 335 Urban American History
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
or SOC 362 Statistical Analysis
POL 484 Political Analysis Seminar
or SOC 363 Research Methods
INS 399 Internship
Plus three additional approved urbanrelated coursees. (Courses fulfilling the
City Perspectives generally meet the urbanrelated requirement.)
HECUA off-campus programs are
highly recommended, especially the MUST
Twin Cities program. Students interested in
graduate school are encouraged to take
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics.
Minor
POL 122, SOC 211, HIS 225 and two of
the following: POL 421, PSY 356, HIS 335,
SOC 381 or INS 399.
The Internship, INS 399, is highly
recommended where appropriate. Other
combinations ate feasible if approved by
the Director of the Program.
INS 199
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supemisor design a learning agreement which enables the
student to explore Metro Urban Studies as a major and consider its career
Interdisciplinary Studies
alternatives. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Students
must consult with the Department and Internship and Cooperative
Education Office prior to registration.
INS 299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division students (Prereq.: consent of
instructor and POL 122 or SOC 211)
INS 399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and
methods of Metro Urban Studies with the opportunities inherent in the
placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Students
must consult with the Department and Internship and Cooperative
Education Office prior to registration.
INS 498
Independent Study - Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course which a student (or group of students)
develops, which utilizes resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g., lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. The course is
designed in consultation with and evaluated by a Department faculty
member. (Prereq.: POL 122 or SOC 211 and consent of instructor)
INS 499
Independent Study
Student must present a written proposal containing rationale, objectives
and methodology of the proposed study according to Department
guidelines. (Prereq.: POL 484 or SOC 363 and consent of instructor)
I URBAN STUDIES OPTIONS THROUGH
HECUA
Augsburg co-founded and plays a
leading role in the Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA), a
consortium of 18 colleges and universities.
Through HECUA, Augsburg students have
access to five interdisciplinary field
learning programs of exceptional quality,
located in Scandinavia, South America,
Central America and the Twin Cities.
For information on the international
HECUA progams, see International
Studies listings.
I. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)
This "Semester in the Cities" program focuses upon the Twin Cities metro area.
INS 358
Reading Seminar: Diversity and Unequal Urban Development
Interdisciplinaryreadings connect experiences and direct observation
with theory and research on the impact of race, class and gender on social
inequality and unequal urban development. Competing theories and
strategies for urban and neighborhood development are examined in the
context of dominant ideology and perspectives of people who challenge it.
14
18
Interdisciplinary Studies
INS 359
Field Seminar: Urban Inequality and Social Change
Concrete conditions of life and community issues in different neighborhoods provide varying -at times competing -views on the Twin Cities
"civic ideology." Field observations, dialogue with residents, interviews
and oral history provide data to identify inequality and to assess theories
and strategies for explaining and overcoming it.
INS 399
Internships
(2 course credits)
Internships place students with sponsoring organizations that provide
supervised work experience for a minimum of 24 hours a week.
Coursework also includes readings, seminar discussion, field assignments
and writing to meet the objectives of the internship.
II. City Arts
This program studies the politics of artistic expression and the relationship between
emerging art and urban cultures. Minneapolis-St. Paul provides rich resources for the
program.
INS 330
Field Seminar: Emerging Art and Urban Cultures
Exploration of the life experiences and works of artists, cultural workers
and community organizers for understanding the differences between
formal institutional art and community-based art forms. Interviews and
participant observation at a variety of arts performances and cultural
events.
INS 331
The Politics of Artistic Expression
Study of the social and cultural history of urban art, the role of art and
culture in everyday life, and the relationship between intellectual discourse and the politics of cultural work. Readings, films and discussions
integrate aesthetic theory and artistic expression with issues of social
change and activism.
INS 399
Internships
(2 course credits)
Internships involve participation in an ongoing project with an individual
artist, community organizer, art group or organization for the purpose of
learning about life and work in that setting. The form and placement
varies with each student's goals, needs and experiences.
NORDIC AREA STUDIES - NAS
(Formerly Scandinavian Area Studies)
Nordic Area Studies is an interdisciplinary program drawing on the combined
resources of the ACTC schools and the
Nordic Center at Augsburg College. The
curriculum treats Norden (Denmark,
Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden) not
only as a geographical area, but as an
integrated cultural region with a shared
history, common values, and a high degree
of political, social, and economic interdependency. Courses in Nordic Area Studies
postulate a Nordic regonal identity as a
context in which to appreciate the differences between the five individual countries
and to understand the complexity of their
interactions among themselves and the
global community.
Interdisciplinary Studies 14
Advisor
Frankie Shackelford
Major
Eight Upper Division courses.
Minor
Four Upper Division courses.
Note: At least four of the Upper
Division courses required for the major
must be Augsburg courses. The remainder
NAS 330
may be transfer credits included in the
major on approval of the program adviser.
Students graduating with a major or minor
must also present the equivalent of
intermediate level competence in a
Scandinavian language. See Norwegian
language course listings under the Modem
Language Department.
Recommended supporting preparation:
Study in Denmark, Norway, Sweden,
Finland or Iceland (see International
Studies Department - Qstfold Program,
Metro-Urban Studies, SUST or Oslo Year
Program), and elective courses or a second
major such as Norwegian, History, Political
Science, Urban Studies, Business Administration, International Relations, Sociology
or Social Work.
Contemporary Norden
A broad survey of Nordic culture with special emphasis on conditions and
developments in the 20th century. Knowledge of Scandinavian language
not required. (Fall: altemate years)
NAS 351
The Modern Nordic Novel
Lectures illustrate the development of the Nordic novel. Class discussion
based on reading of selected works in translation, including masterpieces
from all five Nordic countries. Norwegian majors will be required to do
appropriate readings and written work in Norwegian. (Spring: alternate
years)
NAS 352
The Modern Nordic Drama
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Strindberg, and selected 20th
century dramatists. Lectures provide a context for understanding the
development of the Nordic drama. Norwegian majors will be required to
do appropriate readings and written work in Norwegian. (Spring:
altemate years)
NAS 372
Norwegian Language and Culture
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term.)
NAS 377
Scandinavia in the World
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term.)
- Interdisciplinary Studies
ART 382
Scandinavian Arts
(See Art Department.)
NAS 393
Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term.)
NAS 394
Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia
(See Intemational Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term.)
NAS 399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which the student, a faculty member
and the site supervisor design a learning agreement that enables the
student to apply theoretical knowledge of Nordic culture in a professional
context and to explore career possibilities related to the major. Consult
with the departmental Internship Coordinator and the Internship and
Cooperative Education Office.
NAS 499
Independent Study
In consultation with a faculty member, the student selects a specific topic
for study.
H WOMEN'S STUDIES
The program in Women's Studies
provides students with the oppormn~vto
examine critically women's contributions
and experiences in various historical and
cultural contexts. This is an inter-college
program with course offerings at Augsburg
College, Hamline University, the College of
St. ~aiherineand the University of St.
Thomas. Courses are drawn from many
disciplines and combine theoretical,
practical and research components that
focus not only on gender, but also acknowledge that race, class and sexual identity are
crucial aspects of women's experiences.
The Women's Studies Program offers
both a major and a minor, and provides
students with academic preparation for
careers in human services, education, and
social work as well as graduate study.
Women's Studies Faculty
Maria Woroby (Coordinator),Kristin M.
Anderson, Maria Brown, Grace B. Dyrud,
Mary G. Endorf, Milda Hedblom, Victoria
Littlefield, Lynne Lorenzen, Mildred
"Mike" Mueller, Catherine Nicholl, Beverly
J. Nilsson, Norma Noonan, Nancy K.
Stebla~f
,
,
J. Stratton
, ,,
, ,,
1
f
Major
Ten courses which must include INS
201 Foundations in Women's Studies, INS
495 (Seminar),and INS 199 or INS 399
(Internships).The remaining seven
electives are to be selected from approved
Women's Studies courses. At least three
courses must be Upper Division courses.
Students may take courses at any of the
colleges participating in the Women's
Studies Program. However, at least three
courses must be completed at Augsburg.
The writing component of the Graduation
Skills Requirements for the Women's
Studies major must also be completed at
Augsburg. Each student's program must
Interdisciplinary Studies 15
have the written approval of the Women's
Studies Program Coordinator.
Minor
Upper Division; and INS 495 or 499.
Courses may be taken from the other
ACTC colleges as well as Augsburg. Each
student's program must have the written
Five courses which must include INS
201; three electives, one of which must be
INS 199
of the
Studies Program
Internship
Must be approved by Women's Studies Program Coordinator.
INS 201
Foundations in Women's Studies
This multidisciplinarycourse introduces students to the contributions of
women in history, religion, literature, philosophy, sciences and the arts,
and how the questions and methodologies of these disciplines differ when
seen from women's perspectives. Students will also study the diversity of
women's experiences in terms of race, sexual orientations and class, and
other contemporary issues.
INS 233
Women: A Cross Cultural Perspective
This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the lives of women
in non-Western societies, including their economic, political and social
contributions, familial roles, and status in society. Emphasis will be placed
on the comparative roles of women in different cultures.
INS 265
Women in American Culture
Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from
women's journals, speeches, literature and other aesthetic creations, the
class analyzes the position of women in American culture. Emphasis will
be placed on the perspectives of women of color and other women
minority groups.
INS 281
Topics in Women's Studies
INS 311
The Development Process
(See International Studies, Women and Development.)
INS 320
American Indian Women
(See American Indian Studies for course description.)
INS 325
African American Women: Social, Historical and Creative Perspectives
This course examines the historical roots of African American women
from Africa to locations in the United States and other parts of the African
Diaspora. The effects of slavery and its resulting effect on African women
are examined in depth, as well as past and current contributions by
African American women to government, business and family.
INS 399
Internship in Women's Studies
(Must be approved by the Women's Studies Program Coordinator.)
bL
Interdisciplinary Studies
INS 481
Topics in Women's Studies
INS 495
Women's Studies Seminar
This advanced course will include student research and presentations that
incorporate feminist theory. The seminar is required of all majors and
minors who do not elect to do an Independent Study (499). It is offered at
a different college each year.
INS 499
Independent Study
The student must present a written proposal containing rationale,
objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to program
guidelines. (Must be approved by the Women's Studies Program Coordinator.)
See department listings for descriptions of the following approved electives:
ART 352
Women and Art
ENC 282 or 482 Topics in Literature: Women and Fiction
POL 421
Topics in American Politics
POL 459
Topics in Comparative Politics
PSY 371
Psychology of Gender
REL 441
Feminism and Christianity
1
ntemational Relations is an interdisciplinary major which offers the student both
breadth and depth. The student may focus
on a discipline or geographic area of the
world. The program consists of a core of
seven courses and six electives chosen from
a wide list of courses offered at Augsburg
and other colleges. Students are encouraged to consider foreign study for an
Interim or semester. Competency in one
language is required, and some students
study two languages.
The goal of the program is to give
students a broad exposure to international
studies with considerable freedom to
choose options for specialization. Students
in the recent past have focused their
studies on Latin America, the Middle East,
Western Europe, Russia and East Central
Europe, the Far East, Southeast Asia, etc.
Recent students have had double
majors in History, Political Science,
International Business or a foreign language. Numerous combinations of majors
and minors are possible with the Intemational Relations major.
Director
Norma Noonan
POL 490 Seminar in International
Relations
Two of the following:
HIS 332 History of U.S. Foreign
Relations
POL 363 Russian and Chinese Foreign
Policy
POL 461 Topics in International Politics
Also, the equivalent of four terms of college
work in a modem language
Required electives
Six of the following (not more than three
from any one discipline may be counted
toward the major):
BUS 362, 465,466
ECO 314; 317,360
HIS 440,474
PHI 355
POL 350,351,359,382,459
REL 356,420
SOC 336
SPC 329
FRE 332, GER 332, NOR 331, SPA 331, SPA
332, SCA 330 (See Modem Languages.)
Interim courses, seminars, Independent
Study, topics courses and courses at other
colleges/universitiescan be considered
here with the approval of the Program
Director, as well as a fourth term or higher
of college work in a second language.
Honors Major
Major
Required courses:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
or ECO 113 Principles of
Microeconomics
HIS 103 The Modem World
or HIS 104 The Modem Non-Western
World
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
or POL 160 World Politics
GPA of 3.6 in the major; 3.0 overall.
In addition to fulfilling the requirements
for the major, the student must complete
an Honor's Thesis no later than March 1 of
one's senior year and must defend the
thesis before a faculty committee. Students should declare their intention to
complete an Honor's Major by the end of
their junior year.
International Studies
Minor
ECO 112 or 113, HIS 103 or 104, and
POL 158 or 160. One course from HIS 332,
POL 363 or 461. One year of modem
language. Three courses from the list of
required electives for the major. Not more
than two courses from any department can
count toward the minor.
I
ntemational Study at Augsburg College
is intended to motivate students to act
responsibly and effectively in society by
expanding their awareness of other
cultures, deepening their understanding
of the human condition on a global scale,
and helping them to understand the
connections between social justice and
global interdependence. The Center for
Global Education administers international study opportunities available
to Augsburg students.
Study abroad is an integral part of
several majors at Augsburg, but will add
an international dimension to any academic program. Students majoring in a
variety of disciplines, from the natural
sciences to mathematics, study abroad each
year. Students normally receive the same
number of course credits abroad as they
would if studying on-campus. Courses
abroad can fulfill major, distribution/
general education and graduation requirements when approved by the Coordinator
of Academic Programs Abroad and
appropriate faculty before departure.
Note: Only the fourth or higher term of
languages counts toward the major;
prerequisite courses or competencies
cannot be credited toward the 13 required
courses. Students should confer with the
Program Director about regional and
disciplinary concentrations possible within
the major; for example, a concentration in a
geographic area or one of the major
disciplines in the program.
All students in good academic standing
(a minimum GPA of 2.5) at Augsburg may
apply for permission to study off-campus
through the Center for Global Education.
Students must apply by December 15 for
study off-campus for the next year. The
cost for many programs is equivalent to
full room, board and tuition for a semester
on-campus. Financial aid is granted on the
same basis as on-campus study.
International study programs approved
through Augsburg are listed below. For
information on these or other programs,
contact the Coordinator of Academic
Programs Abroad.
THE CENTER FOR GLOBAL
EDUCATION
The Center for Global Education
facilitates cross-cultural learning experiences which prepare people to think more
critically about global issues and to work
toward a more just and sustainable world.
The Center's programs explore a diversity
of viewpoints and are grounded in the
perspectives of the poor and of others
International Studies
struggling for justice and human dignity.
The Center's study programs are
conducted in Mexico, Namibia, Norway
and Swiberland. Students experience Ulree
distinct types of living situations, which
include living with other participants in a
community house, spending several days
in a rural setting and several weeks living
with host families. They also travel
together on two-week seminars: in Mexico
to Central America, in Namibia to South
Africa, and in Switzerland to Italy and
Germany.
WOMEN AND DEVELOPMENT: LATIN AMERICAN PERSPECTIVES - FALL
This program explores the experience of women in Latin America, focusing on their
roles in economic development, social change strategies, and the connections women are
drawing among issues of gender, race, class and global economics.
Courses are offered for credit in the disciplines as listed. INS 311 and POL 359 are also
approved for credit in Women's Studies. POL 495 may be taken as a course in Women's
Studies, depending on the mini-courses chosen.
SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four
weeks at the beginning of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual
competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course.
Placement level determined by Program Director.)
INS 31 1
The Development Process
An integrative seminar providing opportunity to rdkct critically on issues
of development, hunger, injustice, and human rights, with special
emphasis given to the experience of women. Latin American development
and educational theories and practices are examined, as well as social
change strategies.
POL 359
Topics: Women in Comparative Politics -Women in Latin America
A n examination of critical global issues affecting Latin America and the
impact these factors have on women: diminishing resources and sustainable development, refugee issues, foreign debt and international trade,
political ideologies and revolution.
REL 366
The Church and Social Change in Latin America
This course focuses on the relationship of the church to poverty, political
oppression and social injustice in Latin America. Central to the course is
an examination of the emerging "Theology of Liberation" as articulated by
prominent Latin American theologians as well as by people directly
involved in local parishes and development projects in Cuemavaca.
Special attention will be given to the complex interactionsbetween
women and religious institutions.
13
j6
-
International Studies
1 SOCIAL POLICY AND HUMAN SERVICES IN LATIN AMERICA - FALL
This program introduces students to the central issues currently facing Latin America
by focusing on new models of political organizing, popular education and human services.
SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four
weeks at the beginning of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual
competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course.
Placement level determined by Program Director.)
POL 295
Latin America: Development Issues
A survey of global issues affecting the human condition in a rapidly
changing and increasingly interdependent world: modernization and
development, economic change and international trade, diminishing
resources, war and revolution, peace and justice and cultural diversity.
Emphasis on the development of a global perspective which recognizes
human commonalities as well as diversity in perceptions, values and
priorities.
SWK 361
International Models of Social Work
Social Work is social policy in action. Currently social workers are
involved at many levels of a nation's social system -with natural helping
networks, families, community groups, volunteer organizations, formal
government services and private initiatives. Through a series of four minicourses, the course explores the different approaches to social work in
several countries in order to compare methods and service and to analyze
the current response to human needs in Latin America.
SWK 399
Internship
A supervised learning experience in an agency setting with emphasis on
acquiring an overview of how the agency functions and how populations
are served. The placement will be for 80 hours during the Fall term. There
are a limited number of internship placements. Preference will be given to
Social Work majors. One-and-one-half years of Spanish study (or demonstrated proficiency) is required for placement.
EDE/EDS 412 Latin American Models of Education
A comparative approach to learning methods of educational models being
developed in Latin America. Students will apply their knowledge of
educational concepts used in the U.S. to an understanding of basic
processes employed by Latin American educators in teaching critical
-&inking, con&iousness-raising and cooperative problem-solving.
Exploring the transferability of these learning models to North America
wzl be a focus throughout the course.
SWK 465 or 468, or SOC 271 Social Policy and Social justice
(Social Work - Upper Division, or Sociology - Lower Division)
Social policy related to the health, education and well-being of members
of Mexican and Central American societies. The course will examine the
International Studies
distances between policy and reality, particularly for the poorest groups,
the impact of international economics and politics, and movements that
have emerged dedicated to bridging the gaps between needs and policies.
(Note: Augsburg students majoring in Social Work can take this course as
SWK 465 if they agree to take a .5 Independent Study to supplement the
North American legislative procedure and mini-policy study they do on
the Augsburg campus.)
SOUTHERN AFRICA SOCIETIES IN TRANSITION - FALL
This intensive program of travel and study is designed to introduce participants to the
central issues facing Southern Africa. Namibia is a nation that has recently gained
independence and is making a transition from colonialism to independence. Students will
explore the complex political, social and economic dynamics of building a new nation.
INS 312
The Development Process - Southern Africa
This course will provide the opportunity to reflect critically on issues of
development, hunger, injustice and human rights. The course will
examine basic theories of development as well as particular strategies of
development that are being implemented in Namibia and South Africa.
REL 346
The Church and Social Change in Southern Africa
This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of the
political transformations of Southern Africa. Students will meet with
people representing a variety of religious perspectives and roles within
churches and religious organizations. Readings include selections of
biographies and personal accounts of some key religious leaders in
Southern Africa who played important roles in the anti-apartheid
struggle.
HIS 346
Namibia and South Africa: An Historical Perspective
This course is an overview of the history of Namibia and South Africa,
including the experience of indigenous peoples, the impact of occupation
by South Africa and the war for independence. An exploration of the
historical roots of apartheid and the process by which it has been institutionalized during the 20th century is an integral component.
POL 353 or SOC 304 Political and Social Change in Namibia: A Comparative
Perspective
This course is an integrative seminar for the semester. The Namibian
situation is a case study for exploring the process of political and social
change occurring in Southern Africa during the second half of the century.
The legacy of apartheid in Namibia will be examined with particular focus
on the social and political movements that have evolved in the struggle
for independence. The structure and process of Namibian politics will be
compared to those of South Africa and Zimbabwe.
INS 399
Internship
A limited number of Internships will be available to provide students with
opportunities to gain hands-on work experience in a development agency.
13
58
International Studies
W
AUCSBURC COLLEGE OSTFOLD, NORWAY - SEMESTER OR ACADEMIC YEAR
Augsburg, in cooperation with the University of North Dakota and the city of Moss,
offers this semester or year-long exchange program in Moss, Norway. Twenty U.S.
students and 20 Norwegian students join to explore the cross-cultural dimensions of a
variety of fields.
NOR 1111112 Beginning Norwegian
This course aims to develop the four basic language skills of speaking,
listening, reading and writing. Special emphasis will be placed on helping
students learn to use Norwegian in their daily lives, including at school,
with host families and in the community of Moss. Television, radio,
movies, newspapers, magazines and visits by native Norwegians are
incorporated into class sessions. (Intermediateand advanced Norwegian
courses can be arranged for students who have already completed a year
of Norwegian language study.)
NAS 1991399 Internships
Students are placed in local businesses, institutions, or organizations in
the Moss area where they work approximately 8 to 10 hours per week. In
addition, students complete the academic component of the internship,
which usually includes reading appropriate books and articles, keeping a
journal, writing a paper, and participating in seminars with other interns.
Students, faculty, and work supervisors cooperate to develop learning
contracts which spell out the work and study obligations of the students.
HIS 2451345
The American and Scandinavian Shared Heritage
An exploration of key aspects of the cultural history of the United States
and Scandinavia from the 19th century to the present. Emphasis is on the
Atlantic migration and the similarities and differences between these
cultures, especially in their movement from agrarian to industrial society.
NAS 250
Comparative Social Structures in Scandinavia and the United States
This course examines concepts basic to the study of sociology, including
group interaction, social institutions and culture. It also explores the
development and current status of social structure in Scandinavia and the
United States.
NAS 2991499 Directed Studyllndependent Study
(Some of the Lower Division courses may also be taken for Upper
Division credit.)
SPC 332
Intercultural Communication
This course will explore both the opportunities and the problems associated with communication between people from different cultural backgrounds. Factors such as ethnocentrism, stereotyping, prejudice, role
expectation, values and non-verbal symbols will be examined. The
Western cultures of Norway and the United States will be examined as
well as the non-Western culture of Asian foreign workers.
SPC 346
Theories of Communication and Media
This course will explore the relationship between communication and
International Studies
media by examining texts, ideas, media products and technical facilities.
Special attention will be given to the social, psychological, ethical and
demographic issues from American and Scandinavian cultures, which
have resulted in the development of two distinct media traditions.
SPC 349
Interactive Communication and Media
This course will explore interactive communication and media. In this
context, interactive communication refers to a two-way exchange of
messages, and the media most commonly used for this purpose are
computers, television and interactive video systems. Scandinavian and
American media systems and their interactive media products will serve
as the framework for this study.
ART 382
Scandinavian Art
(See Art Department for course description.)
INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENT AND HUMAN RIGHTS IN LATIN AMERICA - SPRING
This program examines approaches to development in Latin America and the relationship of these approaches to achievement of basic human rights.
SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four
weeks at the beginning of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual
competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course.
Placement level determined by Program Director)
ECON 495
Topics of Economic Development in the Third World
Study the models of economic development implemented in Latin
America during the past 50 years. Examine the economic strategies
utilized in Mexico and Central America during the past decade, as well as
the impact of U.S. economic policies in the region. Learn about the current
debate on economic development as well as the irhplications of the North
American Free Trade Agreement for Latin America. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or
equivalent)
POL 495
Seminar on Human Rights in Latin America
Examine the philosophical foundations and contemporary definitions of
human rights, including international standards and covenants. Become
familiar with the work of international agencies, grassroots organizations
and churches in promoting respect for human rights. Concentrate on the
ways in which human rights affect women, children and other
marginalized groups. Study international humanitarian law and the
relationship of human rights to both international development and U.S.
foreign policy.
CST 230
Cultural Issues Seminar
Look at aspects of Latin American culture, history and contemporary
realities. Through a series of mini-seminars gain an understanding of
Mexican cultural identities and develop a cultural framework for understanding contemporary issues.
15
- International Studies
HIS 347
Mesoamerican Legacy of Conquest
Obtain a comprehensive view of Mexico's development from preColombian times to the present day. Through a series of mini-seminars
trace the roots of pre-Colombian civilization in Mexico, study the turmoil
of the Mexican revolution and its effects on modem Mexican society, and
investigate the strategies of current revolutionary movements in Mexico,
Nicaragua and El Salvador.
REL 366
The Church and Social Change
Learn about the role of religion past and present within situations of
political oppression and social injustice. Focus on the role of women in the
church and emerging theologies of liberation.
INS 399
Internship
Gain hands-on work experience in a human rights organization or
development agency located in Cuernavaca, Mexico. Provide 80 hours of
service to the agency, attend field placement seminars, and report to
fellow students about experiences.
WOMEN AND DEVELOPMENT: A SOUTHERN AFRICA PERSPECTIVE - SPRING
This intensive travel and study program is designed to introduce participants to the
central issues facing Southern Africa, with emphasis on the experience of women. The
program introduces students to the struggle of women in Southern Africa, to the history
of their role in society and to the situation that exists for women in Africa.
SOC 236
Family Systems and Social Policy in Southern Africa
Using a cross-cultural approach, this course will examine the family as a
social institution in Namibia and South Africa. A family stay will serve as
a laboratory for students to observe various aspects of family life in
Namibia, including kinship, child-rearing, courtship and the marriage
relationship. The course will also examine formation of social policy
responses to family issues in post-independent Namibia.
INS 312
The Development Process - Southern Africa
This course will provide the opportunity to reflect critically on issues of
development, hunger, injustice, and human rights, with special emphasis
given to the experience of women. The course will examine basic theories
of development as well as particular strategies of development being
implemented in Namibia and South Africa.
REL 346
The Church and Social Change in Southern Africa
This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of the
political transformations of Southern Africa. Students will meet with
people representing a variety of religious perspectives and roles within
churches and religious organizations. Readings include selections of
biographies and personal accounts of some key religious leaders in
Southern Africa who played important roles in the anti-apartheid
struggle.
International Studies It
POL 359
Topics: Women in Comparative Politics - Southern Africa
This course is an integrative seminar focusing on the participation of
women in struggles for liberation in Southern Africa and on their emerging role in newly independent Namibia. The experience of Namibian
women in the political process will be compared to that of women in
South Africa and Zimbabwe.
INS 399
Internship
A limited number of internships will be available to provide students with
the opportunity to gain hands-on work experience in a development
agency working with or providing special services to women.
GLOBAL ISSUES AND WORLD CHURCHES - SUMMER
This intensive program of study and travel is designed to introduce participants to the
workings of international nongovernmental organizations, especially ecumenical church
agencies. The program is focused on peace and justice issues and the integrity of creation.
Based in Geneva, Switzerland, the program will also include seminars in Italy and a
family stay in Eastern Germany.
POL 356
International Organizations and Religious NCOs
A study of the functional organization and role of nongovernmental
agencies, with emphasis on world church agencies, and their relationship
to other voluntary agencies and to intergovernmentalorganizations
(United Nations committees) responding to global issues.
REL 379
Ecumenism in the Contemporary World
A study of the policies and programs of world church agencies with
attention to the ethics, theology and socio-political assumptions on which
their work is grounded.
i2
International Studies
THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTlUM FOR URBAN AFFAIRS (HECUA)
Augsburg, in consortium with other
colleges and universities, offers programs
through HECUA in three different full
semester programs in Norway, Colombia
and ~cuadorAll programs emphasize the
impact of social change and cross-cultural
factors on the human community. FIECUA
programs include intense language
experience, internships and field trips. The
cost of HECUA programs is equivalent to
full tuition, room and board for one
semester on-campus plus airfare.
For non-international HECUA courses,
see Interdisciplinary Studies (INS), MetroUrban Studies.
SCANDINAVIAN URBAN STUDIES TERM: NORWAY (SUST)
- FALL
This interdisciplinaryprogram focuses on the contemporary Scandinavian societies
and issues of the development of cities, urban problem solving and urban life. Local,
regional and international field study and site visits in Scandinavia and the former Soviet
Union.
INS 372
Norwegian Language
Intensive language instruction at beginning or intermediate levels, with .
emphasis on conversational listening and speaking skills. Students with
advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of studying
Norwegian literature. Students should consult with the Chair of the
Modem Language Department for language credit.
INS 377
Scandinavia in the World
Exploration of Scandinavian viewpoints as small power nations in a world
of super powers and their role in issues of peace, conflict resolution and
arms control, East-West relations, European security, trade and the Third
World. Includes field travel to other capitals for discussionswith advocates of competing perspectives.
INS 393
Scandinavian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
Social change and issues of change and development in Norway as
reflected in its art and literature. Selected works for survey of Norwegian
history with emphasis on the contemporary period. Field study, site visits
(theaters, museums, galleries) and discussions with artists active in a
variety of media.
INS 394
Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia
Examination of urban economic, social and cultural policies and practices
as a reflection of issues of the modem welfare state and social democracies. Includes historical survey of transformations from rural and regional
cultures to urbanized and advanced industrialized nations. Emphasis on
Norway, with field travel to other capitals for a comparative view.
International Studies It
INS 499
Independent Study
Students with advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option
of conducting Independent Study research, using Norwegian language
skills, on a topic approved by the SUST Program Director and the
appropriate home college faculty adviser,
SOUTH AMERICAN URBAN SEMESTER: COLOMBIA OR ECUADOR (SAUS)
- FALL
This semester in the city program is located in either Bogota, Colombia or Quito,
Ecuador. This interdisciplinary program focuses on the relationships between Third
World development and the consequences of urbanization, especially inequality in Latin
America. Analyses of competing theories of development are integrated with field study
in the host city and outlying regions.
INS 261
Spanish Language
All students take Spanish at the intermediate level or conduct an Independent Study if they are at an advanced level (see below). Language
emphasizes acquisition of skills for maximum participation in SAUS
program and field work.
INS 361
Introduction to Latin America
Overview of Latin American geography, history, economy, politics,
culture and arts with emphasis on program sites as case studies. Focus is
on economic development issues, theories and models applicable to Latin
America.
INS 362
Urbanization in Latin America
The development of cities and implications for social change in Latin
America. Topics include history of cities, rural-urban migration, industrialization, environmental issues, govenunental policies and urban elites.
Models and theories of urbanization and development are compared and
applied to Latin America.
INS 363
Wealth, Poverty and Community Development
The plight and prospects of the urban poor in Latin America. Emphasis
on field study in barrio communities and site visits to public and private
agencies dealing with urban problems.
INS 499
Independent Study
Students with advanced Spanish are required to prepare an Independent
Study research paper. Depending on the topic and resources required,
supervision is by a professional at a local college or research institution or
by SAUS faculty.
COMMUNITY INTERNSHIPS IN LATIN AMERICA: ECUADOR (CILA) - FALL OR SPRING
This interdisciplinary program enables the student to combine intense involvement in
a community-based organization with the study of community development process and
the increase of language skills.
i4
International Studies
LITERATURE, IDEOLOGY, AND SOCIETY IN LATIN AMERICA: COLOMBIA OR
ECUADOR (LISLA) - SPRING
This interdisciplinary propam focuses on developments and social change in Latin
America through the study of ideology, as reflected in literature, the arts and the ways in
which ideologies shape social realities.
INS 360
Latin American Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
Study of selected literary works that illustrate social realities and express a
variety of perspectives on Latin American societies and social change.
Historical survey of the dominant trends in Latin American thought as
manifested in major artistic periods.
INS 364
Latin American Arts and Society
Introduction to theoretical frameworks for examining the relationships
among art, ideology and society. Intensive readings include works by
theorists from Europe, the U.S. and Latin America.
INS 367
Ideologies of Social Change in Latin America
Theories of ideology and overview of Latin American ideologies related to
development and social change. Emphasis on current debates and their
implications, with special attention to ideologies of diffusion, dependence
and Marxism.
INS 499
Independent Study
All students prepare an Independent Study paper on a topic and design
approved in advance. Topics can include Latin American literature and
others appropriate for Spanish language credit.
See listing under Business Administration,
Accounting and Management Information
Systems.
A
t least since Soaates, scholars have
appreciated the value of mathematics in
developing the skills of a-itical thinking,
understanding abstract concepts, and
analyzing and solving problems. Coupled
with the more modem needs of quantitative reasoning, these skills are still essential
for any liberally educated person. Mathematics courses at Augsburg are intended
to help develop these skills.
Mathematical ideas have had a formative impact on the development of civilization. Since a liberal education should
include a variety of perspectives on our
culture and heritage, a study of mathematics and its influences is an important part
of a liberal arts education.
The Department aims to provide its
majors with skills necessary to serve the
larger community through a variety of
careers. Mathematics majors are prepared
for graduate school or work in industry or
service professions. Students may pursue a
concentration in applied mathematics or
the more traditional major. Internship and
Cooperative Education options help
students take advantage of Augsburg's
proximity to the many technically-oriented
enterprises in the city.
Additionally, an increasing number of
academic disciplines require a working
knowledge of the tools of mathematics.
This Department serves students majoring
in a wide variety of fields. Toward the goal
of serving students with a diversity of
needs, the Department uses an integrated
curriculum that introduces mathematics
and science majors to modern mathematical developments and a wide variety of
concepts in the first two years, not just
calculus. A major federal grant supported
the development of this AUGMENT
curriculum.
Mathematics Faculty
Larry Copes (Chair), Suzanne Dorge,
Beverly Durkee, Ken Kaminsky, Beverly
Stratton
Major
Eight courses including:
MAT 145 AUGMENT Mathematics I
MAT 146 AUGMENT Mathematics I1
MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and
Reasoning I
MAT 246 Mathematical Structures and
Reasoning I1
MAT 314 Abstract Algebra
MAT 324 Analysis
MAT 491 ~ a t h e m a t i c s / ~ o m ~ uScience
ter
Colloquium (junior and senior
years)
CSC 170 Structured Programming
or CSC 270 FORTRAN
And three electives from MAT courses
above 200, at least two of which are above
300.
Note: At least two mathematics courses
above 300 must be taken at Augsburg.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers which
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to change
after publication of this catalog. Students
therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Education Department to
identify current Mimesota teacher
licensure requirements.
-
Mathematics
Mathematics Major with concentration in
Applied Mathematics
Ten courses including:
MAT 145 AUGMENT Mathematics I
MAT 146 AUGMENT Mathematics I1
MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and
Reasoning I
MAT 246 Mathematical Structures and
Reasoning I1
MAT 247 Introduction to Applied
Mathematics
MAT 324 Analysis
MAT 491 Mathematics/Computer Science
Colloquium (junior and senior
years)
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics I1
CSC 170 Structured Programming
or CSC 270 FORTRAN
And three electives from:
PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics
MAT 328 Complex Analysis
MAT 355 Numerical Analysis
MAT 373 Probability and Statistics I
MAT 374 Probability and Statistics I1
MAT 481 Topics (must be approved)
Note: At least two mathematics courses
above 300 must be taken at Augsburg.
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in the major, 3.1 overall, and
Independent Study at an advanced level.
Mathematics Minor
MAT 145 AUGMENT Mathematics I
MAT 146 AUGMENT Mathematics I1
MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and
Reasoning I
MAT 246 Mathematical Structures and
Reasoning I1
or MAT 247 Introduction to Applied
Mathematics
And one elective above MAT 300.
At least one of the MAT courses above
200 must be taken at Augsburg.
Math Placement Croup (MPC)
Before enrolling in any mathematics
course, the student must have appropriate
math placement. All students are required
to have their Math Placement Group
(MPG) determined. In some cases, students
who have transferred in a college-level
mathematics course taken at another
college may have their Math Placement
Group determined by the Registrar's
Office. Students who have passed the
College Board Advanced Placement Exam
should consult with the Mathematics
Department. All other students must take
the Augsburg Math Placement Exam. The
exam is given during college registration
sessions and at other announced times
during the year. Students who need to
advance their Math Placement Group may
take the appropriate MAT course or study
on their own and retest. Additional
information about the Math Placement
Exam is available from the Director of
Testing in the Academic Dean's Office.
Prerequisites
A course must be completed with a
grade of 2.0 or higher to count as a prerequisite for a mathematics course.
MAT 103
Basic Mathematics
A review of arithmetic and an introduction to algebra. Topics include
integers, fractions, decimal numbers, ratios, percents, exponents, radicals
and evaluation of algebraic expressions. Successful completion advances
the student to Math Placement Group 11. P/N grading only. Counts as one
course in semester's load but does not give credit toward graduation.
(Prereq.: MPG I. Fall, Spring)
MAT 104
Intermediate Algebra
A review of basic algebraic skills and concepts. Topics include polynomials and rational expressions, exponents and radicals, solving and graphing
linear and quadratic equations, and inequalities. Successful completion
advances the student to Math Placement Group 111. P/N grading only.
Counts as one course in semester's load but does not give credit toward
graduation. (Prereq.: MPG 11. Fall, Spring)
MAT 105
Applied Algebra
An exploration of applications of algebra to the social and natural
sciences, business and everyday life using linear, exponential, logarithmic
and other models. Use of calculator, estimation and graphs are stressed.
Successful completion advances students to MPG 111. Students in Math
Placement Group III or IV should consult the Mathematics Department.
Students preparing for MAT 114 should consult the Mathematics Department. (Prereq.: MPG 11 and a year of high school algebra)
MAT 114
Elementary Functions
A study of algebraic, exponential, logarithmic and Mpnometric fmctions. For students planrung to take MAT 145 or calculus. Studens who
h a w completed MAT 145 or l r l d u s may register for credit only wiLh
consent of instructor. S u c c ~ ~ fcompletion
ul
advances student to Math
Placement Group IV. (Prereq.: MPG I11 and two years of high school
algebra. Spring)
MAT 121
Finite Mathematics
Topics of finite mathematics including combinatorics, probability,
matrices, linear programming and graph theory. Students who have
completed MAT 145 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG III. Fall:
odd years)
MAT 122
Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Differential and integral calculus with applications in the social and
behavioral sciences. Students who have completed MAT 145 may not
register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG In. Offered occasionally)
MAT 131
Mathematics for the Liberal Arts
An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics and that of civilization. Primarily for students not intending further
study in mathematics. Students who have completed MAT 145 may not
register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 111. Offered occasionally)
Mathematics
MAT 145, 146 AUGMENT Mathematics 1 & 11
An exploration of mathematical ideas, paying attention to historical and
philosophical connections and to reading, writing and thinking in
mathematics. Includes calculus concepts such as limit, continuity, derivative, anti-derivative, integral, sequences and series; and selected topics
from linear algebra, abstract algebra, number theory, probability, geometry, topology, graph theory and combinatorics. (Prereq.: MPG IV for
MAT 145; MAT 145 for 146. Fall: 145; Spring: 146)
MAT 173
Math of Interest
An introduction to actuarial mathematics. Topics include life insurance,
annuities, mortgages, loan payments, and other topics in the mathematics
of financial transactions. Offered occasionally. (Prereq.: MPG 111)
MAT 245
Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I
Further exploration of topics introduced in hL4T 145-146 including
calculus, vectors, matrix theory, graph theory and set theory. Emphasis is
on mathematical thinking, including logical reasoning and understanding
algorithmic procedures and proof formats. Part of the AUGMENT
curriculum. (Prereq.: MAT 146 or a year of college calculus. Fall)
MAT 246
Mathematical Structures and Reasoning II
Emphasis on mathematical thinking continues from MAT 245 with
conjecturing, generalizing, abstracting and communicating mathematics
in both written and oral forms. Topics include ideas from linear algebra,
dynamical systems, analysis, number theory and abstract algebra. Part of
the AUGMENT curriculum. (Prereq.: MAT 245. Spring)
MAT 247
Introduction to Applied Mathematics
Designed primarily for applied mathematics, pre-engineering and
physical science majors. Includes topics from calculus, differential
equations, discrete mathematics and applied algebra. Emphasis is on
modeling and reading mathematics. Part of the AUGMENT curriculum.
(Prereq.:-MA~245 orthree semesters of college calculus. Spring)
MAT 314
Abstract Algebra
An introduction to modern abstract algebra: a rigorous study of the basic
structures of modem abstract algebra, such as groups, rings, integral
domains and fields. (Prereq.: MAT 246 or three semesters of calculus and
one course in linear algebra. Fall)
MAT 324
Analysis
An introduction to mathematical analysis: a rigorous study of major
concepts used in the calculus and their application to more abstract
situations. (Prereq.: ENG 111, MAT 246 or 247 or three semesters of
calculus and one course in linear algebra. Spring)
MAT 328
Complex Analysis
A study of complex numbers, functions, limits, derivatives, integrals,
series, analytic functions, conformal mapping and applications. (Prereq.:
MAT 246 or 247 or three semesters of calculus and one course in linear
algebra. Fall: even years)
Mathematics
MAT 351
Modern Geometry
A study of transformational geometry including complex number representations and applications to fractal geometry. (Prereq.: MAT 246 or three
semesters of calculus and one course in linear algebra. Spring: even years)
MAT 355
Numerical Analysis
A study of approximation methods and an analysis of the computational
algorithms used. Topics include approximating solutions of nonlinear
equations, linear systems of equations and differential equations, interpe
lation, extrapolation, curve fitting, numerical differentiationand integration, and error analysis. (Prereq.: MAT 245 or three semesters of calculus,
CSC 170. Fall: odd years)
MAT 373
Probabilitv and Statistics I
A study of modern probability, enumeration techniques, discrete and
continuous probability distributions with applications to statistical problems, mathematical expectation, ~ h e b ~ s h e vinequality
's
and the central
limit theorem. (Prereq.: MAT 245 or three semesters of calculus. Fall)
MAT 374
Probability and Statistics II
A study of sampling distributions associated with the normal and other
distributions, methods of estimation, hypothesis testing, regression, analysis of variance and nonparametric statistics. (Prereq.: MAT 373. Spring)
MAT 399
Internship
A work-based learning experience that links the ideas and methods of
mathematics to the opportunities found in the Internship. Presentation at
a departmental Colloquium is expected. Students must consult with the
Department and Internship Office before registering.
MAT 441
Foundations of Mathematics
A rigorous investigation of some of the foundations of mathematics
including set theory, logic, axiomatic method and development of the real
number system. (Prereq.: MAT 314, Coreq.: MAT 324. Spring: odd years)
MAT 481
Topics in Mathematics
Study of an advanced topic. (Prereq.: MAT 246 or 247 and consent of
instructor. Spring)
MAT 491
Mathematics/Computer Science Colloquium
(.O course)
This colloquium, which has no course credit, meets weekly to keep
students informed about contemporary developments, career opportunities, and other interesting ideas in Mathematics and Computer Science.
Junior and senior majors must attend. Others are welcome. Sessions are
presented by students, faculty members or outside visitors. (Fall, Spring)
MAT 499
Independent Study
The student, with the guidance of a faculty member, selects and studies an
advanced topic. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
PHY 327
Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
(See Physics Department listing for a description of this approved elective)
1'
See listing under InterdisciplinaryStudies.
See Ethnic Studies listing under Interdisciplinary Studies.
T
he Modem Languages
- - Department at
Augsburg College contributes in many
ways to realizing the College's mission of
providing liberal arts education for service
in today's world. The Department is
committed to the view that education
should go beyond career preparation. So
viewed, second language study goes
beyond the development of new communication skills to foster an abiding awareness
that the splendid diversity of human
languages, literatures and cultures represents a rich historic legacy developed in
different ways by many nations to be
shared by all in common. The Departmental faculty believes that familiarity with the
language and culture of another people is
an essential step in the development of a
global perspective and hence is indispensable in the education of Augsburg students.
The Modem Languages Department
offers language, literature, and culture
courses leading to majors in French,
German, Norwegian and Spanish. Intre
ductory courses in Qibwe and Russian are
offered at Augsburg, and courses in
Chinese, Japanese, Latin and Greek are
available to Augsburg students through the
College's affiliation with ACTC, a consortium of Twin Cities colleges.
In addition to courses in language and
culture, the Department offers linguistics
courses in which students may go beyond
the study of individual languages to
investigate the general principles that
operate in and shape all languages. In this
way the study of linguistics provides a
unique view of one of the most intriguing
and central facets of the human mind.
Knowledge of several languages,
perhaps combined with the study of
linguistics, is essential in preparing for
careers in second-language education and
translation, but also represents a valuable
special qualification in many other professions. Students anticipating careers in
international business, social work, the
diplomatic corps, the health professions, or
the ministry may wish to take a second
major or minor in modem languages. In
addition, a minor in languages or linguistics is a valuable research tool for those
intending to pursue graduate study in most
academic disciplines.
Modem Languages Faculty
Frankie Shackelford (Chair), Nancy Aarsvold,
Ruth Aaskov, Mary Kingsley, Randi
Quanbeck, R o d n Soto, Donald Steinmetz
Modern Languages Transfer Students
Major Requirements
Majors must take nine Upper Division
courses, five to seven of them at Augsburg
and two to four on an approved studyabroad program.
The major must include the following:
350; two courses in culture; two courses in
language (311 or above); two courses in
literature; two electives (from any of the
three areas above).
Minor
Minors must take at least two Upper
Division courses at Augsburg. 311 is a
prerequisite to all other Upper Division
courses.
The minor must include four courses
above 212, including one each in language,
literature and culture.
Honors Major
Majors seeking Departmental honors
must apply in the junior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA
overall and honors thesis demonstrating
ability in Independent Study for one course
credit. Consult Department Chair for
details.
Transfer students intending to major or
minor in languages must take a minimum
of one Upper Division course per year at
Augsburg. See Department faculty for
limits on non-Augsburg courses.
Study Abroad
Study abroad is required of all language
majors (minimum of one semester) and
highly recommended for minors. An
advanced-level Internship in the major
language (399) or an interdisciplinary
internship (INS 199), linking language
skills with community service and career
exploration, is strongly encouraged.
Teaching Licensure
Teacher candidates in French, German
and Spanish must consult with the Department of Education for specific information
and enrollment in the program as well as
for information on Special Methods
courses. All transfer teacher candidates,
including those who have completed a
college language major elsewhere, must
take at least two courses in language,
literature, or culture at Augsburg. A 3.0
average in Conversation and Composition
(311) is a Departmental requirement for
teaching majors. Licensure requires
successful completion of the Competency
Exam prior to student teaching. See
requirements for State of Minnesota
Licensure for Teaching in Secondary
Schools under Department of Education.
I CHINESE (CHN)
Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the
ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language
Department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director for more information.
'2
Modern Languages
FRENCH (FRE)
FRE 111, 112
Beginning French
Aimed to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking,
reading and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice and
readings, these courses work toward the discovery of French culture and
way of life. Four class meetings per week. Laboratory work is an integral
part of the course. (Fall: 111; Spring 112)
FRE 21 1,212
Intermediate French
Selected articles, interviews and literary readings are the basis of practice
in communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in
reading and writing French. Review of basic structures and grammar.
Laboratory work. (Fall: 211; Spring: 212)
FRE 243
French Literature in Translation
Major representative works of French literature are read in English
translation. Through assigned readings, class discussion and written
reaction, students become acquainted with artistic qualities and culturalhistorical significance of these works. Sophomore standing. Does not
count toward a French major or minor. (On demand)
FRE 299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
FRE 31 1
Conversation and Composition
Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build
fluency, accuracy and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on
vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization
of ideas. Laboratory assignments. A prerequisite to other Upper Division
courses. (Fall)
FRE 312
French Expression
A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking
and writing. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase
and elementary stylistics for business and personal use. French phonology
and speech group practice, study of spoken models from the media.
(Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
FRE 331
French Civilization: Historical Perspective
A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of
French intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings,
reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.: FRE
311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
FRE 332
French Civilization Today
Topics in 20th-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that
promote understanding of French-speaking people and their contribution
to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of
instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
Modern Languages 1;
FRE 350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and
different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of
theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works.
(Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
FRE 351, 353
Survey of French Literature I, II
The study of major French authors and literary movements in France
through the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures,
discussion, oral and written reports in French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or
consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
FRE 355
20th Century Literature
A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I,
including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes,
oral and written reports and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: FRE 311
or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
FRE 399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which the student, a faculty member,
and the site supervisor design a learning agreement that enables the
student to apply advanced French skills in a professional context and to
explore career possibilities related to the major. Consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator and the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office.
FRE 41 1
Advanced Conversation and Composition
By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social
or political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four
skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness,
characteristiclevels of expression, refinements in style and organization as
individual needs indicate. Laboratory assignments. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or
consent of instructor. Fall)
FRE 450
French Seminar: Novel, Drama, Poetry, Short Story
In-depth study of a topic or genre in French literature. Student presentations in French. For advanced students. (See also Interim Catalog. Prereq.:
FRE 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
FRE 499
Independent Study
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement or genre at an advanced level.
Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet
individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are
included. (Consultationswith French teachers required. Junior standing.
Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser.)
GERMAN (CER)
CER 111, 112 Beginning German
Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, under-
- Modern Languages
'*
standing and reading basic German. Goals: ability to read extended
narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations.Laboratory materials available. (Fall: 111;
Spring: 112)
GER 21 1, 212 Intermediate German
For students with two tenns (or four to five semesters high school) of
previous German. Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending
range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and
discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and
literature. (Fall: 211; Spring: 212)
GER 244
German Literature in Translation
Principal works of German literature representing Medieval to modem
periods (including Mann, Hesse, Grass, Kafka, Brecht) are read and
discussed in English. Readings are considered in the context of German
cultural history as well as in context of the universal human condition.
Credit for this course does not apply to a German major or minor.
(Sophomore standing. On demand)
GER 299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
GER 311
GER 331
Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German.
Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written
composition. (Fall)
German Civilization and Culture I
Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking
peoples from the prehistorical Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to
the Thirty Years War (1643),with emphasis on the impact of Roman
civilization, the re-emergence of German cultural self-awareness in the
Middle Ages and the upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.:
GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
GER 332
German Civilization and Culture II
Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped presentday Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment.
The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking
peoples. In German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on
rotational basis)
GER 350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) beats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and
different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of
theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works.
(Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
Modern Languages
CER 351
German Literature through the 18th Century
Survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Enlightenment, Storm
and Stress, Classic and Romantic literature. Readings in German supplemented by lectures on the history of German literature in its cultural and
geopolitical context. Class discussions help improve students' ability to
express ideas in German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor.
Spring: on rotational basis)
GER 352
German Literature: The 19th Century
Study of later Romanticism, Yowg-Germany, Poetic Realism, Naturalism
and Impressionism. Lectures include the literary reaction to the decline of
idealistic philosophy and the rise of technology and science. Readings in
German. Class discussions help improve students' ability to express ideas
in Gennan. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
CER 353
German Literature: The 20th Century
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of
international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings
in German with class discussions are designed to aid students' selfexpression in Gennan. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring:
on rotational basis)
CER 399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which the student, a faculty member
and the site supervisor design a learning agreement that enables the
student to apply advanced German skills in a professional context and to
explore career possibilities related to the major. Consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator and the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office.
CER 41 1
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing and refining the student's use of.German as a vehicle
for expressing his or her own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written
composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of
German as classroom language. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor.
Fall)
CER 451
German Prose
Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the
present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of
cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
GER 452
German Drama
Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are
discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns.
Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: GER 311
or consent of instructor. On demand)
CER 499
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
1;
'6
Modern Languages
JAPANESE (JPN)
Japanese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the
ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language
Department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director for more information.
1 LINGUISTICS (LIN)
LIN 289
Introduction to Linguistics
An introduction to linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles,
with focus on linguistic universals and psycholinguistics. Theoretical
questions will be approached by studying samples of various languages.
No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majors and minors.
(On demand)
LIN 299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
LIN 311
Theories of Grammar
Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current
linguistic research with the aim of distinguishing underlying philosophical assumptions, investigational criteria and explanatory goals. The
theories will be contrasted with those of adjacent disciplines (anthropology, psychology, logic and communication theory). (On demand)
LIN 499
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
NORWEGIAN (NOR)
Two courses in Norwegian are also offered as part of the 0stfold Program, listed
under International Studies.
NOR 111, 112 Beginning Norwegian
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading
and writing. Stress is on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (Fall: 111;Spring: 112)
NOR 211
Intermediate Norwegian
Continued acquisition and refinement of communication skills (speaking,
listening, reading, writing). Emphasis is on social or cultural contexts and
integrated vocabulary clusters. Selected readings in Norwegian are used
as a basis for class activities and writing exercises. Includes grammar
review. Laboratory work expected. (Prereq.: NOR 112 or equivalent. Fall)
NOR 299
Directed Study
Study for Lower Division credit.
NOR 311
Conversation and Composition
Practice in spoken and written Norwegian with emphasis on communicative contexts and integrated vocabulary. Some attention given to regional
dialects and to differencesbetween the two official languages of Norway.
Modern Languages
Readings in history, social science and literature form a basis for
class activities and frequent writing practice. (Prereq.: NOR 211 or
equivalent. Spring)
NOR 331
Norwegian Civilization and Culture
A two-tiered approach allows students to place contemporary cultural
developments, such as Norway's changing role in the global community,
into an historical context. Readings in history are supplemented by
newspaper articles and video tapes. Readings, lectures, class discussion,
writing assignments and periodic oral reports in Norwegian. (Prereq.:
NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Fall: alternate years)
NOR 350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and
different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of
theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works.
(Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
NOR 353
Survey of Norwegian Literature
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a
basis for the study of major works from earlier periods, including several
in nynorsk. Readings, lectures, discussion, journals, essays and oral
reports in Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Fall:
alternate years)
NOR 399
Internship
A work-based experience in which the student, a faculty member and the
site supemisor design a learning agreement that enables the student to
apply advanced Norwegian skills in a professional context and to explore
career possibilities related to the major. Consult with the Departmental
Internship Coordinator and Internship and Cooperative Education Office.
NOR 41 1
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Extensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian, based on literary
and cultural readings. Some attention is given to the historical develop
ment of the Norwegian language. Students serve as peer-tutors for those
registered in NOR 311. Readings, journals, discussion, role-playing,
written and oral reports in Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of
instructor. Spring)
NOR 499
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
OJlBWE(OJB)
Two courses in Qibwe (Chippewa)are offered at Augsburg, both as part of the
Modem Language Department and as part of the American Indian Studies minor.
OJB111, 112 Beginning Ojibwe
An introduction to the language and culture of the Ojibwe (Chippewa).
-
-
- Moaern Languages
Emphasis is on vocabulary, reading, writing and conversational skills.
Classroom practice will include linguistic patterns and oral interaction.
The second course extends vocabulary usage, reading, writing, oral skills
and cultural studies, with increased emphasis on comprehension.
RUSSIAN (RUS)
One year of Russian is offered at Augsburg. Russian language studies may be continued in the ACTC Russian, Central and East European Studies Program, which requires
two years of language for the major. See Russian, Central and East European Studies
Program Campus Coordinator for more information.
RUS 111, 112 Elementary Russian
Aimed 'to develop reading, writing, understanding and conversational
skills through oral classroom practice, elementary readings, short compositions and a growing acquaintancewith Russian culture. Extensive use of
the language lab. (Fall: 111;Spring: 112)
SPANISH (SPA)
Courses in addition to those below are offered through various programs listed under
International Studies.
SPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading
and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (Fall:
111;Spring: 112)
SPA 21 1, 212 Intermediate Spanish
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that
stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding,
students review all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through class discussions. Designed for students with four
to five semesters of high school Spanish or its equivalent. (Fall: 211;
Spring: 212)
SPA 249
Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in
Translation
Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing
various periods and movements are read in English translation. Through
background reading and class discussion in English the student is
acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical
significance of the readings. Credit for this course does not apply to a
Spanish major or minor. (On demand)
SPA 299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
SPA 311
Conversation and Composition
Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of
Modern Languages fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This
course is a prerequisite for all Upper Division courses. (Prereq.: SPA 212
or equivalent. Fall)
SPA 312
Spanish Expression
Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking
skills in Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice to improve
oral and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility,
stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Conducted in
Spanish. (Spring: on rotational basis)
SPA 331
Spanish Civilization and Culture
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contributions to world
civilization through historical, intellectual, literary and artistic movements. In Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on
rotational basis)
SPA 332
Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from
the pre-Colurnbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA
311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
SPA 350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and
different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of
theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works of
literature. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
SPA 352, 353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II
A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by
lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature.
Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.:
SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
SPA 354
Representative Hispanic American Authors
An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions,
written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of
instructor. Note: Students who have taken SPA 356 [taught in Mexico]
may not take 354. Spring: on rotational basis)
SPA 399
Internship
A work-based leaming experience in which the student, a faculty member
and the site supervisor design a learning agreement that enables the
student to apply advanced Spanish skills in a professional context and to
explore career possibilities related to the major. Consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator and the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office.
SPA 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral
expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written
Modern Languages
compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of
instructor. Fall)
SPA 456
Spanish Drama
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written
reports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern
Period. (Prereq.: one survey course. Spring: on rotational basis)
SPA 457
Spanish Novel
Study of the outstanding novelists of the 19th and 20th century in Spain.
Oral and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: one survey course.
Spring: on rotational basis)
SPA 499
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
MUS
M u s i c has the power to move and
change us. Whether we experience music
as a listener, teacher or performer, it adds
a significant and satisfying dimension to
our lives.
The Music Department at Augsburg
College offers courses in music and music
performance to give students access to this
essential aspect of human history and
culture. In addition, all students of the
College community have the opportunity
to participate in choral and instrumental
ensembles which perform locally, nationally and internationally.
Augsburg College is an institutional
member of the National Association of
Schools of Music. The Music Department
serves the general education needs of
students and offers professional training in
music. The Music major combines a broad
education in the liberal arts with preparation for a wide range of graduate and
professional opportunities. Students may
choose from among four majors in three
degree programs: Bachelor of Arts -Music
Major; Bachelor of Music - Performance
Major; Bachelor of Music - Music Education Major, and Bachelor of Science - Music
Therapy Major.
In addition to opportunities as professional musicians, teachers of music and
music therapists, graduates have access to a
wide variety of careers. Leaders in the
professions and business regard a liberal
arts major as an excellent preparation for
satisfying and effective service in many
occupational areas.
Music Faculty
Merilee Klemp (Chair),Stephen Gabrielsen,
Robert Karlen, Roberta Metzler, John
Moye, Robert Stacke
Music Coordinator
Mary Ella Pratte
Bachelor of Arts
Freshmen will enroll in the regular
Bachelor of Arts program. Theory tests will
be required of all incoming students and
will be given the first week of class. The
petition to be accepted as a B.A. candidate
will be submitted to the Department prior
to registration for Upper Division courses.
Bachelor of Music - Education
Theory placement tests will be required
of all incoming students and will be given
the first week of class. Students wishing to
become Bachelor of Music - Education
candidates must perform (Level 11 repertoire) in their major performance medium
for a faculty panel. They may then apply,
by petition, to the Department as early as
their second semester of study. Additionally, Music Education majors must apply
to the Education Department for acceptance into the music education licensure
program. Departmental approval and a
cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music
courses is necessary for the education
licensure program.
Bachelor of Music - Performance
Theory placement tests will be required
of all incoming students and will be given
the first week of class. Students wishing to
become Bachelor of Music - Performance
candidates must perform (Level I1 repertoire) in their major performance medium
for a faculty panel. They must then apply,
by petition, to the Department before the
end of their second semester of study.
uL Music
-
Candidate approval is necessary to register
for B.M. level performance studies. A
cumulative GPA of 2.5 in music courses
and a 3.0 in performance studies must be
maintained.
Bachelor of Science - Music Therapy
Theory placement tests will be required
of all incoming students and will be given
the first week of class. Students considering
a music therapy major should consult with
the director of the program. An equivalency program is available for those who
have a four-year college degree.
juniors with a GPA of at least 3.0 in music
courses. A faculty committee must approve
the candidate's honors project proposal
and certify successful completion. The
following possibilities are indicative of
acceptable projects: a senior thesis and its
defense; an additional senior recital of
graduate quality; composition of a work for
vocal and/or instrumental ensemble;
conducting an ensemble concert; or
combinations of the above. Consult the
Music Department Student Handbook for
more information.
Music Minor
Candidates must apply by petition to
the Department prior to registration for
Upper Division courses.
Freshman Performance Scholarships
Available to freshmen taking lessons for
credit. Consult with individual instructors
or the Music Office.
Transfer Students
Transfer students will enter the B.M.
program on probation, subject to Departmental approval of a performance hearing
and petition during their first semester in
residence. All transfer students will be
required to take the theory placement test
the first week of class.
Core Curriculum (required of all majors):
MUS 101 Materials of Music I
MUS 102 Materials of Music I1
MUS 111 Aural Skills I
MUS 112 Aural Skills I1
MUS 201 Materials of Music 111
MUS 211 Aural Skills 111
MUS 231 History and Literature of Music I
MUS 232 History and Literature of Music I1
Plus ensemble participation, performance
studies, and recital requirements as given
under each speafic degree and major (see A p
plied Music section).Also, French or German
study as stated in General Education Require
ments and in speafic degree requirements.
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Ensembles
Music Major
Auditions for membership in ensembles
are scheduled, following application,
during summer orientation sessions or
during the first week of the school year.
Offers the broadest education in liberal
arts and prepares the student for the greatest
range of graduate, business and professional
opportunities. Students who intend to pursue
non-performancegraduate study, or desire to
enter one of the many music-related business
fields of employment, most often choose this
course of study.
Honors Major
Candidates for the honors program are
nominated each spring from among those
Music Requirements: 12 course credits
Core curriculum plus:
MUS 202 Form and Analysis
MUS 212 Aural Skills IV
One music credit elective
And two semesters chosen from:
MUS 311,312 Composition
MUS 341 Basic Conducting
MUS 342 Choral Conducting
MUS 344 Instrumental Conducting
MUS 331 Music of the Baroque Era
MUS 332 Music of the Classical Era
MUS 333 Music of the Romantic Period
MUS 334 Music of the 20th Century
Performance Studies
Eight quarter course credits in the major
instrument/voice.
Eight quarter course credits in a major
ensemble
Four semesters in a non-credit small
ensemble
Keyboard proficiency
Pass tluee Music Repertoire tests
Consult the Music Department Student
Handbook for more information on
individualized degree requirements.
Music Minor
Six course credits including:
MUS 101,102 Materials of Music I, I1
MUS 111,112 Aural Skills I, I1
MUS 231 History and Literature of Music I
or MUS 232 History and Literature of
Music I1
MUS 341 Basic Conducting
And one additional course in Music
History or Conducting
Plus four consecutive quarter courses
in a major ensemble concurrent with
four quarter courses of Performance
Studies in the student's major instrument.
Music minors also must pass one Music
Repertoire test.
W BACHELOR OF MUSIC
Music Education Major
Offers students the preparation
necessary to become teachers of music in
the public schools. This preparation
includes course work which allows the
student to become certified to teach at the
elementary through the secondary levels.
Requirements: 16.5 course credits
Core curriculum plus:
MUS 202 Form and Analysis
MUS 212 Aural Skills IV
MUS 311,312 Composition I, 11
MUS 341 Basic Conducting
MUS 342 Choral Conducting
or MUS 344 Instrumental
Conducting
Performance Studies
Two quarter course credits in the major
instrument/voice
Four half course aedits in the major
instrument/voice
Two full course credits in the major
instrument/voice
Two quarter course credits in the minor
instrurnent/voice
MUS 358 Half junior recital
MUS 459 Full senior recital
Eight quarter course credits in a major
ensemble
Four semesters in a non-credit small
ensemble
Improvisation competency on major
instrument or voice
Keyboard proficiency
Pass three Music Repertoire tests
Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all
music courses and in the major performance medium.
Choose one area of emphasis:
Vocal emphasis - MUS 251,252,253,
254,435
Music
Instrumental emphasis - MUS 152,
155, and one course credit of music elective
Other Requirements
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
HPE 116 Healthy Concepts for Educators
EDU 210 Learning and Development in
an Educational Setting
EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an
Urban Setting and Field
Experience
EDS 341 Media Technology
EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas
EDS 354 Creating Learning
Environments: Secondary and
Field Experience
EDS 355 Music Methods (K-12)
EDS 356,357,358 Music Methods: Brass
and Percussion, Woodwinds,
Strings
EDS 388 Human Relations
EDS 478 School and Society
EDS 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching
and Seminar
Consult the Education Department and
Music Department Student Handbook and
program adviser.
BACHELOR OF MUSIC
Music Performance Major
Designed for students who display
advanced competence and achievement in
music performance. This degree program is
chosen by students who wish to become
professional performers, private instructors, or who intend to pursue a graduate
degree in music performance.
Requirements: 19.5 course credits:
Core Curriculum plus:
MUS 202 Form and Analysis
MUS 212 Aural Skills IV
MUS 311,312 Composition I, I1
MUS 341 Basic Conducting
MUS 342 Choral Conducting
or MUS 344 Instrumental
Conducting
Performance Studies
Two quarter course credits and six full
course credits in the major instrument/
voice
Two quarter course credits in the minor
instrument/voice
MUS 358 Full junior recital
MUS 459 Full senior recital
Eight quarter courses in a major ensemble
Four semesters in a non-credit small
ensemble
Keyboard proficiency test
Pass three Music Repertoire tests
Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all
music courses and 3.0 in the major
performance medium.
Choose one area of emphasis:
Vocal emphasis - MUS 251,252,253,
254,435, one course credit of music
elective. French or German to fulfill
language requirement.
Piano or Organ emphasis - MUS 301,
302,436,456, one-half course credit of
music elective.
Instrumental emphasis - MUS 301,302,
one and one-half course credits of music
electives.
Consult the Music Department Student
Handbook for more information.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Music Therapy Major
Fulfills academic and clinical requirements for registration with the National
Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and
prepares students for the professional
Music
certification examination developed by the
Certification Board for Music Therapists.
This course is chosen by students who wish
to become registered music therapists.
Requirements: 16.5 course credits
Core curriculum plus:
MUS 152 Basics of Singing
MUS 155 Class Piano
MUS 158 Class Guitar
MUS 271 Music Therapy Techniques and
Materials
MUS 274,275 Music Therapy Practicums
MUS 311,312 Composition I, I1
MUS 341 Basic Conducting
MUS 372,373 Psychological Foundation of
Music I, I1
MUS 374,375 Music Therapy Practicums
MUS 472 Human Identity Through the
Creative Arts
MUS 473 Music Therapy Senior Seminar
MUS 474,475 Music Therapy Practicums
MUS 479 Music Therapy Clinical
Internship
Performance Studies
Eight quarter course credits in the major
instrument/voice
MUS 458 Half senior recital
Four quarter course credits in major
ensemble
Four semesters in major (credit) or small
(non-credit) ensemble
Four semesters in small ensemble (no
credit)
Keyboard proficiency, guitar proficiency
Pass three Music Repertoire tests
Achieve a minimum grade of 2.5 in each
music therapy course
Additional required courses:
EDS 282 Introduction to Special
Education
EDS 356,357,358 Music Methods: Brass
and Percussion, Woodwinds,
Strings
PSY 105 General Psychology
PSY 362 Behavior Disorders
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
SOC 362 Statistical Analysis
or PSY 230 Research Methods:
Design, Procedure and Analysis I
Graduates are eligible to take the
National Association for Music Therapy
certification examination.
APPLIED MUSIC
Ensembles (MUE)
One quarter course credit per semester
is granted to members of major ensembles
(MUE 111,112,121,141). Other ensembles
carry no credit. Traditional grading is
required for music majors and minors in
ensemble courses. The general student way
register for credit with either traditional or
P/N grading, or may choose no credit
status with audit (V) designation. A
maximum of two course credits in ensemble may be counted toward graduation
requirements.
Performance Studies for Credit
Four elements are required of music
majors/minors - lessons, jury examination at end of each semester, mandatory
attendance at performance workshop and
attendance at off- and on-campus performances. See Music Department Student
Handbook for details.
Areas of Concentration
The music major/minor student must
declare an area of concentration. A
secondary area, required of Music Educa-
18
Bd
Music
tion students, necessitates additional
lessons, jury examination and performance.
Lessons: Private instruction in voice,
piano, organ and any instrument is
available for all students in the following
categories:
No credit - one half-hour lesson and
three hours of practice per week.
One-quarter course credit - one halfhour lesson and four hours of practice per
week.
One-half course credit -two halfhour lessons and eight hours of practice
per week.
One course credit -two half-hour
lessons and 12 hours of practice per week.
Performances: All students registered
in Performance Studies for credit must
perform each year in a general student
recital, at the end of each semester for a
faculty panel (jury examination), and
additional performances as required by the
instructor.
Listening: All music majors/minors
registered in Performance Studies for
credit are required to attend designated
music events during each semester
(recommended:four on-campus and four
professional off-campus) during each
semester. Failure to attend the required
number of recitals, major ensemble
concerts, other designated events and the
Performance Workshops or student
recitals will be a factor in determining the
final grade received in Performance
Studies. Music majors must pass a total of
three Music Repertoire tests; music
minors must pass one. Consult the Music
Department Student Handbook for
contents of Music Repertoire tests and
specific degree requirements.
Recitals: A committee composed of the
student's teacher and two other music
faculty members will determine the final
grade for all recitals. A pre-recital hearing
will be mandatory for all students performing recitals that partially fulfill degree
requirements. The charge of the recital jury
shall be to determine if the recital is likely
to be adequately prepared by the recital
date for the student to receive a grade of
3.0 (B.M. Performance) or 2.5 (B.A., B.M.Education, B.S.) as specified in Department
guidelines. Concurrent registration in
Performance Studies in the major performance medium is required for recital
performance.
Students should carefully read the
Music Department Student Handbook and
consult continually with their applied
teacher. The following guidelines provide
an outline of requirements and procedures
which must be followed by all recitalists.
Departmental Sponsorship
Recitals required for the fulfillment of
the B.M., B.A. or B.S. degree requirements
or Honors Major will be sponsored by the
Music Department. Other student recitals
may be departmentally sponsored.
Duration and Repertoire Level
All departmentally sponsored recitals
must be representative of the academic
guidelines set forth in this catalog and
Repertoire Lists available in the Music
De~artment.
1.B.M. degree junior recitals (MUS 358)
will be one-half hour in duration, and will
be at repertoire Level I11 for Music Education majors and one hour in duration at
Level IV for Music Performance majors.
2. B.M. degree senior recitals (MUS 459)
will be one hour in duration at repertoire
Music l a
Level IV for Music Education majors and
one hour in duration at Level V for Music
Performance majors.
Keyboard Proficiency
B.A., B.M. and B.S. candidates must
demonstrate elementary keyboard familiarity by passing the Piano Proficiency test.
(Consult the Music Department Student
Handbook for contents of Piano Proficiency
test.)
3. B.A. and B.S. degree senior recitals
(MUS 458) will be one-half hour in duration at repertoire Level 111.
Many music courses are offered alternate years. Consult the ACTC Class Schedule or
the Music Department for course offerings in each term.
THEORY
MUS 101
Materials of Music 1
(.5 course)
Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony and principles of
part writing. To be taken concurrently with MUS 111. (Fall)
MUS 102
Materials of Music 11
(.5 course)
Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants and simple modulations. To be
taken concurrentlywith MUS 112. (Spring)
MUS 111
Aural Skills 1
(.5 course)
Rhyhmc and melodic dictation, interval and triad recognition, sight
singing and harmonic dictation to parallel progress in MUS 101. (Prereq.:
concurrent registration in/or completion of MUS 101. Fall)
MUS 112
Aural Skills 11
(.5 course)
Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in MUS
102. (Prereq.: concurrent registration in/or completion of MUS 102.
Spring)
MUS 201
Materials in Music 111
(.5 course)
Continuation of MUS 102 with chromatic harmony and modulation.
(Prereq.: MUS 102. Fall)
MUS 202
Form and Analysis
(.5 course)
Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th
century practice. (Prereq.: MUS 201. Spring)
MUS 21 1
Aural Skills 111
(.5 course)
Melodic, harmonic dictation and sight singing to parallel progress in MUS
201. (Prereq.: MUS 211 and concurrent registration in/or completion of
MUS 201. Spring)
MUS 212
Aural Skills IV
(.5 course)
Further development of listening skills to parallel progress in MUS 202.
(Prereq.: MUS 211 and concurrent registration in/or completion of MUS
202. Spring)
-
Music
MUS 301
Counterpoint 1
(.5 course)
Sixteenth through 18th century contrapuntal techniques including double
counterpoint, passacaglia, fugue and canon. (Prereq.: MUS 201,211.
Alternate years: Fall 1995)
MUS 302
Counterpoint 11
(.5 course)
Study of contemporary counterpoint including works of Schoenberg,
Bartok, Hindemith, Stravinsky and Carter. (Alternate years: Spring 1996)
MUS 31 1
Composition 1
(.5 course)
Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of
sound, ranges of and arranging music for voices and instruments. Simple
forms and tonal harmonic materials are employed. (Fall)
MUS 312
Composition 11
(.5 course)
Advanced arranging for vocal and instrumental ensembles of varying
sizes and types. Contemporary techniques, atonal systems, and larger
forms are studied and used. (Spring)
MUS 341
Basic Conduding
(.5 course)
Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique. Score
analysis and preparation. Rehearsal techniques. Basic nomenclature. (Fall)
MUS 342
Choral Conduding
(.5 course)
Choral literature and organization. Vocal methods and voice selection.
Advanced conducting techniques with class as the choir. (Alternate years:
Spring 1995)
MUS 344
Instrumental Conduding
(.5 course)
Preparation of and conducting instrumental literature. Advanced conducting techniques. Organization of instrumental ensembles. (Alternate years:
Spring 1996)
W HISTORY AND LITERATURE
MUS 130
Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts
Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For
non-music majors.
MUS 230
Electronics in Music
Exploration and creation of sounds heard in 20th century music. The
study and application of practical electronic technology used in music will
be combined with aesthetic considerations in the creative aspects of the
art. For non-music majors.
MUS 231
History and Literature of Music I
A study of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.: MUS
112,201. Fall)
MUS 232
History and Literature of Music II
Continuation of MUS 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.: MUS 112,201.
Spring)
Music
The following four half-courses are extensive studies of speaal eras in music history:
MUS 331
Music of the Baroque Era
(.5 course)
(Prereq.: MUS 231,232. Alternate years: Fall 1994)
MUS 332
Music of the Classical Period
(.5 course)
(Prereq.: MUS 231,232. Alternate years: Spring 1995)
MUS 333
Music of the Romantic Period
(-5 course)
(Prereq.: MUS 231,232. Alternate years: Fall 1995)
MUS 334
Music of the 20th Century
(.5 course)
(Prereq.: MUS 231,232. Alternate years: Spring 1996)
MUS 432
Church Music and Worship
Development and influence of church music as evidenced in contemporary worship practices. Designed for the general as well as the music and
theology student. (Alternate years: Spring 1995)
MUS 435
Voice Repertoire
(.5 course)
Interpretation, style and programming of the song literature from the 16th
century to the present, with an emphasis on literature and source materials used for teaching voice. (Prereq.: MUS 231,232. Alternate years: Spring
1995)
MUS 436
Piano Repertoire
(-5 course)
Study of the piano literature from the 17th century to the present by
listening, analyzing and performing. (Prereq.: MUS 231 and 232. Alternate
years: Spring 1995)
MUS 498
lndependent Study
(.5 course)
Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the
Department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval
by the faculty.
MUS 499
lndependent Study
Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the
Department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval
by the faculty.
W TECHNIQUE
MUS 152
Class Voice
(.25 course)
Fundamentals of tone production and singing. (Spring)
MUS 155
Class Piano
(-25 course)
Basic keyboard familiarity, including scales, chords, arpeggios, sightreading, and simple accompaniment and music reading skills necessary
to pass the Piano Proficiency Test. (Prereq.: MUS 101 or consent of
instructor. Fall)
MUS 158
Class Guitar
(.25 course)
Beginning techniques of classic guitar. (Spring)
-11
- Music
MUS 252
English Diction
(.25 course)
Fundamental course in correct standard English diction for singing.
Familiarization with the International Phonetic Alphabet. Open to all
students registered for vocal instruction. (Alternate years: Fall 1995)
The following three quarter-courses are continuations of MUS 252 with application for the
Italian, German and French languages.
MUS 251
Italian Diction
(.25 course)
Familiarization with the International Phonetic Alphabet and its application to basic Italian song literature. (Prereq.: MUS 252. Alternate years:
Fall 1995)
MUS 253
German Diction
(.25 course)
Continued use of the International Phonetic Alphabet in basic German
song and choral literature. (Prereq.:MUS 252. Alternate years: Spring
1996)
MUS 254
French Diction
(.25 course)
Continued use of the International Phonetic Alphabet in basic French song
and choral literature. (Prereq.: MUS 252. Alternate years: Spring 1996)
MUS 358
junior Recital
(.O course)
B.M. candidates only. Half recital at repertoire Level 111, Music Education
majors or full recital at Level IV, Music Performance majors. No course
credit.
MUS 456
Piano Pedagogy
(.5 course)
Principles, methods, materials and techniques for teaching piano. Survey
of various pedagogical schools of thought. (Alternateyears: Spring 1996)
MUS 458
Senior Recital
(.O course)
Half recital by B.A. or B.S. candidates at repertoire Level 111. No course
credit.
MUS 459
Senior Recital
(.O course)
B.M. candidates only. Recital must be preceded by a prerecital hearing by
faculty committee. Repertoire Level IV for Music Education majors and
Level V for Music Performance majors. No course credit.
THERAPY
MUS 271
Music Therapy Techniques and Materials
(.5 course)
Study of non-symphonic instruments, Orff-Schulwerk, applications of
recreational music activities to clinical settings. Includes on-campus
practicum with children.
MUS 272
Human Identity through the Creative Arts
A study of the aesthetic expression and experience as they relate to human
identity, with an emphasis on psychological, cultural and biological
aspects of musical behavior. An understanding of the relationships of the
creative therapies of art, music, drama and movement. (Alternateyears:
Fall 1995)
Music 19
MUS 274, 275 Music Therapy Practicums
(.O course)
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit.
MUS 372
MUS 373
Psychological Foundations of Music I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis
on acoustics and sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding
of the research process and development of an experimental research
project. (Alternate years: Fall 1994)
Psychological Foundations of Music II
Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on a
multidisciplinaryapproach to music therapy. Theories of learning music,
musical talent and performance. (Alternate years: Spring 1995)
MUS 374, 375 Music Therapy Practicums
(.O course)
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit.
MUS 472
Human Identity through the Creative Arts
(See course description for MUS 272.) Enrollment for Upper Division
credit required for music therapy majors, and will include an additional
course module. (Alternate years: Fall 1993)
MUS 473
Music Therapy Senior Seminar
Class discussions of theories and research as they apply to therapeutic
settings including discussion of professional ethics. A holistic approach to
therapy with music. (Alternate years: Spring 1994)
MUS 474, 475 Music Therapy Practicums
(.25 course each)
Volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, two
hours per week. (Prereq.: three of MUS 274,275,374,375.)
MUS 479
Music Therapy Clinical Internship
(.5 course)
Full-time placement in an NAMT internship setting for six months.
Application for Internship sites must be made nine months in advance.
Sites in Minnesota are limited. (Prereq.: Completion of all other graduation requirements)
W ENSEMBLES AND PERFORMANCE STUDIES
Ensembles (MUE)
These musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for
any student who wishes to participate. Membership is determined by audition during the
first week of Fall semester or by arrangement with the ensemble director. Assignment to
an ensemble is then made at the discretion of the appropriate faculty. For Jazz Ensemble
membership, preference is given to Concert Band members.
While the Department strongly encourages both formal and informal ensemble
experience, only membership in Band, Orchestra, Choir or Chapel Choir will satisfy the
major, minor or Distribution/General Education Requirements. Some instruments are
available for use by students.
92
Music
MUE 111Augsburg Choir (.25 course)
MUE 131Woodwind Chamber Music (.O course)
MUE 112 Chapel Choir (.25 course)
MUE 141 Concert Band (.25 course)
MUE 113 Vocal Chamber (.O course)
MUE 142 Brass Ensemble (.O course)
MUE 114 Advent Vespers Choir (.O course) MUE 143Jazz Ensemble (.O course)
MUE 121 Orchestra (.25 course)
MUE 144 Percussion Ensemble (.O course)
MUE 122 Sbing Ensemble (.O course)
Performance Studies (MUP)
Private instruction for credit is graded traditionally. All areas of study are available to
the non-music major or minor. All lessons are adapted to the individual needs of the
student and those bearing credit are supplemented by accompanying, ensemble participation and other performances. Repertoire lists are graded I-V to indicate levels of achievement and the following expectations: No-credit study has no repertoire requirements;
Music Minor - Level I; B.A. and B.S. Majors - Enter I and attain 111; B.M. - Education
Major - Enter I1 and attain IV; B.M. - Performance Major -Enter I1 and attain V.
MUP 111-411 Voice lessons
MUP 121-421 Violin lessons
MUP 122-422 Viola lessons
MUP 123-423 Cello lessons
MUP 124-424 Bass lessons
MUP 131-431 Oboe lessons
MUP 132-432 Bassoon lessons
MUP 133-433 Clarinet lessons
MUP 134-434 Saxophone lessons
MUP 135-435 Flute lessons
MUP 137-437 Horn lessons
MUP 141-441 Trumpet lessons
MUP 142-442 Trombone lessons
MUP 143-443 Baritone lessons
MUP 1 4 - 4 4 Tuba lessons
MUP 152-452 Piano lessons
MUP 159a
Piano accompanying
MUP 161-461 Guitar lessons
MUP 171-471 Percussion lessons
MUP 181-481 Organ lessons
MUP 191-491 Harp lessons
Note carefully the following provisions:
1. Performance study registration occurs the first week of classes.
2. A semester of study is 14 weeks of lessons and coaching. Any lessons during the
Interim or Summer are arranged privately with the teacher.
3. A student who cannot attend a scheduled lesson is required to notify the teacher
at least 24 hours in advance; otherwise, except for illness immediately prior to a lesson,
the student will forfeit the right to a make-up lesson.
4. Credit is granted only for study with faculty members of the Augsburg College
Music Department.
T
he Natural Science Licensure program for teachers is designed to
strong preparation for science teaching and
satisfy Minnesota licensure requirements.
The program of courses is designed to
provide a broad, basic background in
science and allow for specialization in an
area. The following programs assume that
the student will meet the Distribution/
General Education Requirements of the
College, the requirements for appropriate
majors, the courses required in the Department of Education and, in the physical
sciences, have at least one year of calculus.
Consult with the Department of Education
for requirements in Education. Early
consultation with adviser is essential.
Coordinator
Arlin Gyberg
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers
which may differ slightly in emphasis from
the Augsburg major requirements. The
state requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with
the Augsburg Education Department to
identify current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements.
Broad Base Requirements
Two Earth Science (PHY 101 Astronomy,
PHY 106 Meteorology or Geology)
BIO 113,114 General Biology
PHY 116 Introduction to Physics
or PHY 121,122 General Physics I, I1
CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry
Biology Major
(for licensure in Life Science)
Broad Base Requirements, plus:
BIO 201 Introduction to Cellular Biology
BIO 491 Seminar
Six other Biology courses, including at least
one from each of the following groups:
BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology
or BIO 353 Comparative Vertebrate
Zoology
or BIO 473 Animal Physiology
BIO 361 Plant Biology
or BIO 440 Plant Physiology
BIO 367 Biochemistry
or BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and
Molecular Biology
BIO 476 Microbiology
or BIO 481 Ecology
And one course in Organic Chemistry
Physical Science Broad Base Requirement
Two courses: one in Earth Science
(Astronomy, Meteorology or Geology), and
one in General Biology.
Chemistry Major
(for licensure in Physical Science)
Physical Science Broad Base Requirement
Graduation Major in Chemistry:
CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry
CHM 351 Organic Chemistry
CHM 352 Organic Chemistry
CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry
CHM 361 Physical Chemistry
CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory
CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar
MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Mathematics I, I1
or MAT 124,125CalculusI, II (WEC only)
One advanced Chemistry Course
One year of General Physics and
Two Physics courses above General Physics
(Recommended: PHY 245 Modem Physics
and PHY 261 Electronics)
- Natural Science
l4
Physics Major (for licensure in Physical
Science)
Physical Science Broad Base Requirement
Graduation Major in Physics:
PHY 121 General Physics
PHY 122 General Physics
PHY 245 Modern Physics
PHY 351 Mechanics I
PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields 11
PHY 395 Comprehensive Laboratory
PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory
MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Mathematics I, 11
or MAT 124,125 Calculus I, I1
WEC only)
MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and
Reasoning I
MAT 247 Introduction to Applied
Mathematics*
or MAT 224,226 Calculus Ill,
Differential Equations
(WEC only)
Two additional Physics courses above 122
One year of General Chemistry
One course of Organic Chemistry and
One course of Analytical Chemistry
*Note: PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics may substitute for
MAT 247
NORDIC
AREASTUDIES
See listing under InterdisciplinaryStudies.
NORWEGIAN
See listing under Modem Languages.
I
he Augsburg Nursing Program is
designed exclusively for registered nurses
who want to increase their opportunities in
the health care field.
The scope of nursing practice is
changing and expanding. Nurses are being
called on to function in a variety of settings
that differ from those in the past. Today
nurses work in hospitals, clinics, corporations, government agencies, schools and
community organizations. Some are selfemployed, m i n g their own businesses.
All of these nurses provide comprehensive
health assessment for individuals from all
cultures and socioeconomic levels. From
helping parents have safe deliveries of
healthy infants to coordinating home care
for the dying, nurses assist people through
the entire life span.
The bachelor's degree equips the nurse
with a working knowledge of the biological, physical, social, behavioral and nursing
sciences. The nursing program at Augsburg
College also provides the educational
opportunities to increase skills in critical
thinking, clinical investigation and
decision-making that prepare nurses to
handle challenging new positions in
today's health-care field.
Augsburg's nursing program, leading
to a Bachelor of Science degree with a
major in Nursing, is accredited by the
National League for Nursing. Graduates of
the program are eligible to apply for public
health nurse registration in Minnesota.
With one additional course, they are
eligible to apply for school nurse certification.
Nursing Department Faculty
Beverly Nilsson (Chair),Marian Enos,
Lucie Ferrell, Sharon McDonald, Pamela
Weiss
Major
Nine courses including:
NUR 305 Contemporary Nursing I:
Communication
NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing LI:
Paradigms in Nursing
NUR 310 Community Health Nursing I
NUR 311 Community Health Nursing 11:
Practicum
NUR 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing
Research
NUR 403 Contemporary Nursing 111:
Families
NUR 423 Practicum in Nursing: Nursing
of the Family
NUR 431 Leadership and Management:
Theory and Practice
PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health
Care
A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing
course and cumulative GPA of 2.5 at the
completion of Level I and Level 11 courses
of study are required. Students also must
complete Augsburg's residence and
General Education Requirements.
The program has been planned so that
the Nursing major can be completed within
two academic years, however, students
may pursue their studies at a slower pace.
Courses in the Nursing major are
offered on weekends with clinical courses
requiring additional weekday time. While
courses are designed so that the major may
be completed within two years, more time
may be required to complete the total
course of study depending on the number
of credits transferred from other collegeso r
universities. Students in nursing may take
non-nursing courses in both day school and
Weekend College. Students interested in
"- Nursing
pursuing the Nursing major should consult
with an adviser from the Nursing Department for program planning.
Honors Major
GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3
overall; application to the Department
Chairperson by November 1of the senior
year; recommendation by Nursing faculty;
honors thesis to be defended before a
faculty committee by April 15. Candidates
register for NUR 499 to complete the thesis.
*If the practicums in nursing are not
taken concurrently with their respective
theory courses, students are required to
consult with faculty prior to registration
regarding review of the theoretical content.
The following steps may be taken in
any order, but all must be completed prior
to application for admission into the
Nursing major.
1. Admission to Augsburg College:
Before you can apply for the Nursing
Program, you must first be admitted into
Augsburg College. All applicants must
present a high school diploma or equivalent and a 2.0 GPA.
2. RN Licensure in Minnesota: Applicant must be a registered nurse licensed in
Minnesota or be registered to take the State
Board Exams prior to beginning at
Augsburg.
3. Prerequisite Course Content: The
following courses must have been completed with a GPA of 2.0 or better: chemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English composition, introductory
sociology and introductory psychology.
These courses may be taken at Augsburg or
at another accredited college or university.
4. Written Entrance Exam: Applicants
must validate their theoretical knowledge
by taking the AD Comprehensive written
exam. There is a fee for this examination,
which is given at Augsburg through the
Department of Nursing. Upon successful
completion of the validation testing, credits
for up to six courses may be granted.
Scores for this test may be transferred.
5. Current Clinical Practice: Applicants
must give evidence of current nursing
clinical practice (within the past five years).
This may include: graduation from a school
of nursing (a minimum overall GPA of 2.5
is required), work experience, or completion of a nursing refresher course or an
acceptable equivalent.
Options for Completing the Degree
Augsburg recognizes that nurses have
a variety of time schedules, personal
responsibilities and work demands that
must be taken into account in any decision
to work toward a college degree. For this
reason, Augsburg offers full and part-time
alternatives for pursuing this degree.
Courses are offered at different times
throughout the year to suit various
schedules. The entire Nursing major and
the necessary prerequisite courses are
available through Augburg's Weekend
College. Classes usually meet on alternate
weekends for one three-and-one-half hour
time block.
Students also can complete their
liberal arts General Education Requirements by taking courses in day school and
Weekend College.
Nursing
NUR 305
Contemporary Nursing I: Communication
A course that introduces the components of the professional role and
begins the professional socialization process. The communicative process
is emphasized as one means by which the nurse-client relationship is
negotiated. Interactive and group theories are explored for their applicability to changing professional roles and practice.
NUR 306
Contemporary Nursing II: Paradigms in Nursing
An introduction to theories and conceptual thinking in the process of
professional development. The function of theory in piding nursing
practice is emphasized. Selected nursing conceptual models are studied
and their application to practice is examined.
NUR 310
Community Health Nursing I
This course focuses on community health delivery systems. Health care is
examined within the cultural, political, and economic diversity of the city.
Students complete an assessment of an elderly person and an urban
community and critically discuss the ethical issues of health care delivery.
NUR 311
Community Health Nursing II: Practicum'*
This course provides a clinical experience in the practice of p ~ ~ b lhealth
ic
nursing in which students give direct care to culturally diverse clients
and groups. Students will provide care to both disease and disability
and health promotion clients. Students analyze a specific community
system and the community's provision of health related services.
(Prereq.: NUR 310)
NUR 330
Trends and Issues in Nursing
This transitional course is designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Current economic, social, political and
professional trends and issues are explored in relation to their implications for nursing practice.
NUR 350
Introduction to Nursing Research
The research process and methods appropriate to nursing are emphasized
in this course. Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored. Students
critique nursing research for its applicability to nursing practice and
design a research proposal.
NUR 403
Contemporary Nursing Ill: Families
This course provides a theoretical basis for nursing interventions with
culturally diverse families and explores theories related to family structure and functioning throughout the life span. Consideration is given to
the role of the nurse in family health care. (Prereq:NUR 311)
NUR 423
Practicum in Nursing: Nursing of the Family**
A clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to provide
complex nursing care to families in a selected practice setting. (Prereq.:
NUR 403)
1!
-
Nursing
NUR 431
Leadership and Management: Theory and Practice**
This course examines the professional nurse roles of leader and manager.
Concepts of change, conflict and system dynamics are explored. Ethics,
accountabilityand advocacy in the leader-manager role are studied.
Application of theory occurs in selected practicesettings. (Prereq.: NUR
423)
NUR 432
Topics in Nursing
A course designed to provide in-depth exploration of selected topics in
nursing. The subjects studied will vary depending upon the interests of
the faculty and students.
NUR 499
Independent Study
This learning experience provides the opportunity for the student to study
a selected topic or issue in depth. Students consult with f a d t y and
submit written proposals, objectives and methods of evaluation prior to
registration.
** This course involves an additional clinical fee.
T
he Philosophy Department assists
students to understand issues raised in the
traditional areas of philosophy. To this end,
we consider problems of knowledge and
questions of truth, the nature of reality, the
basis of values and rules for correct
reasoning. Our goals are to instill in
students a love of truth, to inspire a
curiosity about the sigruficanceand
meaning of the world they experience, and
to develop the skills of critical analysis and
creative synthesis.
studies such as law, medicine or the
Christian ministry. Many enter the
marketplace, confident that the study of
philosophy has given them the ability to
think critically.
The liberal arts curriculum provides an
opportunity for students to explore
different aspects of the world from a
variety of perspectives or disciplines.
Philosophy plays a central role in the
liberal arts by encouraging students to
explore questions about themselves,
human experience, right and wrong, the
world and God. Beginning with two
Socratic principles: "The unexamined life is
not worth living" and "Know yourself," the
study of philosophy assists students in the
realization of their unique potential for
understanding and self-fulfillment.
Major
Nine courses including:
PHI 230 Logic
PHI 241 History of Philosophy I: The
Classical Philosophers
PHI 242 History of Philosophy 11:
Medieval and Renaissance
Philosophy
PHI 343 History of Philosophy 111:
Enlightenment and 19th
Century Philosophy
PHI 344 History of Philosophy lV:20th
Century Philosophy
A 400 level course (other than PHI 499)
Three elective courses in Philosphy
Note: Five courses must be Upper Division.
Four courses in the history of philosophy -beginning with the ancient Greeks
and Romans and continuing through the
Medieval and the Renaissance periods to
the present - form the core of the philosophy program. In these courses students are
taught how to read, understand and
criticize great texts of Western civilization.
In addition, students have the opportunity to explore the relation of philosophy to
other disciplines and to take advanced
seminars in special topics.
This major has been carefully planned
so that students can easily have two
majors. Though some majors go on to
graduate school in philosophy, most use
the major to prepare for other professional
Philosophy Department Faculty
Mark Fuehrer (Chair),David Apolloni,
Bruce Reichenbach.
Honors Major
Admission to the Philosophy Honors
program is by recommendation of the
Philosophy faculty. Such recommendations
will be made at the end of the junior year.
The program will consist of an honors
thesis on an approved topic of the student's
choice that involves research above the
course level, and a defense of this thesis
before the faculty of the Department.
Minor
Five courses, including two from PHI
241,242,343 and 344.
- Philosophy
lo
PHI 110
Introduction to Philosophy
Philosophy raises some of the most basic questions that human beings can
ask about meaning, ideas, beauty and truth. The purpose of this course is
to provide the student with some experience in examining these concepts,
thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate
and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. (Fall, Spring)
PHI 120
Ethics
Ethics studies our moral beliefs, helping students to consider the bases
they use to make moral judgements. The course explores the major
philosophical approaches to evaluating moral actions, and then applies
them to contemporary personal and social moral issues. Throughout the
course Christian ethics will inform our considerations. Students taking
PHI 120 may not take PHI 125. (Fall, Spring)
PHI 125
Ethics and Human Identity
This course is a philosophical study of the role of human understanding,
feelings and action with respect to the pursuit of happiness. We begin by
asking what the end or purpose of human life is, assess the role of reason,
will and passion with respect to this end, and then decide on the moral
and intellectual virtues required to reach the end. The topic of friendship
and human love is investigated next. The course ends with an analysis of
human happiness. Students taking PHI 125 may not take PHI 120. (Fall,
Spring)
PHI 175
Philosophy of Love and Sex
We begin by studying some common conceptions and misconceptions
of romantic love and some philosophers' definitions of it. We then try
to decide what it is to be in love with someone, and how this differs
from just being friends or sexually desiring them. Finally, we consider
issues such as the ethics of sex, sexual attraction, marriage, adultery
and homosexuality.
PHI 230
Logic
Students learn to distinguish arguments from exposition. Then they learn
the rules which govern valid arguments and develop their ability to
recognize and construct sound arguments. The last part of the course
focuses on inductive reasoning.
PHI 241
History of Philosophy I: The Classical Philosophers
The writings of Plato and Aristotle are the foundations of all philosophical
thought in Western civilization. In this course students read and analyze
some of the key works by Plato and Aristotle, as well as work in Stoicism,
Epicureanism and Neoplatonism. (Fall)
PHI 242
History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy
The Middle Ages was a period of great synthesis of elements of Christian
revelation, classical philosophy and Islamic culture. In this course
students will read writings by various Medieval and Renaissance philoso-
Philosophy 2'
phers in order to understand the process of philosophical assimilation
involved in constructing a Christian philosophy. (Suggested prior course:
PHI 241. Spring)
PHI 260
Philosophy and the Arts
What is artistic creativity?What is a work of art and what makes great
works of art great? What is it to appreciate works of art? Is one's appreciation of music or art simply a matter of taste? Does aesthetic experience
differ from other kinds of experience? We will consider answers to these
and many other related questions.
PHI 299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit. (On request)
PHI 343
History of Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy
This course studies the major rationalists of the 17th century (Descartes,
Spinoza, Leibniz), the major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke,
Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of philosophy, and 19th century
Idealism and the reaction to it (Marx, Kierkegaard, Nietzsche). (Suggested
prior course: PHI 241 or 242. Fall)
PHI 344
History of Philosophy IV: 20th Century Philosophy
What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is
truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science?
These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, phenomenology
and post-modernism. (Suggested prior courses: PHI 241,242, and 343)
PHI 350
Philosophy of Religion
What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and if so,
what can be said about God? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with
human and animal suffering? We will conduct a systematic inquiry into
these questions which form the basis of Western religious beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy. Cross-listed with Religion Department. Offered annually)
PHI 355
Oriental Philosophy
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism,
Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in
philosophy. Alternate years)
PHI 360
Political Philosophy
By studying the writings of political philosophers from antiquity up to the
modem period, students will be asked to examine crucial questions
concerning the organization of human society. The relation of the nature
of the state to religion, the home and the city will be looked at through the
eyes of Plato, Aristotle, Cicero, Dante and Machiavelli. (Alternate years)
PHI 365
Philosophy of Science
The course explores what scientific knowledge is, whether the scientist's
knowledge of the world is profoundly differentand better than that of the
non-scientist, and what degrees of certainty are yielded by scientific
- Philosophy
l2
methods. Students will also work in researching and developing philosophical responses to sigruficant issues in this area. (Suggested prior
course: PHI 230 or one course in natural science. Alternate years)
PHI 370
Existentialism
Studies in the writings -both philosophical and literary -of prominent
Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-theworld and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, g d t , despair and
paradox. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy. Alternate years)
PHI 380
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of
health care and delivery, human experimentation, genetic engineering,
abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. (Alternate years)
PHI 399
Internship
Internship for Upper Division credit.
PHI 410
Topics in Philosophy
Advanced studies covering either an individual philosopher or a specific
area of philosophy, such as philosophical movements, the history of an
idea or specific problem, or inter-disciplinary problems. Seminar format.
May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggested prior courses: any
from PHI 241,242,343,344 or consent of instructor. Offered annually)
PHI 499
Independent Study
Jndividual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest
to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser.
(On request.)
See listing under Health and Physical
Education.
P
hysicists are not only curious about
the woild, but ambitious as well. Their aim
is to understand the fundamental principles which describe and govern all
physical aspects of the universe. Called
"natural philosophers" in previous
centuries, physicists investigate natural
systems by means of controlled experimentation and mathematical analysis. Physics
includes the study of systems ranging in
size from sub-atomic particles to the largest
of galaxies and from the relative stillness of
near absolute zero temperature to the fiery
activity of the stars. As a fascinating and
expanding area of study and as a basic
science, physics plays an important role in
many of the liberal arts disciplines and
contributes to society's understanding of
such areas as energy, weather, medical
science and space exploration.
Recognizing the importance of physics
in contemporary life and reaIizing that
keeping abreast of the rapid advances is an
ever increasing challenge, the Department
intends to bring to the students not only
basic concepts but also insights into recent
developments. In this process, the faculty
expects challenges to arise, be met and
stimulate sound thinking, perceptive
judgment and an interest in experimental
techniques.
To this end a rigorous major provides
students with the in-depth preparation
required for graduate study. More than
two-thirds of the graduates in Physics have
completed or are currently working toward
graduate degrees at a number of fine
universities across the nation. A major in
physics provides flexibility. It also serves as
a stepping stone for graduate work in
related areas such as computer science,
atmospheric science and meteorology,
astronomy, oceanography, biophysics,
environmental science, engineering and
medical and health related fields.
In addition, the Physics program at
Augsburg functions in a supportive role for
students majoring in mathematics, chemistry,biology and computer science. The
Department also supervises the PreEngineering program with degree programs available at cooperating universities
at both the bachelor's and the advanced
degree levels.
The Department maintains active
research programs through its Center for
Atmospheric and Space Sciences. Several
students work each academic year and
summer as research assistants in these
efforts, which are supported by NASA, the
National Science Foundation and other
federal agencies.
The Department also administers
Augsburg College's portion of funds
designated for the Minnesota Space Grant
College Consortium, funded by NASA.
Cooperative Education, internship and
undergraduate research programs provide
opportunities for students to apply their
physical science knowledge and problem
solving skills in practical.situations in
industrial, governmental and academic
settings. Students may participate in
alternating term Cooperative Education
programs or work part-time during two or
more academic terms. Internship opportunities alone generally involve only one
semester.
The Department serves the liberal arts
tradition by offering courses for the nonscience students that will enable them to
attain a general understanding of a
particular area of science. These courses
seek to provide the basic starting point for
further study and the opportunity to enable
students to follow new developments with
some degree of comprehension.
4 Physics
-
Physics Department Faculty
Jeffrey Johnson (Chair), Stuart Anderson,
Mark Engebretson, Kenneth Erickson,
William Monsma, Robert Stenstrom.
Physics Research Staff
Anthony Hansen, William Jasperson,
David Venne. Atmospheric Sciences
Research Group, Augsburg College Center
for Atmospheric and Space Sciences.
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Major
13 courses including:
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics II
PHY 245 Modem Physics
PHY 351 Mechanics I
PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields I1
PHY 395,396 Comprehensive Laboratory
Two elective Physics courses above PHY
122
MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Mathematics I, I1
or MAT 124,125 Calculus I, I1
(WEC only)
MAT 245,247 Mathematical Structures and
Reasoning I, I1
or MAT 245 Mathematical Structures
and Reasoning I
and PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics
or MAT 224,226 Calculus 111,
Differential Equations (WEC
only)
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Major
17 courses including:
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics 11
PHY 245 Modern Physics
PHY 261 Electronics
PHY 351 Mechanics I
PHY 352 Mechanics I1
PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields I1
PHY 395 Comprehensive Laboratory
PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory
PHY 486 Quantum Physics I
One Physics course above PHY 122
CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry
MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Mathematics I, 11
or MAT 124,125 Calculus I, II
(WEC only)
MAT 245,247 Mathematical Structures and
Reasoning I, I1
or MAT 245 Mathematical Structures
and Reasoning I
and PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics
or MAT 224,226 Calculus 111,
Differential Equations (WEC
only)
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Physics Major With Concentration in
Space Physics
18 course credits. It is the same as the
B.S. major, with the addition of PHY 320
and PHY 420, and the omission of the
elective Physics course.
Honors Major
A GPA of 3.5 in physics and 3.0 overall.
An independent investigation of a physics
topic with an oral defense of the written
Physics 2'
research report. Application for the honors
major should be made no later than the
first term of the senior year.
In planning their courses of study,
students are encouraged to work closely
with members of the Physics faculty.
Normally, students should have MAT 124
or 145,125 or 146, and PHY 121,122 during
the freshman year, and MAT 224 or 245
and 226 or 247 (or PHY 327) during the
sophomore year.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers which
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to change
after publication of this catalog. Students
therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Education Department to
identify current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements.
PHY 101
Minor
Seven courses including:
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics II
Three elective Physics courses above PHY
122
MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Mathematics I, II
or MAT 124,125 Calculus I, II
(WEC only)
Society of Physics Students
The Augsburg chapter of the Society of
Physics Students provides students the
opportunities of membership in a national
physics society and of participating in the
physics comunity on a professional basis.
Membership in SF'S is open to all students
interested in physics.
Sigma Pi Sigma
Membership in the Augsburg chapter of
this national physics honor society is open
to those students who have completed the
equivalent of a minor in physics, have a
GPA of 3.0 in physics and overall, and rank
in the upper third of their class.
Astronomy
A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars and galaxies. In
addition the course traces the development of scientific thought from
early civilization to the present day. Night viewing and laboratory
sessions are important components of the course. (Three onehour
lectures. Prereq.: MPG 11. Fall, Spring)
PHY 103
Conceptual Physics
An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected to illustrate fundamental principles of physics. The
course stresses a hands-on intuitive approach to physics and is designed
to serve students in education. (Two three-hour lectures/laboratories.
Prereq.: MPG IlI. Fall, Spring)
PHY 106
Introductory Meteorology
A survey of the basic principles involved in understanding the earth's
weather and climate. Topics include winds, fronts, cyclones, clouds and
- Physics
precipitation, thunderstorms, tornados and hurricanes, climate and
climate change, global warming and ozone depletion. (Three onehour
lectures, one two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 11. Fall)
PHY 116
Introduction to Physics
An algebra-based introductory course in which the applications, problems
and experiments are selected to illustrate fundamental principles and
provide a broad survey of physics. (Three one-hour lectures, one two-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 111. Fall)
PHY 121,122 General Physics I, II
A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics, wave motion,
thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism and optics. Designed for physics
majors, pre-engineering students and other specified majors. Must be
taken in sequence. (Three onehour lectures, one three-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: MPG IV.Fall: PHY 121; Spring: PHY 122)
PHY 199
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the
student to consider physics as a major and/or explore its career alternatives. Students must consult with the Department and Internship Office
before registering for academic credit.
PHY 245
Modern Physics
An introduction to modem physics from a historical and experimental
basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear
and solid state physics. This course indicates the need for, and develops
the experimentalbasis of, quantum mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures,
one oneand-one-half hour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY 122. Fall)
PHY 261
Electronics
A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronics comprises
the first half of the semester. The second half includes study of digital
electronics culminating in analysis and use of microprocessors and
microcomputer systems. (Three onehour lectures, one three-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: PHY 116 or 122; and MAT 122 or 125 or 146. Spring.
Cross-listed with Computer Science Department.)
PHY 299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
PHY 320
lntroduction to Space Science
A survey of the earth's space environment including solar, planetary,
magnetospheric, ionospheric and upper atmospheric physics (solar
dynamics, the bow shock, magnetopause, radiation belts, plasma sheet,
magnetic storms, substorms, current systems, particle precipitation and
aurora). (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 245. Spring)
PHY 327
Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
An introduction to special functions in physics and engineering (complex
numbers, partial differentiation, Fourier series, series solution of selected
Physics 2
differential equations, Legendre, Bessel and other orthogonal functions,
and functions of a complex variable). (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.:
PHY 122 or consent of instructor, MAT 224 or 245 or equivalent. Spring.
Cross-listed with Mathematics Department.)
PHY 351, 352 Mechanics I, II
Classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include consenration
principles, single particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems,
central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation, two-particle
kinematics, noninertial reference frames, thermodynamics and statistical
mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122, MAT 226 or 247
(or PHY 327). Fall: PHY 351; Spring: PHY 352)
PHY 362, 363 Electromagnetic Fields I, II
The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector
calculus throughout. Topics include electrostatics, magnetostatics,
solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic
properties of materials, and the theory of electromagneticradiation based
on Maxwell's equations. (Three one- hour lectures. Prereq.: MAT 226 or
247 (or PHY 327). Fall: PHY 362; Spring: PHY 363)
PHY 395,396 Comprehensive Laboratory
(.5 course each)
An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including
participation in physics seminars. Experiments in the area of mechanics,
thermodynamics, vacuum physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism,
optics and modem physics. (One three-hour laboratory and one seminar
hour per week. Prereq.: junior or senior standing or consent of instructor.
Fall: PHY 395; Spring: PHY 396)
PHY 399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
a learning agreement which links the ideas and
and site s u p e ~ s odesign
r
methods of physics with the opportunities found in the placement.
Students must consult with the Internship Office before registering for
academic credit.
PHY 420
Plasma Physics
A rigorous study of the fundamentals of plasma physics including plasma
parameters, plasma drifts, particle motion, electric and magnetic fields,
kinetic theory, Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution function, Boltzmam
equation, magnetohydrodynamics,plasma waves, instabilities, transport
processes and applications to laboratory and space plasmas. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 362,363 or concurrent registration)
PHY 486
Quantum Physics I
A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the
Schroedinger equation, operators, wave functions, expectation values,
angular momentum and approximation methods. Applications include
potential wells and barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen
atom. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 245,351. Fall)
Physics
PHY 488
Quantum Physics II
The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the
areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics
and particle physics. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 486. Spring)
PHY 499
Independent Study
An opportunity for students to explore systematically a problem in
experimentalor theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a
faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors with Departmental approval.
F
irmly grounded in the liberal arts
tradition, political science has roots in the
humanities, including philosophy and
history. Through its use of statistical
analysis, it relates not only to other
behavioral sciences, but also to mathematics and the sciences generally. The role and
sigruficance of authority in human affairs
establish the focus of political science;
because politics is a central and enduring
reality in the world, it affects and is
affected by many other human concerns.
As an academic discipline, political
science uses systematic inquiry and
analysis to examine political reality and to
suggest and test alternatives. The student
who majors in political science will explore
political ideas and values, investigate
political cooperation and conflict, analyze
and compare political systems and develop
perspectives on international relations. In
the process, the student will be encouraged
to relate insights from other liberal arts
disciplines such as philosophy, psychology,
economics, history and sociology to the
study of politics.
Providing work in several sub-fields of
political science, the major supplies the
breadth appropriate for graduate work in
the discipline, as well as in public administration, public policy analysis, law and
other professions. It also serves as a
foundation on which to develop careers in
public service, business, communications
and other fields. Legislative and other
Internships, as well as significant independent research projects, are within easy
reach of ~ u ~ s b uPolitical
rg
Science
students in the Twin Cities area. Combined
with broad, balanced and flexible course
offerings, these special opportunities
enhance the student's potential for graduate study and a successful career.
Augsburg Political Science students
have the benefit of an experienced faculty
that brings a balanced expertise to the
course offerings, as well as special
strengths in interpreting politics in the
contexts of the mass communications
media, communism and American public
law. The Departmental faculty is committed to the view that the study of politics,
involving as it does an understanding of
the human heritage and the importance of
informed choice in human affairs, is an
important aspect of liberal learning.
Political Science Faculty
Milda Hedblom (Chair), Andrew Aoki,
Mary Ellen Lundsten, Norma Noonan,
Myles Stenshoel
Major
Nine courses:
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
POL 484 Political Analysis Seminar
Required elective - one of the following:
POL 121 American Government and
Politics
POL 122 Metropolitan Complex
POL 160 World Politics
POL 170 Law in the United States
And at least five other Upper Division
courses in four out of five political science
areas. A seminar in one of the five areas
may be counted for that area.
SOC 362 Statistical Analysis
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers which
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to change
O Political Science
-
Minor
after publication of this catalog. Students
therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Education Deparlment to
identify current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements.
Five courses, including POL 121 or 122
or 170; POL 158; and at least three Upper
Division courses in three out of five
political science areas.
Honors Major
Political Science Areas
The Honors Major in Political Science
includes the requirements listed above,
plus the following: The student's GPA
must be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall.
The student must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must
submit, not later than March 1of the senior
year, an Honors Thesis to be defended
before a faculty committee. Students may
work with any member of the Department
on their Honors Thesis. For specific
requirements, consult the Department
Chair. Students should apply for the
Honors major no later than the first term of
the junior year.
(I) American Government and Politics,
(11) Comparative Politics and Analysis, (III)
International Politics, (IV) Public Law, and
(V) Political Theory and Analysis. Any
course listed in more than one area may be
counted in only one area toward major or
minor requirements.
Note: Students interested in secondary
education may take a Political Science
major in combination with specified social
science courses, in compliance with state
requirements. For more information, see
the Department Chair.
See the class schedule for precise listing
of terms in which courses are offered.
I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
POL 121
American Government and Politics
The politics of American government including the forms of political
ideas; the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional,
presidential and bureaucratic policy making; and current issues in
American society.
POL 122
Metropolitan Complex
Examines politics in metropolitan areas, emphasizing central cities and
focusing on actors, structures and other influences on urban public policy.
Discussion-lecture, case studies of the Twin Cities metro area, and
meetings with public officials and activists.
POL 325
Public Administration
The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in
the United States; governmental regulation, promotion and management,
emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: one course in
political science or consent of instructor)
Political Science
POL 326
Political Parties and Behavior
The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and
political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties
and interest groups and media in presidential elections (optional in nonpresidential election years). (Prereq.: one course in political science or
consent of instructor. Fall term of election years)
POL 342
Mass Communications in Society
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and
control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study
of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. (Prereq.: junior or senior standing or consent of the instructor)
POL 370
Constitutional Law
(See Section IV for description.)
POL 371
Topics in Constitutional Law
(See Section I V for description.)
POL 375
Media Law
(See Section IV for description.)
POL 421
Topics in American Politics
Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and
policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to
be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent
of instructor)
W II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS
POL 158
Political Patterns and Processes
An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making
process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion
of contemporary issues.
POL 350
Topics In European Politics
Study of the political behavior, institutions and processes of European
states. The course will focus on either European Community Law and
Politics or Domestic Politics in European states. (Prereq.: one course in
political science or consent of instructor)
POL 351
Topics In Communist/Post-Communist Systems
Analysis of the former Soviet Union and/or other communist/postcommunist states in terms of political behavior, evolution, institutions
and political processes. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent
of instructor)
POL 359
Topics: Women in Comparative Politics
Various aspects of women in comparative politics will be explored.
Themes and countries vary. (Prereq.:one course in political science or
consent of instructor)
- Political Science
I*
POL 459
Topics in Comparative Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of political systems and
comparisons of political processes such as political participation, political
development, political change and revolution. Topic to be included in
subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
POL 160
World Politics
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including
the dynamics of the international system, theories of international
relations, and a focus on recent problems.
POL 363
Russian and Chinese Foreign Policy
Analysis of theory and policy in the foreign policy process in Russia (and
the former USSR) and China. (Prereq.: one course in political science or
consent of instructor)
POL 461
Topics in International Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign
policy decision making, simulations of international problems. Topic to
be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent
of instructor)
POL 490
Seminar in International Relations
Capstone seminar for students majoring in international relations; analysis
of some methods for studying international relations; analysis of major
trends; senior thesis. Open to other students by consent of instructor.
(Prereq.: four courses in the International Relations sequence)
IV. PUBLIC LAW
POL 170
Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and
society; roles of courts, police, lawyers and juries; the United States
Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary
legal issues.
POL 370
Constitutional Law
The legal-political-philosophicalrole of the Supreme Court in the American political system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of
powers in the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.:
POL 170 or consent of instructor)
POL 371
Topics in Constitutional Law
Selected topics in constitutional law, especially civil rights. Content will
vary, defined by the subtitle of the course. (Prereq.: POL 170 or consent
of instructor)
POL 375
Media Law
Study of key issues and contemporary conflicts in media law and regulation, including the uses of law to settle disputes about media content,
Political Science
access, ethics and ownership. (Prereq.: one course in political science,
POL 342, or consent of instructor)
V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS
POL 158
Political Patterns and Processes
(See Section I1 for description.)
POL 380
Western Political Thought
A study of influential political philosophers, emphasizing the values,
goals and assumptions which continue to inform and to rationalize
human governance. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent
of instructor)
POL 381
Topics in Democratic Theory
A study of democratic theories. Topics vary and may include the emergence of political democracy in comparative perspective or American
political thought. Topic to be included in the subtitle. (Prereq.: one course
in political science or consent of instructor)
POL 382
Marxist Theory
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing
Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on
the changing role of Marxist doctrines in society. (Prereq.: POL 158 or
consent of instructor)
POL 484
Political Analysis Seminar
An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics
including an examination of the requirements of science as a model for
political study. Major research is required. (Prereq.: POL 495 or SOC 362;
POL 158 and two Upper Division courses, or consent of instructor)
VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS
POL 199
Internship
Lower Division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor in the Department to determine project. (P/N grading only unless Internship Supervisor grants exception.) (Fall, Interim, Spring)
POL 295
Lower Division Seminar
Special topics. Consult Department Chair concerning terms and subject
matter. (On demand)
POL 299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division students. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
POL 399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and
methods of political science to opportunities found in the placement.
21
Students must consult with the Depariment supervisor and the Internship
and Cooperative Education Office. (P/N grading only unless Internship
Supervisor grants exception.) (Fall, Interim, Spring)
POL495
.
Seminar
Selected topics. Consult Department Chair concerning terms and subject
matter.
POL 499
Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between instriictor and student. (Fall,
Interim, spring)
IJSYCHOLOCY DEPARTMENT - PSY
P
sychology, with its emphasis on
behavioral observation and data, provides
a perspective on human activities which is
an integral part of a liberal education. The
goal of the Psychology program is the
improved understanding of human
behavior by studying how people cope
with their environment and interact with
each other.
The Department's courses have three
basic goals: (1) to introduce the student to
the current information and methods in
psychology as well as earlier approaches to
psychological questions; (2) to develop the
ability to analyze, interpret and evaluate
behavioral research, and (3) to provide
practice in the application of these principles. The Department program provides
an emphasis on both field experiences and
the theoretical foundation for graduate
study in psychology and related areas.
Cooperative Education and Internships are
designed to provide students with practical
pre-professional experience. On-the-job
experience gives students the opportunity
to test career fields and develop professional contacts.
Psychologists use a variety of methods
to study behavior, including experimentation, observation and clinical case analysis.
Faculty members in the Department of
Psychology at Augsburg have varied
professional specializations which include
areas such as counseling, physiological
psychology, human development, personality, social, and organizational psychology
and analysis of public policy.
The Psychology program's emphasis on
the use of a problem solving approach, the
acquisition of information about human
development and interaction, and the
development of human relations skills can
be beneficial in careers in business,
education and other social services, the
church and govenunent, as well as in
careers such as research, law and medicine.
Psychology Faculty
Nancy Steblay (Chair), Grace Dyrud,
Norman Ferguson, Duane Johnson.
Victoria Littlefield
Major
10 courses including:
PSY 102 The Individual in a Social
World
or PSY 105 General Psychology
PSY 230 Research Methods: Design,
Procedure and Analysis I
PSY 330 Research Methods: Design,
Procedure and Analysis I1
PSY 399 Internship
PSY 381 Psychology in Historical
Perspective
or PSY 493 Seminar: Contemporary
Issues
PSY 354 Perception and Cognition
or PSY 355 Brain and Behavior
PSY 325 Social Behavior
or PSY 359 Psychological Assessment
Three additional Upper Division Psychology courses.
Note: A minimum of five courses must
be from Augsburg. No more than two
courses from among PSY 299,399, and 499
may be counted. It is recommended that
Psychology majors take additional course
work from other areas that will complement and strengthen their particular
interests and skills in psychology. All
Psychology majors must have an adviser in
the Psychology Department.
l8
Psychology
PSY 356
Environmental Psychology
This course uses a cultural-ecological viewpoint to study the influence
which the environment, both natural and human-made, has on behavior.
Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress; territoriality; defensible space and crime; and specific environments such as room,
buildings and cities. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 357
Behavior Analysis
Principles of learning. Behavior change principles and their application to
instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects.
(Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 359
PsychologicalAssessment
Theory,principles and examples of tests of personality and intelligence.
(Prereq.: PSY 230)
PSY 361
Personality
An introduction to the field of personality study, including theory,
research, assessment and contemporary applications. (Prereq.: PSY 102
or 105)
PSY 362
Behavior Disorders
An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from social, organic
and psychological points of view. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 371
Psychology of Gender
Psychological theory and research on biosocial aspects of behavior.
Emphasis on the social construction of gender and its impact on the lives
and behavior of individuals. Consideration of such topics as cognitive,
physical and soda1 development, social relationships, and economic and
political power. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 373
Organizational Psychology
Theoretical conceptualizationsof organizational behavior. The study of
the individual, groups, structure and change and development in
organizations. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 381
Psychology in Historical Perspective
Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical
positions. (Prereq.: two PSY courses)
PSY 399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and
methods of psychology with the opportunities found in the placement.
Participation in a concurrent seminar is required. Students must consult
with the Department and the Internship Office before registration.
(Prereq.: PSY 330)
PSY 485
Counseling Psychology
Principles, methods and attitudes involved in the counseling process.
Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling
relationship. (Prereq.: three PSY courses and junior class standing)
PSY 490
Current Topics in Psychology
Study of selected areas and topics in psychology that are not treated
extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be
published prior to registration. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105 and consent of
instructor)
PSY 493
Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and methods used by psychologists in studying such issues. (Prereq.: five PSY courses)
PSY 499
Independent Study
Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in
psychology. Students must present a written plan prior to registration
including a carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed
study. (Prereq.: PSY 330)
- KELICION DEPARTMENT - REL
!O
A
\ ugsburg College understands itself
as a college of the church and it is persuaded that the Christian faith provides an
appropriate perspective from which to
undertake its educational task. The biblical
faith and tradition of the Christian church
have influenced the whole world and they
have affected and continue to influence
language, literature, history, values and
political structures.
The student encounters this religious
tradition in studying these and other areas.
The study of religion and theology is
intended to make such encounters more
meaningful by a better knowledge of
biblical history and that of the Christian
church and by a larger acquaintance with
theological thought.
While it is true that the fundamental
orientation of this College is to the Christian faith, it is also true that the field of
religion obviously includes more than is
represented by the Christian faith. Large
segments of the earth's population live
by religious concepts and ideas which
are different from Christianity. The
Department of Religion seeks to introduce students to some of these major
religious traditions.
It is the hope and expectation of the
Department that students will become
better acquainted with the content and
character of the Christian faith, enabling
them to reflect theologically on their own
religious commitment. Courses in religion
are not intended to be footnotes to courses
in other disciplines and departments. The
study of religion and the discipline of
theology have an integrity of their own.
The College offers both a major and a
minor in Religion. Students who wish to
work in the church as a parish or youth
worker or as a director of Christian
Education may find a major in Religion
appropriate for that purpose.
Religion Faculty
~Lynne~
Bradley ~ ~(chair),
l tJohn B
LorenZen, philip Quabeck 11, Eugene
Skibbe
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Religion Major
Eight courses including:
REL 111 Introduction to Theology
REL 221 Biblical Studies
REL 356 History of Religions
REL 481 Contemporary Theology
REL 495 Seminar
Three additional Religion courses.
Note: Seminar, especially for majors,
should be taken in the junior or senior year.
Before taking the seminar, each major must
have written one formal research paper
and placed it on file with the Department
Chair. Only one Interim course may be
applied to the major. One New Testament
Greek course may be applied to the major.
Religion Major with a Concentration in
Youth and Family Ministry
Nine courses including:
REL 111 Introduction to Theology
REL 221 Biblical Studies
REL 342 Theology of Youth and Family
Living
REL 343 Theology of Marriage
REL 358 Life and Work of the Church
REL 399 Internship
REL 481 Contemporary Theology
REL 495 Seminar
and a supervised Internship in the Youth
and Family area.
~
Reliaion
Consultation with one of the staff
members in the Youth and Family Institute
is required in order that proper preparation
in discipline areas outside the Department
of Religion may be achieved.
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall;
research project approved by the Department and colloquium with the Department.
Minor
Five courses. Not more than one Interim
course may be counted for the minor.
REL 111
Religion 111or 221 is prerequisite to all
other courses and is to be taken in either
the freshman or sophomore year at
Augsburg. Exceptions may be made for
junior or senior transfer students, but the
basic courses are still highly recommended
as preparation for Upper Division courses.
Department approval is necessary
before courses taken in other colleges can
be accepted for Religion Department credit.
All majors must consult with the
Department Chair. See also International
Studies Department: Global Issues and
World Churches.
Introduction to Theology
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue
between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine.
REL 199
Internship
A work-based learning experience designed by the student, faculty
member and site supervisor to meet the goals of the student; i.e. exploring
career alternatives in religion. The learning agreement must be completed
before registering.
REL 221
Biblical Studies
The origin, literary character and transmission of the biblical documents.
The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence
of the church.
REL 231
REL 299
Religion in African-American History
An examination of selected topics related to the Black experience, e.g.,
African backgrounds, religion under slavery and evangelicalism.
Directed Study
Independent study on Lower Division level. Limited to special cases, on
application to Chair.
REL 342
Theology of Youth and Family Living
Contemporary theories of youth and family living are examined within
the context of Christian teachings. Emphasis will be placed on individual
development at every age, how individuals relate in systems and how
Christian ideas intersect to enhance the functioning of families, particularly in relationship to current crises in teenagers and families. (Fall)
21
REL 353
Denominations and Religious Croups in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major Christian
denominations and of many contemporary American religious groups.
Some controversial religious movements will also be considered. (Spring)
REL 356
History of Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world,
including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto and Islam.
Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious
communities. (Fall)
REL 357
Survey of Church History
A survey of Christian history in the early, medieval, Reformation and
modem periods. Some attention to primary sources, in addition to
interpretations of the periods in question. The expansion of the church, its
inner life, its relation to the state and the development of its doctrine will
be major elements of the study.
REL 358
Life and Work of the Church
Congregational life in its varied character with attention to Christian
education and curriculum, youth work and parish work. (Spring)
REL 360
Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of
sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society.
REL 361
The Church in the First Four Centuries
A study of the early Christian Church, including such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianity in
conflict with Gnosticism and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship and theology.
REL 362
Theology of the Reformers
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of
the 16th century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and
other representative figures.
REL 363
Religion in America
A study of the history of religion in America. Special attention to the rise
of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of
religion to the challenges of its environing culture. (Fall)
REL 370
American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought
Religious beliefs, spiritual customs and philosophy of North American
Indians are studied. Within these broad areas, the subjects of medicine,
healing, shamanism, dreams, visions, myths and spiritual powers are also
included. Tribal similarities and differences are explored as are tribal
relationships with nature, religious oversight of life cycles, sacred ritual
ceremonies and beliefs in an afterlife.
Religion
REL 399
Internship
A work-based learning experience designed by the student, faculty
member and site supervisor focusing on methodology and specialties
within the field of religion. The learning agreement must be completed
before registering.
REL 420
The Russian Orthodox Church
This course will explore the history, theology and liturgical life of the
Eastern Orthodox Christian Church. Theology and history will be
considered primarily from the perspective of those Christians who live in
Greece, Turkey and Eastern Europe, with special attention to the Orthodox Church in Russia. (Spring)
REL 441
Feminism and Christianity
This course will consider the central ideas of Christianity and feminism
and how they might be compatible. Attention will be given to religious
influences on societal roles for women and men, feminist interpretation of
the Bible and the impact of feminism on Christian theology, especially in
terms of language and metaphor. (Fall)
REL 471
Jesusand His Interpreters
Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the
Gospels, dealing with their context, literary structure and relationships.
Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus,
including the "quests for the historical Jesus."
REL 472
Paul the Apostle
A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his
relationship to the early church and some of the themes found in his
writings.
REL 473
The Message of the Old Testament
The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of
Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets.
REL 475
Judaism
A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament
period to modem times, with emphasis placed upon the religious
development. A special interest in such modem Jewish thinkers as Buber
and Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to
Augsburg College in partial support of this course in Judaism. (Fall)
REL 481
REL 483
Contemporary Theology
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological
thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the
continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring)
Christian Ethics
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and
sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action.
2;
Religion
REL 495
Seminar
Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by
permission of instructor. (Fall)
REL 499
Independent Study
Limited to students who are Religion majors and satisfy Departmental
guidelines.
See Department listing for a description of the following approved elective:
PHI 350
Philosophy of Religion
Coordinator
Minor
Magda Paleczny-Zapp
Six courses including:
Two courses (one year) of basic college
Russian (or equivalent competencies)
One course in Russian history
One course in Marxist theory
One course from the approved list of
electives.
Major
11 courses including:
Four courses (two years) of basic college
Russian (or equivalent competencies)
Two courses in Russian history
One course in Marxist theory
One course in Russian literature
One course in Soviet politics
Two courses from the approved list of
electives.
Each student's major program must be
approved by the Coordinator.
See Nordic Area Studies under Interdisciplinary Studies.
Central and East European Concentration
Minor
Consult the Coordinator for information.
Courses that are regularly offered in
Augsburg College are: POL 351, POL 363,
POL 382, POL 459, ECO 317, REL 356, REL
420, HIS 348, RUS 111, RUS 112.
s
tudents preparing to teach social
studies on the high school level must
complete, in addition to the professional
requirements to be met within the Department of Education, a competency-based
program designed to provide a broad
foundation in the social sciences.
Coordinator
Jerry Gerasimo
Social Studies Teaching Licensure
Seven courses:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
or ECO 113Principles of
Microeconomics
HIS 222 20th Century U.S.
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
PSY 105 General Psychology
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 336 Introduction to Cultural
Anthropology
One course in geography (human or
cultural)
plus a major in one of five fields economics, history, political science,
psychology or sociology. Geography and
anthropology are also acceptable fields,
although they are not offered as majors on
the Augsburg campus.
Students considering a career in
social studies education should consult, as
soon as possible, the Augsburg Department
of Education and the Social Studies
Coordinator.
For students beginning in Fall, 1994 or
later: New requirements for the social
studies licensure were under consideration
as this catalog went to press. Contact
Prof. Gerasimo and the Department of
Education for information on curriculum
and requirements.
- 30CIAL VVORK UEPARTMENT - SWK
!6
T
he Social Work major
. prepares
- graduates for entry-level generalist
professional practice in the field of human
services. The program is accredited by the
Council on Social Work Education and
leads to a Bachelor of Science degree. The
program is based on a generalist model of
practice, enabling graduates to work with
individuals, families, groups, communities
and to develop and analyze social policy.
Courses within the program utilize a
student empowerment model for teaching
and learning.
of its social services. The Twin Cities, as the
hub for these services, provides both a
variety of field placements for social work
students and external experts for the
classroom. The ethnic and economic
diversity present in this metropolitan area
provides opportunities for social work
students to learn to understand, appreciate,
respect and work with people different
from themselves and to be enriched by this
opportunity to interact with diverse clients
and professionals.
The Social Work Program strives to
contribute to its environment as well as to
gain from it. Appropriately, social work
students have been involved in a wide
variety of community service efforts
including helping to develop the LINK
program
on campus, mobilizing students
The College's commitment to the liberal
to
assist
a
social service agency in their
arts is highly compatible with education for
annual
Christmas
giving program, and
professional social work practice. The
tutoring
at
a
local
neighborhood
center.
liberal arts with its emphasis on breadth of
The Social Welfare minor and electives
understanding, cultural and ethnic
in the Department allow students to
diversity, openness to new ideas, analysis
support another major while gaining
and synthesis, is an ideal foundation for
knowledge about human needs and
social work education. As Sir Richard
growth, human services and the methods
Livingston has said, "A technician is a
of effective citizenship. Students taking
person who knows everything there is to
know about his/her job except its ultimate these courses have the opportunity to
purpose and social consequence." Effective become knowledgeable about public issues
and develop and nurture a perspective that
social workers go beyond being technisees the central importance of diversity to
cians. Augsburg social work graduates are
the social fabric of this country. But beyond
entry-level professionals.
knowledge, students are encouraged to use
Augsburg College's motto, "Education
their talents and skills to address the needs
for Service," exemplifies the philosophy of
of society in the interest of the public good,
the Social Work Department. Unique
always emphasizing social justice.
learning opportunities for field work
Augsburg's social work major also
provides a strong foundation for graduate
studies in a variety of fields. Augsburg also
offers a full-time Master of Social Work
degree on a weekend schedule.
placement and cultural enrichment are
provided by a metropolitan setting known
for a humane quality of life which is
enhanced by the arts, outstanding human
services and a highly-educated populace.
Social work opportunities abound. Minnesota is known for the vitality and relevance
Social Work Faculty
Rosemary Link (Chair), Vern Bloom, Maria
Brown (BSW Program Director),Francine
Chakolis (MSW Program Director),
Anthony Bibus, Blanca Rosa Egas, Hans
Eriksson, Carol Kuechler, Sharon Patton,
Social Work
Curt Paulsen, Vincent Peters, Michael
Schock, Edward Skamulis, Mary Lou
Williams
Major
11 core courses:
SWK 361 Social Responses to Human
Needs
SWK 363 Methods and Skills of Social
Work
SWK 364 Field Work I
SWK 365 Quantitative Analysis and
Program Evaluation
SWK 461 Advanced Methods and Skills
in Social Work
SWK 462 Field Work I1
SWK 463 Community Development and
Organization
SWK 465 Social Policy: Analysis and
Development
SWK 466 Field Work I11
SWK 467 The Social Worker as
Professional
SWK 469 Field Work IV
and seven supporting courses:
SWK 257 Exploring Human Services
SWK 260 Humans Developing
BIO 101 HumanBiology
PSY 105 General Psychology
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 231 Family Systems: A CrossCultural Perspective
SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and
Race
A minimum grade of 2.0 is required
for each course in the core program and a
2.0 average in the supporting program.
Concentration
Concentrations in Aging, Chemical
Dependency, Crime and Corrections, Social
Ministries, and Youth are possible. A
concentration consists of courses descriptive of functional, dysfunctional and
programmatic aspects, plus field work
placement in the senior year in the special
area. For Social Ministries, a minor in
Religion with specific coursework is
required. Completion of a concentration is
noted on the transcript.
Candidacy
Social Work majors must apply for
candidacy status before the beginning of
the senior year. Certain 400 level courses
list candidacy as a prerequisite. A written
self-statement, reference letters, and the
completion of all core and supporting
program courses below the 400 level is
necessary for candidacy review.
Social Welfare Minor
Six courses including:
SWK 257 Exploring Human Services
SWK 260 Humans Developing
SWK 361 Social Responses to Human
Needs
SWK 463 Community Development and
Organization
SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and
Race
and one course from:
SWK 465 Social Policy: Analysis and
Development
POL 121 American Government and
Politics
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
POL 325 Public Administration
School Social Work
State Department of Education required
coursework includes EDU 255; HPE 115,
and 400 hours in a senior year field
placement in a school setting. See adviser
for additional specifics.
2;
-
!8
Social Work
H ELECTIVE COURSES OPEN TO ALL STUDENTS
SWK 230
Global Peace and Social Development
This course offers a framework of non-violent social change and development in the "
~lobalcontext. It also identifies the focus of Social Work in
addition to many other disciplines which are vital to fostering peace,
development and enhancement of a better quality of life for all human
kind.
SWK 257
Exploring Human Services
This course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation
to a possible major or future career in social work. Students must arrange
to perform 80 hours of work in a human service agency and must attend
the weekly seminar.
SWK 260
Humans Developing
This course provides the knowledge basic to an understanding of human
growth through the life cycle and of the interplay of sociocultural,
biological and psychological factors which influence the growth of
individuals and families in contemporary American society. Growth
related to populations and groups which represent ethnic and/or life-style
diversity or special stresses relevant to growth is also a focus. Students
will gain self-understandingthrough use of their own experiences.
SWK 299
Directed Study
An opportunity for students to do readings and study on topics of
interest. Proposed study must be approved in advance of registration.
(Prereq.: SWK 257 and consent of instructor)
SWK 361
Social Responses to Human Needs
This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human
service and the diversity of professionals and client groups. The major
assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the
charitable and govenunental responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest speakers and agency visits highlight the course. (Prereq.:
junior standing or consent of instructor)
SWK 399
Internship*
Provides field learning experience for the non-major and supplements the
required field work of majors (Prereq.:consent of instructor)
SWK 463
Community Development and Organization
Locality development and social change through community organization, social planning and social action. Emphasis on: 1)survey of historical
forms of community organization and social change; 2) understanding the
theories, basic issues, and strategies relevant to social protest and change;
3) examination of the role of staff and of the functions and interrelationships of community organizations; and 4) knowledge of and actual
practice in the local community in the essential principles and techniques
of organizing. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of instructor)
Social Work
SWK 465
Social Policy: Analysis and Development
Includes the study of theories of social policy formulation and methods of
analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of
policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will be
viewed firsthand through work with a public policy agency or official.
Readings and analytical paper integrate class concepts with practical
experience. (Prereq.: SWK 361,463 and senior standing or consent
of instructor.)
SWK 499
Independent Study
An independently designed course a student (or group of students)
develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of
resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g., lectures, syrnposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the
course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in
consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department.
* Can be taken in coordination with Cooperative Education, which may provide payment
for work in field sites.
W COURSES RESERVED FOR SOCIAL WORK MAJORSONLY
SWK 363
Methods and Skills of Social Work
Basic features of the helping process, theoretical foundations, principles
and techniques of social work interventative methods and practical
experience necessary for social work practice with individuals and small
groups with a diversity of professionals and client groups; development
of the student's repertoire of relationship-building skills. Includes videotaping laboratory sessions. (Prereq.: SWK 361, junior standing)
SWK 364
Field Work I*
Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency
which focuses on interviewing experience and relationship building. A
total of 120 hours, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar
per week. (Prereq.: SWK 361, junior standing, concurrent with SWK 363)
SWK 365
Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation
Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental
designs and applications to program evaluations. Consumer overview of
methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative and
qualitative information.Use of data-processingequipment for statistical
analysis. (Prereq.: MPG El)
SWK 461
Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work
Enlargement and refinement of practice skills recognizing adaptations of
the problem-solving model to diverse populations through lecture,
classroom exercise and regular class work. Enlargement of social group
and family work skills, emphasis on development of generalist practice
skills and eclectic approaches with a focus on diversity of professionals
and client populations. (Lectures and/or laboratory exercises each week)
2:
SWK 462
Field Work II*
Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience
including work with individuals, families, groups and/or communities
in a social service agency. A total of 120 hours, plus one supportive/
discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: candidacy status; concurrent
with SWK 461)
SWK 466
Field Work 111
(.5 or 1.0 course*)
Continuation of field work, a total of 60 or 120 hours. (1/2 course option
during Interim. (Prereq.: candidacy status)
SWK 467
The Social Worker as Professional
Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional job attainment,
affirmative action and sexual harassment issues, personnel policies and
practices, organizational theory and resource development will be studied
in the course. The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class
exercises. (Prereq.: candidacy status)
SWK 469
Field Work IV*
Continuation of SWK 466. (Prereq.: candidacy status. Concurrent with
SWK 467)
* Can be taken in coordination with Cooperative Education, which may provide payment
for work in field sites.
30CIOLOCY DEPARTMENT - soc
S
ociology is the study of society as a
whole and i f human social organization
and groups. The sociological perspective
provides a way to better understand the
social world and how individuals come to
think and act as they do.
The goal of the Department is to help
students develop their understanding of
the social order and how it affects them in
their daily lives. Sociology majors develop
an understanding of the theories of society
and social groups, leam to create and use
sociological tools of analysis, and leam
how to apply sociological concepts to the
solution of social problems.
Students are encouraged to select as
electives some of the non-traditional
learning models available, such as intemships, independent study, Interim courses
and field studies. The Department urges
students to use Augsburg's metropolitan
setting as a laboratory for learning.
Internships and Cooperative Education
enable majors to apply the theories and
research skills of sociology while they
explore career alternatives. Augsburg
alumni who have majored in sociology are
currently employed in the personnel
departments of both government and
private corporations, in industrial relations
work and in program evaluation. Others
have used their majors as preparation for
advanced study in areas such as law, the
ministry, social work, urban planning and
criminal justice.
The Department of Sociology welcomes
students who, in their quest for a liberal
education as a foundation for work and
life, are looking for new and different ways
of understanding- the often taken-forgranted aspects of our world.
Sociology Faculty
Diane Pike (Chair), Jeny Gerasimo, Gany
Hesser, Gordon Nelson, Rita Weisbrod
Major
10 courses including:
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 349 Complex Organizations
SOC 362 Statistical Analysis
SOC 363 Research Methods
SOC 375 Social Psychology
SOC 485 Modem Sociological Theory
and four additional Sociology courses.
Note: SOC 399 is highly recommended.
An Internship, Cooperative Education
experience, independent study or Upper
Division Interim course in Sociology is
recommended to take advantage of the
variety of learning models offered through
the Department. Consult the Department
Chair concerning areas of concentration.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers
which may differ slightly in emphasis
from the Augsburg major requirements.
The state requirements may also change
after publication of this catalog. Students
therefore should consult with the Augsburg
Education Department to identify current
Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Honors Major
To complete the Honors Major in
Sociology, the student must have a
minimum GPA of 3.5 in the major and
overall. In addition, she or he must: 1)
successfully complete an internship,
independent study or cooperative educa-
- Sociology
tion experience; 2) submit a portfolio of
completed papers and projects, including a
theory paper, a research methods project,
and two projects or papers of the student's
choosing which represent outstanding
work in sociology; and 3) write an acceptable reflective statement on the sociology
major and on the work included in the
portfolio.
Application for Honors Major can be
obtained from the Department Chair. A
SOC 121
letter of intent to apply for Honors should
be received by the Chair no later than Nov.
1of the Senior year. The application and
portfolio must be submitted for Department acceptance by March 1.
Minor
Five courses including SOC 121 and
two Upper Division courses (i.e., SOC 300
and above), at least one of which must be
taken at Augsburg College.
Introduction to Human Society
What is society and how does it make us who we are? As a unique way of
understanding, sociology offers insights into discovering the world and
one's place in it. Course study focuses on an understanding of culture,
social structure, institutions and our interactions with each other. (Fall,
Spring)
SOC 199
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a leaming agreement which enables the
student to consider sociology as a major and/or explore career altematives. Students must consult with the Department and Internship Office
before registering for academic credit. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
SOC 21 1
Human Communities and the Modern Metropolis
The course asks a fundamental question of our times: how is community
possible in the face of multicultural, economic and ideological forces that
are characteristic of urban life? The cultural and structural dynamics of the
Twin Cities are a basis for exploring this possibility. (Fall, Spring)
SOC 231
Family Systems: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
The human family system is explored in its variation among world
cultures and within sub-culturesin the United States. Students prepare
and deliver oral reports on topics of their choice including a world family
pattem, an American sub-cultural pattern and a family process. (Fall)
SOC 265
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race
Why do we set people aside for negative special treatment? How are they
stigmatized?The people to whom we do this are often reflections of our
own fears. A sociological analysis of "self" and "other" provides a way to
examine racism, sexism and other "-isms." Offered on P/N basis only.
(Fall, Spring)
SOC 299
Directed Study
Lndependent Study for Lower Division students. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
Sociology 2.
SOC 300, 301, 302, 303, 304 Special Topics in Sociology
A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests
which are not satisfied by regular course offerings. (Prereq.: consent of
instructor)
SOC 336
Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
The concept of culture is examined in anthropology. In what way do we
see and live in the world? An analysis of basic assumptions underlying the
ideas of "nature," "primitive," "civilized and "progress." The course will
examine the person's relation to culture and conduct an analysis of
selected aspects of Western culture. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or consent of
instructor. Fall, Spring)
'
SOC 349
Complex Organizations
What is the nature of these modem organizations in which we spend so
much of our daily lives? Organizations as corporate actors are analyzed
with respect to their goals, culture, technology and structure, as well as
corporate deviance. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Spring)
SOC 360
Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of
sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements and institutions in American society.
(Prereq.: SOC 121 recommended. Fall)
SOC 362
Statistical Analysis
The amount of quantitative information in the world is ever-increasing.
This course is an introduction to descriptive and inferential statistics in the
social sciences; as such, it provides a foundation for understanding
quantitative analysis -be it in an academic journal or a daily newspaper.
(Prereq.: MPG III. Fall)
SOC 363
Research Methods
Good research -how do you know it when you see it, can you produce it
yourself? Social science research skills are learned through the practice
and application of the basic tools of valid and reliable research design and
data analysis. (Prereq.: SOC 362 or consent of instructor. Spring)
SOC 375
Social Psychology
An examination of the ideas of group, role and self in the understanding of
the relationship between the individual and society. A look at the major
assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life using interaction
theories. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Fall, Spring)
SOC 381
The City and Metro-Urban Planning
The primary focus of the course is upon the major issues confronting the
present and future metropolis. Emphasis will center on alternative
theories and approaches to planning and shaping metropolitan areas.
Resources include extensive readings, simulations, films, outside speakers
and field trips in a seminar format. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211 or consent of
instructor. Spring)
- Sociology
SOC 399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas
and methods of sociology with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. (Prereq.: consent
of instructor)
SOC 485
Modern Sociological Theory
An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology,
tracing the course of their development in the 19th and 20th centuries.
(Prereq.: two courses in sociology including SOC 121 or consent of
instructor. Fall)
SOC 498
SOC 499
Independent Study - Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students)
develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of
resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the
course, supplemented by traditional college resources. (Prereq.: SOC 121
or 211 and/or consent of instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer)
Independent Study
The student must present a written proposal containing rationale,
objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to Department guidelines. Limited registration by permission for advanced
students in Sociology. (Prereq.: SOC 121 and consent of instructor.
Fall, Interim, Spring)
SPANISH
See listing under Modern Languages.
-A
31JttLH/ LUMMUNiLAl IUN AND I H t A l K t
ur quality of life, both personally
and professionally, depends in large part
upon the quality of our communication. A
communication major at Augsburg is
designed to enhance understanding of
communication in a variety of contexts and
to ,jrnprovecommunication skills.
-
p
-
p
-
Since communication careers demand
a broad educational background, the
Department strongly encourages a second
major or two minors in fields such as
business, economics, English, history,
international relations, political science,
psychology, religion, social work or
sociology.
The Augsburg Communication major
focuses on competency in both speech and
writing, as well as effective use of media.
Since the study and practice of communication is grounded in both the humanities
and the social sciences, majors are encouraged to include such related subjects as
aesthetics, ethics, philosophy, logic,
literature, statistics and research methods
in their programs.
Prospective majors should meet with
a Departmental Adviser as early as possible to design an approved major program, preferably by the end of the sophomore year.
Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts
~aculty
David Lapakko (Chair), Deborah Bart, Julie
Bolton, Michael Burden, James Hayes,
Anne Holmquest, Martha Johnson
I BACHELOR OF ARTS
Communication Major
12 courses overall - seven required
core courses and five courses within one of
three concentrations. For transfer students,
at least six of these 12 courses must be
Upper Division courses offered at
Augsburg.
Required of all Communication majors:
SPC 111 Public Speaking
or SPC 112 Contest Public Speaking
SPC 351 Argumentation
SPC 352 Persuasion
SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication
SPC 355 S m d Group Communication
POL 342 Mass Communication in Society
One of the following: ENG 223,225,226,
227.
Note: Participation &I at least two
interscholastic forensics tournaments in
two different events is also required.
General Communication Studies
Concentration
Five additional electives from the
following: SPC 329,343,345,347,399,495,
499; THR 350,360; LIN 311; PSY 325,371;
3753621
Organizational Communication
Concentration
Five additional electives from the
following: ART 132,225,330; SPC 329,345,
399,495,499; BUS 340,355 or 357; PSY 325,
371; SOC 265,349,375.
Mass Communication Concentration
Five electives from the following: SPC
343,347,348,399,495,499; ART 132,225,
330; ENG 241,327; POL 375; THR 232,325,
350,360.
/--
For All Three Concentrations
Majors must participate in Augsburg's
Interscholastic Forensics Program by
attending at least two interscholastic
speech tournaments in at least two different events. Students should be aware that
the tournament season is essentially from
October through mid-March, and should
plan schedules accordingly.
Majors in dl three concentrations
should plan to include at least one Internship (SPC 399) as one of their electives.
Students may petition the Department
to include as part of their major concentration other Augsburg courses not listed
above. Such requests must be submitted in
writing to the Departmental Adviser for
prior approval. Also, students may petition
to include up to three courses from other
ACTC schools as electives, with prior
approval of the Registrar and adviser or
Department chair.
Honors Major
The Honors major is designed to
encourage overall excellence as well as
outstanding achievement on a specific
project of special interest to the student.
Honors majors must maintain a 3.5 GPA in
the major and a 3.0 GPA overall, and, as
part of their major program, complete a
substantial independent project of honors
quality (SPC 499 registration). Honors
candidates should meet with their Departmental Adviser prior to their senior year to
develop a proposal for the honors project.
Communication Minor
Six courses including:
SPC 111 Public Speaking
or SPC 112 Contest Public Speaking
POL 342 Mass Communications In
Society
SPC 351 Argumentation
or SPC 352 Persuasion
SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication
SPC 345 Organizational Communication
or SPC 355 Small Group
Communication
ENG 223,225,226 or 227
Note: For transfer students, at least
three of these six courses must be Upper
Division courses offered at Augsburg.
Prospective minors must obtain prior
approval from a Communication faculty
adviser.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers which
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to change
after publication of this catalog. Students
therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Education Department to
idenhfy current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements.
SPC 111
Public Speaking
Theory and practice of effective speaking and critical listening. Students
give several speeches and receive feedback from the class and the instructor. The course focuses on developing self-confidence, speech preparation
and organization, audience analysis and adaptation, effective delivery,
style and language, and critical thinking and listening. (Note: Students
may take either SPC 111and 112 for credit, but not both.) (Fall, Spring)
SPC 112
Contest Public Speaking
Theory and practice of preparing speeches for delivery in formal and
contest situations. Students are expected to attend three interscholastic
speech tournaments and compete in at least two of the following: informative speaking, persuasive speaking, Lincoln-Douglas debate, speaking to
entertain and/or communication analysis. (Note: Students may take either
SPC 111or 112 for credit, but not both.) (Fall)
SPC 329
lntercultural Communication
This course explores both the problems and potential of communication
between persons of different cultural groups. Factors such as ethnocentrism, stereotyping, prejudice, role expectations, values, language and
non-verbal symbols are examined in this course. (Fall: altemate years)
SPC 343
Broadcast Production I
Introduction to video production with an emphasis on creative concept
development, script-writing, directing and producing for video. Students
will work in production teams and will gain experience in operation of
equipment. (Fall)
SPC 345
Organizational Communication
An examination of the dynamics of communication in organizational
settings. Focuses on topics such as superior-subordinate relationships,
formal and informal communication networks, management styles, power
and authority, motivation of employees, organizational culture, performance appraisal, effective use of meetings and sources of communication
problems in the workplace. (Fall: altemate years)
SPC 347
Documentary Video
A video production course which integrates lecture and criticism with
hands-on experience dealing with non-fiction subjects. Students will work
as production teams, gaining experience in field production editing. The
production teams will produce a 30-minute documentary piece. This
course requires additional lab time for editing.
SPC 348
Broadcast Production I1
This course is an advanced television production course in which students
apply knowledge and experience gained in Broadcast Production I. This
course combines studio and field production with special emphasis on
post-production editing. Students work in production teams to create and
produce a one-hour magazine format news program.
SPC 351
Argumentation
Application of standards for sound evidence and reasoning in public
speaking, discussion and debates. Stresses skill in analyzing the quality of
argumentative claims, understanding tests for evidence and fallacies in
reasoning, and learning to apply principles of argumentation to contemporary public issues. Students enhance their skills in debate and discussion and learn to analyze and critique arguments they encounter in their
daily lives. (Fall)
SPC 352
Persuasion
Theory of how people are influenced to change attitudes and behavior.
Examines obstacles to persuasion; cultural dimensions of persuasion; the
use of logical and psychologcal appeals; empirical research in persuasion;
how persuasion is used in politics, sales, advertising and interpersonal
contexts; the nature of mass movements and campaigns; the impact of the
mass media on persuasion; and ethical issues related to persuasion.
(Spring)
SPC 354
Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and nonverbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to
overcome communication barriers. This course combines theory and
practice to help the student understand and manage communication
problems more effectively. (Fall, Spring)
SPC 355
Small Croup Communication
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors
related to decision making, styles of leadership and conflict management.
This course combines lecture with practical experiences to help the
student become a more effective and productive member of a taskoriented small group. (Spring)
SPC 399
Internship
(Consult faculty in area of emphasis)
SPC 495
Communication Topics
Selected topics in communication, with emphasis on the use of primary
sources and methodology of research.
SPC 499
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
Theatre Arts
See Department listings for the following approved electives:
ART 132
ART 225
ART 330
BUS 340
BUS 355
BUS 357
LIN 311
Photography
Communication Design I
Communication Design I1
Human Resource
Management
Marketing Communications
Advertising
Theories of Grammar
(see Modem Languages)
T
he study of theatre is essential to a
liberal arts education in that theatre is a
laboratory for experiencing, experimenting
and integrating knowledge from many
disciplines. Theatre enables students to
seek, confront and experience authentic life
in its mystery, ambiguity and beauty. We
seek to create every opportunity for
students to grow as human beings by
encouraging connections between theory
and application through course study,
production work and the Artist Series.
Currently we offer a solid base in
classical, modem and contemporary
theatre and we are exploring ways of
incorporating non-Western and nontraditional theatre to support our commitment to the multicultural experience.
Augsburg is an ideal place to study
theatre as it is located in one of the major
theatre centers in the United States.
Augsburg students expand their knowledge of theatre not only by attending,
but by working with numerous local
theatre artists and professional theatre
companies. Our theatre faculty, currim-
POL 342
POL 375
PSY 325
PSY 371
SOC 265
SOC 362
SOC 375
Mass Communication in
Society
Media Law
Social Behavior
Psychology of Gender
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender
and Race
Statistical Analysis
Social Psychology
1um and program are models for other
small colleges.
At Augsburg we encourage students to
participate in all aspects of theatre production, while providing each student the
opportunity of emphasizing a specific area
of interest. We prepare students to enter
graduate school, law school, seminary,
education and various communication
fields including professional theatre,
television and film.
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Theatre Arts Major
10 courses including:
THR 222 Introduction to Theatre
THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft
THR 232 Acting
THR 328 Theatrical Design
THR 361 Theatre History and Criticism I
THR 362 Theatre History and Criticism II
THR 366 Stage Direction I
2
O
Theatre Arts
Three of the following:
THR 116 Creative Dance
THR 245 Introduction to Asian and Asian
American Theatre
THR 325 Playwriting
THR 350 Voice and Diction
THR 360 Interpretive Reading
THR 365 Advanced Acting
THR 399 Internship
or THR 499 Independent Study in
Theatre
Ten production units in three or more of
the following areas: acting (two required),
technical crew work and design (four
required), and theatre management/
miscellaneous (two required).
Freshmen planning to major in theatre
arts should begin with courses THR 116,
222,232; sophomores:THR 228,245,361,
362; juniors: THR 325,328,350,360,361,
365; seniors THR 365,366.
Please Note: Several courses are offered
alternate years only.
This major should be supported by
courses in multi-cultural dramatic literature, and Shakespeare, Modem Drama and
Scandinavian Drama. Strongly recommended: courses in movement, dance, art
and media art (cinema, radio, television,
video). A capstone course is encouraged,
but not required.
Majors must participate in dramatic
productions every year. Students must
maintain an overall 2.0 GPA to have major
participation in productions.
Honors Major
Designed to encourage overall excellence as well as outstanding achievement
on a specific project of special interest to
the student. Honors majors must maintain
a 3.5 GPA in the major and a 3.0 GPA
overall and, as part of their major program,
complete a substantial independent project
of honors quality (THR 499). Honors
candidates should meet with their Departmental Adviser prior to their senior year to
develop a proposal for the honors project.
Theatre Arts Minor
Five courses including:
THR 222 Introduction to Theatre
THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft
or THR 328 Theatrical Design
THR 232 Acting
THR 361 Theatre History Criticism I
or THR 362 Theatre History
Criticism I1
THR 366 Stage Direction I
Five production units in the following
areas: acting (one required), technical crew
work (two required), and theatre management/miscellaneous (one required).
Theatre History and Criticism Dramaturgy
Minor
Five courses:
THR 222 Introduction to Theatre
THR 325 Playwriting
THR 361 Theatre History Criticism I
THR 362 Theatre History Criticism I1
A directed studies course in dramaturgy or
theatre criticism or theatre history
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers which
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to change
after publication of this catalog. Students
therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Education Department to
idenhfy current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements.
Theatre Arts
THR 116
Creative Drama
A study of various forms of dramatic movement, pantomime and play
through activity, reading, observation and discsussion. Emphasis on
improvisational techniques and active participation. Development of
dramatic pieces from written, verbal, visual and audible sources. Some
fundamentals of acting are introduced. (Fall)
THR 222
Introduction to Theatre
A survey of dramatic art including major historical periods, plays, artists;
dramatic structure, principles, and values; basic concepts and techniques
of the play production process. Students attend and review live productions. Crew requirement. (Fall)
THR 228
Introduction to Stagecraft
Introduction to the backstage world of the theatre; its organization, crafts,
magic and art. Technical production experience, practical projects and
theatre tours. Open to all students. Lab required, lab fee. (Fall)
THR 232
Acting
An introduction to the art of acting. Focus on physical, mental and
emotional preparation and exploration of the aeative approach to scene
and character study in American drama. Students attend and review live
productions. (Spring)
THR 245
Introduction to Asian and Asian American Theatre
This course is a survey of the rich theatrical p e r f o m c e styles, aesthetic
theories and plays of traditional Asian culture, as well as Asian American
drama. The course will include lecture, films, videos and demonstrations
by visiting performers. Students will read and analyze selected plays and
attend and review one live production. (Fall: altemate years)
THR 299
Directed Study
Independent study for Lower Division aedit.
THR 325
Playwriting
An introductory course in writing for the stage, television and film.
Students will learn the basics of dramatic structure, methods of script
analysis and techniques for the development of playscripts from idea to
finished product. (Prereq.:ENG 111and one literature course. ENG 226
also recommended. Cross-listed with the English department. Fall:
altemate years)
THR 328
Theatrical Design
Introduction to scenery and lighting design for the stage. Each student
will execute two design projects dealing with stage design process. The
class will also take theatre tours, have visiting designers and practical
involvement with the Augsburg spring production. (Lab required, some
materials needed. Prereq.: permission of instructor. Spring)
-2,
*- Theatre Arts
THR 350
Voice and Diction
A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, placement,
relaxation, resonating, articulating, listening, introduction to phonetics
and the vocal mechanism. Emphasis on healing vocal vulnerabilities.
reports and papers,
Theory and practice are combined in oral
voice tapes and individual coaching. (Fall: alternate years)
THR 360
Interpretive Reading
Basic principles of oral interpretation of prose, poetry and drama. Study,
discuss, practice and perform readings in prose, poetry and drama before
small and large groups. (Spring)
THR 361
Theatre History and Criticism I
An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature and criticism from the
classical Greek through the Medieval period. The theatres of Asia are also
introduced. Reading of several plays and attendance at local theatre
productions are required. Need not be taken sequentiallywith THR 362.
(Spring)
THR 362
Theatre History and Criticism II
An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature and criticism from the
Elizabethan through the contemporary theatres. Reading of several plays
and attendance at local theatre productions are required. Need not be
taken sequentially with THR 361. (Spring)
THR 365
Advanced Acting
This course explores the elements of characterizationthrough character
analysis and extensive scene study. Emphasis is on a variety of roles from
the classics, including Shakespeare, French neoclassicism, restoration
comedy, realism and non-realism, epic and the theatre of the absurd,
culminating in preparation and presentation of a professional audition.
(Prereq.: THR 222 and THR 232. Spring: alternate years)
THR 366
Stage Direction I
Basic directorial techniques: choice of plays, play analysis, production
organization, technical collaboration, casting, rehearsals, blocking and
characterization. Direction of a short production required (one-act or
excerpt from full-length play). Permission from instructor required.
(Prereq.: THR 361, THR 362, THR 328. Spring)
THR 399
Internship
(Consult faculty in area of emphasis.)
THR 495
Theatre Topics
Selected topics in theatre.
THR 499
Independent Study in Theatre
Independent study for Upper Division credit.
Chair
Vice Chair
Rodney P. Burwell
Raymond A. Grinde
Secretary
Treasurer
Barbara C. Gage
David L. Swanson
The year in parentheses after each name is the expiration date $current fern.
President, Augsburg College, Minneapolis,
Minn.
Chairman, Xerxes Corporation/Burwell
Mr. Rodney P. Burwell (1994)
Enterprises, Minneapolis, Minn.
Chief Financial Officer, Dart Transit
Mr. Darrell J. Egertson (1994)
Company, St. Paul, Minn.
Retired
Businessman, Mesa, Ariz
Mr. Julian P. Foss (1996)
Homemaker, Long Lake, Minn.
Ms. Barbara C. Gage (1998)
Retired businessman, Roseville, Minn.
Mr. Raymond A. Grinde (1996)
Administrator, S.J. Groves & Sons Company
Ms. Carolyn T. Groves (1996)
Guelzow & Senteney, Ltd.
Mr. Thomas K. Guelzow (1998)
President, Norsen, Inc., Minneapolis, Minn.
Mr. Norman R. Hagfors (1995)
President, Papillon Airways, Inc., irkl land,
Mr. Elling 8. Halvorson (1996)
Wash.
Homemaker, Apple Valley, Minn.
Ms. Beverly J. Thompson Hatlen (1996)
President, A.A. Housh and Associates, Edina,
Mr. M e n A. Housh (1995)
Minn.
Associate
Professor and Division Head,
Dr. George 0.Johnson (1996)
Health Services Administration, University of
Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn.
The Hon. LaJune Thomas Lange, J.D. (1995) Judge, Hennepin County Govenunent Center,
Minneapolis, Minn.
Control Data Business Advisors, Mankato,
Mr. Gary H. Lohn (1994)
Minn.
The Hon. Kenneth G. Nelson (1996)
Senior Fellow - Education, University of
Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn.
The Rev. Maynard L. Nelson (1996)
Senior Pastor, Calvary Lutheran Church,
Minneapolis, Minn.
Ms. Roselyn J. Nordaune (1994)
Partner, Nordaune and Friesen,
St. Louis Park, Minn.
Mr. Richard A. Norling (1998)
President and Chief Executive Officer,
Fairview Hospital and Healthcare Services,
Minneapolis, Minn.
Dr. Charles S. Anderson
*as of December, 1993
Mr. Donald G. Oren (1994)
Mr. Glen E. Person (1999)
Mr. Harvey M. Peterson (1996)
Mr. Curtis A. Sampson (1995)
Ms. Inez Schwarzkopf (1998)
Mr. Ronald K. Speed (1994)
Ms. Gladys I. Strommen (1994)
Mr. Leland N. Sundet (1998)
-Mr.David L. Swanson (1996)
Mr. Michael W. Thompson (1996)
Ms. Pamela L. Tibbetts (1994)
Ms. Kathryn H. Tunheim (1998)
Mr. William A. Urseth (1998)
flo wiger, Ph.D. (1995)
Ms. May Ka-Yee Yue (1994)
President, Dart Transit Company,
St. Paul, Minn.
Retired businessman, Eden Prairie, Minn.
President, Catco Company, St. Paul, hhn.
President and Chief Executive Officer,
CommunicationSystems, Hector, Minn.
Program Administrator, Communications
Director, Region 3 - ELCA, St. Paul, Minn.
Vice President, Public Affairs,
Honeywell, Inc., Minneapolis, Minn.
Homemaker, St. Paul, Minn.
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Sundet
Companies, Eden Prairie, Minn.
Retired businessman, Minneapolis, Minn.
Realtor, Edina Realty, Inc., Edina, Minn.
Senior Vice President, Corporate Development, Fairview Hospital, Minneapolis, h.
Tunheim Santrios Co., Minneapolis, Minn.
President and Chief Executive Officer,
U.S. Directives, U.S. Restaurant,
Minneapolis, Minn.
Associate Professor, St. Cloud State
University, St. Cloud, Minn.
President, Financial Services Associates, Inc.,
Edina, Minn.
IN AMERICA
(ELCA)
Chair
The Rev. Stephen P. Bournan
Executive Director
The Rev. W. Robert Sorenson
Secretary
The Rev. David L. Echelbarger
Assistant Director for Finance
Ms. Beata H. Sorenson
Vice-Chair
The Rev. Karen S. Parker
Director for Colleges and Universities
Mr. James M. Unglaube
Asst. Dir. for Colleges and Universities
Ms. Naomi E. Linnell
-
48
+
.................................... .Thomas I. Be
u m m r , C q o r a t e and Foundation Relations ........................... Carol Fc
Senim Development Officer ........................................ Jeroy C. Car
Senior Development Officer ......................................... Howard 0
D i P e c t ~College
,
Relations ........................................... Forrest M
Director, Publications ...................................... Shirley Westman Safg
&rector, Sports Information ........................................ Gene McGi
Graphics S p h l i s t ............................................ .Chris Holland-T
Director,AludJParent Relations ................................... Donna McL
Associate Director, Augsburg Fund ................................. Norm Okerst
Assistant Director. Augsburg Fund .................................... Kay Helm
Enrollment Management
Vice President for Enrollment Management ........................... Richard J. Th
Secretary .............................................................
Julie Sz
Director, Admissions .................................................
Sally Dan
Associate Director of Admissions ......................................... Deb Ba
Associate Director of Admissions ........................................ Heidi B
Associate Director of Admissions ....................................... .Tom Lar
Registrar .......................................................... .Paul Simm
Associate Registrar ................................................... .Jay Phim
Coordinator, Institutional Research .................................... Kathy Ku
Admissions Coccrdinator, Weekend College .......................... .JeanetteWitt
Director, Hispanic Support Program .............................. Eloisa EchavezDirector of Studcrnt Finandal Semi=; .............................. Herald A. John
Associate Director of Student Financial Services ........................... Lois Lar
Assistant Director of Student Financial Services ....................... Sheila Ander
Assistant Direct0.r of Student Finanaal Services ........................... Paul Te
Student Loan Coordinator .......................................... Kaye Schro
Finance and Management
Vice President for Finance and Management .......................... Michael Ran
Administrative Assistant ............................................... Pat Ostr
Director, Personnel .................................................. Gaye Lind
ControlIer ......................................................... Dick Adam
Director, Administrative Information Services ...........................Steve Ter
Manager, Christensen Center .....................................Mildred A. Nel
Manager, Central Services ................................. Charles E. Christopher
Manager, Bookstore ................................................. Mark Eck
Director. Food Senrices ................................................ Tim Wag
Fireftor, Plant Services ............................................. James Wenin
Supervisor, Maintenance ........................................... .Robin A. Cu
Manager,Ice Arena ..................................................JamesJ. Ca
Managa, Telecommunications ...................................... Vivian Skord
Manager, Safe@and Senuity ....................................... Vada Ander
Dr. Courtland L. Agre, Professor Emeritus of
Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Lyla M. Anderegg, Professor Emerita of
Psychology.
Ernest W. Anderson, Professor Emeritus of
Health and Physical Education.
Dr. Oscar A. Anderson, President Emeritus. B.A.,
St. Olaf College; B.D., Luther Theological
Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead.
Margaret J. Anderson, Professor Emerita,
Library. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Dr. Raymond E. Anderson, Professor Emeritus
of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.S.,
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Valeria Baltina, Professor Emerita of Modem
Languages. Magister der Philosophia,
University of Latvia.
Dr. Carl H. Chrislock, Professor Emeritus of
History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
L. Gracia Christensen, Professor Emerita of
English.
Dr. Ailene Cole, Professor Emerita of Speech,
Communication and Theatre. B.A., Gustavus
Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Dr. Sheldon P. Fardig, Professor Emeritus of
Education. B.A., Carleton College, M.M., Ph.D.,
Northwestern University.
Dr. Henry G. Follingstad, Professor Emeritus of
Mathematics. B.E.E., MS., University of
Minnesota.
Dr. Orloue Gisselquist, Professor Emeritus of
History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Dr. Theodore J. Hanwick, Professor Emeritus of
Physics. Ph.D., New York University.
Katherine Hennig, Artist-in-Residence - Music.
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Dr. Edwina L. Hertzberg, Professor Emerita of
Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Dr. John R. Holum, Professor Emeritus of
Chemistry.
Dr. Irene Khin Khin Jensen, Professor Emerita
of History. B.A., Rangoon University, Burma;
M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Dr. Einar 0. Johnson, Professor Emeritus of
Education. Ph.D., University of Washington.
James D. Johnson, Professor Emeritus of Music.
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Mary E. "Mimi" Johnson, Professor Emerita of
Modem Languages.
Edwin D. Mickelberg, Professor of Biology. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Edor C. Nelson, Professor Emeritus of Health
and Physical Education. M.Ed., University of
Minnesota.
Dr. Patricia A. Parker, Associate Academic Dean.
B.A., Eastern Michigan University; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Michigan.
Anne Pederson, Professor Emeritus of English.
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Lauretta E. Pelton, Professor Emerita of
Education.
Dr. Philip A. Quanbeck, Professor of Religion.
B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Augsburg
Theological Seminary; M.Th., Ph.D., Princeton
Theological Seminary.
Dr. Gunta Rozentals, Associate Professor of
Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Marianne B. Sander, Dean of Students.
Dr. Leland B. Sateren, Professor Emeritus of
Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College; D.Mus,
Lakeland College.
Mq-orie H. Sibley, Professor Emerita, Library.
B.A., M.A., University of Illinois; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Dr. Myles C Stenshoel, Professor Emeritus of
Political Science. B.A., Concordia College,
Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Colorado.
Dr. Paul T. Steen, Professor Emeritus of
Sociology. Ph.D., University of Mimesota.
John Thut, Professor Emeritus of Music. A.B.,
Northwestern University; B.M., M. Mus.,
American Conservatory of Music.
Dr. Joel S. Torstenson, Professor Emeritus of
Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Beginning year of service flaculty is indicated zuith parentheses.
Charles S. Anderson (1976).President. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New
York.
Ryan A. LaHurd (1985). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College. B.A.,
Mt. Camel College; M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., University of WisconsinMadison.
A
Nancy I. Aarsvold (1986). Instructor of Modem Languages. B.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Ruth L. Aaskov (1960).Associate Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Michael L. Agin (1993). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., Beloit College; M.A., Loyola
University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Virginia P. Allery (1993). Associate Professor of Education/Director of American Indian
Studies Minor. B.S., Viterbo College; M.S., Eastern Montana College; Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Earl R. Alton (1960).Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University
of Michigan.
Patricia K. Amo (1990).Instructor, Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Barbara L. Andersen (1969). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Northwestern College;
M.A., Northwestern University.
Edwin D. Andersen (1987). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Macalester College;
M.S.T., Illinois Institute of Technology; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kristin M. Anderson (1984).Assistant Professor of Art. A.B., Oberlin College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota; M.A., Luther-Northwestern Seminary.
Stuart M. Anderson (1989).Assistant Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Trudi J. Anderson (1990). Studio Artist/Flute, part-time, Music. B.M., Augsburg College;
M.M., Northwestern University.
H. Janice Antholz (1983). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., University of WisconsinEau Claire; M.A., University of St. Thomas.
Andrew L. Aoki (1988).Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Massachusetts-Amherst; M.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
David B. Apolloni (1989). Assistant Professor of Philosophy. B.A., University of Minnesota;
M.Div., Luther-Northwestern Seminar; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Rene C. Aravena (1993). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time, Music. B.A., Whitman College;
M.M., M.A., University of Nevada; D.M.A. (A.B.D.), University of Minnesota.
Augsburg College Faculty 25
Jermaine D. Arendt (1993). Instructor, part-time, Education. B,A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Ten L. Aslakson (1993).Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., St. Olaf College.
Eric J. Aureille (1993).Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.S., Georgetown University.
Matthew C. Barber (1992). Studio Artist/Percussion, part-time, Music. B.M., University of
Michigan.
Deborah L. Bart (1981).Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts.
B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Mary Ann Bayless (1990). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., University of Minnesota;
M.A., San Diego State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Eustolio Benavides, 111 (1992). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., Creighton University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
John E. Benson (1963).Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University.
Anthony A. Bibus, 111(1992). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of St.
Thomas; M.A., University of Virginia; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Randi S. Birk (1993). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A.,
University of St. Thomas; Ph.D., Minnesota School of Professional Psychology.
Beverly J. Blinde (1992). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of
Nebraska.
Vern M. Bloom (1965). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of
Minnesota.
Jeanne M. Boeh (1990). Assistant Professor of Economics. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Illinois.
Lynn Allen Bollman (1991). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Northern Colorado; M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Julie H. Bolton (1976). Associate Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts.
B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Richard A. Borstad (1977). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Lisa A. Broek (1993).Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A., Central
College; M.A., University of Iowa.
Maria L. Brown (1980).Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Laine Bryce (1987).Studio Artiit/Bassoon, part-time, Music. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Priscilla K. Buffalohead (1981). Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., M.S., University of
Wisconsin-Madison.
- Augsburg College Faculty
Michael R. Burden (1990). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Diane F. Busico (1986). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Youngstown State University; M.B.A., Kent State University.
Thomas L. Busico (1988).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
Youngstown State University; M.B.A., Kent State University.
Laura V. Castor (1990). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Muhlenberg College; M.A.,
A.B.D., University 0f'~innesota.
John C. Cemto (1983). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.A., Rhode
Island College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
Margaret (Peggy) Murphy Cemto (1991). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/
MIS. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Hamline University.
Francine Chakolis (1983). Assistant Professor of Social Work/MSW Coordinator. B.S.,
Augsburg College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Steven D. Chapman (1991). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
Hamline University.
Mary Knop Chelberg (1992). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., University of Illinois,
Urbana-Champaign; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Samir Cherif (1993). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., University
of Tunis, Tunisia; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Rosalie V. Clark (1979). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A.S., M.S.W., University of
Minnesota.
Carolyn S. Clemmons (1990). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Talladega College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor, part-time, Sociology, Institutional Research
Analyst. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Patrick J. Conge (1993). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.S., M.A., Arizona State
University; Ph.D., The University of Texas-Austin.
Lawrence E. Copes (1980). Associate Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan
University; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University.
Robert J. Cowgill (1991). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., A.B.D., University of
Minnesota.
Lany J: Crockett (1985).Associate Professor of Computer Science. B.A., M.A., Pacific
Lutheran University; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Augsburg College Faculty
Cathleen A. Dalglish (1986). Assistant Professor, part-time, English. B.A., College of St.
Catherine; M.F.A., Vermont College.
Mary E. Dean (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., University
of Massachusetts; J.D., Suffolk University; M.L.T., Georgetown University.
Suzanne I. Doree (1989). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., University of Delaware;
M.A., University of Wisconsin.
Marilyn Doyle (1994). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota;
M.A., University of St. Thomas; Psy.D., Minnesota School of Professional Psychology.
Bruce K. Drewlow (1988). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Moorhead State University; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Susan Sacquitne Druck (1993). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time, Music. B.A., Iowa State
University; M.A., University of Iowa.
Francoise duRivage (1993). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Universite de
Bordeaux 111; M.A., Universite de Paris IV (Sorbonne); M.A., Ph.D., Duke University.
Beverly C. Durkee (1965). Professor of Mathematics. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University
of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University.
Grace B. D p d (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Earl W. Eames, Jr. (1987). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. S.B.,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Rabbi Joseph A. Edelheit (1994). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., University of
California - Berkley; M.A., Hebrew Union College.
Blanca-Rosa Egas (1991). Associate Professor of Social Work. M.P.H., University of M i m e
sota; Lic.Ed., M.D., University of Guayaquil, Ecuador.
Mary G. Endorf (1986). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., Hamline University; M.S.,
State University of New York-Cortland; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Mark J. Engebretson (1976). Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Carol A. Enke (1986). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.S., University
of Minnesota.
Marian S. Enos (1987).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S.N., M.S., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Heid Ellen Erdrich (1994). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., Johns Hopkins
University.
Joseph A. Erickson (1990). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., M.A., University of St.
Thomas; M.A., Luther-Northwestem Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
-
Augsburg College Faculty
Kenneth N. Erickson (1964).Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan
State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University.
Lynn M. Erickson (1991).Studio Artist/Trumpet, part-time, Music. B.A., Bethel College;
M.F.A., D.M.A., University of Minnesota.
Hans G. Eriksson (1993).Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Wilmington College;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Jacqueline R. Fendler (1992).Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S., M.S.W., University of
Wisconsin-Milwaukee.
Norman B. Ferguson (1972). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College;
M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Lucie K. Ferrell(1992). Associate Professor of Nursing. B.S., College of St. Catherine; M.N.,
University of Califomia-Los Angeles, Ph.D., Adelphi University.
Anita L. Fisher (1991).Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., M.A., University of
Montana.
Phillip F. Fishman (1988).Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.S., University of
Wisconsin-Madison; J.D., Washington University; M.S.W., St. Louis University.
Ann C. Fleener (1987).Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Marilyn E. Florian (1980).Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, Women's
Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., St. cloud State University.
Bruce D. Forbes (1990).Instructor, part-time, Religon. B.A., Morningside College; M.Th.,
Perkins School of Theology; Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Karen B. Franzmeier (1993).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Concordia College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Robert P. Friederichsen (1971). Assistant Professor, part-time, Art. B.A., Bethel College;
M.A.,Pennsylvania State University.
Mark L. Fuehrer (1969).Professor of Philosophy. B.A., University of St. Thomas; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Stephen M. Gabrielsen (1963). Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College, M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
David A. Gabrielson (1991).Associate Dean for Academic Affairs, Instructor, part-time,
Biology. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.A., Ph.D., University of North Dakota.
George M. Gaetano (1993). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication, and Theatre
Arts. B.A., Hunter College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Augsburg College Faculty
Ethelind K. Garetz (1989).Assistant Professor, part-time, Education. B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.S., University of Nebraska; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
M. Anita Gay (1987). Director, Black Student Affairs. B.S., Southern University, Baton
Rouge; M.A., Howard University.
Jerry Gerasimo (1971).Professor of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Chicago.
Richard A. Germundsen (1987).Associate Professor of Education. B.S., Mankato State
University; M.A., American University; Cand. Mag.,Universitet i Bergen, Norway;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Peter J. Gillen (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S.B., University of Minnesota.
Ronald D. Grace (1994). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of
Wisconsin-Milwaukee; J.D., William Mitchell College of Law.
Karen M. Graves (1991).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., St. Cloud State University;
M.A., University of St. Thomas.
Douglas E. Green (1988). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Amherst College; M.A.,
Ph.D., Brown University.
William D. Green (1991).Assistant Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College;
M.A., Ph.D., J.D., University of Minnesota.
Richard A. Gresczyk (1990). Instructor, part-time, Modern Languages. B.S., M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Joan L. Griffin (1986). Associate Professor of English. A.B., Washington University; M.A.,
Ph.D., Hanard University.
Nancy J. Grundahl(1993). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., St. Olaf College; M.F.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Katherine A. Guenther (1993). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Lawrence University.
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Nancy G. Guilbeault (1988). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education, Director
of Counseling. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Satya P. Gupta (1976). Professor of Economics. B.S., M.S., Agra University, India; M.S.,
Ph.D., Southern Illinois University.
Donald R. Gustafson (1961).Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Arlin E. Gyberg (1967).Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Brian P. Hackney (1983). Instructor, part-time, Education, Director of Audio-Visual Center.
B.A., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.A., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
-2
- Augsburg College Faculty
Paul P. Halvorson (1985). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
Ph.D., American University.
Anthony R. Hansen (1990). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.A., University of MinnesotaMorris; M.S., Ph.D., Iowa State University.
Daniel S. Hanson (1988). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
John A. Hanson (1991). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Eau
Claire; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout; M.S.Ed., University of Wisconsin-Oshkosh;
Ph.D., University of Toledo.
M. Anaam Hashmi (1990). Instmctor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.E.,
N.E.D., University of Engineering & Technology, Karachi, India; M.B.A, Ball State
University; D.B.A., Kent State University.
James T. Hayes (1991).Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts.
B.S.E., M.S., Emporia State University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Milda K. Hedblom (1971).Professor of Political Science, Director of Canadian Studies
Program. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
David A. Heitke (1993). Instructor of Computer Science. B.A., North Central College,
Naperville; M.S. (Mathematics), Brown University; M.S. (Computer Science), University of Rhode Island.
Robert S. Herforth (1967). Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Nebraska.
Susanne M. Herrlin (1994).Instructor, part-time, Modern Languages. B.A., M.A., University of Linkoping, Sweden.
Garry W. Hesser (1977). Professor of Sociology, Director of Experiential Education, Director
of Metro-Urban Studies. B.A., Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame.
Norman D. Holen (1964). Professor of Art. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A.,
University of Iowa.
Anne Holmquest (1991).Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts.
B.F.A., Drake University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Bradley P. Holt (1981).Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University.
Marilyn N. Horowitz (1988).Instructor, part-time, Business Adrninistration/MIS. B.A.,
M.B.E., University of Minnesota.
Mary A. Budd Horozaniecki (1988). Studio Artist/Violin and Viola, part-time, Music. B.M.,
Indiana University.
Martha J. Houser (1988).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Kenneth B. Huber (1989). Studio Artist/Piano, part-time, Music. B.M., M.M., Indiana
University.
David Hudson (1990). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., A.B.D., University of
Minnesota.
Augsburg College Faculty
Gretchen Kranz Irvine (1993).Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., College of St. Teresa;
M.S., University of Wisconsin-River Falls; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
M. Shahidul Islam (1989). Instructor, part-time, Economics. M.B.A., Dhaka University,
Bangladesh; University of Minnesota.
Willie B. Jackson (1994). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., McKendree College; M.S.,
Southern Illinois University.
William H. Jasperson (1990). Instructor, part-time, Physics. M.B.A., University of M i m e
sota. B.S., MS., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Huron College; B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Hamet W. Johnson (1989).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., University of Richmond;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Jeffrey E. Johnson (1985). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Karen E. Johnson (1993).Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., Luther College; M.S.W.,
University of Minnesota.
Martha B. Johnson (1988).Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre.
Director, East and Southeast Asian Studies. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Amin E. Kader (1974). Associate Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.Comrn.,
University of Cairo, Egypt; M.B.A., University of Michigan.
Kenneth S. Kaminsky (1987). Professor of Mathematics. A.B., M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers State
University.
Jane A. Kammerman (1986). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A.,
University of California; J.D., University of Minnesota.
Robert A. Karl6n (1959). Professor of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
John W. Kenny (1992). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., John Carroll University;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois-Urbana.
Christopher W. Kimball(1991).Assistant Professor of History. B.A., McGill University;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor of Modern Languages. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.A., Middlebury College.
-2
- Augsburg College Faculty
Merilee I. Klemp (1980). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Alvin L. Kloppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S.,
Augustana College; M.A., University of South Dakota.
Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Carol F. Kuechler (1994).Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Marquette University;
M.S.W., University of Wisconsin-Madison; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Thomas L. Kuhlman (1990). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Marquette University;
M.A., Xavier University; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University.
Joan C. Kunz (1987). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.S., University of Missouri-St.
Louis; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Steven J. LaFave (1991). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.A. Michigan State University; M.A., University of Michigan; M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
Roy H. LaFayette (1972). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.S.B.,University of Minnesota.
David V. Lapakko (1986). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts.
B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Andrew P. Lawson (1992). Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.S., Portland State University;
M.Ed., Penn State University.
Caroline M. Lemen (1991). Studio Artist/French Horn, part-time, Music. B.A., Potsdam
College of Arts and Science, SUNY; M.M., Northwestern University.
Lynn Lindow (1985). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., Mankato State University; M.S.
North Dakota State University.
Rosemary J. Link (1986). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of
Southampton; M.Sc., London University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Victoria M. Littlefield (1992). Assistant Professor of Psychology. A.B., University of
Michigan-Flint; M.A., Ph.D., Miami University.
Cynthia D. Lohman (1985). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time, Music. B.A., M.M., University of
Minnesota.
Lori L. Lohman (1990).Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.A., M.B.A.,
University of Minnesota.
J. Lynne F. Lorenzen (1988). Assistant Professor of Religion B.A., University of Iowa; M.Div.,
Northwestern Lutheran Theological Semirary; M.A., The Claremont Graduate School.
Mark E. Ludwig (1993). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Pacific Lutheran University;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Steven P. Lund (1982).Studio Artist/Trombone, part-time, Music. B.S., University of
Minnesota.
Augsburg College Faculty -2
Mary Ellen Lundsten (1977). Assistant Professor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Smith
College; M.A., Johns Hopkins School of Advanced International Studies; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Milton H. Luoma, Jr. (1992). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Case
Institute of Technology; M.S., M.B.A., University of Dayton; J.D., William Mitchell
College of Law.
Ann Lutterman (1993).Instructor, Global Education. B.A., Earlham College; M. Div., Yale
Divinity School.
Janet L. MacKenzie-Polanski (1992). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Macalester
College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Karen M. Mateer (1984). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.S., University of South Dakota;
M.A., University of Iowa.
John B. McAllister, I11 (1991). Instructor, Global Education. B.A., Bates College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Elena McCollim-Medina (1991).Instructor, Global Education. B.A., University of California-Berkeley; M.A., Johns Hopkins University.
Mary Lee McLaughlin (1993). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.A., Western Michigan
University; A.M.L.S., University of Michigan; M.A., Michigan State University.
Esther G. McLaughlin (1989). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Ph.D., University of
California-Berkeley.
Marie 0.McNeff (1968). Professor of Education, Director of Faculty Development. B.S.,
M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Nebraska.
Roberta K. Metzler (1974). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Park College; B.Music Ed.,
M.Music Ed., University of Kansas.
Fekri Meziou (1987). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.A., University
of Tunis,Tunisia; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Ernest Miel (1993). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., University of Minnesota; B.A.,
M.Ed., Macalester College.
JeannetteH. Milgrom (1992). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., Christian Social
Academy, Groningen, Netherlands; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Dawn L. McDougal Miller (1993).Instructor, part-time, Music. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus
College; M.M.Ed., University of Kansas.
Jay A. Miskowiec (1991). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., University of Minnesota;
M.A., Universite de Paris VIII, France; Ph.D., City University of New York.
Kinney G. Misterek (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
M.B.A., University of South Dakota; M.B.T., University of Minnesota.
John R. Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.A.,
University of Tennessee.
- Augsburg College Faculty
William B. Monsma (1987). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.A., Calvin College; M-Div.,
Calvin Seminary; Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Thomas F. Morgan (1983). Associate Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S., University of Oregon; PkD.,
University of Minnesota.
William D. Morris (1987). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Oakland University;
Ph.D., Camegie-Mellon University.
John N. Moye (1991). Assistant Professor of Music, Orchestra Director. B.M., M.A., Jacksonville University; Ph.D., Florida State University.
Mildred ("Mike")Mueller (1988). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., M.A., Central
Michigan University; Ed.D., University of Minnesota.
Robert M. Murphy (1986). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A.,
University of Toledo.
Sharol A. Nau (1993).Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A., Carleton College; M.F.A., Michigan
State University.
Eliawira N. Ndosi (1990). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Carleton College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Gordon L. Nelson (1967). Professor of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota; B.D.,
Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Leslie D. Nelson (1993). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. B.A., St. Olaf College.
Richard C. Nelson (1968).Professor of History. B.A., University of Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Jack Nelson-Pallmeyer (1984).Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.Div.,
Union Theological Seminary.
Melissa R. Newman (1993).Instructor, part-time, Psychology. Ph.D., University of Mimesota.
Catherine C. Nicholl(1973).Professor of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University of
Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Beverly J. Nilsson (1977). Professor of Nursing. B.S.N., MS., PhD., University of Minnesota.
Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania;
M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University.
Celeste M. O'Brien (1975). Studio Artist/Piano, part-time, Music. B.A., Harnline University.
JohnJ. O'Brien (1992). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Augustana College; M.Phil.,
University of Dublin, Ireland; A.B.D., University of Minnesota.
Augsburg College Faculty -2
Michael E. OfNeal(1989).Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., University of Missouri;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Sandra L. Olmsted (1979).Assistant Professor, Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S.,
University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Bettye Olson (1992). Director, College of the Third Age. B.S., M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
JeremiahOlson (1989). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Minot State University; M.Div.,
Trinity Lutheran Seminar; D.Th., Luther-Northwestern Theological Seminary.
Lila J. Olson (1990). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., University of Kansas; M.M.,
University of Nebraska.
Vicki B. Olson (1987). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Magdalena M. Paleczny-Zapp (1986). Assistant Professor of Economics. B.A., M.A., Central
School for Planning and Statistics, Warsaw, Poland; Ph.D., Akademia Ekonomiczna,
Krakow, Poland.
Ronald G. Palosaari (1965). Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B.Div., Bethel
Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Patricia A. Parker (1960). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Eastern Michigan University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Sharon K. Patten (1991). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.W.,
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Catherine L. Paulsen (1990). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A.,
Lone Mountain College.
Curtis Paulsen (1990). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.W.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Fielding Institute.
Richard W. Pearl (1992). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., M.A., University of St.
Thomas.
Dale C. Pederson (1992).Assistant Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Paul E. Pender (1985). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., M.B.A.,
University of Wisconsin.
Rick Penning (1993). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time, Music. B.A., Luther College; M.M.,
University of Cincinnati.
Curtis C. Peter (1983). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Wartburg College; M.Div.,
Wartburg Theological Seminar.
Vincent Peters (1988). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Loyola College, Madras,
India; M.A., Madras School of Social Work.
- Augsburg College Faculty
Noel J. Petit (1984).Professor of Computer Science. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Ronald W. Petrich (1980). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
United Theological Seminary.
Joyce M. Pfaff (1966). Associate Professor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Glenn S. Pickering (1994). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.E.E., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota; M. Div., United Theological Seminary.
Diane L. Pike (1981).Professor of Sodalogy. A.B., Comecticut College; PhD., Yale University.
Alisa M. Potter (1993). Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., Concordia College, St. Paul;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Sandra L. Powers (1990).Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time, Music. B.M., Eastrnan School of
Music; M.M., Northwestern University.
T. Peter Przytula (1993).Instructor, part-time, Political Science. M.A., University of Lodz,
Poland; M.A., A.B.D., University of Minnesota A.B.D., University of Poznan, Foland.
Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Augsburg
Theological Seminar; M.Th., Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Philip A. Quanbeck, I1 (1987). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary.
Randi Quanbeck (1990). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Concordia College;
M.A., Northwestern University.
Larry C. Ragland (1985). Associate Professor of Computer Science. B.S., M.A., Central
Missouri State College; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin.
0.Nicholas Raths (1987). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., M.M., University of Minnesota.
Patricia L. Redding (1992). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A.,
Indiana University; M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
Bruce R. Reichenbach (1968).Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College; M.A., Ph.D.,
Northwestern University.
Cynthia D. Richards (1992). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Brown University; M.A.,
M. Phil., New York University.
James F. Rodde (1993). Choral Director/Instructor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
D.M.A., University of Iowa.
Steven P. Rohde (1993). Visiting Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and
Theatre Arts (Designer and Technical Director). B.S., University of WisconsinLacrosse; M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Augsburg College Faculty
I. Michael Romanov (1992). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A.,
Hofstra University; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas.
Glenda D. Rooney (1992). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S., University of North
Texas; M.S.W., University of Illinois.
Patricia L. Rude (1990). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College;
M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
William R. Russell (1991).Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa;
M.Div., Luther Northwestern Seminary.
Edward M. Sabella (1967). Professor of Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Pauline Sateren (1974). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Northwestern College;
M.M.Ed., University of Colorado.
Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Jack B. Schaffer (1993). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Buena Vista College;
M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of North Dakota.
Milo A. Schield (1985). Associate Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Iowa
State University; MS., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University.
John S. Schmit (1990).Assistant Professor of English. B.S., St. John's University; M.A.,
University of New Orleans; Ph.D., The University of Texas.
Michael D. Schock (1993). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of Washington; M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Washington.
Sandra Nei Schulte (1987). Costume Designer, part-time, Speech, Communication, and
Theatre Arts. B.A., M.A., M.F.A, University of Minnesota.
Robert T. Schultheis (1990).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.B.A.,
College of Santa Fe; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas.
Kathryn A. Schwalbe (1991). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
University of Notre Dame; M.B.A., Northeastern University.
Laura Sewell (1991). Studio Artist/Cello, part-time, Music. B.M., The Juilliard School;
M.M., The Cleveland Institute of Music.
Frankie B. Shackelford (1990). Assistant Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., Texas
Christian University; Ph.D., University of Texas.
Judith E. Shevelev (1991). Instructor, Global Education. B.A., University of California at
Davis; M.A., Columbia University.
Deep Shikha (1991). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Delhi University, India; M.A.,
M.Ph., Delhi School of Economics; Ph.D., Louisiana State University.
Barbara J. Shin (1991).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
*(
- Augsburg College Faculty
Edward R Skarnulis (1990). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., Omaha University;
M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Eugene M. Skibbe (1964). Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther
Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany.
Gail S. Smogard (1993). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts.
B.A., St. Cloud State College; M.F.A., Southern Methodist University.
Yong Nam Song (1987). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Jeon Buk National University, Korea.
Roman Soto-Feliu (1993). Assistant Professor of Modern Languages. B.A., M.A.,
Universidad de Concepcion, Chile; Ph.D., The Catholic University of America.
Robert J. Stacke (1990). Assistant Professor of Music, Band and Jazz Director. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A.C.I., University of St. Thomas.
John J. Stangl(1991).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A.; University of Minnesota.
Nancy K. Steblay (1988). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., Bemidji State University;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Montana.
John P. Stein (1992).Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.S., University of Detroit; M.A.,
University of Illinois.
Donald B. Steinmetz (1968). Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Robert Stenstrom (1990). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.S., M.S., University of South
Dakota.
Stuart M. Stoller (1986).Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S., M.S.,
Long Island University.
Diane L. Strandberg (1989).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.S., Mankato State
University.
Beverly J. Stratton (1986). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., M.A., Boston University.
Marie J. Struss (1988). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.S., Mankato State University.
Mary Jo Stump (1988). Student Teacher Supervisor, part-time, Education. B.A., Ball State
University; M.A., Northern State College.
Grace K. Sulerud (1966). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Ralph L. Sulerud (1964).Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Kathryn A. Swanson (1985).Associate Professor of English. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Gabriela Sweet (1992).Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.S., State University of
New York, Oneonta.
William Swenson (1989). Instructor, part-time, Philosophy. A.B., Ph.D., University of
Chicago.
Augsburg College Faculty
Philip J. Thompson (1959).Professor of Art. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A.,
University of Iowa.
Sonja K. Thompson (1993).Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., University of Mimesota;
M.M., The Juilliard School.
Mark A. Thomsen (1994).Instructor, part-time, Music. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College;
M.M., Eastman School of Music.
Diane Thoreson (1993).Instructor, part-time Education. B.S., University of South Dakota;
M.A., University of St. Thomas.
James Trelstad-Porter (1993). Instructor, Global Education. B.A., Augustana College; M.A.,
American University.
Cynthia K. Troy (1990).Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of California,
Santa Cruz; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
David E. Venne (1992). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.S., University of Mimesota; Ph-D.,
Iowa State University.
Joseph M. Volker (1993). Instructor, part-time, M.A.L. Program. B.A., University of
California-Irvine; M.A., Ph.D., University of Mimesota.
Anthony R. Wagner (1993).Instructor) part-time, Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of
Minnesota.
Ronald F. Walter (1988). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Swarthrnore
College; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University.
Gloria M. Warner (1988).Instructor, part-time, Biology. B.S., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Mimesota.
Donald M. Warren (1980). Instructor, part-time, Introduction to Liberal Arts, Director of
Academic Enrichment. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Martha A. (Cary) Waterman (1991). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A.,University of
Denver; B.S., M.A., Mankato State University.
Charee M. Watters (1990).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A.,
University of Mimesota; M.&g.L., College of St. Catherine; M.B.A., University of St.
Thomas.
-2,
- Augsburg College Faculty
Mark I. Wegener (1993).Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Concordia Senior College;
M.Div., Concordia Theological Seminary; M.S.Th., Christ Seminary-Seminex;Th.D.,
Lutheran School of Theology at Chicago.
Rita R. Weisbrod (1991). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota; Ph.D., Cornell University.
Pamela J. Weiss (1983). Assistant Professor, part-time, Nursing. B.S.N., University of
Nebraska; M.P.H., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Patricia F. Weiss (1991).Associate Professor, part-time, Education, Paideia Associate-inResidence. B.A., Boston College; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of North Carolina, Chapel
Hill.
Mary Louise Williams (1984). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.F.A., M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania.
Theartrice Williams (1993).Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., University of Illinois;
M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania.
Helen Woelfel(1993).Adjunct Faculty in Nursing, Coordinator of Nursing Center. M.S.,
Marquette University; M.S. University of Minnesota.
Maria K. Woroby (1990). Assistant Professor, Librarian, Director of Women's Studies. B.S.,
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Angela J. Wyatt (1981). Studio Artist/Saxophone and Clarinet, part-time, Music. B.A., St.
Olaf College.
Robert D. Wykstra (1989).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.k, Calvin
College; M.B.A., Western Michigan University.
R. D. Zehnder (1991). Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., Carleton College; M.A., Stanford
University, University of California, Davis; Ph.D., Kansas University.
Fall 1994
New student
orientation ..... Su. Sept.4 - Tu. Sept. 6
Freshman registration ........... summer
Upperclass validation ......... W. Sept.7
Classes begin ................ W. Sept. 7
Last day to register .......... Tu. Sept. 13
Last day to add a class. drop
a class without notation
on record ................. Tu. Sept. 13
Last day to designate
grading option .............. F. Oct. 21
Mid-term break ............... F. Oct. 21
Interim registration . M. Oct.24 - F. Oct. 28
Spring term
registration .... M. Nov . 14 - Tu. Dec. 2
Last day to withdraw
from a class ................ F. Nov . 18
Thanksgiving recess begins ...Th, Nov . 24
Classes resume .............. M. Nov .28
Classes end .................... F. Dec. 9
Final exams begin ............ M. Dec. 12
Final exams end ............. Th,Dec. 15
Interim 1995
Interim classes begin ............ T. Jan. 2
Last day to register. add a
class. or drop a class without
notation on record ............ T. Jan.3
Last day to designate
grading option. or withdraw
from a class ................. F. Jan. 13
Classes end .................. W. Jan. 25
Spring 1995
Classes begin ................ M. Jan. 30
Last day to register ............. F. Feb . 3
Last day to add a class or
drop a class without notation
on record .................... F. Feb . 3
Last day to withdraw from
a class ...................... F. Apr. 7
Mid-tern break begins ....... M. Mar.20
Classes resume .............. Tu. Mar. 27
Last day to designate
grading option .............. F. Apr. 7
Early registration
for fall .......... M. Apr.24 .F. May 5
Classes end .................. F. May 12
Final exams begin ............ M. May 15
Final exams end ............. Th. May 18
Baccalaureate/
Commencement ........... Su. May 21
Fall 1995
New student
orientation .....Su. Sept. 3 - Tu. Sept.5
Freshman registration ........... summer
Upperclass validation ......... W. Sept. 6
Classes begin ................ W. Sept. 6
Last day to register .......... Tu. Sept. 12
Last day to add a class. drop
a class without notation
on record ................. Tu. Sept. 12
Last day to designate
grading option .............. F. Oct. 20
Mid-term break ............... F. Oct. 20
Interim registration . M. Oct. 23 - F. Oct. 27
Spring term
registration .... M. Nov . 13 - Tu. Dec. 1
Last day to withdraw
from a class ................ F. Nov . 27
Thanksgiving recess begins ... Th.Nov . 23
Classes resume .............. M. Nov . 27
Classes end .................... F. Dec . 8
Final exams begin ............ M. Dec. 11
Final exams end ............. Th. Dec. 14
Interim 1996
Interim classes begin ............ T. Jan. 2
Last day to register. add a
class. or drop a class without
notation on record ........... W. Jan. 3
Last day to designate
grading option. or withdraw
from a class ................. F. Jan. 12
Classes end ..................Th. Jan.25
Spring 1996
Classes begin ................ M. Jan. 29
Last day to register ............. F. Feb.2
Last day to add a class or
drop a class without notation
on record .................... F. Feb.2
Last day to withdraw from
a class ...................... F. Apr .5
Mid-term break begins ....... M. Mar. 18
Classes resume .............. Tu. Mar. 25
Last day to designate
grading option .............. F. Apr .5
Early registration
for fall .......... M. Apr .22 .F. May 3
Classes end .................. F. May 10
Final exams begin ............ M. May 13
Final exams end ............. Th. May 16
Baccalaureate/
Commencement ........... Su. May 19
1. Admissions House
2. George Sverdrup Library
3. Science Hall
4. Old Main
5. Quad
6. Mortensen Tower
7. Umess Tower
8. Christensen Center
9. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
10. Music Hall
11.2222 Murphy Place
12. Si Melby Hall
13. Ice Arena
14. Stage I1 Theatre
15. College Relations
16. Nordic Center
17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship,
Drama and Communication
18. Center for Global Education
19. Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center
20. Youth and Family Institute
21. American Indian Support and Black
Student Affairs
22. Oscar Anderson Hall
23. East Hall
24. Murphy Square
25. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field
26. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts
Parking Lots
A. Admissions Parking
B. Faculty/Staff/Comrnuter/Residence
Parking
C. Faculty/Staff Parking
D. Faculty/Staff/Commuter Parking
E. Commuter - Street Parking
F. Resident Parking
G. Visitor Parking
H. Fairview/St. Mary's Parking Ramp
DOWNTOWN
MINNEAPOLIS
I
Directions to Campus
Public Parking
From Minneapolis on 1-94 EastTake the Riverside/25th Avenue
exit and turn left on 25th Avenue,
turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn
left at 21st Avenue South.
All posted Augsburg College faculty/
staff/commuter lots are free and open
for use from 4:30 p.m. Friday through
Sunday evening. Lots are located on
7th Street between 21st and 22nd
Avenues and north or south of 8th
Street between 24th and 25th Avenues.
Most street parking is four hour
parking, seven days a week. Additional parking is available in the
Riverside Medical Center ramp, or U
of M parking lots on the north side of
Riverside Avenue.
From St. Paul on 1-94 WestTake the Riverside Avenue exit,
turn right at Riverside, turn left at
21st Avenue South.
From the South on 35WFollow 1-94St. Paul signs, take the
Riverside/25th Avenue exit, turn
left on 25th Avenue, turn left at
Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue
South.
Froni the North on 35WTake the Washington Avenue exit,
turn left on Washington (turns to
the right onto Cedar Avenue), turn
left at Riverside Avenue, turn right
at 21st Avenue South.
-
I
-
.
--
-
*- - -
'I
1
I
I
I
I
-
--. .
-.
-
.-
-
-
.
.
-
,
-
-
_
- --I
- -
-
7
;
--
It is the policy of Augsburg
College not to discriminate
on the basis of race, color,
creed, religion, sexual or
affectional preference,
national or ethnic origin, age,
marital status, sex, status
with regard to public
assistance, or disability as
required by Title IX of the
1972 Education Amendments
or Section 504 of the
RehabilitationAct of 1973,
as amended, in i t s admissions
policies, education programs,
activities and employment
practices.
d-
About Augsburg 6, 245
Academic Advising Center 39
Academic Affairs 51, 248, 249
Academic Calendar 38
Academic Information 38
Academic Internships 49
Academic Policies and Procedures 51
Academic Progress, Probation and
Dismissal 70
Academic Skills Enrichment 29
Accessibility 4
Accounting 91-93
Accreditation 4, 7
Accreditation and Memberships 4, 11
Activities 28, 33
Administration 249
Admissions 1416
Advanced Placement Program Test (AP) 68
Alumni Center 9
American Indian Studies 31, 75, 144
American Indian Support Program 30
Anderson Hall 8, 35
Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field 8
Anishinabe Library Project 31
Annex Houses 9
Application Procedures 14
Art 75-79
Art History 78
Asian American Support Program 31
Asian Studies 106-107
Assessment of Previous Learning (APL)
Program 68
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC) 44
Associated Support Organizations 10
Athletic Affiliation 4
Athletics 29
Audio-Visual Services 39
Audit Fee 18
Auditing Courses 67
Augsburg Echo 29
Augsburgian, The 29
Biology 80-84
Black Student Support Program 31
Board of Regents 246
Books and Supplies 19
Business Administration 86-90
Calendar 38
Campus Location 4, 8, 272
Campus Map 271
Campus Ministry 28
Campus Tours 14
Canadian Program 51
Career Services 32
Center for Global Education 9, 46, 154
Center for Global Education Courses
154-157
Center for Learning and Adaptive Student
Services (CLASS) 30
Chemical Dependency Program 45
Chemistry 97-101
Chinese 171
Choir 29
Christensen Center 8
Class Confirmation 52
Class Schedule 74
Classification (Class Year) 67
Coaching Endorsement 134
College Costs 1994-'95 18
College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) 68
College of the Third Age 51
College Relations 9, 249
Commons 34
Communication 235-239
Community Internships in Latin America
163-164
Community Service-Learning 49
Computer Resources 39
Computer Science 103-105
Concert Band 29
Contemporary Issues in Mexico and
Central America 47
Continuing Education Program 51
Cooperative Education 48, 49
Counseling 32
Counseling and Health Promotion 32
Course Descriptions 74243
Credit Assessment Program (CAP) 68
Credits 74
Index
Dean's List 70
Degrees Offered 38
Departmental Comprehensive Exams 68
Departments and Programs 74243
Deposits 15, 19, 35, 69
Development and College Relations 249
Directory 248
Disabled Student Program 30
Dismissal 70
Distribution Requirements 64-66
Divisions and Departments 40
Dormitories 8, 35
Dual Degree Programs 42, 124
Early Admission of Freshmen 15
East and Southeast Asian Studies 106-107
East European Studies 41, 178
East Hall 9
Echo 29
Economics 87, 108-112
Education 113-122
Education for Seniice 6
Elderhostel 51
Elementary Education 113-117
Employment 24, 32
Engineering 123-124
English 125-130
English as a Second Language (ESL)
Program 69-70
English Placement Test 126
English-Language Arts Teaching Major 126
Enrollment 4
Enrollment Deposit 19
Enrollment Management 250
Ensembles 182, 185
Entry-level Skills 64
Ethnic Studies 131, 145
Evaluation and Grading 66
Evangelical Lutheran Church in America
(ELCA) 4, 247
Experiential Education Programs 48-50
Explanation of Grades 66
Facilities and Housing 8, 35
Facts and Figures 4
Faculty 38, 252-268
Famlty Emeriti 251
Federal Work Study Program 25
Eees - 18-19
Finance and Management 250
Finance Specialization 86
Financial Aid 4, 21-25
Financial Policies 20
Fine Arts 29
First Year Experience 33, 39, 55, 56, 131
Food Service 34
Foreign Languages 59, 60, 170-180
Foreign Study 34, 35, 153-161
Former Students 15
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship,
Drama and Communication 9
Four Year Assurance Program 71
French 172-173
Freshman Performance Scholarships 182
Freshmen 14-15
Full-time Students 18
General Education Curriculum 53-54, 5559, 64
General Education Requirements 5354, 55-59, 64
General Studies 132
German 173-175
Gift Assistance 23
Global Education Center 9, 46, 154
Global Education Program Courses 46,
154-157
Global Issues and World Churches 47, 161
Grade Point Average 67
Grading 66
Graduate Program Office 52
Graduate Programs 38, 50
Graduation Level Skills 58
Graduation Requirements 53-54, 5559, 64-66
Graduation with Distinction 71
Grants 23
Gymnasium (Si Melby Hall) 9, 29
Index
Health and Physical Education 133-138
Health Promotion 33
Health Service 33
HECUA Courses 162-164
Higher Education Consortium for Urban
Affairs (HECUA) 44, 47, '162
Hispanic/Latino Support Program 32
History 139-143
History of Augsburg College 6
Honors Program 43
Housing 8, 18, 35
Hoversten Peace Scholarships 22
Ice Arena 9
Incomplete Grade 67
Inter-InstitutionalPrograms 44
Inter-Race 10
Intercollegiate Athletics 29
Interdisciplinary Studies 144-152
Interim 38
Interim Abroad 48
Interim Office 52
International Business Minor 87
International Development and Hurhan
Rights in Latin America 47, 159-160
International Programs 33
International Relations 153-154
International Student Services 16
International Students 33
International Studies 154-161
Internships 47, 4E-50, 134
Intertribal Student Union 31
Intramural Athletics 29
Japanese 176
KCMR Radio 29
Language Courses 106, 170-180
Learning Disabilities Program 30
Learning Laboratory 29, 30
Leave of Absence 52
Liberal Arts Perspectives 58-64
Library 4, 10, 39, 44
Lifetime Sports 58, 66
Linguistics 176
Loan Assistance 23
Location 4, 8, 272
Lutheran Leader Scholarships 23
Majors and Minors 4, 40-41, 74243
Management Information Systems 9496
Management Specialization 86
Maps 271, 272
Marketing Specialization 86
Master's Degrees 38, 50
Math Placement Group (MPG) 166
Mathematics 165-169
Mathematics Placement Group (MPG)
Requirements 94, 166
Media Center 44
Melby Hall 9
Memberships 4, 11
Memorial Hall 10, 29
Merit Scholarships 22
Metro Urban Studies 145-147
Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) 147
Minnesota Indian Teacher Training
Partnership 31
Minnesota Minority Education Partnership
(MMEP) 10
Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants 23
Minnesota Work Study Program 25
Minority Studies 66, 144
Minors 4, 40-41, 74-243
MIS Courses 94-96
Mission Statement 6
Modern Languages 170-180
Mortensen Tower 9, 35
Murphy Place 10
Murphy's 34
Music 181-192
Music Education 183-184
Music Ensembles 29, 182
Music Hall 9
Music Performance Major 181, 184-185
Music Therapy Major 184-185
Index
Natural Science 193-194
No-Credit Grades 66
Nordic Area Studies 148-150
Nordic Center 10
Norwegian 176177
Notification of Admissions Decision 14
Number Grades 66
Numbering of Courses 74
Nursing 195-198
Off-Campus Programs 4
Ojibwe 177-178
Old Main 9
Orchestra 29
Orientation @YE) 33
Ostfold, Norway Exchange Program
46, 158-159
Paired Resources in Ministry and
Education (PRIME) 23
Part-Time Students 18
Pass/No Credit 66
Pastor 28
Payments 19
Performance Studies 183
Performing Arts Scholarships 22
Perspective Requirements 59-64
Perspectives 58-64
Philosophy 199-202
Physical Disabilities Program 30
Physical Education 133-138
Physics 203208
Piano Proficiency Test 187
Policies 4, 10, 248
Political Science 209-214
Pre-Professional Programs 42
Pre-Registration 52
Prerequisites 74
President's Greeting 3
President's Office 249
President's Scholarships 22
Probation 70
Psychology 215-219
Refunds 20
Regents 246
Regents' Merit Scholarships 22
Registrar's Office 52
Registration 51
Religion 220-223
Religious Affiliation 4
Residence Life Program 35
Residence Requirements 56, 65
Room and Board 18
ROTC 45
Russian 178
Russian, Central and East European
Studies 224
ScandinavianStudies 225, 234
ScandinavianUrban Studies 47, 162-163
Scholarships 22-23
School Year 4
Science Hall 9
Secondary Education 117-121
Secondary Education Courses 118
Service-Learning 49
Sigma Pi Sigma 205
Skills Requirements 57-58
Social, Cultural, Recreational 28
Social Policy and Human Services in Latin
America 156
Social Studies 225
Social Welfare Minor 227
Social Work 226-230
Sociology 231-234
South American Urban Semester 163
Southern Africa Societies in Transition 157
Space Physics 204
Spanish 178-180
Special Education 121-122
Special Interest Housing 35
Special Students (Non-Degee) 15
Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts
235242
Sponsored Scholarships 25
Student Activities 33
Student Affairs 29, 249
Student Educational Loan Fund (SELF) 24
Student Employment 24
Student/Faculty Ratio 4
Student Government 28
Student Life 28-36
Student Newspaper 29
Student Project for Amity Among Nations
(SPAN) 4
Student Publications 29
Student Rights 28
Student standards of Behairior, Complaints,
Records 36
Student Teaching Abroad 48
Studio Art 77
Study Abroad 34, 45, 48
Summer School Office 52
Support Programs 30
Sverdrup Library 10
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall 10
Teaching Licensure (see also Majors) 42
Test Scores 14
Theatre Arts 239-242
Transcripts 14
Transfer Scholarships 22
Transfer Students 15, 53, 57
Tuition, Fees, Room and Board 18-19
Tuition Grants 23
Tutor Center 30
Upper Midwest Association of Intercultural
Education 4
Urban Studies 147-148
Urban Studies Options 147-148
Urness Tower 10, 35
Veterans 71
W
Weekend College 50
Withdrawal from College 52
Women and Development: A Southern
Africa Perspective 46, 160-161
Women and Development: Latin American
Perspectives 46, 155
Women's Studies 150-152
Work Study Program 25
X, Y, Z
Yearbook 29
Youth and Family Institute 10
Show less
...................4
INTRODUCTION
......................6
VISITING STUDENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
CALENDAR....................... 8
OPTIONS
..............9
...............- 1 0
.................45
................ 46
.....................33
..................46
OTHER
COURSES
A... Show more
...................4
INTRODUCTION
......................6
VISITING STUDENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
CALENDAR....................... 8
OPTIONS
..............9
...............- 1 0
.................45
................ 46
.....................33
..................46
OTHER
COURSES
ABOUT
THISCATALOG
INTERIM
COURSES
LIFETIME SPORTS
UMAlE COURSES
ALSO O N
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg
College. The College follows a 4- 1-4 calendar, with Fall and
Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a
four-week January Interim. Interim is intended to be a time
for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and
learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and
ways not possible during the regular term.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students
should plan to spend the sanie amount of time in class and
preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall or Spring semesters. Students can register for only
one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund
for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
It is expected that students will attend every class period;
however, each instructor will establish the precise attendance
policy for hislher course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale. Students generally have the option to register on a
PassINo Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only
on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division
credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the
student must select which is most appropriate for their needs.
Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading
standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees,
although intended to be accurate, may change and students
should check with the instructor to verify the final costs.
To graduate, a student under the 34 course Liberal Arts
Perspective requirements is required to complete two
Interim courses, but three Interim courses may count
toward graduation.
For any student entering after January 1993, a maximum of
two Interim course credits may be counted toward the 33
total course credits required for graduation. The number of
required Interim courses is adjusted for transfer students.
Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the Registrar. Additional Interim credits
which can count toward the 33 course credits required may be
taken by students who repeat a course for credit in which a
grade below 2.0 was earned, or who need to make up for a
regular term in which they failed or withdrew from a course.
Additional Interim courses not counted toward the 33 course
credits required may be used to fulfill other degree requirements. That is, no more than two Interim course credits may
be taken for credit toward 33, but additional Interim courses
may be used to fulfill major, minor or general education
requirements.
Day School students (3.0 credits or more for Fall) can take a
total of 1.0 course credits. They may take two half credit classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time (Fall
term). If less than full-time they will be charged.
Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim as a
cross registration, but will be charged Day School tuition
($1,420.00) per course credit. If they do so they may take only
1.0 additional course credits in Weekend College for Winter
Trimester.
It is the policy ofAugsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
notional or etlirtic origin, age, niarital status, sex or handicap as required by
Title IX ofthe 1972 Educotiotial Atnetidmenis or Section 504 ofthe
Rehnbiliiation Act 011973, as otiietided, it1 its adn~issionspolicies, educotiotlol
programs, activities and eniploynietrt practices.
International Interim - Students are invited to be part of
one of the 24 international Interim courses offered by the
Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education
(UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the
end of this catalog.
Internships deadline - Friday, December 13. January Interim
internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an
internship must meet departmental requirements and present
a signed internship learning agreement plan to the Internship
Office (Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall
classes (Friday, December 13). The Learning Agreement forms
are available in the same office. Internships during Interim
must involve full-time work placements for approximately
four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office.
Independent StudylResearch or Directed Study - Students
may elect a program of independent study (upper division
499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim.
Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting
responsibility for more than one independent study per
Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed
study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the Registrar a copy of the proposed study
plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the
directedlindependent study registration form. These
forms must be submitted by December 1. Appropriate
study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in
the Registrar's Office.
Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at
any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim
arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs can be consulted in the Registrar's Office. Registration for Interims at the
other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular
registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at
other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but
may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's general education requirements. This qualification particularly
affects courses offered in religion.
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4- 1-4
schools for the January Interim without tuition charges, provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge
tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver
of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board
costs. Other students will be charged $1,420 for the Interim
course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg
Interim should write to the Registrar's Office for application
forms o r use the forms provided by the Interim office at their
own school. There is an application processing fee of $10.
Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required
to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the
Residence Life Office.
It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor
visiting students may register for 199,299,399 or 499 courses.
INTERIM
CALENDAR
1997
November 18 to December 6 ..........Interim Registration
January 6
,.,. .........
dJar,rIY,Yd++,+
............First Day of Interim
Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day)
Time 11-1:00 p.m.
January 7......Last Day to Register or CancelIAdd a Class
January 17 ................................ Last Day for Determining
Grading System with Registrar
January 17........Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
January 29 ..................................................... Interim Ends
..................................Spring Semester Begins
Interim Grades Due to Registrar
February 7 ....................
February 3
The time, number and length of meetings as well as the
beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The
daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to noon (on the first day Time I classes will
begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00 p.m. - 5:00 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg
with a special convocation on Monday, January 20, at 1:OOp.m.
Check with your instructor for class scheduling on this day.
The catalog lists courses by departments in alphabetical order.
At the end of the book are listings of other courses not
offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim
credit. Additional descriptions and information about these
courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230.
Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed
at the end of the catalog.
For more information contact the Office of the Registrar at
330-1036 or the Interim Director, Dr. Earl Alton at 330-1024.
ACC 424-1
lnstructor: Stuart Stoller
Auditing through an interdisciplinary approach. Using techniques discussed in Accounting, Finance, Management,
Marketing and MIS, we examine a business' internal control
systems and operating efficiency. By stepping away from the
traditional textbook approach we incorporate creativity and
discussion. Major topics include: business valuation techniques, Just in Time Philosophy, efficiency improvement techniques, disaster recovery planning and report writing.
Prerequisites: ACC 221 & 222, BUS 242, 252,331, ECO 113, MIS 175 & 379
Graduation Skill Requirements: Speaking, Writing
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Foss Center 43
LIFE DRAWING
ART 247-1
lnstructor: Norm Holen
A study of nude figures for art students and non-art students.
The figure will be depicted with graphite pencils in various
settings for varying lengths of time. Grades will be based
upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee of $38 to
be paid on the first day of class.
Liberal Ads Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 17
SCANDINAVIAN
ARTS
ART 382-1
Instructor: Kristin Anderson
Within this nineteen-day course, you will explore
Scandinavian culture through its art. Through lectures, discussions, and field visits, you will study the visual arts in
Scandinavia from the Stone Age to the present, including
architecture, folk arts, painting, sculpture and design. You will
live in a dormitory and study with Norwegian students. This
course will be taught in English. The course will be held at
Troderod, an 18th century historic mansion in Moss, a city of
25,000 people on the Oslo Fjord located on the island of Jeloy,
about one hour south of Oslo. The cost for the course is
$2,495 (includes airfare, room and board).
Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Aesthelics
Graduation Skill Requirement: Speaking
Maximum Enrollmenl: 15
BIO 145-1
Instructor Bill Capman
We will use a few historically, economically, and medically
important plants to study some of the ways in which humans
and plants interact, biologically and otherwise. Plants are not
only at the bottom of our food chain but also play a part in
non-food aspects of our lives, either directly (e.g. medicines,
fibers, dyes, etc.) or indirectly (e.g. how food crises have influenced human migrations). We will study the uses, biology,
natural history and classification of several important plants.
Evaluation will be based on three or four forty-minute exams,
several quizzes, and an oral presentation.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollmenl: 20
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
RESPONDING
TO THE CHALLENGE
OF JAPAN
BUS 368-1
Instructor Steven LaFave
An examination of current Japanese business practices using a
cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed
involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches, and
readings from current periodicals in addition to text materials. A seminar model will be used, with substantial participation expected on the part of the students.
Students will be evaluated based on a paper, two 20-minute
sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a midterm and a final examination. This class should be of interest
to anyone majoring or minoring in International Business or
any field of Business Administration, as well as anyone interested in Japan. Students who cannot attend every class should
not enroll in this course.
Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of instructor
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Music 22
BUS 495-1
Instructor: Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp
The transition from centrally-planned economies to market
systems currently taking place in Russia, Central and Eastern
Europe represents one of the most important changes of the
post-Cold War era. These changes carry major implications for
global trade and international business and certainly for U.S.
bilateral interest in this region. This course will provide an
understanding of these changes and will identify the opportunities and most effective ways of doing business and investing
in Russia, Central and Eastern Europe.
Prerequisite: ECO 112
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I - M, W Th
Room: Memorial 323
CHM 100-1
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
This course is developed in the perspective of a person living in
a modern, high technology society such as the United States. It
assumes that before one can evaluate a moral or societal issue
of a scientific nature one at the least must be able to understand the science involved. Anything less is an impression
rather than an informed decision. As we develop scientific
concepts we will at the same time relate them to an abundance of current issues. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, birth control, food abundance and food shortage, food additives and processing and synthesis, organically
and non-organically grown food, chemical dependency, licit
and illicit drugs, the energy crisis and the debates about
sources of energy, the greenhouse effect and nuclear waste
storage, pollution, genetic engineering and much more. Many
of these problems are chemical in nature. Thus, in learning
about chemistry, via lecture and in-class discussion, we can be
helped to understand ourselves, our society, our world and
even some of the universe. The grade for the course is based
on a percentage of the total score for total points on the daily
quizzes.
Prerequisite: Math Placement 2
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enroilment: 30
Time: I
Room: Science 315
FORTRAN
CSC 270-1
Instructor: Noel Petit
A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students with previous knowledge of computer programming.
This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of
the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those features. Students are expected to know
how to do computer programming in some programming
language (such as Pascal) before entering this course.
This course will involve lectures and several programming
assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the
successful completion of assignments and examinations.
Prerequisite: One course which includes programming
Maximum Enrollmenl: 25
Time: I1
Room: Foss 42
1
CSC 495-1
Instructor: Charles Sheaffer
This course is especially intended for students with no prior
exposure to programming in particular or Computer Science
in general. It will be a laboratory intensive, self-paced course
using the Scheme programming language. We will introduce
an alternative approach to some of the most important concepts of Computer Science including problem solving, simulation, object-oriented programming, functional programming, procedural and data abstraction, and program interpretation. Students with knowledge of programming will benefit
from exposure to the alternative paradigm represented by the
Scheme language and will acquire a concrete understanding
of how these important concepts are actually implemented in
real languages and machines.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Foss Center PO
ECO 110-1
Instructor: Ed Sabella
Study of economic implications of the many problems facing
a metro-urban environment. Fundamental microeconomic
tools introduced to facilitate discussion of various topics, e.g.
health issues, discrimination, education, etc. Course does not
apply toward an Economics, Business Administration or MIS
major and does not apply toward an economics minor.
Three objective examinations.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Cily or Social World 1 or 2
Maximum Enmllment 15
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 29
COMPUTER 5CIENCE/tCONOMICI
DISCOVERY
LEARN~NGIN THE
WORLD
OF KINDERGARTEN
(0.5 CREDIT)
EDE 375-1
Instructor: Gretchen lrvine
The student will demonstrate knowledge of a developmental
kindergarten philosophy through the study and utilization of
a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. Field work in a kindergarten classroom will occur during class meetings. Authentic assessment techniques will be
utilized in class for student evaluation. This is a one-half
credit course.
*Note: This course can be taken along with Hunzan
Relations, EDU 388-1.
Prerequisite: PPST
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Library 1
EDS 495-1
Instructor: Mary Ann Bayless
Why are some things easy for a person to learn while others
seem harder? Why does the same task seem easier at one
moment and more difficult just a few hours later? Why do
some children struggle with seemingly simple assignments
but then suddenly master them? Why do more people suffer
with learning disabilities and weak short-term memory than
ever before? Each of us wants to be an efficient and happy
learner; but most often, no one has shown us how to be our
own lifelong learning coaches. In the last decade, work in
neuro-physiology has given us a whole new set of insights
about how the various parts of the brain actually work to produce learning and high-level functioning. Educational kinesiologists have taken these insights and produced simple but effective ways to increase the learning comfort of each individual.
This course will provide both the theory for each participant
to understand herlhis own unique learning needs and the
practice for becoming an efficient and joyful learner. We will
study learning development, brainlmind function, and the
nature of learning blocks. We will discuss the misuse of brain
dominance theory and learn routines for overcoming learning
blocks and integrating hemisphere functions. There will be
two tests and two demonstrations required of each student,
and upper-division students will have to do two reviews of
relevant research. The course uses two paperback texts. Very
useful for prospective teachers and parents.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science 205
lNTERNATIONAL EDUCATION
EDU 353-1
Instructor: Rich Germundsen
This seminar-style course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems with special attention on Scandinavian and Central
American models. The course also draws attention to our personal responsibilities to educate ourselves to be able to understand and participate in the emerging global society. There
will be lectures, discussions, presentations by students and
guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class presentations and investigative projects. International students
are especially welcome to enroll.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Library 17
EDU 388-1
lnstructoc Joseph Erickson
l'his course is thc study of prcjudicc, discrimination nnd
oplwcssion as i t alli.c~spcrsons of color, the hii~idiciippcci,
limited English speakers and females. Topics include racism,
sexism, homophobia and economic issues. Emphasis is placed
on preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms,
which will include minority students, different religious backgrounds, the less abled and students at risk. Students will be
expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films and
complete a project. This course satisfies the Minnesota
Human Relations requirement for teachers and social workers.
This is a one-half credit course. It is offered only on a PIN
basis.
"Note: This course can be taken along with Discovery Learning
in the World of Kindergarten, EDE 375-1.
Prerequisite: Open to all
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
EDU 491-1
lnstructoc Susan O'Connor
A supervised field placement that serves people with disabilities, plus an on-campus seminar.
Students planning to take this course should consult with the
Special Education Coordinator about a placement prior to
registering for the course.
Students must complete designated hours of fieldwork as well
as written and reading assignments.
Prerequisites: Completion of courses for special educalion minos or consent of instructor.
Maximum Enrollment 9 (This course involves iieldwork supenfision for the faculty member)
Time: l
Room: Library 4
EDUCATION
TOPICS:
CONTEMPORARYAMERICAN
POETRY
ENG 282-P/482-P
Instructor: John Mitchell
This course will provide an introductory survey of contemporary American poetry by poets whose work has come into
prominence since World War I1 or mid-century. Emphasis will
be given to the vision and sensibility of each poet and to the
themes of their poems, especially those images and statements
that concern philosophical, historical, psychological and cultural values. Through comparison and contrast, students will
be expected to formulate reasonable interpretations of selected
poets and poems and to express their discoveries in class discussion and short papers. A final examination will be given
and two interpretive papers about three to five pages in lengtk
will be assigned. For upper division credit, the student will als
read and give a written class report on a book that discusses
contemporary poetry or a contemporary poet; this choice,
based upon recommendations, must be approved by the
instructor.
Prerequisites: Intro. to Literature - for students enrolling for upper division credit
Time: I
Room: Old Main 16
TOPICS:
THECITY/GARDENAND WILDERNESS
ENG 2824
I'nstructor: Joan Griffin
The city has the power either to nourish or corrupt the human
soul. As a garden, the city tames and shapes nature to provide
an environment congenial to humanity. As a wilderness, the
city suggests the lack of moral restraint and self-control. This
course explores these themes in (mostly modern American)
essays, short stories, plays, poetry and films. Taking its cue
from Alfred Kazin's A Walker in the City,the course will
include a service project and field trips in which we will
explore some of the "gardens" and "wildernesses" of the Twin
Cities. Course grades will be based on a journal, two short
papers, class attendance and contributions to discussion.
Preference given to freshmen.
Liberal Arts Perspeclive: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 18
ENG 282-W/482-W
Instructor: Robert Cowgill
This course reassesses the work of the American cinema's
greatest genius, Orson Welles. From his early radio plays with
the Mercury Theater, through his groundbreaking seminal
1941 film, "Citizen Kane," to his later Shakespearean adaptations, students will encounter and study all of the Welles
extant canon. Welles' stylistic impact on other filmmakers will
be examined, as well as the aesthetic choices Welles made in
transferring other literary forms (such as novels and plays) to
cinema. The course will also explore Welles' re-reading of
developing Hollywood studio techniques and formulas (such
as his deepening of the archetypal psychology presented in
classic film noir), and the changing critical reception of his
work.
Students will be responsible for viewing all the films; many of
the screenings will take place outside of class time. A journal,
two short papers and a final video project are required.
' Students registering under ENG 482 will have to write a long
research paper as well.
Prerequisite: ENG 11 1 or equivalent
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthelics
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 25
QUANTITATIVE
JOURNALISM: COMPUTERASSISTED
REPORTINGAND RESEARCH
ENG 347-1
Instructors: Cass Dalglish and Boyd Koehler
This course introduces students to computer-assisted informational investigation and the interpretation of quantitative
data in the writing of expository essays and news reports.
Such inquiries will employ contemporary computer-based
information searches coupled with data-driven quantitative
assessment of a public issue of current concern. Students will
prepare projects of publishable quality for presentation and
critique. The course is designed for persons wishing to
explore the use of computer-assisted research for their particular information development interests as well as those
preparing to enter the communication professions.
Prerequisites: ENG 225 or ENG 227 or consent of instructors; MPG 3.
Graduation Skill Requirement: C)uantitativeReasoning
Maximum Enrollment: 11
Time: I1
Room: Library 20
FRE 11 1-1
Instructor: Francoise duRivage
This course is for students with no previous background in
French. It aims to develop basic skills in understanding,
speaking, reading and writing as tools for communication in
French. Through conversations, classroom practice and readings, this course focuses on the use of language in everyday
contexts and works toward the discovery of a French culture
and way of life. Five meetings per week. Evaluation will be
based on class participation, daily assignments, quizzes and
exams.
Liberal Arts Perspective: lntercoltural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollment: 10
Time: I
Room: Old Main 22
GER 111-1
lnstructor: John Van Cleve
The course is for those poor souls who have never studied
German before. By its conclusion, they will be able to speak,
understand, read and write a surprising amount of elementary German. Classes will practice communication in the
European Economic Community's most-spoken language,
supplemented by discussions of German culture. The vocabulary and structures of everyday German will be emphasized.
Grades will be determined on the basis of class participation,
scheduled chapter tests and a f nal exam.
liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2
Maximum Enmllment: 10
Time: I
Room: Old Main 21
LITERATURE FOR
LANGUAGE STUDENTS
~NTRODUCT~ON
TO
FRE/GER/NOR/SPA 350-1
lnstructor: Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg
An introduction to the critical reading of narratives in a
broad range of forms (short stories, novels, songs, films and
comic strips) in English. We will discuss the texts through the
understanding of their structural properties as well as the
social contexts. Selected theoretical readings (in English) prepare students to analyze representative texts (in a second language of their choice). Both the aesthetic and social-historical
aspects of literary analysis will be explored. Class discussion is
a key feature of the course. Evaluation will be based o n classroom presentations, short papers and a final examination o r
paper. Lectures, class discussion and all written work will be
in English. Students may register under their particular
majorlminor language.
Prerequisite: FRE/GER/NOR/SPA 31 1
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Science 112
I
HPE 114-1
lnstructoc A1 Kloppen
Principles: Practice of safety education in school and community life. National Safety Council First Aid and CPR certification. This is a one-half credit course.
Maximum Enmllmenl: 20
Time: I1
Room: Melby 119
DANCE
(MEN ONLY)
(0.5 CREDIT)
HPE 232-M
lnstructoc Carol Enke
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American
heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the
course grade is based on participation in class activities, a
teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half
credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I, (KTh & anernate Fridays - 1/7 1/9, 1/10, 1/13, 1/15, 1/21, 1/23, 1/24, 1/28)
Room: Melby Gym - norlh court
H PE 232- W
Instructor Carol Enke
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American
heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the
course grade is based on participation in class activities, a
teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half
credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I, (TTh & alternate Fridays - 1/7 1/9, 1/14 1/13, 1/15, 1/21, 1/23, 1/24, 1/28)
Room: Melby Gym - north courl
HEALTH & PHYSICAL LDUCATION
I
HPE 250-1
Instructor: Staff
Making Connections is designed for students who are interested in learning about contemporary health issues and applying this knowledge to their personal lives and the lives of their
peers. This course provides a wellness-model foundation for
educating self and others about personal health issues. Course
topics include wellness programming issues (e.g. HIVIAIDS,
substance use, meditation), communication skills, multicultural issues and decision-making skills. Students will examine
strategies that promote a healthier campus environment.
The course utilizes many interactive experiences combined
with lecture and group discussion. Classroom activities allow
students to practice and demonstrate skills taught during the
course. Students have the opportunity to assess their own personal level of health. Evaluations include an objective test,
journal entries and a group project.
This course will be useful to students who are interested in
impacting their campus environment as well as those who
have a desire to learn practical skills such as negotiation,
group facilitation and program development. Opportunities
exist for students who successfully complete this course to
work as Peer Helpers with The Center for Counseling and
Health Promotion.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 101
HPE 320-1
Instructor: Patty Murphy
Techniques for developing a course of study based upon
growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units
in nutrition and diseases. This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisite: HPE 110
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I - M, Wand alternate F (1/6, 1/8, 1/13, 1/15, 1/17, 1/20, 1/22, 1/27, 1/29)
Room: Melby 202
ADMINISTRATION
AND SUPERVISION
SCHOOL HEALTH
PROGRAM
(0.5 COURSE)
OF
HPE 410-1
Instructor: Patty Murphy
Historical background, legal bases, school health services and
relationships to community health programs and resources.
This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisite: HPE 110
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I - T; Th andalternate F ( 1 , 1/9, 1/10, 1/14, 1/16, 1/21, 1/23, 1/24, 1/28)
Room: Melby 202
(January 6 - 21, 1997)
HPE 455-1
lnstructor: Joyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested
in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will
take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling
(anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will
live aboard a 43' - 46' fixed keel sailboat with five to six other
people and will function as an active crew member. Actual
on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course.
Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in
the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and
windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes
will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands
in January.
The course cost is $2,800, which includes airfare for Augsburg
day students and qualifying 4-1-4 students. Others will have to
pay regular Interim tuition in addition to this course cost in
order to receive academic credit. PIN ONLY.
Applications may be picked up from the office of Joyce Pfaff,
Melby Hall, Augsburg College. They must be turned in with
deposit and appropriate signature before final acceptance is
given.
Prerequisite: Permission from Joyce Plan of the Health and Physical Education
Deparlment (612) 330- 1247; no smoking is allowed; basic swimming skills
Graduation Level Skill: Liletime Sporl; also one course credit upper division
Maxlmum Enrollment: 8 (a waiting list will be kept after the original eight spots are filled)
HPE 475-1
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
Emphasis placed on preventing and treating common athletic
injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisites: El0 103, HPE 350
Maximum Enrollment: 24
Time: I - M, W andallernate F(1/6, 1/8, 1/13, 1/15, 1/17, 1/20, 1/22, 1/27, 1/29)
Room: Melby 119
HPE 477-1
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Theory and technique. Administrative aspects of coaching basketball. This is a one-half credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 24
Time: I1 - Tj Th andalternate F(1/7, 1/9, 1/10, 1/14, 1/16, 1/21, 1/23, 1/24, 1/28)
Room: Melby 202; Gym
HPE 483-1
Instructor: Marilyn Florian
Theory and technique. Administrative aspects of coaching
volleyball. This is a one-half credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 24
Time: I1 - M, W andallernale F ( 1 6 1/8, 1/13, 1/15, 1/17, 1/20, 1/22, 11/27, 1/29)
Room: Melby 202; Gym
~OTH-CENTURY
SOUTH ASIA
HIS 162-//HIS 462-1
lnstructor: Don Gustafson
This interim experience is designed to look at the area of
South Asia (primarily India) that is home to one-fifth of the
people of our world. We'll use novels, films, some standard
historical writings and current South Asia periodicals to consider the impact that colonialism, nationalism and various
phases of modernization have had on this old, honored and
traditional culture. We'll read the marriage ads and talk about
social structure, consider the spot at Ayodhya that has
prompted Hindus to massacre Muslims, think on the Christlikeness of a Gandhi, and perhaps have time to note one or
two of the contemporary religious phenomena. Looking at
South Asians helps us to see ourselves in a fuller perspective.
The course will include the usual pedagogical devices of
lectures, discussions, some short reaction papers and tests
(including a final).
Students enrolling for upper division credit will be expected
to have at least one prior college history class, to complete a
paper or project beyond the regular assignments, and to be
tested apart from lower division students.
Liberal Ads Perspeclive: lnlercullural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 100
TOPICS
IN U.S. HISTORY:THECIVIL WARERA
HIS 331-1
Instructor: Chris Kimball
Many people believe that the Civil War was the most important event in the history of the United States, one that transformed the nature of American society. Put more broadly, the
years between the mid-1840s and the late 1870s saw questions
about such fundamental principles as slavery and freedom
resolved; others, however, continue to trouble us to this day.
This course, then, offers a survey of the causes, issues and
consequences of the nation's bloodiest conflict. Topics to be
considered include slavery and anti-slavery, Manifest Destiny,
the growing sectional conflict, the origins of the Republican
Party, the clash of arms, the changing role of women, popular
religion, the transition from slave to free labor in the South,
and post-slavery race relations.
The course will include lectures, discussions, a variety of primary and secondary readings, and films. Grading will be
based on participation, several short writing assignments, a
mid-term and a final.
Prerequisite: One history course or consent of inslructor
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 13
HON 213-1
Instructors: Jeanne Boeh & Jacqueline devries
Does history influence economic theory? Or does economic
theory shape history? This course will explore the history of
western economic thought and how these writings affected
the development of various economic systems. The course
begins with the rise of mercantilism in the 16th century.
Topics will include the industrial take-off and the creation of
a waged-labor force in the 18th century, the rise of laissez-
faire economic principles and "free-trade" imperialism in the
19th century, and the subsequent challenges of communism
and the rise of the welfare state in the 20th century. We will
read substantial portions of the classic economic thinkers,
including Adam Smith, Thomas Malthus, David Hume,
Jeremy Bentham, David Ricardo, Sidney and Beatrice Webb,
Karl Marx, Max Weber, Alfred Marshall, Thorstein Veblen,
John Maynard Keynes, William Beveridge and Milton
Friedman. The course will also address the long-standing issues
of child labor, poverty and women's roles in the work force.
Students will be evaluated using class participation, discussion
and writing assignments, including a short term paper and a
take-home final.
Prerequisite: Honors Program student or consent of Honors Program Director
Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Social World 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
SCIENCE AND RELIGION:COMPLEXITY
CREATIVITY
AND
HUN 401-I/HON 401-R
Instructors: Larry Crockett and Bruce Reichenbach
We will explore the historical background of the contemporary debate regarding how religion relates to science, and then
attend to contemporary developments, especially the new
integrationists. We will also look at the implications of the
chaos and complexity theory for the doctrine of divine creativity. The goal is to involve students in constructing for
themselves a model for understanding relations between the
two areas. Two tests, class presentations and a research paper
will be required.
Prerequisites: Parlicipant in Honors Program or permission of instructor
Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Christian Faith 3
Maximum Enrollment: 20 per section
Time: I
Rooms: Foss Center 20/Library 20
HONORS
I
INS 120-1
Instructor: Ann Fleener
Students will participate in a series of seminars following the
Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and
Paideia Associates. Students will read selected readings that
will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also
view selected films for seminar discussions; develop andlor
hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in a St. Paul public school; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars; and lead seminars.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science 319
SERVICE-LEARNING TEAMINTERNSHIPS:
LEARNING TOGETHER
FROM WORKAND
SERVICE I N THE CITY
INS 199/399-1
Instructors: Garry Hesser/Lois Olson/Mary Laurel True
Interested in hands-on experience and making a difference?
In this Interim course you will work, learn and serve through
an interdisciplinary team internship approach. You will spend
approximately 20-30 hours per week at a local neighborhood
non-profit internship site working on a special project with
three or four other students. Your internship team will have
hands-on experience in an agency that strives to meet the
needs of the community, and you will develop a better understanding of organizations that are a part of the city and why
and how they function. Two mornings a week you will meet
in a seminar with all the internship teams to share experiences
and explore ideas and insights into the critical issues of urban
communities and organizations. Students will complete short
seminar exercises, set team internship goals, keep an individual journal and make a final group presentation of their
internship. Upper-division students will be expected to make
more advanced analysis, connecting theories of coursework
and concepts of their major and the liberal arts to the work
experience and seminar assignments. Grading: PIN only
Liberal Arls Perspective: City
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Murphy Place 111
INS 210-1
Instructor: William D. Green
This course introduces college students to the experiences of
first-year law students. We will examine the nature of
American jurisprudence and legal theories that law students
study in their first year, discuss the academic and emotional
pressures that first-year students typically face, explore ways
to cope with these pressures, and develop legal reasoning and
writing skills.
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 16
INS 21 1-1
Instructor: Sandra Olmsted
Do you enjoy talking about science and technical topics, but
just can't find an audience? We'd love to listen! Through a
series of four oral assignments, you will have the opportunity
to talk science to your fellow scientists, improve on your oral
presentation skills in a variety of formats, learn to effectively
organize a speech, prepare visual aids, and listen to and learn
about other science topics and science policy from your fellow scientists.
Prerequisiles: One year of an introductory-level science course
Gradualion Skill Requirement Speaking
Maximum Enrollment: 16
Time: I1
Room: Science 319
INTRODUCTION
TO ISLAM
INS 225-1
lnstructor: Amin Kader
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his
perception of Islam to Non-Muslims. The course will cover the
ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets,
Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems,
and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be discussions on
the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis,
etc.). Some effort will be made to deal with the similarities and
differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism.
Students will also visit one of the mosques in the Twin Cities.
Evaluation is based on two tests and a paper.
Liberal Ads Perspeclive: intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Old Main 27
AMERICAN
INDIANS
IN THE CINEMA
INS 264-1
Instructor: Eric Buffalohead
Various images of the North American Indian, created by
Hollywood and television, will be studied. Films from 1913 to
the present will be viewed in order to provide an understanding of how American Indians were portrayed in film historically, how this image has evolved over the past century, and how
it is reflective of Western cultural ideologies.
Liberal Ads Perspective: Intercullural Awareness 1
Time: 6-10 p.m.
Room: Old Main 16
FINITE MATH
MAT 121-1
lnstructor: Su Doree
What does math have to do with the "real world"? Lots! In this
course we'll learn about finances, probability, statistics and
applied geometry. Class will be a mix of short lectures and
small group "hands-on" activities.
I
Evaluation is based on full participation, daily homework sets,
a "math matters" journal, and four brief projectslpapers.
There will not be any quizzes or exams.
This course is primarily intended for students in MPG 3 who
have not previously taken another Quantitative Reasoning
course.
Prerequisite: Math 3
Graduation Skill Requirement: Ouanlilalive Reasoning
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science 212
MAT 281/481-I
Instructor: Rebekah Valdivia
In this course, we will discuss and analyze mathematical models of biological phenomena. The mathematical techniques we
will use build on ideas from calculus. Many of the techniques
will involve a graphical approach, and we will make use of
technological tools (graphing calculators and Maple, for
example). Course evaluation will include homework, projects
and examinations. The course will be offered at both the 400
level (recommended prerequisite - MAT 245 or MAT 145, and
junior or senior level standing in a Division of Sciences
major), and at the 200 level (recommended prerequisite MAT 145). Non-mathematics majors who are interested are
strongly encouraged to find out more about the class by contacting the instructor.
Prerequisite: See course description
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 112
MATHEMATICS
SOUNDS AND SIGHTS
(UMAI E COURSE)
OF
EUROPE
MUS 179-1
lnstructoc Robert Karlen/Hoberta Metzler
4
Much of American history and culture is derived from that of
European cities such as London, Paris and Amsterdam. This
course provides an opportunity to visit some of the great
European cultural centers that provided the impetus for
development of cultural life in the New World.
Group discussions and assigned readings increase student
sensitivity to architecture and other visual art seen in the
museums. Students listen critically to concerts of musical
masterpieces heard at each site. Relationships between the
various art mediums come to life through these experiences.
There is also ample time for independent exploration.
Evaluation is based on full participation in all course-related
group activities, a daily professional journal, arttmusic critique sheets, and exams over material covered.
Fee: $2,995 includes all air and surface travel, hotel accommodations, daily continental breakfast, four group meals and
tickets to five cultural performances.
Registration for this interim must be made before November
10 at the International Programs Office, 620 22nd Avenue
South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Phone: 330-1655. Offered on
a PIN basis only. A meeting will be held at St. Thomas on
Saturday, November 18. For more information you may call
Roberta Metzler at 330-1273.
Liberal Arls Perspective:Aeslhelics
Maximum Enrollmenl: 32
SURVEY OF ROCK HISTORY
AND
MUSICAL
STYLE, 1951-1971
MUS 204-1
Instructor: 0. Nicholas Raths
An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology as they occur within the context of Rock's inception
(1950s) and maturation (1960s) periods. This course will
examine the historical background, musical content and
methods of selected artists and their work.
Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paper, exam and a group performance project. For
non-music majors.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics 1, 2
Maximum Enrollmenl: 30
Time: I1
Room: Music 3
SEMINAR: PRINTING MUSIC
AT THE COMPUTER
MUS 295-1
Instructor Stephen "Gabe" Gabrielsen
The program "Finale" will be explored. This computer program makes it possible for music students to generate professional-level musical scores. Daily assignments will be given
with the end goal of developing proficiency at printing music
at the computer.
Prerequisite: Note-reading ability
Maximum Enrollmenl: 20
Time: I ( M N 10-12:OO; T/Th 8-1 1:30; F 8-1 1:OO)
Room: Music Library (1st floor Music Bldg.)
MUS 295- TflHR 295-T
Instructor: Sonja Thompson, Martha Johnson
This interdisciplinary course will be co-taught by Music and
Theatre faculty. The goal will be to integrate training and per-
formance techniques from music and theatre to help students
gain knowledge, experience and skills in various genres of
Music Theatre (musicals, opera, plays involving singing and
music, and new music theatre). The course will also explore
the power of Music Theatre that links it with ritual, ceremony
and spiritual tradition, seen cross-culturally in ancient Greek
drama, Chinese Opera and Japanese Kabuki. Another goal of
the course is to give students the opportunity to increase their
level of comfort and skill on stage. The course will culminate
in a public performance of scenes from Music Theatre.
Grading will be based on student scenelrole research, class and
rehearsal commitment, and final performance. Interested students will be auditioned in December so that appropriate
material can be assigned to them. Students of all levels are welcome to take this course.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Sateren Auditorium
PHI 231-1
Instructor: David Apolloni
Course content includes the historical and intellectual background of Socrates and the question, "What d o we know of the
person and teachings of the historical Socrates?" Socrates' key
teachings will be studied: virtue is a form of knowledge and all
virtues are identical; evil is a form of ignorance; whether or
not virtue can be taught; it is impossible for wrongdoers to be
happy; and obeying the law and accepting the death penalty.
Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Western Heritage
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 29
MAKING LIGHT OF MATTER: AN
~NTRODUC~~ON
TO LASERSAND SPECTROSCOPY
PHY 337-1
Instructor Stuart Anderson
The quest to understand how light and matter interact is at
the heart of modern physics, and lasers are probably the most
ubiquitous technical product of these ideas. This course will
begin with a short overview of optics needed for understanding imaging, beam control and dispersion, including the
nature of light, reflection, refraction and interference. The
stage is then set for treating super-radiant devices and lasers
and analyzing the effects of cavity design on output characteristics. The course will conclude by applying these concepts to
the study of atoms and molecules via the emission, absorption and scattering of light. Considerable emphasis will be
placed on laboratory experiences and scientific communication; only one-third of the class time will be used for formal
lectures and discussion. Grades will be determined on the
basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, oral and
poster presentations, and two examinations.
Prerequisites: PHY 121, 122, 245 (or equivalenl) and MAT 124, 125, 224 (or 145, 146,
245)
Graduation Skill Requirement: Speaking
Maximum Enrollment: 10
Time: I1
Room: Science 30
POL 140-1
Instructor: Andrew Aoki
This course requires students to struggle with questions of
social justice in America. Students will develop and defend
their own standards of social justice and use those standards
to assess conditions in urban America. To pass this course,
students must engage in a substantial exchange of ideas with
fellow classmates in class discussions.
The course has two goals: to develop student thinking about
social justice, including greater awareness of conflicts between
justice and other values and to increase student ability to
understand urban problems as issues of justice and other central values.
Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion and
other class activities, on two short (4-6 pp.) papers and on a
final exam. Because of the compressed time frame of the
Interim schedule and the importance of material covered on
the first day of class, NO ONE WILL BE ADMITTED TO
THE CLASS WHO DOES NOT ATTEND THE FIRST DAY
OF CLASS, unless first receiving the permission of the
instructor.
Liberal Arfs Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollmenl: 25
Time: I
Room: Music 24
POL 295-//POL 495-1
Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten
During 1996, elections in Israel, Russia and the United
States-as well as political violence in Israel and Lebanoncreated a new context for the Middle East negotiation process.
This course will explore these changes and provide deeper
background for understanding the intractability of the ArabIsraeli conflict.
Drawing upon several theories of conflict and conflict resolution, we will study the historical development of the clash
between different nationalist claims to the land that Israelis
and Palestinians consider their home. How this conflict drew
in neighboring Arab states and superpower interests will be
reviewed. The strategic bargaining positions of the major participants will be analyzed as well as the roles of the United
States and United Nations in the conflict area, known as the
Arab Mashriq. Additional regional factors, such as radical
Islamic movements and tensions in the Persian Gulf, will be
analyzed for their impact on the longer-term negotiation
process. We will consider the potential for geo-political
expansion of the conflict into nearby regions.
Students will present two small oral presentations and one
major oral critique of analytic articles (for 295 credit) and
books (for 495 credit). A mid-term examination and class discussion will provide additional evaluations. Feature length
films from Middle East film producers will complement
course readings and lectures.
Graduation Skill Requirement Speaking
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Music 24
PSY 105-1
lnstructor: Grace Dyrud
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior.
Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations
are emphasized. Evaluation is based on tests and reports.
Libenl Ads Perspective: Human Identity
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Music 23
PSYCHOLOGY
AND LAW
PSY 335-1
lnstructor: Nancy Steblay
The course will address psychological issues in law, with
specific emphasis on police procedures, eyewitness memory
and jury trials. Attention will also be given to issues of mental
illness and criminal justice. Grading will be based on tests,
written work and classroom participation.
Prerequisites: PSY 105 or 102
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 10
PSY 370-1
Instructor: Duane Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of
the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will
be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and
society will be the main focus.
This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level
of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each
class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers and frequent oral reports.
Typewriting or equivalent word processing will be required.
Students are requested to read at least three articles by Robert
Coles before the start of the interim. "Adolescents and Moral
Develpment" by Coles is scheduled for publication and will
likely be a text for the course. Library reference work will be a
part of the course process. Offered only on PIN basis.
Prerequisites: PSY 102 or PSY 105
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
CULTURE, FAMILY, SEX AND STATUS:
THENEW
TESTAMENT
SOCIAL WORLD
REL 330-1
Philip A. Quanbeck, I1
This course will approach parts of the New Testament from
the perspective of the social world. It will examine the world
of cultural conflict, accommodation and change, and determine how that shaped the New Testament message and how
the church responded to the challenge. Topics will include
concepts of cultural anthropology such as honor and shame,
the social structures of the family, and the city in the GrecoRoman world. Social status will be addressed in the ways it
affected women, men, free persons and slaves. Special attention will be paid to the relation between early Christianity
and Judaism. In the New Testament there will be particular
focus on Luke through Acts, First Peter and aspects of the letters of Paul. Evaluation will be by exam, class
presentationlparticipation and a research paper.
Prerequisiles: REL 111 or 221
Liberal Arts Perspective: Chrislian Faith 1 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 27
CHRISTIANVIEWS
OF HEALTH
AND HEALING
REL 341-1
lnstructor: Brad Holt
The course will help students think knowledgeably and critically about the intersections of health and religion. The content will include a study of biblical roots, historical influences
in church and medicine, and contemporary trends. The relationship of scientific technology, alternative medicine, prayer
and sacraments will be considered. Evaluation will be on the
basis of a class presentation and paper, spot quizzes and one
test.
Prerequisites: REL 111 or 221
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Failh 3
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 16
THEOLOGY
OF MARRIAGE
REL 343-1
lnstructor: Cathy Paulsen
Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision
that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our
heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether
you are married or not. It will, however, increase your certainty and the possibility for meaning and intimacy in your
life with a partner. In the context of Christian teachings,
many theories will be studied, with particular attention given
to the work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital
relationship primarily, and to the family secondarily.
There will be lectures, discussions and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one
paper and two tests.
Prerequisites: REL 11 1 or REL 221 or permission of instructor
Liberal Ads Perspective: Christian Faith 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Music 23
REL 345-1
lnstructor: Mark Tranvik
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the
world. We will examine its roots in Luther and the
Reformation and trace its history in worship, music and theology to the present day. Questions such as the following will
be addressed: What does it mean to be a Lutheran today?
How might Lutherans relate their faith to political and social
problems? Lectures and discussions will be the format. Guest
speakers will be used. Requirements include class participation and exams.
Prerequisites: Religion 111 or 221
Liberal Ads Perspeclive: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 213
PROCESS
THEOLOGY
AND CHRISTIAN FAITH
REL 385-1
Instructor: Lynne Lorenzen
This course introduces students to the relational world view
of process philosophy and examines how it has influenced
Christian faith and ethical deliberations. Special attention will
be given to the writings of John B. Cobb Jr., as a representative of process theology. Classes will include videos, small
groups and some lectures to introduce topics. Ethical issues
addressed in the class include killing, abortion, human sexual-
ity and euthanasia. Grades will be based on a paper (10-15
pages), a presentation of the paper to the class and class participation.
Prerequisites: REL 111 or REL 221
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Music 22
SWK 257-1
Instructors: Mary Lou Williams and staff
Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 80 hours in
a service agency or institution that students select. The placement must be approved by course faculty and supervised by
agency staff. In the context of this volunteer experience, students have the opportunity to interact with human service
professionals, clients and communities of diverse culturelethnic heritage and special concerns (age, socio-economic status,
lifestyles, developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.). The
course is designed to help students learn about themselves in
relation to a possible major or future career in the human services.
The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions that
assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings
which explore the historical development of social welfare as
an institution and the nature and value system of social work
as a profession. Students will also examine and critique the
manner in which social, economic and political structures
impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their
own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as
poverty and the "isms". Detailed information will be sent to
students at the close of Interim registration.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximlim Enrollment: 60
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 111
S WK 466-l(ful1 course)
SWK 466-H (0.5 course)
lnstructor: Maria Brown
This is a continuation of Field Work 11; a total of 60 or 120
hours (.5 course option during Interim). Responsible, supervised professional social work experience, including work with
individuals, families, groups and communities in a social service agency. Integrative weekly seminar (two hours). Students
will be evaluated by: 1) weekly theorylpractice papers integrating course content with work setting; 2) attendancelparticipation, and 3) field site supervisor's evaluation.
Prerequisile: SWK 462
Maximum Enrollmenl: 25
Time: I (class will meet in small groups, no more than 11 at a lime lor purpose of room
size)
Room: Old Main 11
HUMAN
COMMUNITIES AND
THE MODERN
METROPOLIS
SOC 21 1-1
Instructor: Gordon Nelson
This course will examine the extent to which the experience of
community is possible in the context of the metropolitan situation. The course will focus on the Twin Cities metropolitan
area. Each member of the class will be responsible for a class
presentation, which must reflect on-site observation in a particular locale within the metropolitan area. In addition, class
participation and a final examination will be the basis for
evaluating performance in the course.
Liberal Ads Perspeclive: The City
Maximum Enrollmenl: 25
Time: I
Room: Foss 21
THR 295-T/MUS 295- T
Instructor: Sonja Thompson, Martha Johnson
See course information listed under MUS 295-T.
MOVEMENT
FOR THEATRE
THR 226-1
Instructor: Staff
In this course students will explore the principles and styles
of movement. The goal will be to increase the student's ability
to communicate through movement, by examining the principles of discipline, freedom, clarity, timing, concentration
and rhythm. Masks and improvisation will be introduced as
tools for corporeal expression. All different aspects of movement will be explored: body stance, facial expression, gesture,
walking, etc. Movement exercises will be built around short
scenes and improvisation. There will be an intense dance
warm-up each session.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Theatre- south court
The following activities are available to students during Interim
and studerlts may register for these classes as well as for a
regular course. These activities do not carry course credit but
do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation.
LIFETIME SPORT: AEROBIC
DANCE
HPE 002-A
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
Participation and practice in aerobic dance activities.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport
Maximum Enrollment: 45
Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, 7; U: TH, F
Room: Gym - center court
LIFETIME SPORT: PICKLEBALL
HPE 002-P
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Practice and playing of pickleball. Grading: PIN only.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Spoti
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: 12:OO-1:OOM, 7; U: TH, F
Room: Gym - nortWsouth courts
LIFETIME SPORT: ULTIMATE
FRISBEE
HPE 002-F
Instructor Marilyn Florian
Practice and playing of ultimate frisbee.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Liletime Sport
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: 12:OO-1:00M, b U: TH, F
Room: Air Structure
UMAI E
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper
Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers
overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further
information about the following courses can be obtained
from Kathleen Lutfi at the Center for Global Education, 620
22nd Avenue S. (330- 1655). These courses are offered on a
PIN basis only and generally carry a lower division number.
SPP 201-1
Astronomy Down Under (New Zealand)
AustraliaS Business Climate
Caring for Others: The Swedish Model
Drawing a Literary Map of Norway
The English School and Family
Exploring British Democracy Through Literature and Culture
Innovation and Organization in Scandinavia
Intermediate Spanish Language and Culture in Southern Spain
Luther, B ~ c hand Bonhoefier: Three Influential Lutherans in
Germany
Roman Germany: The Impact and Legacy of Empire
The Trojan War: Myth and Legend
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for
credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other
expenses that are the responsibility of the student. They are
offered only on a PIN basis.
UMAI E
THEWASHINGTON
CENTER1997
Academic Seminars
LEADERSHIP2 0 0 0 : A GLOBALPERSPECTIVE
(DECEMBER
30-JANUARY
10,1997)
POL 398-A
WOMENAs LEADERS
(DECEMBER
30-JANUARY
10,1997)
POL 398-8
THE~NDEPENDENT
SECTOR:
ISSUES
AND CAUSES
(DECEMBER
30-JANUARY10,1997)
POL 3984
CAMPAIGN96: THEINAUGURATION
(JANUARY
14-20,1997)
POL 398-0
The Washington Center offers a choice of topics during the
first two weeks of the seminar program. During the last week,
one seminar is offered. Augsburg students must register for all
three weeks of the program (December 30-January 20) in
order to receive academic credit and to receive a scholarship
from the College covering registration and tuition costs.
Credit is available from the Political Science Department for
this program. The course is a passlfail course based on participation in program activities including site visits, small group
seminars and journals.
For information brochures and registration forms ask in
Memorial Hall 11lA or call 330-1320. For further information about the program see Prof. Hedblom in Memorial Hall
117 or call 330-1 197. There are five scholarships available to
cover registration and tuition costs based on priority in registration through Prof. Hedblom's office.
Show less
AUGSBURG
......................
Introduction
....................
Options
Visiting Students
2
-4
................5
Calendar ........................6
.................5
...................7
Lifetime Sports ...................48
Interim Abroad ..................49
Other Courses ........ Show more
AUGSBURG
......................
Introduction
....................
Options
Visiting Students
2
-4
................5
Calendar ........................6
.................5
...................7
Lifetime Sports ...................48
Interim Abroad ..................49
Other Courses ...................52
About This Catalog
Interim Courses
Contents
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg
College. The College follows a 4- 1-4 calendar, with fall and
spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a
four-week January Interim. Interim is intended to be a time
for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and
learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and
ways not possible during the regular term.
Interim is an opportunity for intense concentration on a
single course of study. Since one Interim course equals a fulltime load, students should plan to spend the same amount of
time in class and preparing for class as they would for a fourcourse load during fall or spring semesters. Students should
be prepared for at least 40 class hours during the Interim and
should anticipate the equivalent of the normal two hours of
study for each class hour. Since the course length is only 3 112
weeks, attendance at every class is imperative. While it is
expected that students will attend every class period, instructors will establish the precise attendance policy for their
courses. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who
chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale. Students generally have the option to register on a
PassINo credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on
the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division
credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and students must select which is most appropriate for their needs.
Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading
standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees,
although intended to be accurate, may change; and students
should check with the instructor to verify the final costs.
Students are required to complete at least 33 course credits for
graduation. This course total must include two Interims for
students who enter with fewer than 14 courses. Freshmen are
required to take an Interim course their first year. A maximum of four Interim course credits may be counted toward
the 33 course credits required for graduation. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form or
consult the registrar for the number of Interim courses
required.
Day school students (3.0 credits or more for fall) can take a
total of 1.0 course credit. They may take two half-credit classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time students (fall term). If less than full-time, they will be charged.
Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim as a
cross registration but will be charged day school tuition $1630
per course credit. If they do so, they may take only 1.0 additional course credit in Weekend College for winter trimester.
Augsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, national
or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to public assistance, or disability in its
education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan
programs, athletic and/or school administered programs,
except in those instances where religion is a bona fide occupational qualification. Augsburg College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and its students.
Any questions concerning Augsburg's compliance with federal
or state regulations implementing equal access and opportunity can be directed to Lora Steil, affirmative action coordinator, Office of Human Resources, CB 79, Augsburg College,
221 1 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454. She can be
reached by telephone, (612) 330-1023; or by e-mail,
<steil@augsburg.edu>.
Options
.
International Interim-Students are invited to participate in
the international Interim courses offered by the Upper
Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE)
and other consortia. These course opportunities are listed on
page 45. Some courses have early registration deadlines.
Internships deadline-Friday, December 10. January Interim
internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an
internship must meet departmental requirements and present
a signed internship-learning agreement plan to the Center for
Service, Work, and Learning (1st floor Memorial) by the first
day of Interim classes. The learning-agreement forms are
available in the same office. Internships during Interim must
involve full-time work placements for approximately four
weeks. Assistance for planning internships is available in the
Center for Service, Work, and Learning.
Independent study/research or directed study-Students
may elect a program of independent study (upper division
499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim.
Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting
responsibility for more than one independent study per
Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed
study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements
2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study
plan approved by the supervising faculty member and
the directedlindependent study registration form.
These forms must be submitted by December 1.
Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can
be obtained in the Office of the Registrar.
Interims at other schools-Augsburg students may enroll at
any other 4-1-4 institution that offers a reciprocal Interim
arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs are available
in the registrar's office. Registration for Interims at the other
ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other
4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may
not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's general
education requirements or major requirements.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools
for the January Interim without tuition charges, provided the
student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to
Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition
does not include special fees, housing, or board costs. Other
students will be charged $1,630 for the Interim course.
Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim
should write to the Ofice of the Registrar for application
forms or use the forms provided by the Interim office at their
own school. There is an application processing fee of $25.
Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required
to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the
Office of Residence Life.
It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor
visiting students may register for 199,299,399, or 499 courses.
About This Catalog
The catalog lists courses by departments in alphabetical order.
At the end of the book are listings of other courses not
offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim
credit. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports
listed at the end of the catalog. Courses that include travel are
marked with an airplane.
Interim Calendar 2000
November 15 to December 3
January 3
. . . . . . . . . Interim
.
registration
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .First
. day of Interim
Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day)
Time 11-1:15 p.m
January 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day to register or add a class or
cancel a class without a notation
January 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day for determining
grading option with registrar
January 14 . . . . . . . . . Last day for withdrawing from courses
January 17. . . . . . . . . . . . Martin Luther King Day-no
class
January 27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interim ends
January 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spring semester begins
February 4
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interim grades due to registrar
The time, number, and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily
schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to 11:45 (Note: on the first day, Time I classes
will begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:15 p.m.-5:00 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day-No class
For More Information
For more information contact Barbara Pappenfus in the
Interim Office at (612) 330-1150.
Calendar
Calligraphy I & II
ART 106-J
ART 306-J
Instructor: Philip Thompson
Development of calligraphic writing and drawing skills with
emphasis on the broad-edged pen. Attention given to the historical development of calligraphy and the elements of design
through readings and demonstrations. Class time and assignments center on proactive calligraphic concepts with special
attention given to foundation, italic, gothic, and uncial styles.
Three original projects are required and evaluation is based
on quality of work plus participation and growth factors.
Upper division students are required to complete examples in
three historical writing styles plus an expanded project.
Required materials: text, pens, ink, ruler, and mat board.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Old Main 4
Life Drawing
ART 247-J
Instructor: Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figures will be depicted with graphite pencils in
various settings for varying lengths of time. Grades will be
based upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee of
$45 to be paid on the first day of class.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 17
Marine Biology of the Florida Keys
BIO 140-J
BIO 340-J
Instructor: William Capman
The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for study of natural
history and ecology of marine, coastal, and sub-tropical communities. This class will spend about 2 112 weeks in Florida at
the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine
Key. The Institute offers laboratory facilities, ocean-going
research platforms, housing, and a dining hall. Field trips to
coral reefs (Looe Key National Park), tide pools, turtle grass
flats, mangrove islands, and upland hammocks will be led by
professional naturalists from the institute. Organisms and
communities will be studied on site and in the laboratory.
Research projects will be initiated shortly after arrival at the
station in order to provide opportunities to gather data over a
period of several days. Visits to Pennicamp State Park, Key
West, and the Everglades will be included. Evaluation will be
based on:
BIO 140: (1) field and laboratory records, (2) personal journal, (3) quizzes at Marine Institute, (4) a final exam.
Prerequisite for 6'10 140: Any one of the following courses or their equivalents - BIO 101,
102, 103, 113, 114, or consent of the instructor.
BIO 340: (1) field and laboratory records, (2) personal journal, (3) quizzes at Marine Institute, (4) written report of the
research project, and (5) final exam.
Prerequisite for BIO 340: 810 351 or BIO 481 or consent of the instructor.
Estimated cost of the course: $2500 (includes airfare, all
ground transportation, housing and meals while at the institute). Contact the instructors for details.
Prerequisite: See Above
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I1
Room: Science 212
Laboratory Biochemistry
BIO 368-J
Instructor: Karen Ballen
'I'his ct~i~rsc
is a n in trot1 uution l o tech~iicl~ius
c o m ~ n o n l yt~sccf
in bincIic.misiry. '1~chriic1~1c.s
includc (1,111 not li~llitcdto): ~ I . o w i n extrac~iun,dialysis, spectl-c.~phatomct
ry, S13S p01yair.ylamicle gel ciect rophorcsis, inn txchnngc cIll.clrn;~tclgl.alIhy,
Prerequisites:2.0 in 810 367
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I
Room: Science 212
Advanced Computing for Business
MIS 370-J
Instructor: Jim Kattke
Objectives are to learn concepts underlying creation of Web
pages and business communication via the Internet. Use of
relational databases for advanced queries, forms, and reports.
Basics of event-driven programming for solving business related problems. Students will complete three major projects and a
few minor assignments. The course requires significant effort
on projects and constant access to a computer. Cooperation
with fellow students in learning to apply concepts is encouraged. A good grasp of MS Access is required or the willingness
to exercise exceptional effort in learning the tool.
Prereqttlsit~s:MiS 175, CSC 170, consent of the instruct06 or Math Placement Group 3
Mnxltr~~nrr
Fnrollmant: 20
Time: I1
Room: Lindeli 16
Personal Finance
BUS 295-J
BUS 495-J
Instructor: Ashok Kapoor
This is an introductory course in personal financial planning.
Students will be introduced to budgeting, credit, income
taxes, insurance, real estate, investment and retirement planning. BUS 295: quizzes and exams. BUS 495: all of the above
plus some assigned case problemslpapers will be required.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Foss 43
Chemistry for Changing Timer
CHM 100-J
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
This course is developed from the perspective of a person
living in a modern, high-technology society such as the
United States. It assumes that before one can evaluate a moral
or societal issue of a scientific nature one at least must be able
to understand the science involved. Anything less is an
impression rather than an informed decision. As we develop
scientific concepts we will at the same time relate them to an
abundance of current issues. We live in a world of pesticides,
fertilizers, plastics, birth control, food abundance and food
shortage, food additives and processing and synthesis, organically and non-organically grown food, chemical dependency,
licit and illicit drugs, the energy crisis, and the debates about
sources of energy, the green house effect, and nuclear waste
storage, pollution, genetic engineering and much more. Many
of these problems are chemical in nature. Thus, in learning
about chemistry, via lecture and in-class discussion, we can
begin to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and
even some of the universe. The grade for the course is based
on a percentage of the score of total points on the daily
quizzes.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 315
Introduction to Polymer Chemistry and
American Plastic
CHM 104-J
Instructor: Ron Fedie
Previously there was the Stone Age, Iron Age, and Bronze age.
Now we live in the Age of Polymers (and Plastics). Without
this innovative technology, life as we know it would be much
different. The variety of polymer molecules and their properties make up many, diverse plastics and the variations are endless. Many items and materials in the areas of coatings, adhesives, leisure/sports equipment, building/construction, automobiles, furniture, clothes, medical supplies, cosmetics, and
others that are used every day come from different polymeric
materials made from polymer molecules. In this course we
will explore and discuss the world of polymer chemistry.
Polyethylene is one of the most commonly used synthetic
polymers found in "plastic" wrap and trash bags. A common
natural polymer, polyisoprene, is collected from the sap of
rubber trees and tires, golf balls, and latex gloves are just some
of the many uses. The class will focus on two books. One,
American Plastic: A Cultural History, by Jeffrey Meikle for the
historical perspective of our world of polymers. Themes from
the book, the different types of polymers used, and recent
themes such as the recycling of plastics will be discussed. A
second book, Giant Molecules, by Grosberg and Khokhlov, will
help with the previously mentioned themes and give more
depth to the broad world of polymers not covered in Meikle's
book. There will be six lab periods in which some polymer
molecules will be made and several of their interesting properties will be explored. Students will be graded on 25 group
worksheets, 6 quizzes, 6 reflection papers, 6 lab periods, and
an individual project and presentation.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 22
Time: I1
Room: Science 315
Introduction to Computer Science and
Communications
CSC 160-J
Instructor: Larry Ragland
This course introduces the major areas of computer science
and computer communications. These areas are: algorithms,
algorithm design, algorithm efficiency, hardware, logical circuit design, computer organization, software and operating
systems, programming languages, operating systems, theory
of computation, mathematical foundations of computer science, Turing machines, computer communications and the
Internet, packet switching, Internet services, and operation.
This course will consist of lecture/discussion times with frequent in-class lab exercises on the topics above. Grading will
be based on examinations, labs, and homework. This is not a
course in computer applications or how to use computers,
although we may touch on these topics.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 202
UNlX and C
CSC 272-J
Instructor: Karen Sutherland
Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming
language. It is assumed that the student has knowledge of
programming methods and has done programming in some
other language. Evaluation will be done on 10 programming
assignments, two to three quizzes and a final project. Grading
is done by combining the weighted grades of all assignments
and quizzes.
Prerequisite: CSC 170 or programming in some other language
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: Ii
Room: Sverdrup 202
Computer Science
Topics: Computer Science: An
Alternative Scheme One and Two
CSC 273-J/373-J
Instructor: Charles Sheaffer
This course is especially intended for students with no prior
exposure to programming in particular or computer science
in general. It will be a laboratory intensive, self-paced course
using the Scheme programming language. We will introduce
an alternative approach to some of the most important concepts of computer science including problem solving, simulation, object-oriented programming, functional programming,
procedural and data abstraction, and program interpretation.
Students with knowledge of programming will benefit from
exposure to the alternative paradigm represented by the
Scheme language and will acquire a concrete understanding
of how these important concepts are actually implemented in
real languages and machines. Students will be evaluated based
on a series of programming projects. CSC is a continuation of
CSC 273.
Graduation Skill Requirement: for CSC 373, Critical Thinking
Prerequisite: CSC 273. none; for CSC 373, CSC 273 or consent of the instructor
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Sverdrup 205
Economics of Urban Issues
ECO 110-J
Instructor: Ed Sabella
Study of economic implications of the many problems facing
a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: crime prevention, health issues, discrimination,
education, etc. Basic microeconomics tools of analysis will be
developed in class. This is a basic course designed for those
students who do not plan to major in economics, business
administration, accounting, or MIS. Three objective examinations.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City or Social World 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I1
Room: Science 319
Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 112-J
Instructor: Satya t? Gupta
The objectives of the course are to give students fundamental
principles of macroeconomics; national income analysis,
monetary and fiscal policy, and international trade. Simple
applications will be used. Students will take tests every week
and grades will be based on tests, participation in class and
problems solved.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2
Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Old Main 16
Practicum and Seminar in Special
Education
EDU 491-3
Instructor: Susan O'Connor
A supervised field placement that serves people with disabilities, plus an on-campus seminar. Students planning to take
this course should consult with the special education coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course.
Students must complete designated hours of fieldwork as well
as written and reading assignments.
Prerequisite: EDU 282, completion of courses for special education minor; or consent of
instructor.
Maximum Enrollment: 9
Time: I1
Room: Sverdrup 4
Economics
I
American Dialects: Differences and
Attitudes
ENG 219-J
Instructor: John Schmit
Because language plays an important role in our socialization,
the way we speak tells others who we are and with whom we
identify. Our speech is a reflection of our social and economic
standing and our cultural background. In this course we will
explore the ways in which both personal and group identities
are reflected by the ways in which we speak. We will examine a
number of American varieties of English and will attempt to
describe the rules by which these varieties operate. Class sessions will include brief lectures, student presentations, and
student-led discussions. In addition to presenting a topic, students will write a paper on the presentation topic and take a
final exam.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 29
Theatre In and Around London
ENG 269-J
Instructor: Ron Palosaari
The purpose of this course is to study live theatre in London
and Stratford. For more information, contact Prof. Ron
Palosaari, (612) 330- 1005.
Topics: Introduction to Asian American
Literature
ENG 282-L
ENG 482-L
Instructor: Joan Thompson
In an essay about multicultural American literature, Walter J.
Ong writes that "literature is organized experience and consciousness. Since cultures organize experience and consciousness variously, the study of the literature of another culture
opens new vistas both into the exterior world and into the
human heart." This course will explore some of these vistas
through readings and discussions of nonfiction works, poetry,
short stories, a play, and a novel by Asian American authors.
Some ideas the writers take as subjects through their art
include definitions of an Asian American voice, explorations
of cultural and individual identity, visions of community, and
coming of age. Class sessions will include discussion of the
historical and social contexts that influence the writers studied. In addition to the reading, students will view at least one
Asian American film and possibly attend a relevant performance or reading. Course grades will be based on reading
journal, a short paper, a final exam, class attendance, and participation. Upper division students will read an additional
novel and write a research-based paper on it.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 11
English
I
Topics: Investigating the Victorian
Thriller
ENG 282-0
ENG 482-0
Instructor: Dallas Liddle
This course will study the phenomenon in 19th-century
Britain of the popular novel of suspense, mystery, and terror.
Early in the century these tales were generally either "Gothic"
(stories of horror and the supernatural set in Italy or Spain)
or "Newgate" novels (true-crime stories about the lower classes). By the 1860s, however, popular novelists including
Charles Dickens, Mary Braddon, and others were producing a
stunningly successful series of works in which the action was
set in the everyday world of the Victorian middle classes.
These novels drew intense public scrutiny by raising issues
that the more polite genre of domestic fiction could hardly
hint at, including gender roles and sexual transgression, class
and race oppression, obsession and madness, and the dark
sides of urban life. We will read several of the best of these
thrillers, at the same time actively investigating the culture
that produced them. We will read original reviews and
responses, including parodies, and learn about the context of
newspaper and magazine journalism in which several of the
novels appeared. While we investigate the power of the Gothic
and Sensation genres for their original audiences, however, we
will also work to determine why these novels have continued
to appeal to successive generations of readers. Course grades
will be based on class attendance and participation, two short
papers, a group presentation, and a final exam. Upper-level
students will read one additional novel, write a research-based
paper on it, and share the results of their research with the
class.
Prerequisite: ENG 111
Liberal An3 Perspective: Western Heritage
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Foss 20
Topics: Cinema and Sexual Identity
ENG 2824
Instructor: Doug Green
What does cinema reveal about how the 20th century has
thought about sexuality?How do cinematic images affect our
sense of our own sexual identity? This topics course in
English examines films from the early years of cinema to the
present in order to explore depictions of and cultural
assumptions about sexual identity. We will, moreover, consider the impact of these images on audience perceptions and
expectations, including those of the self. We will pay special
attention to the various images and constructions of homosexual as well as heterosexual identity in English-language
cinema, especially Hollywood movies, and in some silent and
foreign films. Taking Celluloid Closet as a point of departure,
we will consider how film affects sexual minorities in the
audience as well as in film production.
There will be short readings on sexuality and film. At each
class there will be a full or partial film screening, followed by
small-group and whole-class discussions. We may go to one
or two films offcampus as well, so students should be prepared to buy tickets; these out-of-class screenings may not be
at the regular class time. There will be at least one typed
journal entry due at each class period. The class will meet
from 1-5 p.m., Monday through Thursday of the first two
weeks of Interim; 1-5 p.m., Tuesday through Thursday of the
third week; and 1-5 p.m., Monday through Thursday of the
last week.
Grading will be based on the completion and quality of all
journal entries and on class/film attendance, preparation,
and participation. Students missing more than two
classes/films and/or two journal entries may not pass the
course. All grades
are PIN option only (i.e., 2.0 is required
for course credit).
Prerequisite: ENG 111
Liberal Arls Perspective: Human Identity
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 16
English
Topics: Contemporary American Poetry
ENG 282-P
ENG 482-P
Instructor: John Mitchell
This course provides an introductory survey of contemporary
American poetry by poets whose works have come into
prominence since World War I1 or mid-century. Emphasis
will be given to the vision and sensibility of each poet and to
the themes of their poems, especially those images and statements that concern philosophical, historical, psychological
and cultural values. Through comparison and contrast, students will be expected to formulate reasonable interpretations
of selected poets and poems and to express their discoveries
in class discussion and short papers. A final examination will
be given and two interpretive papers about three to five pages
in length will be assigned. For upper division credit, the student will also read and give a written class report on a book
that discusses contemporary poetry or a contemporary poet;
this choice, based upon recommendation, must be approved
by the instructor.
Prerequisites: for 482-R lntro to Literature or consent of instructol:
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Old Main 29
Quantitative Journalism: Computer
Assisted Reporting and Research
ENG 347-A
Instructor: Cass Dalglish and Boyd Koehler
This course introduces students to computer-assisted informational investigation and the interpretation of quantitative data
in the writing of expository essays and news reports. Such
inquires will employ contemporary computer-based information searches coupled with data-driven quantitative assessment of a public issue of current concern. Students will prepare projects of publishable quality for presentation and critique. The course is designed for persons wishing to explore
the use of computer-assisted research for their particular
information development interests as well as those preparing
to enter the communication professions.
Prerequisites: Eng. 225 or Eng. 227, or consent of instructors. Math Placement Group 3.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Ouantitative Reasofling
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: T; Th 6-9 p.m. and Sat 1:30-4:30 p.m.
Room: Sat, Lindell Library 16; T; Th Sverdrup 204
Senior Honors Seminar: Hispanic
Christianity Along the Border
HON 401-J
Instructor: Margaret Madsen
An introduction to denominations with a special focus on
Hispanic communities along the US.-Mexican border.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 3 or Intercultural Awareness 1
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 208
-
Enalish
Dance (men
(0.5 course
HPE 232-M
Instructor: Mary Ewert-Knodell
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American
heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the
course grade is based on dance practicals, a teaching assignment, and a written test. Note: HPE 232 and HPE 275 can be
taken simultaneously.
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: 1- 1/3,1/4,1/5,1/6,1/7,1/11,1/13,1/18,1/20
Room: Melby Gym - center court
Dance (women only)
(0.5 course credit)
HPE 232- W
Instructor: Mary Ewert-Knodell
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American
heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the
course grade is based on dance practicals, a teaching assignment, and a written test. Note: HPE 232 and HPE 275 can be
taken simultaneously.
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: 1 - 1/3,1/4,1/5,1/6,1/7,1/11,1/13,1/18,1/20
Room: Melby Gym - center court
Prevention and Care of
Athletic Injuries (0.5 course credit)
HPE 275-J
Instructor: Missy Strauch
Emphasis placed on preventing and treating common athletic
injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room
procedures. Note: HPE 232 and HPE 275 can be taken
simultaneously.
Prerequisite: HPE 114 or equivalent
Maximum Enrollment: 24
Time: 1- 1/5,1/6,1/7,1/10,1/1I, 1/12,1/13,1/14,1/19,1/21,1/24,1/25,1/26
Room: Melby 119
Instructional Methods: Materials in
Health Education
HPE 390-J
Instructor: Patty Murphy
This course will cover principles and methods of instruction
applied to health education (5-12). Emphasis upon teaching1
learning strategies and student assessment. Development and
delivery of lessons/activities is included. Students are evaluated by their peers and the instructor on their ability to create,
deliver and assess health education lessons in a "real" classroom. Evaluationlgrading is also based upon the completion
of a "technology project", resource file, and exam.
Prerequisite: HPE 110
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Melbv 202
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
HPE 455-J
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
+
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested
in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will
take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling
(anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student
will live aboard a 43'-46' fixed-keel sailboat with five to six
other people and will function as an active crew member.
Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the
course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and
cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling
and wind surfing will be available on an optional basis. Some
classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the
Virgin Islands in January.
The course cost is $3,300, which includes airfare for Augsburg
day students and qualifying Interim exchange students.
Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in addition to
this course cost in order to receive academic credit. PIN
Health & Physical Education
I
ONLY. Applications may be picked up from the office of Joyce
Pfaff, Melby Hall 121, Augsburg College. They must be turned
in with deposit and appropriate signature before final acceptance is given.
Prerequisites: Permission from Joyce Pfaff, health and physical education department,
(612) 330-1247; no smoking is allowed; basic swimming skills
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport, also one course credit upper division
Maximum Enrollment: 10 ( A waiting list will be kept after the original 10 spots are filled)
20th-Century South Asia
HIS 162-J
HIS 462-J
Instructor: Don Gustafson
This Interim experience is designed to look at the area of
South Asia (primarily India) that is home to one-fifth of the
people of our world. We'll use novels, films, some standard
historical writings, and current South Asia periodicals to consider the impact that colonialism, nationalism, and various
phases of modernization have had on this old, honored, and
traditional culture. We'll read the marriage ads and talk
about social structure, consider the spot at Ayodhya that has
prompted Hindus to massacre Muslims, think on the Christlikeness of a Gandhi, and perhaps have time to note one or
two of the contemporary religious phenomena. Looking at
South Asians helps us to see ourselves in a fuller perspective.
The course will include the usual pedagogical devices of lectures, discussions, some short reaction papers, and tests
(including a final). Students enrolling for upper division credit will be expected to have at least one prior college history
class, to complete a paper or project beyond the regular
assignments, and to be tested apart from lower division students.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 13
Topics in History: The Great Men of
20th-Century Europe and Their Myths
HIS 195-J
Instructor: Sheldon Anderson
This course examines several important 20th-century leaders
and their impact on the course of European political and
diplomatic history. Topics will include Woodrow Wilson and
the Versailles Treaty after World War I, Neville Chamberlain
and the appeasement of Adolf Hitler at the Munich
Conference in 1938, Joseph Stalin's agreement to sign a nonaggression pact with Hitler shortly before World War 11,
Franklin Roosevelt and Winston Churchill's alleged appeasement of Stalin at Yalta, Harry S. Truman's Cold War policies,
and Reagan and Gorbachev's diplomacy as the communist
systems of Europe fell from 1989-1991. The course will focus
on the popular myths that have developed about these leaders
and these conferences.
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 20
Topics in History: Early Minnesota
History, 1849- 1900
HIS 195-1
Instructor: William Green
This course will examine the political, economic, and social
history of early Minnesota. The course will study life in
Minnesota among the Ojibway and Dakota peoples, through
the fur trading period which witnessed French, English, then
American settlements, through the territorial period (18491858), and finally statehood.
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Foss 20
Remembering the 20th Century
HIS 440-J
Instructor: Jacqueline de Vries
As the millennium approaches, everyone-artists, politicians,
gossip columnists, historians-seems to have some opinion
about the waning 20th century. What has this century
wrought? The last hundred years have left a great many contradictions: two global wars that destroyed millions of lives
and swept away governments, but brought economic development; the decline (and recovery) of established religion; the
rise (and collapse) of a messianic faith in communism; great
increases in standards of living while famine and child labor
persist; technological breakthroughs that put teachers in space
and AK-47 rifles in the hands of children; new freedoms and
new forms of exploitation. In this course, we will together
attempt to make sense of the 20th century. Please note that
while the course will examine major events and developments
of the century, it will not offer a narrative history, nor will it
be exhaustive. Instead, it will explore a variety of possible
interpretive frameworks to help us better understand where
our grandparents have been and where we are today. Rather
than relying exclusively on (sometimes dry) textbooks, we will
explore the century through a variety of personal narratives,
both written and oral, and reflect on the shaping of both individual and collective memory.
Course materials will include several monographs and novels,
films, photographs, and guest lectures. Students will complete
three five-page papers, one of which will be an interview with
their oldest living relative.
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 13
Paideia Seminars
INS 120-J
Instructor: Anne Jensen
Students will participate in a series of seminars following the
Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and
Paideia Associates. Students will also view selected films for
seminar discussions; develop and lor hone skills of mature,
intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in a St. Paul public school; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars; and
lead seminars. Students will be assessed on journal entries
including evidence of seminar preparation, reflection, peer and
self-evaluation, as well as a final summary paper.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Foss 43
Technically Speaking
INS 21 1-J
Instructor: Esther McLaughlin
Do you enjoy talking about science and technical topics, but
just can't find an audience? We'd love to listen! Through a
series of four oral assignments, you will have the opportunity
to talk science to your fellow scientists, improve on your oral
presentation skills in a variety of formats, learn to effectively
organize a speech, prepare visual aids, and listen to and learn
about other science topics and science policy from your fellow
scientist.
Prerequisite: One year of an introductory-level science course
Graduation Skill Requirement: Speaking
Maximum Enrollment: 16
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
Interdisciplinary
I
Introduction to Islam
INS 225-J
Instructor: Amin Kader
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his
perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover
the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and
tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political
systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be discussions on the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis,
Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). Some effort will be made to deal with the
similarities and differences between Islam and both
Christianity and Judaism. Students will also visit one of the
mosques in the Twin Cities. Evaluation is based on two tests
and a paper.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time; I
Room: Old Main 27
Topics: Minnesota Indians
INS 495-J
Instructor: Eric Buffalohead
This course will examine the experiences of the Dakota and
Ojibwe in Minnesota from the time of contact to the present
situation of both tribes. Each group's history and experiences
will be studied and compared to see how each group has
done since the time of contact. Major historical events will be
examined as well as significant events important to each
group. Students will learn how changing federal policy affected the two groups and how each of the groups has dealt with
things such as assimilation, termination, and/or relocation.
Other topics to be covered include health, education, welfare,
treaty rights, and economic opportunities. The main text will
be Indians in Minnesota by Judith Rosenblatt (ed). The students will be expected to demonstrate understanding of
major issues through written exams and research
projects/presentations. Upper division students will be
expected to do more comprehensive research.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Foss 21
Topics: A Civil Rights Immersion:
Experiencing History
INS 200-J
INS 300-J
Instructor: Garry Hesser & Joseph Young
During the 1950s and 60s a series of major events and fundamental social change occurred in the United States. For the
first two weeks, we will seek to develop a basic understanding
of race relations in the U.S. through readings, visiting lecturers,
videos, learning from each other, and the MLK, Jr. event on
January 17. Then, this intentionally diverse class will board a
bus for an intense, study-travel journey to Little Rock,
Memphis, Birmingham, Montgomery, Atlanta, Nashville, and
Chicago, the places where history was made and the museums
that chronicle those times. We will meet with and interview
participants in these critical events, as well as actively engage
one another in dialogue and collaborative learning. The course
objectives include learning about the history and sociology of
race and ethnic relations in the U.S. gaining insights from persons and places that mark the "turning points" of the 1950s
and 1960s, documenting our personal and group experiences
so that our insights and understanding can be shared with the
Augsburg community and others, and increasing our skills for
cross-cultural collaboration and dialogue. Upper and lower
division: students obtaining upper division credit will complete a research paper on a specific topic related to the course,
including an annotated bibliography with a minimum of 20
resources.
Cost estimate: $500, plus the cost of meals for 10 days (with
scholarships available, based upon need-contact Garry Hesser
at 330- 1664)
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 or Social World 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
**Note: All participants will go on a bus tour beginning
Monday, January 17, and ending on Wednesday, January 26.
Interdisciplinary
I
Work in the City Externship: Linking
Education and the World of Work
INS 298-K
Instructors: Lois Olson and Lynda Olson
This course introduces students to the nature of work, its role
and value to the individual and to society. Seminar format will
focus on work as viewed by this generation and the requirements to succeed both now and in the future. A special
emphasis will be on self discovery learning activities, visits to
Twin City businesses and community organizations, and discussions with panels of professionals. Students will be expected to research employment trends and career options; complete a portfolio of reflections, exercises, and self assessments;
and give individual and group presentations. Students will
also explore various organizations of the Twin Cities and
understand their role and impact in a major metropolitan
area. PIN grading only.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
Management Information Systems
(MIS)
See listing under Business, pg. 9.
Finite Mathematics
MAT 121-J
Instructor: Anthony Dunlop
How can an industry comply with air quality standard at the
smallest possible cost? Did you know that one of the first
applications (other than gambling) of probability theory was
in genetics (on the question of whether the recessive genotypes would eventually die out)? How do we build the most
cost-effective telecommunication network of satellites given
the cost factors between pairs of satellites?In Finite Math
we'll study the topics that give the answers to these questions:
linear programming, counting and probability, and graph theory. Finite Math is for students in Math Placement Group 3
or higher who need a Quantitative Reasoning course. Class
will be a mix of lectures and small group work. Evaluation
will be based on class participation, quizzes, and exams.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3
Graduation Skill Requirement: Quantitative Reasoning
Math Elective for MIS major; economics major
Maximum Enrollment: 22
Time: I
Room: Science 108
Math of Interest
MAT 173-J
Instructor: Christopher Schwartz
Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or
car. Find out how much you need to be socking away now to
have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities, and life insurance work, and more. Evaluation will be
based on classroom participation, quizzes, and a final examination.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 or consent of instructor
Graduation Skill Requirement: Quantitative Reasoning
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 205
Mathematics
1
Modeling and Differential Equations
MAT 247-J
Instructor: Rebekah Valdivia
In Modeling and Differential Equations, we will cover a range
of mathematical topics with emphases on mathematical modeling, differential equations, and numerical methods. We'll see
connections between mathematics and "real world" problems
and get a feel for applied mathematics. We will discuss a variety of applications in class, and students will have opportunities to select applications of interest. Modeling and
Differential equations is a must for anyone considering
majoring in Applied Mathematics and is strongly recommended for students majoring in Physics or Chemistry. It is
also for anyone considering majoring or minoring in
Mathematics. Evaluation will be based on participation,
quizzes, projects, and a final exam.
Prerequisite: MAT 146 Calculus I1 or equivalent
Maximum Enrollment: 22
Time: I
Room: Foss MAC
Beginning German I
GER I l l - J
Instructor: Don Steinmetz
This course is for students with no previous background in
German. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening,
reading, and writing as tools for communication and for
understanding German culture. Classroom practice focuses
on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the
use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be
based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final
exam.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 10
Beginning Norwegian I
NOR I1 I-J
Instructor: Becky Hegstad
This course is for students with no previous background in
Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for
understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses
on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use
of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based
on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 26
S anish and Latin-American Culture
T rough Film
I:
SPA 248-J
Instructor: Roman Soto
An introduction to the main cultural and political issues
(social conflicts, sexism, race, ethnicity, religion, language,
exile, or immigration) that characterized contemporary
Spanish and Latin-American societies as they have been portrayed in films and plays. Developed mainly through the viewing of films and class discussions, the course is complemented
with brief readings and audio-visual materials on the historic,
literary, and social aspects that contribute to the background of
these films. Most of the films are in Spanish with English subtitles, and all the class work is in English. The evaluation is
based on class participation; brief weekly, writing assignments;
and a short term paper.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 23
Modern Languages
I
+
Topics: Sounds and Sights of Europe
MUS 179-J
Instructor: Roberta Kagin
This course provides an opportunity to visit some of the Great
European cultural centers that provided the impetus for development of music in the cultural life in the New World. For
more information, contact Prof. Roberta Kagin,
(612) 330-1273.
Topics: Sounds and Sights of China
MUS 295-S
Instructor: Robert Karlen
+
Music, art, and architecture, as expressions of Chinese culture
over its 5,000-year history, will be examined, studied, and
experienced in four of the most important cities of China. For
more information, contact Prof. Robert Karlkn, (612) 3301266.
Survey of Rock History and Musical
Style, 1951-1971
MUS 204-J
Instructor: 0. Nicholas Raths
An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology
as they occur within the context of rock's inception (1950s)
and maturation (1960s) periods. This course will examine the
historical background, musical content, and methods of selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class
participation, a comprehensive term paper, exam, and a group
performance project. For non-music majors.
Liberal Ads Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I1
Room: Music 3
Introduction to Music
Theatre Performance
MUS 235-J/THR 235-J
Instructors: Sonja Thompson and Darcey Engen
Music-theater exists in every culture, stemming from basic
human impulses to dance, sing, and express oneself. Join theatre professor Darcey Engen and music instructor Sonja
Thompson to discuss this interdisciplinary art form, and
develop your own basic skills of music-theater from China,
Japan, India, and other cultures. Course includes writing and
research, class discussion and exercises, small and large group
participation, memorization, and performance. Performers of
all levels are welcome, though some singing and acting ability
is required. Interested students will be auditioned in
December so that appropriate material can be assigned to
them. Course may be repeated with permission from the
instructors.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Sateren Auditorium
Topic: History of Caribbean Music
Studied in Miami and Jamaica
t
MUS 2 9 5 4
Instructor: Robert Stacke
Miami and Jamaica are considered the centers of Caribbean
music, where composition, recording, and world distribution
take place. The goal of this 19-day seminar is to examine and
reflect on historical, socio-political, and religious aspects of
Caribbean music. For more information, contact Prof. Robert
Stacke, (612) 330-1271.
Liberal Arts Perspective: intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Music
I
The Mysticism of Meister Eckhart
PHI 295-J
Instructor: Mark Fuehrer
A study of some of the key texts of the great mystical philoso-
pher, focusing on the idea of detachment from worldly affairs
and the union of the soul with God while in this life. Students
will be expected to prepare brief written analyses of the
assigned readings and present two essays of Eckhart. Seminar
format.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Writing
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Old Main I1
Science, Technology, and Values
PHY 117-J
Instructors: Mark Engebretson and Bruce Reichenbach
This course will focus on contemporary problems that arise
from our developing technological capacities. We will consider problems such as the causes and effects of global warming;
depletion of the ozone layer; social, economic, and ethical
concerns in pollution cleanup; agriculture, pesticides, and
genetic effects; the prospects and problems of genetically
engineering both our foodstuffs and humans, and the urban
implications of developing a light rail system. To get a satisfactory grasp on how to approach these problems, we will first
explore what science and the scientific methods are, how science (knowing) relates to technology (doing), the structures
used for ethical evaluation, and the resulting interactions
among the three. Grading will be based on two tests and a
major project.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 40
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 205
Topics: Physics in Science
and Fantasy Fiction
PH Y 220-J
Instructor: J. Ambrose Wolf
This course deals with physics aspects in movies as well as in
science fiction and fantasy fiction literature on a conceptual
level. We will explore scenes and settings in which physics plays
an important role and also learn to discern if they are physically correct or not. This will also expand the awareness of physics
in everyday life, where it is encountered and how it works. The
math component of this course will be minimized in favor of a
better grasp of the concepts and thought processes involved.
Various scenes from movies and excerpts from literature will be
presented, after which the physics connection and understanding will be explored in discussions. The weekly papers will
cover one of the topics discussed in class during that week; the
long-term paper will cover a general topic from physics in
everyday life and bibliographic research. Students' papers and
reviews will also be discussed class. This course is designed for
those students who do not plan to major or minor in physics.
Grading will be based on active participation in class discussions, three (approx. weekly) short papers involving draft and
peer review (final paper and review graded) and one long
paper including a draft version corrected by the instructor.
Prerequisite: Effective Writing, Math Placement Group 2
Graduation Skill: Writing
Maximum Enrollment: 18
Time: I1
Room: Science 108
Physics
-.
I
Introduction to Space Science
PH Y 320-J
Instructor: Ken Erickson
This course provides a survey of Earth's space environment
including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and
upper atmospheric physics (solar dynamics, magnetic storms,
particle precipitation, aurora, and related topics). Evaluation
will be based on two exams, class assignments, one research
paper, and at least one class presentation.
Prerequisite: PHY 245 or permission of instructor
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 206
Social Justice in America
POL 140-J
Instructor: Andrew Kurvers Spalding
Students develop and defend their own standards of social
justice, using those standards to assess conditions in urban
America. Substantial participation in class discussions
required. The course has two goals: developing student thinking about social justice, including greater awareness of conflicts between justice and other values; and increasing student
ability to understand urban problems as issues of justice and
other central values. Evaluation will be based on participation
in discussion and other class activities, on two short (4-6
page) papers and on a final exam. Because of the compressed
time frame of the Interim schedule and the importance of
material covered on the first day of class, no one will be
admitted to the class who does not attend the first day of
class, unless receiving prior permission of the instructor.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 18
Global Peace and Justice: Focus on
Northern Ireland
POL 295-J
Instructor: Joe Underhill-Cady
The course will examine the political, social, and psychological roots of international conflict and current efforts at preventing and resolving bloodshed and oppression. We will use
the class as an opportunity to prepare for the 2000 Peace Prize
Forum, which will cover topics of the conflict in Northern
Ireland. The course will begin with a study of a range of theories used to understand international conflict- including
power politics, psychological and cultural theories, Marxism,
liberalism, and feminism. Readings will include historical and
fictional treatments of the conflict in Northern Ireland, and
we will view some films related to the topic, including The
Crying Game. The class will also involve the use of simulation
and role-playing of international negotiations to give students
a feel for the difliculties and complexities of dispute resolution.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 26
Topics: Women in Comparative Politics:
Daughters or Stepdau hters: Russian
"Women on the Eve o the
Millennium"
9
POL 195-J
POL 359-J
Instructor: Nadezhda Shvedova
An overview of the situation of Russian women today. The
course will combine discussion and lecture on the situation of
women in Russia. Shvedova, a leading activist on women's
issues as well as an educator, will provide the distinctive perspective of her experience as a Russian woman. The course
will cover women in the economy, politics, in the mass media,
Political Science
I
etc. There will also be attention to issues such as women's
struggle to gain real equality and a voice in society, violence
against women, and the impact of Russia's economic crisis on
women. There will be two or three short papers, plus a longer
(10-12 page) paper at the end of the term. Readings will be
taken from books and articles.
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 27
Principles of Psychology
PSY 105-J
Instructor: Grace Dyrud
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior.
Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations
are emphasized. Evaluation will be based on means of two
tests and two lab reports.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Human identity
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 10
Psychology and Law
PS Y 335-J
Instructor: lVancy Steblay
Application of psychological principles and research methodology to legal processes and issues. The course emphasizes
three content areas: eyewitness issues (such as lineup and
interview procedures), courtroom procedures (jury selection,
jury decision-making, pretrial publicity), and psychological
profiles of offenders and victims. Grades will be based on
exams and one paper.
Prerequisite: PSY 105
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 25
Peer Ministry: Principles and
Leadership
REL 232-J
Instructor: Lyle Griner
Students will be instructed to train college, high school, and
junior high youth to serve as peer ministers in their congregations and communities. They will learn and practice communication skills, facilitate small groups, and learn the role of a
listenerlhelper. Peer ministry integrates the act of caring and
serving others within a Christian belief system.
Prerequisite: REL 111 or 221
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 3
Maximum Enrollment: 40
Time: Jan. 10-13, 9:00 a.m.-5:00 p.m. and Jan. 4,6,18,25,27, 9:00 a.m -1 1:30 a.m.
Room: Murphy Place 100
The Lutheran Heritage
REL 345-J
Instructor: Mark Tranvik
Beginning with Martin Luther, this course will study the main
themes and figures of the Lutheran tradition. Class time will
include field trips, discussion, and lectures. Exams, student
participation, and papers will be the basis for evaluation.
Prerequisite: REL 111, 221, or 331
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Music 22
Religion
Theology of Death and Dying
REL 390-J
Instructor: John Benson
This will be a multidisciplinary course, using materials from
biology, psychology, sociology, history, world religions, and
Christian theology proper. It will also be ecumenical, since
some of our theological material will come from Roman
Catholic as well as Protestant sources. Religious traditions
regarding death and the afterlife will be studied, and various
ethical questions related to death and dying will be considered. Field trips in the Twin Cities are also planned. We will
become acquainted with the field of mortuary science, the
hospice movement in the United States, and current medical
practices related to the terminally ill. Daily lectures, discussions, quizzes, and written assignments will be the format.
Grades will be based on class participation, two tests, and oral
presentation of a research project.
Prerequisite: Religion 111, 221, or 331
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Music 23
Varieties of Christian Spirituality
REL 440-J
Instructor: Janelle Bussert
A study of selected spiritualities from the Christian tradition
and of contemporary developments, including 12-step spirituality, feminist, ecological, and non-Western Christian spiritualities. An introduction to the basic practices of spirituality,
especially prayer and meditation. Evaluation methods include
quizzes, experiential journals, class presentation, and a final
paper.
Prerequisite: Religion 11 1, 221, or 331
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Murphy Place 11 1
Exploring Human Services
S WK 257-1
S WK 2 5 7 4
Instructors: Mary Lou Williams and Lois Bosch
Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 80 hours in
a service agency or institution that they select. The placement
must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency
staff. The course is designed to help students learn about
themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in
the human services.
The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions that
assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings
that explore the historical development of social welfare as an
institution and the nature and value system of social work as
a profession. Students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic, and political structures impact
diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own
responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal
value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty
and the "isms." Detailed information will be sent to students
at the close of Interim registration.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 60, 2 sections
Time: I
Room: Foss 21 A and B
Topics: Child Welfare Social Work and
the Law
S WK 295-J
Intructor: Tony Bibus
This course will introduce students to social work practice in
the area of child welfare with special focus on the relationship
of child welfare laws, policies, and court to the lives of families and children. Students will study Minnesota statutes, meet
with key policy makers, observe court procedures, and discuss
practice and legal issues with child welfare social workers and
possibly with families and children as well. There will also be
opportunities to compare child welfare laws and practice in
the U.S. with those in Europe, especially Norway. The principles of permanency planning, family-centered practice, prevention and protection, and the twin goals in child welfare of
securing safety and nurturing children while preserving their
ties to their family will be examined. We will also explore
controversies and emerging issues in child welfare law such as
concurrent planning, "dual-track" service strategies, encouragement of the adoption of children of color by white families, and research related to the effects of poverty and oppression on the neglect of children's need. Students will analyze
the dynamic interplay of societal values, power, politics, facts
and myths as they manifest themselves in child welfare laws;
they will begin to form their own positions regarding an ideal
approach to supporting the welfare of children from a global
perspective. Evaluation of learning will be in the form of
assessments by instructors and students of the major paper or
project completed for the course.
Prerequisite: Social work majors or permission of Instructor
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Sverdrup 20
Field Work I: Integrative Seminar
S WK 307-J
Instructor: Mike Schock
Junior social work majors are required to have 240 hours of
supervised professional experience in a social work agency.
This small-group seminar supports the first 120 hours of this
placement and is facilitated by the faculty member who serves
as liaison to the student's practicum field agency. The course
provides structure and process for students to integrate learning from their practicum and academic coursework focusing
on generalist practice with individuals.
Prerequisites: Candidacy status, SWK 301, and SWK 306
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I
Room: Murphy 111
Social Work
Field Work Ill
SWK 466-1 (variable 1.0 credit or 0.5 credit)
Instructor: Maria Dinis
This is a continuation of Field Work 11; a total of 60 (for the
0.5 credit option) or 120 hours. Responsible, supervised professional social work experience, including work with individuals, families, groups, and communities in a social service
agency. Integrative weekly seminar (two hours). Students will
be evaluated by: (1) weekly theorylpractice papers integrating
course content with work setting, (2) attendancelparticipation, and (3) field site supervisor's evaluation.
Prerequisite: SWK 462
Maximum Enrollment: open
Time: I (class will meet in small groups, no more than 11 at a time)
Room: Old Main 21
Human Community and
the Modern Metropolis
SOC 21 1-J
Instructor: Gordon Nelson
This course will examine the extent to which the experience
of the community is possible in the context of the metropolitan situation. The course will focus on the Twin Cities metropolitan area. Each member of the class will be responsible for
a class presentation, which must reflect on-site observation in
a particular locale within the metropolitan area. In addition,
class participation and a final examination will be the basis
for evaluating performance in the course.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Music 24
Topics: Cultures of Violence
SOC 295-J
Instructor: James Vela-McConnell
Street gangs and warfare. Police brutality and genocide.
Domestic abuse and terrorism. What are the dynamics underlying these and other forms of violence?What do they have in
common? How do they differ? This course takes violence in
its many forms as a topic for sociological analysis and concludes with an examination of non-violent alternatives. With
this in mind, we will compare different theoretical perspectives on violence, such as psychological, social psychological,
and socio-cultural perspectives. The course will involve a
combination of lecture and discussion based on readings and
videos, debate of current issues in the field, and guest speakers
from and field trips to local organizations dealing with problems of violence. Students will be expected to research, write
about, and present on the sociological dimensions of a particular form of violence. In addition, there will be short reaction
papers based on the readings, and classroom participation
will be an important part of grading. This course has a lab
fee of $25 payable the first day of class to the instructor.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Sverdrup 206
Sacialaav
Topics: Discrimination, Harassment,
and Communication
SPC 295-J
Instructor: Robert Groven
If you keep sending poems to an old flame at work, are you
harassing them? If your boss tells racist jokes at a bar after
work, are they guilty of discrimination? Why are neo-Nazis
allowed to march through Jewish neighborhoods, but they
aren't allowed to hurl racial insults at co-workers?
Discrimination and harassment are in the headlines regularly,
but most people don't know what they really mean. What
kinds of communication constitute discrimination or harassment and why? This course covers all forms of illegal discrimination including gender, race, disability, religion, and sexual
orientation. It focuses on the legal approach to discriminatory
communication, but also examines the reactions of employers, employees, and organizations generally. This course uses
the "case method" teaching approach, where many specific
examples are studied to produce general conclusions. The
course involves role-playing, game-playing, debate, and writing. Course work includes a few short papers, one project, and
one test.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
Documentary Video
SPC 347-J
Instructor: Deb Redmond
Documentary video is a video production course that integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on experience dealing
with non-fiction subjects. Students will work in production
teams, gaining experience in field production and editing. The
production teams will produce a 30-minute documentary
piece. Evaluation will be based upon student journals, critiques, and a paper. This course requires additional lab time
for editing.
Maximum Enrollment: 16
Time: I
Room: Science 123
Introduction to Dance
(0.0 credit)
THR 002-T/HPE 002-T
Instructor: Sandra Agustin
With each session beginning with a rigorous physical warmup, this class offers an overview of various forms of dance,
including modern, ballet, Asian, and Latin forms.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sporl
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T j W Th, F
Room: Sateren Auditorium
Modern Dance/lmprovisation
(0.0 credit)
THR 004-UHPE 004-2
Instructor: Sandra Agustin
Students will learn various phrases of movement incorporating floor exercise and will learn to travel through space using
level, volume, and floor pattern, culminating in the creation
of short, improvisational pieces.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Spolt
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T j W Th, F
Room: Sateren Auditorium
introduction to Music
Theatre Performance
THR 235-J/MUS 235-J
Instructors: Sonja Thompson and Darcey Engen
See course information listed under MUS 235-1.
Topics: Crossing Borders, Bridging Cultures
An Interdisciplinary course in Norway for
Students in Social Work and Education
January 6 - 27, 2000
EDC 495-P/S WK 295-P
Instructor: Hans Eriksson; Augsburg contacts: Tony Bibus or
Susan O'Connor
Will introduce students to modern Norwegian life, with particular emphasis on Norway's systems of education and health
and welfare services to children, youth, and families. Students
may take one of two separate but parallel tracks: "Winter
Recreation Programs with Children and Youth" or "Social
Work, Child Welfare Work, and Education." Lectures, field
study and practicum experience will introduce students to the
content and context of professional practice in Norway as well
as the unique Norwegian system of folk high schools. All
classes will be taught in English and will contain both U.S.
and Norwegian students.
Cost: $2465, which includes roundtrip airfare from
Minneapolis to Trondheim, Norway, all meals, lodging, program expenses, and course tuition.
UMAIE
SPP 201-J
3-
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper
Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, that offers
overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further
information about the following courses can be obtained
from Cynthia Truitt Lynch at the Center for Global
Education, CB 307, Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside Ave.,
Minneapolis, MN 55454, (612) 330-1650. These courses are
offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a lower division number.
*Advanced Spanish Language and Culture in Argentina
'Br~irrttitigC;~tt~rrln
in Germany
"I,'oitvogi~i,q
C,'tdtrrres in Mexico's Yucatan Peninsula
Interim Abroad
*Egypt in Transition
*In the Footsteps of the Crusaders: from Jerusalem to Malta
*The Many Faces of Japan
*Poets and Their Places: Ireland's Literary Landscapes
*Psychology and the International Workplace in Britain
*The Rhine Frontier: On-Site Cultural History at the Heart of
the European Union
Other Interim Abroad Courses
HECUA
"Environment, Economy and Community in Guatemala
*Development and Community in Bangladesh
ACTC Creative Writing Workshop
at Augsburg College
Locating Yourself in the World Through Poetry
Course will carry upper division English credit
Instructor: Roseann Lloyd
This course gives advanced writing students new ways of
expanding their range in poetry. Students will develop their
range by intensive writing practice-poems in many forms:
lyriclnarrative poems, section poems, monologues, prose
poems, political poems. Students will keep a Voices Journal,
collecting language around town. In addition, each student
writer will conduct an interview of an older person and make
poems from that interview. The class texts focus on poetry
that observes the world, poetry grounded in a particular culture, such as Five Fields, by Gillian Clarke, Touching the Fire:
Fifleen Poets of Today's Latino Renaissance, edited by Ray
Gonzalez. Evaluation will take into account the completion of
process/exercises, class attendance, and a final portfolio. This
is an upper division class for writers who are committed to
their own writing and have already completed an introductory creative writing class at the college level. Each ACTC college may send three writers to the course, on the recommendation of the creative writing faculty. To be considered for
enrollment in this course, contact Cass Dalglish, (612) 3301009, or Roseann Lloyd, (612)330-1423,before registration.
Time: Monday through Thursday 12:OO-4:OOp.m. Fridays will be used for extra conferences, interview time, and group work.
Room: Anderson 100
ACTC
Other Courses
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for
credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other
expenses that are the responsibility of the student. They are
offered only on a PIN basis.
The Washington Center 2000
Academic Seminars
Campaign 2000
January 3-14, 2000
POL 398-A
This is a two-week intensive session held in the heart of the
United States government that will focus not only on the new
millennium but on the beginning of a new presidential campaign. In the two-week session, the following will be the primary focus: Campaign Politics, and The Media Pursuit of the
Presidency
The Washington Center is offering the above two topics for
the session. Augsburg students must register for the whole
two-week session in order to receive credit (January 3-14).
Credit is available from the political science department for
this program. The course is a passlno credit course based on
participation in program activities including site visits, small
group seminars, and journals.
For further information about the program, contact Prof.
Underhill-Cady in Memorial Hall 112b or at (612) 330-1312,
or by email: <cady@augsburg.edu>. There are five scholarships available to cover registration and tuition costs based on
priority in registration through Prof. Underhill-Cady's office.
Other Courses
I
Show less
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring
semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week
January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time
for both students... Show more
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring
semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week
January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time
for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and
learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and
ways not possible during the regular term. There will be no
summer Interim in 1986.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students
should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-courseload during Fall
and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one
course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a
student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/
No credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/
N system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division
standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and
the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a
more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35
courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one
Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at
Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation).
Augsburg Policy
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the
basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices.
For More Information
Interim Off ice (Memorial230)
Interim Secretary, Sue Schmidt at 330-1025
Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, at 330-1192 (Memorial
114G)
Interim Calendar
November 4-8 . . .Interim Registration
December 9 . . . .Late Registration for Interim
January 6 . . . . . .First Day of Interim
First Day Class: Time I -9 a.m.
Time 11-1 p.m.
January 7 . . . . . .Last Day for CanceVAdd
January 13 . . . . .Last for Determining Grading System
for Half Credit Courses
January 14 . . . . .Last Day for Withdrawing from Half
Credit Courses
January 17 . . . . .First Group of Half Credit Courses
Ends
January 20 . . . . .Second Group of Half Credit Courses
Begins
January 20 . . . . .Last Day for Determining Grading System
with Registrar
January 21 . . . . .Last Day to CanceVAdd Half Credit
Courses
January 22 . . . . .Last Day for Withdrawingfrom
Full Credit Courses
January 27 . . . . .Last Day for Determining Grading
System for Half Credit Courses
January 28 . . . . .Last Day for Withdrawing from
Half Credit Courses
January31 . . . . .InterimEnds
February 4 . . . . .Validation of Spring Class Registration
February 5 . . . . .Spring Semester Begins
.
The number and length of class meetings a s well a s the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily
schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time 1-8 a.m. to 12Noon
Time 11-1 p.m. to 5 p.m.
Interim Catalog
The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are
listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of
other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the
college for Interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the Lifetime
Sports listed at the end of the Catalog.
Building Key
L-Library
all
M-Music H
OM-Old Main
P-Psychology
S-Science Hall
Options
International Interims-Students are invited to be part of one
of the 27 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest
Association for International Education (UMAIE). These
course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog.
Internships-Students electing an internship must present a
completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office
(Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 26. Contract
forms are available in the same office.
Independent or Directed Study-Students may elect a program
of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study
(lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly
discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to
pursue independent or directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed
study plan approved by the supervising faculty member.
This proposal must be submitted at least one week before
registration and no later than December 4. Appropriate
study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools-Augsburg students may enroll at
any other 4-1-4institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the
Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg
during the regular registration period. Most courses taught
during the Interim at other 4-1-4schools are accepted for credit
by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting
Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools
for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the
student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does
not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students
will be charged $495 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to
the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on
campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim
housing should be made to the Interim Office.
Environmental Aesthetics
ART 102-48001
302-46002
Instructor: PhilThompson
In this course there will be a focus on readings in the area of the
man-madevisual environment and consideration of the principles
of design with concern for appreciation and criticism. There will
be projects in art media exploring the visual elements and the design process.
Each student will do one special project (a slide essay on a cultural
landscape topic; or a gallery environment event; or some other
project approved by the instructor). There will be about eight
other text related design projects required. Grades will also be
based on one or two examinationsplus a final.
Distribution:Art - Music
Time: 11
Room: OM 4
Life Drawing
ART 247-48003
Instructor: Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students.
The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of
media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from one
minute to an hour and a half.
You will be introduced to the 2 B and 4 B pencils, the charcoal
pencil, and pastels.
Fee: $25due the first day of class
Distribution:Art -Music
Time: I
Room: OM 17
BIOLOGY
Plants and Civilization
BIO 102-46004
Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg
A study of the profound influence of plants on mankind's economic, cultural and political history, as well as the steps that civilization has taken to improve chosen plants for use. Some plant
anatomy and physiology will be discussed. Academic evaluation
will be based on course exams.
Distribution:Chemistry-Biology
Time: I1
Room: 205
The Biology of Women
BIO 231-46005
Instructor:Roberta Lammers
The objective of this course is to provide a basic understanding of
the structure and functioning of the female human organism as
well as to evaluate misconceptions about women that have arisen
in the history of biology. We will study first the structure and
physiology of women, including the determination of sex, nutritional needs, menstruation and menopause, as well as other developmental issues. We will also consider women's health issues
such as pregnancy, birthing and particular occupationalhazards.
In a section on evolution we will look at various interpretations of
human evolution and the social relationships of women and men.
FkmUy, if time permits, we will consider the scientific contributions of some women biologists.
Evaluation will be based on weekly quizzes as well as individual
reports, which will be either written or oral depending on the
number of students in the class.
Prer uisite: High school biology
Dish%ution: Chemistry-Biologyor Women & Minority Studies
Time: I
Room: S 329
11 1986 Oak Ridge Associated
Universities Science Minimester
BIO 322-46006
PHY 322-46007
Instructor:Robert Herforth
A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and
"hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The
course will consist of (1)introductory work on radiation detection
and measurement at Augsburg, (2)participation in the 1986 Oak
Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student has the opportunity to study projects in nuclear radiation
physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation,
coal technology, health physics, and radiological safety; and (3)
summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg.
This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated
Universities-Professional Training program. Two weeks of the
course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students.
Cost: 8350 for travel and housing (approximately)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor
Time: I
Room: S 24
II Biological Evolution
BIO 431-48008
Instructor:Ralph Sulerud
That organisms have evolved and, accordingly, all creatures are
biologically related are probably the most significant conclusions
which biology has contributed to human knowledge. The antievolutionist arguments of the "scientific creationists" will be
investigated in this course. However, to the vast majority of biologists evolution is accepted as a fact, and the evidence in its support will be examined.
Biologists do not agree concerning the mechanisms and pace of
evolution. Indeed, theories as to these matters have evolved and
continue to do so. Much of the course will involve historical study
of evolutionary thought from pre-Darwiniantimes to the present.
F'inaUx we will address the course of evolution from the origin of
life itself to the origin of human life.
There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based primarily on quizzes
and tests.
Prerequisites:BIO 111 and 112or permissionof the instructor
Time: I
Room: S 205
BUSINESS
II Augsburg Goes to Business
BUS 321-46010
Instructor:Thomas Morgan
"Augsburg Goes to Business" is a one-month senior seminar for
business and economics majors. The goal of the seminar is to provide a better understanding of the diversity in organizations and
the varied environments in which and the many constraints with
which they must operate. Three objectives emerge:
1. to develop a clearer understanding of how the different functional areas of an organization operate on a day to day basis
and how these "parts" are integrated into the overall operation of the firm.
2. to examine the extent to which "textbook approaches" correspond to "real world" situations and are able to accornrnodate practical application.
3. to explore potential conflicts between individual (personal
and career) goals and the goals of the organization; addressing how these conflicts may be resolved.
u&ite: permission of instructor
zz7
Room: P 2
IIntroduction to International Business
BUS 152-46070
BUS 352-46071
Instructor: Arnin Kader
This course is designed to introduce the student to the problems
and possibilities of doing business in an international context. Appreciation of the perspective required for successful planning and
management of an enterprise operating abroad is emphasized by
foreseeing both the opportunities and the difficulties inherent in
international business.
The case method will be employed. Evaluation will be based primarily on performance in working the cases assigned.
Prerequisite: A minimum of two business courses for upper division registration.
Time: I
Room: OM 22
IEntrepreneurship
BUS 295-46077
Instructor: John Cerrib
The object of this class is to provide students who are not majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills necessary for starting
and running a small business.
The student will be exposed to various aspects of small business
management and will be required to prepare a business plan for a
"model" business. The student will be evaluated on the basis of
the "model" plan, on tests and performances on small business
case studies.
Time: I
Room: M 23
Micro-ComputerAccounting
BUS 294-46092
Instructor: Richard Herzog
This course will provide an introduction to the micro-computeras
it relates to financial and managerial accounting applications.
Topics will include: micro-computer hardware and software; accounting spreadsheet and database applications. Emphasis will
be on the IBM-PC or compatible hardware and Lotus 1-2-3software.
Students willbe required to read a text and other material, hand in
homework assignments and take tests over the assigned material. In addition, computer reports will be handed in for evaluation.
Prerequisites: Principles of Managerial Accounting (BUS 102)
Time: 11
Room: S 213
Advanced Personal Computing
BUS 378-48093
Instructor: Milo Schield
The object of this course will be to study advanced personal computing applications and their business uses. We will use the Augsburg IBM PC Network to study
- advanced word processing (Word Star 2000)
- advanced spread sheet techniques (macros and templates)
- advanced data base featuresd @-BaseI11and Power Base)
- business graphics (free form paint and fixed form analytic1
presentation)
- integrated packages (Symphony)
There will also be visita to local businesses using these applicationa, This # m e i s designed for students who are already familiar with h i c Personal Computing applications such a s Appleworks and .Lotus.
Evaluation will be based on the following: 10% on attendance and
participation; 40% on tests; 50% on group projects.
Fee: $20--but no required textbook.
Prerequisite: BUS 250 (DataProcessing)
Time: I
Room S 123
CHEMISTRY
Chemistry for Changing Times
CHlM 100-46013
Instructor:Arlin Gyberg
This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular book by John H. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional
background. Bachemistry cotu'se m d d m not =sume a ~ c i m m
sic science: a n d math EWE introduced early and are t,augl:llta8
needed for understmding the various topics .md implications. T h e
course does assume the student is interested in and concerned
about the relationship of chemistry to life and living.
Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers
and their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades
the human eekicingof perwond independence has led to chemistry
becoming a part or everyday Lire to 4,he pht of actud dspondence
on chemistry W e live in n world or pcsticidos, fertilizers. pIasticer,
"the pill," food additives and processed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental disorders can
often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common dragged out,
Chemistry for Changing Times (wn't)
grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical
imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex
system of altered body chemistry Even learning appears to be the
result of chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule." Most of
the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but
chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society,
our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular
look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Test will be used for evaluation. This course does not
satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106,116or 223.
Distribution: Chemistry-Biology
Time: I
Room: S 315
The Science of Very Large Molecules
CHM 104-48014
Instructor: SandraOlmsted
A survey of plastics, polymers, and proteins that will investigate
the unusual properties that make these materials useful. Also included will be a short history of these materials, with their economic importance or biological interest. Grades will be determined by two exam scores, and a final paper which is due the last
day of class.
Distribution: Chemistry-Biology
Time: 11
Room: S 315
FORTRAN
CSC 270-46045
Instructor: Larry Ragland
A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students
with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will
expand the student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those
features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations.
Prerequisite: One course with a study of a computer language
(e.g. CSC 170 or lVLAT 175)
Time: 11
Room: S 112
E Understanding International Trade and
Finance
ECO 360-46012
Instructor: Ed SabeIla
This will be a study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations. We will consider the development
and bases of international trade, the balance of payments, the
mechanisms of adjustment and general commercial policies.
Grading will be on the basis of examinations and possible other
written assignments.
uisitei: ECO 122 a$d 123 or permissionof instructor
Room: OM 16
EDUCATION
Student Teaching
EDS 481-46015EDE 481-46019
EDS 482-46016EDE 482-46020
EDS 483-46017EDE 483-46021
EDS 484-46018EDE 484-46022
Instructor:Trudi Fulda
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and
secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a
school. Grading is PIN only
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission
of instructor.
Time: I
Room: L 4
ENGLISH
E Five College Fiction Writing Workshop
ENG 362-46098
Instructor: Lon Otto
This workshop seeks to increase the participants' range and intensity of the participants' fiction writing, sharpening their critical skills, and broadening their awareness of contemporaryfiction
and the literary tradition of which it is a part. Discussion the first
week will focus on readings from an anthology of mostly recent
short stories. The remaining three weeks will focus on stories
written during the Interim by members of the class. The stories
will be duplicated and distributed prior to each meeting. Students
Fiction Writing Workshop (con't)
will write three substantial stories and will be expected to participate actively in the critical discussions. There will also be opportunities for individual conferences with the instructor.
Evaluation will be based on work written during the Interim, on
willingness to engage technical suggestions, &d on vigorous,
constructiveparticipation in the workshop's discussions. Faithful
attendance is essential.
Three students from Augsburg will be accepted for this course.
Interested students should contact John Mitchell in the English
Department.
Fee: $10
Prerequisite: Some experience in fiction writing; preferably at
least one creative writing
- course on the college
- level
Time: 11
Room: McNeely $301- St. Thomas
IThe Short Story
ENG 240-46024
340-46025
Instructor: Kathryn Swanson
We will read a variety of short stories for pleasure and understanding. The selected stories will include the major genres, such
as the science fiction of Kurt Vonnegut, the detective fiction of
Arthur Conan Doyle, the humor of Mark Twain, and the experimental fiction of Jorge Luis Borges. Women such as Doris Lessing and Joyce Carol Oates and blacks such as Ralph Ellison will be
among the authors studied.
Although the course will not involve a systematic analysis of the
history of the form of the short story, a sufficient number of classics will be assigned for the student to appreciate the historical
development from Poe to Beattie. The course will involve practice
in ways of approaching literature and will include study of the basic critical terminology, so it would be an appropriate course for
students who have not yet studied literature at the college level.
Students are expected to read the stories, participate in class discussions, write a paper on a topic selected with the advice of the
teacher, write a short story, and take several tests. Effective Writing is not a prerequisite but students will be expected to write
with clarity
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: I
Room: OM 23
The Dark Side of Genius: Films of
Alfred Hitchcock and Ingmar Bergman
ENG 260-46026
460-46027
Instructor:John Mitchell
Using selected films, the course will compare the popular cynical
vision of Alfred Hitchcock with the problematic existential vision
of Ingmar Bergman. Literary texts related to biography, film criticism, Freudianism, and existentialism will also be assigned a s
background material. Class procedure will involve lecture, discussion, and the showing of about eight feature films. Because of the
time required for introductions, projections, and discussion, students should expect class periods of three to four hours in length.
Although the course should be enjoyable and even fun, students
should expect to study the films rather than merely watch them.
Grading will be based upon occasional quizzes and a critical paper
of about 12 pages in which the student will compare the two visions. Students who wish to take the course for upper division
credit must have mrrnission from the instructor.
Fee: $25 for rental of films
Time: I1
Room: SCI 123
Grow Old Along With Me
ENG 209-46023
Instructor:Barbara Andersen
You, too, will enter Middle Age and, eventuallx Old Age-if you
live long enough. What do poets, dramatists, and novelists have to
say about this process? A lot. Among those that we may read are:
Hassler's "Simon's Night," Anderson's "I Never Sang for My
Father," Sarton's "As We Are Now," Miller's "Death of a Salesman," Tillie Ohen's, "Tell Me a Riddle," Pyrn's "Quarter in Autumn," Wright's "Fire Sermon," Berry's "The Memory of Old
Jack," Woolf's "Mrs. Dalloway" We hope to see some films such as
"AU Your Parts Don't Wear Out at the Same Time."
What do real live people have to say about old age? A lot. You will
be expected to find out what they have to say by interviewing several older people in several different settings.
Evaluation will be based on readings, examinations, quizzes and
interview journals.
Distribution:English-Speech
Time: I
Room: OM 10
E Love in Literature
ENG 269-46068
Instructor:Ron Pal&
This course will examine several literary depictions of passionate
love including the Biblical "Song of Songs," Ovid's "The Art of
Love," Shakespeare's "Romeo and Juliet" and "A Midsummer
Night's Dream,"and more recent works including Chopin's "The
Awakening" and a modern romance novel. Also studied will be poetry from different historical periods and material from the social
sciences. The course will study changing concepts of love and
show how literature reflects and creates concepts of love. Students will write two papers, take two tests and attend a few assigned plays or films.
Prerequisite:ENG 111 or a college literature class
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: 11
Room: OM 25
FRENCH
French Literature in Translation
FRE 243-48028
Instructor: Ruth Aaskov
Study of representative shorter French works in English translation. By reading and analysis of a common core of varied works we
will strengthen communication and critical skills, develop cultural sensitivit~and become acquainted with significant French
writers. Mini-lectures and study guides will help focus attention
on the works. Much class time daily will be devoted to small group
discussion and exchange of ideas. Evaluation based on group
work, progress, quizzes, writing assignments, and a short independent study
Prerequisite:Sophomore standing
Distribution: English-Sueech
Time: I
Room: OM 27
-
-
HEALTH & PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries
HPE 475-46081
Instructor: A1Kloppen
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common
athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room
procedures.
This is a half credit course.
Prerequisite:HPE 350Kinesiology
Time: II -Jan.20-31
Room: Melby
January 4-23,1986
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
HPE 455-48036
Instructor:Joyce PPaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in
the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on
taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling
(anchoring,mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live
aboard a 42' fixed keel sailboat with six or seven other people and
will function as an active crew member.
Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the
course. This willbe supplemented by sessions dealing with safety,
boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning, piloting
and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to various islands and
cays in the British and American Virgin Islands.
Snorkelingand windsurfing will be available on an optional basis.
Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain." A
daily ships log will be kept by all participants and a final written
exam willbe given.
Cost: $2100
Distribution:Lifetime Sports
Human Sexuality
HPE 216-46035
Instructor:Richard Borstad and Nancy Medcraft
The course will examine the biological, psychosocial, behavioral,
and cultural aspects of human sexuality Opportunities will be provided for students to explore and assess their values about sexuality Included in the course are the following topics: gender issues,
male-femaleanatomy and physiology, communication and sexual
behavior, sexuality and the Life cycle, sexual problems, and s d
issues related to sexual behavior. Lectures, readings, guest speak
ers, films, and small discussion groups willbe utilized. Evaluation
will be based on mid-termand final exams, and a research project.
Fee: $10
Time: II
Room: M 24
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE 232-48080
Instructor:Lynn Mackenthun
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on
participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This is a half credit course.
Time: II - Jan. 6-17
Room: Melby
Eastward to America: Limited Hospitality
HIS 220-46036
320-46037
Instructor:Khin Khin Jensen
An investigationof the rationale for the immigration pattern, economic opportunities, and social, political and economic problems
encountered by the following immigrants: Chinese, Japanese and
Koreans in the United States. Focus on these three ethnic groups
will involve both the "old immigrants and the "new" immigrants.
Course will utilize ethnic speakers (Chinese, Japanese and Koreans) in a home environment-discussion format. There willbe ethnic meals, ethnic cooking demonstrations, films, slides and field
trips-all these are important components of the course as are the
academic components such as readings.
Focus is on the experiences of these ethnic groups in Hawaii, California and Minnesota.
Upper division students will do a paper and a journal, lower division will do a journal. There will be an exam on the text and readings.
Fees: 816
Prerequisite: Lower division none. Upper division: sophomore
standing and consent of instructor
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Time:I
Room: LI
Myth and Myth Making
HIS 219-46038 HUM 275-46097
419-46039
Instructor:Richard Nelson
A myth is not something patently false or absurd, although popular usage has emphasized its fictional quality Myth is the means
by which people and cultures explain themselves to others and to
themselves. In this course we will examine mythopoeic thought
and the myths which that process evolved in the ancient Near
East, Greece and Rome. We will read mythological literature in
translation and modern commentaries on the nature of myth
making. These mythologies will be studied within their historical
and cultural context, resulting in a final paper on a topic to be
decided upon between student and instructor.
In addition, (dependingon production timing)the class will attend
a Twin City based production of Euripides' "Trojan Women" during the term.
Prerequisite: Permissionof instructor for upper division
Distribution:History-Philosophy
Time:I
Room: OM 13
-
January 2-26,1986
Hawaii: A Cultural History
HIS 321-46104
Instructor: John Benson. and James Johnson
'She cultural and h i s t o r i d resources of Hawaii offer a richly endowd classroom Por study during J a u q The objeativo of this
mume is to provide a basic understanding of I-Iawaii's history,ethnic diversity, and religious heritage through lectures, toms, books
and travel. In addition ta B u d r h i . ~Thoism
,
and Polynesian religion, the wurse will focus on thc Mormon missions to the South
Pacific and the New England Cnlvinist Christianity that sent missionaries to the Hawaiian Islands. T l ~ a r wiU
s
d s e be a unit on the
w ~ nBuddhist-Christian
t
dialogue.
Further information can be obtained in the Interim Office or from
Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20.
Cost: $1,895
Distribution:Religion (by petition)
INTERDISCIPLINARY
The Art of Being Female
INS 216-46078
416-46079
Instructor: Sara Eaton
Zf women's experience of culture is different from men's, do they
write about it differently? Do they use the same words but mean
something else? Do they paint from a forninlne perspective? Do
they campme and ning a different music? Or a m these aU questions of interpretation?
Tn an at,temptto answer these qumtiona, we will study some of the
literature, visual arts,and music m t e d by women in the k t 400
years. Beghnhg in the Renais~mco,with tZro love poetry Mar5
Queen of Scats. wrote to Bothwoll, and ending with Georgia
O'Keefe'a and Judy Chicago's art and w v ~ r a mnmmporary
l
novels by womcn, we will analyze what female arlists are t e h g UE in
their art and how they t~1l
us. The murst; iR croes-disciplinw;
students will I
x encoumged t~ develop their own topics of atudy
and supplement and the course cont~nt.Thore will be a rcquircd
amount of reeding, viewing and listening. hower division students will write a 5-7 page essay Upper division students will
write a longer papex (850 pagee) and give n presentation b e d on
their topic to tho class.
There will not be a find exam, but approximately half the grade
will come from quizzes on the assignments.
Pre uisite:English 111-EffectiveWriting
Diszution: Urban. Women's and Minority Studies
Time:II
Room: OM II
Central America: The Roots of the Crisis
INS 280-46034
Instructors:Norman Walbek, Vern Hanson. Staff from Center for
Global Service
The crisis in Central America is one of the major foreign policy
issues of the decade. The purpose of the course is to expose participants to the complexities of the issues involved, and to examine
the root causes for the desperate conditions that exist in most of
the region.
The course will be a joint offering of Augsburg, Gustavus, and
PLU. The first part of the course will be held on the three respective campuses, examining key events in the history of Mexico and
Central America and looking at the current readings and discussions.
On January 16, we will depart for Mexico where we will spend five
days at the Augsburg Center in Cuernavaca. From January 2 1-26,
we will be in Nicaragua, housed at another facility managed and
staffed by the Center for Global Service and Education. In both
countries, encounters with people from the churches, political,
cultural and business organizations will be provided. In addition,
there will be on-sitevisits to peasant cooperatives, squatter settlements, historical sites, etc. Particular attention will be given to
grassroots Christian communities and other ways in which the
poor are relating the Bible to their daily experiences and seeking
to organize themselves to bring about more just social institutions. The schedule will be an intensive one, but will also provide
opportunitiesfor group reflection and worship, and free time. The
final week of the course will be held back on campus, and will be a
time for de-briefingand evaluation.
During the first week, participants will be required to read 1-2
books, a packet of related articles, and give an oral report on an
assigned topic. During the trip, students will be required to keep a
journal, and upon return, write a final reflection paper, due on
January 31.
Cost: $1420from Minneapolis Ineludem all travel expems, meals.
lodging:and program in M e d w ancl Nicaragua. Cost is subject to change due ta an airfare inmawe prior to departure.
World Hunger and Justice Education:
Developing a N e w World View
INSm - 4 6 0 3 1
REL 2 W 4 W 3 2
h t r u c b r a : Joel Mugge, Center for Global Servimand Education,
tmd George S. Johnson. ALC Hunger P r o w
The course will mlrvey the most recent reports and analysis of the
current holocaust or global hunger ineluding the root causes,the
Intemnnectednese to other issues, the hiillical ma,ndateand tho
role of justice eclucettion. Attitudes toward poverty and wmlth,
justice nnd charity, oppression and Liboration wiU b discussed using biblical material, the U.S. Cntholic Bishop's Lotter on tho U.S.
Economy and insights rmm Liboratmion
tl~ealom.
The purpose wiU
1.w l o build peat,er global a m n e e s , become sensitized to ethical
choices, energize us ror action nncl responsible living, a d explore
pe%gogical principles for socinljustice.
Guesl leczur+ersinclude Norman Barth, Direcur of Lutheran
World Belief, Dr. Mark Thomsen. Executive Director of World Mission for.tlm AlC; Ruth Hnlvomn, Director of the ARC Retreat
CenWr;Dr. Mark Lund. Prof~ssor
of Economics at Luther Collage:
world guests in tho Twin Cities ma.
and
The P t t s t t b weeks of the c o m e will be held at the ARC retreat
center in n hautif ul wooded m a 46 milea north of the Twin Citics. Included in the experience will be cumunity building, m ~ . tive use CIP music ,and tlm mCs. trip8 to areas of poverty, opportunity For solitude. and cross-country skiing. T h e find week will be
held back in the Twin Cities, where them will be visits to various
orgiUli7~vtiomworking on hunger issues, and time for writing a
final p a p r .
S~udentswill read 1-2books snd related articlee- A f i n a l paper
intepatirig the overall themes of the course and readings will be
tequired at. the end of thc course. Xduationa wiU k e based u w n
this paper and prticipation.
Cost: Room md Board at the ARC R e m t Center for the three
weeksi willbe-8300,
Dhtrlbution: -1
on OnI one fnaourse ma be ueed taw;u%?gr$luat?on rewon reguirementsr
RiI The Church and Social Change in
the Philippines
LNS 274-46033
Instructors: J
i
m Faurnier, Newman Mter, U d d Q af
Minnemta and staff member f o m the Center for Global
Service and Education
T h e puspose of the course is to help participants gain a olearer
underslamling of lhe currant situation in the Pl~ilippines.It is a
country that suffers Prom a great deal of poverty and injustice,
and one of the mqjor instigators Por mid change 11wbeen the
church. Thmugho~~t
the coursc, therefore, we will be examining
the role of the church and the respnaibifity of Christians inworking for socialand political change.
The Church and Social Change in the Philippines(con't)
The first week of the come wjll be h ~ l d
in htinn~apolis.and will
foeus on getting a sense of the h.istOry, dtm,and current economic and political situation in tho PhiZippinea. hcturos, readings and cliscussions wiU & the format for this first week.
On January 10,the group will depart for the Philippines. The style
of the travel seminar will be quite intensive, and includes encounters with people and organizations representing the different sectors in the urban and rural areas as well as the different tribal
p u p s . 'She trip will a h prwide opportunities for group r~flootion m d worship. The p u p will return to Ure Btates on January
26. The find week of the course wi13 be used for debriefing and
aduation of the experience.
During the first weok, participants will be required to read s
packet of articles,m d research and give an oral report on a related
topic. During the k i p , students wiU be
to keep a journal,
and upan return, write a final p a p r reflecting on Ula expex-ience.
Grading PIN.
Cost: $1995fmm ~
~ includes all
p m v d expenses,
o
meals,
~
ld@g m d program In the Philippines. Cost i s subject to
change due to &are increase prior to the trip.
~~
MATHEMATICS
Mathematical Modeling
MAT 132-46042
Instructor: Paul Hulse
Thie come wiU focus on the dmcdption of various problems in
the "real world" L n mathematical terms. Tapics will i n c l ~ ~ dpel y he-,
represemtations ofnumbers and various types of geometrg.
The course will emphasizethe use of mdyLical methodsr of mamamatios lo study these problems. G~'adeswill b~!based on homework assignments.
Prerequisite: Basic algebraand geometry
Distribution: M~Wlermttcs-Ph,ysics
T i e :1
W r n : OM 21
Linear Algebra In Action
MAT 315-48046
Instructor: Bev Durkee
A study of several applioations of l i n m in bra, including marlcov chains, Linear p
~
~
.leastgsqunres
,
fitting, computer
graphics, quadratic transformatione, ctc. as time p x m i t s . G d e s
will be determined by assignments of prabtems and examirmtionq.
Prerequisite:MAT 215
Time: I
Room: S 112
IM Numerical Pattern Processing
Through Programming
MAT 144-46043
211-46044
Instructor: Larry Copes
In this course students will learn to write elementary computer
programs in the Pascal language. The programs will generate numerical and other mathematical data to be examined for patterns.
Wit11 the help of the instructor and each other, atudente will tost
coqjectm lhrough dam, d y s i s anrl further programs. Work
will be in individual. small group, and cl~ssroom
set1,ings.Evnluation will be through individual propm~s
and written reports. For
21 1. s t u d ~ n t sthe
, patterns and 1epo1.t~
will ~~equire
the rnatilemftticd maturity of one who has con~plateda semester oP coll~ge
mathematics at tlls calculus level. Stucknte can expeat, to spend
t h e equivalentof a,tlleast half ot'each day with s computer.
Prerequisite: For 1.44,Group Dl on Augr~lburgMath Placement
Exam. Fur 211. completion of Calculus I with grade
2.0 (C) or better
Time: I
Room: S 213
IIntroduction to Music Therapy:
A Clinical Overview
MUS 110-46047
Instructor: Roberta Metzler
Visitation of clinical facilities in the Metropolitan area to observe
music thempy in practice. Objeckives of the course wiU be to become familim with a variety of client el^ (including mentally retarded, emotional1y disturbed, and phy~callyhandicappod),and t
a
observe how music thara,pyfunctions with difYerent populations.
In addition to the field trips, c h a r w r n diacussior~swill incltlde an
overview of music therapy practices and theory in this country
and abroad. Evaluation will be based on tests, field trip reports,
and clam participation. A special class project will be required for
upper division d t . Student times must be flexible, to allow for
field trips during &her the morning or afternoon.
Fee: $15
Time: I1
Room: M5
Improvisation in Music
MUS 129-46065 329-48088
Instructor: StephenGabrielsen
The objective of this course is to learn to improvise in a variety of
styles.
Procedure: Assignments will be given using differing improvisational techniques. Students will perform for each other in class.
Upper division students will be expected to produce additional improvisations.
Prerequisite: Minimal ability on a musical instrument or instructor's permission
Dishbution:Art-Music
Time: II
Room: M4
Memorizationfor Musicians
MUS 151-48048 351-46049
Instructor:James D.Johnson
Multiple approaches to memorizing music via a foolproof system.
These systems are derived from the harmonic, melodic, rhythrmc,
and formal analysis of the music under study For instrumentalists and vocalists.
Upper division students will be expected to memorize more, perform more for the class and do more memory work away from
their instruments.
Prer uisite: Basic music study
-3
Room: M4
NORWEGIAN
LI Beginning Norwegian
NOR 111-46029
Instructor:Leif Hansen
The course provides an introduction to the basic skills of listening, speaking, reading, and writing. The first class sessions are
conducted without the use of a printed text. Later class sessions
provide a thorough introduction to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but oral expression is emphasized throughout
the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected.
Distribution:Foreign Language
Time:II
Room: OM 29
4 Norwegian Conversation and Composition
NOR 311-46030
Instructor: Leif Hansen
intensive practice in spoken Norwe,@= with emphasis on pronmaiation and original composition. Some attention given to r e
gional variation^ in spoken Norwegian a d to Werences between
the two official languages of N o m y Labora,Lorywork and f i ~ l r l
experience required.
uisite: NOR 211 or equivalent
Ez?m*
Room: OM 29
NURSING
Trends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 330-46050
Instructor: Alice Stark
This course ie intmded to give &u&nts a bmad perspective by
jnb-uducing current trends a d issues in health care and the pmiession of nursing. Many of the issues are oontroversid, are relevant to c m ~ o npractice
t
md have potential for fwreacllingeffects
in h a l t h care. Students will be grzded on group prcsontations,
written examinations and field trip reports.
Prerequisite: Registered Nurse
Time: I
Room: OM 11
PHILOSOPHY
What Do You Think of That?
PHI250-46053
Instructor: Ken Bailey
There are many puzzling issues in our lives and world which deserve some clem m d careful thought. What dlalX we thinlr m d
say a b u t such contexnporary issues as Freedom of the Will, C m
Cornputera Think?;and What are the Grounds of Moral Responsibility? Zn t h i course
~
we will CliRcu~sthme and other concerns that
confront our age, in an attempt to understand them more clem-15
Discussions will be based upon roadin* from a wide selec1,ionof
authors, some traditional (such as John Locke, Fkne Descartes,
anrl William James);and some very much in the forefront of contemporary diF;cuesion (such as Ayn Rand, B.F. Skinner, Sidney
Iloolc, and Jokn Roup~m).
Their views are provocative, to say the
least, and they will challenge you to ask,again and again, "Well,
Now. What Do You Think of That?" Grades based upon mid-term
examination, final examination, and discussions.
Distribution: History-Philo8ophy
Time:11
Room: OM 23
Angels and Devils: Their Existence and Nature
PHI248-48051
346-46052
Instructor: Mark Fuehrer
736s course inquires into the ~Astance
and nature of those beings
that are intelligencas and trarlitiondly identified w i t l the
~ anaelic
and demonic natures. W e shall investigate the evidence of such
kings, su1vcy the Mary of tl~eirconcept and attempt to answer
certain philosophical qvastiona abut them (sud~
as whether they
arr: unitcd to material M c s of any l h d , how thny differ from
each othur. m d how they a m ordered m d ranked). FurU~ern~ore
we shall survey t l ~ erepresentation of such kings in m. Literature, and on the s-e.
Besides a gmewl examination, students will be expected to do research on some specific topic m d report periodically on progress
of this rewrt. T h e reprt will bF r e d in class and submitted as a
term pqxc Final grnde will consist of exanxination, evaluation of
oral progress reports. and final report. U p p r division students
will have more cliff icult topics %signed and write longer wporta
t h a n lower division studenf.~.
uisite: One philosophy or religion course
EE3
Room: MEM 323
PHYSICS
Numerical Methods in Physics
PHY 345-48076
Instructor:Jeff Johnson
'
Throughout history physicists and in fact dl scientitsts. ha,ve endeavored In cwmprehend the physical world in all its pnerdity by
formulating pbsical law^ in the concise language of rnathcmatics. However, these mathematical ecluations which describe physi-
calayaterns a r o rarely solvable in nnalytictal closed form. Tlzerefore, an appreciation l'or and an und~rstandingof' approximation
and nume~.lcal
techniques is essentid for a prmticjng sciontist.
In this course we will study 1)Numerical integration; 2) Solutions
to 1st order differential equation: 3) Sch~dinger'sequation (an
example of a 2nd order differential equation).
The solution to Schrodinger's equation is important in physics
and chemistry and therefore we will devote a substantial amount
of c h s time to it.
Student performance will be based on problem assignments and
computer projects.
Prerequisite: Math 226: Phy 245 and some programming experience or permission of instructor
Time: I1
Room: S 329
Introduction to Weather
PHY 106-48041
Instructor: Noel Petit
A study of the science of rnotwmlogy which will prwide a working b o w l e d g ~
of the principles of ntmosphesic science. Attention
will be given to four bwic weaa: obscnting the weather (including
state oP the art instrumentation), unde~atmciingweather pat.terns, far~aastingwesther changes and understanding the
world's climate. Relatcd topics to be included are: hydrology
(study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic erC~ctsof
the w~sthecand weather's jlnpmt on world events. This course iff
d o s i g n d to br! an elective or ~ a t i s r y
the Mathem~ttim-Physicsdistribution requirement Cor the liberal arts st,ud~mt.
The course will
includo daily lectures, assignments (one or two laboratory
~ e s s i o n swr week), two one-l~atrrexaminntiom and a rrsearcll
project.
Prei uisite: High school
Disaution: Mathematics hyucs
Time: 11
Room: S 212
Vbr?
The Discarded Image: Our Evolving View of
the Universe
PHY 109-46075
Instructor:Mark HoUabaugh
Men and women orbit the earth in the Space Shuttle. Geologists
u
x-rays from
study rocks from the moon. A ~ ~ o p h p i c i s tdetect
what might be black holes. These mdm,vors are a part of our
world and form our modern imaga of the universe.
But our image of the universe has changed, often slowly. When
confronted with Ch~opernicus'assertion that the sun, not an irnmovable ~arth,
was t h center
~
of the turiverse, Martin Luther
quickly cited J o ~ h u who
a
told the sun,not the e a r t h to stand still!
Beginning with the views of the Greeks, Babylonians, Hebrews
and Native Americans, this interdisciplinary course will examine
the impat of poople and discoveries on o w oasmological view&:
Copedcus, Cblika, Kepler, Newton, the tele~~mp,
Hubble, Einakin, high energy nstrophysicg,Hawking, and space travel.
The class will follow a seminar format consisting of lecture and
discussion. Each student will prepwe a major p a p r or project nnd
present it to the class. Extensive reading, including original
sources, will be required and there will be some mtl-onomicd o b
servation exercises.
Distribution:Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: M 24
Special Functions and Their Applications in
the Physical Sciences
PHY 327-46073
MAT 327-46074
Instructor:Ken Erickson
Certain mathematical functions find m e throughout the physical
sciencoa a d engineering dieciplinw bemuse of the high degree of
s y m m e t ~ ythey can represent. This course will acquaint the student with four categories of functions md their applicntions:
hgendre polynomja and spherical harmonics, Bessel functions,
Fourier series m d t r m ~ f o r m sand
,
fullctions of a conlpl~xvmriable.
The study of these special mathematical functions willbe stressed
through-their application to numerous physical systems possessing the appropriate symmetry represented by each of the
functions.
Student performance willbe evaluated on the basis of exams, several problem assignments and a project.
Prerequisite: PHY 122 (or consent of instructor)and
MAT 224 or equivalent
Time:I
Room: S 212
POLITICAL SCIENCE
The United Nations
POL 166-46068 366-46069
Instructor:Manjula Shyam
The course will involve detailed study of structure, purpose and
functions of the United Nations; geographical,historical, cultural,
political and economic background of the member states of the
Security Council; selected current topics before the United Nations; and procedural rules of the Security Council.
The course will lead to a six to eight hour simulation of a meeting
of the Security Council.
Evaluation of students in the course will be based on three short
papers and on performance in the simulation. Participation in the
simulationis compulsory.
Upper division students will be required to submit an additional
paper analyzing the political processes of the Security Council.
Prerequisite: One political science course for upper division credit
Distribution:Economics-PoliticalScience
Time: II
Room: OM 13
The Politics of International Economic Issues
POL 461-46056
Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten
The warall goal of the course is to understand how the international ~ y ~ t eismconceptualized differently Prom a world view emphasizing nation-state unitg. 7 3 pursue
~
this goal students wiU Yo.
GUA on sclwted politid and economic questions which prvoccupy
the headlines of 1985. Course objectives:
1. to explore the linkage between contemporary economic problems and political configurations in the international system,
and
2. to examine the political conflicts and choices confronting
world statesmen-in the changing economic environment of
the mid-1980s
Course content:
1. theories about the structure of international politics and economics, the debate over the meaning of interdependence in
the world of the 1980s;
2. specificissues of political economy, such as the change in the
distribution of economic power during the past decade, the
possibility of trade wars among 'advanced industrial countries, efforts by national leaders to coordinate their domestic
economic pities, and ad;justmentof ~pecificsectors, such as
agriculLur~!
m d finance, within a variety of countries; and
3.a simu la tioir of the w a y decision-makerscope with changes in
the world economy
Students will organize discussion groups for oral presentations
and critiques of readings, simulate international policy-making
roles, and prepare essays in a written take-homeexam.
Prerequisite:Pol Sci 160
Time: II
Room: M 22
PSYCHOLOGY
Developmental Psychology:Adolescent and
Young Adult
PSY 352-46096
Instructor:Duane E. Johnson
Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of
data and theory related to development during the adolescent and
young adult periods of life.
This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level of
student participation. Procedures will include class discussion,
short papers and oral reports, and at least two tests. Most of the
testing willrequire written responses.
Prerequisite:General Psychology
Time:I
Room: OM 16
Introduction to the World of Psychology
PSY 121-46081
Instructor:Paul Hirdrnan
Psychology is more than rats! It is a world of great breadth, with
differing levels of depth. her^ you will h ~ v the
e opportunity to
explore some of the coricepts, data and methods of psychology and
gain some understenclingand insights from this discipline. %ading-s, I&ms, and swcid premntations w
i
l
l ha 3aitilized involving
tlie instructor, class rnembws, nnd outaide speakers. Evaluation
wi 11 involve chas participation, sbudent research presentations,
and exams.
Students may not receive credit for this course and also for PSY
105(GeneralPsych).
Distribution:Psychology-Sociology
Time: I
Room: P 4
RELIGION
IChristianity in Modern Africa
REL 366-46058
Instructor:Bradley Holt
This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the
South. Students wiU be introduced to traditional African culture
and religion, the introduction of Christianit~and the present development of indigenous cklurches in West Africa. The newer "Independent African Churches" will be studied, as well as attempts
to formulate "African Christian Theology.'' A major section of the
course will focus on contemporary responses of churches in South
Africa to the apartheid ~ystem
of racial segregation.Them will be
lectures and discussion of reaiding materials. films, nnd visiting
resource persons. Students will be ~valuntedon several short
tests and a short research paper.
Pre uisite One course jll ndiglon
Disaution: Religion (Only one interim uourm may be used toward graduationreligion requirements)
Time: 11
Room: OM 18
The Lutheran Heritage
REL 345-46057
Instructor: Gene Skibbe
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the
world. We will examine the present form and work of this church,
its origin as a special fellowship in the 16th century, and its development and cultural influence through 450 years of its history
The text by Bergendoff will provide an overview. Basic Lutheran
confessional writings will be read. Lecture and class discussion
will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art,
music, missions, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements willinclude two exams and one short report or paper. A text
costing approximately $11 must be purchased in class on the
third day
UiSf~ORecou~sehrelEgfon
""%
Mstrj
ution: M W o n (Qnly one In*
ward graduation religion requirements)
course m a y be used to-
Time: I
Room: OM 18
Archaeology and the Bible
REL 215-46101
Instructor:Philip Quanbeck
Discussion of archaeological method, problems in biblical archaeology, and review of some current findings. Each student will investigate one archaeological site, write a paper on that topic and
make a presentation to the class. Grade evaluation will be based
on class participation and the project.
Prerequisite: A mume Inreligion
Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim mume may be used toward graduation mligion requirements)
Time: I
Room: M 22
RUSSIAN
Giants of 19th-CenturyRussian Literature
RUS 210-46082
RUS 410-46083
Instructor:James E. Brown
This course will acquaint the student with outstanding Russian
writers of the 19th-century.Works to be read include three short
novels (Pushkin,"The Captain's Daughter"; Lermontov, "A Hero
of Our Time"; Turgenev, "Fathers and Sons"), two longer novels
(Dostoevsky, "Crime and Punishment"; Tolstoy, "Anna
Karenina"), and short stories by Chekhov and Tolstoy Students
are expected to read all the assigned works and participate in
class discussions. Lower division students must write three papers 3-5pages in length. Upper division students must write three
papers 5-7pages in length. There will be a final essay take-home
examination. Grades will be based on class participation, papers
and the final examination.
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor for upper division registration
Distribution:English-Speech
Time: I1
Room: OM 21
SOCIAL WORK
Exploring Human Services
S W K 257-46059
Instructor:Mary Lou Williams
This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting
a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working
in a professional human service organization or agency; working
and talking with human service professionals and others who participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs. This
course offers a "hands on," experiential approach to learning.
Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of
an agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar 3 hours per week during which agency
experiences will be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation
will be based on performance in the agency, written subjective
summary,brief journal summary, and final exam.
Time: I
Room: 6-12
Field Work I11
S W K 466-46060(1 course)
466-46061(% course)
Instructor:Maria Brown
The objectives of the class are to use supen&ory relationship to
increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to
increase competence in the client contact phase of the problem
solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to
professional practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for
personaUprofessional development; to promote competence in the
full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis
and resolution stages.
Course content will be continuation of Field Work II-educationally focused field placement in a social service agency
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement,
plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar
held on campus.
Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using
previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms.
NOTE:Course is offered for half (15 hours per week) or full (30
hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of the credit will be
based on non-clientcontact tasks.
Time: To be arranged
SOCIQLOGY
Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
SOC241-46098
Instructor:Jerry Gerasimo
The concept of culture is examined anthropologidy and in the
wny we see and live in tha world. Wa will a y z e the basic assumptions underlying tho i d a s of "primitive," "civilized,"and
"pmgr~ss."
and selected aspects of Westem Culture.
Grades will be based on a midterm and a final ex-.
Time: I
Room: P 3
SPEECH, COMMUNICATION & THEATER
II Children's Theater
SPC 285-46064
Instructor:Gary Parker
Class members w i l l work as an ensembla ta create and p d u r m a
play for children, Development of the play will empilasize techniques of improvisatiuri. Students will participate both on and off
stago as performers (acto~s,
~ingom,dancers, musicians), production staff (publicity and mmagelnent),and kchnicd stnfP (Irigl~ts,
scenc:ry, wstumea, and props).Public performturces will be ~ c : h ~ d ulcd during tllc final week of class. G k W g will b~ based on the
mmmitment m d efi'wtiveness of work on Ihe production, and a
written notelnmlr of' daily mtivities and reactions. No I,henter-E
rience is necessary
Time: 9:30-12:00,1:00-3:00
Room: Stage T w o
E Writing the Creative Article
SPC 268-46062
368-46063
Instructor:Ray Anderson
The amative article is written out of the wribr's life expmienw.
The types to be streeaed in this co~wscme: prsonal experience,
whimsid essay. original humor, and inspdtion.
Four creative mtioles wnstitute the major projects. Students will.
read in thrw areas-the creative article.creativity. and humor.
Evaluation wiU be based primarily on the cxratfve projects and
sncondarily on examinations a d general participation. An effort
will be made to p~aduccquality material that can be submitted for
publication.
A higher quality of writing will be expected of upper division students.
Time:II
Room: OM 27
W Advanced Acting
SPC 432-46106
Instructor: Julie Bolton
In this course we will explore chmcter development through
scene work based on pkys from the &rent periods of dramatic litFrature. T i l e ins1,ructor will willmh students as 1hey prepare ~ u c t i tion pieces and soancs horn Shalrespeare, Moliere, Chekhov,
Shaw, Plinter and Becket among other's. We will prepare professional resumes, learn auditioning tmI1niques and discuss the
slmngths and drawbacks of the Uleatcr unions. Each student will
prepare an audition. Evduation will be based on a mid-interim
exam, the scenes, and the final audition. This class is only ofrered
periodiuaqy so don't mies tlle opportunity!
Prerequisite:Beginning Acting SPC 232 or Creative Dramatics
SPC 116
Time: I
Room: Stage 11
Television News Production
SPC 344-46072
Instructor: Mark Ambroze
This wiU be a basic m m e in television nows production taught on
location. Studenta will get practical experience in interviewing,
shooting,writing,editing and pmduaing the n w s . Grades will be
based primarily on how well these tasks are performed and on the
quality of material produced. Students will work in a newsroom
setting, not 5 television studio. Students should have some previous 'IT courseworlr. Check with Ray Anderson in the speech department for further information.
The course will be taught at W S A - T V in Golden Valley The instructors will be professionals a t the station. There will be occasional afternoon sessions in addition to the morning classes.
Time: I
Room: W S A , Golden Valley
OTHER COURSES
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not aonnected with Augsburg College but have been approved for
credit by the college. Most carry a tuition cost plus other e x penses which are the responsibility or the atudent. They a1.a offered only on a PIN basis. Fuller descript,ions and details for
registering are available in the Interim Office.
Outward Bound
HPE 212-46011
Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog
sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border
or for white water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio
Grande in the Decerniwr 27 through January 17 period. There
is a cost of approximately $1,050 (the Outward Bound organization says scholarships are available).
Washington Interims
Women as Leaders: Preparing Early for Jobs at the Top
POL 398-46084
The President and Congress: An Inside View of Policymaking
POL 398-46085
These Interims begin December 29 and continue until January
17. InPormatiorr on either of the nbova programs, housing and
Pinancid assistance i s available from Dr. Mildn Redblom in Memorial 117A.
Basic Spinning,Weaving and Dyeing
ART 163-46040
Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost approximately $185.
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
T h e following activitiem are available to student^ during Intcrkm and students may register for one of these as well aa for a
rsgul~roourse. These activities do not carry oPrioial credit. but
they d o meet the liFetimc aport8 rcquir'em~ntfar gradllation.
Students may pmticipaie in any one of those without 1-egist,ering for the cnurse, but twill be expected to pay m y fees wfialher
or lot the student registers for the course.
Alpine Skiing
HPE 002-46089
Instruction at beginner, intermediate and advanced levels at
Welch Ski Village, Monday and Wednesday evenings at 6:30for
six sessions. A fee of $42.00 for instruction and lift tickets.
Rental ski equipment available. Transportation from the student center will probably be available.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 6:30 p.m. M,W
American Karate
HPE 002-46086
Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum
The Form, baslic techniques and practical usage of American
Karate, taug11t by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt
instructor. Fee of $25.00.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 12:00-1:00M,W,F
Room: Melby
Badminton
Racquetball
HPE 001-46087
Instructor: David Boots
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
T i e : 1:00-2:00 p.m.
Room: Melby
HPE 002-46088
Instructor: David Boots
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 9:30-10:30 a.m.
Room: Melby
Running
Weight Training
HPE 002-46091
Instructor: Paul Grauer
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 1 2Noon
Room: Melby
HPE 002-46090
Instructor: Paul Grauer
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: I
Room: Melby
UMAIE
Augsburg is pnrt of a consortium called UMAIE. Upper Midwest A ~ s o c i o l i o nTor Intercultural Education, wlzich offers
overseas learning cxpricnws during the Interim. F~utherinf'arrn~tienatsotst the following courses can be obtained from
Mary Kingslag in the International Fentar, Old Main 20, or
I'mm the Interim Ofrice. Eegietrat,ion for these Interims ends
October 25,1985. These courses are offered on FfNP b m i only.
~
A m e r i c m Writern in Europe
Ancient Greece: Its Art,,Religion, and Theatre
CI Art and Architecture in Ellgland and Frnnce
ll Biology and Natural I-listory d the Hawaiian Islands
n Rradl: Amxzon, Energy and IUcvelopmenL
H The C:tpitals of Eastern Europe
n China: The Midwest Connection
n Cornparntive Business Studies in a European Environment
f7 1Sissiden t s and Plttrlots: A Literary Tour of Britain
n Englilish School and Family
n France Today:S0ciet.y and Culture
n German Language and Culture: Munich. Salzburg & Vienna
n Hawaii: A Cultural. History
f l Health Care in Europe
H IsLmda of the Mediterranean
n Ittdy: Galileo and the Church
!l
Journalism and Mass Media in England and Scotland
Legal London
London,P:wis. Amsterdam: The L e g ~ oyf Wealth and Power
"Mttde in di~paa:"Japanese Businese m d Culture
Fkligion in Xsrnel and Egypt
Science in itn CttZturrrl Context: A European Survey
Soviet U'nian: Culture and History
Spain, A Country in Transition
The Spirit of Ireland
Theatre inF2ngl:lnnd
'Two T!~onsandYears in M e r
NOTES
Show less
............. 2
Essential Information ................ 3
Options ........................... 3
Courses ........................ 5-24
Introduction & Calendar
A R T . . . BIO . . . BUS.. . C H M . . . ECO
. . . EDE . . . EDS . . . ENG . . . FRE . . .
GER.. . SPA.. . G S T . . . HPE . . . HIS... Show more
............. 2
Essential Information ................ 3
Options ........................... 3
Courses ........................ 5-24
Introduction & Calendar
A R T . . . BIO . . . BUS.. . C H M . . . ECO
. . . EDE . . . EDS . . . ENG . . . FRE . . .
GER.. . SPA.. . G S T . . . HPE . . . HIS
. . . I N S . . . M A T . . . MUS . . . N U R . . .
P H Y . . . P O L . . . PSY.. . REL.. . SOC
. . . SWK . . . SPC . . . Lifetime Sports
1985
Interim Catalog
AUGSBURC
COLLEGE
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Augsburg College lnterim
The interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly
intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning
and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular
term. Since one course equals a full time load, students should plan to spend the same
amount of time in class and preparing for class as thcy would for a four course load during
Fall and Spring semesters.
january 1985
S M T W T F S
Calendar for Full Credit Courses
..................................................................................Interim Registration
............................................................................Late Interim Registration
.......................................................................................... First Day of Interim
November 5-9
December 10
January 3
Class 1 9:00 a.m.
Class 11 1:00 p.m.
Last day for cancel/add
Last day for determining grading system with Registrar
Last day for withdrawing from full courses
Interim ends
...................................................................................
..............................
...................................................
....................................................................................................
fanuary 4
January 17
January 21
January 30
Calendar for Half Credit Courses
.....................
.
.............................. First group of half credit courses begins
January 3
January4
January 9
January 11
January 16
Ianr~ary17
January 1R
...............................,..................... last rlay to cancel/add half crcdit courses
........................ b a t day d~tetmininggrad in^, systcm lor half credit courses
....................
.
.........-.. Last day for withrlrawing from half cretlit roursm
....................................................... First group of half crcdit courses encis
.................................................. Second group of half credit courses bcgins
..................................,............. Last clay to cancel/add half credit cour~es
janunry 23 ................ Last day for determining grading system for hatf credit courses
January 25 ...................................... Last day for witlrdrawing from half crcdit courses
Iant~ary30 ....................
........ .
.
.
.........*....................................... lnfcrim ends
The interim day is divided into two blocks of time:
I - 8:00 - 12:OO Noon 11 - 1:00 - 5:00 p.m.
The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged
the first day of class.
POSTMASTER
Volume 115, Number 4
Winter 1984
612/300-1001
AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer,
Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454.
Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota.
Essential Information
One course is considered a full time load during interim and no student is permitted to
register for more than one course credit during the period.
There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course.
Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0. Students generally have
the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on
the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses
have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division
standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least
three must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time
enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to
complete one interim for graduation.)
This Catalog
This catalog lists courses by departments with departments listed in alphabetical order. At
the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized
by the College for interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses
are available in the lnterim office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the
Lifetime Sports listed on the last page.
Location Key
L-Library Building
M-Music Hall
OM-Old Main
P-Psychology Building
S-Science Hall
Options
lnternational Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the three
overseas interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1985. These interims are
under the following departments:
Health-Sailing in the Virgin Islands
German-The Rhine Frontier
Religion-The Confrontation of Cultures and Religions i n Hawaii
Augsburg students are also eligible for participation in one of the 24 international interims
offered by the Upper Midwest Association for lnternational Education (UMAIE) as well as
travel interims offered by other 4-1 -4 schools in the country.
Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available in the lnterim
Office and from Mary Kingsley in the lnternational Center, Old Main 20.
Students interested in participating in one of these international interims should apply in
the lnternational Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually
cannot be made after that date.
There will be no June interim in 1985.
Internships - Students electing an internship must present a completed internship learning
contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 20.
Contract forms are available in the same office.
Independen! or Directed Study - Students may elect a projirnrn of independent study
(upper rlivision 4 W )o x d i r r r t ~ rstudy
l
(lower division 299) fnr inlerim. I:acitlIy n~embers
or
arp strongly discouraged from accepting responsibillty (or mnre than onp indf*p~ndent
direct~dstudy per int~rim.Sludents choosing to pursue independent or directed study
must:
A. Meet departmental requirements,
B, Present to the lnterini Direclor for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved
by he supervising fac~~lty
memher. This proposal must be submitted at least one week
and nnt later ihan December 4. Appropriate study proposal forms
before re~isiralior~
can be obtained in the lnterim Office.
Interims at Other Schmtg - Airgburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 Institution
whiclt offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interims can bc rnrrsulted
in thr Interim O f f ~ c The
.
Interlm Secretary wlll hell) stutients in applyinfi for registration
at other schools. Registralinn (or inrerims at !he other Twin Cities c o l l ~ ~ e
will
s b r donr at
Augsl~urgduring the regi~tarregistration period. Most courses tnughl rii~rlng!he ~nlrrim.I!
otlirr 4-1-4 srlronls arc accepl~rltor credil by Augsburg, I>ut may not necessarily be acparticlrlarly afcepted as meeting At~gsburg'sdislrihutioti rcquirernents. This q~~allftcation
(ects courses offered Inr the R~ligionreqi~iremenl.
Non-Augsburg Students
Augsbr~rgCc~llcgvwdcornes stutlenls From other 4-1-4 schods for the january interim
witho~rthairinn charges provided lhp slurtent's home institl~tionap,rees not to charge tu~tinn
to Augsburp, slurlcnts for the January lcrrn. The waiver nf cuition dow nnl include sppcial
fees, Iloi15ingor board cosls. Olller sti~dentswlll be charged $775 far the Interim course.
Students interester1 In regiswring for an Augsburg lnterim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use t h forms
~
provided by the interim rlffice af their own
schoot. Therc is an application processing fee of $10. Thew sturl~ntrare welcomr! to stay
on campus but are no[ required to tlo so. Requests for Interim housing should be made
to the lnterim Office.
Augsburg Policy
It is the policy of hugsburgCollege not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national
or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972
Educational Amentlments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended,
in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices.
Need More Help?
Check with:
The lnterim Office (Memorial 230).
The lnterim Secretary, Ruth Maertens at 330-1025, or
The Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192.
Courses
Art Interim '85: Washington
D.C. and New York
ART 1 14-4501, 245-4502
Instructor: Philip Thompson
This course will provide students with the opportunity to visit major museums of art in
Washington D.C. and New York (including the National Gallery of Art, National Portrait
Gallery, Hirshhorn Museum and Sculpture Garden, Freer Gallery of Oriental Art, Guggenheim Museum, Whitney Museum of American Art and others). There will also be visits in
New York to the studios of emerging artists.
Participants will be traveling from January 7 through 18. Days preceding the trip will be
spent in preparatory lectures and visits to Twin Cities museums. The days after the trip
will focus on comparative lectures and provide individuals with an opportunity to complete
personal projects or assignments.
Students may opt to take this course as a drawing course, as an art history course or as a
directed or independent study for either lower or upper division credit.
The tour price will be approximately $995 and will include transportation, housing, most
meals and tours.
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I............ Room: O M 17
The Biology of Aging
B I O 185-4504
Instructor: Robert Herforth
At some time or another in our lives most of us will either directly experience aging or be
influenced by people undergoing age-related changes. This course will concentrate on the
biological aspects of such changes. What is the nature of these age-related changes?What
factors influence the rate of aging? Do cells isolated from the body show aging? Is aging
the result of deterioration of certain cells or tissues of the body? What are the current
theories as to the biological basis of aging? Is aging controlled by a biological clock?These
and other questions will be addressed in this course by means of classroom lectures and
discussions of assigned readings. Evaluation will be based on several quizzes and exams
given during the course.
The
idl log^ of
~~ricul'ture
B I O 234-4505
Instructor: Roberta Lammers
We will be taking a critical look at agriculture from the perspective of biology. What is the
relationship of hunger and starvation to agricultural practices - is agriculture producing
too little food for the world's population? What kinds of environmental effects have resulted
from attempts to increase production in the U.S. and in the third world? What is the nature
of hunger and malnutrition? What effect will biotechnology (genetic engineering, cloning,
etc.) have on agriculture and agricultural production?
Class periods will be a combination of lecture and discussion. Evaluation will be based on
one test, class participation and a log of readings.
Time: I .............. Room: S 31 9
Immunology
BIO 386-4506
Instructor: Neal Thorpe
A study of the immune system, emphasizingantibody structure and function, cell-mediated
immunity, the development of the immune system, immunopathology, molecular recognition at cell surfaces as related to immune phenomena, and cancer biology and immunology. lmmunological and serological techniques will be considered and demonstrated.
Lectures and discussions with grades based on examinations.
Prerequisites: BIO 111, 112
Time: II
Room: S 205
.............
Augsburg Goes to Business
BUS 321 -4507
Instructor: Thomas Morgan
This course is designed to provide students with exposure to a wide range of business
functions through on-site visits to a variety of organizations in the Twin Cities, both large
and small, private and public. The experiences will be oriented toward integrating what
students have been exposed to in the classroom with practical issues which they will
encounter on the job. Students will visit an average of three different situations each week
and meet one day each week for discussion and lecture material.
Evaluations will be based upon participation and a formal business plan which students
prepare and present.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor
Time: I ............ Room: O M 11
r
Chemistr for Changing Times
CHM 100 - 4 08
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
This is a non-laboratorychemistry course based on the very popular book by John H. Hill
of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science
background. Basic science and math are introduced early and are taught as needed for
understanding the various topics and implications. The course does assume the student is
interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living.
Chemistry has been intlmately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientlsts
were coilsidered to be philosophers and their societies were phitosaphical societies. In
recent decades [he human seeking of p e ~ a n a independence
l
lias led lo chemistry becornlng a pntt of everyday life to Ihe point nf aclual depenrlence on chemislry, We live
in a world of pe~ticidps,fertilizers, plastics, "the pill," foot! additives ant1 pracessed lootl5,
vitamin supplements. the energy crisis, chemical deper~dcncy,biocides, pollutants, drugs,
searching lor life an other planets, genetic ~nanipt~lation,
and it goes on and on. Ernottons
and mental disorders can often be tracctl to chemical imbalan~e.The common dragged
out, grumpy feeling after an allernoon nap is a resul! of a chemical imbalance. The nature
of a liangover is the result of a complex system ol' altered body chemistry. Even learn~ng
appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory mo!~cule."Most of t h ~
problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to
~~nderstand
ourselves, our society, our world, and our tinlverse? Come join us as we take
a rnolrcular look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussiun
format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Quizzes and tests will be
used for evaluation. This course does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106, 116 or
223.
Distribution: Chemistry-Biology
Time: I.............. Room: S 315
Understanding International Trade and Finance
ECO 360-4509
Instructor: Ed Sabella
This will be a study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations.
We will consider the development and bases of international trade, the balance of payments, the mechanics of adjustment and general commercial policies. Grading will be on
the basis of examinations and possible other written assignments.
Prerequisites: ECO 122 and 123 or permission of instructor
Time: II..............Room: M 22
Elements of Mathematical Economics
ECO 353-4510
Instructor: Satya Gupta
In Business and Economics, development of analytical skills is imperative. This course will
be designed to help attain this goal.
Economics will be explained using mathematics as a tool. Examples from Finance, Management, and Marketing will also be solved.
Evaluation will be through tests and assignments.
Prerequisites: ECO 123
Time: II........... Room: O M 23
Teacher Education with New Boundaries
EDE-413-4519, EDS 41 3-4520
Instructor: Lauretta Pelton
This course will give the student the opportunity to expand his/her knowledge about
teacher education and the schools in a chosen geographic area beyond Minnesota. The
student is encouraged to do the greater share of research at the chosen location. This will
include a specified number of days/hours to be spent in a school. This research will also
help the student identify courses s/he can take to fulfill requirements of that locale, and
to better prepare for that setting should s/he choose to live there. The student will research:
1. the professional and licensure requirements of the chosen state or country, its job
market, salary scale and level of living.
2. the expectations in the school curriculum as identified by local and extended educational governing powers.
3. various education concerns such as teacher unions, cultural make-up of the schools
along with related implications, testing-grading-promoting, etc.
Should a student prefer to remain in Minnesota for a specialized study related to curriculum
or school systems, that student will select an area of the elementary curriculum for intensive
study as it is developed and implemented at all grade levels in a specific school district.
The student will acquaint him/herself with: 1) the school's curriculum guide and resources
for that subject area and 2) appropriate resources found outside that school system.
As a result of this research the student will develop and complete one or more education
projects which will be used in future teaching. All activities related to the project will be
submitted in completed form.
Because much of the course will follow the format of an independent study, each student
will contact the instructor prior to December 15, to make known in writing the location
of choice, specific objectives, strategies and evaluative procedures for him/her to fullfill
the requirements of the course.
Prerequisites: ED 255 or permission of instructor
Time: I .................. Room: L 6
m
Student Teaching
EDS 481 - 451 1
EDS482-4512
EDS 483 - 4513
EDS 484 - 4514
EDE 481 - 451 5
EDE482-4516
EDE 483 - 451 7
EDE 484 - 4518
Instructor: Sheldon Fardig
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school.
Prerequisities: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor.
Grading P/N only
Time: I .................. Room: L 4
The Short Story
ENG 240-4521, 340-4522
Instructor: Richard Sargent
We will read a variety of short stories for pleasure and understanding. The selected stories
will include the major genres, such as the science fiction of Ray Bradbury and Arthur C.
Clarke, the detective fiction of Arthur Conan Doyle, the humor of Mark Twain, and the
experimental fiction of John Barth and Jorge Luis Borges. Women such as Doris Lessing
and Joyce Carol Oates and blacks such as Richard Wright and James Baldwin will be among
the authors studied, as will writers from a variety of nationalities.
Although the course will not involve a systemafic analysis of the llistory of the form of the
short story, a sufficient number of classics will be assigned for the student to appreciate
the historical development from Poe to Paley. The course will involve practice in ways of
approaching litenlure ant1 will Include study of the l)as~ccr~tical(erminology, so it would
be an appropriate coursc for st~ldentswho have no1 yet studied literature at the college
level.
Students are expected to read the stories, participate in class discussions, write a paper on
a topic selected with the advice of the teacher, and take several tests and a final essay
exam. Effective Writing is not a prerequisite but students will be expected to write with
clarity.
Distribution: English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts
Time: I ............... Room: M 23
Creative Writing Workshop: The Prose Poem
ENG 362-4523
Instructor: John Mitchell
Three students from each of the five colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
will be chasen, on the basis of portfolios submitted to their respective English departmrnts,
for pattiripation In this w ~ r k ~ h oThe
p . conlent of the course will emphasize the participants'
own crearrve work during the Inrerim, including d~scussionant1 critictsm. In additton, there
will besome study nf the tradition of thc prose poem internationally, Altllough thc emphnsiq
will FII upon the prose poem, students may use Ihe form as an originaling basis for poems
and short stories. Thus wrilers of both prose and poptry are invited to participatr. Grstllng
will be basetl upon cornpletlon and revision nf poems during the course, with some conslclemtion given to class participation. Students are encouraged l o take the coirrse for
P/N credit.
Interested Augsburg students should contact John Mitchell of the English Department and
submit selected examples of their writing to him by 11/I184.
Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor
Time: II........... Room: O M 13
Beginning French I
FRE 11 1-4524
Instructor: Ruth Askov
This course will provide an ;tnrroduc!ion tn the French language and culture. We will
practice situational Frrnch to develop lisfening anrl speaking skills, rernforced by some
reading and writing o l the languaae. Tlip pmnunt:iattonsystem and basic sentvnc~structures
at a rudini~ntnrylevel.
are taught to enallle ~~ndcrslanrl~ng
and sr3l.l-~xpr~s~ion
Evaluation will be through group cultural study and individual projects on a cultural topic.
There w ~ l be
l oral and written quizzes and daily 30-minute laboratory assignments.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: II........... Room: O M 25
January 3-27, 1985
The Rhine Frontier:
Germany Meets Rome and France
GER 333-4525
w d D zkh
Instructor: Donald Steinmetz
J-LveQ. LO"-&Since Roman times, the fandsalongil~eRhine have been one of the most significant frontier
areas of Europe. Here German ant1 Roman ct~lturt~s
clashed and mixed. Here modern
Germany and France have their r m l s i r ~tlir rrnplre of Charlemagne. Here romanesque
and gothic architecture I l n u r i s l ~ ~ind the Middle Ages. tlcre Germans and French fought
in three recent wars. It i 5 s~ichpvenls w l ~ i c llij i t v ~<11;1p~rl
!
l~fe
and left so many monuments
between the Rhine and the Meuse. The student will study and "relive" the h~storyof this
area on location, from the Roman monuments of Trier and Cologne, Charlemagne's Aachen,
to the battlefields of World Wars I and II and the dynamic society of present-day Germany.
The course will be conducted primarily in Trier, Germany, with excursions to nearby sites.
Tr~eris ideal for this purpose. Perhaps the oldest city in Germany, Trier is rich in monuments
dating from Roman times to the present, and Important historical sites of five countries are
less than 100 miles away. Lectures, discussions, and readings will be principally in German
according to the student's entering level of competence.
P/N only. Grading will be based on oral exams and diary to be kept in German.
Prerequisities: German 112 or equivalent
Cost: $1690
Distribution: Foreign Language
-
Beginning Spanish II
SPA 112-4526
Instructor: Gunta Rozentals
This course is intended for students who have completed Spanish 111 or its equivalent. It
is an intensive study of the basic grammar structures beyond the present and the past
tenses to enable the student to use the four basic language skills at a level that is acceptable
for the fulfillment of the language requirement. The objectives are achieved through classroom practice, homework, and language laboratory exercises. Grading is based on tests,
exams, homework and classroom participation involving oral skills.
Prerequisites: Spanish 111 or equivalent
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: I ............ Room: O M 25
a
? How to Ace a Term Paper by Really Trying
GST 165-4527
Instructor: Myles Stenshoel
edit
s
Participants will engagein rewrite and gkwntea paper/on which they originally received
s are
s
. .
grades of C or less. The goal/is (1) to improve the paper/to the 7
level
an ~lif-ithadL,,,I
and (2) to develop, in the process, competency
excellent
in writing/gaad papers.
Students will work with
I
such issues as bibliographical adequacy, documentation,
L U uC c
and
originality, organization, clarity, literary quality,/validity of logic and conclusions. Technical
trivia, such as typography, spelling and punctuation, will be part of the regimen.
G
The course will require joint activity as well as individual work. The grades will be based
degree of
(of?)
on the/improvement m / t h e paper and on the development of writing and editing skills.
Prerequisities: By permission of instructor after a sufficiently bad term paper has been
submitted to him
Time: I............ Room: O M 22
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE 232 - 4528
Instructor: Bethany Shifflett
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk
dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade
is based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This is a 1/2 credit course.
Time: I - Jan 3-16 ................. Room: Melby
Administration and Supervision
.of the School Health Program
HPE 410 - 4529
Instructor: Richard Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community
health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory
experience in classroom and community.
Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journal articles; in-class activites, including a presentation on a teaching method.
Prerequisites: HPE 320
Time: I
Room: Melby 13
.........................
+
January 5-24, 1985
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
HPE 455-4530
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of
sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of
sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard
a 42' fixed keel sailboat with six or seven other people and will function as an active crew
member.
Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This will be supplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip
planning, piloting and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to various islands and cays in
the British and American Virgin Islands.
Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis.
Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain." A daily ships log will be kept by all participants and
a final written exam will be given.
Cost: $21 00
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Coaching of Basketball
HPE 477-4531
Instructor: David Boots
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. Exams, on-the-floor
coaching techniques, and a scouting report will be the methods of evaluation.
This is a 112 credit course.
Time: I - January 17-30 ................ Room: Melby
Officiating of Basketball
HPE 481 -4532
Instructor: Al Kloppen
This course wlll focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the game of basketball. There
will b~ practjcal experience on thc floor. Students completing the course should be ready
for certification by lie Minnesola High Schoul Association. Grade evaluation will be based
upon tesfs,papers prepared and performance on Ihe Iloor. Whilr l l ~ e r are
e no prerequisites,
it is highly advisable that students have some basketl,all playing experience.
This is a 1/2 credit course.
Time: II, January 3-16 ,.................. Room: Melby
Paris in the Nineteenth Century
HIS 114 - 4536
Instructor: Orloue Gisselquist
The French are sometimes accused of thinking of Paris as the "navel of the universe."
There's a bit of "sour grapes" caricature in that clever statement. For if one could pick
out ;I cily w t ~ i c hin the Ii~s!thousanrl years has heen mnre important to Western Civilization
than any other, olie could make a gord case ior Paris. In this course we will study fhe
history of !flat city In a n p periorl n( i t s grcatne55, [he ni~ieleenthcentury. We will usc?some
rearlinsi.; almul France, Park, ant! Modern itrl.ianism, lnrt n main ~mpllasisin our reading
ant1 approach to the sulrriect wlll ke thr usp nf some nineteen1h centirry IYrrnr:hnovcls as
lils1orir:;11snurres k ~ lhp
r str~dvof Paris. We will tlius have Ilie opporlunify to study the
city of Paris in this century in some fullness, read some great literature, and develop our
talents in the use of historical material. As a bonus we will double (maybe quadruple!) our
enjoyment of a future trip to Paris. The course will be conducted in part as a lecture course
and in part as a seminar (discussion of readings, short papers, and shared reports- all part
of the evaluation). There will be a final exam.
Distribution: History-Philosophy; Urban Concerns
Time: II................Room: P 3
20th Century South Asia
HIS 162-4537
Instructor: Don Gustafson
This geographic area has produced the largest working democracy in the world today; from
this people have come one of our century's greatest "saints" and also one of the most
renowned statesmen; it is a standard example for population crisis and world hunger illustrations. South Asia is all this- and much more.
This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in nonwestern subjects-though others are also welcome. The heart of the course will be in a
wide assortment of readings (some of them really excellent) but there will also be lectures,
time for discussion and frequent breaks for slide presentations.
Grades will be based on general level of participation, on some written work and probably
a test.
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Time: I ................Room: O M 16
Eastward to America: Limited Hospitality
HIS 220-4534, 320-4535
Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen
An investigation of !he rationalc for the in~migrationpattern, economic opportunities, and
social, pnli tical and ~ c a r ~ o r nprot)lems
ir
~ncounlcredby h e following ilnrni~rants.Cliinesc,
Japanrse ancl Koreans in the Unitc~rlStates. Focus on thew Ihrre ~ t h n i groups
r
will Involve
boil^ the "old" immigrants and the "new" ~~lnnii~mnts.
Course w ~ lutilize
l
ethnir. sprakt~rs
(Cllin~se,Iapanes~anrl Koreans) In a home env~ronmenl-rlrf~~tr~iorr
format. Tticre wilt
he pthnic medls, r!thnic rooking d~rno~~stratinns,
films, slides and f ~ ~trips-all
l d
these arp
important components of the course as IS the academ~ccomponent of read~ngs,etc.
Focus is on the experiences of these ethnic groups in Hawaii, California and Minnesota.
Upper division students will do a paper and a journal, lower division will do a journal.
There will be an exam on the text and readings.
Fees: $1 5 for meals and films etc.
Prerequisites: Lower Division, None
Upper Division, sophomore standing and consent of instructor
Distribution: History and Philosophy
Time: I ................Room: L 1
Introduction to Oral History
HIS 481-4538
Instructor: Rrchard Nelson
This course will investigate the methods and approaches involved in writing history from
oral sources. Students will read and discuss material on the natwe of on1 hrstory during
.the first week af the course. The remainder of the twm wIII be reserved for ldentlfication
of and research on a topic which wlll include the techniquesof oral history. A paper based
on this m a r c h wlll be due an the lad day of the lerrn.
Prerequisrtes: Permrssron of the rnstructor
Trme: II................Room: O M 10
The Philosophy of Healing
INS 141-4547, 341 -4548
J
.+
522
Instructor: Pam Weiss-Farnan and Mark Fuehrer
Since a human being is a besouled body, wholeness must involve bath the mind and the
body. Further, since the mlnd Is the prlnclpal directed !orce In human Mngs, wholeness
Is directed by rhtt mind. Dlseese in a person can therefore be approached as a phenomenon
that requires rhe respo,nse hat just of the whole v a n but under the dlrectfan of the
mind, the human being can strive to cooperate with natum In the process of healing either
diseases of the mind or the body. Westem and Eastern philasophles ask (he question,
"How can one heal~oneself?'' and have evolved some startling a n w e k about prwpectlve,
attitude, and knowledge of disease. In western healing, we now ask how our technaloglcal
apptoach can be merged with personal healing. Shew concepts fall into a pattern, that
when analyzed, reveals a power ode has over one's health.
I0 this coutw there dl be readings and lectures coverin8 philmopHcal views of beallng,
western and nonwestern approsches to disease and healin and an opportunity to team
about a d Investipte further variovr heating praflfcasand t&enpirs such as acupuncture,
biofedbqck , homeopathy, massage and so on.
Course grades wrll be determrned largely from a paper Upper drvrsron students wrll be
expected to produce a longer and more sophrstrcated paper than those tak~ngthe course
for lower drvisron credlt.
Time: II................Room: O M 16
Brush Up
MAT 103-4539
Instructor: Bev Durkee
This dome & deifgnedai a bruslr ry, lh arithmetic and elementaryal a h skills for students
scoring lon the Mathemattcs Placementexamination. ~ h ci,u&
&
vdbe pmkuia'dh WI
forrmdme m elementarycdvatlon or who will be tahng it.Hniaa p n d r m a w
of the work will be dofie err the computer, There w#l be d1agnosj.I~tesb to detwmine
study mh homework assignment5 to gain skills, and written problem wl\rfr(gtests to
deteMlhe achievement. Grades wltl be d~temiinedby test scores. Coufie of Budy Fs
completely rndividuallzed.
Prerequ~sites:Mathematics Placement Examination score I.
Time: I ................Room: S 112
Mathematical Modeling
M A T 132-4069
Instructor: Paul Hulse
This course will focus on the development of mathematical models to describe and study
selected problems in the "real world." The course will emphasize the use of analytical
methods of mathematics to study these problems.
Prerequisites: Basic algebra and geometry
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I ................Room: S 2 13
An Exposure of Chaos in Modern Cosmic Models
M A T 136-4540, 336-4541
-
Instructor: Henrv Follinastad
An exploralion of malh-related ideas and Space-Age research which critically re-evaluates
present "scientific dagmas" un the universe and the smaller cosmic models of earth, life,
and mnnkinrl. New Spacp-Age data, much of it ignored or misinterpreted, is uncovered to
show inadequacies and contradictions in cosmology, relativity, macroevolution, and their
links to geology, biology, and the humanities. Space-Age alternatives are also presented
to integrate the flood of news media with past knowledge.
Class instruction and individual research will include study of the historical and modern
impact of math-related cosmic models, and will note some misuses of mathematics which
have elevated some "scientific speculation" into "scientific fact." A written research paper
is required in one of six major areas discussed.
Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing ability and will
present extensive oral summaries of their papers.
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I ................Room: O M 23
FORTRAN
M A T 270-4567
Instructor: Leo Lake
A study of the FORTRAN programming language to expand the student's knowledge of
languages. This course is especially vital to computer students who will work with the
scientific community where FORTRAN is a well entrenched language. The course will
involve daily lectures, extensive programming on the PDP 11 and a programming project
on which grading will be based.
Prerequisites: One course with a study of a computer language (e.g. MAT 145, 170, or 175
or BUS 250)
Time: II................Room: S 112
Special Functions and Their Applications
in the Physical Scien~ces
M A T 327-4542
Instructor: Mark Engebretson
(See description under Physics)
Introduction to Music Therapy:
A Clinical Overview
MUS 1 10-4543
Instructor: Roberta Metzler
Visitafton of clinfcal facilities in the Metrnpolltan area to &serve nruslc therapy in pracflce.
Obieciives o l the couKe will be to become familiar with a variety of clientele (including
mentally retarried, emolinnalty disturbed, and ph!tsicalfy handicapped), and to ut)serve
how music therapy functions with rlitterenl popula~ions.In adclitiun to lie (ield trips,
classroom discussions will include an nvervlcw of music therapy practices and Iheory in
Ihis coirntry ant! abroad. Evaluation will be based on tests, field trip reports, and clas5
participation. h sper~alfee of $1 5.00 will be reqir~rcd,to cover h e cost rrl Transportation.
A speclal class project will be required for upper division credtl. Sti~dentllmes must be
flexible, lo allow Inr Creld trlps during rither the morn in^ or alfcrnoon.
Fee: $15.00
Distribution: Art - Music
Time: I1................Room: M 24
Improvisation in Music
MUS 129-4544, 329-4545
Instructor: Stephen Gabrielsen
The objective of this course is to learn to improvise in a variety of styles.
Procedure: Assignments will be given using differing improvisational techniques. Students
will perform for each other in class.
Upper division students will be expected to produce additional improvisations.
Prerequisites: Minimal ability on a musical instrument or instructor's permission
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I ................Room: M 4
Trends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 330-4546
Instructor: Alice Stark
This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by introducing current trends
and issues in health care anti Ihe profession of nursing. Many of the Issues are controversial,
are relevant to current practice and have po!en!ial lor br-rraching eCfecIs in health care.
Students will be graded on group pr~sentalion~
and written exam~nations.
Prerequisites: Registered Nurse
Time: I ................Room: O M 12
el
Introduction to Weather
PHY 106-4568
Instructor: Noel Petit
A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the
principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas: observing
the weather (including state of the art instrumentation), understanding weather patterns,
forecasting weather changes and understanding the world's climate. Related topics to be
included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic effects of
the weather, and weather's impact on world events. This course is designed to be an
elective or satisfy the Mathematics-Physics distribution requirement for the liberal arts
student. The course will include daily lectures, assignments (one or two laboratory sessions
per week), two one-hour examinations and a research project.
Prerequisites: High school algebra
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Room: S 31 5
Time: II................
1985 Oak Ridge Associated Universities
Science ~ i n i m e s t e r
PHY 322-4549
Instructor: Kermit E. Paulson
A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on" laboratory
experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1) introductory work on
radiation detection and measurement at Augsburg, (2) participation in the 1985 Oak Ridge
Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student has the opportunity to study
projects in nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation,
coal technology, health physics, and radiological safety; and (3) summary and evaluation
of the program back at Augsburg.
This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional
Training program. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing
the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students.
Fees: The cost for travel and housing will be approximately $300.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor.
Time: I ................Room: S 24
Special Functions and their Applications
in the Physical Sciences
PHY 327-4550
MAT 327-4542
Instructor: Mark Engebretson
Certain mathematical functions find use throughout the physical sciences and engineering
disciplines because of the high degree of symmetry they can represent. This course will
acquaint the student with three categories of functions and their applications: Legendre
polynomials and spherical harmonics, Fourier series and transforms, and functions of a
complex variable. High resolution graphics using the Tektronix 4051 Graphic Computer
will be used to enhance understanding of the symmetries involved.
Student performance will be evaluated on the basis of several problem sets and project.
Prerequisite: Physics 122 or consent of instructor; Mathematics 224 or equivalent
Time: I ................Room: O M 21
The United Nations
POL 166-4551, 366-4552
Instructor: Manjula Shyam
The course will involve detailed study of:
a) strudurp, purpose and fundions of the ~ n l ~ eNations,
d
b) geographical, historical, culhtrat, pr~liticalancl economic backgvound of the member
states of the Sectlrily Council,
C) s~lectedcurrent topics h e f n r ~the Un~tedNations.
d) procerlural rutes of the Security Cotlncil.
The course will lead to a six to eight hnur sirnulatlon of a meeting a l the Security Cotlncit,
Evaluation of students in the cnurse will be based on three slinrt papers and on performance
in I ~ Psimulation. Participation in !he simulation is ct~lnpulsory.
Upper rflvisiun studrnts will be requireri to sul,mil an adtlliional paper anatyzlng the political
processes o l r h Security
~
Council.
Prerequtsites: Onp pollrlcat sclcnce course for upper division credil
Distribution: Economics-Political Sc~ence
Time: II................Room: M 23
Self-identity and Values
PSY 110-4553
Inslructot: Norman Ferguson
The objecfive o l this course will be to examine the concept of "sclf" nr "selCidentity"
(Wha am I? What do Itlrlnk and feel about myseltl). Thth rrlalinnship betwwn sell-irlent~ty
and personal values will also be explored. Though the course will li,~vemainly a psychological locus, r e l ~ r ~ n will
c e be m;ltl~lo splriiual ;mi ~~I~Ilosophirat
lssue~Illat relate to thc
conc~ptsof selktdentity anrl values. The cuntent of tlir course will rover topics surh as:
the acquisition and drv~lnplnpntrrl srtCirlen~r~y
and values, rncluding fhe i n f l u ~ nof
~ rsex
roles; ihc clarificaiinn of values; ttw growth anti rliitngr uf self-irlrnl~tyand vatues during
aclul~hood:arbd !he relationship be'tween sel(+itlent~ty
and spirilual grriwth,
Class lime will be devoter[ mainly to the discussion of these issues In small groups. A n i v ~
participation tly each sturl~nlt s ~xpecretlalong with the sharlng of relevani intlivitlual
experiences. Evaluation will be based on class partfcipalior?,one or Iwo short papers, and
possibly one exam. This cuurw may not sut>stitute for PSY 105 lor stilrl~ntspursuing a
rnnrar or minor in (~sy~lrology.
Gr~rlingP/N only.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor
Distribution: Psychology-Sociology
Time: I ................Room: P 1
Christianity in Modern Africa
REL 366-4554
Instructor: Bradley Hot!
This course wltl focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the 5011th. Stude~lfswill be
introduced to IrazlitionalAfrtcan cullure ant1 religion, the introduction of Christianity, and
!he present dev~lopmentof indigenous cl~urchesin West Africa. The newer "Independent
African Chr~rches"will be studied, as well as attempts to forrnulat~"African Christian
Theology." A major sectlon of the cnurse will locus nn conZernpurary responws nichurclies
in Soutl~Africa to the apartheid system of racial segregatlnn. There will he lectures and
discus5ion of reading materials, films, and visiting resource persons. Students will be evaluated On several short IPS15 ant1 a short research paper.
Prerequisites: One course in religion.
Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim course may be used toward graduation religion
requirements)
Time: II ................Room: O M 18
i
W
January 2-26, 1985
The Confrontation of Cultures
and Religions in Hawaii
REL 321 -4555
Instructor: John Benson
A studv of Rudrlllism, I'rrrlestanl Christianity, Mormoni~ln,and I'olynesian rellgion wilh
t o 1lietr ~nl~rrvlaticbn
in Hawall. Speci~lartt*nllnn glveii t r ~the following:
r p ~ c l aatlenlinn
l
IIIP n i e e t i n ~nf New F n ~ l ~ ~Cillvinlrm
ntl
and tlllwaii,ln trild~tionalculf~rrcand r e l ~ ~ nnrl
~on
i t s results today: the rnPcllnK ofCl~rislianityand bull1 Chlncsc and J,~pdnese
Rutirllilsm ;n
I-lawsti today; ,!t~rl I l l ? rlpl)rtl;lcIi nf ~I~PCIIILIICII n l ] l i s i t Clir~st
~
oiLaltcr Day S,aints (Mr~r~nons)
to 1 I i ~
P t ~ l \ v ~ e s i i lEllorts
l~.
will also tw made tn 51udy aliperls nf Ch~nescanrl Iqiarlcse
cultures and relif!lons In the~rown r i ~ h t .
Evaluation will be based on class participation and the submission of a journal.
Grading: P/N only
Prerequisites:one religion course (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation
religion requirements)
Cost: $1 745
Distribution: Religion
The Lutheran Heritage
REL 345-4556
Instructor: Eugene Skibbe
The Lutheran Church 1s the largest Protestant church in the world. We will examine the
Lutheran Church as it is today, ils origins tn the lhfh cPnrury, anti Its development and
cultural influence during 450 year5 01 hislory. The texl by Brrg~ndoffwill provide an
overview. Lecture and class disc~lssiol~
will den1 with examples of Lulheran wifnrss In the
Gospel In art, music, missions, phl!nsol~f~y,
s o c ~ o l o ~and
y Ilicnbgy. Retluirrrnents will
include two exams and one short paper.
Prerequisites: One course in religion
Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation religion
requirements)
Time: I ................Room: M 24
Ethnicity and Community in Urban Society
SOC 261 -4560
Instructor: Gordon Nelson
It has been suggested that the persistence of ethnic neighborhoods in American cities has
functioned as a locus of community in urban life. Moreover, it is argued that these communities have provided stability and identity in the face of the dehumanizing tendencies
in an industrialized and bureaucraticized society. This course will attempt to assess the
extent to which the foregoing assertions might apply to ethnic neighborhoods in the Twin
Cities. After some preliminary background sessions and readings, each member of the class
will be asked, either individually or as part of a group, to explore a particular ethnic
community in the Twin Cities and report back to the class. This class presentation and a
final examination will be the basis of evaluation for the course.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Urban Concerns
Time: I ................Room: M 22
Exploring the Human Services
SWK 257-4557
Instructor: Mary Lou Willlams
Thirty hours per week nt vorunteer work in a human service agency is comblned w i ~ h
readings and weekly seminars. An opportunity to discovcr whetllcr e career in human
services is for you. Evaluation will bp bawd on submission of jnurrlals, rurnrnary of experience ant1 a [inal examination. Siudcnls will br asketl ln merl with Inslructar before
the enri of Fall semester to iliscuss selection of agency and structure uf the course.
Objec!tves:
1. To develop special awareness of the kinds of problems for which people seek help.
2. To increas~knowledge of ll>eservic~sgiven by tlie agency in which student is serving,
3. To gain knowtcdge of the prnf~ssionalsin the organ~zation,including thew skills, competencies, et!ur:at~on, and [raining.
4. To gain l~cginningknowledg~abr~utthe diversity of human services agencicls.
5. To increase r~nrl~fitanding
nf sell in relatlnn to [he human service tleld.
Time: I ................Room: P 3
Field Work Ill
SWK 466-4558 (1 course), 466-4559
(l/2
course)
Instructor. Maria Brown
The objectives a l the class are to use sup~rvisoryrelationship lo increase interprrtive a5
wetl as social work ~wrfnrrnancecornpctence; (n ptomotr gradual entry into direcl soclal
work practice; to increase competence in !lip client contaci p h a ~ eof the problem solving
process; 10 increase s~utlcntsell-awareness in regart1 In profc$%ional
praclice Interests, areas
of strength, and areas for personal/professiunal rlevelopmcnt: 10 promote competence tn
the full process of problem solving, with spet:ial emphasr~c ~ nanalysis anrl r~solurionstage5.
Course content will be conttnuation of Field Work I!-educationally fociised iield placement in a social service agullcy.
Students will spend t 5 (ar 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week
in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus.
Evaluations will be made in writing by Field Instructor using previously developed contract
and social work evaluation form.
Note: Course is offered for 1/2 (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If
for full credit, 1/2 credit will be based on non-client contact tasks.
Prerequisites: Minimum of 2.0 in Field Work I and in Field Work 11; candidacy status
Time: Arrange with instructor
Imagination and Humor in Communication
SPC 165-4561, 365-4562
Instructor: Ray Anderson
Imagination, creative rhinktng, and humor are importan! dimensions of communication
thc lunctinns of
competence. The major purposes of h i s course are to lwttpr t~t~drrsfand
imaaination, the creative process, and the nature of Irurnor: to improve crealive thinking;
and lo ~ncreasr:the ahrliry to procli~cee[fecl~vehumor.
Thew will be lectures and readfngs on these topics, a study of niod~ls,and a variety of
assignments, in writing and speaking. T h ~ r ewill be a ntrrnber of experimental project5
Involving humor; IIIP ernount o l atlel-ttiongiven in this fapic wit1 rlepenrl in part upon tlw
interests of the class.
Evaluation will be based on essay examinations and on the creative projects. For upper
division students, one or more additional papers will be required.
Prerequisites: Beginning Speech, Freshman English
Time: II................Room: L 1
Story Theater (Children's Theater)
SPC 285-4563
Instructor: Ailene Cole
This class will improvise, produce, and perform a children's play. Whatever is neededscript, costumes, props, lights, scenery, music, dance-will be created and executed by
the class. Performances are scheduled for the final week.
Time: 9:30-12:OO and 1:00-3:00 p.m. ................Stage 2
Other Courses
These courses are offered by Institutions or gmups not canneaed with Augsburg College
but have been a p p r o v ~ dfor credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other
expenses which are the rt?sponsihrlityofthe stud~nt.They are offered only on a P/N basis.
Fuller descriptions and details fnr registering are available in the Interim Office.
ART 163-4564 Basic Spinning, Weaving and Dyeing
Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost
$1 74.
POL 398-4565 Washington Interim: After the Inauguration: Continuity or Change?
POL 398-4566 Washington Interim: The Legal System and Legal Careers
Washington lnterim provides a combined program of lectures, site visits,
and seminar situations focusing on a particular area or topic in Washington,
D.C. Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial
assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117A.
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
The following activities are available to students during interim. They do not carry
official credit, but they do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students
may participate in any one of these without registering for the course, but will be
expected to pay any fees whether or not the student registers for the course.
Weightlifting
HPE 002-4571
Instructor: Paul Grauer
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 9:20 ................Melby
Running
HPE 002-4572
Instructor: Paul Grauer
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 12:OO noon ................Melby
Show less
..................... - 4
..................... - 6
Visiting Students ................ 7
Calendar ........................8
About This Catalog.................9
Interim Courses .................. 10
Lifetime Sports ................... 44
UMAlE Courses.................. - 4 6
Also On .......... Show more
..................... - 4
..................... - 6
Visiting Students ................ 7
Calendar ........................8
About This Catalog.................9
Interim Courses .................. 10
Lifetime Sports ................... 44
UMAlE Courses.................. - 4 6
Also On ..................... 33
Other Courses ...................47
Introduction
Options
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg
College. The College follows a 4- 1-4 calendar, with fall and
spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a
four-week January Interim. Interim is intended to be a time
for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and
learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and
ways not possible during the regular term.
Interim is an opportunity for intense concentration on a
single course of study. Since one Interim course equals a fulltime load, students should plan to spend the same amount of
time in class and preparing for class as they would for a fourcourse load during fall or spring semesters. Students should
be prepared for at least 40 class hours during the Interim and
should anticipate the equivalent of the normal two hours of
study for each class hour. Since the course length is only 3'12
weeks, attendance at every class is imperative. It is expected
that students will attend every class period; however, each
instructor will establish the precise attendance policy for
hislher course. Students can register for only one course
credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a
student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale. Students generally have the option to register on a
PassINo Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only
on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered for either Upper or Lower Division
credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and
students must select which is most appropriate for their needs.
Students registering for Upper Division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading
standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees,
although intended to be accurate, may change and students
should check with the instructor to verify the final costs.
Students are required to complete at least 33 course credits for
graduation. This course total must include two Interims for
students who enter with fewer than 14 courses. A maximum
of four Interim course credits may be counted toward the 33
course credits required for graduation. Transfer students
should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form or consult
the Registrar for the number of Interim courses required.
Day school students (3.0 credits or more for fall) can take a
total of 1.0 course credits. They may take two half-credit
classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The
lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time
(fall term). If less than full-time they will be charged.
Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim as a
cross registration but will be charged Day School tuition
($1,497) per course credit. If they do so they may take only
1.0 additional course credits in Weekend College for winter
trimester.
It is the policy ofAugsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by
Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational
programs, activities and employment practices.
Options
International Interim-Students are invited to be part of
one of the 25 international Interim courses offered by the
Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education
(UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the
end of this catalog.
Internships deadline-Friday, December 12. January Interim
internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an
internship must meet departmental requirements and present
a signed internship learning agreement plan to the Internship
Office (Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of fall
classes (Friday, December 12). The learning agreement forms
are available in the same office. Internships during Interim
must involve full-time work placements for approximately
four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education'Office.
Independent studylresearch or directed study-Students
may elect a program of independent study (Upper Division
499) or directed study (Lower Division 299) for Interim.
Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting
responsibility for more than one independent study per
Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed
study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements
2. Present to the Registrar a copy of the proposed study
plan approved by the supervising faculty member and
the directedlindependent study registration form.
These forms must be submitted by December 1.
Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can
be obtained in the Registrar's Office.
Interims at other schools-Augsburg students may enroll at
any other 4-1-4 institution that offers a reciprocal Interim
arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs can be consulted in the Registrar's Office. Registration for Interims at the
other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular
registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at
other 4- 1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but
may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's genera1 education requirements.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4
schools for the January Interim without tuition charges, provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge
tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver
of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board
costs. Other students will be charged $1,497 for the Interim
course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg
Interim should write to the Registrar's Office for application
forms or use the forms provided by the Interim office at their
own school. There is an application processing fee of $10.
Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required
to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the
Residence Life Office.
It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor
visiting students may register for 199,299,399 or 499 courses.
Interim Calendar 1998
November 17 to December 5 . ......... Interim registration
First day of Interim
January 5 . . ........................
Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day)
Time 11-1:00 p.m.
January 6
............Last day to register or add a class or
cancel a class without a notation
January 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Last day for determining
grading option with Registrar
January 16 .........Last day for withdrawing from courses
.............................. Interim ends
February 2 . .....................Spring semester begins
February 6 ...............Interim grades due to Registrar
January 28
The time, number and length of meetings as well as the
beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The
daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time 1: 8:00 a.m. to noon (Note: on the first day, Time I
classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00 p.m.-5:00 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg
with a special convocation on Monday, January 19, at 1:OOp.m.
Afternoon classes begin following the convocation.
About This Catalog
The catalog lists courses by departments in alphabetical order.
At the end of the book are listings of other courses not
offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim
credit. Additional descriptions and information about these
courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 226.
Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed
at the end of the catalog. Courses that include travel are
marked with an airplane.
+
For More Information
For more information contact Barbara Pappenfus in the
Interim Office at 330- 1150.
Internal & Operational Audit
ACC 424-1
Instructor: Stuart Stoller
Auditing through an interdisciplinary approach. Using
techniques discussed in accounting, finance, management,
marketing and MIS, we examine a business' internal control
systems and operating efficiency. By stepping away from the
traditional textbook approach we incorporate creativity and
discussion. Major topics include: business valuation techniques, "just-in-time" philosophy, efficiency improvement
techniques, disaster recovery planning and report writing.
Students will be evaluated by classroom quizzes, a project
and final examination.
Prerequisiles:ACC 221 & 222, BUS 242, 252,331, ECO 113, MIS 175 & 379
GradualionSkill Requirements: Speaking, Writing
Maximum Enrollment 20
Time: I1
Room: Foss Center 43
Life Drawing
ART 247-1
Instructor: Norm Holen
A study of nude figures for art students and non-art students.
The figure will be depicted with graphite pencils in various
settings for varying lengths of time. Grades will be based
upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee of $40 to
be paid on the first day of class.
Liberal Arts Perspective:Aesthelics
Maximum Enrollment 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 17
Tribal Arts And Culture
ART 290-1
Instructor: Steve Chapman
The rich heritage of indigenous cultures is explored through
the visual arts, particularly within the United States. Other
content includes poetry, dance, mythology, ritual, religion and
drama of many American Indian tribes. Students will produce
various art projects in weaving, basket making, pottery, sculpture or prints.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 4
Calligraphy I & I1
ART 106-1
ART 306-1
Instructor: Philip Thompson
Development of calligraphic writing and drawing skills with
emphasis on the broad-edged pen. Attention given to the historical development of calligraphy and the elements of design
through readings and demonstrations. Class time and assignments center on proactive calligraphic concepts with special
attention given to foundation, italic, gothic and uncial styles.
Three original projects are required and evaluation is based
on quality of work plus participation and growth factors.
Upper Division students are required to complete examples in
three historical writing styles plus an expanded project.
Required materials: text, pens, ink, ruler and mat board
Liberal Ads Perspective: Aesthelics
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Old Main 4
Seeds of Change
BIO 145-1
lnstructoc Esther McLaughlin
We will use a few historically, economically, and medically
important plants to study some of the ways in which humans
and plants interact, biologically and otherwise. Plants are not
only at the bottom of our food chain but also play a part in
non-food aspects of our lives, either directly (e.g., medicines,
fibers, dyes) or indirectly (e.g., how food crises have influenced
human migrations). We will study the uses, biology, natural
history and classification of several important plants.
Evaluation will be based on three or four 40-minute exams,
several quizzes and an oral presentation.
Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Nalural World 2
Maximum Enrollmenl: 20
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
Florida Keys Marine
Biology Studies
BIO 140-1
BIO 340-1
Instructors: William Capman and Dale Pederson
1\,1
1;
--
The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for study of natural
history and ecology of marine, coastal and sub-tropical communities. This class will spend about 2'12 weeks in Florida at
the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine
Key. The Institute offers laboratory facilities, ocean-going
research platforms, housing and a dining hall. Field trips to
coral reefs (Looe Key National Park), tide pools, turtle grass
flats, mangrove islands and upland hammocks will be led by
professional naturalists from the institute. Organisms and
communities will be studied on site and in the laboratory.
Research projects will be initiated shortly after arrival at the
station in order to provide opportunities to gather data over a
period of several days. Visits to Pennicamp State Park, Key
West and the Everglades will be included.
Evaluation will be based on:
BIO 140: (1) field and laboratory records, (2) personal journal, (3) quizzes at Marine Institute, and (4) a final exam.
Prerequisite for 810 140: Any one of the follow in^ courses or their equivalents810 101, 102, 103, 113, 114, or consent of the instructor.
BIO 340: (1) field and laboratory records, (2) personal journal, (3) quizzes at Marine Institute, (4) written report of the
research project, and (5) a final exam.
Prerequisite for 810 340: 810 351 or 810 481 or consent of the instructor.
Estimated cost of the course: $2,500 (includes airfare, all
ground transportation, housing and meals while at the institute). Contact the instructors for details.
Prerequisite: See Above
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I1
Room: Science 212
Responding to the Challenge of Japan
BUS 368-1
Instructor: Steven LaFave
An examination of current Japanese business practices using a
cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed
involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches and
readings from current periodicals in addition to text materials. A seminar model will be used with substantial participation expected on the part of the students.
Evaluation will be based on a paper, two 20-minute sessions
of seminar leadership, class participation, and a mid-term and
final examination. This class should be of interest to anyone
majoring or minoring in international business or any field of
business administration as well as anyone interested in Japan.
Students who cannot attend every class should not enroll in
this course.
Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of the instructor
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 29
Contemporary International
Business and Trade Issues
BUS 495-1
Instructor: Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp
The practical applications of the commercial policies of the
major trading nations such as the U.S., Japan and Pacific Rim
countries will be explained. The impact of the institutional
and systematic changes in China, Russia, Central and Eastern
Europe on the volume and structure of the international
investment and business will be examined. Newest developments regarding the European Union, NAFTA and Central
European Free Trade Agreement will be discussed and
analyzed. A seminar model will be used with a multimedia
approach and guest speakers. Class will meet three times a
week. Evaluation will be based on a research paper, an oral
presentation of the research paper and class participation.
This seminar should be of special interest to anyone majoring
or minoring in international business or any field of business
administration, as well as anyone interested in current international issues.
Prerequisite: Junior standing or BUS 362 or consent of the instructor
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I - M, kt! Th
Room: Old Main 22
The Individual and the Organization
BUS 495-0
SPC 495-0
Instructors: Deb Bart and Tom Morgan
How do you maintain your personal identity in the workplace? Must you sacrifice your identity to be successful in corporate America? This course explores these questions by
focusing on the roles the individual plays within both forprofit and not-for-profit organizations. Emphasis will be
placed on the individual's interpersonal, group and organizational relationships. Several assessment instruments will be
used to help participants better understand themselves and
others in their attempts to become more effective communicators. Journals, projects and class participation will be used
to evaluate performance. This course is designed for students
majoring or minoring in business or in communication.
Prerequisite: Junior or senior business or communication majors/minors
Maximum Enrollment: 2 0
Time: I
Room: Old Main 10
Chemistry for Changing Times
CHM 100-1
lnstructoc Arlin Gyberg
This course is developed from the perspective of a person living in a modern, high-technology society such as the United
States. It assumes that before one can evaluate a moral or societal issue of a scientific nature one at least must be able to
understand the science involved. Anything less is an impression rather than an informed decision. As we develop scientific
concepts we will at the same time relate them to an abundance
of current issues. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers,
plastics, birth control, food abundance and food shortage,
food additives and processing and synthesis, organically and
non-organically grown food, chemical dependency, licit and
illicit drugs, the energy crisis and the debates about sources of
energy, the greenhouse effect and nuclear waste storage, pollution, genetic engineering and much more. Many of these
problems are chemical in nature. Thus, in learning about
chemistry, via lecture and in-class discussion, we can begin to
understand ourselves, our society, our world and even some
of the universe. The grade for the course is based on a percentage of the total score of total points on the daily quizzes.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group I1
Liberal A ~ l sPerspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 3 0
Time: I
Room: Science 315
Introduction to Computer Science
and Communications
CSC 160-1
Instructor Larry Ragland
This course introduces the major areas of computer science
and computer communications. These areas are: algorithms,
algorithm design, algorithm efficiency, hardware, logical
circuit design, computer organization, software and operating
systems, programming languages, operating systems, theory
of computation, mathematical foundations of computer
science, Turing machines, computer communications and the
Internet, packet switching, Internet services and operation.
This course will consist of lecture/discussion times with
frequent in-class lab exercises on the topics above. Grading
will be based on examinations, labs and homework. This
is not a course in computer applications or how to use
computers, although we may touch on these topics.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 111
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Foss 42
UNIX and C
CSC 272-1
Instructor Noel Petit
Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming
language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of
programming methods and has done programming in some
other language. Evaluation will be done on 10 programming
assignments, two to three quizzes and a final project. Grading
is done by combining the weighted grades of all assignments
and quizzes.
Prerequisite: CSC 170 or programming in some other language
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Library 20
Topics: Computer Science: An
Alternative Scheme One and Two
CSC 273-1/373-1
Instructor: Charles Sheaffer
This course is especially intended for students with no prior
exposure to programming in particular or computer science
in general. It will be a laboratory intensive, self-paced course
using the Scheme programming language. We will introduce
an alternative approach to some of the most important concepts of computer science including problem solving, simulation, object-oriented programming, functional programming,
procedural and data abstraction, and program interpretation.
Students with knowledge of programming will benefit from
exposure to the alternative paradigm represented by the
Scheme language and will acquire a concrete understanding of
how these important concepts are actually implemented in
real languages and machines. Students will be evaluated on
the basis of a series of programming projects. CSC 373 is a
continuation of CSC 273.
Graduation Skill Requirement: for CSC 373, Critical Thinking
Prerequisite: CSC 273, none: lor CSC 373, CSC 273 or consent of the instructor
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Foss Center 20
Economics of Urban Issues
ECO 110-1
Instructor: Ed Sabella
Study of economic implications of the many problems facing
a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed
are: crime prevention, health issues, discrimination, education,
etc. Basic microeconomics tools of analysis will be developed in
class. This is a basic course designed for those students who do
not plan to major in economics, business administration,
accounting or MIS. Three objective examinations.
Liberal Arts Perspective: City or Social World 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollmenl: 15
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 29
Introduction to Economic Development
EGO 295-A1495-A
Instructor: Jeanne Boeh
This class will focus on market-driven local development.
Topics will include regional growth and development, metropolitan government and finance, economic development
strategies and neighborhood development.
Prerequisite: ECO 112 or ECO 113 preferred
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 13
Personal Economics
EGO 495-1
Instructor: Satya Gupta
This course will examine, understand and analyze three
aspects of quality life-worldly assets, physical health and the
self. Quality life is defined by many people in terms of the
amount of money one has. The more money one has, the
more command on commodities one can enjoy. We work hard
most of our lives to fulfill our dreams of having a large home,
fancy car, boat, vacation home, education for our children and
enjoyable retirement. We plan a great deal for all these dreams.
It is surprising that we plan 30 or 40 years from now. It is also
true that at some point in life one asks oneself "Who am I
really?" and "What am I here for?" In this third component of
the course we shall critically reflect on our values, ethics and
self-understanding. Knowledge of the self leads us to a higher
plane of thinking and behaving. Thus, we shall try to construct
a well-balanced portfolio of quality life. Students will find the
course very interesting, thought provoking and challenging.
Grades will be based on three quizzes, one paper and discussions in class.
Prerequisile: S O 112 or 113 or consenl of instructor:
Time: I
Room: Old Main 11
Media Technolo y
(0.5 course cre at)
8
EDU 34 1-1
Instructor Linda Dyer
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection,
preparation, production and evaluation of effective audiovisual materials for teachingllearning situations. Computer
training will be included in the course.
Note: This course can be taken along with Human Relations,
EDU 388-1
Prerequisites: PPST and admission lo Teacher Education Program
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I1
Room: Library 17
International Education
EDU 353-1
lnstructoc Rich Germundsen
This seminar-style course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems with special attention on Scandinavian and Central
American models. The course also draws attention to our personal responsibilities to educate ourselves to be able to understand and participate in the emerging global society. There
will be lectures, discussions and presentations by students and
guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class presentations and investigative projects.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 2
Maximum Enrollmenl: 15
Time: I
Room: Library 17
Human Relations
(0.5 course credit)
EDU 388-1
lnstructoc Joseph Erickson
This course is the study of prejudice, discrimination and
oppression as it affects persons of color, the handicapped, limited English speakers and women. Topics include racism, sexism, homophobia and economic issues. Emphasis is placed on
preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms that
will include minority students, different religious backgrounds, the less abled and students at risk. Students will be
expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films and
complete a project. This course satisfies the Minnesota Human
Relations requirement for teachers and social workers. This is a
one-half credit course. It is offered only on a PIN basis.
Note: This course can be taken along with Media Technology,
EDU 341 -1.
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
Topics: Theatrical Performance in the
Twin Cities: Exploring Live Theater
ENG 282-1/482-1
Instructor Ronald Palosaari
The Twin Cities are widely known as a center for good live
drama. This course will study the variety and the quality of
live theater in the Twin Cities. We will attend at least a dozen
plays and a few films based on plays. Student who take this
course must be free evenings and weekends to attend performances. Class discussion will be on the plays we have seen
and on the art of drama. The grade will be based on the
course journal. Regular class attendance is required. Students
registering for ENG 482 will have an additional paper to write
and a class presentation.
Prerequisile: for ENG 282, ENG 111: for ENG 482, ENG 111 and a theater or lilerature course
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthelics
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 208
Topics: Writing About the Arts
in the Twin Cities
ENG 282-U482-Z
Instructor: Bob Cowgill
This course is predicated on the assumption that immersion
in all the arts benefits a writer's investigation of any specific
art; or, in other words, that before you become a specialist, it
helps to become a passionate generalist. The class will balance
two related goals: first, to experience and talk about as many
contemporary Twin Cities cultural happenings as is practicable (we will search out and encounter the most exciting, controversial and significant programs in theater, dance, gallery
exhibition, music and film); second, to examine critical methods of observation and reception of art and consider ways in
which writers can enhance the public's understanding and
interaction with artistic culture. Students will keep a critic's
journal, write four short papers and take a final exam.
Students registering under English 482 will have to develop a
10 page critical project in conjunction with one art event that
occurs during the course's span. To register, students must
have successfully completed English 111, must have the willingness, the money and the time to attend events and to
transport themselves to various cultural locations throughout
the Twin Cities.
Prerequisile: ENG 1 1 1
Graduation Skill Requirement Writing
Maximum Enrollment: 2 2
Time: I
Room: Music 23
Topics: Contemporary American Poetry
ENG 282-P/482-P
Instructor: John Mitchell
This course will provide an introductory survey of contemporary American poetry by poets whose work has come into
prominence since World War I1 or mid-century. Emphasis
will be given to the vision and sensibility of each poet and to
the themes of their poems, especially those images and statements that concern philosophical, historical, psychological
and cultural values. Through comparison and contrast, students will be expected to formulate reasonable interpretations
of selected poets and poems and to express their discoveries
in class discussion and short papers. A final examination will
be given and two interpretive papers about three to five pages
in length will be assigned. For Upper Division credit, the student will also read and give a written class report on a book
that discusses contemporary poetry or a contemporary poet;
this choice, based upon recommendations, must be approved
by the instructor.
Prerequisite: for 482-F) Intro. to Literature
Time: I
Room: Old Main 16
Beginning German I
GER 111-1
Instructor: John Van CIeve
As long as you have to take a foreign language, why not take
the one with the most native speakers in the European
Economic Community? It's the language of Europe's
strongest national economy. It's also the language of Albert
Einstein, Werner Heisenberg and Wernher von Braun. The
language of Martin Luther, Karl Marx and Friedrich
Nietzsche. Of Bach, Beethoven and Mozart. Start German
during Interim and by the end of January, you'll be on your
way to reading and speaking the language of a nation that
has played a dominant role in Western civilization. The
vocabulary and structures of everyday German will be
emphasized. Grades will be determined on the basis of class
participation, scheduled chapter tests and a final exam.
Liberal Arts Perspeclive: lnlercullural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollment: 10
Time: I
Room: Old Main 21
Dance (men
(0.5 course
HPE 232-M
lnstructor: Carol Enke
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American
heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the
course grade is based on participation in class activities, a
teaching assignment and a written test.
Maximum Enrollmenl: 12
Time: I - T; Th, & alternate F (1/6, 118, 1/9, 1/13, 1/15, 1/20, 1/22, 1/23, 1/27)
Room: Melby Gym - north court
Dance (women only)
(0.5 course credit)
HPE 232- W
Instructor: Carol Enke
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American
heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the
course grade is based on participation in class activities, a
teaching assignment and a written test.
Maximum Enrollmenl: 12
Time: I - 6 Th, & alternale F (1/6, 1/8, 119, 1/13, 1/15, 1/20, 1/22, 1/23, 1/27)
Room: Melby Gym -north court
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries
(0.5 course credit)
HPE 275-1
Instructor Paul Kriegler
Emphasis placed on preventing and treating common athletic
injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room
procedures.
Prerequisites: 810 103, HPE 350
Maximum Enrollmenl: 24
Time: I - M, Wandalternate F ( M , 1/7, 1/12, 1/14, 1/16, 1/19, 1/21, 1/26, 1/28)
Room: Melby 119
Instructional Methods: Materials in
Health Education (0.5 course credit)
HPE 390-1
lnstructoc Patty Murphy
Principles: methods of instruction applied to health education
grades K- 12. Emphasis upon teachingllearning strategies and
student assessment. Evaluation: development of materials
included.
Prerequisites:HPE 101, 110 and 320
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: 1 - M, kt! & F
Room: Melby 202
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
(January 1998)
HPE 455-1
Instructor Joyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested
in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take
the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling
(anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing).The student will
live aboard a 43'- 46' fixed-keel sailboat with five to six other
people and will function as an active crew member. Actual onthe-water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing
will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British
and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and wind surfing will be
available on an optional basis. Some classes will be held in
December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January.
The course cost is $2,800, which includes airfare for Augsburg
day students and qualifying 4-1-4 students. Others will have to
pay regular Interim tuition in addition to this course cost in
order to receive academic credit. PIN ONLY.
Applications may M picked up from the office of Joyce Pfaff,
Melby Hall, Augsburg College. They must be turned in with
deposit and appropriate signature before final acceptance is given.
Prerequisites:Permission from Joyce Pfaff of the Health and Physical Education
Department, (612) 330-1247; no smoking is allowed; basic swimming skills
Graduation Skill Requiremenl: Lifelime Sport; also one course credit Upper Division
Maximum Enrolimenl: 8 (a waiting list will be kept after the original eight spots are filled)
Topics in U.S. World History:
History by HoIIAyood
HIS 195-1
lnstmtoc Rick Nelson
\ L \ ~
\
&
,
,L~
How accurate is our understanding of the past? How do we
attempt to secure that understanding? Why is history biased?
Can there be history without bias? Should history have entertainment as a goal? These questions, and others, form the basis
for an inquiry into the writing of history and the portrayal of
historical characters, events and themes depicted in the cinema. Filmmakers have presented history in ways ranging from
the mundane to the sublime. In this course we will view selected films and through readings, lectures and discussions examine some of the successes and failures of "History by
Hollywood." This course is intended for first-year students.
Others may enroll with permission.
Prerequisile: One history course or consent of instructor
Maxlmum Enrollment: 2 5
Time: I
Room: Lindell16
I . '
, .W
.I
Science and Religion
HON 401-1
lnstructor: Mark Engebretson
For some in our society science is the driving engine of a better, more secure life and the basis for a philosophy of life. For
others, science and its associated technologies, along with its
invitation to become a global world view, constitute a grave
threat. This course will address these matters in two ways.
First, it will begin with a historical overview of the relations
between science and the Christian faith, emphasizing three
periods: the origins of the Christian faith, the development of
"modern" science and mechanistic philosophy, and the reevaluation of science and nature in the twentieth century.
Second, it will study systematically the world views of science
and religion to see how they compare.
Class time will be divided among lectures, discussions, small
group tutorials and an extended simulation exercise in developing a space colony. Course evaluation will be based on two short
exams, participation in small group tutorials based on assigned
readings, a group project presentation and a major synthesis
paper based on the group project and course materials.
Prerequisites: One CF course, one NW course, and junior or senior standing
Liberal Atis Perspective: Christian Faith 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Music 22
Literacy in the City:
Service-Learning Externship
INS 298-1
lnstructor: Garry Hesser
The course, taught by the Experiential Education staff, will
explore literacy in the city. Students will work in groups at
least two days a week at one of the four literacy centers close
to campus. A twice-weekly seminar will focus on current
issues in literacy through readings, guest speakers, films and
reflection exercises. Students will complete short seminar
exercises, set team externship goals, keep individual journals
and make a final group presentation.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The Cify
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Foss 43
Paideia Seminars
INS 120-1
Instructor: Ann Fleener
Students will participate in a series of seminars following the
Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and
Paideia Associates. Students will read selected readings that will
then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also view
selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or hone
habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted
in a St. Paul public school; evaluate their own behaviors during
seminars and lead seminars. Students will be assessed on journal entries including evidence of seminar preparation, reflection, peer and self-evaluations as well as a final summary paper.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science 319
Topics: An introduction to Law School
INS 210-1
lnstructoc William 0.Green
This course introduces college students to the experiences of
first-year law students. We will examine the nature of American
jurisprudence and legal theories that law students study in their
first year, discuss the academic and emotional pressures that
first-year students typically face, explore ways to cope with
these pressures, and develop legal reasoning and writing skills.
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 16
Introduction to Islam
INS 225-1
Instructor Amin Kader
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his
perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover
the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and
tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political
systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be discussions on the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis,
Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). Some effort will be made to deal with the
similarities and differences between Islam and both
Christianity and Judaism. Students will also visit one of the
mosques in the Twin Cities. Evaluation is based on two tests
and a paper.
Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Inlercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Old Main 27
Universals of Language
LIN 290-1
Instructor: John Schmit
Is our ability to use language acquired by learning, or is it present from birth? What do all languages have in common
despite their obvious differences? How can learning a foreign
language be so frustrating for adults, while young children
learning their native language seem to be having fun?
Questions such as these have fascinated people throughout
history, and recent developments in linguistics have begun to
provide some credible answers. The purpose of this course is
to survey the most remarkable findings in this area and
engage in some principled speculation as to what they mean.
This course is open to all students with a healthy curiosity
about language. No other prerequisite. There will be two tests
and a short paper for class presentation.
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 11
Math of Interest
MAT 173-1
Instructor: Ken Kaminsky
Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or
car. Find out how much you need to be socking away now to
have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities and life insurance work, and more. Evaluation will be
based on classroom participation, quizzes and a final examination.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 111 or IV or consent of instructor
Graduation Skill Requirement: QuantitativeReasoning
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 212
Topics/Discrete Mathematics
MAT 481-1
Instructor: Su Doree
Explore the discrete side of mathematics as we consider questions such as ....How many phone numbers start with the 612
area code? What's the shortest route between two cities using
scheduled flights? The term "discrete" refers to separate, distinct
objects such as the whole numbers. Kenneth Rosen, a mathematician at Bell Labs, in the introduction to his text Discrete
Mathematics and Its Applications, explains that ... discrete
mathematics is used whenever objects are counted, when relationships between finite sets are studied and when processes
involving a finite number of steps are analyzed. A key reason
for the growth in the importance of discrete mathematics is
that information is stored and manipulated by computing
machines in a discrete fashion. The course is a rigorous introduction to discrete mathematics including topics such as sets,
logic,,functions, recursions, combinatorics, elementary probability theory and graph theory (as in networks). Algorithmic
thinking and mathematical reasoning is emphasized throughout the course. This course will be a useful and interesting
complement to calculus and continuous mathematics. The
course is intended for students pursuing a mathematics major
or a computer science major with a mathematics minor.
Students are expected to be at least a little familiar with theoretical mathematics and proof. No specific computer experience is expected. Evaluation is based on three examinations
and a small portfolio of homework problems. Please contact
Su Dorke for further information.
Prerequisite: MAT 245
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 112
Advanced Computing for Business
MIS 370-1
lnstructoc Kathy Schwalbe
Objectives are to learn concepts underlying creation of Web
pages and business communication via the Internet. Use of
relational databases for advanced queries, forms and reports.
Basics of event-driven programming for solving business
related problems. Students will complete three major projects
and a few minor assignments. The course requires significant
effort on projects and constant access to a computer.
Cooperation with fellow students in learning to apply concepts
is encouraged. A good grasp of MS Access is required or the
willingness to exercise exceptional effort in learning the tool.
Prerequisites: MIS 175 or CSC 170 or consent of the insf~ctor,Math Placement Group 111
Maximum Enrollment 20
Time: I1
Room: Lindell 16
Sounds and Sights of Europe
MUS 179-1
Instructors: Robert Karlen and Roberta Kagin
I1
-e
Much of American history and culture is derived from that of
European cities such as London, Paris and Amsterdam. This
course provides an opportunity to visit some of the great
European cultural centers that provided the impetus for development of cultural life in the New World.
Group discussions and assigned readings increase student sensitivity to architecture and other visual art seen in the museums. Students listen critically to concerts of musical masterpieces heard at each site. Relationships between the various art
mediums come to life through these experiences. There is also
ample time for independent exploration.
Evaluation is based on full participation in all course-related
group activities, a daily professional journal, artlmusic critique
sheets and exams over material covered.
Fee: $2,995 includes all air and surface travel, hotel accommodations, daily continental breakfast, four group meals and tickets to five cultural performances.
Registration for this Interim course must be made before
November 10 at the International Programs Office, CB 307,
Augsburg College, 22 11 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN
55454. Phone: 330-1655. Offered on a PIN basis only. A meeting
will be held at Augsburg College on Saturday, November 15. For
more information you may call Roberta Kagin at 330- 1273.
Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Aeslhelics
Maximum Enrollmenl: 15
Survey of Rock History and
Musical Style, 195 1 197 1
-
MUS 204-1
Instructor 0.Nicholas Raths
An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology as they occur within the context of Rock's inception
(1950s) and maturation (1960s) periods. This course will
examine the historical background, musical content and
methods of selected artists and their work.
Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paper, exam and a group performance project. For
non-music majors.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I1
Room: Music 3
Seminar: Printing Music
at the Computer
MUS 295-1
lnstructoc Stephen "Gabe" Gabrielsen
The program Finale will be explored. This computer program
makes it possible for music students to generate professionallevel musical scores. Daily assignments will be given with the
end goal of developing proficiency at printing music at the
computer.
Prerequisite: Note-reading ability
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I (M, W 10-12:OO; b Th 8-1 1:30; F8-1l:OO)
Room: Music Library (first floor Music Bldg.)
Topics: Introduction to Music Theatre
MUS 295- TnHR 295-T
Instructors: Sonja Thompson and Martha Johnson
This interdisciplinary course will be co-taught by music and
theatre faculty. The goal will be to integrate training and performance techniques from music and theatre to help students
gain knowledge, experience and skills in various genres of
music theatre (musicals, opera, plays involving singing and
music, and new music theatre). The course will also explore
the power of music theatre that links it with ritual, ceremony
and spiritual tradition. Another goal of the course is to give
students the opportunity to increase their level of comfort
and skill on stage. The course will culminate in a public performance of scenes from music theatre. Grading will be based
on student scenelrole research, class and rehearsal commitment, and final performance. Interested students will be auditioned in December so that appropriate material can be
assigned to them. Students of all levels are welcome to take
this course.
Liberal Ads Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Sateren Auditorium
Topic: History of Caribbean Music
Studied in Miami and Jamaica
(UMAIE Course)
MUS 295-H
Instructor Robert Stacke
Miami and Jamaica are considered the center of Caribbean
music, where composition, recording and world distribution
takes place. This course will explore the world of Caribbean
music through visits to recording studios, clubs where
Caribbean music is performed and neighborhoods that
brought about this music. Also studied in depth will be social
issues that have influenced music such as Reggae. Cities to be
visited are Miami and in Jamaica, Montego Bay, Negrel and
Kingston. Cost is $2,460, which includes all travel, accommodations, breakfast and tuition. Evaluation will be done on
attendance at all sessions, keeping a journal and a final project
with an explanation paper. This is open to all students, not
just music majors.
liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Beginning Norwegian I
NOR 111-1
Instructor: Frankie Shackelford
This course is for students with no previous background in
Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading and writing as tools for communication and for
understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses
on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the
use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be
based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes and a final
exam.
Liberal Arts Perspeclive: lnlercultural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollmenl: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
Philosophy of the Emotions
and Passion
PHI 215-1
lnstructor: Mark Fuehrer
An examination of several classical and contemporary philosophical essays on the nature of human emotion and passion
with the intentions of discovering the nature of the role of
this aspect of human nature in the life of a human being.
Students will read, discuss and then write about various
aspects and problems concerned with human emotional life.
We shall explore the impact of emotions upon language,
music, art, interpersonal relations and even religion. The goal
is to provide students with an occasion to think deeply about
this aspect of their humanity. Evaluation will be by written
reports on assigned material and a mid-term and final essay
examination.
Liberal Arts Perspective; Human ldenlily
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 29
Philosophy and the Arts
PHI 260-1
Instructor David Apolloni
We will discuss the nature of art, artistic expression, aesthetic
experience, as well as questions peculiar to the individual arts.
Does the literary artwork exist independently of its author's
intention? Does music have meaning? What is the relationship
between theater and film? Students will be evaluated on the
basis of weekly quizzes, group work, short written assignments
and possibly a project (extra credit) on the Internet.
Liberal Ads Perspective: Aeslhetics
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: 1
Room: Old Main 18
Spreadsheet Physics
PHY 151-1
Instructor: Jeffrey Johnson
Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123, Excel) have been used extensively
in business for years. However, it is also possible to use spreadsheets to solve physics problems without using high-powered
mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student who is not an
expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Excel to solve problems in a wide variety
of physics areas including planetary and projectile motion.
This is also a fun way to learn spreadsheets, which have
become very useful in the home. Grading will be based on
spreadsheet projects, homework and a final exam.
Prerequisile: Math Placement Group 111
Graduation Skill Requirement: Quantitative Reasoning
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science 30
Social Justice in America
POL 140-1
lnstructor: Andrew Aoki
This course requires students to struggle with questions of
social justice in America. Students will develop and defend
their own standards of social justice and use those standards
to assess conditions in urban America. To pass this course,
students must engage in a substantial exchange of ideas with
fellow classmates in class discussions.
The course has two goals: to develop student thinking about
social justice, including greater awareness of conflicts between
justice and other values and to increase student ability to
understand urban problems as issues of justice and other central values.
Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion and
other class activities, on two short (4-6 page) papers and on a
final exam. Because of the compressed time frame of the
Interim schedule and the importance of material covered on
the first day of class, no one will be admitted to the class who
does not attend the first day of class, unless first receiving the
permission of the instructor.
Liberal Arts Perspeclive: The Cily
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Music 24
Gender, Race and Class in
the Mass Media
POL 295-1
Instructor: Susan Riley
How do the mass media intersect with American ideals and
stereotypes in regard to gender, race and class? This course
will explore the images, underlying values and assumptions,
and the impact of U.S. media practices and patterns in rela-
tion to sex and gender, race and ethnicity, and social and economic class status. How are women, racial and ethnic minorities, and working class people portrayed in the mass media in TV dramas and sitcoms, music videos, children's programming, the news, advertising, movies and talk radio?
At the heart of the course will be case studies designed and
conducted by the students (individually or in groups) which
explore in detail some aspect of gender, race and class in the
mass media. Students will present their case study results in a
written paper and in a brief oral report to the class.
Additional course requirements include active class participation and a midterm examination.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Music 24
Idealism and the Adolescent
PSY 370-1
Instructor: Duane Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of
the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will
be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and
society will be the main focus.
This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level
of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each
class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers and frequent oral reports.
Typewriting or equivalent word processing will be required.
Students are requested to read at least three articles by Robert
Coles before the start of the Interim. Library reference work
will be a part of the course process. Offered only on PIN
basis.
Prerequisite: PSY 101 or PSY 102 or PSY 105
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Science 205
w
Theology of Death and Dying
REL 490-1
Instructor: John Benson
This will be a multidisciplinary course, using materials from
biology, psychology, sociology, history, world religions and
Christian theology proper. It will also be ecumenical, since
some of our theological material will come from Roman
Catholic as well as Protestant sources. Religious traditions
regarding death and the afterlife will be studied, and various
ethical questions related to death and dying will be considered. Field trips in the Twin Cities are also planned. We will
become acquainted with the field of mortuary science, the
hospice movement in the United States and current medical
practices related to the terminally ill. Daily lectures, discussions, quizzes and written assignments will be the format.
Grades will be based on class participation, two tests and oral
presentation of a research project.
Prerequisile: REL 111 or 221
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 27
Culture, Family, Sex and Status:
The New Testament Social World
REL 330-1
Instructor: Philip A. Quanbeck I1
This course will approach parts of the New Testament from
the perspective of the social world. It will examine the world
of cultural conflict, accommodation and change, and determine how that shaped the New Testament message and how
the church responded to the challenge. Topics will include
concepts of cultural anthropology such as honor and shame,
the social structures of the family and the city in the GrecoRoman world. Social status will be addressed in the ways it
affected women, men, free persons and slaves. Special attention will be paid to the relation between early Christianity
and Judaism. In the New Testament there will be particular
focus on Luke through Acts, First Peter and aspects of the letters of Paul. Evaluation will be by exam, class
presentationlparticipation and a research paper.
Prerequisile: REL 111 or 221
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 1
Maximum Enrollmenl: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 13
The Lutheran Heritage
REL 345-1
Instructor: Mark Tranvik
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the
world. We will examine its roots in Luther and the
Reformation and trace its history in worship, music and theology to the present day. Questions such as the following will
be addressed: what does it mean to be a Lutheran today and
how might Lutherans relate their faith to political and social
problems? Lectures and discussions will be the format. Guest
speakers will be used. Requirements include class participation and exams.
Prerequisite: Religion 111 or 221
Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Chrislian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 213
Varieties of Christian Spirituality
REL 440-1
lnstructoc Janelle Bussert
11
A study of selected spiritualities from the Christian tradition
and of contemporary developments, including 12-step spirituality, feminist, ecological and non-Western Christian spiritualities.
An introduction to the basic practices of spirituality, especially
prayer and meditation. Evaluation methods include quizzes,
experiential journals, class presentation and a final paper.
Prerequisite: Religion 111 or 221 or 331
Liberal Ads Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I/
Room: Science 112
Sociological Studies of Childhood
SOC 232-1
lnstructoc Rita Weisbrod
In American culture, we have gone from nostalgia and
romanticism regarding children in the early decades of this
century to an increasingly widespread neglect of child welfare. We will examine the social status of children in Western
society focusing on understanding problems in the current
social relationships of children in American society. Students
will develop a journal of their readings and complete an individual project selected from several options.
Maximum Enrollmenl: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 10
Spanish and Latin-American
Culture Through Film
SPA 248-1
lnstructoc Roman Soto
An introduction to the main cultural and political issues
(social conflicts, sexism, race, ethnicity, religion, language,
exile or immigration) that characterized contemporary
Spanish and Latin-America societies as they have been portrayed in films and plays. Developed mainly through the
viewing of films and class discussions, the course is complemented with brief reading and audio-visual materials on the
historic, literary and social aspects that contribute to the
background of these films. Most of the films are in Spanish
with English subtitles, and all the class work is in English. The
evaluation is based on class participation, brief weekly written
assignments and a short term paper.
Liberal Arts Perspective: lntercullural Awareness I
Maximum Enmllment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 25
Exploring Human Services
S WK 257-1
Instructors: Mary Lou Williams and Lois Bosch
Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 80 hours in
a service agency or institution that students select. The placement must be approved by course faculty and supervised by
agency staff. The course is designed to help students learn
about themselves in relation to a possible major or future
career in the human services.
The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions that
assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings
which explore the historical development of social welfare as
an institution and the nature and value system of social work
as a profession. Students will also examine and critique the
manner in which social, economic and political structures
impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their
own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as
poverty and the "isms." Detailed information will be sent to
students at the close of Interim registration.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The Cily
Maximum Enmllment: 60
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 11 1
Field Work Ill
SWK 466-1 (full course)
SWK 466-H (0.5 course)
Instructor: Maria Dinis
This is a continuation of Field Work 11; a total of 60 (for the
0.5 credit option) or 120 hours. Responsible, supervised professional social work experience, including work with individuals, families, groups and communities in a social service
agency. Integrative weekly seminar (two hours). Students will
be evaluated by: 1) weekly theorylpractice papers integrating
course content with work setting, 2) attendancelparticipation
and 3) field site supervisor's evaluation.
Prerequisile: SWK 462
Maximum Enrollmenl: 25
Time: I (class will meet in small groups, no more than 11 at a lime)
Room: Foss 21
Topics: Introduction to Music Theatre
THR 295-T/MUS 295- T
Instructors: Sonja Thompson and Martha Johnson
See course information listed under MUS 295-T.
Introduction to Lesbian and Gay Studies
WST 205-1/405-1
Instructors: Doug Green and Beverly Stratton
This course will be offered at both the 200- and the 400-level.
Both levels of the course are designed to introduce students to
basic issues surrounding sexual orientation in contemporary
U.S. culture: sexual identity, life experiences of
gayllesbianlbisexualltransgender(GLBT) persons, homophobia, heterosexism, etc. In addition, we will explore some GLBT
literature, film andlor theater, history, religionlspirituality and
theory. The course will include guest speakers and a servicelearning component at local GLBTIsupporting agencies. Some
travel and experiences in the city, including an immersion
event outside of class time, are expected. There will be a fee of
up to $50, depending on the size of the class, to cover the cost
of the immersion experience; some speakers' fees; and other
expenses. Both the upper- and lower-level versions of the
course meet the Human Identity or Intercultural Awareness I
perspectives as well as Women's Studies credit. The upperlevel course requires that students act as discussion leaders, do
some additional readings that lead to presentations and a projectlpaper in an area of GLBT studies of interest to them, and
meet separately with instructors for some additional discussion. 205 evaluation: PIN grading only-attendancelparticipation, journal. 405 evaluation: traditional or PlN-attendancelparticipation, journal, presentations, projectlpaper.
Prerequisites: lor 205, none; lor 405, WST 201 or permission of inslructors
Liberal Arts Perspective: Human Identity or Inlercultural Awareness I
Maximum Enrollment: 2 5
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 18
Lifetime Sports
The following activities are available to students during
Interim, and students may register for these classes as well as
for a regular course. These activities do not carry course credit but do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation.
Lifetime Sport: Pickleball
HPE 002-P
lnstructor: Brian Ammann
Practice and playing of pickleball. Grading: PIN only.
Graduation Skill Requiremenl: Lifetime Sporf
Maximum Enrollmenl: 20
Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T# Mi Th, F
Room: Melby Gym-norfh/south courts
Lifetime Sport: Ultimate Frisbee
HPE 002-F
lnstructor: Carol Enke
Practice and playing of ultimate frisbee. Grading: PIN only
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifelime Sporf
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T# M! Th, F
Room: Air Slructure
Lifetime Sport: Badminton
HPE 002-8
Instructor Brian Ammann
Practice and playing of badminton. Grading: PIN only.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Spod
Maximum Enrollment:20
Time: 11:OO- 12:OO M, I; W Th, F
Room: Melby Gym-nodhhouth couiis
Lifetime Sport: Golf
HPE 002-6
lnstructoc Brian Ammann
Practice in the various shots used in the game of golf.
Grading: PIN only
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Spod
Maxlmum Enrollment: 16
Time: 1:OO-2:OO M, T; W Th, F
Room: Air Structure
UMAIE
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper
Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers
overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further
information about the following courses can be obtained
from Kathleen Lutfi at the Center for Global Education,
CB 307, Augsburg College, 22 11 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis,
MN 55454 (330-1655). These courses are offered on a PIN
basis only and generally carry a lower division number.
SPP 20 1-1
Art and Music in the Capitals of Europe
Britain and Ireland: Museums, Monuments and Prehistoric Sites
Egypt in Transition
English School and Family
Europe and the Rise of Modern Science
The European Economic Union
Explore Peru's Past and Present
From Auschwitz to Jerusalem
The Greek Experience
Hawaii: Multicultural Communication in Organizational Settings
History of Caribbean Music
Hope and Glory: Christianity in England, France and Germany
Malta: Knights and Crusaders
Many Faces of Japan
New Zealand: Natural History and Development
Paris, Florence, Rome: Art and Aesthetics
Peopling Paradise: Migrants, Missionaries and Money in Hawaii
Roman Italy: City, Town and Country Life
Paris and London: Sculpture in Cities and Environs
Serving Special Needs: A British Perspective
Theater in Britain
Ireland: Understanding Christian Celtic Spirituality
Other Interim Abroad Courses:
Peace and Conflict Studies in Northern Ireland (ACTC Program)
Sounds and Sights of Europe (Augsburg Program)
Other Courses
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for
credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other
expenses that are the responsibility of the student. They are
offered only on a PIN basis.
The Washington Center 1998
Academic Seminars
Leadership 2000:
A Global Perspective on the Environment
January 4- 16, 1998
POL 398-A
Women as Leaders
January 4- 16, 1998
POL 398-8
Inside Washington: Politics and the Media
January 18-23, 1998
POL 3984
The Washington Center offers a choice of topics during the
first two weeks of the seminar program. During the last week,
one seminar is offered. Augsburg students must register for all
three weeks of the program (January 4-23) in order to receive
academic credit and to receive a scholarship from the College
covering registration and tuition costs.
Credit is available from the Political Science Department for
this program. The course is a passlfail course based on participation in program activities including site visits, small group
seminars and journals.
For information brochures and registration forms ask in
Memorial Hall 1 1 l A or call 330-1320. For further information about the program see Prof. Hedblom in Memorial Hall
117 or call 330-1197. There are five scholarships available to
cover registration and tuition costs based on priority in registration through Prof. Hedblom's office.
Show less
A U G S B U R G C O L L E G E C ATA L O G 2 0 0 6
TO
2008
www.augsburg.edu
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
2006 to 2008 Catalog
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
Augsburg College Catalog
2006-2008
OFFICIAL PUBLICATION OF
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612-330... Show more
A U G S B U R G C O L L E G E C ATA L O G 2 0 0 6
TO
2008
www.augsburg.edu
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
2006 to 2008 Catalog
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
Augsburg College Catalog
2006-2008
OFFICIAL PUBLICATION OF
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612-330-1000
This catalog should answer
most questions students have
about Augsburg College and
its curriculum. Although
information was current at
the time of publication, it is
subject to change without
notice. The written policies in
the catalog are the College
policies in force at the time
of printing. It is the responsibility of each student to
know the requirements and
academic policies in this
publication. If you have
questions about anything in
this catalog, consult
Academic Advising, a faculty
adviser, the dean of the
College, or the registrar. Key
offices are listed on page 8
for correspondence or
telephone inquiries.
Published May 2006
www.augsburg.edu
Photos by Stephen Geffre
A Greeting
from the President
Stephen Geffre
A college catalog is a wonderful text,
full of detail and data that offer all of us a
map to our lives together as a college
community.
What has prompted you to study this
map of Augsburg College? If you’re already
enrolled at Augsburg, I trust that you will
continue to find here the awe and wonder
of an educational experience that is meaningful and challenging. I hope that you will
be reminded of the relationships and commitments you have formed at Augsburg —
they will last a lifetime. I also hope that you
find in this map signposts of the progress
you have made in your vocational journey and that you will continue to believe that
you have rightly chosen Augsburg as the community in which you will spend time for
the next several years.
If you are studying this map to find out more about Augsburg College and an
Augsburg education, welcome. I believe you will find that they not only tell you about
the character and essence of our institution, but also about our mission of service, particularly about those whom we serve in a modern, vibrant city. Augsburg is located in
the heart of the Twin Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul, and it is in the city that our
College both serves and thrives. As you study here, you will find a setting that not
only provides remarkable learning opportunities, but one in which you will be able to
share you own talents and skills. Augsburg’s challenging academic environment is
enhanced by both education and service experiences that transform theory into action
and unite the liberal arts with the practical in preparing students as faithful citizens in
a global society.
The experience you are undertaking at Augsburg — or thinking of undertaking —
will occur on a small campus in the core of a great city; it will be led by faculty preoccupied with your welfare and the emergence and refinement of your vocational plans.
As you join Augsburg College, or consider doing so, please know that those of us
who await you here find the College an exciting place, full of diversity and yet possessed of a community dedicated to higher learning and good living. Here you can
find your way in the world.
May this map be your faithful guide!
Sincerely yours,
Paul C. Pribbenow
President
Table of Contents
Academic Calendar – 4-7
Directory – 8
Introducing Augsburg – 9
Facts and Figures – 18
Undergraduate Admissions – 19
Day Program – 20
Weekend College – 21
Financing Your Education – 23
Student Life – 39
Academic Information – 53
Departments and Programs – 93
Includes majors, minors,
and course descriptions
College Information – 317
Board of Regents – 318
ELCA Program Unit for
Vocation and Education – 319
Faculty and Administration – 320
Faculty Emeriti – 339
Maps – 342, 343
Index – 345
4
2006-2007 ACADEMIC CALENDAR,
DAY PROGRAM (AND MPAS PROGRAM)
The academic calendar is subject to change. Refer to the registrar’s Web page
for updated calendar and registration information at
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar>.
Fall Term 2006
Summer........................................Freshman registration
Sept. 3-5/Sun.-Tues. ....................New student orientation
Sept. 6/Wed. ................................Classes begin
Oct. 27/Fri. ..................................Mid-term break (one day only)
Nov. 13-Dec. 1/Mon.-Fri. ............Registration for spring
Nov. 23/Thurs. ............................Thanksgiving recess begins
Nov. 27/Mon. ..............................Classes resume
Dec. 15/Fri. ..................................Classes end
Dec. 18-21/Mon.-Thurs. ..............Final exams
Spring Term 2007
Jan. 16/Tues..................................Classes begin
Mar. 19/Mon. ...............................Mid-term break begins
Mar. 26/Mon. ...............................Classes resume
Apr. 2-13/Mon.-Fri. .....................Registration for fall
Apr. 6/Fri. ....................................Easter break begins
Apr. 27/Fri. ..................................Classes end
Apr. 30-May 3/Mon.-Thurs. .......Final exams
May 5/Sat. ....................................Baccalaureate/Commencement
2007-2008 ACADEMIC CALENDAR,
DAY PROGRAM (AND MPAS PROGRAM)
The academic calendar is subject to change. Refer to the registrar’s Web page
for updated calendar and registration information at
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar>.
Fall Term 2007
Sept. 5/Wed. .................................Classes begin
Oct. 26/Fri. .................................Mid-term break (one day only)
Nov. 22/Thurs. .............................Thanksgiving recess begins
Nov. 26/Mon. ...............................Classes resume
Dec. 14/Fri. ..................................Classes end
Dec. 17-20/Mon.-Thurs. ..............Final exams
Spring Term 2008
Jan. 14/Tues..................................Classes begin
Mar. 17/Mon. ...............................Mid-term/Easter break begins
Mar. 25/Tue. .................................Classes resume
Apr. 25/Fri. ..................................Classes end
Apr. 28-May 1/Mon.-Thurs. .......Final exams
May 3/Sat. ....................................Baccalaureate/Commencement
5
6
2006-2007 ACADEMIC CALENDAR,
WEEKEND COLLEGE AND GRADUATE
PROGRAMS (EXCEPT MPAS AND MBA)
The academic calendar is subject to change. Refer to the registrar’s Web page
for updated calendar and registration information at
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar>.
Fall Term 2006
Class Weekends: Sept. 8-10, Sept. 22-24, Oct. 6-8, Oct. 20-22, Nov. 3-5, Nov. 17-19,
Dec. 1-3, Dec. 8-10 (WEC only)
Winter Term 2007
Class Weekends: Jan. 5-7 (MA Nursing and MSW only), Jan. 12-14, Jan. 26-28, Feb. 2-4,
Feb. 16-18, Feb. 23-25, Mar. 9-11, Mar. 23-25
Spring Term 2007
Class Weekends: Mar. 30-Apr. 1, Apr. 13-15, Apr. 27-29, May 11-13, May 18-20, Jun. 1-3,
Jun. 15-17, Jun. 22-23 (MSW only)
NOTE: For Rochester programs, reference the registrar’s Web page at
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar>.
2007-2008 ACADEMIC CALENDAR,
WEEKEND COLLEGE AND GRADUATE
PROGRAMS (EXCEPT MPAS AND MBA)
The academic calendar is subject to change. Refer to the registrar’s Web page
for updated calendar and registration information at
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar>.
Fall Term 2007
Class Weekends: Sept. 7-9, Sept. 21-23, Oct. 5-7, Oct. 19-21, Nov. 2-4, Nov. 16-18,
Nov. 30-Dec. 2, Dec. 7-9 (WEC only)
Winter Term 2008
Class Weekends: Jan. 4-5 (MA Nursing and MSW only), Jan. 11-13, Jan. 25-27, Feb. 1-3,
Feb. 15-17, Feb. 29-Mar. 2, Mar. 14-16, Mar. 28-30
Spring Term 2008
Class Weekends: Apr. 11-13, Apr. 25-27, May 9-11, May 16-18, May 30-Jun. 1, Jun. 6-8,
Jun. 20-22, Jun. 27-28 (MSW only)
NOTE: For Rochester programs, reference the registrar’s Web page at
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar>.
7
8
DIRECTORY
Area Code
612
Access Center ..............................................................................................................330-1749
Academic Advising......................................................................................................330-1025
Academic Enrichment.................................................................................................330-1165
Academic Affairs .........................................................................................................330-1024
Undergraduate Admissions .........................................................................................330-1001
Toll-free number .......................................................................................1-800-788-5678
Alumni Relations.........................................................................................................330-1178
Toll-free number .......................................................................................1-800-260-6590
Athletics ......................................................................................................................330-1249
Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS) ...................................330-1053
Center for Service, Work, and Learning.....................................................................330-1148
College Pastor/Campus Ministry ................................................................................330-1732
Counseling and Health Promotion .............................................................................330-1707
Event and Classroom Services ....................................................................................330-1107
Development (financial gifts to the College) .............................................................338-0002
Toll-free number .......................................................................................1-800-273-0617
Enrollment Center ......................................................................................................330-1046
Toll-free number .......................................................................................1-800-458-1721
Facilities Management ................................................................................................330-1041
Financial Aid (scholarships and other aid) ................................................................330-1046
General Information (other office numbers; business hours only) ...........................330-1000
Fax ..................................................................................................................330-1649
Graduate Programs .....................................................................................................330-1150
Human Resources .......................................................................................................330-1058
Lost and Found ...........................................................................................................330-1000
Marketing and Communications ................................................................................330-1180
Parent and Family Relations .......................................................................................330-1525
President’s Office .........................................................................................................330-1212
Registrar ......................................................................................................................330-1036
Residence Life (Housing)............................................................................................330-1488
Rochester Program...............................................................................................507-288-2886
Student Activities and Orientation .............................................................................330-1111
Student Affairs.............................................................................................................330-1160
Student Government...................................................................................................330-1110
Summer Session ..........................................................................................................330-1046
TRIO/Student Support Services ..................................................................................330-1311
Weekend College ........................................................................................................330-1101
Mailing address:
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
Website:
www.augsburg.edu
Introducing
Augsburg College
About Augsburg – 10
Weekend College – 12
Rochester Program – 13
Campus Location – 14
Facilities and Housing – 14
Associated Support
Organizations – 16
Policies – 17
Accreditation and
Memberships – 17
Facts and Figures – 18
10
ABOUT AUGSBURG
A
t Augsburg College, we believe that
the college experience should be a time of
exploration, of discovery, of new experiences, and new possibilities. We also
believe that a liberal arts education is the
best preparation for living in the fastpaced, changing, and complex world of
today and tomorrow. Augsburg graduates
will be able to demonstrate not only the
mastery of a major field of study, but also
the ability to think critically, solve problems, and communicate effectively.
Discovering your Gifts and Talents
The heart of an Augsburg education is
the Augsburg Core Curriculum — designed
to prepare students to become effective,
informed, and ethical citizens. Through
“Search for Meaning” courses, students
explore their own unique gifts and interests and find where their own talents intersect with the needs of our global society.
At the same time, courses across all disciplines stress the skills that will serve for a
lifetime—writing, speaking, critical thinking, and quantitative reasoning, to name a
few.
Thanks to Augsburg’s prime location in
the heart of a thriving metropolitan area,
many courses are able to offer rich and varied learning opportunities in real-life situations through academic internships, experiential education, volunteer community service, and cultural enrichment. In a sense,
the resources of the Twin Cities are an
extended campus for Augsburg students.
Selection from over 50 Majors
Augsburg offers more than 50 majors—
or you can create your own major, either
on campus or through the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). (See
page 58 for a complete list of majors and
minors.) This five-college consortium
allows day program students to take courses on other campuses without charge while
a full-time student at Augsburg. The ACTC
includes Augsburg College, the College of
St. Catherine, Hamline University,
Macalester College, and the University of
St. Thomas.
The Weekend College Program offers
19 majors and five certificate programs.
MISSION STATEMENT .
Students who graduate from Augsburg
are well prepared to make a difference in
the world. They stand as testaments to the
College motto, “Education for Service,”
and to the mission of the College:
“To nurture future leaders in service to
the world by providing high quality educational opportunities, which are based in
the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and
values of the Christian church, by the
context of a vital metropolitan setting, and
by an intentionally diverse campus community.”
HISTORY .
A College of the Church
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America,
named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in
1530. Augsburg opened in September
1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved
to Minneapolis in 1872. The first seminarians were enrolled in 1874, and the first
graduation was in 1879.
About Augsburg 11
Early Leaders Establish a Direction
The Focus Changed
August Weenaas was Augsburg’s first
president (1869-1876).
This attitude began to change after
World War I. In 1911, George Sverdrup, Jr.,
became president. He worked to develop
college departments with an appeal to a
broader range of students than just those
intending to be ministers. Augsburg admitted women in 1922 under the leadership of
Gerda Mortensen, dean of women. She
spent the next 42 years at the College as a
teacher and administrator.
Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway—Sven Oftedal and Georg
Sverdrup. These three men clearly articulated the direction of Augsburg: to educate
Norwegian Lutherans to minister to immigrants and to provide such “college” studies that would prepare students for theological study.
In 1874 they proposed a three-part
plan: first, train ministerial candidates; second, prepare future theological students;
and third, educate the farmer, worker, and
businessman. The statement stressed that a
good education is also practical.
Augsburg’s next two presidents also
emphatically rejected ivory tower concepts
of education. This commitment to church
and community has been Augsburg’s theme
for over 130 years.
Education for Service
Keeping the vision of the democratic
college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg’s second
president (1876-1907), required students
to get pre-ministerial experience in city
congregations. Student involvement in the
community gave early expression to the
concept of Augsburg’s motto, “Education
for Service.”
In the 1890s, Augsburg leaders formed
the Friends of Augsburg, later called the
Lutheran Free Church. The church was a
group of independent congregations committed to congregational autonomy and
personal Christianity. This change made
Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran body. The college division, however, was still important
primarily as an attachment to the seminary.
The College’s mission assumed a double character—ministerial preparation
together with a more general education for
life in society. In 1937, Augsburg elected
Bernhard Christensen, an erudite and
scholarly teacher, to be president (19381962). His involvement in ecumenical and
civic circles made Augsburg a more visible
part of church and city life.
After World War II, Augsburg leaders
made vigorous efforts to expand and improve
academic offerings. Now the College was a
larger part of the institution than the seminary and received the most attention.
Accreditation for the College
Augsburg added departments essential
to a liberal arts college, offering a modern
college program based on general education requirements and elective majors.
With curriculum change came a concerted
effort to become accredited. Full accreditation was achieved in 1954.
A study in 1962 defined the College’s
mission as serving the good of society first
and the interests of the Lutheran Free
Church second. The seminary moved to
Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther
Seminary) in St. Paul in 1963 when the
Lutheran Free Church merged with the
American Lutheran Church. Subsequently,
the American Lutheran Church merged
with two other Lutheran bodies in 1988 to
form the Evangelical Lutheran Church in
America.
12 About Augsburg
A College in the City
AUGSBURG TODAY .
President Oscar A. Anderson (19631980) continued Augsburg’s emphasis on
involvement with the city. He wanted to
reach out to nontraditional student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for
all people. During his years of leadership
the College became a vital and integral part
of the city. Also in these years, Augsburg
added the Music Hall, Mortensen Hall,
Urness Hall, Christensen Center, Ice Arena,
and Murphy Place.
Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the founders
who believed:
Dr. Charles S. Anderson led the College
from 1980 to 1997. He guided Augsburg’s
commitment to liberal arts education, spiritual growth and freedom, diversity in
enrollment and programs, and a curriculum that draws on the resources of the city
as extensions of campus and classroom.
Some of the accomplishments during his
tenure include instituting two graduate
degree programs, hosting national and
international figures at College-sponsored
forums and events, increasing accessibility,
and the addition of the Foss Center for
Worship, Drama, and Communication; the
Oscar Anderson Residence Hall; and the
James G. Lindell Family Library.
• The city—with all its excitement,
challenges, and diversity—is an unequaled
learning laboratory for Augsburg students.
Dr. William V. Frame became president
in August 1997 and retired in 2006. Under
his leadership, the College sharpened its
identity as a college of the city, providing
an education, grounded in vocational calling, that provides students both the theoretical learning and the practical experience to succeed in a global, diverse world.
Augsburg also offers graduate and
undergraduate level nursing courses as
well as supporting degree courses through
its Rochester Program based in Rochester,
Minnesota.
Dr. Paul C. Pribbenow became the 11th
president of Augsburg College in July
2006. Under his leadership, the College
aims to educate students of all ages — in
the midst of a great city — to be faithful citizens of the world.
• An Augsburg education should be
preparation for service in community and
church;
• Education should have a solid liberal
arts core with a practical dimension in
order to send out productive, creative, and
successful citizens;
Augsburg is a quality liberal arts institution
set in the heart of a great metropolitan center.
There are now over 18,000 Augsburg
alumni. In a world that has changed much
since those first days of the College,
Augsburg still sends out graduates who
make a difference where they live and work.
In addition to undergraduate liberal
arts and sciences, Augsburg offers master’s
degree programs in business, education,
leadership, nursing, physician assistant
studies, and social work.
■ WEEKEND COLLEGE
Augsburg’s Weekend College program
provides an educational alternative to
adults who want to complete a baccalaureate degree but who work or have other
commitments during the week. It is a
means by which men and women can gain
skills for professional advancement, prepare for a career change, or pursue a personal interest in one or more areas of the
liberal arts.
About Augsburg 13
Weekend College began in 1982 with
69 students taking courses in three majors.
Eight courses were offered in the first term.
Today with approximately 1,000 students
enrolled each term and 19 majors,
Augsburg’s Weekend College is one of the
largest programs of its type among
Minnesota private colleges. Faculty in
Weekend College are full-time Augsburg
professors as well as adjunct faculty who
bring professional experience to their
teaching. The Weekend College student
body is involved in student government,
and students participate in academic and
extracurricular activities such as the student newspaper, travel seminars, and student organizations.
Augsburg Weekend College continues
its tradition of innovation to meet the
needs of the adult and nontraditional student.
The Adult as Learner
Augsburg Weekend College is based on
the assumption that working adult students are mature, self-disciplined, and
motivated learners who seek a combination of classroom experience and individual study. Each course includes periods of
concentrated, on-campus study as well as
time for independent study and class
preparation. Most courses include a Webbased course management site.
Alternate Weekends
To accommodate this learning format,
classes generally meet on alternate weekends for three and a half to four hours on
either Friday evening, Saturday morning,
Saturday afternoon, or Sunday afternoon.
Laboratory sections or additional class
hours may be scheduled during the week.
Weekend College students may take from
one to four courses each term. Selected
courses are also available on weekday
evenings and are open to both day and
Weekend College students. The academic
year for Weekend College is divided into
three trimesters.
A Community of Learners
Essential to the goals of Augsburg’s
Weekend College is participation in a community of adult learners. This community
is enriched by the presence of men and
women with a variety of work and life
experiences. To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages
Weekend College students to make use of
College facilities such as Lindell Library
and the Christensen Center, and to participate in College activities such as music and
dramatic presentations and athletic events.
Weekend College Faculty
The heart of any educational institution
is its faculty, and Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty
hold the doctorate or other terminal degree
and all consider teaching to be the focus of
their activity at the College. Faculty are
involved in social, professional, and a variety of research activities, but these support
and are secondary to their teaching.
Faculty are actively involved in a dynamic
faculty development program that introduces them to best practices in teaching
and learning techniques and theories.
Augsburg’s small classes encourage its
tradition of close involvement between
professors and students. Faculty act as academic advisers and participate regularly in
campus activities.
■ ROCHESTER PROGRAM
Augsburg has established a branch
campus in Rochester, Minnesota. Classes
in Rochester meet on an evening schedule,
making them accessible to working adults.
14 About Augsburg
There are three trimesters in each academic
year. Several complete degree programs are
available through the Rochester campus. In
addition, students may work on a variety
of other majors through a combination of
Rochester-based courses and courses taken
in the day or Weekend College program on
the Minneapolis campus. Students who
enroll in Rochester courses are required to
use technology in the learning and communication process through the online
course management system. Further information may be obtained from the
Rochester program website at
www.augsbur g.edu/rochester> or by call<w
ing the Weekend College Admissions
Office at 612-330-1101.
■ CAMPUS LOCATION
Augsburg’s campus is located in the
heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding
Murphy Square, the first of 170 parks in
Minneapolis, the “City of Lakes.” The
University of Minnesota West Bank campus and one of the city’s largest medical
complexes—Fairview-University Medical
Center—are adjacent to Augsburg, with
the Mississippi River and the Seven
Corners theatre district just a few blocks
away. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul,
home to a myriad of arts, sports, entertainment, and recreational opportunities, are
just minutes west and east via Interstate
94, which forms the southern border of the
campus. (See map on page 343.)
Convenient bus routes run throughout
the city and connect with the suburbs.
Augsburg is located just blocks away from
two Hiawatha Line light rail stations.
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Most
airlines provide daily service to the
Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport,
and bus or train connections can be made
from all areas of the United States.
■ FACILITIES AND HOUSING
Instruction facilities and student housing
at Augsburg are conveniently located near
each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system
connects the two tower dormitories, the five
buildings on the Quadrangle, plus Music
Hall, Murphy Place, Lindell Library, and the
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship,
Drama, and Communication.
Admissions Offices — The Office of
Undergraduate Admissions for the day program is located on the first floor of
Christensen Center. The Weekend College
Admissions Office, Rochester admissions,
and the Graduate Studies Admissions
Office are located at 624 21st Avenue
South.
Anderson Hall (1993) — Named in
honor of Oscar Anderson, president of
Augsburg College from 1963 to 1980, this
residence hall is located at 2016 S. Eighth
Street. Anderson Hall contains four types
of living units and houses 192 students, as
well as the Master of Science in Physician
Assistant Studies; the Center for Service,
Work, and Learning; and the Office of
Marketing and Communications.
Campus Auxiliary Building —
Located on the corner of 25th and
Riverside Avenues, this building provides
guest housing for visiting faculty, as well as
retail space and additional campus office
space.
Counseling and Health Promotion
— The Center for Counseling and Health
Promotion (CCHP) offers programs and
services that enhance student learning by
promoting personal development and wellbeing. The center occupies the house located at 628 21st Avenue South.
Christensen Center (1967) — The
College center, with spacious lounges and
recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore,
art gallery, and offices for student govern-
About Augsburg 15
ment and student publications. The Office
of Undergraduate Admissions is located on
the first floor.
Edor Nelson Field — The athletic
field, located at 725 23rd Avenue South, is
the playing and practice field of many of
the Augsburg teams. An air-supported
dome covers the field during the winter
months, allowing year-round use.
Faculty Office House — This house,
located at 620 21st Avenue South, provides
additional office space for faculty.
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for
Worship, Drama, and Communication
(1988) — The Foss Center is named in
recognition of the gifts of Julian and June
Foss and was built with the additional support of many alumni and friends of the
College. The Tjornhom-Nelson Theater,
Hoversten Chapel, and the Arnold Atrium
are also housed in this complex, which
provides space for campus ministry, the
drama and communication offices, and the
StepUP program. The Foss Center’s lower
level is home to the Center for Learning
and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS)
program.
Ice Arena (1974) — Two large skating
areas provide practice for hockey and figure
skating, and recreational skating for
Augsburg and the metropolitan community.
The James G. Lindell Family Library
(1997) — This library and information
technology center houses all library functions and brings together the computer
technology resources of the College. The
Gage Family Art Gallery is located on the
second floor. The library is located on the
block of campus bordered by 22nd and
21st Avenues, and by Riverside Avenue and
Seventh Street.
The Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center
— Named in 1991 to honor
Jeroy C. Carlson, senior development
officer and former alumni director,
upon his retirement from Augsburg.
The center, with the Office of Alumni
Relations, is located on the main floor of
Science Hall.
Melby Hall (1961) — Named in honor
of J. S. Melby (dean of men from 1920 to
1942, basketball coach, and head of the
Christianity department). It provides facilities for the health and physical education
program, intercollegiate and intramural
athletics, the Hoyt Messerer Fitness Center,
and general auditorium purposes. The
Ernie Anderson Center Court was dedicated in 2001.
Mortensen Hall (1973) — Named in
honor of Gerda Mortensen (dean of
women from 1923 to 1964), it has 104
one- and two-bedroom apartments that
house 312 upper-class students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas.
2222 Murphy Place (1964) —
Murphy Place is home to the three of the
four components of the Office of
International Programs — Center for
Global Education, Global Studies, and
International Student Advising. It is also
home to the four support programs for
students of color — American Indian
Student Services, Pan-Afrikan Center, PanAsian Student Services, and
Hispanic/Latino Student Services.
Music Hall (1978) — Contains Sateren
Auditorium, a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music
libraries, practice studios, and offices for
the music faculty.
New Hall (1999) — A three-story
apartment complex along 20th Avenue,
between 7th and 8th Streets housing
juniors and seniors in units from efficiencies to two-bedroom suites.
16 About Augsburg
Old Main (1900) — Home for the
modern languages and art departments,
with classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodeled in 1980, Old
Main combines energy efficiency with
architectural details from the past. It is
included on the National Register of
Historic Places.
Science Hall (1949) — Houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, faculty offices, the
finance and administration offices, Alumni
Relations, Parent and Family Relations,
Institutional Advancement, and various
other program offices. In 1960 the
Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof
was completed.
Sverdrup Hall (1955) — Named in
honor of Augsburg’s fourth president, it
contains the Enrollment Center and
Academic Advising, as well as classrooms
and faculty offices.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
(1938) — Built as a dormitory and named
in honor of Augsburg’s second and third
presidents, it contains the President’s
Office, Human Resources, and other
administrative and faculty offices.
Urness Hall (1967) — Named in
honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness, this
tower provides living quarters for 324 students. Each floor is a “floor unit,” providing
36 residents, housed two to a room, with
their own lounge, study, and utility areas.
■ ASSOCIATED SUPPORT
ORGANIZATIONS
Augsburg College has a commitment to
lifelong learning and to programs that
increase both individual and group understanding and achievement.
College of the Third Age — In 1976,
Augsburg initiated one of the first programs in the country that offers classes for
older adults, taught in their neighborhoods. Many of the instructors are retired
Augsburg faculty. The College of the Third
Age is located in Foss Center, Room 172.
Inter-Race: The International
Institute for Interracial Interaction —
Inter-Race facilitates interracial understanding in families, schools, places of
work, communities, and society. The institute provides training and consultation,
research, education, resource centers, publications, public policy, and legal study in
five centers. Inter-Race is located at 600
21st Avenue South.
About Augsburg 17
■ POLICIES
Augsburg College, as affirmed in its
mission, does not discriminate on the basis
of race, color, creed, religion, national or
ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to
public assistance, or disability in its education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and/or
school administered programs, except in
those instances where religion is a bona
fide occupational qualification. Augsburg
College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and
its students.
Any questions concerning Augsburg’s
compliance with federal or state regulations implementing equal access and
opportunity can be directed to the affirmative action coordinator, Office of Human
Resources, CB 79, Augsburg College, 2211
Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454,
612-330-1058.
The College and its faculty subscribe to
the Statement of Principles on Academic
Freedom as promulgated by the American
Association of University Professors and
the Association of American Colleges.
■ ACCREDITATION AND MEMBERSHIPS
Augsburg College is accredited by the
Higher Learning Commission of the North
Central Association of Colleges and
Schools* and the National Council for the
Accreditation of Teacher Education
(Secondary and Elementary). Our programs are approved by the
• American Chemical Society
• Commission on Collegiate Nursing
Education
• Council on Social Work Education
(B.S. and M.S.W.)
• National Accrediting Agency for
Clinical Laboratory Sciences
(NAACLS)
• National Association for Music
Therapy, Inc.
• National Council for Accreditation of
Teacher Education
• Accreditation Review Commission on
Education for the Physician Assistant
(ARC-PA)
Augsburg College is an institutional
member of the:
• American Association of Colleges and
Universities (AACU)
• Association of Physician Assistant
Programs
• Council of Independent Colleges
(CIC)
• National Association of Schools of
Music (NASM)
We are members of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC),
Lutheran Education Council in North
America, Minnesota Private College
Council, National Society for Experiential
Education, and Campus Compact.
Augsburg College is registered with the
Minnesota Office of Higher Education.
Registration is not an endorsement of the
institution. Registration does not mean
that credits earned at the institution can be
transferred to other institutions
or that the quality of the educational
programs would meet the standards of
every student, educational institution,
or employer.
*The Higher Learning Commission of the
North Central Association of Colleges and
Schools, 312-263-0456;
<www.higherlearningcommission.org>
18
AUGSBURG COLLEGE FACTS AND FIGURES
■
Location—Augsburg College was
founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wis. The
College moved to Minneapolis in 1872.
■
Religious Affiliation—The Evangelical
Lutheran Church in America (ELCA).
Although a strong plurality of students
are Lutheran, 16 percent represent the
Roman Catholic Church, and 17 percent
represent other denominations and religions.
■
■
Accreditation—The Higher Learning
Commission of the North Central
Association of Colleges and Schools,
National Council for Accreditation of
Teacher Education, Accreditation Review
Commission on Education for the
Physician Assistant (ARC-PA). Approved
by the American Chemical Society,
Council on Social Work Education,
National Association for Music Therapy,
Inc., National Association of Schools of
Music, and the Commission on
Collegiate Nursing Education.
Member—Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities, Lutheran Education Council
in North America, Minnesota Private
College Council, CIC, AACU, AAHE.
Registered with the Minnesota Office of
Higher Education, as described on page
17.
■
Enrollment (Fall 2005)—3,564 students from 31 countries.
■
Graduates—18,112 graduates from
1870 through August 2005.
■
Student/Faculty Ratio—15 to 1.
Undergraduate class size averages 13
(WEC)-17 (Day).
■
Campus—17 major buildings. Major
renovations in 1979-80 with special
emphasis on accessibility.
■
Accessibility—Augsburg is now one of
the most accessible campuses in the
region. A skyway/tunnel/elevator system
provides access to 10 major buildings
without going outside.
■
Degrees Granted—B.A., B.S., B.M.,
M.A., M.B.A., M.S., M.S.W.
■
Financial Aid—Over 80 percent of the
students receive some form of financial
aid from the College and many other
sources.
■
Library—Over 180,000 items, direct
access to over 2,500,000 through CLIC,
the Twin Cities private college library consortium. The James G. Lindell Family
Library opened in September 1997.
■
School Year—Two semesters from
September to May, and three summer
school sessions. Augsburg Weekend
College—trimesters, September to June.
Augsburg Graduate Program—
trimesters, September to June.
■
Majors—More than 50 majors in 35
departments and programs.
■
Off-Campus Programs—The Office
of International Programs offers study
abroad programs throughout the
world, including Augsburg’s own
Center for Global Education and
International Partners programs.
Augsburg is also a member of the
Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs (HECUA).
■
Athletic Affiliation—Minnesota
Intercollegiate Athletic Conference
(MIAC), and National Collegiate Athletic
Association (NCAA), Division III.
■
Policy—Augsburg College, as affirmed
in its mission, does not discriminate on
the basis of race, color, creed, religion,
national or ethnic origin, age, gender,
sexual orientation, marital status, status
with regard to public assistance, or disability in its education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and/or school administered programs, except in those
instances where religion is a bona fide
occupational qualification. Augsburg
College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and its students.
Undergraduate
Admissions
For Day Program Freshmen – 20
Early Admission
of Freshmen – 21
For Weekend College – 21
For Transfer Students – 21
For Former Students – 22
For Special Students – 22
(Non-Degree)
For International Students – 22
20
UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSIONS
A
ugsburg College strives to create a
strong, rich, and vibrant campus community with students representing a large
number of backgrounds, viewpoints, experiences, talents, and cultures.
Selection of students for Augsburg
College is based upon careful consideration of each candidate’s academic achievement, personal qualities and interests, participation in activities and employment,
and potential for development as a student
and as a graduate of Augsburg College.
Visit the Campus
Because firsthand appraisal of programs, facilities, and academic atmosphere
is valuable, freshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the campus
and meet with an admissions counselor.
Arrangements may be made to meet with a
member of the faculty and to attend classes
when school is in session.
Augsburg’s admissions staff is ready
to help students and families with college
planning. Call any weekday between
8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m.—612-330-1001
or toll-free 1-800-788-5678. We’ll answer
your questions and arrange a tour for you
(including most Saturday mornings during the school year). The Office of
Undergraduate Admissions is located on
the first floor of the Christensen Center.
For Weekend College admission information, call 612-330-1101.
APPLICATION PROCEDURES.
■ DAY PROGRAM FRESHMEN
—
Application for Admission—
Applicants should complete the application
for admission and the essay and return
them to the Office of Undergraduate
Admissions together with the non-refundable $25 application fee. Students may
apply online at
<www.augsburg.edu/apply/day>.
—An official transcript
Transcripts—
from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who
are still high school students at the time of
application should have their most recent
transcript sent, followed by a final, official
transcript upon graduation. If the student
has taken college courses, an official transcript from the institutions should also be
sent. General Education Development
(G.E.D.) scores may be presented instead
of the high school transcript.
—Freshman applicants are
Test Scores—
required to submit results from a college
entrance examination. The American
College Test (ACT) is preferred; results
from SAT are also accepted. Test scores
recorded on the official high school transcript are sufficient.
Recommendations — Two letters of
academic recommendation are required. If
the applicant has been out of school for
several years, a letter may be submitted by
a supervisor, employer, or other person for
whom the applicant works.
—If there
Additional Information—
is personal information that may have
affected the applicant’s previous academic
performance, it may be included with the
application or discussed personally with an
admissions counselor.
On occasion, the Admissions Committee
may defer a decision on a candidate’s admission until other information has been
received. For example, more recent test
scores, results of the present semester’s
coursework, additional letters of recommendation, or writing samples may be requested
by the committee. If any additional credentials are needed, the Office of Undergraduate
Admissions will inform the candidate.
Undergraduate Admissions 21
—
Notification of Admissions Decision—
Augsburg College uses a “rolling” admissions plan. The first offers of admission
are made on September 1. After that, students are notified of the admissions decision usually within two weeks after the
application file is complete and has been
evaluated by the Admissions Committee.
—
Confirmation of Admission—
Accepted students are asked to make a
$150* enrollment deposit to the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions. Those students
who wish to live in College housing must
also submit a $200 housing deposit along
with the housing contract to the Residence
Life Office.
*Non-refundable after May 1.
Early Admission of Freshmen
Students of exceptional ability who
wish to accelerate their educational
program may be granted admission to
begin full-time work toward a degree after
completion of their junior year or first
semester of their senior year of high
school. Applicants must complete the normal procedures for freshman applicants
and arrange a personal interview with the
director of undergraduate admissions.
■ WEEKEND COLLEGE
Applicants should complete the application form and return it along with the
$25 non-refundable application fee to the
Augsburg Weekend College Admissions
Office. Students may apply online at
<www.augsburg.edu/apply/weekend>.
Transcripts — Official transcripts from
all previous postsecondary institutions
should be sent directly to the Augsburg
Weekend College Office. Applicants with
less than one year of previous transferable
college work should also have their official
high school transcript sent. The G.E.D. test
certificate may be presented instead of the
high school transcript.
Additional Information — If there is
personal information that may have affected the applicant’s previous academic performance, it may be included with the
application or discussed personally with an
admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the
Admissions Committee before an admission decision is made. On occasion, the
Admissions Committee may also defer a
candidate’s admission until other information has been received. For example, test
scores, results of current coursework, additional letters of recommendation, or writing samples may be requested by the committee. If any additional credentials are
needed, the Admissions Office will inform
the candidate.
Notification of Admissions Decision
— Augsburg College uses a “rolling”
admissions plan. Students are notified of
the admission decision, usually within two
weeks after the application file is complete
and has been evaluated by the Admissions
Committee.
Admission to a major, as well as admission to the College, is sometimes necessary.
Please check with an admissions counselor
and major sections of this catalog to see if
admission to the major is required.
■ TRANSFER STUDENTS
A cumulative grade point average
(GPA) of at least 2.50 (on a 4.0 scale) in
previous College work is recommended for
admission to the College. No student who
falls below the standards for automatic
admission to the College will be considered for admission by the Admissions
Committee after August 15 for entry in fall
semester or December 15 for entry in
spring semester. Information regarding
transfer credit policies is found in the
22 Undergraduate Admissions
Academic Information section of the catalog, beginning on page 53.
■ SPECIAL STUDENTS
(SECOND DEGREE)
■ FORMER STUDENTS
Students who have completed a
four-year degree at an accredited college
or university may complete a second
degree at Augsburg College. Second degree
requirements include: a minimum of eight
course credits taken at Augsburg, completion of a major, and completion of any
liberal arts requirements not covered by
a previous degree.
Students who have interrupted attendance at Augsburg College for one semester or more without requesting a leave of
absence and who wish to return must
apply for re-admission through the registrar’s office. Students who have attended
other institution(s) during their absence
from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each institution to the
Office of the Registrar. Returning students
do not pay the application fee.
■ SPECIAL STUDENTS
(NON-DEGREE)
In some circumstances, people may be
admitted as special students (non-degree)
and granted the privilege of enrolling in
courses for credit. Students may request a
change in their degree status by submitting
a petition to the registrar’s office.
Students regularly enrolled at another
college may take coursework at Augsburg
College as a special student (non-degree).
An application form for special-student
status is available from the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions. To apply for
admission as a special student, submit the
completed admission application and academic transcripts to the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions.
Students who have graduated from
Augsburg who are returning to complete a
second major will not be awarded a second
degree unless it is a different degree from
the first awarded. Minors are not noted on
the transcript if they are completed after a
baccalaureate degree has been awarded.
Depending on the student’s previous
degree, completion of a second major
(non-degree) may also be an option.
■ INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS
International students are a vital part of
the Augsburg community. (See
International Student Advising on page
49.)
International students should contact
the Office of Undergraduate Admissions
for an international student application
and financial requirements. All applicants
must provide proof of financial solvency.
Applications must be completed two
months prior to the start of the semester:
June 1 for fall, Dec. 1 for spring.
For more information, call
612-330-1001 or 1-800-788-5678
(toll free); e-mail
<admissions@augsburg.edu>; or write to:
International Student Admissions
CB143
Augsburg College
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454 USA
Financing Your
Education
Day Program Costs
Tuition and Fees – 24
Room and Board – 24
Other Special Fees – 24
Deposits – 25
Weekend College Costs – 25
Payments – 26
Financial Policies
Refunds – 26
Financial Aid
How and When to Apply – 29
Kinds of Aid
Academic Excellence
Scholarships – 29
Achievement Scholarships – 30
Leadership, Service,
and Performance
Scholarships – 30
Lutheran Congregational
Scholarship Program – 31
Gift Assistance – 31
Loan Assistance – 32
Student Employment – 33
Sponsored Scholarships – 33
24
FINANCING YOUR EDUCATION
A
ll students receive financial help
indirectly, since a quality liberal arts education costs more than tuition and fees cover.
The College raises that difference in gifts—
from alumni, faculty, staff, parents,
churches, friends, foundations, and endowment income.
However, the primary responsibility for
paying for a college education rests on students and their families. Financial aid is
intended to supplement those resources.
COLLEGE COSTS 2006-2007.
DAY PROGRAM.
The Board of Regents has approved the
costs listed below for the 2006-07 academic
year. The Board reviews costs annually and
makes changes as required. The College
reserves the right to adjust charges should
economic conditions necessitate.
■ DAY PROGRAM TUITION, FEES,
ROOM, AND BOARD
Tuition
(full-time enrollment) ............$22,900
This rate applies to all full-time students
attending in September 2006. Students are
considered full-time when they take three
or more course credits during the semester.
The charge includes tuition, general fees,
facility fees, and admission to most
College-supported events, concerts, and
lectures. The amount is payable in two
equal installments at the beginning of each
semester.
Tuition
(part-time enrollment)
per one-credit course..............$ 2,860
This rate applies to students taking fewer
than three courses in a semester. Part-time
students taking lifetime sports are charged
the audit rate for that course.
Audit Fee
(for part-time students)
per course................................$
770
Full-time students—see audit policy on
page 86.
Room Rent
(on average, includes basic
services) ..................................$ 3,396
(Detailed room rates and housing options
are available through the Office of
Residence Life.)
Full Board
(19 meals a week) ..................$ 3,208
Other board plans are available as defined
in the housing contract booklet available
from the Office of Residence Life.
Partial board
(14 meals a week) ..................$ 3,126
Flex 5 point plan ....................$ 2,856
Student Activity Fee................$
180
ACTC Bus (full-time
students only) ..................$
13
Information Technology Fee ..$
300
■ OTHER SPECIAL FEES
(NON-REFUNDABLE)
Fees Billed on Student Account
Student Activity Fee (part-time
students) ....................................$ 90
Late Registration ..............................$ 50
Petition fee for waiver of registration
deadlines (non-refundable) .......$ 50
Lifetime Sport
(part-time students) ...................$ 180
Extended Payment Plan Fee ............$ 50
Financial Information 25
Overload Fee
(per course credit over 4.5,
Day and WEC/Rochester/United
combined) ..................................$2,860
Private Music Lessons, per semester
(14 lessons—.0 cr. or .25 cr.) ......$390
(14 lessons—.5 cr.) ......................$780
Student Teaching (per course
for full-time students) ..................$125
Student Teaching (per course
for part-time students) .................$185
Study Abroad (in approved
non-Augsburg programs) .............$425
Zero-credit seminar (part-time
students) .......................................$770
Fees Payable by Check/Cash
Application (new and/or
special students) ........................$ 25
Locker Rental ....................................$ 40
Student Parking Lot Permit
—car ...........................................$ 220
—motorcycle ..............................$ 110
Transcript Fee
Regular service............................$
5
Next day......................................$
8
On demand .................................$ 15
Special Examinations,
Cap & Gown Costs
(Schedule on file in registrar’s office)
■ BOOKS AND SUPPLIES
These costs are estimated to average
$125 per course.
■ DEPOSITS
Enrollment Deposit
(non-refundable) ....................$
150
Required of all new students after
acceptance. The enrollment deposit is credited to the students’ account only upon
graduation or withdrawal. Any net credit
balance (after all charges and/or fines) will
be refunded upon request of the student.
For more information, contact the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions.
Housing Damage Deposit ......$
200
Required of all resident students at the
time of signing a contract to reserve a
housing assignment. This deposit is
retained against damages and/or fines and
is returned to the student account (less all
charges for damages and/or fines) at the
end of the occupancy period covered by
the contract. New contracts may be terminated in writing for fall or spring term by
following the conditions delineated in the
housing contract. The resident will be
responsible for all costs incurred due to
late cancellation or lack of proper notification as specified in the housing contract.
COLLEGE COSTS 2006-2007 .
WEEKEND COLLEGE .
Application Fee (payable once,
non-refundable) .........................$ 35
Tuition (per course) .........................$1,540
Tuition (per summer course 2004) ..$1,544
Activity Fee (per trimester) .............$11.50
Campus Access Fee (includes
parking permit; per trimester) ...$ 10
Audit Fee (per course) .....................$ 770
Lifetime Sports: Fee for Weekend
College Course ...........................$ 180
Lifetime Sports: Fee for Assessment
of Previous Learning ..................$ 150
Nursing Clinical Fee ........................$ 250
Supplementary Student Teaching
Fee (per course credit) ..............$ 150
Late Registration Fee ........................$ 50
Transcript Fee
Regular service............................$
5
Next day......................................$
8
On demand .................................$ 15
Petition Fee for waiver of registration
deadlines (non-refundable) .......$ 50
Zero-credit seminar ...........................$ 770
Extended Payment Plan Fee .............$ 50
26 Financial Information
■ PAYMENTS—DAY PROGRAM
Semester Fees—Prior to the start of
each semester a statement of estimated
charges showing basic charges and financial aid credits designated by the
Enrollment Center is sent to the student.
Payment Options—Day Program—
(1) Semester payments, due August 14 and
January 5 as billed; (2) Extended Payment
Plan—an extended payment plan is available each semester. Details are included
with the bill for each term.
■ PAYMENTS—WEEKEND COLLEGE
A statement of tuition and fee charges
and estimated financial aid will be mailed
to each registered student prior to the start
of each term. For tuition and fee information, please refer to the current Weekend
College Class Schedule, published each
year by the Weekend College Program
Office.
Payment Options—(1) Payment in
full at the start of each term. (2) Extended
Payment Plan—an extended payment plan
is available each semester. Details are
included with the bill for each term. (3)
Employer Reimbursement: students whose
employers reimburse them for all or part of
their tuition and fees must pay a $100
deposit per course credit at the start of the
term. The balance, which is subject to
finance charges until paid, is due 60 days
after the last day of the term. Students on
this plan must file an employer reimbursement application form each academic year,
prior to the start of the first class. The student is responsible for payment of the balance should the employer not reimburse
for any reason. If the employer offers partial reimbursement, the non-reimbursed
portion of tuition and fees must be paid in
full at the start of the term.
FINANCIAL POLICIES.
A finance charge is applied at a simple
rate of .67 percent per month on any
account with an open balance of 30 days
or more.
Registration is permitted only if the
student’s account for a previous term is
paid in full or if the student is making
scheduled payments in accordance with an
approved payment plan.
Augsburg College will not release student academic transcripts until all student
accounts are paid in full or, in the case of
student loan funds administered by the
College (Federal Perkins Student Loan
including the National Defense and
National Direct Student Loans and the
Nursing Student Loan), are current
according to established repayment
schedules and the loan entrance and
exit interviews have been completed.
■ REFUNDS
Students who withdraw from Augsburg
College may be eligible for a refund of a
portion of their charges based on the
appropriate refund schedule. Financial aid
may be adjusted for those students who
withdraw from the College or drop
course(s) and receive financial assistance.
Students who wish to withdraw from
Augsburg should complete the Withdrawal
from College form available in the
Enrollment Center. It must be filled out
completely, signed and turned in to the
Enrollment Center. Students who properly
withdraw or change to part-time, who are
dismissed, or who are released from a
housing contract will have their accounts
adjusted for tuition and/or room (except
for the minimum deduction of $100 to
cover administrative costs) in accordance
with the terms of their housing contract
Financial Information 27
and/or the appropriate tuition refund
schedule.
Students are responsible for canceling
courses through the Enrollment Center in
order to be eligible for any refund.
Students who unofficially withdraw (stop
attending) but do not complete the
drop/add form are responsible for all
charges. Financial aid may be adjusted
based on the student’s last recorded date of
attendance. Refund calculations are based
on the date that the drop/add form is
processed.
• The Augsburg College Refund Policy
for Day, Weekend, Rochester, United, and
Graduate Programs:
The refund schedule is based on the
percentage of class time remaining on the
date of the student’s official withdrawal
from class. This applies to all students who
drop one or more courses during each
term.
Percentage of class time remaining
after official drop or withdrawal:
Amount of refund:
100% to 90% remaining
Full refund
(minus $100
administrative
fee)
89% to 50% remaining
Refund equals
the percentage
of term
remaining
49% or less remaining
No refund
This refund schedule is effective
whether or not a student has attended
classes. Please allow two weeks for tuition
and possible financial aid adjustments to
be finalized. If a credit balance remains on
the student’s account, a credit refund check
will be issued at that time.
The refund of charges calculation used
is the Augsburg College Refund Policy stated above.
Students may appeal refund decisions
through the Financial Petition Committee.
Petition forms are available in the
Enrollment Center.
■ MEDICAL REFUND
If a student is forced to withdraw from
one or more courses in a term due to illness or an accident, the refund will include
the normal refund percentage (based on
the regular refund schedule), plus one-half
of the remaining tuition and fees. This
extra medical refund will be considered
upon submission of documentation from
the attending doctor, on letterhead, verifying the medical circumstances. Requests
for medical refunds should be made
through the Financial Petition Committee.
■ UNOFFICIAL WITHDRAWAL
Federal regulations require that records
of financial aid recipients who earn failing
grades in all their classes be reviewed. If
courses are not completed (e.g. unofficial
withdrawal, stopped attending), the
College is required to refund financial aid
to the appropriate sources according to
federal or Augsburg refund policies based
on the last recorded date of attendance.
Students are responsible for the entire cost of
the term including the portion previously
covered by financial aid should they stop
attending. Students are strongly urged to
follow guidelines for complete withdrawal
from college. If there are extenuating
circumstances, a petition to have the cost
of tuition refunded can be made. Petition
forms are available in the Enrollment
Center.
28 Financial Information
A student who registers, does not
attend any classes, and does not withdraw
may petition to withdraw retroactively. The
student must petition within six months of
the end of term and provide proof of nonattendance. Proof can include, but is not
limited to, statements from each instructor
that the student never attended, or documentation of attendance for the term at
another college or university. If approved,
grades of W will be recorded and charges
for the term dropped. The administrative
cancellation fee is $300.
FINANCIAL AID.
All students who wish to be considered
for financial assistance must establish financial aid eligibility on an annual basis. This
includes completing the application process
as outlined below and meeting the academic progress standards outlined in the
brochure “Academic Progress Standards for
Financial Aid.” This brochure is available
from the Enrollment Center and is distributed to students on an annual basis.
Financing higher education could be
the most significant investment a person
or family makes in a lifetime. Proper planning and wise choices are important, not
only in choosing a college, but also in the
methods used to pay for it. Augsburg
College, through its Enrollment Center,
will help students and their families protect access to a quality Augsburg education
in a time of increasing financial challenge.
Financial assistance awarded through
Augsburg may be a combination of
scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time
work opportunities. The College cooperates with federal, state, church, and private
agencies in providing various aid programs. During the 2005-2006 academic
year, more than eight out of ten students at
Augsburg received financial assistance.
The primary responsibility for financing
a college education rests upon the student
and family. Financial aid supplements
student and family resources.
The Free Application for Federal
Student Aid (FAFSA), current tax documents, and Augsburg Verification Worksheet help determine the amount of assistance for which a student is eligible. This
analysis takes into account such family
financial factors as current income, assets,
number of dependent family members,
other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs, and special considerations.
■ HOW TO APPLY
The following are required to process
your financial aid application:
1. Be admitted to Augsburg as a regular
student or be a returning student in good
academic standing with the College.
2. Complete the Free Application for
Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) or the
Renewal FAFSA. Students are encouraged
to file the FAFSA electronically on the Web
at <www.fafsa.ed.gov>. Students and their
parents may sign the FAFSA electronically
using a PIN issued by the U.S. Department
of Education. Instructions for requesting a
PIN can be found at <www.fafsa.ed.gov>.
Be sure to include the Augsburg College
code, 002334, on your application. Submit
your application to the processing agency
after Jan. 1. Applications must be filed by
April 15 for priority consideration.
3. Complete the current year
Verification Worksheet, available at
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll>, and submit it
to the Enrollment Center.
Financial Information 29
4. Submit copies of federal tax forms
for the preceding year (e.g. tax year 2005
to be considered for financial aid for 20062007). Tax forms are required for the student and parents of dependent students, or
spouse of student if filing separately.
■ WHAT HAPPENS NEXT?
Once all documents are received, we
review the financial aid application to
determine financial aid eligibility for all
available programs. A financial aid award
letter will be sent to the student. This letter details the financial aid award and
includes:
• Information regarding institutional
financial aid programs and requirements for continued eligibility
• Information regarding federal and private loan programs (students must
complete a loan application to receive
loan funds)
• Information regarding payment
plans/options for the current school
year
■ KINDS OF AID
A student applying for aid from
Augsburg applies for assistance in general
rather than for a specific scholarship or
grant (except as noted). The various forms
of aid available are listed here for information only.
In addition to aid administered by
Augsburg College, students are urged to
investigate the possibility of scholarships
and grants that might be available in their
own communities. It is worthwhile to
check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high
schools, service clubs, and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to
students who meet their requirements. In
addition to these sources, some students
are eligible for aid through Rehabilitation
Services, Educational Assistance for
Veterans, Educational Assistance for
Veterans’ Children, and other sources.
Academic Excellence Scholarships
President’s Scholarship—President’s
Scholarships are awarded based upon competition. The applicant must have a 3.70 or
higher GPA and a 27 or greater ACT composite (or a combined SAT score of 1210 or
greater). Separate applications are required.
The application deadline is February 1.
Phi Theta Kappa Scholarship—
These scholarships are awarded to selected
transfer students with a 3.50 GPA. The
application deadline is March 1. Call
Undergraduate Admissions for information, 612-330-1001.
30 Financial Information
Achievement Scholarships
Regents’ Scholarship—The Regents’
Scholarships are awarded to all qualified
new freshmen of high academic achievement who apply and are accepted before
May 1 for fall or Dec. 1 for spring.
Selection is based on high school GPA and
national test scores.
Transfer Regents’ Scholarship—
Transfer Regents’ Scholarships are awarded
to all qualified transfer students with a
minimum 3.00 GPA who apply and are
accepted for admission by May 1 for fall or
Dec. 1 for spring.
Augsburg Legacy Award—These
scholarships provide tuition awards to fulltime day students working toward their
first bachelor’s degree who are children,
grandchildren, or spouses of Augsburg
graduates; siblings of current Augsburg
students; children or spouses of current
ELCA pastors. Deadline: May 1 for fall or
Dec. 1 for spring.
Science Scholarship—These scholarships are awarded to incoming freshmen
who are in the top 30 percent of their
high school class or ACT/SAT test score,
majoring in chemistry or physics at
Augsburg. Deadline: Accepted for admission by May 1.
Augsburg AmeriCorps
Scholarship—These scholarships are
awarded to qualified AmeriCorps members
who are currently serving or have served
for at least one year. Must be certified as
eligible by the director of the AmeriCorps
site, be accepted for admission, be a fulltime day student, and complete the financial aid application. Application deadline is
May 1.
Minority Encouragement Program
Scholarship — The Minority
Encouragement Program Scholarship recognizes freshmen who have graduated
from a St. Paul public high school in good
standing and who participated in their
school’s Minority Encouragement Program.
MEP students are assured of receiving a
minimum award of $5,000 per year upon
admission to Augsburg College.
Application deadline is May 1.
Leadership, Service, and
Performance Scholarships
Ethnic Leadership Scholarships —
Ethnic Leadership Scholarships recognize
incoming freshmen and transfer students
with demonstrated scholarship and a
record of, and/or potential for, leadership.
Eligible students must be full time in the
day program and have the recommendation of the appropriate Augsburg Ethnic
Student Services program director and
another individual knowledgeable about
the student’s extracurricular activities. The
application deadline is April 15. For more
information and an application, contact:
• American Indian Student Services,
612-330-1144
• Hispanic-Latino Student Services,
612-330-1309
• Pan-Afrikan Student Center, 612-3301022
• Pan-Asian Student Services, 612-3301530
Performing Arts Scholarship—
Awarded to selected incoming students
who demonstrate active participation in
the performing arts. Separate application
and audition are required. The deadline is
February 1 for fall or November 1 for
spring.
Financial Information 31
Lutheran Congregational
Scholarship Program
Augsburg Corporation Scholarship
— Recognizes students who are members
of an ELCA congregation within the
Minneapolis Area Synod, St. Paul Synod,
S. E. Metro Synod or N. E. Synod of
Wisconsin. These four synods constitute
the Augsburg Corporation. The scholarship
is awarded at point of admission for $1,000
per year.
CALL Scholarships (Congregations
and Augsburg support Lutheran
Leaders) — Augsburg College CALL
Scholarships recognize incoming students
of high academic achievement with a
demonstrated record of leadership within
their Lutheran congregations. Augsburg
will provide a double match of congregational grants or scholarships up to $1,000
($3,000 maximum combined award) for
students who meet the leadership criteria
as specified on the application. The awards
are renewable, depending on the class level
at entry point (i.e., a new entering junior
will have two years of eligibility). Final
selection of CALL Scholarship recipients is
made by the College. Deadline for application is March 1.
Gift Assistance (Need-Based)
Augsburg Tuition Grant—These
awards are based on financial eligibility,
academic record, and participation in
extracurricular activities in school,
community, and church.
Minnesota State Scholarship and
Grant—Eligibility requires Minnesota
residency and enrollment of less than four
years (or its equivalent) at any post-secondary school. Consult the Enrollment
Center for accepted enrollment patterns.
Federal Supplemental Educational
Opportunity Grant—Whenever law and
funds permit, SEOGs are awarded to students who demonstrate exceptional financial need. Preference is given to students
eligible for the Federal Pell grant.
Federal Pell Grant—Federal Pell
grants are awarded to students attending
eligible institutions of higher education
and are based on financial need as defined
by program guidelines. Maximum grant
for 2006-07 is $4,050.
Bureau of Indian Affairs/Tribal and
State Indian Scholarship—Bureau of
Indian Affairs/Tribal and State Indian
Scholarships and Augsburg American
Indian Scholarships are available to Indian
students (both full and part-time) who
meet specific criteria. For Bureau of Indian
Affairs/Tribal and State Indian
Scholarships, students must be a quarter
degree Indian ancestry and be enrolled
with a federally-recognized tribe. Eligibility
criteria for Augsburg American Indian
Scholarships vary. Contact the director of
the American Indian Student Services
Program. American Indian grants supplement all other forms of financial aid.
Questions may be directed to the director
of the American Indian Student Services
Program or to your local BIA, Tribal, or
State Indian Education Office.
32 Financial Information
Loan Assistance
Federal Perkins Student Loan—A
federally-funded program administered
through Augsburg College for students
who demonstrate financial eligibility. No
interest accrues nor do payments have to
be made on the principal at any time you
are enrolled at least half time. Simple interest of 5 percent and repayment of principal
(at the minimum of $40 a month) begin
nine months after you leave school.
Repayment may extend up to 10 years.
The loan offers a teacher cancellation
clause. The maximum that may be borrowed for undergraduate study is $20,000.
Federal Stafford Student Loan
Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford
Loan funds are obtained directly from a
lender or state agency in states that provide
such programs. Subsidized Stafford Loans
are need-based loans that the federal
government subsidizes by paying the
interest while the student is in school
and during the grace period.
For the Unsubsidized Stafford Loan,
interest begins accruing on the date of disbursement and the borrower is responsible
for all interest. The borrower may choose
to make payments while in school or may
defer payments and allow interest to
accrue and be capitalized (added to the
balance of the loan).
The interest rate for new borrowers
through the Subsidized and Unsubsidized
Stafford Loan will be transitioning to a
fixed rate of 6.8% in July 2006.
The following borrowing limits apply
to the Stafford Loan program after July 1,
2006:
• Freshmen: $7,500 annually (Combined
Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford)
• Sophomores: $8,500 annually
(Combined Subsidized and
Unsubsidized Stafford)
• Juniors/Seniors: $10,500 annually
(Combined Subsidized and
Unsubsidized Stafford)
• Aggregate maximum: $46,000
(Combined Subsidized and
Unsubsidized)
Federal Nursing Student Loan—A
federal program with provisions similar to
the Federal Perkins Student Loan program,
but restricted to applicants accepted or
enrolled in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients
must have financial need and be registered
at least half time. The maximum loan is
$4,000 per year.
Federal Parent Loan Program
(PLUS)—PLUS is a loan program to help
parents meet college costs of their dependent children. Parents may borrow up to
the cost of attendance (minus all other student financial aid). Repayment begins
within 60 days of final disbursement, the
interest rate is transitioning to a fixed rate
of 8.5% and a minimum payment of $50
per month. Further information is available at the Augsburg College Enrollment
Center website.
Financial Information 33
Student Employment
Augsburg College provides work
opportunities for students. Assignment is
based on financial eligibility and potential
competence in performing the duties
assigned. Part-time work provided by the
College is considered financial aid, just
like scholarships, loans, and grants. A
maximum of 15 hours of on-campus
employment per week is recommended.
All on-campus work is governed by
policies stipulated in the work contract
issued to the student employee for each
placement. Payment is made monthly by
check to the student employee.
Federal College Work Study
Program and Minnesota State Work
Study Program—Under these programs
the federal or state government supplies
funds on a matching basis with the College
to provide part-time work opportunities.
SPONSORED SCHOLARSHIPS .
Augsburg College, through generous
gifts from alumni, faculty, staff, and
friends, offers more than 400 sponsored
scholarships.
All returning eligible students are considered. Selection is based on academic
achievement, financial need, and selection
criteria established by the donor.
Sponsored scholarships are considered part
of a student’s overall financial aid award. A
list of scholarships follows.
■ GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS
ADC Telecommunications Inc.
Linda Schrempp Alberg Memorial
Scholarship
American Express Company
Henry and Leona Antholz Scholarship
Class of 1931 Scholarship
Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial
Scholarship
Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson
Memorial Scholarship
Elias B. Eliason, Sr. Memorial Scholarship
M. J. Estrem Scholarship
Reuben I. and Marion Hovland Scholarship
Tze-Lien Yao-Hsieh, Lenorah Erickson,
and Mildred Joel Memorial Scholarship
Edwin C. Johnson Scholarship
Kopp Investment Advisors Presidential
Scholarship
Arne and Jean Markland Scholarship
Emma Johnston Mathwig Scholarship
Memorial Scholarship Foundation
Scholarships
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing
Company Liberal Arts Scholarships
Minnesota Scholars Fund Scholarship
Clifford and Martha Nylander Scholarship
Marvin T. Nystrom Scholarship
Rev. Martin J. and Olga S. Olson
Scholarship
Casey Albert T. O’Neil Foundation
Scholarship
John G. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund
Martin and Esther Quanbeck Scholarship
Rahr Foundation Scholarship
Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship
Phillip and Helen Rouberg Scholarship
Senior Challenge Endowment Fund
Rosemary J. Shafer Scholarship
St. Luke’s Lutheran Church Centennial
Scholarship
Genevieve E. Stelberg Memorial
Scholarship
Thorpe Family Scholarship—Bethany
Lutheran Church
Ernest and Vivian Tinseth Scholarship
Robert W. Warzyniak Memorial
Scholarship
Lea A. and Elsie L. Wildung Endowment
Fund
Xcel Energy Scholarship
Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship
34 Financial Information
■ SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Aid Association for Lutherans Scholarship
Charles and Kate Anderson Endowment
Fund
Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial
Scholarship
Dain Rauscher Scholarship
David J. Formo Memorial Scholarship
The Grace Scholarship
David Gronner Memorial Scholarship
Rev. John Hjelmeland Endowed
Scholarship Fund
Hoversten Peace Scholarship
ING Foundation Scholarship
Torgney and Valborg Kleven Memorial
Scholarship
Mary E. Larsen International Studies
Scholarship
Floyd Lorenzen Memorial Scholarship
Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior
College Scholarship
Lutheran Brotherhood Opportunity
Scholarship
Minnesota Mutual Foundation Scholarship
Minnesota Power Company Scholarship
Karen Neitge Scholarship
Marilyn and John Paul Nilsen Scholarship
Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial
Scholarship
Ole K. and Evelyn L. Olson Scholarship
Timothy O. Olson Memorial Scholarship
Rev. John and Ingeborg Peterson Memorial
Scholarship
Jay and Rose Phillips Family Foundation
Scholarship
Clayton and Ruth Roen Memorial
Scholarship
Loren Manuel Schottenstein Memorial
Scholarship
John and Agnes Siverson Scholarship
Genevieve E. Stelberg Memorial Scholarship
Wells Fargo Scholarship
■ CAMPUS MINISTRY/CHRISTIAN
SERVICE
John Andrew Adam Memorial Scholarship
C. A. L. and Esther J. E. Anderson
Scholarship
Charles and Catherine Anderson Diversity
Scholarship
Kyle A. and Sandra L. Anderson
Scholarship
Carl C. and Kathleen A. Casperson
Scholarship
Corinne and Herbert Chilstrom
Scholarship
Laura Ann Erickson Memorial Scholarship
Pastor Bob Evans Scholarship
Dave Hagert Memorial Scholarship
Helen (Mohn) Henderson Memorial
Scholarship
Lee Family Scholarship
Forrest T. Monson and Thelma (Sydnes)
Monson Scholarship
Pastor Carl O. and Edith W. Nelson
Memorial Scholarship
Philip and Dora Quanbeck Scholarship
Russell and Helen Quanbeck Scholarship
Rev. Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship
Russel and Virginia Smith Scholarship
Roy C. and Jeanette Tollefson Scholarship
■ MULTICULTURAL/INTERNATIONAL
STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS
American Indian Scholarship
Kent Anderson American Indian
Scholarship
Ada Bakken Memorial-American Indian
Scholarship
Grace Jewel Jensen Buster Memorial
Scholarship
Cargill Foundation American Indian
Scholarship
General Mills Foundation Scholarship
Grand Metropolitan American Indian
Scholarship
Financial Information 35
Grand Metropolitan Food Sector
Foundation Scholarship
Hearst American Indian Scholarship
Honeywell Corporation Scholarship
Grace Anne Johnson Memorial Scholarship
Kerridge/Mueller American Indian
Scholarship
James M. Kingsley American Indian
Scholarship
Little Six, Inc. Scholarship
McKnight Foundation Scholarship
Medtronic Foundation Scholarship
Marilyn Peterson Memorial Scholarship
Prairie Island Indian Community
Scholarships
Shakopee Mdewakanton Dakota
Community Scholarship
Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial
Scholarship
St. Paul Companies, Inc. Scholarship
St. Paul Companies, Inc. Teaching
Assistants Scholarship
James R. Thorpe Foundation Scholarship
Trinity Lutheran Congregation 125th
Anniversary Scholarship
UPS Foundation Scholarship
U.S. Bancorp Foundation Scholarship
West Group Scholarship
Westwood Lutheran Church Second Mile
Mission Scholarship
Women of the ELCA Native Women’s
Achievement Award
■ PUBLIC SERVICE SCHOLARSHIPS
Margaret E. Andrews Public Service
Scholarship Fund
Class of 1998 Scholarship
Harold B. and Laura M. Lanes Scholarship
Person Public Service Scholarship Fund
Adeline Marie (Rasmussen) Johnson
Memorial Scholarship
Marina Christensen Justice Memorial Fund
■ DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Art
Lucy Bodnarczuk Memorial Scholarship
Norman D. Holen Art Scholarship
August Molder Memorial Art Scholarship
Queen Sonja Art Scholarship
Alfred and Margaret Syring Scholarship
Biology
Biology Scholarships
Eleanor Christensen Edwards Scholarship
Dr. Paul R. and Maxine Fridlund Biology
Scholarship
Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)
Holmen Scholarship
Business Administration/Accounting/
Economics
Marianne Anderson Entrepreneurial
Scholarship
Augsburg Business Alumni Scholarship
Fund
Cargill Foundation Scholarship
Malcom and Maybelle Estrem Scholarship
Farmers Insurance Group of Companies
Scholarship
Forss-Herr Scholarship
Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship
Amin E. Kader Business Scholarship
Mildred and Eleanor Krohn Scholarship
Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship
Clifford A. Peterson Scholarship
David L. Shaver Memorial Scholarship
Clair E. and Gladys I. Strommen
Scholarship
Leland and Louise Sundet Scholarship
Joan L. Volz Business Scholarship
Chemistry
Courtland Agre Memorial Scholarship
Augsburg College Chemistry Alumni
Scholarship
Department of Chemistry Scholarships
Carl Fosse Chemistry Scholarship
Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)
Holmen Scholarship
36 Financial Information
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing
Company Chemistry Scholarship
Conrad Sunde Memorial Chemistry
Scholarships
Education
James and Shelby Andress Education
Scholarship
Heidi Huber Scholarship
Dr. Einar O. Johnson Scholarship
S. Luther Kleven Family Scholarship
Elva B. Lovell Life Scholarship
David Mathre Scholarship
Debra Boss Montgomery Memorial
Scholarship
Barbara Tjornhom and Richard K. Nelson
Scholarship
John L. and Joan H. Ohlin Memorial
Scholarship
Pederson Samuelson Scholarship
English
Dagny Christensen Memorial Scholarship
Murphy Square Literary Award
Anne Pederson English Scholarship
Prof. P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship
Health and Physical Education
Jeroy C. and Lorraine M. Carlson
Scholarship
Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship
Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship
Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship
Magnus and Kristofa Kleven Scholarship
Roy and Eleanor Krohn Scholarship
Hoyt Messerer Athletic Scholarship
Robert D. and Carolyn W. Odegard
Scholarship
James P. Pederson Memorial Scholarship
Stan Person Memorial Scholarship
History
Rev. and Mrs. O. J. Haukeness History
Award
H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship
John R. Jenswold Memorial Scholarship
Dr. Bernhardt J. Kleven Scholarship
Theodore and Lucille Nydahl History
Scholarship
Mathematics
Floyd V. and Ruth M. Case Scholarship
Beverly Durkee Mathematics Scholarship
Mathematics Scholarship
George Soberg Scholarship
Robert Wick Scholarship
Metro-Urban Studies
Joel and Frances Torstenson Scholarship in
Urban Affairs
Modern Languages
Emil M. Fossan Modern Language
Scholarship
Mary E. (Mimi) Johnson Scholarship
Mimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language
Scholarship
Theodore and Virginia Menzel Scholarship
Music
Albert and Solveig Birkland Scholarship
Centennial Singers Scholarship
Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial
Scholarship
Sam Coltvet and Reverend Mark Ronning
Memorial Choral Music Scholarship
Leonard and Anabelle Dahlberg
Scholarship
Robert Ellingrod Memorial Scholarship
Rev. Clement A. Gisselquist Church Music
Scholarship
Marjorie and James R. Gronseth, Jr.
Memorial Music Scholarship
Mabeth Saure Gyllstrom Scholarship
Beth Halverson Violin Scholarship
Kay Halverson Scholarship
Lynn Halverson Cello Scholarship
Carol Halverson Hearn Violin Scholarship
Hanwick Thanksgiving Scholarship
Financial Information 37
O. I. Hertsgaard Scholarship
Orville and Gertrude Hognander
Scholarship
Robert Karlén Scholarship
Bernice Kolden Hoversten Memorial
Choral Scholarship
Catha Jones Memorial Scholarship
Professor Roberta Stewart Kagin
Scholarship
Ruth Krohn Kislingbury Choral Music
Scholarship
Susan and Dean Kopperud Scholarship for
Excellence in Music
Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship
Nicholas Lenz Memorial Scholarship
Kenneth O. Lower-Nordkap Male Chorus
Music Scholarship
Susan Halverson Mahler Viola Scholarship
Arthur Carl Mammen Music Scholarship
Lucille H. Messerer Music Scholarship
Music Education Scholarship
Grace Carlsen Nelson Scholarship
Edwin W. and Edith B. Norberg
Scholarship
St. John’s Lutheran Church — John Norris
Scholarship
Lois Oberhamer Nye Memorial Scholarship
Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship
Performing Arts Scholarship (Music)
Sampson Music Scholarship
Leland B. Sateren Choral Music
Scholarship
Mayo Savold Memorial Scholarship
Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship
String Scholarships
John and Vera Thut Scholarship
Nordic Area Studies
Thomas D. and Gretchen S. Bell
Scandinavian Studies Scholarship
Olaf Gaastjon Memorial Scholarship
Walter G. and Ruth I. Johnson
Scandinavian Studies Scholarship
Iver and Myrtle Olson Scholarship
Nursing
Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association
Scholarship
Linnea A. Danielson Scholarship
Fairview Nursing Alumnae Association
Scholarship
Philosophy
Dr. Kenneth C. and Mrs. Dorothy A. Bailey
Scholarship
Physician Assistant
Alne Swensen Scholarship
Dr. Kristofer and Mrs. Berth E. Hagen
Memorial Scholarship
Physics
Floyd V. and Ruth M. Case Scholarship
Theodore J. Hanwick Physics Scholarship
Alfred A. Iversen Scholarship
NASA Space Grant Scholarship
Leif Sverdrup Physics Scholarship
Political Science
Martin and Sylvia Sabo Scholarship
Myles Stenshoel Scholarship
Psychology
Jacob and Ella Hoversten Scholarship
Rev. and Mrs. George Pauluk Scholarship
Religion Scholarships
Augsburg College Associates Scholarship
Norman and Louise Bockbrader
Scholarship
Andrew and Constance Burgess Scholarship
Thorvald Olsen and Anna Constance
Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship
Rev. Donald C. Carlson Memorial
Scholarship Fund
Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial
Scholarship
Ernest S. Egertson Family Scholarship
Joel and Mary Ann Elftmann Scholarship
Luthard O. Gjerde Scholarship
Rev. Dr. Harald D. and Jonette T. Grindal
Scholarship
Elias P. Harbo Memorial Scholarship
38 Financial Information
Arnold and Neola Hardel Memorial
Scholarship
Iver and Marie Iverson Scholarship
Pastor George J. Kundson Memorial
Scholarship
Rev. Arnold J. Melom Memorial
Scholarship
Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship
Onesimus Scholarship
Johan H. O. Rodvik Memorial Scholarship
Ronholm Scholarship
Rev. Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren
Scholarship
Paul G., Jr., and Evelyn Sonnack
Scholarship
Morris G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes
Missionary Scholarship Fund
Johan L. Weltzin Memorial Scholarship
Social Work
Phyllis M. Baker Memorial Scholarship
Blanca-Rosa Egas Memorial Scholarship
Edwina L. Hertzberg Scholarship
Arvida Norum Memorial Scholarship
Steen Family Scholarship Fund for
Minority Social Work Students
Bodo F. Suemnig Memorial Scholarship
Edwin Yattaw Memorial Scholarship
Sociology
Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize
Speech/Communication/ Theatre Arts
Ailene Cole Theatre Arts Scholarship
Performing Arts Scholarship (Drama)
Esther J. Olson Memorial Theatre
Arts/Religion Scholarship
Student Life
Campus Ministry – 40
Vocation – 40
Student Government – 40
Campus Activities and
Orientation – 41
Social, Cultural, Recreational – 41
Fine Arts – 41
Anne Pederson Women’s
Resource Center – 42
Athletics and Sports – 42
Gage Center for Academic
Achievement – 42
Academic Advising – 44
Center for Learning and
Adaptive Student
Services (CLASS) – 43
Academic Skills Assistance – 43
TRIO Program – 44
Office of Undergraduate Research
and Graduate Opportunity
(URGO) – 45
Services for Students with
Physical Disabilities – 45
ACCESS Center – 45
StepUP® Program – 46
Ethnic Student Services – 46
American Indian – 46
Hispanic/Latino – 47
Pan-Asian – 47
Pan-Afrikan – 47
GLBTQA – 48
Health and Fitness – 48
International Student
Advising – 49
Residence Life Program – 49
Housing – 49
Food Service – 50
College Policies – 51
Student Standards of Behavior,
Complaints, Records – 51
Official Notices – 51
Family Educational Rights
and Privacy Act – 51
Discrimination Complaints – 52
40
STUDENT LIFE
A
ugsburg’s mission focuses on student learning in the broadest sense.
Experiences in the classroom are an important part of college life, but learning and
development also occur in formal and
informal activities of the College and the
metropolitan area. Whether students are
residents or commuters, the climate for
learning and living at Augsburg will add
dimension to their education.
CAMPUS MINISTRY .
As a college of the church, we are
concerned about spiritual as well as academic and social growth. Our concern
for spiritual growth is evident in the
opportunities we encourage and provide
for students to explore their own faith.
Because our campus is comprised of
individuals from many different religious
and cultural backgrounds, our worship life
is characterized by a similar diversity and
richness of tradition. Bible studies, growth
groups, outreach teams and community
outreach opportunities, retreats, peace and
justice forums, concerts, and gatherings are
examples of the wide variety of activities
on campus.
This ministry finds its most visible
expression in chapel worship where students, faculty, and staff gather each day to
give thanks and hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and
musicians. Each Wednesday night students
gather for Holy Communion. On Sundays,
Trinity Lutheran worship services are held
on campus, with many other churches
within walking distance.
We seek to develop a free and open
environment where people are encouraged
to use and discover the gifts and sense of
call and vocation that God has given them.
As a college of the church, we encourage
students to form values guided by our
Christian heritage, which will be the basis
for the kind and quality of life that reaches
beyond their years at Augsburg.
The college pastor, associate college
pastor, and campus ministry staff have
offices in the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center
for Worship, Drama, and Communication
and are available for spiritual guidance,
counseling, support, or information.
VOCATION .
Augsburg College created a program
entitled Exploring Our Gifts through the
generous support of the Lilly Endowment.
Established in Spring 2002, the Exploring
Our Gifts program is designed to help students in their college journey to make connections between faith, vocation, and
work. The program assists students in this
journey by intentionally introducing vocational themes into the curriculum, co-curricular activities, service-learning experiences, and mentoring relationships at the
College. Exploring Our Gifts also provides
resources to encourage students to consider Christian ministry. Contact the director
of Exploring Our Gifts for further information about the program.
STUDENT GOVERNMENT .
Through Student Government, students
secure a closer relationship with and better
understanding of the administration and
faculty and provide input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student
Government also sponsors and directs student organizations, protects student rights,
and provides the means for debate and
activism on all issues pertaining to student
life at Augsburg.
Student Life 41
Student Government is organized into
several committees. Elections are held in
the spring for the next year. Freshmen
elect their representatives in the fall of
their first year. Many kinds of involvement
are possible—program planning, writing,
editing, or service opportunities. If you
want to get involved, contact the president
or vice president of the student body in
their offices in the lower level of the
Christensen Center.
CAMPUS ACTIVITIES AND .
ORIENTATION .
The Office of Campus Activities and
Orientation creates opportunities for students to enhance their leadership skills
through active co-curricular involvement.
These events, activities and organizations
serve the campus community by helping
students become connected and invested
in their Augsburg experience.
Orientation programs on campus help
new students to Augsburg College become
familiar with their new surroundings and
the various resources that Augsburg offers
students. Summer Orientation and
Registration (SOAR) is a summer orientation program for entering first-year students where they will receive their class
schedule, meet their orientation leader and
meet new Auggies. Auggie Days is a fourday, fall transition program prior to the
beginning of classes. It is a comprehensive,
educational orientation program dedicated
to helping new first year students become
acclimated to the campus and feel comfortable in their new home. TRANSFERmation
and Spring Begin are transfer and new
beginner orientation programs that take
place in the fall and spring respectively.
SOCIAL, CULTURAL, RECREATIONAL .
Throughout the year, a variety of social
and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These
activities include dances, films, theme
events, speakers, and visiting personalities
in various fields.
The Christensen Center is the hub of
student life on Augsburg’s campus. It houses various offices and services provided for
Augsburg students, staff, and faculty. The
Office of Undergraduate Admissions, Office
of Campus Activities and Orientation,
Event and Classroom Services, the Copy
Center, Shipping and Receiving, Murphy’s
Grill, Information Desk, Barnes and Noble
Bookstore, Sodexho food service, mail services, and Starbucks coffee/lounge are
offices and services that are currently in
the Christensen Center.
The Student Activities Center (known
as the Auggie’s Nest) is located on the garden level of the Christensen Center.
Student organizations have workstations
and lockers to help promote their events,
hold meetings and plan campus-wide programming endeavors. Commuter students
have the opportunity to utilize daily-use
lockers for storage.
■ FINE ARTS
Students have many opportunities to
participate in music and drama. In addition to appearing on campus and in the
city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band,
and Orchestra perform on national and
international tours. Many other ensembles
are available to cover the entire range of
musical styles and previous musical experience. Students stage several plays on campus each year under the direction of the
Theatre Arts Program and have the opportunity to attend a series of on-campus
workshops with visiting arts professionals.
42 Student Life
■ ANNE PEDERSON WOMEN’S
RESOURCE CENTER
and ice arena.
The Anne Pederson Women’s Resource
Center at Augsburg College provides an
arena where Augsburg women can convene
to discuss topics of importance to today’s
women. It is also open to those men who
are supportive of women’s equality and the
study of feminism. In the Center you will
find a women’s library with current magazines for women and a collection of print
sources. It is also a meeting place for students, faculty and staff to interact, rest,
relax, study and converse. The Women’s
Resource Center sponsors numerous programs and activities, and provides a safe
place on campus for discussions, explorations and women’s advocacy. The
Resource Center is located in 207 Sverdrup
Hall.
■ SPORTS AND RECREATION
ATHLETICS AND SPORTS
■ INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
Augsburg is affiliated with the
Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic
Conference (MIAC) and is a member of
the National Collegiate Athletic
Association (NCAA) Division III. Men
annually compete in football, soccer, cross
country, basketball, ice hockey, wrestling,
baseball, track and field, and golf. Women
annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer, basketball, ice hockey, softball,
swimming, track and field, and golf.
■ INTRAMURALS
Every student is urged to participate in
some activity for recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as
individual performance activities.
Broomball has been an especially popular
coed sport. Check schedules for times
when there is open use of the gymnasium
At Augsburg, sports are for all students
as well as the intercollegiate
athlete. The campus offers on a spaceavailable basis a double-rink ice arena,
gymnasium, tennis courts, a fitness center
with workout machines and weight room,
and an air supported dome over the athletic
field for winter fitness use by walkers and
runners. (See Fitness Center on page 49.)
GAGE CENTER FOR ACADEMIC.
ACHIEVEMENT.
The Gage Center assists all Augsburg
students in setting and achieving optimal
academic goals here at the College and
beyond. The Center consists of five collaborating units:
Academic Advising
Center for Learning and Adaptive
Student Services (CLASS)
Academic Skills Coaching
TRIO/Student Support Services
Undergraduate Research and Graduate
Opportunity (URGO)
■ ACADEMIC ADVISING
Academic Advising orients new Day
and Weekend College undergraduate students to the academic policies and procedures of the college and assists students on
initial course selection. This office also
provides interpretation of core curriculum
requirements, administers entry-level skill
assessments, interprets graduation requirements, provides degree-planning materials,
and answers questions on student academic progress. Academic Advising functions
as a supplement to the faculty advising system at Augsburg College, and is located in
the Enrollment Center.
Student Life 43
All current students are assigned to a
faculty adviser. Prior to the end of their
sophomore year, when they have completed 12 or more credits, students are
required to declare their major and select a
faculty adviser by filling out a Major
Declaration Form and returning it to the
Enrollment Center. All day students are
required to meet with their assigned faculty adviser prior to registration. Both day
and weekend college students are encouraged to meet with their faculty adviser as
often as is necessary.
■ CENTER FOR LEARNING AND
ADAPTIVE STUDENT SERVICES
(CLASS)
The Center for Learning and Adaptive
Student Services (CLASS) provides individualized accommodations and academic
support for students with documented
learning, attentional, psychiatric and other
cognitive disabilities. CLASS has been recognized as a leader in its field, helping
these students gain full access to the college curriculum. Its mission is a reflection
of Augsburg’s commitment to providing a
rigorous and challenging, yet supportive,
liberal arts education to students with
diverse backgrounds, preparations, and
experiences.
Students who qualify for assistance
from CLASS work directly with one of our
disability specialists to develop an appropriate educational plan. These plans may
include:
• Accommodations for testing and
classroom (e.g., extended time, notetaking)
• Referrals to other campus resources
(e.g., tutoring, general technology
assistance, academic advising, counseling, financial aid)
• Use of assistive technology through
the Groves Computer Laboratory
• Individual meetings (weekly or occasional) with a specialist for assistance
with academic, organizational, and
time management skills
CLASS specialists may also consult
with instructors, academic advisers, and
other members of the college faculty, staff,
or administration to ensure that students
have every opportunity for success. Taking
advantage of those opportunities, however,
remains the student’s responsibility.
These services are available to any
Augsburg student who establishes eligibility by submitting appropriate documentation to the CLASS office. A copy of the
Guidelines for Documentation of a
Disability can be obtained by contacting
the CLASS Office. CLASS also provides
informal screenings for students who suspect they may have a learning-related disability. These screenings are meant only to
help students determine whether they
should seek a thorough evaluation by a
qualified professional.
These services are made possible in part
through endowment support provided by
the Gage family and the Groves
Foundation.
■ ACADEMIC SKILLS COACHING
The Academic Skills Coaches, located
in Science 116, offer students study-skills
assistance so they may achieve academic
success. The coaches assist students in
improving their skills in such areas as time
management, note taking, textbook reading and comprehension, test-taking, and
concentration and memory improvement.
The staff will assist students in stress
reduction and in developing effective and
efficient study skills based on individual
learning styles.
44 Student Life
The Karen M. Housh Tutoring
Service—located in Science 116, arranges
for students to meet with tutors for content tutoring in most courses offered. The
service also notifies students of available
group study and coordinates supplementary instruction sessions, in which tutors
attend the classes and facilitate review after
class on major concepts of the course.
Augsburg TRIO/Student Support
Services serves 160 students from the point
of admission through graduation, including transfer students, Day program and
Weekend College Students. TRIO/SSS typically admits 35 new students to the program each year.
The John Evans Learning
Laboratory—located in Science 116,
offers students the opportunity to improve
skills in reading, writing, and mathematics.
•Individual academic advising and support, including appropriate goal attainment
strategies and self-advocacy skill-building
•Academic program planning, including pre-registration for each term, major
and career decision-making, and long-term
course planning
•Financial aid counseling and education
•Academic progress monitoring, weekly
progress meetings for students on academic probation
•Academic success workshops, group
academic skill development
•Student leadership development and
opportunities for conference travel
•Social and cultural activities and student-led events
•Summer Bridge program including
free summer-term college coursework,
academic seminars, adjustment-to-college
workshops, and advising for 20 incoming
first-year students
•Need-based scholarships for first- and
second-year students actively participating
in TRIO/SSS
■ TRIO PROGRAM
TRIO programs are federal grant programs funded by the U.S. Department of
Education, which seek to help students
overcome class, social, academic and cultural barriers to higher education. TRIO
programs are designed to help students
prepare for college, adjust to college life,
and attain good academic standing. They
also help students improve their likelihood
of transfer and graduation from a four-year
degree program in addition to preparation
for graduate school.
TRIO/Student Support Services—
Student Support Services (SSS) is a TRIO
program designed to help students persist
in college and graduate in a timely manner.
The program serves students who are lowincome, first-generation college students
(neither parent has a four-year degree) and
students with disabilities to develop the
skills and motivation necessary to successfully pursue and earn a baccalaureate
degree. Participants in TRIO/SSS must also
be U.S. citizens, permanent residents or
refugees, must demonstrate academic need
for program services, and be committed to
succeed in college.
Major components of the Augsburg
College TRIO/SSS program include:
Student Life 45
Students may apply for TRIO/SSS anytime after admission to Augsburg College,
however preference is given to students
who apply within their first term of enrollment. For more information, an application, or to make an appointment with a
TRIO/SSS Advisor, please contact TRIO/SSS
program staff at 612-330-1311, or Science
114.
■ OFFICE OF UNDERGRADUATE
RESEARCH AND GRADUATE
OPPORTUNITY (URGO)
The Office of Undergraduate Research
and Graduate Opportunity is a resource for
Augsburg students seeking research, scholarship, and graduate and professional
school opportunities. URGO also supports
faculty and staff in their work to engage
students in these areas. Services include
help securing national fellowships and
research opportunities on and off campus,
graduate and professional school advising,
GRE and LSAT preparation, application
assistance, and monetary support for
selected research projects and conference
travel. In addition, URGO awards special
research funding and support for lowincome and first-generation college students and their mentors.
SERVICES FOR STUDENTS WITH.
DISABILITIES.
■ ACCESS CENTER
The Access Center provides support
and specialized services to students with
documented physical disabilities. These
may include TBI, chronic illness, mobility
impairments, and visual, auditory, or
speech impairments.
The Access Center is committed to providing equal and integrated access for students with disabilities to the academic,
social, cultural, and residential programs
that Augsburg College offers with the goal
of promoting independence and assisting
students in reaching their individual
potential. Areas of assistance include but
are not limited to:
• Individual meetings with the Physical
Disabilities Specialist on a weekly
basis
• Determination of academic accommodations
• Assistance with time management
issues
• Academic advising and assistance
• Advocacy with faculty and staff
• Training on, and use of, assistive
technology
• Assistance with community support
services and other non-academic
issues
Housing accommodations are provided
on an individual basis for students with
physical disabilities based on the review of
appropriate documentation. The nature of
the disability and the amount of equipment
and personal care needed are also considered in housing placement.
Academic accommodations are intended to ensure access to educational opportunities for students with disabilities. The
mandate to provide accommodations does
46 Student Life
not, however, extend to adjustments that
would “fundamentally alter” the basic
nature or essential curricular components
of an institution’s courses or programs.
■ CENTER FOR LEARNING AND
ADAPTIVE STUDENT SERVICES
(Supports students with learning, attentional, psychiatric and other cognitive disabilities. See listing on page 43.)
■ TRIO/STUDENT SUPPORT
SERVICES
(Students with disabilities may be eligible to apply for TRIO/SSS. See listing on
page 44.)
STEPUP® PROGRAM.
The StepUP Program at Augsburg
College is for men and women in recovery
from addiction to alcohol and other drugs
who wish to pursue a college education.
StepUP’s comprehensive approach supports
students in both their recovery and academic studies.
StepUP students live in separate chemical-free housing, have individual support
meetings with a licensed chemical dependency counselor, and participate in
extracurricular team and community
building activities. In addition, students
have access to an academic skills specialist
in the StepUP office as well as specialists in
other student service departments on campus.
In order to qualify for the program students must be committed to a 12-step
abstinence-based recovery program, have a
minimum of six months of continuous
sobriety, and agree to abide by the StepUP
contract and live in StepUP housing.
The StepUP Program fosters academic
success and encourages the discovery of
positive relationships. Students are challenged to take responsibility for themselves
and their decisions while maintaining a
healthy respect for the disease of chemical
dependency. Participation in the program
offers students leadership opportunities
both on and off campus. In StepUP, students join together to form a community
in which recovery is celebrated as a normal
part of personal growth. Many of the
friendships and bonds students form while
participating in the StepUP Program will
last a lifetime.
ETHNIC STUDENT SERVICES.
■ AMERICAN INDIAN STUDENT
SERVICES
The American Indian Student Ser vices
Program was established in 1978 to recruit
and retain Indian students. Its mission is to
provide a cultural context for American
Indian students that encourages and promotes personal and academic growth and
teaches students to successfully navigate
Augsburg’s policies, procedures and expectations. The program
• Assists with application process
• Helps students secure financial aid
• Nurtures students’ identification as an
American Indian
• Provides opportunities for students to
learn about their heritage
• Provides opportunities for the campus community to learn about American
Indian culture
• Provides academic advising and
assists in the development of individual
education plans
Minnesota Indian Teacher Training
Partnership: MNITTP is a cooperative
effort between Augsburg College and the
Minneapolis and St. Paul public school dis-
Student Life 47
tricts, intended to increase the number of
American Indian teachers in these districts.
Funded by the Minnesota State Legislature
in 1990, this project is designed as a special grant and loan forgiveness
program. Students who are awarded
state teaching licensure may then apply
for loan forgiveness. For each year the student teaches, one-fifth of the loan will be
forgiven.
■ HISPANIC/LATINO STUDENT
SERVICES
The Hispanic/Latino Student Services
Program offers students individualized
attention in many areas, including academic
support, counseling, and advocacy.
Students find assistance in admissions
and financial aid procedures, scholarships,
orientation and registration, academic
planning, career counseling, housing,
internships and employment, and placement referrals.
The program advises the Latino
Student Association and supports academic, social, and cultural events, as well as
other activities that improve the academic
and personal development of Hispanic/
Latino students and provide awareness of
the unique aspects of Hispanic culture.
■ PAN-ASIAN STUDENT SERVICES
The Pan-Asian Student Services
Program was created in 1992 to recruit and
retain Asian-American students and to
enhance the quality of their total experience while at Augsburg College. The program seeks to create opportunities where
Asian students can be involved in and contribute to all aspects of academic and student life.
The program provides assistance in the
admissions and financial aid application
procedures, orientation, registration and
coursework selection, career development,
academic and non-academic pursuits, and
employment and placement referrals.
The Augsburg Asian Student
Association is affiliated with the program.
The association organizes various activities
during the academic year to increase the
network of friendship and support for
Asians, other students at Augsburg, and
the surrounding community.
■ PAN-AFRIKAN STUDENT SERVICES
The Pan-Afrikan Center (PAC) traces
its roots to an event held in 1968 called
“One Day in May” when Augsburg hosted
a series of interactive programs with the
community. As a result, Black Student
Affairs was born. It has evolved, over the
years, into the PAC.
PAC serves the Augsburg College community by providing culturally conscious
personal, academic, financial, pre-professional and transitional support for students
of Afrikan descent. This service enhances
the recruitment, retention, and graduation
of Pan-Afrikan students and enables their
learning experience to be interactive. PAC
brings the knowledge and experience of
Afrikan people in the Diaspora to the community through a variety of programming
and advises the Pan-Afrikan Student
Union.
The Pan-Afrikan Student Union (PASU)
is a commissioned organization whose purpose is to enable students of Afrikan
descent to share their diversity and collectively express their fellowship with the
Augsburg community. PASU sponsors a
variety of social and cultural activities. The
offices of PAC and PASU are located in
Murphy Place 208 and 209.
48 Student Life
GLBTQA STUDENT SERVICES.
The GLBTQA (Gay, Lesbian, Bisexual,
Transgendered, Questioning, and Allies)
Student Services Office works with students of all sexual orientations and gender
identities. The director assists GLBTQA
students in both the weekend and day programs in making academic, personalsocial, and environmental adjustments to
Augsburg and community life. The director
also helps students create campus programs and co-advises Augsburg’s Queer
and Straight in Unity (QSU). Augsburg
College has begun using the “Safe Space”
Program, so that all students may feel safe
in their academic and personal lives while
on campus.
Health Promotion
Health Promotion offers a wide
spectrum of activities and events that
increase awareness of health issues and
assist students in adapting new behaviors
for a healthier lifestyle. Health Promotion
also works with various campus agencies
to foster positive change within the
campus environment.
■ HEALTH INSURANCE
■ CENTER FOR COUNSELING AND
HEALTH PROMOTION
Augsburg College does not require that
students have health insurance, with the
exception of international students and
students who participate in intercollegiate
athletics. If a student is not covered by a
health insurance plan, they may contact
the Center for Counseling and Health
Promotion for information on obtaining
student health insurance through college
affiliated agencies.
Counseling
■ HEALTH CLINIC SERVICES
Personal counseling provides a supportive environment where students have
many opportunities to gain self-awareness
through personal exploration with the
assistance of licensed psychologists.
Services include individual counseling,
assessment and referral, workshops, consultation, and outreach.
The College offers basic health care services to students through a contract with
UFP – Smiley’s Clinic. These services are
limited. For students without health insurance, Smiley’s Clinic provides certain clinic
health services with a minimal co-pay at
the time of the visit. Emergency services of
any kind are not covered through the contract between Augsburg and Smiley’s
Clinic. Students with health insurance can
also access Smiley’s Clinic for a variety of
clinic or other health services. A student’s
health insurance provider will be billed for
medical services and the student will be
responsible for any co-pays or deductibles
associated with their insurance.
HEALTH AND FITNESS.
Students may discuss personal issues
such as stress, depression, anxiety, roommate problems, intimacy and sexuality,
drug use, motivation, transitions, family
issues, self-image, difficult decisions, eating
concerns, grief and loss, or other issues
with the psychologist. Professional counseling can make a substantial contribution
to the educational experiences of the student by providing the opportunity for
increased self-understanding and personal
growth.
For more information regarding counseling, health promotion, health insurance
or health clinic services, call 612-330-1707
or visit <www.augsburg.edu/cchp>.
Student Life 49
AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUPPORTS
HEALTHY LEARNERS IN A HEALTHY
LEARNING ENVIRONMENT!
■ FITNESS CENTER
Located on the lower level of Melby
Hall, the Hoyt Messerer Fitness Center was
built in 1993 and equipped with stationary
bicycles, stair steppers, treadmills, and
other aerobic workout machines. It
includes a weight room with universal and
free weight systems. All staff, students, and
faculty may use the center; some hours are
reserved for classes.
INTERNATIONAL STUDENT ADVISING .
(ISA) .
ISA’s mission is to serve the educational
and personal development needs of the
international student body in a way that
embraces our common humanity and cultural diversity.
The director of International Student
Advising is responsible for:
•Fulfilling duties of Principal
Designated School Official (PDSO) for F-1
student visa program and Responsible
Officer (RO) for J-1 student/scholar
exchange program
•General advocacy for international
students
•Advising the International Student
Organization
•Facilitating intercultural skill building
sessions for students, faculty, and staff
•Celebrating diversity of cultures by
increasing awareness of international/intercultural issues
New international students participate
in an orientation program that provides
practical information on housing, health
insurance, taxes, banking, local transportation, and applying for a social security
card. Students use intercultural communi-
cation theory to explore their adjustment
to a new culture and education system.
The International Student Organization
(ISO) provides a forum for the interests
and concerns of international students and
fosters productive interaction between
them, the college administration, and U.S.
students. This mission is accomplished
through yearly programming of events
such as International Week, sponsorship of
forums on international issues, and outings
to sites of interest in the community.
Information on how to get involved is
available through ISA.
(Also see Study Opportunities Abroad
on page 63 and Student Teaching Abroad
on page 66.)
RESIDENCE LIFE PROGRAM.
Students who choose to make
Augsburg their home find a friendly, 23acre village in the midst of a major metropolitan area. They make many new friends
among roommates and classmates. They
are just steps away from Lindell Library,
classrooms, Hoversten Chapel, the ice
arena, fitness center, and Christensen
Center. With just over 900 students living
on campus, most students and faculty greet
each other by name.
Augsburg recognizes the importance
of the residential experience during the
college years. Studies show that students
who live on campus are more likely to
complete their degrees. Residence life staff
are on hand to help students become
acquainted with life at Augsburg through
social and educational events. They are
also ready to assist students who need help
or friendship.
Living on campus offers many opportunities for learning, fun, and leadership.
Research indicates that students living in
residence halls also earn higher grades and
50 Student Life
gain greater satisfaction during their college career. Numerous events are planned
to welcome students to the community,
including dances, movie nights, coffee
house concerts, and weeks devoted to special themes or issues.
Anderson Hall—Contains four types
of living units: two-bedroom apartments,
two-room suites, floor houses, and townhouses. This residence houses 192 students. All rooms are furnished with beds,
dressers, desks, and chairs.
Resident students have access to a 24hour computer lounge and study, 24-hour
security, laundry facilities, and vending
machines. All rooms and apartments are
equipped with hook-ups for telephone,
cable television, computers, and Internet
access. A skyway connecting the lobby of
Urness and Mortensen Hall to Christensen
Center keeps students out of the weather
on the way to class.
New Hall—Opened in 1999, this
apartment residence includes studios and
two- and four-bedroom apartments with
full kitchens. Beds, dressers, desks, and
chairs are provided. Underground parking
is available at an additional cost. Meal
plans are optional. This building is
designed to provide an environment for
juniors and seniors who are seeking a primarily independent lifestyle.
In order to secure housing, students are
urged to make their enrollment deposit by
May 1, as well as submit a housing deposit
and contract to reserve a space. For those
making enrollment deposits after May 1,
housing is determined on a space available
basis. During spring semester, current
Augsburg students are provided with information on the process to secure housing
for the next academic year.
Special Interest Housing—Special
Interest Housing is available to students
who are interested in creating a
living/learning environment by designing
their own house system. All house members meet to determine their program
focus, educational goals, and community
agreement guidelines. Examples of programs include Fellowship of Christian
Athletes, Youth and Family Ministry, Urban
Studies House, Hawthorne House, PreProfessional Health Association, CrossCultural House, and StepUP.
Urness Hall—All new students and
some upper-class students live in Urness
Hall. This nine-story high-rise houses 324
students. Each floor is considered a houseunit providing 36 students (two to a room)
with their own lounge, study, and utility
areas. In Urness Hall, rooms are furnished
with a bed, dresser, desk, and chair. Linens
are not provided. Some single rooms may
be available.
Mortensen Hall—This building is a
13-story high-rise apartment building. It
contains 104 one-bedroom and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312
upper-class students. Mortensen Hall is
carpeted and contains kitchenette units. It
is furnished with beds and dressers.
■ FOOD SERVICE
Commons—Situated on the top floor
of Christensen Center, this is the main
food service facility for students, faculty,
and staff. This pleasant, spacious room features small table units for easy conversation overlooking the College Quadrangle
and Murphy Square. Students on board
plans who live in residence halls eat their
meals in the Commons.
Student Life 51
Murphy’s Grill—Located on the
ground floor of the Christensen Center,
Murphy’s features grill items, pizza, soups,
sandwiches, salads, desserts, and beverages.
Augsburg provides a variety of board
plan options for those living in College
houses or nearby apartments.
COLLEGE POLICIES.
■ STUDENT STANDARDS OF
BEHAVIOR, COMPLAINTS,
RECORDS
The College has adopted a statement
of standards for student behavior and has
provided for due process in matters of
academic honesty, disciplinary action, and
grievances. These are in the Student Guide.
The College operates in compliance
with the Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act. Students have the right to
inspect certain official records, files, and
data that pertain to them and that are
maintained in the registrar’s office and the
placement office, and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information.
Information on these policies is found
in the Student Guide available on the website at <www.augsburg.edu/studentguide>.
■ OFFICIAL NOTICES
Students will receive official notices via
the student campus mail system (student
campus box), the A-Mail publication, and
the student’s Augsburg e-mail account.
Students should check their campus mailbox and their student e-mail account regularly. The A-Mail is a daily online publication on AugNet.
■ FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS
AND PRIVACY ACT
The Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act (FERPA) of 1974, as amended,
provides certain rights to students regarding their education records. Each year
Augsburg is required to give notice of
the various rights accorded to students
pursuant to FERPA. A copy of Augsburg’s
policy is published in this catalog on page
87 and in the Student Guide distributed
annually to students.
Augsburg College understands that no
information other than “directory information” can be released without the written
permission of the student, except in limited circumstances. Students must give permission in writing for educational information to be released to anyone outside of the
official personnel (faculty and administration) at Augsburg. This means that faculty
or others cannot write letters of
support/recommendation or nominate students for awards unless explicit written
permission is given by the student to
release non-“directory information.” It
is not sufficient to ask for letters of
recommendation.
Complete information about Augsburg’s
procedures with regard to FERPA are available from the Office of the Registrar.
52 Student Life
■ DISCRIMINATION COMPLAINTS
For inquiries or grievances in any of
the following areas, contact the director of
human resources, ground floor, Memorial
Hall 19, 612-330-1023.
Affirmative Action (for matters based
on race, creed, national, or ethnic origin)
Section 504 (for matters based on
physical or mental handicap)
Title IX (for matters based on gender
or marital status)
Employment
All correspondence should be
addressed to the Office of Human
Resources at Augsburg College, 2211
Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454.
Academic Information
General Information – 54
Degrees Offered – 54
Academic Calendar – 54
Faculty – 55
Library and Information
Technology Services – 55
Academic Organization
and Programs – 56
Divisions and Departments – 56
Majors and Minors – 56
Teaching Licensure – 60
Pre-Professional Programs – 60
Honors Program – 62
Inter-Institutional Programs – 62
Augsburg Abroad – 63
Center for Service, Work, and
Learning – 66
Graduate Programs – 68
Other Programs – 70
Academic Policies and
Procedures – 70
Registration – 70, 73
Crossover Registration – 72
Withdrawal from College – 73
Student Standing/
Petition Process – 74
Re-Admission – 74
Transfer Credit – 75
Graduation Requirements – 76
Graduation Requirements – 76
Liberal Arts Foundation – 79
Skills Requirements – 80
Quick Check Summary of
Graduation Requirements – 82
Evaluation and Grading – 85
Explanation of Grades – 85
Assessment of Previous Learning
Program – 87
Academic Progress, Probation
and Dismissal – 89
Dean’s List – 89
Latin Honors – 90
Commencement – 90
Enrollment/Degree Verification – 90
FERPA – 91
54
ACADEMIC INFORMATION
A
ugsburg College constructs its curriculum upon the premise that students
must be educated intellectually, spiritually,
and physically. To act effectively, human
beings must have a broad grasp of the
world from which they have come as well
as the world in which they live. By providing courses in the humanities, fine arts,
natural sciences, and social sciences, the
general education curriculum introduces
students to the breadth and complexity of
knowledge and culture.
Required Search for Meaning courses
are designed to acquaint students with the
Christian tradition, introduce them to
other faith traditions, and encourage them
to reflect upon the importance and meaning of spirituality in their lives. Recreation
courses offer students opportunities to
develop skills for participation in exercise
and sporting activities.
Students choose from over 50 major
areas of study to gain a depth of knowledge in a discipline and to prepare for a
career or further study. Thus, through a
balance of curricular activities supported
by full programs in student life and religious life, an Augsburg College education
strives to educate its students in a real
world for the real world.
■ DEGREES OFFERED
Augsburg offers the bachelor of arts,
the bachelor of music, and the bachelor of
science degrees. Augsburg also offers the
master of arts (in leadership, nursing, and
education), the master of business administration, the master of science (in physician assistant studies), and the master of
social work degrees.
■ ACADEMIC CALENDAR
The Augsburg day program follows the
semester calendar, with fall and spring
semesters of approximately 14 weeks. Fulltime students normally take four course
credits each semester.
The day program calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of
the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities,
so students can take a course on another
campus during the regular term.**
Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends and the program follows a
trimester calendar. Some classes may meet
on weekday evenings. The fall trimester is
held from early September through midDecember. Winter trimester meets from
January through early April. Spring classes
are held from mid-April through the end of
June. There are 7-8 class sessions each
trimester, and classes meet on weekends
for 3-1/2 to 4 hours. (Refer to the program
schedule for weekday evening meeting
times.) Students may take from one to four
classes each term.**
The Rochester Program operates on a
trimester calendar. Classes are held on
weekday evenings and meet an alternate
weeks. Similar to Weekend College,
Rochester’s Fall trimester begins in
September, Winter trimester begins in
January, and Spring trimester begins in
April. There are 7-8 class sessions each
trimester with each class meeting for 3-1/2
to 4 hours. Students may take one to four
classes each term.**
**(See Registration on page 70 and
Calendars on pages 4-7)
Courses and majors offered through
Weekend College and the Rochester
Program are the same as their day program
counterparts. However, the curriculum is
limited to selected liberal arts courses and
majors.
Academic Information 55
Augsburg offers three summer school
sessions, including a summer online option.
The Summer Session Catalog is published in
the winter of each year.
Augsburg graduate programs follow a
trimester calendar, except for Physician
Assistant Studies. (See Graduate Programs
on page 68.)
■ FACULTY
The heart of any educational institution
is its faculty. Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold a
doctorate or the highest degree in their
field, and all consider teaching to be the
focus of their activity. Faculty are also
involved in a variety of professional and
research activities that support their teaching. They are actively involved in an exciting faculty development program that
introduces them to current thought in
many fields, but especially in teaching
techniques and theories.
Augsburg’s size and small classes
encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students.
Faculty act as academic advisers and participate regularly in campus activities.
Every freshman is assigned an Augsburg
Seminar adviser and, later, chooses a major
adviser. In this close interaction, faculty act
as both mentors and models for students.
■ LIBRARY AND INFORMATION
TECHNOLOGY SERVICES
The James G. Lindell Family Library
opened in 1997. The four-level, 73,000square-foot facility houses all library and
information technology functions of the
College. In addition to the 180,000 volume
main collection, the Lindell Library
includes special collections and archives,
curriculum library, a computer lab and stu-
dent computing help desk, library instruction classroom, and facilities for media
viewing and listening. Skyways link the
library to the new Gateway Building as
well as to Sverdrup Hall, which houses the
Enrollment Center, additional computer
labs and multimedia classrooms, a lounge,
and a vending area.
Library Resources
A service-oriented staff provides students and faculty alike with assistance to
meet diverse information needs including
instruction in the use of the library, reference service, and guidance in pursuing
research. Arrangements are made for access
by students with physical limitation and
special needs. Students can search a wide
variety of local, regional, national, and
international databases. Electronic access
to the world of scholarship is also available
through the Internet, and a computerized
on-line catalog and daily courier service
provide access to the library holdings of
the seven private liberal arts colleges in the
Twin Cities. In a wireless environment,
appropriately equipped laptop computers
can be used throughout the building to
access these resources.
Information Technology Resources
Augsburg College has built a reputation
as a leader in its commitment to provide
students with the best access to information technology and training. Visit Student
Computing’s website
<www.augsburg.edu/stucomp> for more on
IT at Augsburg.
56 Academic Information
Computing
Students have access to over 250 oncampus computers. There are both PC and
Macintosh desktop computers available in
the Lindell Library computer lab and in
the 24-hour Urness computer lab. The college has six computer classrooms and 23
technology-enhanced classrooms. The circulation desk in the Lindell Library has 45
wireless laptops available for use in the
Library.
Several computer clusters are available
for more specific student use within academic departments. A high-speed fiber optic
campus network provides access to
AugNet online services, printing and connections to the Internet and Internet2.
Network-ready student machines can connect to the campus network from dormitory rooms or from WiFi buildings on campus including the Christensen Student
Center, Lindell Library, and the Science
Building. All of the AugNet online services
and several of the Registrar’s student services are available securely on the Web to
students on and off-campus.
Media Resources
Lindell Library provides a large collection of sound and video recordings, as well
as equipment for viewing, listening to, and
creating instructional media. Audio and
video tape duplication within the limits set
by copyright law is available. Facilities for
classes in broadcasting are located near the
communication department in Foss
Center.
ACADEMIC ORGANIZATION AND.
PROGRAMS
.
■ DIVISIONS AND DEPARTMENTS
The College curriculum is offered by 26
departments that are grouped into three
divisions for administrative and instructional purposes.
Fine Arts and Humanities—
American Indian studies, art, communication studies, English, history, modern languages, music, philosophy, religion, theatre
arts, College librarians.
Natural and Social Sciences—
Biology, chemistry, computer science, economics, mathematics, physics, political science, psychology, sociology.
Professional Studies—Business
administration, education, health and
physical education, nursing, physician
assistant studies, social work.
■ MAJORS AND MINORS
Majors, or concentrations of study, may
be within one department, within one division, or may cross academic disciplines.
Some students decide on a major or majors
before they enter college. Others explore a
variety of disciplines before deciding.
The college requires students to declare
a major by the end of the sophomore year,
and earlier in some disciplines. Details of
majors and minors are in the course
description section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are part of the bachelor of
arts degree.
Student-Designed Major
Students may design their own major
with the assistance and approval of three
advisers from relevant fields and subsequent final approval by the Augsburg
College Academic Affairs Committee
(AAC). A student-designed major allows
Academic Information 57
flexibility in selecting major courses. Any
student wishing to design a major must
complete a proposal, submit it with
approval and supporting letters from three
faculty advisers, and obtain AAC approval
of the program. Students should seek AAC
approval as early as possible so that any
changes suggested by AAC may be incorporated into the design without affecting
the student’s proposed completion date.
The deadline for initial submission of the
program design to AAC is the first term in
which the student has achieved junior status; the final version must be approved the
term before the student achieves senior status.
Students wishing to design majors
must:
1. Develop the student-designed major
in concert with three faculty advisers from
relevant fields, who together constitute the
Review Team. All advisers must sign the
proposal cover sheet and submit supporting letters of approval to AAC. Supporting
letters should assess BOTH the student’s
ability to complete the proposed major and
the validity and value of the proposed
major, including (in at least one of the letters) the proposed capstone course. The
advisers’ signatures and supporting letters
represent their approval of the program,
including the capstone course, and their
commitment to oversee the student’s
progress.
2. Develop a student-designed major
program proposal that includes:
a. A statement of learning goals and
objectives.
b. A list of proposed courses (minimum
of nine, no more than one of which is a
lower-level language course and at least
five of which are upper division) and a discussion of how the courses are related to
the program goals. Indicate how the pro-
posed courses collectively support a specialized and cohesive plan usually associated
with a college major. Proposals must
include research describing comparable
programs of study at a minimum of three
other academic institutions. In addition,
students should consult with the Center
for Service, Work, and Learning for additional information regarding career objectives. The proposal should provide information showing how the Augsburg Core
Curriculum requirements (including graduation skills) are to be fulfilled.
c. A description of the student-designed
major capstone to be taken sometime during the senior year. The student should
devise the capstone in consultation with
advisers. It should require an integrative
project/paper that draws together the
course work up to that point and/or prepares one for further study. In addition, at
least one of the advisers must specifically
address the rationale for the proposed capstone in his or her supporting letter,
though approval of the student-designed
major program by all advisers presumes
their approval of the capstone course.
3. Submit the completed proposal and
supporting documentation to the Dean’s
Office.
If AAC approves the proposed major
program, the student will be expected to
complete the program designed and still
meet all of the other Augsburg degree
requirements as stated in the college catalog.
Students who design their own majors
will meet with their advisers regularly
throughout the design and subsequent
evaluation of their program. Changes in
the approved student-designed major may
be made through the normal petition
process to the Student Standing Committee
with adviser approval.
58 Academic Information
Listings that are shaded are offered
through both the day program and
Weekend College. Weekend College
students may choose a major offered in
the day program if they wish. They may
take as many courses as possible through
Weekend College, then finish the major as
a day program student. A change of program is allowed once each academic year.
MAJORS AND AREAS OF EMPHASIS.
Accounting
General Accounting
Managerial Accounting
Public Accounting
American Indian Studies
Art
Art History
Studio Art
Biology (B.A. or B.S.)
Life Sciences (B.A.)
Business Administration
Economics/Business Administration
International Business
Management
Marketing (WEC only)
Music Business
Chemistry (B.A. or B.S.)
Clinical Laboratory Science (B.S.)
Communication Studies
Communication Arts/Literature
(Teacher Licensure Major)
Mass Communication
Organizational Communication
Professional Communication
Human Relations
Marketing Communications
Public Relations and Advertising
Supervisory Management
Computer Science (B.A. or B.S.)
Computational Economics (B.A.)
Computational Philosophy (B.A.)
Economics
Applied Economics
Computational Economics
Economics
Economics/Business Administration
Economics/Political Science (Teacher
Licensure Major)
Education
Education Studies (non-licensure)
Elementary Education Studies
(non-licensure)
Kindergarten-Elementary (B.A. or B.S.—
licensure)
Special Education: Emotional/Behavioral
Disabilities (WEC only)
Special Education: Learning Disabilities
(WEC only)
Secondary (non-major, licensure only)
Engineering 2
English
Film
Finance
Health Education (B.A. or B.S.)
History
International Relations
International Business
Management Information Systems
Marketing
Mathematics (B.A. or B.S.)
Medieval Studies
Metro-Urban Studies
Modern Languages 1
French
German
Norwegian
Spanish
Music
Music (B.A.)
Music Business Concentration (B.A.)
Music Education (B.M.)
Music Performance (B.M.)
Music Therapy (B.S.)
Nordic Area Studies
Nursing (B.S.—Weekend College only)
Philosophy
Computational Philosophy
Physical Education (B.A. or B.S.)
Physics (B.A. or B.S.)
Space Physics (B.S.)
Academic Information 59
Political Science
Political Science/Economics (Teacher
Licensure Major)
Psychology
Psychology and Law
Social Psychology
Religion
Youth and Family Ministry
Social Work (B.S.)
Sociology
Community Studies
Crime and Deviance
Cultural Anthropology
Organizational Analysis and
Development
Social Psychology
Student-Designed
Theatre Arts
Technical Design/Technology
Concentration
Women’s Studies1
MINORS.
Accounting
American Indian Studies
Art
Architecture
Art History
Studio Art
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
Economics
English
Film
Health Education
History
International Business
International Relations
Leadership Studies
Management Information Systems
Marketing
Mathematics
Medieval Studies
Metro-Urban Studies
Middle East Studies 1
Modern Languages
French
German
Norwegian
Spanish
Music
Music Business
Nordic Area Studies
Peace and Global Studies
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Youth and Family Ministry
Sociology
Social Welfare
Special Education
Theatre Arts
Theatre Arts
Theatre History and Criticism
Dramaturgy
Women’s Studies
1 Cooperative program of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with
the University of Minnesota. It is possible for students to take beginning/intermediate/advanced
courses not available at consortium colleges in
Arabic, Chinese, Hebrew, Japanese, Russian, and
other infrequently taught languages. Students register directly with the ACTC office.
2 Dual-degree programs with the University of
Minnesota Institute of Technology and Michigan
Technological University.
60 Academic Information
ACTC Majors—It is possible for day
students to complete other majors through
the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC). Students who wish to complete a
major offered at one of the other ACTC
colleges must apply through the Augsburg
registrar’s office. Some majors may have a
competitive application process with
acceptance determined by the major
department.
Weekend College is not part of the
ACTC consor tium, and Weekend students may not register for ACTC courses
or complete ACTC majors under the
ter ms of the ACTC consortium agree ments.
■ OTHER STUDY PROGRAMS
licensure in one of these areas also obtain
the appropriate subject area major and
complete the secondary licensure coursework. (See Department of Education and
subject area departments for more information.)
K-12 special education majors and
licenses in Emotional/Behavioral
Disabilities and in Learning Disabilities are
also available. These majors and licenses
are offered only through Weekend College.
Students seeking elementary licensure
and special education licensure have education department advisers. Students seeking 5-12 and K-12 licensure have advisers
in their subject area major and in the education department. It is very important that
students work closely with their advisers
throughout their programs.
Teaching Licensure
Several teaching licensure programs are
offered at Augsburg. Licensure is available
in kindergarten-elementary/middle school
education with subject area specialties in
one of the following: mathematics, science,
communication arts/literature, social studies. This is a K-8 license for teaching at the
elementary level and at the middle school
level in the specialty area. Students seeking
this license obtain an elementary education
major with a subject area specialty.
Licensure is also available in the following
middle school/high school fields: biology,
chemistry, communication arts/literature,
health, mathematics, physics, and social
studies. This license prepares people to
teach in grades 5-12. Students seeking
licensure in one of these areas obtain an
appropriate subject area major and complete secondary licensure coursework.
Finally, specialist licenses are available in
art (K-12), vocal music and instrumental
music (K-12), and physical education
(K-12). The licenses prepare people to
teach in grades K-12. Students seeking
Pre-Professional Programs
Students who plan to enter the fields of
law, medicine, dentistry, ministry, veterinary
science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit
from a liberal arts education at Augsburg.
It is recommended that requirements
for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the course of study
at Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty
adviser is available in each field to assist
students in their planning. Students who
want to plan a pre-professional program
should contact Academic Advising early in
their freshman year to arrange for faculty
advising prior to their first term at
Augsburg.
Academic Information 61
Pre-Dentistry—These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the
University of Minnesota: ENL, two courses;
BIO 113, 114, 215; PHY 121, 122; CHM
115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; MAT
124; PSY 105. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Engineering—See engineering
degree and major requirements on pages
169-170.
Pre-Law—Students considering a
career in law should examine the handbook published by the Association of
American Law Schools. Students may wish
to take law-related courses to help determine their interest in law. Pre-law students
should major in a discipline of their own
choosing; most law school entrance
requirements will be satisfied with a record
of solid achievement coupled with an
acceptable LSAT score.
Pre-Medicine—Many medical schools
are encouraging a liberal arts education to
prepare for study in medicine. While a
major in chemistry and biology is not
required to apply to medical schools, many
students with an interest in the sciences
choose to major in these fields.
Coursework that is required by most medical schools includes: two composition
courses, including ENL 111; CHM 115,
116 (or 105, 106); CHM 351, 352; BIO
113, 114, 215, 369; MAT 145, 146; PHY
121, 122. Courses recommended in preparation for MCATs: BIO 355, 473, 476;
CHM 361.
Pre-Occupational Therapy, PrePhysician Assistant, and Pre-Physical
Therapy—Coursework in preparation for
these programs should be discussed with a
faculty member in the Department of
Biology.
Pre-Pharmacy—Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum
requirements of the College of Pharmacy
at the University of Minnesota: BIO 113,
114, 215, 476; CHM 115, 116 (or 105,
106), 351, 352; ECO 113; ENL 111, and
a second course; MAT 145, 146; PHY
121, 122; electives from human anatomy
(ACTC); and humanities, literature, and
the arts to fulfill the semester hour
requirements. Requirements at other
universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary—A student may enter a
theological seminary with any of several
different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Recommended preparation includes
REL 100, 200; at least two semesters of
history (Western civilization); one or more
courses in the history of philosophy, and
Greek in the junior and/or senior year.
The Exploring Our Gifts office
(Memorial 231) provides resources and
support, including scholarship opportunities, for students considering seminary.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine—To meet
minimum requirements of the College of
Veterinary Medicine at the University of
Minnesota, the following science courses
are required: MAT 114 or 145, CHM
105/106 or 115/116, CHM 351/352, BIO
113, BIO 114, BIO 215, BIO 355, BIO 369,
BIO 476, PHY 121/122. Other non-science
courses are also required.
62 Academic Information
■ HONORS PROGRAM
The Augsburg Honors Program offers
an adventurous education where exceptional students with a passion for ideas can
be their best. We offer a friendly and welcoming atmosphere for students committed to an exceptional higher education.
Augsburg’s Honors Program is unlike
any other honors program in the nation
because it gives students the resources and
freedom to create their own ideal higher
education. Students have the opportunity
to create their own courses, edit and write
for the Augsburg Review of Undergraduate
Scholarship, participate in an intramural
debate league, belong to an Honors House,
and learn through small reading groups,
research projects, and travel around the
world.
Each Honors course has been specifically created for Honors students, and
includes a challenging “signature experience” such as writing a play, putting great
books on trial, or building an interactive
museum exhibit. Honors courses bring in
professors from several different departments so you can learn from talented professors teaching their specialties.
For information, please contact Robert
C. Groven, Honors Program director.
■ INTER-INSTITUTIONAL PROGRAMS
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities
area on several programs.
Library and Media Center—
Through CLIC, the Twin Cities private
colleges library consortium, the Augsburg
community has direct access to over
2,500,000 volumes.
Associated Colleges of the Twin
Cities (ACTC)—Full-time day students at
Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges and
universities of Hamline, Macalester, St.
Catherine, and St. Thomas may elect to
take one course each semester at one of the
other campuses. No additional fee is
required for such an exchange, except for
private instruction in music or approved
independent studies. Students may elect to
participate in the cooperative program to
gain new perspectives, to get better
acquainted with the other schools, or to
undertake a specific course or major not
offered on the home campus. A regularly
scheduled bus shuttles students between
the campuses.
Weekend College students may not participate in the ACTC consortium program.
Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs (HECUA)—Augsburg, in
cooperation with 17 other colleges and
universities, offers off-campus study
semesters in Scandinavia, South and
Central America, and the Twin Cities. (See
HECUA programs on page 65.)
Air Force ROTC—Augsburg day students may participate in the Air Force
ROTC program at the University of St.
Thomas under the ACTC consortium
agreement. Students are eligible to compete
for two- and three-year AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the
registrar’s office.
Army ROTC—Augsburg day students
may participate in the Army ROTC program at the University of Minnesota under
an agreement between Augsburg, the
University of Minnesota, and the
program. For more information, contact
the Office of the Registrar.
Academic Information 63
Note: A maximum of one full Augsburg
course credit of military science studies
may apply toward the total credits required
for graduation. Additional military science
credits beyond the one credit allowed will
be classified as non-degree credits.
Students are advised on selecting programs that best fit their academic, career,
financial, and personal objectives.
Assistance is provided with application,
course registration, financing, and travel
arrangements. Orientation and re-entry
programs assist students in integrating the
experience abroad into their coursework
and personal lives. Grades earned on nonAugsburg programs will not be recorded
on the Augsburg transcript and will not be
figured into the GPA. Grades of “C” or better are required for credit to be granted
from non-Augsburg programs.
■ AUGSBURG ABROAD
Eligibility and Application
An increasing number of Augsburg students are taking advantage of the opportunity to gain academic credit for an experience abroad. Through study abroad students may meet with grassroots women’s
organizations in Mexico, work in a small
business or artisan program in Namibia,
examine prospects for peace in Northern
Ireland, study geology and ecology in
Norway, have a paid corporate internship
in Germany, or thrill to the sounds of The
Magic Flute at the Viennese state opera
house. Study abroad provides opportunities to develop critical thinking skills,
strengthen language competencies, further
career paths, experience different cultures,
and gain knowledge about the increasingly
interdependent world.
All students in good academic and disciplinary standing (a minimum GPA of
2.50) at Augsburg may apply to study off
campus. Although foreign language skills
are an asset, they are not required for all
study abroad programs. Since it takes some
time to prepare for studying abroad, students should start planning during their
freshman and sophomore years.
The application deadline for spring
term study abroad programs is October 1.
For summer session, fall term, and year
long study abroad programs the application deadline is March 1. Please contact the
study abroad advisor in the Office of
International Programs for deadlines on
short-term study abroad programs and
advising assistance.
Academic Requirements and Credit
Costs and Financial Aid
Study abroad is an integral part of several majors at Augsburg and will add an
international dimension to any academic
program. Courses abroad can fulfill major,
Augsburg core curriculum, and graduation
requirements when approved by academic
advisers and department chairs before
departure. An approved study abroad program will also fulfill the Augsburg
Experience.
The cost of many programs is equivalent to full tuition, room, and board for a
semester on campus. Financial aid is granted on the same basis as on-campus study.
Cost estimates are drawn up to assist the
financial aid office in awarding aid to students studying abroad.
Naval ROTC—Augsburg students may
participate in the Naval ROTC program at
the University of Minnesota under an
agreement between Augsburg, the
University of Minnesota, and the program.
For more information, contact the Office of
the Registrar.
64 Academic Information
Study Abroad Programs
Students may select from the following
Augsburg study abroad programs. In addition, students may consult with the study
abroad advisers regarding non-Augsburg
program options.
The Center for Global Education
The mission of the Center for Global
Education at Augsburg College is to provide cross-cultural educational opportunities in order to foster critical analysis of
local and global conditions so that personal and systemic change takes place leading
to a more just and sustainable world.
The center’s study programs are conducted in Central America, Mexico, and
Namibia. Students experience three distinct types of living situations: living with
other students in a community house,
spending several days in a rural setting,
and several weeks living with host families.
In the Mexico and Namibia programs, students travel together on two-week seminars — from Mexico to Central America,
and from Namibia to South Africa. The
cost of these programs is equivalent to full
tuition, room, and board for one semester
on campus, plus airfare. (Some travel
scholarships are available for Augsburg students.)
Crossing Borders: Gender and Social
Change in Mesoamerica (Mexico) —
Fall
Learn about the central issues facing
Mesoamerica, with emphasis on the experience and empowerment of women.
Students will engage in gender analysis of
key social, economic, political and cultural
issues in Mexico and El Salvador; explore
the interconnectedness of race, class, and
gender; learn first hand from both women
and men who are involved in struggles for
sustainable development and social
change. The program offers credit in religion, political science, women’s studies,
and Spanish. Internships and independent
studies are also available. The program
begins with a one-week seminar/orientation in the U.S-Mexico border region and
ends with a two-week seminar in El
Salvador. Students stay in guest houses
while traveling, spend approximately six
weeks in Augsburg housing, and four to
six weeks living with Mexican host families. Prerequisite: one college-level Spanish
course or its equivalent.
Nation-Building, Globalization, and
Decolonizing the Mind: Southern
African Perspectives (Namibia) — Fall
or Spring
This program examines the crucial
issues of nation-building, globalization,
and decolonizing the mind, from the perspectives of the new democracies of southern Africa. Namibia won its independence
in 1990 after decades of apartheid under
South African colonization. South Africa
had its first democratic election in 1994.
As these nations struggle to build nationhood and deal with the legacies of
apartheid and colonialism, they are faced
with the challenges posed by today’s world:
rapid globalization and under and unequal
development. Decolonizing the mind is a
long-term project. Credit is available in
history, religion, political science, and
interdisciplinary studies. Internships are
also available.
Sustainable Development and Social
Change (Guatemala, El Salvador,
Nicaragua) — Fall or Spring
This is an intensive semester of study
and travel designed to introduce students
to the key issues facing Central Americans.
Students will explore the history, culture,
and struggles of the people of Guatemala,
El Salvador, and Nicaragua, as well as
Academic Information 65
study approaches towards social and economic development. Course credit may be
earned in Spanish, religion, history,
women’s studies, and political science.
Students spend the first five weeks in
Guatemala, the next four weeks in El
Salvador, and the final six weeks in
Nicaragua. Prerequisites: one college-level
Spanish course or its equivalent is
required.
Social and Environmental Justice:
Latin American Perspectives (Mexico)
— Spring
This is an intensive program of study
and travel that explores socioeconomic and
political issues with a focus on the impact
of environmental policies on the lives of
women and men from varying economic
classes and ethnic groups in Mexico and
Central America. Students will examine
the ethics of land distribution, environmental racism, ecofeminism, social change,
and the complexity of gender, class, race,
and ethnicity in Latin America. Credit is
available in Spanish, history, political science, religion, and women’s studies.
Internships and independent studies are
also available. The program includes a twoweek seminar in Chiapas and Guatemala.
Students stay in guest houses while traveling, spend approximately six weeks in
Augsburg housing, and six weeks living
with Mexican host families.
Social Work in a Latin American
Context (Mexico) — Spring
This program was created to satisfy the
curriculum requirements for a Bachelor in
Social Work degree program. Its goal is to
develop cross-culturally competent, ethical
social work professionals with a global perspective by providing a semester of transformative, experiential learning focused on
social and economic justice. It includes
Spanish language study and social work
courses. Social work field placement is also
available for qualified students. Students
live with Mexican host families for six
weeks.
International Partners
International Partners offers a broad
range of learning opportunities in Norway
and Germany. Students can choose from
several options: group programs, “tailormade” individual study programs, and
practical professional experiences that may
include a paid internship. Program length
varies from ten days to two semesters. All
course work is in English. Some travel
scholarships are available. For further
information contact the International
Partners office.
Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs (HECUA)
Augsburg, in consortium with other
colleges and universities, offers full semester programs in Norway, Ecuador, Ireland,
Bangladesh, and the Twin Cities. All programs emphasize the impact of civic
engagement, social change and cross-cultural factors on the human community.
HECUA programs emphasize intense language experience, internships, and field
study.
For more information on international
HECUA programs, see the listings under
International Studies; and for non-international programs, see Metro-Urban Studies
under Interdisciplinary Studies.
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term:
Norway—Fall
This interdisciplinary program focuses
on contemporary Scandinavian society, culture, language and the development of
cities, urban problem solving, and urban
life. Local, regional, and international field
66 Academic Information
study and site visits in other countries,
including the former Soviet Union, will
provide comparative perspectives on welfare states and global politics. Application
deadline: April 1.
inars focus on human rights, conflict transformation, and education for democracy.
The program is located at the UNESCO
Centre at the University of Ulster in
Coleraine.
Bangladesh: Sustainable
Development, Environment, and
Culture — Spring
Student Teaching Abroad
Explore the policies, practices and competing ideologies of human, environmental
and socioeconomic development in
Bangladesh. Experience urban and rural
environments, interact with leaders of government and development agencies, learn
about Bangladeshi history and culture, and
take introductory courses in Bangla language. Lectures and readings are in
English. (Prereq.: junior status or permission)
Community Internships in Latin
America: Ecuador—Fall and Spring
This interdisciplinary program, based
in Quito, Ecuador, enables the student to
combine intense involvement in a community-based organization with study of the
community development process and
increase language skills. Students study
philosophical and ideological perspectives
of a variety of community agencies or
groups working with or for low-income
and other disenfranchised populations in
Latin America.
Northern Ireland: Democracy and
Social Change — Spring
The “Northern Ireland: Democracy and
Social Change” program examines the historical, political, and religious roots of conflict in Northern Ireland, the prospects for
peace, and the progress being made.
Through a seven-week internship, students
get hands-on experience with organizations working for social change. Field sem-
Selected education department students
may participate in the International
Student Teaching Abroad program coordinated through Minnesota State UniversityMoorhead or the University of MinnesotaMorris. Additionally, International Partners
has student teaching options available in
Norway. Students who teach abroad will
also do part of their student teaching
under direct Augsburg faculty supervision.
For additional information, contact the
Department of Education student teacher
director.
May/Summer Abroad
May and summer courses to many parts
of the world enable students to earn credit
through short-term travel. Offerings
include Summer Session I in Mexico via
the Center for Global Education. Contact
the study abroad adviser in the Office of
International Programs for the most current list of programs.
■ THE CENTER FOR SERVICE, WORK,
AND LEARNING
The Center for Service, Work, and
Learning is a comprehensive resource center incorporating an experiential educational focus emphasizing the importance
and value for all students to engage in service- and work-based learning experiences
and the exploration of personal and professional vocation throughout their college
years. The center encourages students to
take advantage of Augsburg’s metropolitan
location through the highly successful service-learning, internship, and career plan-
Academic Information 67
ning programs that link the College’s academic programs to community organizations and businesses.
Service- and work-based experiential
education opportunities are closely related
to students’ coursework, majors, and/or
career interests. Learning opportunities
may be in non-profit organizations,
churches, schools, government agencies,
community-based organizations, small and
mid-size companies, and large corporations.
The underlying assumption is that a
liberal arts education is an effective preparation for careers and citizenship. The integration of “knowing and doing” adds
breadth and depth to the liberal arts curriculum and assists students in making
more informed academic, personal, and
career decisions.
The Center for Service, Work, and
Learning includes the following programs:
Community Service-Learning
Augsburg’s Community ServiceLearning Program provides students with
opportunities to understand and respond
to needs in the city through course-embedded service experiences and civic engagement. A key component of community service-learning includes reflection on and
analysis of community issues in order to
promote personal and educational growth
and civic responsibility. Through connecting classroom content with service,
Augsburg students learn from and about
the organizations where they serve and
deepen their understanding of course
knowledge. This dynamic and interactive
educational approach employs reciprocal
learning between the students and the
community. Community service-learning
examples include tutoring at schools and
literacy centers, volunteering at homeless
shelters, Habitat for Humanity, and com-
munity centers, or working with cultural
and environmental groups.
The service-learning program also
works closely with the student-directed
Augsburg LINK and campus ministry.
Academic Internships
An academic internship is a carefully
planned, service- or work-based learning
experience where a student focuses on specific academic and individual learning
objectives. Academic credit is received for
the learning derived from the experience.
A learning agreement plan, negotiated with
a faculty supervisor and work supervisor,
outlines the internship objectives, strategies, and evaluation methods.
An academic internship is approved,
supervised, and evaluated by a faculty
member in the department in which the
student wishes to earn the internship credit. Internships can be registered for 1
course credit or .5 course credit.
Internships are available in all majors
and can be taken during a semester (or
Weekend College trimester), or summer
sessions. Inter-disciplinary internships are
also available. For extension of an internship beyond one term see Evaluation and
Grading on page 85.
A maximum of four courses of internship may count toward the total courses
required for the degree.
Cooperative Education
Cooperative Education is a non-credit
transcript notation for paid work experiences related to a student’s major or career
objective. The goal is for students to apply
theory to practice in a work setting. Job
opportunities typically are part-time during
the academic year and/or full-time in the
summer and can begin and end anytime.
Students must register for the non-credit
68 Academic Information
transcript notation, set learning goals and
evaluate their experience. The director of
the Center for Service, Work, and Learning
supervises co-op transcript notation work
experiences. Academic internships and
cooperative education may be used to fulfill the Augsburg Experience graduation
requirement.
Career Services
Career Services is committed to providing opportunities and programs to help
students discover their unique gifts, talents, skills, and interests, explore career
paths, and grapple with questions of vocation and purpose in a changing world. This
process is viewed as an important part of a
student’s development while attending college. To aid in this process, career staff provide career related assessments, one-onone career planning and coaching, and
assistance with choosing majors, locating
internships, preparing for job searches and
graduate school applications, and making
connections to community, business, and
alumni resources.
■ GRADUATE PROGRAMS
Augsburg College offers six graduate
degree programs: Master of Arts in
Education, Master of Arts in Leadership,
Master of Arts in Nursing, Master of
Business Administration, Master of Science
in Physician Assistant Studies, and Master
of Social Work. Catalogs for each degree
program should be consulted for complete
information.
The Master of Arts in Education offers
initial licensure coursework at the graduate
level in elementary education, secondary
education, and special education: E/BD and
LD. Students are able to take up to six
licensure courses at the graduate level and
complete their licensure programs with a
combination of graduate and undergradu-
ate coursework. Students can then apply
their graduate level licensure courses to
complete a master’s degree program.
Students will complete their master’s
degrees through a combination of MAL
coursework and graduate level education
coursework (total of nine courses).
Licensed teachers also can pursue special
education: E/BD and/or LD, as well as the
K-12 Reading Licensure Endorsement
licensure at the graduate level. The program is available through the Weekend
College schedule, and the admissions
process begins with the Weekend College
Admissions office. For further information
about the programs, contact the Education
Department or the Weekend College
Admissions office.
The Master of Arts in Leadership is
based on a liberal arts approach to leadership studies. This cross-disciplinary program directs its academic content and pedagogical approaches to situations, issues,
and problems relevant to organizational
leaders. Augsburg’s program recognizes
that today’s leaders need a broad spectrum
of abilities to provide them with a more
comprehensive understanding of their
world. Designed for working adults, the
program operates on alternate Saturdays.
The Master of Arts in Nursing prepares nurses for transformational leadership and transcultural community health
nursing practice across care settings, with
emphasis on addressing health inequities
among diverse populations. The program
is offered within the context of a Christian
liberal arts education. Graduates are eligible to apply for national certification in
Advanced Community Health Nursing, or
Advanced Nursing Administration through
the American Nurses Credentialing Center
(ANCC), and/or Transcultural Nursing
through the Transcultural Nursing Society
(TCNS). Classes meet on a flexible immer-
Academic Information 69
sion schedule (every other week or once
per month) that may include weekdays,
weekday evenings, and Saturdays. Webenhanced pedagogies are used for all classes. Practicums include optional short-term
study abroad experiences. Students may
choose to study in Mexico, Guatemala,
Namibia, Pine Ridge, SD, and/or Europe.
The Master of Arts in Nursing Program is
accredited by the Commission on
Collegiate Nursing Education in accordance with its accreditation standards and
procedures.
The Master of Business
Administration is designed to give students mastery of the skills and knowledge
necessary to advance in their careers and
accept roles of greater responsibility in an
organization. Meeting primarily on one
evening per week, this challenging program is designed to be completed in 20
months. Organized in cohort format, the
program encourages learning in a collaborative small-group environment and features a high level of interaction and attention from the faculty. The program focuses
on giving students the ability to think critically and effectively manage in complex
environments. An intensive Field Study
course allows students to apply classroom
learning to an actual business or organizational environment. Local businesses and
organizations provide a learning laboratory
for students as they complete projects in
various disciplines and functions.
The core program can be enhanced
through participation in a number of certificate options including Finance, Financial
Planning, International Business, Marketing
Management, Music Business, and Human
Resource Management.
The Master of Science in Physician
Assistant Studies is designed for students
interested in careers as health care
providers. The mission of the program is
based on a foundation of respect and sensitivity for the cultures and backgrounds of,
and is oriented toward providing care to,
underserved populations. Students are well
educated in current medical theory and
practice in primary care medicine. All
physician assistants must have a supervising physician to practice. The program is
three years long with classes held Monday
through Friday during the day.
The Master of Social Work, accredited
by the Council on Social Work Education,
prepares students for entering advanced
social work practice. The program builds
on the liberal arts base of the College and
supports the College’s mission to nurture
future leaders in service to the world.
There are two concentrations: family
practice or program development, policy,
and administration. Students choose one of
the two concentrations for their program
focus. The curriculum emphasizes work
with diverse and oppressed groups, social
justice, leadership for social change and a
holistic, strengths-based, problem-solving
framework. Graduate social work classes
meet in four-hour blocks on Friday
evenings, Saturday mornings, and
Saturday afternoons.
The family practice concentration prepares students to work with families and
individuals within families, across the full
range of contemporary social work practice
settings. The program development, policy,
and administration concentration prepares
students to actively seek equality and justice for clients within agencies, institutions, and society, while directing energy
toward changing policies that obscure and
oppress people.
A dual degree (Master of Social Work
and Master of Arts in Theology) is also
70 Academic Information
available and is offered in collaboration
with Luther Seminary. The dual degree is
designed to meet the educational interests
of people planning to serve the spiritual
and social needs of families, individuals,
and communities.
■ OTHER PROGRAMS
Continuing Education Program
The mission of Augsburg College continuing education program is to provide
working adults with lifelong learning
opportunities that will enable them to continue to grow personally, professionally,
and spiritually in their homes, workplaces,
and communities. The program strives to
meet the needs of the community by offering credit and non-credit programs consistent with the mission of Augsburg College.
Programs are developed through collaborations between academic and administrative departments of the College and community organizations. These collaborations
have included the Departments of
Business, Biology, the Center for
Leadership Studies, Education, Nursing,
Religion, Social Work, Institutional
Advancement, and organizations including
Minneapolis and St. Paul public school districts, Minnesota Department of Education,
and the Midwest Regional Office of the
College Board. Augsburg College is a
Lifelong Learning Partner with the ELCA.
Canadian Program
The Canadian program was inaugurated in 1985 with endowment from the
Mildred Joel bequest for Canadian studies.
The program supports special events and
conferences as well as student internships
and faculty activity in Canadian studies.
The goals of the program include community involvement, increased awareness of
the importance of Canadian/U.S. relations,
and provision of opportunities to learn
directly from Canadians through visits and
exchanges.
College of the Third Age
Augsburg College demonstrates its
commitment to lifelong learning through
its College of the Third Age. For more than
25 years this program has brought classes
in the liberal arts and the humanities to
mature learners in the Twin Cities metropolitan community. Approximately fifty
retired professors are available to teach one
class or a series of classes at churches, synagogues, community centers, or senior residences. The current catalog lists over 200
classes available for group study only.
To obtain further information about the
program or to request a catalog, call 612330-1139 during Tuesday and Wednesday
office hours (10:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m.). To
ask questions or to schedule a program,
call the program director at the above
number.
ACADEMIC POLICIES AND.
PROCEDURES.
■ REGISTRATION
A student must be registered for a
course to receive credit for it.
Full-time day students normally register for four course credits per semester.
Students registered for three or more
course credits in a semester are classified
as full-time students. Students registered
for two course credits are classified as halftime students.
To register for more than 4.5 course
credits, students must contact the
Enrollment Center to petition the
Academic Information 71
Committee on Student Standing unless the
following apply: cumulative GPA at
Augsburg of 3.00 to 3.49 may take a total
of 5.0 course credits; cumulative GPA at
Augsburg of 3.50 or greater may take a
total of 5.5 course credits without petitioning. All overload registrations must be
done in person at the Enrollment Center.
(Please note: There is an additional tuition
charge for course loads over 4.5 course
credits. This includes combining the credit
load from both the day and WEC programs. Spring day term will include Winter
WEC and Spring WEC.) Auditing classes
over the 4.5 overload limit will also incur a
tuition charge.
Weekend College and Rochester
Program students typically register for one
or two course credits each trimester.
Students registered for at least two course
credits in one term are considered full time
for that term. Students registered for one
course credit are considered half-time for
the term.
Although new day students may register up to five days after the semester
begins, registration is encouraged at the
regularly scheduled time. Official academic
calendars for all programs are available
through the registrar’s Web page.
Day students may add individual classes to their current schedule or withdraw
without notation through day 10 of the
term. The signature of the instructor is
required to add a class after the fifth day.
From day 11 through day 20, students may
still petition the Committee on Student
Standing for permission to add a class.
There is a fee for this petition. Day 20 is
the last day to petition for adding a class.
Students registered for day program
Time 1/Time 2 (T1/T2) courses that meet
only part of the term may add or withdraw
without notation through the fifth school
day after the start of the course. Changing
grade option or withdrawing with a W is
allowed through the fourth week of T1/T2
classes. Specific dates for each term are
listed under “Combined Academic
Calendars” at <www.augsburg.edu/enroll/
registrar>.
Weekend College students may add
individual classes to their current schedule
or withdraw without notation through
Friday after the first class weekend. The
signature of the instructor is required to
add a class after the class meets. Students
may petition the Committee on Student
Standing for permission to add a class
through the Thursday prior to the second
class weekend. There is a fee for this petition. The last day to petition to add a class
is the Thursday prior to the second class
weekend.
Students registered for Weekend
College T1/T2 courses may add or withdraw without notation through the Friday
after the first weekend class meeting.
Changing grade option or withdrawing
with a W is allowed through the Tuesday
after the second weekend class meeting.
Rochester students may add individual
classes to their current schedule and/or
withdraw without notation through
Monday after the first week of classes. The
signature of the instructor is required to
add a class after a class meets and it must
be processed through the Enrollment
Center. Students may petition the
Committee on Student Standing for permission to add a class through the Friday
prior to the second week of classes. There
is a fee for this petition. The last date to
petition to add a class is the Friday before
the second week of classes.
Students registered for Rochester T1/T2
courses may add or withdraw without
notation through the Monday after the first
72 Academic Information
week of the class. Changing grade option
or withdrawing with a W is allowed
through the Monday after the second week
of the class.
Separate rules apply to Summer School.
Some late course registrations may be
subject to additional late fees.
ACTC school course listings are also
available online and should be checked to
verify the correct meeting times and room
assignment. As some courses are offered
only in alternate years, students should
also consult with departmental advisers
when planning their academic program.
Summer session and graduate program
courses are published in separate schedules.
Specific information on registration and
help with registration on other campuses
are available from these offices:
Enrollment Center—612-330-1046
Academic Advising—612-330-1025
Weekend College—612-330-1782
Crossover Registration Policy
Every Augsburg undergraduate student
is admitted to a “home program,” either
day, Weekend College, or the Rochester
Program. It is expected that students will
complete most of their degree requirements through their home program.
However, full-time students may register
for up to 1.0 credits per term outside their
home program. Enrollment will be based
on class availability.
Students will be charged the rate of
their home program for courses in which
they enroll outside their home program.
The rate will be based on the maximum
credit load they are carrying on any calendar date over the span of the two terms.
For example, a day program student taking
2.0 credits in the day program, and 1.0
credits in the WEC program, will be considered full-time and will be charged the
full-time day program tuition rate. A WEC
student taking 2.0 credits in the WEC program, and 1.0 credits in the day program,
will pay the WEC tuition rate x 3.0 credits.
Day students taking over 4.5 credits
will pay the day part time rate for any
credits over 4.5 in their combined
day/WEC load (Spring day term will
include both Winter WEC and Spring
WEC). The maximum number of credits
that may be included in the day full-time
tuition rate for students who cross-register
is 4.5 .
Students have registration priority in
their home program. Crossover registration
begins only after the open Web registration
period closes for both programs. A schedule is published on the registrar’s office
Web page. There is a special crossover registration form that must be processed at
the Enrollment Center. This registration
option is not available by Web.
The WEC and Rochester programs are
not part of the ACTC (Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities) tuition
exchange program. WEC/Rochester students may NOT crossover to attend
A C T C c o u r se s .
Students must have completed their
undergraduate degree and be admitted to a
graduate program before taking graduate
level courses from that program. (An
exception is made for approved courses in
the Department of Nursing and the joint
B.A. Accounting/MAL.) Undergraduate students enrolled in graduate courses will pay
the graduate rate for those courses. Any
student enrolled in an Augsburg graduate
level program wishing to take an undergraduate course will pay the rate of the
program in which the course is offered
(Day, WEC, or Rochester).
Academic Information 73
Change of Program
Withdrawal from College
Students may apply to change their
“home program” by filling out a Change of
Program form available at the Enrollment
Center. The change will take effect the following term. Changes are limited to one
each academic year.
Students are urged not to abandon
courses for which they are registered
because this will result in a failing grade
on their official academic record.
Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from
the College must be completed in the
Enrollment Center. A Withdrawal from the
College form may be obtained at the
Enrollment Center or downloaded from
the registrar’s Web page. The last day to file
for a Withdrawal from College is the last
day of classes prior to finals week.
Withdrawal from college and any consequential adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the Withdrawal from
College form is returned to the registrar’s
office.
Registration
All day students are required to meet
with their academic adviser prior to registration. Incoming freshmen and transfer
students may register during summer for
courses in the fall. All currently enrolled
day students may register during the fall
for the spring term and during the spring
for the fall term.
Weekend College and Rochester
Program students may register during the
designated time prior to the start of each
term.
The primary method of registration will
be via the Web through AugNet during the
open registration period. Please reference
the academic calendar for specific dates.
Day students will be able to register only
after meeting with their faculty adviser.
The Enrollment Center is also available to
process registration forms. Note: Web registration may not recognize prerequisites
fulfilled by transfer work. In these cases,
please process your registration at the
Enrollment Center.
Once the open registration period ends,
returning students registering for the first
time for the coming term will be assessed a
late registration fee. The Enrollment
Center will process all registration forms
after the Web closes.
Students are responsible for keeping
the registrar’s office informed of their current mailing address.
Military Called to Active Duty
Augsburg College will allow students to
withdraw from courses without penalty if
they are called to active duty as military
reservists, National Guard, or for other
military service. This shall include a 100%
refund of tuition and fees upon verification
of call to active duty. The student must
provide a copy of orders.
If the student is called to duty after the
deadline to drop a course, the registrar will
place a W for the course(s) along with a
notation on the transcript that the student
was called to active duty. This is to assist
the student with any financial aid complications that may arise from a failure to
note attendance on the transcript, and also
indicate that the withdrawal was outside of
the student’s control.
Alternatively, the college supports faculty in enabling students who are called to
active duty and have substantially complet-
74 Academic Information
ed a course, to assign a grade based upon
the coursework completed, or work out an
“incomplete” agreement. Students who are
able to complete some of their courses
would have their refund adjusted to reflect
this.
Students who are being placed on
active duty should contact the registrar
and/or the Dean’s Office as soon as possible
so the College can notify all parties and aid
in this process.
Student Standing Committee
The Student Standing Committee deals
with requests for minor exceptions to academic policies. Typically, the Committee
reviews requests for:
• Minor exceptions to academic
requirements and/or approval of transfer
course substitutions
• Extending time for an incomplete
• Permission to take a course overload
• Student schedule changes after registration deadlines (adding, withdrawing, or
grade option changes)
Note: Petitions for an exception to published registration deadlines will require a
$50 petition fee attached to the petition.
This fee is non-refundable regardless of the
outcome of the petition. Petitions involving adding or dropping courses/withdrawing from college after the deadline must be
submitted within six months of the published registration deadlines for the term
involved.
In addition, the Committee reviews students’ transcripts in determining academic
probation or dismissal from the College on
academic grounds. The Committee also
hears appeals from students who have been
dismissed for academic reasons.
The Committee reviews student
requests for readmission to the College
after dismissal or returning after leaving
while on probation.
The Committee typically meets every
other week throughout the school year
(September-April), and once a month during summer.
Petition Process
Step 1: Pick up a petition form at the
Enrollment Center or download from the
registrar’s Web page: <www.augsburg.edu/
enroll/registrar/index.html>.
Step 2: Fill out the petition form completely. Include documentation for illness
or family emergency. Have your adviser,
instructor, or department chairs sign and
add comments concerning your request.
Petitions without comments from faculty
will be returned for completion.
Step 3: Return the completed petition
form to the Office of the Registrar/
Enrollment Center, include signed
drop/add form and $50 check if applicable.
Step 4: After the committee meets, a
copy of the petition with the committee’s
decision is returned to the student. Day
students will receive this notice in their
campus box. WEC and Rochester student
petitions will be mailed to their home
address.
Re-Admitted Students
Former Augsburg students, re-admitted
to complete a degree after being away from
the College for at least one calendar year,
have a choice between using the catalog in
effect when they first enrolled, if possible,
or using the catalog in effect at the point of
re-admission. The election to complete a
degree under a new catalog must be submitted in writing to the registrar’s office.
Some departments will not accept course-
Academic Information 75
work taken more than seven to ten years
ago. Students must meet all of the requirements in effect under the catalog they
choose. Choosing to complete graduation
requirements under the current catalog
will require re-evaluation of prior coursework, including transfer credit, to determine its applicability to the current catalog
requirements.
Students who graduated from Augsburg
who are returning to complete a second
major will not be awarded a second degree
unless it is different from the original
degree awarded. (B.A., B.M., B.S.) Minors
are not noted on the transcript if they are
completed after a baccalaureate degree has
been awarded.
Evaluation of Transfer Credit
The evaluation of transfer credits is
completed by the Office of the Registrar
and is based on a student’s official transcripts. College credit is granted for liberal
arts courses completed at regionally
accredited institutions with a grade of
2.0/C or better. Augsburg does not grant
credit for developmental courses, vocational-technical courses, or courses with grades
below 2.0/C. The registrar’s office evaluates
coursework for credit and for applicability
toward Augsburg Core Curriculum
requirements. Academic departments are
responsible for evaluating the applicability
of coursework toward a student’s major or
minor. The College reserves the right to
require that certain courses and a minimum number of courses be taken at
Augsburg. (Refer to the Residence section
on page 77) Additionally, major and minor
departments may require certain courses or
a minimum number of courses be taken at
Augsburg.
Augsburg operates on a course credit
system rather than semester or quarter
hours. Augsburg course credits are equiva-
lent to four semester hours or six quarter
hours. Transfer credits that have been
reported to Augsburg as semester or quarter hours are converted to Augsburg course
credits by dividing by four or six respectively.
Augsburg College limits transfer credit
from two-year colleges. Students may
transfer a maximum of 64 semester credits
(96 quarter credits) from two-year colleges.
Once a student reaches this credit limit, no
additional credits will transfer from twoyear institutions toward the minimum
number of course credits required for a
baccalaureate degree. However, courses
taken beyond the credit limit can be used
to meet liberal arts and major requirements.
Courses and credits that are accepted in
transfer are reported on the student’s transcript. Grades and grade points from other
institutions are not transferred to Augsburg
and are not included in the student’s
cumulative grade point average.
Students should consult with their faculty adviser and the Office of the Registrar
before taking courses at other institutions
to ensure compliance with transfer credit
policy and residency requirements.
MnSCU Transfer Students
Students transferring from the
Minnesota State Colleges and Universities
system who have completed the Minnesota
Transfer Curriculum, have earned the
Associate of Arts degree from MnSCU, and
have a 2.50 cumulative GPA (on a 4.0
scale) from the degree-granting institution
will be given transfer status as outlined
below:
• Students will be granted 16 Augsburg
course credits in transfer from two-year
institutions. This will assure admission
with junior standing. No additional credits
will be accepted from two-year institutions.
76 Academic Information
• The Augsburg Core Curriculum will
be adjusted so students need only to complete the following:
• REL 300 Bible, Christian Theology, and
Vocation
• One Augsburg Experience
• Senior Keystone Course
• Modern Language requirement (0-2
courses, depending on initial assessment)
• Math Placement Group 3 (or MAT
105)
• One course that fulfills the
Graduation-level Quantitative Reasoning
Skills requirement
• One course that fulfills a Graduationlevel Writing Skills requirement
• HPE 001 Foundations of Fitness or one
HPE lifetime activity course (This requirement is waived for students who have
transferred two equivalent courses.)
*The A.A. degree and Minnesota
Transfer Curriculum must be completed
prior to enrolling at Augsburg in order to
qualify for this transfer status.
Note: Additional prerequisite coursework beyond the A.A. degree may be
required in some Augsburg majors.
Students are advised to consult an academic adviser in the major department to discuss major requirements. Courses with C –
grades or below will not be accepted as
prerequisites or for application to majors.
Admission to a major — a separate
process from admission to the College — is
sometimes required. Please check with the
Office of Undergraduate Admissions and
consult the departmental section of this
catalog.
Advanced Transfer Students
Students who enter Augsburg with 13
or more course credits accepted in transfer
are considered Advanced Transfer
Students. The Augsburg Core Curriculum
will be adjusted for advanced transfer students as outlined below:
• Complete REL 300 Bible, Christian
Theology, and Vocation instead of REL 100
& REL 200
• Waiver of Augsburg Seminar requirement
• Waiver of Engaging Minneapolis
• Waiver of the Entry-level Critical
Thinking Assessment
• Waiver of one Lifetime Fitness
requirement (depending on transfer evaluation)
• Waiver of one Graduation-level
Writing Skills requirement
All Augsburg Core Curriculum requirements not mentioned above remain
unchanged for Advanced Transfer
Students. A full description of these
requirements is found on pages 78-84.
*Waivers for Advanced Transfer are
determined at the time of initial entry into
Augsburg and will not be granted for
courses completed after initial enrollment.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS.
The responsibility for ensuring that all
degree requirements are satisfied rests with
the student. All students are required to
file a graduation application with the registrar’s office one year prior to graduation.
Faculty advisers, the Academic
Advising staff, department chairs, and the
registrar staff are available for counsel and
assistance in program planning.
Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree
should contact the Office of the Registrar
about specific requirements for a second
baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent
Academic Information 77
of a major. See page 22 in the printed catalog in Undergraduate Admissions — Special
Students (Second Degree).
Each student is required to apply for
graduation at the end of his or her junior
year to confir m remaining graduation
requirements.
Application forms are available at the
Enrollment Center or on the registrar’s
Web page.
All degree and course requirements
must be completed and verified in the
Office of the Registrar prior to the anticipated date of graduation. (There may be no
incompletes or open courses on the academic record.)
Requirements For Undergraduate
Graduation:
Degree requirements include completion of a minimum number of credits, a
major, the Augsburg Core Curriculum, a
minimum GPA in major(s)/minor(s) and
in total course work, and residence.
1. Completion of 32 course credits
— No more than 13 course credits may be
in one department, except in certain
approved majors: accounting (B.A.) – 14;
music education (B.M.) – 17; music performance (B.M.) – 14.5; music therapy (B.S.)
– 17; and social work (B.S.) – 15.
No more than these maximums may be
applied toward the 32 total course credits
required: two courses by independent/
directed study; four courses of internship;
and six course credits with a grade of Pass
(P). To graduate with Latin honors, students may take no more than two elective
P/N graded courses. Each department sets
its own limitations on the number of P/N
graded courses that may be applied toward
the major and minor programs, but normally students may apply no more than
two course credits with P grades toward a
major and no more than one course credit
with a P grade toward a minor. The
Departments of Education and Social Work
are examples of departments that allow
students to apply more than two course
credits with P grades within the major program (two in major field courses plus student teaching or field work practicums).
2. Completion of a Major —
Requirements for each major are listed
under the departmental headings.
3. Completion of the Augsburg
Core Curriculum — Requirements for the
Augsburg Core Curriculum are listed in
the next section.
4. Grade Point Average — Students
must earn a minimum overall grade point
average of 2.00. Additionally, all majors
and minors require at least a 2.00 grade
point average in course work for the major
or minor. Some majors, licensure, and certification programs require a higher grade
point average or a minimum grade in each
course. See the departmental section for
details about the grade and grade point
average for individual majors and minors.
5. Residence — The last year of fulltime study or equivalent (no fewer than
seven of the last nine credits/requirements)
must be completed at Augsburg or within
an approved ACTC exchange program. No
fewer than a total of nine credits are to be
taken at Augsburg College. Contact the
registrar’s office if an official interpretation
is needed. Some departments have a minimum number of courses that are required
to be taken in residence within the major
and minor. Consult the catalog description
of the major/minor or the chairperson of
the department.
78 Academic Information
■ THE AUGSBURG CORE
CURRICULUM
The Augsburg Core Curriculum is
designed to prepare students to become
effective, informed, and ethical citizens
through their engagement in a curriculum
that:
• Provides a liberal arts foundation and
promotes the acquisition of intellectual
and professional skills;
• Calls for common inquiry into questions of Christian faith and the search for
meaning; and
• Cultivates the transformative discovery of, and appreciation for, the student’s
place of leadership and service in a diverse
world — vocatio and caritas.
The curriculum has three major components:
• The Augsburg Signature Curriculum
• The Liberal Arts Foundation
• Skills Requirements
THE AUGSBURG SIGNATURE
CURRICULUM
Search for Meaning
Augsburg’s Signature Curriculum is
centered on its identity as a college of the
Evangelical Lutheran Church in America.
As a college of the Church, Augsburg
accepts as a basis for its educational program the doctrines of the Christian faith as
revealed in scripture and the creeds
affirmed by the Lutheran Church. It consciously affirms that all students should
reflect upon the Christian scriptures, theological concepts, ethical values, their own
faith and values, and religious concepts
outside of the Christian faith as part of
becoming educated.
In these courses students articulate and
critically reflect upon Augsburg’s concept
of vocation and its meaning; Christian theological concepts as well as concepts from
other religious traditions; and the meaning
of the Bible in Judeo-Christian thought, its
cultural contexts, and concepts of human
identity and vocation.
Two Search for Meaning courses—REL
100 and REL 200—are required.
The Augsburg First Year
In order to help them make the transition to college and their new community,
first-year weekday program students are
required to take courses containing the following components:
• Augsburg Seminar
All students who enter the college as
first-year students in the weekday schedule
program must satisfactorily complete fall
orientation and Augsburg Seminar, a firstyear learning community in their major or
related area of academic interest. Each
week Augburg Seminars devote an hour to
topics relevant to an Augsburg education:
becoming an intentional learner; making
connections to the larger Augsburg learning community; and exploring strategies
for success in the AugSem course(s) and
future college work.
• Engaging Minneapolis
The Engaging Minneapolis requirement
builds on Augsburg’s national leadership in
experiential education as well as its commitment to its urban location. Students
take one course that introduces them to
the city as a resource for intentional learning, typically through civic engagement,
cultural engagement, or service learning.
Most Engaging Minneapolis courses also
fulfill an Augsburg Core Curriculum or
major requirement. They should be taken
Academic Information 79
during the first year, but may be taken in
the second year.
• Many Voices Project
Embedded in ENL 111, 112, and HON
111 (see core skills requirements), the
Many Voices Project engages first-year students in discussion of a common text
addressing themes of cultural diversity and
global awareness. Emphasizing ways in
which written communication can promote understanding and productive
engagement among different cultures and
points of view, The Many Voices Project is
intended to teach skills and methods that
promote successful communication
between diverse writers and readers.
Augsburg Experience
All students must complete at least one
approved Augsburg Experience as a
requirement for graduation. Augsburg
Experiences highlight the College’s commitment to experiential education and
active participation in the broader community, both locally and globally. Five categories of approved experiential learning
opportunities are recognized as Augsburg
Experiences: internships, faculty-student
research, community service, study abroad,
and off-campus immersion experiences.
An Augsburg Experience integrates
experiential learning with academic learning. It demonstrates enhanced learning and
reflects research and best practices in experiential education. Approved Augsburg
Experiences meet two criteria: (1)
Integrate experiential learning with academic learning and (2) Link on-campus
learning to the goals, mission, needs, or
ideas of off-campus people, organizations
and/or communities, either through community partners, professional activities,
and/or travel. Augsburg Experiences may
be embedded in designated courses that
are part of the regular class schedule or
may be completed for zero credit outside
of the regular class schedule. The length of
time required, credit/no-credit status, and
grading options for approved Augsburg
Experiences will vary.
Senior Keystone
The Senior Keystone course provides a
final opportunity for exploring the central
themes of an Augsburg education — vocation and the search for meaning in a
diverse and challenging world. Students
will reflect upon the meaning of their educational experiences and consider issues of
transition as they prepare for their lives
after Augsburg. Most Keystone courses also
meet major requirements.
The Senior Keystone course in each
department connects the broad liberal arts
foundation with the professional skills and
in-depth study of the major. It thus asks
graduating students to think critically,
reflectively, and ethically about their place
in the world as leaders and servants.
THE LIBERAL ARTS FOUNDATION
The Liberal Arts Foundation courses
introduce students to knowledge and
modes of inquiry across a wide range of
disciplines and subjects. The course offerings in the traditional liberal arts provide
the opportunity for students to acquire a
broad and solid foundation for their specialized study and professional preparation.
Students choose two courses from two
different departments in each domain.
(Exceptions may be made for specially
designed interdisciplinary Connections
courses.) The list of courses meeting the
Liberal Arts Foundation requirement is
available online and from the registrar’s
office.
80 Academic Information
Natural Sciences and Mathematics
Two courses from two different departments: Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics,
Physics.
One must be a lab science course.
Social and Behavioral Sciences
Two courses from two different departments:
Economics, Political Science,
Psychology, Sociology
Humanities
Two courses from two different departments/programs:
American Indian Studies, Communication Studies, English, History, Philosophy,
Religion, Modern Languages (literature
and culture courses), Women’s Studies
Note: The signature Search for Meaning
courses do not count as Humanities
Liberal Arts Foundation requirements.
Fine Arts
Two courses or approved activities
from two different departments:
Art, Music, Theatre Arts.
Participation in a music ensemble may
be applied to this requirement. Four
semesters of participation in the same
ensemble — orchestra, concert band, or
choir — fulfills one course requirement in
the Fine Arts domain.
SKILLS REQUIREMENTS
Entry Level Skills Assessments
There are entry level skills assessments
in:
• Critical Thinking
• Mathematics
• Writing
Placement in writing, math, and critical
thinking courses is determined by the
assessments. These tests are a prerequisite
for (not completion of) core and graduation skills course requirements.
• Critical Thinking Assessment and
Requirement
Students who have college credit for a
critical thinking or logic course are exempt
from the critical thinking assessment.
Students who do not achieve the minimum entry score on the placement exam
are required to take GST 100 Critical
Thinking.
• Mathematics Assessment and
Requirement
All students are required to have their
math placement group (MPG) determined.
In some cases, students who have transferred a mathematics course taken at
another college may have their MPG determined by the registrar’s office. All other
students must take the Augsburg Math
Placement Exam, which is administered by
Academic Advising. The exam is given
during college registration sessions and at
other announced times during the year.
Practice questions and other information
are available from Academic Advising.
Based on the math assessment result,
students will be enrolled in the appropriate
courses or advised on preparation for
retaking the math placement exam.
Students may retake the Math Placement
Exam once during their first term of
enrollment. Students are required to take
the Math Placement Exam before registering for the first term and should achieve
MPG 3 by the end of their first year at
Augsburg.
Academic Information 81
Students in MPG 1 must take MAT 103
to advance to MPG 2. Students in MPG 2
must take MAT 105 to advance to MPG 3.
Students in MPG 3 must take MAT 114 to
advance to MPG 4. No other MAT course
changes a student’s MPG. A grade of Pass
or 2.0 or higher is required to advance to
the next math level.
Students are encouraged to advance
their MPG as soon as possible. Students
must achieve Math Placement Group
(MPG) 3 or higher to graduate. In addition, many courses require MPG 2, 3, or 4
as a prerequisite.
• Writing Assessment and
Requirement
This entry level assessment determines
readiness for ENL 111 or 112. Students
who do not place highly enough on the
entry level assessment will be required to
take ENL 101 Developmental Writing
before ENL 111.
Students who have transferred in a
course equivalent to ENL 111 are excused
from the entry level exam. Students entering Weekend College or the Rochester
Program do not take the Writing
Assessment.
Core Skills Requirements
• Effective Writing
ENL 111 Effective Writing or the equivalent with a grade of 2.0, P, or higher, is
required. Attendance the first day of class
is required.
Students should complete Effective
Writing by the middle of their sophomore
year since it is a prerequisite for Writing
Graduation Skill courses.
• Modern Language
For students who have not previously
studied a modern language, completion of
a two-course sequence in the same language with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P in
both courses is required. The BYU-CAPE
language assessment is offered to students
who have had at least one year of study of
French, German, or Spanish language in
high school. For a language previously
studied, successful completion (minimum
grade of 2.0 or P) of one language course
at your placement level (112 or higher)
satisfies the requirement. Students whose
placement test is at 311 or higher will be
exempted from further language study.
Modern language courses accepted in
transfer may be applicable to this skills
area for partial or full completion of the
requirement.
Students who have demonstrated competence in American Sign Language by
passing an approved course sequence will
have fulfilled the Modern Language Core
Skill.
Students whose first language is not
English and whose score is below the minimum on the ELL placement test must fulfill the English Language Learners (ELL)
requirement. The requirement is satisfied
by successfully completing the ELL
course(s) and achieving a score above the
minimum on the ELL placement exam.
Students who complete the ELL requirement fulfill the Modern Language Core
Skill requirement. Contact Academic
Advising or the English Department for
additional information. More information
about English Language Learners is found
on page 88.
82 Academic Information
CHECKLIST AND SUMMARY OF
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS.
FOR GRADUATION.
This quick reference checklist is an abbreviated version of the requirements for graduation.
As a summary, it is not comprehensive and cannot substitute fully for the complete degree
requirements that begin on page 76. Students
are advised to read carefully the full graduation
requirements and to consult frequently with
their advisers to ensure that all requirements for
graduation are met.
All new freshmen and all freshman and
sophomore transfer students must complete
the following requirements prior to graduation
( t r a n s fe r c r e d i t m a y a p p l y t o t h e s e r e q u i r e ments):
❏ Complete 32 course credits. Of these: no
more than 13 courses may be in any one
department, with the following exceptions:
Accounting (B.A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Music Education (B.M.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . . . . .14.5
Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Social Work (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
Other maximums are described on page 77.
(Exceptions may be made for specially designed
interdisciplinary Connections courses.)
• Natural Sciences and Mathematics (1 lab
science)
• Social and Behavioral Sciences
• Humanities
• Fine Arts
Complete Entry Level Skills Assessments
and Core Skills Requirements:
• Critical Thinking Assessment
• Mathematics Assessment
• Modern Languages Assessment
• Writing Assessment
• Achieve a Math Placement Group score of
three.
• Complete Effective Writing
• Complete Modern Language requirement
(0-2 courses, depending on initial assessment.)
• Complete HPE 001 Foundations of Fitness
and one HPE lifetime activity course.
Complete courses designed to fulfill the following Graduation Skills with a minimum grade
of 2.0 or P. (Courses meeting these requirements
are designated by the major.)
❏ Maintain minimum cumulative grade point
average in major, minor, and in total courses completed.
• Two courses with Writing components.
❏ Complete a major.
• One course with a Speaking component.
❏ Complete the Augsburg Core Curriculum.
• One course with a Quantitative Reasoning
component.
Complete the Signature Curriculum:
• Complete two (2) Search for Meaning
courses.
• Complete the Augsburg First Year requirements. (Sophomore transfer students are
exempt from these requirements.)
1. Complete the fall orientation and
Augsburg Seminar.
2. Complete an Engaging Minneapolis
course.
• One course with a Critical Thinking component.
A l l a d v a n c e d t r a n s f e r s t u d e n t s ( t h os e
entering with 13 or more credits) must com plete the following requirements prior to graduation (transfer credit may apply to these
requirements):
❏ Complete 32 course credits. Of these: no
more than 13 courses may be in any one
department, with the following exceptions:
Accounting (B.A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
• Complete at least one Augsburg
Experience
Music Education (B.M.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
• Complete a Senior Keystone course.
Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Complete the Liberal Arts Foundation
requirements: Complete two courses from two
different departments in each domain.
Social Work (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . . . . .14.5
Other maximums are described on page 77.
Academic Information 83
❏ Maintain minimum cumulative grade point
average in major, minor, and in total courses completed.
❏ Complete a major.
❏ Complete the Augsburg Core Curriculum.
Complete the Signature Curriculum:
• Complete REL 300 Bible, Christian
Theology, and Vocation course
• Complete a Senior Keystone course.
• Complete one Augsburg Experience
Complete the Liberal Arts Foundation
requirements: Complete two courses from two
different departments in each domain.
(Exceptions may be made for specially designed
interdisciplinary Connections courses.)
• Natural Sciences and Mathematics (1 lab
science)
• Social and Behavioral Sciences
Students entering under the Minnesota
Transfer Curriculum with an A.A. degree must
complete the following requirements prior to
graduation:
❏ Complete 32 course credits. Of these: no
more than 13 courses may be in any one
department, with the following exceptions:
Accounting (B.A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Music Education (B.M.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . . . . .14.5
Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Social Work (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
Other maximums are described on page 77.
❏ Maintain minimum cumulative grade point
average in major, minor, and in total course s c omp le t e d .
❏ Complete a major.
❏ Complete the Augsburg Core Curriculum.
• Humanities
Complete the Signature Curriculum:
• Fine Arts
• Complete REL 300 Bible, Christian
Theology, and Vocation course.
Complete Entry Level Skill Assessments and
Core Skills Requirements:
• Satisfy entry level skill requirements in
writing.
• Achieve a Math Placement Group score of
three.
• Complete Modern Language requirement
(0-2 courses, depending on initial assessment.)
• Complete HPE 001 Foundations of Fitness
or one HPE lifetime activity course
(depending on transcript assessment.)
Complete courses designed to fulfill the following Graduation Skills with a minimum grade
of 2.0 or P. (Courses meeting these requirements
are designated by the major.)
• One course with a Writing component.
• One course with a Critical Thinking component.
• Complete a Senior Keystone course.
• Complete one Augsburg Experience
Complete Entry Level Skills Assessments
and Core Skills Requirements:
• Complete one college algebra course
course (MAT 105) or a Math Placement
Group 3.
• Complete Modern Language requirement
(0-2 courses, depending on initial assessment.)
• Complete HPE 001 Foundations of Fitness
or one HPE lifetime activity course
(depending on transcript assessment)
Complete courses designed to fulfill the following Graduation Skills with a minimum grade
of 2.0 or P. (Courses meeting these requirements
are designated by the major.)
• One course with a Speaking component.
• One course in the major that meets a
Writing Graduation Skill.
• One course with a Quantitative Reasoning
component.
• One course that meets the Quantitative
Reasoning Graduation Skill.
All students are required to file a
graduation application with the
Office of the Registrar one year prior to graduation.
84 Academic Information
• Lifetime Fitness
Two lifetime fitness courses are
required. HPE 001 Foundations of Fitness
is required of all students. The second
course may be chosen from a variety of different lifetime activities (HPE 002, 003
Lifetime Activity courses). Students may
test out of the second activity course by
demonstrating proficiency from a selected
lifetime activity. Proficiency exams are
offered through the Health and Physical
Education department each semester.
There is a fee to take the lifetime activity
proficiency test. Intercollegiate athletes and
Health and Physical Education majors may
not test out of this requirement.
Foundations of Fitness and Lifetime
Activity courses are non-credit courses and
are not included in the 32-course graduation requirement.
Graduation Skills Requirements
An Augsburg education includes
enhancement of certain skills during the
years in college. Critical thinking, quantitative reasoning, speaking, and writing
skills are deliberate components of certain
courses. Students are required to have one
course each with Critical Thinking,
Quantitative Reasoning, and Speaking skill
components, and two courses with a
Writing Skill component. These requirements are modified for advanced transfer
students (see pages 76, 82-83). A minimum grade of 2.0 or P is required to satisfy
a graduation skill requirement.
Graduation skill requirements typically
are embedded in required courses in the
major. Some departments, however, designate courses outside the major or elective
courses in the major that fulfill this
requirement. Academic advisers will provide a list of these courses.
All Writing Skill courses have the prerequisite of ENL 111 or its equivalent. All
Quantitative Reasoning Skill courses have
the prerequisite of Math Placement Group
3, and all Critical Thinking Skill courses
have the prerequisite of passing the entry
level Critical Thinking Assessment or GST
100.
Core Curriculum Modifications
Some majors that result in a Bachelor of
Science degree give students the ability to
modify their Core Curriculum requirements in one of the following ways.
1. Bachelor of Science/Liberal Ar ts
Foundation (LAF) Waiver. Students who
elect the Bachelor of Science/LAF Waiver
must complete at least six of the eight LAF
requirements, provided at least one course
is taken in each of the four domains. (e.g.,
two Natural Science and Mathematics
courses, two Social and Behavioral Science
courses, one Fine Arts course, and one
Humanities course) The following majors
are approved for the Bachelor of
Science/LAF Waiver:
• Biology
• Chemistry
• Clinical Laboratory Science
• Elementary Education
• Health Education (teaching licensure
only)
• Mathematics
• Music Therapy
• Nursing
• Physical Education (teaching licensure only)
• Physics
2. Bachelor of Science/Moder n
Language Waiver. Students who elect the
Bachelor of Science/Modern Language
Waiver are not required to complete modern language courses as part of their
degree. The following majors are approved
Academic Information 85
for the Bachelor of Science/Modern
Language Waiver:
• Biology
• Chemistry
• Clinical Laboratory Science
• Mathematics
• Music Therapy
• Nursing
• Physics
EVALUATION AND GRADING
■
EXPLANATION OF GRADES
The official delivery of end-of-term
grades to students is online via the AugNet
Records and Registration website.
Student achievement in courses is measured by final examinations, shorter tests,
written papers, oral reports, and other
types of evaluation.
Most courses are offered with grading
options—traditional grading on a 4.0 to
0.0 scale or the Pass/No credit system, in
which P means a grade of 2.0 or better
and N means no credit and a grade of less
than 2.0.
toward the requirement that 14 traditionally graded course credits be earned at
Augsburg in order to be considered for
Latin Honors. Transfer students should be
especially aware of this requirement.
• To be eligible for graduation with
Latin Honors, students may elect only 2
P/N credits.
• See P/N limitations under Graduation
Requirements, page 77.
Certain courses have restrictions and
are offered on one grading system only
(e.g., lifetime activities are graded only
P/N).
In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/N grading
option. Any changes in choice of grading
system must be made according to dates
published each term.
Numeric Grades
Numeric grades are used with these
definitions:
4.0
Achieves highest standards of
excellence
3.5
Pass/No Credit
3.0
Students who choose the P/N option
are cautioned:
2.5
• In order to receive a grade of P, a student must achieve at least a grade of 2.0.
2.0
• Some graduate and professional
schools do not look favorably on a large
number of P-graded courses, or rank each
as a C.
1.5
• Maximum number of course credits
taken P/N that may be applied to graduation is six course credits with a grade of
Pass (P).
0.5
• P-graded courses do not count
1.0
0.0
Achieves above basic course
standards
Meets basic standards for the
course
Performance below basic course
standards
Unacceptable performance (no
credit for the course)
Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are
86 Academic Information
not computed in the grade point average.
completed, a grade of 0.0 will be assigned.
An incomplete grade (I) may be awarded when the instructor grants permission
after determining that a student emergency
may delay completion of coursework.
Students who receive an incomplete grade
should be capable of passing the course if
they satisfactorily complete outstanding
course requirements. To receive an incomplete grade, a student must file an
Application for Incomplete Grade Form
with the Office of the Registrar that states
the reasons for the request, outlines the
work required to complete the course, and
includes the course instructor’s signature.
The instructor may stipulate the terms and
conditions that apply to course completion. The student must complete the outstanding work in enough time to allow
evaluation of the work by the instructor
and the filing of a grade before the final
day of the following academic term in the
student’s program. If the work is not completed by the specified date of the following academic term, the grade for the
course becomes 0.0.
A course is given a grade of W (withdrawn) when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record.
Internships, independent studies, and
directed studies may sometimes last longer
than one term. When this is the case, they
must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of
the first term of registration. A grade of X
(extension) is given by the instructor to
indicate that the study is extended. It is
expected that students given X extensions
will continue to communicate with their
instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. A
final grade will be issued at the end of the
term in which the work is completed and
evaluated (but not longer than one year).
An instructor has the right to not grant an
extension where satisfactory progress is not
demonstrated. If the course is not
Repeated Courses
A course in which a grade of 0.0, 0.5,
1.0, 1.5, or N has been received may be
repeated for credit. Courses in which higher
grades have been earned may not be
repeated for credit and a grade, but may be
audited. All courses taken each term and
grades earned, including W and N, will be
recorded on the academic record. Only the
credits and grades earned the second time,
for legitimately repeated courses, are
counted toward graduation and in the
grade point average.
Auditing Courses
Students who wish to take courses
without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Full-time day students will be charged an audit fee if their
total credit load is over 4.5 credits. The
charge for part-time and Weekend College
students is listed under Weekend College
Costs in the Financing Your Education section on page 24. The signature of the
instructor is required to register an audit.
Students who audit a course should confer
with the instructor within two weeks of
the beginning of the term to determine
expectations, attendance, and any other
requirements. If expectations have been
met, the course will be listed on the transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be
listed with a grade of W. Audited courses
do not count toward graduation and do
not fulfill general education requirements.
Grade Point Average
Academic Information 87
The grade point average (GPA) is based
on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It
does not include credit and grade points for
work transferred from other colleges.
Courses taken on the P/N grading option
are recorded, but not computed in the GPA.
The formula for computing the GPA is:
GPA = Total grade points divided by
number of credits attempted.*
*Courses with 0 to 4 grade assigned
Classification
Students are classified when grades are
posted at the end of each term.
Classification is based on the number of
course credits completed.
• Sophomores—7 completed course
credits.
• Juniors—16 completed course credits.
• Seniors—24 completed course credits.
■ ASSESSMENT OF PREVIOUS
LEARNING (APL) PROGRAM
Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life
situations. Some of this learning may be
appropriate for credit recognition within
the disciplines that comprise the academic
program of a liberal arts college. The
Assessment of Previous Learning program
(APL) at Augsburg provides a means by
which a student’s previous learning, other
than that which is transferred from another
accredited institution, may be presented
for examination for possible credit toward
the completion of a baccalaureate degree.
Not all learning from life experience,
however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning
must meet two essential criteria: (1) it is
relevant to coursework in a field of study
within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum, and (2) it can be objectively demon-
strated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation.
The APL program at Augsburg provides
several means by which students may have
their previous learning assessed for credit
recognition. The following is a brief
description of each of these means of
assessment:
International Baccalaureate Program
(IB)—Courses earned from the
International Baccalaureate program will
be considered by the College for advanced
placement and appropriate credit. Credit
granting guidelines are available in the registrar’s office.
Advanced Placement Program
(AP)—Augsburg allows students to earn
credit for scores of 3, 4, or 5 on selected
Advanced Placement tests. For some
exams, a minimum score of 4 is required.
Inquiries should be addressed to the Office
of the Registrar.
The College Level Examination
Program (CLEP)—This is a series of standardized tests that have been developed by
the College Board and are offered to students for a small fee at regional testing
centers. Students who score at or above the
American Council on Education’s recommended score on an approved examination
may receive academic credit for that subject at Augsburg College. Information
about CLEP tests is available from the
Office of the Registrar.
Departmental Comprehensive
Exams—These are available for students
to use in obtaining credit for previous
learning if the following conditions
are met:
• There is a departmental exam available for the subject area in question.
88 Academic Information
• There is a faculty member designated
by the department to administer the exam.
• The registrar approves the student’s
request to take the exam. Credit for departmental exams is available on a P/N basis
only, and there is a charge per exam of
$400 for a full course credit.
The Portfolio Assessment
Program—This is a credit assessment
alternative in which a faculty team completes a credit evaluation of a learning
portfolio submitted by the student. The
faculty team is composed of two faculty
members from fields of study directly related
to the student’s previous learning. Students
who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous
learning for credit assessment should consult the Office of the Registrar. In completing the evaluation of a student’s previous
learning, the faculty team applies the following criteria:
• There is documentable evidence of a
cognitive component in the previous learning experience that involved prescribed or
systematic study of content material found
within liberal arts coursework.
• The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the presenting student.
• The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement.
• The learning relates well to the student’s educational goals.
• The learning and skills involved are
current and could be used at the present
time.
Students may apply for the credit
assessment process after completing at
least four credits of academic work at
Augsburg College with a cumulative
Augsburg GPA of at least 2.50. It is strongly recommended that the process not be
used when four or fewer courses remain
for graduation. There is a non-refundable
application deposit of $200 to initiate the
credit assessment process for each course
presented in a portfolio. An additional
$200 is charged upon approval of each
course. Credit is available on a P/N credit
basis only.
Transcript credit will be recorded with
the equivalent Augsburg course numbers
as determined by faculty reviewers.
Maximum Credit Accepted for
Previous Learning—While Augsburg
College recognizes the validity of learning
that takes place outside the traditional
classroom, this learning must be placed in
the context of formal study in campusbased liberal arts courses. Therefore,
Augsburg allows a maximum of eight credits (about one-fourth of a baccalaureate
degree) to be obtained through previous
experiential learning. In compiling the
eight credits for previous experiential learning, the student may use any combination
of the five assessment processes available in
the APL Program: AP exams, CLEP exams,
IB exams, departmental comprehensive
exams, and credit granted through portfolio
assessment.
English Language Learners (ELL)
Students whose primary language spoken at home is not English must take the
ELL placement test in conjunction with
the English writing placement test prior to
registering for their first term at Augsburg.
Students’ placement in ELL, ENL 101
Developmental Writing, or ENL 111, HON
111, or ENL 112 Effective Writing will be
determined by their scores on the
Michigan test (85-100 range for exemption
from ELL courses) and by a writing sample.
Near the end of each term of the
English Language Learner’s course, an
objective test will be administered to all
Academic Information 89
students in the class. The score on this test
and the grade earned in the class will
determine whether additional ELL coursework is required. Usually a score of 85 to
100 and a course grade of 3.5 or 4.0 will
fulfill the student’s ELL requirement.
All students whose native language is
not English must stay enrolled in ENL
217/218 until such time that they pass the
ELL placement test at 85 percent or higher.
The ELL course can be counted only twice
in the total number of courses required for
graduation.
Students who fulfill the ELL requirement, by examination or by course
completion, have completed the Modern
Language Core Skill requirement for
graduation.
■ ACADEMIC PROGRESS,
PROBATION, AND DISMISSAL
The College requires that all students
maintain a 2.00 cumulative grade point
average (GPA).
It should be noted that a minimum GPA
of 2.00 is required for graduation, with certain majors requiring a higher minimum
GPA.
Students whose overall academic
achievement falls below a 2.00 GPA will
either be placed on scholastic probation at
the end of the term or will be continued on
probation or will be dismissed from the
College. In addition, a freshman who
receives two zero grades or a sophomore,
junior, or senior who receives three zero
grades will be considered for probation or
dismissal. However, dismissal from the
College is not automatic. Each case is
reviewed by the Student Standing
Committee. Evidence of the student’s commitment to academic progress is the primary consideration in deciding whether or not
to dismiss a student. Students who have a
poor academic record may be strongly
advised to withdraw before the end of a
term. Those on probation who voluntarily
withdraw from the College, as well as those
who are dismissed, must have special permission from the Student Standing
Committee to re-enroll. Students who have
been dismissed may apply for readmission
after one year, at which time the Student
Standing Committee will review the application for readmission accompanied by any
statements and evidence attesting to his or
her commitment to academic success.
Students may be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches
2.00. Students placed on probation as
freshmen for having earned two zero
grades may be removed from probation if
their classification changes to sophomore,
if they have not earned additional zero
grades, and if their cumulative GPA reaches 2.00. Students placed on probation as
sophomores for having earned three zero
grades may be removed from probation if
their classification changes to junior and
their cumulative GPA reaches 2.00.
The College reserves the right to dismiss any student who does not meet the
guidelines stated above. Once a student is
dismissed, he or she may appeal the decision within 10 days to the Committee on
Student Standing.
Dean’s List
The Dean’s List, compiled after each
semester, lists undergraduate students
whose grade point average for a semester is
3.50 or better. Students must be full-time
students (a minimum equivalent of three
full course credits for a weekday schedule
student or two equivalent full course credits for a Weekend College student), graded
on the traditional grading system, with no
incompletes in courses offered for credit.
Courses taken outside of a program’s calen-
90 Academic Information
dar (e.g., crossover courses taken in a
Weekend College trimester term by a day
student or in a semester term by a weekend student) are not calculated when
determining the Dean’s List. If permission
is given by the student, an announcement
is sent to the hometown newspaper of each
student on the Dean’s List.
Latin Honors
Augsburg recognizes those students
who have demonstrated exemplary academic achievement by conferring Latin honors upon completion of a baccalaureate
degree.
This designation and the standards set
are in effect for all students who complete
degree requirements in May 2004 or later.
Latin honors replaces the previous honors
designation of “With Distinction.” Students
may also receive honors recognition for
departmental honors and for participation
in the honors program. (See individual
department and program descriptions for
details.)
Qualification for Latin honors is determined as follows:
Summa cum laude: 3.90-4.00 GPA plus
successful completion of the summa oral
examination
Magna cum laude: 3.80-3.89 GPA
Cum laude: 3.60-3.79 GPA
To be eligible, a student must complete
a minimum of fourteen traditionally graded credits at Augsburg and have no more
than two elective pass/no pass graded credits at Augsburg (classes offered only as P/N
by the department will not be counted, nor
will “N” grades).
For additional information, including
the guidelines for the Summa Cum Laude
oral examination, go to the Latin Honors
section at <www.augsburg.edu/enroll/
registrar>.
Qualification for Commencement
Augsburg College has one commencement ceremony per academic year in the
month of May. Undergraduate students
who will not have met degree requirements
by the end of the spring term may qualify
to participate in commencement if: (1) no
more than three course credits/requirements will remain in their program at the
end of the spring term, and (2) the remaining requirements will be completed in the
summer or fall terms following participation in commencement. A student will not
graduate nor will a degree be conferred
until all graduation requirements are met,
regardless of participation in commencement.
Enrollment/Degree Verification
Augsburg College has authorized the
National Student Clearinghouse to act as
its agent for verification of student enrollment and degree status.
Contact information is as follows:
National Student Clearinghouse
13454 Sunrise Valley Road, Suite 300
Herndon, VA 20171
Web: www.degreeverify.org
Phone: 703-742-4200
Fax: 703-742-4239
E-mail: degreeverify@studentclearing
house.org
Academic Information 91
Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg is approved by the state
approving agency for Veterans Education.
Veterans should consult with the
Enrollment Center about completion of
enrollment verification and the forwarding
of other information to the Veterans
Administration. Veterans will need to meet
the requirements of the Veterans
Administration regarding repayment of
educational assistance funds received.
■ FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS
AND PRIVACY ACT NOTICE
The Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA), as amended,
provides certain rights to students regarding their education records. Each year
Augsburg College is required to give notice
of the various rights accorded to students
pursuant to FERPA. In accordance with
FERPA, you are notified of the following:
Right to inspect and review education records—You have the right to
review and inspect substantially all of your
education records maintained by or at
Augsburg College. Your request should be
submitted in writing at least one week
prior to the date you wish to review your
records.
Right to request amendment of
education records—You have the right to
seek to have corrected any parts of an education record that you believe to be inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation
of your right to privacy. This includes the
right to a hearing to present evidence that
the record should be changed if Augsburg
decides not to alter your education records
according to your request.
Right to give permission for disclosure of personally identifiable information —You have the right to be asked
and to give Augsburg your permission to
disclose personally identifiable information
contained in your education records,
except to the extent that FERPA and the
regulations regarding FERPA authorize disclosure without your permission. One
exception which permits disclosure without consent is disclosure to school officials
with legitimate education interests. A
school official is a person employed by the
College in an administrative, supervisory,
academic or research, or support staff position (including law enforcement unit personnel and health staff); person or company with whom the College has contracted
(such as an attorney, auditor, or collection
agent); a person serving on the Board of
Trustees, or a student serving on an official
committee, such as a disciplinary or grievance committee, or assisting another
school official performing his or her tasks.
A school official has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review
an education record in order to fulfill his
or her professional responsibility.
Right to withhold disclosure of
“directory information”—FERPA uses
the term “Directory Information” to refer
to those categories of personally identifiable information that may be released for
any purpose at the discretion of Augsburg
College without notification of the request
or disclosure to the student.
Under FERPA you have the right to
withhold the disclosure of the directory
information listed below. Please consider
very carefully the consequences of any
decision by you to withhold directory
information. Should you decide to inform
Augsburg College not to release Directory
Information, any future request for such
information from persons or organizations
outside of Augsburg College will be refused.
92 Academic Information
“Directory information” includes
the following:
• The student’s name;
• The student’s address;
• The student’s telephone number;
• The student’s e-mail address;
• The student’s date and place of birth;
• The student’s major and minor field of
study;
• The student’s academic class level;
• The student’s enrollment status
(FT/HT/LHT);
• The student’s participation in
officially recognized activities and
sports;
• The student’s degrees and awards
received;
• The weight and height of members of
athletic teams;
• The student’s dates of attendance;
• The most recent previous educational
agency or institution attended by the
student; and
• The student’s photograph.
Augsburg College will honor your
request to withhold all Directory
Information but cannot assume responsibility to contact you for subsequent permission to release it. Augsburg assumes no
liability for honoring your instructions that
such information be withheld. The Office
of the Registrar must be notified in writing
of your intent to withhold your Directory
Information. If the notice is not received
by the registrar prior to Sept. 15 (or within
10 school days of the start of a subsequent
term for a new student), it will be assumed
that all Directory Information may be disclosed for the remainder of the current
academic year. A new notice for withholding disclosure must be completed each academic year.
Right to complain to FERPA
Office—You have the right to file a complaint with the Family Educational Rights
and Privacy Act Office, U.S. Department of
Education, 400 Maryland Ave. S.W.,
Washington, D.C., 20202-4605, concerning Augsburg’s failure to comply with
FERPA.
Reporting Educational Information
Letters of reference must be requested
in writing and explicitly indicate what
information may be reported in the letter.
Departments and
Programs
Course Descriptions with Major
and Minor Requirements – 94
Department majors and
programs are listed
alphabetically.
Also see index.
94
DEPARTMENTS AND PROGRAMS
A
s a liberal arts institution, Augsburg
College believes that knowledge and truth
are interrelated and are integrated into a
whole. The tradition of the academic
world, however, divides this unified truth
into more manageable parts: the academic
disciplines. The knowledge of individual
disciplines is subdivided into courses that
make it more accessible to students. These
courses can be arranged in various ways to
construct majors, to create the substance
of a broad general education, and to give
students the opportunity to study areas of
particular individual interest.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS.
Descriptions of courses are arranged by
departments and programs. These descriptions offer a brief summary of the subject
matter to aid students in planning a program. A syllabus containing a more
detailed explanation of content, approach,
requirements, and evaluations for a
particular course can be obtained from
the instructor.
Department entries also contain a
narrative discussion of the educational
philosophy of each department, its goals,
and its place in the College’s program. A
listing of requirements for individual
majors and minors follows the narrative.
Weekend College classes are published
each spring in a separate booklet and
online.
Since some courses are offered alternate
years, it is important that the student
review major requirements and course
offerings with an adviser to ensure that all
requirements can be met.
Descriptions and schedules for Summer
Session, the Master of Arts in Education,
Master of Arts in Leadership, Master of
Arts in Nursing, Master of Business
Administration, Master of Science in
Physician Assistant Studies, and Master of
Social Work courses are published in separate catalogs.
Credits
A full course is offered for one course
credit. A few fractional courses, for onehalf or one-quarter course credit, are
offered. Unless noted, all courses are one
course credit. A full course is valued as
four semester credits or six quarter hours.
Most day program courses meet for three
60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods per week with additional time required
for laboratory work. All full credit
Weekend College courses meet for eight
three-and-one-half-hour sessions during
fall and for seven four-hour sessions during winter and spring term.
Numbering
Class Schedule
Courses listed are subject to change. In
general, classes are offered fall and/or
spring terms unless otherwise indicated.
The schedule of classes offered through the
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC) for fall and spring terms is only
available online.
Courses numbered below 300 are lower
division courses. Courses numbered 300
and above are classified as upper division.
In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s for sophomores, 300s
for juniors, and 400s for seniors.
Departments and Programs 95
Prerequisites
■ INTERNSHIPS
Courses that must be taken before
enrolling in a higher level course are listed
in the course description as prerequisites.
A student may enroll in a course when a
prerequisite has not been fulfilled if there
is prior approval by the professor teaching
the course. Some prerequisites (such as
ENL 111, math placement, and critical
thinking) cannot be waived by the
instructor.
Registration for internships consists of
the following steps:
NOTE: Not all courses are offered in all
schedules. Refer to Augnet Records and
Registration for information on when specific courses are offered.
INTERNSHIPS AND
.
INDEPENDENT STUDIES.
Every department offers opportunities
for internships and independent study. The
course description and process for registering is normally the same for each department. Some departments have additional
statements that can be found in the departmental course listing. Interdisciplinary
internships are also available.
1. Obtain the internship registration
permission form from the Center for
Service, Work, and Learning and secure
the signatures of the faculty supervisor and
director of the Center for Service, Work,
and Learning.
2. Register for the Internship during
the registration period. The signed permission form must be turned in at the time of
registration. (Students may pre-register
without a placement secured, but a suitable internship must be found by the end
of the registration or drop/add period.)
3. A learning agreement (forms are
available in the Center for Service, Work,
and Learning) must be completed with
the faculty member responsible for grading the experience and the work supervisor. The original is turned in to the
Center for Service, Work, and Learning,
with copies made for the faculty supervisor and student.
196
197
198
199
Internship/On-campus
Internship/Off-campus (.5)
Internship/On-campus (.5)
Internship/Off-campus
A work or service-based learning experience typically at the sophomore level in
which a student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement
that links the ideas and methods of the discipline with the opportunities inherent in
the placement. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students
must consult with the departmental internship coordinator or a faculty member and
the Center for Service, Work, and Learning regarding requirements and permission
to register.
396
397
398
399
Internship/On-campus
Internship/Off-campus (.5)
Internship/On-campus (.5)
Internship/Off-campus
A work or service-based learning experience at the junior/senior level in which a
student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement that links
96 Departments and Programs
the ideas and methods of the discipline with the opportunities inherent in the placement. For some majors, participation in a concurrent seminar may be expected.
Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students must consult
with the departmental internship coordinator or a faculty member and the Center
for Service, Work, and Learning regarding requirements and permission to register.
(Off-campus 397/399 internships are one option for the Augsburg Experience graduation requirement.)
■ DIRECTED AND INDEPENDENT STUDIES
299
Directed Study
An opportunity to study topics not covered in the scheduled offerings under the
direction of an instructor. Open to all students, but normally taken by sophomores
and juniors. Approval must be secured in writing from the instructor and the
department chairperson before the term in which the study is undertaken.
499
Independent Study/Research
An opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects. Normally open to
junior and senior majors. Approval must be secured in writing from the instructor
and the department chairperson before the term in which the study is undertaken.
ACCOUNTING
See listing under Business Administration.
AMERICAN INDIAN STUDIES
A
merican Indian Studies is a major
that gives students the opportunity to learn
about the original, indigenous cultures of
North America. Students will be provided
with a multidisciplinary understanding of
the history and present situation of
American Indians. The program emphasizes the interrelations among history, cul-
ture, language, literature, the arts, philosophy, religion, political and social forces,
and the legal status and sovereignty of
American Indians. This course of study
exposes students to the richness and beauty of North American Indian cultures.
American Indian Studies Faculty
Eric Buffalohead (Chair), Elise
Marubbio
American Indian Studies 97
Adjunct Faculty
Sophia Jacobson, Richard Gresczyk,
Dale Weston
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
American Indian Studies Major
Ten courses including;
AIS 105 Introduction to American
Indian Studies
AIS 205 Contemporary American
Indians
ENL 255 American Indian Literature
or AIS 264 American Indians in the
Cinema
HIS 236 American Indian History
REL 370 American Indian Spirituality
and Philosophical Thought
AIS 499 Senior Research Project
In addition student must complete four
electives. At least five of the courses
toward the major must be upper division.
Minor:
Five courses including AIS 105. At least
two must be upper division.
COURSE OFFERINGS AT AUGSBURG COLLEGE.
AIS 105
Introduction to American Indian Studies
Designed to introduce students to the content areas of the American Indian
Studies curriculum, this course includes an overview of American Indian history, federal Indian policy, land issues, reservation and urban issues, cross-cultural influences, and American Indian literature, art, music, and language.
OJB 111, 112 Beginning Ojibwe I, II
An introduction to the language and culture of the Ojibwe (Chippewa).
Emphasis is on vocabulary, reading, writing, and conversational skills.
Classroom practice will include linguistic patterns and oral interaction.
AIS 205
Contemporary American Indians
In this topics-oriented course, students focus on issues that face contemporary
American Indians, including tribal sovereignty and identity politics, treaty
rights, language retention and education, religious freedom, and Indian
activism.
AIS 208
Native American Women and Film
Beginning with issues of representation and a history of Hollywood’s portrayal
of Native American woman as princess figures, sexualized maidens, or squaws,
we will expand our conceptualization of Native American women by put into
conversation a variety of voices that talk back to or address mainstream stereotypes of Native American women. Our goal is to expand our conceptualizations of Native American women and their important roles in society by examining a variety of cultural issues as they are presented through documentary
and fiction films made by and about Native American women.
98 American Indian Studies
AIS 233
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course examines a variety of issues concerning the biological, evolutionary, and historical origins of women’s roles and status in society. Comparative
roles of women are examined in tribal contexts across various indigenous cultures. Studies include the role of women in Native American and African
tribes, peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, the Middle East, and
China.
HIS 236
American Indian History
A study of the native people of North America from the pre-Columbian period
through European exploration and settlement to the present, emphasizing
American Indian contributions to world culture, tribal structure, and intergovernmental relations.
AIS/ENL 255 American Indian Literature
American Indian literature offers a survey of contemporary American Indian
writing, including non-fiction, fiction, poetry, and drama. The course explores
the richness and diversity of American Indian literature, and the ways in
which literature reflects and illuminates American Indian culture and traditions. The course emphasizes close readings of literature and public speaking
skills through in-class presentation and small group discussion.
AIS 264
American Indians in the Cinema
Indians in the Cinema surveys various images of American Indians created by
Hollywood and television. Focusing on films from the 1910s to the present,
the course provides an understanding of how American Indians were portrayed in film historically, how this image has evolved over the past century,
and how it is reflective of Western cultural and racial ideologies.
ART 290
Tribal Arts and Culture
The rich heritage of indigenous cultures is explored through the visual arts,
particularly within the United States.
AIS 320
American Indian Women
Through life histories of Indian women, the course examines the vital roles
and contributions of women in past and present tribal cultures. It explores the
continuity of women’s roles over times and the changes in these roles, precipitated by the influences of Western colonialism. The course also assesses how
American Indian women have crossed cultural boundaries and influenced
non-tribal communities through their activism and traditionalism. This course
is cross-listed with Women’s Studies.
AIS 332
Native American Storytelling
The objective of this course is to study Native American Storytelling from a
cultural perspective. An appreciation of oral traditions will be emphasized and
studied within the broader context of world mythologies. Students will be
expected to perform storytelling and to research the various tribal storytelling
traditions.
American Indian Studies 99
AIS/ENL 355 Themes in American Indian Literature
The course is structured around a number of writers working within a particular theme such as Native Voices of Minnesota, Voices from the Southwest,
Poetics and Politics of Native Writing, Women and Power in Native Literature,
Urban-Reservation: Homing, and American Indian film-literature adaptation.
Students focus on primary texts, comparing and contrasting theme, voice, aesthetic, or cultural emphasis as it shifts or arises across the group of texts.
Course cross-lists with American Indian Studies. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or
a 200-level literature course, or consent of instructor.)
AIS 364
Indigenous Filmmakers
Indigenous Filmmakers introduces students at the junior and senior level to
the exciting and expanding field of indigenous media-specifically films made
by Native Americans. We will explore the political and social forces at work
behind the American Indigenous Film movement, which responds to mainstream film’s portrayal of Native Americans and provides an extraordinary
range in perspectives and views that inform Native American cultures.
REL 370
American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought
Religious beliefs, spiritual customs, and philosophy of North American
Indians are studied. Tribal similarities and differences are explored as are tribal
relationships with nature, religious oversight of life cycles, sacred ritual ceremonies, and beliefs in an afterlife.
AIS 408
Native American Women and Film
Beginning with issues of representation and a history of Hollywood’s portrayal
of Native American woman as princess figures, sexualized maidens, or squaws,
we will expand our conceptualization of Native American women by put into
conversation a variety of voices that talk back to or address mainstream stereotypes of Native American women. Our goal is to expand our conceptualizations of Native American women and their important roles in society by examining a variety of cultural issues as they are presented through documentary
and fiction films made by and about Native American women. (Prereq.: WST
201 or any 2xx Women’s Studies course; or AIS 105 or any 2XX American
Indian Studies course; or consent of instructor.)
AIS 495
Topics in American Indian Studies
Individual courses designed to investigate specific topics such as Minnesota
Indians, Contemporary Indigenous Issues of North and South America, and
American Indian literature Seminar.
AIS 499
Independent Research
An independently designed research project.
100
ART—ART
A
rt is essential. It teaches us to see,
claim beauty, make sense of pain, explore
the world, and express ourselves.
At Augsburg College, inspiration and
creativity grow from the diversity of ideas
experienced on a small campus in the
heart of a major metropolitan area. We balance a solid foundation of drawing, design,
and history with technical skills, critical
thinking, and creative exploration in a
range of media. On-campus galleries showcase the work of students as well as established artists. An innovative faculty pairs
creative curriculum for traditional disciplines in drawing, painting, ceramics,
sculpture, and photography with emerging
disciplines in hand papermaking, book
arts, architecture, and digital media. Class
sizes are small; we will get to know each
other.
Galleries and museums surround us;
art club, studio visits, and guest artists provide art in real time; service learning,
internships, and study abroad are integral
to our program. We reach an average of
700 students a year from all disciplines,
graduating 25-30 majors annually with
B.A. degrees in art history, studio art, art
education; and certificates in studio art and
graphic design.
For 40 years, students have been earning degrees in art and art history at
Augsburg College. We’re excited to be here
in the center of the city. We think you will
be too.
Art Faculty
Kristin Anderson (Chair), Lynn
Bollman, Tara Christopherson, John
McCaffrey, Robert Tom
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Studio Art Major
Majors are required to begin their programs with the studio arts foundations:
ART 102 Design
ART 107 Drawing
One course in two-dimensional art from:
ART 118 Painting I
or ART 223 Printmaking I
or ART 225 Graphic Design I
or ART 360 Watercolor Painting
One course in three-dimensional art from:
ART 221 Sculpture I
or ART 250 Ceramics I
or ART 280 Hand Papermaking and
Book Arts I
Five additional studio arts courses
ART 240 Art History Survey
Two additional art history courses
Studio majors must participate in a solo or
two-person show and the annual senior
group exhibition during their senior year.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Art History Major
Eight art or architectural history courses
including:
ART 240 Art History Survey
ART 388 Modern Art
Two studio courses:
ART 102 Design or ART 107 Drawing
ART 118 Painting I or ART 221
Sculpture I
Art 101
Note: Students planning a double
major in Studio Art and Art History or a
major/minor combination should meet
with a department adviser to plan appropriately.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.50 in the major and overall,
portfolio of artwork (studio majors) or
research (art history majors) reflecting
high quality work, and special projects
such as senior exhibition and research.
Application should be made to the department chair before the last term of the
senior year.
Studio Art Minor
Five courses including ART 240, ART
107, and three additional studio courses.
Architecture Minor
Five courses including ART 105, ART
210, ART 243, ART 244 and ART 249 or
349.
Art History Minor
Five art history courses including
ART 240.
Certificate in Art
Eight art courses, including at least one
in art history. Up to four courses may be
taken in one studio area or in art history.
Certificate in Graphic Design
Eight art courses, including four in
graphic design, one art history, and three
electives.
ART COURSES.
Note: All studio courses require work outside of class sessions. Some studio courses have
lab fees.
■ STUDIO ART FOUNDATIONS
ART 102
Design
A study of design is the unifying foundation for the visual arts. Two- and
three-dimensional projects demonstrate theory and application of basic design
elements and principles.
ART 107
Drawing
Students use traditional media to develop technical skills and explore descriptive and experimental ideas for perceptual and conceptual drawing. Emphasis
is placed on foundational drawing concepts.
■ STUDIO ART
ART 100, 300 Topics
Selected courses dealing with special topics, offered occasionally in the department.
ART 105
Introduction to Architectural Drawing
This course develops basic skills involved in perceiving and representing the
material environment through the study of sketching and drawing skills.
ART 106
Calligraphy I
Introduction and practice of calligraphic writing.
102 Art
ART 118
Painting I
Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic or oil. Emphasis is
placed on color, perception, and expression.
ART 132
Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity, expression, and communication
with attention to black-and-white photographic processes. Students need
access to a 35mm, single lens reflex camera. Materials will cost approximately
$200-225.
ART 210
Drawing for Design in Architecture
Introduction to and exploration of the conceptual function of drawing in
architecture. Exploration of the history of drawing in architecture, critical
review of drawing conventions and systems, and examination of drawing
processes as modes of perception and cognition. (Prereq.: ART 105 or instructor permission)
ART 215
Web Design I
This course explores the theory and practice of multimedia and digital design.
Emphasis will be placed on the development of effectively designed, valid, and
accessible websites.
ART 221
Sculpture I
An introduction to sculpture and three-dimensional design through the exploration of the inherent properties of various materials and processes.
ART 223
Print Making I
An introduction to traditional and experimental media and methods of printing. Intaglio, relief, and mono/unique methods are explored.
ART 224
Publication Design
An introduction to design concepts and production for publication design.
Theory and practice of coordinating visual imagery and typography for print
publications using page layout software.
ART 225
Graphic Design I
An introduction to the principles and techniques of graphic design using page
layout, illustration, and imaging software. Emphasis on designing with text
and image.
ART 247
Life Drawing
An introduction to the methods and techniques of drawing the human form
through the use of live models. Emphasis will be placed on perceptual drawing
skills and accurately rendering the human form in a spatial environment.
ART 250
Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding
and throwing techniques combined with theory, concept, and form.
Art 103
ART 280
Hand Papermaking and Book Arts I
Introduction to hand papermaking and book arts emphasizes exploration of
surface (fiber sources, sheet-forming, and casting techniques), book binding
structures, and synthesis of original text and imagery in the artist’s book form.
ART 306
Calligraphy II
Advanced work in calligraphic media and design.
ART 315
Web Design II
Exploration of the latest technologies used in the theories and practice of animation, interactive programming, and advanced digital design. (Prereq.: ART
215 or instructor permission)
ART 320
Typography
Study of the history, development, structures, and application of traditional
and contemporary typography; exploring letterforms using digital, hand-set
type, and hand lettering. (Prereq.: Any ART course)
ART 330
Graphic Design II
An advanced study of layout, typography, and visual imagery for print production using the computer. Includes identification of design problems and presentation to the client. (Prereq.: ART 225)
ART 340
Digital Imaging
Exploration of the creation of visual images using the computer as a paint
brush, pencil, pen, and camera. Emphasis will be placed on visual communication and expression. (Prereq.: Any ART, MIS, or CSC course)
ART 351
Ceramics II
Advanced work in ceramics explores clay, glaze and firing technology with a
continued emphasis on throwing and handbuilding techniques combined with
theory, concept, and form. (Prereq.: ART 250)
ART 355
Painting II
Advanced study in acrylic or oil paint media, emphasizing individual expression. (Prereq.: ART 118)
ART 360
Watercolor Painting
Introduction to transparent watercolor emphasizes the perceptual experience
in developing descriptive and experimental techniques to explore color and
concept. Class sessions often include painting outside on location.
ART 368
Print Making II
Continued exploration of intaglio, relief, and mono/unique methods. Use of
larger formats, multiple plates, and an emphasis on color are encouraged.
(Prereq.: ART 223)
ART 380
Hand Papermaking and Book Arts II
Advanced exploration in hand papermaking and artist’s books, emphasizing
individual research and expression. (Prereq: ART 280)
104 Art
ART 478
Sculpture II
Advanced work in sculpture and three-dimensional design. (Prereq.: ART 221)
■ ART AND ARCHITECTURAL HISTORY
ART 240
Art History Survey
A survey of art of the Western world from prehistoric to modern times.
Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections per year.
ART 243
History of Architecture to 1750
History of architecture and city planning from antiquity to 1750, as illustrated
by Western and non-Western examples.
ART 244
History of Architecture after 1750
History of architecture and city planning since 1750, as illustrated by Western
and non-Western examples.
ART 249/349 The Designed Environment
This course addresses the designed environment, investigating architecture,
landscape architecture, and urban design. Class sessions consist almost exclusively of extensive walking tours and site visits to prominent examples of
design excellence. (Prereq.: None for ART 249; ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111,
and an ART, HIS, or urban studies course for ART 349)
ART 290
Tribal Arts and Culture
An exploration of the rich heritage of visual arts from Indigenous communities of North America, surveying the dynamic nature of Native American art
spanning from pre-European contact into the present while exploring the
political nature of that trajectory as it encounters cultural change, Western
aesthetics, and Western concepts of art. Students will meet Native artists, visit
a variety of Native American art galleries and exhibitions, and learn about the
cultural, social, and political context surrounding a Native American art.
ART 352
Women and Art
A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts, including the fine arts, the
traditional arts, and the arts of Native American women. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or
112 or HON 111)
ART 382
Scandinavian Arts
The visual arts in Scandinavia from the Stone Age to the present, including
architecture, folk arts, painting, sculpture, and design.
ART 385
Prehistoric and Ancient Art
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the fourth century A.D.
ART 386
Medieval Art
Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture,
and architecture in Europe. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
Art 105
ART 387
Renaissance and Baroque Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture, from the 14th through the
18th centuries. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
ART 388
Modern Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through
the present. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
ART 389
American Art
A study of early colonial through contemporary American art, architecture,
and folk arts.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
ART 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
ART 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
ART 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
ART 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96.
106
AUGSBURG CORE CURRICULUM—
AUG/KEY/GST
THE SIGNATURE CURRICULUM .
Augsburg Seminar
AUG 101
Augsburg Seminar (.0 course)
A weekly seminar linked to a course or course pair that integrates course content with learning strategies and community-building opportunities beneficial
to beginning college students. While the content course is graded on a traditional point basis, Augsburg Seminar is graded Pass/No Credit. Permission to
complete the seminar if the student withdraws from the linked content
course(s) is at the discretion of the instructor(s). (P/N grading only)
Senior Keystone
KEY 480
Topics in Global Interdependence
This cross-cultural keystone seminar prepares students to “act globally” by
challenging them to apply the diverse perspectives acquired while studying
abroad and to analyze issues that transcend national boundaries. In English
with readings in a language other than English. Open to international students and to upper-division students who have advanced knowledge of a language other than English or have studied abroad for a full semester (including
in English-speaking countries with consent of instructor).
KEY 490
Vocation and the Meaning of Success
This course is the keystone course for business majors and other majors where
the major program does not include a keystone element. It draws together all
facets of a student’s education by providing opportunities to reflect upon and
write about the integration of your classes, life, and future. Readings and critical discussions with others in the same and in different majors will add
dimension to your reflection writing.
LIBERAL ARTS FOUNDATION .
Connections Courses
Students may fulfill Liberal Arts Foundation requirements through disciplinary courses
(listed under academic departments) or through interdisciplinary Connections courses.
FIA 130
Arts and the City
Using the arts resources of the city, this course will explore how to understand
and appreciate various art forms: Theatre, music, opera, visual arts, dance, and
film. Class sessions consist almost entirely of attendance at off-campus performances and sites. (Fine Arts LAF)
HUM 120
Medieval Connections: Medieval Life in 12th-century Europe
This is the introductory course for Medieval Studies. It uses an interdisciplinary approach to study European culture during a period known as the High
Middle Ages, roughly AD 1100 to 1300. It attempts to examine medieval culture as a complex system of thought and feeling, which includes history, reli-
Augsburg Core Curriculum 107
gion, philosophy, literature, art, theatre, music, and food. It also takes an experiential approach to this material, for example, by having students and faculty
attend class in academic regalia, just as they did in medieval universities.
(Humanities LAF, Spring)
SCI 110
Natural Science I
The first semester of a two-semester survey of natural science. This course
focuses on the nature of science and major concepts of physics and chemistry.
Laboratory work stressing experimentation and measurement will include the
use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one threehour laboratory. Natural Sciences LAF. Prereq.: MPG 3)
SCI 111
Natural Science II
The second semester of a two-semester survey of natural science. This course
focuses on major concepts of earth science and biology. Laboratory work will
complement lectures and will include the use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Natural Sciences
LAF. Prereq.: SCI 110)
SKILLS.
Entry Skills
GST 100
Critical Thinking
Designed to develop critical thinking skills, this course strengthens the ability
of students to comprehend, analyze, synthesize, and evaluate ideas and arguments. Students identified by the entry Critical Thinking Assessment are
required to complete GST 100. Students who have passed the Critical
Thinking Assessment may take the class only with the permission of the
instructor.
GST 140
Introduction to the Liberal Arts
An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and improving those skills important to academic success: reading, comprehension, notetaking and textbook reading, time management, vocabulary, test-taking, organization, concentration and memorization, learning style, conflict management, assertiveness training, and motivation strategies. This course may not be
taken by students who have completed eight credits.
Graduation Skills
GST 200
Quantitative Reasoning/Statistical Literacy
Critical thinking about statistics as evidence in arguments. Focus on association, causation, observational studies, experiments, risk, confounding, bias
and chance. Review common techniques involving statistical opportunism,
Study conditional reasoning using English to describe and compare rates and
percentages presented in tables and graphs. Use standardization to take into
account the influence of confounders. Analysis of statistically-based arguments. Emphasis on interpretation, evaluation, and communication. (Prereq:
MPG 3)
108 Biology
Other General Studies Courses
GST 009
Cooperative Education (.0 course)
A transcript notation is given for the academic learning inherent in an
approved not-for-credit cooperative education/internship work experience.
Reflection activities and work-learning evaluations are conducted by the
Center for Service, Work, and Learning. With approval, a non-credit
coop/internship completed by juniors or seniors will fulfill the Augsburg
Experience graduation requirement.
BIOLOGY—BIO
B
iology is the study of life, and it is
natural that we, as contemplative living
creatures, seek a deeper understanding of
the living world that envelops us. This
search has led to the realization that the
Earth is filled with an enormous variety of
living organisms. Since humans are a part
of the biological world, an understanding
of the basic biological processes common
to all organisms is essential to attain selfunderstanding and to provide a basis for
wise decisions.
In recent decades great strides have
been made in understanding important
biological processes, particularly those at
the cellular, molecular, and ecosystem levels. Biological research has also provided
some extremely important benefits to
humans, including advances in medicine,
agriculture, and food science.
An understanding of biological systems
depends, in part, on the principles of
physics and chemistry; thus a firm background in the physical sciences is also
important in the study of biology.
For many, an undergraduate major in
biology serves as a basis for further study.
Augsburg graduates have gone on to graduate studies in the life sciences, leading to
careers in college or university teaching,
basic and applied research, and public
health. Many have entered professional
programs in medicine, veterinary medicine, and dentistry. Other graduates have
gone directly into secondary education,
biomedical industries, laboratory research,
natural resources, and environmental education.
Biology Faculty
Mark Strefeler (Chair), Ralph
Butkowski, William Capman, Robert
Herforth, Dale Pederson, Beverly SmithKeiling
Biology 109
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Students may choose one of the following degree options: Bachelor of Science in
Biology, Bachelor of Arts in Biology, or
Bachelor of Arts in Life Sciences.
Bachelor of Science in Biology
Nine courses including:
BIO 151 Introductory Biology
BIO 152 Evolution, Ecology, and Diversity
BIO 253 Introductory Cellular Biology
and
BIO 361 Plant Biology
or BIO 481 Ecology
and five upper division biology courses
chosen from the following list:
BIO 351
BIO 353
BIO 355
BIO 361
BIO 369
BIO 440
BIO 471
BIO 473
BIO 474
BIO 476
BIO 481
BIO 486
BIO 495
Invertebrate Zoology
Comparative Vertebrate
Anatomy
Genetics
Plant Biology
Biochemistry
Plant Physiology
Advanced Cellular and
Molecular Biology
Animal Physiology
Developmental Biology
Microbiology
Ecology
Immunology
Special Topics in Biology
Bachelor of Arts in Biology
The same biology course requirements
as for the Bachelor of Science degree, but
with the following supporting courses:
Required Supporting Courses for
Bachelor of Arts
CHM 105/106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115/116 General
Chemistry
PHY 116 Introduction to Physics
or PHY 121/122 General Physics
MAT 114 Precalculus
or MAT 122 Calculus for the
Social and Behavioral Sciences
or MAT 145 Calculus I
or MAT 163 Introductory
Statistics
or PSY 215 Research Methods:
Design, Procedure, and Analysis I
Bachelor of Arts in Life Sciences
This major is appropriate for students
also seeking secondary teaching licensure
in biology.
Requirements are the same as for the
Bachelor of Arts in Biology degree, but
with the following differences:
Only four upper division biology courses are required
BIO 491 Biology Seminar (non-credit)
is required of all juniors and seniors.
Two additional science courses are
required, chosen from the following list:
SCI 106
An introductory geology course
Required Supporting Courses for
Bachelor of Science
Transfer course policy for majors and
minors
CHM 105/106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115/116 General Chemistry
CHM 351/352 Organic Chemistry
PHY 121/122 General Physics
MAT 145/146 Calculus
All transfer courses, including ACTC
courses, must be approved in writing by
the chair. Only those biology courses successfully completed (2.0 or above) within
the last 10 years will be considered. No
more than two upper division courses from
other institutions may be applied toward
the major.
110 Biology
Departmental Honors
Graduate and Professional Training
GPA of 3.50 in biology and 3.00 overall, one course of approved independent
study (Bio 499) with both oral and poster
presentation and written report. Project
proposals should be made to the department by Sept. 30 of the senior year or Feb.
28 in the case of students planning to
graduate in the following December.
Graduate programs in biological fields
require coursework similar to that for premedical education, and may also require
undergraduate research experience. Health
care professions (physician assistant, physical therapist, veterinarian, etc.) have specific requirements that should be discussed
with an adviser in the department.
Minor
Teaching Licensure Major
A course in general chemistry and five
biology courses including BIO 151, 152,
253, and two upper division courses.
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for biology teachers, the science portions of which are satisfied by the Augsburg Life Sciences major.
The state requirements may be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. All upper division biology requirements for secondary licensure
must be completed before beginning student teaching.
OTHER REQUIREMENTS.
In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with
members of the biology faculty. Biology
majors must have an adviser in the biology
department. BIO 151 and 152 and
Principles of Chemistry (or General
Chemistry) should be taken in the first
year, and BIO 253 and Organic Chemistry
in the second year. Students should complete their math requirements early in their
college careers. A GPA of 2.00 for BIO 151,
152, and 253 is a prerequisite for enrollment in upper division biology courses. A
grade of 2.00 or above is required for all
upper division courses applied toward the
major.
Beta Beta Beta
Membership in the Augsburg Chapter
of this national biology honor society is
open to those students who have completed at least one upper division biology
course and have a GPA of 3.00 in biology.
Cooperative Education
Biology for Pre-Medical Students
Pre-medical students should include a
two-semester sequence in physics and a
two-semester sequence in organic chemistry. Many medical schools also require
two semesters of calculus.
Students should consult members of
the biology faculty for information specific
to medical school application.
The department works with the Office
of Cooperative Education in identifying
and defining co-op ed experiences in laboratories and other settings in the Twin
Cities.
Biology 111
BIOLOGY COURSES.
SCI 110
Natural Science I
The first semester of a two-semester survey of Natural Science. This course
focuses on the nature of science and major concepts of Physics and Chemistry.
Laboratory work stressing experimentation and measurement will include the
use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one threehour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 3)
SCI 111
Natural Science II
The second semester of a two-semester survey of Natural Science. This course
focuses on major concepts of Earth Science and Biology. Laboratory work will
complement lectures and will include the use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: SCI 110)
BIO 102
The Biological World
The basic concepts of biology pertaining to both plants and animals are
emphasized. The nature of science and the approach used by scientists to
gather and analyze data and propose and test hypotheses are considered.
(Prereq.: MPG 2. Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. Does not apply
to the major or minor)
BIO 103
Human Anatomy and Physiology
A survey of the structure and function of the human body. (Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both BIO 121
and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor. Prereq.: CHM 100 or another
chemistry course strongly recommended. Spring)
BIO 121
Human Biology and Lab
An introduction to basic biological principles with a human perspective and
application. Includes discussion of the molecular and cellular basis of life,
genetics and genetic disease, selected organ systems and disease, and the sustainability of life on earth. (Three hours lecture, one three-hour lab. A student
may not receive credit for both BIO 121 and 103. Does not apply to the major
or minor in Biology. Students are strongly encouraged to take CHM 100 before
taking this class. Fall and Spring)
BIO 151
Introductory Biology
First of a three-semester sequence. An introduction to biology for science
majors, including cell and molecular biology, energy metabolism, genetics. BIO
151, 152, and 253 must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (Three hours of lecture, three hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips.
Prereq: MPG 3 or concurrent registration in MAT 105, concurrent registration
in CHM 105/115. Fall)
BIO 152
Ecology, Evolution, and Diversity
Second of a three-semester introductory sequence. An introduction to evolution, ecology, and biological diversity for science majors. BIO 151, 152, and
253 must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (Three
hours of lecture, four hours laboratory. Spring)
112 Biology
BIO 253
Introductory Cellular Biology
Third of a three-semester sequence. An introduction to structure and function
in tissues, cells, and subcellular organelles. (Three hours lecture, four hours
laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 151, 152, CHM 106 or 116. Fall)
BIO 351
Invertebrate Zoology
A study of the invertebrate animals stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and phylogeny. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory.
Prereq.: BIO 151, 152. Fall: alternate years)
BIO 353
Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy
Comparative anatomy, functional morphology, and evolutionary morphology
of vertebrates. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 151,
152. Spring)
BIO 355
Genetics
Principles of heredity, integrating classical and molecular analysis. (Three
hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 253.)
BIO 361
Plant Biology
A survey of the major groups of algae, fungi, and plants, including the study
of structure, physiology, life histories, and phylogeny. (Three hours lecture,
four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 151, 152. Fall)
BIO 369
Biochemistry
An introductory consideration of biological macromolecules and their components, energetics, and intermediary metabolism and its integration. (Three
hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 253, CHM 352. Fall)
BIO 440
Plant Physiology
A consideration of the processes involved in photosynthesis, growth, development, and water relations in plants including the relationship of process to
structure and life history. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.:
BIO 253. Spring)
BIO 471
Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology
An examination of mechanisms of molecular genetics, recombinant DNA technology, cell-signaling, cell cycle control, and cellular basics for immunity.
(Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 253.)
BIO 473
Animal Physiology
A study of digestion, respiration, circulation, excretion, movement, and sensory perception as well as neural and hormonal control of these functions,
emphasizing vertebrates. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.:
BIO 253, and PHY 116 or 122 strongly recommended.)
BIO 474
Developmental Biology
A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes that occur
during embryonic development of animals, including genetic control of development. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 253.)
Biology 113
BIO 476
Microbiology
An introduction to the study of microorganisms. Environmental, industrial,
and medical issues are discussed, with particular attention paid to human
pathogens. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 253,
junior standing.)
BIO 481
Ecology
A study of interactions between organisms and the biotic and abiotic environment. Topics include physiological ecology, energy flow, nutrient cycling, a
survey of biomes, population and community ecology, and conservation.
(Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.:
BIO 253, MPG 4 or MAT 122 or MAT 163 or PSY 215. Fall)
BIO 486
Immunology
This course is a study of the body’s immune defense. The course investigates
the structure and mechanisms of human body’s three lines of immune defense.
Protection from microorganisms and parasites, and cancer surveillance are
considered. The role of immunity in vaccination and transplantation, and
mechanisms of immune malfunction in allergy, autoimmunity, and immunodeficiency are included. Prerequisite: Bio 369 (Three hours of lecture, four hours
laboratory. Spring)
BIO 491
Seminar (0.0 course)
A weekly meeting of biology majors. Active participation by juniors and
seniors is required, including oral presentations. Guest speakers are often
invited. A noncredit requirement for the major. (Spring)
BIO 495
Special Topics in Biology
Courses covering special topics not otherwise covered by our other course
offerings. Topics may vary.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
BIO 199
lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on page 95. (Prereq.: BIO 151, 152. P/N only)
BIO 299
BIO 399
Directed Study
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on page 95. (Prereq.: BIO 253. P/N only)
BIO 499
Independent Study/Research
(Prereq.: BIO 253. P/N only)
114
DEPARTMENT OF
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION—
BUS, ACC, FIN, MIS, MKT
O
ur mission is to prepare students
for professional careers in business or for
graduate studies. This preparation involves
a curriculum that stresses analysis and
communication, emphasizes both theory
and practice, and is shaped by the needs of
the business community. The department
fosters close ties with the corporate community that provide a wealth of practical
expertise, a variety of internship opportunities, and future job prospects.
The faculty believe they can best serve
both the student and the community by
providing an education that is technically
competent, ethically based, and socially
aware.
Faculty
John C. Cerrito (Chair), Nora M. Braun
(MIS Coordinator), C. Lee Clarke, Marc
Isaacson, Amin E. Kader (International
Business Coordinator), Ashok K. Kapoor
(Finance Coordinator), Steven J. LaFave,
Lori L. Lohman, Fekri Meziou, John
Molloy, Thomas Morgan, Magdalena M.
Paleczny-Zapp (Management Coordinator),
Milo A. Schield, David G. Schwain
(Marketing Coordinator), Kathryn A.
Schwalbe, Stuart M. Stoller (Accounting
Coordinator)
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
Majors
The Department of Business
Administration offers five majors: business
administration (BUS), accounting (ACC),
finance (FIN), management information
systems (MIS), and marketing (MKT-Day
program only).
Specializations
Specializations provide students majoring in a field of study the opportunity to
deepen their knowledge of a particular
aspect of this major area. Within the business administration major there are four
specializations: management, marketing
(WEC only), music business, and international business. Within the accounting
major there are three specializations: general accounting, public accounting, and
managerial accounting.
Minors
Minors provide students the opportunity to study and obtain a professional credential in an area of study that is in addition to their major. Minors are available to
students majoring in fields outside the
Department of Business Administration, in
addition to students majoring in other
areas in the Department of Business
Administration. The Department of
Business Administration offers six minors:
business administration, international business, music business, accounting, management information systems, and marketing.
Business Administration 115
Certificate Programs
Advising
Certificate programs in the Department
of Business Administration are designed to
meet the needs of working people looking
for specific skills to help them in their job,
or to pursue a new career. The Department
offers certificates in information technology, business management, and finance
through the Weekend College program.
Students who plan to major in business
administration, accounting, finance, MIS,
or marketing are strongly encouraged to
select a departmental adviser who teaches
in their major. This should be done by the
end of the sophomore year at the latest. In
addition to advising, departmental faculty
can counsel majors on their careers, assist
majors in obtaining internships or jobs,
and provide letters of recommendation for
prospective employers or graduate programs.
Graduation Requirements
To graduate without intentionally taking courses in excess of the minimum
number required (see page 77), students
must avoid taking too many electives in
the major or minor or exceeding the 13course limit per academic department (14
courses for accounting majors). Courses
designated as ACC, BUS, FIN, MIS, and
MKT are considered as being in the same
academic department. Taking extra electives, or choosing a particular combination
of major and minor may require students
to complete more than the minimum
number of credits required for graduation.
Exceptions are noted in the major.
Internships
Students are strongly encouraged to
work with the Center for Service, Work,
and Learning and department faculty to
obtain an internship
(BUS/ACC/FIN/INS/MIS/MKT 399) during
their junior or senior year. Internships can
provide students with experience that may
be valuable in competing for jobs after
graduation. Advisers should be consulted
about internships.
International Business
Transfer Students
Transfer students must complete at
least four of the upper division courses
required in the major at Augsburg or
obtain an exemption from the department.
Transfer courses must be approved by the
department. Courses taken more than 10
years ago will not be accepted.
The international business faculty
actively support international study.
For additional details, see the section on
International Partners under International
Studies in this catalog, or consult the
departmental coordinator for international
business or other overseas opportunities.
Entrepreneurship
Non-business majors are encouraged to
take BUS 254 Entrepreneurship.
116
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION—BUS
T
he major in business administration
prepares students for professional careers
in business administration or for graduate
studies. The three specializations within
this major share a common business core.
This common core provides students with
a broad foundation so they can readily
adapt to internal changes in interests and
goals and to external changes in circumstances and opportunities.
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Business Core
Nine courses including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
MIS 260 Problem Solving for Business
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting II
BUS 242 Principles of Management
or BUS 200 Exploring Business as
Vocation
MKT 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
FIN 331 Financial Management
Note: All business majors are encouraged
to take KEY 490 “Vocation and the
Meaning of Success” to fulfill the Augsburg
Core Curriculum Senior Keystone
Requirement.
Specialization in Management
Business core plus four courses:
BUS 340 Human Resource Management
BUS 440 Strategic Management
BUS 465 International Management
MIS 376 Project Management
or ECO 318 Management Science
Specialization in International
Business
Business core plus four courses:
BUS 362 International Business
BUS 465 International Management
MKT 466 International Marketing
and one additional upper division course in
either international business or international economics.
Students must also complete three
semesters of a foreign language (or equivalent). The language requirement may be
waived for international students. Contact
the international business coordinator for
details on language equivalents or other
configurations.
Specialization in Music Business
Business Core* plus seven courses:
MUS/BUS 105 The Music Business
MUS/BUS 245 Arts Management and
Concert Promotion
MUS/BUS 399 Internship
COM 111 Public Speaking
3 MUS credits — or — 2 MUS credits and 1
MUE credit, selected from: (2 cr must be
in residence at Augsburg):
MUS 101 Materials of Music I
MUS 111 Aural Skills I
MUS 102 Materials of Music II
MUS 112 Aural Skills II
MUS 130 Intro to Music and the Fine
Arts
MUS 220 Worlds of Music
MUS 241 History of Jazz
(other MUS courses as approved by adviser)
*Music Business majors are exempt from
BUS 379 and may substitute BUS 254 in
place of BUS 242 or 200.
Specialization in Marketing (Weekend
College students only)
Business core plus three courses:
MKT 352 Marketing Research
MKT 355 Marketing Communications
Business Administration 117
or MKT 357 Advertising
MKT 450 Marketing Management
Combined Major in Business
Administration and Economics
Eleven courses including:
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting II
BUS 242 Principles of Management
MKT 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
or FIN 331 Financial Management
and one other upper division business
administration, accounting, finance, MIS
or marketing course.
ECO 112
ECO 113
ECO 312
ECO 313
Principles of Macroeconomics
Principles of Microeconomics
Intermediate Macroeconomics
Intermediate Microeconomics
and one other upper division economics
course
Minor in Business Administration
Six courses including:
ECO 112 or 113, ACC 221 and 222, BUS
242 or 200, MKT 252, FIN 331 or BUS
379. Other configurations may be permitted with the approval of the department
chair.
This minor is automatically completed
while completing a major in accounting,
finance, MIS or marketing.
Minor in International Business
Six courses including:
ECO 112 or 113, ACC 221, BUS 242 or
200 or MKT 252, and three courses in
international business (one may be in
international economics).
Students should consult the area coordinator concerning acceptable alternatives
in international economics.
Minor in Music Business
Eight courses including:
MUS/BUS 105, ECO 113, MIS 260, ACC
221, MUS/BUS 399, and one of the following: MUS/BUS 245, BUS 301, BUS 254,
plus two additional music course credits
beyond MUS 105 and MUS 395 (maximum
of 1 credit in MUE and/or MUP courses).
This minor is a collaborative program
between the music and business departments. The minor is a course of study
designed both for the music major desiring
additional preparation in business and for
the non-music major interested in pursuing a career in the music industry.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION COURSES.
BUS/MUS 105 The Music Business: Marketing, Promotion, Publishing,
Recording
An introduction to the music industry. Topics covered include contracts, business structures and basic business essentials, band names, publicity and advertising, and the role of agents and managers. Other topics include music and
theatre, arts administration, copyright, licensing, and recording. This course is
also offered as MUS 105.
BUS 200
Exploring Business as Vocation
This course is intended to introduce you, the student, to the possibility of pursuing a career in business as a vocational calling. In this course you will be
exposed to the key areas of business operations including: management, marketing, management information systems/technology, finance, accounting, and
international business.
118 Business Administration
BUS 242
Principles of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning,
and control. The nature of authority, accountability, and responsibility; analysis of the role of the professional manager.
BUS/MUS 245 Arts Management and Concert Promotion
A study of the role of the artist manager in career development and the role of
the arts administrator in the management of performing arts projects and organizations. Factors affecting trends and earnings, challenges within the industry, and differentiation between the for-profit and non-profit sectors are discussed. Emphasis is placed on developing a working vocabulary of industry
topics and in benefiting from practical field experience. (Prereq.: BUS/MUS
105)
BUS 254
Entrepreneurship
The process of transforming an idea into an organization that can market this
idea successfully. Examines the construction of a viable business plan with
attention to the resources needed for success.
BUS 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
BUS 301
Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property, and
business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code.
BUS 340
Human Resource Management
Personnel function in business, acquisition, and utilization of human
resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker
with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or BUS 200 or consent of instructor)
BUS 362
International Business
This course views international business from a global perspective, including
views of the U.S. government and perspectives of foreign governments. Each
topic is supported with real-life case studies (Pre-req.: ECO 112 or 113, and
BUS 242 or BUS 200 or MKT 252, consent of instructor)
BUS 379
Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
How to read and interpret data to make better business decisions. Topics
include descriptive statistics (emphasis on confounding and conditional reasoning) and statistical inference (confidence intervals and statistical significance). Software used is either Minitab or Excel. (Prereq.: MIS 260 and either
MPG 3 or completion of MAT 171. WEC—Additional sessions are required,
usually on a weekday evening.)
Business Administration 119
BUS 424
Internal Audit and Management Consulting
To incorporate and learn the techniques of creating a controlled and effective
management environment. Students work with companies to help solve problems or implement projects. (Prereq.: ECO 113, ACC 221, 222, BUS 242 or
BUS 200, 379, FIN 331, MKT 252)
BUS 439
Risk Management and Insurance
Analyzes exposure to accidental loss—its identification, measurement, and
evaluation. Reviews techniques for loss prevention and control. Surveys primary types of insurance. (Prereq.: FIN 331 and BUS 379)
BUS 440
Strategic Management
Concepts and principles related to long-range planning. Taught from a managerial viewpoint with examples from various industries and sectors. (Prereq.:
BUS 242 or BUS 200)
BUS 465
International Management
This course analyzes several factors influencing behavior in the workplace and
the board room, including skills needed to manage across national borders.
(Pre-req.: BUS 242 or BUS 200)
BUS 479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
Advanced modeling using computer software. Specific topics may include
multivariate modeling PATH analysis, Monte Carlo simulations, queuing models, and ANOVA. (Prereq: BUS 379. On demand)
BUS 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
BUS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
BUS 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
BUS 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96.
120
ACCOUNTING—ACC
T
he major in accounting prepares students for professional careers in a wide
variety of accounting-related positions.
This major has two tracks: general
accounting and professional accounting.
The general accounting specialization is
adequate for a wide variety of positions.
The professional accounting track includes
two specializations: public accounting and
managerial accounting. The public
accounting specialization is recommended
for positions with CPA firms. The managerial accounting specialization is recommended for positions with large or rapidlygrowing companies.
The two professional specializations
relate to two professional designations: the
CPA and the CMA. A certified public
accountant (CPA) focuses on external
reporting; a certified management accountant (CMA) focuses on internal reporting.
The public accounting specialization
includes the materials emphasized on the
CPA exam; the managerial specialization
includes the materials emphasized on the
CMA exam. Both the CPA and CMA designation have an experience requirement in
addition to passing the national exam.
Under the rules of the Minnesota State
Board of Accountancy, accounting majors
in the public accounting specialization are
qualified to sit for the CPA examination
after graduation.
Effective May 2006, students will need
to complete the equivalent of 150 semester
hours of education to be licensed as
Certified Public Accountants (CPAs). This
can be completed in four years through
accelerated undergraduate work. Another
option is to complete a four-year bachelor’s
degree plus a master’s degree.
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Accounting Core
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
MIS 260 Problem Solving for Business
BUS 242 Principles of Management
or BUS 200 Exploring Business as
Vocation
MKT 252 Principles of Marketing
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting II
BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
BUS 301 Business Law
FIN 331 Financial Management
ACC 322 Accounting Theory and
Practice I
ACC 323 Accounting Theory and
Practice II
ACC 324 Managerial Cost Accounting
ACC 425 Advanced Accounting
Students should take the courses in the
sequence given above.
Note: All business majors are encouraged to take KEY 490 “Vocation and the
Meaning of Success” to fulfill the Augsburg
Core Curriculum Senior Keystone
Requirement.
Specialization in General Accounting
No additional courses required.
Specialization in Public Accounting
Accounting core plus: ACC 326 Tax
Accounting; ACC 423 Auditing.
(Exception to 13-course limit)
Specialization in Managerial
Accounting
Accounting core plus ACC 424 Internal
Audit and Management Consulting and
MIS 375 Management Information Systems
in the Organization. (Exception to 13course limit)
Accounting 121
Minor in Accounting
Six courses including:
ACC 221, 222, FIN 331 or ACC 324, ACC
322, 323
and one of the following: MIS 260, BUS
379, ECO 112, or 113.
This minor is recommended for majors
in MIS and finance.
ACCOUNTING COURSES.
ACC 221
Principles of Accounting I
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of
accounting, the accounting cycle, and preparation of financial statements.
ACC 222
Principles of Accounting II
A continuation of ACC 221. Introduction to cost accounting for manufacturing. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning and
controlling processes, decision-making, and behavioral considerations.
(Prereq.: ACC 221)
ACC 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
ACC 322
Accounting Theory and Practice I
An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB
statements, and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.: ACC 222)
ACC 323
Accounting Theory and Practice II
A continuation of ACC 322. An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements, and other relevant issues as applied to liabilities and stockholders’ equity. (Prereq.: ACC 322)
ACC 324
Managerial Cost Accounting
Accounting tools for heavy manufacturing systems as well as for managerial
decision making. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other
quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: ACC 221, 222, BUS 242 or BUS
200, 379, MKT 252, or consent of instructor)
ACC 326
Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions of planning and compliance
for income taxes. (Prereq.: ACC 221, FIN 331, ECO 112, 113, or consent
of instructor)
ACC 423
Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on the CPA’s role to form
the basis of opinion on a set of financial statements. (Prereq.: ACC 323)
122 Accounting
ACC 424
Internal Audit and Management Consulting
To incorporate and learn the techniques of creating a controlled and effective
management environment. Students work with companies to help solve problems or implement projects. (Prereq.: ECO 113, ACC 221, 222, BUS 242 or
BUS 200, 379, FIN 331, MIS 260 or 270, MKT 252)
ACC 425
Advanced Accounting
Accounting for business combinations, consolidations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting, and fund accounting. (Prereq.: ACC 323)
ACC 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology, and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
ACC 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
ACC 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
ACC 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
ACC 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96.
FINANCE–FIN
T
he Finance major prepares students
for professional careers in corporate
finance and the financial services industry.
Besides careers in the finance/accounting
area in all businesses large and small, this
major leads to careers in banking, brokerages, insurance, and investment banking.
Courses focus on financial theory and
practice, investments, accounting theory,
money and banking, and international
finance.
Students are encouraged to complete an
internship prior to graduation.
Proficiency in the use of spreadsheets
such as Excel is expected.
Coursework provides a foundation for
graduate school and professional career
examinations such as the Chartered
Financial Analyst (CFA) conducted by the
Association for Investment Management
and Research (AIMR).
Finance 123
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
Finance Major
Finance Core Requirements
Ten courses including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
MIS 260 Problem Solving for Business
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting II
BUS 242 Principles of Management
or BUS 200 Exploring Business as
Vocation
MKT 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
BUS 301 Business Law
FIN 331 Financial Management
Required Finance Courses
Five courses including:
ACC 322 Accounting Theory and
Practice I (Prereq: ACC 222)
FIN 433 Financial Theory: Policy and
Practice (Prereq: FIN 331)
FIN 438 Investment Theory (Prereq:
ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111
and FIN 331)
FIN 460 International Finance (Prereq:
FIN 331)
ECO 315 Money and Banking (Prereq:
ECO 112)
Note: All business majors are encouraged to take KEY 490 “Vocation and the
Meaning of Success” to fulfill the Augsburg
Core Curriculum Senior Keystone
Requirement.
FINANCE COURSES.
FIN 240
Personal Finance
Introduction to personal financial planning and budgeting, credit management, income taxes, insurance, real estate, investments, retirement, and estate
planning.
FIN 331
Financial Management
This course includes financial statement analysis, risk and return, security valuation, capital budgeting, capital structure, and working capital management.
(Prereq: ECO 112 or ECO 113, ACC 221, and MPG 3)
FIN 433
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
This course includes readings and case discussions on markets, financial strategy, capital structure and payout policies, raising capital, risk management,
corporate restructuring, and corporate governance. (Prereq: FIN 331)
FIN 438
Investment Theory
This is an introduction to investment decision-making and portfolio management-theory and practice. Other topics include valuation principles and practices, risk and return analysis, and derivatives. (Prereq: FIN 331)
FIN 460
International Finance
This course develops tools for practicing multinational financial management
including: currency exchange rates, risk, forecasting, spot and forward
rates, hedging, international monetary and trade flows as represented in
the accounting and macroeconomic identities for current account and
trade deficits. This course extends the framework of financial management
to include international transactions as well as ethical considerations.
(Prereq: FIN 331)
124
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION
SYSTEMS—MIS
T
he major in management information systems prepares students for professional careers in information systems. MIS
studies information systems as both a
resource and a tool for decision-making.
Students learn to analyze and evaluate
existing systems and to design and program new systems. MIS is an extensive
major (16 courses) and includes courses
from computer science, mathematics, economics, business, accounting, finance, and
marketing as well as from MIS.
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Management Information Systems
Major
Twelve courses in business, accounting,
marketing, and MIS:
BUS 242 Principles of Management
or BUS 200 Exploring Business as
Vocation
FIN 331 Financial Management
BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting II
MKT 252 Principles of Marketing
MIS 260 Problem Solving for Business
MIS 270
MIS 375
MIS 376
MIS 475
MIS 476
Data Management for Business
Management Information
Systems in the Organization
Project Management
Systems Analysis and Design
Information Systems Projects
Four required supporting courses:
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science (co-requirement MAT
171)
CSC 170 Structured Programming
or CSC 240 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
MAT 171 Discrete Math for Computing
(co-requirement for CSC 160)
Note: All business majors are encouraged to take KEY 490 “Vocation and the
Meaning of Success” to fulfill the Augsburg
Core Curriculum Senior Keystone
Requirement.
Minor in MIS
Six courses including:
MIS 260, ACC 221, MIS 375, ECO 113,
BUS 242 or 200 or MKT 252, and MIS 376
or ECO 318.
MIS 125
MIS COURSES.
MIS 260
Problem Solving for Business
This course applies advanced software capabilities like macros, Solver, and
Scenario Manager in Microsoft Excel as well as other simulation and decision
support tools for problem solving in business through the use of realistic business cases. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
MIS 270
Data Management for Business
This course applies database management systems software capabilities to support the design and implementation of databases and related applications for
the purpose of business data management. Students will write, test, and debug
event-driven code in developing relational database applications. Students will
also learn the fundamentals of multi-user data management in network and
Web environments. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
MIS 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and readings in the area of management information systems.
MIS 375
Management Information Systems in the Organization
Broad understanding of using information systems to support organizational
objectives. Topics include strategic planning and uses of information systems,
business process analysis, and understanding of the technology architecture.
(Prereq.: BUS 242 or BUS 200 or MKT 252, and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
MIS 376
Project Management
Develops project management skills needed to initiate, plan, execute, control,
and close projects. Combines theories, techniques, group activities, and computer tools such as Microsoft Project. Emphasizes technical and communications skills needed to manage inevitable changes. (Prereq.: MIS 260)
MIS 475
Systems Analysis and Design
Develops skills in using systems development methodologies and Computer
Aided Software Engineering (CASE) tools. Techniques used include data and
process modeling, file and database design, and user interface design. A
course-long project is used to complete a rudimentary system design. (Prereq.:
MIS 260, 270, and 375)
126 MIS
MIS 476
Information Systems Projects
Skills developed in previous courses are used to complete an actual project of
systems analysis and design. (Prereq.: MIS 260, 270, 375, 376, and 475)
MIS 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, and meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current problems and policies. (Prereq.:
consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
MIS 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
MIS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
MIS 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
MIS 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96.
MARKETING—MKT
T
he marketing major prepares students for professional careers in a wide
variety of marketing functions within both
business and not-for-profit organizations.
Career avenues include marketing
research, product management, marketing
communications (e.g., advertising, public
relations, sales promotion), and sales.
Marketing courses focus on integrating
both theory and practical applications,
with an emphasis on hands-on projects.
Augsburg’s metropolitan location makes it
easy for marketing students to complete
marketing plans, research studies, and
other projects for leading Twin Cities companies and not-for-profit organizations.
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTSS
Marketing Major
Marketing Core Requirements
Ten courses including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting II
BUS 242 Principles of Management
or BUS 200 Exploring Business as
Vocation
MKT 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 301 Business Law
FIN 331 Financial Management
MIS 260 Problem Solving for Business
BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
Required Marketing Courses
127
MKT 350 Consumer Behavior
or MKT 354 Sales Management
MKT 355 Marketing Communications
or MKT 357 Advertising
Note: All business majors are encouraged to take KEY 490 “Vocation and the
Meaning of Success” to fulfill the Augsburg
Core Curriculum Senior Keystone
Requirement.
Minor in Marketing
Five courses including:
MKT 252, MKT 355 or MKT 357, MKT
352, and two additional marketing courses.
This minor is recommended for anyone
who wishes to further their knowledge of
the marketing field.
Five courses including:
MKT 352 Marketing Research/Analysis
MKT 450 Marketing Management
MKT 466 International Marketing
MARKETING COURSES.
MKT 252
Principles of Marketing
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic, and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel, and pricing decisions.
MKT 350
Consumer Behavior
Consumer behavior theories and principles as they apply to the consumer
decision-making process. Impact of attitudes, values, personality, and motivation on individual decision processes. Analysis of cultural, ethnic, social class,
family, and purchase situation influences. Application to everyday purchasing
situations. (Prereq.: MKT 252 or consent of instructor)
MKT 352
Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision making. Emphasis on development of
research proposal, methodology, and collection and analysis of data. (Prereq.:
MKT 252, BUS 379, ECO 113, or consent of instructor. For non-business
majors: An alternative to BUS 379 is another introductory statistics with consent of instructor. Augsburg statistics courses that will automatically fulfill the
BUS 379 prerequisite for non-business majors are MAT 163, SOC 362, or PSY
215.)
128 Marketing
MKT 354
Sales Management
Formulation, implementation, evaluation and control of sales force programs
designed to carry out marketing objectives. Management of sales force recruitment, departmental structure, training, motivation, territory allocation, quotas,
and compensation. (Prereq.: MKT 252 or consent of instructor)
MKT 355
Marketing Communications
Integration of advertising, public relations, sales promotion design, evaluation,
and personal selling into a coherent promotion mix. (Prereq.: MKT 252) Note:
Either MKT 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit, but not both.
MKT 357
Advertising
Introduction to print, broadcast, and Web-based advertising and promotion as
important elements in modern marketing and communications. Note: Either
MKT 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit, but not both.
MKT 450
Marketing Management
Application of marketing concepts to day-to-day strategies and long-term
planning issues; development and implementation of marketing plans.
(Prereq.: MKT 252, MKT 352, MKT 355 or 357, or consent of instructor)
MKT 466
International Marketing
Examination of issues and activities unique to marketing in an international
setting. Emphasis on adaptation of a marketing mix according to the international marketing environment. (Prereq.: MKT 252)
MKT 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
MKT 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
MKT 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
MKT 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
MKT 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96.
CHEMISTRY—CHM
C
hemistry is the science that examines and works toward understanding
changes in matter. Chemistry has been
described as the central science because
matter includes the entire physical world,
such as the things we use, the food we eat,
and even ourselves. Correlating the
insights of chemistry with physics, mathematics, and molecular biology opens vistas
that excite and offer opportunities to better
the entire world.
Chemists as scientists must be knowledgeable in fact and theory for solving scientific problems and also capable of providing a public understanding of their
work, including potential problems as well
as benefits.
Chemists as people must be broadly
educated in order to understand themselves and their society. The liberal arts as
offered in the general education curriculum is imperative if a chemist is to be both
truly human and truly scientific.
The department is on the list of
approved schools of the American
Chemical Society (ACS) and offers a chemistry major that meets the chemistry background required by many fields.
Consonant with these ideas, the
Department of Chemistry has established
the following objectives to help its students develop into mature scientists:
•To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our graduates who complete our ACS chemistry
major to compete successfully with their
peers of similar ability in graduate school
or research positions.
•To provide programs of study for professional goals in addition to the traditional positions as chemists.
129
•To provide an atmosphere of learning
so that students will want to remain lifelong learners, thereby remaining competent in their field, however that may
change after graduation, and be able to
move into new areas as opportunities arise.
•To encourage students to take a broad
view of their education and to integrate
outside study areas with the sciences.
•To present the excitement of chemistry to non-science majors as an example
of the methodology of the natural sciences
in examining the world around us. The
presentation of major concepts underlying
the changes in matter, the opportunity to
examine change in the physical world, and
the reflection of the implications and limitations of science in our society will
enhance the ability of non-science persons
to make better value judgments concerning
science questions in their own endeavors.
Chemistry Faculty
Ron L. Fedie (Chair), Arlin E. Gyberg,
David R. Hanson, Joan C. Kunz, Sandra L.
Olmsted
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTSS.
■ BACHELOR OF ARTS
Major in Chemistry
CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry I, II
or CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry
I, II
CHM 351, 352 Organic Chemistry I, II
CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry
CHM 361 Physical Chemistry I
CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I
CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar (4 semesters)
and two additional courses from:
CHM 364 Physical Chemistry II
CHM 367 Properties of Polymers
130 Chemistry
CHM 464
CHM 481
CHM 482
CHM 470
BIO 367
Advanced Organic Chemistry
Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Principles of Medicinal
Chemistry
Biochemistry
Also required:
PHY 121, 122
MAT 145, 146
General Physics I, II
Calculus I, II
Because upper division courses have
mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take MAT 145, 146 in
the freshman year and PHY 121, 122 in the
sophomore year.
Teaching Licensure in Physical Science
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Chemistry for Pre-Professional
Students
Pre-medical students should plan to
take at least three courses (and usually
more) in biology. Other pre-health and preprofessional students (physician assistant,
pharmacy, engineering, etc. — see pre-professional program listings in the Academic
Information section) should consult members from the chemistry department for
assistance in course planning early in their
college careers.
■ BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
American Chemical Society Approved
Major
Twelve courses including:
CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry I, II
or CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry
I, II
CHM 351, 352 Organic Chemistry I, II
CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry
CHM 361, 363 Physical Chemistry and
Laboratory I
CHM 364, 365 Physical Chemistry and
Laboratory II
CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry
CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry
CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
One course from:
CHM 367 Properties of Polymers
CHM 470 Principles of Medicinal
Chemistry
CHM 495 Topics in Chemistry
Also required are:
CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar (four
semesters)
MAT 145, 146, 245 Calculus I, II, III
PHY 121, 122 General Physics I, II
(should be taken in sophomore year)
Recommended: Modern Physics, additional
mathematics, research experience, reading
ability in German, and computer proficiency.
Departmental Honors
Full ACS major; GPA of 3.50 in chemistry, mathematics and physics, 3.00 overall; one course or summer of approved
research; participation in seminar.
Chemistry 131
Minor
Five courses that must include:
CHM 105, 106 or CHM 115, 116, CHM
351, 352, and CHM 353.
Note: credit will not be granted for
both CHM 105 and 115, or for both CHM
106 and 116. Other restrictions are in the
course descriptions.
CHEMISTRY COURSES.
Any course taken as a prerequisite for another course, including the first course in a two-term
sequence, must be completed with a grade of P, or 2.0 or higher.
SCI 110
Natural Science I
The first semester of a two-semester survey of Natural Science. This course
focuses on the nature of science and major concepts of Physics and Chemistry.
Laboratory work stressing experimentation and measurement will include the
use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one threehour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 3)
SCI 111
Natural Science II
The second semester of a two-semester survey of Natural Science. This course
focuses on major concepts of Earth Science and Biology. Laboratory work will
complement lectures and will include the use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: SCI 110)
CHM 100
Chemistry for Changing Times I
Designed for the liberal arts student. Emphasis is upon developing basic
chemistry concepts using examples primarily from inorganic chemistry. Does
not count toward a chemistry major or minor. Not accepted for credit for students who have taken CHM 102. (Prereq.: MPG 2)
CHM 101
Chemistry for Changing Times II
Second semester of the year-long course. Applies concepts from CHM 100 to
environmental, organic, and biochemical problems of societal interest. A laboratory is included with this course. Does not count toward a chemistry major
or minor nor apply as prerequisite for other chemistry courses. (Prereq.: CHM
100 or 102, MPG 3)
CHM 102
Chemistry for Changing Times I (with Lab)
Designed for the liberal arts student. Emphasis is upon developing basic
chemistry concepts using examples primarily from inorganic chemistry. Does
not count toward a chemistry major or minor. Not accepted for credit for students who have taken CHM 100. (Prereq.: MPG 2)
CHM 105
Principles of Chemistry I
Topics in this course include an introduction to matter, chemical change,
chemical reactions, chemical bonding, energetics, and equilibrium. The
sequence, CHM 105, 106, is designed for students who have not studied
chemistry in high school or who are less confident about their background in
chemistry. Students may go into CHM 351 or 353 from CHM 106 and major
in chemistry. (Three hours of lecture, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG
2. Fall)
132 Chemistry
CHM 106
Principles of Chemistry II
CHM 106 is a continuation of CHM 105 with more emphasis upon equilibrium
and the chemistry of the elements. (Three hours of lecture, one three-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 105, MPG 3. Spring)
CHM 115
General Chemistry I
An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. Includes
chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with
examples from inorganic chemistry. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, MPG 4. Fall)
CHM 116
General Chemistry II
A continuation of Chemistry 115. Emphasis on equilibrium and solution
chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (Three one-hour lectures,
one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 115. Spring)
CHM 351, 352 Organic Chemistry I, II
Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of
modern theories of chemical bonds, energy relationships, and reaction mechanisms. (Three one-hour lectures, one four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106
or 116. Fall: CHM 351; spring: CHM 352)
CHM 353
Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail
and gives an introduction to electrochemical and spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of
samples, and includes trace analysis. (Three hours of lecture, one four-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. MPG 3. Fall)
CHM 361
Physical Chemistry I
Covers three of the basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics,
quantum mechanics, and statistical mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116; MAT 145, 146; PHY 121, 122. Fall)
CHM 363
Physical Chemistry Laboratory I
(.5 course)
Physical Chemistry Laboratory introduces students to techniques of data collection and experimental application of concepts presented in physical chemistry lecture. CHM 363 is to be taken in the fall and involves experiments
related to CHM 361. (Two two-hour lab periods. Prereq.: CHM 361 or concurrent registration and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111. Fall)
CHM 364
Physical Chemistry II
Covers the fundamentals of the chemical kinetics as well as the concepts studied in CHM 361 applied to areas of solutions, molecular structure, spectroscopy, surfaces, diffraction techniques, and macromolecules. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 361. Spring)
Chemistry 133
CHM 365
Physical Chemistry Laboratory II (.5 course)
CHM 365 is to be taken the second semester and involves experiments relating to CHM 364. (Two two-hour lab periods. Prereq.: CHM 364 or concurrent
registration. Spring)
CHM 367
Properties of Polymers
Presents polymer chemistry as an interdisciplinary chemistry relying on the
organic, analytical, and physical chemistry prerequisites to unfold the details
of macromolecules. (Prereq.: CHM 352, 361. Spring, alternate years)
CHM 464
Advanced Organic Chemistry
Laboratory work is organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds. Lecture topics include theory and structure-spectra correlations for
IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature, and advanced topics in organic synthesis. (Three hours of lecture, six hours of laboratory.
Prereq.: CHM 352, 353, 361 or consent of instructor. Some reading knowledge
of German is helpful. Fall)
CHM 470
Principles of Medicinal Chemistry
Medicinal chemistry examines the organic chemistry of drug design and drug
action. Students study the mechanisms of drug transport across biological
membranes, absorption, distribution, and drug excretion; the relationship
between structure and activity; molecular recognition process in drug-receptor
interactions; enzyme mechanisms; and the metabolic pathways by which drugs
are detoxified. Also studied are the concepts used in the design of therapeutic
substances. (Prereq.: CHM 352. BIO 367 is recommended. Spring, alternate
years)
CHM 481
Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Emphasis on instrumental methods of analysis. Atomic, molecular, and electron spectroscopy, radiochemical, chromatography, thermal, and electroanalytical methods are covered. (Three one-hour lectures, one four-and-one-half hour
laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 353, 361 or consent of instructor. Spring)
CHM 482
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic and molecular orbital
models. Reactivity and bonding in coordination, cluster, and organometallic
compounds are considered. The laboratory uses preparations of a variety of
techniques. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM
352, 361 or consent of instructor. Fall)
CHM 491
Chemistry Seminar
(.0 course)
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry
majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and
seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside
visitors are also invited to participate.
CHM 495
Topics in Chemistry
Study of a specific area building upon inorganic, analytical, physical, and
organic chemistry.
134 Chemistry
CHM 497
Introduction to Chemistry Research
Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before
graduation that may be obtained by working on a summer research project
(not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic
year (that may be counted as a course). Cooperative education is an excellent
opportunity to be involved in industrial research projects. (Prereq.: junior or
senior standing)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
CHM 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
CHM 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
CHM 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
CHM 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96. (Prereq.: junior or senior standing)
CLINICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE—CLS
C
linical laboratory scientists perform
complex biological, microbiological, and
chemical tests on patient samples. They
also use, maintain, and troubleshoot
sophisticated laboratory equipment in the
performance of diagnostic tests. The clinical laboratory scientist analyzes these test
results and discusses them with the medical staff. He/she also possesses the skills
required for molecular diagnostic tests
based on DNA and RNA technologies. In
addition, the clinical laboratory scientist
will find opportunities in test development, experimental design, administration,
and education.
The curriculum requires a minimum of
six semesters on campus to complete the
pre-requisite curriculum. Students spend
an additional 12 months of clinical education in a hospital-sponsored, accredited
program during their senior year. A bachelor of science degree is awarded at the satisfactory completion of all required course
work.
Admission to the clinical laboratory science major is on a competitive basis.
Students apply for admission to the clinical
laboratory science program early in the fall
semester of the academic year just prior to
the beginning of their professional studies,
typically in the junior year. Formal acceptance into the hospital-sponsored program
is based on the submission of an application for admission to the major, personal
recommendations, review of academic performance, and interview with the Program
Admission Committee. A minimum grade
point average of 2.75 overall as well as in
science and mathematics courses is strongly recommended. Acceptance into the hospital program is not guaranteed by the
College. The hospital program affiliated
with Augsburg is the Fairview Health
Services. The program is accredited by the
National Accrediting Agency for Clinical
Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS), 8410 W.
Bryn Mawr, Suite 670, Chicago, IL, 60631,
773-714-8880.
During the clinical component in an
accredited hospital program, students will
register for 12.25 credits. The clinical
phase routinely begins in June with anticipated graduation the following spring.
Graduates of the program are eligible to sit
for certification examinations offered by
national certification agencies.
Hospital affiliates of Augsburg College
Fairview Health Services
Fairview Lakes Medical Center
Fairview Northland Regional
Medical Center
Fairview-Ridges Hospital
Fairview-Southdale Hospital
UMMC, Fairview-Riverside
UMMC, Fairview-University
Generalized four-year academic plan for
Clinical Laboratory Science (CLS) majors
To complete the program in four years,
students must:
a. achieve MPG 3 or 4, AND
b. qualify for ENL 111, AND
c. score above 45 on the critical thinking exam, AND
d. do not require ENL 217/218, AND
e. meet graduation skills requirements
within the major and supporting courses,
AND
f. satisfy the Engaging Minneapolis
requirement with BIO 113/114
135
136 Clinical Laboratory Science
Fi rs t y e a r:
Fall Ter m:
BIO 151: Introductory Biology
CHM 105 or CHM 115: General Chemistry
REL 100: Search for Meaning
Elective
Spring Ter m:
BIO 152: Ecology, Evolution and Diversity
CHM 106 or CHM 116: General Chemistry
ENL 111
Elective
Second Year:
Fall Ter m
BIO 253: Introductory Cell Biology
CHM 351: Organic Chemistry I
REL 200: Search for Meaning
Elective
Spring Ter m
BIO 355: Genetics
CHM 352: Organic Chemistry II
MAT 163: Statistics (QR)
Elective
Thir d Year:
Fall Ter m
BIO 369: Biochemistry
BIO 473: General Physiology
Elective
Elective
Spring Ter m
BIO 476: Microbiology
BIO 486 Immunology
Elective
Elective
Fourth Year: Clinical Program
S um m er S es s i on
CLS 400: Introduction to CLS
CLS 405: Body Fluids
CLS 410: Clinical Hematology/Hemostasis
CLS 415: Clinical Immunology
CLS 425: Clinical Chemistry
Clinical Rotations:
F a l l & S p r i n g S e me s t e r
CLS 450: Applied Clinical Chemistry
CLS 455: Applied Hematology/Hemostasis
CLS 460: Applied Immunology
CLS 465: Applied Immunohematology
CLS 470: Applied Clinical Microbiology
F all S em es te r
CLS 420: Immunohematology
CLS 430: Clinical Microbiology
CLS 433: Virology/Mycology/Parasitology
CLS 435: Molecular Diagnostics
Clinical Rotations
S p ri n g S e m es t e r
CLS 440: Laboratory Management &
Education
CLS 445: Research Design & Methods
CLS 475: Advanced Applications in CLS
CLS 480: Advanced Topics in CLS
CLS 485: Advanced Studies in CLS
BIO 490: Keystone course
Clinical Rotations
Special core requirement courses and
professional courses must be completed
with a grade of “C” (2.0) or above.
Students must meet all College graduation
requirements including General Education,
grade point, College residency, and total
credits.
Clinical Laboratory Science 137
CLINICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE COURSES.
CLS 400
CLS 405
Introduction to Clinical Laboratory Science
Course is designed to provide the CLS student with the basic laboratory skills
required for the laboratory component of the curriculum. This course will also
provide teamwork, leadership, and interpersonal skills needed by healthcare
professionals. Current issues in CLS will also be covered including ethics, government regulations, and concepts of total testing process. (Prereq.: CHM 352;
BIO 355 and 476; and admission to the CLS program)
Body Fluids
Covers concepts related to the formation, distribution, and function of body
fluids and their chemical, physical, and cellular composition in health and disease. Laboratory focus is on performance, interpretation, and correlation of
results. (Prereq.: CHM 352; BIO 355 and 473; and admission to the CLS program)
CLS 410
Clinical Hematology/Hemostasis
Course is designed to provide the CLS student with the basic knowledge of
hematology/hemostasis. Cellular components of the blood in normal and diseased states, hemostasis principles, laboratory testing, interpretation, and the
correlation of results will be covered. Laboratory component will focus on
specimen preparation, red cell, white cell, and platelet identification and enumeration, both microscopically and electronically. (Prereq.: CHM 352; BIO
355, 476 and 486; and admission to the CLS program)
CLS 415
Clinical Immunology
Course in the application of immunologic and serologic techniques used for
the specific diagnosis of immunodeficiency diseases, malignancies of the
immune system, autoimmune disorders, hypersensitivity states, and infection
by specific microbial pathogens. Laboratory sessions offer exercises in methods
for detection of antigens and antibodies in patient specimens. (Prereq.: CHM
353; BIO 476 and 486; and admission to the CLS program)
CLS 420
Immunohematology
Course covers aspects of the Blood Group Systems, antibody screening, compatibility testing, blood donor service, selection of donors, blood drawing,
storage, preservation, components, records, and regulations for blood banks.
The laboratory section includes performance of blood bank procedures, donor
processing, compatibility testing, antibody screening and identification.
(Prereq.: CHM 359; BIO 355 and 486; and admission to the CLS program)
CLS 425
Clinical Chemistry
The focus of the course is on the physiology of body analytes and the organ
systems, with an emphasis on the corresponding clinical laboratory procedures
and human disease states. Discussion will include the clinical correlations of
the analytical procedures data with the diseases. The laboratory section covers
skills necessary to the performance of clinical chemistry test procedures.
(Prereq.: CHM 352; BIO 369 and 476; and admission to the CLS program)
138 Clinical Laboratory Science
CLS 430
Clinical Microbiology
Course includes the study of bacteria, rickettsiae, chlamydia, and mycoplasma
as they relate to diseases in humans. Topics include clinical signs and symptoms of the disease process, specimen collection and processing, modes of
transmission, and methods of identification. In the laboratory component, students will process specimens from various body locations. Emphasis will be
placed on isolation with identification, selection of appropriate antibiotic therapy, quality assurance, and safety. (Prereq.: CHM 352; BIO 369, 476 and 486;
and admission to the CLS program)
CLS 433
Virology, Mycology, and Parasitology
Study of viruses, fungi, and parasites as they relate to diseases in humans.
Topics include clinical signs and symptoms of the disease process, specimen
collection and processing, modes of transmission, and methods of identification. Laboratory emphasis focuses on isolation and identification, quality
assurance, and safety. (Prereq.: CHM 352; BIO 369, 476 and 486; and admission to the CLS program)
CLS 435
Molecular Diagnostics
A course on the composition, structure, function and characteristics of DNA.
Emphasis will be placed on clinical laboratory methods used to isolate, amplify, manipulate, and analyze DNA sequences in order to integrate theory and
practice. (Prereq.: CHM 352; BIO 355, 473, 476 and 486; and admission to the
CLS program)
CLS 440
Laboratory Management and Education
Course is designed to introduce the clinical laboratory science student to the
principles of laboratory administration. The seminar-format course will focus
on human resource management, operations management, and educational
methodologies appropriate for the supervisor and laboratory manager (Prereq.:
admission to the CLS program)
CLS 445
Research Design and Methods
The course applies scientific method to clinical laboratory research problems,
systematic applications of hypothesis formation and decision making through
research design principles. Research proposal writing and the process of institutional review board approval and informed consent will also be covered.
(Prereq.: MTH 163 and admission to the CLS program)
CLS 450
Applied Clinical Chemistry
Rotation with daily lecture which applies the principles of clinical chemistry
in the clinical laboratory. The course is designed to utilize and build upon theoretical and applied knowledge acquired in the previous didactic courses (CLS
400, 425) and apply it to the performance of analytical procedures and management of the clinical chemistry laboratory. (Prereq.: admission to the CLS
program and CLS 400 and 425)
Clinical Laboratory Science 139
CLS 455
Applied Clinical Hematology/Hemostasis
Rotation with daily lecture which extends the learning to the clinical hematology, hemostasis, and body fluids laboratories. Students will gain experience
processing and analyzing patient’s specimens with a wide variety of complex
procedures and instruments. Students will also expand their identification and
diagnostic skills on microscopic analysis of hematology and body fluid specimens. (Prereq.: admission to the CLS program and CLS 400, 405 and 410)
CLS 460
Applied Immunology
Rotation with daily lecture which applies concepts and techniques learned in
CLS 415. Using patient specimens, students will gain experience in the clinical
immunological techniques, methods, and management of antigen-antibody
reactions and identify the relationship to diseased states. The rotation also
includes the fundamentals of HLA testing and Flow Cytometry techniques
with interpretation of results. (Prereq.: admission to the CLS program and CLS
400 and 415)
CLS 465
Applied Immunohematology
Rotation with daily lecture which extends the concepts and skills learned in
CLS 420 to the blood bank setting for the performance of antibody identification techniques, hemolytic disease problems, quality assurance management,
solving of patients’ blood compatibility problems, apheresis, and cell therapy.
(Prereq.: admission to the CLS program and CLS 420)
CLS 470
Applied Clinical Microbiology
Rotation with daily lecture which applies the principles of CLS 430. Student
will process a variety of patient specimens in the microbiology laboratory and
gain experience with a wide variety of state of the art procedures and equipment for the isolation and identification of pathogenic bacteria, fungi protozoa, helminthes, and viruses. (Prereq.: admission to the CLS program and CLS
430 and 433)
CLS 475
Advanced Applications in CLS
Selected study in one aspect of the practice of clinical laboratory science, such
as ancillary biology, cytogenetics, outreach clinics, or industry. Rotation and
lecture included. (Prereq.: admission to the CLS program and enrollment in
applied courses)
CLS 480
Advanced Topics in CLS
This course will cover, at an advanced level, the major areas of the clinical laboratory. Topics will also include information on new directions in laboratory
testing with an emphasis placed on its impact on current laboratory practice
and outcomes assessment. (Prereq.: admission to the CLS program and CLS
405, 410, 415, 420, 425, 430, 433, 435, and 440)
140 Clinical Laboratory Science
CLS 485
Advanced Studies in CLS
A capstone research project required for satisfactory completion of the CLS
program. Student will complete a research project under the supervision of
a mentor. Course culminates in a major paper and presentation. Area of
emphasis will be in one of the specialty or subspecialty areas included in the
clinical laboratory practice. (Prereq.: admission to the CLS program and senior
standing)
CLS 499
Independent Study in CLS
Individual reading or research under the guidance of a CLS instructor.
(Prereq.: admission to the CLS program; repeatable for maximum of one
credit)
COMMUNICATION STUDIES—COM
O
ur discipline is grounded in rhetorical and scientific principles and is guided
by the need to make communicative choices that are artful, ethical, and effective.
Students who major in communication
studies are concerned with: interpersonal
relationships, mass media, public advocacy
and social influence, group and organizational dynamics, and intercultural dimensions of communication.
Prospective majors should meet with a
departmental adviser as early as possible to
design an approved major program, preferably by the end of the sophomore year.
Communication Studies Faculty
Deborah Redmond (Chair), Wes
Ellenwood, Robert Groven, Daniel Hanson,
David Lapakko
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
■ BACHELOR OF ARTS
Communication Studies Major
Twelve courses overall — eight required
core courses and four courses within one
of eight emphases. For transfer students, at
least six of these courses must be taken at
Augsburg.
Required of all Communication Studies
majors:
Public Speaking
COM 111
COM 280
History of Rhetorical and
Communication Theory
COM 351
Argumentation
COM 352
Persuasion
COM 354
Interpersonal
Communication
COM 355
Small Group
Communication
COM 321
Business and Professional
Speaking
or COM 329 Intercultural
Communication
COM 490 Senior Keystone
Professional Communication Emphasis
This emphasis is intended for students
interested in studying communication from
an artistic and humanities perspective. It is
appropriate for career interests such as:
communication graduate school; other
professional graduate programs (e.g. law
school), rhetorical criticism, political communication and being a professional trainer, communication consultant, professional
speaker, or speech writer.
Four additional electives from the following: COM 321 (required), COM 329,
345, 399, 499; THR 350, 360; BUS 242,
301; ENL 220; POL 326, 342, 370; PSY
325, 371; REL 383; SOC 362, 363
Organizational Communication
Emphasis
Appropriate for: business related
careers such as professional manager, sales,
management consulting, technical consulting, internal communications, organizational or industrial consulting, human systems analyst or designer, and also graduate
programs in organizational studies.
Four additional electives from the following: COM 345 (required), COM 321,
326, 329, 399, 410, 480, 499; BUS 242,
340; PSY 325, 371, 373; SOC 265, 349,
375
Supervisory Management Emphasis
Appropriate for students seeking management careers.
Four additional electives from: BUS 242
or 440 (required); COM 321, 326, 329,
399, 410, 480, 499; BUS 340; ENL 223;
MIS 175; PSY 373; SOC 349
141
142 Communication Studies
Human Relations Emphasis
Appropriate for students pursuing the
study of how organizations manage their
internal structure and personnel. People
who work in this area deal with such
issues as discrimination, work rules,
employee relations, etc.
Four additional electives from: BUS 340
(required); COM 321, 326, 329, 345, 399,
410; PSY 373, 485; SOC 265, 349, 375
Marketing Communication Emphasis
Courses in this emphasis focus on the
communication aspects of the marketingcommunication mix. This emphasis is particularly helpful for students interested in
an organizational role in marketing communication.
Four additional electives from: MKT
252 (required); COM 321, 326, 329, 399,
410, 480; MKT 352, 355, 357, 450; POL
342
Public Relations and Advertising
Emphasis
Courses are designed to prepare students for the growing fields public relations, crisis management, as well as advertising and promotional communication. An
internship in public relations, advertising,
or a related field is required.
Four additional electives from: ENL
227 (required); COM 321, 326, 329, 345,
399, 410, 480; ART 132, 224, 225; BUS
242, 252, 355; MIS 379; PSY 373; SOC
349, POL 342
Mass Communication and Journalism
Emphasis
Courses are designed to prepare students for entry into television, film, journalism, e-media, (both performance and
production), media criticism and policy, or
graduate school in mass communication or
journalism.
Four electives from the following: ENL
227 (required); COM 247, 321, 329, 343,
348, 399, 499: ART 132, 215, 224, 225,
315, 330, 340; ENL 226, 228, 241, 324,
327; POL 342; THR 232, 233, 325, 350,
360; BUS 254, INS 331
Graduate Study Emphasis
Courses in this emphasis would be
especially helpful for students planning to
do graduate work in such fields as communication studies, education, or law.
Four electives from the following: SOC
362 or ENL 481 (required); COM 321,
329, 499; PHI 230; POL 483; PSY 215,
315; SOC 363, 375
For All Eight Emphases
We encourage all majors to participate
in Augsburg’s interscholastic forensics program. Registering for and completing COM
188 (Forensics Practicum) can be used to
document participation. Students should
be aware that the tournament season is
essentially from October through midMarch, and should plan schedules accordingly.
All day majors should plan to include
at least one internship (COM 399) as one
of their electives.
Students may petition the department
to include as part of their major concentration other Augsburg courses not listed
above. Such requests must be submitted in
writing to the departmental adviser for
prior approval. Also, students may petition
to include up to three courses from other
ACTC schools as electives, with prior
approval of the adviser or department chair.
Film Major
The Augsburg film major reflects our
belief that students are transformed
through a well-rounded curriculum that
encourages creativity, critical analysis and
Communication Studies 143
inquiry, ethical considerations, and an
understanding of the synergy between theory and practice. The major explores the
tension between art and commerce
through dialogues with film industry members, internship and mentorship opportunities, film symposia, and our Film Artist
series. Students will gain experience in
scripting, directing, editing, and acting for
both 16mm film and digital. Students will
be introduced to the study of film theory,
criticism, and culture. Students are encouraged to double major or to seek minors in
related fields such as art, English, theatre,
philosophy, communication studies,
women’s studies, and American Indian
studies, to name a few.
Film Faculty
Deb Redmond (Program Director),
Kristin Anderson, Julie Bolton, Michael
Burden, Robert Cowgill, Cass Dalglish,
Wesley Ellenwood, Darcey Engen, Doug
Green, Martha Johnson, Elise Marubbio,
John McCaffrey, John Mitchell, Robert
Thom
Required of all Film Majors:
Six Core Courses
COM/THR 216 Film Production I
ENL 241
Intro to Cinema Arts
ENL 371
History of Cinema
COM/THR 420 Issues in Contemporary
Cinema
COM 247
Documentary
THR 232
Acting
or THR 233 Acting for Camera
Five electives (three must be upper
division) must be chosen from the three
defined tracks below in consultation with
your advisor who is designated by the
program director. Note that not all elective
courses are offered every year, so alternatives within the track may have to be
chosen.
Film majors should fulfill the Senior
Keystone requirement in either the English
Department or Art Department.
Track #1 Production: This track is
designed for students interested in producing films/videos. Electives include:
COM/THR 312 16mm Film II, COM 343
Studio Production, COM 348 Digital Video
Production, COM 499 Independent Study,
Art 132 Photography, ART 215 Design for
New Media I, ART 315 Design for New
Media II, ART 340 Digital Imaging, ENL
228 Broadcast and Online Journalism,
MUS 130 Intro to Music and the Fine Arts,
PHY 119 Physics for the Fine Arts, THR
328 Stage Design
Track #2 Per for mance: This track is
designed for students interested in acting
and directing. Electives include: THR 233
Acting for the Camera, THR/ENL 325
Playwriting, THR 366 Stage Direction,
THR 328 Theatrical Design, THR 360
Interpretive Reading, THR 350 Voice for
Stage and Screen,THR 499 Independent
Study, ENL 328 Screenwriting, PHY 119
Physics for the Fine Arts
Track #3 Theor y & Culture: This track
is designed for students interested in analysis of film, film genres, and cultural context. Electives include: ENL 221
Expository Writing about the Arts and
Popular Culture, ENL 228 Broadcast and
Online Journalism, ENL 240 Introduction
to Literary Study, ENL 430 Advanced
Studies in Theory and Method, COM 499,
INS 495 Indigenous Filmmakers, INS 264
American Indians in Cinema, WST/INS
481 Native American Women & Film, ART
240 Art History, PHI 260 Philosophy and
the Arts, PHI 120 Ethics, PHY 119 Physics
for the Fine Arts, SPA 248 Spanish and
Latin American Culture Through Film,
REL 309 Religion at the Movies
144 Communication Studies
Departmental Honors
The honors major is designed to
encourage overall excellence as well as
outstanding achievement on a specific project of special interest to the student.
Honors majors must maintain a 3.50 GPA
in the major and a 3.00 GPA overall, and,
as part of their major program, complete a
substantial independent project of honors
quality (COM 499 registration). Honors
candidates should meet with their departmental adviser prior to their senior year to
develop a proposal for the honors project.
Communication Studies Minor
Six courses including:
COM 111 Public Speaking
COM 280 History of Rhetorical and
Communication Theory
POL 342 Mass Communication in
Society
or COM 343 Studio Production
COM 351 Argumentation
or COM 352 Persuasion
COM 354 Interpersonal Communication
COM 345 Organizational Communication
or COM 355 Small Group
Communication
Film Minor
Six courses including:
ENL 241 Introduction to Cinema Art
COM/THR 216 Film Production I
THR 233 Acting for Camera
COM 343 Studio Production
COM/THR 420 Issues in Contemporary
Cinema
Plus one of the following:
THR/ENL 325 Playwriting
or THR 328 Screenwriting
THR 328 Stage Design
COM 247 Documentary
COM 348 Digital Video Production
THR 366 Stage Direction
INS 495 Indigenous Filmmakers
Note: For transfer students, at least
three of these six courses must be courses
offered at Augsburg. Prospective minors
must obtain prior approval from a communication studies faculty adviser.
Communication Arts/Literature
Teacher Licensure Major
This major, which includes secondary
education coursework and student teaching requirements in the education department, offers students the preparation necessary to become teachers of communication arts and literature in public schools
and allows them to become licensed to
teach at the middle school through the secondary level. Recommendation for teacher
licensure is granted only to students who
complete the requirements for this program with a minimum grade of 2.0 in
major courses and with a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.50 in the major. All
requirements in the major must be completed prior to student teaching. The
course requirements for this program are
listed in the Department of English section
of the catalog.
COMMUNICATION COURSES.
COM 111
Public Speaking
The course focuses on speech preparation, organization, audience analysis,
style, listening, and overcoming speech fright. (Fall, spring)
COM 188
Forensics Practicum
A non-credit experience in forensics.
Communication Studies 145
COM/THR 216 Film Production I
This course demonstrates the basics of 16 mm filmmaking. The student will
make short films that demonstrate the art and process of shooting in B/W.
COM 247
Documentary
A video production course that integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on
experience dealing with non-fiction subjects.
COM 280
Introduction to Communication Studies
An introductory survey course designed to acquaint students with the world
of ideas that serves as the foundation for the field of communication studies.
(Fall)
COM/THR 312 Film Production II
The focus of this course builds on the lessons learned in COM 216 and adds
the study of color photography and sound design. Though exercises and
assignments the student will develop skills in scripting, shooting, and editing
short films. (Prereq.: COM/THR 216)
COM 321
Business and Professional Speaking
This course explores advanced issues in public address including delivery and
performance, vocal control, persuasion, audience adaptation, argument construction, and speaker credibility. The class uses a series of speeches, ranging
from impromptu speaking and persuasion to job interviewing and sales presentations, in order to hone students’ speaking skills. (Prereq.: COM 111)
COM 326
Building Working Relationships
This course explores working relationships in a changing world. Self-assessment tools and applied papers help participants gain a better understanding of
the role the individual plays within the context of workplace relationships.
Emphasis is placed on interpersonal, group, and organizational relationships.
(Prereq.: Junior or senior standing and at least one of the following courses —
SOC 121, SWK 260, BUS 242, BUS 252, PSY 102, PSY 105)
COM 329
Intercultural Communication
This course explores cultural differences and their implications for communication, including differences in values, norms, social interaction, and code systems. (Spring: alternate years)
COM 343
Studio Production
Introduction to video production with an emphasis on creative concept development, script-writing, directing, and producing for video. Should be taken
concurrently with THR 333. (Fall)
COM 345
Organizational Communication
An examination of communication in organizational settings. Focuses on topics such as superior-subordinate relationships, management styles, motivation
of employees, organizational culture, effective use of meetings, and sources of
communication problems.
146 Communication Studies
COM 348
Digital Video Production
This course combines studio and field production with special emphasis on
post-production editing. Students work in production teams to create and produce a one-hour magazine format news program and music video. (Prereq.:
COM 343 or 347)
COM 351
Argumentation
Develops critical thinking skills by study of the theory and practice of argument, evidence, fallacies, and refutation. Includes how to build and analyze
public arguments that confront students in their everyday lives. (Prereq.: COM
111 or consent of instructor. Fall)
COM 352
Persuasion
Examination of the process of influence in a variety of social contexts, paying
special attention to the psychological aspects of persuasion. (Prereq.: MPG 3;
COM 111 or consent of instructor. Spring)
COM 354
Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal
messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome
communication barriers. (Spring)
COM 355
Small Group Communication
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on decision making,
leadership styles and conflict management. (Spring)
COM 410
Communicating a Self in the Modern Organization
Understanding through dialogue of the functions of communication in organizational settings with particular emphasis on the self-defining aspects of the
social contract between the individual and the organization in a changing
world. Collateral readings, open dialogue, and individual projects. (WEC only)
COM/THR 420 Issues in Contemporary Cinema
This course will examine cultural, artistic, commercial, and theoretical concerns that occur in world cinema today. Our purpose is to help students both
contextualize the cinema they see in appropriate and insightful ways, and to
provide a sophisticated critical apparatus to help them read films as texts and
to interpret the cinema’s larger societal value and impact. (Prereq: ENL 371)
COM 480
Public Relations/Promotional Communication
Public relations in the modern world of communication, marketing, and business. An overview of public relations as a career and a survey of basic promotional communication in profit and nonprofit organizations. (WEC only)
COM 490
Communication Studies Keystone: Critical Conversations About
Communication and Vocation
A synthesis of communication theories and application of those theories to
each student’s sense of vocation. This course satisfies the Keystone requirement.
COM 495
Communication Topics
Selected topics in communication with emphasis on the use of primary
sources and methodology of research.
Computer Science 147
Internships and Independent Study Courses.
COM 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
COM 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
COM 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
COM 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96.
ELECTIVES.
See department listings for the following approved electives:
ART 132
ART 224
ART 225
ART 330
BUS 242
BUS 340
BUS 440
BUS 450
CSC 160
ENL 226
ENL 227
ENL 228
ENL 241
ENL 327
ENL 430
INS 325
PSY 215
PSY 315
PSY 325
PSY 371
PSY 373
PSY 485
SOC 231
SOC 265
MIS 175
MIS 379
MKT 252
MKT 352
MKT 355
PHI 230
POL 342
POL 375
SOC 349
SOC 362
SOC 363
SOC 375
THR 232
THR 325
THR 350
THR 360
COMPUTER SCIENCE—CSC
T
he Augsburg computer science
department strives to give students a sound
theoretical and practical foundation in
computer science. We offer both a B.A. and
a B.S. major. The coursework provides students a strong base in computer science,
with emphasis on concepts rather than on
applications. We encourage students to
strengthen their coursework by electing an
internship or cooperative education experience. Our location in the Twin Cities provides us with an excellent resource of such
experiences for students, and allows them
to add practical applications to their education.
Computer Science Faculty
Noel Petit (Chair), Larry Crockett,
James Moen, Charles Sheaffer, Erik
Steinmetz, Karen Sutherland
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
■ BACHELOR OF ARTS
Computer Science Major
Twelve courses including:
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communication
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 240 Introduction to Networking
148 Computer Science
and Communications
Algorithms
Principles of Computer
Organization
CSC 385 Introduction to Formal Logic
and Computation Theory
CSC 450 Programming Languages and
Compilers I
CSC 451 Programming Languages and
Compilers II
MAT 114 Precalculus (or MPG 4)
MAT 171 Discrete Mathematics for
Computing (recommended)
or MAT 145 Calculus I
MAT 245 Calculus III
MAT 246 Linear Algebra
MAT 247 Modeling and Differential
Equations
MAT 271 Discrete Mathematical
Structures (recommended)
and two electives from
CSC courses above 200
PHY 261 Electronics
MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design
MAT 355 Numerical Mathematics
Computational Economics
CSC 320
CSC 345
At least one elective must be an upper division course.
■ BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Computer Science Major
Sixteen courses including:
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communication
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 240 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
CSC 320 Algorithms
CSC 345 Principles of Computer
Organization
CSC 385 Introduction to Formal Logic
and Computation Theory
CSC 450 Programming Languages and
Compilers I
CSC 451 Programming Languages and
Compilers II
MAT 145 Calculus I
MAT 146 Calculus II
Two courses from:
and three electives from:
CSC courses above 200
PHY 261 Electronics
MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design
MAT 355 Numerical Mathematics
At least two electives must be upper division courses.
The computational economics major
has been designed to serve students with
need for some basic understanding of computer science and economics. The major
requires six courses from computer science, six from economics, and a required
capstone independent study. Students
interested in this major should consult
with the faculty in computer science, in
economics, or one of the coordinators.
Coordinators
Jeanne Boeh, Department of Economics,
Charles Sheaffer, Department of Computer
Science
Major in Computational Economics
Thirteen courses including:
MAT 145 Calculus I
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communication
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 240 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
or CSC 320 Algorithms
or CSC 352 Database Management and
Design
CSC 345 Principles of Computer
Organization
Computer Science 149
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 318 Management Science
ECO 315 Money and Banking
or EC0 415 Managerial Economics
CSC 499 Independent Study
or ECO 499 Independent Study
Computational Philosophy
Computational Philosophy emphasizes
areas of interest in which philosophy and
computer science overlap: logic, artificial
intelligence, cognitive science, philosophy
of mind, and philosophy of language. The
major requires seven courses from computer science, six from philosophy, and a
required capstone topics course. Students
interested in this major should consult
with the faculty in computer science, in
philosophy, or one of the coordinators.
Coordinators
David Apolloni, Department of Philosophy,
Charles Sheaffer, Department of Computer
Science
Major in Computational Philosophy
Fourteen courses including:
MAT 171 Discrete Mathematics for
Computing
or MAT 145 Calculus I
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communication
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 320
CSC 373
Algorithms
Symbolic Programming and
Artificial Intelligence
CSC 385 Introduction to Formal Logic
and Computation Theory
PHI 241 History of Philosophy I:
Ancient Greek Philosophy
PHI 242 History of Philosophy II:
Medieval and Renaissance
Philosophy
PHI 343 History of Philosophy III: Early
Modern and 19th Century
Philosophy
PHI 344 History of Philosophy IV:
Twentieth Century Philosophy
PHI 365 Philosophy of Science
PHI 410 Topics in Philosophy
or CSC 495 Advanced Topics in
Computer Science
One upper division elective in philosophy
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.50 in computer science major
courses, GPA of 3.10 overall, and an independent study project.
Computer Science Minor
Six courses including CSC 160, 170,
210, 345, one additional upper division
computer science course, and one of MAT
171 or MAT 145.
A course must be completed with a
grade of 2.0 or higher to be counted as
completing a major requirement. A course
must also be completed with a grade of 2.0
or higher to count as a prerequisite for a
subsequent computer science course.
COMPUTER SCIENCE COURSES.
CSC 160
Introduction to Computer Science and Communication
An introduction to computer science topics in hardware, software, theory, and
computer communications: algorithm design, logical circuits, network concepts, the Internet, and programming. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
150 Computer Science
CSC 170
Structured Programming
A study of problem-solving, algorithm development, and programming using a
high-level programming language. (Three hours of lecture, one-and-one-half
hours of lab. Prereq.: CSC 160 and MPG 3; MAT 171 recommended)
CSC 210
Data Structures
Data structures such as linked lists, stacks, and queues; recursion. (Three
hours of lecture, one-and-one-half hours of lab. Prereq.: CSC 170, MPG 4, and
one of MAT 145 or MAT 171)
CSC 240
Introduction to Networking and Communications
Principles and methods of data communications, information theory,
distributed processing systems, network protocols and security, standards,
network management, and general computer interfacing. (Prereq.: CSC 160
and MPG 3)
CSC 272
UNIX and C
Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is
assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has
done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another
course with a study of a programming language)
CSC 320
Algorithms
A systematic study of algorithms and their complexity, including searching
and sorting algorithms, mathematical algorithms, scheduling algorithms, and
tree and graph traversal algorithms. The limitations of algorithms, Turing
machines, the classes P and NP, NP-complete problems, and intractable problems. (Prereq.: CSC 210, MPG 4, and one of MAT 145 or MAT 171)
CSC 345
Principles of Computer Organization
An introduction to computer architecture, processors, instruction sets, and
assembly language programming. (Prereq.: CSC 210 and MPG 4)
CSC 352
Database Management and Design
Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization
and security, and the development of database systems. (Prereq.: CSC 210)
CSC 373
Symbolic Programming and Artificial Intelligence
An introduction to programming in functional, symbolic languages, such as
Lisp or Scheme. Techniques for implementing such languages, including metacircular interpretation and garbage collection. Applications to selected problems from artificial intelligence. (Prereq: CSC 210)
CSC 385
Formal Logic and Computation Theory
An introduction to sentential and first-order logic including logical connectives, proof theory, and quantification. Formal models of computation including finite state automata, pushdown automata, and Turing machines.
Incompleteness and uncomputability. (Prereq.: CSC 210 and one of MAT 122
or MAT 145 or MAT 171)
Computer Science 151
CSC 431
Introduction to AI Robotics
Robot components, robotic paradigms, mobile robots, task planning, sensing,
sensor fusion, basic control concepts. (Prereq.: ENL 111 and CSC 210)
CSC 440
Advanced Networking and Operating Systems
Network management; client/server databases and workstations; TCP/IP and
other network examples. Elements of operating systems, memory and process
management, interactions among major components of computer systems, and
a detailed study of the effects of computer architecture on operating systems.
(Prereq.: CSC 240 and 345)
CSC 450
Programming Languages and Compilers I
Principles that govern the design and implementation of programming languages. Topics include formal languages, programming language syntax and
semantics, parsing, and interpretation. Emphasis on design issues. (Prereq.:
ENL 111, CSC 385 or concurrent registration, and CSC 320)
CSC 451
Programming Languages and Compilers II
Continuation of CSC 450: compilers, data structures, control structures, and
the run-time environment. Emphasis on implementation issues. (Prereq.: CSC
345, CSC 450, and CSC 385)
CSC 457
Computer Graphics
A study of the foundational algorithms required for computer graphics. Topics
include geometric algorithms, geometric modeling, graphics techniques,
graphical user interfaces, human-centered software development, computer
animation, virtual environments and 3D immersive rendering. (Prereq: CSC
210, MPG 4)
CSC 495
Advanced Topics in Computer Science
Study of advanced topics from areas of computer science not included in other
courses. This course may be repeated, but may not be counted more than
twice as part of the requirements for the major. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
CSC 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
CSC 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
CSC 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
CSC 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96.
152
ECONOMICS—ECO
T
he Department of Economics offers a
program that stresses a strong theoretical
background, quantitative analysis, and an
emphasis on national and international
issues. Students who graduate with an economics major are well prepared to continue their education in a variety of fields or
to work successfully in business and government because of the strong liberal arts
emphasis within the major.
The department offers five majors. The
economics major and the applied economics majors lead to careers in the business
world or government. Computational economics provides a liberal arts entry into
the field of computer science. The combined economics/business administration
major allows students great flexibility in
order to explore both fields. Finally, the
teaching major in political science/economics allows secondary education licensure students to obtain a solid background
for teaching economics.
The study of economics provides a firm
foundation for confronting change because
it presents a disciplined way to analyze and
make choices. An economics major prepares students for community leadership
and leads to a great diversity of career
opportunities including law, teaching, journalism, private and public international
service. Pre-law and potential Master of
Business Administration students are especially encouraged to consider economics as
a major or a minor.
Students are able to combine an economics major with other disciplines such
as business administration, international
relations, mathematics, management information systems, political science, history,
and area study programs. Students who are
interested in any type of quantitatively oriented graduate program in economics or in
business are encouraged to either major or
minor in mathematics. These students
should also take courses in computer science. Consult an adviser for specific course
suggestions.
Internships are recommended. Students
must consult with the department chair
and the internship office before registering
for academic credit.
Note: Transfer students must complete
at least three upper division economics
courses for a major and two for a minor.
Transfer classes must have been completed
in the last 10 years with at least a 2.0
grade.
Economics Faculty
Jeanne Boeh (Chair), Keith Gilsdorf,
Stella Hofrenning
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Major in Economics
Economics Core:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 490 Research Methods in
Econometrics
and three other upper division economics
courses
Supporting Classes
Statistics Class:
BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
or MAT 163 Introductory Statistics
Mathematics Class:
MAT 114 Precalculus
or MAT 122 Calculus for the Social and
Behavioral Sciences
or MAT 145, 146 Calculus I & II
Economics 153
Major in Applied Economics
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
or ECO 315 Money and Banking
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 490 Research Methods in
Econometrics
ECO 360 International Economics
ECO 318 Management Science
or ECO 415 Managerial Economics
ECO 413 Labor Economics
ECO 399 Internship Program
or ECO 499 Independent Study
BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
or MAT 163
ENL 223 Writing for Business and the
Professions
PHI 120 Ethics
or PHI 125 Ethics and Human Identity
Major in Computational Economics
See Computer Science.
Combined Major in Economics and
Business Administration
Five economics courses:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
and one other upper division economics
course.
Six accounting/business
administration/MIS courses:
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting II
BUS 242 Principles of Management
MKT 252 Principles of Marketing
FIN 331 Financial Management
or BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
and one other upper division business
course.
Teacher Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students, therefore,should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Teaching Major in Political Science
and Economics
See Political Science.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.50 in the major and 3.00
overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive
oral examination in the major field of concentration.
Minor in Economics
ECO 112, 113, 312, 313, and one additional economics upper division course.
Other configurations may be permitted by
consulting with the department chair.
Note: Students who plan to major in the
department are strongly encouraged to
select a department adviser as soon as possible in order to carefully plan their program of study.
154 Economics
ECONOMICS COURSES..
ECO 110
Economics of Urban Issues
This course studies the economic implications of many problems facing a
metro-urban environment especially in the areas of education, housing, and
transportation and is designed for those students who do not plan to major in
economics, business administration, or MIS.
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
An introduction to macroeconomics: national income analysis, monetary and
fiscal policy, international trade. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems. May be taken independently of ECO 113 or 110.
ECO 112 and 113 may be taken in either order. (Prereq.: MPG 2)
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market
structures, and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of ECO 110 or 112. ECO 112
and 113 may be taken in either order. (Prereq.: MPG 2)
ECO 311
Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures, the impact of
fiscal policy on economic activity, and debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: ECO 113)
ECO 312
Intermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment, and price level analyzed via
macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth, and
the role of expectations. (Prereq.: ECO 112. Fall)
ECO 313
Intermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction
to welfare economics. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Spring and alternate Winter
Trimester)
ECO 315
Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial
banks, and the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate
economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.:
ECO 112. Fall and alternate Winter Trimester)
ECO 317
Comparative Economic Systems
This course focuses on comparing the performance of various countries that
rely on different economic systems for the allocation of resources, including
systemic changes in Eastern Europe. Theoretical models are examined and
compared to real-world variants. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113: Every three years)
Economics 155
ECO 318
Management Science
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management science to prepare students to make better business and economic
decisions. Emphasis is on applications such as transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, and inventory
models. (Prereq.: ECO 113, MPG 3. Fall Trimester and Spring Semester)
ECO 360
International Economics
A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among
nations. Development of the basis for international trade, balance of payments,
exchange rate systems, and commercial policy. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Spring:
alternate years)
ECO 365
Environmental Economics and Sustainable Development
This course addresses the environmental problems such as tropical deforestation, despoilation of air and water, ozone depletion, and global warming that
arise in the process of economic development to better the standard of living
of the developed and developing countries. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113. Every
three years)
ECO 413
Labor Economics
Analysis of labor markets, labor as a factor of production, determination of
wage collective bargaining, labor legislation, and effects upon society. (Prereq.:
ECO 313. Spring: alternate years)
ECO 415
Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among
the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of
demand and cost functions, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.: BUS 379, ECO 313. On demand)
ECO 416
Mathematical Economics
Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical
tools to the areas of micro- and macroeconomic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 312,
313, MAT 122. On demand)
ECO 490
Research Methods in Econometrics
This course provides an introduction to the application of statistical models
and methods to economic problems. Emphasis is on use of econometric software to analyze data and to test hypotheses. This course satisfies the Keystone
requirement. (Prereq.: ECO 112 and ECO 113, and ENL 111 or 112 or HON
111)
ECO 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies.
156 Economics
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
ECO 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95. (P/N Grading only.)
ECO 299
ECO 399
Directed Study
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95. (Prereq.: 50% of the major or consent of instructor.
P/N grading only.)
ECO 499
Independent Study/Research
EDUCATION—EED, ESE, EDC, EDU, SPE
T
he Department of Education maintains liberal arts-based teacher education
programs that are accredited by the
Minnesota Board of Teaching and National
Council for Accreditation of Teacher
Education (NCATE). These programs lead
to recommendation for licensure to the
State of Minnesota for elementary (grades
K-8), secondary (grades 5-12) in communication arts/literature, health, mathematics, and social studies, grades 9-12 in biology, chemistry, and physics, grades 5-8 in
general science, and K-12 specialist licenses in visual arts, physical education, music,
Note:
and special education: EBD and LD. (N
special education: EBD and LD are available in WEC only.) The K-12 Reading
Licensure Endorsement is also available at
the graduate level to already licensed
teachers.
Degree and/or licensure programs are
available in both weekday and weekend
formats. Weekend College degree and
licensure programs are limited to elementary, communication arts/literature, social
studies, visual arts, and special education.
Additional teaching majors are available
through the weekday program and open to
weekday and weekend students who can
take courses on a weekday schedule. All
prerequisite, elementary core, and professional education courses except field work
and student teaching are available on a
weekend or weekday late afternoon/
evening schedule. Fieldwork and student
teaching must be completed during regular
weekday hours. All students must have
some time available each term for field
experiences.
A graduate level licensure option is
available in weekend format to those
already holding a B.A. degree. Graduate
courses taken for licensure can be applied
to a Master of Arts in Education degree.
Contact the Education Department or
Weekend and Graduate Admissions for
information.
Students in all degree and/or licensure
programs must apply for acceptance into
the education department prior to beginning 300-400 level courses. State law
requires completion of the PPST-PRAXIS I
exam prior to beginning 300-400 level
courses. Criteria for acceptance into the
education department are available in the
department. Students complete a semester
of full-time student teaching at the conclusion of their degree and/or licensure programs. State law requires passing appropriate exams prior to recommendation for
licensure: PPST, Principles of Learning and
Teaching Test, and one or more subject
matter tests.
The education department offers nonlicensure majors in elementary education
and education studies. Contact the department for details. The department also
offers a special education minor which is
described at the end of this section after
course listings.
All students are assigned an education
department adviser at the outset of coursework. All students are expected to become
knowledgeable of programs and follow
through with department policies.
Handbooks outlining programs and policies are available through the education
department.
Student Teaching Abroad
Selected education department students
may participate in an international student
teaching program. Those interested in further information should contact the education department at least one year prior to
student teaching. Students who teach
abroad will do part of their student teaching in the Twin Cities area under direct
Augsburg faculty supervision.
157
158 Education
Note: Major changes in Minnesota teacher
licensure were implemented in the fall of
2000. No one may be licensed under programs described in catalogs prior to 2002.
Students who entered the College under
earlier catalogs must comply with the
requirements of the new licensure programs.
Education Faculty
Lynn Lindow (Chair), Chris Brown,
Joseph Erickson, Jeanine Gregoire,
Gretchen Irvine, Mary Jacobson,
Christopher Johnstone, Anne Kaufman,
Carol Knicker, Gregory Krueger, Susan
O’Connor, Vicki Olson, Donna Patterson,
Ron Petrich, Linda Stevens, Barbara West
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION—EED/EDC
Elementary Major and Licensure
Requirements:
SCI 110
SCI 111
Elementary education majors are
required to complete the following nonmajor and major courses. To be licensed
they must also complete an approved middle school specialty area and student teaching. Degree-seeking students follow the
bachelor of science Liberal Arts
Foundation requirements.
Option B is for WEC and/or transfer students with at least one college level science
course accepted in transfer or for day students who have already started this
sequence.
PHY 103 Conceptual Physics
or EED 495 Elementary Education
Physical Science (summer
school only; does not fulfill
general education requirement)
PHY 114 Earth Science for Elementary
Teachers
or EED 200 Elementary Education Earth
Science (summer school only;
does not fulfill general education requirement)
BIO 102 The Biological World
Non-departmental core courses (requirements subject to change—see Education
Department for most current list):
ENL 111 Effective Writing
HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5)
Math sequence for non-math specialty
students
MPG 3:
MPG 4:
MAT 137 Math for Elementary
Teachers I (required)
MAT 138 Math for Elementary
Teachers II (required)
MAT 137 (optional)
MAT 138 (required)
Science sequence for non-science specialty
students
Option A is for DAY students who do not
have college level science courses in their
background.
Natural Science I
Natural Science II
Major Courses
Foundations Block I
EDC 200 Orientation to Education in an
Urban Setting
EDC 210 Diversity in the Schools (.5)
EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5)
EDC 211 Topics: MN American Indians
(.5)
Foundations Block II (courses from this
point and on require admissions to the
department)
Elementary Education 159
EDC 310 Learning and Development
Methods Block I
EED 311 K-6 Methods: Health (.25)
EED 312 K-6 Methods: Physical
Education (.25)
EED 320 K-6 Methods: Reading
EED 330 K-6 Methods: Language
Arts/Children’s Literature
Methods Block II
EED 341 K-6 Methods: Visual Arts (.25)
EED 342 K-6 Methods: Music (.25)
EED 350 K-6 Methods: Mathematics
EED 360 K-6 Methods: Science
EED 370 K-6 Methods: Social
Studies/Thematic Studies (.5)
EED 380 Kindergarten Methods (.5)
Capstone Block
EDC 410 The Learner with Special Needs
EDC 490 School and Society
Student Teaching Block
EED 481, 483, 485 Student Teaching (2.03.0). Student teaching is required for licensure. Students with an elementary major
who do not complete student teaching can
graduate through the elementary education
non-licensure major.
Middle School Specialty Areas (requirements subject to change — see Education
Department for most current list)
Communication Arts Specialty
ENL 220 Intermediate Expository
Writing
ENL 240 Introduction to Literary Study
COM 329 or 351 or 354 or 355
EED 331 Middle School Writing Methods
(.5)
ESE 350 5-12 Methods: Adolescent
Literature/Reading in the
Content Areas
Social Studies Specialty
POL 121 American Government and
Politics
HIS 120, 121
or 122 US History
ECO 113 Microeconomics
Choose 1: HIS 103: HIS 104; PSY 105;
SOC 121; SOC 241
Human or Cultural Geography (take elsewhere — see Education Department for
suggestions)
ESE 311 Middle School Methods: Social
Studies (.5)
Math Specialty
MPG 4 or MAT 114 Precalculus
MAT 122 Calculus for the Behavioral
Sciences
or MAT 145 Calculus I
MAT 163 Introductory Statistics
or MAT 373 Probability and Statistics I
MAT 252 Exploring Geometry
MAT 271 Discrete Mathematics
MAT 287 History of Mathematics
ESE 331 Middle School Methods:
Mathematics (.5)
Science Specialty
CHM 105 Principles of Chemistry I
or CHM 115 General Chemistry I
CHM 106 Principles of Chemistry II
or CHM 116 General Chemistry II
BIO 101 Human Biology
BIO 102 Biological World
PHY 116 Introduction to Physics
SCI 106 Meteorology
Geology (take elsewhere — see Education
Department for suggestions)
ESE 341 Middle School Methods:
Science (.5)
A minimum GPA of 2.50 overall, 2.50
in the major, 2.00 in the specialty area, and
grades of P in student teaching courses are
required for licensure as well as 2.0 or better in all required core, specialty, and education major courses. The equivalent of
two full courses graded P/N, plus student
teaching, is the maximum allowed within
the elementary education major requirements.
160 Elementary Education
A graduate-level elementary licensure
option is available through Weekend
College. Licensure is obtained through a
combination of graduate and undergraduate credits. The graduate credits can be
used toward the MAE degree. Contact the
Education Department or Weekend and
Graduate Admissions for information.
SECONDARY EDUCATION—ESE/EDC
I
t is the responsibility of each student to
meet all specific requirements of the education department and the subject area
major. Secondary and K-12 licensure students are expected to have advisers in both
their subject area major and in the education department. Secondary or K-12 licensure is available in art, biology, chemistry,
communication arts/literature, health,
mathematics, music, physical education,
physics, social studies, and grades 5-8 general science.
Licensure requirements in the state of
Minnesota for teaching in secondary
schools are met through the Augsburg
College education department licensure
program. These requirements are: baccalaureate degree, academic major in an
approved teaching area, and completion of
an approved licensure program.
Non-departmental requirements:
ENL 111 Effective Writing
HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5)
PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS.
Foundations Block I
EDC 200 Orientation to Education in an
Urban Setting
EDC 210 Diversity in the Schools (.5)
EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5)
EDC 211 Topics: Minnesota American
Indians (.5)
Foundations Block II (Courses from this
point and on require admission to the education department.)
EDC 310 Learning and Development
Methods Block I
ESE 300 Reading/Writing in the Content
Area
ESE 325 Creating Learning
Environments
Methods Block II
ESE 3XX K-12 or 5-12 Special Methods
in Licensure Area
Capstone Block
EDC 410 The Learner with Special Needs
EDC 490 School and Society
Student Teaching Block
ESE 481, 483, 485 Student Teaching (2.03.0)
A minimum GPA of 2.50 overall, 2.50
in education, 2.50 in the teaching major,
and P in student teaching are required for
licensure. All required major, non-departmental requirements, and education program courses must have a grade of 2.0 or
better.
Art, Music, and Physical Education
Licensure (K-12)
Students preparing for licensure in one
of these areas follow the secondary education program even though they may plan
to teach at the elementary school level. A
person with a major in one of these special
Elementary Education 161
areas will take two to three courses in student teaching and do some student teaching at both the secondary and elementary
levels. Note: Recommendation for teacher
licensure in music is granted only to students who successfully complete the
requirements for the bachelor of music
education major.
Students may no longer license in a
minor field of study.
A graduate level licensure option is
available through Weekend College.
Licensure is obtained through a combination of graduate and undergraduate credits.
Contact the Education Department or
WEC Admissions for information.
Art, music, and physical education
teacher education programs lead to licensure for grades K-12.
EDUCATION CORE COURSES - EDC.
EDC 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
EDC 200
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting
Career exploration and overview of the teaching profession. Emphasis on historical and philosophical foundations of the American school system. Urban
fieldwork experience required. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111, sophomore standing)
EDC 206
Diversity/Minnesota American Indians
This course will examine human diversity and human relations. It will provide
an awareness and critical analysis of how prejudice, discrimination, and
stereotypes impact us personally, as well as how these elements impact our
schools and communities. Also addressed in this course is the Minnesota
Standard of Effective Practice 3.G: Understand the cultural content, worldview,
and concepts that comprise Minnesota-based American Indian tribal government, history, language, and culture. (WEC and Summer only)
EDC 210
Diversity in the Schools (.5 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the
major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations.
EDC 211
Minnesota American Indians (.5)
An overview of cultural content, world view, and concepts that comprise
Minnesota-based American Indian tribal government, history, language, and
culture.
EDC 220
Educational Technology (.5 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the
use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audio-visual and computer-based materials for teaching/learning situations. Computer training will be included in this course.
162 Elementary Education
EDC 310
Learning and Development in an Educational Setting
A survey of educational psychology topics as applied to teaching and learning.
Special emphasis is placed on classroom applications. Fieldwork experience.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EDC 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
EDC 410
The Learner with Special Needs
The study of students with disability, special needs, and giftedness. Emphasis
on techniques and resources to help all students achieve maximum outcomes,
and special focus on needs of urban students. Fieldwork experience required.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to department or special permission of instructor)
EDC 490
School and Society
Emphasis on points of view about the role of school in modern society, relationships with parents and community, collaborative models, leadership, and
professional development. Serves as final theoretical preparation for student
teaching. This course meets the Senior Keystone requirement. (Prereq.: PPST
and admission to department)
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION - EED.
EED 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
EED 200
Elementary Education Earth Science (summer, only)
This course is designed to provide hands-on investigations that model modern
inquiry learning and teaching strategies. It meets the basic earth science subject matter standards for initial licensure. This is a content intensive course.
Plan to spend much time outside of class reading and completing assignments.
EED 299
EED 311
See description on page 96.
K-6 Methods: Health (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for health at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EED 312
K-6 Methods: Physical Education (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education
at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to
department)
EED 320
K-6 Methods: Reading
The study and use of a variety of teaching techniques and resources in reading,
including the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. Fieldwork experience required. (Preq.: PPST and admissions to department)
Elementary Education 163
EED 330
K-6 Methods: Language Arts/Children’s Literature
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children’s literature and language arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department)
EED 331
Middle School Writing Methods (.5)
This course will focus on writing strategies and processes appropriate to middle level students. Emphasis will include the writing process, types of writing,
and integrated writing across the curriculum. This course is required for students seeking elementary licensure with a communication arts/literature specialty.
EED 341
K-6: Methods: Visual Arts (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for visual arts at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to depart-
ment)
EED 342
K-6: Methods: Music (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for music at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to
department)
EED 350
K-6 Methods: Mathematics
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experience required. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department. MAT 137 recommended)
EED 360
K-6 Methods: Science
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experience required. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department)
EED 370
K-6 Methods: Social Studies/Thematic Studies (.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and
thematic teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST
and admission to department. Day students register concurrently with EED
380)
EED 380
Kindergarten Methods (.5 course)
Study and use of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. Fieldwork experience required. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to
department)
EED 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
EED 481, 483, 485 Student Teaching
Two to three courses of full-time, supervised classroom experience. Required
for licensure. Occurs upon satisfactory completion of degree program and program portfolio.
164 Secondary Education
EED 495
Topics: Elementary Education Physical Science
Students will participate in hands-on experiments to explore properties of and
changes in matter; position, motion and force; light, heat, electricity, and magnetism; and kinds of and ways to transfer energy. Taking the physical concepts
learned, students will develop demonstrations and lessons for K-5 classrooms.
Assessment is based on written assignments, a technology project, lessons/
demonstrations, and classroom participation. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to
department; Students must be Elementary Education majors — this course
does NOT meet the Science Lab graduation requirement. Summer only)
SECONDARY EDUCATION - ESE.
ESE 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
ESE 299
ESE 300
See description on page 96.
Reading/Writing in the Content Areas
The study and use of a variety of middle school and secondary techniques and
resources to teach reading and writing through the content areas. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department. Note: Students seeking the 5-12
Communication Arts/Literature license do not need to take this course.)
ESE 310
5-12 Methods: Social Studies
Introduction to the teaching of the social sciences in middle and high schools.
Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Middle
school portion required for elementary concentration in social studies taught
concurrently as ESE 311 Middle School Methods: Social Studies (.5 course).
Fieldwork experience required. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 325
Creating Learning Environments
An introduction to assessment, lesson planning, and classroom organization
based in the Minnesota Graduation Rule, state testing, and national standards.
Emphasis on creating environments conducive to learning. Fieldwork experience required. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department. Note: Students
seeking 5-12 Health and K-12 PE licenses do not need to take this course.)
ESE 330
5-12 Methods: Mathematics
Introduction to the teaching of mathematics in middle and high schools.
Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Middle
school portion required for elementary concentration in mathematics taught
concurrently as ESE 331 Middle School Methods: Mathematics (.5 course).
Fieldwork experience required. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 340
5-12 Methods: Science
Introduction to the teaching of the natural sciences in middle and high
schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development.
Middle school portion required for elementary concentration in science taught
concurrently as ESE 341 Middle School Methods: Science (.5 course).
Fieldwork experience required. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
Secondary Education 165
ESE 350
5-12 Methods: Literature and Reading
Introduction to the teaching of literature and reading in the middle and high
schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development.
Also required for elementary concentration in communication arts/literature.
Fieldwork experience required. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 351
5-12 Methods: Speaking and Listening (.5 course)
Introduction to the teaching of speaking and listening in middle and high
schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development.
Required for communication arts/literature license. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 352
5-12 Methods: Media Literacy (.5 course)
Introduction to the teaching of media literacy in middle school and high
school. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development.
Required for communication arts/literature license. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 360
K-12 Methods: Visual Arts
Introduction to the teaching of visual arts in the schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Fieldwork experience required.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 370
K-12 Methods: Music
Introduction to the teaching of music in the schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Fieldwork experience required.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
ESE 481, 483, 485 Student Teaching
Two to three courses of full-time, supervised student teaching required for
licensure. Secondary licenses require two courses. K-12 licenses require two to
three. Occurs upon satisfactory completion of licensure program and program
portfolio.
166
SPECIAL EDUCATION:
EMOTIONAL/BEHAVIORAL DISABILITIES
AND/OR SPECIAL EDUCATION:
LEARNING DISABILITIES—SPE
T
Required Education Courses for EBD:
he special education EBD and LD
majors are available only through Weekend
College; ideally, to people who are currently in schools working with students with
this label. These majors lead to Minnesota
teaching licensure in special education
with a specialty in emotional/behavioral
disabilities and/or learning disabilities.
Courses labeled SPE are to be taken during
the final year of coursework while students
are working in an EBD or LD setting.
Variations on this ideal are possible; see the
Education Department for more information.
A graduate level licensure option is
available through Weekend College.
Licensure is obtained through a combination of graduate and undergraduate credits.
Required Non-major Courses:
HPE 115
ENL 111
Chemical Dependency (.5)
Effective Writing
EDC 200 Orientation to Education in an
Urban Setting
EDC 210 Diversity in the Schools (.5)
EDC 211 Minnesota American Indians
(.5)
EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5)
EDC 310 Learning and Development
EDC 410 Special Needs Learner
EED 320 K-6 Methods: Reading
EED 330 K-6 Methods: Language Arts/
Children’s Literature
EED 350 K-6 Methods: Math
EED 360 K-6 Methods: Science
SPE 315 Critical Issues Seminar (.5)
SPE 400 Teaching Students with
Emotional and Behavior
Disabilities
SPE 410 Implementing Assessment
Strategies
SPE 420 Planning, Design, and Delivery
SPE 430 Instructional and Behavioral
Practices
SPE 490 Parent and Professional
Planning
SPE 481, 483, 485, 487 Student Teaching
Summer Practicum
Required Education Courses for LD:
All courses for the EBD major, with the
exception of SPE 430, plus:
SPE 424 Etiology and Origins of
Learning Disabilities
SPE 434 Teaching Content Areas to
Students with Learning
Disabilities
Special Education 167
SPE 315
Critical Issues Seminar
(.5 course)
The purpose of this course is to discuss critical issues in the field, create a
final portfolio synthesizing your coursework and experience, and prepare for
student teaching. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
SPE 400
Teaching Students with Emotional/Behavioral Disabilities
This course presents an overview of learners with emotional and behavioral
disabilities and learning disabilities. It addresses the historical and philosophical aspects of the EBD category, examines origins of student behavior and student learning styles, and addresses theoretical perspectives and conceptual
models as they relate to this category of disability. (Prereq: PPST and admission to the department)
SPE 410
Implementing Assessment Strategies
This course examines the assessment process from the pre-referral to the recommendation stage. Students gain understanding of key assessment tools and
how they influence student placement and programming. A qualitative and
person-centered assessment process is emphasized. (Prereq: PPST and admission to the department)
SPE 420
Planning, Design, and Delivery
This course provides students with skills to write and implement individual
program plans and to create effective learning environments for students
labeled EBD. Particular attention is paid to inclusion models, diversity of student need, and forming partnerships with key school personnel. (Prereq: PPST
and admission to the department)
SPE 424
Etiology and Origins of Learning Disabilities
This course will focus on the history and context of learning disabilities (LD).
This includes an in-depth look at the origin of learning disabilities, as well as
various theoretical models (sociological, biological, psychological, cognitive,
and behavioral) applied to understanding learning disabilities. The course will
also provide a critique of current philosophical positions in the field. Students
will also acquire knowledge related to accessing information relevant to the
field of learning disabilities. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
SPE 430
Instructional and Behavioral Practices
This course examines behavioral support options used with students who are
labeled EBD. It emphasizes the use of reflective, pro-active and non-aversive
approaches drawn from current best practices and including positive behavioral supports, person centered planning and functional assessment. (Prereq:
PPST and admission to the department)
168 Special Education
SPE 434
Teaching Content Areas to Students With Learning Disabilities
This course will teach students to identify, adapt, and implement developmentally appropriate instruction that support the learning of students identified as
having learning disabilities. The course will specifically focus on the areas of
reading, writing and listening comprehension, math, reasoning, and problemsolving skills. There will be a strong focus on the modifications involved in
these areas and the planning process involved. (Prereq.: PPST and admission
to department)
SPE 490
Parent and Professional Planning
This course examines the role of families of students with special needs,
specifically those families of students labeled EBD. A family systems perspective is introduced and applied. The need to form strong connections with
community agencies is emphasized. This course along with SPE 315 meets the
Senior Keystone requirement in the core curriculum. (Prereq: ENL 111 or 112,
or HON 111, PPST and admission to department).
SPE 481, 483, 485, 487 Student Teaching
Two to three courses of full-time, supervised student teaching required for
licensure. Student teaching occurs during the last year of coursework within
an internship context.
SPECIAL EDUCATION MINOR.
The special education minor requires
six courses (five plus one prerequisite psychology course) that encompass an interdisciplinary perspective on the field of disability. The minor is designed to fit the
needs of students in various disciplines
interested in disability issues. This minor is
available through the weekday program.
Required courses:
EDC 410 The Learner with Special Needs
EDU 491 Practicum and Seminar in
Special Education
SOC 231 Family Systems: A CrossCultural Perspective
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
EDC 410
Choose one from the following:
PSY 250 Child Development
PSY 251 Adolescent and Young Adult
PSY 252 Aging and Adulthood
Choose one from the following:
SOC 265 Gender, Race, and Ethnicity
SWK 260 Humans Developing
SWK 301 History and Analysis of Social
Policy
PSY 357 Behavior Analysis
PSY 359 Assessment
Interested students should contact the
director of special education at the outset
of coursework.
The Learner with Special Needs
(see EDC course descriptions)
EDU 491
Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus
on-campus seminar. Students planning to take this course should consult with
the special education director about a placement prior to registering for the
course. (Prereq.: completion of all other courses in special education minor or
consent of instructor. Open to all.)
ENGINEERING
A
ugsburg College has cooperative
arrangements with two universities to
allow students to earn a bachelor of arts
degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University
of Minnesota Institute of Technology,
Minneapolis; or Michigan Technological
University, Houghton, Michigan. Because
of the special requirements and opportunities of these programs, early consultation
with the Augsburg engineering adviser is
necessary. Applications for these programs
require the recommendation of the
Augsburg engineering adviser. Contact Jeff
Johnson, Physics Department,
612-330-1070.
University of Minnesota
The Institute of Technology and
Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides
for two dual degree engineering programs:
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of
Engineering (B.A./B.E.) enables students
to receive a bachelor of arts degree from
Augsburg College and a bachelor of engineering degree from the University of
Minnesota. The program typically involves
three years at Augsburg and two years at
the Institute of Technology.
Students may apply for the program
after completing the sophomore year. At
that time, they will be informed of their
status in the program and any further conditions necessary for final acceptance into
the program. Formal application to the
Institute of Technology may be completed
during the second semester of the junior
169
year at Augsburg.
Bachelor of Arts/Master of
Engineering (B.A./M.E.) enables
students to receive a bachelor of arts
degree from Augsburg College and a
master of engineering degree from the
University of Minnesota. This program
involves four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the Institute of
Technology.
The curriculum is the same as the
B.A./B.E. curriculum with the addition of
several extra courses that are completed at
Augsburg during the senior year to minimize the number of undergraduate courses,
if any, that students must take at the university before proceeding through the graduate curriculum. The number of such
courses varies by IT department and area
of emphasis within a department.
Application for admission into the
B.A./M.E. program should be initiated during the second semester of the junior year
at Augsburg. Formal application for the
program may be completed during the
senior year. Those admitted will receive
special counseling from the Institute of
Technology staff regarding courses that
should be taken during the senior year at
Augsburg. Participants in the B.A./M.E.
program are not guaranteed admission to
the Institute of Technology.
170 Engineering
Michigan Technological University
This program enables students to
receive a bachelor of arts degree from
Augsburg and a bachelor of engineering
degree from Michigan Technological
University in a five-year period.
The first three years are spent at
Augsburg followed by two years at the
affiliated university. Students accepted into
the program will be considered for admission to the engineering school if they complete course requirements, have the requisite cumulative grade point average, and
are recommended by the engineering
adviser of Augsburg College.
Students are also encouraged to explore
opportunities for graduate work at
Michigan Technological University. Further
information on these and other graduate
programs is available from the Augsburg
engineering adviser.
Financial Aid: Students receiving
financial aid who are participants in these
dual degree programs will be encouraged
to apply to the engineering school of their
choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and
academic performance as criteria.
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Minimum course requirements for admission to the dual-degree or three-two programs:
CHM 115 General Chemistry
CHM 116 General Chemistry
CSC 170 Structured Programming
ENL 111 Effective Writing
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics II
Four mathematics courses are required:
MAT 145 Calculus I
MAT 146 Calculus II
MAT 245 Calculus III
MAT 247 Modeling and Differential
Equations
or PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics
Additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 24 courses
at Augsburg. Normally MAT 145, 146 and
PHY 121, 122 are taken in the freshman
year. Students interested in chemical engineering also should take CHM 351, 352.
ENGLISH—ENL
T
hose who study English believe that
an intense concern for words, ideas, and
images helps people understand who they
are and who they can become. Writing
helps all of us clarify and share our
thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate
the pains and joys of human existence.
Through the study of English we see life’s
complexity, experience life as others do,
and better understand the world in which
we live and work.
English relates closely to other majors.
With the other arts, English is concerned
with the pleasure that comes from artistic
creation and with the contemplation of
works of art. With psychology and sociology,
English is concerned with individual and
group behavior. With philosophy, English
is interested in ideas and in the relation
between meaning and language. With science, English is interested in discovering
order and determining structures. With
speech and communication, English studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social sciences and
humanities, English studies the way people
have acted and thought at different times
and in various cultures.
The Augsburg Department of English
integrates its program with the cultural
opportunities of this vital urban area.
Augsburg students can walk to assigned or
recommended plays, films, and readings
available near the campus. English majors
have the opportunity to use and refine
their skills through working in internships
on and off campus, tutoring English
Language Learners (ELL) students, or
tutoring in the writing lab.
Students with an Augsburg English
major pursue careers in elementary, secondary, and college education, journalism,
government, law, the ministry, library sci-
171
ence, medicine, advertising, public relations, publishing, writing, and other professions and businesses.
English Faculty
Kathryn Swanson (Chair), Robert
Cowgill, Cass Dalglish, Suzanne Donksy,
Douglas Green, Joan Griffin, John
Harkness, Colin Irvine, Dan Jorgensen,
Dallas Liddle, James McCormick,
John Mitchell, Joe Moses, John Schmit,
Mzenga Wanyama, Cary Waterman, Susan
Williams
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Choosing a Concentration
The English Literature, Language, and
Theor y concentration provides students
various approaches to the life-enhancing
study of the written word and visual text.
Spotlight courses focus on specific authors,
genres, or themes, and provoke discovery
of new literary experiences. Courses in
African American, Native American, Asian
American, and post colonial literatures
reconfigure the nature of traditional literary studies. Survey courses in English,
American, and World literatures are organized by historical periods and provide a
classically structured framework of study.
Courses in literary theory demand the
intense and intellectually challenging
engagement of text, culture, and self.
While some of our courses foreground
theoretical approaches to literature and
deeply examine race, class, and gender in
the consideration of their subject matter,
all of our courses infuse these concerns
into their engagement with primary works
of fiction, poetry, creative non-fiction, film,
and drama.
All literature classes involve students in
dynamic and enjoyable literary examina-
172 English
tion, and are taught by professors who love
teaching and who love literature. Our
classes develop and demand the skills of
aesthetic receptivity, perceptive and critical
reading, open and clear speaking, and analytical and engaging writing — skills of the
educated and employable citizen.
The literature, language, and theory
concentration offers courses of study crosslisted with American Indian Studies, Art,
Communication Studies, Film, Theatre
Arts, and Women’s Studies.
The English Writing concentration is
for students who intend to develop professional skills in either Creative or Media
Writing. Over the course of their study,
students will master terminology; understand historical, legal, and ethical issues
relevant to the field; and study the works
of established writers and professionals.
The writing major emphasizes expanding
competencies in observation, research, and
analysis that enable writers to gather material from a variety of sources and perspectives for their work. Writing majors will
understand the interdisciplinary demands
inherent in creative and media writing
(including issues of design) and will
enhance their appreciation of the aesthetic
possibilities inherent in the writing life.
Writing courses are taught by dedicated
professors who are practicing writers themselves.
The writing concentration offers
courses of study cross-listed with Art,
Communication Studies, and Theater Arts.
The Communication Ar ts/Literature
Teacher Licensure Major is for students
who seek to be licensed to teach in
Minnesota in Communication
Arts/Literature. Students are encouraged to
take courses toward their major during the
freshman and sophomore years, and to
apply for the education licensure program
no later than the spring of their junior year.
Students in both programs must work
with advisers in the English department
and the education department in order to
meet the professional requirements within
the education department as well as the
requirements for the major. Should licensure not be possible, graduation can be
achieved through an English major, which
requires at least two additional, specific
courses, or through a Communication
Studies major.
MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
English Literature, Language, and
Theory Concentration
The concentration requires nine
courses above ENL 111, or HON 111, or
ENL 112.
Students must take at least one 200level literature course as a prerequisite for
upper division courses in English, as well
as either ENL 220 or ENL 221. No more
than two 200-level literature courses may
count for the major.
Students must take at least three 300level courses, with one each in British
Literature, American Literature, and World
Literature.
Majors must take at least two 400-level
courses. Any 300-level course serves as a
prerequisite for the 400-level. One 400level course must fulfill the keystone
requirement.
Minor in English Literature, Language,
and Theory
Five courses above ENL 111, or HON
111, or ENL 112 are required. One course
must be ENL 220 or ENL 221; the remaining four must be literature, language and
theory courses, three of which must be
upper division courses.
English 173
English Writing Concentration
Minor in Writing
Students must take 10 or 11 courses
above ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112,
including three Literature, Language, and
Theory courses. At least one of these must
be at the 300-level or higher.
A minor with an open emphasis
requires five writing courses above ENL
111, or HON 111, or ENL 112, including
at least one course from the 200-level and
two from the 300-level.
Creative Writing Emphasis
Two introductory writing courses at the
200-level:
ENL 226 (required) and either ENL 220 or
221.
And a 300 level writing sequence:
Either Fiction I and Fiction II (ENL 320
and 321), or Poetry I and Poetry II (ENL
322 and 323).
And one elective from the following:
ENL 227; ENL 228; ENL 320 or ENL 322;
ENL 324; ENL/COM 328; ENL/THR 325;
an approved ACTC Creative Writing
Course; or an internship.
And ENL 420, the Keystone writing course.
An additional art class is required, either
Web Design I (ART 215) or Graphic
Design (ART 225).
Media Writing Emphasis
Media Ethics and Theory (ENL 390) must
be one of the language, literature, and
theory courses; and three introductory
courses:
ENL 227 (required), and a choice from
ENL 220, 221, 226, or 228;
And ENL 327 Quantitative Journalism;
And one elective from the following:
ENL 324; ENL/COM 328; ENL/THR 325;
an approved ACTC Writing/Reporting
Course; or an internship.
And ENL 420, the Keystone writing course.
Additional art classes are required: Web
Design I (ART 215) and Graphic Design
(ART 225).
A minor with a creative emphasis
requires five writing courses above ENL
111, or HON 111, or ENL 112 and must
include ENL 226, and at least three upper
division creative writing courses, two of
which must be a 300 two-course writing
sequence.
A minor with a media emphasis
requires six courses above ENL 111, or
HON 111, or ENL 112, and must include
ENL 227 or 228, ENL 390, one design
course, and three upper division media
writing courses.
Communication Arts/Literature
Teacher Licensure Major
Prerequisite: ENL 111, or HON 111, or
ENL 112
Major Requirements (eight courses in
English):
ENL 220 Intermediate Expository
Writing
ENL 240 Introduction to Literary Study
ENL 365 Contemporary Post Colonial
Fiction
ENL 380 Introduction to the English
Language
ENL 396 Internship in Teaching Writing
And three upper-division ENL Literature
courses, one each in British, American, and
World Literature.
Experiential Requirement (no credit)
One college-level experience required in
forensics, debate, newspaper, literary journal, or related activity (subject to departmental approval).
174 English
Additional Courses (outside the English
Department):
COM 112 Contest Public Speaking
COM 343 Broadcast Production I
COM 352 Persuasion
COM 354 Interpersonal Communication
Special Methods (two courses)
ESE 350 5-12 Methods: Literature and
Reading
ESE 351 5-12 Methods: Speaking and
Listening (.5 course)
ESE 352 5-12 Methods: Media Literacy
(.5 course)
Additional ESE and EDC courses are
required for licensure. They include EDC
200, 210, 211, 220, 310; ESE 325, 350,
351, 352; EDC 410, 490; student teaching.
Contact an education department adviser
for information about education courses.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.50 in the major and 3.00
overall; submit proposal to department
chair by early Oct. in senior year for
department approval. Submit and defend
paper before faculty committee. Honors
project may be an independent study program (refer to departmental guidelines).
OTHER REQUIREMENTS.
Transfer Students
Note: Transfer undergraduate majors
must take at least three of their English
courses at Augsburg. Transfer students
who minor in English must take at least
two of their English courses at Augsburg.
Transfer English education students
with a B.A. in English from another college
must take at least three of their English
courses at Augsburg (preferably upper division courses). These courses must be taken
before the department can recommend a
student for student teaching.
The English Placement Test
A writing sample is required of students
to determine their placement in an appropriate writing class. Students having completed AP (Advanced Placement) courses in
composition must have a score of 4 or 5.
Students who do not show competence in
composition skills—such as stating and
supporting a thesis, organizing clearly, and
constructing paragraphs and sentences—are
required to enroll in Developmental Writing
(ENL 101) where they receive more individual instruction than is possible in
Effective Writing (ENL 111). These students must pass Developmental Writing
(ENL 101) with a grade of 2.0 or higher
before enrolling in Effective Writing (ENL
111).
Note: Students should register for ENL
101 during the first semester of attendance
if possible. ENL 111, 112, or HON 111
should be completed, if possible, during
the first year.
Students in Developmental Writing
(ENL 101), Effective Writing (ENL 111),
HON 111, or ENL 112 can elect the traditional grading system or P/N grading in
consultation with their instructor up
through the last week of class (without
special permission/petition). Students who
choose to receive a traditional grade in
either course will receive a grade of N (one
time only) if their work is below a 2.0. A
student who repeats ENL 101 or 111 and
does not receive a grade of 2.0 or higher,
will receive a grade of 0.0.
English 175
ENGLISH COURSES.
Ser vice Courses: The department offers these service courses for students as required by a
placement test. Note: First day attendance in all writing courses is mandatory for a student to
hold his/her place in the course.
ENL 101
Developmental Writing
A preparatory course for ENL 111 Effective Writing, this course is required of
students identified by the English Placement Test as needing additional preparation in composition. Students receive course credit, but this course does not
fulfill the graduation requirement in writing. The minimum passing grade for
this course is 2.0.
ENL 111
Effective Writing
Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques, and writing
critical reviews. Attention is given to increasing students’ effectiveness in
choosing, organizing, and developing topics; thinking critically; and revising
for clarity and style. A writing lab is provided for those needing additional
help. The minimum passing grade is 2.0.
HON 111
Effective Writing for Liberating Letters
This course takes a problem-based, process-oriented approach to expository
writing. Attention is given to choosing, organizing, and developing topics;
thinking critically; reading closely; and revising carefully for clarity and style.
The minimum passing grade is 2.0.
ENL 112
Advanced Effective Writing
Advanced Effective Writing follows the same purposes and procedures as ENL
111; placement is determined by a writing sample submitted by students upon
entry to the college. The minimum passing grade is 2.0.
ENL 217/218 English for Language Learners
Understanding spoken American English, speaking, reading college-level
materials, and writing are the skills emphasized in these two courses. Testing
determines placement in these courses; and testing, as well as course performance, determines whether the ELL requirement is met. Students continue in
ELL until the requirement is completed but can receive credit for only two
courses.
Literature, Language, and Theory Courses: The 200-level courses in the literature, language,
and theory track of the English major develop foundational competencies in reading and interpreting literary texts, and provide opportunities for diverse literary discovery. These courses
require ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112 as a prerequisite or co-requisite.
ENL 240
Introduction to Literary Study
This course develops students’ critical and analytical skills in reading and
appreciating all kinds of literary texts and genres, including poetry, fiction,
and drama. Emphasis is placed on learning fundamental terms and concepts
that serve future literary inquiry and enjoyment. Required for Communication
Arts/Literature Teacher Licensure Major. (Prereq or co-req.: ENL 111, or HON
111, or ENL 112)
176 English
ENL 241
Introduction to Cinema Arts
An investigation of the cinematic qualities, theoretical principles, and historical evolution of the film medium. Includes the viewing and analysis of both
feature length and short films, illustrating the international development of
film form and selected aesthetic movements. (Prereq or co-req.: ENL 111, or
HON 111, or ENL 112)
ENL 250
American Voices
American Literature is made up of many voices that are distinct from the dominant voices in American culture; each term this course focuses on a different
collection of those voices. A specific minority literature, such as Hispanic
American Literature, Asian American Literature, or African American
Literature, is usually emphasized each term; sometimes the course explores
the writing of women or gay writers. Determine which version of the course is
being offered in any given section by checking the departmental web page, or
get a detailed course description in the English department. (Prereq or co-req.:
ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112)
ENL 255
American Indian Literature
American Indian literature offers a survey of contemporary American Indian
writing, including non-fiction, fiction, poetry, and drama. The course explores
the richness and diversity of American Indian literature and the ways in which
literature reflects and illuminates American Indian culture and traditions. The
course emphasizes close readings of literature and public speaking skills
through in-class presentation and small group discussion. Course cross-lists
with American Indian Studies. (Prereq or co-req: ENL 111, or HON 111, or
ENL 112)
Spotlight Courses — Offered Alternating Terms
ENL 260
The Author in Depth
A chance to investigate closely an author of significant influence in various
cultural contexts. Course subjects may include “Shakespeare on Page, Stage,
and Screen,” “Tolkien’s Life, Times, and Works,” “The Cinema of Orson
Welles,” “Mark Twain in the 20th Century,” and others. Check the departmental Web page for the title of a given section. (Prereq or co-req: ENL 111, or
HON 111, or ENL 112)
ENL 270
Rites of Thematic Passage
This course traces a specific theme through changing historical, literary, and
cultural contexts. Course subjects may include “The Heroic Journey,”
“Literature and Landscape,” “Utopian Visions,” and others. Check the departmental Web page for the title of a given section. (Prereq or co-req: ENL 111,
or HON 111, or ENL 112)
ENL 280
Literatures of Convention and Change
Students will consider literary and cultural developments that fix generic conventions and ways authors subvert or challenge those conventions. Course
subjects may include “History of Detective Fiction,” “The Short Story,” “Sports
and Literature,” “Victorian Thrillers,” “The Musical on Stage and Screen,” and
English 177
others. Check the departmental Web page for the title of a given section.
(Prereq or co-req.: ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112)
ENL 290
Explorations in Language and Theory
An introductory course in applied literary or language theory. Course subjects
may include “Cinema and Sexuality,” “Strategies in Reading the Novel,”
“Challenging the Gaze,” “Language and Society,” and others. Check the
departmental Web page for the title of a given section. (Prereq or co-req: ENL
111, or HON 111, or ENL 112)
The 300-level courses in the literature track in English concentrate on primary texts in historical and cultural contexts. These courses ask students to practice interpreting literary texts by
employing techniques, terminology, and research methods of the discipline, resulting in effective
and substantive expository writing about the subject. Students must take ENL 220 or 221 (see
writing courses), or a 200-level literature course, or gain consent of the instructor as a prerequisite.
British Literature
ENL 330
Shakespeare
Study of the bard’s major plays — comedies, histories, tragedies, and romances
— for their literary, dramatic, and cultural significance. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or
221, or a 200-level literature course or THR 250, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 332
Renaissance and Reformation
A survey of 14th- to 17th-century British literature, with attention to its
European contexts. Begins with the Reformation of the 14th century and
Canterbury Tales and ends with the Puritan Revolution and Paradise Lost.
Themes include “the enchantment of evil”; the hero as lover and courtier;
utopian dreams and the literature of conquest; the writer as politician; and the
challenges to religious certainty in a post-Ptolemaic universe. Major writers
include Marlowe, Spenser, Shakespeare, More, and Donne. (Prereq.: ENL 220
or 221, or a 200-level literature course, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 333
British and American Literature of the 17th and 18th Centuries:
Strange Shores
British and American writers of this period are surveyed, with attention to the
historical, intellectual and social influences of the major literary movements
on both sides of the Atlantic. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or a 200-level literature course, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 334
British literature: Reason and Romanticism
This class investigates the literary texts now called Romanticism within the
history and culture of late 18th- and early 19th-century Britain. The famous
“big six” poets (Blake, Coleridge, Wordsworth, Byron, Shelley, Keats) will be
studied in the context of poetic predecessors and influences (Burns, Cowper,
Smith) and contemporary talents in other genres, including Austen,
Wollstonecraft, and Scott. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or a 200-level literature
course, or consent of instructor.)
178 English
Eng 336
British literature: The Age of Victoria
If America was the world’s cultural and political leader in the 20th century,
Britain was the leader of the 19th century. Students will study the literature
and culture of Queen Victoria’s England and her empire from the 1830s
through 1914 in all four major genres of poetry, fiction, drama, and essay.
(Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or a 200-level literature course, or consent of
instructor.)
ENL 337
The British Novel: Love and Learn
This course traces two great structuring ideas — the love-plot and the education-plot — in the rise and development of the British novel in the 18th and
19th centuries. The course spans 150 years of literary history, while studying
and critiquing the ways literary theorists and historians have explained and
theorized British fiction. Authors surveyed include Defoe, Richardson, Austen,
Trollope, Bronte, Eliot, and others. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or a 200-level
literature course, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 338
Readings in British and Commonwealth Drama
A variable survey of drama in English by British and Commonwealth playwrights, organized historically and/or thematically. Sample topics include
“Mysteries and Moralities,” “London Onstage,” “The Empire Strikes Back,”
and “What Is My Nation?” Readings range from the Middle Ages to the present. THR 250 satisfies the prerequisite for this course. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or
221, or a 200-level literature course or THR 250, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 339
Modern British and Irish Writers
Writers of the first half of the 20th century are surveyed, with attention paid
to their contribution to modernism, experimentation, and literary form.
Virginia Woolf, William Butler Yeats, James Joyce, Henry Green, D.H.
Lawrence, Samuel Becket, and Muriel Spark are among the authors surveyed.
(Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or a 200-level literature course, or consent of
instructor.)
American Literature
ENL 350
Readings in American Minority and Alternative Literatures
A chance to look in depth at authors, themes, historical influences, and theoretical issues surrounding both classical and emerging minority literature. The
course’s focus varies. A specific ethnic literature or a specific writer may be
emphasized; at other times topics that cross the boundaries of minority literatures will be examined. Check the departmental web page for a given section’s
emphasis. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or a 200-level literature course, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 351
19th Century American Literature
Covers the intellectual and social environment that affected the writers of the
period. Many different genres — slave narratives, romances, tall tales, epic
poetry — are considered. Douglass, Jacobs, Thoreau, Melville, Hawthorne,
Twain, Emerson, Dickinson, James, and Wharton are among the authors surveyed. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or a 200-level literature course, or consent of
instructor.)
English 179
ENL 352
American Literature from 1900 to 1945
Naturalism, the rise of modernism, the development of social protest literature, significant movements such as the Harlem Renaissance, and other major
developments of the period are charted. Cather, Dreiser, Elliot, Fitzgerald,
Faulkner, Hemingway, Hughes, and Hurston are among the writers considered.
(Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or a 200-level literature course, or consent of
instructor.)
ENL 353
American Literature from 1945 to the Present
Writers surveyed include O’Connor, Bellow, Baraka, Baldwin, Ellison, Erdrich,
Roth, Pynchon, Oates, Kingston, Mailer, Williams, Wideman, Morrison, as
well as contemporary fiction writers represented by the Best American Short
Stories anthologies. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or a 200-level literature course,
or consent of instructor.)
ENL 354
Contemporary American Poetry
A survey of the work of poets who have come into prominence since mid-20th
century as represented in the anthology Contemporary American Poetry.
Attention will be given to younger and/or less prominent poets represented in
the Best American Poetry series. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or a 200-level literature course, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 355
Themes in American Indian Literature
The course is structured around a number of writers working within a particular theme such as Native Voices of Minnesota, Voices from the Southwest,
Poetics and Politics of Native Writing, Women and Power in Native Literature,
Urban-Reservation: Homing, and American Indian film-literature adaptation.
Students focus on primary texts, comparing and contrasting theme, voice, aesthetic, or cultural emphasis as it shifts or arises across the group of texts.
Course cross-lists with American Indian Studies. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or
a 200-level literature course, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 358
Readings in American Drama
A variable survey of American drama from the early 20th century to the present, organized historically and/or thematically. Sample topics include
American Families, Blacks and Whites, and Sex and Self on the American
Stage. Readings range from O’Neill and Treadwell to Shanley and Parks.
(Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or a 200-level literature course or THR 250, or consent of instructor.)
World Literature in Translation
ENL 360
The Classical Tradition
A study of the major works of Greek and Roman literature, including Homer,
Virgil, Aeschylus, Sophocles, through Dante. Works are studied with reference
to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence
on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or
a 200-level literature course, or consent of instructor.)
180 English
ENL 361
The Medieval World
A survey of medieval literature from the collapse of the Roman Empire to the
14th century, this course emphasizes themes of cultural collision and synthesis: pagans — both classical and “barbarian” — and Christians; Islam and
Christendom. Attention is paid to heroic traditions (myth, epic, saga,
romance, hagiography); the literature of courtly and profane love; and visions
of heaven and hell. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or a 200-level literature course,
or consent of instructor.)
ENL 362
Renaissance to Modern Literature
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the renaissance to
the modern period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Rabelais,
Voltaire, and Ibsen. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or a 200-level literature course,
or consent of instructor.)
ENL 365
Contemporary Post Colonial Fiction
This examination of contemporary world fiction includes work by authors
from Latin America, Africa, Asia, and the Middle East, and fiction written by
indigenous authors worldwide. The course explores novels in relation to language, culture, and gender in an age of globalization and fragmented nationalisms, considering fictions in their literary, cultural, and social contexts.
Cross-listed with Women’s Studies. Required for Communication
Arts/Literature Teacher Licensure Major. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or a 200level literature course, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 367
Women and Fiction
The course studies novels and short stories by women across cultures.
Emphasis on the conditions that have affected women’s writing (including race
and class), the reflection of women’s unique experience in their writing, and
the ways in which women writers have contributed to and modified the
Western literary heritage. This course is cross-listed with Women’s Studies.
(Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or a 200-level literature course, or consent of
instructor.)
ENL 368
Readings in World Drama
A variable survey of drama in translation from around the world, organized
historically and/or thematically. Sample topics include Classical Theaters,
Spanish and Latin American Drama from the Renaissance to the Present,
Social Issues in Contemporary World Drama. THR 250 satisfies the prerequisite for this course. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or a 200-level literature course
or THR 250, or consent of instructor.)
Language, Media, and Theory
ENL 371
History of Cinema
A chronological survey of the development of cinema from the inception of
the moving image in the late 19th century through the emergence of film as
one of the most important popular art forms of the 20th century. Emphasis
will be placed on important international cinematic artistic movements, such
as Italian neo-realism and the French New Wave, on cultural contexts that
influenced the reception of film art, and on technological advancements that
English 181
altered the medium and influenced both narrative and documentary filmmakers. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or a 200-level literature course, or consent of
instructor.)
ENL 380
Introduction to the English Language
A structural and historical overview of theoretical and social issues concerning
the English language, including theories of language acquisition. Required for
the Communication Arts/Literature Licensure major. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or
221, or a 200-level literature course, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 385
Language and Power
Students will consider both spoken and written examples of language as a
means of establishing, maintaining, or revoking power. They will also pay
attention to gender differences in the use of language and analyze ways in
which speakers and writers can both create and revise reality via the language
they use. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or a 200-level literature course, or consent
of instructor.)
ENL 390
Media Ethics and Theory
This course acquaints students with the concepts and functions of the news
media in a global society, exploring the interaction of ethical and legal principles of American journalism and considering the role of the news media in
historical, economic, and technological contexts. The course will analyze situations that have arisen in the past and situations that arise now in a digitized
information world. Students will study the special position given the media in
the United States and will consider First Amendment protections and the
media’s responsibilities to inform the public in a free and democratic society.
Cross listed with Communication. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or a 200-level literature course, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 394
Composition Theory and Practice
Students will examine composition as a relatively new field of study, one in
which research in such areas as cognition, language acquisition, gender differences in language, and code switching are relevant. Using both spoken and
written language, students will apply various theoretical positions to the language they and others use to communicate in a range of linguistic tasks.
Recommended for licensure and potential graduate students. (Prereq.: ENL
220 or 221, or a 200-level literature course, or consent of instructor.)
The 400-level literature, language, and theory courses emphasize scholarship, criticism, and
theory, and ask students to write and speak professionally about literary texts. Any 300-level
literature course or consent of the instructor ser ve as a prerequisite for the 400-level. One
400-level course must fulfill the keystone requirement.
ENL 410
Advanced Studies in Literature
Potential course subjects include “The Beats,” “American Indian Writers
Speak,” “The Unteachable Novel,” “Studies in the American Romance,” “Black
and White and Red All Over: Film Noir, Communism, and Race,” and others.
Check the departmental web page for the subject of a specific term, and get a
complete course description in the English Department. (Prereq.: Any 300level literature course or consent of instructor)
182 English
ENL 430
Advanced Studies in Language, Theory, and Method
Through a focus on particular issues and problems in literary studies, this
course engages students in a variety of past and current critical theories.
Possible course topics include “Is There a Gay Literature?” “Realism
Reconsidered,” “Cognition, Meaning and Interpretation,” “Eco-criticism and
the Nature of Reading,” “Readings in Theory,” and others. Check the departmental Web page for the subject of a specific term, and get a complete course
description in the English Department. (Prereq.: Any 300-level literature
course or consent of instructor)
Writing Courses
Note: First day attendance in all writing courses is mandatory for a student to hold his/her
place in the course.
ENL 220
Intermediate Expository Writing
This course builds on the practices and methods of Effective Writing. Its
workshop format stresses style and organization, the process of revision, self
and peer evaluation, and the relationship between reading and writing.
(Prereq.: ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112)
ENL 221
Expository Writing about the Arts and Popular Culture
A variant of English 220, this course also builds on the methods of Effective
Writing, but in this version students work on content related to subjects in the
world of art and literature. Particularly aimed at Art, Theatre Arts, and Film
majors. (Prereq.: ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112)
ENL 223
Writing for Business and the Professions
This practical course is designed to improve writing skills for those entering
business and professional careers. (Prereq.: ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL
112)
ENL 226
Introduction to Creative Writing
The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the process of creative
writing and to various genres, emphasizing poetry and short fiction, but
including journal keeping and creative prose. (Prereq.: ENL 111, or HON 111,
or ENL 112)
ENL 227
Journalism
An introductory newswriting course with an emphasis on writing for the print
media. Students consider how to recognize news, gather and verify facts, and
write those facts into a news story. (Prereq.: ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL
112)
ENL 228
Broadcast and Online Journalism
This is an introductory newswriting course with an emphasis on writing for
broadcast and online media. Students use an intensive practice model to learn
the basics of newsgathering, writing, and production for television, radio, and
the Internet. (Prereq.: ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112)
ENL 320
Fiction One
Students draft a collection of short stories and critique others’ work in the
writing workshop environment. Throughout the term, students will also read
English 183
classic and contemporary short fiction, analyzing and examining the work of
established writers as they learn to identify successful short fiction while creating their own work. (Prereq.: ENL 226)
ENL 321
Fiction Two
A writing workshop in which students will revise a body of short fiction,
redrafting and polishing at least four short stories of varying lengths for inclusion in a portfolio of work. Students will also be expected to create at least one
new work of short fiction during this workshop term. (Prereq.: ENL 320 or
review and acceptance by instructor of four story drafts written by the student
and offered as work the student will refine in Fiction Two.)
ENL 322
Poetry One
Students draft a collection of poems and critique others’ work in the writing
workshop environment. Students will learn to identify successful poetry as
they create their own poems; they will read published poetry and listen to new
and established poets reading their own work. (Prereq.: ENL 226)
ENL 323
Poetry Two
A writing workshop in which students will revise a body of poetry, redrafting
and polishing a collection of poems for inclusion in a portfolio of work.
Students will also be expected to create new work during this workshop term.
(Prereq.: ENL 322 or review and acceptance by instructor of a collection of
poetry written by the student and offered as work the student will refine in
Poetry Two.)
ENL 324
Creative Nonfiction
Designed for the self-motivated writer, the course emphasizes the conventions
of professional writing, including appropriate styles, voice, subjects, and techniques for gathering information. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221)
ENL/THR 325 Playwriting
An introductory course in writing for theatre. Students will learn the basics of
dramatic structure, methods of script analysis, and techniques for the development of playscripts from idea to finished product. (Prereq.: ENL 111 and
junior or senior standing, or consent of theatre department chair. THR 250 or
ENL 226 recommended.)
ENL 327
Quantitative Journalism: Computer Assisted Reporting and
Research
This course introduces students to computer-assisted informational investigation and the interpretation of quantitative data in the writing of news reports
and news features. This course is designed for persons wishing to explore the
use of computer-assisted research and for those preparing to enter the communication professions. (Prereq.: ENL 227 or 228)
ENL/COM 328 Screenwriting
An introductory course in writing for film, this course will take students from
story outline to the creation of a screenplay draft. In addition to writing their
own scripts, students will review feature films and analyze work written by
each member of the class, giving detailed critical analysis and engaging in discussion of aesthetics, craft, and form. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221)
184 English
ENL 420
Advanced Studies in Writing
The writing keystone is a final, summative seminar emphasizing collaboration,
professional standards, and the creation of a publishable or performable completed product. The topic changes; check the departmental Web page.
(Prereq.: Any 300-level writing course)
ENL 490
English Keystone
(.0 course)
Students seeking keystone credit must register for this no credit, P/N course,
along with ENL 410, 420, or 430.
Directed Studies, Internships, and Independent Studies
ENL 299
ENL 396
Directed Study
On-Campus Internships
This course is required for all Communication Arts/Literature licensure students. It is normally taken with students enrolled in English 101,
Developmental Writing. Interns prepare class presentations, assess student
writing, and learn methods useful in teaching composition.
ENL 399
ENL 499
Off-Campus Internships
Independent Study and Honors Projects
Honors studies must be directed by a professor chosen by the student and
approved by the department. Independent study projects not designated for
honors must be approved by the Chair of the department.
FILM
See listing under Communication Studies.
FINANCE
See listing under Business Administration.
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
See listing under Modern Languages.
FRENCH
GERMAN
See listing under Modern Languages.
See listing under Modern Languages.
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION—HPE
V
irtually all students at Augsburg
College will interact at some point in their
college years with the Department of
Health and Physical Education. It is the
philosophy of the department to provide
quality experiences in professional preparation and education for lifelong participation in physical activity. In addition, the
gifted athlete as well as the recreational
participant will find ample opportunity for
athletic and developmental activities.
The physical education department
provides the organizational framework for
a wide range of educational experiences,
including several major and minor programs: general education in physical education, men’s and women’s intercollegiate
athletic programs, intramural programs for
men and women, and athletic facilities for
developmental and recreational activities.
The health education department prepares students for careers in school health
education and wellness. This program
offers a comprehensive health component
in examining prevention and promotion
needs for individuals, schools, and the
community.
All health and physical education
majors seeking licensure must receive a
grade of 2.00 in all courses with an HPE
prefix applying to the major.
Health and Physical Education Faculty
Marilyn Florian (Chair), Jennifer Britz,
Lisa Broek, Carol Enke, Paul Grauer, Aaron
Griess, Frank Haege, Alvin Kloppen, Mike
Navarre, Joyce Pfaff, Jessica Phillips, Missy
Strauch, Eileen Kaese Uzarek
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
■ HEALTH EDUCATION
Health Education Major
HPE 101 Fitness For Life
HPE 110 Personal and Community
Health
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
HPE 316 Human Sexuality
HPE 320 School Health Curriculum
(Fall: even years)
HPE 356 Measurement and Assessment
in HPE
HPE 390 Instructional Methods and
Materials (Fall: odd years)
HPE 410 Administration and Supervision
of the School Health Program
(Fall: even years)
HPE 450 Current Health Issues (Fall:
even years)
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
PSY 201 Health Psychology
PSY 351 Developmental Psychology:
Child
or PSY 352 Developmental Psychology:
Adolescent and Young Adult
Must have instructor’s certification for CPR
and first aid.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
185
186 Health and Physical Education
A Bachelor of Science degree is available for the teacher licensure major.
Consult your faculty adviser for Augsburg
Core Curriculum requirements under the
Bachelor of Science option.
Minor
HPE 101, 110, 114, 115, 316, 320, 390,
450, BIO 103. (There is no health teaching
minor in Minnesota public schools.)
■ PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Physical Education Major
HPE 101 Fitness for Life
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
HPE 210 Introduction to Physical
Education
HPE 220 Motor Learning
HPE 254 Introduction to Development/
Adapted Physical Education
HPE 275 Prevention and Care of Athletic
Injuries
HPE 324 K-6 PE Games and Activities
HPE 334 7-12 Sport Skills and Activities
HPE 335 Outdoor Education
HPE 340 Organization and
Administration of Physical
Education Programs
HPE 350 Kinesiology
HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise
HPE 356 Measurement and Assessment
in HPE
HPE 473 Physical Education Curriculum
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
A Bachelor of Science degree is available for the teacher licensure major.
Consult your faculty adviser for Augsburg
Core Curriculum requirements under the
Bachelor of Science option.
Minor
HPE 101, 115, 210, 223, 231, 232, 351.
(There is no PE teaching minor in
Minnesota public schools.)
Coaching (not a major)
Minnesota Board of Teaching Statute
3512.3100 Employment of Head Varsity
Coaches of Interscholastic Sports in Senior
High Schools requires:
HPE 114
HPE 275
HPE 280
Health and Safety Education
Prevention and Care of
Athletic Injuries
Coaching Theory
(Fall, even years)
Health and Physical Education 187
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION COURSES.
■ HEALTH EDUCATION
HPE 101
Fitness for Life
A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to modify personal
health and fitness. (Fall and Spring)
HPE 110
Personal and Community Health
Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the
individual and the community. (Fall)
HPE 114
Health and Safety Education
(.5 course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life.
National Safety Council First Aid and CPR certification. (Fall, Spring)
HPE 115
Health and Chemical Dependency Education
(.5 course)
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes
information about school health education and services. (Fall, Spring)
HPE 316
Human Sexuality
A study of the psychological, social, and biological components of human sexuality. (Prereq.: HPE 110. Spring)
HPE 320
School Health Curriculum
(.5 course)
Techniques for developing a course of study in school health, based upon
growth and development, for grades K-12. Examination of “standards” and
pedagogy for health education, curriculum, and assessment included. (Prereq.:
HPE 110. Fall)
HPE 356
Measurement and Assessment in HPE
Survey of basic statistical procedures, standards, assessment and evaluation of
tests in health and physical education. (Prereq.: MPG III, HPE 101 and either
HPE 110 or HPE 210 and 220. Fall)
HPE 390
Instructional Methods and Materials in Health Education
Principles and methods of instruction applied to health education grades K12. Emphasis upon teaching/learning strategies and student assessment.
Evaluation and development of materials included. (Prereq.: HPE 110. Spring)
HPE 410
Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program
(.5 course)
Historical background, legal basis, and school health services relationship to
community and school health programs and resources. (Prereq.: HPE 110.
Fall)
HPE 450
Current Health Issues (.5 course)
This course uses “critical thinking” skills to examine current health issues in
text and media from a sociological, political, economic, and medical perspective. (Prereq.: HPE 110. Fall)
188 Health and Physical Education
■ PHYSICAL EDUCATION
HPE 001
Foundations of Fitness (.0 course)
This course is required of all Augsburg students. It seeks to improve the student’s knowledge and understanding of the components of physical fitness and
how they contribute to personal lifelong health and well being. This course is
designed to not only provide knowledge but also to discuss and analyze ways
an individual can assess, monitor, motivate, and discipline him/herself to
maintain a lifestyle of fitness and wellness.
HPE 002, 003 Lifetime Activity (.0 course)
Lifetime Activity courses are designed to improve proficiency in a selected
physical activity. Students will be able to understand and demonstrate basic
skills, strategy, and rules of the activity. (Fall, Spring)
HPE 101
Fitness for Life
A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to modify personal
health and fitness. (Fall, Spring)
HPE 210
Introduction to Physical Education
(.5 course)
History, principles, and current trends in physical education, fitness, and sport.
(Spring)
HPE 220
Motor Learning
(.5 course)
The study of the processes associated with developing motor skills and performance, and how this relates to motor development. (Spring)
HPE 254
Introduction to Developmental/Adapted Physical Education
(.5 course)
A general overview of developmental/adapted physical education from early
childhood to grade 12 and the role of school-based health and physical education programs for special needs and handicapped students. (Fall)
HPE 275
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries
(.5 course)
Emphasis placed on preventing and treating common athletic injuries.
Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. (Prereq.: HPE
114. Spring)
HPE 324
K-6 PE Games and Activities
(.5 course)
This course integrates theory and practice in teaching age and skill appropriate activities to elementary students. (Spring)
HPE 334
7-12 Sport Skills and Activities
(.5 course)
Theory and practice in skills, teaching and officiating selected games and
activities. (Fall)
HPE 335
Outdoor Education
(.5 course)
A course designed to provide knowledge and develop skills in a variety of outdoor educational activities and to study the natural environment in which
these activities occur. The course will include a three-day camping/hiking trip.
(Prereq.: HPE 101, HPE 114, HPE 210. Split fall/spring, even years)
Health and Physical Education 189
HPE 340
Organization and Administration of Physical Education Programs
(.5 course)
A survey of management, leadership, and decision-making for physical education and athletic programs. (Prereq.: HPE 210. Fall)
HPE 350
Kinesiology
A study of the mechanics of movement with an emphasis on the use of the
muscular system. An analytic approach to the study of movement and how it
relates within the physical education field. (Prereq.: BIO 103. Fall)
HPE 351
Physiology of Exercise
The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological
principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: BIO 103.
Spring)
HPE 356
Measurement and Assessment in HPE
Basic statistical procedures; the use of assessment and evaluation in health and
physical education programs. (Prereq.: MPG III, HPE 101 and either HPE 110
or HPE 210 and 220. Fall)
HPE 365
Physical Education Methods (K-6)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education in grades K-6.
An in-depth view of all aspects of teaching physical education to elementaryaged children. (Prereq.: HPE 101 and 324. Fall)
HPE 368
Physical Education Methods (7-12)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education in secondary
schools. (Prereq.: HPE 101 and 334. Spring)
HPE 473
Physical Education Curriculum (.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education
with laboratory experience. (Prereq.: HPE 210. Fall)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
HPE 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
HPE 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
HPE 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
HPE 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96. Open only to junior or senior majors.
190
HISTORY—HIS
H
istory is to society what memory is
to an individual; it brings to a civilization
an understanding of its identity. The distinguished medievalist J. R. Strayer expressed
it this way: “No community can survive
and no institution can function without
constant reference to past experience. We
are ruled by precedents fully as much as by
laws, which is to say that we are ruled by
the collective memory of the past. It is the
memory of common experiences that
makes scattered individuals into a community.”
The study of history enables us to deal
more knowledgeably with continuity and
change in society. The construction of an
informed sense of our past is a fundamental
ingredient in appreciating and understanding the present as well as anticipating the
future. History majors are prepared to be
active and contributing members of their
society. The study of history, which has
long held a major role in the liberal arts,
is an entry to elementary and secondary
education, graduate study in many fields,
and a wide range of employment opportunities that require abilities in communication, conceptualization, and processing
of information.
History Faculty
Jacqueline deVries (Chair), Phil Adamo,
Bill Green, Don Gustafson, Michael
Lansing
medieval, modern Europe, United States,
and non-Western.
Teaching Licensure
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with
the Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Minor
Five courses, at least three of which
must be upper division.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.60 in the major and 3.00
overall; except in special instances, application before the end of the first term of
the junior year; two years of a foreign language at the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one
course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee.
Medieval Studies
The History Department also hosts the
major in Medieval Studies. For more information, please refer to “Medieval Studies”
in this catalog.
OTHER REQUIREMENTS.
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Major
Nine courses (including HIS 280 and
480). At least four of these courses must be
upper division. A major must have at least
one course (either survey or upper level)
from each of the four areas: ancient and
First-year students should enroll in
one or more of the 100-level courses.
200-level courses are normally reserved
for sophomore or upper division students.
Upper division courses are numbered
300 and above.
History 191
Prerequisites
Transfer Students
Satisfactory completion of a lower division course (100- or 200-level) is normally
required before enrolling in an upper division course (300- and 400-level). See
instructor for permission.
Transfer students planning a major
must normally take at least three of their
courses at Augsburg including HIS 280 and
480. A minor normally requires two courses taken at Augsburg.
HISTORY COURSES.
HIS 101
The Beginning of Western Culture
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of
Greece and Rome, and the Middle Ages of Europe into the 13th century.
HIS 102
The Shaping of Western Civilization
A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the
Middle Ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon.
HIS 103
The Modern World
A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the time of
Napoleon to the present.
HIS 104
The Modern Non-Western World
An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and
Africa of the last 200 years.
HIS 120
America to 1815
A survey of the relations between Native, European, and African peoples from
first contacts to the War of 1812, drawing on social, cultural, and environmental history as well as political and economic history. The course will move topically as well as chronologically through the colonial and early national period.
Themes include the legacies of massive ecological and demographic change,
the colonial competition for North America, Indian-white conflict and collusion, the enslavement of African Americans, the creation of the United States,
and internal as well as foreign conflicts in that nation’s early years.
HIS 121
19th-Century United States
A survey of United States history from 1815-1900, drawing on social, cultural,
and environmental history as well as political and economic history. The
course will move topically as well as chronologically through the years in
which the United States came to prominence despite internal dissent and violence. Themes include the emergence of a national identity, political system,
and economy, slavery, expansion, and empire-building, regional differences,
the Civil War and its aftermath, and industrialization.
HIS 122
20th-Century United States
A survey of United States history from 1900 to the present, drawing on social,
cultural, and environmental history as well as political and economic history.
The course will move topically as well as chronologically through the modern
era. Themes include industrialization and urbanization, the significance of
gender, race, and ethnicity in American culture, the growth of a strong federal
192 History
government, the emergence of the United States as a world power, the creation
of a consumer society, the rise of identity politics, and the passing of American
hegemony.
HIS 150/350 Latin American History
This course examines the histories of Mexico, Central America, and the
Caribbean from the 1790s to the 1990s. Centering our analysis in the Latin
American experience, we will examine cultural trends, social interactions, and
economic development as well as the relations that each of these regions
shared with the United States. Special attention will be paid to independence
movements, neocolonialism, dependency and underdevelopment, ecological
transformations, the Latino/a diaspora, and the struggles of indigenous communities. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor required for HIS 350)
HIS/WST 155/355 Cultural Conflict and Change in Latin America
Center for Global Education Course. See International Studies, Sustainable,
Development and Social Change (Guatemala, El Salvador, Nicaragua)
HIS 162/462 20th Century South Asia
This course explores the processes of colonialism, nationalism, de-colonization, and independence in the area now politically known as India, Pakistan,
and Sri Lanka. Upper division students will have additional assignments and
different exams from lower division. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor required
for HIS 462)
HIS 195
Topics in History
An introduction to selected historical topics not regularly offered in lower
division classes. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to
registration.
HIS 225
History of the Twin Cities
The Minneapolis and St. Paul area serve as a case study for the themes of frontier urbanization, industrialization, and economic change; transportation,
immigration, and ethnicity; and urban politics and reform.
HIS 234
Minnesota History
This course examines the racial, ethnic, political and economic history of
Minnesota, from the earliest inhabitants (Ojibwe and Dakota), through the
period of British and French exploration, and to the development of statehood.
HIS 236
American Indian History
A study of the native people of North America from the pre-Columbian period
through European exploration and settlement to the present, emphasizing
American Indian contributions to world culture, tribal structure, and intergovernmental relations.
HIS 241
Topics in African American History
Selected topics in African American history not regularly examined in other
departmental offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced
prior to registration.
History 193
HIS 242
History of African American Civil Rights, 1619-1915
A survey of the development of African American civil rights focusing on
legal, economic, and political issues influenced by race and class, emphasizing
emancipation and integration of slaves and former slaves.
HIS 243
History of African American Civil Rights, 1915-1972
A continuation of HIS 242 with special emphasis on the contributions of
W.E.B. DuBois, Marcus Garvey, A. Philip Randall, Charles Houston, Thurgood
Marshall, and Martin Luther King, Jr.
HIS 249/349 The Designed Environment
This course addresses the designed environment, investigating architecture,
landscape architecture, and urban design. Class sessions consist almost exclusively of extensive walking tours and site visits to prominent examples of
design excellence. (Prereq.: None for HIS 249; ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111,
and an ART, HIS, or urban studies course for HIS 349)
HIS 280
The History Workshop
This course introduces history majors and minors to the historian’s craft.
Students will examine the development of the discipline of history, the methods of analysis used by professional historians today, and the varieties of applications for history in professional careers and public life. Students will also
gain and sharpen the research and writing skills critical to their success in
upper-level history courses. Guest speakers and off-campus site visits will
enhance course content.
HIS 282
The History of Women Since 1848
This course examines in comparative perspective women’s changing political,
economic, social and sexual status since the 19th century, with attention given
to social, racial and ethnic, and sexual differences among women.
HIS 311
Topics in Women’s History
Exploration of selected topics in women’s history not regularly examined in
other departmental offerings. The specific topic to be offered will be
announced prior to registration.
HIS 316
Environmental History
A chronological exploration of the interactions between Americans and the
nonhuman world. Topics include the commodification of nature, political
movements organized around nature, ways of knowing nature, environmental
justice, and the relationships between American culture and nature.
Additionally, students will use both primary sources and fieldwork to explore
the specific environmental history of an off-campus location.
HIS 323
Modern China
A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839; the
erosion of China’s isolation and collapse of the imperial system; and the
Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century.
194 History
HIS 331
Topics in United States History
In-depth exploration of selected topics in United States history not regularly
examined in other departmental offerings. The specific topics to be offered will
be announced prior to registration.
HIS 332
History of United States Foreign Relations
A survey of United States foreign relations from the American Revolution
through the Cold War, emphasizing changing definitions of war and peace,
tensions between internationalism and isolationism, the emergence of the
United States as an economic and military power.
HIS 335
American Urban History
A study of urban development from colonial and frontier beginnings through
the age of industrialization to the present, including the dynamics of urban
growth and planning, politics and reform, and the growth of urban culture.
HIS 336
American Labor History
A survey of the history of work and the worker, primarily in the late 19th and
20th centuries, emphasizing the nature of work, working class life and community, evaluation of organized labor, and the relationship of workers and
union to the state.
HIS 338
American Legal History
An examination of the social, economic, and intellectual factors in American
history that, combined with English and colonial antecedents, contributed to
the emergence of our modern legal system.
HIS 343
The North American West
This course reckons with the contest of colonial powers in North America, the
American conquest of the region, the role of the federal government in shaping the West, the rise of the most urban part of the United States, and the
important role that the West plays in modern American culture. Themes
include the persistence of Native peoples, ethnicity, race, and gender in western daily and political life, the creation of an international borderlands, and
the ecological transformation of western landscapes.
HIS 346
Namibia and South Africa: A Historical Perspective
A survey of Namibia and South Africa including the experience of indigenous
peoples, the impact of South African occupation, the war for independence,
and the roots of apartheid and its institutionalization. (See page 215 in
International Studies.)
HIS 348
Russia and the Soviet Union in the 20th Century
An introductory historical survey of the Soviet Union, beginning with a brief
examination of Russian history before turning to the Russian Revolutions of
1917, the rise of Stalin, the Cold War, and the emergence of Gorbachev. The
course will emphasize political, diplomatic, economic, and cultural history.
HIS 350
Cultural Conflict and Change in Latin America
For course description, see HIS 150.
History 195
HIS 352
Modern Germany
A survey of the social, political, and cultural development of modern
Germany, focusing on the question of Germany’s sonderweg (special path) and
examining such topics as romanticism, unification, the rise of national socialism, and the Holocaust.
HIS 354
Modern Britain and Ireland
This course will take a distinctively interdisciplinary approach (sources will
include literature, film, music, and artwork) to explore a period of dramatic
change in British politics, society, culture, and international status.
HIS 355
Cultural Conflict and Change in Latin America
A version of HIS 350 taught on-site in Mexico through Augsburg’s Center for
Global Education. Cross-listed with Women’s Studies.
HIS 360
The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C.
Civilization of the Near East from earliest times through its extension and
elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on cultural borrowing, achievement in the arts, religion, and political institutions.
HIS 361
Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D.
Alexander’s Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms, and the rise of Rome as the
world’s greatest power, emphasizing personalities, the arts, and Rome’s contributions in law and the political process.
HIS 369
The Early and High Middle Ages
This course examines the history of Europe and the Mediterranean from c. 300
to 1350 AD, and uses a variety of written and visual sources in an attempt to
understand medieval society. In addition to the “traditional” political narrative,
it also looks at social, economic, and cultural aspects of medieval life.
HIS 370
The Late Middle Ages to 1560s
A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state,
emphasizing modifications of these institutions by the Italian Renaissance and
the early years of the Reformation.
HIS 374
Medieval Crusades
This course examines Western Europe’s crusading era (1095-1291 AD), a time
when warriors from the Christian West attempted to “take back” the Holy
Land from its Muslim occupiers. Through a close reading of primary sources,
we will examine such issues as Pilgrimage, Holy War, and the complex relationships between East and West, between Muslims and Christians. We will
pay particular attention to the question of historical representation.
HIS 378
Medieval Church
This course examines the history of the medieval church from Constantine the
Great to Martin Luther (c. 300 to c. 1517 AD). It uses a variety of written and
visual sources in an attempt to understand the medieval church and its influence, not only in religious matters, but also in the social and political spheres.
Cross-listed with REL 378.
196 History
HIS 440
Topics in World History
This course will investigate topics in world history that are not included in
regular course offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced
prior to registration.
HIS 462
20th-Century South Asia
For course description, see HIS 162.
HIS 474
The World and the West
Europe’s discovery of the rest of the world, cultural interaction and conflict,
the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th century.
HIS 480
Seminar
This course is required for the major, and enrollment is normally restricted to
students who have nearly finished their coursework. Selected topics will be
announced prior to registration. Permission of the instructor is required. This
course fulfills the Keystone requirement. (Prereq.: HIS 280. Generally offered
Fall and Spring terms.)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
HIS 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
HIS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96. A maximum of one course in directed study may
be applied to the major.
HIS 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
HIS 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96. A maximum of one course in independent study
may be applied to the major. (Prereq.: 3.50 GPA in history)
HONORS PROGRAM—HON
T
he Augsburg Honors Program offers
an adventurous education where exceptional students with a passion for ideas can
be their best. We offer a friendly and welcoming atmosphere for students committed to an exceptional higher education.
Augsburg’s Honors Program is unlike
any other honors program in the nation
because it gives students the resources and
freedom to create their own ideal higher
education. Students have the opportunity
to create their own courses, edit and write
for the Augsburg Review of Undergraduate
Scholarship, participate in an intramural
debate league, belong to an Honors House,
and learn through small reading groups,
research projects, and travel around the
world.
Each Honors course has been specifically created for Honors students, and
includes a challenging “signature experience” such as writing a play, putting great
books on trial, or building an interactive
museum exhibit. Honors courses bring in
professors from several different departments so you can learn from talented professors teaching their specialties.
For information, please contact Robert
C. Groven, Honors Program Director.
Honors Program Recognition
Students who finish the Honors
Program requirements satisfy all general
education requirements, except those for
physical education and foreign language.
Honors students also receive special
transcript notation, special graduation
recognition, resumé building positions,
and special access to academic advising
and career options.
Honors Admissions Requirements and
Academic Scholarships
Students with a demonstrated record of
achievement are eligible to enter the
Augsburg Honors Program. Prospective
students may demonstrate achievement in
a variety of ways. Most students who are
admitted have a composite ACT score of
27 or higher (or a combined SAT score or
1250 or higher), and a high school G.P.A.
of 3.50 or higher. However, students without these numeric requirements may be
eligible if they have exceptional records of
extracurricular activity or other exceptional experiences. All students are encouraged
to apply. To apply, students should fill out
the online application located at
<www.augsburg/honors.edu>.
Students applying for the Honors
Program also automatically apply for the
College’s highest academic-based scholarships, the President’s, Regents’, and
Harwick/Agre Scholarships.
Qualifying Advanced Placement,
International Baccalaureate, and PostSecondary Option courses may satisfy
Honors Program requirements, and/or be
granted college credit. Contact Academic
Advising or the Honors Director for further
information.
Students may enter the Honors
Program at three points: first semester of
first year, second semester of first year, or
first semester of sophomore year. Students
who enter during the second semester of
the first year must fulfill all remaining
Honors requirements, may substitute REL
100 for HON 100, and may be excused
from taking HON 120. Students who enter
the first semester of the sophomore year
must fulfill remaining Honors requirements, and may substitute REL 100 for
HON 100, may substitute two non-Honors
Humanities liberal arts foundation courses
197
198 Honors Program
for HON 130, may substitute ENL 111 for
HON 111, and may be excused from taking HON 120.
Scholars Program for Advanced
Transfer Students
Students with more than 16 credits in
transfer work may enter the Scholars
Program but may not enter the Honors
Program. The Scholars Program allows students to enroll in Honors courses, join an
Honors House, and participate in all
Honors Program activities. In order to
graduate with the Scholars Program transcript designation, student must: join an
Honors House and participate in required
meetings, maintain an overall GPA of 3.50
or higher, and take: HON 340, HON 480
and any two other Honors courses.
Honors Co-Curricular Activities
The Pike Stewards House coordinates
public relations, job placement, and fund
raising opportunities for all Honors students. Pike House also organizes events for
alumni and fund raising.
The Grif fin Citizens House coordinates recruiting, social activities, admission
and scholarship applications, and the
Honors website opportunities for all
Honors students. Griffin House also organizes events for recruiting and socializing,
such as banquets, parties, and high school
recruiting trips.
The Hesser Ser vants House coordinates service learning, social justice, experiential learning, and political activity
opportunities for all Honors students.
Hesser House also organizes related events,
such as honors service days and Augsburg
experiences.
Honors Houses: all Honors students
must belong to an Honors House for the
purpose of receiving academic advising
and program information. All Honors students are required to attend mandatory
meetings of the Honors Program or of their
House. These meetings are necessary for
advising, information, and governance.
When students enter the Honors Program
they choose to join one of the four Honors
Houses:
Augsburg Review: students manage,
edit, write, and publish an interdisciplinary
journal of undergraduate scholarship. The
Review accepts submissions from students
at Augsburg and other colleges and universities around the nation.
The Crockett Scholars House coordinates scholarship, research, fellowship,
major award or prize opportunities, and
graduate school placement for all Honors
students. Crockett House also organizes
events related to scholarship such as
College scholarship events and high school
research fairs.
Student House Presidents, Debate
Captains, and Student Councils: students elected to leadership within their
Honors House may serve as House
Presidents or Debate Captains. The House
Presidents sit on the Honors Student
Presidents Council and make critical decisions about program courses and
resources. House Debate Captains organize
the Inter-House Disputations and judge
disputes among the Honors Houses.
Honors Disputation League: students organize, coach, research, write, and
rehearse as teams which then compete in
intramural debate tournaments held four
times each year.
Honors Program 199
Student-Created Learning Experiences
(SCLE)
Honors student may learn through
established courses or through studentcreated learning experiences. These student created experiences may substitute for
any Honors curricular requirement, or may
simply enrich their education. Such student-created experiences may count
toward requirements in majors and satisfy
Honors requirements at the same time, or
simply be an elective.
Student-created learning experiences
may take any form. Some possible forms
include:
• Student Created Courses (created in collaboration with faculty)
• Full course (10-20 students)
• Reading Groups (2-9 students)
• Individual Reading and Examination
(individual study)
• Student/Faculty Research (may be one or
many students)
Process: a student-created learning
experience may be proposed by any
Honors student or by any Augsburg faculty
or staff person. The interested student
should speak with either an Honors
Council Member or the Honors Program
Director. Next, a proposal should be drafted in accord with the Honors student created learning experience form. Finally, the
proposal should be submitted by the student to the Honors Program Director who
will carry the proposal to the Honors
Council for review.
Timeline: Proposals for Fall Semester
must be submitted by March 1 of the preceding academic year, and proposals for
Spring Semester must be submitted by
October 1 of the current academic year.
Honors Established Curriculum
These requirements are normally taken
in the order listed below, but can be taken
out of order if schedule conflicts require it.
HON 005 is required each term.
First Year
Fall
• First-Year Students select Honors House
membership.
• First-Year Students not permitted to join
Augsburg Review or Honors Disputation
League.
• HON 100 Search for Meaning &
Christian Vocation
• HON 120 Scholar Citizen (includes
theatre lab, critical thinking skill)
S pr i n g
• HON 130 Liberating Letters (humanities
LAF & speaking skill)
• HON 111 Effective Writing (or ENL 220
or 221 as determined by advanced placement or transfer)
Second Year
Fall
• Students invited to join HON 450
Augsburg Review and HON 460 Honors
Disputation League
• HON 220: Scholar Scientist, OR students
with two math courses replace with
HON 365 (one natural sciences and
mathematics LAF and quantitative reasoning skill)
S pr i n g
• HON 240: Science, Technology and
Citizenship, OR students with two lab
science courses replace with HON 365
(one natural sciences and mathematics
lab LAF)
Note: Math courses and lab courses
may be taken during this term. Students
with two math courses and two lab courses
only take HON 365 to replace both HON
220 and 240.
200 Honors Program
Thir d Year
• HON 480 Research Seminar
Fall
• Students invited to join HON 450
Augsburg Review and HON 460 Honors
Disputation League
• HON 250: Social Scientist (social and
behavioral sciences LAF)
• HON 340: Junior Colloquium (President
or Dean teaches. P/N, no credit, meets
twice each semester for 90 minutes)
S pr i n g
• HON 480 Research Seminar
• HON 490: Honors Vocation Keystone
S pr i n g
• HON 230: Arts and the City (fine arts
LAF)
• HON 340: Junior Colloquium (same as
Fall semester)
Fourth Year
Fall
• Students may join HON 450 Augsburg
Review and HON 460 Honors
Disputation League in their fourth year,
but may not fulfill the research requirement if joining for the first time.
Summary Notes:
• The Honors recommended sequence satisfies all general education requirements
except foreign language and physical
education.
• Students past first year may take courses
out of the recommended sequence without permission.
• Residency: All Honors Students must
complete seven full-credit courses in the
Augsburg Honors Program to meet the
Honors residency requirement for graduation.
HONORS COURSES.
HON 005
Honors Activities Forum
Honors students must register for this course each term to schedule time for
Honors activities to meet. (0.0 credit, P/N only, exceptions made for scheduling conflicts.)
HON 100
Christian Vocation and the Search for Meaning I
Honors section of REL 100. Some students (e.g. some science majors) may
need to defer the course and take HON 100 in another term.
HON 120
The Scholar Citizen
An introduction to the Honors Program. Course content focuses on “great”
(and significant) primary texts focusing on the connections between learning
and citizenship, or the public uses of knowledge (e.g. Plato’s cave). Based on
the medieval liberal arts trivium (grammar, rhetoric, logic). (includes lab)
HON 130
The Liberating Letters: The Humanist Tradition
Problem-based or question-based interdisciplinary humanities course.
Emphasizes public uses of knowledge; uses resources of Cities.
Honors Program 201
HON 111
Honors Introduction to Effective Writing
Linked with HON 130, this effective writing course employs a rhetoric-based
and argument focused approach to writing.
HON 220
The Scholar Scientist
Inspired by the medieval quadrivium (arithmetic, geometry, astronomy,
music), this course addresses systems of quantitative thought, including logic,
computing, formal systems. Fulfills graduation QR requirement. Students who
have taken two mathematics courses (MAT 145 or higher), at least one of
which is taken at Augsburg, may replace with HON 365, Philosophy of
Science.
HON 230
Arts and the City
Interdisciplinary fine arts course where students attend museums, galleries,
concerts, plays, and other significant arts events.
HON 240
Science, Technology, and Citizenship
Multi-disciplinary/interdisciplinary lab science course. Students who have
taken two lab science courses, at least one of which is taken at Augsburg, may
replace with HON 365, Philosophy of Science.
HON 250
The Social Scientist
Problem-based/question-based course in social sciences involving at least two
social science disciplines and several faculty. Makes substantial use of the
resources of the Twin Cities.
Travel Seminar
May include a Center for Global Education 10-day seminar, other international travel, or
domestic immersion trip.
HON 340
Junior Colloquium: The Scholar as Leader
Taught by the Dean and/or President of the College, this is similar to the
Frame of Mind series. Meets twice each semester. (P/N; non-credit program
requirement — year long course — fall and spring terms)
HON 380
Student-Created Learning Experience (SCLE)
Following the guidelines set forth above, SCLEs may take many forms as
determined by the student and faculty creating the learning experience (may
be .5 or credit, may be traditional or P/N).
202 Honors Program
HON 450
Augsburg Review: Research Thesis Requirement
Following the guidelines outlined above, students register for this course to
gain course credit for serving on the Augsburg Review (two .5 credits across
two semesters totaling one course credit, P/N only).
HON 460
Honors Disputation: Research Thesis Requirement
Following the guidelines outlined above, students register for this course to
gain course credit for serving in the Disputation League (two .5 credits across
two semesters totaling one course credit, P/N only).
HON 470
Student/Faculty Collaboration: Research Thesis Requirement
Following the guidelines outlined above, students register for this course to
gain course credit for serving on the student/faculty research collaboration
(two .5 credits across two semesters totaling 1 course credit, P/N only).
HON 480
Research Seminar: The Emerging Scholar
Research seminar for students in multiple disciplines. Students complete a
substantial research project.
HON 490
Honors Keystone: Christian Vocation
This advanced Honors version of REL 200, designed for students who have
completed four years of the Honors curriculum, and designed to meet keystone requirements. This course integrates and synthesizes the themes from all
four years of the Honors program.
INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES—INS
I
nterdisciplinary studies programs draw
upon and combine coursework from multiple academic disciplines to provide both
broad perspective and in-depth focus on an
area of study. Through interdisciplinary
programs and courses, students can gain
greater insight and understanding of cultures and perspectives different from their
own. Augsburg offers a number of majors
that are interdisciplinary in nature. They
include:
American Indian Studies
International Relations
Metro-Urban Studies
Nordic Area Studies
Women’s Studies (ACTC)
These majors, their descriptions and
requirements are listed alphabetically within the Departments and Programs section
of the catalog. Other interdisciplinary
course offerings are listed under
International Studies.
Interdisciplinary Studies 203
LEADERSHIP STUDIES MINOR.
Coordinator
Norma Noonan
The world of the 21st century demands
complex skills. It is not enough to have an
area of expertise or be a good manager.
One needs leadership skills. The Augsburg
curriculum offers a minor in leadership
studies, drawing on a wide variety of
courses across disciplinary lines. A minor
in leadership studies can enhance your
major in a wide variety of disciplines
including business, sociology, political science, communication, computer science,
economics, and psychology.
Required courses: (4)
BUS 242
Principles of Management (no
prereq.)
SOC 349 Organizational Theory (prereq.
SOC 121 or permission of
instructor)
COM 345 Organizational Communication
(no prereq.)
POL 421 (Topics: This topic only)
Becoming a Leader (prereq. one
POL course or permission of
instructor) This course is the
only integrative course in the
minor.
Required electives: (2)
Select two courses from the following list.
(No more than one per department.)
BUS 340 Human Resource Management
(prereq. BUS 242)
BUS 440 Strategic Management (prereq.
BUS 242 or 200)
HIS 122 20th-Century United States
INS 325 Building Working Relationships
(WEC/Day)
PSY 373 Industrial Organizational
Psychology (prereq. PSY 102 or
105)
COM 321 Business and Professional
Speaking
COM 355 Small Group Communication
(no prereq.)
COM 410 The Self and the Organization
(WEC)
MIDDLE EAST STUDIES MINOR.
The Middle East studies minor offers
students the opportunity to learn about the
religions, economic situation, historical
and political developments, literature, philosophy, and culture of Middle Eastern
people and countries.
Requirements
Six courses, including language and
area studies courses (consult the program
director for ACTC listing of approved
courses):
1. Language courses: one year (two
courses) of elementary Arabic, Hebrew, or
another Middle Eastern language (or
equivalent competency)
2. Required foundational course: POL
358 (Hamline) Politics and Society of the
Middle East.
3. Area courses: three courses distributed among the humanities and social sciences, with at least one course to be selected in each area.
Students are encouraged to continue
more advanced language study through the
ACTC language contract with the
University of Minnesota. A program of
study abroad or an internship in the
Middle East is recommended strongly and
will receive credit toward the minor.
PEACE AND GLOBAL STUDIES MINOR.
See International Relations, page 205.
204 Interdisciplinary Studies
INTERDISCIPLINARY COURSES.
INS 225
Introduction to Islam
The course covers the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and
tenets, Islamic law (Shari’ah), Islamic economic and policial systems, and
Islamic patterns of life.
INS 232
The African American Experience in America
An overview of the major issues related to the African American experience,
focusing on historical, sociological, economic, legal, and psychological aspects
of that experience.
INS 342
River Politics Field Seminar
In this two-week intensive field experience, students will travel by boat down
the Mississippi River exploring elements of the politics and policies relating to
the river. Students will engage in service projects, field observations, and interviews with residents, legislators, activists, and government employees.
(Prereq.: POL 241 or equivalent and passing a water safety test)
INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 205
I
nternational Relations is an interdisciplinary major which provides students
with the basis for informed global citizenship, preparing them for graduate study or
careers in foreign service, nonprofit, or
international business. The student may
focus on a discipline or geographic area of
the world. The program consists of a core
of seven courses and six electives chosen
from a wide list of courses offered at
Augsburg and other colleges. Students are
encouraged to consider foreign study
opportunities throughout the year.
Competency in one language is required,
and some students study two languages.
All majors complete a significant senior
research project and thesis on a topic of
their own choosing.
The goal of the program is to give students a broad exposure to international
studies with considerable freedom to
choose options for specialization. Students
in the recent past have focused their studies on Latin America, the Middle East,
Western Europe, Russia and East Central
Europe, the Far East, Southeast Asia, etc.
Recent students have had double
majors in history, political science, international business, or a foreign language.
Numerous combinations of majors and
minors are possible with the international
relations major.
Director
Joseph Underhill-Cady
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Required core courses:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
or ECO 113 Principles of
Microeconomics
HIS 103 The Modern World
or HIS 104 The Modern Non-Western
World
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
or POL 160 World Politics
POL 490 Seminar in International
Relations
Two of the following:
HIS 332 History of U.S. Foreign
Relations
POL 363 Russian and Chinese Foreign
Policies
POL 461 Topics in International Politics
Also, the equivalent of four terms of
college work in a modern language.
Required electives
Six of the following (not more than three
from any one discipline may be counted
toward the major):
BUS 362, 368, 465
ECO 317, 360, 365
HIS 323, 346, 348, 350, 352, 354, 440, 474
MKT 466
PHI 355
POL 350, 351, 359, 382, 459
REL 356, 420
SOC 241
COM 329
FRE 332, GER 332, NOR 331, SPA 331,
SPA 332, NAS 330 (See Modern Languages)
SWK 230
Seminars, independent study, topics
courses, and courses at other colleges/universities can be considered here with the
approval of the program director, as well as
a fourth term or higher of college work in
a second foreign language.
206 International Relations
Note: Only the fourth or higher term of
language counts toward the major; prerequisite courses or competencies cannot be
credited toward the 13 required courses.
Students should confer with the program
director about regional and disciplinary
concentrations possible within the major;
for example, a concentration in a geographic area or one of the major disciplines
in the program.
International Relations Major with
International Business Concentration
Required core courses of the international
relations major, plus the following six
courses:
BUS 362 International Business
ECO 317 Comparative Economic
Systems
Two of the following:
BUS 368 Responding to the Challenges
of Japan
BUS 465 International Management
MKT 466 International Marketing
One of the following:
ECO 360 International Economics
ECO 365 Environmental Economics and
Sustainable Development
One elective from the list of international
relations major electives, excluding other
business, economics, and marketing courses.
Note: Several of the business courses have
prerequisites. Please consult the catalog
and your academic adviser before registering for one of the advanced courses.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.50 in the major; 3.00 overall.
In addition to fulfilling the requirements for
the major, the student must complete an
honors thesis no later than March 1 of the
senior year and must defend the thesis
before a faculty committee. Students
should declare their intention to complete
an honors major by the end of their
junior year.
International Relations Minor
ECO 112 or 113, HIS 103 or 104, and
POL 158 or 160. One course from HIS
332, POL 363 or 461. One year of modern
language. Three courses from the list of
required electives for the major. Not more
than two courses from any department can
count toward the minor.
Peace and Global Studies Minor
The Peace and Global Studies minor
focuses on the centrality of justice, tolerance and inter-cultural understanding in
moving toward a less violent world; it
takes advantage of the campus resources of
the Peace Prize Forum (co-hosted each
year by Augsburg College) and the Center
for Global Education. The minor is structured as a learning community that
involves students, faculty, staff, and community members; it focuses on experiential
learning that emphasizes the interconnections between peace, justice, and environmental sustainability. Students will draw
on study abroad in taking local actions to
address global issues.
The minor consists of two required
courses (POL 160 and SWK 230), two
upper division electives (chosen from ECO
365, REL 366, HIS 332, HIS 350, INS/WST
311, POL/WST 341, REL 313, POL/WST
359, INS 312, REL 346, HIS 346, POL 353,
ECO 495, SOC 240, ENL 365, and other
topics or study abroad courses, with
approval of program director), a senior
keystone seminar, a study abroad requirement, and participation in local peacerelated activities. See International
Relations Program Director for full program description.
INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
I
nternational study at Augsburg aims to
increase intercultural competency and
reflects the College’s strong commitment to
internationalism. Programs administered
by the Center for Global Education, by
International Partners, and by the Higher
Education Consortium for Urban Affairs
(HECUA) offer excellent opportunities for
rigorous academic work, greater understanding of cross-cultural issues, and
exploration of the benefits of global
citizenship.
Study abroad is an integral part of several majors at Augsburg, but will add an
international dimension to any academic
program. Students normally receive the
same number of course credits abroad as
they would if studying on campus. Courses
abroad can fulfill major, general education,
and graduation requirements when
approved by the appropriate program
directors and faculty before departure. An
approved study abroad will also fulfill the
Augsburg Experience.
Students in good academic and disciplinary standing (a minimum GPA of 2.50) at
Augsburg may apply to study off campus
through the study abroad adviser. In addition to semester and year-long programs,
short term programs also provide a number of educational opportunities. Students
interested in these or other external offcampus study experiences should contact
the study abroad adviser. Please contact the
study abroad adviser in the Office of
International Programs for a list of program deadlines. The cost for many programs is comparable to full room, board,
and tuition for on-campus study, plus airfare. Financial aid is granted on the same
basis as on-campus study.
■ THE CENTER FOR GLOBAL
EDUCATION
The mission of the Center for Global
Education at Augsburg College is to provide cross-cultural educational opportunities in order to foster critical analysis of
local and global conditions so that personal and systemic change takes place leading
to a more just and sustainable world.
The center’s study programs are conducted in Mexico, Central America, and
Namibia. They integrate rigorous academic
work with real-life experiences. Students
live in the midst of the society they are
studying, encountering the people and culture inside and outside the walls of a classroom. All programs include family stays,
regional travel, community-based living,
and opportunities for volunteer work and
internships.
International study programs administered by the Center for Global Education
and approved by Augsburg are listed below.
For information on these programs, contact the semester programs abroad office.
■ INTERNATIONAL PARTNERS
The International Partners program
combines rigorous academic work with
daily immersion in another culture. It
offers students an opportunity to study
abroad with outstanding faculty and to
gain practical experience overseas in their
major fields.
The program is founded on reciprocal
agreements with selected institutions of
higher learning in Norway and Germany.
Under these agreements International
Partner students from abroad receive part
of their academic training at Augsburg, and
qualified Augsburg students are guaranteed
admission to partner institutions, where
courses are pre-approved for credit toward
graduation requirements at Augsburg.
207
208 International Studies
Study abroad through International
Partners emphasizes business, education,
and social work, but offers training in
more than a dozen other fields as well. All
coursework is in English. The study program may be for one year, one semester, or
a summer session. Participation may be on
an individual basis or as part of a student
group. For further information contact the
International Partners office.
impact of social change, civic engagement,
and cross-cultural factors on the human
community. HECUA programs include
intense language experience and field
study. The cost is similar to full tuition,
room, and board for one semester on campus, plus airfare.
■ THE HIGHER EDUCATION
CONSORTIUM FOR URBAN
AFFAIRS (HECUA)
International study programs administered by HECUA and approved through
Augsburg are listed below. For information
on these programs, contact the Center for
Global Education.
Augsburg, in consortium with other
colleges and universities, offers full-semester programs through HECUA in Norway,
Bangladesh, Ecuador, and Northern
Ireland. All programs emphasize the
For non-international HECUA courses,
see Interdisciplinary Studies (INS), MetroUrban Studies.
CENTER FOR GLOBAL. EDUCATION COURSES.
■ CROSSING BORDERS: GENDER AND SOCIAL CHANGE IN MESOAMERICA
(MEXICO)—FALL
This program is an intensive semester of study and travel designed to introduce students to the central issues facing Mesoamerica, with emphasis on the experiences and
empowerment of women. Students engage in gender analysis of key social, economic,
political, and cultural issues in Mexico and Guatemala, explore the interconnectedness of
race, class, and gender, and learn first-hand from both women and men who are involved
in struggles for sustainable development and social change. The program begins with a
one-week seminar/orientation in the U.S-Mexico border region and ends with a two-week
seminar in El Salvador. Students stay in guest houses while traveling, in Augsburg housing
approximately six weeks, and with Mexican host families for four to six weeks.
All students will be expected to take POL/WST 359, REL/WST 366, and at least one
Spanish course. In addition, they may choose between taking a second Spanish course or
completing an internship or field research (independent study).
Prerequisite: one college-level Spanish course or its equivalent.
International Studies 209
SPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish I, II
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of the Spanish-speaking
world. Taught by Mexican instructors. (No prerequisite for SPA 111.
Placement level determined by placement test or completion of prerequisite
for SPA 112.)
SPA 211, 212 Intermediate Spanish I, II
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding students review
all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through
class discussions. Taught by Mexican instructors. (Placement level determined
by placement test or completion of prerequisites: 112 for 211 and 211 for
212.)
SPA 311
Conversation and Composition
Aims to enrich vocabulary and improve fluency and facility thorough oral and
written practice in correct expression. This course is a prerequisite for all
upper division courses except for SPA 316. Taught by Mexican instructors.
(Prerequisite: SPA 212 or equivalent or placement exam.)
SPA 316
Conversation in Cultural Context
Aims to improve oral fluency through intensive, individualized instruction,
discussions, debates, and oral reports. Uses Latin American films to stimulate
discussion. This course is only offered in Mexico and Central America and is
taught by local instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA 212 or equivalent or score at
minimum of 311 level on placement exam.)
SPA 332
Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the
pre-Columbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or
equivalent)
SPA 356
Latin American Literature: 20th-Century Voices
Examines issues of social change through the voices of contemporary Latin
American writers. Focuses on short stories, poetry, plays, one novel, and testimonials of indigenous peoples, women, and Central American refugees.
Taught by Mexican instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA 311 or equivalent.)
SPA 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasizes increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression
through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions,
and grammatical exercises. Taught by Mexican instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA
311 or or equivalent.)
POL/WST 359
Women, Gender, and Social Change in Latin America
An exploration of gender politics in Latin America. Particular attention is
given to women’s organizing efforts around issues of domestic and political
violence, ecology, human rights, democracy, political participation, and revolutionary social change.
210 International Studies
REL/WST 366 Latin American Liberation Theologies
An exploration of Latin American theologies of liberation and their relationship to social/political transformation. Examines key theological concepts, critiques, and practical implications.
HIS/INS/POL/SPA/WST 399 Internship
Students gain 80-100 hours of hands-on work experience in a Mexican organization and participate in an ongoing seminar which explores cultural issues,
organizational analysis, and personal and professional development. Students
seeking Spanish credit must receive approval from the department chair prior
to enrollment. (Prerequistes: SPA 212 or equivalent, internship application,
and Spanish reference forms)
HIS/INS/POL/REL/SPA/WST 499 Independent Study
Students conduct independent, field-based research and participate in an
ongoing seminar which explores fieldwork methods and cultural and ethical
issues. Students seeking Spanish credit must receive approval from the department chair prior to enrollment.
■ SOCIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL JUSTICE: LATIN AMERICAN PERSPECTIVES
(MEXICO)—SPRING
This is an intensive program of study and travel that explores socioeconomic and political issues with a focus on the impact of environmental policies on the lives of women and
men from varying economic classes and ethnic groups in Mexico and Central America.
Students will examine the ethics of land distribution, environmental racism, ecofeminism,
social change, and the complexity of gender, class, race, and ethnicity in Latin America.
Credit is available in Spanish, history, political science, religion, and women’s studies.
Internships and independent studies are also available. The program includes a two-week
seminar in Chiapas and Guatemala. Students stay in guest houses while traveling, spend
approximately six weeks in Augsburg housing, and six weeks living with Mexican host
families.
All students will be expected to take the following three courses: a Spanish course,
HIS/WST 355, and POL/WST 341 or REL/WST 313. For their fourth course, they may
choose between taking a second Spanish course or completing an internship or field
research (independent study).
Prerequisite: one college-level Spanish course or its equivalent.
SPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish I, II
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of the Spanish-speaking
world. Taught by Mexican instructors. (No prerequisite for SPA 111.
Placement level determined by placement test or completion of prerequisite
for SPA 112.)
International Studies 211
SPA 211, 212 Intermediate Spanish I, II
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding students review
all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through
class discussions. Taught by Mexican instructors. (Placement level determined
by placement test or completion of prerequisites: 112 for 211 and 211 for
212.)
SPA 311
Conversation and Composition
Aims to enrich vocabulary and improve fluency and facility thorough oral and
written practice in correct expression. This course is a prerequisite for all
upper division courses except for SPA 316. Taught by Mexican instructors.
(Prerequisite: SPA 212 or equivalent or placement exam.)
SPA 316
Conversation in Cultural Context
Aims to improve oral fluency through intensive, individualized instruction,
discussions, debates, and oral reports. Uses Latin American films to stimulate
discussion. This course is only offered in Mexico and Central America and is
taught by local instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA 212 or equivalent or score at
minimum of 311 level on placement exam.)
SPA 332
Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the
pre-Columbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or
equivalent)
SPA 356
Latin American Literature: 20th-Century Voices
Examines issues of social change through the voices of contemporary Latin
American writers. Focuses on short stories, poetry, plays, one novel, and testimonials of indigenous peoples, women, and Central American refugees.
Taught by Mexican instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA 311 or equivalent.)
SPA 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasizes increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression
through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions,
and grammatical exercises. Taught by Mexican instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA
311 or equivalent.)
HIS/WST 355 Cultural Conflict and Change in Latin America
An exploration of selected topics and case studies from Latin American history
with special emphasis on the role of women in Mexican and Central American
history. Focuses on the development of gender, class-based, and racial/ethnic
oppression and the history of resistance and social change in Latin America
from the Conquest to the present day.
POL 341/WST 341 Environmental Politics
Explores environmental politics in Latin America from pre-Columbian times
to the present. Applies a gender perspective to analyze environmental issues
and examines political and economic policies that promote and/or hinder sustainable development.
212 International Studies
REL/WST 313 Environmental Theology and Ethics
Explores different approaches to environmental ethics in Latin America,
including indigenous, Jewish and Christian perspectives, liberation theology
and ecofeminism.
HIS/INS/POL/SPA/WST 399 Internship
Students gain 80-100 hours of hands-on work experience in a Mexican organization and participate in an ongoing seminar which explores cultural issues,
organizational analysis, and personal and professional development. Students
seeking Spanish credit must receive approval from the department chair prior
to enrollment. (Prerequisites: SPA 212 or equivalent, internship application,
and Spanish reference forms)
HIS/INS/POL/REL/SPA/WST 499 Independent Study
Students conduct independent, field-based research and participate in an
ongoing seminar which explores fieldwork methods and cultural and ethical
issues. Students seeking Spanish credit must receive approval from the department chair prior to enrollment.
■ SOCIAL WORK IN A LATIN AMERICAN CONTEXT (MEXICO)—SPRING
This program was created to satisfy the curriculum requirements for a Bachelor in
Social Work degree program. Its goal is to develop cross-culturally competent, ethical
social work professionals with a global perspective by providing a semester of transformative, experiential learning focused on social and economic justice.
Augsburg application deadline: Sept. 15. Prerequisite: one college-level Spanish course
or its equivalent. (Students may choose to study Spanish in Mexico during the month of
January, prior to the start of the semester.) Priority is given to social work majors.
SPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish I, II
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of the Spanish-speaking
world. Taught by Mexican instructors. (No prerequisite for SPA 111.
Placement level determined by placement test or completion of prerequisite
for SPA 112.)
SPA 211, 212 Intermediate Spanish I, II
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding students review
all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through
class discussions. Taught by Mexican instructors. (Placement level determined
by placement test or completion of prerequisites: 112 for 211 and 211 for
212.)
SPA 311
Conversation and Composition
Aims to enrich vocabulary and improve fluency and facility thorough oral and
written practice in correct expression. This course is a prerequisite for all
upper division courses except for SPA 316. Taught by Mexican instructors.
(Prerequisite: SPA 212 or equivalent or placement exam.)
International Studies 213
SPA 316
Conversation in Cultural Context
Aims to improve oral fluency through intensive, individualized instruction,
discussions, debates, and oral reports. Uses Latin American films to stimulate
discussion. This course is only offered in Mexico and Central America and is
taught by local instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA 212 or equivalent or score at
minimum of 311 level on placement exam.)
SPA 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasizes increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression
through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions,
and grammatical exercises. Taught by Mexican instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA
311 or equivalent.)
SWK 294
International Social Welfare: The Mexican Context
Develops students’ understanding of current social, economic, political, and
cultural realities in Mexico through an exploration of Mexican culture and history. Emphasis on intercultural communication and the role of U.S. foreign
policy in Mexico. Aims to frame students’ knowledge of contemporary social
welfare and social work practice with migrants and immigrants in the
Minnesota and the United States at large.
SWK 316
Social Work Practice II: With Families and Groups
Develops student understanding and working knowledge of human behavior
in families and in groups. The Mexican context of family and group work will
be examined and uniquely Mexican models will be explored and discussed in
relation to current family and group theory. Groups can be used to accomplish
individual, family, organizational and/or community goals. Students will practice skills needed to be an effective group member and facilitator in class. A
six-week home stay with a Mexican family will provide an opportunity to
learn about Mexican family structure through personal experience.
SWK 295
Comparative Social Policy
Aims to prepare social work students to function as informed and competent
participants in efforts to achieve change in social policies and programs. This
course in comparative social policy uses Mexico and the United States as a
context for studying policy formation, implementation, analysis and the influence of values on these processes. Central to this course is a service-learning
component. Those enrolled in Social Work Field Experience may use the same
field setting for both courses. Roles and responsibilities of generalist social
workers and citizens in formulating, implementing and evaluating policy
responsive to social needs are addressed. United States and Mexican immigration and migration policies will be used a primary vehicle for this critical
analysis.
SWK 317
Field Work II: Integrative Seminar
Progressively-responsible, supervised professional social work experience
including work with individuals, families, groups, and communities in a social
service agency. A total of 120 hours, continuing SWK 307, plus an integrative
seminar. Contributes approximately 100 hours to the practicum hours
required for the BSW degree for those students with Spanish language oral
214 International Studies
competency. Involves sharing of experiences with other students in a small
group seminar. (Prereq.: intermediate Spanish, candidacy status; concurrent
with SWK 316. P/N grading only).
■ SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT AND SOCIAL CHANGE (GUATEMALA,
EL SALVADOR, NICARAGUA)—FALL OR SPRING
This program introduces students to the key issues facing the Central Americans. For
two decades the people of Central America have been in upheaval and have experienced
fundamental social and political change. Students examine the impact of revolution and
civil war on the lives and culture of the people and the environment of Guatemala, El
Salvador, and Nicaragua.
Students spend the first five weeks in Guatemala, the next four weeks in El Salvador,
and the final six weeks in Nicaragua. All students will take the following four courses:
1) one Spanish course, 2) REL 366, 3) HIS/WST 355, and 4) ECO 495.
Prerequisite: one college-level Spanish course or its equivalent.
SPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish I, II
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of the Spanish-speaking
world. Taught by Guatemalan instructors. (No prerequisite for SPA 111.
Placement level determined by placement test or completion of prerequisite
for SPA 112.)
SPA 211, 212 Intermediate Spanish I, II
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review
all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through
class discussions. Taught by Guatemalan instructors. (Placement level determined by placement test or completion of prerequisites: 112 for 211 and 211
for 212.)
SPA 311
Conversation and Composition
Aims to enrich vocabulary and improve fluency and facility thorough oral and
written practice in correct expression. This course is a prerequisite for all
upper division courses except for SPA 316. Taught by Guatemalan instructors.
(Prerequisite: SPA 212 or equivalent or placement exam.)
SPA 316
Conversation in Cultural Context
Aims to improve oral fluency through intensive, individualized instruction,
discussions, debates, and oral reports. Uses Latin American films to stimulate
discussion. This course is only offered in Mexico and Central America and is
taught by local instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA 212 or equivalent or score at
minimum of 311 level on placement exam.)
SPA 356
Latin American Literature: 20th-Century Voices
Examines issues of social change through the voices of contemporary Latin
American writers. Focuses on short stories, poetry, plays, one novel, and testimonials of indigenous peoples, women, and Central American refugees.
International Studies 215
Taught by Guatemalan instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA 311 or equivalent.)
SPA 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasizes increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression
through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions,
and grammatical exercises. Taught by Guatemalan instructors. (Prerequisite:
SPA 311 or equivalent.)
HIS/WST/ISS 355 Cultural Conflict and Change in Latin America
An exploration of selected topics and case studies from Latin American history
with special emphasis on the role of women in history. Focuses on the development of gender, class-based, and racial/ethnic oppression and the history of
resistance and social change in Latin America from the Conquest to the present day. Examines the Pre-Columbian period, the conquest and colonial periods, and concludes with the post-war period in Central America.
POL 459
Topics in Comparative Politics: Citizen Participation in Policy
Formulation within a Globalized Economy — A Nicaraguan Case
Study
This course exposes students to key debates shaping contemporary political
economy of development in Nicaragua and the rest of Central America. The
course aims to help students understand the interplay between global processes and political and economic factors that define development policy formulation and implementation at the national level today.
REL 366
Latin American Liberation Theologies
An exploration of Latin American theologies of liberation and their relationship to social/political transformation. Examines key theological concepts, critiques, and practical implications.
■ NATION BUILDING, GLOBALIZATION, AND DECOLONIZING THE MIND:
SOUTHERN AFRICAN PERSPECTIVES (NAMIBIA)—FALL OR SPRING
This program examines the crucial issues of nation building, globalization, and decolonizing the mind from the perspectives of the new democracies of southern Africa. Namibia
won its independence in 1990 after decades of apartheid South African colonization. South
Africa had its first democratic election in 1994. As these nations struggle to build nationhood and deal with the legacies of apartheid and colonialism they are faced with the challenges posed by the rapid process of globalization in today’s world; the challenges posed by
under and unequal development; and the long-term project of decolonizing the mind.
INS 312
The Development Process — Southern Africa
This course provides the opportunity to reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice, and human rights, with special emphasis given to the
experience of women. The course examines basic theories of development.
REL 346
Religion and Social Change in Southern Africa
This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of the
political transformations of Southern Africa. Students meet with people repre-
216 International Studies
senting a variety of religious perspectives and roles within churches and religious organizations.
POL 353
Political and Social Change in Namibia: A Comparative
Perspective
This course is an integrative seminar for the semester and examines the legacy
of apartheid in Namibia with particular focus on the social and political movements that have evolved in the struggle for independence.
HIS 327
Racism and Resistance in Southern Africa and the United States:
Struggles Against Colonialism, Apartheid, and Segregation
This course explores historical parallels of the development in southern Africa
and in the United States, strategies of resistance the successes and limitations
of political victories over apartheid and racism and the lingering economic,
social, political, and psychological effects of racism.
HIS/INS/POL 399 Internship
A limited number of internships will be available to provide students with the
opportunity to gain hands-on work experience in a development agency. This
replaces the Religion and Social Change course.
HIS/INS/POL 499 Independent Study
Students may design a proposal to conduct an independent study of a topic
related to their major or minor
HECUA COURSES.
■
SCANDINAVIAN URBAN STUDIES TERM: NORWAY (SUST)—FALL
Participants will gain a deep understanding of contemporary Norway, using the welfare
state and the notion of citizenship as the focus for investigation. The curriculum consists
of three interrelated seminars that together give participants an understanding of how the
welfare state has evolved and how it is practiced in the context of a social democracy
undergoing major changes in response to immigration. Students explore the relationship
between Scandinavian countries, the emerging democracies of Eastern Europe, the
European Union and broader global politics. Students have the option of Norwegian language study or an independent study project.
INS 372
Norwegian Language
INS 377
Scandinavia in the World
INS 393
Scandinavian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
INS 394
Urbanization and Sustainable Development in Scandinavia
INS 499
Independent Study (Students may choose either INS 372 or 499)
International Studies 217
■ COMMUNITY INTERNSHIPS IN LATIN AMERICA: ECUADOR (CILA)—FALL AND
SPRING
The Community Internships in Latin America program offers a semester of study experience with a focus on community participation and social change. A hands-on internship
designed to meet the learning goals of the student is combined with a seminar, independent project, and a home stay for an intensive immersion into Latin American daily life
and culture. Models of community participation, organization, development, and social
change are compared and contrasted. Students learn first-hand about the social problems
in Ecuadorian communities and explore ways in which communities are addressing these
challenges. All lectures, internships, and field projects are in Spanish, with discussions in
Spanish and English. Readings are mostly in Spanish. Papers may be written in English or
Spanish.
INS 366
Community Participation and Social Change
INS 399
Internship
INS 499
Independent Study
(2 course credits)
■ SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT, ENVIRONMENT, AND CULTURE: BANGLADESH
— SPRING
The Sustainable Development, Environment, and Culture program addresses the challenges and prospects for development in Bangladesh through intensive classroom and field
study of development models, Bengali culture, and religion. Throughout the semester students are led to develop complex understandings of how Bangladeshi citizens, non-governmental organizations, development agencies, and the government envision and implement
plans for a more just and sustainable future. Getting to know key actors in Bangladesh’s
development is at the core of the program, as is hands-on experience through internship
and independent study.
INS 307
Culture, Language, and Religion in Bangladesh (1.5 credits)
INS 313
Sustainable Development in Bangladesh
INS 399
Internship
(1.0 credit)
and
INS 397 Internship
(.5 credit)
(total 1.5 credits)
Or
INS 499
Independent Study/Research
(1.0 credit)
and
INS 497
Independent Study/Research
(.5 credit)
(total 1.5 credits)
218 International Studies
■ DEMOCRACY AND SOCIAL CHANGE: NORTHERN IRELAND — SPRING
The Northern Ireland: Democracy and Social Change program examines the historical,
political, and religious roots of conflict in Northern Ireland, the prospects for peace and the
progress being made. Through a seven-week internship, students get hands-on experience
with organizations working for social change. Field seminars focus on human rights, conflict transformation, and education for democracy. The program is located at the UNESCO
Centre at the University of Ulster in Coleraine.
INS 316
Northern Ireland: Building a Sustainable Democracy
INS 317
Politics of Conflict and Transformation
INS 399
Internship
(2 course credits)
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
See listing under Department of Business Administration.
MARKETING
See listing under Department of Business Administration.
MATHEMATICS—MAT
M
athematics is the study of structure and relationships and provides tools
for solving a wide variety of problems.
Mathematical language describes our world
from the perspectives of the natural, physical, and social sciences. Engaging in mathematical thinking helps strengthen the
problem solving and quantitative reasoning
skills that are increasingly expected of
every member of contemporary society.
Moreover, as mathematics has had a formative impact on the development of civilization, it is an important part of a liberal arts
education.
Students majoring in mathematics
acquire the skills necessary to serve society
through a variety of careers. In addition to
acquiring computational and problem solving skills, mathematics majors at Augsburg
develop their abilities to reason abstractly;
to conjecture, critique, and justify their
assertions; to formulate questions; to investigate open-ended problems; to read and
comprehend precise mathematical writing;
to speak and write about mathematical
ideas; and to experience working in teams
on mathematical projects. Students can
prepare for graduate school, for work in
business, industry, or non-profit organizations, or for teaching mathematics in
grades K-12. Students majoring in many
disciplines find it helpful to acquire a
minor or a second major in mathematics.
Students may choose coursework supporting the study of mathematics as a liberal art, its applications to science and
engineering, its applications to actuarial
science, computing, or economics, or in
preparation to teach. Augsburg’s urban
location allows students to gain experience
working with mathematics through internships, cooperative education, and the
practicum and colloquium courses.
219
Mathematics Faculty
Matthew Haines (Chair), Tracy
Bibelnieks, Suzanne Dorée, Rebekah
Dupont, Kenneth Kaminsky, Jody Sorensen
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Bachelor of Arts
Mathematics Major
Twelve courses including
MAT 145 Calculus I
MAT 146 Calculus II
MAT 245 Calculus III
MAT 246 Linear Algebra
MAT 271 Discrete Mathematical
Structures
MAT 324 Analysis
MAT 373 Probability and Statistics I
Two MAT electives numbered above 200,
at least one of which is numbered above
300. Students may petition the department
to substitute alternative mathematics or
mathematics-intensive courses for one or
two MAT courses numbered above 200.
Such substitutions must be justified by a
compelling academic rationale presenting a
coherent program of study, typically relating mathematics to another discipline.
CSC 160
Introduction to Computer
Science and Communications
Two supporting courses from the following
list or substitutes with departmental
approval: CSC 170, CSC 320, ECO 112 or
ECO 113 (not both), ECO 318, ESE 330,
FIN 331, MAT 163 or MAT 173 (not both),
PHY 121, PHY 122.
Also required: MAT 491 Mathematics
Colloquium during junior and senior
years.
Depending on the choice of electives, up to
two additional communication skills
courses (one in writing, one in speaking)
may also be required.
220 Mathematics
Students must earn a grade of 2.0 or better
in each course that applies toward the
major.
At least two MAT courses numbered above
250 must be taken at Augsburg.
Bachelor of Science
Mathematics Major
The requirements for the Bachelor of
Science degree are the same as for the
Bachelor of Arts degree with Mathematics
Major except that the two MAT electives
and two supporting courses must be chosen from a focus area approved by the
department. Sample focus areas:
Business, Economics, or Actuarial Science:
Two of MAT 355, 374, or 377; ECO 112 or
113; MAT 173, ECO 318, or FIN 331.
Computational Mathematics: Two of MAT
355, 377, or approved 395; CSC 170; CSC
320.
Physical Sciences: Two of MAT 247, 327,
or 355; PHY 121-122.
Teaching Mathematics: MAT 252; MAT
287; MAT 314; ESE 330.
In addition, an experiential component
in the focus area is required, such as an
internship, volunteer or paid work experience, undergraduate research project, or
other experiences approved by the department. Such experiences may also fulfill the
Augsburg Experience requirement if
approved.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers. The
state requirements are subject to change
after publication of this catalog. Students
therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure
requirements. At the time of publication,
the mathematics requirements for secondary education licensure to teach mathematics in grades 5-12 are the same as the
major, with the electives specified as: MAT
252 Exploring Geometry, MAT 287 History
of Mathematics, MAT 314 Abstract
Algebra, and ESE 330 5-12 Methods:
Mathematics. At the time of publication,
the mathematics requirements for a concentration in mathematics to teach in
grades 5-8 under elementary education
licensure are MPG 4 or MAT 114
Precalculus; MAT 145 Calculus I or MAT
122 Calculus for the Behavioral and Social
Sciences; MAT 163 Introductory Statistics;
MAT 252 Exploring Geometry; MAT 271
Discrete Mathematical Structures; and
MAT 287 History of Mathematics.
Elementary Education majors seeking middle school mathematics licensure are
strongly encouraged to consult with a
mathematics department advisor before
enrolling in the 200 level MAT courses.
Departmental Honors in Mathematics
GPA of 3.50 in MAT courses numbered
above 200, 3.00 overall GPA, an honors
project, and approval of the Mathematics
Department. Specific requirements are
available from the department.
Mathematics Minor
Five courses including:
MAT 145 Calculus I
MAT 146 Calculus II
Three MAT electives numbered above 200,
at least one of which is numbered above
300. Alternatively students may complete a
minor by taking the six courses: MAT 145,
MAT 146, MAT 163, MAT 252, MAT 271,
and MAT 287.
At least one MAT course numbered above
250 must be taken at Augsburg.
Mathematics 221
Students must earn a grade of 2.0 or better
in each course that applies toward the
minor.
OTHER REQUIREMENTS.
Math Placement Group (MPG)
Before enrolling in any mathematics
course, students must have the required
Math Placement. All students are required
to have their Math Placement Group
(MPG) determined. In some cases, students who have transferred in a mathematics course taken at another college may
have their MPG determined by the registrar’s office. Students who have passed the
College Board Advanced Placement Exam
in calculus should consult with the
Mathematics Department. All other students must take the Augsburg Math
Placement Exam, which is administered by
Academic Advising. The exam is given
during College registration sessions and at
other announced times during the year.
Practice questions and other information
are available from Academic Advising.
Students in MPG 1 may take MAT 103 to
advance to MPG 2. Students in MPG 2
may take MAT 105 to advance to MPG 3.
Students in MPG 3 may take MAT 114 to
advance to MPG 4. No other MAT course
changes a student’s MPG. Students are also
permitted to retake the Math Placement
Exam during their first term of enrollment
at Augsburg College.
Prerequisites
A course must be completed with a
grade of 2.0 or higher to count as a prerequisite for a mathematics course.
MATHEMATICS COURSES.
MAT 103
Everyday Math
Concepts of integers, fractions, decimal numbers, ratios, percents, order of
operations, exponents, and an introduction to algebraic expressions and equations with an emphasis on applications to everyday life. P/N grading only.
Grade of P advances student to MPG 2. MAT 103 does not count as a credit
toward graduation. (Prereq.: MPG 1)
MAT 105
Applied Algebra
Concepts of linear, exponential, logarithmic, and other models with an
emphasis on applications to the social and natural sciences, business, and
everyday life. Grade of 2.00 or higher advances student to MPG 3. Students
preparing for MAT 114 should consult the department. (Prereq.: MPG 2 and a
year of high school algebra)
MAT 114
Precalculus
Concepts of algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions
for students planning to study calculus. Students who have completed MAT
145 or other calculus courses may register for credit only with consent of
department. Grade of 2.00 or higher advances student to MPG 4. (Prereq.:
MPG 3)
222 Mathematics
MAT 122
Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Concepts of differential and integral calculus with an emphasis on applications
in the social and behavioral sciences and business. Students who have completed MAT 145 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
Note: Students may not receive credit for more than one of MAT 123, MAT 131, or MAT 137.
Students may not receive credit for more than one of MAT 129, MAT 132, or MAT 138.
Students who have successfully completed a higher number MAT class, a statistics class, or any
other quantitative reasoning class must obtain departmental approval before registering for
MAT 123, 129, 137, or 138.
MAT 123
Mathematics Sampler
An examination of intriguing mathematical ideas including geometrical and
numerical patterns, and axiom systems such as set theory, non-Euclidean
geometries, alternative arithmetic, and infinity with an emphasis on problemsolving strategies, logic, and mathematical reasoning. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
MAT 129
Practical Applications of Mathematics
An examination of applications of mathematics in contemporary society, with
an emphasis on quantitative reasoning including an introduction to probability
and statistics and topics such as the mathematics of finance, graph theory,
game theory, voting theory, linear programming, or cryptography. (Prereq.:
MPG 3)
MAT 137-8
Mathematics for Elementary Teachers I & II
Concepts of number, operations, algebra, geometry, measurement, data analysis, and probability with an emphasis on the processes of problem solving, reasoning, connections, communication, and representation. These courses are
designed for prospective K-6 elementary school teachers. (Prereq.: MPG 3 for
MAT 137; MAT 137 or MPG 4 for MAT 138)
MAT 145-6
Calculus I & II
Concepts of calculus of one-variable functions including derivatives, integrals,
differential equations, and series. (Prereq.: MPG 4 for MAT 145; MAT 145 for
MAT 146)
MAT 163
Introductory Statistics
Concepts of elementary statistics such as descriptive statistics, methods of
counting, probability distributions, approximations, estimation, hypothesis
testing, analysis-of-variance, and regression. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
MAT 171
Discrete Mathematics for Computing
Concepts of discrete mathematics including binary representations, sequences,
recursion, induction, formal logic, and combinatorics, with an emphasis on
connections to computer science. Students who have completed MAT 271 may
not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3, Coreq.: CSC 160)
MAT 173
Math of Interest
Concepts of elementary financial mathematics such as annuities, loan payments, mortgages, and life insurance. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
Mathematics 223
MAT 245
Calculus III
Concepts of multivariable calculus including functions of several variables,
partial derivatives, vectors and the gradient, multiple integrals, and parametric
representations. (Prereq.: MAT 146)
MAT 246
Linear Algebra
Concepts of linear algebra including systems of linear equations, matrices, linear transformations, abstract vector spaces, determinants, and eigenvalues.
(Prereq.: MAT 245 or MAT 271)
MAT 247
Modeling and Differential Equations
Concepts of differential equations including methods of solving first and second order equations and modeling using difference equations and differential
equations with an emphasis on applications to the sciences. (Prereq.: MAT
146)
MAT 252
Exploring Geometry
Concepts of geometry including Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries and
geometric transformations with an emphasis on geometric reasoning, conjecturing, and proof. (Prereq.: MAT 145 or MAT 122 and MPG 4)
MAT 271
Discrete Mathematical Structures
Concepts of discrete mathematics including number theory, combinatorics,
graph theory, recursion theory, set theory, and formal logic, with an emphasis
on algorithmic thinking, mathematical reasoning, conjecturing, and proof.
(Prereq.: MAT 146 or MAT 163 and MAT 145 or MAT 163 and MAT 122 and
MPG 4. Also recommended: CSC 160)
MAT 287
History of Mathematics
Concepts of historical importance from the areas of geometry, number theory,
algebra, calculus, and modern mathematics. (Prereq. : MAT 145 or MAT 122
and MPG 4)
MAT 314
Abstract Algebra
Concepts of algebra including the abstract structures of groups, rings, integral
domains, and fields. (Prereq.: MAT 246 and MAT 271)
MAT 324
Analysis
Concepts of real analysis including functions, derivatives, integrals, and series
in a theoretical setting. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111, MAT 271. Also
recommended: MAT 245, MAT 246 or MAT 247, and at least one MAT course
numbered 300 or higher)
MAT 327
Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
(See PHY 327)
MAT 355
Numerical Mathematics and Computation
Concepts such as polynomial interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration, numerical solution of differential equations, error propagation, practical implementation of numerical methods on modern computers, and applications. (Prereq: MAT 146 and CSC 170 or consent of instructor)
224 Mathematics
MAT 373-4
Probability and Statistics I & II
Concepts of probability and statistics including methods of enumeration, random variables, probability distributions, expectation, the Central Limit
Theorem, sampling distributions, methods of estimation, hypothesis testing,
regression, analysis of variance, and nonparametric statistics.(Prereq.: MAT
245 for MAT 373. Also recommended MAT 271. MAT 373 for MAT 374)
MAT 377
Operations Research
Concepts of linear programming and its applications to optimization problems
from industrial settings including the simplex method, sensitivity analysis,
duality theory, alternate optima, and unboundedness with an emphasis on
both the mathematical theory and the application to current business practice.
(Prereq.: MAT 246)
MAT 385
Mathematics Practicum
The application of mathematical problem solving to real-world projects sought
from off-campus nonprofit organizations. Contains a service learning component. (Prereq.: at least two of MAT 245, 246, 247, or 271 and consent of
instructor)
MAT 395/495 Topics/Advanced Topics in Mathematics
Study of an advanced topic such as actuarial mathematics, complex analysis,
mathematical biology, chaotic dynamical systems, combinatorics, graph theory,
topology, or foundations of mathematics. (Prereq: at least two MAT courses
numbered above 200 and consent of instructor. For 495, an additional upper
division MAT course depending on the particular topic may also be required)
MAT 491
Mathematics Colloquium
Information about contemporary applications, career opportunities, and other
interesting ideas in mathematics. Presented by outside visitors, faculty members, or students. Carries no course credit.
Internship and Independent Study courses:
MAT 199/399 Internship
Work-based learning experience that links the ideas and methods of mathematics to the opportunities found in the internship. For upper division credit,
significant mathematical content and presentation at a departmental colloquium is required. (Prereq. for upper division: at least one upper division MAT
course, junior or senior standing) See also description on page 95.
MAT 499
Independent Study/Research
Selection and study of an advanced topic outside of the offered curriculum
with the guidance of a faculty member. Presentation at a departmental colloquium is required. (Prereq.: at least one upper division MAT course, junior or
senior standing, and consent of instructor.) See also description on page 96.
MEDIEVAL STUDIES
T
he objective of Medieval Studies is to
introduce students to the culture of the
Middle Ages — its diverse history and
beliefs, its arts and literature — and to the
disciplinary and interdisciplinary skills
necessary for its serious study.
The major in Medieval Studies fulfills
the original (medieval) ideal of a liberal
arts education. Since the study of the liberal arts was developed in the Middle Ages,
students majoring in Medieval Studies find
a model context for the pursuit of a liberal
arts degree in the modern world.
As was the case in medieval universities, Augsburg’s major in Medieval Studies
prepares students for life beyond college.
Because of its emphasis on precise reading
and analysis of texts, careful writing, and
spirited discussion, the major in Medieval
Studies offers a solid foundation for graduate or professional study, as well as
employment opportunities that require
abilities in communication, critical and
abstract thinking, and processing information.
Medieval Studies Faculty
Phillip C. Adamo (History, Program
Coordinator), Kristin M. Anderson (Art),
Mark L. Fuehrer (Philosophy), Douglas E.
Green (English), Joan L. Griffin (English),
Martha B. Johnson (Theatre Arts), Merilee
I. Klemp (Music), Philip A. Quanbeck II
(Religion), Bruce R. Reichenbach
(Philosophy), Mark D. Tranvik (Religion)
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Major
Nine courses, including:
Four (4) core requirements:
HUM 120 Medieval Connections
HIS 369 Early and Middle Ages
HIS 370 Late Middle Ages
HUM 499 Keystone, Medieval Studies
Project
One (1) of the following literature courses:
ENL 330 Shakespeare
ENL 332 Renaissance and Reformation
ENL 360 The Medieval World
ENL 361 The Classical Tradition
One (1) of the following religion or philosophy courses:
HIS 372 Medieval Church
PHI 242 Medieval and Renaissance
Philosophy
REL 361 Church in the First Four
Centuries
REL 362 Theology of the Reformers
One (1) of the following history of arts
courses:
ART 386 Medieval Art
ART 387 Renaissance and Baroque Art
MUS 231 History and Literature of Music I
THR 361 Theatre History and Criticism I
Two (2) electives from the following courses:
HIS 374 Medieval Crusades
HIS 440 Monks and Heretics
POL 380 Western Political Thought
Any literature, religion/philosophy, or history of arts courses not already taken may
be taken as electives.
Minor
Five courses including HUM 120. The
remaining four courses must be in different
disciplines, as grouped above (history, literature, religion/philosophy, and history of
arts).
225
226 Medieval Studies
OTHER REQUIREMENTS.
Language Requirement
Students must take one year of collegelevel Latin or other medieval language
approved by their adviser, which will fulfill
the Modern Languages Graduation Skills
requirement.
Quantitative Reasoning (QR) Skills
Fulfilled outside the major.
Augsburg Experience
As with all majors, an Augsburg
Experience is required for graduation. For
the Medieval Studies major this might
include study abroad, or internships at the
University of Minnesota’s Rare Books
Collection, the Hill Monastic Manuscript
Library, or the Minnesota Renaissance
Festival. Prior approval of advisor is
required for all Augsburg Experiences
related to Medieval Studies.
COURSES.
HUM 120
Medieval Life in 12th-century Europe (Medieval Connections)
This is the introductory course for Medieval Studies. It uses an interdisciplinary approach to study European culture during a period known as the High
Middle Ages, roughly AD 1100 to 1300. It attempts to examine medieval culture as a complex system of thought and feeling, which includes history, religion, philosophy, literature, art, theatre, music, and food. It also takes an experiential approach to this material, for example, by having students and faculty
attend class in academic regalia, just as they did in medieval universities.
(Humanities LAF, Spring)
For other course descriptions, please refer to the specific departments elsewhere in the catalog.
METRO-URBAN STUDIES—INS
M
etro-Urban studies is a multidisciplinary major and minor taught by faculty
in sociology, economics, history, political
science, social work, art, and other related
disciplines. Metro-Urban studies is designed
to blend classroom, theory, field studies, and
internships that focus the content of liberal
learning on the metropolitan community
and the process of urbanization.
Metro-Urban studies and general education’s Engaging Minneapolis introduce
students to the wide variety of developing
careers related to urban and metropolitan
affairs and equip students with the analytical and theoretical tools required to understand and contribute to the metropolitan
community. The Metro-Urban studies
major and minor also provide undergraduate preparation for postgraduate studies in
planning, architecture, law, public administration, environmental studies, social welfare, government, community organization,
and theology.
Internships, community service-learning,
and cooperative education are available as
ways to enhance the quality of the major and
make fuller use of the extensive metropolitan opportunities afforded by the College’s
location. The Higher Education Consortium
for Urban Affairs (HECUA) and Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) enrich
the overall program with additional courses
and semester-long programs.
Metro-Urban Studies Faculty
Garry Hesser (Director, SOC), Andrew
Aoki (POL), Jeanne Boeh, Keith Gilsdorf,
Stella Hofrenning (ECO), Michael Lansing
(HIS), Lars Christiansen, Nancy Fischer
(SOC), Michael Shock (SWK), Kristin
Anderson (ART)
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Major
Ten courses including:
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
POL 122 Metropolitan Complex
SOC 111 Community and the Modern
Metropolis
HIS 225 History of the Twin Cities
or HIS 335 Urban American History
or ART 249/349 HIS 249/349 The
Designed Environment
SOC 362 Statistical Analysis
or POL 483 Political/Statistics/
Methodology
SOC 363 Research Methods
or POL 484 Political Analysis Seminar
SOC 381 The City and Metro-Urban
Planning
INS 399 Internship
Plus two additional approved urban-related
courses.
SOC 381, taken in conjunction with INS
399, fulfills the Keystone requirement.
HECUA off-campus programs are highly
recommended, especially the MetroUrban Studies Term (MUST) Twin Cities
program. Students interested in graduate
school are encouraged to take ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics instead of
ECO 110.
Minor
POL 122, SOC 111, HIS 225/249/349,
SOC 381 and one of the following: ECO
110, HIS 335, or INS 399.
The INS 399 Internship is highly recommended where appropriate. Other combinations are feasible if approved by the
director of the program.
227
228 Metro-Urban Studies
METRO-URBAN STUDIES COURSES.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
INS 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
INS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96. (Prereq.: POL 122 or SOC 211)
INS 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95. Internships place students with sponsoring organizations
that provide supervised work experience for a minimum of 10 hours a week.
INS 498
Independent Study—Metropolitan Resources
An independently-designed course developed by a student (or group of students),
utilizing the metropolitan resources available, e.g., lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. The course is designed in consultation with and evaluated by a
department faculty member. (Prereq.: POL 122 or SOC 211 and consent of
instructor)
INS 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96. (Prereq.: POL 484 or SOC 363)
■ URBAN STUDIES OPTIONS THROUGH HECUA
Augsburg co-founded and plays a leading role in the Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs. Through HECUA, Augsburg students have access to interdisciplinary field
learning programs of exceptional quality located in Scandinavia, South America, Central
America, Northern Ireland, and the Twin Cities.
Also see International Studies listings.
URBAN STUDIES COURSES.
■ I. METRO-URBAN STUDIES TERM (MUST)—FALL OR SPRING
This Semester in the Cities program focuses upon the Twin Cities metro area.
INS 358
Reading Seminar: Diversity and Unequal Urban Development
Interdisciplinary readings connect experiences and direct observation with
theory and research on the impact of race, class, and gender on social inequality and unequal urban development. Competing theories and strategies for
urban and neighborhood development are examined in the context of dominant ideology and perspectives of people who challenge it.
Metro-Urban Studies 229
INS 359
Field Seminar: Urban Inequality and Social Change
Concrete conditions of life and community issues in different neighborhoods
provide varying—at times competing—views on the Twin Cities “civic ideology.” Field observations, dialogue with residents, interviews, and oral history
provide data to identify inequality and to assess theories and strategies for
explaining and overcoming it.
INS 399
Internship
(2 course credits)
See description on page 95.
■ II. CITY ARTS—SPRING
Study of the politics of artistic expression and the relationship between emerging art and
urban cultures. Minneapolis-St. Paul provides rich resources for the program.
INS 330
Field Seminar: Emerging Art and Urban Cultures
Exploration of life experiences and works of artists, cultural workers, and
community organizers for understanding the differences between formal institutional art and community-based art forms. Interviews and participant observation at arts performances and cultural events.
INS 331
The Politics of Artistic Expression
Study of the social and cultural history of urban art, the role of art and culture
in everyday life, and the relationship between intellectual discourse and the
politics of cultural work. Readings, films, and discussions integrate aesthetic
theory and artistic expression with issues of social change and activism.
INS 399
Internship
(2 course credits)
See description on page 95.
■ III. ENVIRONMENTAL SUSTAINABILITY: SCIENCE, POLITICS, AND PUBLIC
POLICY — FALL
Focuses on the social, scientific, ecological, and economic underpinnings of public policy
and conflict over natural resources and environmental quality.
INS 345
Social Dimensions of Environmental Change
INS 346
Adaptive Ecosystem Management
INS 399
Internship (2 course credits)
■ IV. SEE HECUA UNDER INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
230
MODERN LANGUAGES
T
he Department of Modern Languages
at Augsburg College contributes in many
ways to realizing the College’s mission of
providing liberal arts education for service
in today’s world. The department is committed to the view that education should
go beyond career preparation and that
familiarity with the language and culture of
another people is an essential step in the
development of a truly global perspective.
The modern languages department
offers language, literature, and culture
courses leading to majors in French,
German, Norwegian, and Spanish.
Introductory courses in Ojibwe and
American Sign Language are offered at
Augsburg, and courses in Chinese, Japanese,
Latin, and Greek are available to Augsburg
students through the College’s affiliation
with ACTC, a consortium of Twin Cities
colleges.
Knowledge of several languages, perhaps combined with the study of linguistics, is essential in preparing for careers in
second-language education and translation,
but also represents a valuable special qualification in many other professions.
Students anticipating careers in international business, social work, the diplomatic
corps, the health professions, or the ministry may wish to take a second major or
minor in modern languages. In addition,
a minor in languages or linguistics is a
valuable research tool for those intending
to pursue graduate study in most academic
disciplines.
Modern Languages Faculty
Mary Kingsley (Chair), Molly Enz, Pary
Pezechkian-Weinberg, Susana Sandmann,
Frankie Shackelford, Donald Steinmetz
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Major
The major consists of nine courses
above 211 (Norwegian only: 211 and
above), including two courses in culture,
two courses in language, two courses in literature, and three electives (from any of
the three areas above). At least seven of
these courses must be taught in the target
language of the major and at least four of
them must be taken on the Augsburg campus.
Minor
The minor consists of four courses
above 211 (Norwegian only: 211 and
above), including one in language and one
in literature or culture. At least three of
these courses must be taught in the target
language, and at least two of them must be
taken on the Augsburg campus.
OTHER REQUIREMENTS.
Departmental Honors
Majors seeking graduation with departmental honors must apply in the junior
year. Requirements: 3.50 GPA in the major,
3.50 GPA overall, and honors thesis.
Prerequisite
A prerequiste must be completed with a
minimum grade of 2.0 or P.
Transfer Students
Transfer students intending to major or
minor in languages must take a minimum
of one upper division course per year at
Augsburg. See major/minor above for limits on non-Augsburg courses. Courses
accepted for transfer must have been taken
within the past seven years.
Modern Languages 231
Study Abroad
Teaching Licensure
A semester of study abroad is required
for majors and some study abroad is
strongly recommended for minors. An
advanced-level internship in the major language (399) or an interdisciplinary internship (INS 199), linking language skills
with community service and career exploration, is strongly encouraged.
Since spring term 2001, Augsburg
College no longer offers a licensure program in modern languages.
MODERN LANGUAGES COURSES.
■ AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE (ASL)
ASL 101, 102 Beginning American Sign Language I, II
An introduction to deaf culture and the signs and syntax of ASL. Students
observe the demonstration of signs, practice their own signing, and learn the
facial expressions and body language needed to communicate clearly with deaf
and hard-of-hearing people. (Fall: 101; spring: 102, Prereq.: 101)
■ CHINESE (CHN)
Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the
ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian language
department. Contact the East Asian studies director for more information.
■ FRENCH (FRE)
FRE 111, 112 Beginning French I, II
Aims to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading,
and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice, and readings, these
courses work toward the discovery of French culture and way of life. Four
class meetings per week. (Fall: 111; spring 112, Prereq.: 111. WEC—additional sessions required)
FRE 211, 212 Intermediate French I, II
Selected articles, interviews, and literary readings are the basis of practice in
communication, vocabulary building, and developing greater ease in reading
and writing French. Review of basic structures and grammar. Laboratory work.
(Fall: 211; spring: 212, Prereq.: 211)
FRE 295
FRE 311
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Conversation and Composition
Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on vocabulary
enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas.
Laboratory assignments. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall,
Prereq.: 212)
232 Modern Languages
FRE 331
French Civilization: Historical Perspective
A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to
the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of French
intellectual, political, social, and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports,
extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
FRE 332
French Civilization Today
Topics in 20th-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote
understanding of French-speaking people and their contributions to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials,
and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring:
on rotational basis)
FRE 350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading,
analyzing, and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
FRE 351, 353 Survey of French Literature I, II
The study of major French authors and literary movements in France through
the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, discussion, oral
and written reports in French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor.
Spring: on rotational basis)
FRE 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
By means of reading, speaking, and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or
political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an
advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of
expression, refinements in style and organization. Laboratory assignments.
(Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Fall)
FRE 495
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
FRE 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
FRE 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
FRE 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
FRE 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96.
Modern Languages 233
■ GERMAN (GER)
GER 111, 112 Beginning German I, II
Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding, and reading and writing basic German. Goals: ability to read extended
narratives in simple German, insights into German culture, and participation
in short conversations. (Fall: 111; spring: 112, Prereq.: 111. WEC—additional
sessions required)
GER 211, 212 Intermediate German I, II
Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of
basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic
expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (Fall: 211; spring: 212, Prereq.: 211)
GER 295
GER 311
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary,
and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall,
Prereq.: 212)
GER 331
German Civilization and Culture I
Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples
from the prehistorical Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty
Years War (1643). In German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor.
Spring: on rotational basis)
GER 332
German Civilization and Culture II
Survey of cultural currents that have shaped Germany, Austria, and
Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic, and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or
consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
GER 350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches
to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading,
analyzing, and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
GER 351
Survey of Literature: German Literature from Chivalry to
Romanticism
The intellectual, cultural, and political history of all peoples is reflected in
their literature. The prose, epic, and poetry readings in this course chronicle
the German experience from Charlemagne to Napoleon; from Luther to Kant;
from Hildegard of Bingen to Goethe, Schiller, and the Romantics; and offer a
way to relive the Renaissance, the Reformation, and the Enlightenment.
234 Modern Languages
GER 354
Survey of Literature: German Literature in the 19th and 20th
Centuries
The literary, cultural, and scientific background of the new millennium has
many German-speaking roots in the works of figures like Karl Marx, Freud,
Nietzsche, Einstein, Kafka, Rilke, Hesse, and Brecht. Selected readings of
prose, poetry, and plays bring alive the drama and conflicts that characterized
the birth of the modern age. (Prereq.: 311)
GER 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing and refining the student’s use of German as a vehicle for
expressing ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including
control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language.
(Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Fall)
GER 495
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
GER 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
GER 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
GER 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
GER 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96.
■ JAPANESE (JPN)
Japanese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the
ACTC East Asian studies program and the University of Minnesota East Asian language
department. Contact the East Asian studies director for more information.
■ NORWEGIAN (NOR)
NOR 111, 112 Beginning Norwegian I, II
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and
writing. Stress is on communication and its cultural context. Laboratory work
expected. (Fall: 111; spring: 112, Prereq.: 111)
NOR 211
Intermediate Norwegian I
Continued acquisition and refinement of communication skills (speaking, listening, reading, writing). Emphasis is on social or cultural contexts and integrated vocabulary clusters. Selected readings in Norwegian are used as a basis
for class activities and writing exercises. Includes grammar review. (Prereq.:
NOR 112 or equivalent. Fall)
Modern Languages 235
NOR 295
NOR 311
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Conversation and Composition
Practice in spoken and written Norwegian with emphasis on communicative
contexts and integrated vocabulary. Readings in history, social science, and literature form a basis for class activities and frequent writing practice. (Prereq.:
NOR 211 or equivalent. Spring)
NOR 331
Norwegian Civilization and Culture
A two-tiered approach allows students to place contemporary cultural developments, such as Norway’s changing role in the global community, into a historical context. Readings in history are supplemented by lectures, newspaper
articles, and video tapes. In Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of
instructor. Fall: alternate years)
NOR 350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches
to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading,
analyzing, and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
NOR 353
Survey of Norwegian Literature
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a basis for the
study of major works from earlier periods, including several in Nynorsk.
Readings, lectures, discussion, journals, essays, and oral reports in Norwegian.
(Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Fall: alternate years)
NOR 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Extensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian, based on literary and
cultural readings. Students serve as peer-tutors for those registered in NOR
311. Readings, journals, discussion, role-playing, and written, and oral reports
in Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Spring)
NOR 495
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
NOR 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
NOR 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
NOR 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
NOR 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96.
236 Modern Languages
■ OJIBWE (OJB)
Two courses in Ojibwe (Chippewa) are offered at Augsburg, both as part of the modern
languages department and as part of the American Indian Studies major.
OJB 111, 112 Beginning Ojibwe I, II
An introduction to the language and culture of the Ojibwe (Chippewa).
Emphasis is on vocabulary, reading, writing, and conversational skills.
Classroom practice will include linguistic patterns and oral interaction. (Fall:
111; Spring: 112, Prereq.: 111)
■ SPANISH (SPA)
Courses in addition to those below are offered through various programs listed under
International Studies.
SPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish I, II
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of the Spanish-speaking
world. (Fall: 111 and 112; spring: 112, Prereq.: 111. WEC—additional sessions required.)
SPA 211, 212 Intermediate Spanish I, II
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review
all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through
class discussions. (Fall: 211; spring: 212, Prereq.: 211)
SPA 248
Spanish and Latin American Culture through Film
An introduction to contemporary cultural issues of Spanish and Latin
American societies as portrayed in the films of major filmmakers with attention to the aesthetic variations across their works. Films in Spanish with
English subtitles; language of instruction is English. (On demand)
SPA 295
SPA 311
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Conversation and Composition
Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course is a
prerequisite for all upper division courses. (Prereq.: SPA 212 or equivalent.
Fall)
SPA 312
Spanish Expression
Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking
skills in Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice with emphasis
on the finer points of grammar. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor.
Spring: odd years)
Modern Languages 237
SPA 332
Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the
pre-Columbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or
consent of instructor. Spring: odd years)
SPA 350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches
to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading,
analyzing, and discussing selected works of literature. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or
consent of instructor. On demand)
SPA 354
Representative Hispanic Authors
An introduction to Hispanic literature. Lectures, discussions, and written and
oral reports in Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Note:
Students who have taken SPA 356 taught in Mexico may not take 354. Spring:
even years)
SPA 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression
through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions,
and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Fall)
SPA 495
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
SPA 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
SPA 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
SPA 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
SPA 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96.
238
MUSIC—MUS
T
he Music Department at Augsburg
College offers professional music training
in the context of a liberal arts curriculum
through three music degree programs and
five majors. It also offers a variety of music
courses and ensemble experiences that are
available to non-music majors and courses
that meet Augsburg’s Liberal Arts
Foundation requirements.
Augsburg’s location in the heart of a
major artistic center makes it an ideal place
to study music, and the music faculty seek
and encourage opportunities that connect
the campus and the greater arts communities. These opportunities allow students to
explore the links between theory and
applied knowledge and may take many
forms, including internships; community
performances; music therapy practica;
community-based learning projects;
required off-campus performance and concert attendance assignments; or travel and
study within and outside the United States.
The music department is an institutional member of the National Association of
Schools of Music (NASM) and the
American Music Therapy Association
(AMTA).
Full-time Faculty
Robert Stacke (Chair), Jill Dawe, Douglas
Diamond, Stephen Gabrielsen, Peter
Hendrickson, Roberta Kagin, Ned Kantar,
Merilee Klemp
Part-time Faculty
Trudi Anderson, Matt Barber, Carol
Barnett, Fred Bretschger, Anthony Cox,
Marv Dahlgren, Bridget Doak, Susan
Druck, Lynn Erickson, Dan Fretland, Janet
Fried, Jennifer Gerth, Bradley Greenwald,
Nancy Grundahl, Megan Holroyd, Mary
Horozaniecki, Jim Jacobson, Kathy
Kienzle, Rena Kraut, Caroline Lemen,
Steve Lund, Laurie Merz, Vladan
Milenkovic, Rick Penning, Nicholas Raths,
Andrea Stern, Sonja Thompson, Shannon
Wettstein, Angela Wyatt
Fine Arts Manager
Randall Davidson
Fine Arts Coordinator
Cathy Anderson
Fine Arts Facilities Manager
Karen Mulhausen
DEGREES/MAJORS.
Bachelor of Arts
Music Major
Music Major/Music Business
Concentration
Bachelor of Music
Music performance major
Music education major
Bachelor of Science
Music therapy major
Music Therapy Equivalency Certificate
Offers students with an undergraduate
degree the preparation necessary to meet
the AMTA requirements for becoming a
certified music therapist.
Music 239
Music Minor
Music
Music business
**All music majors and music
minors** must choose and apply to a
degree program by the end of their fourth
semester of study. Degree and GPA requirements and applications are in the Music
Department Student Handbook. Transfer
students should meet with a music degree
adviser as soon as possible after enrolling
at Augsburg.
DEGREE AND MAJOR.
REQUIREMENTS.
Music Core Curriculum
MUS 101
MUS 111
MUS 102
MUS 112
MUS 201
MUS 211
MUS 202
MUS 212
MUS 231
Materials of Music I
Aural Skills I
Materials of Music II
Aural Skills II
Materials of Music III
Aural Skills III
Form and Analysis
Aural Skills IV
History and Literature of
Music I
MUS 232 History and Literature of
Music II
MUP 1xx-4xx Performance Studies
MUE 113 or 122 or 125 or 131 or 142 or
143 or 144 or 145: Chamber Music
One to four semester(s) on the major
instrument in accordance with degree
requirement
MUS 358 Junior Recital and/or
MUS 458 or MUS 459 Senior Recital
MUE 111 or 112 or 114 or 121: Large
Ensemble
Four to eight semesters in accordance with
degree requirement
Piano Proficiency Test (see Music
Department Handbook)
Music Repertoire Tests (see Music
Department Handbook)
■ BACHELOR OF ARTS
Music Major
Offers the broadest education in liberal
arts and prepares the student for the greatest range of graduate, business, and professional opportunities. Students who intend
to pursue non-performance graduate study
or desire to enter one of the many music
related business fields most often choose
this course of study.
Faculty Adviser: Douglas Diamond
Requirements
Music core curriculum and:
MUS 341 Basic Conducting
MUS 458 Senior Recital
One (1.0) credit of approved courses outlined in the Music Department Student
Handbook.
One (1.0) credit of upper division music
courses.
MUP 1xx-4xx Performance Studies (.25
credit)
Eight semesters of half hour lessons in the
major instrument/voice
MUE 111 or 112 or 114 or121
Eight semesters in a large Augsburg ensemble on the major instrument/voice
MUE 113 or 122 or 131 or 142or 143 or
144 or 145
Two semesters of chamber music/small
ensemble courses on the major instrument/voice
Pass piano proficiency test
Pass three music repertoire tests
240 Music
Music Business Major
The music business major prepares students to enter today’s music industry and
to pursue career opportunity where the
arts and commerce intersect. Courses in
music, performing arts, and business combine with field observations and internships. These experiences prepare students
for careers in fields such as arts management, promotion, the record industry, and
general music business. The program
affords both the performing artist and the
business student the opportunity to pursue
music business studies. The music business major has two tracks: the Bachelor of
A r t s i n M u s i c w i t h M u s i c B u s i n e ss
Concentration (designed for the performing artist) and the Bachelor of Arts in
Bu s i n e s s A dmi n i s t r a t i o n w i t h
Specialization in Music Business
(designed for the music/business student).
Faculty Adviser: Ned Kantar
B.A. in Music with Music Business
Concentration
Requirements:
Music core curriculum and:
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
MIS 260 Problem Solving
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
BUS 242 Principles of Management
or BUS 254 Entrepreneurship
or BUS 200 Exploring Business as
Vocation
MUS/BUS 105 Music Business
MUS/BUS 245 Arts Management
MUS/BUS 399 Internship
COM 111 Public Speaking
MUS 458 Senior Recital
MUP 1xx-4xx Performance Studies (.25
credit)
Eight semesters of half hour lessons in the
major instrument/voice
MUE 111 or 112 or 114 or 121
Eight semesters in a major Augsburg
ensemble on the major instrument/voice
MUE 113 or 122 or 131 or 142 or 143 or
144 or 145
Two semesters of chamber music/small
ensemble courses on the major instrument/voice
Pass piano proficiency test
Pass three music repertoire tests
B.A. in Business Administration with
Specialization in Music Business
Requirements:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
MIS 260 Problem Solving for Business
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting II
BUS 242 Principles of Management
or BUS 254 Entrepreneurship
or BUS 200 Exploring Business as
Vocation
MKT 252 Principles of Marketing
FIN 331 Financial Management
MUS/BUS 105 Music Business
MUS/BUS 245 Arts Management
MUS/BUS 399 Internship
COM 111 Public Speaking
3 MUS credits — OR — 2 MUS credits and
1 MUE credit, selected from:
MUS 101 Materials of Music I
MUS 111 Aural Skills I
MUS 102 Materials of Music II
MUS 112 Aural Skills II
MUS 130 Intro to Music and the Fine
Arts
MUS 220 Worlds of Music
MUS 241 History of Jazz
(Other MUS courses as approved by adviser)
Music 241
Note: All business majors are encouraged to take KEY 490 “Vocation and the
Meaning of Success” to fulfill the Augsburg
Core Curriculum Senior Keystone
Requirement.
Music Minor
Requirements: 6 credits
MUS 101, 102 Materials of Music I, II
MUS 111, 112 Aural Skills I, II
MUS 341 Basic Conducting
One of the following two:
MUS 231 History and Literature of
Music I
MUS 232 History and Literature of
Music II
One (1.0) credit of additional music
courses
MUE 111 or 112 or 114 or121 &
MUP 1xx-2xx Performance Studies (.25
credit)
Four consecutive semesters in a major
Augsburg ensemble concurrent with four
quarter courses of performance studies on
the major instrument/voice
Pass one music repertoire test
Candidates must submit an application for
admission prior to spring juries of the
sophomore year
Music Business Minor
The music business minor is a course
of study designed both for the music major
desiring additional preparation in business
and for the non-music major interested in
pursuing a career in the music industry.
With the music business minor, students
are given the opportunity to enroll in
coursework and participate in on-site field
experiences that address specific professional skills necessary to enter today’s
music industry. The minor is a collaborative program between the music and business departments.
Requirements: 8 credits
MUS/BUS 105 The Music Business:
Marketing, Promotion,
Publishing, Recording
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
MIS 260 Problem Solving for Business
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
MUS/BUS 399 Internship (approved for the
Music Business Minor)
One of the following:
MUS/BUS 245 Arts Management and
Concert Promotion
BUS 301 Business Law
BUS 254 Entrepreneurship
All of the above courses plus two additional music course credits beyond MUS 105
and MUS 245 (maximum of 1 credit in
MUE and/or MUP courses)
■ BACHELOR OF MUSIC
Music Education Major
Offers students the preparation necessary to become teachers of music in public
schools. This preparation includes coursework that allows the student to become
certified to teach at the elementary through
the secondary level. Students select either
vocal/general or instrumental/general
emphasis. In addition to applying to the
Music Department, Bachelor of Music education major candidates must also apply to
the Department of Education for acceptance into the music education licensure
program. Recommendation for teacher
licensure is granted only to students who
successfully complete the requirements for
the Bachelor of Music education major. All
music requirements must be completed
prior to student teaching. A cumulative
GPA of 2.50 in all music courses is necessary for the music education licensure program.
242 Music
F a c u l t y A d v i s e r s:
Robert Stacke-Instrumental
Peter Hendrickson-Vocal
Requirements
Music core curriculum and:
MUS 311 Composition I
MUS 341 Basic Conducting (.5)
MUS 358 Half Junior Recital
MUS 459 Full Senior Recital
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
EDC 200 Orientation to Education
EDC 210 Diversity in the Schools
EDC 211 Minnesota American Indians
EDC 220 Educational Technology
EDC 310 Learning and Development
ESE 300 Reading/Writing in Content
Area
ESE 325 Creative Learning
Environments
ESE 370 Music K-12 Methods
EDC 410 Special Needs Learner
EDC 480 School and Society
EED 481c, 483c, ESE 485, 487 Student
Teaching
MUS 359 Music Methods: Choral/Vocal
(.5)
MUS 356 Music Methods:
Brass/Percussion (.5)
MUS 357 Music Methods: Woodwinds
(.5)
MUS 355 Music Methods: Strings (.5)
One of the following two areas of emphasis:
Vocal emphasis:
MUS 251-254 Diction (.25 credit each=1.0)
MUS 342 Choral Conducting (.5 credit)
MUS 129 Improvisation (0.0 credit)
MUS/THR 235 Music Theatre (.5 credit)
Instrumental emphasis:
MUS 344 Instrumental Conducting
(.5 credit)
MUS 129 Improvisation (0.0 credit) two
semesters, or
MUS 129 one semester and
MUS 143 one semester
Music elective (1.0 credit)
MUP 1xx Performance Studies (.25credit)
Two semesters of half hour lessons in the
major instrument/voice (first year)
MUP 2xx-4xx Performance Studies
(.5 credit)
Six semesters of hour lessons in the major
instrument/voice (second, third, fourth
year)
A Music Education major whose major
instrument is piano, organ, or guitar is
required to take a minimum of four additional semesters of lessons on an instrument/voice that corresponds with their
large ensemble requirement.
MUE 111 or 112 or 114 or 121 (.25 credit)
Eight semesters in a large Augsburg ensemble on the major instrument/voice (winds
and percussion, Band; strings, Orchestra;
voice, Choir). You must participate in the
ensemble for which you want to teach.
(total= 2.0 credits)
MUE 113 or 122 or 125 or 131 or 142 or
144 or 145
Two semesters in a chamber music course
on the major instrument/voice
Pass piano proficiency test
Pass three music repertoire tests
Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.50 in all
music courses and in the major instrument/voice
Music 243
■ BACHELOR OF MUSIC
Music Performance Major
A focused classical training program
designed to develop the skills and challenge the performing ability of the individual musician, this degree best prepares students who are interested in private and
studio teaching, professional performance
opportunities, auditions, and graduate
school. Acceptance to the program is by
application and audition (see Handbook).
Faculty Adviser
Jill Dawe
Requirements
Music Core Curriculum and:
MUP 1xx Performance Studies
Two semesters of half hour lessons (0.25
credit) in major instrument
MUP 2xx-4xx Performance Studies
Six semesters of one hour lessons (0.5
credit) in major instrument
MUE 113 or 122 or 125 or 131 or 142 or
144 or 145
Chamber Music courses (0.0 credit).
At least four semesters playing major
instrument (see Handbook)
MUS 358 Junior Recital (.0 credit)
MUS 459 Senior Recital (.0 credit)
(see Handbook)
MUE 111 or 114 or 121or 141
Large Ensembles: eight semesters OR for
guitarists, harpists and pianists: four
semesters of large ensemble and four additional semesters of chamber music or other
assignment in consultation with adviser.
Additional coursework as follows:
Voice Majors:
MUS 251-254 Diction (0.25 credit each)
MUS 435 Voice Repertoire (0.5 credit)
MUS359 Music Methods: Voice/Choral
Elective (1.0 credit)
Voice students are also strongly encouraged to take MUS/THR 235 Skills of Music
Theater and/or MUS 394 Opera, Opera.
Keyboard Majors:
MUS 436 Piano Repertoire
MUS 456 Piano Pedagogy
Elective (1.0 credit)
Instrumentalists:
MUS356 MusicMethods:
Brass/Percussion (0.5 credit); or
MUS 357 Music Methods: Woodwinds
(0.5 credit); or
MUS 355 Music Methods: Strings
(0.5 credit)
Electives (1.5 credit)
■ BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Music Therapy Major
Fulfills the academic and clinical
requirements for eligibility to take the
Music Therapy Board Certification
Examination. The B.S. in music therapy is
minimally a four-and-one-half-year degree
program, which includes a full-time (six
months or 1,040 hours) internship in a
clinical facility approved by the American
Music Therapy Association (AMTA). This
course of study is chosen by students who
wish to become professional music therapists.
Faculty Adviser:
Roberta Kagin
Requirements
Music core curriculum and:
MUS 271 Music Therapy Techniques and
Materials
MUS 274, 275 Music Therapy Practicums
MUS 372, 375 Psychological Foundation
of Music I, II
MUS 374, 375 Music Therapy Practicums
MUS 472 Human Identity Through the
Creative Arts
MUS 473 Music Therapy Senior Seminar
244 Music
MUS 474, 475 Music Therapy Practicums
MUS 479 Music Therapy Clinical
Internship
MUS 458 Half Senior Recital
EDC 410 The Learner with Special Needs
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
PSY 262 Abnormal Psychology
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
MUS 340 Music Therapy Methods I:
Strings, Brass, Woodwinds
MUS 345 Music Therapy Methods II:
Voice, Piano, Percussion
One of the following two:
SOC 362 Statistical Analysis
PSY 215 Research Methods: Design
Procedure, and Analysis I
MUP 1xx-4xx Performance Studies (.25
credit)
Eight semesters of half hour lessons in the
major instrument/voice
MUE 111 or 112 or 114 or121
Eight semesters in a large Augsburg ensemble on the major instrument/voice and residency at Augsburg
MUE 113 or 122 or 125 or 131 or 142 or
143 or 144 or 145
Two semesters of chamber music/small
ensemble courses on the major instrument/voice
Pass piano, guitar, and vocal proficiency
tests
Pass three music repertoire tests
Achieve a minimum grade of 2.5 in all
music therapy courses
Music Therapy Equivalency/
Certification Program
The music therapy equivalency program is available to students who already
have a bachelor’s degree and wish to meet
the requirements set by the American
Music Therapy Association to become professional music therapists. This equivalency program prepares students for eligibility
to take the Music Therapy Board
Certification Examination. Depending
upon the student’s degree and skill level,
individual requirements will be outlined by
the director of music therapy. There is a
minimum two-year residency requirement,
which includes participation in a major
ensemble for four terms and successful
completion of a two-year music theory
equivalency test.
For acceptance to the degree program,
equivalency/certification students must:
• submit an application for admission during the first semester of residency at
Augsburg
• submit a copy of a current academic
transcript and transferred credits with
the application
• submit the studio instructor recommendation form for the major instrument or
voice with the application (found in
Music Student Handbook)
• complete the piano, guitar, and vocal
proficiency requirements during the first
semester of residence
Acceptance to the degree program will
be based on the successful completion of
the above, as well as on the student’s performance at his or her first jury.
Music 245
Departmental Honors
Students may apply for departmental
honors by submitting an honors project
proposal to the music faculty during the
first semester of the senior year.
Students submitting a proposal should
include a transcript showing a cumulative
GPA of 3.00 or higher in music courses,
and a brief resume outlining their experience, performances, work, research, leadership roles, and study.
The honors proposal should clearly
outline a project that goes well beyond
required coursework, and could include
but is not limited to one of the following:
defending a senior thesis, presenting an
additional recital, composing a substantial
piece(s), conducting a program, presenting
a research paper, or some combination of
any of the above.
• B.M. degree junior recitals (MUS 358)
will be one-half hour in duration for
music education majors, and one hour in
duration for music performance majors.
• B.M. degree senior recitals (MUS 459)
will be one hour in duration for music
education majors and music performance
majors.
• B.A. and B.S. degree senior recitals (MUS
458) will be one-half hour in duration.
■ EXAMINATIONS
Piano Proficiency
All music majors enrolled in a music
degree program must complete the piano
proficiency requirement by the end of the
sophomore year. Consult the Music
Student Handbook for piano major and
non-piano major requirements and test
dates.
Student Recitals
Students planning a recital should carefully read the Music Student Handbook
and consult regularly with their applied
instructor. Registration in performance
studies in the major instrument/voice is
required during the semester in which a
degree recital is given. At least two fulltime music faculty members and the student’s private instructor will evaluate
junior and senior recitals. Recitals are graded on a pass/fail basis.
Recitals required for the fulfillment of
the B.M., B.A., or B.S. degree requirements
or Honors program will be sponsored by
the music department. Other non-degree
student recitals may be considered for
departmental sponsorship. All music
degree recitals must meet the academic
guidelines set forth in this catalog.
Music Repertoire Tests
Music majors are required to pass three
music repertoire tests, transfer students
must pass two, and music minors must
pass one. Consult the Music Student
Handbook for contents of music repertoire
tests and test dates.
246 Music
MUSIC COURSES.
Many music courses are offered alternate years. Consult the registrar’s website
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar> or the Music Department for course offerings in each
term.
■ THEORY AND MUSICIANSHIP
MUS 101
Materials of Music I
(.5 course)
Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony, and principles of part
writing. To be taken concurrently with MUS 111. (Prereq.: Theory Placement
Test)
MUS 102
Materials of Music II
(.5 course)
Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants, and simple modulations. To be taken
concurrently with MUS 112. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 101 with a minimal grade
of 2.0)
MUS 111
Aural Skills I
(.5 course)
Rhythmic and melodic dictation, interval and triad recognition, sight singing,
and harmonic dictation to parallel progress in MUS 101. To be taken concurrently with MUS 101.
MUS 112
Aural Skills II
(.5 course)
Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in MUS 102.
To be taken concurrently with MUS 102. (Prereq.: MUS 111)
MUS 201
Materials of Music III
(.5 course)
Continuation of MUS 102 with chromatic harmony and modulation. To be
taken concurrently with MUS 211. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 101 and 102 with a
minimal grade of 2.0)
MUS 202
Form and Analysis
(.5 course)
Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th-century practice. To be taken concurrently with MUS 212. (Prereq.: Passing MUS
201 and 211 with a minimal grade of 2.00)
MUS 211
Aural Skills III
(.5 course)
Melodic, harmonic dictation, and sight singing to parallel progress in MUS
201. To be taken concurrently with MUS 201. (Prereq.: MUS 112)
MUS 212
Aural Skills IV
(.5 course)
Further development of listening skills to parallel progress in MUS 202. To be
taken concurrently with MUS 202. (Prereq.: MUS 211)
MUS 311
Composition I
(.5 course)
Ranges and characteristics of voices and orchestral instruments, standard notation and score layout; related 20th-century literature. (Prereq.: Passing MUS
202 and 212 with a minimal grade of 2.0)
Music 247
MUS 312
Composition II
(.5 course)
Contemporary approaches to melody, harmony, tonality, rhythm and form.
Serialism, exoticism, indeterminacy, electronic minimalism, special effects.
Related literature (Prereq.: Passing MUS 311 with a minimal grade of 2.0 or
permission from instructor)
■ HISTORY AND LITERATURE
MUS 130
Introduction to Music and the Fine Arts
Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. Live performance will be a feature of this course. The ability to read music is not
required.
MUS 220
Worlds of Music
A survey of non-Western music, this course explores diverse musical styles
and instruments from many cultures.
MUS 231
History and Literature of Music I
An intensive survey of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750, studying
music in its historical and cultural contexts as well as basic knowledge of
repertory. (Prereq.: MUS 101, 102, 201)
MUS 232
History and Literature of Music II
Continuation of MUS 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.: MUS 101, 102,
201)
MUS 241
History of Jazz
This course is a study of the musical elements, cultural perspectives, and the
historical developments of jazz. Many styles of jazz are examined including
early New Orleans Dixieland, swing, cool, jazz/rock/fusion, ragtime, bop, and
progressive jazz.
Each course in the MUS 331-334 sequence (Baroque, Classical, Romantic, Contemporary) offers a
detailed investigation of the music of each era focusing on its cultural, historical, and musical significance. In addition to incorporating performance/performance practice and attendance at designated
Twin Cities concerts, the course satisfies the “writing in the major” skills component with the preparation of a major research paper.
MUS 331
Music of the Baroque Era
(.5 course)
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232)
MUS 332
Music of the Classical Period
(.5 course)
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232)
MUS 333
Music of the Romantic Period
(.5 course)
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232)
MUS 334
Music of the 20th Century
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232)
(.5 course)
248 Music
MUS 432
Church Music and Worship
Development and influence of church music as evidenced in contemporary
worship practices. Designed for the general as well as the music and theology
student.
MUS 435
Voice Repertoire (.5 course)
A survey of standard art song repertoire from Eastern and Western Europe,
Russia, Scandinavia, and the Americas. Includes listening, writing, and performance. Required for vocal performance majors. (Prereq.: MUS 251, 252, 253,
254 or permission from instructor)
MUS 436
Piano Repertoire (.5 course)
A study of piano literature from the 17th century to the present. (Prereq.: MUS
231, 232)
■ MUSIC THERAPY
MUS 271
Music Therapy Techniques and Materials
(.5 course)
Study of non-symphonic instruments, Orff-Shulwerk, applications of recreational music activities to clinical settings, and acquisition of skills in improvisation. Includes on-campus practicum with children.
MUS 272
Human Identity through the Creative Arts
A study of the aesthetic expression and experience as they relate to human
identity, with an emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of
musical behavior. An understanding of the relationships of the creative therapies of art, music, drama, and movement.
MUS 274, 275 Music Therapy Practicums
(.0 course)
Volunteer work in a clinical setting acquiring clinical skills in leadership,
observation, and functional music skills including improvisation. Two hours
per week. No course credit.
MUS 340
Music Therapy Methods I: Strings, Brass, Woodwinds
Basic techniques for strings, brass, and woodwinds with application for the
use of these instruments for music therapy.
MUS 345
Music Therapy Methods II: Voice, Piano, Percussion
Basic techniques for voice, piano, and percussion with application for the use
of these instruments for music therapy.
MUS 372
Psychological Foundations of Music I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on
acoustics and sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the
research process and development of an experimental research project.
MUS 373
Psychological Foundations of Music II
Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on a multidisciplinary approach to music therapy. Theories of learning music, musical
talent, and performance.
Music 249
MUS 374, 375 Music Therapy Practicums
(.0 course)
Volunteer work in a clinical setting acquiring clinical skills in leadership,
observation, and functional music skills including improvisation. Two hours
per week. No course credit.
MUS 472
Human Identity through the Creative Arts
See course description for MUS 272. Enrollment for upper division credit
required for music therapy majors; will include an additional course module.
MUS 474, 475 Music Therapy Practicums
(.25 course each)
Volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, requiring more advanced clinical and musical skills, including improvisation. Two
hours per week. (Prereq.: Three of MUS 274, 275, 374, 375, and pass piano,
guitar and vocal proficiency test)
MUS 479
Music Therapy Clinical Internship (.0 course)
Full-time placement in an AMTA-approved internship site for six months
(1040 hours). Application for internship must be made nine months in
advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited. (Prereq.: Completion of all other graduation requirements, including all proficiency exams and music repertoire
tests)
MUS 480
Music Therapy Senior Seminar
Class discussions of theories and research as they apply to therapeutic settings,
including discussion of professional ethics. A holistic approach to therapy
with music. This course satisfies the Keystone requirement.
■ MUSIC BUSINESS
MUS 105
The Music Business: Marketing, Promotion, Publishing, Recording
An introduction to the music industry. Topics covered include contracts, business structures and basic business essentials, band names, publicity and advertising, and the role of agents and managers. Other topics include music and
theater, arts administration, copyright, licensing, and recording. This course is
also offered as BUS 105.
MUS 245
Arts Management and Concert Promotion
The role of the artist manager in career development and the role of the arts
administrator in the management of performing arts projects and organizations. Factors affecting trends and earnings, challenges within the industry,
and differentiation between the for-profit and non-profit sectors are discussed.
Emphasis is placed on developing a working vocabulary of industry topics and
in benefiting from practical field experience. (Prereq.: MUS/BUS 105)
■ METHODS AND PEDAGOGY
MUS 355
MUSIC METHODS: STRINGS
(.5 course)
MUS 356
MUSIC METHODS: BRASS/PERCUSSION
MUS 357
MUSIC METHODS: WOODWINDS (.5 course)
(.5 course)
250 Music
MUS 359
MUS 456
MUSIC METHODS: VOCAL
(.5 course)
Piano Pedagogy (.5 course)
Explores methods, materials, and techniques for teaching piano. This course
has a community service-learning requirement that pairs each Augsburg student with one-to-two students whom they will teach.
■ APPLIED SKILLS AND GROUP LESSONS
MUS 129
Improvisation (.0 course)
Basic improvisational skills within a jazz combo format. Open to instrumentalists and vocalists.
MUS 152
Class Voice (.25 course)
Fundamentals of tone production and singing.
MUS 155A
Class Piano (.25 course)
This class teaches basic piano skills including scales, chord progressions, harmonization, sight-reading and improvisation. It will help music majors prepare
for the piano proficiency test. (Prereq.: MUS 101 or permission from instructor)
MUS 158
Class Guitar Class Guitar (.25 course)
Beginning techniques of classic guitar.
MUS 235
Skills of Music Theatre
An interdisciplinary approach to the topic using music and theatre techniques
to develop the student’s basic skills of Music Theatre. Concepts of diverse
music-theatre forms are introduced. Course includes reading, writing,
research, class discussion, exercises, small and large group participation, memorization, and public performance. Students will attend and review live productions.
MUS 251-254 English Diction (251), Italian Diction (252), German Diction (253),
French Diction (254) (each .25 course)
Intensive course covering basic singing pronunciation of English, Italian,
German, and French through the study of the art song repertoire. Includes
regular class performances and phoneticization of texts using the International
Phonetic Alphabet. Required for vocal performance majors and music education majors.
MUS 341
Basic Conducting (.5 course)
Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique, score analysis
and preparation, rehearsal techniques, basic nomenclature. (Prereq.: MUS 101,
111, 231)
MUS 342
Choral Conducting (.5 course)
Choral literature and organization, vocal methods and voice selection,
advanced conducting techniques with class as the choir. (Prereq.: Pass piano
proficiency test and MUS 341)
Music 251
MUS 344
Instrumental Conducting (.5 course)
Preparation of and conducting instrumental literature, advanced conducting
techniques, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Prereq.: Pass piano proficiency test and MUS 341)
MUS 394
Opera, Opera
This course combines the study and performance of opera and music theatre,
and techniques of singing for the stage. Student assignments will include reading, discussion, and performance of opera/musical theatre scenes; going to
performances; and visiting performing organizations in the Twin Cities.
“Opera, Opera” will culminate in a performance of opera/music theatre scenes.
■ PERFORMANCE STUDY/CHAMBER MUSIC/RECITALS/ACCOMPANYING
MUP 1xx-4xx Performance Studies
Performance Studies provide a unique opportunity for Augsburg students to study on
an individual basis with artist/teachers who are active performers in this region.
Performance Studies courses are available to music majors and non-majors and are individualized to meet the experience, ability, background and goals of the student.
Music majors may register for 0.25 credits (half-hour weekly lessons); or 0.5 credits
(one hour weekly lessons), in accordance with their specific degree requirements. Nonmajors may register for credit or for 0.0 credit (half hour weekly lessons). Freshmen may
qualify to have their lesson fee waived (one instrument per semester for half-hour weekly
lessons, 0.0 or 0.25 credits), if concurrently registered for and playing that instrument for a
large ensemble (MUE 111, 112, 114, 121, 141). Other ensembles may qualify upon petition to the music department.
Lessons are numbered sequentially to reflect each year of performance study (i.e. 1xx is
two semesters, first year of study; 2xx is second year of study, etc.) and lessons for credit
must be registered by ADD/DROP for m, signed, and delivered to Registrar’s Office by
the student. Please check with the music office or use the search option on AUGNET
Records and Registration to get the correct course section for instruments with more than
one teacher.
MUP 111-211-311-411 Voice
MUP 132-232-332-432 Bassoon
MUP 116-216-316-416 Electric Bass
MUP 133-233-333-433 Clarinet
MUP 121-221-321-421 Violin
MUP 134-234-334-434 Saxophone
MUP 122-222-322-422 Viola
MUP 135-235-335-435 Flute
MUP 123-223-323-423 Cello
MUP 137-237-337-437 Horn
MUP 124-224-324-424 Bass
MUP 141-241-341-441 Trumpet
MUP 131-231-331-431 Oboe
MUP 142-242-342-442 Trombone
252 Music
MUP 143-243-343-443 Baritone
MUP 181-281-381-481 Organ
MUP 144-244-344-444 Tuba
MUP 191-291-391-491 Harp
MUP 152-252-352-452 Piano
MUP 192-292-392-492 Improvisation
MUP 161-261-361-461 Guitar
MUP 193-293-393-493 Composition
MUP 171-271-371-471 Percussion
The following Chamber Music courses are offered for 0.0 credit and fulfill the chamber
music/small ensemble requirement for music majors. The courses are also open to nonmajors by permission of the instructor.
MUE 113
Vocal Chamber Music (.0 course)
MUE 122
String Chamber Music (.0 course)
MUE 125
Guitar Chamber Music (.0 course)
MUE 131
Woodwind Chamber Music (.0 course)
MUE 142
Brass Chamber Music (.0 course)
MUE 144
Percussion Chamber Music (.0 course)
MUE 145
Piano Chamber Music (.0 course)
MUE 143
Jazz Ensemble (.25 course)
The Augsburg Jazz Ensemble is a group that performs extensively in a wide
variety of venues. The literature performed reflects the cultural diversity and
historical context of jazz. Placement is by audition or by arrangement with the
director. Preference is given to Concert Band members.
MUS 358
Junior Recital (.0 course)
B.M. candidates only. One-half hour recital at repertoire level III for Music
Education majors, one hour recital at level IV for Music Performance majors.
No course credit. Private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing.
MUS 458
Senior Recital (.0 course)
One-half hour recital at repertoire level III for B.A. or B.S. candidates. No
course credit. Private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing.
MUS 459
Senior Recital (.0 course)
B.M. candidates only. One hour recital at repertoire level IV for Music
Education majors, one hour recital at level V for Music Performance majors.
No course credit. Private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing.
MUP 159
Piano accompanying
Professional accompanying/weekly coaching for singers and instrumentalists.
Recommended for students preparing recitals, auditions, or special performance projects who would benefit from individualized collaboration and
coaching with a professional pianist. MUP fee schedule applies. (see
Handbook)
Music 253
LARGE ENSEMBLES
Please note that only large ensemble participation (Augsburg Concert Band, Augsburg
Chamber Orchestra, Augsburg Choir, Masterworks Chorale, or Riverside Singers) for credit
will satisfy the ensemble requirements of the music major, music minor, and Liberal Arts
Foundation requirements. Large ensemble requirements are fulfilled by yearlong participation with 0.25 credit granted each semester, and non-music majors may choose traditional
or P/N grading or an audit (V) designation. (A maximum of two credits for large ensemble
participation may be used towards graduation requirements.) Transfer students must participate in an Augsburg ensemble during their entire residency.
Auditions for membership in a large ensemble are scheduled during the first week of
each semester or by contacting the ensemble director.
MUE 111
Augsburg Choir
(.25 course)
MUE 112
Riverside Singers of Augsburg
(.25 course)
MUE 114
Masterworks Chorale
(.25 course)
MUE 121
Orchestra
(.25 course)
MUE 141
Concert Band
(.25 course)
■ INTERNSHIPS AND INDEPENDENT STUDY COURSES
MUS 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
MUS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
MUS 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
MUS 498
Independent Study
(.5 course)
Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the department
curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the faculty.
MUS 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96. Open only to advanced students upon approval of
the faculty.
254
NATURAL SCIENCE TEACHING
LICENSURES
T
he natural science licensure program
for teachers is designed to provide strong
preparation for science teaching and to satisfy Minnesota licensure requirements.
Courses are designed to provide a
broad, basic background in science and
allow for specialization in an area. The following programs assume that the student
will meet the distribution/general education requirements of the College, the
requirements for appropriate majors, the
courses required in the Department of
Education and, in the physical sciences,
have at least one year of calculus. Consult
with the Department of Education for
requirements in education. Early consultation with the major area coordinator is
essential.
Coordinators
Dale Pederson (Biology), Sandra Olmsted
(Chemistry), Jeff Johnson (Physics)
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current licensure requirements. All
upper division courses required for the
biology major must be completed before
student teaching.
LICENSURE REQUIREMENTS.
Broad Base Requirements (also for 5-8
General Science licensure)
GEO XXX Introductory Geology (taken
off-campus)
SCI 106 Introductory Meteorology
BIO 101 Human Biology
BIO 102 Biological World
PHY 116 Introduction to Physics
or PHY 121, 122 General Physics I, II
CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry I, II
or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry I,
II
Biology Major—B.A. in Life Sciences
(for licensure in biology 5-12)
Broad base requirements (substitute BIO
113 and 114 for BIO 101/103 and 102),
plus:
BIO 215 Introductory Cellular Biology
BIO 491 Seminar
Six other biology courses, including at
least one from each of the following
groups:
BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology
or BIO 353 Comparative Vertebrate
Anatomy
or BIO 473 Animal Physiology
BIO 361 Plant Biology
or BIO 440 Plant Physiology
BIO 369 Biochemistry
or BIO 476 Microbiology
BIO 355 Genetics
or BIO 481 Ecology
BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and
Molecular Biology
or BIO 474 Developmental Biology
One math course:
MAT 114, 122, 145, or 163
Natural Science Teaching Licensure 255
Chemistry Major
(for licensure in chemistry 9-12)
Broad Base Requirements, plus Graduation
major in chemistry:
CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry I, II
or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry I,
II
CHM 351 Organic Chemistry I
CHM 352 Organic Chemistry II
CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry
CHM 361 Physical Chemistry
CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory
CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar (4 semesters)
MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, II
Two courses from:
CHM 364, 367, 464, 470, 481, 482
One year of general physics — PHY 121,
122
General Science
(for licensure for grades 5-8)
If added to life science Chemistry or
Physics, will expand license to 5-12
CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry I, II
or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry I,
II
PHY 116 Introduction to Physics
or PHY 121, 122 General Physics I, II
BIO 102 Biological World
BIO 121 Human Biology
SCI 106 Introduction to Meteorology
GEO XXX Introductory Geology (taken
off-campus)
Physics Major (for licensure in physics
9-12)
Broad Base Requirements, plus Graduation
major in physics:
PHY 121 General Physics
PHY 122 General Physics
PHY 245 Modern Physics
PHY 351 Mechanics I
PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields II
PHY 395 Comprehensive Laboratory
PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory
Two additional physics courses above 122;
PHY 261 recommended
MAT 145, 146, 245 Calculus I, II, and III
PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics (Prereq.:
MAT 245 or equivalent)
256
NORDIC AREA STUDIES—NAS
N
Other Requirements
ordic area studies is an interdisciplinary program. The curriculum treats
Norden (Denmark, Finland, Iceland,
Norway, and Sweden) not only as a geographical area, but as an integrated cultural
region with a shared history, common values, and a high degree of political, social,
and economic interdependency. Courses in
Nordic area studies postulate a Nordic
regional identity as a context in which to
appreciate the differences between the five
individual countries and to understand the
complexity of their interactions among
themselves and the global community.
Coordinator
Frankie Shackelford
Major
Eight courses, six of which must be upper
division.
At least four of the courses required for
the major must be Augsburg courses. The
remainder may be transfer credits included
in the major on approval of the program
coordinator. Students graduating with a
major or minor must also present the
equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavian language. See
Norwegian language course listings under
the Department of Modern Languages.
Recommended supporting preparation:
Study abroad through International
Partners, or SUST (See International
Studies, International Partners, and
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term); independent study in Denmark, Norway,
Sweden, Finland or Iceland; elective courses or a second major such as Norwegian,
history, political science, urban studies,
business administration, international relations, sociology, or social work.
Minor
Four upper division courses.
NORDIC AREA STUDIES COURSES.
NAS 121
Fire and Ice: Introduction to Nordic Literature
This course provides an introduction to Nordic culture via the medium of literature. Readings foreground issues of personal, ethnic, and national identity
against the broad backdrop of Scandinavian history, social democratic values,
and globalization.
NAS 230
Contemporary Norden
A broad survey of Nordic culture with special emphasis on conditions and
developments in the 20th century. No knowledge of Scandinavian language
required.
NAS 351
The Modern Nordic Novel
Lectures illustrate the development of the Nordic novel. Class discussion is
based on reading selected works in translation from all five Nordic countries.
Norwegian majors will be required to do appropriate readings and written
work in Norwegian. (Spring: alternate years)
Nordic Area Studies 257
NAS 352
The Modern Nordic Drama
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Strindberg, and selected 20th-century dramatists. Lectures provide a context for understanding the development
of Nordic drama. Norwegian majors will do appropriate readings and written
work in Norwegian. (Spring: alternate years)
NAS 372
Norwegian Language and Culture
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term)
NAS 377
Scandinavia in the World
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term)
ART 382
Scandinavian Arts
(See Department of Art)
NAS 393
Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term)
NAS 394
Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
NAS 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
NAS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
NAS 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
NAS 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96.
NORWEGIAN
See listing under Modern Languages.
258
NURSING—NUR
T
he Augsburg Department of Nursing
is designed exclusively for registered nurses who want to increase their opportunities
in the health care field.
The scope of nursing practice is changing and expanding; nurses practice in hospitals, clinics, corporations, parishes, government agencies, schools, and community
organizations, or in their own private practices. Wherever they work, nurses provide
comprehensive health care for persons,
groups, and communities of diverse cultures and socioeconomic levels throughout
the life span.
The bachelor’s degree equips nurses to
synthesize knowledge from the liberal arts
with the art and science of nursing. The
nursing program at Augsburg also provides
educational opportunities to increase skills
in critical thinking, clinical investigation,
and decision-making in preparation for
challenging new nursing positions in
emerging care systems.
Augsburg’s nursing program, which
leads to a bachelor of science degree with a
major in nursing, is accredited by the
Commission on Collegiate Nursing
Education (CCNE). Graduates of the program are eligible to apply for a public
health nurse registration certificate
through the Minnesota State Board of
Nursing.
Nursing Faculty
Cheryl Leuning (Chair), Ruth Enestvedt,
Joyce Miller, Sue Nash
Adjunct Faculty: Marty Aleman, Katherine
Baumgartner, Linda Holt, Barb Knutson,
Mary O’Connell, Deborah Schumacher,
Pauline Utesch, Luann Watson
Emerita: Beverly Nilsson
Program Assistant: Sharon Wade
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Major
Seven courses including:
NUR 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 305 Communication
NUR 306 Paradigms in Nursing
NUR 403 Families and the Life Cycle
NUR 410 Community Health Nursing I
NUR 411 Community Health Nursing II
NUR 490 Leadership/Management
A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and cumulative GPA of 2.50 are
required. Students also must complete
Augsburg’s residence and general education
requirements.
The program has been planned so that
the major can be completed over 15
months with a summer break; however,
students may pursue their studies at a
slower pace.
Courses in the nursing major are
offered on weekday evenings with a
practicum course (NUR 411) requiring
additional weekday time. More time may
be required to complete the total course of
study depending on the number of liberal
arts (general education) courses needed to
complete the BSN degree, and the number
of credits transferred from other colleges or
universities. Students in nursing may take
non-nursing courses in both day school
and Weekend College. Students interested
in pursuing the nursing major should consult with BSN Admissions staff in Weekend
College for program planning.
Departmental Honors
Admission to the honors major
requires: a GPA of at least 3.60 in the
major and 3.30 overall, application to the
department chair by November 1 of the
senior year, recommendation by nursing
faculty, and honors thesis to be presented
Nursing 259
before a faculty committee by April 15.
Candidates register for NUR 499 to complete the honors requirement.
Note regar ding Latin honors: To be eligible for Latin honors, a student must meet
minimum GPA standards as well as complete a minimum of fourteen traditionally
graded credits at Augsburg and have no
more than two elective pass/no pass graded
credits at Augsburg (classes offered only as
P/N by the department will not be counted, nor will “N” grades). For further information, see the Latin honors section on
page 90.
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS.
The following steps may be taken in
any order, but all must be completed prior
to application for admission into the nursing major.
1. Submit an application to Augsburg
College. All applicants must present a high
school diploma or equivalent and a 2.20
GPA.
2. Graduation from a nationally accredited nursing program: Applicants must
have graduated from a nationally accredited associate degree or diploma nursing
program with a 2.50 overall GPA.
3. Unencumbered RN licensure: The
applicant must be a registered nurse who is
licensed and currently registered to practice in Minnesota prior to beginning the
nursing major.
4. Current clinical practice: Applicants
must give evidence of current clinical nursing practice (within the past five years).
This may include graduation from a school
of nursing, work experience, completion of
a nursing refresher course, or an acceptable
equivalent.
5. Applicants must have their own malpractice insurance and an updated immunization record.
Options for Completing the Degree
Augsburg recognizes that nurses have a
variety of time schedules, personal responsibilities, and work demands that must be
taken into account in any decision to work
toward a college degree. For this reason,
Augsburg offers full- and part-time sequential alternatives for pursuing a BSN.
Nursing courses at Augsburg are available evenings and weekends through
Weekend College. Nursing classes usually
meet on alternate weekday evenings for
one three-and-one-half-hour time block.
Clinical practicum requirements usually
occur on weekdays.
It is recommended that most liberal arts
courses be taken before starting the nursing major. Nursing majors can complete
courses toward the baccalaureate at the
Minneapolis campus; at United, Mercy,
Unity and Children’s Hospitals in St. Paul,
Coon Rapids, and Fridley, MN; and in
Rochester, MN.
NURSING COURSES.
NUR 330
Trends and Issues in Nursing
A transitional course designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the
professional nurse. Economic, social, political, and professional trends and
issues are explored in relation to their implications for a changing practice.
260 Nursing
NUR 305
Communication
Explores the components of the professional role and continues the professional socialization process. Theories about how individuals and groups communicate are applied to changing professional roles.
NUR 306
Paradigms in Nursing
An introduction to theory-based nursing practice and research. Nursing theory
and conceptual models for nursing practice are studied and applied to practice
and research.
NUR 403
Families and the Life Cycle
Provides a theoretical basis for nursing interventions with diverse families and
explores theories related to family structure and function throughout the life
span.
NUR 410
Community Health Nursing I
Introduces the theory and methods that are essential to maintain or improve
the health of culturally diverse individuals, families, groups, and communities.
(Prereq: Math Placement 3 or MAT 105)
NUR 411
Community Health Nursing II*
Provides clinical experience in community-based health care delivery systems.
Students will apply nursing process, teaching/learning theory, and public
health principles with culturally diverse clients. (Prereq: NUR 410)
NUR 490
Leadership/Management
The capstone course for the nursing major. Integrates concepts from nursing
and the liberal arts. Examines the professional nurse roles of leader and manager. Concepts of change, conflict, and system dynamics are explored. Ethics,
accountability, and advocacy in the leader-manager role are studied.
Application of theory occurs in selected practice settings with a professional
nurse preceptor. This course satisfies the Keystone requirement. (Prereq.:
Senior status and completion of 300 level nursing courses and REL 300.)
NUR 495
Topics in Nursing (optional)
Provides opportunities for in-depth exploration of selected topics in nursing.
The subjects studied will vary depending upon the interests of the faculty and
students.
NUR 499
Independent Study/Research (optional)
See description on page 96.
Note: If NUR 411 is not taken immediately following NUR 410, students are required to consult
with faculty prior to registration regarding review of the theoretical content. Students who decelerate for more than five years may be asked to audit courses already taken. There is a fee to
audit courses.
* This course involves an additional clinical tuition and clinical practicum hours.
PHILOSOPHY—PHI
P
hilosophy is in an important sense
the most fundamental of the disciplines.
All of the sciences and most other disciplines arose out of it. Moreover, it is concerned with asking and answering the
“big” questions that are the most basic. For
example, Is there a God? Is there life after
death? Are there absolute moral standards?
What kind of life is the best? What is
knowledge and what are its sources?
Students learn to ask and answer these
and other similar questions for themselves
through the development and use of critical reasoning, assisted by the study of
philosophers from the past and present.
The philosophy major has been carefully planned so that students can easily graduate with two majors. Some majors continue on to graduate school in philosophy,
while others use the major to prepare for
other professional studies such as law,
medicine, the Christian ministry, or journalism.
Philosophy Faculty
Markus Fuehrer (Chair), David Apolloni,
Bruce Reichenbach
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Philosophy Major
Eight courses including:
PHI 230 Logic
or PHI 385 Intro. to Formal Logic and
Computation Theory
PHI 241 History of Philosophy I:
Ancient Greek Philosophy
PHI 242 History of Philosophy II:
Medieval and Renaissance
Philosophy
PHI 343 History of Philosophy III: Early
Modern and 19th Century
Philosophy
PHI 344 20th Century Philosophy
261
A 400-level course (other than PHI 499)
Two elective courses in philosophy
Four courses must be upper division.
Major in Computational Philosophy
In addition to a major and minor in
philosophy, the philosophy department
also offers a cross-disciplinary major in
conjunction with the computer science
department emphasizing areas of interest
in which philosophy and computer science
overlap: logic, artificial intelligence, cognitive science, philosophy of mind, and philosophy of language. The purpose of the
major is to augment the technical skills of
a computer scientist with the creativity and
liberal arts perspective of a philosopher.
The result is a degree that is very marketable in industry and that provides an
excellent logical and philosophical background for those wishing to pursue graduate study in philosophy. See course listing
on page 149.
Departmental Honors
Admission to the philosophy honors
program is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations
will be made at the end of the junior year.
The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student’s
choice that involves research above the
course level, and a defense of this thesis
before the faculty of the department.
Philosophy Minor
Five courses, including two from
PHI 241, 242, 343, and 344.
262 Philosophy
PHILOSOPHY COURSES.
PHI 110
Introduction to Philosophy
This course introduces students to typical philosophical questions (how we
know, if we can have certain knowledge, if there are universal moral principles, whether God exists, the nature of the mind, etc.), to philosophical
vocabulary, and to critical thinking and what it means to view the world
philosophically.
PHI 120
Ethics
By studying our moral beliefs, ethics helps students consider the bases they
use to make moral judgments. The course explores major philosophical
approaches to evaluating moral actions and then applies them to contemporary issues. The Christian tradition will inform the considerations. Students
who receive credit for PHI 120 may not receive credit for PHI 125.
PHI 125
Ethics and Human Identity
A philosophical study of the role of human understanding, emotions, and
action with respect to the pursuit of happiness. Beginning by asking what the
end or purpose of human life is, students decide on the moral and intellectual
virtues required to reach the end. Topics of friendship and human love are followed by an analysis of human happiness. Students who receive credit for PHI
125 may not receive credit for PHI 120.
PHI 175
Philosophy of Love and Sex
The nature and history of romantic love. The ethics of sex in relation to love,
marriage, the institution of monogamy, and homosexuality are considered.
PHI 230
Logic
Students learn to distinguish arguments from exposition. Then they learn the
rules that govern valid arguments and develop their ability to recognize and
construct sound arguments. The last part of the course focuses on informal
logic and inductive reasoning.
PHI 241
History of Philosophy I: Ancient Greek Philosophy
Central philosophical questions that concerned the Greek philosophers from
Thales to Plotinus and still concern us today: the nature of reality and its relationship to language and reason, the immortality of the soul, the nature of
truth and human knowledge, and the nature of the good life.
PHI 242
History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy
Students will read writings by various medieval and Renaissance philosophers
in order to understand the process of philosophical assimilation involved in
constructing a Christian philosophy. Topics include: the nature of being,
human understanding in relation to faith, and the place of the image of God in
the human condition. (Suggested prior course: PHI 241. Spring)
Philosophy 263
PHI 260
Philosophy and the Arts
Philosophical issues raised and illustrated by painting, sculpture, literature,
music, architecture, and film: the truth and falsehood of aesthetic judgment,
the definition of art; the nature of aesthetic experience, the evaluation of art,
creativity, the relation between the artist’s intention, the work of art, and its
relation to the rest of the artistic tradition. For arts majors and students with a
strong background in the arts.
PHI 343
History of Philosophy III: Early Modern and 19th-Century
Philosophy
The major rationalists of the 17th century (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz), the
major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant’s synthesis of rationalism and empiricism, and 19th-century Idealism and the reaction
to it (Marx, Kierkegaard, Nietzsche and Mill).
PHI 344
History of Philosophy IV: 20th-Century Philosophy
A survey of major philosophical schools in the 20th-century: analytic philosophy, phenomenology, existentialism, pragmatism, and post-modern philosophy.
Focus of study is on major texts of these movements.
PHI 350
Philosophy of Religion
We systematically investigate a series of philosophical questions about religion. What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and if so,
what can be said about God? Can God’s goodness be reconciled with human
suffering? Are miracles and life after death possible?
PHI 355
Asian Philosophy
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies that underlie Hinduism,
Buddhism, Confucianism, and Taoism. We focus on analyzing diverse views of
reality, the self, and recommendations on how to live.
PHI 365
Philosophy of Science
The course explores what scientific knowledge is, whether the scientist’s
knowledge of the world is profoundly different and better than that of the
non-scientist, and what degrees of certainty are yielded by scientific methods.
(Suggested prior course: one course in natural science)
PHI 370
Existentialism
Studies in the writings—both philosophical and literary—of prominent existentialist authors. The course examines what it means to be a being-in-theworld and explores such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair, and paradox. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy. Alternate years)
264 Philosophy
PHI 380
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
The course discusses some fundamental ethical theories, which it then carefully applies to problems that arise in the areas of health care and delivery, allocation of scarce resources, human experimentation, genetic engineering, abortion, care for the dying, and euthanasia.
PHI 385
Introduction to Formal Logic and Computation Theory
An introduction to sentential and first-order logic including logical connectives, proof theory, and quantification. Formal models of computation including finite state automata, pushdown automata, and Turing machines.
Incompleteness and uncomputability. (1.5-hour lab for PHI 385. Prereq. for
PHI 285: None. Prereq. for PHI 385: CSC 210 and one of MAT 122 or MAT
145 or MAT 171)
PHI 410
Topics in Philosophy
Advanced studies covering either an individual philosopher or a specific topic
in philosophy, such as philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for credit.
(Suggested prior courses: any course from PHI 241, 242, 343, 344, or consent
of instructor. Offered annually)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
PHI 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
PHI 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
PHI 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
PHI 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
See listing under Health and Physical Education.
PHYSICS—PHY
P
hysicists are a curious and ambitious
lot. Their aim is to understand the fundamental principles that describe and govern
all physical aspects of the universe.
Historically called “natural philosophers,”
physicists investigate by means of controlled experimentation and mathematical
analysis. Physics includes the study of systems ranging from sub-atomic particles to
the largest galaxies and from the relative
stillness of near absolute zero to the fiery
activity of stars. Physics plays an important
role in many of the liberal arts disciplines
and contributes to society’s understanding
of such areas as energy, weather, medical
science, and space exploration.
Recognizing the importance of physics
in contemporary life and the need to keep
abreast of rapid technological advances,
the department strives to give students not
only an understanding of basic concepts,
but also insights into recent developments.
A rigorous major provides students with
the preparation required for graduate study
in physics. It also provides flexibility, serving as a stepping stone to advanced work
in related areas such as astronomy, engineering, materials science, atmospheric science and meteorology, oceanography, biophysics, environmental science, and the
medical and health-related fields. The
department serves the liberal arts by offering courses for non-science students that
enable them to attain a general understanding of a particular area of science.
These courses provide the basis for
further study and enable students to
follow new developments in science with
heightened awareness and comprehension.
265
The department supervises the preengineering program, with degree programs available at cooperating universities
at both the bachelor’s and advanced degree
levels, and administers Augsburg College’s
portion of funds designated for the
Minnesota Space Grant College
Consortium, funded by NASA. It also
maintains active research programs
through its Center for Atmospheric and
Space Sciences and the Sverdrup
Laboratory for Biophysics, with support
from the National Science Foundation,
NASA, and other private and public
sources. Several students work as research
assistants in these efforts during the academic year and in the summer. Cooperative
education, internship, and undergraduate
research programs provide opportunities
for students to apply their knowledge and
problem-solving skills in practical situations in industrial, governmental, and academic settings.
Physics Faculty
Stuart Anderson, Mark Engebretson,
Kenneth Erickson, William Jasperson,
Jeffrey Johnson, Ben Stottrup, David Venne
Physics Research Staff
Jennifer Posch
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
■ BACHELOR OF ARTS
Major
Thirteen courses including:
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics II
PHY 245 Modern Physics
266 Physics
PHY 351 Mechanics I
PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields II
PHY 395, 396 Comprehensive Laboratory
Two elective physics courses above PHY 122
MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, II
MAT 245, 247 Calculus III and Modeling
and Differential Equations
or MAT 245
Calculus III
and PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics
■ BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Major
Seventeen courses including:
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics II
PHY 245 Modern Physics
PHY 261 Electronics
PHY 351 Mechanics I
PHY 352 Mechanics II
PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields II
PHY 395 Comprehensive Laboratory I
PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory II
PHY 486 Quantum Physics
One physics course above PHY 122
CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry
MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, II
MAT 245, 247 Calculus III and Modeling
and Differential Equations
or MAT 245
Calculus III
and PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics
■ BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Physics Major With Concentration in
Space Physics
Eighteen course credits. It is the same
as the B.S. major, with the addition of PHY
320 and PHY 420, and the omission of the
elective physics course.
Departmental Honors
A GPA of 3.50 in physics and 3.30
overall. An original research project on a
significant topic in physics with an oral
presentation and written report. Project
proposals should be made to the department by Sept. 30 of the senior year.
OTHER REQUIREMENTS.
In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with
members of the physics faculty. Normally,
students should have MAT 145, 146, and
PHY 121, 122 during the freshman year,
and MAT 245 and 247 (or PHY 327) during the sophomore year.
Physics 267
Teaching Licensure Major
Society of Physics Students
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
The Augsburg chapter of the Society of
Physics Students provides students the
opportunities of membership in a national
physics society and of participating in the
physics community on a professional basis.
Membership in the society is open to all
students interested in physics.
Minor
Seven courses including:
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics II
Sigma Pi Sigma
Membership in the Augsburg chapter of
this national physics honor society is open
to those students who have completed the
equivalent of a minor in physics, have a
GPA of 3.00 in physics and overall, and
rank in the upper third of their class.
Three elective physics courses
above PHY 122
MAT 145, 146
Calculus I, II
PHYSICS COURSES
PHY 101
Introductory Astronomy
A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars, and galaxies. In addition
the course traces the development of scientific thought from early civilization
to the present day. Night viewing is required. (Three one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: MPG 2. Fall, spring)
PHY 103
Conceptual Physics
An introductory course (with a hands-on intuitive approach) in which the
applications, problems, and experiments are selected to illustrate fundamental
principles of physics. (Two three-hour lectures/laboratories. Prereq.: MPG 3.
Fall, spring)
SCI 106
Introductory Meteorology
A survey of the basic principles of Earth’s weather and climate. Topics include
winds, fronts, cyclones, clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tornados and
hurricanes, climate and climate change, global warming, and ozone depletion.
(Three one-hour lectures, one two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 2. Fall,
spring)
SCI 110
Natural Science I
The first semester of a two-semester survey of natural science. This course
focuses on the nature of science and major concepts of physics and chemistry.
Laboratory work stressing experimentation and measurement will include the
use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one threehour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 3)
268 Physics
SCI 111
Natural Science II
The second semester of a two-semester survey of natural science. This course
focuses on major concepts of earth science and biology. Laboratory work will
complement lectures and will include the use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: SCI 110)
PHY 114
Earth Science for Elementary Education Teachers
A practical and hands-on approach to earth and space science for students
admitted to the elementary education program. Topics covered include the
solar system and the origin of Earth; the structure of Earth including plate tectonics, earthquakes, volcanoes, and minerals and rocks; the hydrologic cycle
and the effect of water on the planet; and the changing climate of Earth. (Two
three-hour laboratory/lecture periods. Prereq.: elementary education major and
MPG 3. Fall, spring)
PHY 116
Introduction to Physics
An algebra-based introductory course in which the applications, problems,
and experiments are selected to illustrate fundamental principles and provide a
broad survey of physics. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: MPG 3. Fall)
PHY 119
Physics for the Fine Arts
A scientific study of sound, light and the mechanics of structures and the
human body relating to music, the visual arts, and theatre. Explores the
physics of phenomena and perception fundamental to these disciplines. (Three
one hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 3. Fall)
PHY 121
General Physics I
A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics and wave motion.
Designed for physics, pre-engineering, and other specified majors. (Three onehour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MAT 145 or concurrent registration. Fall)
PHY 122
General Physics II
A rigorous study of classical physics including thermodynamics, electricity,
magnetism, and optics. Designed for physics, pre-engineering, and other specified majors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY
121, ENL 111, MAT 146 or concurrent registration. Spring)
PHY 245
Modern Physics
An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimental
perspective. Relativity, atomic, molecular, nuclear, and solid state physics.
This course develops the experimental foundations and need for quantum
mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures, one two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY
122. Fall)
PHY 261
Electronics
AC and DC circuits, analog electronics, digital electronics, and the analysis
and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY 116 or 122; and MAT 146.
Spring: cross-listed with computer science)
Physics 269
PHY 320
Introduction to Space Science
A survey of Earth’s space environment including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics (solar dynamics, magnetic
storms, particle precipitation, aurora, and related topics). (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 245. Spring)
PHY/MAT 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
Special functions encountered in physics. Partial differentiation, Fourier series,
series solution of differential equations, Legendre, Bessel and other orthogonal
functions, and functions of a complex variable. (Three one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: PHY 122 or consent of instructor, MAT 245 or equivalent. Spring:
cross-listed with mathematics)
PHY 351
Mechanics I
Classical mechanics in terms of Newtonian, Lagrangian, and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, gravitation, oscillations, central forces, and two-particle kinematics. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122, MAT 247 or PHY 327. Fall)
PHY 352
Mechanics II
Classical mechanics in terms of Newtonian, Lagrangian, and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include dynamics of rigid bodies, systems of particles, and
noninertial reference frames. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122, PHY
351, MAT 247 or PHY 327. Spring)
PHY 362
Electromagnetic Fields I
The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using vector calculus.
Topics include electrostatics, solution of Laplace’s and Poisson’s equations, and
electric properties of materials. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122,
MAT 247 or PHY 327. Fall)
PHY 363
Electromagnetic Fields II
The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using vector calculus.
Topics include magnetostatics, magnetic properties of materials, and electromagnetic radiation based on Maxwell’s equations. (Three one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: PHY 362, MAT 247 or PHY 327. Spring)
PHY 395
Comprehensive Laboratory I (.5 course)
Students work in small groups on advanced experiments from various physics
subfields (including modern physics, electronic instrumentation, magnetism,
and optics) with a focus on the role of experiments, interpretation of data, and
scientific communication. Incorporates an introduction to LabVIEW software
for computerized data acquisition and experiment control. (One three-hour
laboratory and an occasional one-hour seminar per week. Prereq.: junior or
senior standing or consent of instructor. Fall)
270 Physics
PHY 396
Comprehensive Laboratory II (.5 course)
A continuation of PHY 395. A thorough exploration of interface hardware and
software design (LabVIEW) for computer-controlled experiments followed by
application of these techniques to advanced experiments in high vacuum
physics and technology, modern optics, biophysics, and other areas. (One
three-hour laboratory and an occasional one-hour seminar per week. Prereq.:
PHY 395, junior or senior standing or consent of instructor. Spring)
PHY 420
Plasma Physics
Fundamentals of plasma physics including waves, instabilities, drifts, plasma
drifts, particle motion, electric and magnetic fields, Boltzmann equation, magnetohydrodynamics, transport, and applications to laboratory and space plasmas. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 362, 363 or concurrent registration)
PHY 430
Introduction to Solid State Physics
Topics in solid state physics including various theories of metals, crystal lattices, band structure and Fermi surfaces, phonons, semiconductors and magnetism. The conditions and consequences of the solid state of materials will be
explored at a very detailed level, taking realistic parameters of materials into
account. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 351, PHY 362; PHY 486
strongly recommended. Fall)
PHY 486
Quantum Physics
A development from first principles, including de Broglie’s postulates, the
Schroedinger equation, operators, wave functions, expectation values, and
approximation methods. Applications include potential wells and barriers, the
harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.:
PHY 245, 351. Spring)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
PHY 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
PHY 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
PHY 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
PHY 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96. Open to juniors and seniors with departmental
approval.
POLITICAL SCIENCE—POL
F
irmly grounded in the liberal arts tradition, political science shares concerns
with the humanities, other behavioral sciences, and mathematics and the sciences.
The role and significance of authority in
human affairs establish the focus of political science. Augsburg political science students have the benefit of an experienced
faculty that offers courses in all major
areas of political science, and also possesses special expertise in the areas of campaigns and elections, comparative and
international politics, mass communications and other information technolgoy,
racial and ethnic politics, and American
public law.
Political scientists use systematic
inquiry and analysis to examine political
reality. The student who majors in political
science will explore political ideas and values, investigate political cooperation and
conflict, analyze and compare political systems, and develop perspectives on international relations. In the process, the student
will be encouraged to relate insights from
other liberal arts disciplines such as philosophy, psychology, economics, history, and
sociology to the study of politics.
Providing work in several subfields of
political sciene, the major supplies the
breadth appropriate for graduate work in
political science, public administration,
public policy analysis, law, and other professions. It also serves as a foundation on
which to develop careers in public service,
business, communications, and other
fields. Legislative and other internships, as
well as significant independent research
projects, are within easy reach of Augsburg
political science students in the Twin Cities
area. Combined with broad, balanced, and
flexible course offerings, these special
opportunities enhance the student’s potential for graduate study and a successful
career.
Political Science Faculty
Andrew Aoki (Chair), Milda Hedblom,
Norma Noonan, John Shockley, Joseph
Underhill-Cady
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
Political Science Major
Ten courses:
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
POL 483 Political/Statistics/Methodology
POL 484 Political Analysis Seminar
Required elective—one of the following:
POL 121 American Government and
Politics
POL 122 Metropolitan Complex
POL 160 World Politics
POL 170 Law in the United States
Also at least five other upper division
courses in four out of five political science
areas. A seminar in one of the five areas
may be counted for that area. Only one
internship may count for an upper division
area. Also one other political science course
in any area, upper or lower division.
Pre-Law Concentration in Political
Science
Major: 11 courses required
Specific Required Courses — six total
POL 121
POL170
POL 483
POL 484
Two of the following three courses:
ENL 223 or 220 (cannot use both ENL 223
and ENL 220)
PHI 230
SPC 111
271
272 Political Science
Electives — five total
Three courses from the choices below:
POL 350
POL 370
POL 371
POL 380
POL 381
Plus two additional upper level courses in
Political Science (can come from the list
above, or be any other upper level Political
Science course).
Departmental Honors
The honors major in political science
includes the requirements listed above,
plus the following: The student’s GPA must
be 3.50 in the major and 3.00 overall; the
student must take an honors independent
study and a seminar, and must submit an
honors thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with
any member of the department on their
honors thesis. For specific requirements,
consult the department chair. Students
should apply for the honors major no later
than the junior year.
Minor
Five courses, including POL 121 or 122
or 170; POL 158; and at least three upperdivision courses in three out of five political science areas.
POL 483 may not usually be used
for a minor.
Two Electives:
Two courses from the choices below:
POL 350
POL 370
POL 371
POL 380
When necessary, substitutions can be
approved by the chair (e.g. if a required
course has to be cancelled).
Teaching Major in Political Science
and Economics
Total of 12 courses required: five courses in economics, five courses in political
science, and two courses in education.
ECO 112 or 113 and POL 121 also fulfill
requirements for the social studies core;
education courses also fulfill licensure
requirements for secondary educaiton.
Economics Courses:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
(elective for social science core)
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
(elective for social science core)
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
or ECO 315 Money and Banking
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
One other upper division economics
course
Pre-Law Minor: six courses required
Education Courses:
EDC 200 Orientation to Education
(required for licensure)
ESE 310 5-12 Methods: Social Studies —
Capstone course (required for
licensure)
Four Required Courses:
POL 121
POL170
Political Science Courses:
POL 121 American Government (social
science core course)
Two of the following three courses:
ENL 223 or 220 (cannot use both ENL 223
and ENL 220)
PHI 230
SPC 111
Two upper-level political science courses
(must be in two different areas)
Two other political science courses
In addition, in order to graduate with this
major, a student must have been admitted
Political Science 273
into the Department of Education. To be
licensed in social studies, additional education courses and the social studies core are
required.
Political Science Areas
(I) American Government and Politics,
(II) Comparative Politics and Analysis,
(III) International Politics, (IV) Public Law,
and (V) Political Theory and Analysis. Any
course listed in more than one area may be
counted in only one area toward major or
minor requirements.
Note: Students interested in secondary
education may take a political science
major or the teaching major in economics
and political science. Either option
requires that the student also take courses
required for the social studies core. For
more information, see the department
chair.
See the class schedule for precise listing
of terms in which courses are offered.
POLITICAL SCIENCE COURSES.
■ I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
POL 121
American Government and Politics
Surveys major parts of American national government — including Congress,
the presidency, and the courts — as well as campaigns and elections, federalism, interest groups, and political parties.
POL 122
Metropolitan Complex
Examines politics in metropolitan areas, emphasizing central cities and focusing on influences on urban public policy. Includes case studies of the Twin
Cities metro area.
POL 124
American Women and Politics
Investigates the roles women play in the political system. Political, economic,
and social issues will be explored from contemporary and historical perspectives.
POL 241
Environmental and River Politics
This course explores the politics of the communities and ecosystems of the
Upper Mississippi River watershed, including controversies about river pollution, the lock and dam system, regional water supply, flood control, and farming practices. Includes site visits to see how local policy-makers and stakeholders are trying to achieve sustainability in the watershed.
POL 323
Social and Political Change
Examines interaction between cultural, social, and political change, looking primarily, but not exclusively, at the United States. Also looks at how
individuals can try to effect political change. (Prereq.: one previous course
in political science, or junior or senior status or consent of instructor)
274 Political Science
POL 325
Politics and Public Policy
The domestic policy making process, emphasizing how elected officials,
bureaucrats, and interest groups shape government policies in various areas,
including taxes, the environment, and social welfare policy. How public policies are formulated and implemented.
POL 326
Political Parties and Behavior
Emphasizes study of public opinion and political parties in the electoral
process. Field work with political parties, interest groups, and media in presidential elections (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: one
course in political science or consent of instructor. Fall term of election years)
POL 342
Mass Communication in Society
Studies effects of new information technology (such as the Internet) and of the
traditional electronic media. Covers uses of technology and media for newsmaking, selling, entertainment, and public affairs. (Prereq.: Sophomore, junior,
or senior standing)
POL 370
Constitutional Law
(See Section IV for description.)
POL 375
Media Law
(See Section IV for description.)
POL 421
Topics in American Politics
Topics include legislative, executive, or judicial politics, public policy, and
leadership. Can include focus on national, state, or local level. (Prereq.: one
course in political science or consent of instructor)
■ II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS
POL 158
Political Patterns and Processes
An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making
process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of
contemporary issues.
POL 350
Topics In European Politics
Study of the political behavior, institutions, and processes of European states.
The course will focus on either European community law and politics or
domestic politics in European states. (Prereq.: one course in political science
or consent of instructor)
POL 351
Topics In Communist/Post-Communist Systems
Analysis of the former Soviet Union and/or other communist/post-communist
states in terms of political behavior, evolution, institutions, and political
processes. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
POL 359
Topics: Women in Comparative Politics
Various aspects of women in comparative politics will be explored. Themes
and countries vary. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of
instructor)
Political Science 275
POL 459
Topics in Comparative Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of political systems and comparisons
of political processes such as political participation, political development,
political change, and revolution. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one
course in political science or consent of instructor)
■ III. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
POL 160
World Politics
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the
dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a
focus on recent problems.
POL 363
Russian and Chinese Foreign Policies
Analysis of theory and policy in the foreign policy process in Russia (and the
former USSR) and China. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent
of instructor)
POL 461
Topics in International Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign
policy decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be
included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of
instructor)
POL 490
Seminar in International Relations
Capstone seminar for students majoring in international relations; analysis of
some methods for studying international relations; analysis of major trends;
senior thesis. Open to other students by consent of instructor. This course satisfies the Keystone requirement for International Relations majors. (Prereq.:
four courses in the international relations sequence)
■ IV. PUBLIC LAW
POL 170
Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society;
roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as
“supreme” law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues.
POL 370
Constitutional Law
The legal-political-philosophical role of the Supreme Court in the American
political system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in
the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: POL 170 or at
least junior status and one previous course in political science)
POL 371
Topics in Constitutional Law
Selected topics in constitutional law. Content will vary, defined by the subtitle
of the course. (Prereq.: POL 170 or consent of instructor)
276 Political Science
POL 375
Media Law
Study of key issues and contemporary conflicts in media law and regulation,
including the uses of law to settle disputes about media content, access, ethics,
and ownership. (Prereq.: one course in political science, POL 342, or consent
of instructor)
■ V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS
POL 140
Social Justice in America
Examines social justice in urban policies such as housing and education
(issues may vary). Students develop their own arguments about social justice.
Emphasis on class discussion; substantial participation required.
POL 158
Political Patterns and Processes
(See Section II for description.)
POL 282
Understanding Asian America
Asian Americans and their place in American politics and society. Includes
some coverage of Asian American history and looks at the struggle to define
Asian Americans.
POL 380
Western Political Thought
A study of influential political philosophers, emphasizing the values, goals,
and assumptions that continue to inform and to rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
POL 381
Topics in Democratic Theory
Selected topics including the emergence of political democracy in comparative
perspective and American political thought. Topic to be included in the
subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
POL 484
Political Analysis Seminar
An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including an examination of the requirements of science as a model for political
study. Major research is required. This course satisfies the Keystone requirement. (Prereq.: POL 158, POL 483, and two upper division courses, or consent of instructor)
Political Science 277
■ VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY, AND INTERNSHIPS
POL 295
Lower Division Seminar
Special topics. Consult department chair concerning terms and subject matter.
(On demand)
POL 483
Seminar in Political Statistics and Methodology
Introductory survey of political science methods. Covers experimental design,
descriptive and inferential statistics, computer methods, and issues in the construction and execution of political surveys.
POL 495
Seminar
Selected topics. Consult department chair concerning terms and subject matter.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
POL 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95. P/N grading unless internship supervisor grants exception.
POL 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
POL 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
POL 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96.
278
PSYCHOLOGY—PSY
P
sychology is an exploration of
behavior and mental processes. As an integral part of a liberal arts education, psychology contributes to the understanding
of individual and group behavior. The
study of psychology equips students to
understand and use the scientific method
to think creatively and critically beyond
the classroom. To prepare students for
graduate study and work in psychology,
the major emphasizes the complementary
components of a strong foundation in
research and theoretical work with the
application of knowledge and skills in
coursework, research experiences, and
internships within the community. The
curriculum’s emphasis on the experiential
dimensions of learning and the integration
of liberal arts and professional domains
prepares students for careers in many settings including business, education, social
services, research, law, government,
church, and medicine.
Faculty members in the Department of
Psychology have varied professional specializations including clinical, counseling,
physiological, developmental, social, cognitive, and industrial/organizational psychology as well as expertise in psychological
applications to health, law, and public policy. Students may tap this expertise through
a variety of learning experiences including
group and individual projects, association
with Augsburg’s active Psychology Club,
Psi Chi Honor Society, and faculty-student
research teams.
Psychology Faculty
Bridget Robinson-Riegler (Chair),
Barbara Curchack, Grace Dyrud, Stacy
Freiheit, David Matz, Nancy Steblay
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Major
The major is 10 courses
Foundations of Psychology (five courses)
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
PSY 215 Research Methods: Design,
Procedure, and Analysis I
PSY 315 Research Methods: Design,
Procedure, and Analysis II
At least one course from the following:
PSY 325 Social Behavior
PSY 354 Cognitive Psychology
PSY 355 Biopsychology
At least one course from the following:
PSY 491 Advanced Research Seminar
PSY 493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Professional Perspectives (two courses)
PSY 399/396 Internship
At least one course from the following:
PSY 357 Behavioral Analysis
PSY 359 Assessment
PSY 263 Sports Psychology
PSY 373 Industrial/Organizational
Psychology
PSY 385 Counseling Psychology
PSY 410 Clinical Neuropsychology
Electives (three courses in psychology)
Majors are strongly encouraged to take
more than the minimum 10 required psychology courses; no more than 13 course
credits can count for graduation.
Note: A minimum of five courses must be
from Augsburg. No more than two courses
from among PSY 199, 299, 399/396, and
499 may be counted.
Transfer-course policy for majors
and minors: All transfer courses, including ACTC courses, must be approved in
writing by the chair. Only those psychology courses successfully completed (2.0 or
above) within the last 10 years will be considered. In general, courses that meet the
transfer guidelines may only be applied to
elective or PSY 105 credit for the major.
Psychology 279
All psychology majors must have an
adviser in the psychology department.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Concentration in Psychology and Law
The field of psychology and law
involves the application of scientific and
professional aspects of psychology to questions and issues relating to law and the
legal system. This field encompasses contributions made in a number of different
areas — research, clinical practice, public
policy, and teaching/training among them
— from a variety of orientations within the
field of psychology, such as developmental,
social, cognitive, neuropsychology, and
clinical. Students in this concentration will
participate in at least three experiential
learning venues: laboratory research, a
community-based internship, and study
tours to Hennepin County Courts.
See department Chair for specific
requirements.
Concentration in Social Psychology
Both the sociology and psychology
departments offer courses relevant to students with interests in social psychology.
The intent of the social psychology concentration is to provide students of either
major with a solid disciplinary foundation
along with specific coursework to strengthen a cross-disciplinary social psychological
perspective. Students will participate in
internship and research experiences specific to their social psychology interest.
Coursework will emphasize research skills,
theoretical analysis, and applied work in
areas intended to prepare students for
careers in law, consulting, research, and
social policy, as well as many other areas.
In addition, the social psychology concentration is ideal for graduate school preparation. See department chair for specific
requirements.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.00 in the major and 3.50
overall, and completion of a high-quality
research project. Formal application must
be made during the junior year. Please
consult the department chair for more
detailed requirements.
Minor
Five courses, including PSY 105, and
four electives. A minimum of two courses
must be from Augsburg. No more than two
courses from among PSY 299, 399/396,
and 499 may be counted.
PSYCHOLOGY COURSES..
PSY 105
Principles of Psychology
An introduction to the methods and principles of psychology. Applications
of psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Research
participation is required.
PSY 201
Health Psychology
Consideration of the impact of psychological, behavioral, social, and biological
interactions on health. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
280 Psychology
PSY 215
Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I
Part I of a two-term sequence. See PSY 315. PSY 215 may be taken for one
course credit without taking PSY 315. Scientific method as practiced in psychology. This sequence emphasizes skills of bibliographic research, research
design and data collection, statistical analysis and interpretation, and APAstyle presentation of research findings. (Prereq.: PSY 105, MPG 3, and sophomore status)
PSY 235
Psychology and Law
Application of psychological principles and research to legal processes, policy,
and problems. Emphasis on three content areas: eyewitness issues, courtroom
procedures, and forensic clinical practice. (Prereq: PSY 105)
PSY 250
Child Development
Theory and scientific methods of examining development and behavior.
Practical implications of data and theory are stressed. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 252
Adolescent and Young Adult Development
Consideration of research and theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult years. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 253
Aging and Adulthood
Development through middle and older adulthood. Consideration of positive
and negative aspects of aging. Content is especially relevant to those who
study and work with the largest growing segment of our population—the
elderly. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 256
Environmental Psychology
This course uses a cultural-ecological viewpoint to study the influence of the
physical environment, both natural and human-made, on behavior. (Prereq.:
PSY 105)
PSY 261
PSY 262
Personality/Cultural Context
Current scientifically-based approaches to description, dynamics, and
development of personality. Includes study of gender, social position, and
cross-cultural behavior. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
Abnormal Psychology
An introduction to psychological disorders and treatment. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 263
Sports Psychology
Foundations of sports psychology. Psychological concepts applied to sports
and enhancement of athletic performance. Topics include motivation, team
development, leadership, psychological skills training, and goal setting.
(Prereq: Psy 105)
PSY 271
Psychology of Gender
Emphasis on the social construction of gender and its impact on the lives and
behavior of individuals. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 295
Topics in Psychology
Specific topic will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
Psychology 281
PSY 315
Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis II
Part II of a two-term sequence. See PSY 215. Ideally PSY 315 should be taken
in the term immediately following PSY 215. (Prereq.: PSY 215 with a grade of
2.0 or higher, ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
PSY 325
Social Behavior
Social factors that influence individual and group behavior in natural and laboratory settings. Topics include social cognition, group behavior, social influence,
attitudes formation, and change. (Prereq.: PSY 215, or PSY 105 with junior
standing)
PSY 354
Cognitive Psychology
Theory, data, and practical applications relevant to the following topics: attention, perception, pattern recognition, memory, mental imagery, problem-solving, decision-making, and language. (Prereq.: PSY 215, or PSY 105 with junior
standing)
PSY 355
Biopsychology
Relationship between biology and behavior. Considers biological bases of
learning and cognition, emotions, abnormal psychology, personality, normal
and altered states of consciousness. (Prereq.: PSY 215, or PSY 105 with junior
standing)
PSY 357
Behavior Analysis
Principles of learning/behavior change and their application to self-management, family, work, school, and clinic settings. Individualized projects.
(Prereq.: PSY 215, or PSY 105 with junior standing)
PSY 359
Assessment
Theory and scientific methods of assessing human aptitudes, achievement,
personality, abnormal behavior, vocational interests, and impacts of the environment on behavior. Examination of a variety of tests, concepts of reliability
and validity, and legal and ethical issues. (Prereq.: PSY 215, or PSY 105 with
junior standing)
PSY 360
Psychology Laboratory
(.5 credit)
Laboratory research experience under the supervision of a faculty member.
Concurrent or previous enrollment in a full credit course in the faculty member’s area of expertise and approval by that faculty member are required.
(Prereq: Psy 215)
PSY 373
Industrial/Organizational Psychology
The theoretical and applied study of organizations. Topics include personnel
selection and evaluation, career development, conflict and decision-making, group processes, and organizational change. (Prereq.: PSY 215, or PSY
105 with junior standing)
PSY 381
Historical Perspectives
Focus on the people in psychology’s history, their questions and positions,
from the early Greek period to the present. Emphasis on the 20th century,
inclusions of women and minorities, and contextual history. (Prereq.:
PSY 215 or PSY 105 with junior standing)
282 Psychology
PSY 385
Counseling Psychology
Principles and methods involved in the counseling process. Consideration of
goals and ethical guidelines for the counseling relationship. (Prereq.: PSY 215,
or PSY 105 with junior standing)
PSY 410
Clinical Neuropsychology
The exploration of human behavior when the brain is altered by traumatic
brain injury and diseases such as stroke, epilepsy, and dementia. Learn human
neuroanatomy in order to relate brain systems to attention, perception, memory, language, personality, and awareness. Address clinical issues, including
neuropsychological assessment and interviewing. (Prereq.: PSY 315 or consent
of instructor)
PSY 490
Current Topics in Psychology
Specific topic will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: PSY 315 or consent of instructor)
PSY 491
Advanced Research Seminar
Research team experience in a seminar format. Designed to extend students’
knowledge of statistical and methodological techniques and to explore contemporary professional issues and implications for social policy.
Recommended for students headed for graduate school and those electing an
honors major. (Prereq.: PSY 315 or consent of instructor)
PSY 493
Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Discussion and exploration of contemporary professional issues and social
policy from a psychological viewpoint. Faculty-supervised student research.
(Prereq.: PSY 315 or consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses.
PSY 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95. (Prereq.: PSY 105 and one other psychology course).
PSY 299
Directed study
See description on page 96. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 399/396 Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95. Participation in a concurrent seminar is required.
PSY 399 involves an off-campus internship; PSY 396 involves an on-campus
internship. The internship satisfies the Keystone requirement. (Prereq.: PSY
315, ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
PSY 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96. (Prereq.: PSY 315)
RELIGION, YOUTH
MINISTRY—REL, YFM
R
eligion asks questions and seeks
answers fundamental to humanity’s search
for meaning: Who are we as human
beings? (Who am I?) What is our relationship with each other, with the natural
world, and with God? (What is my place in
the world? What am I called to do?) What
do good and evil mean in this time and
this place? (Do I — or how do I — understand these concepts differently than those
from different times and ages?)
The study of religion, including inquiry
into the history and traditions of
Christianity, exploration of other major
world religious traditions, study and interpretation of the Hebrew Bible and New
Testament, and reflection on vocation, is
central to the mission and vision of
Augsburg College. At the center of the
AugCore, Augsburg’s general education
program, are courses in the Religion
Department. In these courses, students are
challenged and equipped to articulate what
they believe and to see that what they
believe matters. These courses also ground
students who wish to major or minor in
Religion or Youth and Family Ministry,
where they may more explore more deeply
the interpretation of the Bible, church history, theology, world religions, spirituality
and spiritual practices, as well as the practical aspects of the life and work of the
church.
Augsburg is a college of the Evangelical
Lutheran Church in America (ELCA), and
this means that we are eager to engage in
dialogue with Christians of all denominations and with people who practice other
spiritual traditions or claim no religious
beliefs. We challenge all our students to
respect and learn from one another and to
AND
FAMILY
think critically about matters of faith and
reason.
Religion Faculty
Philip Quanbeck II (Chair), Lori Brandt
Hale, Bradley Holt, Russell Kleckley, Lynne
Lorenzen, Mary Lowe, Beverly Stratton,
Mark Tranvik, Hans Wiersma
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
Majors
The Religion Department offers two
majors: Religion (REL) and Youth and
Family Ministry (YFM).
Prerequisites
Religion 100 (or 300 for advanced
transfer students) is prerequisite to all
other courses.
Graduation Requirements
Courses designated REL and YFM are
offered by the religion department. A maximum of 13 total REL and YFM courses
may be applied toward the 32-course
requirement for graduation. Taking extra
electives in REL or YFM may require students to complete more than the minimum
32 courses required for graduation.
Transfer Courses
All transfer courses for majors and
minors, including ACTC courses, must be
approved in writing by the chair. Only
courses successfully completed (2.0 or
above) within the last ten years will be
considered. In general, courses that meet
the transfer guidelines may only be applied
to elective credit for the major. Students
who have taken an approved introductory
course in Bible and/or Christian theology
283
284 Religion
at another college may take REL 300 in
place of the college REL 100 and 200
requirement; consult the registrar’s office.
Advising
All majors must have an adviser in the
department.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.50 in the major and 3.00
overall, research project approved by the
department, and colloquium with the
department. Application must be received
by the department by Dec. 30 of the student’s senior year.
RELIGION—REL
A religion major serves as a strong
foundation in the liberal arts. It prepares
students for professional work and/or graduate studies in a wide array of fields.
Certainly, students interested in seminary
and ministry are well-served by an undergraduate religion degree. Students who
wish to pursue graduate studies in theology, religious studies, sacred scripture, or
church history are also good candidates for
a religion major. Students interested in
graduate studies in most any field in the
humanities and social sciences could
choose a religion major. Law schools and
other professional schools, including medical schools, are attracted to students with
a religion degree and the skills of analytic
reading, critical thinking, writing, and
speaking acquired in pursuit of that
degree.
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
■ BACHELOR OF ARTS
Religion Major
Eight courses including:
REL 200 Christian Vocation and the
Search for Meaning II
or REL 300 Bible, Christian Theology,
and Vocation
REL 210 Research Methods in Religion
REL 495 Religion Keystone
Five additional electives
Note: Keystone, especially for majors,
should be taken in the junior or senior
year. One New Testament Greek course
may be applied to the major.
Religion Minor
Five religion courses including REL 100
and 200. (Advanced transfer students take
REL 300 and four electives.)
Note for majors and minors:
Students are required to have at least a
2.00 GPA in courses counted toward the
major or minor. One or two courses in
Youth and Family Ministry (YFM) may
count toward the religion major or minor.
Religion 285
RELIGION COURSES.
REL 100
Christian Vocation and the Search for Meaning I
This introductory course will explore some of the biblical and theological
resources that the Christian tradition, seen through the lens of vocation,
brings to the search for meaning. Not accepted for cr edit for students who
h a v e t a k e n R E L 3 0 0 o r 33 1 .
REL 100 or 300 is a prerequisite for all religion and youth and family ministry courses.
REL 120
Religion and Science in Popular Culture
This course explores the relationship between religion and science through
issues that emerge in public discussion through news and popular media.
Examples of topics include evolution and intelligent design, genetic engineering and stem cell research, and the social role of science and science as vocation, along with historical and philosophical development of science in its
relationship to religion.
REL 200
Christian Vocation and the Search for Meaning II
This course focuses on articulating students’ own theological questions and
positions and on recognizing and evaluating religious claims in the areas of
biblical interpretation and the historical, cultural, and global contexts of
Christianity and other world religions. (Prereq.: REL 100)
REL 205
Exploring Topics in Religion
This course introduces students to various topics within the field of religion.
Students will explore primary texts on topics such as gender, economics, and
politics and investigate and analyze the contemporary debates involving these
complex issues. Students will develop their own perspectives on the topic
under investigation. (Prereq.: REL 100, 111, 221, 300, or 331 and ENL 111 or
112 or HON 111)
REL 206
Apostles of Hope
This course will explore how Israel adapted, resisted, fractured into sects, and
was crushed in revolt (70-73 AD/CE) in the crucible of the Greek and Roman
empires. Why was Jesus of Nazareth seen both as a sign of Israel’s hope and a
threat in Roman Judea? How did the apostolic movement bring its irrepressible hope in God into the nations, religions, philosophies, and languages of
the Roman order?
REL 210
Research Methods in Religion
An introduction to the study of the main disciplines within the academic
study of Christianity (Bible, theology, and church history), including methods
and research skills. (Prereq.: REL 100 or 300 and ENL 111 or 112 or HON
111)
REL 300
Bible, Christian Theology, and Vocation
This foundational course for advanced transfer students explores the Bible,
Christian tradition, and vocation. Students will articulate their own theological
questions and positions and begin to recognize and evaluate religious claims
in a world of many religions. Open only to advanced transfer students. Not
accepted for credit for students who have taken REL 100, 111, 221, or 331.
286 Religion
REL 301
Interpreting the Old Testament
An investigation of the Torah, Prophets, and Writings, including forms, genres,
historical contexts, portrayal of God, and interpretation of these texts by
ancient and modern Jewish and Christian communities. (Prereq.: REL 100 or
300 and critical thinking entry level skill pass or GST 100)
REL 302
Interpreting the New Testament
Historical, literary, and theological interpretation of Paul’s letters, the gospels,
and other New Testament writings as persuasive literature for ancient and
modern communities.
REL 306
Non-Western Christianity
A study of Christian belief and practice in a variety of cultural settings different from those of Western Europe and North America. In addition to introductions to forms of this faith on other continents, the course will explore the
deep questions of the relationship of culture and religion, and the ethnic and
cultural location of Christianity.
REL 309
Religion at the Movies
Religious themes such as good and evil, morality and ethics, human nature,
holiness, faith and belief, salvation and redemption, and forgiveness and mercy
will be explored through the medium of popular film.
REL 313
Environmental Theology and Ethics
An overview of contemporary environmental theology and theologically-based
approaches to environmental ethics using case studies of environmental problems in Mexico and Central America. Taught in Mexico during spring semester program.
REL 320
Buddhism and Christianity in Thailand
An examination of Buddhism and the interface of Buddhism and Christianity
in Thailand, with attention to the plurality of religions, the role of Christian
mission, and religious responses to some of Thailand’s contemporary problems
such as AIDS and the sex industry. Short-term travel seminar.
REL 343
Theology of Marriage and Family
An examination of the nature of modern marriage and family relationships
within the context of the faith and practice of the Christian church.
REL 346
Religion and Social Change in Southern Africa
This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of political
transformations of Southern Africa. Students will meet with people representing a variety of religious perspectives and roles within churches and religious
organizations. Taught in Namibia.
REL 353
Denominations and Religious Groups in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major Christian
denominations and of many contemporary American religious groups.
Some controversial religious movements will also be considered.
Religion 287
REL 356
World Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world,
including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam.
REL 357
REL 362
Giants of Christian Faith
Christian history is examined through the lives and theology of notable figures. Thinkers who may be studied include Augustine, Martin Luther,
Dorothy Day, and Martin Luther King, Jr.
Theology of the Reformers
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the
16th century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Prereq.: REL 100 or 300 and ENL 111 or 112 or HON
111)
REL 363
Religion in America
A study of the history of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of
religious liberty, revivalism, denominations, and the responses of religion to
the challenges of its environing culture.
REL 366
Latin American Liberation Theologies
A study of the dominant theological perspectives that have shaped Latin
American culture and politics. Focuses on the relationship between theology
and social/political transformation.
REL 370
American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought
Religious beliefs, spiritual customs, and philosophy of North American
Indians are studied. Tribal similarities and differences are explored as are tribal
relationships with nature, religious oversight of life cycles, sacred ritual ceremonies, and beliefs in an afterlife. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111,
junior standing, and REL 100 or 300)
REL 378
REL 383
Medieval Church (See description under HIS 378)
Process Theology
Influences of the relational world view of process philosophy on Christian
faith and ethical deliberations (including killing, abortion, human sexuality,
and euthanasia).
REL 386
Speaking of Genesis
An investigation of scholarship on Genesis and the role of interpretaton
through study of the characters and values portrayed in Genesis and related
biblical texts.
REL 390
Theology of Death and Dying
A study of death and dying from the viewpoint of Christian theology and
ethics, taking into account also what other religions and the biological, psychological, and social sciences have had to say on the subject. Special emphasis on medical ethics brought on by modern medical technology.
288 Religion
REL 405
Lilly Scholar Seminar I
(.5 course)
This course will study the Bible and Christian tradition in order to help participants discern a call in Christian ministry. This course is open to participants
in the Lilly Scholar program only.
REL 406
Lilly Scholar Seminar II
(.5 course)
This course will study the Bible and Christian tradition in order to help participants discern a call in Christian ministry. This course is open to participants
in the Lilly Scholar program only.
REL 425
Christian Spiritual Practices
A practical forum on “habits of the heart” that sustain Christian service.
Students explore and critically reflect on the value and practice of spiritual
disciplines such as prayer, meditation, journaling, and service to the poor.
REL 441
Feminism and Christianity
Attention will be given to religious influences on societal roles for women and
men, feminist interpretation of the Bible, and the impact of feminism on
Christian theology, especially in terms of language and metaphor.
REL 471
Jesus and His Interpreters
Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels,
dealing with their context, literary structure, and relationships. Attention to
the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus.
REL 472
Paul the Apostle
A study of the apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes found in his writings.
(Prereq.: REL 100 or 300 and critical thinking entry level skill pass or GST
100)
REL 475
Judaism
An introduction to the Jewish faith as the tradition has developed, as well as
attention to current issues facing the Jewish community.
REL 480
Vocation and the Christian Faith
This course will examine vocation in the Bible, the Christian tradition, and
contemporary culture. Students will be challenged to make vocation the lens
through which they view their lives and communities. This course satisfies the
Keystone requirement.
REL 481
Contemporary Theology
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought
today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing
theological task of the Christian church. (Prereq.: REL 100 or 300 and ENL
111 or 112 or HON 111)
REL 483
Christian Ethics
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action.
Religion 289
REL 490
Topics in Religion
Selected topics in religion.
REL 495
Religion Keystone
This course is required for the major, and enrollment is normally restricted to
students who have nearly finished their coursework. Selected topics vary by
instructor. Students will improve writing abilities through writing a major
research paper. (Prereq.: REL 210 and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
REL 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95. Limited to special cases.
REL 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
REL 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
REL 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96. For religion majors only.
See department listing for a description of the following approved electives:
PHI 350
Philosophy of Religion
SOC 260
Religion and Society
YOUTH
AND
FAMILY MINISTRY—YFM
Youth and Family Ministry Major
The major in youth and family ministry
prepares persons for faithful work as youth
and family ministers in Christian congregations and other ministry settings. This
major is interdisciplinary, combining a core
study of theology and Bible with supporting coursework in the social sciences. A
distinctive part of the major is the combination of practical and theological training.
Students are accepted into the program
through a two-step candidacy process. Contact the youth and family ministry coordi-
nator in the religion department about
when and how to apply for candidacy.
This major requires 150 hours of supervised contextual education (YFM 207) as
preparation for a 150-hour internship
(YFM 399) with a congregation or ministry
organization. YFM majors are encouraged
to plan class schedules to allow for either
extending the internship experience for a
full year, or completing the internship
semester while carrying only one additional class. Consult the youth and family ministry coordinator for advising.
290 Youth and Family Ministry
Youth and Family Ministry Major
Eleven courses including:
Theology core:
REL 200 Christian Vocation and the
Search for Meaning II
or REL 300 Bible, Christian Theology,
and Vocation
REL 301 Interpreting the Old Testament
REL 302 Interpreting the New Testament
REL 362 Theology of the Reformers
REL 495 Religion Keystone
Youth and family ministry core:
YFM 207 Contextual Education
[required non-credit field experience]
YFM 232 Peer Ministry: Principles and
Leadership
YFM 235 Basics in Youth and Family
Ministry
YFM 358 Life and Work of the Church
or YFM 316 Church and Culture in
Context
YFM 399 Internship
REL 343 Theology of Marriage and
Family
REL 425 Christian Spiritual Practices
and three supporting courses:
SOC 231 Family Systems: A CrossCultural Perspective
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
PSY 250 Child Development
or PSY 252 Adolescent and Young Adult
Development
or SWK 260 Humans Developing
Note: A student with a youth and family ministry major or minor may not also
major or minor in religion.
Youth and Family Ministry Minor
The minor consists of the following six
courses:
REL 200 Christian Vocation and the
Search for Meaning II
or REL 300 Bible, Christian Theology,
and Vocation
YFM 235 Basics in Youth and Family
Ministry
YFM 232 Peer Ministry
one Bible survey course from:
REL 301 Interpreting the Old Testament
REL 302 Interpreting the New Testament
one upper division YFM course from:
REL 343 Theology of Marriage and
Family
YFM 316 Church and Culture in Context
YFM 358 Life and Work of the Church
one formal, supervised field work experience:
YFM 207 Contextual Education (noncredit requirement)
YFM 399 Internship
or field work with youth and families,
supervised through another major and
approved by the religion department youth
and family ministry coordinator.
Youth and Family Ministry 291
YOUTH AND FAMILY MINISTRY COURSES.
REL 100 or 300 is a prerequisite for all religion and youth and family ministry courses.
YFM 207
Contextual Education (.0 course)
Students reflect upon and relate their learning of theology, the youth and family ministry model, and supporting social science courses to experiences during
150 hours in an approved congregational setting. They discuss ministry issues
with peers and supervisors and begin preparation of their professional portfolios. This is a non-credit requirement for the major. It may be done over two
to three semesters. (Prereq.: Candidacy step #1)
YFM 232
Peer Ministry: Principles and Leadership
Students learn to train college, high school, and junior high youth to serve as
peer ministers in their congregations and communities. They will learn and
practice communication skills, facilitate small groups, and learn the role of a
listener/helper. Peer ministry integrates the act of caring and serving others
within a Christian belief system.
YFM 235
Basics in Youth and Family Ministry
A study in the basics of Christian ministry, especially with regard to children,
youth, and families. Biblical and theological foundations in ministry are
explored. Conceptual models and basic skills of ministry with children, youth,
and families in congregations and other ministry settings are also explored.
YFM 316
Church and Culture in Context
A study of culture, church life, and the contemporary religious situation in
another country. An exploration of the roles of households, congregations, and
other ministry organizations in shaping and nurturing faith as compared to the
United States. Short-term travel seminar, available as offered.
YFM 358
Life and Work of the Church
An overview of the manner in which Christianity has carried out its mission
throughout the centuries. An exploration of the issues and challenges facing
the “postmodern” church. A study of the role of households, congregations,
and other ministry organizations in shaping and nurturing the Christian faith.
YFM 399
Internship
Supervised practice of youth and family ministry during 150 hours in an
approved congregational setting. Students complete a formal internship agreement and projects. (Prereq.: Candidacy step #2)
YFM 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96.
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES
See Nordic Area Studies.
292
SOCIAL STUDIES TEACHING LICENSURE
S
tudents preparing to teach social
studies at the secondary level must complete, in addition to the professional
requirements to be met within the
Department of Education, a program
designed to provide a broad foundation in
the social sciences.
Coordinators
Don Gustafson, degree-seeking students.
Anne Kaufman, licensure only and MAE
graduate students.
Social Studies Teaching Licensure
Broad base requirements:
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
HIS 120 America to 1815
or HIS 121 19th-Century United States
or HIS 122 20th-Century United States
POL 121 American Government and
Politics
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 241 Foundations of Cultural
Anthropology
One course in geography
(human or cultural)
Plus a major in one of six fields—economics, history, political economics, political
science, psychology, or sociology.
Geography and anthropology are also
acceptable fields, although they are not
offered as majors on the Augsburg campus.
An interdisciplinary social studies
major is available for persons holding a
bachelor’s degree and seeking licensure
only.
Students considering a career in
social studies education should consult,
as soon as possible, the Augsburg
Department of Education and the social
studies coordinator.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. Students
should consult with the Augsburg
Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
SOCIAL WORK—SWK
T
he social work major prepares graduates to work with individuals, groups,
families, communities, and organizations.
Graduates are social work professionals
prepared for practice that promotes social
and economic justice and encourages individual and group empowerment. The
social work undergraduate receives a bachelor of science in social work (BSW)
degree and is eligible to apply for licensure
as a generalist social worker. We also offer
a graduate masters degree in social work
(MSW). Both the baccalaureate and graduate social work programs are accredited by
the Council on Social Work Education.
Social work graduates embody the
Augsburg College motto, “Education for
Service.” Service learning and practica
assignments are integral to the curriculum.
The Twin Cities region offers a variety of
innovative and professional community
agencies. Bringing the local social welfare
resources into the classroom through presentations and internships allows students
to train with and learn from local, regional
and national social work leaders. Students
also work within social, cultural, ethnic,
and economically diverse communities,
becoming better able to practice in a global
society.
The social work major at Augsburg
College provides each student with a
strong foundation for graduate studies in
social work and other human service
fields. The social welfare minor and social
work electives offer students from other
disciplines the opportunity to gain knowledge about human needs, growth and
development, experience with urban
human services, and an introduction to
global issues of peace and justice.
293
Social Work Faculty
Anthony Bibus (Chair), Laura Boisen
(MSW Field Coordinator), Lois Bosch
(MSW Program Director), Francine
Chakolis, Christina Erickson, Annette
Gerten, Barbara Lehmann, Rosemary Link,
Sharon Patten, Curt Paulsen, Nancy
Rodenborg (BSW Field Coordinator),
Glenda Dewberry Rooney, Michael Schock
(BSW Program Director), Maryann Syers
(Field Education Coordinator), Tan Ngoh
Tiong
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Major
Ten core courses:
SWK 301 History and Analysis of
Social Policy
SWK 306 Social Work Practice I:
With Individuals
SWK 307 Field Work I:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 316 Social Work Practice II:
With Families and Groups
SWK 317 Field Work II:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 402 Research I: Fundamentals of
Social Work Research and
Evaluation (.5)
SWK 403 Research II: Evaluation of
Social Work Practice and
Programs (.5)
SWK 406 Social Work Practice III:
With Communities and Policies
SWK 407 Field Work III:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 417 Field Work IV:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 490 The Social Worker as
Professional
and seven supporting courses:
BIO 121 Human Biology
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
294 Social Work
SOC 265
SWK 257
SWK 260
SWK 280
Race, Class and Gender
Exploring Human Services
Humans Developing
Diversity and Inequality in
Professional Practice
A minimum grade of 2.0 is required for
each core course and a 2.00 GPA is
required in the supporting program. A statistics course is recommended for students
planning on graduate school.
In accordance with accreditation standards, the Social Work Department does
not grant social work course credit for life
experience or previous work experience.
Admission to the Major
Students must apply to be admitted to
the BSW degree program. This application
process, called candidacy, is subsequent to
and separate from admission to Augsburg
College. The initial candidacy application
is completed in the spring term of the
sophomore year or in the summer months
for junior transfer students. Each social
work major must complete the application
materials and be officially admitted to the
BSW program before beginning the first
field practicum in the junior year.
Admission to the program is required as a
pre-requisite for those 300 and 400 level
courses restricted to social work majors
only. Contact the Social Work Department
for details.
Departmental Honors
The social work department offers students the opportunity to earn
Departmental Honors through the completion of an applied or scholarly project.
Students may apply for Departmental
Honors if they have earned and maintain
an overall GPA of 3.30 and maintain a
cumulative GPA of 3.60 in all social work
classes at the 300 level and above. Honors
applicants may take up to two courses as
P/N (in addition to the integrative field
seminars, which are graded P/N) and must
complete a minimum of 14 traditionally
graded Augsburg courses. Other requirements include the successful completion of
a paper or project designed to demonstrate
critical understanding of one area in the
field of social work or social welfare. A faculty mentor will guide and supervise work
on this paper or project. Please consult
with your advisor or BSW program director for complete details and deadlines.
Social Welfare Minor (for other
majors)
Six courses including:
SWK 257 Exploring Human Services
SWK 260 Humans Developing
SWK 301 History and Analysis of
Social Policy
SWK 406 Social Work Practice III:
With Communities and Polices
SOC 265 Race, Class, and Gender
and one course from:
POL 121 American Government
and Politics
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
POL 325 Politics and Public Policy
Social Work 295
SOCIAL WORK COURSES.
■ COURSES OPEN TO ALL STUDENTS
SWK 230
Global Peace and Social Development
This course offers a framework for understanding sustainable social and economic development and non-violent social change. Case studies present examples of how social work and human services function in a global context and
are vital to fostering peace, human rights, and well-being.
SWK 257
Exploring Human Services
In this service learning course, students explore human services and especially
social work as a major and as a career. In addition to attending class, students
work alongside helping professionals in the community. Students gain a foundational understanding of the intersections between basic human needs, allocation of resources, and political structures, and they examine how the allocation of resources affects diverse groups.
SWK 280
Diversity and Inequality in Professional Practice
This course explores diversity and social inequality as they relate to professional practice in social work and other helping professions. Building cultural
competence in work with diverse populations, students learn through dialogue, reading, experiential exercises, and community observation. (Prereq. or
concurrent registration: SOC 265 Race, Class and Gender)
SWK 260
Humans Developing
This course helps students to examine critically factors influencing human
growth and development within diverse and oppressed groups. Students come
to understand human growth throughout life and the biological, psychological, and socio-cultural factors that influence the development of individuals,
groups, and families.
SWK 301
History and the Analysis of Social Policy
The history of social workers, social movements, and changing social norms in
Europe, North America, and globally profoundly affects social welfare policy
today and tomorrow. In this course, students learn how historical events, policies, and programs influenced today’s social responses to human needs.
(Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor)
SWK 406
Social Work Practice III: With Communities and Policies
Students learn how community organizations, human service agencies, and
social policies emerge in western society. Students study how to organize communities for empowerment, how to assist human service agencies to adapt,
and how to influence local, regional, and national policies. (Prereq.: senior
standing or consent of instructor)
296 Social Work
■ COURSES RESERVED FOR SOCIAL WORK MAJORS ONLY
SWK 306
Social Work Practice I: With Individuals
Students develop foundational social work practice knowledge, skills, and values while learning to interview, assess, set goals, and work with individual
clients. Course readings, class participation, simulations, and role-plays provide learning opportunities for students to build skills necessary for generalist
social work practice with individuals, families, and groups. Emphasis is on
holistic practice applying the strength-based problem solving approach and
working with diverse populations.
SWK 307
Field Work I: Integrative Seminar
Students begin applying practice knowledge and skills in their first social
work practicum. Social work professionals in regional human service agencies
supervise students in a full-year field placement. Students also synthesize their
course-based learning with their supervised training through participation in
weekly integrative seminars. Students complete a minimum of 120 hours of
supervised practice in the fall term. (SWK 307 is concurrent with SWK 306
and is the first of two courses required in the junior year practicum, P/N grading only.)
SWK 316
Social Work Practice II: With Families and Groups
Students continue to develop generalist social work practice knowledge, skills,
and values while learning to interview families and facilitate groups. Emphasis
is on holistic practice applying the strength-based problem solving approach
and working with diverse groups and families.
SWK 317
Field Work II: Integrative Seminar
This course is a continuation of SWK 307. Students apply practice knowledge
and skills in their first social work practicum. Students synthesize their
course-based learning with their supervised training through participation in
weekly integrative seminars. Students complete a minimum of 120 hours of
supervised practice in the spring term. (SWK 317 is concurrent with SWK 316
and is the second of two courses required in the junior year practicum, P/N
grading only.)
SWK 402
Research I: Fundamentals of Social Work Research and Evaluation
(0.5 course)
Students are introduced to basic social research methods commonly used in
social work research. Students learn how to access and understand current
knowledge and evidence for effectiveness in social work practice and programs. Students also learn the foundational skills in planning and proposing
research strategies as applied to practice evaluation. (This half course is in
sequence with SWK 403 and is concurrent to SWK 406.)
Social Work 297
SWK 403
Research II: Evaluation of Social Work Practice and Programs (0.5
course)
Building on the work in SWK 402, students plan and complete an evaluation
of agency-based social work interventions. Students learn to gather and interpret evidence for change using data analysis strategies for both quantitative
and qualitative information. (Prereq.: SWK 402 and MPG 3)
SWK 407
Field Work III: Integrative Seminar
Social work professionals in regional human service agencies supervise students in a senior year field placement. Students synthesize their advanced
course learning with their supervised training through participation in weekly
integrative seminars. Students complete a minimum of 120 hours of supervised practice in the fall term. (SWK 407 is concurrent with SWK 406 and is
the first of two courses required in the senior year practicum, P/N grading
only.)
SWK 417
Field Work IV: Integrative Seminar
This course is a continuation of SWK 407. Social work students synthesize
their advanced course learning with their supervised training through participation in weekly integrative seminars. Students complete a minimum of 120
hours of supervised practice in the spring term. (SWK 417 is concurrent with
SWK 419 and is the second of two courses required in the senior year
practicum, P/N grading only.)
SWK 490
The Social Worker as Professional
This course, which meets the senior keystone course requirement in the
Augsburg Core Curriculum, is the summative seminar in the social work
major. Students learn organizational analysis and methods for agency change
as well as reflect on vocation in social welfare, engage in career planning,
study ethical practice principles, and prepare to engage in professional social
work practice. (Prereq.: senior social work status required)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
SWK 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
SWK 295
Topics:
Special themes in social work specified in subtitle.
SWK 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
SWK 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
SWK 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96.
298
SOCIOLOGY—SOC
S
ociology is the scientific study of
society as a whole and of human social
organization in groups. The sociological
perspective provides a way to better understand the social world and how human
beings come to think and act as they do.
The goal of the department is to guide
students in gaining knowledge of the social
order, how it affects them in their daily
lives, and how it can be applied to their
vocation. Sociology majors develop an
understanding of the theories of society
and social groups, learn to create and use
scientific tools of analysis, and practice the
application of sociological concepts to the
solution of social problems.
Students are encouraged to select as
electives some of the non-traditional learning models available, such as internships,
independent study, and field studies. The
department urges students to use
Augsburg’s metropolitan setting as a laboratory for learning. Internships, service
learning, and cooperative education enable
majors to apply the theories and research
skills of sociology while they explore
career alternatives. Augsburg alumni who
have majored in sociology are currently
employed in research, management, and
human resources departments of both government and private corporations, in the
criminal justice field, and as professors of
sociology. Others have used the major as
preparation for advanced study in areas
such as law, the ministry, social work,
urban planning, and human services.
Sociology Faculty
James Vela-McConnell (Chair), Lars
Christiansen, Nancy Fischer, Garry Hesser,
Diane Pike, Tim Pippert
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Students may choose to pursue the core
sociology major or they may opt for a specialized, interdisciplinary concentration
within the major.
Core Major
Sociology has a long-standing tradition
as an excellent undergraduate major that
applies to a number of fields from human
services to criminal justice to business to
public service. The foundation of the
major at Augsburg is that it provides a
clearly organized curriculum that is challenging, develops over the course of the
major, and integrates and reinforces an
excellent set of important skills; those
skills include abstract thinking, writing,
critical analysis, basic research, integration
of theory and data, and the connection of
the individual and collective perspectives
in the unique way of the sociological imagination. The five core courses intentionally
develop those skills in our students and
serve them well. Thus, these required and
sequenced courses are also the core of the
concentrations that allow students to pursue their electives in a direction that adds
other skills related to areas of interest.
Those concentrations include: Community
Studies, Crime and Deviance, Cultural
Anthropology, Organizational Studies, and
Social Psychology.
The major includes a total of ten courses: five required core courses and five electives, at least two of which are upper division courses from the specified list below:
Core major:
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 362 Statistical Analysis
SOC 363 Research Methods
SOC 485 Sociological Theory
SOC 490 Senior Seminar
Sociology 299
At least two of the following upper-division
courses (Prereq: SOC 121):
SOC 349 Organizational Theory
SOC 375 Social Psychology
SOC 381 City & Metro-Urban Planning
SOC 390 Social Problems Analysis
SOC 410 Field Studies of Organizations
SOC 300 Special Topics: Organizational
Deviance
SOC 300 Special Topics: Juvenile
Delinquency
SOC 300 Special Topics: Sociology of
Law
Three additional sociology electives. SOC
399 (Internship) is highly recommended.
Note: Majors must have a 2.0 or better in
each required course to receive credit in
the major.
Concentration in Community Studies
This concentration is designed to give
sociology majors a concentration in urban
community studies, which includes an
applied sociology focus emphasizing city
and community planning with a required
internship. Courses required beyond the
core major requirements are: SOC 111,
SOC 381, SOC 399 and one additional
elective. See Garry Hesser for advising and
visit the department website for details.
Concentration in Crime and Deviance
Students interested in the traditional
aspects of criminal justice — courts, prisons, probation, and law enforcement — as
well as community crime prevention will
be served by this concentration in the
major. Courses required beyond the core
major requirements are: SOC 265, SOC
277, a topics course in Deviance and
Juvenile Delinquency or Organizational
Deviance, PSY 335, and an upper division
Internship approved by the department.
See Diane Pike for advising and visit the
department website for details.
Concentration in Cultural
Anthropology
This concentration offers sociology
majors an opportunity to examine and
develop the methods and theoretical perspectives used by cultural anthropologists
to study and understand the dynamics of
culture. To complete the concentration, the
sociology major must complete five additional courses beyond the core sociology
courses. Two of those courses must be
SOC 141 and SOC 499. The remaining
three courses must be selected one each
from three course groupings: World
Cultures, Anthropological Research, and
Theoretical Perspectives. See Eric
Buffalohead for advising and visit the
department website for details.
Concentration in Organizational
Studies
This concentration is designed for students who plan to work in organizational
settings including corporate, government,
and non-profit sectors. Students will learn
how organizations are structured, function,
and change, how people relate in organizational settings, and how organizations succeed and why they sometimes fail. This
concentration seeks to equip students with
skills to effectively lead and manage organizations, and to succeed within organizations while achieving their personal career
and professional goals. Courses required
beyond the core major requirements are:
Work and Society (SOC 222),
Organizational Theory (SOC 349), Field
Studies in Organizations (SOC 410), and
three courses in related fields — BUS 340,
one from BUS 242 or ECO 113, and one
from INS 325, COM 345, or COM 410.
Organizational Deviance (SOC 300) may
be a substitute for either BUS course. See
Lars Christiansen for advising and visit the
depart website for details.
300 Sociology
Concentration in Social Psychology
The intent of the social psychology
concentration is to provide sociology
and/or psychology students with a solid
disciplinary foundation along with specific
coursework to strengthen a cross-disciplinary social psychological perspective.
Coursework will emphasize research skills,
theoretical analysis, and applied work in
areas intended to prepare students for
careers in public relations, law, consulting,
research, social policy, and more. Courses
required beyond the core major requirements are: SOC 375, SOC 390, SOC 499,
PSY 105, PSY 325, and PSY 491. See James
Vela-McConnell for advising and visit the
department website for details.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Departmental Honors
To complete departmental honors in
sociology, the student must have a minimum GPA of 3.50 in the major and overall.
In addition, students must: (1) successfully
complete an internship, independent study,
or cooperative education experience; (2)
submit a portfolio including an honors
essay and completed papers and projects.
See department chair and website for specific requirements. An application for
departmental honors/graduation with distinction must be completed by spring of
the junior year.
Minor
Five courses including SOC 121 and at
least two upper division courses taken at
Augsburg College. Students are required to
have at least a 2.00 GPA in courses counting toward the minor.
SOCIOLOGY COURSES
SOC 111
Community and the Modern Metropolis
How is community possible in the context of multicultural, social, and
ideological forces that are characteristic of urban life? The cultural and
structural dynamics of the Twin Cities are a basis for exploring this theme.
(Fall, spring)
SOC 121
Introduction to Human Society
What is society and how does it make us who we are? Sociology offers insights
into discovering the world and one’s place in it. Course study focuses on an
understanding of culture, social structure, institutions, and our interactions
with each other. (Fall, spring)
SOC 141
Foundations of Cultural Anthropology
Course objectives include giving students an understanding of anthropological
methods and theories, the concepts of race and culture, an appreciation and
awareness of differing cultures, and an awareness of the role cultural anthropology has in understanding contemporary human problems. (Fall, spring)
Sociology 301
SOC 222
Work and Society
Why does a doctor get paid handsomely, and a burger-flipper get paid poorly?
Can workplaces be functional, or are they inherently conflictual? How does
the current expansion of global capital (globalization) shape our work experiences in the U.S.? This course explores these and other questions through various sociological theories of work and labor in modern society.
SOC 231
Family Systems
The term family is a universal concept, yet its membership, rituals, and functions vary dramatically across world cultures and sub-cultures in the United
States. Family systems are explored with respect to cultural and historical settings, variations among families, and modern cultural and social patterns.
(Fall, spring)
SOC 240
Protest and Social Change: The Sociology of Social Movements
Why do people engage in protests and join social movements? What impacts
do social movements have on social institutions, the state, culture, and even
personal identity? This course explores these and other questions through
studying social movement theory and several social movements occurring over
the last two centuries. (SOC 121 and courses on 19th or 20th century U.S.
history recommended, but not required)
SOC 260
Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society with attention to secularization, race, gender, and the public role of religion utilizing sociological
research on the role of religion and religious organizations in American society. (Fall)
SOC 265
Race, Class, and Gender
Who gets what, when, and how? Individuals and groups from diverse
backgrounds—race, ethnicity, class, gender, and sexuality—receive unequal
portions of wealth, power, and prestige in our society. This course focuses
on both the collective and individual processes involved in social inequality.
(Fall, spring)
SOC 277
Introduction to Criminology
What do we know about crime in American society? How can we explain
crime sociologically? Topics include: theories and patterns of crime, police,
courts, corrections, and criminal policy. (Fall)
SOC 290
Cultures of Violence
What are the dynamics underlying different forms of violence? This course
takes violence in its many forms as a topic for sociological analysis and concludes with an examination of non-violent alternatives to conflict. (Offered on
rotating schedule)
SOC 295, 300, 301, 302, 303, 304, 495 Special Topics in Sociology
A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests that
are not satisfied by regular course offerings. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
302 Sociology
SOC 349
Organizational Theory
What is the nature of these modern organizations in which we spend so much
of our daily lives? Organizations as corporate actors are analyzed with respect
to their goals, culture, technology and structure, as well as corporate deviance.
(Prereq.: SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Spring)
SOC 362
Statistical Analysis
This course is an introduction to descriptive and inferential statistics in the
social sciences; as such, it provides a foundation for understanding quantitative analysis—be it in an academic journal or a daily newspaper. (Prereq.:
MPG 3. Fall)
SOC 363
Research Methods
Good research—do you know it when you see it? Can you produce it yourself? Social science research skills are learned through the practice and application of the basic tools of valid and reliable research design and data analysis.
(Prereq.: SOC 362 or consent of instructor. Spring)
SOC 375
Social Psychology
How does society construct the individual? How does the individual construct
society? This course analyzes the dynamic tension between the self and
society, as well as the major questions, issues, perspectives, and methods of
the field. (Prereq.: Soc 121 or consent of instructor. Fall, spring)
SOC 381
The City and Metro-Urban Planning
Emphasis centers on alternative theories and approaches to urban planning
and the shaping of metropolitan areas. Readings, simulations, outside speakers, and field study in a seminar format. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211 or consent
of instructor. Spring)
SOC 390
Social Problems Analysis
How do social problems develop? What can be done about them? This course
engages the sociological imagination in an attempt to draw connections
between micro-level analysis and macro-level analysis, linking our own private
troubles with public issues. (Prereq: SOC 121 or consent of instructor)
SOC 410
Field Studies in Organizations
In this course we visit several local organizations (ranging from small nonprofits to large transnational corporations), and work on a semester-long project with a local organization. We analyze these field experiences from the perspectives of organizational theory and critical political-economy, as well as
explore the challenges, strategies, and rewards of doing projects as a group.
(Prereq: SOC 222 and SOC 349, or permission of the instructor)
Sociology 303
SOC 485
Sociological Theory
An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing
the course of their development in the 19th and 20th centuries. (Prereq.:
Two courses in sociology including SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Fall)
SOC 490
Senior Seminar and Keystone
This Keystone experience provides the opportunity for majors to integrate the
sociology program and general education, develop an understanding of the
applied value of sociology, and articulate a sense of vocation and professional
identity. Pass/No Pass grading. Senior sociology majors only. (Spring)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
SOC 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
SOC 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
SOC 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
SOC 498
Independent Study—Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops,
making extensive, systematic, and integrated utilization of resources available
in the metropolitan community, supplemented by traditional College
resources. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211 and/or consent of instructor. Fall, spring)
SOC 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96. (Prereq.: SOC 121, consent of instructor and
department chair. Fall, spring)
SPANISH
See listing under Modern Languages.
304
THEATRE ARTS—THR
T
he study of theatre is firmly grounded
in the liberal arts, integrating knowledege
and principles from many academic and
artistic disciplines, including speech/communication, art, music, history, English,
literature, business, philosophy, and religion. Both the curriculum and dramatic
productions by the Theatre Arts
Department offer valuable cross-disciplinary connections for the campus while
also providing a solid base in classical,
modern, contemporary, and multicultural
theatre.
Augsburg’s location in the heart of a
major theatre center makes it an ideal
place to study theatre. At Augsburg we
seek to create every opportunity for students to grow both as theatre artists and
scholars, by encouraging connections
between our campus and the greater arts
community while also exploring connections between theory and application.
Student opportunity to make these connections includes course study, theatrical production work, participation in the Artist
Series (an annual series of events featuring
visiting theatre professionals from the Twin
Cities community who work closely with
students), and attendance at numerous
professional productions in the Twin
Cities. Augsburg theatre productions are
treated as unique learning laboratories
where students can enter into creative collaboration with faculty and professional
artists-in-residence.
In addition to learning skills specific to
theatre, students in theatre arts learn valuable skills applicable to other professions:
collaboration, verbal and non-verbal communication, organization, critical thinking,
leadership, creativity, and self-expression.
Involvement in theatre arts can help prepare students for such careers as law, edu-
cation, business, communication, and journalism, as well as prepare theatre students
for careers in professional or academic theatre, television, and film. In order to prepare the student for graduate school or the
workplace, the department encourages a
second major or minor in such fields as
art, English, education, film, music, history, sociology, or religion.
Theatre Arts Faculty
Michael Burden (Chair), Julie Bolton,
Martha Johnson, Darcey Engen, Lisa
Anderson, Sandra Agustin, David DeBlieck,
Karen Mulhausen, Sandy Nei Schulte
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
■ BACHELOR OF ARTS
The Theatre Arts Department currently
has two concentrations within the major:
Performance Concentration and Theatre
Design/Technical Theatre Concentration.
Both concentrations consist of the Theatre
Core Curriculum supplemented by electives specific to each concentration.
Theatre Arts Major
Performance Concentration
This concentration within the Theatre
curriculum is designed to serve students
hoping to pursue graduate studies in
Theatre (M.A./Ph.D. and M.F.A.) and professional work as a performer. Students
choosing this concentration will enroll in
the eight core theatre major courses taken
by all theatre majors and will supplement
the core with courses identified as theatre
electives. Students in the performance concentration are encouraged to consult with
their adviser when selecting electives.
Advisers will assist students in identifying
the year and semester elective courses are
Theatre Arts 305
offered. Students are strongly encouraged
to also complete a professional Internship
at a local Twin Cities Theatre.
Ten THR courses — eight required core
courses and two courses chosen from THR
electives, plus 10 theatre practicum units
taken as THP courses.
Eight core courses:
THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft
THR 232 Acting
THR 245 Introduction to Asian and
Asian American Theatre
THR 250 Script Analysis: Foundations of
Theatre
THR 328 Theatrical Design
THR 361 Theatre History and Criticism I
THR 362 Theatre History and Criticism II
THR 366 Stage Direction
Two electives from:
THR 226 Movement for the Theatre
THR 350 Voice for Speech, Stage, and
Screen
THR 360 Interpretive Reading
THR 365 Advanced Acting
Ten Production Practicum Units (THP)—
See Practicum Units
Technical Design/Technology
Concentration
This concentration within the Theatre
curriculum is designed to serve students
hoping to pursue graduate studies or professional work as a theatre designer or
technician. Students choosing this concentration will enroll in the eight core theatre
major classes taken by all theatre majors
and will supplement the core with at least
two electives from the Art Department.
Students in the emphasis are strongly
encouraged to also take an Independent
Study in their area of focus and to do a
professional Internship at a local Twin
Cities Theatre.
Ten THR courses-eight required core
courses and
Two electives chosen from ART electives,
Plus 10 theatre practicum units taken as
THP.
Eight Core Courses:
THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft
THR 232 Acting
THR 245 Introduction to Asian and
Asian American Theatre
THR 250 Script Analysis: Foundations of
Theatre
THR 328 Theatrical Design
THR 361 Theatre History and Criticism I
THR 362 Theatre History and Criticism
II
THR 366 Stage Direction
Two Electives from:
ART 107
or
ART 105
Drawing
Introduction to Architectural
Drawing
ART 240 Art History Survey
or
ART 243 or 244 History of Architecture
Ten Production Practicum Units (THP) See
Practicum Units
The following courses are strongly recommended:
THR 228 Directed Study
ART 340 Digital Imaging
THR 339 Internship
THR 499 Independent Study
Theatre Practicum Units (THP)
All Theatre Arts Majors in either
Concentration are required to complete 10
practicum units (THP) from three established areas.
Area 1 Per for mance
Each major will complete between one and
five THPs from this area.
The Performance Area THPs are:
306 Theatre Arts
THP 111
THP 121
THP 131
THP 141
THP 151
Fall Acting/Performance
Winter Acting/Performance
Spring Acting/Performance
Studio Acting/Performance
Misc. Performance
Area 2 Production
Each major will complete between four
and eight THPs from this area.
The Production Area THPs are:
THP 112, 122 or 132 House Management
THP 113, 123 or 133 Set, Lights, Costumes
Crew
THP 114, 124 or 134 Running Crew
THP 115, 125 or 135 Assistant Stage
Manager
THP 116, 126 or 136 Stage Manager
Area 3 Artistic/Production Management
Each major will complete one THP from
this area.
The Production Area THPs are:
THP 117 Fall Artistic Assistance
THP 127 Winter Artistic Assistance
THP 137 Spring Artistic Assistance
Please note that all theatre practicum
courses count as one theatre practicum
unit except for the following because of
exceptional time requirements:
THP 115, THP 125 and THP 135 Assistant
Stage Manager counts as two units
THP 116 ,THP 126 and THP 136 Stage
Manager counts as three units.
The following courses are encouraged, but
not required:
THR/MUS 235 Skills of Music Theatre
THR/ENL 325 Playwriting
THR 333 Acting for the Camera
THR 399 Internship
THR 499 Independent Study
THR 002 or 005 is recommended to fulfill
one of the lifetime sports requirements.
Students may take a maximum of 13
credits in the major.
Freshmen planning to major in theatre
arts should begin with courses THR 228,
232, 250; sophomores: THR 226, 228, 245,
361, 362; juniors: THR 325, 328, 350, 360,
361, 365; seniors THR 365, 366.
Note: Some courses are offered alternate years only. Incoming students should
meet in the Fall of Freshman year with a
theatre adviser to ensure proper sequence
of classes to be taken based on odd or even
year of entry.
Departmental Honors
Designed to encourage overall excellence as well as outstanding achievement
on a specific project of special interest to
the student. Honors majors must maintain
a 3.75 GPA in the major and a 3.50 GPA
overall and, as part of their major, complete a substantial independent project of
honors quality (THR 499). Honors candidates should meet with their departmental
adviser early spring semester of their
junior year to develop a proposal for the
honors project.
Transfers: Transfer students should
meet with a transfer adviser upon acceptance to determine what credits taken at
another institution will transfer into the
major. The majority of core classes should
however be taken at Augsburg.
Additionally transfers are required to take a
minimum of three upper division theatre
arts courses. Ten practicum units are also
required. Transfers must also complete a
minimum of five THP credits within the
department. No more than five units can
be credits from others schools.
Theatre Arts Minor
Five courses including:
THR 250 Script Analysis: Foundations of
Theatre
THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft
or THR 328 Theatrical Design
Theatre Arts 307
THR 232 Acting
THR 362 Theatre History Criticism II
THR 366 Stage Direction
The Theatre Arts Minors also must complete five practicum units. Students must
take a minimum of one performance unit
and a minimum of three production units.
Refer to the practicum categories listed
below the curriculum concentrations.
Film Major and Minor
See a description and requirements for
the film major and minor in the
Communication Studies section of the catalog.
Theatre History and Criticism
Dramaturgy Minor
Five courses:
THR 250 Script Analysis: Foundations of
Theatre
THR 325 Playwriting
THR 361 Theatre History Criticism I
THR 362 Theatre History Criticism II
A directed studies course in dramaturgy or
theatre criticism or theatre history
Dance and Theatre Teacher Licensure
Major
Currently the Theatre Arts Department
does not offer teaching licensure.
Depending on developments and state policy changes, the department may add such
a major in the future.
THEATRE ARTS COURSES.
THR/HPE 002 Lifetime Sports—Introduction to Dance
(.0 course)
This course offers an overview of various exercises and gives an introduction
to a variety of movement styles, cultures of dance, and stretches. Each class
includes a rigorous, physical warm-up, mixing yoga, pilates, and modern
dance.
THR/HPE 005 Lifetime Sports—Modern Dance and Improvisation
(.0 course)
Students will learn various phrases of movement incorporating floor exercises
and will learn to travel through space using level, volume, and floor pattern.
Improvisational techniques will be introduced and students will create short
improvisational pieces. (Prereq.: THR/HPE 002, 003, or instructor’s permission. NOTE: Students are allowed to use only one of THR/HPE 002, 003, 004,
or 005 to fulfill the lifetime sports requirement.)
THR 116
Creative Drama: Acting and Improvisation
A study of theatrical movement, voice, mime, mask, improvisation, acting
with an emphasis on active participation and reflective writing. This course is
primarily designed for non-majors and does not fulfill credit toward the theatre arts major.
THR/COM 216 Film Production I
This course demonstrates the basics of 16 mm filmmaking. The student will
make short films that demonstrate the art and process of shooting in B/W.
308 Theatre Arts
THR 222
Introduction to Theatre
Introduction to Theatre is an examination of theatre as an artistic form and
focuses on the appreciation and value of theatre in society. Focus on historical
periods, plays, artists, basic concepts, and techniques of the play production
process. Students attend and review stage productions. This course is primarily designed for non-majors and does not fulfill credit toward the theatre major.
THR 226
Movement for the Theatre
This course will explore principles of movement used in the art of acting. The
goal will be to improve the actor’s physical energy, concentration, balance,
control, clarity, timing, spontaneity, and energy. This course will use established theory and techniques in neutral mask, Asian martial arts, and physical
and vocal characterization exercises. Students will examine various performance paradigms and see professional productions. (Alternate years)
THR 228
Introduction to Stagecraft
An introduction to the backstage world of the theatre; its organization, crafts,
and creative processes. Students will execute practical projects, attend theatre
tours, see professional productions, and participate on the Theatre
Department’s fall production. Open to all students. Forty-hour lab requirement.
THR 232
Acting
An introduction to the art of acting. Focus on physical, mental, and emotional
preparation, and exploration of the creative approach to scene and character
study in American drama, culminating in public performance. Students attend
and review local professional productions. (Prereq.: Theatre major or consent of
instructor)
THR 233
Acting for Camera
An exploration of acting principles and techniques as it enhances and applies
to on-camera effectiveness. This co-taught studio course also includes technology elements which support acting on camera. (Alternate years)
THR/MUS 235 Skills of Music Theatre
An interdisciplinary approach to the topic using music and theatre techniques
to develop the student’s basic skills of music theatre. Concepts of diverse
music-theatre forms are introduced. Course includes reading, writing,
research, class discussion, exercises, small and large group participation, memorization, and public performance. Students will attend and review live productions. (Aalternate years)
THR 245
Introduction to Asian and Asian American Theatre
A survey of the theatrical performance styles, aesthetic theories, and plays of
traditional Asia and Asian American cultures. The course includes lectures,
films, videos, and demonstrations by visiting performers.
Theatre Arts 309
THR 250
Script Analysis: Foundations of Theatre
This foundations class focuses on major principles and fundamentals of theatre literary analysis and uses performance, discussion, writing, and projects as
a way of interpreting a dramatic script for academic and artistic applications.
Close readings of plays from each genre (comic, tragic, realistic, absurd and
post-modernism) will enable students to learn and apply basic terminology for
literary and artistic processes.
THR/COM 312 Film Production II
The focus of this course builds on the lessons learned in COM 216 and adds
the study of color photography and sound design. Though exercises and
assignments the student will develop skills in scripting, shooting, and editing
short films. (Prereq.: COM/THR 216)
THR 325
Playwriting
An introductory course in writing for theatre. Students will learn the basics of
dramatic structure, methods of script analysis, and techniques for the development of playscripts from idea to finished product. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or
HON 111, and junior or senior standing, or consent of theatre department
chair. THR 250 or ENL 226 recommended. Alternate years)
THR 328
Theatrical Design
Introduction to the design process for the stage. Each student will execute
four design projects using a research based design process. Class will take theatre tours, host visiting artists, and have a practical involvement in two
Augsburg College productions. Forty-hour lab required, materials needed.
(Prereq.: THR 228, junior or senior status)
THR 350
Voice for Speech, Stage, and Screen
A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, placement, relaxation, resonating, articulating, listening, introduction to phonetics, and the
vocal mechanism. Theory and practice are combined in oral projects, reports
and papers, voice tapes, and individual coaching. (Alternate years)
THR 360
Interpretive Reading
Basic principles of oral interpretation of narrative verse and dialogue forms of
drama. Study, written analysis, discussion, practice, and performance of readings before small and large groups. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
THR 361
Theatre History and Criticism I
An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature, and criticism from the classical Greek through the Italian Renaissance period. Reading of plays, research
paper, and attendance at local theatre productions are required. Need not be
taken sequentially with THR 362. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111. Fall:
alternate years)
THR 362
Theatre History and Criticism II
An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature, and criticism from the
Italian Renaissance through contemporary theatre. Reading of plays and attendance at local theatre productions are required. Need not be taken sequentially
with THR 361. (Spring: alternate years)
310 Theatre Arts
THR 365
Advanced Acting
This course provides students with performance skills and the ability to recognize differentiating clues that identify the style of a play. Through class exercises, scene study, and character analysis, students will gain insight into the
performance demands of a specific style. Emphasis is on a variety of roles from
the classics (Shakespeare, French neoclassicism, restoration comedy, realism,
and non-realism), culminating in a public recital. (Prereq: THR 250 and THR
232 and 362 or consent of instructor. Fall/Spring)
THR 366
Stage Direction
The goal of the course is to understand and master basic principles and skills
of stage direction: directing concepts, stage techniques, terminologies, script
analysis; rehearsal planning and techniques; blocking, stage dynamics, working with actors, and the overall staging of a play. Theories of directing are also
examined. (Prereq.: THR 362, or consent of instructor)
THR/SPC 420 Issues in Contemporary Cinema
This course will examine cultural, artistic, commercial, and theoretical concerns that occur in world cinema today. Our purpose is to help students both
contextualize the cinema they see in appropriate and insightful ways, and to
provide a sophisticated critical apparatus to help them read films as texts and
to interpret the cinema’s larger societal value and impact. (Prereq: ENL 241
and junior/senior standing)
THR 495
Theatre Topics
Selected topics in theatre.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
THR 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
THR 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
THR 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
THR 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96.
Theatre Arts 311
THEATRE PRACTICUM COURSES.
THP courses involve practicum teaching and learning in the context of play productions and are required for the theatre
arts major/minor. All THP theatre
practicum courses are taken for non-credit
with Pass/No Pass grading. Evaluation by
the faculty mentor will be based on: 1. successful and timely completion of practicum
area for which student is registered; 2. positive and professional attitude and work
ethic demonstrated by the student; and 3.
demonstrated competency in practicum
area. The positive evaluation of each of the
areas must be sufficient enough to lead to a
minimum grade of 2.0 in order to receive a
P grade.
THP courses require:
• Consent of instructor
• Supervision by theatre faculty
• A minimum of 30 hours of assessed participation by the student
• Registration for THP course for semester
when practicum is completed
• Registration for practicum before deadline dates set by the registrar’s office
Please note:
• All majors will complete at least one
THP unit in costumes.
• All majors will complete one THP in
lighting.
• THP courses may be repeated.
• Crew work required for classes/coursework does not count towards practicum.
• Work-study hours do not count towards
practicum.
• Completion of THP 115 and 116 count
as two and three practicum units respectively because of the extraordinary
amount of time required of the student.
All other THP courses count as one
practicum unit each.
• Transfer students are still responsible for
the full unit requirements (10 major/5
minor.) Five practicum units (major) or
three units (minor) must be completed
while at Augsburg, and units to be credited from previous schools should have
program verification or a letter from a
previous theatre adviser.
THEATRE PRACTICUM COURSES.
Area One: Performance
THP 111/121/131/141/151 Theatre Practicum: Acting/Performance
1 Practicum unit (.0 course)
Participation as performer (or as orchestra member) in a main stage theatrical production; in a main stage dance performance or recital (for dance/licensure majors
only); or substantial participation as an actor in a senior directing project, in final
scenes for Stage Direction (THR 366), or in interpretive presentations at two
Forensics tournaments (at least 30 hours coaching and competition).
Area Two: Production
THP 112/122/132 Theatre Practicum: House Management
1 Practicum unit (.0 course)
Substantial participation (30 hour minimum) in house management, ushering, or
box office.
312 Theatre Arts
THP 113/123/133 Theatre Practicum: Set, Lights, Costumes
1 Practicum unit (.0 course)
Set or costume building, light hanging, for main stage production.
THP 114/124/134 Theatre Practicum: Running Crew
1 Practicum unit (.0 course)
Work on running crew for main stage production: light or sound board operation, dresser/costume crew; stage and production manager for final scenes
from Stage Direction class.
THP 115/125/135 Theatre Practicum: Assistant Stage Management
2 Practicum units (.0 course)
Assistant stage management for main stage production.
THP 116/126/136 Theatre Practicum: Stage Management
3 Practicum units (.0 course)
Stage management for main stage production.
Area Three: Artistic/Production Management
THP 117/127/137 Theatre Practicum: Artistic Assistance
1 Practicum unit (.0 course)
Assistant to the designer (scenery, lights, costumes, sound), assistant to the
director (dramaturgy, choreography/assistant choreography for main stage production), or a substantial arts management project.
URBAN STUDIES
See Metro-Urban Studies.
WOMEN’S STUDIES—WST
T
he Women’s Studies Program provides students with the opportunity to
examine critically women’s contributions
and experiences in various historical and
cultural contexts. This is an inter-college
program with course offerings at Augsburg
College, Hamline University, the College of
St. Catherine, and the University of St.
Thomas. Courses are drawn from many
disciplines and combine theoretical, practical, and research components that focus
not only on gender, but also acknowledge
that race, class, and sexual identity are crucial aspects of women’s experiences. The
Women’s studies program offers both a
major and a minor, and provides students
with academic preparation for careers in
human services, education, and social
work as well as graduate study.
Women’s Studies Faculty
Cass Dalglish (Coordinator), Kristin M.
Anderson, Janelle Bussert, Jacqueline
deVries, Grace B. Dyrud, Darcey Engen,
Nancy Fischer, Doug Green, Milda
Hedblom, Sophia Jacobsen, Barbara
Lehmann, Lynne Lorenzen, Mary Lowe,
Anita Lutterman-Aguilar, M. Elise
Marubbio, Kathleen McBride, Norma
Noonan, Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg,
Timothy Pippert, Judy Shevelev, Beverly J.
Stratton, Kathryn Swanson, James VelaMcConnell
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Major
Ten courses that must include WST 201
Foundations in Women’s Studies, a midlevel course in feminist theory or feminist
philosophy selected from an approved list,
WST 495 (Seminar), and WST 199 or WST
399 (internships).
The remaining six electives are to be
selected from approved women’s studies
courses, and should include at least two
courses in the social sciences, two in the
humanities, and one with a racial, ethnic,
or global emphasis. At least three courses
must be upper division courses. Students
may take courses at any of the colleges
participating in the Women’s studies program. However, at least three courses must
be completed at Augsburg. The writing
component of the graduation skills
requirements for the women’s studies
major must also be completed at Augsburg.
Each student’s program must have the
written approval of the women’s studies
program coordinator. Both majors and
minors are encouraged to participate in
one of the gender-focused semester study
abroad programs offered through
Augsburg’s Center for Global Education.
Two programs have been pre-approved for
women’s study credit: Crossing Borders:
Gender and Social Change in Mesoamerica
(offered fall semester) and Social and
Environmental Justice: Latin American
Perspectives (offered spring semester).
Minor
Five courses that must include WST
201; three electives, one of which must be
upper division; and WST 495 or 499.
Courses may be taken from the other
ACTC colleges as well as Augsburg. Each
student’s program must have the written
313
314 Women’s Studies
approval of the women’s studies program
coordinator.
Transfer Students
Students who transfer to Augsburg
College and wish to complete a major or
minor in women’s studies are urged to consult with the director of women’s studies
immediately upon transfer.
The Women’s studies program has an
articulation agreement with Century
College that governs Century College students with a women’s studies certificate
who transfer to Augsburg. Transfers from
other colleges and universities must consult with the director of women’s studies
for approval of courses for the major or
minor.
WOMEN’S STUDIES COURSES.
WST 201
Foundations in Women’s Studies
This multidisciplinary course introduces students to the contributions of
women in history, religion, literature, philosophy, sciences, and the arts, and
how the questions and methodologies of these disciplines differ when seen
from women’s perspectives. Students will also study the diversity of women’s
experiences in terms of race, sexual orientation, and class.
WST 281
WST 305
Topics in Women’s Studies
Issues in Gay and Lesbian Studies
A study of basic issues surrounding sexual orientation in the contemporary
U.S. culture including various disciplinary perspectives and theory. The course
may include guest speakers, a service-learning component at local glbt/supporting agencies, and some travel and experiences in the Twin Cities, as well
as an immersion experience outside of class time. Required experiential education fee. Prerequisites: WST 201 or prior coursework in related fields (history,
sociology, psychology) or consent of the instructor(s).
WST 313
Environmental Issues in Latin America: Environmental Theology
and Ethics
(CGE Course. See International Studies, Social and Environmental Justice:
Latin American Perspectives)
WST 341
Environmental Politics
(CGE Course. See International Studies, Social and Environmental
Justice:Latin American Perspectives.)
HIS/WST/ISS 355 Cultural Conflict and Change in Latin America
(CGE Course. See International Studies, Sustainable Development and Social
Change (Guatemala, El Salvador, Nicaragua))
WST 359
Women, Gender and Social Change in Mesoamerica
(CGE Course. See International Studies, Crossing Borders: Gender and Social
Change in Mesoamerica.)
Women’s Studies 315
WST 366
Latin American Liberation Theologies
(CGE Course. See International Studies, Crossing Borders: Gender and Social
Change in Mesoamerica.)
WST 481
WST 490
Topics in Women’s Studies
Women’s Studies Seminar
This advanced course will include student research and presentations that
incorporate feminist theory. The seminar is required of all majors and satisfies
the Keystone requirement. It is also required of minors who do not elect to do
an independent study (499). It is offered at a different college each semester.
AIS 233
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the lives of women in
non-Western societies, including their economic, political and social contributions, familial roles, and status in society. Emphasis will be placed on the comparative roles of women in different cultures.
AIS 320
American Indian Women
(See American Indian Studies for course description.)
Internships and Independent Study Courses (Must be approved in writing by the women’s studies
coordinator):
WST 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
WST 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
WST 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
WST 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96.
316 Women’s Studies
See department listings for descriptions of the following approved electives:
AIS 208/408 Native American Women and Film
ART 352
Women and Art
ENL 365
Contemporary Post Colonial Fiction
ENL 367
Women and Fiction
HIS 282
History of Women Since 1850
HIS 311
Topics in Women’s History
HPE 316
Human Sexuality
POL 124
American Women and Politics
POL 459
Topics in Comparative Politics
PSY 371
Psychology of Gender
SOC 231
Family Systems
SOC 265
Race, Class, and Gender
REL 441
Feminism and Christianity
YOUTH
AND
See listing under Religion.
FAMILY MINISTRY
College Information
Board of Regents – 318
ELCA Program Unit for Vocation
and Education – 319
Faculty and Administration – 320
Officers – 320
Administration – 320
Faculty – 322
Faculty Emeriti – 339
Campus Maps – 342, 343
318
BOARD
OF
REGENTS
The year in parentheses after each name is the expiration date of current term. An asterisk
before a name indicates the person is an Augsburg graduate.
*Dan W. Anderson ’65 (2009)
President, Swenson Anderson Financial
Group, Minneapolis, MN
*Gar y E. Benson ’70 (2008)
Directing Pastor, Zumbro Lutheran
Church, Rochester, MN
*Jackie Cherr yhomes ’76 (2010)
Government Relations Consultant,
Cherryhomes-Tyler LLC, Minneapolis, MN
*Ruth E. Johnson ’74 (2006)
Consultant, Department of Internal
Medicine, Mayo Clinic & Mayo Medical
School, Rochester, MN
Dean Kennedy (2009)
President, Texacoma Oil & Gas
Corporation, Dallas, TX
Dean C. Kopperud (2009)
Consultant, Miramar Beach, FL
Michael O. Freeman (2006)
Attorney, Lindquist & Vennum,
Minneapolis, MN
Gloria C. Lewis (2011)
President/CEO, Big Brothers Big Sisters of
the Greater Twin Cities, St. Paul, MN
*Anthony Genia ’85 (2008)
Emergency Dept. Physician, Fairview
University Medical Center, Minneapolis,
MN
Jennifer H. Martin (2007)
Senior Vice President, Corporate
Administration, Thrivent Financial for
Lutherans, Minneapolis, MN
*Michael R. Good ’71 (2007)
President and Chief Operating Officer,
Sotheby’s International Realty, Parsippany,
NJ
Marie O. McNef f (2009)
Professor Emeritus and Dean (retired),
Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN
*H. Theodore Grindal ’76 (2008)
Attorney/Partner, Lockridge Grindal Nauen
P.L.L.P., Minneapolis, MN
Nor man R. Hagfors (2009)
Founder & President (retired), Norsen,
Inc., North Oaks, MN
*Paul S. Mueller ’84 (2009)
Internal Medicine Consultant, Mayo
Clinic, Rochester, MN
*Ronald G. Nelson ’68 (2008)
Retired, Mendota Heights, MN
*Beverly Oren ’55 (2008)
Retired, Roseville, MN
James E. Haglund (2006)
President/Owner, Central Container
Corporation, Brooklyn Park, MN
Wayne Popham (2006)
Attorney, Popham Law Office,
Minneapolis, MN
Jodi Harpstead (2009)
Chief Advancement Officer, Lutheran
Social Service of Minnesota, St. Paul, MN
Paul C. Pribbenow, Ex Of ficio
President, Augsburg College, Minneapolis,
MN
Board of Regents 319
Rev. Peter Rogness (2008), Ex Of ficio
Bishop, St. Paul Area Synod, ELCA, St.
Paul, MN
Emily Anne Tuttle (2009)
Retired, Wayzata, MN
Rev. Harold Usgaar d (2008), Ex Officio
Bishop, Southeastern Minnesota Synod,
ELCA, Rochester, MN
Glen J. Skovholt (2006)
President, Government & Community
Strategies, St. Paul, MN
Sandra L. Var gas (2008)
County Administrator, Hennepin County,
Minneapolis, MN
*Philip Styrlund ’79 (2006)
President, The Summit Group, Apple
Valley, MN
*Jean M. Taylor ’85 (2006)
President, Taylor Corporation, Eagan, MN
*Joan L. Volz ’68 (2006)
Attorney, Welch, MN
*P. Dawn Taylor ’78 (2008)
Chief Operating Officer, Silver Glade
Properties LLC, Des Moines, IA
ELCA PROGRAM UNIT
EDUCATION
Executive Director
The Rev. Dr. Stanley N. Olson
Director for Colleges and Universities
Dr. Arne Selbyg
Asst. Director for Colleges and
Universities
Ms. Marilyn Olson
FOR
VOCATION
AND
320
AUGSBURG COLLEGE FACULTY
ADMINISTRATION
AND
Beginning year of service of faculty and staff is indicated with parenthesis.
Officers of the College
Paul C. Pribbenow (2006). President. B.A., Luther College; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Chicago.
Richard S. Adamson (1989). Vice President for Finance and Administration. B.A.,
University of St. Thomas; Certified Public Accountant.
Tracy Elftmann (2005). Vice President of Institutional Advancement. B.A., Augsburg
College; J.D., Drake University Law School; L.M.M.N. Masters of Law, Columbia
University Law School.
Barbara Edwards Farley (2000). Vice President of Academic Affairs and Dean of the
College. Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.A., College of Saint
Benedict, M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Ann L. Gar vey (1998). Vice President of Student Affairs. B.A., College of St. Catherine;
M.A., Loyola University; J.D., University of Minnesota.
Julie A. Olson (1991). Vice President of Enrollment Management. B.A., M.A., Augsburg
College.
Administration
Leif Anderson (1996). Chief Information Officer. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Tracy Beckman (2003). Director, Government and Community Relations. B.S., Mankato
State University; M.P.A., John F. Kennedy School of Government, Harvard
University.
Mike Bilden (2003). Director, Recruitment and Retention, Adult Programs. B.S., University
of Wisconsin – Superior.
Heidi Breen (1986). Director, Alumni Relations. B.A., Concordia College – Moorhead.
Carrie Carroll (1997). Director of Undergraduate Admissions. B.A., Hamline University.
Emiliano Chagil (2000). Director, Hispanic/Latino Student Services. M.A., St. Paul
Seminary School of Divinity-University of St. Thomas.
Nadia M. Christensen (1991). Director, International Partners. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A. University of Minnesota; Ph.D.; University of Washington.
Sally Daniels (1979). Director, Parent and Family Relations. B.A., Augsburg College.
David Draus (2000). Director, Facilities and Risk Management.
James Erchul (1997). Director, Enrollment Planning. B.A., Marquette Unversity, M.S.W.,
University of Minnesota – Duluth.
Trena Bolden Fields (2002). Director, Pan-Afrikan Center. B.A., Augsburg College.
Marilyn E. Florian (1980). Women’s Athletic Director. Assistant Professor of Health and
Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., St. Cloud State University.
Or val J. Gingerich (2001). Associate Dean for International Programs. B.A., University of
Iowa; M.Ed., University of Colorado; Ed.D., University of Virginia.
Paul H. Grauer (1979). Men’s Athletic Director. Instructor of Health and Physical
Education. B.S., Concordia College-Seward, Neb.; M.Ed., University of Nebraska;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Augsburg College Administration 321
Joan L. Grif fin (1986). Associate Dean for General Education. Professor of English. A.B.,
Washington University; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University.
Nancy Guilbeault (1980). Director, Counseling and Health Promotion. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
L.P., University of Minnesota.
Herald A. Johnson (1968). Director, Advancement Programs. B.A., Augsburg College.
William Jones (2002). Director, Augsburg/Capella Alliance. B.A., University of
Pennsylvania; M.A., M.S., Indiana University.
Wayne Kallestad (2000). Registrar. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.S., University of
Southern California.
Benjamin G. Kent (1996). Director, Academic Advising and Achievement. B.A., University
of Wisconsin-Madison; M.S., University of Oregon.
Robert Kramarczuk (2004). Director, MBA Program. B.A., University of St. Thomas; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Mark Lester (1987). Co-site director, Central America, Center for Global Education. B.A.,
St. Pius X Seminary; M.A., Mt. St. Mary Seminary.
Gaye Lindfors (1993). Special Assistant to the President. B.S., Mankato State; M.A.I.R.,
University of Minnesota.
Ann Lutter man-Aguilar (1993). Co-site director, Mexico, Center for Global Education.
B.A., Earlham College; M.Div., Yale University.
Kathleen McBride (1988). Co-site director, Central America, Center for Global Education.
B.A., George Mason University; Ed.M., Harvard University.
Regina McGoff (1992). Associate Director, Center for Global Education. B.S., University of
Minnesota; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas.
Christopher Moquist (2005). Director of Marketing and Communications. B.A., St. Olaf;
M.B.C., University of St. Thomas.
Thomas F. Morgan (1983). Special Assistant to the President. Professor of Business
Administration. B.S., Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S.,
University of Oregon; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jane Ann Nelson (1999). Director of Library Services. B.A., University of Sioux Falls; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Lois A. Olson (1985). Director, Center for Service, Work, and Learning. B.S., University of
Minnesota; M.S., Mankato State University.
John Pack (2003). Director, Department of Public Safety. B.A., Excelsior College.
Cindy G. Peterson (1981). Director, American Indian Student Services. B.A., University of
Minnesota.
Stephen Preus (2004). Director of Development. B.A., Luther College; C.L.U., Ch.F.C.,
American College.
Patrice M. Salmeri (2002). Director, StepUP® Program. B.S., Kent State University; M.A.
Saint Mary’s University.
John S. Schmit (1990). Dean of Graduate and Adult Academic Programs. Associate
Professor of English. B.S., St. John’s University; M.A., University of New Orleans;
Ph.D., University of Texas.
Judith Shevelev (1991). Co-site director, Mexico, Center for Global Education. B.A.,
University of California at Davis; M.A., Columbia University.
322 Augsburg College Faculty
Marcus Skjer vem (2004). Director, Activities and Orientation. B.A., Concordia College –
Moorhead; M.S., Illinois State University.
Jeffrey F. Swenson (1986). Assistant Dean, Athletics and Recreation. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Jeffrey S. Swenson (1989). Controller, Administrative Accounting. B.A., Augsburg College.
Paul L. Terrio (1990). Director, Student Financial Services. B.A., Augsburg College.
Bao L. Thao (1998). Director, Pan-Asian Student Services. B.A., Colgate University.
Richard J. Thoni (1972). Assistant to the President. Director, Rochester Program. B.A., St.
Olaf College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jim Trelstad-Porter (1990). Director of International Student Advising. M.A., The
American University.
David T. Wold (1983). Director, Campus Ministries. College Pastor. B.S., St. Olaf College;
M.Div., Luther Seminary.
Faculty
A
Phillip C. Adamo (2001). Assistant Professor of History. B.A., SUNY-Albany; M.A. and
Ph.D., Ohio State University.
Duane L. Addison (1994). Instructor, part time, Religion. B.A., University of Minnesota;
B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Yale University.
Sandra J. Agustin (1997). Instructor, part time, Theatre Arts. B.S., University of
Wisconsin-Madison.
Beth J. Alexander (2000). Associate Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. B.S. and
D.Pharm., University of Minnesota.
Kristin M. Anderson (1984). Associate Professor of Art. A.B., Oberlin College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota; M.A., Luther-Northwestern Seminary.
Stuar t M. Anderson (1989). Associate Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Trudi J. Anderson (1990). Studio Artist/Flute, part time, Music. B.M., Augsburg College;
M.M., Northwestern University.
Andrew L. Aoki (1988). Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Oregon; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
David B. Apolloni (1989). Associate Professor of Philosophy. B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.Div., Luther-Northwestern Seminar; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Alexandre A. Ar dichvili (2004). Instructor, part time, Master of Arts in Leadership and
M.B.A. Programs. B.A., University of Tbilisi, Georgia, USSR; Ph.D., Moscow State
University; M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Antonio Ortega Ayala (2003). Program Coordinator and Instructor, Center for Global
Education. M.A., LaSalle University, Mexico City. C.P.A. Teaching Certificate
degree, Colegio Angloamericano.
Augsburg College Faculty 323
B
Xenia Barahona (2002). Program Coordinator and Instructor, Center for Global Education.
B.A., Universidad Centroamericana; M.A., Tufts University.
Matthew C. Barber (1992). Studio Artist/Percussion, part time, Music. B.M., University of
Michigan.
R. Samuel Barber (2002). Instructor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Upper Iowa
University; M.S., Minnesota State University, Mankato.
David A. Barlow (2005). Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. B.A.,
University of Minnesota; P.A. Certificate, Augsburg College; M.A., University of
Nebraska, Omaha.
Carol E. Bar nett (2000). Studio Artist/Composition, part time, Music. B.A., M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Aroti G. Bayman (1996). Instructor, part time, Education. B.S., University of Minnesota;
M.A., University of Edinburgh.
Tracy A. Bibelnieks (2002). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.S., Ph.D., Clemson University.
Anthony A. Bibus, III (1992). Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of St. Thomas;
M.A., University of Virginia; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Heather K. T. Bidinger (2003). Clinical Coordinator, Assistant Professor of Physician
Assistant Studies. B.A., University of St. Thomas; M.Med.S., St. Louis University.
William P. Bierden (1997). Instructor, part time, Education. B.S., M.S., Mankato State
University.
Jeanne M. Boeh (1990). Associate Professor of Economics. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Illinois.
Laura S. Boisen (1996). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S.,
University of Wisconsin-Madison; M.P.A., Iowa State University; Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Lynn Allen Bollman (1983). Instructor, part time, Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Northern Colorado; M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Julie H. Bolton (1976). Professor of Theatre Arts. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Lois A. Bosch (1997). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., Northwestern College;
M.S.W., University of Iowa; Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
Michele R. Braley (2002). Instructor, part time, Social Work. B.A., Oberlin College;
M.S.W., Augsburg College.
Nora M. Braun (1997). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.S.B.A., University
of Missouri-Columbia; M.B.A., A.B.D., University of Minnesota.
Frederick Bretschger (2005). Studio Artist/Double Bass, part time, Music. North Carolina
School of the Arts; Cleveland Institute of Music; The Juilliard School.
Jacquylynn Brickman (2003). Instructor, part time, Education. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.Ed., St. Mary’s University.
324 Augsburg College Faculty
Lisa A. Broek (1993). Instructor, part time, Health and Physical Education. B.A., Central
College; M.A., University of Iowa.
Christopher Rhys Brown (2003). Field Experience Coordinator/Charter School Liaison,
Instructor of Education. B.S., Bemidji State University; M.Ed., University of
Sydney, Australia.
Stanley H. Brown (1997). Instructor, part time, Education. B.A., Iona College; M.Ed.,
Boston College.
Eileen M. Bruns (2000). Instructor, part time, Modern Languages. B.S., M.S., Florida State
University.
Eric L. Buf falohead (1997). Associate Professor of American Indian Studies. B.A., M.A.,
A.B.D., University of Minnesota.
Michael R. Bur den (1990). Associate Professor of Theatre Arts (Designer and Technical
Director). B.A., Augsburg College; M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Shelley L. Burkhardt (2005). Instructor, part time, Education. B.A., Valparaiso University;
M.S., Mankato State University.
Janelle M. Bussert (1994). Instructor, part time, Religion and Women’s Studies. B.A.,
Luther College; M.Div., Yale University.
Ralph J. Butkowski (2001). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., St. Cloud State University;
M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
C
William C. Capman (1994). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., University of IllinoisChicago; Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
Tami M. Carpenter (2001). Instructor, part time, Mathematics. Two B.S. degrees,
University of Minnesota.
Maria S. Ceplecha (2003). Instructor, part time, Modern Languages. B.A., University of
Dallas; M.A., New York University Graduate School in Spain.
John C. Cerrito (1983). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Rhode Island
College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
Peggy M. Cerrito (1991). Instructor, part time, Business Administration. Academic Skills
Adviser. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Hamline University.
Francine Chakolis (1983). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.S., Augsburg College;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Nina N. Chenault (2000). Instructor, part time, Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Lars D. Christiansen (2001). Associate Professor of Sociology. B.A., Clark University; M.S.,
Ph.D., Florida State University.
Tara K. Christopherson (1992). Assistant Professor, part time, Art. B.S., University of
Wisconsin-Stout; M.F.A., Minneapolis College of Art and Design.
Anthony J. Clapp (2001). Instructor, part time, Physician Assistant Studies. A.A., Golden
Valley Lutheran College; B.A., Texas Lutheran College; M.A., Southwest Texas
State University; Ph.D., University of Alabama.
C. Lee Clarke (2000). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Capital
University; M.Div., Trinity Lutheran Seminary; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas.
Augsburg College Faculty 325
Joseph R. Clubb (1994). Instructor, part time, Social Work. B.S.W., St. John’s University;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Robert J. Cowgill (1991). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Anthony Cox (2005). Studio Artist/Electric Bass, part time, Music. B.A., Metropolitan State
College.
Larr y J. Crockett (1985). Professor of Computer Science. B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran
University; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Barbara C. Curchack (2005). Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of
Maryland Baltimore County; M.A., Ph.D., University of Arizona, Tucson.
D
Mar vin D. Dahlgren (2002). Studio Artist/Percussion, part time, Music. B.A., MacPhail
School of Music.
Cathleen A. Dalglish (1986). Associate Professor of English. B.A., College of St. Catherine;
M.F.A., Vermont College; Ph.D., The Union Institute.
Kim Davidson (2003). Program Coordinator, Instructor, Center for Global Education.
B.F.A., Washington University; M.A., School for International Training.
Jill A. Dawe (1994). Associate Professor of Music. B.M., Memorial University of
Newfoundland; M.M., D.M.A., Eastman School of Music.
Urbanus B. Dax (2002). Program Coordinator, Instructor, Center for Global Education.
B.A., University of the North, South Africa; M.S., Mankato State University.
Donna R. DeGracia (1998). Instructor of Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., Ohio State
University; P.A., Bowman Gray School of Medicine.
Jacqueline R. deVries (1994). Associate Professor of History. B.A., Calvin College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Illinois-Urbana.
R. David Dexter (2003). Adjunct Faculty, Clinical Laboratory Science Program, Biology.
B.S., M.D., University of Minnesota.
Douglas J. Diamond (2005). Orchestra Director, Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., M.M.,
The Mannes College of Music; A.B.D., University of Missouri – Kansas City
Conservatory.
Bridget A. Doak (1996). Instructor, part time, Music. B.M., University of Dayton; M.A.,
Saint Mary’s University.
Suzanne L. Donsky (1997). Instructor, part time, English. B.A., Macalester College; M.A.
coursework completed, University of Minnesota.
Suzanne I. Dorée (1989). Associate Professor of Mathematics. B.A., University of
Delaware; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Linda A. Dorschner (2000). Instructor, part time, Health and Physical Education. B.S.,
Mankato State College; M.A., Mankato State University.
Susan Sacquitne Druck (1993). Instructor of Music. B.A., Iowa State University; M.A.,
University of Iowa.
Rebekah N. Dupont (1995). Associate Professor of Mathematics. B.A., University of
Wisconsin; M.S., Ph.D., Washington State University.
Grace B. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
326 Augsburg College Faculty
E
Gar y T. Egbert (2004). Instructor, part time, Physics. B.S., Western Illinois University;
M.S., University of South Dakota – Vermillion; Ph.D., University of Nebraska –
Lincoln.
Catherine A. Egenberger (2000). Instructor, part time, Art. B.S., St. Cloud State University;
M.A., University of Massachusetts-Amherst.
Wesley B. Ellenwood (2002). Instructor, part time, Theatre Arts. B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.F.A., Syracuse University.
Ruth C. Enestvedt (1999). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S.N., St. Olaf College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Mark J. Engebretson (1976). Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Darcey K. Engen (1997). Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.F.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Carol A. Enke (1986). Instructor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., M.Ed., University
of Minnesota.
Molly K. Enz (2006). Assistant Professor of Modern Languages. B.A., Concordia CollegeMoorhead; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Christina L. Erickson (2004). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.S., University of
Minnesota; M.S.W., University of Minnesota – Duluth; Ph.D., University of
Illinois – Chicago.
Joseph A. Erickson (1990). Professor of Education. B.A., M.A., College of St. Thomas;
M.A., Luther-Northwestern Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kenneth N. Erickson (1964). Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan
State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University.
Lynn M. Erickson (1991). Studio Artist/Trumpet, part time, Music. B.A., Bethel College;
M.F.A., D.M.A., University of Minnesota.
Marilyn L. Erickson (1999). Instructor, part time, Education. B.A., Concordia CollegeMoorhead; M.S., St. Cloud State University.
Mindy S. Eschedor (1999). Studio Artist/Piano, part time, Music. B.F.A., B.A., Central
Michigan University; M.M., University of Minnesota.
Kevin G. Ewert (2002). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.S., North Dakota
State University; M.A., M.S., Saint Mary’s University-Rochester; A.B.D., Nova
Southeastern University.
F
Barbara Edwards Farley (2000). Vice President of Academic Affairs and Dean of the
College. Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.A., College of St.
Benedict; M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Ronald L. Fedie (1996). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.A., University of St. Thomas;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Edith E. Ferber (2003). Instructor, part time, Education. B.A., M.A.T., Indiana University.
Sarah M. Ferguson (2005). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Drake University;
M.A., M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Augsburg College Faculty 327
Nancy L. Fischer (2005). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., Hamline University; M.A.,
The American University; Ph.D., State University of New York – Albany.
Anita L. Fisher (1991). Instructor of Modern Languages. B.A., M.A., University of
Montana.
Richard M. Flint (1999). Instructor, part time, Mathematics. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.,
Iowa State University.
Marilyn E. Florian (1980). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. Women’s
Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., St. Cloud State University.
B ruce D. Forbes (1990). Instructor, part time, Religion. B.A., Morningside College; M.Th.,
Perkins School of Theology; Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Michael O. Freeman (2002). Instructor, part time, Political Science. B.A., Rutgers College;
J.D., University of Minnesota.
Stacy R. Freiheit (2005). Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of Central
Florida; M.A., Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University.
Janet Gottschall Fried (1998). Studio Artist/Voice, part time, Music. B.M., Aquinas
College.
Mark L. Fuehrer (1969). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
John A. Furia (2004). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Rhode Island
College; M.P.A., University of Rhode Island.
G
Stephen M. Gabrielsen (1963). Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College, M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Ann L. Gar vey (1998). Vice President of Student Affairs. Instructor, part time, Business
Administration. B.A., College of St. Catherine; M.A., Loyola University; J.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Annette M. Ger ten (1997). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., College of St.
Catherine; M.S.W., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jennifer L. Gerth (1994). Studio Artist/Clarinet, part time, Music. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.M., Northwestern University.
Keith F. Gilsdor f (2001). Associate Professor of Economics. B.S., Moorhead State
University; M.A., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of NebraskaLincoln.
Paul H. Grauer (1979). Men’s Athletic Director, Instructor of Health and Physical
Education. B.S., Concordia College-Seward, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of
Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Douglas E. Green (1988). Professor of English. B.A., Amherst College; M.A., Ph.D., Brown
University.
William D. Green (1991). Associate Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College;
M.A., Ph.D., J.D., University of Minnesota.
Bradley L. Greenwald (1998). Studio Artist/Voice, part time, Music. Music studies at The
University of Minnesota.
Jeanine A. Gregoire (1996). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
328 Augsburg College Faculty
Cher yl J.E. Gresczyk (2004). Instructor, part time, Education. B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.A., College of St. Thomas.
Richard A. Gresczyk, Sr. (1990). Instructor, part time, Education and Modern Languages.
B.S., M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Dennis P. Greseth (2004). Instructor of Education. Education Coordinator, Rochester
Program. B.S., M.S., Winona State University.
Joan L. Grif fin (1986). Associate Dean for General Education. Professor of English. A.B.,
Washington University; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University.
Lyle M. Griner (1996). Instructor, part time, Religion. B.A., University of Northern Iowa;
M.A., Luther Seminary.
Robert C. Groven (1997). Associate Professor of Communication Studies. B.A., Concordia
College-Moorhead; M.A., J.D., University of Minnesota.
Nancy J. Gr undahl (1993). Instructor, part time, Music. B.M., St. Olaf College; M.F.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Donald R. Gustafson (1961). Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Arlin E. Gyberg (1967). Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
H
Matthew J. Haines (2001). Associate Professor of Mathematics. B.A., St. John’s University;
M.S., Ph.D., Lehigh University.
Lori Brandt Hale (1998). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., University of Iowa; M.A.,
University of Chicago; Ph.D., University of Virginia.
Alyssa N. Hanson (2003). Instructor, part time, Mathematics. B.A., Augsburg College.
Daniel S. Hanson (1988). Assistant Professor of Communication Studies. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
David R. Hanson (2006). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
John A. Hanson (1991). Instructor, part time, Psychology. B.S., University of WisconsinEau Claire; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout; M.S.Ed., University of
Wisconsin-Oshkosh; Ph.D., University of Toledo.
John U. Harkness (2001). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., University of Minnesota;
Ph.D., Harvard University.
Milda K. Hedblom (1971). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Macalester College; M.A.,
J.D., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Peter A. Hendrickson (1993). Associate Professor of Music. Director of Choral Activities.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Macalester College; M.A., Columbia University;
D.M.A., Manhattan School of Music.
Robert S. Her for th (1967). Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Nebraska.
Garr y W. Hesser (1977). Professor of Sociology. Director of Metro-Urban Studies. B.A.,
Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Notre Dame.
Augsburg College Faculty 329
Stella K. Hofrenning (2000). Assistant Professor of Economics. B.S., University of
Maryland; Ph.D., University of Illinois.
Bradley P. Holt (1978). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University.
Linda M. Holt (2000). Instructor, part time, Nursing. B.S.N., University of Minnesota;
M.N., University of Washington-Seattle.
James M. Honsvall (1997). Instructor, part time, Business Administration. B.S., Bemidji
State University; M.B.T., University of Minnesota.
Mar y A. Budd Horozaniecki (1988). Studio Artist/Violin and Viola, part time, Music. B.M.,
Indiana University.
Mar y A. Hunt (2000). Studio Artist/Piano Accompaniment, part time, Music. B.A., Fort
Wright College of the Holy Names; M.M., Boston University; D.M.A., University
of Wisconsin-Madison.
Lisa L. Hyland (2003). Instructor, part time, Education. B.S., M.S., University of
Wisconsin-River Falls.
I
Colin C. Ir vine (2003). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Carroll College; M.A.,
University of Notre Dame; Ph.D., Marquette University.
Gretchen Kranz Ir vine (1993). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., College of St. Teresa;
M.S., University of Wisconsin-River Falls; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Mark D. Isaacson (1998). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., St. Olaf
College; M.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
Chad A. Israelson (2002). Instructor, part time, History. B.A., University of Wisconsin,
LaCrosse; M.A., University of Nebraska.
J
Lisa E. Jack (1994). Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., Occidental College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Southern California.
James A. Jacobson (2002). Studio Artist/Cello, part time, Music. B.M., New England
Conservatory of Music; M.M., University of Minnesota.
Mar y J. Jacobson (1999). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., University of North
Dakota; M.A., Ed.D., Hamline University.
Ronald L. Jacobson (2002). Instructor, part time, Business Administration. B.S., North
Dakota State University; M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University;
M.S., Iowa State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Sophia J. Jacobson (1999). Instructor, part time, American Indian Studies. B.A.,
Metropolitan State University; M.A., University of St. Thomas.
Kia M.G. James (2003). Associate Professor of Nursing. B.A., B.S.N., St. Olaf College;
M.P.H., Ed.D., University of Minnesota.
William H. Jasperson (1990). Atmospheric Science. Assistant Professor of Physics. M.B.A.,
University of Minnesota. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Jeffrey E. Johnson (1985). Associate Professor of Physics. B.S., M.S., M.B.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Martha B. Johnson (1988). Professor of Theatre Arts. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Wisconsin-Madison.
330 Augsburg College Faculty
Christopher J. Johnstone (2006). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., State University of
New York-Plattsburgh; M.S., Syracuse University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Daniel F. Jorgensen (2002). Instructor, part time, English. B.A., M.S., South Dakota State
University.
K
Amin E. Kader (1974). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.Comm.,
University of Cairo, Egypt; M.B.A., University of Michigan.
Roberta S. Kagin (1974). Associate Professor of Music (Music Therapy). B.A., Park
College; B.Music Ed., M.Music Ed., University of Kansas.
Kenneth S. Kaminsky (1987). Professor of Mathematics. A.B., M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers
University.
Jane A. Kammer man (1986). Instructor, part time, Business Administration. B.A.,
University of California; J.D., University of Minnesota.
Ned D. Kantar (1999). Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Ashok K. Kapoor (1998). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.A., M.A.,
University of Delhi; M.A., M.B.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Temple
University.
Deborah D. Katz (2001). Instructor, part time, Education. A.B., Stanford University; Ed.M.,
Harvard Graduate School of Education; Ed.D., National-Louis University.
Anne M. Kaufman (1987). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Mar y Beth Kelley (2004). Instructor, part time, Education. B.S., University of Wisconsin,
Eau Claire; M.Ed., Bethel College.
Hazel K. (Kathy) Kienzle (1999). Studio Artist/Harp, part time, Music. B.M., The Juilliard
School; M.M., University of Arizona.
Mar y A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor of Modern Languages. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.A., Middlebury College.
Russell C. Kleckley (2002). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., Newberry College;
M.Div., Lutheran Theological Southern Seminary; D.Th., University of Munich.
Merilee I. Klemp (1980). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Eastman School of Music.
Alvin L. Kloppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S.,
Augustana College; M.A., University of South Dakota.
Carol M. Knicker (2002). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Southwest State
University; M.S., Mankato State University; Ed.D., University of St. Thomas.
Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Richard J. Kramer (2003). Instructor, part time, Religion. B.A., Concordia College,
Moorhead; M.Div., Luther Seminary.
Heidi M. Kreutzer (1995). Instructor, part time, Modern Languages. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., Middlebury College; J.D., University of Minnesota.
Augsburg College Faculty 331
Gregor y P. Kr ueger (2000). Instructor of Education. B.A., Southwest Minnesota State
University; M.A., Hamline University.
Joan C. Kunz (1987). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.S., University of Missouri-St.
Louis; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
L
Steven J. LaFave (1991). Professor of Business Administration. B.A. Michigan State
University; M.A., University of Michigan; M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
Michael J. Lansing (2005). Assistant Professor of History. A.B., College of William and
Mary; M.A., Utah State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
David V. Lapakko (1986). Associate Professor of Communication Studies. B.A., Macalester
College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Velma J. Lashbrook (2000). Instructor, part time, Master of Arts in Leadership and
Nursing. B.S., Iowa State University; M.S., Illinois State University; Ed.D., West
Virginia University.
Laura K. Lazar (2004). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., M.L.S.,
Valparaiso University; M.B.A., Ph.D., Indiana University.
Edward Bok Lee (2002). Instructor, part time, Communication Studies. B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.F.A., Brown University.
Barbara A. Lehmann (2001). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Knox College;
M.S.W., Tulane University; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University.
Caroline M. Lemen (1991). Studio Artist/French Horn, part time, Music. B.A., Potsdam
College of Arts and Science, SUNY; M.M., Northwestern University.
Cher yl J. Leuning (1996). Professor of Nursing. B.A., Augustana College; M.S., University
of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Utah.
Karoline M. Lewis (2003). Instructor, part time, Religion. B.A., Northwestern University;
M.Div., Luther Seminary; A.B.D., Emory University.
Robert E. Lewis (2004). Instructor, part time, Business Administration. B.A., M.B.A.,
University of St. Thomas.
Dallas H. Liddle (1999). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Grinnell College; Ph.D.,
University of Iowa.
Lynn E. Lindow (1985). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Mankato State University;
M.S., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Rosemar y J. Link (1986). Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of Southampton;
C.Q.S.W., London University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Sarah P. Lockwood (2002). Studio Artist/Piano Accompaniment, part time, Music. B.M.,
DePauw University; M.M., University of Minnesota.
Lori L. Lohman (1990). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.A., M.B.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
J. Lynne F. Lorenzen (1988). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., University of Iowa;
M.Div., Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Claremont
Graduate School.
Edward D. Lotter man (2005). Assistant Professor of Economics. B.A., M.S., University of
Minnesota.
332 Augsburg College Faculty
Michael S. Lotti (2003). Instructor, part time, Business Administration/Philosophy. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.Phil., Ph.D., University of Swansea, Wales.
Mar y E. Lowe (2003). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., Pacific Lutheran University;
M.Div, Luther Northwestern Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Graduate Theological
Union.
Dawn B. Ludwig (1995). Director, Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. B.A.,
University of Colorado, Denver; M.S., P.A. Certification, University of Colorado
Health Science Center; Ph.D., Capella University.
Steven M. Lukas (2005). Instructor, part time, Business Administration. B.S., M.A.,
University of Nebraska; E.D., University of St. Thomas.
Steven P. Lund (1982). Studio Artist/Trombone, part time, Music. B.S., University of
Minnesota.
Paul E. Lutter (2005). Instructor, part time, Religion. B.S., University of Wisconsin,
Superior; M.Div, Luther Seminary.
Ann L. Lutter man-Aguilar (1993). Interim Academic Director, Instructor, Center for
Global Education. B.A., Earlham College; M.Div., Yale University.
M
Patricia Z. Marincic (2005). Associate Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. B.S.,
Purdue University; M.S., Colorado State University; Ph.D., Utah State University.
M. Elise Marubbio (2003). Assistant Professor of American Indian Studies. B.F.A.,
Cleveland Institute of Art; M.A., Ph.D., University of Arizona.
David C. Matz (2001). Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., Bemidji State University;
M.S., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., Texas A & M University.
Craig D. Maus (2002). Instructor, part time, Business Administration. A.A., North
Hennepin Community College; B.S., Mankato State University; M.B.A., University
of St. Thomas.
Kathleen A. McBride (1994). Regional Co-Director, Instructor, Center for Global
Education. B.A., George Mason University; Ed.M., Harvard University.
John C. McCaffrey (2000). Assistant Professor of Art. B.F.A., University of WisconsinMadison; M.F.A., University of Miami-Coral Gables.
Carol T. McCoy (2003). Adjunct Faculty, Clinical Laboratory Science Program, Biology.
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Oklahoma.
Michael J. McIlhon (2000). Instructor, part time, Economics. B.B.A., M.A., University of
Iowa.
Mar y Lee McLaughlin (1993). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.A., Western Michigan
University; A.M.L.S., University of Michigan; M.A., Michigan State University.
Kirsten A. S. Mebust (2004). Instructor, part time, Religion. B.S., University of Minnesota;
M.Div., Luther Seminary.
Jane C. Melton (1999). Instructor, part time, Modern Languages. B.A., Lindenwood
College; M.A., Tulane University.
Laurie H. Mer z (2001). Studio Artist/Bassoon, part time, Music. B.M., Eastman School of
Music; M.M., University of Minnesota.
Fekri Meziou (1987). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.A., University of
Tunis; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Augsburg College Faculty 333
Diane M. Mikkelson (1997). Instructor, part time, Modern Languages. B.A., California
State University; M.A., California State University-Northridge.
Joyce P. Miller (2004). Assistant Professor, part time, Nursing. A.A., Rochester State Junior
College; B.S., M.A., Augsburg College.
Kinney G. Misterek (1989). Instructor, part time, Business Administration. B.S., M.B.A.,
University of South Dakota; M.B.T., University of Minnesota.
John R. Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.A.,
University of Tennessee.
James B. Moen (1998). Assistant Professor of Computer Science. B.S., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
John W. Molloy (2003). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.B.A., M.S.,
University of Wisconsin, Madison.
Sheila M. Moriarty (2002). Instructor, part time, Social Work. B.S., University of
Minnesota; M.S.W., Augsburg College.
N
Susan K. Nash (1998). Associate Professor of Nursing. B.S.N., M.S.N., Ed.D., University of
Minnesota.
Paulus Nanghambe Ndamanomhata (2002). Instructor, Center for Global Education. B.A.
degrees, Ogongo Agricultural College and United Lutheran Theological Seminary;
M.A., Trinity Lutheran Seminary; Ph.D., Natal University.
Steven J. Nerheim (2004). Medical Director, Assistant Professor, part time, Physician
Assistant Studies. B.A., Northwest College; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary;
M.D., University of Minnesota.
Justin R. Newhall (2005). Instructor, part time, Art. B.F.A., Minneapolis College of Art and
Design; M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Nor ma C. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania;
M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University.
O
Mar y F. O’Connell (2004). Instructor, part time, Nursing. A.A., Minneapolis Community
College; B.S., Bethel College; M.A., Augsburg College.
Susan E. O’Connor (1994). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., University of
Minnesota; M.S., Ph.D., Syracuse University.
Sandra L. Olmsted (1979). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S.,
University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Michael G. Olson (2001). Instructor, part time, Business Administration. B.S., University
of Minnesota; M.B.A., Minnesota State University.
Vicki L. Olson (1987). Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jack Osber g (1991). Instructor, Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College.
P
Stephen A. Pacholl (2001). Instructor, part time, Business Administration. B.A., M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Sally Bruyneel Padgett (2003). Instructor, part time, Religion. A.A., San Jacinto College;
B.A., University of California, Riverside; M.A., Azusa Pacific University; Ph.D.,
University of Durham, England.
334 Augsburg College Faculty
Magdalena M. Paleczny-Zapp (1986). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.A.,
M.A., Central School for Planning and Statistics, Warsaw; Ph.D., Akademia
Ekonomiczna, Krakow.
Sharon K. Patten (1991). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.S.W., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Donna R. Patterson (2006). Assistant Professor, part time, Education. B.A., M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Michael F. Pattison (2003). Instructor, part time, Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of
Minnesota.
Catherine L. Paulsen (1990). Instructor, part time, Master of Arts in Leadership. B.A., St.
Olaf College; M.A., Lone Mountain College [now part of University of San
Francisco].
Cur tis M. Paulsen (1990). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., The Fielding Institute.
Richard W. Pearl (1992). Instructor, part time, Education. B.A., M.A., College of St.
Thomas.
Dale C. Pederson (1992). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Meredith A. Pederson (2003). Instructor, part time, Education. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.A., St. Mary’s University.
Rick A. Penning (1993). Studio Artist/Voice, part time, Music. B.A., Luther College; M.M.,
University of Cincinnati.
Noel J. Petit (1984). Professor of Computer Science. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Ronald W. Petrich (1980). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
United Theological Seminary.
Par y Pezechkian-Weinberg (1994). Associate Professor of Modern Languages. B.A.,
National University, Tehran; M.A., University of Nice; Ph.D., U.C.L.A.
Joyce M. Pfaf f (1966). Associate Professor, part time, Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Clayton A. Pharr (1996). Instructor, part time, Social Work. B.S., Claflin University;
M.S.W., Barry University.
Diane L. Pike (1981). Professor of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D., Yale
University.
Timothy D. Pippert (1999). Associate Professor of Sociology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Nebraska-Lincoln.
Q
Philip A. Quanbeck II (1987). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.Div., Ph.D., Luther Theological Seminary.
R
Larr y C. Ragland (1985). Professor of Computer Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri
State College; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin.
O. Nicholas Raths (1988). Studio Artist/Guitar, part time, Music. B.M., M.M., D.M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Augsburg College Faculty 335
Deborah L. Redmond (1981). Assistant Professor of Communication Studies. B.A., M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
B ruce R. Reichenbach (1968). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College; M.A.,
Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Kathy J. Reinhardt (1997). Instructor of Modern Languages. M.A., Middlebury College.
M. Bridget Robinson-Riegler (1994). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.S., Indiana
University; M.S., Ph.D., Purdue University.
Nancy A. Rodenborg (2000). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.S., Indiana University;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University.
Glenda Dewberr y Rooney (1992). Professor of Social Work. B.S., University of North
Texas; M.S.W., University of Illinois; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Barr y D. Rutman (2000). Instructor, part time, Business Administration. M.A., Montclair
State University.
S
Susana M. Sandmann (2006). Associate Professor of Modern Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Milo A. Schield (1985). Professor of Business Administration. B.S., Iowa State University;
M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University.
John S. Schmit (1990). Dean of Graduate and Adult Academic Programs. Associate
Professor of English. B.S., St. John’s University; M.A., University of New Orleans;
Ph.D., The University of Texas.
Michael D. Schock (1993). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of
Washington; M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Washington.
Sandra Nei Schulte (1987). Designer-in-Residence and Instructor, part time, Theatre Arts.
B.A., M.A., M.F.A, University of Minnesota.
David G. Schwain (1995). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.B.A.,
University of Cincinnati; M.B.A., Harvard University.
Kathr yn A. Schwalbe (1991). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.S.,
University of Notre Dame; M.B.A., Northeastern University; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Carrie B. Senske (2000). Instructor, part time, Education. B.A., Concordia College,
Moorhead; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Frankie B. Shackelford (1990). Professor of Modern Languages. B.A., Texas Christian
University; Ph.D., University of Texas.
N. Kay Shager (2000). Instructor, part time, Education and Mathematics. B.A., Gustavus
Adolphus College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-River Falls.
Timothy J. Shaw (1995). Instructor, part time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., St. Mary’s
College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Charles M. Sheaf fer (1995). Associate Professor of Computer Science. B.A., Metropolitan
State University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Judith E. Shevelev (1991). Program Coordinator, Instructor, Center for Global Education.
B.A., University of California, Davis; M.A., Columbia University.
John S. Shockley (2002). Visiting Professor, part time, Political Science. B.A., University of
Texas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
336 Augsburg College Faculty
Katharine E. Skibbe (2001). Instructor, part time, Education. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., Saint Mary’s College.
Sheilah P. Smith (1999). Instructor, part time, Education. B.S., M.Ed., Wayne State
University.
Beverly L. Smith-Keiling (2004). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., East Central
University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Alyssa E. Snyder (2003). Instructor, part time, Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of St. Thomas.
Sandra F. Soltis (2005). Instructor of Education. B.S., Moorhead State University; M.S.,
Winona State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jody M. Sorensen (2005). Associate Professor of Mathematics. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A.,
Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Lisa K. Sperling (2003). Instructor, part time, Education. B.S., University of Minnesota;
M.A., Mankato State University.
Richard J. Spratt (1996). Instructor, part time, Social Work. B.S.W., Augsburg College;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Robert J. Stacke (1990). Associate Professor of Music. Band and Jazz Director. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A.C.I., College of St. Thomas; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
John J. Stangl (1991). Instructor, part time, Education. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Nancy K. Steblay (1988). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Bemidji State University; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Montana.
John P. Stein (1992). Instructor, part time, Economics. B.S., University of Detroit; M.A.,
University of Illinois.
Donald B. Steinmetz (1968). Professor of Modern Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Erik S. Steinmetz (1998). Assistant Professor of Computer Science. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.S., University of Minnesota.
Linda Lee Stevens (1999). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., University of Northern
Colorado; M.S., Mankato State University.
Stuar t M. Stoller (1986). Professor of Business Administration. B.S., M.S., Long Island
University.
Theresa A. Stoller (2003). Instructor, part time, Business Administration. B.A., Augsburg
College.
Benjamin L. Stottr up (2005). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.A., University of Minnesota,
Morris; Ph.D., University of Washington.
Beverly J. Stratton (1986). Professor of Religion. B.A., M.A., Boston University; M.A.,
D.Th., Luther Seminary.
Michelle J. Strauch (2000). Instructor, part time, Health and Physical Education. B.S.,
North Dakota State University; M.S., University of Wisconsin-LaCrosse.
Mark S. Strefeler (2003). Associate Professor of Biology. B.S., Pennsylvania State
University; M.S., North Carolina State University; Ph.D., Cornell University.
Karen T. Sutherland (1999). Professor of Computer Science. A.B., Augustana College; two
M.S. degrees; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Augsburg College Faculty 337
Kathr yn A. Swanson (1985). Professor of English. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Mar yann Syers (1998). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., Arizona State University;
M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
T
B renda J. J. Talarico (2003). Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. B.S.,
University of Minnesota; P.A. Certificate, Augsburg College; M.P.A.S., University
of Nebraska Medical Center.
Ngoh Tiong Tan (1987, 2006). Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of Singapore;
M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Michael D. Thompson (2002). Instructor, part time, Psychology. B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.S.W., Fordham University; Ph.D., Pacific University.
Sonja K. Thompson (1993). Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., University of Minnesota;
M.M., The Juilliard School.
Robert K. Tom (2002). Associate Professor, part time, Art. B.F.A., University of Hawaii;
M.F.A., Temple University.
Beth M. Torstenson (2003). Instructor, part time, Education. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Daniel O. Trainer, IV (1999). Instructor, part time, Modern Languages. B.A., Rochester
Institute of Technology; M.A., Gallaudet University.
Mark D. Tranvik (1995). Lilly Program Director. Associate Professor of Religion. B.A.,
Luther College; M.Div., Yale University; Th.D., Luther Seminary.
Cynthia K. Troy (1990). Instructor, part time, Psychology. B.A., University of California,
Santa Cruz; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Fidel Xinico Tum (1993). Program Coordinator, Instructor, Center for Global Education.
B.A., Francisco Marroquin University; M.Div., St. Paul Seminary.
Katherine A. Tunheim (2005). Instructor, part time, Business Administration. B.A.,
Concordia College, Moorhead; M.A., University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee.
U-V
Joseph Underhill-Cady (1998). Associate Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of
California-Berkeley; M.A., San Francisco State University; Ph.D., University of
Michigan.
Eileen Kaese Uzarek (2001). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Gustavus Adolphus College; M.S., Mankato State University.
John W. Van Cleve (1996). Instructor, part time, Modern Languages. B.A., Carleton
College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
James A. Vela-McConnell (1997). Associate Professor of Sociology. B.A., Loyola University;
Ph.D., Boston College.
David E. Venne (1992). Atmospheric Science. Assistant Professor of Physics. B.S.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Iowa State University.
Joseph M. Volker (1993). Instructor, part time, MAL Program. B.A., University of
California-Irvine; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
338 Augsburg College Faculty
W
David O’Brien Wagner (2005). Instructor, part time, Art. B.S., B.A., Washington State
University.
Mzenga A. Wanyama (2006). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., M.A., University of
Nairobi, Kenya; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Andrew War d (2001). Instructor, part time, Business Administration/Philosophy. B.A.,
Luther College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Kansas.
Martha A. (Car y) Water man (1991). Instructor, part time, English. B.A., University of
Denver; B.S., M.A., Minnesota State University-Mankato.
Luann Watson (2003). Instructor, part time, Nursing. A.A., Normandale Community
College; B.S., M.A.L., Augsburg College.
David R. Weiss (2002). B.A., Wartburg College; M.A., Wartburg Theological Seminary;
M.A., University of Notre Dame.
Patricia F. Weiss (1991). Associate Professor, part time, Education. Paideia Associate-inResidence. B.A., Boston College; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of North Carolina,
Chapel Hill.
Barbara A. West (1997). Instructor of Education. Faculty Coordinator of Teacher
Placement /Licensing. B.S., St. Cloud State University; M.S., Syracuse University.
Dale A. Weston (2001). Instructor, part time, American Indian Studies. B.A., Hamline
University.
Jean H. Whalen (1995). Instructor, part time, Education. B.S., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Hans H. Wiersma (2002). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., University of California,
San Diego; M.Div., Ph.D., Luther Seminary.
Susan L. Williams (2002). Instructor, part time, English. B.A., M.A., A.B.D., University of
Minnesota.
Angela J. Wyatt (1981). Studio Artist/Saxophone and Clarinet, part time, Music. B.A., St.
Olaf College; M.M., Northwestern University.
X-Y-Z
Steven M. Zitnick (2000). Assistant Professor of Business Administration; Associate
Director, M.B.A. Program. B.A., Shimer College; M.S., University of Utah.
Faculty Emeriti 339
FACULTY EMERITI
Ruth L. Aaskov. Professor Emerita of Modern Languages. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Earl R. Alton. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry/Dean Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Lyla M. Anderegg. Professor Emerita of Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A.,
Northwestern University.
Barbara L. Andersen. Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A.,
Northwestern University.
Charles S. Anderson. President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of
Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological
Seminary, New York.
Er nest W. Anderson. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Margaret J. Anderson. Professor Emerita, Library. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Raymond E. Anderson. Professor Emeritus of Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts.
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
John E. Benson. Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University.
Ver n M. Bloom. Professor Emeritus of Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Richard A. Borstad. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Maria L. Brown. Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
L. Gracia Christensen. Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Hunter College; M.A., Radcliffe
College.
Robert W. Clyde. Professor Emeritus, Institutional Research Analyst. B.A., Coe College;
M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Ailene H. Cole. Professor Emerita of Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts. B.A.,
Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Beverly C. Durkee. Professor Emerita of Mathematics. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University.
Nor man B. Fer guson. Professor Emeritus of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall
College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Henr y G. Follingstad. Professor Emeritus of Mathematics. B.E.E., M.S., University of
Minnesota.
Jerr y Gerasimo. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Chicago.
Orloue Gisselquist. Professor Emeritus of History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Satya P. Gupta. Professor Emeritus of Economics. B.S., M.S., Agra University, India; M.S.,
Ph.D., Southern Illinois University.
340 Faculty Emeriti
Theodore J. Hanwick. Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.E.E., M.S., Polytechnic Institute of
Brooklyn; Ph.D., New York University.
Edwina L. Hertzber g. Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Nor man D. Holen. Professor Emeritus of Art. B.A. Concordia College-Moorhead; M.F.A.,
University of Iowa.
John R. Holum. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Irene Khin Khin Jensen. Professor Emerita of History. B.A., Rangoon University, Burma;
M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Duane E. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Psychology. B.A., Huron College; B.A., University
of Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Robert A. Karlén. Professor Emeritus of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Esther G. McLaughlin. Professor Emerita of Biology. B.A., Ph.D., University of CaliforniaBerkeley.
Marie O. McNef f. Professor Emerita of Education/Dean Emerita. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D.,
University of Nebraska.
Er win D. Mickelberg. Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Mildred “Mike” Mueller. Professor Emerita of Education. B.A., M.A., Central Michigan
University; Ed.D., University of Minnesota.
Edor C. Nelson. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Gor don L. Nelson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota;
B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Richard C. Nelson. Professor Emeritus of History. B.A., University of Nebraska; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Catherine C. Nicholl. Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University
of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Beverly J. Nilsson. Professor Emerita of Nursing. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Ronald G. Palosaari. Professor Emeritus of English. B.A., Bethel College; B.Div., Bethel
Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Patricia A. Parker. Associate Academic Dean Emerita. B.A., Eastern Michigan University;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Lauretta E. Pelton. Professor Emerita of Education. M.Ed., Marquette University.
Philip A. Quanbeck, Sr. Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D.,
Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.Th., Th.D., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Gunta Rozentals. Professor Emerita of Modern Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Faculty Emeriti 341
Marianne B. Sander. Dean of Students Emerita. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Leland B. Sateren. Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College; D.Mus.,
Lakeland College.
Edwin J. Saugestad. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Eugene M. Skibbe. Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther
Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany.
Clarice A. Staff. Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., D.S.W.,
Columbia University.
Myles C. Stenshoel. Professor Emeritus of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College,
Moorhead; Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Grace K. Sulerud. Professor Emerita, Library. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Ralph L. Sulerud. Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Philip J. Thompson. Professor Emeritus of Art. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A.,
University of Iowa.
Joel S. Torstenson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Rita R. Weisbrod. Professor Emerita of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota;
Ph.D., Cornell University.
Mar y Louise Williams. Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.F.A., M.S.W., University of
Pennsylvania.
342
CAMPUS MAP
CAMPUS LOCATION
343
DIRECTIONS TO CAMPUS
PUBLIC PARKING
I-35W from the North—
Take Washington Avenue exit and turn left
on Washington (curves right to become
Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside
Avenue, right at 22nd Avenue South.
Street parking on campus is posted for
one-, two-, or four-hour limits. For certain
major events on campus during evenings
and weekends, parking is also available in
the commuter and visitor lots.
I-94 East from Minneapolis—
Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn
left at 22nd Avenue South.
PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION
I-94 West from St. Paul—
Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside
Avenue, turn left at 22nd Avenue South.
I-35W from the South—
Follow the I-94 St. Paul signs (move to
right lane after each of two mergers). Take
25th Avenue exit and turn left at Riverside
Avenue, turn left at 22nd Avenue South.
Augsburg College is located near two
Metro Transit Light Rail stations: the
Cedar-Riverside station and the Franklin
Avenue station. In addition to light rail,
four Metro Transit bus lines keep Augsburg
easily accessible to the greater metropolitan area: routes 2, 7, 19, and 24. For more
information about Metro Transit schedules
and routes, call 612-373-3333 or go online
to <www.metrotransit.org>.
344
Index
Augsburg College, as affirmed in
its mission, does not discriminate
on the basis of race, color, creed,
religion, national or ethnic
origin, age, gender, sexual
orientation, marital status, status
with regard to public assistance,
or disability in its education
policies, admissions policies,
scholarship and loan programs,
athletic and/or school
administered programs, except
in those instances where religion
is a bona fide occupational
qualification. Augsburg College
is committed to providing
reasonable accommodations to
its employees and its students.
346
INDEX
A
About Augsburg 10, 18
Academic Advising 42
Academic Calendar 4-7, 54
Academic Divisions 56
Academic Excellence Scholarships 29
Academic Information 53
Academic Internships 67
Academic Policies and Procedures 70
Academic Progress, Probation and
Dismissal 89
Academic Skills Coaching 43-44
Access Center 45
Accessibility 18
Accounting 120-122
Accreditation and Memberships 11, 17, 18
Achievement Scholarships 30
Admissions 14, 20-22
Administrative Officers of the College 320
Advanced Placement Program Test (AP) 87
Advanced Transfer Students 76, 82
African American Student Services (see
Pan-Afrikan Student Services) 47
American Indian Studies 96-99
American Indian Student Services 46
American Sign Language 231
Anderson Hall 14, 50
Anne Pederson Women’s Resource Center
42
Application Procedures 20, 28
Applied Economics 153
Architecture Minor 101
Art 100-105
Art History 100, 104-105
Asian American Student Services (see Pan
Asian Student Services) 47
Assessment of Previous Learning (APL)
Program 87-88
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC) 60, 62
Associated Support Organizations 16
Athletic Affiliation 18
Athletics and Sports 42
Audit Fee 24
Auditing Courses 86
Augsburg Core Curriculum 78-85, 106-107
Augsburg Experience 79
Augsburg First Year 78-79
Augsburg Seminar 78, 106
Augsburg Signature Curriculum 78-79, 106
B
Bachelor of Science (Liberal Arts
requirement modifications) 84-85
Beta Beta Beta 110
Biology 108-113
Board of Regents 318-319
Business (Master of Business
Administration) 69
Business Administration 114-119
Business Administration and
Economics Major 117, 153
Business Administration (Music Business
Specialization) 116, 240
Business Management Certificate 115
C
Calendar 4-7, 54
Campus Location 14, 18, 342-343
Campus Map 342-343
Campus Ministry 40
Campus Tours 20
Canadian Program 70
Career Services 68
Carlson (Jeroy C. Carlson) Alumni Center 15
Center for Global Education 64-65, 207-218
Center for Learning and Adaptive Student
Services (CLASS) 43
Center for Service, Work, and Learning
66-68
Certificates 69 (MBA), 101, 115
Change of Program 73
Chemistry 129-134
Chinese 231
Chapel 15, 42
Choir 253
Christensen Center 14, 41
Class Schedule 94
Classification (Class Year) 87
Clinical Laboratory Science 135-140
Coaching Endorsement 186
College Costs 2006-07 Day 24-25,
WEC 25-26
College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) 87
College of the Third Age 16, 70
Commencement 90
Commons 50
Communication Studies 141-147
Communication Arts/Literature Teacher
Licensure 60, 144, 160
Community Service-Learning 67
Community Studies Concentration
(Sociology) 299
Computational Economics 148-149
Computational Philosophy 149, 261
Computer Science 147-151
Concert Band 253
Connections Courses 106-107
Continuing Education Program 70
Cooperative Education 67, 108
Index 347
Core Curriculum 78-85, 106-107
Costs 24-26
Counseling 48
Counseling and Health Promotion 48
Course Descriptions 94-316
Course Numbers 94
Credits 94
Crime and Deviance Concentration
(Sociology) 299
Crossover Registration 72
Cultural Anthropology Concentration
(Sociology) 299
D
Dance and Theatre Teacher Licensure Major
307
Dean’s List 89
Degrees Offered 18, 54
Departmental Comprehensive Exams 87
Departmental Honors (see each major)
Departments and Programs 94-316
Deposits 25
Development 8
Directed Study 96
Directory 8
Directory Information 91-92
Disability Services 43-44, 45-46
Dismissal 89
Discrimination Complaints 52
Divisions and Departments 56
Dormitories 14-16, 49-50
Dual Degree Programs 59, 169-170
E
Early Admission of Freshmen 21
Economics 152-156
Economics/Business Admin. Major 117, 153
Economics/Political Science Teaching Major
272
Edor Nelson Field 15
Education 157-168
Education for Service 11
Education (Master of Arts) 68
Elementary Education 158-160, 162-164
Emotional/Behavioral Disabilities 166-168
Employment 33
Engaging Minneapolis 78
Engineering 169-170
English 171-184
English Language Learners (ELL) 88-89
English Placement Test 174
Enrollment 18
Enrollment Center 8, 72
Enrollment Degree Verification 90
Enrollment Deposit 25
Ensembles 253
Entry-level Skills 80-81, 107
Ethnic Student Services 46-47
Evaluation and Grading 85-87
Evangelical Lutheran Church in America
(ELCA) 11, 18, 319
Experiential Education Programs 66-68
Explanation of Grades 85-87
Exploring Our Gifts (Vocation) 40
F
Facilities and Housing 14-17, 50
Facts and Figures 18
Faculty 18, 55, 322-341
Faculty Emeriti 339-341
FAFSA (Free Application for Federal Student
Aid 28
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
(FERPA) 51, 91-92
Federal Work Study Program 33
Fees 24-26
Film 142-143
Finance 122-123
Finance Certificate 115
Financial Aid 18, 28-38
Financial Policies 26-28
Fine Arts 41
Fitness Center 49
Food Service 50-51
Foreign Languages (See Modern Languages)
Forensics 142
Former Students 22, 74-75
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship,
Drama, and Communication 15
Foundations of Fitness 84,188
French 230-232
Freshmen 20-21
G
Gage Center for Academic Achievement 42
German 230, 233-234
Gift Assistance 31
GLBTQA 48
Global Education Center 15, 64-65,
207-218
Global Education Program
Courses 64-65, 207-218
Grade Point Average 77, 87
Grading 85-86, 87
Graduate Programs 68-69
Graduation (Applying for) 76-77
Graduation Skills Requirements 80
Graduation Requirements 76-85
Grants 31
Graphic Design Certificate 101
Gymnasium (Melby Hall) 15
348 Index
H
L
Health and Physical Education 185-189
Health Clinic Services 48
Health Education 185-187
Health Insurance 48
Health Promotion 48-49
HECUA Courses 65-66, 208, 216-218
Higher Education Consortium for Urban
Affairs (HECUA) 65-66, 208, 216-218
Hispanic/Latino Student Services Program
47
History 190-196
History of Augsburg College 10-12
Honors (Departmental—see each major)
Honors (Latin) 90
Honors Program 62, 197-202
Housing 14-16, 25, 49-50
Hoyt Messerer Fitness Center 49
Human Relations (Communication Studies)
142
Language Courses 230-237
Latin Honors 90
Leadership (Master of Arts) 68
Leadership Studies Minor 203
Leadership, Service, and Performance
Scholarships 30
Learning Disabilities (Special Education)
166-168
Learning Disabilities Program 43
Liberal Arts (Bachelor of Science Waiver)
84-85
Liberal Arts Foundation 79-80, 82-83
Library and Information Technology 15,
18, 55-56
Licensure (Teaching) 60, 157-168, 254-255,
292
Life Sciences 109
Lifetime Fitness 84, 188
Lindell Library 15, 18, 55-56
Loan Assistance 32
Location 14, 18, 342, 343
Lutheran Congregational Scholarships 31
I
Ice Arena 15
Incomplete Grade 86
Independent Studies 95, 96
Information Technology Certificate 115
Information Technology Services 55-56
Inter-Institutional Programs 62-63
Inter-Race 16
Intercollegiate Athletics 42
Interdisciplinary Studies 202-204
International Baccalaureate Program (IB) 87
International Business Minor 117
International Business Specialization
(Business Administration) 110
International Business Concentration
(International Relations) 206
International Partners 65, 207-208
International Relations 205-206
International Student Advising 49
International Students 22, 49
International Studies 207-218
Internships 66-67, 95-96
Intramural Athletics 42
J
Japanese 234
Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center 15
John Evans Learning Laboratory 44
K
Karen M. Housh Tutor Center 44
Keystone (Senior Keystone) 79, 106
M
Majors and Minors 10, 56-60, 94-316
Management Information Systems 124-126
Management Specialization (Business
Administration) 116
Managerial Accounting 120
Many Voices Project 79
Maps 342, 343
Marketing 116 (WEC), 126-128
Marketing Communication (Communication
Studies) 142
Mass Communication and Journalism
(Communication Studies) 142
Master’s Degrees 54, 68-69
Math Placement Group (MPG) 80-81, 221
Mathematics 219-224
Medical Refund 27
Medieval Studies 225-226
Melby Hall 15
Memberships 17, 18
Memorial Hall (Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial
Hall) 16
Metro-Urban Studies 227-229
Middle East Studies Minor 203
Military Called to Active Duty 73-74
Minnesota Indian Teacher Training
Partnership (MNITTP) 46-47
Minnesota Work Study Program 33
Minors 59, 94-316
MIS Courses 124-126
Mission Statement 10
Index 349
Modern Language Skill 81
Modern Languages 230-237
Mortensen Hall 15, 50
Murphy Place (2222 Murphy Place) 15
Murphy’s Grill 51
Music 238-253
Music Business 116, 240
Music Education Major 241-242
Music Ensembles 251-253
Music Hall 15
Music Performance Major 243
Music Repertoire Tests 245
Music Therapy Equivalency/Certification
244
Music Therapy Major 243-244
N
National Student Clearinghouse 90
Natural Science Teaching Licensures
254-255
New Hall 15, 50
No-Credit Grades 85-86
Nordic Area Studies 256-257
Norwegian 230, 234-235
Notification of Admissions Decision 21
Numeric Grades 85
Numbering of Courses 94
Nursing 258-260
Nursing (Master of Arts) 68
O
Off-Campus Programs 18
Officers of the College 320
Official Notices 51
Ojibwe 236
Old Main 16
Orchestra 253
Organizational Studies Concentration
(Sociology) 299
Organizational Communication
(Communication Studies) 141
Orientation 41
P, Q
Pan-Afrikan Student Services 47
Pan-Asian Student Services 47
Part-Time Students 24
Pass/No Credit 77, 85-86, 90
Pastor 40
Payments 26
Peace and Global Studies Minor 205
Performance Studies 251-253
Philosophy 261-264
Physical Disabilities Program (Access Center)
45
Physical Education 186, 188-189
Physical Science Teaching Licensure 60,
130, 254-255, 267
Physician Assistant Studies (Master of
Science) 69
Physics 265-270
Piano Proficiency Test 245
Policies 17, 18, 26-28, 51-52, 70-76, 85-87,
89-92
Political Science 271-277
Political Science/Economics teaching major
272
Portfolio Assessment Program 88
Pre-Law Concentration (Political Science)
271-272
Pre-Professional Programs 60-61
Prerequisites 95
President’s Greeting 2
Probation 89
Psychology 278-282
Psychology and Law Concentration 279
Public Accounting 120
Public Relations and Advertising
(Communication Studies) 142
R
Re-Admitted Students 22, 74-75
Recitals 245
Refunds 26-27
Regents 318-319
Registration 70-73
Religion 283-291
Religious Affiliation 11, 18, 319
Repeated Courses 86
Research Opportunities 45
Residence Life Program (see also
Housing) 49-50
Residence Requirements 77
Retaking courses 86
Rochester Program 13-14, 71-72
Room and Board 24
ROTC 62-63
S
Scandinavian Studies (See Nordic Area
Studies)
Scandinavian Urban Studies Team 65, 216
Scholarships 29-31, 33-38
School Year 4-7, 18
Science Hall 16
Secondary Education 160-162, 164-165
Senior Keystone 79, 106
Service-Learning 67
Sigma Pi Sigma 267
Skills Requirements 80-81, 84-85, 107
Social, Cultural, Recreational Activities 41
Social Psychology Concentration 279, 300
350 Index
Social Studies 292
Social Welfare Minor 294
Social Work 293-297
Social Work (Master of Social Work) 69
Society of Physics Students 267
Sociology 298-303
Space Physics 266
Spanish 230, 236-237
Special Education 166-168
Special Interest Housing 50
Special Students (Non-Degree or Second
Degree) 22
Sponsored Scholarships 33-38
Sports 42
StepUP Program 46
Student-Designed Major 56-57
Student Employment 33
Student/Faculty Ratio 18
Student Government 40-41
Student Life 39-52
Student Rights 51-52, 91-92
Student Standards of Behavior, Complaints,
Records 51
Student Standing Committee 74
Student Support Services (TRIO) 44-45
Student Teaching Abroad 66, 157
Studio Art 100-105
Study Abroad 63-66, 207-218
Summer Session 8, 66
Supervisory Management (Communication
Studies) 141
Support Programs 42-49
Sverdrup Hall 16
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall 16
T
Teaching Licensure (see also individual
majors) 60, 157-168, 254-255, 292
Test Scores 20
Theatre Arts 304-312
Theatre Practicums 305-306, 311-312
Transcripts 20, 21, 25
Transfer Students 21-22, 75-76
TRIO Program 44-45
Tuition, Fees, Room and Board 24-25
Tutor Center 44
U
Undergraduate Research and Graduate
Opportunity (URGO) 45
Unofficial Withdrawal 27-28
Urban Studies 227-229
Urness Hall 16, 50
V
Veterans 91
Vocation 40
W
Weekend College 12-13, 21, 25-26, 71-73
Withdrawal From College 26-27, 73
Women’s Resource Center 42
Women’s Studies 313-315
Work Study Program 33
Writing Concentration 172, 173
X, Y, Z
Youth and Family Ministry Major 289-291
Show less
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
1987
Page
........
2
...........
3
Introduction
Calendar
............ 4
H Courses ............ 5
H Options
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring
... Show more
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
1987
Page
........
2
...........
3
Introduction
Calendar
............ 4
H Courses ............ 5
H Options
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring
semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week
January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time
for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and
learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and
ways not possible during the regular term. There will be no
summer Interim in 1987.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students
should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class a s they would for a four-course load during Fall
and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one
course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a
student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/
No credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the
PIN system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division
standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and
the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a
more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35
courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one
Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at
Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation).
Augsburg Policy
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the
basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap a s required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1973, a s amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices.
For More Information
Interim Office (Memorial 230)
Interim Secretary, Kay'Thomsen at 330-1025
Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustaf son, at 330-1192 (Memorial
114b)
Interim Calendar
November 3-7 . . .Interim Registration
December 8 . . .Late Interim Registration
January 5
. . . .First Day of Interim
Class I 9:00 a.m.
Class I1 1:00 p.m.
January6 . . . . . .Last Day for CanceYAdd
January 19 . . . . .Last day for determining grading
system with Registrar
January 21 . . . . .Last day for withdrawing from full
courses
January30
. .Interimends
February 3 .
.Validation of Spring Class Registration
February 4
. . .Spring Semester Begins
..
..
.. .
...
..
The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily
schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time 1-8 a.m. to 12 noon
Time 11-1 p.m. to 5 p.m.
Interim Catalog
The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are
listed in alphabeticalorder. At the end of the book are listings of
other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the
college for Interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the Lifetime
Sports listed at the end of the Catalog.
Building Key
OM-Old Main
S - s c k n c e H-dl
Options
International Interims-Students are invited to be part of one
of the 27 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest
Association for International Education (UMAIE). These
course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog.
Internshim-Students electing. an internship must present a
completei internship learning;ontract to theA1nternshipOffice
(Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 25. Contract
forms are available in the same off ice.
Independent or Directed Study-Students may elect a program
of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study
(lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly
discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to
pursue independent or directed study must:
1 . Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed
study plan approved by the supervising faculty member.
This proposal must be submitted at least one week before
registration and no later than December 5. Appropriate
study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims a t Other Schools-Augsburg students may enroll at
any other 4-1-4institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the
Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration a t other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg
during the regular registration period. Most courses taught
during the Interim at other 4-1-4schools are accepted for credit
by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted a s meeting
Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4schools
for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the
student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does
not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students
will be charged $540 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for a n Augsburg Interim should write to
the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office a t their own school. There is a n application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on
campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim
housing should be made to the Interim Office.
ART
Calligraphy
ART 106-47001
306-47002
Instructor: Phil Thompson
A study of the art and craft and historical development of calligraphy with emphasis on the italic alphabet. Development of calligraphic skills in pen and brush with ink and paint.
For upper division credit a major project is required plus demonstrated skill in the uncial and gothic styles.
Prerequisite: None for lower division; Painting or drawing course
or permission of the instructor for upper division
Distribution: Art-~ u s i c
Time: I
Room: OM 4
Life Drawing
ART 247-47003
Instructor:Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students.
The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of
media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from
three minutes to an hour and a half.
You will be introduced to the 2B and 4B pencils, the charcoal pencil, and pastels.
Fee: $25due the first day of class
Distribution:Art - Music
Time:I
Room: OM 17
BIOLOGY
Plants and Civilization
BIO 102-47004
Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg
A study of the profound influence of plants on mankind's economic, cultural and political history, as well as the steps that civilization has taken to improve chosen plants for use. Some plant
anatomy and physiology will be discussed. Academic evaluation
will be based on course exams.
Distribution:Chemistry-Biology
Time: I1
Room: 205
Ecology of The Arizona Sonoran Desert
BIO 113-47005
313-47006
Instructor:Neal Thorp
This course will begin with a consideration of the general characteristics of the four deserts on the North American continent. Emphasis will be placed on the Sonoran Desert of southern Arizona
and California and northern Sonora, Mexico. Topics discussed will
include the physiography of desert landscapes, desert climates,
soils, the distributions and interactions of plant and animal life,
and survival mechanisms of desert flora and fauna. Studies will
be conducted in southern Arizona, including the Arizona-Sonora
Desert Museum, Saguaro National Monument, Organ Pipe Cactus National Monument, the Boyce Thompson Arboretum of the
University of Arizona, and the Catalina and Rincon Mountains.
Grades will be based on examinations and written work. Students
taking the course to fulfill distribution requirements will be expected to acquire a general knowledge of the subjects studied and
to write a paper on a selected topic. Students taking the course for
upper division credit will be expected to probe the subjects in
greater depth and will be required to write a research paper that
will be presented orally to the class.
The cost will be approximately $600.00 and will cover airfare,
ground transportation, lodging, admission fees, and most meals.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor.
BIO 112 for 313 level
Distribution:Chemistry-Biology
H u m a n Developmental Biology
BIO 174-47007
Instructor:Robert Herforth
In its broadest sense developmental biology includes the study of
the entire life cycle of the individual, from production of the eggs
and sperm through fertilization, embryonic and fetal development, birth, growth and maturation, reproduction, aging and
death. This course will touch on all these aspects of human development, but will concentrate on gamete production, fertilization
and development up to birth. Comparisons with development in
other animals will be made. Some related topics which will be considered include the hormonal control of reproduction and childbirth, in vitro fertilization, methods of contraception and developmental defects. Grades will be based on several quizzes and exams
given during the course.
Distribution:Chemistry-Biology
Time: I
Room: S 212
H Biological Evolution
BIO 307-47008
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
That organisms have evolved and, accordingly, all creatures are
biologically related are probably the most sigmficant conclusions
which biology has contributed to human knowledge. The antievolutionist arguments of the "scientific creationists" will be
investigated in this course. However, to the vast majority of biologists evolution is accepted a s a fact, and the evidence in its support will be examined.
Biologists do not agree concerning the mechanisms and pace of
evolution. Indeed, theories as to these matters have evolved and
continue to do so. Much of the course will involve historical study
of evolutionary thought from pre-Darwinian times to the present.
Finally, we will address the course of evolution from the origin of
life itself to the origin of human life.
There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based primarily on quizzes
and tests.
Prerequisites:BIO 111 and 112 or permission of the instructor
Time: I
Room: S 329
BUSINESS
Micro-ComputerAccounting
BUS 294-47070
Instructor: Richard Herzog
This course will provide an introduction to the micro-computeras
it relates to financial and managerial accounting applications.
Topics will include: micro-computer hardware and software; accounting spreadsheet and database applications. Emphasis will
be on the IBM-PC or compatible hardware and Lotus 1-2-3software.
Students will be required to read a text and other material, hand in
homework assignments and take tests over the assigned material. In addition, computer reports will be handed in for evaluation.
Prerequisites: Principles of Managerial Accounting (BUS 102)
Time: 11
Room: S 213
Entrepreneurship
BUS 295-47011
Instructor:John Cerrito
The object of this class is to provide students who are not majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills necessary for starting
and running a small business.
The student will be exposed to various aspects of small business
management and will be required to prepare a business plan for a
"model" business. The student will be evaluated on the basis of
the "model" plan, on tests and performances on small business
case studies.
Time: I
Ruom: M 23
Augsburg Goes to Business
BUS 321-47012
Instructor:Thomas Morgan, Tina Wagner, Lois Olson
"Augsburg Goes to Business" is a one-month senior seminar for
business and economics majors. The goal of the seminar is to provide a better understanding of the diversity in organizations and
the varied environments in which and the many constraints with
which they must operate. Three objectives emerge:
1. to develop a clearer understanding of how the different functional areas of an organization operate on a day to day basis
and how these "parts" are integrated into the overall operation of the firm.
2. to examine the extent to which "textbook approaches" correspond to "real world" situations and are able to accommodate practical application.
3. to explore potential conflicts between individual (personal
and career) goals and the goals of the organization; addressing how these conflicts may be resolved.
Class time will be divided between on-campus lecture and discussion and off-campus visits. Students will visit eight different
types of organizations in the metropolitan area. Class discussions
will focus on assigned readings, interpretation of the results of
different vocational oriented tests, and the issues relevant to the
selection of career paths.
Students will keep a journal of experiences and observations.
Grades will be determined on the basis of the journal and on a
research paper the topic of which has been negotiated with the
instructors.
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor
Time:I
Room: P 2
Management Simulation Games
BUS 378-47013
Instructor:Arnin Kader
In this course the students will be grouped into teams. Each team
controls a company which manufactures and sells a line of multiple products. The company competes against other companies;
each manufactures and sells similar products. Each team attempts to outperform other teams by selecting what could be perceived by the team as the optimum operating strategy. This strategy includes s e t t i n g selling prices, production volumes,
marketing expenditures, plant and securities investments, as
well a s stockholders' dividends. Grading will be PIN only with
evaluation on the basis of the work done and its results.
Prerequisites: BUS 135 and 261, ECO 122 and 123 or permission
of instructor
Time: 11
Room: OM 21
CHEMISTRY
The Science of Very Large Molecules
CHM 104-47014
Instructor: Sandy Olmsted
This is a survey of the kinds of chemicals which are vitally important to our lifestyle: plastics, synthetic fibers, proteins. These
have unusual chemical and physical properties that make them
especially useful. We will learn about their chemistry as we make
rubber, adhesives, nylon, and plastics in class, and investigate
their importance to business, the economy, and to us personally in
health and medical applications, and genetic engineering. The
course is aimed at creating a better informed consumer who is
science-literate. Grade is determined by three exams and a short
paper which is due the last day of class.
Prerequisite: High School Chemistry
Distribution:Chemistry-Biology
Time: I1
Room: S 315
The Molecular Basis of Cancer
CHM 310-47015
Instructor:David T. Brand
Cancer has in some form or another touched virtually every family in America. A great deal of effort has been expended by the
scientific community to find the cause(s)of cancer and to establish
a cure. The question at hand is, "Are we winning the battle
against cancer?" This course will focus on the causes of cancer,
how it can be treated, and how it might be prevented. Topics which
will be discussed in this course include: The cellular basis of cancer, the environment and cancer, the molecular basis of cancer,
chemoprevention of cancer, and the psychological impact of cancer on the patientslfamilies.
Principles of structural organic chemistry and molecular biology
will be used throughout the course.
There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist of lectures and discussions. Student performance will be evaluated on
the basis of two exams and a final paper which is due the last day
of class.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 351 (organic chemistry) or permission of
instructor
Time: I
Room: S 315
SCIENCE
FORTRAN
CSC 270-47016
Instructor:Larry Ragland
A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students
with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will
expand the student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those
features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations.
Prerequisites: One course with a study of a computer language
(e.g. CSC 170 or MAT 175)
Distribution:Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: S 112
Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 113-47017
Instructor:Satya Gupta
This course will introduce basic concepts, terms and definitions
used in microeconomics. Students will be able to recognize the
role of microeconomics in decision making at the consumer level,
firm level and government level. They will also be able to understand the market functioning of the American economy. Four
tests will be given to evaluate students' understanding of the material.
Distribution:Economics-PoliticalScience
Time: I1
Room: S 212
Economics of Risk Management: Free Markets vs
Government Regulation
ECO 339-47018
Instructor:Milo Schield
In this course we will:
- Examine economics of hazards involving uncertainty and
risk. Examine risk-management via free-market pricing, insurance contracts and government subsidies and regulation.
- Review basic concepts. Distinguish between insurance and
speculation. Identify uninsurable risks. Price insurable risks
given frequencies and severities as a function of confidence.
Estimate risk premiums associated with various lifestyles
and occupations. Compare subjective estimates of hazards
with objective data. Evaluate social costs and benefits of risksharing via insurance. Review insurance "failures": medical
malpractice and product liability.
- Review economic effects of government subsidies and regulations on risky endeavors such as banking, nuclear power, natural disasters, workman's compensation, unemployment and
old-age.Conduct experiments on effects of price-controls.
- Analyze the role of the legal system in internalizing forseeable, but unintended, consequences of intended actions. Discuss "failures" of the legal system to identify property rights
and tort-law responsibilities.
- Visit an auction market, a speculative market, two insurance
companies and several regulatory agencies.
Students will prepare a comprehensive paper (50%)in addition to
class participation (lo%), 3 quizzes (5% each) and a comprehensive final (25%).
Prerequisites: BUS 279 or BUS 331 or ECO 313 or permission of
the instructor
Time: I1
Room: OM 23
EDUCATION
Student Teaching
EDS 481-47019EDE 481-47023
EDS 482-47020EDE 482-47024
EDS 483-47021EDE 483-47025
EDS 484-47022EDE 484-47026
Instructor:Marie McNeff, William Merr'una.n
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and
secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a
school. Grading is PIN only.
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission
of instructor.
January in Medieval England: An Imaginary
Travel Trip
ENG 213-47027
Instructor:Joan Griffin
What was it like to be alive in late medieval England? Using literature, drama, music, and art of 12th to 14th century England and
Europe, this course is an imaginary trip into the past, touring the
medieval castle, cloister, and college.
The course has two emphases. Lecture/discussion sessions will
explore a variety of literary documents as well as art and music in
order to understand the daily lives of medieval people. Focusing
on Chaucer's Canterbury pilgrims, topics will include: "A Knight
Ther Was.. . :The Chivalric Ideal"; "The Doctour of Physik: Medicine in the Age of the Black Plagues"; "Madame Eglantine: Medieval Manners" etc.
The course will also explore medieval literature as a performing
art. Students will be asked to participate in workshops on medieval drama, music, etc. The course will culminate in a medieval
banquet or other performance.
Evaluation will be based on lecture and workshop attendance and
participation, a journal, and a paper.
Prerequisites: ENG 111 (EffectiveWriting)
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: I1
Room: M 23
The Short Story - Elements of Fiction
ENG 240-4702..
Instructor: Kathryn Swanson
What is fiction? What is good fiction? What elements of fiction
should I consider in making an evaluation? In this course, students will find answers to these questions by reading a variety of
fictional works and by writing their own fiction.
Although the course will not involve a systematic analysis of the
history of the form of the short story, we will begin with tales and
fables and we will read a sufficient number of classics for the student to appreciate the historical development from Poe to Beattie.
The course will involve practice in ways of approaching literature
and will include study of the basic critical terminology, so it would
be an appropriate course for students who have not yet studied
literature at the college level.
Students are expected to read the stories and novel, participate in
class discussions, write an analysis paper on a topic selected with
the advice of the teacher, write a short story, and take several quizzes and a final exam. Effective Writing is not a prerequisite but
students will be expected to write with clarity
Distribution:~ n ~ i s h - s p e e c h
Time: I
Room: M 24
Emily Dickinson: The Person and The Poems
ENG 340-47029
Instructor:Ron Palosaari
Unknown in her lifetime, Emily Dickinson has gained a reputation as one of America's finest poets.
She spent most of her life within the family home, confining her
relationships to a selected few while the town regarded her as eccentric. Some writers believe she retreated from the world to give
herself to her poetry because her time and place made no provision for a female professional poet, especially a boldly innovative
one. Others trace her seclusion to various family relationships,
personal problems, or frustrated dreams of love. Whatever the situation, out of the mystery of her life comes the glory of her poetry.
We will study her poetry and a standard biography. Evaluation will
be based on a few short papers, an oral or group report, a journal,
and a test. We may also have some quizzes.
Students will also read one of the important books on Dickinson
and give a class report on the paper they prepare on their book.
Prer uisites:A college literature class
Tim3
Room: OM 27
FRENCH
4 Beginning French I
FRE 111-47030
Instructor:Mirni Johnson
This course aims to give students a rudimentary understanding
of French language and culture. Using development of listening,
then speaking, then reading, and lastly, writing, students will
comprehend everyday situations and be able to use "survival
French." Evaluation will include oral and written quizzes, group
study and projects, a s well a s a final exam. A part of each day's
class will be held in the Language Laboratory
Distribution:Foreign Language
Time: I
Room: OM 25
-
-
HEALTH & PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE 232-47071
Instructor: Mary Manderfeld
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on
participation in class activities,a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This is a l/2credit course.
Time:II-M&W&AlternateF
Room: Melby 24
Administration and Supervision
of the School Health Program
HPE 410-47033
Instructor: Richard Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods
and materials in health education with laboratory experience in
classroom and community
Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journal articles; in-class activities,
including a presentation on a teaching method.
Prerequisites: HPE 320
Time: I
Room: Melby 24
Coaching of Basketball
HPE 477-47034
Instructor: David Boots
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. Exams, on-the-floorcoaching techniques, and a scouting report will be the methods of evaluation.
This is a
credit course.
Time: I T & Th & Alternate F
Room: Melby 12
Coaching of Hockey
HPE 478-47072
Instructor:Ed Saugestad
The theory, techniques and administrative aspects of coaching
hockey. Evaluation will be on the basis of exams, on-the-icecoaching techniques and scouting reports.
This is a l / 2 credit course.
Time: I M - W &AlternateF
Room: Melby 12
Officiating of Basketball
HPE 481-47035
Instructor:Al Kloppen
This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the
game of basketball. There will be practical experience on the floor.
Students completing the course should be ready for certification
by the Minnesota High School Association. Grade evaluation will
be based upon tests, papers prepared and performance on the
floor. While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable that
students have some basketball playing experience.
This is a l / 2 credit course.
Time: I1 T & Th & Alternate F
Room: Melby 12
GENERAL STUDIES
Transitions: Women's Life Careers
GST 245-4709
Instructor:Diane Busico
Are you wondering how you can succeed in a "man's world"? Puzzling out your options for marriage, career, andlor children? Troubled with how to practically and emotionally juggle all of your diverse roles? This seminar is a n exploration of the various
pathways women choose in balancing home and work life. Although it promises no concrete answers to compelling questions,
it will arm you with some useful information for making choices
for the present and plans for the future.
The societal, familial, and individual forces shaping the choices
women make concerning family and career are studied via text (E.
Highman: The Organizational Woman), journal articles, films,
and guest lecturers. Student performance is assessed through essays and a research project.
Distribution:Urban, Women's and Minority Studies
Time: I
Room: P-2
HISTORY
Modern Paris: History and Literature
HIS 114-47036
Instructor:Orloue Gisselquist
We will do two things in this course. First, we are going to study a
significant period-the 19th and 20th centuries-in the history of
one of the world's great cities. Secondly, we are going to focus
much of our work on three major pieces of literature that deal
with Paris. We will enjoy them as literature but study them as
historical sources for what they tell us about Paris. The three
pieces of literature we probably will read are Honore de Balzac,
Old Goriot (1834),one of several novels he wrote picturing life in
Paris; Alexis de Tocqueville, Recollections (1893),a memoir written in the early 1850's by one of the great political thinkers of the
19th century that recounts his firsthand experience in the '48 revolution in Paris; and Edrnond and Jules de Goncourt, Pages from
the Goncourt Journal (1922),a very realistic day-to-daydiary kept
by two brothers who professionally and socially associated with
the literary elite of Paris during much of the second half of the
19th century. Whereas today history is being pressed toward the
social sciences, this represents a more humanities orientation of
historical study.
There will be two short papers (4-5 pages each) and two written
examinations.
Distribution:History-Philosophy
Time: I1
Room: OM 25
Myth and Myth Making
HIS 219-47037
419-47038
HUM 275-47039
Instructor:Richard Nelson
A myth is not something patently false or absurd, although popular usage has emphasized its fictional quality. Myth is the means
by which people and cultures explain themselves to others and to
themselves. In this course we will examine mythopoeic thought
and the myths which that process evolved in the ancient Near
East, Greece and Rome. We will read mythological literature in
translation and modern commentaries on the nature of myth
making. These mythologies will be studied within their historical
and cultural context, resulting in a final paper on a topic to be
decided upon between student and instructor. In addition to the
final paper, there will be a final exam and weekly quizzes or writing assignments. Depending upon production timing, the class
will attend an area dramatic presentation. Students enrolling for
upper division credit will be required to write an expanded final
paper based on deeper source material (18-20pages in length compared to lower division papers of 10-12 pages) and, in addition, a
critical review of a pertinent study
Prerequisites: ~ffectivewriting for lower division
Permission of instructor for
upper division registration
Distribution:History-Philosophy
Time: I
Room: OM 13
20th Century South Asia
HIS 262-47040
Instructor: Don Gustafson
India (or South Asia)has produced the largest working democracy
in the world today; from this people have come one of our century's greatest saints and also one of the most renowned statesmen;
it is a foremost example of 20th Century colonialism and nationalism; it has experienced one of this century's greatest upheavals of
people; it is a standard example for population crisis and world
poverty illustrations. South Asia is all this-and much more.
This course is designed for the student who has interest but little
or no background in non-western subjects. We will begin with an
anthropological study (BEHIND MUD WALLS) of traditional village India; then consider colonialism by reading the literary classic, PASSAGE TO INDIA (and also see the movie); observe the
process of nationalism and independence using various historical
readings and the movie, GANDHI; and finally conclude with some
thoughts on modernization.
There will be general discussions, weekly examinations and a final exam.
Prerequisites:Sophomore honors student
or permission of instructor
Distribution:History-Philosophy
Time: I
Room: OM 18
MATHEMATICS
Gardner Variety Mathematics
MAT 133-47075
Instructor:Bev Stratton
Are you afraid of math? If so, this course is for you. We will have
fun with math and convince you that you can do math.
As a starting point, we will use the writings of Martin Gardner, an
individualwho for many years wrote a column on mathematics for
Scientific American. Then we will help you use your common
sense to explore such mathematical concepts as logic, paradoxes,
number theory, patterns, symmetry and other topics of interest to
the class.
Evaluation will be based on class participation and short reaction
papers to Gardner's columns.
This course should be particularly helpful for elementary education majors.
Prerequisite:Group I11 on math placement test
Distribution:Mathematics-Physics
Time: I1
Room: OM 27
The Logical Game of Mathematics
MAT 241-47041
Instructor:Larry Copes
Lower-divisionmathematics students generally play only games
of calculation and concepts. But DOING mathematics as professionals requires an ability to prove and disprove conjectures and
to write up proofs. The objectives of this course are to help prospective mathematics majors gain or improve those skills, and to
get a taste of REAL mathematics before cornrniting themselves to
a major. Toward that end there will be daily assignments and
weekly exams, including a cumulative final exam.
Prerequisite: Completion of Calculus I with 2.0 (C) or better
Time: I
Room: S 205
MUSIC
H The Electronics of Music
MUS 230-47065
430-47068
Instructor:Robert Karlen
An opportunity for students to explore, experience, and create
some of the sounds found in 20th century music. Through a
"hands-on" approach, participants will be involved in:
1)Making multi-track r~corrlingson half'-tmlc,qu-r4rack,
and casElctte dwlm through an eight,-t~xclr.
mixor.
2) Lnclividua1,lly creating, modifying, m d mixing ~ a u n d sfrom
trdtional mtmd ~ o u s c a sas wcll as from analog and computer-controlledsynthesizers.
The study and applicntion of pmdicnl electronic technology used
in the production of music hday will he combined with aesthetic
considerations necmwry for thc creativ~?
aspccts of the art.
Much of the work in this course will be done in small groups.
Lower division students will work with up to four channel-four
track recording invalPing techniques of s m changing, splicing.
mversing tape direation and filtering using primwily traditional
and non-tmrli tional sound sources. Upper division st~rderltswill
also use electronically synthesized sound sources including computer controlled keyboard, overdubbing and overlaying up to
seven tracks.
Students must have the use of a portable cassette recorder, and
provide themselves with a 7-inch reel of blank recording tape and
a blank cassette tape.
Prerequisite: None for lower division status.
Music theory or permission of instructor for upper
division status.
Distribution:Art-Music
Time: I
Room: M 5
NORWEGIAN
Beginning Norwegian
NOR 111-47032
Instructor: Leif Hansen
T h e cflume pmvides an introduction to the basio skills of listening, spa-,
reacling, and writing. The first;classl sessions are
conducted without Lhr?use oT ra, prhtccl text. Later class sessions
provide a thorough introduction to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but oral expression is emphasized throughout
the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected.
Distribution:Foreign Language
Time: II
Room: OM 29
NURSING
Trends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 330-47042
Instructor: Terry Welcher
This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by
introducing current trends and issues in health care and the profession of nursing. Many of the issues are controversial, are relevant to current practice and have potential for far-reachingeffects
in health care. Students will be graded on group presentations,
written examinations and field trip reports.
Prerequisite: Registered Nurse
Time: I
Room: OM 11
PHILOSOPHY
Being H u m a n
PHI 115-47043
Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach
What is it to be a human being? What is our uniqueness, our relation to our world and environment, and our relation to others in
community and to God? We will explore concepts of being human
from ancient Greece and China, through the Renaissance, to contemporary reflections, to see how different cultures and societies
have viewed the human person.
The course will emphasize reading original sources from the various periods, and written interaction with those readings. Several
short papers on the readings plus written preparation for small
group discussions will be expected.
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Time: I
Room: OM 16
What D o You Think of That?
PHI 250-47044
Instructor: Ken Bailey
There are many puzzling issues in our lives and world which deserve some clear and careful thought. What shall we think and
say about such contemporary issues as Freedom of the Will; Can
Computers Think?; and What are the Grounds of Moral RRsponsibility? In this course we will discuss these and other concerns that
confront our age, in an attempt to understand them more clearly
Discussions will be based upon readings from a wide selection of
authors, some traditional (such a s John Locke, RRne Descartes,
and William James);m d same very much in tho forefront of conl,empoiwy discussion (such as &TI Rand. B.R Skinne~:Sidn~y
E h k ,and John Hospa-s). T h e i r views are provocative, to aa.y tho
least, and they will challenge you to nslr, again and again, "Well,
Now. What Do YOUTtlinlc or That?" Grades based upo:~mid-term
examination, final examination, and discussions.
Distribution:History-Philosophy
Time: I1
Room: OM 10
Introduction to Truth Theory
PHI410-47045
Instructor:Mark Fuehrer
An investigation aP the following questions: What is the nature of
truth? Is truLl1 a property of the,intellect or tllings'?Is there only
on5 thrutll?Is truth irmnt~tablc?Is truth k u n d ul sensation or only
in the intellect? Is falsity found in the senses or only in the intellect?
This course will propose answers tJothese gu~stionebased on a
survey of philosophical texts by various writers. Student will be
involved with debating these texts and preparing n series of reports on the readings. In addition there will be a final examination
on all material covered.
Prerequisite: At least one lower division course in philosophy
Time: LT:
Room: Philosophy Seminar-Memorial Hall
PHYSICS
Introduction to Weather
PHY 106-47046
Instructor:Ken Erickson
A study of the ~cience
of meteorology which will pmvida a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric ecicnce. Attention
will be given to Pow basic areas: observing t h e weather (including
stntc or t11~art instrumentation), understancling weather patterns, ibrecasting weather changes and underatanding the
world's climate. Elelated topics to be includccl are: hydrology
(study of the emth'e water cycle), pollution, economic effects of
the weather, and weather'sinlpmt on world events. This course is
dmignod to be an elwtive ox satisfy the Ma~hematics-PI~ysics
distribution requirement for the Libcilal arts student. The course will
include daily lectures, asaignmants (one o r two laboratory
sossions pcr week), two one-hour examinations and a research
project.
Prerequisite:High school algebra
Distribution:Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: L 1
The Physics of Music
PHY 112-47047
Instructor: Jeff Johnson
This course will examine the physics underlying the experience of
music. After developing the essential physics, we will examine
string, and horn instruments (and possibly others including the
human voice) to see how they actually work. The requirements of
the course include laboratory exercises and homework assignments. There will also be a final exam in addition to a term paper
on the history of the student's favorite musical instrument.
Prerequisite: High school algebra
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: OM 12
POLITICAL SCIENCE
Political Reasoning and Rationalizing
POL 180-47048
Instructor: Myles Stenshoel
A course for people who would rather think than memorize, criticize than concur, argue than acquiesce. Addressing major and minor political ideas from Plato to the President, the course will attempt to probe and compare the notions that have affected and
afflicted Western politics, for better and for worse.
Grades will be based on brief papers, quizzes, and class participation.
Prerequisite: No prior political science course
Distribution:Economics-PoliticalScience
Time: I1
Room: OM 11
Politics of Nuclear Strategy and War
POL 365-47049
Instructor:Joseph R. Goldman
Given the nuclear arms race today and the advent of "Star Wars,"
many people are deeply concerned about their and the world's future as we approach 2001. This course explores the politics and
strategy of nuclear security issues not only between the US and
USSR, but among the "other" nuclear (izing) nations and those
like Japan choosing never to possess these engines of war. Beginning with Hiroshima and continuing beyond "Star Wars," we will
look at the history, politics, economics, strategies and ecologies
surrounding the technologies propelling the arms race, on the one
hand, and affecting arms control, on the other. Students will have
a mid-term examination, a short paper (10 pp) and a final exarnination used a s the basis for evaluation.
Prerequisite:
One mlitical science course
or permission of instructor
Time: I
Room: OM 21
Anatomy of the USSR
POL 455-47050
Instructor:Norma Noonan
In-depth study of the contemporary USSR with a l'ocus on internal
politics and society The contcnt includes: an oveiview of the dilemmas which face the USSR in tl~elate 1980s: political, economic, m d moi* m analysis of the Soviet monomy-midattempts
at reform: a review of rrullwal and mcial ~ r o b l ~ mexnrnination
s:
of
some Porcign plicy issues; nnd an annlyks or the political leadership. The rxlurse will he conductwl as a seminnr. Thcrc will he a
research pnpr anrl some indcwndent rending and writing assignmcnts. Thc grade will be based on: the written n-si-c~lts
(4Oq%1);class clit3cusAion (20r%):written m p r t (40'%1).
Pmrequi~ite:One course h Communist politics:
382;363or 351 or permission of the htruct;or
Time: I
Room: M 22
PSYCHOLOGY
Self-Identityand Values
PSY 110-47051
Instructor:Norm Ferguson
The objective of this course will be to examine the concept of
"self" or "self-identity" (Who am I? What do I think and feel about
myself?). The relationship between self-identity and personal values will also be explored. Though the course will have mainly a
psychological focus, reference will be made to spiritual and philosophical issues that relate to the concepts of self-identity and values. The content of the course will cover topics such as: the acquisition and development of self-identity and values, including the
influence of sex-roles; the clarification of values; the growth and
change of self-identity and values during adulthood; and the relationship between self-identity and spiritual growth.
Glass time wfll be devoted mainly to the discussion of these issues
in smdl groups. A&iw participation by each student is c q m t e d
along with the sharing of relevant ixldvidual expriences. Emltiation will be b e d on class participation, two papers, and a journal
of reactions to the assigned r e d n g s . This course may not substitute for PSY-105 for students pursuing a major or minor in psychology. Grading PIN only
Prereauisite:Permission of instructor
~istriiution:Psychology-Sociology
Time: I1
Room: P 3
Introduction to the World of Psychology
PSY 121-47052
Instructor:Paul Hirdrnan
Psycholow is more than rats! It is a world of great breadth. with
differing levels of depth. Here you will have Lhe or~portunitylo
cxplor~some of the concepts. data and methods of psychology and
gain s o m ~
undmstnncling nnd insights Frnm this disciphe. R e d ings, leclurcs. and specid presentations will he utiliecd involving
the instrucimr and class members. EvaEuntion wi 11 involve class
participation, student research presentations, and exams.
Students may not receive credit for this course and also for PSY
105(General Psych).
Distribution:Psychology-Sociology
Time: I
Room: P 4
Idealism and the Adolescent
PSY 370-47053
Instructor:Duane Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the
adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be
the main focus.
This course will be conducted a s a seminar with a high level of
student contribution and participation. Procedures will include
elms discussion,frequent shorrt papers, and frequent oral reports.
F,acl~s t ~ ~ d ew
n illl be required to seek out antl interview persons in
the adoLescent level of developmett. rypCdting or oq~uvalont
word processing wi U b~ required.
Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children by Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book will be available in the Augsburg Bookstore by November 1. Content of the
book will be discussed in the first few class sessions and will provide a base for further learning in the course. This course is off ered o d y on PIN basis.
Prerequisite: Psychology 105 (GeneralPsychology)
Time: I
Room: OM 10
Christianity in Modern Africa
REL 366-47054
Instructor:Bradley Holt
This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the
South. Students will be introduced to traditional African culture
m d religion, the introduction of Christianity, and the present deveIopmeilt of Indigmous ch~wchasin West Africa. The newer "Ind e n d e n t African Chul-ches"will ha studied, a s wall as aitempta
txr formulate "African Christian Theology" A major ~ectionof the
course will focus on contemporary responses of churches in South
Africa to the apartheid system of racial segregation. There will be
lectures and discussion of reading materials, films, and visiting
resource persons. Students will be evaluated on several short
tests and a short research paper.
Prer uisite: One coursein
Dish%ution: Religion (Only one Interim course may be used
t o w i d graduation rewon requirements)
Time: Il
Room: OM 18
rewm
Issues in Science and Religion
REL 374-47055
Instructors: John Benson and Mark Engebretson
For some in our society science is the driving engine of a better,
more secure life. For others, including some Christians, science
and its associated technologies constitute a grave threat.
This course will begin with a historical overview of the relations
between science and the Christian faith, emphasizing three periods; the origins of the Christian faith, the development of "modern" science and mechanistic philosophy; and the reevaluation of
science and nature in the 20th century
The following are some of the questions to be dealt with: Has science made the Bible obsolete? Are scientists really that smart?
Has modern physics made it easier to be a Christian? Can computers save us? Why do science and religion always seem to be
fighting one another?
Grades will be based on class discussion of assigned readings, two
short tests and a written project.
Prerequisite:Religion (Onlyone interim course may be used
toward graduationreligionrequirements)
Distribution:Religion
Time: I
Room: S 213
SOCIAL WORK
Exploring H u m a n Services
SWK 257-47056
Instructor: Mary Lou Williams
This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting
a career goal and a coll~ge
major. RnowIedge is gained by working
in a professional human service organization or agency; working
and talking with l-ruman service prvreasiorlals and others who participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs. This
course offers a "hands on," experiential approach to learning.
Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of
an agency representative. In addition, sk~dcntswill attend a apecific small group saminmr 3 ho1u.s per weak during which Rgency
experiences will be slmmd and ~ m d i n g sclificussed. Evaluation
will be based on performance in the agency, written subjective
summary, brief journal summary, and final exam.
Time: I
Room: 6-12
Issues of Homelessness
SWK 339-47057
Instructor:Edwina Hertzberg
The intent of this course is:
1. To expand students' knowledge of homelessness in a historical context
2. To expand students' knowledge of the reality of homelessness in the Twin Cities
3. To expand students' understanding of the causative factors
which contribute to persons being homeless: Economic, employment, personal
4. To explore possible resolutions of homelessness
Fkadings, guest lectures, field visits to sites serving homeless
people and participant observation will be utilized to fulfill the
above objectives. A seminar format will be used in the classroom
for discussion/explorationof the topic.
Field notes from participant observations, class participation and
a research paper exploring one aspect of the topic will form the
basis for evaluation.
Upper division students only.
Non social work majors are particularly invited to enroll in this
course.
uisites:SOC 111 or 121 or SWK 257 or 361
-3
Room: OM 23
Prer
Field Work I11
SWK 466-47058(1course)
466-47059(34 course)
Instructor:Rosemary Link
me objectives of the C ~ R S R are tC) U8e s u ~ ~ ~
relationship
t ~ r g to
increase interpretive as well as socid work ~ C F ~ O I ' X I W U Icamp
~~
t.~mcc:tu promoh gradt.lalentqy into direct social mrl<practice; to
increase comptencr! in the client oonl.act phase of tho problem
solving prmcrs; to increase studenl seK-awmeness in 1.ega1-dto
profmsional pmcticr? interests, areas of strengLE1, mci areas for
personallprol'essiotla~develnpmtlnt; to proinute mmpetcmce i n the
Pull process of' problcm solving. with special empl~asison nna1ys.k
and resolution stages.
Course content will be continuation of Field Work 11--educationally focused field placement in a social service agency.
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement,
plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar
held on campus.
Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using
previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms.
NOTE: Course is offered for half (15 hours per week) or full (30
hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of the credit will be
based on non-clientcontact tasks.
Time: To be arranged
SOCIOLOGY
H Ethnicity and Community in Urban Society
SOC 261-47060
Instructor: Gordon Nelson
It has been suggested that the persistence of ethnic neighborhoods in American cities has functioned as a locus of community
in urban life. Moreover, it is argued that these communities have
provided stability and identity in the face of the dehumanizing
tendencies in an industrialized and bureaucratized society This
course will attempt ~ K Imsess the extent to which the foregoing
assertions might apply to ethnic ncjghborhoods in the Twin Citi e ~ATtor
.
some prehmhwy background sessions and readings,
each member of the class will be asked, either individually or as
part of a group, to explore a particular ethnic community in the
Twin Cities and report back to the class. This class presentation
and a final examination will be the basis of evaluation for the
course.
Distribution: Urban
Time: I
Room: OM 29
Complex Organizations
SOC 301-47073
Instructor:Diane Pike
This course is an upper division seminar designed to examine
complex organizations from a sociological perspective. Little in
contemporary American culture is left unaffected by organizations and it is useful for those of us who live and work within
these institutions to understand how they operate beyond the individual level. We will explore topics such as corporate deviance, organizational technology and structure, and organizational culture.
The format of the course is based on discussion and participation.
Reading assignments form the foundation for class time, supplemented by guest speakers, films, and assignments. Evaluation of
performance is based on three short papers, participation and
notebook, and a final.
This course is particularly appropriate for business majors in certain tracks.
Prerequisite: An introductory history, psychology,sociology
or political science course
Time: I1
Room: OM 22
Racial and Minority Group Relations
SOC 383-47061
Instructor:Jerry Gerasirno
This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group
relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and
the role of self-understanding.
The course will be offered only on a PIN basis. There will probably
be no examinations, but there will be two papers.
Distribution: Urban
Time: II
Room: M 24
SPANISH
Evaluating Continental Literature
SPA 250-47031
Instructor:Gunta Rozentals
The objective of the course is to enable students to discuss continental works of literature through the use of valid critical tools. It
will involve both theory and evaluation from different points of
view. We shall read several short stories, plays, one novel and a
number of poems.
Evaluation will be based on three written reports, participation in
class discussion, and a final exam.
This course is designed for language students but anyone with an
interest in European continental literature is welcome to enroll.
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or consent of instructor
Distribution:English-Speech
Time: I
Room: M 22
SPEECH, COMMUNICATION & THEATER
Theatre in London
SPC 246-47062
Instructor:Julie Bolton
London has been the center of the t h e a t r e world for centuries and
the EngLis11 stage continues to a t t a t large audiences to f3-m footlights. During our month in En~lnndwe will see approximately
fourteen prfomances including traditional and nori-traditional
theatre a t a wide assortment of sites.
Theatre performances will be supplemented with backstage
tours, talks with British theatre artists and critics, walking tours
and a visit to the British Theatre Museum. The course will also
allow free time for independent exploration of the many galleries,
museums, libraries, shops and all that are part of England's rich
cultural heritage.
The course is offered on a PIN basis only Evaluation will be based
on attendance at all scheduled events, participation in group discussions, a journal dealing with production experiences as well as
some assigned readings.
The cost of transportation, some meals, and all theater performances is $1,895.00.
Children's Theater
SFC 285-47063
Instructor:Gary Parker
Class members will work as an ensemble to create and perform a
play for children. Development of the play will emphasize techniques of improvisation. Students will participate both on and off
stage as performers (actors, singers, dancers, musicians),production staff (publicity and management), and technical staff (lights,
scenery, costumes, and props). Public performances will be scheduled during the final week of class. Grading will be based on the
commitment and effectiveness of work on the production, and a
written notebook of daily activities and reactions. No theater experience is necessary
Time: 9:30-12:OO.1:OO-3:OO
Room: Stage Two
Ethics in Communication
SPC 340-47064
Instructor:Ray Anderson
We all encounter deception and exploitation in politics, advertising, selling, and personal relations. How can one decide whether
to conceal information from a customer, to use subliminal persuasion, to "blow the whistle" on one's employer, to use photographs
or body language to give a misleading impression? How can one
sort out and weigh the various ethical considerations?
In this course we will use case studies and a variety of ethical perspectives to analyze ethical problems in such fields as advertising,
public relations, sales, and politics. We will also consider issues in
subliminal persuasion, nonverbal communication, and interpersonal communication. The main objective is to improve our ability
to make ethical decisions.
Activities will include lectures, readings, case studies, interviews,
oral reports, papers, debates, and two examinations. The emphasis will be on case studies involving situations encountered in
everyday life.
~rereqdsites:
A course in philosophy or consent of instructor
Time: I1
Room: OM 16
OTHER COURSES
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for
credit by the college. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a PIN basis. Fuller descriptions and details for
registering are available in the Interim Office.
W Outward Bound
HPE 212-47067
Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog
sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border
or for white water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio
Grande in the December 27 through January 17 period. There
is a cost of approximately $1,050 (the Outward Bound organization says scholarships are available).
Washington D.C. Interims
The Legal System and Legal Careers
POL 398-47068
Leaders o n Leadership: Models for Policy Making
POL 398-47069
These Interims begin December 28 and continue until January
16. Information on either of the above programs, housing and
financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117A.
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
The following activities are available to students during Interim and students may register for one of these as well as for a
regular course. These activities do not carry official credit, but
they do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation.
Students may participate in any one of these without registering for the course, but will be expected to pay any fees whether
or not the student registers for the course.
1 Runnin
HPE 00237074
Instructor: Paul Grauer
Distribution:Lifetime Sports
Time: 12 noon
Room: Melby
1 Racquetball
HPE 002-47075
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 9:30-11:OOT & Th
Room: Melby
American Karate
HPE 002-47076
Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum
The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American
Karate, taught by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt
instructor. Fee of $25.00.
Distribution:Lifetime Sports
Time: 12:00-1:00M, W, F
Room: Melby
UMAIE
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers
overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from
Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20, or
from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends
October 24, 1986.These courses are offered on P/NP basis only
Ancient Greece: Myth and Monuments
An Ecological Safari in East Africa
Biology and Natural History of the Hawaiian Islands
China. Then and Now
Civilizations in Conflict: Troy, Constantinople, Gallipoli
Economics of the Welfare State
English Castles, Cathedrals and Countryside
Europe and the Rise of Modern Science
German Ltmguage nnd Culture: Munich, Salzburg & Vienna
Great Western Philosophers
Greek A r t and Architecture
Habsburg Heritage
Health Care in Europe
Italy: Galileo and the Church
J a ~ a 1987:
n
Traditional Values in a Post-Industrial Society
L ~ W
in London
London and Paris: A Tale of Two Cities
Mexico: The Old and the New
Modern European Business and Worklife
Museums, Music, and Monuments in
the Great Cities of Emope
Paris and Provence: Lnnigpag~and Culture
Peru: Lnnguuge and Culture
Soviet Union: A Cultural rtnd Historical Profile
Soviet Union: History and Culture
S ain: A Country in Transition
eatre in London
The English School and Family
&
NOTES
NOTES
NOTES
Show less
summer session info
augsburg in the summer
A~~gsburg
College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes courses in 13
academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studies. A detailed listing
of courses begins o n page 8.
summer session I
May 31 to July 1
-_-
summer ~... Show more
summer session info
augsburg in the summer
A~~gsburg
College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes courses in 13
academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studies. A detailed listing
of courses begins o n page 8.
summer session I
May 31 to July 1
-_-
summer ~ = s i 11n
July 11 to August 11
summer online
(WE
Course loads in Summer Session:
I
Students may take up to two courses in
each session. However, the total credit
load for W E C students between spring
W E C and Suinmer Session I cannot
exceed 2.0 credits. W E C students
desiring to overlap more than 2.0 credits
between the two terms must petition the
Student Standing Committee prior to
registration. Total credit load between
Summer Session I1 and Summer Online
cannot exceed 2.0 credits. Unless
otherwise indicated, all courses carry a
value of 1 course credit. One Augsburg
course credit is the equivalent of four
semester credits and six quarter credits.
Augsburg general education:
about
augsburg
Augsburg College is a four-year, liberal arts college located in the heart of
Minneapolis, and affiliated with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America.
Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission.* The small college
environment, about 3,000 students during the academic year, is enriched by the
many opportunities found in this vibrant lnetropolitan area. Augsburg's setting allows
students to participate in a host of cultural and recreational activities.
Courses f~~lfilling
Augsburg's Liberal
Arts Perspectives, Core Curricul~un,
and Graduation Skills requirements are
so noted along with the description of
the course.
Course levels: The first digit of the
three-digit course number indicates the
course level. Course numbers beginning
with a "1" or "2" are lower division
courses and are intended primarily for
freshmen and sophomores; course
numbers beginning with a "3" or "4"
are upper division and are primarily for
juniors and seniors.
Independent study: Independent
studies may be arranged in consultation
with individual faculty members.
Internships: In addition to those listed,
* The Higher L c a n l i r ~Cotnmissiotl
~
of the Nortll Cct~lralAssociatior~of Colle~esand Schools, Cormnissiorl on
Irlstitlrtiotls of Higher Ed~rcntior~,
3 12-263-0456. Web site <twtuw.t~cnciheu r g s
internship opportunities may be
arranged individually during the
summer. Academic internships are
carefi~llyplanned work-based learning
experiences, supervised and evaluated by
a faculty member. Consult the Center
for Service, Work, and Learning, 612330-1148, for more information.
Employer reimbursement: Students
who qualify for reimbursement from
their employers may use their
reimbursement to pay for S ~ ~ r n ~ n e r
Session courses.
Housing: Students who need housing
may contact the Residence Life Office
at 612-330-1488.
information
Additional information may be
obtained at:
www.a~~gsburg.edu/summer
Augsburg College
Campus Box 143
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
For registration or financial questions:
612-330-1046 (Enrollment Center)
For questions related to courses:
612-330-1025 (Academic Advising)
eligibility
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and
students admitted for the next fall term,
are eligible to attend Augsburg's
Summer Session. Good standing
implies that the student has been
admitted and not subsequently
dismissed by that institution.
Students accepted for Summer Session
are not automatically granted admission
as regular s t ~ ~ d e nof
t s A ~ ~ g s b u College.
rg
Those wishing to begin a degree
program at Augsburg should apply to
the Office of Undergraduate
Admissions, 612-330-1001, or the
Weekend College Admissions Office,
612-330-1743.
All stitdents may hegin to rrl,..--.
-
Apnl~4k
Web registration will remain open
until May 5 (Session I) and June 10
(Session 11). Web registration Ihuurs
8:3C
1.-11:59 p.m. daily.
:studcnrs will he hilleci through
Summer Session courses
Augsburg stude
re cncouragecl to use
Web registr
,)n-Augshurg
students must reglsrer in person at the
E~lrollrnentCenter liefiveen 8:30
a.m.-4:30 p.m
Thursdays). T h e
:30 a.m,-7
Center is
CIII
located in Sverdrup Hall. W e
r e c o m ~ n e ~ lthat
d you schedule
I
50 percent
c
ition
If a discrepancy is found bet\
on founci
through AugNet, AugNet s h o ~ ~ he
ld
considered the most current xnci, thus,
correct.
Students registering for Summer
Session I must complete their
registration by May 31. Signature of
the instructor is needed to add a class
after the first day of class.
online
April 4
April 4
April 5
May 5
June 10
June 10
Summer Session 1 a n d June 17 tor
Balance of tuition due
May 6
June 17
June 3
hition must be
paid in full (
endar), or you will
your course(s); a
be dropped f
cancellation
of $100 per course
will apply. Augsourg students who
have unpaid balances from previous
terms must pay these balances before
they may register for Summer Session.
Classes begin
May 31
July 11
June 27
May 31
July 11
June 27
July 14
July 1
Change in Registration: Many courses
*Drop class without notation
reg
stud'
summer
sess
Last day to:
Register (without late fee)
Register (added late fee of $75) June 3
(signature of instructor needed; no
registrations will be accepted afier this date)
June 3
July 14
July 1
fill early and courses with low
Change grading option
June 17
July 28
August 5
enn)llments will he cancelleel o n e week
Withdraw from class
June 17
July 28
August 5
I
before the first day of the session.
Students who decide to cancel their
Classes end
registration prior to the first day of the
Grades due in Registrar's Office July 11
July 1
August 11
September 2
August 19
September 9
session must complete a drop/adci form
at the Enrollnlent Center (this nlust be
done in person). There is a charge of
$100 for each course cancelled.
For refund information please sce
A late fee of
next page.
$75 will he assessed for
students who register after the first day
of the term. N o Session I registrations
will he accepted after June 3. N o
Students registering for Summer
Online must complete their
registration by June 27.
II
Registration begins
Of
Schedule of Refunds o n the
Students registering for Summer
Session I1 must complete their
registration by July 11. Signature of
the instructor is needed to add a class
after the first day of class.
summer 2005
Web registration closes
at the tillle
~OLII-
courses as early as possible.
catalog and coursc infor
ents
1
Session 11 registrations will he accepted
after July 14. N o Sulnnler Online
registrations will he accepted after July 1.
schedule of refunds
100% of the refundable portion of tuition (less $100 administrative fee):
If cancellation at the Enrollment Center is n o later than June 3
(Session I), July 14 (Session II), and July 1 (Summer Online)
75% of the refundable portion of tuition:
If cancellation at the Enrollment Center is no later than June 7
(Session I), July 19 (Session II), and July 11 (Summer Online)
50% of the refundable portion of tuition:
If cancellation at the Enrollment Center is no later than June 10
(Session I), July 22 (Session II), and July 22 (Summer Online
I
map of augsburg
-
The tuition charge f '005 aummer
Session courses is:
$1,470 for full-c2dit coun
' 15 for halfcredit courses
A
..Rlits are charged at the tuition rates
,,.
,,..,~d, and Rochester students
olled in Summer Session I1 or
Summe
nay be eligible for
financial aid if tl
least 1.0 credit.
listed above.
To apply
financial aid
Eligibility for S u ~ m e Session
r
attendees
The only forms I Financial aid available
;Ion attendees are the
for Sum --nt, the Minnesota State
era1
:or students who meet eligibility
nents) and student loans. Visit
,.he Enrollment Center Web site to
download an application form at
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll>. T h e
financial aid priority deadline for
Summer Session is May 15, 2005.
O
.,.,.
financial aid.
Day program
11, or both sessions combined may be
eligible to apply for financial aid if their
course load is at least 1.5 credits over the
two sessions.
WEC, United, and Rochester
programs
Augsburg Employee Tuition Benefit
Faculty, staff, and dependents of the
College who are eligible for the
maximum tuition benefit will receive a
60 percent discount on Summer Session
tuition.
For WEC students enrolled in spring
trimester, no aid is given for Summer
Session I as it runs concurrently with the
WEC spring trimester.
+lnlerslate84 West II
11
COLLEGE MAP INFORMATION
1. Center for Counseling and Heal01
Promotion
2. Weekend Admissions
3. Air Structure Entrance
(November through March)
4. Edor-Nelson Athletic
Field and Seasonal Air Struclure
5 Christensen Center
6. East Hall
7. Faculty Guest House
8. Foss. Lobeck. Miles. Center for
Wonhip, Drama and
Communication
9. Sverdrup Hall
10. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts
I I Ice Arena
12. Public Relations and
Communicalion
Inlaaal~$
W bet
13. Lindell Libraly
14. Maintenance and Grounds Shop
15 Mortensen Hall
16 Mulphy Place
17. Murphy P a ~ k
18. Music Hall
19. New Residence Hall
20. Old Main
21. Oscar Anderson Hall
22 Quad
23. Science Hall
24. Security Dispatch Center
25. Shipping and Receiving
26. Si Melby Hall
27 Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
28. Urness Hall
campus location
+
PARKING INFORMATION
A. Visitor Parking
B. Resident Parking
C Commuter Parking
D. FacultylStafflCommuterResident
Parking
E. Resident Parking
F. Resident Parking
G FacultylStaff Parking
H Faculty/StaffParking
I. VisitorIAdmissions Visitor Parking
I. FacultyIStaff Parking
K. Commuter Parking
L. Visitor Parking
M Faculty/Staff/Comniuter Parking
N. FacultylSlafflCommuter Parking
0 . Fairview-Vnivenity Parking Ramp
3 5 W from t h e NorthTake Washington Avenue exit and turn left o n
Washington (turns right onto Cedar Avenue), turn left
at Riverside Avenue, right at Zlst Avenue South.
1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn
left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 2lst Avenue
South.
Augsburg College, a s affirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion,
national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientntim~,marital s t a t u , status with regard lo public assistance, o r
disability in its education policies, admissions policies, scholarship a n d loan program, athletic andlor school
administered programs, except in those instances where religion is a bona fide occtipational qualification. Augsburg
College is committed to prowidii~greasonable accommodations to its employees a n d its students.
1-94 West f r o m St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside Avenue,
turn left at 2lst Avenue South.
35W f r o m t h e South-
1
Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right lane after
each of two niergen) Take 25th Avenue exit and turn
left at Riverside Aveni~e,turn left at 21st Avenue
South.
session I may 31 to july
I
Rooms listed for each course below are subject to change since the printing of this
catalog. Please refer to AugNet Records and Registration for the latest information on
room assignment for a particular
f
FIN 2 4 0 3
the approacl~usell by
Pcrsonal Finance
exams, quizzes, 1
Introiiuction to perso~ialfinancial planning and
budgeting, credit nianagement, income taxes,
i ~ i s i ~ r a ~ ireal
c e , estate, invrstments, retirement, and
estate planning.
ler and analyze data and propose
and test hypotheses. Evaluation will be baser1 o n
A R T 102.S
Tom
A study of design as the unifying foundation for
IPS,and othc
assig~umenrs.I n c ~ ~ ~ u e s re as \\,ell 3s laboratory
activities. This course
s twice weekly from May
the visual arts. T w e and three~dimens~onaI
projects
demonstratinl
the basic design elements
31 to August 11 (frc
and principles
I
the start of Session 1 to the
Rrspective/Skill/L
,esthetics Perspective;
encl of Session 11)
(Prereq.: MPG i
Speaking Skill;
ine Arts
Perspecti\,e/Skil
:
Critical Thinkir
II; LAF in Natural Science 2nd
Old Mnirr
4
(hereq.: MPC 2)
scientists t
Kapoor
M, \V
6-9:30 11.1n.
7
leliiat
urn Main 18
Kapoor
This course i ~ ~ c l u d financial
es
statement analysis,
risk and retllrn, security valuation, capital
budgeting, capital structure, and working capital
llianngement.
(Prerecl.: ECO 112 or 113, ACC 221, and MPG 3)
Tlie camera will be useil as a tool for visual
creativity and expressio~iusing black and white
6-9:30 p , n ~ .
photographic processes. Students need access to a
35 m m , single-lens reflex camera. I
Principles of A
ecl cost of
film, etc.: $200-225
Pcrsl-rect~\,c/Skill/LAF: Aesthetics Perspective; LAF
in Fine Arts
6-9:30
11 111
T; TI1
Old Main
4
Kader
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts
and fi~ndarnentalsof accounting, the accounti~ig
cycle, ancl prep.1ration of financial statements.
3
I
-
~
o
o
M, W
Oltl MLlin 10
BUS 2 4 2 4
A R T 247-S
Life Drawing
McCaffrey
Principles of Management
Palecmy-Zapp
metlioils and techniqnes of drawing the human for111
through the use of live ~nodels.Emphasis will he
Development of the tl~eoryof Inaliagemcnt,
organization, staffing, planning, and control Tlie
~iatureof authority, acco~~ntahility,
~esponsibility,
and analysis of tlie pmfessional manager
placed o n ~le\elopmentof pelceptual cimwing skills
1 - 4 3 0 p,in,
This course will introduce t l ~ estudent to the
to accumtely rc~iderthe hi~manfnrni in a spatial
environ~nent.Topics covcrcd will include: gesture,
prnpurtion, foresl~ortening,skeletal .ind ~u~~sculature
anatomy, sha~lingand renclering, and composition
NOTE: There will be a $50 fee payable un thc first
clay of class for the cost of models.
PerspectivJSkill/LAF:
Aesthetics Perspective
6-9:30 p.111
M, W
Old Mr1i11 17
B I O 102-S
T h e Biological World
Hoogendoorn
This is an introcluction tu bioluu for ~non.bioIogy
7; TI1
Old Main 16
MKT 3 5 4 3
I
M, W
Old Main 16
B U S 465-S
International Management
Paleczny-Zapp
This thought-pr~>\okingcourse cxaniines those
issues ancl activities unique to marketing in an
lnterlintional setting Col~rsefocuses on how
l u ~ m a n~esourccsare a<lministereil in other
countries and how cultural factors influence
heliavior in the n.orkplace and negotiations. It will
also ;rnnlyze interpersonal skills n w ~ l e dt < manage
~
across national bonlcrs and negotiate internatiunal
deals. We will analyze several real-life case s t ~ ~ d i etos
lear~ithe strategies, structures, and practices of
modem co~porationsin the world tvday.
majors. Basic concepts of bioloby pel raining to
(Prereq.: BUS 242)
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Writi~ig
both plants .lnd ani~nalsare co\.ered, as well as the
6-9:30 p ln
MI W
Old Milin 16
8:30 a.m.-noon
7; Th
Scie~~ce
123
COM Ill-S
Financial Management
Photog+,,
A C C 221-S
Perspective; LAF in Natural Science and
Matheniatics (non-lab)
Old Main 13
F I N 331-S
Natural World 1 or 2;
Perspecti\ze/Skill/LAF: Natural World 2
Introduction to Public Speaking
Groven
The course focuses on speech preparation,
organization, audience analysis, style, listening
ability, and the o\~ercorningof speech frigl~t.
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Speaking Skill; LAF in
Humanities; Engaging Minneapolis
7; TI1
1 4 : 3 0 11.1n.
Old Mnin 13
COM 3 5 1 3
J.Cerrito
Sales Management
Fornullation, implementation, evaluation, and
control of sales force programs designed to carry
out marketing objectives. Management of sales
force recrnitmelu, dcpartmenral structure, training,
no ti vat ion, territory allocation, quotas, and
compensation.
(Prereq.: MKT 252 or consent of instructc,~.)
T; TI1
6-9:30 [~.,n.
Suerd11a11202
Argumentation
Dewlops critical
theory and practice of argument, evidence, fallacies,
and refi~tation.Includes how to build and analyze
public arguments that confront btude~irsin their
ej~eryilnylives.
(Prereq.: SPC I l l or 112, o r J r , or Sr. standing)
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Critical Thinking Skill
6-9:30 p.ln
MKT 4 6 6 3
International Marketing
Meziou
Groven
think in^ skills by stucly of the
7; TI1
Old Main 13
C O M 354-S
Interpersonal Communication
Lapakko
This course examines those issues and activities
unique~tomarketing in an international setting.
Emphasis IS placed on adaptation of a marketing
~ u i xaccording to the international marketing
environment.
on factors that build relationships ancl help to
o\,ercome communication barriel-s.
(Prereq.: MKT 252)
6-9:30 p,ln.
6-9:30 ~ t n .
M, W
A studv of the dvnarnics of human interaction
thnlugli verbal and non.verbal nlessages; emphasis
M, W
Suer[lr~ip206
Suerdlul~I
I-hl-YI
I
E C O 112.S
C H M 100-S
Principles of Macroeconomics
Chemistry for Changing
. - Times
This course introduces basic clIemistry
the context
Gvbere
.
concepts in
nuluerous sciel,ce.l,asecl issues
i n our
Gilsdorf
An introduction to macroecononiics: national
i~lco~ile
analysis, ~nonetaryand fiscal policy,
i ~ i t c r m i o ~ i trade
al
Al,plication of elementary
everyday livcs with the goal of students having a
econ0111ictheory to current economic problems.
baaic niler erst an ding of thc science hehind iszues
present and in the fi~ture.
May be taken independently of E C O 113 or 110.
ECO 112 a111 113 nay be take11 in either order.
4
sess~onI
\.
may 31 to july I
(Prereq.: M P G 2)
PerspcrL:-- 'Skill/LAF:
Rrspec
LAF in Soc
laviornl Sciences
Old
pm
ENG 225-S
ECO 1133
Principles of M~rroecc..omics
A n introduc
~
~
l
o niicroecono~nics:the theory of
the Ihousehold, firm, market structures, a n d income
distribution. Application of ele~uentaryeconomic
This coulse buiIdS o
plact~cesand methods of
Effective
d ~ ~Writing
f
(El
11) Its w o ksliop
~
format
stresses style a n d organizarion, the process of
relationsl~ipbetween readine a1
'
I
EDC 2 2 0 3
Educational Technology (.5 crcdit)
Erickson
Psychological a111 pl~ilosopliicaldiniensions of
comniunication through the use of instructional
t e c l ~ n o l o S~ e. l e c t i o ~preparation,
~,
pr<,duction, and
e\raluation of eftecti\.e audio-visual niaterials for
tcacliindlearning situations. C o m p u t e r training
will be included in this course.
(This class runs from J u n e &July I)
M, W
Suer'ltllp 205
Center for Service, Work, and Learning.
PerspectivJSkill/LAF:
Satisfactory completion fillfills tlie AugsburE
Experience (AE).
Western Heritage
Perspective
M, W
6-9:30 p . m
O l d Main 18
Y
Schield
Critical thinking about statistics as evidence in
,
I
( P r e ~ e q .o: n e course in history, o r permission of
insrructor)
Q u a n t i t a t i v e Reasoning/
Statistical Literacy
....,., ...,
[
work setting. Students set learning goals and
evaluate t l ~ e i rlearning with the director of the
GST2003
ring.
4-7
01
over the last nvo centi~rieswill be ~ i v e nspecial
attention.
uevision, self and peer evaluation, a n d the
Per"ectiw
Petspect~ve;LAF in Social and Behavioral Scic..--.,
1 4 3 0 11 tn
)Id M(lirl l o
7; Th
9-1 1:30 n.111.
Wr*
ia;nson
(Prereq.:
theory t o ~iiarketpolicy. May he taken
independently of E C O 110 o r 112. E C O 112 a n d
113 nay be taken in either
(Prereq.: MPG2)
Perspective/Skill/LAF: ,,,.,.
~
7.
I n t e r m e d i a t e 61
not d o n e for academic credit. T h e Koal is fur
students ro apply theory to practice in an approved
Topics: Sports a n d Literature
Irvine
INS 105.S
arguments in\.olving predictions ancl explanations.
Introduction to American
I n d i a n Studies
Topics will include reading and eaalunting tables,
This course is i~ltelideclto introduce students to
graphs, and statistical models as \yell as
generalizations, traclitional confidence inter\,als,
American Indian studies Concepts a n d topics to
be covered include, among ochers, history,
Weston
This course is designed to i~nrestigacea n d a n a l y x
ancl Ihypotliesis tests. Emplusis on interpretation,
language, culture, literature, policy, images,
themes, issues, topics, and contro\,ersies related
evaluation, and communication.
(Prereq.: M P G 3)
contemporary issues, and the arts. Minnesota
Indians will be emphasized where appropriate.
p e r s p e c t i v e / ~ k i l l / u ~ :~
~A~~~~~~~~1~
perspective
directly and i~idirectlyto and through sports a n d
s p o ~ t sl i t e ~ a t ~ ~Itr examines
e
the intersection of
sport a n d society and considers what sport means
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
Q ~ ~ a n t i t a t i \Reasoning
,e
Skill
6-9:30 p.111
M, W
Old Mail1 10
and how it functions as symbol, myth, a n d
6-9:30 fi m.
metapluor. T o achieve these ends, s t ~ ~ d e nwill
ts
....
..
7; Th
S u e r d n r ~1
analyze texts a n d timely issues pertinent to sport
and soclety in a variety of ways, including through
HPE 1 1 5 - S
Paideia S e m i n a r s
lite~aly analysis, j o u r ~ ~ a l i n gand
, spr~rts-related,
C h e m i c a l D e p e n d e n c y (.5 credit)
Students will participate in a series of seminar
Minneapolis-based experiences.
Perspecti\.c/Skill/LAF:
Huma~iities
Writing Skill; LAF in
8:30 a.tn -tnnu~
M, W
INS 2 5 5 4
Uzarek
A n analysis of chemical abuse a n d what can be
d o n e for the abuser. Includes informaticln about
school health educatio~iand services.
Old Main 13
6-9:30 p m.
~
M only
Scicnce 123
Kaufman
discussions following the P21ideia seminar format as
clevelopeil by Mortinier Adler. Seminar topics
emphasize selections that help students to think
critically, ~ ~ n c l e r s t a ntimeless
~l
ideas, listen carefi~lly,
and question thoughtfully. This course is ideal for
E E D 495-S
ENG 3 6 1 3
Topics: Elementary E d u c a t i o n
Physical S c i e n c e
Studies i n M o d e r n Fiction
Clayton
T h e course fc~cuseso n contenporary 20th centul y
prose I V ~ ks.
I
It includes N a t ~ v eAmerican a n d
European writers, with an emplhasis o n nonWestern (Asian a n d African) fiction
Gregoire
S t t ~ ~ l ewill
~ i sparticipate in hands-on experiments to
explore plopel ties of and changes in maKer; position,
motion and force; light, lieat, clectricitl: a n ~ l
magnetism; ant1 kinds of ant1 ways to transfer e n e r ~ y
Taking the [~liysicalconcepa learne~l,stuiiena will
develop dernonsttatk,ns and lessons ior K-5 classr<x,~ns.
Assessment is based o n wwitten assignments, a
technology pmject, les~>ns/dem~~nstr~~tions,
clasroo~n
pnrticipatk)n, and nn enalii.
(Prereq.: Snldents ~iiustbe Elementary Education
M a j o ~ ~ t l icourse
is
does NOT Ineet the Sciencc Lah
p d u a t i o n require~nent)
6-9:30 p III
7; Th
scierlce
(Prereq.: E N G 245 o r consent of instructor)
Perspecti\.e/Skill: Intercultural A\vareness 1
Perspecti\.e; Writing
6-9:30 P.111.
7; T h
0111 Moil1 10
GST 0 0 9 3
Cooperative E d u c a t i o n
Olson
Cooperative E~lucationis a work experience related
to a student's major/minnr o r carccr inrel-ests, but
education, sc~cialscience, and language arts majors.
I
This course will be held M-F, 8:30 a.m.-4 p.m.
.
+,
HIS 3 4 5 3
Perspecti\re/Skill/LAF:
M o d e r n Britain a n d I r e l a n d
deVries
. f u ~ 20-24
~e
Critical Thinking Skill
Old Main 25 B breoko~atroonls
Hoping t o tra\,el to Britain a n d Ireland some day?
lnteresced in the l i t e r a t ~ ~ rtheatre,
e,
polit~cs,and
INS 3 2 5 - S
culture of this region? 1f yo11 can't fit a trip t o
Britain a n d Ireland into your schedule, take this
Building W o r k i n g Relationships
Hanson
This course explores working relationships in a
course i n s t e a j ,
u s i n g a n interdisciplinary approacl,
clialhgin~world. Self-assessment tools a n d applied
(sources will include literature, filni, nus sic, theatre,
a n d art), wve will explore Britain's de\,elopment
pVers
participalhts gailh a better
~ ~ n d e r s t n n d i nofg the role the individual plays
since the 18th century into o n e of tlie world's
within t h c context of workplace relationships.
leading cultural, economic, and colonial powvers
Britain's tempestuous rrliitionship with lrelancl
Emphasis is placed o n interpersonal, group, a n d
organizational relationships.
(P~e~ecl.:]r.
o r Sr. standing, a n d at least o n e of tlie
I may 31 to july I
session
1
following courses: S O C 121, SWK 260,
BUS 252, PSY lo?
Perspecti\~e/Skill/l
Spanish. Introduction to the culturc of the
F
nCv In'\
In Identity Perspective;
Spanish-speaking w o ~
Id.
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Intercultu~alAwareness 2
MAT 103-S
Perspecti\re; Modern Language 1
6-8:30 p,t11.
7; \ T I
introcluction t o .
Theories of Lead
Link
experienced leaders for
b
t
<
.,.
contemporary rl~eoriesand applications
leadership. Guest speakers participate in sharing
their experience in both private ancl public
workplaces and the class ~~tilizes
a case study
P O L 160-S
~ ~ n d h ~ c r etoward
~lit
World Politics
rac uation Skill colnponent except
P (pass) in this course advances you
rp
h students. This
course is a capstone offerlng a selection
that
to Math ~ r c e m e n Group
t
2. Grading will be based
o n quizzes and exams.
rereq.: MPG
6-9:30 b.1
approach to Icarning. Course connects with the
MAL Leadership De\,elopment Model through its
direct empl~asison leadership, change, ethics,
communication, and creativity. Emphasis is placed
on critical thinking, discussion, presentzrtion, and
Abnormal Psychology
Old Mrrirl 25
ASL 101-S
Beginning Sign Language I
Mikkelson
An introduction to deaf culture and the signs and
syntax of ASL. Students observe the demonstration
8:30 u . i ~ ~ . - ~ ~ o o n
Tliis course is an introductio~~
to the dynamics,
history, and ~uajortheorles of international
relations. It explores issues uf peace, sustainable
economic cle\~clopment,global citizenship, and
efforts to combat inlustice and inequalily around
thc globe. This class uses internat~onal
~
over water as
environmental issues ~ I I Lco~lflicts
case studies. Qucst~onsexplored in tlie class
i ~ ~ c l u dWhat
e:
are the obstacles to achieving a luore
just and equitable world! When is the use of force
justified? What are the implications uf
globalization, through which we are beco~liillgmore
and more connected!
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Social World 1 or 2
Perspective; LAF in Social ancl Behavioral Scicnces
Plan B. Reqi~iredparticipation at all face-to-face
fiici.il expressions and body language ~ ~ e e dto
e~l
6-9:30 p.111,
meetings and regular posrings online
com~lii~~iicate
clearly with deaf and hard-f-hearing
(Prereq.: Minimum of 6 MAL courses)
people.
Perspecti\,e/Skill/LAF: Intercultural A\\nreness 2
Class meets: Thurs., 6/2, 6-10 p.ln.; Fri., 6/17, 2-8
p.m.; Sat., 6/18, 8 a.m.-noon, 2-5p.rn.;Tliurs.,
6/23, 6-10 p.m. There will also be nvo virtual
classrooms plus regi~larposting online
Perspective; Modern Language 1
6-8:30 p 111
7; X
!! TI1
Scie~lce2 I2
S P A 1 11-S
Old Main 10
Beginning Spanish I
Kingsley
Ai~listo develop four basic skills: understanding,
MAL 5 8 9 3
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
Topics: Comprehensive
Spanish. Introduct~onto the culture of the
Spanish-speaking world.
Examination Seminar
Pike
This course is a completion optio~ifor the Master
of Arts in Leadership Students prepare fur the
exam series-oral, written, and take-lioni-througll
discussion, reailings, and critical analysis in the
senunar.
(Prereq.: Must be final course taken in MAL
CLI~~~CII~IIIII)
6-9:30 p.111
M, W
Soelice 108
PerspectivJSkill/LAF:
Intercultural Awareness 2
Perspcctiw; Moder~iLanguage 1
7; VC: TI1
8:30-1 1 ( I n~
SPA I l l - T
Beginning Spanish I
Old Maill 18
Kingsley
Aims to develop fuur basic sk~lls:understanding,
speaking, reading, and writing of ele~uentary
?; Th
Old Main 16
Underhill-Cady
of signs, practice their own signing, and learn the
analysis. Successfi~lcompletio~iof this course
fillfills one of the major paper recluirements for
Jack
An introduction to psychological disorders and
treiit~~~mt.
(Prerecl.: PSY 102 or PSY 105)
. pplications to everyday
is not approved for a
This will include a
PSY 2 6 2 3
M,
W
Sver(lr11~
20
REL 3 7 0 3
American Indian Spirituality
a n d Philosophical Thought
Jacobson
Religious beliefs, spiritual customs, and philosophy
of North American Indians are studied. Tribal
similarities a n 1 differences are exl~lorecl,as lire
tribal relationsl~ipswith nature, religious oversight
of life cycles, sacred r ~ t u a ceremonies,
l
and beliefs
in a n afterlife.
(Prereq.: ENG l l l , ] r , sta~tding,and one of the
following: REL 111, REL 221, REL 331, REL 100,
or REL 300
Perspecti\.e/Skill/LAF: Christian Faith 3 or
Interculti~ralAivareness 1 Perspective; Writing Skill
6-9:30
7; Th
Lil~dell16
POL 2 4 1 3
Environmental and
River Politics
Underhill-Cady
This course critically examines the political
dynaniics relaring ro the co~nniunitiesand
ecosyste~usof tlie Upper Mississippi Watershed.
Issues explorer1 includc water pollution, the lock
a ~ t ddam system, imasive species and biotli\,eraily,
regiolial water supply, flood control, waterfront
economics de\,elopment, urban sprawl, farm policy,
and energy pn~duction.The class will look at the
challenge of balancing economic development,
social jusrice, and environmental stcwarilship in the
region. There will be areekly excursions to sites
along the river, solme exploration of the river by
boat, and opportunity to lnieet with stakehoWers
working on various river-related issnes.
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Social Worlcl 1 or 2
Perspective; Critical Thinking Skill; LAF in Social
and Rchavioral Scielice
6-9:30 p.ln
T; TI1
Scie~~ce
205
SWK 6 9 9 3
Assess~nentand Diagnosis i n
Mental Health Practice
BoisenISyers
This is a n elective course that explores
psycliopathology and the role of social workers in
assessluent and diagnosis of ~iicntalhealth in a
\,ariety of service settings The didgnostic manual is
used as a n organizing frame\\.ork for revlewilig
major mental disorders. This course is a
prereq~~isite
for SWK 627 Family Practice Elective:
Mental Health Practice Course offered in the
Spring Trimester of t l ~ eMSW P r o g r ~ ~ i i .
6-9:30 p.rn.
7; TI1
Old Main I 1
1
:
session I 1
-
july II to august II
Rooms listed for each course below are subject to change since the printing of this
catalog. Please refer to AugNet Records and Registration for the latest information on
room assignment for a particular class.
r
A R T 1C
Drawing
6-9:30
:iII/LAF:
L
p
4
.. .
Ceramics I
Bollman
This is a first-l
~gco~lrse.Students work
with a \,aricty
ial and non-traditional
drawing mecl~:
explore important concepts of
drawing. Slrde
res, demonstrations, ancl
: experience.
critiques co~npletethe lea
Persprrri
in Fi
-1
A R T 2io\
ire
Tom
An introduction tcl':
ang of pottery with a11
emphasis on handhuilding dnd glazing.
Perspectrve/Skill/l AF. Aectlietics Perspective; LAF
in Fine Arts
6-9:30 ~ . I I I
''Mfl"'
h
P,,rspective; LAF
study of the graphic
design of typography and visual imagery for print
1 M'zi
Painting I
In this first level paintin!: course, SI
learn
important concepts of painting Mo:
~ s tume
s
is
spent painting. Slide lectures, ?-.---.~a~r.ttions,and
critiques co~ilpletethe learning experience.
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Aesthetics Perspective; LAF
in Fine Arts
1) 111.
7; Th
Old
l7
ART 2 2 5 3
Graphic Design I
Staff
hi^ course is an intmduction to
principles and
techniques uf graph~cdesign using page layol~t
sofnvare. Emphasis will be placed o n designing
with text and image.
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Aesthetics Rtspective;
Speaking Skill; LAF in Fine Arts
6-9:30 p in
M, W
Fuss 2213
A R T 2 4 9 1 3 4 9 3 (with H I S 24913493)
Designed Environment
Anderson
This course acld~esscstlie designed envin)n~uent,
the intentionally designed places in which 1r.e live.
We will investigate architectl~rc,landscape
architect~~re,
urban d c s i g ~and
~ , urban history; class
scssions consist almost exclusi\rely of \valking tuurs
and site visits to plomlnent exa~nplesof clesijin
excellence.
(Prereq.: none for 249; for 349: ENG 111 and an
art, history, or urban s t d i e s course)
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Aestl~eticsor City
Perspective; Writing Skill (ART 349 only)
1 4 3 0 \],in
Cerrito
Concepts anJ principles related to the management
of operatilip functions taught from a liianagerial
viewpoint with examples from varir~usindustries
and sectors.
(Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor)
M,
W
M ,W
o l d M~~~~18
6-9:30 p.ln.
M,
W
Foss 22B
Perspective/Skill/LAF: N a t ~ ~ rWorld
al
2 Perspective;
I
LAF in N a t ~ ~ r Science
al
ancl Mathe~natics(11on-lab)
8:30 ~~.i~~.-noo~i 7; TI1
Science 3 15
11
MIS 1 7 5 3
COM 3 2 9 3
Principles of Conlputing for Business
Kattke
An introductory course to develop understanding
of basic computing concepts and specific skills in
E~nphasison solving business-related problems
(Prcreq.: ART 2;
present and In the fi~tul-e.
(prereq,: M ~ 2)
G
Soeldrlrp 202
using microco~nputersoftware (Windows, Woril,
Excel, Access, PowerPoinr, e-mail, a ~ ~ Internet).
cl
A R T 118-S
6-9:30
'F
basic un~lcrstandingof the science behind issues
J.
Strategic Management
6-9:30 [I.~II.
Staff
m~"lwl~lced
M, W
'
i
BUS 4 4 0 3
using software, especially Excel, Students with a
strong complltel. backgrtiund should take MIS 360
or 370 instead of MIS 175.
Interculhral Communication
~l
Lapakko
I
This course explores cultural d~fferencesand tlreir
I
I
I
rmplications for communication, including
difterences in values, nor~ns,social interaction, and
code 5)-atems.
Perspect~\,e/Skill/LAF: Intercultl~ralA\\,areness I
~l
Perspective
6-9:30 p.111.
M, W
Lindcll 16
I
(Prereq.: MPG 3)
I+:30
A C C 222.S
Principles of Accounting I1
Kader
A continuation of ACC 221. Introcluction to cost
accol~ntingfor ~unnufacturing.Basic concepts and
fi~nclamcntalsof managerial accounting, planning
m"dontr01ling pr~~ccsses,
decisio~i-~liakin~,
and
behavioral c ~ ~ n s i c l c r ~ r t i ~ ~ ~ ~ s .
(Prereq.: ACC 221)
8:30 U . ~ ~ . - I W I I I I
7; TI1
B U S 242-S
Principles of Management
Old Moil1 10
I? Cerrito
Development of the theory of management,
organization, staffing, planning, ancl control. We
will examine tlie nature of authority, accountability,
and respons~bility;analysis of the role of the
professional manager.
6-9:30 p.111.
M, W
Stjcllr~rp206
BUS 340-S
J. Cerrito
H u m a n Resource Management
Personnel function in business, acquisition, and
utilization of Ihuman resources; dcsirablc working
relationships; effective integration of the jvorker
with the goals of tlie firm and society.
Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor
6-9:30 P.nlb
7; TI1
IJ.~I.
7; TI1
S ~ ~ e l i h 201
u~i~
E D C 2061566-S
M K T 252-S
DiversiyNinnesota American Indians
Principles of Marketing
Meziou
Pr~nciplesc~fhasic policy and stratem issues in
~narketing,Legal, ethical, competitive, ec<>nornic,
alld technological f,ictors as they affect proiluct,
price, pro~iiotion,and ilistrihution decisions,
6-9:30 [ J . I ~ .
7; TI1
0111 Mclill 16
Gresczyk
This course exalltines l1~11iia11
diversity and l u ~ ~ u a n
relations. It fillfills the Education Department
lu~rnanrelntio~~s
and Minnesota A~ncricanIn~lian
requirement5 and 1s an uption within the licensure
program.
6-9:30
M, W
St~cl-dnr/~
I
MKT 3 5 7 3
E D C 4801580-S
Advertising
School and Society
An introducti<~nto print, hroaclcast, nnd Wehbasecl ad\'e~.tisingand promotion as impcxtant
Emphasis on pcrints of view about the ~ u l eof
school in modern society, relationships with
elements in moJern marketing anll
parents and community collabnratix moilels,
Erickson
conumunicati~,ns.This course combines clnssroc)ni
Imderal~ip,and pmfeasional dc\,elopment. Serves as
and Iia~~ds-on
Icarning toc~ls.
final thco~,eticalpreparation for stu<Ient teaching,
(Prerecl.: PPST and ad~nissionto the Education
6-9:30 [J,III,
M,
W
Old Mail1 16
Depxrt~itent)
rn
CHM 1 0 0 3
Chemistry for Changing Times
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Social World Perspecti\,e;
Writrng Sk~ll
Gyberg
1:30-5 11.111,
M,
W
S o e r d i ~ 1~ l ~
Tllis collrse intri>iluces baric chemistry concepts in
I
tlic context of lnumerous sc~encc-haseilissues i l l our
everyday lives with tlie ~ o a of
l s t ~ ~ i l e nhaving
ts
a
I
I
St'enlnrp 206
15
1
session
k
I july II to august 1I
SPE 4341534-T
-...
.
I
Eva~uatlon
Staff
Tlie s t ~ ~ [if
d ystumiing,ci
.
knowledge and s
of sti~dents're
history and context of
i s includes an inilepth
: disabilities, as well as
;,>I,>";?biological,
ather~n
reading curric~
I;
Clinical exper
course is required
and
Jandlng l e p g d i s a b ~ ~ ~ t t e :
ovide a critique of current philosophical
Ins in the field. Students will also acquire
d g e related to accessing information relevant
field of learning disabilities.
fi
Itrly 5-8
8 a.m.-3 p.tn
J~rly11-15
8 a.~n.-l~oon
Sue,-."p
(.)K-.-nntptrs site)
-
Swerdnrl, 202
-#
Reading Clinical/Leadership Sel
pearl
~ 1 study
, ~ of effective lrndersl1i
I professional
clevelopmel,t
strategies fc,r ~ l , ~ i v l c l l l ascl,ools
~
nl,cl
districts, reading standads, state and federal reading
legislation, and fiscal,buduerary operations.
clinical portion will ~ncludeopportunities tu apply
skills and knowledge of reading ~levelop~nent
and
instruction in a clinical setting with K-12 students.
(Coreq.: EDC 508; Prereq.: EDC 505, EED 520,
ESE 500, or consent uf instructor)
Jlrly 18-A~rg. 2
8 U.III.-IIUOII
AIL&1-5
8I
-
(off-cnml~trssite)
I
Learning Disabilities
Staff
This course will focus on the history and context of
This includes a n in-depth
leaning disabilities (LD).
look at the origin of learning disabilities, as \\ell as
various theoreticnl m~~clels
(sociological, biological,
psychological, cognitive, and behavioral) applied to
understanding learning disahilities. The course will
also provicle a critique of c t ~ r ~ e philosopluical
nt
p,sitions in tl,e
stLldentswill also acqllire
knowledye related to accessing infc~r~nation
relevant
to the field of learning disabilities.
This course will teach students to identify, adapt,
and imple~uentdevelopmentally appropriate
instruction that support the learning nf students
identified as having learning disabilities. The course
will specifically focus on
areas of reading, writing
and listenin: co~npreluension,math, reasoning, and
problelu-solviligskills. TIlele \"ill be a strong focus
on the modifications i~n,olvedin tl~eseareas and the
planning process invoh,ed.
6-9:30
p.m.
M, W
6-9:30 0,nI.
T; TI1
Strerdlup 202
EED 200-S
Elementary Education Earth Science
Stangl
~l~~~ course is designeclfor elelnentaryeducation
majors and includes earth science "hands-on"
inquiry based activities that model the teaching and
learning process of scientific inquiry. Meets basic
earth science subject matter statuclanls for initial
licensure.
Science 19
INS 2 2 5 3
~
~ to ~~l~~
Staff
planning process invol\,ed.
T; TI1
Kader ~
Perspecti\,e/Skill/LAF: Intercultural A\r,areness 1
6-9:30 p.;~t.
M, W
Old Maill 13
INS 3 4 2 3
River Politics Field Seminar
Underhill-Cady
Students in this course will learn first-halid about
G S T 009-S
the ecolo3, enviro~umentalissues, and political
Cooperative Education
Olson
dynamics of the Mississippi River. Class will meet
Cooperati\,e E~lucationis n work experience related
uff-campus at locations a n ~ u n dthe Twin Cities,
to n student's major/minor or career interests, b ~ ~ t
along thc riwr and \\,atershed, exploring some of the
nut clone for academic crejit. The goal is for
remaining pockets of local wilderness ancl a \.ariety
studelits to apply theory to practice in an apvrob-ed
.fellvironl,,ental
sites. students will
work setting. Stuclcnts set len~~uing
goals and
with local activists and politicians \\,orking on riverevaluate their learning w ~ t hthe director of the
related policy, and engage in an indivi~iunlfield
Center fur Service, Work, and Learning. Satisfactory
research project. The course i~ucludesan optiolial
coml>leti~)n
fillfills tlie Augshurg Experience (AE).
fwr-day camping trip Uuly 22-25), tra\,eling by
rowboat down tlie Mississippi River from tlie Twin
am
Cities to Lake Pepi~u.
T; TI1
Swerdnrl~1
H I S 2491349-S (with A R T 24913493)
This course will teach students to identify, adapt,
and implement developmentally appropriate
inst~.uctionthat support tlie learning of students
identified as having learning disahilities. The course
will specifically focus o n the areas of reading, writing
a n d listening comprel,ensiol,,
reasoning,a n d
pn~ble~n-solving
skills. Tlieue will be a strong focus
o n the modifications involved in thcse areas nnd the
1 4 : 3 0 Dm.
~
Pe'~l-lecti\'e
6-9:30 11.l~
With Learlling
~
The course co\ers tlie ideological foundntions of
Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law
(Sl~xiaah),Islamic econoulic and political systems,
lSlarnic patterns of life'
Suerdnip 2 0
Soerdrlr~202
SPE 4 3 4 1 5 3 4 3
Teaching Content Areas to Students
M, W
Staff
-lpl#f
SPE 4241524-T
Etiology and OrisEL..
E D C 510-S
5:30-9 ~,III.
8 : ~ "o.m.-llooll
---
Teaching Content Areas to Students
W i t h Learning Disabilities
Soerdr~rpI7
Designed Environment
KimballIAnderson
This coursc addresses the designed envim~uiient,tlie
intentionally ilesignecl places in which we live. We
will i~uvesti:ate architecture, In~udscapearchitectl~re,
urban design, and urban Ilistory; class sessions
consist almost exclusi\.ely of walking tours and site
visits to prominent examples of clesign excellence.
(Prcreil.: nune for 249; for 349: EN(; 111 and an
art, history, or ~ ~ ~ v bs ta~n~ d i course)
es
Perspecti\,c/Skill/LAF: City or Aesthetics
Perspective; Writing (HIS 349 only)
1 4 : 3 0 II.IIL.
M, W
Old Maill 18
I N S 495-S
Topics: History of American
Indian Education
Weston
The primary aim of this particular course is to help
s t ~ ~ d e nfurther
ts
their knowleiige a111~~nderstanding
of the Americ~nI~udianEducation Policies from
colonla1 America to Zlstcentury America. A cr~tical
examination of indigenous political, social, and
educatio~ualdevelopments from the 19th tlirou~h21st
celitl~rirswill provide infbrmation needed to
~~nclerstancl
thc currcnt social, political, and especially
the eciucational ;ttmosphere of the indigenous
experience today.
6-9:30 p.111,
7; TI1
Sverdn~p20
d
4
-.-
-
11 july
F
I
LRTSIN LEADERSHIP!
4 L 5 6 0 (w
Developing a
Eural
~erspectiue
~
~
Emphasizes increasing your ability to lead in
culturally diverse contexts. Examines the rapidly
changing den1
ling demographics.
ess, conuitunication
~~~#rpersonal
!
iviry#ation
mplexity of the racial an
n l c " ping
are amolig the goals of the course
Old Mar
a
II to august II
m
exponential ~nodels;
especially of linear and exponential models.
Grading will be based o n ql~izzesand exams.
MAT 103 with grade of P or MPG2 and at
k (Prereq.:
i
least one year of HC -'"-h--)
6-9:30 l'*ntn
ASL ]
--&
Sign Language
I1
a
ashb brook
Literature Review
The purpose of this course is to c elop the abilily
to construct a sound argument relatecl to leadership
and to write an effective literature review. Students
will learn how to classih and read research critically,
how to analyze tlie arguments made in tlie literature,
how to organlze and express their own ideas, how to
map and analyze ideas and how to write a review.
Since thc ultimate goal is to he ahle to create a
compelling literature review, all activities build
toward that goal. S t ~ ~ d e nwill
t s devclop the ability to
create an argument, synthesize literature, and create
literat~~t-e
reviews in their fields of interest.
M,
W
tmining, ancl goal-setting.
Lil~dell16
Law i n the United States
Underhill-Cady
An introduction to the \\.orkings o i the court system
7; W! Th
in the Unitecl States, exa~niningthe concepts of
Scirr~ce2 12
civil rigllts and civil liberties in tlie context of the
war on terrol-ism, criminal nncl civil law, torts,
I1
Kingsley
racism and discrimination, 2nd environmental law.
Aims to de\,elop four hasic skills: understanding.
Pers~ective/Skill/LAF: Social World 1 or 2
Rrspecti\,e; LAF in Social and Uehavioral Science
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
Spanish, introduction to tlie cultnre of the Spanish-
6-9:30 11.tn.
speaking world.
7; W TI1
King,lcy
pea king, re.~ding,and writing of ele~ucntary
Spanish, introcluction to the culture of the Spanislt~A
~\
~~3 ~ ,
perSllcctive; ~~d~~~~ L~~~~~~~~ 2
7; \q TI1
resources that tlie Christian
tradition, seen through tlie lens of vocation, brings
to tlte search for meaning. Not accepted for credit
for students who have taken REL 300.
This course fi~lfillsthe AugCore Requirement.
8:30 r~.n~.-noort.
T, Th
Suerdn~p206
REL 200-S
l ~ t ~~
~~
~~
11
Bussert
O\rerall course theme is "what \\.e believe matters."
Explore Itow belief shapes biblical interpretat~on,
cultural views and actions, and how beliefs can he
challenges facing inuuijirants and ~tative-born
Prereq.: REL 100
Americans, due to thosc changilig demographics.
Im~rovedintercultural nwarcliess, co~nnu~nication
6-9:30 b.111,
for tlte complexity of tlte racial and ethnic groupings
~~are[among
~
~ thc gcrnls of the course.
6-9:30
Old Maill 26
biblical and theolo:ical
culturally cliverse contexts. Examines thc rapidly
changing demographics in the US., and looks at
skills and interpersonal sensitiviry, a d appreciation
speaking wol-Id.
t
Christian Vocation and the
Search for Meaning
Hale
This intn>Juctorycourse will explore aome of the
Search for Meaning
Aoki
E~uphasizesincreasing your ability to lead in
Ailus to develop four basic skills: understanding,
~,IIL.
Scier~ie108
Developing a Multicultural Perspective
Old Mairt 16
Ueginni~lgSp.~r~isli
I1
perSpective/skill/~~~: ~
M, W
POL 421MAL 5 6 0 3
Perspective; Modern Language 2
6-8:30
Old Main 25
T, Th
Christian Vocation and the
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Intercultural Awareness 3
~.III.
6-9:30 p,i11.
REL 100-S
P O L 170-S
SPA 112-S
8:30-1 1
team development, leadersllip, psychological skills
(Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
T,WTh
[age needed to comm~~nicate
SPA 112.1'
M A T 105-S
signati~res,and chords. Also included are stanclartl
musicnl terms, signs, and symbols.
power, justice, rights, and freedom. Topics include
Okl Mail1 10
Applied Algebra
~~i~~~
In this course \\*rwill explore a nunther of
applications of algebra to the social and natural
sciences, business, ancl everyday life. It's okay if you
don't re~ilembermuch nlgehra; we'll review as we go!
Specifically, in this course, you'll learn to:
l~~idcrstand
tlte concepts of variable, proportionality,
and linenrim: make connections benvee~iverbal.
numeric, geometric, and algebraic ways of looking at
dcpenclcncies; use a scientific calculator; estimate
and evaluate tlie reasonahleness ofanswers; use 2nd
solve equations, especially of linear, cluadratic, and
concepts applied to sports ancl enhancement of
athletic performance. Topics include motivation,
signing, and learn the facial
Perspective; Modern Language 2
Beginning Spanish
Conroy
Foulidations of sports psychology. Psychological
meter, intervals, major and ~nlinorscales, key
6-9:30 p.m.
PerspectivdSkill/LAF: Intercultural Awareness 3
6-8:30 p,in
Sports Psychology
The course will include pitch and ~~liythm
notation,
Perspecti\.e/Skill/LAF:LAF in Fine Arts
Mikkelson
~ v v ~ l ~ t to
i o deaf
n culture and the siglis and
syntax of ASL. Sturlrnts observe the demonstration of
signs, practice the1
PSY 2 6 3 3
Staff
An introductory study of basic ele~nentsof music.
clearly with deaf a,LLo
in.ciu?>f-hearing people.
Creating a Compelling
6-9:30 11.in.
M U S 160-S
Fundamentals of Music
Scie~lcc108
I
expressions and bc
M A L 599-2
- -
~,III.
M,
W
Old M d n 13
cleepcned by encounters with other faith traditions.
7; TH
Old Moin 10
REL 2 2 1 3
Quanbeck, 11
Biblical Studies
The origin, literary chnmcter, and trans~liissionof
tlte hihlical clvcu~nents;the task of blblical
interpretation, and tlte Itistory of Israel and the
eniergence of tlie church. Not accepted fvr credit Fvr
students who have taken REL 301 or 302.
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Christian Faith I or 3
Perspective
1 4 : 3 0 p.i11.
M, W
Old Mail1 16
summer
online june 27 to september 2
na, Slovenia, while studying
rsity students. Learn
pns in social work and
Summer Online courses are available to W C , United, and Rochester students only
(Day students are not eligible). These courses are delivered over the Internet to
allow students maximum flexibility to organize their work. Students will need access
to a personal computer with a browser and Internet connection. While students are
required to log in to the course several times a week to participate in discussions and
hand in work, they will not need to do this at specific times. Some classes may require
occasional classroom meetings and these will be held during weekday evenings or
weekends to accommodate work schedules.
els for
local ag
s. For additional ~ n w ~ m a t i oren
registration, travel schedule, tuition and fces
contact the Center for Global Edurarinn at
612-330-1159.
I
E C O 113-L
ART 240-L
A r t History Survey
Soderman-Olson
Principles of Microeconomics
Stein
A survey of art of the Western uzorl~lfrom
An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of
prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading,
the household, firm, niarket structures, and income
distribution. Application of elementary economic
research, viewing images, and visits to museums.
Perspecti\re/Skill/LAF: Aesthetics or
theory to market policy. May be taken independently
Western Heritage Perspective; LAF in Fine Arts,
of E C O 110 or 112. E C O 112 and 113 may be taken
in either order.
Critical Thinking
(Prereq.: MPG 2)
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Social Worlcl 1 or 2; LAF in
Social and Behavioral Sciences
C H M 100-L
Chun~istryfor C l i a n ~ i n g'Time,
R J i e Gyherg
Designed for the liberal arts student. Emphasis is
upon developing basic chemistry concepts using
ENG I1l-L
exa~uplesprimarily from inorganic chemistry Does
Effective Writing
not count to\vard a chemistry major or minor nor
En~pl'asis is o n exposition, including learning
..
McCormick
anolv, as .
urereouisite
for other chemistrv courses.
,
resenrch techniq~~es
and writing critical reviews.
(Prereq.: MPG 2)
Attention is given to increasing s t ~ ~ d e n t s '
effectiveness in choosing, organizing, and dew lop in^:
Perspecti\~dSkill/LAF:Natural World 2; LAF in
Natural Science and Mathematics (non-lab)
topics; thinking critically; ancl revising for clarity and
style. A writing lab is provided for those nee~ling
additional help. The minimum passing grade is 2.0.
summer
L
online june 27 to oeptember 2
summer session
application form
POLITICAL SCIENCE
POL 121-L
Introduction t o P
This course introd
philosophical q u r s
Ward
students to typical
s
have certain kn
American Governme
~dPolitics
Hedblom
Surveys major p;
erican national
(how we know, if we can
government-incl~,,,...
:ress, the presidency, and
if there are universal lnoral
the courts-as well as canipatgns.and elections,
A
f
.
principles, whether G o d exists, the nature of the
federalism, interest groups, and political parties.
mind, etc.), to philosophical vocabulary, and to
~ers~ectiv:)~kill/IA~:
Social World 1 or 2; I A F in
critical thinking and wh
world philosophically.
Perspective/Skill/IAF: Hunian Identity;
Humanities
PHI 120-L
Ethics
By studying our moral beliefs,
0.'-
)s students
consider the bases they use to make moral
judgnients. T h e course explores major philosophical
approaches to evaluating ~iioralactions and then
applies them to contemporary issues. Christian
ethics will inform the considerations. Students who
receive credit for PHI 120 niay not receive credit for
PHI 125.
Perspecti\~e/Skill/IAF: Christian Faith 3; I A F in
Humanities, Critical Thinking
Summer Session applications are available online at:
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar~thenclick on
"Download Registrar Forms."
Show less
augsburg in the summer
summer session info
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes courses in 20
academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studies.
Course loads in Summer Session:
Internships: In addition to those listed,
Students may take up ... Show more
augsburg in the summer
summer session info
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes courses in 20
academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studies.
Course loads in Summer Session:
Internships: In addition to those listed,
Students may take up to 2.0 credits in
each summer session (sessions I & 11).
However, course loads for terms that
overlap may be increased based on a
student's cumulative GPA (Cum GPA).
Specifically, the combined credit load for
Day/WEC/Rochester/United students
between Spring WEC, Summer Session I
and Summer Online, normally limited to
2.0 credits, may be increased to 3.0 credits
if the Cum GPA is 3.00 or better.
Additionally, the combined load between
Summer Sessions I and I1 and Summer
Online is normally limited to 2.0 credits at
any one time, but may be increased to 3.0
credits if the Cum GPA is 3.00 or better.
Students desiring to exceed these limits
must petition the Student Standing
Committee prior to registration. Unless
otherwise indicated, all courses carry a
value of 1.0 course credit. One Augsburg
course credit is the equivalent of four
semester credits or six quarter credits.
internship opportunities may be arranged
individually during the summer.
Academic internships are carefully
planned workbased learning experiences,
supervised and evaluated by a faculty
member. Consult the Center for Service,
Work, and Learning 612330.1148 for
more information.
summer session I
May 30 to June 30
summer set inn
July 10 to August 10
summer online
June 19 to August 27
Augsburg College is a four-year, liberal arts college located in the heart of
Minneapolis, and affiliated with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America.
Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission.* The small college
environment, about 3,000 students during the academic year, is enriched by the
many opportunities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. Augsburg's setting
allows students to participate in a host of cultural and recreational activities.
Augsburg general education: Courses
fulfilling Augsburg's Liberal Arts
Perspectives, Core Curriculum, and
Graduation Skills requirements are so
noted along with the description of the
course.
Course levels: The first digit of the threedigit course number indicates the course
level. Course numbers beginning with a
"1" or "2" are lower division courses and
are intended primarily for freshmen and
sophomores; course numbers beginning
with a "3" or "4" are upper division and
are primarily for juniors and seniors.
* The Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, Commission on
Institutions of Higher Education, 312-263-0456. Website <www.ncacihe orgz
Independent study: Independent studies
may be arranged in consultation with
individual faculty members.
Employer reimbursement: Students who
qualify for reimbursement from their
employers may use their reimbursement to
pay for Summer Session courses.
Housing: Students who need housing
may contact the Residence Life Office
612-330.1488.
Additional information may be obtained at:
www.augsburg.edu/summer
Augsburg College
Campus Box 143
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
For registration or financial questions:
612-330.1046 (Enrollment Center)
For questions related to courses:
612-330.1025 (AcademicAdvising)
Eligibility: Persons in good standing at
regionally accredited colleges and
universities, graduates of such institutions,
and students admitted for the next fall
term, are eligible to attend Augsburg's
Summer Session. Good standing implies
that the student has been admitted and
not subsequently dismissed by that
institution. Students accepted for Summer
Session are not automatically granted
admission as regular students of Augsburg
College. Those wishing to begin a degree
program at Augsburg should apply to the
Office of Undergraduate Admissions,
612-330-1001, or the Weekend College
Admissions Office 612-330-1743.
- 4
to register
All students m:ly hegin tc
Summer Session c o ~
kpn. pStudent
Web registration will remain open u n t ~ l
\nay 4 (Session I) and June 9 (Session
. Well rexistration hours will he 8 3 0
11:59
st~~cient:
registra
must
~ L S L ~ L L
Center h e t ~
daily. Augshurg
.ourageci to use Weh
1.
i ~ ~ g s h ust~lilents
rg
r ~ l . s o nat the Enr~)llme~it
8:30 a.m. - 4:10 p.m.
M-W (8:30 ,,.,,,. - 7:C
The Enrollment
m. Tl~~~rsciays).
Sverdrup Hall. We recol
1
nd that y
calendar
Augshurg stuclcnts will he billed through
,. Non-Augshu~.~
Accc
stllclel,ts
of
till,e of registr,r
,,niLl
fllll I ,lVldy
~
-
summer 2006
I
'-'.MIa1
(11 St1
,for s
~
April 12
Registration begins
ust he
~
,
~
~
~
~
Web registration closes
Session I and June 16 for Summer
Session 11. Tuition must be paid in full
(see Calendar), or you may be dropped
from your course(s); a cancellation fee
of $100 per course will apply.
Augsburg students who have unpaid
nces from previous terms must pay
e
balances before they may register
for Summer Session.
~
~ May 4
through AugNet, AugNel
consi~lerecithe most current and, thus,
correct.
Students registering for Summer
Session I must complete their
registration by May 30. Signature of
the instructor is needed to add a class
after the first day of class.
June 16
May 26
Classes begin
May 30
July 10
June
-
*Register(addedlatefeeof$75)
19
'11
May 30
July 10
June 19
June2
July 13
June 23
I.
(signature of instmtm needed; no regmations wiU be accepted after chis date)
June 2
July 13
June 23
'Change grading option
June 16
July 27
July 28
Withdraw from class
June 16
July 27
July 28
enrollments will he cancelled one week
Classes end
June 30
August 10
August 27
Stllclents who decide to cancel their
Grades due in Registrar's Office
July 10
August 18
September 1
registration prior tu the first day of the
session must complete a ilrop/acld form
Schedule of Refunds: The following refund schedule is based o n the percentage
at tlie Enn)llmcnt Center (this must he
done in person). There is a ch:rrge of
of class time remaining o n the date of the student's official withdrawal from class.
This applies to all students who drop one or more courses during each term.
$100 for each course cnnccllcci.
Percentage of clasq time remaining after official drop or withdrawal and amount of refund:
see
100% to 90% remaining-Full refund (minus $100 administrative fee)
Schedule of Refunds on the next pagc.
89% to 50% remaining-Refund equals the percentage of term remaining
49% or less remaining-No refund
A late fee of $75 will he assessed for
students who register :liter the first day of
This refund schedule is effective whether or not a student has attended classes.
the term. No Session I registrations will
Students registering for Summer
Online must complete their
registration by June 23. Note: register
for online courses under Summer
Session I if registering via AugNet.
June 9
May 5
hefore the tirst tiny c)f the session.
For rcf~~ncl
information
Students registering for Summer
Session I1 must complete their
registration by July 10. Signature of
the instructor is needed to add a class
after the first day of class.
April 12
June 9
Balance of tuition due
Register (without late fee)
fill early :rncl courses with low
u l d he
April 12
Last day to:
Change in registration: Many cc,urses
catalog and course informa
online
-
Drop class without notation
If a ciiscrepancy is founcl hct
II
Please allow two weeks for tuition and possible financial aid adjustments to be
he accepted after June 2. Nu Session I1
registrations will he acceptc~iafter July
finalized. If a credit balance remains on the student's account, a credit refund
check will be issued at that time.
u e r registrations
13. No S u ~ ~ i ~Online
will he acceptcJ after June 23.
,
---
-
-
-
Y
map of augsburg
The tuition rat
Session courses
'
q
$1,545 for full-rn
,. . 3 for halt
s
3C stude enrolled in Summer
-i o n
r ummer Online may be
eligible
,nancial " : A :C +L.' -..""load is z
~ s 1.0
t crl
L
l d i t s are
listed abov~
To apply
financial aid
The only forms ( tinancial aid available
for Summer C-cc ,,,n attendees are the
Federal Pell
nt, the Minnesota State
lnt (i
nts who meet eligibility
Eligibility for Summer Session
SttJ-~lts who main
.time status
,d by the program in whic
are enrolled) are eligible to apply for
financial aid.
Day program
Students enrolled in eitl
:ssion I or
11, or both sessions combined, may be
eligible to apply for financial aid if their
course load is at least 1.5 credits over the
two sessions.
s) and student loans. Visit
bnrollment Center website to
aownload an appkation form:
www.augsburg.edu/enroll. The
financial aid priority deadline for
Summer Session is May 15, 2006.
Augsburg employee tuition benefit
Faculty, staff, and dependents of the
College who are eligible for the
maximum tuition benefit will receive a
60% discount o n Summer Session
tuition.
WEC program
For W E C students enrolled in spring
trimester, n o aid is given for Summer
Session I as it runs concurrently with the
W E C spring trimester.
~ l n l s r s l a t 94
e West
-I'
COLLEGE M A P INFORMATION
I Cenler for Counseling and Health
Promotion
2 Weekend and Graduatc Admissions
3 Air Slruclure Entrance
(November through March)
4 Edor-Nelson Athletic
Field and Seasonal Air Struclure
5 Chrislensen Center and
Day Admissions
6 Commerc~alSpace
7 General office space
8 . Fass. Lobeck. Miles. Center for
Worship. Drama and
Communication
9 Sverdmp Hall
10 Husby-Slrommen Tennis Courts
I I . Ice Arena
12 Public Reletions and
Communication
lnlerslate 94 East
13 Lindell Librury
14 Maintenance and Grounds Shop
15 Mortensen Hall
16 Murphy Place
17 Murphy Park
18 Music Hall
19. New Residence Hall
20 Old Main
21. Anderson Hall
22 Quad
23. Science Hall
24. Publ~cSafety
Communications Center
25 Shipping and Receiving
26 Si Melby Hall
27 Sverdlup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
28. Urness Hall
29. Faculty Guest House
30 StepUP House
31 General office space with address
PARKING INFORMATION
A Visitor Parking
B . Resident Parking
C Commuter Parking
D FacullylSlaffICommulerl
Resident Parking
E Resident Parking
F Resident Park~ng
G FacultylStaff Parking
H FacullylSlaWPark~ng
I VisitorIAdmissions Visitor Parking
J FacultylStaff Parking
K Commuter Parking
L FaculLylStaffICommulerl
Visitor Parking
M Fairview-University Parking Ramp
Take Washington Avenue exlt and turn left on
Washington (turns right onto Cedar Avenue), turn left
at Riverside Avenue, right nt 21st Avenue South.
1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Avenue exlt, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn
left at Riverside A\,e~u~e,
turn left at 21st Avenue
South
1-94 West from St. PaulAugshurg College, as afimted in its mission, does not discrimiltate 011 the basis of race, color, creed, religion,
national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual onnttat~on,marital status, statla with regard to public assistance, or
disability in its education policies, admissimts policies, scholars hi^ and loan proFams, athletic and/or school
administered programs, except in those iintances where religion is a bona fde occupational qualificafion A,rgsburg
College is coinmitled to providing .reasunable accommodatimu to its employees and its studstts.
Take Riverside exit, turn right at Rivers~deAvenue,
turn left at 2lst Avenue South
3 5 W from the SouthFollow the 1-94 St Paul signs (move to right lane after
each o f nvo mergers)
Takc 25th Avenuc exit and rum
left at Riverside Avenue, turn left nt 2lst Avenue South
session I
on room assignment for a partic7
-
30 june 30.2006
I--- -I---
BUS 242.S
i t h HIS 24913493)
Designed Enirifonment
AIS 2 6 4 3
AndersonKirnball
This course addresies the designed-~nyipnment,
Development of the theory of management,
the intentionall\
organization, staffing, planning, and control. The
nature of authority, accountability, responsibility,
,laces iiiwliich we live.
We will investigate architecture, landscape
-
"
3
A study of the dynamics of human interaction
-.
American public's'perception of American Indians.
Class will inc~ud:'~ecmre, discussion, film clips,
and site visits to promin;nt examples of design
%
.
and full.length m
excellence and historical significance.
FIN 331-S
Perspective/SI
Prereq.: none for 249; for 349, ENG 111 or HON
Financial Management
AF: Intercultural Awareness 1
Perspect'
6-9:30 p.
Rm.: Science 123
-
.
.
T, Th
Rm : Old Main 17
ART 2 2 3 3
Printmaking I
Bollman
An introduction to traditional and experimental
media and methods of printing. Intaglio, relief,
and mono/unique methods are explored.
.
Ae&hktxpahqLAFinFineAm
M, W
6-9:30 p.m.
Rm : Old Main 4
May be taken independently of ECO 113 or 110.
Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113, ACC 221, and MPG 3
ECO 112 and 113 may be taken in either order.
Th
Rm.: Science 123
BIO 1 2 1 3
w
Rm : Old Main 29
MKT 466-S
International Marketing
Pederson
This course examines those issues and activities unique
to marketing in an international setting. Emphasis is
placed on adaptation of a marketing mix according to
the international marketing environment.
life, genetics and genetic disease, selected organ
systems and disease, and the sustainability of life on
Prereq.: MKT 252
earth. A student may not receive credit for both
6-9:30 p.m,
from May 30 to August 1 (from the start of Session
1 to the end of Session 11)
Rm : Old Main 16
Prereq.: MPG 2
Perspective/Skill/LAF: LAF in Natural Sciences
and Mathematics
T, Th
E C O 113-S
Principles of Microeconomics
Gilsdorf
An introduction to microeconomics: the theorv of
the household, firm, market structures, and income
distribution. Application of elementary economic
theory to market policy. May be taken
Prereq.: MPG2
CHM 1 0 0 3
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
Gyberg
This course introduces basic chemistry concepts in
Social World I or 2
Perspective; LAF in Social and Behavioral Sciences
T,Th
Rm:OldMain16
1-4:30 p m
the context of numerous science-based issues in our
Rm : Science 205
everyday lives with the goal of students having a
basic understanding of the science behind issues
present and in the future.
EDC 2 2 0 3
Prereq.: MPG 2
Educational Technology
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Natural World 2
Perspective; LAF in Natural Sciences and
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of
communication through the use of instructional
ACC 22123
the use of live models. Emphasis will be placed on
Principles of Accounting I
development of perceptual drawing skills to accurately
render the human form in a spatial environment.
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts,
and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting
Mathematics (non-lab)
Topics covered will include: gesture, proportion,
cycle, and preparation of financial statements.
8:30 r -*?on
foreshortening, skeletal and musculature anatomy,
shading and rendering, and composition.
8:30 a m.-noon
T: Th
Perspective; LAF in Social and Behavioral Sciences
Rm.: Old Main 16
1-4:30 p m
M, W
independently of ECO 110 or 112. ECO 112 and
113 may be taken in either order.
Cheniistry for Changing Times
McCaffrey
A&&G Fbpmw,IAF in Fine Am
M, W
Rm.: Old Main 17
M, Th
B10 121 and 103. Does not apply to the major or
minor in biology. This course meets twice weekly
and techniques of drawing the human form through
,
Meziou
discussion of the molecular and cellular basis of
This course will introduce the student to the neth hods
6-9:30 p m
M, W
Perspective/SkilVLAF: Western Heritage
6-9:30 p m
Life Drawing
Gilsdorf
An introduction to macroeconomics: national
economic theory to current economic problems.
ART 2 4 7 3
:-
E C O 11223
Principles of Macroeconomics
Kapoor
budgeting, capital structure, and working capital
An introduction to basic biological principles with
a human perspective and application. Includes
.
Rm.: Old Main 18
management.
H u m a n Biology and Lab
.
M, W
~erspecke"3(/ritinESkill (ART 349 only), LAF in
~ 6 Arts
e (ART 74Q ~ m l ) )
critiques complete the learning experience.
6.9:30 p.m,
-Id Main 23
income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy,
international trade. Application of elementary
6-9:30 p m
&Fbpmw,IAF in Fine Am
Rr
risk and return, security valuation, capital
spent painting. Slide lectures, demonstrations, and
.
r --
This course includes financial statement analysis,
In this first-levelpainting course, students learn
.
6-9:30 p.m.
Bollman
Most class time is
6-9:30
111 and an art, hjstory, or urban'smdies course
ART 118-S
important concepts of painting.
overcome communication barriers.
~ers~ectiv$Skil~L
Aesthetics
A~:
or City
T;
Painting I
through verbal and nonverbal messages; emphasis
on factors that build relationships and help to
and analysis of the professional manager.
architecture, urban dyigh, and urban history; class
,
sessions consist almost exclusively of walking tours
cinema and o t h e r ~ u c himages have had on the
l?C e m t o
Principles of Management
Kader
(.5 credit)
Erickson
technology. Selection, preparation, production,
Th
Rm
,
Wnce 315
Rm.: Old Main 10
and evaluation of effective audievisual materials for
teaching/learning situations. Computer training
will be included in this course.
9-11:30 a.m.
COM 3 5 4 3
Interpersonal Communication
Lapakko
M, W
Rm.: Sverdrup 205
I
A
- june 30.2006
session I
rI
E E D 495-S
learnu
Topics: Elementar
Physical Science
or ideas of off-campus
and/or communiti&?!
C
Gregoire
will p
exp~
. ropertles
Is-on experiments to
or ano cnanges in matter;
l e n q goals, mission, needs,
'
,
.
energy. Taking the physical concepts learned,
students will develop demonstrations and lessons for
Center for
K-5 classrooms. Assessment is based on written
requiremen
assignments, a technology project, science fair
nm
projecc; lessons/demonstrations and I-'
.
7; Th
lermir
"
science19
,
E N G 2821482-S
Topics: British Novel: ~ n v e s t i s t i n gthe
=iddle
Victorian Thriller
This course studies the novel of suspense, mystery,
and terror in 19th.century Britain, from
Frankenstein early in the century to Dracula at its
end. Often challenging and sometimes subversive,
these novels drew intense public scrutiny by raising
issues that politer domestic fiction hardly hinted at.
Perspective; Writing Skill (HIS 349 only), LAF in
Humanities (HIS 249 only)
variety of small pmjects. Projects will involve creativity,
teamwork, research, writing, and some computer skills.
1-4:30 p m
Rm: LindeU 16 fim 9-3 p.m on 5/26,30,31; 6/1,2, and 3
T, Th
Rm : Science 123
I N S 399-S
Internship
4
Olson
A work or service-based experience in which the
INS 2 2 5 3
Introduction to Islam
Schield
3ritical t h ~ n k ~ nabout
e
statistics as evidence. Focus
irn associativl
'..--':3n, observational studies,
experiments,
ounding, bias, and chance.
Review common
ques involving statistical
percentages presented in tables and graphs. Use
I N S 255.S
Paideia Seminars
arguments. Emphasis o n interpretation,
and communication'
7; Th
design a learning agreement plan that links course
education, and graduation skills with the learning
opportunities inherent in the internship. The
and Islamic patterns of life.
wldll/LAF:
student, faculty sponsor, and work site supervisor
theories and concepts across disciplines, general
(Shariah), Islamic economic and political systems,
6.9:30 p m
standardization to take into account the influence
of confounders. Analysis of statisticall~based
Kader
The course covers the ideological foundations of
Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law
opportunism. St , nditional reasoning using
English to describe and compare rates and
hm
Rm.: Old Main 15
student must complete a n academic learning
portfolio based o n the internship. Students must
consult with the faculty sponsor and Lois Olson in
the Center for Service, Work, and Learning
~
~
Students will participate in a series of seminar
discussions following the Paideia seminar format as
regarding
~
f requirements
m
and~ get permission
~
to
register. P/N grading only. Satisfactory completion
will fulfill the Augsburg Experience
developed by Mortimer Adler. Seminar topics
requirement.
emphasize selections that help studenu to think
Prereq.: MPG
6-930 P.m.
Topics
modeling and workflow. After learning about each
topic, students will work in international teams on a
ister.
yvi* '
tudents must be Elemeniav Education majt
cwo from Germany.
Perspective/SkilVLAF: Aesthetics or City
111 and an art, history, or urban studies course
tanve ~ e a S o n i n g /
science lab graduation requirem
include managing international projects, accounting
and finance for non-financial managers, and process
~ r kand
,
Learning regarding
GST
participation. This course does ElnT
0-Y:>Up.m.
S~roir
from Augsburg and
excellence and historical significance.
Prereq.: none for 249; for 349, ENG 111 or H O N
c ~ o nc
reflection assignn
on a1
course knowledge, unaencanding ot cne
organization,' workplace, and an awareness of
societal issues that may affect the workplace.
Students must con-Jrwith Lois Olson in the
position, motion, and force; light, heat, electricity,
and magnetism; and kinds of and ways to transfer
and site visits to prominent examples of design
critically, understand timeless ideas, listen carefully,
Rm.: Lindell '1
M, W
and question thoughtfully. This course is ideal for
education, social science, and language arts majors.
ML 589-S
We will read several of the best of these thrillers,
This course may also be taken for p d u a t e credit.
Topics: Comprehensive Examination
investigate the culture that produced them, and
For registration, contact Anne Kaufman (612-3301188 or kaufman@augsburg.edu). This course will
The purpose of this seminar is to prepare students
for a set of comprehensive examinations as the
be held from June 20-24.
Perspective/SkilVLAF: Critical Thinking Skill
8:30 a.m. 4p m.
M-F
Rm.: Old Main 25
completion capstone of the Master of Arts in
Leadership. Students will experience a n intense,
collaborative, and directed integration of their
INS 2 9 5 4
Topics: International
Projects
successful completion of the examinations. The
examination has three parts: a take-home written
work to determine why they have continued to
Western Heritage
Perspective; LAF in Humanities
T, Th
Broek
A n analysis of chemical abuse and what can be
done for the abuser, Includes information about
school health education and services.
Prereq.: ENG 111
1-4:2n * n
H P E 115-S
Chemical Dependency (.5 credit)
appeal to successive generations of readers.
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
.
Rm.: Old Main 10
8:30 a.m..noon
T only
Rm.: Murphy I11
understanding of leadership expressed through
Schwalbe, Stoller
This course is a joint venture, organized and taught by
H I S 2491349-S (with A R T 2491349-S)
GST 0 0 9 3
Co-op
Olson
The GST 009 Ceop Work Experience is a O-credit
option for the Augsburg Experience, This option
utilizes students' employment related to their
major, and through reflection links on-campus
Designed Environment
Kimball/Anderson
This course addresses the designed environment,
the intentionally designed places in which we live.
We will investigate architecture, landscape
architecture, urban design, and urban history; class
sessions consist almost exclusively of walking tours
Pike
faculty from both Augsburg College and the
Bemfsakademie in Karlsmhe, Germany. The course
will be taught in English, with half of the participants
from each institution. All majors are welcome. Half
of the course will take place in Karkruhe, Germany,
and half in Minneapolis. The course consists of
workshops in different topics taught by two faculty
section (based primarily but not exclusively on the
customized readings), a group oral examination,
and a four-hour seated examination. P/N grading
only. This course meets two week nights and
Saturday morning. Final course schedule will be
available mid-April after negotiation with members
of the class.
Prereq.: All MAL courses must be completed; may
be in last course in spring trimester 2006
1-
session I way 30
miE
-h
1-S
Mikkelson
the signs and
syntax of ASL.
j
,
30,2006
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
Social World 1 or 2
P O L 160.:
Perspective; Critical Thinking Skill; I A F in Social
and Behavioral Sciences
World Politics
6-9:30 p.m.
This course is an
history, and maj,
relations. It expl
T, Th
Rm : Old Main 27
uction to the dynamics,
S W K 280-S
Diversity and Inequality
for Professional Practice
Boisen
This introductory course explores diversity and
social inequality as a prerequisite to professional
e*
of international
of peace, sustainable
practice in social work, nursing, and education.
The course provides a basis upon which culturally
ling
Christian Vocation a n d
the Search for Meaning
I1
Quanbeck,
I1
Beginning Sign Language I
An introduction to deaf culture and the signs and
syntax of ASL. Students o b s e r signing,
demonstration of signs. practic
.'--
4
which we are be,
nore and more connected?
Continued learning occurs through facilitated
theological questions and positions, and o n
dialogue among class participants. Students learn
with and from each other about differences and
areas of biblical interpretation and the historical,
cultural and global contexts of Christianity and other
similarities in experience that accompany
world religions. Evaluation by quizzes and responses
diversity learning in other curriculu~nareas, such as
to readings and four theological position papers.
S O C 265: Race, Class, and Gender, and ENG 111:
Prereq.: REL 100
Effective Writing.
What impact d o international developments have
on our lives in the Twin Cities?
8:30 a.m.-noon
of-hearing people.
p e r s p e c t i v e / ~ k i l l / ~ ~ntercllltural
~~:
A~~~~~~~~
2
Perspective/Skill/IAF: Social World 1 or 2
Perspective; I A F in Social and Behavioral Sciences
REL 2 0 5 3
Perspective; Modern Language 1
6-9:30 p.m.
and learn the facial expression
needed to communicate clearl~
6.8:30 p.m.
M, T, W
p
y language
eaf and hard-
M, W
Rm: Science 108
Rm.: Old Main 25
SPA I l l - S
Steinmetz
Beginning Spanish I
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
Spanish. Introduction to the culture of the
Spanish-speaking world.
Perspective/Skill/IAF: Intercultural Awareness 2
Perspective; Modern Language 1
8:30-11 a.m.
T, W Th Rm.: Old Main 26
SPA Ill-T
Steinmet'
Beginning Spanish I
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
P O L 241-S
Environmental a n d
T, Th
Rm : Old Main 16
Exploring Topics i n Religion:
Self, Sin, a n d Sex: T h e H u m a n
Person i n Christian a n d
Contemporary Thought
Lowe
In our contemporary situation we face difficult
Underhill-Cady
Initial learning occurs through self-exploration.
This course focuses on articulating students' own
recognizing and evaluating religious claims in the
ASLWI-T
competent professional helping skills can rest.
categorical group identity. It is meant to build o n
Prereq.: S O C 265 or permission of the instructor
T, Th
Rm : Old Main 23
6-9:30 p m
S O C 265-S
Race, Class, and Gender
Fischer
We live in a stratified society. What that means is
that individuals from diverse backgrounds in terms
This course examines the political dynamics
questions concerning the human person. Some of
these questions are: W h o or what is the self!
of race, ethnicity, gender, sexual orientation, and
relating to our local, urban, and campus
What is sin? How are we to understand sexuality
environment and relationship to the communities
and ecosystems of the Upper Mississippi Watershed
and gender? The biblical witness and the Christian
class receive unequal portions of wealth, power, and
prestige in society. This course seeks to explain
River Politics
and larger, global environment. Topics explored
include campus sustainability, the environmental
implications of our daily choices, local water, air
and soil pollution, the lock and dam system o n the
Upper Mississippi, invasive species and biodiversity,
climate change, waterfront economic development,
how we come to think in terms of racial and
tradition has said a great deal about the self, sin,
and sex, but at times these familiar sources seem
gender and sexual categories in the first place.
inconsistent with our modern views. We will
Then we address the social consequences of these
various dimensions of inequality in various social
encounter the work of contemporary secular
thinkers who challenge many of the
anthropological claims of the theological tradition
and suggest new ways of envisioning the self, sin,
urban sprawl, and energy production. The class
and sexuality.
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
will look at the challenge of balancing economic
Prereq.: ENG 111 or H O N 111, AND REL 100, or
Spanish. Introduction to the culture of the
development, social justice, and environmental
REL 111 or REL 221 or REL 300
Spanish-speaking world.
stewardship in the region. There will be weekly
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Intercultural Awareness 2
Perspective; Modern L~nguage1
Th Rm.: Old Main 26
6-8:30 p,m.
excursions to sites along the river, in.class debates,
and opportunity to meet with stakeholders working
on various river-related issues.
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
Humanities
Christian Faith 2; I A F in
T, Th
Rm.: Old Main 23
institutions including education and the workplace.
We discuss both the collective and individual
processes involved in creating social inequality.
Perspective/Skill/IAF: Intercultural Awareness 1
Perspective
6-9:30 p m
M, W
Rm : Science 205
-hT.w*tf
on room assignment fc?
M K T 35743
BUS 3 4 0 3
r a tool for visual
Personnel function in business, acquisition, and
Meziou
Advertising
An introduction to print, broadcast, and W e b
sing black and white
utilization of human resources; desirable working
based advertising and promotion as important
relationships; effective integration of the worker
elements in modern marketing and
Raschke
The came., ,,
AID ~ $ 5 - S
Introduction t d
Indian Studies
~n
,
creativity and expres:
American In
he covered inclu
hers, history,
ctive; I A F
1. Cerrito
H u m a n Resource Management
with the goals of the firm and sociely.
communications. This course combines classroom
Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor
and hands.on learning tools.
6-9:30 p.m.
T, Th
Rm : Sverdrup 206
6930 P m
7; Th
Rm : Old Main 13
in Fine ~ r t s g
contem
d the
T; Th
Minnesota
R m : Old Main 4
BUS 4 4 0 3
J. Cerrito
Strategic Management
Concepts and principles related to the management
Perspective
Graphic Desig
Ild Main 10
A R T 100-S
Staff
Tom
Class is formulated to engage the creative,
This course introduces basic chemistry concepts in
techniques of g...,...~ design using page layout
software. Emphasis will be placed on designing
and sectors.
the context of numerous science-based issues in our
everyday lives with the goal of students having a
with text and image.
6.9:30 p m
This course is a
roduction to the principles and
M, W
6.9:30 p m
Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor
M'
Rm : Old Main lo
Aesthetics Perspective;
Speaking Skill; LAF in Fine Arts
R m : Fuss 2ZB
Principles of Computing tor Business
Kattke
An introductory course to develop understanding
of basic computing concepts and specific skills in
using microcomputer software (Windows, Word.
the creation of stained glass projects. The unique
interplay between concept, design, and light within
stained glass has the ability to inspire our hearts
and minds in the environments in which we live,
A C C 222-S
play, and pmy. Student lab fee of $110 will be
A continuation of ACC 221. Introduction to cost
Emphasis on solving business-related problems
using software, especially Excel. Students with a
applied to glass, hand tools, and other
accounting for manufacturing. Basic concepts and
strong computer background should take MIS 260
miscellaneous consumable supplies. Mininium of
eight hours per week outside of class time required.
fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning
and controlling processes, decision-making, and
or 270 instead of MIS 175.
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
behavioral considerations.
6.9:30 h m .
M, W
Rm.: Old Main 1
Principles of Accounting
T, Th
Kader
Prereq.: MPG 3
1-4:30 p rn
Rm : Old Main 18
ART 1 0 2 3
'
Tom
A study of design as the unifying foundation for
BUS
2423
Principles of Management
l? Cerrito
Rm': Soerdrup 201
Meziou
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in
marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, economic,
Development of the theory of management,
and technological factors as they affect product,
projects demonstrating the use of the basic design
elements and principles.
organization, staffing, planning, and control. We
will examine the nature of authoriw, accountability,
price, promotion, and distribution decisions.
Perspecrive/Skill/LAF:
and responsibility: analysis of the role of the
Speaking Skill; LAF in Fine Arts
1-4:30 p.m.
M, W
manager
Rm.: Old Main 4
6.9:30 p m
M, W
T; Th
Rm : Science 315
Rm : Old Main 29
COM 3 2 9 3
Intercultural Communication
Lapakko
implications for communication, including
differences in values, norms, social interaction, and
code systems.
the visual arts. Two. and three-dimensional
Aesthetics Perspective;
a m.noon
This course explores cultural differences and their
MKT 2 5 2 3
Principles of Marketing
Design
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Natural World 2
Perspective; LAF in Natural Sciences and
Mathematics (non-lab)
Excel, Access, PowerPoint, email, and Internet).
I1
Prereq.: ACC 221
8:30 a m -nuon
basic understanding of the science behind issues
present and in the future.
Prereq.: MPG 2
MIS 1 7 5 3
imaginative, and technical process associated with
LAF in Fine Arts
Gyberg
of operating functions taught from a managerial
viewpoint with examples from various industries
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
Fundamentals of Stained Glass
C H M 100-S
Chemistry for Changing Times
6.9:30 p m
M, W
Rm : Old Main 13
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
Perspective
6-9:30 p m
Intercult~~ral
Awareness 1
M, W
Rm : Old Main 16
-
uly 10 august 10,2006
SPE 4241524-T
Etiology and Origins
of Learning Disabilities
E D C 206156
Diversitywi
h e r i c a n Indians
This course e
uman diversity and human
relations. It fi
human
e Education Department
.
legislation, and f
nnesota Arnerican Indian
iption within the licensure
require1
program.
fi
6.930 p
3
Staff
a-s
"
?ldMninII
m-
:etary operations. The
psychologlcal, cognitive, and behavioral) applied to
I setting with K-I
a n d tllrough reflection links on.campus learning to
~~nderstanding
learning disabilities. The course will
the
goals, mission, needs, or ideas of
off-campus people, organizations, and/or
"
also provide a critique of current pl~ilosophical
15, EED 520, ESE 500, or consent
positions in the field. Sti~dentswill also acquire
communities. The required co-op reflection
knowledge related to accessing infor~nationrelevant
assignnlents
to the field of learning disabilities.
knowledge, understanding of the organization/
workplace, and an awareness of societal issues that
may affect the workplace. S t ~ ~ d e nmust
t s consult
(off-campussite)
'e of school
in modern society, relationships wit
community, collaborative models, I(
ents and
h i p and
EED 200-S
professional development. Sel
1 theoretical
Elementary Education Earth Science
8:30 a.m.-noon
dents.
10
a.m:noon
M, W
A,,~, 1.
n.oon
Rm.: Sverdrup 202
Stangl
This course is designed for elementary education
Social World Perspective;
Rm.: Old Main 18
T, Th
Rm.: Old Main 26
SPE 4 3 4 1 5 3 4 3
Teaching Content Areas to
Students With Learning Disabilities
This course will teach students to identify, adapt and
earth science subject matter standards for initial
having learning disabilities. The course will
specifically focus on the areas of reading, writing and
listening comprehension, ~ n a t h reasoning,
,
and
licensure.
M, W
Rm.: Old Maln 4
Jacobson
The study of student reading development, the
of Learning Disabilities
knowledge and use of gathering and analyzing data
This course will focus o n the history and context of
of students' reading, and designing appropriate
learning disabilities (LD). This includes an in-depth
look at the origin of learning disabilities, as well as
reading curriculum based o n this information.
Clinical experience hours will be included. The
various theoretical models (sociological, biological,
course is required for students obtaining their K-12
Reading Teacher Licensure Endorsement.
Coreq.: E D C 510
prereq.: EDC 505, EED 520, ESE 500 or
of instructor
R ~ ~:
July 5-11
8 a.m,.3 p,m
Staff
psycliological, cognitive, and behavioral) applied to
understanding learning disabilities. The course will
also provide a critique of current philosophical
positions in the field. Students will also acquire
knowledge related to accessing information relevant
~
~
(off<amp~usitc)
2 to 0the field
2 of learning disabilities.
8:30 a.m..n0on
7: Th
Rm.: Old Main 13
~
~
focus on application of
implement de\.elopmentally appropriate instruction
and Learning regarding reqilirements and get
permission to register,
STORY
that support the learning of students identified as
on the modifications involved in these areas and the
planning process involved.
SPE 4241524-S
Etiology a n d Origins
~
i
with Lois Olson in the Center for Service, Work,
Staff
problem-solving skills. There will be a strong focus
EDC 5 0 8 3
K-12 Reading Assessment
a n d Evaluation
8 a.m-noon
6.9:30 p.m.
majors and includes earth science "hands-on"
inquiry-based activities that model the teaching and
learning process of scientific inquiry. Meets basic
5:30-9 p.m.
July 11-18
option
instruction
d
Emphasis on points of view about t'
Perspective/Skill/lAF:
Writing Skill
look at the origin of learning disabilities, as well as
d
~
~Olson ~
w o r k ~~~~~i~~~~is a ~ . ~ ~ ~ d
for the ~~~~b~~~~
~ hi^ option
~
~
students' employment
to their major
various theoretical models (sociological, biological,
School a n d Society
cation
cooperative ~
~h~ GST 009
Zli~deopportunities to apply
r
f reading development and
muctor
Prereq.: PPST and admission to
Department
GST 0 0 9 3
clinical portion \.
skills and k n o d
a
preparation for student teaching.
Staff
Tliis course will focus on the history and context of
learning disabilities (LD). This includes an in-depth
1-4:30 p.m.
T, Th
Rm.: S~'erdrup
206
SPE 4341534-T
Teaching Content Areas to Students W i t h
Learning Disabilities
Staff
Tliis course will teach stu~lentsto identify, adapt,
and implement developmentally appropriate
instruction that support the learning of students
identified as having learning disabilities. The course
will specifically focus on the areas of reading, writing
and listeninn comprehension, math, reasoning, and
problemsolving skills. There will be a strong focus
on the modifications involved in these areas and the
planning process involved.
6-9:30 p.m.
M, W
Rin.: Old Main 26
H I S 332.S
U.S. ~~~~i~~ ~
~
l
~ Scott ~
A survey of U.S. foreign relations from the
A~~~~~~~~~
~~~~~l~~~~~
through
Cold War,
emphasizing cllanginp
definitions of war and peace,
tensions between internationalism and isolationism,
and the emergence of the U.S. as an economic and
n1ditary power.
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Western Heritage
Perspective
6-9:30 p.m.
M, W
Rm.: Old Main 13
i
~
world. Many limi
Olson
A work or set\
lsed experience in which the
C r e a t e and interpret graphs, especially of linear
and exponential models.
method were discoverec
reflections of those lim
Prereq.: MAT 103 with grade of P or MPG2 and at
catastrophes. Thi
least one year of HS algebra
M, W
6-9:30 p m
limitations so t h a ~
q ~ ~ e s t i o ntos ask o
its claims as
M A T 138-S
Mathematics for
Elementary Teachers 11
Rm.: Science 108
clearly with deaf and hard*[-hearing people.
Prereq.: ASL 101
Intercultural Awareness 3
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
Perspective; Modern Language 2
6.8:30 p m
M, T,
Rm.: Old M a ~ n2 5
SPA 1 1 2 3
Boursaw
Beginning Spanish I1
Steinmetz
Concepts of number, operations, algebra, geometry,
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
measurement, data analysis, and probability with a n
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
emphasis on the processes of problem-solving,
Span~sli.Introduction to the culture of the Spanish-
IcgAtutLtg requirements and get permissior
e United States, Global
@f%i%s,
a n d Universal Responsibility:
A Nicaragua P------'ive
DeGracia
reasoning, connections, communication, and
speaking world.
register. P/N grading only. Satisfactory
This course loc
representation. These courses are designed for
I
F
er for Service, Work, and Learnin~
CI
responsibility and
: concept of universal
:onnectedness through the
perspective of Nicaragu,, a country that has a long
history of U.S. relations. Nicaragua is the second
poorest country in the hemisphere and, like all of
Latin America, struggles with issues and decisions
prospective KK-6 elementary school teachers.
Assessment includes exams, projects, gateway exams,
and reflections o n readings about K-6 niathematics
education.
Prereq : MAT 137 or MPG
Perspective/Skill/IAF:
Creating a Compelling
weeks in Nicara~ua. Registration for this course is
tl~roughCGE.
in Natural Sciences and Mathematics
Skill;
6-9:30 p rn
M, W
Rm.: Science 205
Literature Review
Lashbrook
6-9:30 p.m.
M, Th
Quantitative Reasoning
ASL 102-S
Mikkelson
literature, how to organize and express your own
ideas, how to write a review and how to correctly use
applications of algebra to the social and natural
of signs, practice their own sianing, and learn the
APA style. This course employs a variety of active
learning ~nethods.Since the ultimate goal is to be
sciences, business, and everyday life. It's okay if you
able to create a compelling literature review, all
Specifically, in this course, you'll learn to:
.Understand the concepts of variable,
fac~alexpressions and body language needed to
communicate clearly with deaf and 1hard.of.hearing
people.
activities build toward that goal.
6-9:30 p.m.
M, Th
Rin.: Sverdrup 206
M L 599-B
Topics: Leadership a n d Limitations
to Natural and Social Science
Increasingly scientific achievement is seen to be a
more critical component than mil~tarypower for a
country on the world scene. Science and technology
enable economic success in a n intensely competitive
Intercultural Awareness 3
syntax of ASL. Students observe the den~onstration
6-8:30 p m.
Prereq.: ASL 101
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
Perspective; Modern Language 2
.Estimate and evaluate the reasonableness of
answers.
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
Perspective; Modern Language 2
.Make connections between verbal, numeric,
geometric, and algebraic ways of looking at
*Use a scientific calculator.
Steinmetz
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
An introduction to deaf culture and the signs and
proportionality, and linearity.
dependencies.
Crockett
SPA 112.T
Beginning Spanish 11
Prereq.: SPA 111
Beginning Sign Language I1
M A T 10523
Applied Algebra
Haines
In this course we will explore a number of
don't remember much algebra; we'll review as we go!
Rtn: Old Main 26
Spanish Introduction to the culture of the Spanishspeaking world.
to construct a sound argument and research
questions or hypotheses using scholarly literature.
research critically; how to analyze the arguments and
validity of supporting evidence from selected
T; W; Th
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
Rm.: Anderson 101
You will learn how to select, classih, and read
Interculti~ralAwareness 3
Perspective; Modern Language 2
8:30-11:OO a m
related to globalization. This course includes two
The purpose of this course is to develop the ability
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
4
M L 513-T
a~
Prereq.: SPA 111
Interculti~ralAwareness 3
Rm : Old Main 26
M U S 160-S
Fundamentals of Music Theory
Holroyd
Class will provide students with a basic introduction
to music notation and reading instruction in
T, W Th
Rm : Sc~ence212
Beginning Sign Language 11
Trainer
6-8:30 p m
T W; Th
ASL 102-T
rhythm, note reading, scales, key signatures,
intervals, triads, listening analysis, and introduction
to the piano keyboard. This class will prepare
students intending to pursue a music rnajor/minor
.Use and solve equations, especially of linear,
An introduction to deafculture and the signs and
with the necessary skills to enroll in muslc Theory 1,
and will prov~denon-music majors with music
quadratic, and exponential models.
syntax of ASL. Students observe the demonstration of
signs, practice their own signing, and learn the facial
fundamentals.
expressions and body language needed to coniniunlcate
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
6-9:30 p m
LAF in Fine Arts
r, rh
Rm : Music 5
4
. \,.
mu!
session I
10.2ms
Prereq.: Jr. or Sr. standing; introductory
courses in women's studies, biology, or consent
..,.. 362-S
M
Walking t h e T
Culture, p endi n Sub-Sahara
Introduction to ?
'I
The United State
Hailongakuning
Fish
I
described as a mosaic
because of its tmc
p. ;rear
diversity is not ba
mply o
diversity. American
~ n dracial
heritage. akl&ese
are imp=
gmponmts,
but also 4 ender sexual orientation, political
ace within the economic system.
affiliat
alltong the inhabitants of the United
has produced a nlultitude of perceptions of
ty
nvolved in curbing the crisis in Nan
Critical reflection on the unequal infection rate.
-
and interactior
between women and lnen illuminates-underlying
purpose of chi:
cultural beliefs, values, and traditior
foundation in the
promote and hinder the spreac,
'
'I
u
..
American Society." The
is to provide a solid
ne of sociology while
exploring the central coyponents of "American
Society" in light of this diversity.
African populations. The course
Namibia in collaboration with facTty I d staff from
.'"
Augsburg's Center for Global Educatkon
Perspective/Skill/IAF:
and the University of Namibia. Dates: July 6-23
(includes travel time to and from Namibia). For
6.9:30 p.m.
#
Social World Perspective;
LAF in Social and Behavioral Sciences
T, Th
Rm.:
Old Main 18
more ~ n i o r n i e r ~ t.,)tir.lcr
~n
.jli:~r<,r~
WnJe ai 612.330.
1214, ~ . I , I ~ ~ O . I Icdtl.
I~~I~II~
W S T 362-S
S W K 699.S
Assessment and Diagnosis
i n Mental Health Practice
Boisen/Syers
This is an elective course which explores
Walking the Truth: Culture,
Gender, and HIVIAIDS
i n Sub-Saharan Africa
Hailongahuning
This broad-based course explores the influence of
culture and gender o n the HIV/AlDS pandemic in
psychopathology and the role of social workers in
Sub-Saharan Africa. The epidemiology of AlDS in
assessment and diagnosis of mental health in a
Africa is examined through readings, structured
variety of service settings. The course examines
dialog, and service-learning experiences with persons
actively involved in curbing the crisis in Namibia.
psychopathology and mental disorders from a
systems, ecological, and strengths perspective.
Critical reflection on the unequal infection rates
Emphasis is placed o n understanding
between women and men illuminates underlying
biopsychosocial influences on the incidence and
course of the most comnlonly presented mental
cultural beliefs, values, and traditions that both
promote and hinder the spread of HIV within
disorders and the differential effect of these factors
African populations. The course is taught in
o n diverse populations at risk. This is a prerequisite
for SWK 627 Family Practice Elective: Mental
Augsburg's Center for Global Education
Health Practice, and is strongly encouraged as
preparation for the state licensing exam.
6-9:30 p.m.
T, Th
Rm.:
Old Main 16
Namibia in collaboration with faculty and staff from
and the University of Namibia. (Fulfills the global
experience requirement for a major or minor in
Wonlen's Studies in Augsburg's Core Curriculum.)
of instructor(s). Dates: July 6-23, (includes
travel to and from Namibia). For more
information contact Sharon Wade:
612.330-1214; wades@augsburg.edu
summer
online june i a r o augu!
27
summer session
application form
.-
er Online courses are delivered over the Internet to allow st&
ity to or) , ize their work. Students will need access to a personal computer
with a browser and Internet connection. While students are required to log in to the
course several times a week to participate in discussions and l G . . 1~in work, they will
not need to do this at specific times. Some classes may require occasional classroom
leekel
meetings rrnd these will be held during weekday eveni--accommodate work schedules.
I
1 .
ART 240-L
Art History Survey
Egezrger
hthtcs
Lotti
A survey of art of the Western world from
By studying oui
prehistoric to modern times. Includ
consider the base
judgments. T h e course explores major philosophical
research, viewing images, and visits to museums.
approaches to evaluating moral actions and then
applies theln to contemporary issues. Christian
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Aesthetics or Western
Heritage Perspective; Critical 1
beliefs, ethics helps students
o make moral
tg
ethics will inform the considerations. Students who
Skill; LAF in Fine Arts
receive credit for pH1 120 may not receive credit for
I
FIN 240-L
Personal Finance
K~~~~~
125.
Perspective/Skill/lAF: Christian Faith Perspective;
Critical Thinking Skill; I A F in Humanities, Critical
Thinking
Introduction to personal financial planning and
budgeting, credit management, income taxes,
insurance, real estate, investments, retirement, and
POL 121-L
American Government and Politics
estate planning.
b
ECO 113-L
Principles of Microeconomics
stein
introduction to microeconomics: the theory of
household, firln, market structures, and income
distribution. Application of elementary economic
theory to market policy. May be taken independently
of E C O 110 or 112. E C O 112 and 113 may be taken
in either order.
Ptereq.: MPG 2
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Social World 1 or 2
Perspective; LAF in Social and Behavioral
Sciences
Hedblom
Surveys major parts of American national
govern~iient-including Congress, the presidency,
and the courts-as well as campaigns and elections,
b
federalism, interest groups, and political parties.
Per~~ective/Skill/LAF:Social World 1 or 2
Perspective; LAF in Social and Behavioral Sciences
Summer Session applications are available online at:
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar>then click on "Download Registrar Forms."
Show less
AUCSBURC COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL 1982
INTRODUCTION
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum
including regular courses, internships, independent studies and
student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from June 1
through June 25; Term II runs from june 28 thro... Show more
AUCSBURC COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL 1982
INTRODUCTION
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum
including regular courses, internships, independent studies and
student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from June 1
through June 25; Term II runs from june 28 through August 6.
This brochure presents the Summer School Program and was
correct at the time of publication.
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts
college affiliated with the American Lutheran Church. Located
in the heart of the Twin Cities, the small college environment,
about 7500 students during the academic year, is enriched by
the many cultural, sporting and recreational activities found in
this vibrant metropolitan area. An active summer combining
classes and participation 3n metropol itan events is a delightful
and broadening experience.
1982 SUMMER CALENDAR
NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY
; A u ~ b u Coltege
g
admits students of any race, color, natiunal
and ethnic origin to all righbi privil~ges~
programs,, and
.actlviti~generally accorded or made available to students at
the school. If doe5 not disciiminate a n the basis d race, mlot-,
creed, national and ethnic origin In employment pwctiw~or
administration of its educational pblicia? admissions poli~ies~
scholarship and loan programs and athl&'c and other baoladministered programs.
I
Additional information and registration forms may be obtained
from the Summer School Office. Write or call:
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE
Memorial Hall - 230
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, M N 55454
(612) 330-1025
Pat Parker, Director
Lorraine Stieper, Secretary
Term II
April 23
April 23
June 1
June 28
June 3
June 30
Holiday
None
MY5
Last Day to Withdraw from Class
June 18
June 25
July 16
Aug. 6
Early Registration
(Tuition Discount)
1
I
'
II
I
REGISTRATION
Term I
Classes Begin
Last Day for Registration
Balance of Tuition Due
Last Day to:
Change Class Registration
Change Grading Option
Drop Class Without Notation
on Record
Last Day of Class
Design: Susan Hopp
Information: Lorraine Stieper
-
--
GENERAL INFORMATION
ELIGIBILITY
Summer Students may take one course during Term I and two
courses during Term II. All courses except those indicated carry
a value of one course credit, the equivalent of four semester
credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling distribution
requirements are so noted in the course descriptions.
Persons In Good Standing at regionally accredited colleges and
universities, graduates of such institutions, and students
admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg
Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has
been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that
institution.
Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit
course number: 1 or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen
and sophomores, 3 or 4, upper division primarily for juniors
and seniors, and 5, graduate level.
Courses Regularly Taught during the academic year are more
fully described in the October issue of AUGSBURG COLLEGE.
If you need more information about a special summer offering,
please contact the Summer School Office.
Independent Study and Internships in addition to those listed
may be pursued during the summer in a number of
departments. lnternships involve work experience related to the
academic program in an agency, government or industry.
Consult the Summer School Office for information.
Changes in Registration must be made at the Registrar's Office.
No course may be added after it has met more than six hours
elapsed class time, except with the special permission of the
instructor.
Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the
Director of Housing. Limited food service is available,
supplemented by area restaurants and snack shops.
Persons Planning To Attend Summer School are
advised to register as soon as possible, since courses
without substantial demand may be dropped.
Other Persons wishing to take summer school work should
contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility
under special circumstances.
Acceptance as a summer student does not imply admission as a
regular student of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a
degree program at the college should apply for admission
through the Office of Admission.
FINANCIAL AID
Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan.
Students must carry at least one-half the normal full-time load.
Eligibility for the loan is determined by the Office of Student
Financial Services. When repayment begins, the student pays
the full interest; 7% for previous borrowers, 9% for new
borrowers after January 1, 1981. Maximum loan is $2,500 per
year or the cost of education, whichever is less, and the
aggregate undergraduate maximum is $12,500. Loan
applications are available at Augsburg, some banks, and the
Minnesota State Loan Office. Deadline: Applications must be
on file with the lender by March 1, 1982 since processing takes
up to 12 weeks.
The College Reserves the Right to Cancel Listed Courses.
Lift
Please
TERM I COURSE OFFERINGS
JUNE 1, 1982 - JUNE 25, 1982
CAMPUS LOCATION
PAYMENT OF FEES
Tuition Charges for Summer School are $280 for each course
taken for credit, unless otherwise indicated. The audit charge
(non-credit) is $140 for each course. Laboratory or special fees
may be charged for some courses.
Early Registration on April 23 will result in a savings of
$20 for each course taken for credit. Reduced charge of
$260 per course applicable only to courses designated by
April 23. If a course is cancelled due to low enrollment,
a substitution may be made without loss of discount.
An Advance Tuition Deposit of $50 is required at the time
of registration. The balance is due by the first day of class,
June 1 for Term I and June 28 for Term II. A $10 late payment
fee will be assessed to those failing to meet these deadlines.
No student will be officially enrolled until all financial
arrangements have been completed. All balances due on your
Augsburg student account from previous termls must be paid
in full before you are officially registered for Summer School at
Augsburg College.
TO DOWNTOWN
ST PAUL
m
Tuition Refund is calculated on the table below. Such refund is
limited by a $20 processing cost. Students must present cancel
card to the Registrar's Office on the date of cancellation to be
eligible for refund, and no refund will be made after the listed
dates. If a class is cancelled due to low enrollment, full refund
will be made.
Course Cancellation Date
Refund-
Term
I
Term II
10O0I0(less $20
processing fee)
80OIO
601'0
401'0
June 1-2
June 28-June 30
June 3-4
June 5-7
June 8-9
July 1-6
july 7-9
July 12-14
Interstate 94 east from Minneapolis to 25th Ave. exit, left to
Riverside Ave., left to 21st Ave. S, left at Augsburg sign.
lnterstate 94 west from St. Paul to Riverside exit, right on
Riverside to 21st Ave. S., left at Augsburg sign.
--=-
TERM II COURSE OFFERINGS
JUNE 28, 1982 - AUGUST 6, 1982
a
TERM I SUMMER 1982
JUNE 1 - JUNE 25
a
NOR 112-8052
BEGINNING NORWEGIAN II
Hansen
Continuation of NOR 11 1; emphasis on structure, oral and written facility of expression.
ART
ART 242-8003
FILM-MAKING WORKSHOP
Rusten
Participants will team-produce short 16mm sound-motion-pictures using professional
procedures and equipment. For communication students and working professionals.
Dist.: Yes.
Fees: $75.00 lab fee
Four Weekends
(1st class/une 5, 9:00 a.m.)
OM17
Sat. 9:OO- 12:OO noon;
1:00-4:30 p.m.;
Sun. 1:OO-4:30 p.m.
A weekend at a lake in Northern Minnesota will be built into the course if all students
can participate (cost $15-30, depending on arrangements). Dist.: Yes.
5:OO-8:00 p.m.
M,T, W,Th
OM29
CAMP NORWAY
Academic credit may also be earned through the Camp Norway program in Norway.
Consult Liv Dahl, Norwegian-American Cultural Institute (Room 15, Old Main) for
details.
a
ART 270-8002
PORTABLE FLBERTECHNIQUES
Ellertson
Tapestry weaving; traditional and contemporary methods of frame loom weaving; emphasis on design and aesthetics. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-11:50 a.m.
M, T, W, Th, F
OM4
a
a
HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
HPE 114-8061
HEALTH & SAFETY EDUCATION
Borstad
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes
American Red Cross First Aid.
5:OO-8:00 p.m.
M,T, W, Jh
C13
Meets 1st hall of term lune 1-11
(1/2 course)
BIOLOGY
Mickelberg
HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY
BIO 103-8010
Professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-10:50 a.m. Lect
M,T, W,Th,F
S205
1:00- 4:00 p.m. Lab
T, W, Th
52 14
Enrollment limit: 35
H PE 115-8062
HEALTH &CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY
Borstad
EDUCATION
Analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. (Meets the M.S. 126.02
for students in teacher preparation programs).
C13
5:00-8:00 p.m.
M, T, W, Th
(1/2 course)
Meets 2nd half of term lune 14-25
BIO 108-8011
MICROBIOLOGY
Thorpe
Basic microbial features considered as well as application of microbiology to fields of
medicine and sanitation. Dist.: No.
8:30-10:50a.m.Lect
M,T,W,Th,F
5212
11:30- 3:30 p.m. Lab
T, Th
5202
THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
Utterberg
HPE 491-8053
Study of the treatment of disease and injury. General principles and administration of
neuro-muscular re-education. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 350, 351, 354
6:00-9:30 p.m.
T, Th & Arr.
C 12
(1st meeting 6/1, 6:00 p.m.)
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
H PE 493-8054
ORGANIZATION &ADMINISTRATION OF
Husing
CORRECTIVE THERAPY
Administrative guidelines and history of ACTA and North Central Chapter. Construction
of CT treatment clinic; equipment, employment, public relations and ethics. Dist.: NO.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
Arr.
C24
(1st meeting 6/1, 6:00 p.m.)
BUS 101-8022
PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
Kader
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the
accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.: No.
51 12
8:30-10:50 a.m.
M, T, W, Th, F
CHEMISTRY
GENERAL, ORGANIC & BIOLOGICAL
Carlson
CHEMISTRY
First term of a two semester course, general chemistry principles and an introduction to
organic chemistry. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisites: High school chemistry
1 1:30-1:50 Lect
M, T, W, Th, F
53 15
2:OO-4:00 Lab
M,T, W,Th
S327
HPE 495-80551
PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
Saugestad
496-80561497-8057
Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy; (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation.
Course 497 is study of Neurology and Pathology. Dist.: No.
Arr.
Prerequisites: 485, 491 and approval of department
CHM 109-8021
a
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
BEGINNING GERMAN I
Oyler
CER 111-8046
Classroom practice speaking, understanding and reading basic German for students with
no previous background in German. Dist.: Yes.
OM29
12:OO-3:00 p.m.
M, J, W,Th
ECONOMICS
FCO 120-8030
a
HISTORY
HIS 101-8064
ECONOMICS O F U R B A N ISSUES
Sabella
THE BEGINNINGSOF WESTERN CULTURE
Nelson
Analvqis nf t h e n r i m a r v r i v i l i s a t i o n s i n t h e N e a r East, t h e classiral w o r l d
of Greece a n d
Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By Independent Study only. Dist.: Yes.
Arr.
ECO 122-8029
PRINCIPLES O F ECONOMICS (MACRO)
Gupta
Introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy,
international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes.
1:OO-4:00 p.m.
M,T, W,Th
52 05
I
ECO 392-8031
MONEY & BANKING
Gupta
Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve
System. Emphasis on monetary theory and policy. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 122
9:30-11:50 a.m.
M, T,W,Th,F
M5
a
~ o m k and
,
the'middle ages of Europe into the 13th century. Dist.: Yes.
9:30-1 1:50 a.m.
M, T, W,Th,F
a
a
EDE 375-8036
STUDENT TEACHING
Student teaching for both elementary and secondary education is offered by the Department of Education during the general period from the middle of June to the end of July.
The exact dates are determined in conjunction with the school system. All of the courses
require acceptance into the Department of Education program. Contact the Registrar's
Office for exact dates and course number to be used in registration.
a
a
I
a
a
TERM I COURSE OFFERINGS
DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY
AMERICAN GOVERNMENT (Also Term II)
Diverse Topics: See Instructor
Hedblorn
POL 299-81541499-8155
DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY
MASS MEDIA I N WORLD PERSPECTIVE
(Also Term II)
Hedblom
POL 299-81 541499-8155 DIRECTED STUDY IINDEPENDENT STUDY
READINGS O N THE USSR TODAY
(Also Term II)
Noonan
INTERNSHIPS (AlsoTerm II)
HedblomlNoonan
Arr.
PSYCHOLOGY
PSY 105-8091
GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
Marken
Methods and approaches used in psychology for purpose of understanding behavior;
research procedures associated with study of behavior. Dist.: Yes.
9:30- 1 1:50 a.m.
M, T, W,Th,F
P1
PSY 375-8092
SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Gerasirno
(Also see SOC 375-81 10)
Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 121 and 105
5:OO-8:00 p.m.
M,T, W,Th
ENGLISH
ENG 251-8051
AMERICAN NOVELS ABOUT WAR
Blackburn
Emphasis on how selected writers view war, their assumptions about the role of the individual soldier and the artistic methods used to present or deal with war's complexities.
Dist.: Yes.
7:OO-10:OO p.m.
M,T, W,Th
51 12
POLITICAL SCIENCE
POL 299-81541499-8155
POL 199-81561399-8157
EDS 481-80451482-8048 STUDENT TEACH ING:
Fardig
483-80491484-8050 SECONDARY
Observing and directing learning experiences on secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel. Dist.: No.
Additional $15.00 fee
Arr.
Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department
1
PHILOSOPHY
PHI 130-8063
INTRODUCTION TO LOGIC
Bailey
Examination of rules which govern valid arguments and aid in developing the ability to
recognize and construct sound arguments. Dist.: Yes.
9:30- 1 1 :50 a.m.
M, T,W,Th,F
M23
EDE 481 -80371482-8038 STUDENT TEACHING:
R. Anderson
483-80391484-8040 NURSERY SCHOOL
Students required to have 160 child contact hours. Placement arrangement by instructor.
Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department
Arr.
EDE 481-80411482-8042 STUDENT TEACH ING:
McNeff
483-80431484-8044 ELEMENTARY OR KINDERGARTEN
Observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under supervision of
college and public school personnel. Dist.: No.
Additional $15.00 fee
Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department
Arr.
NURSING
NUR 330-8066
TRENDS& ISSUES I N NURSING
Malcolm
Nursing viewed from an historical, current and futuristic perspective to develop theories
and concepts of leadership, change, and role development. Examination of societal and
health issues. Dist.: No.
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
M, T,W,Th
5205
EDUCATION
DISCOVERY I N THE WORLD
Pelton
OF KINDERGARTEN
Kindergarten curriculum, materials, and teaching approaches. Lab. arr. Prerequisite to
student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level.
Consent of instructor. Dist.: No.
SUMMER INTERIM
9:30-1 1:50 a.m.
M, T, W,Th,F
L4
MATH
MAT 103-8065
BRUSH UP
Durkee
Designed as a brush up in arithmetic and elementary algebra skills. Particularly helpful
for students in elementary education and students taking statistics as part of a major. Includes computer work, Individualized course of study. Dist.: No.
2:OO-5:00 p.m.
M,T,W,Th
51 12
a
RELIGION
REL 370-8068
CLASSICS OF CHRISTIAN DEVOTION
Quanbeck
Understanding of the spiritual life as disclosed in significant Christian writings from the
second century to the present. Dist.: Yes.
8:30- 10:50 a.m.
M, T,W,Th,F
M24
JUNE 1, 1982 - JUNE25, 1982
SOCIAL WORK
SWK 255-8071
GROUP WORK I N A WILDERNESSMEDIUM
Perry
Wilderness camping as focus for building group and individual relationships. Approx.
Addnl. $75.00 fee. Dist.: No.
Arr.
(1st meeting 6/1, 6:00 p.m.)
SWK Office
ENG 245-9304
INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE
Gidmark
An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be
devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature.
Strongly recommended for English majors and minors. Dist.: Yes.
6:OO-9:30 p m.
M, W
M23
SWK 399-8069
INTERNSHIPS
Brown
FOREIGN LANGUAGE
SWK 499-8070
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Brown
GER 112-9029
BEGINNING GERMAN II
Oyler
Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Lab. Dist.:
Yes.
Prerequisites: Ger 111 or equivalent
1 1:40- 1:25 p.m.
M, T, W, Th
SOClOLOGY
SOC 199-80731399-8114 INTERNSHIPS (Also Term II)
Hesser
SOC 375-81 10
SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Gerasimo
(also see PSY 375-8092)
Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 121 and 105
5:OO-8:00 p m.
M, T, W,Th
L1
SOC 381-8072
RACIAL & MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS
Gerasimo
The dimension of racial and minority groups relation emphasizing prejudice, racism and
the role of self-understanding. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-10:50 a.m.
M, T, W, Th, F
M4
SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND THEATER ARTS
SPC 111-8121
BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic approach to effective speaking and critical listening. Dist.: Yes.
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
M,T, W,Th
Cole
Little Theater
SPC 354-8074
INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
Bart
Study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages;
emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. Dist.: Yes.
S205
9:30-11:50 a.m.
M, T, W, Th, F
INTERDISCIPLINARY
INS 199-80751399-8076 INTERNSHIPS (Also Term II)
Hesser
Arr.
TERM II SUMMER 1982
JUNE 28 - AUGUST 6
ART
ART 132-9002
PHOTOGRAPHY
Friederichsen
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression; black and white, color,
and photographic processes. Need access to a 35mm camera. Dist.: Yes.
Estimated cost of film, etc.: $75.00
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
M, W
OM4
+
..,-C
lI-.
I:-:,.
"C
HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
HPE 485-9038
APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Aske
Consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the
handicapped. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 350, 351, and 355
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T,Th &Arr.
C12
(1st meeting 6/29, 6:00 p.m.)
HPE 487-9037
NEUROLOGY & PATHOLOGY
Lundgren
An introduction to neurology and pathology for the corrective therapist. Dist.: No.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
(1st meeting 6/29, 6:00 p.m.)
C24
HPE 495-90391
PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
Saugestad
496-9040/497-9041
Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation.
Course 497 is study of Neurology and Pathology. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 485,491 and approval of department
Arr.
PHYSICS
PHY 101-9305
ASTRONOMY
Paulson
Study of solar system, stars, galaxies. Optical instruments explained; use of 12-inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisites: Elementary algebra
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T, Th
POLITICAL SCIENCE
POL 299-9069/499-9068 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY
AMERICAN GOVERNMENT (Also Term I)
Diverse Topics: See Instructor
Hedblom
POL 299-90691499-9068 DIRECTED STUDY IINDEPENDENT STUDY
MASS MEDIA I N WORLD PERSPECTIVE
(also Term I)
Hedblom
POL 299-90691499-9068 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY
READINGS O N THE USSR TODAY
(Also Term I)
Noonan
POL 199-90651399-9066 INTERNSHIPS (Also Term I)
Hed blomlNoonan
Arr.
L,.. ,.,.,,..
...
,,,,,,,,
.>
KELlGlON
ART 250-9003
CERAMICS I
Holen
lntroduction to the making of pottery with emphasis on hand-building and glazing. Dist.:
Yes.
8:30-1 1:30 a.m.
M,W,F
OM I
ART 351-9005
CERAMICS II
Holen
Advanced work in ceramics with emphasis on throwing or hand-building and a continuation of glazing. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-11:30 a.m.
M, W,F
OM1
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
BUS 102-9214
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING
Allerson
lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 101
8:30-9:55 a.m.
M,T, W,Th,F
S112
BUS 262-9301
INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
Kader
Analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long term assets. Dist.: No.
8:30-9:55 a.m.
M, T,W,Th,F
5108
BUS 399-9302
INTERNSHIPS
Kader
Arr.
CHEMISTRY
CHM 110-9010
GENERAL, ORGANIC, & BIOLOGICAL
Carlson
CHEMISTRY
Second semester of two semester course emphasizing organic and biological chemistry
around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisites: 109 or equivalent with departmental permission
8:30- 9:55 a.m. Lect
M,T, W,Th,F
S3 15
10:OO-12:OO noon Lab
T,W,Th
5327
ECONOMICS
ECO 120-9007
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By independent study only. Dist.: Yes.
Arr.
ECO 123-9009
PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO)
Sabella
lntroduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures
and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy.
Dist.: Yes.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
M, W
M5
EDUCATION
STUDENT TEACHING
Continuation of Term I.
ENGLISH
ENG 111-9021
EFFECTIVE WRITING
Gidrnark
Study of composition with emphasis upon expository writing; correct usage, logical organization and the research paper. Dist.: Yes.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T,Th
M24
TERM I I COURSE OFFERINGS
REL 111-9306
INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
Holt
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the
church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Dist.: Yes.
M,T, W,Th,F
M24
10:05-11:30 a.m.
REL 341-9307
CHRISTIAN VIEWS OF HEALTH AND HEALING
Holt
Exploration of health and healing in Christian teaching and practice, including the role of
scientific technology and prayer and sacraments in healing. Required field trips. Dist.:
Yes.
8:30-9:55 a.m.
M, T,W,Th,F
M23
SOCIAL WORK
SWK 255-9308
GROUP WORK I N A WILDERNESS MEDIUM
Perry
Wilderness camping as focus for building group and individual relationships. Approx.
Addnl. $75.00 fee. Dist.: No.
Arr.
(1st meeting 6/28, 6:OOp.m.)
SWK Office
SOClOLOCY
SOC 121-9309
PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
Pike
Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications to an understanding
of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Dist.: Yes.
11:40-I:25 p.m.
M, T,W,Th
11
SOC 241-9310
INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL
Gerasirno
ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of the ideas of "primitive," "civilized," and "progress": a comparison of
alternate realities as found in different cultures and varying social contexts. Dist.: No.
5:30-9:00 p.m.
M, W
11
SOC 356-9052
CONTEMPORARY CORRECTIONS
Bloom
Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes. Lectures, discussion, and site
visits to correctional institutions and government offices. Dist.: No.
1:30-5:00 p.m.
T,Th
M22
SOC 234-93261334-9311 URBAN POLICE
Pike
Urban policing in American society is explored from a sociological perspective. Topics
include: patrol and vice work, police deviance, community relations, police bureaucracy,
and women and blacks in policing. Dist.: Yes.
2:30-4:15 p.m.
M,T, W,Th
11
SOC 199-93121399-9073 INTERNSHIPS
Hesser
Arr.
SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND THEATER ARTS
SPC 355-9313
SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION
Bart
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective
functioning within small groups and organizations. Dist.: Yes.
10:05-11:30 a.m.
M, T,W,Th,F
M22
SPC 367-9056
THEATER I N THE TWIN CITIES
Cole
Studying, viewing, and critiquing the acting and production of five plays. Dist.: NO.
6:30-9:30 p.m.
T,Th
28 15 4 1st Ave. 5.
Mpls., M N . 55406
(Tel.: 72 1-2565)
INTERDISCIPLINARY
INS 199-90631399-9222 INTERNSHIPS
Hesser
Arr.
JUNE 28, 1982 - AUGUST 6, 1982
Show less
Tuition R+nd Policy
The Per Course Deposit of $50 is not
refundable. Refund of all or part of the
remaining fee is calculated from the first
day of the term to the date of the student's
official course cancellation at the
Registrar's Office.
Schedule of Refunds (No refund after
the dates li... Show more
Tuition R+nd Policy
The Per Course Deposit of $50 is not
refundable. Refund of all or part of the
remaining fee is calculated from the first
day of the term to the date of the student's
official course cancellation at the
Registrar's Office.
Schedule of Refunds (No refund after
the dates listed.)
Refund
Term I
Term I1
10O0/o
May 31
June 1
June 2
June 3
June 6
June 27
June 28
June 29
June 30
July 1
901
'0
80%
70OO
/
60%
Canzpus Location
35W from the North Take Washington Avenue exit and turn left
on Washington (turns right onto Cedar
Avenue), turn left at Riverside, right at 21st
Avenue S.
1-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside, turn left at
21st Avenue S.
1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside,
turn left at 21st Avenue S.
35W from the South Follow 1-94 St. Paul signs (move right lane
after each of two mergers). Take 25th
Avenue exit and turn left on 25th Avenue,
turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st
Avenue S.
Nondiscn'nzinution Pol icy
Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or
ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the
1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973,
as amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and
employment practices.
1
Central ,Location
Low Tuition
Convenient Class Time
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college of The Evangelical
Lutheran Church in America. Located in the heart of Minneapolis and St. Paul, the
small college environment of 2,100 students during the academic year, is enriched by
the many cultural, sport and recreational activities found in this vibrant metropolitan
xea. An active summer combining classes and participation in metropolitan events is a
delightful and broadening experience.
Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses,
internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs
from May 31 -June 24, Term I1 runs from June 27 - August 5. This brochure presents
khe Summer School Program and was correct at the time of publication.
%
Term I
Term I1
--
Preregistration
with Tuition Discount
Confirmation of Registration
Classes Begin
Balance of Tuition Due
April 13
April 13
May 31
June 27
Last Day to:
Change Grading Option
Drop Class Without Notation
Register with a Late Fee of $10
(no registrations will be
accepted after this date)
June 2
June 29
Holiday
None
July 4
Last Day to Withdraw from Class (W)
June 14
July 18
Classes End
June 24
August 5
Grades Due in Registrar's Office
June 29
August 10
Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1or 2,
lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper division,
primarily for juniors and seniors; and 5, graduate level.
Confirmation of Registration will take place at the Registrar's Office, 114 Science Hall,
between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 6:30 p.m. oil May 31 and June 27.
Independent Study and Internships in addition to those listed, may be pursued
during the summer in a number of departments. Internships involve work experience
related to the academic program in an agency, government, or industry. Consult the
Summer School Office for information.
Calendar
Summer 1988
Term I Summer School students are required to confirm their registrations on May 31.
Term I1 registrations must be confirmed on June 27. This procedure includes
confirmation of all preregistered courses and applies to internships and independent
studies as well as to regularly scheduled courses.
Courses Regularly Taught during the academic year are more fully described in the
Augsburg College Catalog. If you need more information about a special summer
offering, please contact the Summer School Office.
Augsburg in the Summer
-
Summer Students may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term 11;
Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit, the
equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling Augsburg
distribution requirements are noted in the course descriptions.
The Balance Owing for tuition must be paid before registration is confirmed. Augsburg
students please note: Balance due on Augsburg account from previous ternils must be
paid in full before confirmation of registration.
A Late Fee of $10 will be assessed for Term I registrations completed on June 1and 2. A
late fee of $10 will be assessed for Term I1 registrations completed on June 28 and June
29. Registrations will not be accepted after these dates.
The College Reserves the right to cancel listed courses.
To Change Your Registration, cancel your registration, add a course, or drop a course
and enroll in another course, fill out a CancellAdd form at the Registrar's Office. There
is a charge of $5 for changing a registration after the first day of each term. This must be
done by 3:30 p.m. on June 2 for Term I courses and by 3:30 p.m. on June 29 for Term I1
courses. This procedure applies to internships and independent studies as well as
scheduled courses. Any refund or adjustment of fees is determined according to the
"Tuition Refund Policy."
Information and Fom~s E l igibility
Fees
Additional information and registration
forms may be obtained from the Summer
School Office. Write or call:
The Tuition Charge for 1988 Summer
School courses is as follows: $390 for fullcredit courses, $280 for half-credit
courses, and $140 for fourth-credit
courses. Audits are charged at the tuition
rates listed above. Laboratory and special
fees, including those pertaining to student teaching, are given with the
individual course descriptions.
Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the Director of Housing.
Persons Planning to Attend Summer School are advised to preregister as soon as
possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE
Memorial Hall - 230
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
(612) 330-1025
Pat Parker, Director
Kay Thomsen, Secretary
Financial Aid
Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed
Student Loan. Any student taking 1
course is regarded as a half-time student
for the summer and is eligible to apply for
a Guaranteed Student ~ & n contact
.
the
Financial Aid Office to make loan
arrangements (330-1046).
Persons in Good Standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and
itudents admitted for the next Fall Term
are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer
School. Good standing implies that the
student has been admitted and not
subsequently dropped by that institution.
Other Persons wishing to take summer
school work should contact the Director
of Summer School to ascertain eligibility
under special circumstances.
Acceptance as a summer student does not
imply admission as a regular student of
to
~
~
g
wishing
~
~
~
begin a degree program at the College
should
for
the
Officeof Admission.
A Tuition Discount is available to
students who preregister on April 13 for
Term I and Term I1 Summer School
courses. Courses that you sign u p for on
this date are billed at the following rates:
$360 for full-credit courses, $270 for half~ creditgcourses, and $130 for fourth-credit
courses. To receive this tuition discount, a
deposit of $50 per course is required.
Please note: This tuition discount applies
only to courses so designated on April 13.
The $50 per course deposit is nonrefundable except when a course is
cancelled due to low enrollment. When
this happens, you may elect to receive a
deposit refund or substitute another
course without loss of discount.
After April 13 you may preregister for
Summer School courses at the Registrar's
Office on an ongoing basis during regular
office hours. Each course preregistration
must be accompanied by a $50 tuition
deposit. This deposit is applied to
designated course tuition and is nonrefundable and non-transferable except
when a course is cancelled.
To Avoid Disappointment in course
selection, preregistration is
recommended. Some courses with
limited enrollment fill early. Conversely,
courses with low preregistration
enrollment may be cancelled before the
first day of the term.
I
I
I
:A;?:
Summer School
-
-
A RT
ART 107-8155
DRAWING
B.Olson
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, pastels. Subjects include
still-life, figurcs, building interiors, exteriors, experimeiital work. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-11:30 a . m . M,7;WTh
OM17
ART 118-8157
335-8158
B. Olson
PAINTING I AND II
Watercolor - Acrylic; translating tlie visual world of
nature, landscapes, still-life, using design concepts,
developing personal expression and exploring variety of
techniques. Weekly critiques Dist.: Yes.
8:30-11:30 a ni M,TWTh
OM17
ART 352-8156
WOMEN'S ART HISTORY
K. Anderson
Study of women's image in tlie visual arts in rclationship
to women's place w ~ t l i ~the
n cultural, economic, and
sociological environment of eacli period. Dist.: Yes.
12:OO-3:OOp.m. M,TWTh
M22
BUSlNESs ADMINISTRATION
BUS 221-8014
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I
Stoller
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, tlie accounting cycle a n d
preparation of financial statenients Dist : No.
8:30-lO:50 a. rn. M,TCt!Th,F
5112
BUS 242-8013
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Development of the theory of management, organization,
staffing, planiiingdiidco~itrol.Tlienati~reofauthorit): accoi~ntabilityand responsibility, analysis of tlie role of tlie
piofcssional manager Dist.: No.
h:30-9:30p.m. M,I;W,Th
M22
BUS 252-8159
PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING
Meziou
Basic policy and strategy i s s ~ ~ in
e smarketing. Legal,
ethical, competitive, bcliavio~al,economic and tecli~iologicalfactors as they affect p ~ c ~ d u cplotnotion,
t,
marketing channel and pl-icing decisions Dist.: No.
5:30-8:30 p.m. M,TCVT/i
M23
BUS 322-8160
ACCOUNTING THEORY AND
PRACTICE I
Kader
Analysis of accounting tlieol-y pertaining to financial
statcments, income concepts, cul-rcnt and non-curtent
asscts Dist.: No.
I'rcrecluisites: BUS 221, ECO 113.
6:OO-9:OO p.111. M,T,WTli
P2
BUS 331-8161
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
Morgan
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of
funds within tlie firm. Sources and ilsesof long and short
t e ~ mfunds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage,
dividend policy, and related topics.
I'rel-cquisites: BUS 222, ECO 113. Dist : No
8:30-IO:50 a.ln. M,TWTh,F
L1
BUS 370-8162
ADVANCED COMPUTING FOR BUSINESS AND
ECONOMICS
Schield
Topics involving programmable spreadsheets (LOTUS),
programmable data bases (D-BASE), graphics, information retrieval using telecommunications, and o t h e r
packages (statistical analysis, p~ojectmanagement, expert
systems, etc.) Solve common problems in economics,
finance and marketing Dist.: No.
P~crequisites:Onc computer course such as BUS 175 or
CSC 145, 170, or 174. Recommended BUS 279.
6:00-9:OOp.m. M,T,WTh
5112
BUS 399-8019
INTERNSHIPS
Kader
Art,angcd witli individual faculty in the Department of
Business Adniinist~atio~l
& Economics
ECO 110-8028
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing a
m e t r o - u r b a n e n v i r o n m e n t . By i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y
Dist.: Yes.
Time Alrsliged
ECO 112-8029
PRINCIPLES OF
MACROECONOMICS
Gupta
Introduction to macro-economics; national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade,
economic grorvth Dist.: Yes.
6:OO-9:OOp rn M,T14!Th
5315
-
EZUJATION
EDE 253-8033
EDS 264-8163
ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN AN
URBAN SETTING
Germundsen
Study and investigation of various aspects of tlie teaching
profession. Dist : Yes, when combined with EDE 363 or
ED5 352. (112 course)
6:OO-9:OOp.m. il.I,MJ
LI
EDE 375-8036
DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF
KINDERGARTEN
Endorf
Kindergarten curriculum, materials, teaching approaches.
Lib, arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten
level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level.
Dist.: No.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor
Time Arranged
-
-
ENGLISH
MATHEMATICS
ENG 2--4167
GHOSTS IN AMERICA: THE SUPERNATURAL IN
AMERICAN LITERATURE
Bodziock
The meaning and values the supernatural has held folAmerican writers. Examination of a variety of supernatill-al
motifs found in classic, popular, and folk literatures from
puritan times to the present Dist.: Yes.
5:OO-8:OOp.ln. M,T,WTh
M4
MAT 122-8182
CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL
SCIENCES
Kaminsky
Differential and inteeralcalculus of a sinele variable with
S C I ~ I ~ CS~l \i ~ d ~ ~ n l s
,~pplic~ttions
to thesoci,il and h~l~it\,ior.il
\\*lie lia\~ccompletcdhL\T 12.1mav not rojitster t o r i r t ~ I ~ t
Dist : Yes
Prerequisite: MAT 104 or placement in Group 3 on the
Augsburg mathematics test
9:OO-11:2Oa.m. M,TWTh,F
1'2
EDE 377-8178
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: SCIENCE
Osnes
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for social studies at tlie kindergarten and elementary
levels. Lab. experiences Dist.: No. (114 course)
630-9:30p.m. T
LI
EDE 387-8165
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: LANGUAGE ARTS
Olson
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for language arts at the kinderga1,ten and elementary
levels ' Lab. experiences. Dist.: No (112 course)
4:OO-6:3Op. rn TTh
Ll
EDS 352-8166
CLINICAL EXPERIENCE (Secondary)
Staff
Includes 70 hours in-school experiences, seminars
Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations required.
Dist : Yes, ntlien combined 144th EDS 264. (112 course)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
Arranged.
STUDENT T L S H J N ( ;
-
The Department of Education offers student teaching for
both elementary and secondary education during the
general period from the midddle of June to the end of July tvliere suitable arrangenicnts can be made
EDE 363-8039
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CLINICAL
EXPERIENCES
McNeff
Includes 160 hours in-class experiences Register for 2
seminar sessions in addition to tlie 160 hours. A video tape
of classroom or simulated teaching will be p ~ e p a r e dby
eacli student. Membership in o n e of the professional
teacher organizations required.
Dist.: Yes, when combined ~ f i t lEDE
i 363 (112 course)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
A rr;i ngcd
STUDENT TEACHING: ELEMENTARY AND
KINDERGARTEN
Observing and directingleariiingcuperiences in clcmcntary sclioolsu~idersupervisionof collcge and public school
personnel. Additional $35 fee. Dist.: No.
1'1-equisite:Acceptance, Education Dcpartnicnt
Arranged
EDE 481-80711482-8072
483-80731484-8074
Kindergarten and Elementary Staff
EDE 481-80611482-8062
483-80631484-8064
Elementary (Gr. 1-6) Staff
EDE 481-80661482-8067
483-80681984-8069
Kindergarten Staff
EDE 364-8164
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM:
INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES
McNeff
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for integrating specific skill developments t h r ~ u g hvarious
subjects at tlie kindergarten and elementary levels. Lib. cxpcriences. Dist.: No. (114 course)
6:30-9:30 p.m. TI1
Ll
STUDENTTEACHING: SECONDARY
Observing and directing leal-ning experiences o n second a ~ yschool level under supervision of college and high
school pc~sonnel Additional 135 fcc. Dist.: No
I'rerecluisite: Acceplance, Educatic~iiDepartment
Arranged
EDS 481-80811482-8082
483-80831484-8084
Secondary Staff
M4
FOREIGNLANGUAGE
-
- -
GER 111-8169
BEGINNING GERMAN I
Steinmetz
Classroom practice speaking, understanding and reading
basic German for s t ~ ~ d e nwith
t s no previous background
in German. Dist.: Yes.
MS
R:30-lO:50 a ni. M,TWTI?,F
SPA 111-8044
Kingsley
BEGINNING SPANISH 1 (Section I)
SPA 111-8170
Kingsley
BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section 11)
Aims to develop four basic skills: Understanding, speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish. lntroduction to cultitre of Spanish-speaking world. Dist.: Yes
R:30-1O:SO a. m M,TWTh,F (Section I)
M23
5:30-7:SO p , m , M,Tl\!TIi,F (Section 11)
5319
HPE 410-8040
ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION OF
SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Borstad
I-listuricalbackground, legal bases, school health services,
and relationships to conlniunity health program a n d
HI'E 320
Icsources. Dist : No Prcrcq~~isitc:
.
M5
5:OO-8:OO p. ~ n M,T,W,Th
-
-
HISTORY
HIS 341-8179
TOPICS IN EUROPEAN HISTORY
Bruess
An introduction to some of the main topics in European
history from the ~ L I Iof- nthe century to tlie present. E n phasis on the impact of two world wars upon European
politics and society. Examination of the background to thc
wals as it relates to tlievarious Europeanstates; the wal-s
tlicinsclvcs; and the postwar upheavals and scttlenients.
Lower division students ]nay register witli perniissioii of
inst~uctor.Dist.: Yes.
/:OD-4:00p, m . M,T,WT/i
M4
INTERDISCIPLINARY
INS 399-8046
INTERNSHIPS
A I ,a rigcd
-
-
Hesser
-
MAT 131-8171
MATHEMATICS FOR THE LIBERAL ARTS Kaminsky
Examination of tlie interaction between the development
of mathematics a n d that of civilization. Primarily for
students not intending further study in mathematics.
Dist.: Yes.
Prercquisite: MAT 104 or placement in Group 3 on the
Augsburg mathematics test.
6:OO-9:OOp m. M,TWTh
13
NUR 432-8172
HEALTH AND HUMAN DEVELOPMENT
Enos
Thecourse will focus on gaining a better understanding of
one'sown health and developnient. It will also deal with
\z,ays of suppoi-ting others in their growth. Writings of
Christie-Seely, Cordova, Erickson, Kolberg, Neuman, and
Rogers included. Open to non-nursing st~tdentsaswell as
n ~ ~ r s i nstudents.
g
Dist : No.
12:OO-3:OOp m. M,TI3VTh
At15
pJ
PSYCHOLOGY
PSY 121-8060
INTRODUCTION TO THE WORLD OF
PSYCHOLOGY
Hirdman
Exploration of psychology: concepts, data, a n d
methodology. Students may not receivecredit for thiscourse
and also for PSY 105 (General Psychology). Dist.: Yes.
8:30-10:50 a.m. M,T,W,Tli,F
M24
RELIGION
----
REL 215-8175
Quanbeck
ARCHAEOLOGY AND THE BIBLE
Disciission of archaeological method. Problems in Biblical
archaeology, a n d review of s o m e current findings.
Dist : Yes.
h:00-9:OOp. rn M,CW,TIi
M24
SOCIAL WORK
SWK 360-8176
HUMANS DEVELOPING
Link
Provides knowledgeof human growth through the lifecycle, and of the interplay of sociocultural, biological, and
psychological factors which influence the growth of individuals and families in contemporaly American families.
Growth related to populations and groups which represent ethnic andlor life-style diversity. Dist : No.
1:OO-4:OO p.ni. M,TWTh
5112
SWK 399-8152
INTERNSHIPS
SWK 499-8154
INDEPENDENT STUDY
A~,r~i!iged
Alrariged
M. Brown
M. Brown
POLITICAL SCIENCE-
SOCIOLOGY
POL 326-8173
POLITICAL PARTIES AND BEHAVIOR
Morris
Tlie political behaviorof the electorate, emphasizing public
opinion and political parties in the electoral process
Dist.: Consent of department chairperson.
Prerequisite: Onecourse in Political Science orconsent of
instructor.
9:30-11:50 a. rn, M,TCV,Th,F
5319
SOC 121-8075
PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
B. Johnson
Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications toan nnderstandingof basicaspectsof society;
socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Dist.: Ycs.
5315
8:30-10:50 a , m . M,7;W,Th, F
POL 461-8174
NUCLEAR WAR, NUCLEAR WEAPONS
Goldman
History, politics, economics, strategiesand ecologies surrounding the technologies propelling the arms race, on the
one hand, and affecting arms control, on tlie other. Exploration of tlie politics and strategy of nuclear security
issues Dist.: Conscnt of department chairperson
6:OO-9:OOp.m. M,7;14!Th
14'
POL 199-8052
POL 399-8056
INTERNSHIPS
A rrdngcd
POL 499-8093
INDEPENDENT STUDY
'Topic hy arrangement
A !ranged
SOC 231-8076
B. Johnson
SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY
An examination of tlie faniily as a social institution. Tlie
process of dating, mate sclcction, marital adjustment and
divorce. The relationship of tlie faniily to its institutional
and cultural context. Dist : No.
5315
12:OO-3:OOp m M,T,WT/i
SOC 199-80781399-8080
INTERNSHIPS
Arranged
Hesser
SPCECH, C O M M U N I C C N AND THEATRE ARTS
Hedblom
Hedblom
SPC 345-8177
ORGANIZATIONAL
COMMUNICATION
Lapakko
Esimines communication aspects of human organizations,
focuses o n three dimensions: sociological (cultures),
biological (systems), and psychosociological(structures, networks, roles). Designed to help students investigate communication problems within an organization. Dist : No.
8:30-10:50 a . m . M,TWT/i,F
M22
I
mm
A RT
ART 132-9006
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION I)
Friederichsen
ART 132-9007
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION 11)
Friederichsen
Tliecarnera used as a tool for visual creativity and exprcssion; blackand white, color and pliolograpliic processes.
Need access to a 35mm camera. Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost
of film, etc.: $125-$150. (Class size limited.)
2:00-5:30pjn. M,W (Section I)
6:00-9:30 p. n?. M,W (Section II)
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
BUS 175-9015
COMPUTERS FOR BUSINESS
Herzog
Introduction to computerized data processing: BASIC,
LOTUS, DBASE, wclrd processing, computerized business
graphics. Dist.: No.
I'rc.~~cquisite:
High school algebra.
6:00-9:30p.m. M,W
Sll2
BUS 222-9016
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1
Solnick
Introduction to business activities, accounting forcorporations. Basicconceptsand fundamentalsof managerial accounting, planning and controlling processes, decisionmaking and behavioral considerations. Dist,: No,
I'rerequisite: BUS 221.
8:30-9:55 a.m. M,ZW,Th,F
5112
BUS 252-9017
PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING
Cerrito
Basic policy a n d strategy issues in marketing. Legal,
ethical, competitive, behavioral economic and teclinological factors as they affect product, promotion,
marketing channel and pricing decisions. Dist.: No.
6:00-Y:30p.!.m. 7;Th
5112
BUS 399-9019
INTERNSHIPS
Kader
A ~ ~ r a n g cwit/?
d i ~ l d i v i d i ~taalc ~ ~ lin
t y the Dcpertn?ent o t
B~rsinessAdrninistratio~la n d Econclmics.
ECONOMICS
ECO 110-9030
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing a
mctrcl-urban environment. By independent study only..
Dist.: Yes.
Time Armngcd
ECO 113-9031
PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS
Sabella
[ntrc1duction to micro-economics, the theory of tlie
liouschold, firni, market structures and income distribution.Application of elementary economic theory tomarket
policy. Dist.: Yes.
6:00-9330 p . m . TTI?
OM11
Augsburg
June 27- August 5,1988
ECO 313-9131
INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS
Schield
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer
behavior, firm and industry; tlie pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare
economics. Dist.: No.
Prerecluisite: ECO 113
5:30-9:00 p.m. 7;Th
Summer School
ENGLISH
NURSING
19
ECO 315-9032
MONEY & BANKING
Gupta
Monetal'y and banking systems, particularly commercial
banks, and tlie Federal RcservcSvstem; monetary theor\,
and policy. Dist.: No.
I're~'ecluisites: ECO 112, 113,
6:00-9:30p,m. 7;Tll
5315
EDUCATION
EDE 341-9132
EDS 341-9133
MEDIA TECHNOLOGY
Staff
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the useof instructional technology.
Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teacliingllearning situations. Dist.: No. (112 course)
6:00-9:30prn. TTII (Jol}~19-Aug~lst
4)
L1
EDE 351-9033
EDS 351-9134
TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING READING
McNeff
S t u d y a n d utilization of a variety of techniques a n d
resources in tlie teaching of reading and tlie diagnosis and
correction of reading difficulties. Dist.: No.
11:40-1:ZSpm. M,TWTh
M22
EDE 376-9155
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: SOCIAL SCIENCES
Fleener
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for social studies at the kindergarten and elementary
levels. Lib, experiences. Dist.: No. (114 course)
h:00-9:30p.n1. F(Ju1y 8, 22, a n d A ~ r g ~5)~ s t
L7
EDE 379-9135
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: ART
Davies
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for art at the kinderga~.tenand elementary levels. Lab experiences, Dist.: No (I14 course)
6:00-9:00 p.m. W (June 29-Jirly 20)
L1
EDE 386-9136
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: CHILDREN'S LITERATURE Parker
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for children's literature at tlie kindergarten and elementary
levels. Lab experiences. Dist.: No (112 course)
LI
600-9:30p.m. M (excl. July 4)
EDS 350-9156
Heikkila
READING IN THE CONTENT AREAS
Study and utilization of a variety of techniques and
resources to assist students in teaching reading through
tlie content areas. Dist.: No. (112 course)
6300-9:30p.n?. W (June 29-July 27)
L4
GER 112-9139
BEGINNING GERMAN I1
Steinmetz
Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and
reading basic German. Lib. Dist,: Yes.
8: 10-9:SSa.m. M,T,W,Th
OM10
SPA 112-9045
Kingsley
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section I)
SPA 112-9152
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section 11)
Kingsley
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to c u l t u r e of S p a n i s h - s p e a k i n g world.
Dist.: Yes.
8:10-9:55a.n1, M,TWTh (Section I)
OM11
5:30-7:15p.n!. M,7;WTh (Sectiorl II)
M23
HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
HPE 115-9047
HEALTH AND CHEMICAL
DEPENDENCY EDUCATION
Borstad
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for
the abuser. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school
age children. Dist.: No. (This course meets Minlicsota
teacher licensurc recluirement). (112course)
6:00-9:30p. m. TTI? (June 28-July 74)
M2.3
HIS 331-9140
A TALE OF TWIN CITIES:
MINNEAPOLISIST. PAUL, 1833-1988
Jensvold
A local history course using tlie Minneapolis-St. Pa111
metropolitan area a s a case study for examining large
themes and issues in U.S..t~rbanhistory. Topics considered
include frontier urbanism, industrialization and economic
trends, transportation, immigration and ethnicity, urban
politics and reform. Field trips included. Dist.: Yes. (Topics
course in U.S. Iiistory)
6:00-9:30 p 111. M,W
M23
INTERDISCIPLINARY
INS 399-9054
INTERNSHIPS
A I-ranged
Hesser
NUR 403-9087
CONTEMPORARY NURSING 111: FAMILIES Nilsson
This course provides a theoretical basis for family nursing
care-Content includesfa~iiilyas a primary group and family dynamics in light of situational and developmental
events. Consideration given to tlicmleof the nurse in famiIv health care Dist.: No.
Prercouisite: To be taken orior toorconcurrentlv with NUR
NU R 432-9141
THE TEACHING COMPONENT IN A
PROFESSIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Enos
How to identify a "need to know" in a client and how to
make an individualized plan for each situation. Includes
attention to methodology involved. While the course is
designed to meet the needsof students intending to tvork
in h u m a n services fields, s t u d e n t s preparing for
rnan,igcrial roles will also find it helpful.
Dist,: No.
S:30-9:OOp.m. TTI?
OM18
--
PHILOSOPHY
PHI 380-9055
ETHICS OF MEDICINE AND
HEALTH CARE
C. Johnson
Application of ethical principles to problems \\,hich arise
in the areas of health careand deliveq: human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for tlie dying
and euthanasia. Dist.: Yes.
5:30-9:00 p. rn. h.1,l.V
OM13
- -
PHYSICS
-
PHY 101-9060
ASTRONOMY
Arge
Study solar system, stars, galaxies. Explain optical ins t r u m e n t s ; use 12-inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch
Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisite: Elementary Algebra.
6:OO-9:30p.nt TTll
PHY 103-9142
Hollabaugh
PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES
An introductory course in \z~liiclithe applications, prclblcms, and experiments are selected not only to illustrate
fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the
re!evance of physics to the life sciences. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisite: Elementary Algebra.
6:00-9:30pm. M,W
OM11
POL 199-9027
399-9067
INTERNSHIPS
Arranged
Hedblom
POL 499-9028
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Arranged
Hedblom
POL 499-9143
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Arranged
Noonan
SOCIOLOGY
PSYCHOLOGY
PSY 121-9144
INTRODUCTION TO THE WORLD OF
PSYCHOLOGY
Hirdman
Exploration of thedisciplineof psychology; concepts, data,
and methodology, Students may not receivecredit for this
course a n d also for PSY 105 (General Psychology).
Dist.: Yes.
6:00-9:30 p. m. ZTll
OM13
PSY 362-9145
ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY
Hirdman
Introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from tlie
social, organic and psychological points of view. Visits to
community service agencies included. Dist.: No.
Prerequisite: PSY 105 or PSY 121.
8:30-955 a.m. M,TC\!TII,F
M24
RELIGION
REL 111-9146
INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
Holt
Introduction to theacadeniic disciplineof theology and to
the dialogile between thechurch and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-955 .I. nl. ~I,TCVTII,F
M22
REL 341-9147
CHRISTIAN VIEWS OF HEALTH
AND HEALING
Holt
Exploration of health and healing in Christian teaching
and practice, including the roleof scientific technology and
prayer and sacraments in healing. Required field trips.
Dist.: Yes.
6:00-9:30p.rn. M,W
5315
SOCIAL WORK
SWK 399-9023
INTERNSHIPS
Arranged
Brown
SWK 499-9148
INDEPENDENT STUDY
A I-ranged
Brown
POLITICAL SCIENCE
POL 342-9153
SPC 342-9150
MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY Hedblom
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior;
the uses and controlof mass media for political and social
purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking,
entertainment and public affairs programming. Dist.: Yes,
6:00-9:30 p+rn. TTI?
5319
SOC 265-9149
RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP
RELATIONS
Bloom
The dirne~lsionsof racial and minority gl-oup relations.
Majorattention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and tlie
roleof self-understanding. (PIN gradingonly.) Dist.: Yes.
OM18
6:00-9:30 p. rn. M, W
SOC 356-9080
ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY
CORRECTIONS
Bloom
Analysis of adult correctional plnogramsand processes.
Lecti~res,discussion, and site visits tocorrectional institutions and government offices, Dist.: No.
I:.?0-5:00 p m . TT11
5112
SOC 199-90811399-9082
INTERNSHIPS
Arranged
Hesser
SPEECH. COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE ARTS
SPC 342-9150
MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY Hedblom
(See course description under POLISPC 342).
6:OO-9:30p.m. TTll
5319
SPC 354-9151
INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
Bart
The dynamics of human interaction through verbal and
non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to clvercome communication barriers.
Dist.: No.
OM10
6:OO-9:30p.nl. M,W
SPC 367-9085
THEATER IN THE TWIN CITIES
Cole
Sti~dying,viewing, and critiquing tlie actingand production of five plays. Dist.: No.
6:00-9:30 p. rn. ZTll
28154lst A v e ~ ~ iSo~rth,
Ie
Mpls,, MN.55406 (Tel.: 721-2565)
Show less